The URL can be used to link to this page

FINALshrunk CITY OF NORTHAMPTON CITY HALL, 210 MAIN STREET NORTHAMPTON, MA 01060 REQUEST FOR BIDS Construction Manager at Risk Project -M.G.L.c.149A, §8 __________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ Project Name: Northampton Police Headquarters Center Street Northampton, MA 01060 Bid Submission Deadline: May 25, 2011, 10:00 a.m. Submit Bids to: City of Northampton Attn: Central Services 240 Main Street Northampton, MA 01060 Public Bid Opening: May 25,2011, 1:30 p.m. Northampton Senior Center, 1st Floor 67 Conz Street Northampton, MA 01060 Dated: May 4, 2011 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 1 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 -PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 – Instructions for Prequalified Trade Contractor Bidders Instructions for Prequalified Trade Contractor Bidders .......................................................... 21 Exhibit A: Prevailing Wage Schedule (17 pages) Exhibit B: Sub-bidder Update Statement (blank form -10 pages) Exhibit C: Sample Sub-bidder Certificate of Eligibility (1 page) Exhibit D: List of Prequalified Trade Contractors for Trades Currently Being Bid Exhibit E: Project Schedule for Relevant Trade Scopes Trade Contractor Bid Checklist Addendum History Schedule PART 2 – Prequalified Trade Contractor Bid Form and Attachments Trade Contractor Bid Form ..................................................................................................... 10 Attachment A: Bid Bond (inserted by Trade Contractor) Attachment B: Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility (inserted by Trade Contractor) Attachment C: Sub-Bidder Update Statement (inserted by Trade Contractor) PART 3 – Trade Contractor and Owner-CM at Risk Agreements Trade Contractor Agreement ................................................................................... .................. 6 General Conditions and Commonly Used Forms and Owner-Construction Manager Agreement .............................................................................. 59 PART 4 – Non-Trade Contractors Bid Information (Note: Non-Trade Contractor Bids will be solicited in a staggered manner as the project progresses) Prevailing Wage Schedule ........................ ............................................................................... 11 General Conditions and Commonly Used Forms and Owner-Construction Manager Agreement ................................ .............................................. 59 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 2 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS * Trade Contractor Required DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 010000 Supplemental Requirements ................................................................... 24 Section 011000 Summary ................................................................ ................................. 14 Section 013100 Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning ....................... 30 Section 013200 Construction Progress Documentation .................. ................................... 4 Section 013300 Submittal Requirements ............................................................................ 8 Section 013329 General LEED® Requirements ................................................................. 3 Section 013529 Health, Safety & Emergency Response Procedures ................................. 4 Section 014200 References ................................................................................................. 2 Section 014500 Quality Control .................................................. ....................................... 3 Section 014523 Testing & Inspecting Services .................................................................. 4 Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Control ............................................................. 8 Section 015100 Temporary Utilities ................................................................................... 3 Section 015429 Temporary Bypass Pumping System ........................................................ 6 Section 015526 Traffic Controls............................................................ ............................. 2 Section 016000 Product Requirements ............................................................................... 2 Section 016350 Product Substitutions ................................................................................ 3 Section 017123 Field Engineering ................................................................................... ... 2 Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal ............................................................. 7 Section 017700 Contract Closeout ................................................... .................................. 5 Section 018113 LEED® Products Requirements .............................................................. 10 Section 018119 IAQ Management ....................... ............................................................ 12 DIVISION 02 -EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 023000 Subsurface Investigation .............................................................. ............. 2 Geotechnical Report by OTO ................................................................. 46 Section 024113 Selective Site Demolition .............................................. ........................... 6 Asbestos and Lead Inspection by ECS ................................................... 61 One Set of Plans 11 x 17 Existing Police Headquarters ........................ ... 7 Section 028200 Asbestos Abatement ............................................................................... 28 Section 028300 Lead Containing Paint Handling .............................. ............................... 12 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE Section 031000 Concrete Forming and Accessories .......................................................... 8 Section 032000 Concrete Reinforcement ........................................................................... 5 Section 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete ..................................................................... ...... 16 Section 034100 Precast Structural Concrete ..................................................................... 15 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 3 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA * Trade Contractor Required DIVISION 04 -MASONRY Section 040001 * Masonry Work .......................................................................................... 5 Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units (part of 040001 FSB) ........................................... 17 Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry (part of 040001 FSB) ....................................... 17 Section 047200 Cast Stone Masonry (part of 040001 FSB) ........................................ ..... 10 DIVISION 05 -METALS Section 050001 * Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron ......................................................... 5 Section 050516 Welding .................................... ................................................................. 8 Section 051200 Structural Steel Framing ......................................................................... 15 Section 053000 Metal Decking........................................................................................... 8 Section 054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing ................................. ................................... 8 Section 055000 Metal Fabrications (part of 050001 FSB) ............................................... 15 Section 055100 Metal Stairs (part of 050001 FSB) ............................................................ 9 DIVISION 06 -WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES Section 061000 Rough Carpentry ......................................................... .............................. 6 Section 061600 Sheathing .................................................................................................. 3 Section 064023 Interior Architectural Woodwork ........................................................... 12 DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 070001 * Waterproofing, Dampproofing and Caulking ........................................... 5 Section 070002 * Roofing and Flashing ................................................................................ 5 Section 071326 Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing (part of 070001 FSB) ..................... 6 Section 071413 Fluid-Applied Waterproofing (part of 070001 FSB) ............................... 9 Section 072100 Thermal Insulation .................................................................................... 4 Section 072610 Self Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier.................................... .................... 9 Section 072726 Spray Foam Insulation .............................................................................. 7 Section 074111 Metal Roof Panels ......................... .......................................................... 17 Section 074219 Metal Exterior Wall Panels and Systems .................................................. 5 Section 075419 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing (part of 070002 FSB) ..................... 12 Section 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim (part of 070002 FSB)............................ 11 Section 077200 Roof Accessories (part of 070002 FSB) ................................................... 7 Section 078100 Applied Fireproofing ................................................................ .............. 12 Section 078413 Penetration Firestopping ......................................................................... 12 Section 078446 Fire-Resistive Joint Systems .................... ................................................. 8 Section 079200 Joint Sealants (part of 070001 FSB) ........................................................ 9 Section 079500 Expansion Control .................................................................................... 7 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 4 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA * Trade Contractor Required DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS Section 080001 * Metal Windows ......................................................................................... 5 Section 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ............................................................ 12 Section 081416 Flush Wood Doors .................................................................................... 7 Section 083100 Access Panels ................................................ ............................................ 6 Section 083118 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames ........................................................... 9 Section 083323 Overhead Coiling Doors ........................................................................... 5 Section 083613 Sectional Doors ............................................................................ ............. 5 Section 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances Entrances and Storefronts ....................................... 17 Section 085113 Aluminum Windows (part of 080001 FSB) .................... ........................ 18 Section 087100 Door Hardware ....................................................................................... 16 Section 088000 Glazing (part of 080001 FSB) ................................................................ 16 Section 088853 Bullet Resistant Glazing ........................................................................... 4 DIVISION 09 -FINISHES Section 090002 * Tile .......................................................................................................... 5 Section 090003 * Acoustical Tile .......................................................................................... 5 Section 090005 * Resilient Floors ................................................................... ...................... 5 Section 090007 * Painting ..................................................................................................... 5 Section 092900 Gypsum Board Assemblies ..................................................................... 16 Section 093000 Tiling (part of 090002 FSB) ................................................................... 11 Section 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings (part of 090003 FSB) ...................................... 8 Section 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring (part of 090005 FSB) ................................. ........ 10 Section 096813 Carpeting ................................................................................................... 7 Section 096900 Access Flooring ............................. ........................................................... 7 Section 099000 Painting and Coating (part of 090007 FSB) ........................................... 18 DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES Section 101100 Visual Display Board ................................................................................ 5 Section 101400 Interior Signage................................................. ........................................ 7 Section 102113 Toilet Compartments ................................................................................ 4 Section 102213 Wire Mesh Partitions ................................................................................ 3 Section 102800 Toilet Room Accessories .................................................................. ........ 6 Section 104400 Fire Protection Specialties ........................................................................ 5 Section 105114 Police Lockers......................................... ................................................ 11 Section 105115 Metal Evidence Lockers ........................................................................... 8 Section 105116 Metal Gun Lockers ................................................................................... 4 Section 105117 Metal Booking Lockers .......................................................... .................. 7 Section 109900 Firing Range Airwall ................................................................................ 4 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 5 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT Section 111910 Detention Doors, Frames & Hardware ................... ................................ 18 Section 114810 Firing Range Equipment ......................................................................... 13 Section 114820 Bullet Containment System .................................................................... 10 Section 115213 Projection Screens..................................................................................... 5 * Trade Contractor Required DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS Section 124813 Entrance Floor Mats and Frames .............................................................. 5 Section 129300 Site Furnishings ........................................................................................ 4 DIVISION 14 -CONVEYING EQUIPMENT Section 140001 * Elevators .................................... ............................................................... 5 Section 142410 Hydraulic Elevators (part of 140001 FSB) ............................................. 12 DIVISION 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION Section 210500 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression ........................................... 7 Section 210516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for Fire-Suppression Piping ..................... 5 Section 210548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment ............................................................................... 7 Section 211313 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems ..................................................................... 5 Section 211316 Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems ......................................... ............................. 5 DIVISION 22 -PLUMBING Section 220001 * Plumbing ................................................................................................... 6 Section 220503 Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ........................... 10 Section 220513 Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment ......................... 4 Section 220516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping ................................. 6 Section 220523 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping .......................................... ..... 6 Section 220529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment .................. 13 Section 220548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ..... 7 Section 220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment .................................. 6 Section 220700 Plumbing Insulation ............................................................. ................... 12 Section 220800 Commissioning of Plumbing .................................................................. 18 Section 221100 Facility Water Distribution ...................... ............................................... 22 Section 221300 Facility Sanitary Sewerage ..................................................................... 16 Section 221400 Facility Storm Drainage .......................................................................... 11 Section 221429 Sump Pumps ................................................................................ ............. 6 Section 223400 Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters ......................................................... 5 Section 224000 Plumbing Fixtures ......................................... ............................................ 9 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 6 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA * Trade Contractor Required DIVISION 23 -HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 230001 * Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning .............................................. 6 Section 230503 Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment .............................. .. 11 Section 230513 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment ............................. 3 Section 230516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping ..................................... 6 Section 230523 General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping ................................................... 7 Section 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment....................... 13 Section 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment ....... 21 Section 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment ...................................... 4 Section 230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC ........................................ 11 Section 230700 HVAC Insulation ................................................................ ...................... 6 Section 230800 Commissioning of HVAC ...................................................................... 22 Section 230900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC ................................................. 33 Section 230923 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC ................................................ 9 Section 230993 Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls .......................................... 20 Section 232123 Hydronic Pumps ....................................................................................... 5 Section 232500 HVAC Water Treatment ........................................................................... 5 Section 232923 Variable Frequency Motor Controllers ............................... ...................... 5 Section 233100 HVAC Ducts and Casings ...................................................................... 12 Section 233300 Air Duct Accessories .......................... ...................................................... 8 Section 233400 HVAC Fans .............................................................................................. 6 Section 233600 Air Terminal Units .................................................................................... 5 Section 233700 Air Outlets and Inlets ................................................ ................................ 3 Section 234000 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices ................................................................... 5 Section 235234 Condensing Boilers ................... ................................................................ 8 Section 236411 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, and Screw ................... 10 Section 237413 Packaged Outdoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units ........................... 5 Section 238126 Split-System Air-Conditioners ................................................................. 6 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL Section 260001 * Electrical ................................................................................................... 6 Section 260400 General Conditions for Electrical Trades ............................................... 20 Section 260503 Equipment Wiring Connections ................................................................ 3 Section 260519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables ............................ 6 Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems ....................................... 5 Section 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems ......................................... 10 Section 260533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems ..................................... ......... 9 Section 260534 Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems .......................................................... 3 Section 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems ....................... .................................. 5 Section 260573 Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study ................................. 5 Section 260800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems .................................................... 22 Section 260923 Lighting Control Devices .......................................................................... 5 Section 262200 Low-Voltage Transformers ....................................................................... 4 Section 262413 Switchboards ........................................................................ ..................... 6 Section 262416 Panelboards ............................................................................................... 7 Section 262726 Wiring Devices .................... ..................................................................... 4 Section 262826 Enclosed Transfer Switches ...................................................................... 4 Section 263213 Engine Generators, with Appendix A ..................................................... 12 Section 265100 Interior Lighting with Appendix A ......................................... .................. 6 Section 265600 Exterior Lighting with Appendix A .......................................................... 7 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 7 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA * Trade Contractor Required DIVISION 27 -COMMUNICATIONS Section 270526 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems ........................... 4 Section 270536 Cable Trays for Communications Systems ............................................... 3 DIVISION 28 -ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY Section 280000 Security and Communication Systems ................................................. 114 Section 283100 Fire Detection and Alarm .................... ..................................................... 6 DIVISION 31 -EARTHWORK Section 310500 Soils for Earthwork ................................................................................... 6 Section 310519 Geosynthetics for Earthwork .................................................................... 4 Section 311100 Clearing & Grubbing ................................................ ................................ 2 Section 312300 Excavation and Fill ................................................................................... 9 Section 312329 Underground Warning Tape ..................................................................... 2 Section 312500 Erosion and Sedimentation Control .......................................................... 8 Section 316329 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement ......................................... 11 DIVISION 32 -EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section 321216 Asphalt Paving ............................... ........................................................... 4 Section 321313 Concrete Paving ...................................................................................... 11 Section 321400 Unit Paving ............................................................................................... 7 Section 321723 Pavement Markings ......................................... ......................................... 3 Section 323113 Access Gates ........................................................................................... 12 Section 329200 Turf and Grasses ..................................................................................... 10 Section 329300 Plants ....................................................................... ................................ 12 DIVISION 33 -UTILITIES Section 330135 Cleaning of Underground Piping and Structures ...................................... 2 Section 330513 Manholes and Structures ........................................................................... 7 Section 330516.13 Precast Concrete Structures ............................................................ .......... 8 Section 330529 Pipeline and Underground Structure Abandonment ................................. 2 Section 330530 Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catchbasins ......................... ......... 3 Section 330810 Commissioning of Water Utilities ............................................................ 4 Section 330830 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities ....... 8 Section 331116 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings ................................................................. 11 Section 331216 Water Utility Distribution Valves ............................................................. 9 Section 331300 Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution ................................................ 5 Section 333115 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings ............................................ 4 Section 334100 Reinforced Concrete Pipe .............................................................. ........... 7 Section 334115 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings ............................. 8 Section 334419 Utility Stormwater Treatment ........................................... ........................ 3 Section 334600 Subdrainage Systems ................................................................................ 2 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Instructions For PREQUALIFIED TRADE CONTRACTORS CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 1 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Part One -Instructions for Prequalified Trade Contractor Bidders Section 1 -PROJECT INFORMATION 1.1 Project Specific Information and Dates Awarding Authority Police Facility Building Committee City of Northampton 240 Main Street Northampton, MA 01060 Project No.: 09-01 Project Name: Northampton Police Headquarters Project Location: Center Street, Northampton, MA 01060 Project Description: New construction of a three-story facility and parking garage at the present site. Police department operations will continue throughout the project. There are currently no site visits and no pre-bid meetings planned for this project. Submission Deadline: (for submission of Trade Contractor Bid Packets only) Note: Non-Trade Contractor Bids will be solicited in a staggered manner as the project progresses. Date: May 25, 2011 Time: 10:00 a.m.. Submission Address: City of Northampton Attn: Central Services 240 Main Main Street Northampton, MA 01060 Bid Opening (Date, Time) May 25, 2011, 1:30 p.m. Bid Opening Address: Northampton Senior Center, 1st Floor 67 Conz Street Northampton, MA 01060 Estimated Total Project Construction Cost: (Estimated Trade Package Costs Appear on Page 5) $14,601,431 Estimated Project Duration for Overall Project: 73 Weeks Anticipated Project Construction Completion: 3rd quarter of 2012 Construction Manager at Risk: Barr & Barr, Inc. Owner’s Project Manager: Arcadis Project Architect: Caolo & Bieniek Associates, Inc. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 2 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 ******************IMPORTANT NOTICE**************** Participation in the RFB Bidding Phase of this Project is limited to ONLY those Trade Contractor firms that submitted a SOQ (and required supporting documentation) in response to a previously issued RFQ for this project and that have been deemed prequalified by the Awarding Authority. Trade Contractors that failed to respond to the prior RFQ and submit a SOQ with the required supporting documentation by the Submission Deadline and Trade Contractors that have not been deemed prequalified by the Awarding Authority are not eligible to bid on this Project and bids will not be solicited from or accepted from such firms at this time. ******************IMPORTANT NOTICE**************** 1.2 Introduction The project delivery method for construction of this project will be public CM at Risk with a Guaranteed Maximum Price (“GMP”) under M.G.L. Chapter 149A. This Request for Bids (“RFB”) is the second phase of a two-phase procurement process as set forth in MGL Chapter 149A. In the first phase of this procurement the Awarding Authority, through its Trade Contractor Prequalification Committee, prequalified firms interested in providing public Trade Contractor services on this Public Construction Manager at Risk (“CM” or “CM at Risk”) project through a prior Request for Qualifications (“RFQ”) process. As part of the prior RFQ process the Awarding Authority evaluated submitted Statements of Qualifications (“SOQs”) and only those firms obtaining the required minimum points were deemed prequalified. Only those respondents deemed prequalified in phase one are now permitted to submit a bid in response to this Request for Bids (“RFB”). A list of those firms that, as of the date of this Request for Bids, have been determined to be prequalified for the trades listed and are therefore permitted to submit bids on this Project is attached as Exhibit D. 1.3 Detailed Project Description The project involves the following construction work: Barr & Barr, Inc. has been selected as the Construction Manager at Risk for this project. A. New construction of a three-story facility adjacent to the current facility located at 29 Center Street. Police operations will continue in the current facility during construction. B. At completion of the new facility and once the current police operations are relocated to the new building, the current facility will be demolished. C. A parking garage will be constructed on the site of the current facility. It is the intention of this project to produce a LEED Gold certifiable facility. The project shall be designed and constructed so as to meet all requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, current edition, in addition to all other applicable codes and regulations. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 3 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 1.4 Categories of Trade Bids Requested This RFB requests that prequalified Trade Contractor firms in the categories of work listed on the cover page and in the below table submit bids on the Project at this time. On CM at Risk Projects Trade Contractors in the various trades are requested to submit their bids on a trade by trade basis, in phases, in groups of trades, or all at once depending on the project needs and phasing. At this time the Awarding Authority requests bids from the particular trades requested, bids from other trades will be solicited in a staggered manner as the project progresses. The selected Trade Contractors on this CM at Risk project are required by law to provide payment and performance bonds for the full value of their subcontracts and Trade Contractors must include the cost of the required payment and performance bonds in their bid price. See “X” Below For ALL Trades Being Bid (at this time) Section # Trade Category Estimated Construction Cost For Trades Bid 040001 Masonry $1,059,907 050001 Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron $230,990 070001 Waterproofing, Dampproofing and Caulking $364,073 070002 Roofing and Flashing $264,758 080001 Metal Windows $221,270 080002 Glass and Glazing 090001 Lathing and Plastering 090002 Tile $138,216 090003 Acoustical Tile $80,464 090005 Resilient Floors $68,000 090006 Terrazzo 090007 Painting $88,919 140001 Elevators $113,963 220001 Plumbing $486,012 230001 Heating, Ventilation & Air-Conditioning $1,469,220 260001 Electrical $1,286,261 A Project Schedule indicating the planned sequence and duration of the Trade Category scopes of work for which Bids are requested at this time is attached as Exhibit E. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 4 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 1.5 Obtaining Bidding Documents 1) Bidders may obtain Electronic or Paper Bid Sets for pick-up, or schedule for delivery from: Projectdog Phone: 978-499-9014 18 Graf Road, Unit #8 Fax: 978-499-9016 Newburyport, MA 01950 www.Projectdog.com Code #790134 a) Bidders may obtain Bid Sets by going to the World Wide Web at www.Projectdog.com Enter Project code # 790134 in the Project Locator box, and be guided to the downloadable printable/savable Bid Set, free of charge. b) Bidders may obtain one Bid Set in the form of a CD, by calling Projectdog, free of charge c) Bid Sets may be viewed at Projectdog Plan room or the Barr & Barr, Inc. office in Springfield, MA. d) Prequalified Filed Trade Bidders only may obtain one full set of paper drawings and specifications for a refundable deposit of $400.00 from Projectdog. Deposit checks shall be made out to Projectdog in the amount of $400.00 certified check or or money order. The full amount of the deposit will be refunded to all responsive bidders returning the Contract Documents in good condition within ten (10) days after date of general Bid opening. Otherwise, the deposit will become the property of Projectdog. e) Non-Trade Bidders may obtain paper drawings and specifications, including specific sections by purchasing from Projectdog via the World Wide Web or by calling Projectdog. It is the sole reasonability of the contractor, subcontractor, vendor and/or any individual and/or corporation to review all ADDENDA twenty four hours prior to bid opening at www.projectdog.com project code number 790134 or at Projectdog plan room at above address. 1.6 Certain Project Requirements The project is subject to the minimum wage rates set under the Massachusetts Prevailing Wage Laws. The minimum wage rate requirements for this Contract are located in Attachment A to these Instructions to Bidders. The time for completion of the Work is specified in Article 2 of the Owner --Contractor Agreement. Liquidated damages for failure to complete work on time are as stated in Article 4 of the Owner -Construction Manager Agreement. As stated above, Trade Contractors and Non-Trade Contractors on this CM at Risk project are required by law to provide payment and performance bonds for the full value of their Trade Contracts and Trade Contractors must include the full cost of the required payment and performance bonds in the bid price they submit in response to this RFB. Pursuant to M.G.L.c.30, §39S(a)(2) all employees to be employed on the Project must have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by OSHA and of at CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 5 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 least 10 hours in duration. All contractors, subcontractors and sub-subcontractors are required by law to submit evidence of completion of such training for each employee working on the Project as part of their regular certified payroll submissions. All Trade Contractors on the Project and their sub-subcontractors will also be required to provide written verification of compliance with Federal Department of Homeland Security Requirements, including but not limited to the Employment Eligibility Verification (Form I-9) Process. 1.7 If indicated above, a pre-bid meeting and/or a site visit for the Project will take place at the time and location stated. 1.8 As used herein, capitalized terms shall have the meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions of the Contract and the Owner -Contractor Agreement unless the contract clearly indicates otherwise. Section 2 -BIDDERS REPRESENTATION 2.1 Each Trade Contractor (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Trade Contractor” or “Bidder”) by making or submitting a bid (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Bid”) represents and warrants that Bidder has visited and examined the Site and the Contract Documents, that Bidder is familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, that Bidder has correlated personal observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and that where the Contract Documents require, in any part of the Work, a given result to be produced, the Contract Documents are adequate and that Bidder will produce the required result within the Bid price and that the Bid is made in accordance therewith. 2.2 Failure to so examine the Contract Documents and the Site will not relieve any Bidder from any obligation under the Bid as submitted. Neither the Commonwealth nor the Designer will be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from Bidder’s failure to familiarize itself with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. Section 3 -TRADE CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATE OF ELIGIBILITY AND SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT 3.1 Every Trade Contractor must submit the following with each bid: A. A Certificate of Eligibility issued by the Division of Capital Asset Management and Maintenance (“DCAM”) showing that the Trade Contractor is currently certified in that trade and is eligible to bid on projects in the category of work in which the Bid is being submitted. B. A fully completed Sub-Bidder Update Statement on DCAM’s current Sub-Bidder Update Statement form. 3.2 It is the Trade Contractor’s responsibility to obtain the necessary forms from DCAM and to submit its Application for Sub-bidder Certificate of Eligibility so as to allow sufficient time for DCAM’s evaluation of the application and issuance of a Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility prior to the deadline for bidding. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 6 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 3.3 Certification Respondent Trade Contractors must be certified by DCAM as a filed sub-bidder in the trade for which they were prequalified and for which they seek to submit a bid. Each Trade Contractor must submit a copy of the firm’s currently valid DCAM Sub-bidder Certificate of Eligibility with its Bid. Note, however, that a joint venture team must be certified in the specific trade(s) that it is seeking to Bid for this Project in the name of the joint venture and must submit a Sub-bidder Certificate of Eligibility in the name of the joint venture for each such Trade with its Bid. For certification forms and additional information see DCAM’s web site: http://www.mass.gov/cam/forms/fi_contractcert.html or contact the Certification Office at: DCAM Contractor Certification Office One Ashburton Place Boston, MA 02108 Telephone Number (617) 727-4050 ext. 415 3.4 Update Statement Interested Trade Contractors must provide a current and completed Sub-bidder Update Statement prepared by the interested Trade Contractor. If a respondent to the RFB is a joint venture then: i) each party to the joint venture must be certified by DCAM and each must submit its own signed update statement (Form CQ3) as part of its Bid, and; ii) the joint venture must be certified by DCAM in the Trade category of which it is submitting a Bid. For the Sub-bidder update Statement Form and additional information see DCAM’s web site: http://www.mass.gov/cam/forms/fi_contractcert.html or contact the Certification Office at the address above. 3.5 The Sub-Bidder Update Statement is not a public record as defined in M.G.L.c.4,§7 and will not be open to public inspection. Section 4 -REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION 4.1 Any questions by prospective Bidders concerning interpretation of the Contract Documents must be submitted in writing to Barr & Barr, Inc. (32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103, Fax: 413-739-7684) and must be in its possession at least five (5) working days before the date set for the receipt of Trade Contractor Bids. The Awarding Authority will mail any addenda or written interpretations that it deems necessary to Bidders who have taken out plans at the address given by them before the date set for the receipt of affected Bids. Bidders may not rely upon oral communications or interpretations from the Awarding Authority or the Designer and the Awarding Authority shall not be bound by them. 4.2 It is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to ascertain the existence of any addenda issued by the Awarding Authority, whether or not the same are mailed to, or received by, Bidder. Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection at the locations listed in the Advertisement where the Contract Documents are on file. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 7 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 4.3 Wherever in the Contract Documents reference is made to Massachusetts General Laws, it shall be construed to include all amendments thereto effective as of the date of the issuance of the Request for Bids on the proposed work. Section 5 -PREPARATION OF BIDS; ALTERNATES 5.1 Trade Contractor Bids shall be submitted on the Trade Contractor Bid Form included as Part Two of the Request for Bids from Prequalified Trade Contractors. 5.2 All entries on the Bid form shall be typewritten or in ink. 5.3 All Trade Contractors must include in their Bid price the cost of providing payment and performance bonds in the full amount of their Bid; alternates should include the cost of such bonds for the alternate work. All Trade Contractors awarded contracts on this Project are required by law to provide full payment and performance bonds at their own expense prior to the execution of their contract with the CM CM at Risk. Bonds must be issued by a surety company licensed to do business in the Commonwealth and whose name appears on United States Treasury Department Circular 570. 5.4 Where so indicated on the Bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and numerals. Where there is a discrepancy between the Bid sum expressed in words and the Bid sum expressed in figures, the Bid sum expressed in words shall control unless the intention of the Bidder clearly is otherwise as determined by the Awarding Authority in its sole discretion. 5.5 Each Bidder shall acknowledge all required alternates in Section B on the Trade Contractor Bid Form by entering the dollar amount of addition or subtraction necessitated only for those alternates expressly identified in the Bid Documents as part of that Bidder’s category of work. If the alternate is not identified in the Bid Documents as affecting that Trade Contractor’s category of work, then the Bidder shall so indicate by writing “N/A” and only “N/A” or leaving the alternate blank. 5.6 If an alternate includes work within the Bidder’s scope of work and does not involve a change in the cost of the Bid, the Bidder shall so indicate by writing “No Change” or “N/C” or “0” in the space provided for that alternate. Trade Contractors shall enter on the Bid Form the amount of addition or subtraction necessitated only for those alternates specifically identified as part of the Bidder’s scope of work. 5.7 The lowest Bidder will be determined on the basis of the sum of the base Bid and the accepted alternates. 5.8 Trade Contractors should not list Paragraph E sub-subcontractors unless expressly requested to do so by the Awarding Authority in the Contract Documents. 5.9 Each and every Bid of a Trade Contractor must be accompanied by a bid deposit in the form of a bid bond; cash; or a check certified by, or a treasurer’s or cashier’s check issued by, a responsible bank or trust company, payable to the City of Northampton. Any bid bond shall be (a) in a form satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, (b) with a surety company qualified to do business in the Commonwealth and listed on U.S. Treasure Department Circular 570, and (c) CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 8 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 conditioned upon the faithful performance by the principal of the agreements contained in the Bid. 5.10 The amount of such bid deposit shall be 5% five per cent of the value of the Bid including alternates. Section 6 -SUBMISSION OF BIDS 6.1 Each Trade Contractor Bid, including the bid deposit, Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility and properly completed Sub-Bidder Update Statement shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope with the following plainly marked on the outside: Trade Contractor Bid for: Project No. Title: Sub-Bid Section No. Trade: Trade Contractor’s name, business address, and telephone number: 6.2 Bidders attention is directed to the Addendum History Schedule that precedes the Trade Contractor Bid Form. Bidders must acknowledge any and all addenda numbered and/or dated later than the last addenda noted on the Addendum History Schedule. Failure to do so may result in rejection of the bid. bid. 6.3 All Bids must be received by the Awarding Authority at the address specified on page 1 of these Instructions to Bidders no later than the applicable date and time specified on page 1 of these Instructions to Bidders. Any Bid not received by the applicable deadline will not be accepted. 6.4 Bidding results will not be given out over the telephone prior to 1:00 PM of the day following the Bid opening. Section 7 -WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS; REJECTION OF BIDS 7.1 Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the specified deadline for the receipt of Bids provided that the withdrawal shall be made by a written request signed by a person having the authority to bind the Bidder. The written request must be hand delivered or otherwise delivered to the Awarding Authority addressed to the attention of Central Services and must be received on or before the date and time appointed as the deadline for the receipt of Bids. 7.2 A Bidder may withdraw its Bid without penalty at any time up to the time of Award as defined below in subsection 9.1 only upon demonstrating to the satisfaction of the Awarding Authority that a death or disability has occurred or a bona fide clerical or mechanical error of a substantial nature was made during the preparation of the bid. Failure to demonstrate conclusively that a bona fide clerical or mechanical error of a substantial nature was made will result in forfeiture of the Bid deposit. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 9 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 7.3 The Awarding Authority reserves the right to waive any informality in or to reject any and all Bids if it is in the public interest to do so. Without limiting the foregoing, the Awarding Authority reserves the right to reject unit prices which it deems unduly high or unduly low as unbalanced. Section 8 -NOT USED Section 9 -CONTRACT AWARD 9.1 "Award" means the determination, selection, and notification of the lowest, responsible and eligible Bidder by the Awarding Authority and/or the CM at Risk. 9.2 Should the Contract Documents require submission of special data to accompany the Bid, the Awarding Authority reserves the right to rule the Bidder’s failure to submit such data an informality and to receive said data subsequently within a reasonable time as set by the Awarding Authority, provided that no such ruling shall result in an unfair advantage to the Bidder. 9.3 The Awarding Authority also reserves the right to reject any Trade Contractor Bid if it determines that such Bid does not represent the Bid of a person competent to perform the work as specified, or if fewer than three Bids are received for a sub-trade, and the Bid prices are not reasonable for acceptance without further competition. Section 10 -EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS 10.1 If a selected Trade Contractor Bidder fails, within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a Subcontract by the CM at Risk, to perform its agreement to execute a Subcontract in the form provided by the Awarding Authority with such CM at Risk and/or fails to furnish performance and a payment bonds as required by law, such CM at Risk and the Awarding Authority shall select from the other Trade Contractor Bids duly filed with the Awarding Authority for such subtrade and not rejected the next lowest responsible and eligible Trade Contractor Bidder at the amount named in its Bid as so filed against whose standing and ability the the Awarding Authority and CM at Risk make no objection. 10.2 Upon receipt of the Award, the Bidder awarded the Contract shall submit three (3) properly executed originals of each of the following documents prior to execution of the Contract by the CM at Risk. All such documents shall be in the form prescribed by the Awarding Authority. Note: The successful Bidder must submit its Schedule For Participation of Minority/Women Business Enterprises and Letters of Intent as set forth in Section 8.4 above prior to Award of the Contract if such participation is included in its scope of work. --Trade Contractor Agreement with attachments --Performance and Payment Bonds with power of attorney attached --Certificate of Insurance evidencing coverage in amounts required by the Contract Documents --Any other documents that the Awarding Authority or CM at Risk may reasonably require in connection with the Trade Contractor's execution of the Contract. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 10 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 10.3 Please note that no part of the Trade Contractor’s work, other then work specifically identified as Paragraph E work in the Contract Documents and on the Bid From or as permitted under Section 8.8 may be subcontracted and must be self performed by the Trade Contractor. Approved subcontractors are eligible for direct payments under M.GL. 30, § 39F, as amended. Material suppliers not involved in site labor need not be submitted for approval. Section 11 -RETURN OF BID DEPOSITS 11.1 All Bid deposits of Bidders, except those of the three (3) lowest responsible and eligible Bidders, shall be returned within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of the Bids. The Bid deposits of the three (3) lowest responsible and eligible Bidders shall be returned upon the execution and delivery of the CM at Risk -Trade Contractor Contract or, if no award is made, upon the expiration of the time prescribed in M.G.L. c. 149, § 44A for making an award; except that, if any Bidder fails to perform its agreement to execute the Contract and furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as stated in its Bid, then said Bidder's Bid deposit shall become the property of the Commonwealth as liquidated damages; provided that the amount of the Bid deposit that becomes the property of the Commonwealth shall not exceed the difference between the Trade Contractor's Bid price and the Bid price of the next lowest responsible and eligible Bidder; and provided further that, in the case of death, disability, bona fide clerical or mechanical error of a substantial nature, or other similar unforeseen circumstances affecting the general Bidder, such general Bidder's Bid deposit shall be returned. 11.2 In addition to the provisions for the return of Bid deposits as provided above, upon receipt of a Bid Bond in an amount not less than the amount of the required Bid deposit, the Awarding Authority shall return any Bid deposit of a Bidder forthwith after the public opening of Bids. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 11 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Exhibit A: Prevailing Wage Schedule The minimum wage rates provided in the following pages have been provided by the Division of Occupational Safety of the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Workforce Development. The Awarding Authority is not responsible for errors or omissions in such wage rates. M.G.L. c. 149, §§ 26 and 27 provide as follows: ". . . Payments by employers to health and welfare plans, pension plans and supplementary unemployment benefit plans under collective bargaining agreements or understandings between organized labor and employers shall be included for the purpose of establishing minimum wage rates as herein provided. . . . The aforesaid rates of wages in the schedule of wage rates shall include payments by employers to health and welfare plans, pension plans and supplementary unemployment benefit plans as provided in said section twenty-six, and such payments shall be considered as payments to persons under this section performing work as herein provided. Any employer engaged in the construction of such works who does not make payments to a health and welfare plan, a pension plan and a supplementary unemployment benefit plan, where such payments are included in said rates of wages, shall pay the amount of said payments directly to each employee engaged in said construction " Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety Construction (2 AXLE) DRIVER -EQUIPMENT 12/01/2010 $44.430 06/01/2011 $45.180 12/01/2011 $45.840 06/01/2012 $46.490 12/01/2012 $47.520 (3 AXLE) DRIVER -EQUIPMENT 12/01/2010 $44.500 06/01/2011 $45.250 12/01/2011 $45.910 06/01/2012 $46.560 12/01/2012 $47.590 (4 & 5 AXLE) DRIVER -EQUIPMENT 12/01/2010 $44.620 06/01/2011 $45.370 12/01/2011 $46.030 06/01/2012 $46.680 12/01/2012 $47.710 ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT 08/01/2010 $103.680 08/01/2011 $107.800 AIR TRACK OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.590 06/06/2011 $42.590 12/05/2011 $43.140 06/04/2012 $44.140 12/03/2012 $45.090 AIR TRACK OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.720 06/01/2011 $42.720 12/01/2011 $43.970 ASBESTOS WORKER (PIPES & TANKS) 12/01/2009 $40.250 ASPHALT RAKER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 ASPHALT RAKER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 AUTOMATIC GRADER-EXCAVATOR (RECLAIMER) 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 BATCH/CEMENT PLANT -ON SITE 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER /CURB SETTER 12/06/2010 $41.590 06/06/2011 $42.590 12/05/2011 $43.140 06/04/2012 $44.140 12/03/2012 $45.090 BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER /CURB SETTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.720 06/01/2011 $42.720 12/01/2011 $43.970 BOILER MAKER 01/01/2010 $55.850 APPRENTICE: BOILERMAKER -Local 29 Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 65.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 8 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$42.66/2$42.66/3$44.54/4$46.43/5$48.31/6$50.20/7$52.08/8$53.97 BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY (INCL. MASONRY WATERPROOFING) 03/07/2011 $57.900 09/05/2011 $59.250 03/05/2012 $60.650 APPRENTICE: BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON -Local 1 Springfield/Pittsfield Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 5 90.00 6 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$40.88/2$44.28/3$47.69/4$51.09/5$54.50/6$56.20 BULLDOZER/POWER SHOVEL/TREE SHREDDER /CLAM SHELL 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 CAISSON CAISSON & UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN 12/01/2010 $50.250 06/01/2011 $51.250 12/01/2011 $52.500 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 1 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety CAISSON & UNDERPINNING LABORER 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 CAISSON & UNDERPINNING TOP MAN 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 CARPENTER 10/04/2010 $48.150 04/04/2011 $48.900 10/03/2011 $49.650 APPRENTICE: CARPENTER -Local 108 Hampden Hampshire Ratio Step ** % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 80.00 7 90.00 8 90.00 Pre-6/09 Step1$21.55/2$22.97/3$36.79/4$39.63/5$42.47/6$43.89 ** 1: 1-5/2: 6-8/3:9-11/Steps: 6 mos (600 hrs)/rates by step 7$45.31/8$46.73Post-6/09:1$21.92/2$24.76/3$36.27/4$37.69/5&6$40.23/7&8$44.19 CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING 03/07/2011 $58.050 09/05/2011 $59.360 03/05/2012 $60.720 CHAIN SAW OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 COMPRESSOR OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 CRANE/BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 DELEADER (BRIDGE) 01/01/2011 $64.410 07/01/2011 $65.410 01/01/2012 $66.410 07/01/2012 $67.410 01/01/2013 $68.410 APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$29.31/2$36.86/3$39.01/4$41.16/5$51.51/ 6$53.66/7$55.81/8$60.11 DEMO: ADZEMAN 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 DEMO: BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $50.100 06/01/2011 $51.100 12/01/2011 $52.350 APPRENTICE: LABORER Demo Backhoe/Loader/Hammer Operator Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$37.48/2$40.64/3$43.79/4$46.95 DEMO: BURNERS 12/01/2010 $49.850 06/01/2011 $50.850 12/01/2011 $52.100 APPRENTICE: LABORER Demo Burners Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice Wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$37.33/2$40.46/3$43.59/4$46.72 DEMO: CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER 12/01/2010 $50.100 06/01/2011 $51.100 12/01/2011 $52.350 DEMO: JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $49.850 06/01/2011 $50.850 12/01/2011 $52.100 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 2 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety DEMO: WRECKING LABORER 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 APPRENTICE: LABORER Demo Wrecking Laborer Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$36.88/2$39.94/3$42.99/4$46.05 DIVER 08/01/2010 $77.520 08/01/2011 $80.270 DIVER TENDER 08/01/2010 $62.570 08/01/2011 $65.320 DIVER TENDER (EFFLUENT) 08/01/2010 $81.250 08/01/2011 $85.380 DIVER/SLURRY (EFFLUENT) 08/01/2010 $103.680 08/01/2011 $107.800 ELECTRICIAN 01/01/2011 $50.050 APPRENTICE: ELECTRICIAN -Local 7 Zone B Ratio Step 2:3**** % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs; Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs. Step 1$24.97/2$26.66/3$33. 01/4$34.70/5$38.84/6$40.72 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 01/01/2011 $61.610 01/01/2012 $63.110 APPRENTICE: ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR -Local 41 Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 65.00 4 70.00 5 80.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year Step 1$38.68/2$40.97/3$45.56/4$47.85/5$52.44 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER 01/01/2011 $47.850 01/01/2012 $48.900 FENCE & GUARD RAIL ERECTOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 FIELD ENG -PARTY CHIEF (BLDG, SITE, HVY CONST) 06/01/1999 $30.230 FIELD ENG-CHIEF OF SURVEY(BLDG, SITE, HVY CONST) 06/01/1999 $31.230 FIELD ENG-INST./ROD PERSON(BLDG, SITE, HVY CONST) 06/01/1999 $27.740 FIRE ALARM INSTALLER 01/01/2011 $50.050 FIRE ALARM REPAIR /MAINTENANCE 07/01/2010 $34.460 06/01/2011 $35.510 01/01/2012 $36.010 FIREMAN 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 APPRENTICE: OPERATING ENG. -Local 98 Class 3 Ratio Step 1:6 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.; Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs. Step 1$34.47/2$37.38/3$40.29/4$43.20 FLAGGER & SIGNALER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $35.780 06/01/2011 $36.780 12/01/2011 $36.780 FLOORCOVERER 03/01/2011 $58.800 09/01/2011 $60.050 03/01/2012 $61.300 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 3 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: FLOORCOVERER -Local 2168 Zone II Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 85.00 Apprentice rates shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$27.22/2$28.90/3$40.02/4$41.70/5$45.16/6$46.84/7$50.31/8$51.98 FORK LIFT 12/01/2010 $46.330 06/01/2011 $47.210 12/01/2011 $48.080 06/01/2012 $49.030 12/01/2012 $49.980 GENERATORS/LIGHTING PLANTS 12/01/2010 $42.880 06/01/2011 $43.760 12/01/2011 $44.630 06/01/2012 $45.580 12/01/2012 $46.530 GLAZIER (GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR SYSTEMS) 06/01/2010 $46.780 06/01/2011 $48.380 06/01/2012 $49.930 APPRENTICE: GLAZIER -Local 1333 Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 56.25 3 62.50 4 68.75 5 75.00 6 81.25 7 87.50 8 93.75 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$25.02/2$27.02/3$29.52/4$31.52/5$34.02/6$36.02/7$42.78/8$44.78 GRADER/TRENCHING MACHINE/DERRICK 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 HVAC (DUCTWORK) 01/01/2011 $50.950 HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) 01/01/2011 $50.050 HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -AIR) 01/01/2011 $50.950 HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER) 09/17/2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 HVAC MECHANIC 09/17/2010 2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 HYDRAULIC DRILLS (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.720 06/01/2011 $42.720 12/01/2011 $43.970 INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS) 09/01/2010 $52.980 APPRENTICE: ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) -Local 6 Springfield Ratio Step 1:4 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 1 year Step 1$33.00/2$36.99/3$40.99/4$44.98 IRONWORKER/WELDER 03/16/2010 $52.260 APPRENTICE: IRONWORKER -Local 7 Springfield Ratio Step % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 75.00 4 80.00 5 85.00 6 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4 Step 1$41.62/2$44.28/3$45.61/4$46.94/5$48.27/6$49.60 JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 4 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety LABORER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 APPRENTICE: LABORER -Zone 3 Building & Site Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$30.96/2$33.43/3$35.90/4$38.37 LABORER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $40.970 06/01/2011 $41.970 12/01/2011 $43.220 APPRENTICE: LABORER -Zone 3 Heavy & Highway Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$31.09/2$33.56/3$36.03/4$38.50 LABORER: CARPENTER TENDER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 LABORER: HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 LABORER: MASON TENDER 12/06/2010 $41.840 06/06/2011 $42.840 12/05/2011 $43.390 06/04/2012 $44.390 12/03/2012 $45.340 LABORER: MASON TENDER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 LABORER: MULTI-TRADE TENDER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 44.340 LABORER: TREE REMOVER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 This classification applies to the wholesale removal of standing trees including all associated trimming of branches and limbs, and applies to the removal of branches at locations not on or around utility lines. LASER BEAM OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 LASER BEAM OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 MARBLE & TILE FINISHERS 03/07/2011 $50.980 09/05/2011 $52.330 03/05/2012 $53.480 APPRENTICE: MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 1 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt) Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 5 90.00 6 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 800 hours Step 1$37.27/2$40.01/3$42.75/4$45.50/5$48.24/6$49.61 MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS & TERRAZZO MECH 03/07/2011 $57.900 09/05/2011 $59.250 03/05/2012 $60.650 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 5 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECH -Local 1 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt) Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 5 90.00 6 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following; Step 1$40.88/2$44.28/3$47.69/4$51.09/5$54.50/6$56.20 MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (NON-CONSTRUCTION) 07/01/2010 $29.590 07/01/2011 $30.290 MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES) 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 MECHANIC/WELDER/BOOM TRUCK 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 MILLWRIGHT (Zone 3) 10/01/2010 $53.400 APPRENTICE: MILLWRIGHT -Local 1121 Zone 3 Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 85.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$34.58/2$36.09/3$39.08/4$40.59/5$42.85/6$44.36/7$46.61/8$48.12 MORTAR MIXER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 OILER 12/01/2010 $41.800 06/01/2011 $42.680 12/01/2011 $43.550 06/01/2012 $44.500 12/01/2012 $45.450 OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT -CLASS VI 12/01/2010 $39.820 06/01/2011 $40.700 12/01/2011 $41.570 06/01/2012 $42.520 12/01/2012 $43.470 PAINTER (BRIDGES/TANKS) 01/01/2011 $64.410 07/01/2011 $65.410 01/01/01/2012 $66.410 07/01/2012 $67.410 01/01/2013 $68.410 APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$29.31/2$36.86/3$39.01/4$41.16/5$51.51/6$53.66/7$55.81/8$60.11 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, NEW) * * If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used. 01/01/2011 $44.480 07/01/2011 $45.480 01/01/2012 $46.480 07/01/2012 $47.480 01/01/2013 $48.480 APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 -Spray/Sandblast -New Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$21.24/2$24.18/3$25.53/4$2 6.87/5$36.42/6$37.76/7$39.10/8$41.79 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT) 01/01/2011 $41.800 07/01/2011 $42.800 01/01/2012 $43.800 07/01/2012 $44.800 01/01/2013 $45.800 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 6 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 -Spray/Sandblast -Repaint Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$19.90/2$22.71/3$23.92/4$25.13/5$34.54/6$35.75/7$36.96/8$39.38 PAINTER (TRAFFIC MARKINGS) 12/01/2010 $40.970 06/01/2011 $41.970 12/01/2011 $43.220 PAINTER /TAPER (BRUSH, NEW) * * If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used. 01/01/2011 $43.080 07/01/2011 $44.080 01/01/2012 $45.080 07/01/2012 $46.080 01/01/2013 $47.080 APPRENTICE: PAINTER -Local 35 Zone 3 -BRUSH NEW Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$20.54/2$23.41/3$24.69/4$25.96/5$35.44/6$36.71/7$37.98/8$40.53 PAINTER /TAPER (BRUSH, REPAINT) 01/01/2011 $40.400 07/01/2011 $41.400 01/01/2012 $42.400 07/01/2012 $43.400 01/01/2013 $44.400 APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 -BRUSH REPAINT Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$19.20/2$21.94/3$23.08/4$24.22/5$33.56/6$34.70/7$35.84/8$38.12 PANEL & PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER 12/01/2010 $44.260 06/01/2011 $45.010 12/01/2011 $45.670 06/01/2012 $46.320 12/01/2012 $47.350 PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR (UNDERPINNING AND DECK) 10/04/2010 $58.460 04/04/2011 $58.840 08/01/2011 $60.210 PILE DRIVER 10/04/2010 $58.460 04/04/2011 $58.840 08/01/2011 $60.210 APPRENTICE: PILE DRIVER -Local 56 Zone 3 Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 60.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 8 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Apprentice wages shall be no less than those set in Zone 1 Step 1$47.62/2$49.49/3$51.36/4$53.23/5$55.10/6$56.96/7$58.83/8$60.70 PIPELAYER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 PIPELAYER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 PLUMBER & PIPEFITTER 09/17/2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 7 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER -Local 104 Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 45.00 2 50.00 3 60.00 4 70.00 5 80.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 2000 hrs. Step 1$31.06/2$32.78/3$36.22/4$39.65/5$48.09 PNEUMATIC CONTROLS (TEMP.) 09/17/2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 POWDERMAN & BLASTER 12/06/2010 $41.840 06/06/2011 $42.840 12/05/2011 $43.390 06/04/2012 $44.390 12/03/2012 $45.340 POWDERMAN & BLASTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.970 06/01/2011 $42.970 12/01/2011 $44.220 PUMP OPERATOR (CONCRETE) 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 PUMP OPERATOR (DEWATERING, OTHER) 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER 05/01/2008 $30.870 RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER ** ** The Residential Wood Frame Carpenter classification applies only to the construction of new, wood frame residences that do not exceed four stories including the basement. 04/01/2009 $35.620 As of 9/1/09 Carpentry work on wood-frame residential WEATHERIZATION projects shall be paid the RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER rate. APPRENTICE: CARPENTER (Residential Wood Frame) -Local 108 Ratio Step ** % 1 60.00 2 60.00 3 65.00 4 70.00 5 75.00 6 80.00 7 85.00 8 90.00 Apprentice Wages Shall be no less than the following: ** 1: 1-5, 2: 6-8, 3: 9-11 Step 1$20.13/2$26.04/2$27.23/4$28.43/5$29.63/6$30.83/7$32.03/8$33.22 RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 ROLLER OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $45.500 06/01/2011 $46.380 12/01/2011 $47.250 06/01/2012 $48.200 12/01/2012 $49.150 ROOFER (Coal tar pitch) 01/01/2011 $46.000 07/16/2011 $46.500 01/01/2012 $46.750 07/16/2012 $47.250 01/01/2013 $47.500 ROOFER (Inc.Roofer Waterproofng &Roofer Damproofg) 01/01/2011 $45.000 07/16/2011 $45.500 01/01/2012 $45.750 07/16/2012 $46.250 01/01/2013 $46.500 APPRENTICE: ROOFER -Local 248 Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 60.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 8 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are are 750 hrs.Roofer(Tear Off)1:1; Same as above Step 1$23.34/2$35.94/3$37.23/4$38.53/5$39.82/6$41.12/7$42.41/8$43.71 ROOFER SLATE /TILE /PRECAST CONCRETE 01/01/2011 $46.000 07/16/2011 $46.500 01/01/2012 $46.750 07/16/2012 $47.250 01/01/2013 $47.500 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/p w or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 8 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: ROOFER (Slate/Tile/Precast Concrete) -Local 248 Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 60.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 8 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$23.64/2$36.76/3$38.08/4$39.40/5$5$40.72/6$42.04/7$43.36/8$44.68 SCRAPER 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 SELF-POWERED ROLLERS AND COMPACTORS (TAMPERS) 12/01/2010 $45.500 06/01/2011 $46.380 12/01/2011 $47.250 06/01/2012 $48.200 12/01/2012 $49.150 SELF-PROPELLED POWER BROOM 12/01/2010 $42.880 06/01/2011 $43.760 12/01/2011 $44.630 06/01/2012 $45.580 12/01/2012 $46.530 SHEETMETAL WORKER 01/01/2011 $50.950 APPRENTICE: SHEET METAL WORKER -Local 63 Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 45.00 2 50.00 3 55.00 4 60.00 5 65.00 6 70.00 7 75.00 8 80.00 9 85.00 10 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps: 1$17.64/2$19.60/3$25.11/4$27.39/5$29.6 9/6$31.97/7$34.24/8$40.76/9$43.31/10$45.86 SIGN ERECTOR 06/01/2009 $37.780 APPRENTICE: SIGN ERECTOR -Local 35 Zone 3 Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 85.00 9 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 4 mos. Step 1$19.48/2$23.12/3$24.36/4$25.60/5$30.34/6$31.58/7$32.82/8$34.06/9$35.30 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP < 35 TONS 12/01/2010 $44.720 06/01/2011 $45.470 12/01/2011 $46.130 06/01/2012 $46.780 12/01/2012 $47.810 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP > 35 TONS 12/01/2010 $45.010 06/01/2011 $45.760 12/01/2011 $46.420 06/01/2012 $47.070 12/01/2012 $48.100 SPRINKLER FITTER 01/01/2010 $56.700 APPRENTICE: SPRINKLER FITTER -Local 676 Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 40.00 2 45.00 3 50.00 4 55.00 5 60.00 6 65.00 7 70.00 8 75.00 9 80.00 10 85.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps: 1$32.40/2$34.43/3$36.45/4$38.48/5$40.50/6$42.53/7$44.55/8$46.58/9$ 48.60/10$50.63 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 07/01/2010 $34.460 06/01/2011 $35.510 01/01/2012 $36.010 APPRENTICE: TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN -Local 7 Zone B Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps 1 & 2 are 800 hours Step 1$24.36/2$25.42/3$26.48/4$27.55/5$28.61/6$29.69 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 9 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety TERRAZZO FINISHERS 03/07/2011 $50.980 09/05/2011 $52.330 03/05/2012 $53.480 APPRENTICE: MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 1 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt) Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 5 90.00 6 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than than the following: Steps are 800 hours Step 1$37.27/2$40.01/3$42.75/4$45.50/5$48.24/6$49.61 TEST BORING DRILLER 12/01/2010 $50.500 06/01/2011 $51.500 12/01/2011 $52.750 TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER 12/01/2010 $49.220 06/01/2011 $50.220 12/01/2011 $51.470 TEST BORING LABORER 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 TRACTORS 12/01/2010 $45.500 06/01/2011 $46.380 12/01/2011 $47.250 06/01/2012 $48.200 12/01/2012 $49.150 TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT 12/01/2010 $45.300 06/01/2011 $46.050 12/01/2011 $46.710 06/01/2012 $47.360 12/01/2012 $48.390 TUNNEL WORK -COMPRESSED AIR 12/01/2010 $61.680 06/01/2011 $62.930 12/01/2011 $64.180 TUNNEL WORK -COMPRESSED AIR (HAZ. WASTE) 12/01/2010 $63.680 06/01/2011 $64.930 12/01/2011 $66.180 TUNNEL WORK -FREE AIR 12/01/2010 $53.750 06/01/2011 $55.000 12/01/2011 $56.250 TUNNEL WORK -FREE AIR (HAZ. WASTE) 12/01/2010 $55.750 06/01/2011 $57.000 12/01/2011 $58.250 VAC-HAUL 12/01/2010 $44.720 06/01/2011 $45.470 12/01/2011 $46.130 06/01/2012 $46.780 12/01/2012 $47.810 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 WATER METER INSTALLER 09/17/2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 Outside Electrical -West EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 08/31/2008 $46.540 GROUNDMAN 08/31/2008 $29.550 GROUNDMAN /TRUCK DRIVER 08/31/2008 $41.550 HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 08/31/2008 $48.910 JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN 08/31/2008 $54.660 APPRENTICE: LINEMAN (Outside Electrical) -West Local 42 Ratio Step 1:2 % 1 60.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$31.17/2$33.29/3$41.92 /4$44.05/5$46.17/6$48.29/7$50.41 TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER 01/01/2007 $30.200 TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 01/01/2007 $28.820 TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN 01/01/2007 $28.820 TRACTOR-TRAILER DRIVER 08/31/2008 $46.540 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 10 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety TREE TRIMMER 02/01/2009 $19.010 This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on and around utility lines. TREE TRIMMER GROUNDMAN 02/01/2009 $17.060 This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on and around utility lines. Additional Apprentice Information: Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, Section 11. All steps are six months (1000 hours) unless otherwise specified. * Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. ** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field. *** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices (APP) for every 3 journeymen (JM) is allowed as follows: 1 JM: 1 APP; 2-3 JM: 2 APP; 4-6 JM: 4 APP; 7-9 JM: 6 APP; 10-12 JM: 8 APP; 13-15 JM: 10 APP; etc. **** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices (APP) for every 3 journeymen (JM) is allowed as follows: 1-2 JM: 1 APP; 3-4 JM: 2 APP; 5 JM: 3 APP; 6-7 JM: 4 APP; 8 JM: 5 APP; etc. This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 11 of 11 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS Division of Occupational Safety All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprentice Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All steps are 6 months (1000 Hours) City/Town: NORTHAMPTON unless otherwise specified** Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed below as a percentage of the predetermined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprentice Training pursuant to M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. Classification Ratio* 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) 1:4 50 60 70 80 Steps are 1 year BOILERMAKER 1:5 65 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON 1:5 50 60 70 80 90 95 CARPENTER ** 50 55 60 70 80 85 90 95 ** 1: 1-5, 2: 6-8, 3: 9-11 Steps are 6 mos (600 hrs.) ELECTRICIAN 2:3**** 50 55 60 65 70 75 Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs; Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs. ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 1:1 50 55 65 70 80 Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year FLOORCOVERER 1:1 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 Steps are 750 hrs. GLAZIER 1:1 50 56.3 62.5 68.8 75 81.3 88 93.8 HOIST/PORT. ENG. 1:6 60 70 80 90 Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.; Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs. IRONWORKER 60 70 75 80 85 90 Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4 LABORER 1:5 60 70 80 90 PAINTER 1:1 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 Steps are 750 hrs. PILE DRIVER 1:3 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER 1:5 45 50 60 70 80 Steps are 2000 hrs. ROOFER 1:3 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 Steps are 750 hrs. ROOFER (TEAR OFF) 1:1 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 Steps are 750 hrs. SHEET METAL WORKER 1:3 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 SIGN ERECTOR 1:1 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 Steps are 4 mos. SPRINKLER FITTER 1:1 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 Issue Date: 1/12/2009 * Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. ** Multiple ratios are listed in comment field. *** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices(App) for every 3 journeymen(JM) is allowed as follows: 1 JM: 1 1 App; 2-3 JM:2 App; 4-6 JM: 4 App; 7-9 JM: 6 App; 10-12 JM: 8 App; 13-15 JM: 10 App; etc **** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices(App) for every 3 journeymen(JM) is allowed as follows: 1-2 JM: 1 App; 3-4 JM: 2 App; 5 JM: 3 App; 6-7 JM: 4 App; 8 JM: 5 App; etc Rate Sheet: NORTHAMPTON Job ID: 125457 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS Division of Occupational Safety All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprentice Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All steps are 6 months (1000 Hours) City/Town: NORTHAMPTON unless otherwise specified** Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed below as a percentage of the predetermined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprentice Training pursuant to M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 1:1 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 Issue Date: 1/12/2009 * Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. ** Multiple ratios are listed in comment field. *** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices(App) for every 3 journeymen(JM) is allowed as follows: 1 JM: 1 App; 2-3 JM:2 App; 4-6 JM: 4 App; 7-9 JM: 6 App; 10-12 JM: 8 App; 13-15 JM: 10 App; etc **** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices(App) for every 3 journeymen(JM) is allowed as follows: 1-2 JM: 1 App; 3-4 JM: 2 App; 5 JM: 3 App; 6-7 JM: 4 App; 8 JM: 5 App; etc Rate Sheet: NORTHAMPTON Job ID: 125457 WEEKLY PAYROLL RECORDS REPORT & STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY, 19 STANIFORD STREET, 2nd FLOOR, BOSTON, MA 02114 In accordance with Massachusetts General Law c. 149, §27B, a true and accurate record must be kept of all persons employed on the public works project for which the enclosed rates have been provided. A Payroll Form has been printed on the reverse of this page and includes all the information required to be kept by law. Every contractor or subcontractor is required to keep these records and preserve them for a period of three years from the date of completion of the contract. In addition, every contractor and subcontractor is required to submit a copy of their weekly payroll records to the awarding authority. For every week in which an apprentice is employed, a photocopy of the apprentice’s identification card must be attached to the payroll report. Once collected, the awarding authority is also required to preserve those records for three years. In addition, each such contractor, subcontractor, or public body shall furnish to the awarding authority directly, within fifteen days after completion of its portion of the work a statement, executed by the contractor, subcontractor or public body who supervises the payment of wages, in the following form: STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE _______________, 20_______ I,___________________________________,___________________________________ (Name of signatory party) (Title) do hereby state: That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by ___________________________________ on the ______________________________ (Contractor, subcontractor or public body) (Building or project) and that all mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers employed on said project have been paid in accordance with wages determined under the provisions of sections twenty-six and twenty-seven of chapter one hundred and forty nine of the General Laws. Signature _________________________ Title _____________________________ MASSACHUSETTS WEEKLY CERTIFIED PAYROLL REPORT FORM Company's Name: Address: Phone No.: Payroll No.: Employer's Signature: Title: Contract No: Tax Payer ID No. Work Week Ending: Awarding Authority's Name: Public Works Project Name: Public Works Project Location: Min. Wage Rate Sheet No. General /Prime Contractor's Name: Subcontractor's Name: "Employer" Hourly Fringe Benefit Contributions (B+C+D+E) (A x F) Employee Name & Complete Address Employee is OSHA 10 Certified (?) Work Classification: Appr. Rate (%) Su. Mo. Tu. We. Th. Fr. Sa. All Other Hours Hourly Base Wage (B) Health & Welfare Insurance (C') ERISA Pension Plan (D) Supp. Unemp. (E) Total Hourly Prev. Wage (F) Total Gross Wages Check No. (H) NOTE: Pursuant to MGL Ch. 149 s.27B, every contractor and subcontractor is required to submit a "true and accurate" copy of their weekly payroll records directly to the awarding authority. Failure to comply may result in the commencement of a criminal action or the issuance of a civil citation. Date recieved by awarding authority Page of //Hours Worked Project Gross Wages (G) Project Hours (A) The Massachusetts Prevailing Wage Law M.G.L. c. 149, §§26-27 NOTICE TO AWARDING AUTHORITIES  The enclosed wage schedule applies only to the specific project listed at the top of the schedule, and these rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project, except in the case of multi-year projects. For projects lasting longer than one year, awarding authorities must request updated rates.  You should request an updated wage schedule from the Division of Occupational Safety if you have not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the enclosed wage schedule.  The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project for which it has been issued.  Once a contractor has been selected by the awarding authority, the wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract for that project. NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS  The enclosed wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site during the life of the project.  The wages wages listed on the enclosed wage schedule must be paid to employees on public works projects regardless of whether they are employed by the prime contractor, a filed sub-bidder, or any sub-contractor.  The enclosed wage schedule applies to all phases of the project, including the final clean-up. Contractors whose only role is to perform final clean-up must pay their employees according to this wage schedule.  All apprentices must be registered with the Massachusetts Division of Apprenticeship Training (DAT) in order to be paid at the lower apprentice rates. All apprentices must keep his/her apprentice identification card on his/her person during all work hours. If a worker is not registered with DAT, they must be paid the “total rate” listed on the wage schedule regardless of experience or skill level. For further information, please call 617-626-5409, or write to: DAT, 19 Staniford Street, 1st Floor, P.O. Box 146759, Boston, MA 02114. Notice to Drivers of BITUMINOUS CONCRETE NOTICE: TO AWARDING AUTHORITIES AND CONTRACTORS ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 1, 2006 DRIVERS WHO HAUL BITUMINOUS CONCRETE (ASPHALT) The Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court recently affirmed that drivers who haul bituminous concrete to public construction projects are not covered by the Prevailing Wage Law while off-site, including time spent over-the-road and picking-up materials. These drivers are covered by the Prevailing Wage Law only while on-site at the public construction project. In Teamsters Joint Council No. 10 v. Department of Labor, et al., 447 Mass. 100 (2006), the SJC upheld a 2001 administrative decision limiting the applicability of prevailing wage rates to the time bituminous drivers spend at the public construction site. This most recent decision of the SJC followed a 1989 ruling that had upheld an earlier Department of Labor (and Industries’) policy that had deemed this category of drivers to be “teamsters” under the Law and, therefore, entitled to prevailing prevailing wage rates. See Construction Industries of Massachusetts v. Commissioner of Labor and Industries, 406 Mass. 162 (1989). However, the earlier court case had left open the question of whether this entitled these bituminous drivers to prevailing wage rates for their over-the-road time as well as their on-site time. This most recent decision has now answered that question. All of the requirements of the Prevailing Wage Law, including certified weekly payroll requirements, apply to bituminous drivers for all time spent at the public construction site. DRIVERS WHO HAUL READY-MIX CONCRETE (CEMENT) Drivers who haul ready-mix concrete to public construction projects are not covered by the Prevailing Wage Law while off-site, including time spent over-the-road and pickingup materials. These drivers are covered by the Prevailing Wage Law while on-site at the public construction project. This applicability determination was established by a 2001 administrative decision of the Department of Labor’s Division of of Occupational Safety. All of the requirements of the Prevailing Wage Law, including certified weekly payroll requirements, apply to ready-mix drivers for all time spent at the public construction site. Please feel free to contact the Division of Occupational Safety at 617-626-6953 if you have any questions. Questions about enforcement of the Prevailing Wage Law may be directed to the Attorney General’s Fair Labor and Business Practices Division at 617-727-3465 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 12 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Exhibit B: Sub-bidder Update Statement (blank form) Division of Capital Asset Management Page 1 of 10 * SPECIAL NOTICE TO AWARDING AUTHORITY SUB-BIDDERS’ UPDATE STATEMENTS ARE NOT PUBLIC RECORDS AND ARE NOT OPEN TO PUBLIC INSPECTION (M.G.L. C.149, §44D) EFFECTIVE MARCH 30, 2010 Commonwealth of Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT TO ALL SUB-BIDDERS, TRADE CONTRACTORS AND AWARDING AUTHORITIES A COMPLETED AND SIGNED SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH EVERY FILED SUB-BID PURSUANT TO M.G.L. c.149, §44F AND EVERY TRADE SUB-BID PURSUANT TO M.G.L. c. 149A. ANY FILED SUB-BID OR TRADE SUB-BID SUBMITTED WITHOUT AN APPROPRIATE SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT IS INVALID AND MUST BE REJECTED. Caution: This form is to be used for submitting Filed Sub-Bids and Trade Sub-Bids. It is not to be used for submitting Prime/General Contract bids. AWARDING AUTHORITIES If the Awarding Authority determines that the sub-bidder is not competent to perform the work as specified on the project, it should reject the bid. SUB-BIDDER’S AFFIDAVIT I swear under the pains and penalties of perjury that I am duly authorized by the bidder named below to sign and submit this Sub-bidder Update Statement on behalf of the bidder named below, that I have read this Sub-bidder Update Statement, and that all of the information provided by the bidder in this Sub-bidder Update Statement is true, accurate, and complete as of the bid date. _ _ _ _ Bid Date Print Name of Sub-bidder or Trade Contractor _ _ _ _ Project Number (or Business Address name if no number) _ _ _ _ Awarding Authority Telephone Number SIGNATURE _____________________________________ Bidder’s Authorized Representative Division of Capital Asset Management Page 2 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO SUB-BIDDERS  This form must be completed and submitted by all Filed Sub-Bidders bidding on projects pursuant to M.G.L. c. 149, §44F and Trade Contractors bidding on projects pursuant to M.G.L. c. 149A.  You must give complete and accurate answers to all questions and provide all of the information requested. MAKING A MATERIALLY FALSE STATEMENT IN THIS SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT IS GROUNDS FOR REJECTING YOUR BID AND FOR DEBARRING YOU FROM ALL PUBLIC CONTRACTING.  This Sub-Bidder Update Statement must include all requested information that was not previously reported on the Application used for your firm’s most recently issued (not extended or amended) Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility. The Sub-Bidder Update Statement must cover the entire period since the date of that Application, NOT since the date of your Certification.  You must use this official form of Sub-bidder Update Statement. Copies of this form may be obtained from the awarding authority and from the DCAM Web Site: www.mass.gov/dcam .  If additional space is needed, please copy the appropriate page of this Sub-bidder Update Statement and attach it as an additional sheet. INSTRUCTIONS TO AWARDING AUTHORITIES Determination of Sub-Bidder Qualifications  It is the awarding authority’s responsibility to determine each responsible bidder. You must consider all of the information in the bidder’s Sub-bidder Update Statement in making this determination. Remember: this information was not available to the Division of Capital Asset Management at the time of certification.  The sub-bidder’s performance on the projects listed in Parts 1 and 2 must be part of your review. Contact the project references.  AWARDING AUTHORITIES ARE STRONGLY ENCOURAGED TO REVIEW THE SUB-BIDDER’S ENTIRE CERTIFICATION FILE AT THE DIVISION OF CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT. Telephone (617) 727-9320 for an appointment. Correction of Errors and Omissions in Sub-bidder Update Statements Matters of Form: An awarding authority shall not reject a sub-bidder’s bid because there are mistakes or omissions of form in the Sub-bidder Update Statement submitted with the bid pursuant to M.G.L. c.149, §44D, provided the sub-bidder promptly corrects those mistakes or omissions upon request of the awarding authority. [810 CMR 8.13(1)]. Correction of Other Defects: An awarding authority may, in its discretion, give a sub-bidder notice of minor defects and omissions as to form in the Sub-bidder’s Update Statement and provide an opportunity to correct its Sub-bidder Update Statement. However, the sub-bidder shall not be allowed to make corrections to a Sub-bidder Update Statement if material information about the sub-bidder was omitted from the Sub-bidder Update Statement filed with the sub-bidder’s bid. The Awarding Authority shall advise DCAM of any material omissions in a Sub-bidder’s Update Statement.. [810 CMR 8.13(2)]. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 3 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 1 -COMPLETED PROJECTS LIST ALL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROJECTS OF $20,000 OR MORE THAT YOUR FIRM HAS COMPLETED SINCE THE DATE OF APPLICATION FOR YOUR MOST RECENTLY ISSUED (NOT EXTENDED OR AMENDED) SUBBIDDER CERTIFICATE OF ELIGIBILITY*. PROJECT TITLE & LOCATION WORK CATEGORY CONTRACT PRICE START DATE DATE COMPLETED Attach additional sheets if necessary * If your firm has been terminated from a project prior to completion of the work or has failed or refused to complete its work under any contract, full details and an explanation must be provided. See Part 3 of this Sub-bidder Update Statement. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 4 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR EACH COMPLETED PROJECT LISTED ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE. PROJECT TITLE COMPANY NAME CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone Is your company or any individual who owns, manages or controls your company affiliated with any owner, designer or general contractor named above, either through a business or family relationship? YES NO Are any of the contact persons named above affiliated with your company or any individual who owns, manages or control your company, either through a business or family relationship? YES NO If you have answered YES to either question, explain. _ _ Division of Capital Asset Management Page 5 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 2 -CURRENTLY HELD CONTRACTS LIST ALL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROJECTS OF $20,000 OR MORE THAT YOUR FIRM HAS UNDER CONTRACT ON THIS DATE REGARDLESS OF WHEN OR WHETHER THE WORK COMMENCED. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 PROJECT TITLE & LOCATION WORK CATEGORY START AND END DATES ON SCHEDUL E (yes /no) CONTRACT PRICE % NOT COMPLETE $ VALUE OF WORK NOT COMPLETE (col. 5 X col. 6) Division of Capital Asset Management Page 6 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR EACH INCOMPLETE PROJECT LISTED ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE. PROJECT TITLE COMPANY NAME CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone Is your company or any individual who owns, manages or controls your company affiliated with any owner, designer or general contractor named above either through a business or family relationship? YES NO Are any of the contact persons named above affiliated with your company or any individual who owns, manages or control your company, either through a business or family relationship? YES NO If you have answered YES to either question, explain. _ _ Division of Capital Asset Management Page 7 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 3 -PROJECT PERFORMANCE For Parts 3 and 4, if you answer YES to any question, please provide on a separate page a complete explanation. Information you provide herein must supplement the Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility. You must report all requested information not previously reported on that Application. Include all details [project name(s) and location(s), names of all parties involved, relevant dates, etc.]. YES NO 1. Has your firm been terminated on any contract prior to completing a project or has any officer, partner or principal of your firm been an officer, partner or principal of another firm that was terminated or failed to complete a project? 2. Has your firm failed or refused either to perform or complete any of its work under any contract prior to substantial completion? 3. Has your firm failed or refused to complete complete any punch list work under any contract? 4. Has your firm filed for bankruptcy, or has any officer, principal or individual with a financial interest in your current firm been an officer, principal or individual with a financial interest in another firm that filed for bankruptcy? 5. Has your surety taken over or been asked to complete any of your work under any contract? 6. Has a payment or performance bond been invoked against your current firm, or has any officer, principal or individual with a financial interest in your current firm been an officer, principal or individual with a financial interest in another firm that had a payment or performance bond invoked? 7. Has your surety made payment to a materials supplier or other party under your payment bond on any contract? 8. Has any subcontractor filed a demand for direct payment with an awarding authority for a public project on any of your contracts? 9. Have any of your subcontractors or suppliers filed litigation to enforce a mechanic’s lien against property in connection with work performed or materials supplied under any of your contracts? 10. Have there been any deaths of an employee or others occurring in connection with any of your projects? 11. Has any employee or other person suffered an injury in connection with any of your projects resulting in their inability to return to work for a period in excess of one year? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 8 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 4 -Legal or Administrative Proceedings; Compliance with Laws Please answer the following questions. Information must supplement all judicial and administrative proceedings involving bidder’s firm, which were instituted or concluded (adversely or otherwise) since your firm’s Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility. You must report all requested information not previously reported on that DCAM Application. The term “administrative proceeding” as used in this Sub-Bidder Update Statement includes (i) any action taken or proceeding brought by a governmental agency, department or officer to enforce any law, regulation, code, legal, or contractual requirement, except for those brought in state or federal courts, or (ii) any action taken by a governmental agency, department or officer imposing penalties, fines or other sanctions for failure to comply with any such legal or contractual requirement. The term “anyone with a financial interest in your firm” as used in this Section “I”, shall mean any person and/or entity with a 5% or greater ownership interest in the applicant’s firm. If you answer YES to any question, on a separate page provide a complete explanation of each proceeding or action and any judgment, decision, fine or other sanction or result. Include all details (name of court or administrative agency, title of case or proceeding, case number, date action was commenced, date judgment or decision was entered, fines or penalties imposed, etc.). YES NO 1. Have any civil, judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract, including but not limited to actions to obtain payment brought by subcontractors, suppliers or others? 2. Have any criminal proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract including, but not limited to, any of the following offenses: fraud, graft, embezzlement, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, or receipt of stolen property? 3. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state’s or federal procurement laws arising out of the submission of bids or proposals? 4. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of M.G.L. Chapter 268A, the State Ethics Law? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 9 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 4 -Legal or Administrative Proceedings; Compliance with Laws (continued) YES NO 5. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state or federal law regulating hours of labor, unemployment compensation, minimum wages, prevailing wages, overtime pay, equal pay, child labor or worker’s compensation? 6. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state or federal law prohibiting discrimination in employment? 7. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a claim of repeated or aggravated violation of any state or federal law regulating labor relations? 8. Have any proceedings by a municipal, state, or federal agency been brought, concluded, or settled relating to decertification, debarment, or suspension of your firm or any principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm from public contracting? 9. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of state or federal law regulating the environment? 10. Has your firm been fined by OSHA or any other state or federal agency for violations of any laws or regulations related to occupational health or safety? Note: this information may be obtained from OSHA’s Web Site at www.osha.gov 11. Has your firm been sanctioned for failure to achieve DBE/MBE/WBE goals, workforce goals, or failure to file certified payrolls on any public projects? 12. Other than previously reported in the above paragraphs of this Section I, have any administrative proceedings or investigations involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled by any local, state or federal agency relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract? 13. Are there any other issues that you are aware which may affect your firm’s responsibility and integrity as a building contractor? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 10 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 5 -SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL List all supervisory personnel who will be assigned to the project if your firm is awarded the contract. Attach the resume of each person listed below. NAME TITLE OR FUNCTION PART 6 -CHANGES IN BUSINESS ORGANIZATION OR FINANCIAL CONDITION Have there been any changes in your firm’s business organization, financial condition or bonding capacity since the date your current Certificate of Eligibility was issued? Yes No If YES, attach a separate page providing complete details. PART 7 – LIST OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS SUBMITTED TO THE DIVISION OF CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT ALONG WITH CERTIFICATION PAGE. Attach here a copy of the list of completed construction projects which was submitted with your firm’s Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility. The Attachment must include a complete copy of the entire Section F – “Completed Projects” (Section G – “Completed Projects” for firms certified based upon their Prime/General Application), and the final page – “Certification Page”, (Section I in the Sub-bidder Application or Section J in Prime/General Application) containing the signature and date that the Completed Projects list (Section F or G) was submitted to the Division of Capital Asset Management. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 13 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Exhibit C: Sample Sub-bidder Certificate of Eligibility CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 14 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Exhibit D: List of Prequalified Trade Contractors for Trades Currently being Bid Section 040001 Masonry -Aquadro & Cerruti Inc. Cantarella & Son, Inc. Chabot & Burnett Construction Co., Inc. Champlain Masonry, Inc. Dependable Masonry Construction Co., Inc. Fernandes Masonry, Inc. Sullivan & Narey Construction Co., Inc. Section 050001 Miscellaneous & Ornamental Iron -Avid Ironworks, Inc. North Shore Steel Quinn Brothers of Essex, Inc. Shepard Steel Co., Inc. South Shore Welding, Inc. SMJ Metals Company Superior Rail & Iron Works, Inc. United Steel, Inc. Section 070001 Waterproofing, Dampproofing & Caulking -Armani Restoration, Inc. Chapman Waterproofing Debrino Caulking Gleeson Powers, Inc. P.J. Spillane Superior Caulking & Waterproofing Inc Section 070002 Roofing & Flashing -Belcour Roofing Capeway Roofing Greenwood Industries Independent Roofing Co., Inc. JD Rivet & Co, Inc. Newton Contracting Co. Rockwell Roofing, Inc. Titan Roofing, Inc. Stanley Roofing Co., Inc. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 15 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Section 080001 Metal Windows -A&A Window Products, Inc. Advantage Glass Company Chandler Architectural Products, Inc. The Cheviot Corporation Eastfield Glass Kapiloff's Glass Lizotte Glass, Inc. R&R Window Contractors, Inc. Section 090002 Tile -Ayotte & King for Tile, Inc. Capital Carpet & Flooring Specialists, Inc. West Floor Covering, Inc. Section 090003 Acoustical Tile -The Cheviot Corporation Central Ceilings Conn Acoustics Johnson Acoustics K & K Acoustical Ceilings Section 090005 Resilient Floors -M. Frank Higgins & Co. Inc. Ayotte & King for Tile, Inc. Capital Carpet & Flooring Specialists West Floor Covering, Inc. Section 090007 Painting -Berger Painting, Inc. John W. Egan Co., Inc. Northeast Painting Associates, Inc. Dandis Contracting Section 140001 Elevators -Eagle Elevator Co., Inc. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 16 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Section 220001 Plumbing Adams Plumbing & Heating, Inc. Arden Engineering Constructors, LLC B-G Mechanical Contractors, Inc. GEM Mechanical Services Grasseschi Plumbing & Heating, Inc. Royal Steam Heater Company TJ Conway Company Section 230001 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning -Arden Engineering Constructors, LLC Adams Plumbing & Heating, Inc. B-G Mechanical Contractors, Inc. General Mechanical Contractors, Inc. N.B. Kenney Company, Inc. Royal Steam Heater Company TJ Conway Company Section 260001 Electrical Angelica Brothers Comalli Electrical ML Schmitt Inc. Ostrow Electrical Universal Electric Co., Inc. Wayne J. Griffin Electric, Inc. End of Exhibit D CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 17 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Exhibit E: Project Schedule for Relevant Trade Scopes All aspects of the work shall be scheduled, performed and completed under the direction of the Construction Manager. Materials and manpower must be supplied in proper sequence and as necessary to meet all milestone and completion deadlines. Proper sequencing of subcontractor work and potential access limitations must be taken into consideration and addressed by each subcontractor. The milestone definitions and deadlines outlined below are requirements of the contract for all Trade Contractors. The intent of the project schedule is to indicate the general sequence of the work and approximate durations required to meet the overall project schedule. It will be the subcontractor’s responsibility to properly man and equip the project such that the general parameters provided by the schedule are met. Failure to do so may result in termination and/or assessment of back charges associated with accelerating follow-on subcontractors. In the event that this contractor fails to meet the required deadlines or durations of the schedule, this contractor shall, at its own cost, work overtime to accelerate its scope of work in order to return the project to the schedule. The existing police facility building will be occupied during Phase 1. Paths of egress out of the existing building must remain free and clear at all times during construction. This subcontractor shall confirm with the Construction Manager the phase of which every component of its scope of work shall be performed. Any work performed by this subcontractor that is deemed by the Construction Manager to be out-of-sequence shall be corrected by this subcontractor at its own expense and at no additional costs to the project. Costs incurred by other subcontractors or the Construction Manager due to out-of-sequence work by this subcontractor will be back charged to this subcontractor accordingly. It is understood that this Subcontractor’s work may not flow in a continuous manner and that additional move-ins and remobilizations may be required by this subcontractor due to logistics of the project and the schedule at no additional cost. The Subcontractor shall procure and prepare its materials and manufactured products so as to be ready to begin work in the field when directed by the Construction Manager. It shall perform the Work in a prompt and diligent manner, commencing the several parts thereof at such times and proceeding therewith in such order as directed by the Construction Manager, and shall finish the several parts and the whole of the Work as provided herein, so that, in conjunction with other trades engaged thereon, it will insure the uninterrupted progress of the Project. It shall complete the Work as rapidly as field conditions permit, proceeding in a skillful and expeditious manner, so that the Project will be completed within the target dates established by the Construction Manager's progress schedule as updated from time to time. The Subcontractor shall submit to the Construction Manager immediately upon award of contracts a Bar Chart Construction Schedule of all activities contained in the Subcontractor’s scope of work. This schedule shall include activity descriptions and durations in working days, for shop drawings, fabrication, delivery and installation of products, materials and equipment, identify precedent relationships between the Subcontractor's activities and those of other Subcontractors, the dollar value, necessary manpower loadings, and precedent activities from other Contracts. The activities on the schedule must be at a level of detail approved by The Construction Manager and agree with the terminology and building sequencing established by The Construction Manager CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 18 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 This schedule is the current estimated schedule and is subject to change at the sole discretion of CITY OF NORTHAMPTON and the CM. All information is presented for general informational purposes only and is not binding on CITY OF NORTHAMPTON/CM. MILESTONE DESCRIPTION TARGET DATE(S) Notice of Award to Trade Contractors June 1, 2011 MEP Coordination Kickoff Meeting June 7, 2011 Submittals due from subcontractors for review and approval June 17, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, Lower Floor June 28, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, First Floor July 12, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, Second Floor August 2, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, Roof August 23, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, Parking Deck September 13, 2011 Site Utilities, Center Street and Gothic Street, begins May 20, 2011 Foundations and Slab on Grade, New Building July 1 – October 3, 2011 Structural Steel and Slabs-on-Decks, New Building October 11-November 14, 2011 CMU Masonry Shafts & Interior CMU, New Building November 15 – Dec. 16, 2011 Exterior LGMF Framing and Sheathing, New Building November 15 – Dec. 23, 2011 Roofing and Exterior Waterproofing/Insulation, New Building Dec. 7, 2011 – January 3, 2012 Exterior Brick Installation, New Building January 3 – February 18, 2012 Windows, Exterior Glazing and Metal Panels, New Building February 7 – March 12, 2012 MEP Rough, Lower Floor, New Building Nov. 11, 2011 – Feb. 7, 2012 MEP Rough, First Floor, New Building Nov. 30, 2011 – Feb. 21, 2012 MEP Rough, Second Floor, New Building Dec. 6, 2011 – Feb. 21, 2012 Elevator Installation, New Building February 7 – March 12, 2012 Prime painting, Lower Floor, New Building, begins February 21, 2012 Acoustical Ceiling Grid, Lower Floor, New Building, begins February 23, 2012 Finish painting, Lower Floor, New Building, begins March 28, 2012 Prime painting, First Floor, New Building, begins March 4, 2012 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 19 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 Acoustical Ceiling Grid, First Floor, New Building, begins March 11, 2012 Finish painting, First Floor, New Building, begins April 16, 2012 Prime painting, Second Floor, New Building, begins March 6, 2012 Acoustical Ceiling Grid, Second Floor, New Building, begins March 13, 2012 Finish painting, Second Floor, New Building, begins April 12, 2012 Installation of MEP ceilings fixtures and devices begins 2-weeks into the ceiling grid duration, each level Installation of ceiling tile begins 1-week following ceiling grid, each level Installation of resilient flooring and tile flooring begins immediately following ceiling tile, each level Substantial completion, New Building May 2, 2012 Existing Building Demolition June 20 – August 7, 2012 Excavation and Foundations, Parking Deck August 8 – October 12, 2012 Precast Parking Deck installation October 10 – October 20, 2012 MEP Installations, Parking Deck October 23-November 10, 2012 Substantial completion, Parking Deck November 22, 2012 CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 20 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 TRADE CONTRACTOR BID CHECKLIST PLEASE NOTE THAT INCOMPLETE OR LATE BIDS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. THEREFORE, BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID, PLEASE REVIEW THE FOLLOWING. This checklist is not a contract document; it is provided for your convenience to help avoid common mistakes that can result in the rejection of bids. 1. Have you used the correct bid form attached to the Request for Bids from Prequalified Trade Contractors that immediately follows the Instructions to Bidders? 2. Have you properly identified the project, project architect, trade, etc., on your bid form? 3. Are your bid amounts, as expressed in figures and words, consistent? The amount expressed in words will control. 4. Have you acknowledged all addenda issued, and followed the instructions contained in each one? 5. Have you responded to all of those alternates identified as applying to the Trade Contractor section you are bidding on? 6. 6. If your scope of work is affected by an alternate and an alternate price is requested and you estimate that there is no change in price, did you indicate by writing "no change", "N/C", or "0"? Failure to provide a price, no change, N/C or 0 for an alternate when identified as part of a Trade Contractors’ scope of work will result in rejection of your bid. 7. If you are a Trade Contractor and the alternate does not affect your category of work, have you left the alternate blank or written "N/A" and only "N/A?" 8. If you are a Trade Contractor and the bid documents request that you supply the name of the firm(s) that will do certain work identified as sub-subcontract Paragraph E work, have you completed the Paragraph E section? 9 Have you added any information not called for, acknowledged an addendum that does not exist, or provided a price for an alternate not identified as part of your scope of work which can result in rejection of your bid? 10. Is your Bid Form SIGNED and dated? 11. Bid Deposits a. Is your bid deposit, if in the form of a bid bond, issued by a bonding company licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts? Is it signed by the contractor and the bonding company? Passbooks or Letters of Credit from a bank are not acceptable as a bid deposit. b. Is your bid deposit made payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts? Bid deposits made payable to any other entity may cause the bid to be rejected. c. Is your bid deposit five (5%) of the highest possible bid amount, considering all alternates being accepted in order? 12. Have you included your current Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility and a completed, signed Sub-Bidder Update Statement? See Exhibit B of the Instructions to Bidders for a blank form of Sub-Bidder Update Statement. 13. Are all of your bid materials enclosed in a sealed envelope and labeled with the project information exactly as provided in the Instructions to Bidders? 14. Your bid MUST be received by the Awarding Authority prior to the deadline! 15. Is the person who signed the Bid Form authorized to do so and did they provide contact information? CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 21 of 21 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA 01060 ***Important information for Bidders*** ADDENDUM HISTORY SCHEDULE Project No.: 09-01 Northampton Police Headquarters Request for Bids for Section(s):______________________________________ _______________________________________ Contract Documents Titled: Northampton Police Headquarters Contract Documents Dated: May 4, 2011 Listed below are those Addenda already Incorporated into the current Contract Documents dated as set forth above. Addendum # Addendum Dated On Bid Forms submitted for this Project Bidders must acknowledge any and all addenda numbered and/or dated later than the last noted in the table above. Failure to do so will result in rejection of the bid. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 1 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA Part Two: To be Completed and Submitted by Trade Contractor CITY OF NORTHAMPTON Attn: Central Services 240 Main Street Northampton, MA 01060 TRADE CONTRACTOR FORM OF BID-M.G.L. c. 149A as amended Project No.: 09-01 Project Name: Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA Trade Contractor Category of Work Trade Contractor Name: Trade Contractor Mailing Address: Trade Contractor Street Address: Telephone Number: Facsimile Number: Contact Person/Title: Trade Contractor Acknowledges Addenda Nos. (insert all numbers) Note: If Respondent Trade Contractor is “SOMWBA Certified” as a MBE/WBE/MWBE, please indicate which below and attach letter from the State Office of Minority and Women Business Assistance evidencing such certification. MBE WBE M/WBE Prequalified Trade Contractor BID FORM & ATTACHMENTS CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 2 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA ******************** IMPORTANT NOTICE ********************** Interested Prequalified TRADE CONTRACTORS must indicate in the table below the trade for which it is submitting THIS bid and MUST submit SEPARATE individual bids for each and every other trade in which it was prequalified and submits a bid for this Project. ******************** IMPORTANT NOTICE ********************** Mark “X” for Trade Seeking Prequalification Section # Trade Category 040001 Masonry 050001 Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron 070001 Waterproofing, Dampproofing and Caulking 070002 Roofing and Flashing 080001 Metal Windows 090002 Tile 090003 Acoustical Tile 090005 Resilient Floors 090007 Painting 140001 Elevators 220001 Plumbing 230001 Heating, Ventilation & Air-Conditioning 260001 Electrical CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 3 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA The following must be attached to or inserted into this Trade Contractor Bid: 1. Current Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility issued by the Division of Capital Asset Management and Maintenance showing the Bidder is certified in the category of work for which this Trade Bid is submitted. 2. Completed Sub-Bidder Update Statement. NOTE: All information and the documents called for in the update statement must be supplied. All information provided must be complete and accurate. A defect or omission in the Update Statement may result in the rejection of the Bid. 3. Bid deposit meeting the requirements of these Instructions to Bidders. To the Construction Manager on this CM at Risk Project: A. The undersigned prequalified Trade Contractor (also referred to as sub-bidder) proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described Plans, Specifications and addenda, all the work specified in Section No. ________ of the Specifications and in any Plans specified in such section, prepared by Caolo & Bieniek Associates, Inc. for Project No. 09-01, Northampton Police Headquarters (designer) (project number) (project name) in Northampton, Massachusetts, for the Contract sum of (city/town) _______________________________________________________________ dollars ($________________________). B. Alternates: Not Applicable C. IMPORTANT INFORMATION: Because this is a CM at Risk Project All Trade Contractors must include in their Bid price the cost of their providing payment and performance bonds in the full amount of their Bid, including all alternates. All Trade Contractors awarded contracts on this Project are required by law to provide full payment and performance bonds at their own expense. D. The undersigned agrees that, if it is selected as a Trade Contractor, it will, within ten days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the Construction Manager selected as the CM at Risk, execute with such Construction Manager a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this Trade Contractor Bid Packet, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and recognizes that it, the Trade Contractor, is required to furnish a performance and payment bond and the Trade Contractor is required to pay the premiums therefore. Payment and Performance Bonds must be issued by a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority in the full sum of the subcontract price. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 4 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the Specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll, and in the absence of a contrary provision in the Specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for such class of work or part thereof are: NAME CLASS OF WORK BID PRICE ($) _____________________________ ________________________ __________________ _____________________________ ________________________ __________________ _____________________________ ________________________ __________________ _____________________________ _____________________ ___ __________________ (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished the undersigned). By submission of this Bid the Trade Contractor certifies that it has prequalified each of the subtrade subcontractors listed above using criteria similar to the criteria for the prequalification of Trade Contractors. F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described Plans, Specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the Construction Manager by the terms of the hereinbefore describe Plans, Specifications, including all general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward the Construction Manager all the obligations and responsibilities that the Construction Manager, by those documents, assumes toward the Commonwealth. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of its qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the Plans and specification: 1. Have been in business under present business name ________ years. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? _________________. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 5 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA CERTIFICATIONS The undersigned hereby certifies that the Trade Contractor will perform the complete trade contract work with employees on its own payroll, except for work listed and identified in Paragraph E above. The undersigned further certifies that it shall comply with the prevailing wage law set forth in M.G.L. c. 149, §§26 & 27 and pay wages no less then those set forth in the wage rate tables for the Project. The undersigned further certifies that it is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that it will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to Chapter 149A of the General Laws. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury that this Trade Bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the work “person” shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned also certifies that he or she (or, if he or she is the authorized representative of a company, the company) is the only person interested in this Bid; that it is made without any connection with any other person making any submission for the same work; that no person acting for, or employed by, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts is directly or indirectly interested in this Bid or any subsequent proposal, or in any contract which may be made under it, or or in expected profits to arise therefrom; that the undersigned Bidder has not influenced or attempted to influence any other person or corporation to file a Bid or subsequent proposal or to refrain from doing so or to influence the terms of the Bid or any subsequent proposal of any other person or corporation; and that this submission is made in good faith without collusion or connection with any other person applying for the same work. The undersigned certifies that if awarded this work it shall comply with all federal and state laws, rules and regulations promoting fair employment practices or prohibiting employment discrimination and unfair labor practices and shall not discriminate in the hiring of any applicant for employment nor shall any qualified employee be demoted, discharged or otherwise subject to discrimination in the tenure, position, promotional opportunities, wages, benefits or terms and conditions of their employment because of race, color, national origin, ancestry, age, sex, religion, disability, handicap, sexual orientation or for exercising any rights afforded by law. The undersigned commits to purchasing supplies and services from certified minority or women-owned businesses, small businesses or businesses owned by socially or economically disadvantaged persons or persons with disabilities. The undersigned certifies that if awarded this work it shall not knowingly use undocumented workers in connection with the performance of Contracts; that, pursuant to federal requirements, they shall verify the immigration status of all workers assigned to Contract without engaging in unlawful discrimination; and that they shall not knowingly or recklessly CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 6 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA alter, falsify, or accept altered or falsified documents from any such worker. The Contractor understands and agrees that it must submit documentation of compliance with this requirement as required by DCAM and that any breach of any of these terms during the period of a Contract may be regarded as a material breach, subjecting Contractor to sanctions, including but not limited to monetary penalties, withholding of payments, contract suspension or termination. The undersigned further certifies pursuant to M.G.L. c. 62C, §49A, M.G.L. c. 149A, §8(g) 10, and M.G.L. c. 151A, § 19A, I, that Bidder has filed all state tax returns and paid all taxes as required by law and has complied with all state laws pertaining to contributions to the unemployment compensation fund and to payments in lieu of contributions. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. The undersigned further certifies under pain and penalties of perjury that it is not presently debarred by the federal government from doing public work under any applicable federal law a. Acknowledgement of Addenda. By signing below, the interested Trade Contractor acknowledges receipt of the addenda listed by Trade Contractor on page 1 of this Trade Contractor Bid Form. b. Authorization to Sign: This form must be signed by an officer of the firm or an individual so authorized by an officer of the firm who has personal knowledge regarding the information contained herein. .SIGNED UNDER THE PAINS AND PENALTIES OF PERJURY: Signature: (Signature of Authorized Representative) Print Name: Title: Firm Name: Date: Project Number: _ ____________________________________ Project Name: CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 7 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA  ATTACHMENT A -BID BOND: Trade Contractors MUST ATTACH to this Trade Contractor Form of Bid at Attachment A a valid Bid Bond equal to 5% of the total bid price including all alternates. Failure to submit such Bid Bond will result in rejection of the bid.  ATTACHMENT B -CERTIFICATE OF ELIGIBILITY: Trade Contractors MUST ATTACH to this Trade Contractor Form of Bid at Attachment B a valid Sub-bidder Certificate of Eligibility (issued by DCAM) for each Trade in which it submits a bid. Failure to attach a valid Certificate of Eligibility will result in rejection of the bid.  ATTACHMENT C -UPDATE STATEMENT: (Required as of January 1, 2006) Trade Contractors MUST ATTACH to this Trade Contractor Form of Bid a current and completed Sub-bidder Update Statement for each Trade in which they submit a bid. Failure to submit such Update Statement will result in rejection of the bid. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 8 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA Attachment A – TRADE CONTRACTOR BID BOND Trade Contractor Must Attach a Valid Bid Bond meeting the requirement of this Trade Contractor Bid Package here. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 9 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA Attachment B – TRADE CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATE OF ELIGIBILITY Trade Contractor Must Attach a Valid Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility issued by the Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management meeting the requirements of this Trade Contractor Bid Package here. Note: Trade Contractors submitting a bid for more than one Trade must submit a DCAM Sub-bidder Certificate of Eligibility and Update Statement for each Trade. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Request for Bids Page 10 of 10 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA Attachment C – TRADE CONTRACTOR UPDATE STATEMENT Trade Contractor Must Attach a Completed Sub-Bidder Update Statement on the form issued by the Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management meeting the requirements of this Trade Contractor Bid Package here. Note: Trade Contractors submitting a bid for more than one Trade must submit a DCAM Sub-bidder Certificate of Eligibility and Update Statement for each Trade. Trade Contractor & Owner-CM at Risk CONTRACT AGREEMENTS CM at Risk Trade Contractor Agreement Page 1 of 6 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA TRADE CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT MADE THIS ____ DAY OF ________________, 20 ____, by and between ________________ a corporation organized and existing under the laws of ________________a partnership consisting of ______________________ an individual doing business as ________________ hereinafter called the “Construction Management At Risk Firm” and ________________ a corporation organized and existing under the laws of ________________ an individual doing business as ________________ hereinafter called the “Trade Contractor”. WITNESSETH that the Construction Management At Risk Firm and the Trade Contractor for the considerations hereafter named, agree as follows: (1) The Trade Contractor agrees to furnish all labor and materials required for the completion of all work specified in Section No(s).____ of the specifications for ________________ (name of Sub-trade(s)) and the plans referred to therein and and addenda No.____ for the _______________ (project) all as prepared by _______________ designer. All work shall be in accordance with the contract documents listed on Exhibit A; and the detailed Scope of Work listed on Exhibit B. The Construction Management At Risk Firm agrees to pay the Trade Contractor as full payment for all the work in Exhibit B the sum of $ ________________. This price includes the following alternates: Nos. ____, ____, ____, ____ . (A) The Trade Contractor agrees to be bound to the Construction Management At Risk Firm by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans; specifications (including all general conditions stated therein) and addenda No. ____, and ____, and ____, and to assume to the Construction Management At Risk Firm all the obligations and responsibilities that the Construction Management At Risk Firm by those documents assumes to the ________________ (Public Agency) hereinafter called the “Public Agency,” except to the extent that provisions contained therein are by their terms or by law applicable only to the Construction Management At Risk Firm. (B) The Construction Management At Risk Firm agrees to be bound to the Trade Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described documents and to assume to the Trade Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities that the Public Agency by the terms of the hereinbefore described documents assumes to the Construction Management At Risk Firm, except to the extent that provisions contained therein are by their terms or by law applicable only to the Public Agency. (2) The Construction Management At Risk Firm agrees to begin, prosecute and complete the entire work specified by the Public Agency in an orderly manner so that the Trade Contractor will be able to begin, prosecute, and complete the work described in this Trade Contract; and, in consideration thereof, upon notice from the Construction Management At Risk Firm, either oral or in writing, the Trade Contractor agrees to begin, prosecute and complete the work described in in this Trade Contract in an orderly manner and in accordance with the Project Schedule attached as Exhibit C as it may be reasonably modified from time to time by agreement of the Construction Management At Risk Firm and the Trade Contractor. CM at Risk Trade Contractor Agreement Page 2 of 6 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA (3) The Trade Contractor agrees to furnish to the Construction Management At Risk Firm, on execution of this Trade Contractor Agreement and prior to commencing the work, evidence of workers' compensation insurance as required by law and evidence of public liability and property damage insurance of the type and in limits required to be furnished to the Public Agency by the Construction Management At Risk Firm. (4) The Construction Management At Risk Firm agrees that no claim for services rendered or materials furnished by the Construction Management At Risk Firm to the Trade Contractor shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the Construction Management At Risk Firm to the Trade Contractor during the first ten (10) days of the calendar month following that in which the claim originated. (5) This Trade Contractor Agreement is contingent upon the execution of an amendment to the contract between the Construction Management At Risk Firm and the Public Agency for the work of the Trade Contractor. (6) If the trade contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt payment to sub-trade subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances or the instructions of the Construction Management At Risk Firm, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the contract, then the Construction Management At Risk Firm may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Trade Contractor and his surety seven days' written notice, terminate the employment of the Trade Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case the Trade Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the trade contract price shall exceed the expense of finishing the work including compensation for additional architectural, managerial and administrative services, such excess shall be paid to the Trade Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Trade Contractor shall pay the difference to the Construction Management At Risk Firm. The Construction Management At Risk Firm and Trade Contractor shall have the right to seek damages for breach of this Trade Contract without terminating this Trade Contract or ceasing performance hereunder. (7) The following exhibits are incorporated into their subcontract: Exhibit A: Contract Documents Exhibit B: Detailed Scope of Work Exhibit C: Project Schedule CM at Risk Trade Contractor Agreement Page 3 of 6 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA (8) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement the date and year first above-written. SEAL ATTEST _______________________________________________________ Trade Contractor SEAL ATTEST _______________________________________________________ Construction Manager at Risk Firm CM at Risk Trade Contractor Agreement Page 4 of 6 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA EXHIBIT A -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (General Conditions) CERTIFICATE BY CORPORATION TO SIGN CONTRACT TAX AND REPORTING COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION FOREIGN CORPORATION CERTIFICATION PERFORMANCE BOND LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND CM at Risk Trade Contractor Agreement Page 5 of 6 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA EXHIBIT B -DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK CM at Risk Trade Contractor Agreement Page 6 of 6 Northampton Police Headquarters, Northampton, MA EXHIBIT C -PROJECT SCHEDULE 1 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AT RISK GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE I: DEFINITION OF TERMS -p. 4 ARTICLE II: EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT, SCOPE OF WORK, INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS -p. 5 1. Execution 2. Scope Of Work 3. Interpretation 4. Distribution of Work 5. Subcontracts 6. Contract Price ARTICLE III: CONTROL OF WORK /ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT-p. 8 1. Designer 2. Right Of Access to Work 3. Inspection No Waiver ARTICLE IV: GENERAL PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE CM -p. 9 1. Review Of Contract Documents and Field Conditions 2. Supervision and Construction Procedures; Coordination; Cutting, and Patching 3. Key Personnel 4. Labor 5. Notices and Permits 6. Excavation 7. Corrections To The Work; Inspection No Bar To Subsequent Corrections 9. Sanitary Facilities 8 Site Access Control 10. Temporary Offices 11. Contract Documents and Samples at the Site 12. Telephones 13. Safety Laws, Regulations and Practices 14. Debris and Chemical Waste 15. Weather Protection 16. Furnishings and Equipment 17. Sales Tax Exemption and Other Taxes 18. Final Cleaning 19. Maintenance Data 20. Closeout Procedures 2 ARTICLE V: MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT -p. 15 1. Materials Generally 2. Shop Drawings, Product Data, And Samples 3. Tests 4. "Or Equal" Submissions 5. Delivery and Storage of Materials; Inspection 6. Defective, Damaged, Deteriorated Materials and Rejection Thereof ARTICLE VI: PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS -p. 19 1. Beginning, Progress Schedule, And Completion of Work 2. Failure To Complete Work On Time -Liquidated Damages 3. Delays; Statutory Provisions 4. Use and Occupancy Prior To Final Acceptance 5. Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Completion 6. One Year Warranty Repair List and Inspection ARTICLE VII: CHANGES IN THE WORK -p. 22 1. Change Orders Generally 2. Methods of Computing Equitable Adjustments 3. Work Performed Under Protest 4. False Claims, Statutory Provisions Regarding ARTICLE VIII: PAYMENT PROVISIONS -p. 26 Changes 1. Schedule Of Values 2. Payment Liabilities of the CM 3. Retention of Moneys by THE OWNER 4. Applications for Payment 5. Periodic Payments (M.G. L. c. 30, s. 39K) 6. Termination for Failure to Complete Punchlist 7. Payment of Subcontractors (M.G.L.c. 30, s. 39F) 8. Final Payment; Release of Claims by CM ARTICLE IX: GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES -p. 32 1. General Warranty 2. Special Guarantees and Warrantees ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS -p. 33 1. CM to Be Informed 2. Compliance with All Laws ARTICLE XI: CM'S ACCOUNTING METHOD REQUIREMENTS (M.G.L. c., s. 39R) -p. 35 3 1. Definitions 2. Record Keeping 3. Statement of Management Controls 4. Annual Financial Statement 5. Bid Pricing Materials ARTICLE XIV: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS -p. 36 1. Insurance Generally 2. CM's Commercial General Liability 3. Vehicle Liability 4. Pollution Liability 5. Worker's Compensation 6. Builder's Risk Property Coverage Insurance 7. Boiler and Machinery Insurance 8. Umbrella or Excess Liability Coverage 9. Additional Types of Insurance and Deductibles 10. Waivers of Subrogation ARTICLE XV: INDEMNIFICATION -p. 38 1. Generally 2. CM's Indemnification 3. Asbestos Abatement Subcontractor Indemnification 4. Designer’s Action 5. Survival ARTICLE XVI: PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS -p. 40 1. CM Bonds 2. Subcontractor Bonds 3. Cost of Bond Premiums ARTICLE XVII: TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT -p. 40 1. Termination for Cause 2. Termination for Convenience 3. CM’s Duties Upon Termination for Convenience ARTICLE XVIII: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS -p. 42 1. Written Approval of Assignment by CM 2. Certificate of Appropriation 3. Claims by Others Not Valid 4. No Personal Liability by Public Officials 5. Severability 6. Choice of Laws 7. No Waiver of Subsequent Breach 8. Remedies Cumulative 9. Notices 10. Interpretation of Contract – Cost of Work 4 ARTICLE I: DEFINITION OF TERMS The following words shall have the following meanings as used in this Contract: Approval: (or Approved): An approval in writing signed by the authorized signatory of THE OWNER. Depending upon the nature of the approval, the Designer or the Project Manager may, when authorized by the Owner, issue approvals on the Owner’s behalf. Architect: The architect identified in the Owner-CM Agreement, also referred to as the Designer. As directed, as permitted, as required, as determined or words of like effect: The direction, permission, requirement or determination of the Owner unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Similarly, approved, acceptable, satisfactory or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Designer and THE OWNER. Certificate of Use and Occupancy: A certificate signed by the Designer pursuant to the requirements of Article VI of these General Conditions of the Contract, indicating that (1) the Work has been completed in in accordance with the Contract Documents, except for Punch List items, (2) certificates of inspection, testing and/or approval (including a certificate of occupancy under the Building Code), operating permits for any mechanical apparatus which may be required to permit full use and occupancy of the Work by its intended users have been delivered to THE OWNER, (3) any applicable written warranties, operating instructions and related materials have been delivered to THE OWNER, and (4) the Work may be used for its intended purpose without substantial inconvenience or interference. Change Order: (1) A written order not requiring the consent of the CM, approved by the Owner and signed by the Project Manager and designated as a Change Order, directing the CM to make changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract. Construction Manager, Contractor, CM, Construction Management at Risk and General Contractor These words are used interchangeably and mean the person, corporation or other entity with whom THE OWNER has executed the CM Contract. Construction Manager’s Key Personnel: The personnel listed in the Construction Manager’s Proposal and the Owner-CM Agreement, all of whom shall be dedicated to the Project on a full time basis, unless otherwise agreed to. Contract Documents: The documents listed in Article 2 of the Owner-CM Agreement. Day: calendar day. Designer: The architect or engineer identified as the Designer in the Owner-CM Agreement. Drawings: The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including Plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. Final Acceptance: The written determination by THE OWNER upon recommendation of the Designer, that the Work has been 100% completed, except for the CM's indemnification obligations, warranty obligations, obligations to continue to maintain insurance coverage for the time periods provided in the Contract Contract Documents, and any other obligations which are intended to survive Final Acceptance and/or the termination of the Contract. Laws: All applicable statutes, regulations, ordinances, codes, laws, orders, decrees, approvals, certificates and requirements of governmental and quasi-governmental authorities. Notice to Proceed (NTP): The written notice provided by THE OWNER to the CM which authorizes the CM to commence the Work as of a date specified therein, from which date the times specified in Article 4 of the Owner-CM Agreement are measured. THE OWNER may issue more than one NTP, for Preconstruction and Construction Services, in which case the date from which the time for completion of construction is measured shall be as stated in the appropriate NTP. Or equal (or words of like import): Equal in the opinion of THE OWNER determined pursuant to the provisions of M.G.L. c.30, s. 39M and the provisions of the Contract. Owner: The City of Northampton acting through authorized officials. Owner-CM Agreement: The Owner-Construction Manager Agreement between Northampton and the CM for the Project, which is incorporated into the Contract Documents. Plan(s): Drawing(s).Progress Schedule: The progress 5 schedule submitted by the CM and approved by THE OWNER in accordance with the Contract Documents. Project: The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by separate contractors. Project Manager: The Owner’s Project Manager identified in the Owner-CM Agreement. Punch List: A list of items determined by THE OWNER upon the recommendation of the Designer, to be minor, incomplete or unsatisfactory work items that do not materially impair the use of the Work by THE OWNER for its intended purpose. Owner’s Representative: The on-Site representative of THE OWNER, who may be an employee of the Project Manager or may work directly for the Owner. The Owner’s Representative has no authority to make changes in the work, interpret provisions of the Contract, approve or disapprove payment requests from the CM, or otherwise provide direction to the CM. Samples: Samples are physical examples, that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. Schedule of Values: The schedule prepared by the CM and approved by THE OWNER pursuant to Article VIII of these General Conditions of the Contract which allocates the Contract Price to the various portions of the Work and is used as a basis for determining payments due to the CM.Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams, details, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the CM or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate a portion of the Work. Site: The land and, if any, building(s) or space within any such building(s) on which or in which the CM is to perform the Work. Specifications: The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work and performance of related services. Subcontractor: Person or entity with whom the CM or a subcontractor contracts in order to perform the Work, except as otherwise specifically provided or required herein or by Law. “Subcontractor” also means “Trade Contractor” except when otherwise specified. Substantial Completion: "Substantial Completion" shall occur when (1) the CM fully completes the Work or substantially completes the Work, or a designated Phase thereof, so that the value of the Work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the Designer, less than one percent of the adjusted contract price, or (2) the CM substantially completes the Work and THE OWNER takes possession for occupancy, whichever occurs first. Superintendent: The licensed construction supervisor who is an employee of the CM designated to be in full time attendance at the Site throughout the prosecution and progress of the Work and who shall have complete authority to act for the CM. Trade Contractor: Subcontractors under Contract with the CM to perform the work of the trades listed in paragraph 1.1 of the Procedures for Award of Subcontracts at Appendix C, and selected under the process authorized in M.G.L. c. 149A and Section I of the aforementioned Procedures by the CM. Sometimes referred to as “Filed Subcontractor” or “Filed Subbidder”. User Agency: The Northampton Police Department. Other terms, abbreviations and references are defined as they appear herein. ARTICLE II: EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT, SCOPE OF WORK, INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, DISTRIBUTION OF WORK, SUBCONTRACTS 1. Execution. The execution of the Owner – CM Agreement by the CM is a representation that the CM has visited the Site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, has correlated observations at the site with requirements of the Contract Documents and is aware of requirements contained in the permits that have issued that apply to the construction of the work. 6 2. Scope of Work. The Work consists of all the work identified in the Contract Documents. The Work includes Pre-Construction Services the CM has agreed to provide as well as the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor, tools, materials, supplies, equipment, permits, approvals, paperwork, calculations, submittals, and certificates necessary to develop, construct and complete the Work in accordance with all Laws, and all construction and other services required to be supervised, overseen, performed or furnished by CM or that the Contract Documents require the CM to cause to be supervised, overseen, performed or furnished. The CM shall provide and perform all of the Work, duties and obligations set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. Interpretation. A. The Plans and Specifications and other Contract Documents are to be considered together and are intended to be mutually complementary, so that any work shown on the Plans though not specified in the Specifications, and any work specified in the Specifications though not shown on the Plans, is to be executed by the CM as a part of this Contract. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the better quality or greater quantity shall govern, unless THE OWNER directs otherwise. Figured dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions. B. All things that in the opinion of THE OWNER may be reasonably inferred from the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents are to be executed by the CM. The Designer shall determine whether the detail Plans conform to the general Plans and Contract Documents, except as may be otherwise determined by THE OWNER. C. The tables of contents, titles, headings and marginal notes or sub-scripts contained herein are solely to facilitate references, are not intended to be construed as provisions of the Contract, and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. D. Where reference is is made in the Contract Documents to publications, standards, or codes issued by associations or societies, such reference shall be interpreted to mean the current edition of such publications, standards, or codes, including revisions in effect on the date of the issuance of the RFP for the contract notwithstanding any reference to a particular date. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the dates, if any, specified with respect to insurance policy endorsement forms. E. In case of any conflict among the Contract Documents, unless the context clearly otherwise requires, the Contract Documents shall be construed according to the following priorities: First Priority: Contract Modifications and Change Orders Second Priority: Owner-CM Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract Specifications and Drawings, as amended. Third Priority: CM’s Proposal, as accepted by OWNER Fourth Priority: Owner’s Request for Proposals. F. All plans, general and detailed, are to be deemed a part of the Contract, and the plans and specifications and Contract are to be considered together, and are intended to be mutually complementary, so that any work shown on the plans, though not specified in the specifications, and any work specified in the specifications, though not shown on the plans, is to be executed by the CM as part of the Contract. All things which in the opinion of the Designer may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents are to be executed by the CM in accordance with the terms of the Contract. In the event of a conflict, CM is to assume that the Contract requires the greater quantity or quality of work, and the CM shall immediately bring to the attention of the Designer said purported conflict. G. The CM shall refer to all of the Drawings, and to all of the sections of the Specifications, and shall perform all work reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the indicated results. Neither THE OWNER nor the Designer assume any liability arising out of jurisdictional issues raised 7 or claims advanced by Subcontractors, trade organizations or other interested parties based on the arrangement or manner of subdivision of the content of the Specifications and Drawings. In the event of any claim arising out of any duplication, conflict, inconsistency or discrepancy within the Specifications or on the Drawings as to the allocation of the Work among the Subcontractor the CM shall be solely responsible for resolving the claim and shall be responsible for ensuring that all of the Work is completed, regardless of where it appears in the Specifications or on the Drawings. H. The CM shall give the Designer timely notice of any additional information required to define or execute the work. I. The CM shall not proceed with work not clearly or consistent with the contract documents. It the CM does so, it shall correct such work at its own expense. J. No consideration will be given for claims from the CM or its sub contractors for work not included in the various bid packages, but which was included in the contract documents. K. Requests for information (RFI): The CM may submit RFIs. The CM must first however determine that the requested information does not exist in the contract documents, project correspondence, coordination documents, or other available resources. RFI’s must in writing, be sequentially numbered, dated, indexed, and tracked. RFI’s must be specific requests and contain sufficient information for the Designer to reply with out asking the CM for clarifications of the RFI. The RFI’s shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of the date by which the information is required as to allow the Designer 15 days to review and respond, and the work to proceed with out an impact to the project schedule. L. The CM shall reimburse the Owner for amounts charged to the Owner for time spent by the Designer for responding to CM RFI’s where such information was available to the CM. The Owner may deduct such amounts from any payments due the CM and from the contract amount by Change Order. 4.Distribution of Work. Other than as required by M.G.L. c. 149A and any other applicable provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws and these Contract Documents, the CM shall be responsible for distributing the Work in the best interests of the Project. 5. Subcontracts Procedures for the procurement and the award of contracts by the CM for the furnishing of labor, materials and equipment in the performance of the Work (“Subcontracts”) shall be as specified in M.G.L. c 149A. The CM shall be responsible for providing, administering and keeping a record of all required subcontracting processes, including but not limited to RFQs and RFBs, for the OWNER and seek the review and approval of the OWNER as required by c. 149A. The CM shall abstain from selection committee discussion of subcontract work for which the CM is applying. The CM shall not replace any Subcontractor previously selected without the prior written approval of THE OWNER. The CM shall maintain and periodically update and distribute to THE OWNER, the Project Manager and the Designer a Project Directory listing the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the principal members of the staff of each Subcontractor. The principal contact and a back-up for each Subcontractor and each of their office telephone numbers, mobile telephone numbers and pager numbers, if available, shall be indicated in the Project Directory so that such persons can be reached in emergency situations occurring beyond regular business hours. In the event of termination of the Contract due to the default of the CM or for any other reason, THE OWNER shall have the right (but shall have no obligation) to assume, and/or accept assignment of and further assign to a general contractor or construction manager or other third party who is qualified and has sufficient resources to complete the Work, the rights of the CM under the Subcontract with such Subcontractor. In the event of such assumption or assignment by THE OWNER, the 8 Subcontractor shall have no claim against THE OWNER or such third party for work performed by such Subcontractor or other matters arising prior to termination of the Contract, and THE OWNER or such third party, as the case may be, shall be liable only for obligations to the Subcontractor arising after such assumption or assignment. All work shall be performed pursuant to written subcontracts. When subcontracting with Trade Contractors the CM shall use the Form for Trade Contract as required by c. 149A. All subcontracts shall require the Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the CM by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the CM all the obligations and responsibilities which the CM, by the Contract Documents, assumes toward THE OWNER. Each Subcontract shall preserve and protect the rights of THE OWNER under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights. The CM shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with its Subcontractors. The CM shall provide to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of a Subcontract with such Subcontractor, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound by this Paragraph. No Subcontract, and nothing contained herein or in any Subcontract, shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and THE OWNER. 6. Contract Price. The Contract Price constitutes the amount of compensation authorized to be paid to the CM for everything to be performed and furnished by the CM in connection with the Work, as provided in the Owner CM Agreement. The Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) is composed of a) the cost of the work, 2) the cost of the general conditions and 3) the CM fee. When the Designer determines that the plans and specifications are 100% complete and Owner and CM agree that sufficient pricing has been obtained the Owner and CM will negotiate the agreed amount for the cost of the work and cost of the general conditions. The CM fee will have already been determined during the RFP process and will not be renegotiated. 7. Allowances. The Contractor shall include in the Guaranteed Maximum Price Allowances called for in the Contract Documents or required by the CM and agreed to by the Owner. The Guaranteed Maximum Price shall be specific as to the nature of the Allowance, and the intended use. Whenever the approved, actual costs of the allowance are more or less than the allowance, the GMP shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order as allowed for in Article VII. ARTICLE III: CONTROL OF WORK /ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1. Designer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in this Contract, any of the powers, rights, and duties of the Designer may be exercised by THE OWNER, provided that THE OWNER shall be under no obligation to do so. THE OWNER may rely on the Designer for the performance and exercise of of certain rights and obligations of the Owner hereunder. Except as otherwise authorized by the Owner, any Approval required to be obtained from THE OWNER hereunder shall not be valid without the signature of THE OWNER. THE OWNER may explicitly overrule in writing any action, determination or decision of the Designer should THE OWNER choose to do so, except to the extent that the same would violate applicable law. Subject to the foregoing, the Designer shall be responsible for the general administration of the Contract and shall perform the duties and exercise the rights herein conferred on the Designer. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Designer 9 shall decide all questions which may arise as to the conduct, quantity, quality, equality, acceptability, fitness, and rate of progress of the several kinds of work and materials to be performed and furnished under this Contract, and shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the Plans and Specifications. In the case of the death, resignation, inability or refusal of the Designer to act, or the termination of his or her or its employment, THE OWNER may appoint another person to act as Designer for the purposes of this Contract. THE OWNER shall give written notice to the CM of any such appointment. 2. Right of Access to Work. THE OWNER, the Project Manager, and the Designer (and persons designated by them) may for any purpose enter upon the Work, the Site, and premises used by the CM, and the CM shall provide safe facilities therefore. Other contractors of THE OWNER may also enter upon the same for the purposes which may be required by their contracts or work. Any differences or or conflicts which may arise between the CM and other contractors of THE OWNER with respect to their work shall be initially resolved by the Project Manager. The Owner reserves the right of access to any part of the project at all times to inspect the same or to install work either with its own forces or with separate contractors hired by the Owner. Such access is not to be construed as partial occupancy by the Owner and no claim for increase in Contract Time or Sum will be considered unless such Owner’s Contractors have delayed or damaged the CM’s work. The CM shall permit the Owner to place and install as much furniture, equipment, and other materials during the progress of the work as is possible before completion of the various parts of the work and agrees that such placing and installation of equipment shall not in any way evidence the completion or acceptance of any portion of it. 3. Inspection No Waiver. No inspection by THE OWNER, the Designer, the Project Manager, or employees or agents of either of them, and no order, measurement, certificate, approval, payment order, payment, acceptance or any other action or inaction of any of them, shall operate as a waiver by THE OWNER of any provision of this Contract. ARTICLE IV: GENERAL PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE CM The CM shall complete for the Contract Price all of the Work in a proper, thorough, and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents. Project responsibilities are assigned in the attached Project Management (PM) Responsibilities matrix. Without limiting the foregoing and without limiting the CM's obligations under any other provision of the Contract Documents, the CM shall for the Contract Price perform the following general obligations: 1. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions. A. Before commencing the Work, the CM shall carefully study the Contract Documents and carefully compare all Specifications, Plans, Drawings, figures, dimensions, lines, marks, scales, directions of the Designer, and any other information provided by THE OWNER and shall at once report to the Designer any questions, errors, inconsistencies, or omissions which the CM may discover. B. Before commencing the Work, the CM shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the CM with the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the Designer any questions, errors, inconsistencies, or omissions. 2. Supervision and Construction Procedures; Coordination; Cutting, and Patching. 10 A. The CM shall supervise and direct the Work, using the CM's best skill and attention. The CM shall be solely responsible for, and shall have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and shall be responsible for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. (1) Should the Contract documents refer to a particular construction means and method, technique, sequence, or procedure, or imply that any such operations are to be used to in the work, such mention is intended only to indicate that the operations of the CM shall be such as to produce the quality of the work implied by the operations described. The actual determination of whether or not the described operations may be safely and suitably performed shall be the responsibility of the CM. The CM shall notify the Designer in writing of the actual operations that will be employed if such operations vary from those referred to in the Contract Documents. The CM bears sole responsibility for any loss, damage, costs, liabilities, damage, or costs of corrective work arising from the employment of any construction means and methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, not with standing that such operations are referred to, indicated, or implied by the Construction Documents, unless the CM has given timely written notice to the Designer and Owner that such operations in the Contract Documents are not safe or suitable, and the CM has received written approval from the Owner to proceed at the Owner’s risk. B. The CM shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all Work and the coordination of the operations of all trades, Subcontractors, and material and men engaged upon the Work. C. All necessary cutting, coring, drilling, grouting, and patching required to fit together the several parts of the Work shall be coordinated by the CM. The CM shall not damage or endanger a portion of the work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering altering such construction, or by excavation. The CM shall not cut or otherwise alter such work by the owner or separate contractors except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractors. Such consent shall not unreasonably be withheld. The CM shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or separate contractors the CM’s consent to cut or otherwise alter the Work. D. The CM shall be responsible to THE OWNER for the acts and omissions of the CM's employees, agents and Subcontractors of all tiers, and their agents and respective contractors employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work or supplying materials therefore. E. The CM shall be responsible for the inspection of portions of the Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. F. The Designer shall establish baselines and benchmarks on the Drawings for the location of the Work but all other lines and grades shall be determined by the CM. The CM shall employ a registered land surveyor to perform any engineering required for establishing grades, lines, levels, dimensions, layouts, and reference points for the trades. The CM shall be responsible for maintaining benchmarks and other survey marks and shall replace any benchmarks or survey marks that may have become disturbed or destroyed. The CM shall verify the materials shown on the Drawings before laying out the Work and shall be responsible for any error resulting from its failure to exercise this precaution. G. Work shall be performed during regular Working Hours which, unless otherwise approved by the Owner shall be 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. However, if the CM desires to carry on the Work outside of regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or Massachusetts or federal holidays, the CM shall provide the Owner’s on site representative with 48 hours notice to allow satisfactory arrangements to be made for inspecting Work in progress. Any work performed during regular Working Hours or at any other time shall comply with any City of Northampton’s noise ordinances. H. Work performed outside of regular Working Hours without prior notice to the Designer and/or THE OWNER shall be subject to additional inspection and testing as directed by the Designer. The Owner’s costs for this inspection and testing shall be borne by the CM whether the Work is found to be acceptable or not. THE OWNER shall be entitled to issue the CM a credit to cover such cost from 11 payments due the CM. I. The CM shall arrange for and attend job meetings with the Designer and/or Owner and such persons as the Designer and/or Owner may from time wish to have present. The CM shall be represented by the Project Executive, the principal project manager and the general superintendent for the Project, and any other authorized main office representative. An authorized representative of any subcontractor shall attend the meeting if the Designer or Owner requests such a presence. The representatives from the CM and the subcontractors shall be empowered to make decisions and commitments on all maters discussed at such meetings including costs, payments, change orders, time, schedules, and man power. Any notices required under the contract may be served on such representatives. 3.Key Personnel. The CM shall employ the Key Personnel as defined in Article I of the General Conditions unless otherwise agreed to by THE OWNER. The CM shall designate a person as the “Project Executive” for the project. The Project Executive shall be the CM’s senior person on Site and shall have full authority to accept communications to, make decisions for, and otherwise fully represent the CM in connection with all matters relevant to the Project. The CM’s Project Manager(s) shall be responsible for one or more portions of the Work as assigned by the Project Executive. The CM’s Project Manager may be the designee of the Project Executive to exercise the Project Executive’s responsibilities in the CM’s Project Executive’s absence. If the Project Executive delegates any responsibility to make decisions on behalf of the CM to other team members, the Owner must be notified in writing of any such delegation of responsibilities when it occurs. The Superintendent shall be properly licensed in accordance with the Building Code. 4. Labor. A.. The CM shall employ only competent workers. The CM shall enforce and shall require all its Subcontractors to enforce strict discipline and good order among their respective employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The CM shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. Whenever the Designer or THE OWNER shall notify the CM in writing that any worker is, in the Owner's opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such employee shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Project except with the consent of THE OWNER. See Paragraph 8 of this Article. B. The CM shall ensure that all its Subcontractors employ a sufficient number of workers to carry on the Work with all proper speed in accordance with Laws, the requirements of the Contract Documents, and the Progress Schedule. C. The CM shall procure materials from such sources and shall manage its own forces and the forces of its Subcontractors in such a manner as will result in harmonious labor relations on the Project Site. The CM shall cause persons to be employed in the Work who will work in harmony with others so employed. CM shall shall bear the cost associated with delays due to job actions, work stoppages or other project schedule interruptions caused by failure of CM to maintain harmonious labor relations on the project site. 5. Notices and Permits. A. The CM shall take out and pay for all approvals, permits, user fees, certificates and licenses required by Laws, pay all charges and fees, and pay for or cause the appropriate Subcontractor to pay for all utilities required for the proper execution of the Work. The costs of any required permits shall be considered Cost of the Work. The CM shall perform the work in strict 12 accordance with all permit requirements that have issued for the Project. The Owner has waived fees of the Building Commissioner. B. The CM shall comply with all Laws and shall give all notices required thereby. C. Except as otherwise specified in this Contract, it is not the CM's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable Laws. However, if the CM observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance with the requirements of Laws, the CM shall promptly notify the Designer and THE OWNER in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by an appropriate Contract Modification. D. If the CM performs Work knowing it to be contrary to Laws without giving such notice to the Designer and THE OWNER, the CM shall bear full responsibility for such Work and all costs attributable thereto, including, without limitation, corrections to the Work. 6. Excavation. The CM shall prevent by sheeting and shoring or bracing, if necessary, any caving or bulging of of the sides of any excavation made by the CM, leaving sheeting and shoring in place, or if any is removed, filling solid the spaces left thereby. 7. Corrections to the Work; Inspection No Bar to Subsequent Corrections. The review of the Work by the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants shall not relieve the CM of its responsibilities to fulfill the Contract obligations. Defective work may be rejected by the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants whether or not such work and/or materials have been previously overlooked or misjudged by the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants and accepted for payment. If the Work or any part thereof shall be found defective at any time before the Final Acceptance of the whole Work, or during the Warranty Period, the CM shall forthwith correct such defect in a manner satisfactory to the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants. If any material brought upon the Site for use in the Work, or selected for the same, shall be rejected by the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, or as damaged by casualty or deteriorated due to improper storage at the Site or to any other factor, the CM shall forthwith remove such materials from the Site. The CM shall pay for the cost of making good all work or property of other contractors or of the Owner destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement; repair any injury, defect, omission or mistake in the Work as soon as it is discovered, finish and immediately make good any defect, omission or mistake in the Work and complete and leave the Work in perfect condition. The costs of correcting such defects or mistakes shall not be considered Cost of the Work, unless the Owner approves funding such cost as a Construction Contingency Item, as provided in Section 7.2 of the Agreement for Construction Services. 8. Site Access Control The Owner and the CM shall develop a system that ensures that all workers and visitors to the Project can be immediately identified as authorized to be on the Project. The CM shall be responsible for administering that system. 9. Sanitary Facilities. The CM shall provide and maintain sanitary facilities for all persons employed on the Work, beginning with the first worker at the Site. Said facilities shall meet the following minimum requirements unless otherwise specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. 13 A. There shall be no fewer facilities than the number required by applicable Laws; B. Facilities shall be kept in a clean sanitary condition at all times and shall be adequately screened to be inaccessible to flies. C. The CM shall provide separate facilities for males and females. 10. Temporary Offices. Provide temporary offices as required in Division 1 of the Specifications including telephone/fax/internet access for the OWNER’S Project Manager and Clerk of the Work. 11. Contract Documents and Samples at the Site. Six sets of Contract Documents will be furnished to the CM by THE OWNER immediately after signing of the Contract, one of which shall be maintained at the Site for reference by authorized representatives of THE OWNER. The CM shall maintain at the Site for the use and information of THE OWNER one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, updated Progress Schedule, and all other submittals, all in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction. These shall be available to the Designer and Project Manager and shall be delivered to the Designer for submittal to THE OWNER upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Designer, and copies thereof furnished to the CM, are for use solely with respect to this Project. The CM shall not permit their release to other parties except as may be necessary in dealing with governmental authorities in the ordinary course of permitting and constructing the Project. Further, they are not to be used by the CM or any Subcontractor or Supplier on other projects without the specific written consent of THE OWNER and the Designer. 12. Telephones. Provide telephone and other similar services as provided for in Division 1 of the Specifications. 13. Safety Laws, Regulations, and Practices. The CM shall comply with all health and safety Laws applicable to the Work. 14. Debris and Chemical Waste. A The CM shall not permit the accumulation of interior or exterior debris. The CM shall keep the Work area clean at all times. Without limitation, garbage shall be removed daily from the building to dumpsters or from the site. The CM shall remove dirt, trash, and debris from all enclosed spaces such as wall cavities, chases, shafts, ceilings, and the like before such areas are enclosed. B. The CM shall properly classify and remove debris and waste from the Site and transport and dispose of it, all in accordance with Laws, employing a qualified and properly licensed transporter, at any landfill, disposal or recycling facility licensed under applicable Laws, including without limitation, hazardous materials laws. The CM shall make all arrangements and give and obtain all notices, communications, documentation, permits, certificates, and approvals necessary for said disposal from the Owner or officials in charge of such landfills, disposal or recycling facilities. The CM shall bear all fees and costs in connection with such classification, removal, transportation, disposal and storage. The CM shall not permit any storage of debris or waste except in accordance with Laws. C. The CM shall not permit any open fire on the Site. D. Chemical Waste: Chemical waste shall be stored in corrosion resistant containers, removed from the Site, and disposed of not less frequently than monthly unless more frequently required by Laws, 14 including without limitation hazardous materials laws, or by the Contract Documents. Disposal of chemical waste shall be performed in accordance with requirements of the U.S.Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (DEP). Fueling and lubricating of vehicles and equipment shall be conducted in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Lubricants shall be disposed of in accordance with procedures meeting all applicable Laws. The CM shall immediately notify the Designer of any hazardous materials release large enough to require reporting under applicable Laws. The CM shall be responsible for immediately cleaning up in accordance with Laws any oil or hazardous materials releases resulting from its operations. Any costs incurred in cleaning up any such releases shall be borne by the CM. E. If the CM fails to perform cleaning as required, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be paid for by the Contractor. 15. 15. Weather Protection (M.G.L. c. 149, s. 44G.and 44F(1). The CM shall, as part of the cost of the work, provide "weather protection," which means temporary protection of that Work adversely affected by moisture, wind and cold. Weather protection shall be achieved by covering, enclosing and/or heating working areas such that a minimum temperature of 40 degrees Fahrenheit is maintained at the working surface during the months of November through March in order to permit construction to be carried on during such period in accordance with the Progress Schedule. After the building or portion thereof is completely enclosed by either permanent construction or substantial temporary materials having a resistance comparable to the specified permanent construction, the CM shall provide heat therein of not less than 55 degrees F. nor more than 75 degrees F. The foregoing provisions do not supersede any specific requirements for methods of construction, curing of materials and the like. Such weather protection shall be be consistent with the Progress Schedule, shall permit the continuous progress of the Work necessary to maintain an orderly and efficient sequence of construction operations, shall include one thermometer for every 2,000 square feet of floor space or fraction thereof, shall be subject to the Approval of THE OWNER, and shall meet such additional requirements as may be specified by THE OWNER and by the Contract Documents. 16. Furnishings and Equipment. When, in the opinion of the Designer, any portion of the Work is in a reasonable condition to receive fittings, furniture, or other property of the Owner not covered by this Contract, the CM shall allow THE OWNER to bring such fittings, furniture, and/or other property into such portions of the Work and shall provide all reasonable facilities and protection thereof. No such occupancy shall be construed as interfering with the provisions relating to time of completion, or as constituting an acceptance of the whole or any part of the Work. Any furniture or fittings so installed shall be placed in the Work at the risk of THE OWNER except that the CM shall be liable for damages or losses to such furniture or fittings to the extent such damages or losses arise in whole or in part from the negligence or intentional misconduct of CM, Subcontractors, their agents and/or employees, or anyone for whose acts CM is responsible. The CM shall provide for debris removal facilities at a central location on the Project, in order to provide for the disposal of debris associated with the delivery of furnishings and equipment and technology equipment that will be delivered and installed by others. 17. Sales Tax Exemption and Other Taxes. All building materials and supplies as well as the rental charges for construction vehicles, equipment 15 and machinery rented exclusively for use on the Site, or while being used exclusively for the transportation of materials for the Work are entitled to an exemption from sales taxes under M.G.L. c. 64H, s. 6(f). The CM shall take all action required to obtain the benefit of such sales tax exemption. The CM shall bear the cost of any sales taxes that CM incurs in connection with the Work and THE OWNER shall not reimburse the CM for any such taxes. The exemption number assigned to the CM as an exempt purchaser shall be provided to the CM by THE OWNER upon the written request of the CM. If the CM incurs any costs for taxes, such costs shall be considered Costs of the Work. 18. Final Cleaning. At the completion of the Work or any portion thereof, in preparation for turnover to the Owner, the CM shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, electrical panels, machinery and surplus materials, and professionally clean all sight-exposed surfaces so that the Work is clean and ready for occupancy. Subsequent to installation of Owner furniture, equipment, technology equipment, and telephones, the CM shall provide such additional cleaning as may be necessary to remove any soil resulting from installation of such furniture, telephones and equipment. 19. Maintenance Data. Subject to such additional requirements as may be provided in the Contract Documents, the CM shall compile three (3) complete and identical binders of operating and maintenance data for the entire Work. The CM shall submit record maintenance data to the Designer for approval, shall submit approved maintenance data to THE OWNER, and shall instruct and train the User Agency's personnel in proper inspection and maintenance procedures. 20. Closeout Procedures. The CM shall take all actions and submit all items required for the issuance of the Certificate of Use and Occupancy and Final Acceptance as specified in Division 1 of the Contract Specifications. ARTICLE V: MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1. Materials Generally. A. Unless otherwise specifically specifically provided in the Contract Documents, the CM shall provide and pay for materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated onto be incorporated in the Work. B. The CM shall obtain prior written approval from THE OWNER for permission to store materials or equipment at off-site locations, to be incorporated in the Work, for which progress payments may be requested. Any and all charges for storage, inspection and verification by the Designer and THE OWNER, including insurance, shall be borne solely by the CM. Before approval, THE OWNER may require, without limitation (i) evidence that the off-site location is properly secure, (ii) proper proof of insurance and proof of satisfactory contractual arrangements for transportation to the site, and (iii) a certificate from the CM stating: (1) The name of the CM, Subcontractor or Supplier that leases or owns the warehouse or other storage facility; (2) The location of such storage facility, including the storage space; i.e., the entire premises or 16 certain areas of a warehouse giving the number of floors or portions thereof, and a certification that the CM has visited such location, verified the storage of such material or equipment therein or thereon (including confirmation that the materials or equipment are marked and segregated as provided below), and verified payment of all current storage charges; (3) The date(s) on which the material or equipment is first stored at such facility; and (4) A description of the materials or equipment stored, including quantities, types, manufacturers and other identification information, such as serial numbers. C. The CM shall furnish to THE OWNER, not less often than once per month, a current inventory of all materials or equipment being stored at any off-site location. D. The CM shall mark each sealed carton or other item with the name of the Project and THE OWNER, and all materials or equipment stored off-site shall be segregated to the extent required by the Project Manager or the Designer. E. Payment for materials or equipment stored off-site shall be at the reasonable discretion of THE OWNER, taking into account the schedule requirements of the Work. Title to materials or equipment stored off-site shall be transferred at the time at which THE OWNER pays for them, free of any lien or other interest of the Supplier or any other lien or encumbrance. Notwithstanding such transfer of title, the CM shall retain sole care, custody and control of, and shall have complete responsibility for the security and protection of, all materials or equipment included in any Application for Payment which are stored at locations other than the site, and the CM assumes all risk of loss or damage to such materials or equipment, and the CM shall hold harmless THE OWNER from and against all liabilities arising out of or resulting from loss or damage, from any cause, to such materials or equipment for which payment is requested, including liens, security interests or other claims of any kind by Suppliers or other third parties relating to such materials or equipment. F. Materials and equipment to be installed as part of the Work (both or either of which are hereinafter referred to as "materials") shall be new, unused, of recent manufacture, assembled, and used in accordance with the best construction practices. The CM shall inform itself as to, and shall comply with, the provisions of M.G.L. c. 7, s. 23A, as amended, and shall abide by the same and all applicable rules, regulations and orders made there under in relation to the purchase of supplies and materials in the execution of the Work, including the provisions of M.G.L. c.7, s. 22, paragraph 17 which provides that there be "a preference in the purchase of supplies and materials, other considerations being equal, in favor, first, of supplies and materials manufactured and sold within the Commonwealth, and, second, of supplies and materials manufactured and sold elsewhere within the United States." 2. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. A. The CM shall prepare and submit to the Designer, in accordance with requirements specified in Division 01 of the specifications,, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and such other Submittals as may be required by the Contract Documents. The Designer will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor’s submittals, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review and approval by the Designer of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and other Submittals shall in no way relieve the CM from responsibility for proper fitting, coordinating, construction, and construction sequencing. The CM shall furnish to the Project Manager and the Designer such information and vouchers relative to the Work, the materials therefore, and the persons employed thereon, as the Designer shall from time to time request. B. Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submission is is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the CM proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept 17 expressed in the Contract Documents. C. The CM shall review, and submit to the Designer, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of THE OWNER or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the CM which are not required by the Contract Documents or which do not comply with the Contract Documents may be returned without action. The CM's attention is directed to the provisions of Section 4 of this Article V and to the Specifications. (1) The cost of services provided by the Designer to review any submittal, substitution request, or shop drawing more than two (2) times shall be paid for by the CM to the Owner. D. The CM shall prepare and keep current for the Designer's approval a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Progress Schedule and allows the Designer reasonable time to review submittals. E. The CM shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Designer. Such Work shall be in accordance with Approved submittals. F. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the CM represents that the CM has determined and verified materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. G. The CM shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Designer's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the CM has specifically informed the Designer in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Designer has given explicit written approval to the specific deviation. The CM shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals as a result of the Designer's or THE OWNER's actions. H. The CM shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Designer on previous submittals. I. Informational submittals upon which the Designer is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. J. When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, such certification must be stamped by a registered Massachusetts professional in the discipline required. The Designer shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. K. Materials furnished or used or employed under the Contract must be equal in quality to the samples furnished and be satisfactory to the Designer. 3. Tests. A. Any material to be used in the Work may be tested or inspected at any time by the Designer with an independent testing company with the prior Approval of THE OWNER and may be rejected if it fails to comply with specified tests. THE OWNER shall pay for all testing of specified material. If the CM requests permission to use a material that was not specified, then the CM shall pay for such testing. The cost of testing of any materials that fail the testing criteria shall be borne by the CM B. The CM shall notify the Designer and THE OWNER of the proposed sources of materials in time to permit all required testing and inspection before the material is needed for incorporation into the Work. The CM shall have no claim arising from CM's failure to designate the proposed source or to order the material in time for adequate testing and inspection. Necessary arrangements shall be made to permit the Designer to make factory, shop or other inspection of materials or equipment ordered for the Work in process of manufacture or fabrication, or in storage elsewhere than the Site. 18 4. "Or Equal" Submissions. A. Where products or materials are prescribed by manufacturer name, trade name, or catalog reference, the words "or Approved equal" shall be understood to follow, except where the Owner has approved a proprietary specification as provided in G.L.c. 30 sect. 39M. An item shall be considered equal to the item so named or described if in the opinion of the Designer (a) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength and design, (b) it performs at least equally the function imposed in the general design for the Work, and (c) it conforms substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements for the items as indicated by the Specifications. Any changes in the work made necessary to accommodate products or materials substituted as an "or equal” shall be at the expense of the CM. "Approved equal" shall mean an item with respect to which Designer shall have issued a written statement to the CM to the effect that the item is, in Designer's opinion, equal within the meaning of this paragraph to that prescribed in the Contract Documents. B. The CM shall be responsible for providing the Designer with any information and test results that the Designer reasonably requires to determine whether or not a material is equal to a material named or described in the Contract Documents. C. Whenever the CM submits a material for approval as a substitute for a material named or described in the Contract Documents, such submission shall be made at least sixty (60) days prior to the date the materials will be used in the Work, or as long as required for approvals, shop drawings, fabrication, and delivery, etc. to occur, which ever is longer. In no event shall the CM maintain a claim for delay based upon the Designer's review of such substituted materials if the CM has failed to allow sufficient lead time for the product to be reviewed, approved, shop drawings to be completed, fabrication, and delivery to occur. 5. Delivery and Storage of Materials; Inspection. A. Materials and equipment shall be progressively delivered to the Site so that there will be neither delay in the progress of the Work nor an undue accumulation of materials that are not to be used within a reasonable time and so that their security, quality, and fitness of the materials for the Work is preserved. CM shall prepare adequate storage and staging areas for materials and equipment delivered to the Site. B. Materials stored off Site shall be insured and stored at the expense of the CM so as to guarantee the preservation of their security, quality and fitness for the Work. Without derogating from the CM's responsibilities in the previous sentence, when necessary to avoid deterioration or damage, material (on or off Site) shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard clean surfaces and not on the ground and shall be properly protected. C. Expenses for inspection of material by the Designer and/or the Project Manager personnel including travel, quarters, and subsistence shall be borne by the CM requesting the inspection of material stored outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as part of the Contract Price. If the CM requests an inspection of material stored outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, THE OWNER will initially pay for all expenses of inspecting the material incurred by the Designer and/or the Project Manager’s personnel including travel, quarters, and subsistence. THE OWNER will then give CM an invoice for those costs and the CM shall submit a credit Change Order for the amount of those expenses. D. Stored materials either at the Site or at some other location agreed upon in writing shall be so located as to facilitate prompt inspection and even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the Work. E. All storage sites shall be restored to their original condition by the CM at the CM’s expense. F. The CM shall take charge of materials for its use delivered to or in the vicinity of the place where the Work is being done, whether furnished by the Owner or otherwise; the CM shall notify the Designer as soon as any such materials are so delivered, allow them to be examined by the Designer, 19 and furnish workers to assist therewith. 6. Defective, Damaged, or Deteriorated Materials and Rejection Thereof. The Designer may reject materials if the Designer reasonably determines that such materials do not conform to the Contract Documents in any manner, including but not limited to materials that have become damaged or deteriorated from improper storage whether or not such materials have previously been accepted. The CM at its own expense shall remove rejected materials from the Work. No rejected material, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall be used except with the written permission of the Designer. Should the CM fail to remove rejected material within a reasonable time, THE OWNER may, in addition to any other available remedies, remove and/or replace the rejected material, and deduct the cost of such removal and/or replacement from any moneys due or to become due the CM by issuing a credit change order against the GMP. No extra time shall be allowed for completion of Work by reason of such rejection. The inspection of the Work shall not relieve the CM of any of its obligations herein prescribed, and any defective Work shall be corrected. Work not conforming to the Contract Documents may be rejected notwithstanding that such Work and materials have been previously overlooked or misjudged by the Designer and accepted for payment. If the Work or any part thereof shall be found defective at any time before Final Acceptance of the whole Work, the CM shall forthwith make good such defect in a manner satisfactory to the Designer. Nothing in the Contract shall be construed as vesting in the CM any property rights in the materials used after they have been attached or affixed to the Work or the Site; but all such materials shall upon being so attached or affixed become a property of the Owner. ARTICLE VI: PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1. Beginning, Progress Schedule, and Completion of Work. A. The Contract time shall commence upon the date specified and in accordance with any conditions in the Notice to Proceed. B. Prior to the submission of the first progress payment, CM shall submit to the Designer and the Project Manager for approval a progress schedule which complies with the contract requirements. Upon Approval by THE OWNER, said schedule shall constitute the Progress Schedule. C. Time is of the essence of this Contract. The Work shall be completed within the time specified in the Owner-CM Agreement. Should the CM require additional time to complete the Work, the CM shall document the reasons therefore and submit a written request for an extension of time within 20 days of the occurrence of the event alleged to be the cause of the delay, as provided in this Article and in Article VII of these General Conditions of the Contract. Failure to submit said written request within the time required by the preceding sentence shall preclude the CM from subsequently claiming any time extension due to said delay. D. CM must use diligent efforts to mitigate any potential schedule impacts and must demonstrate actual impact on critical path activity to receive a contract time extension. CM acknowledges that managing day-to-day design changes, clarifications, RFIs and the like is part of CM’s base scope of Work, and CM has contemplated such work in preparing its critical path schedule. CM agrees to meet with the Architect on a weekly basis to assist in prioritizing RFI responses in order to avoid potential delays or claims. CM agrees that neither the specification by CM of a “due date” or “return date” for any request for clarification, RFI or the like, nor the failure of Owner or Architect to meet any such required due date or return date, shall necessarily be grounds for a claim for adjustment of the 20 Contract Time. Without limiting the foregoing, CM expressly agrees that due dates or return dates inserted by “default” by any computer software program shall not be binding upon Owner or Architect or be the basis for any claim for adjustment of the Contract Time. E. If, in the opinion of THE OWNER, the CM fails to comply with the Progress Schedule, due to reasons that are within the reasonable ability of the CM to control, THE OWNER may but shall not be required to give the CM written notice of such failure and five days to cure the same. Unless the CM shall within that five days take all necessary steps to do so, including, if THE OWNER requires, increasing its forces, equipment and plant and continue to do so until, in the opinion of the Designer or Project Manager the failure is corrected, THE OWNER may at the CM's expense and without terminating this Contract employ and direct the labors of existing or such additional forces, equipment and plant as may in the Designer's or Project Manager's opinion be necessary to insure the completion of the Work or such part thereof within the time specified in the Contract Documents or at the earliest possible date thereafter. THE OWNER may exercise its rights under this Article at any time and from time to time without waiving any of its rights under this Contract, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to deem this Contract terminated or to order the CM to discontinue the Work at any time thereafter. The CM shall continue to perform the remaining Work under this Contract even if THE OWNER elects to have another contractor perform a portion of the Work under this Article. F. THE OWNER shall deduct the cost of any actions THE OWNER takes under this Article from any amount then due or which might have become due to the CM under this Contract had the CM performed as required. On demand, the CM shall pay THE OWNER any amount by which the cost of completing all or any portion of the Work exceeds the amount attributable to that Work under the Contract Documents. THE OWNER shall have no obligation to obtain competitive bids or the lowest cost for completing the Work or any part thereof. THE OWNER's election to complete all or part of the Work shall not release the CM from any liability for failure to complete the Work as the Contract Documents require, and shall not entitle the CM to a claim for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the time for completing the Work. 2. Failure to Complete Work on Time -Liquidated Damages. A. If liquidated damages are specified in the Owner -CM Agreement, THE OWNER has determined that its damages as a result of CM's failure to complete the Work to the point at which it qualifies for the issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion will be difficult or impracticable to ascertain. Accordingly, if the Work is not substantially completed by the date specified in this Contract, or by any extended date approved by the Owner, the CM shall pay to THE OWNER the sum designated as liquidated damages in the Contract for each and every calendar day that the CM is in default in substantially completing the Work. Such moneys shall be paid as liquidated damages, not as a penalty, to cover losses and expenses to THE OWNER and/or the User Agency resulting solely from the fact that the Work is not substantially completed on time. The final completion date shall be that date agreed upon by the Owner and the CM during GMP negotiations for the completion of the contract. Liquidated damages shall attach 120 days after the expiration of said date. The liquidated damages amount is $500 per calendar day or portion thereof. B. THE OWNER may recover such liquidated damages by deducting the amount thereof from any moneys due or that might become due the CM, and if such moneys shall be insufficient to cover the liquidated damages, then the CM or the Surety shall pay to THE OWNER the amount due. C. Permitting the CM to continue and finish the Work or any portion of it after the time fixed in the Contract for its completion shall not be deemed as a waiver of any of the Owner’s rights hereunder, at law or in equity. D. Liquidated damages or a portion thereof may be waived by THE OWNER if the CM submits evidence satisfactory to THE OWNER that the delay was caused solely by conditions beyond the 21 control of the CM and that THE OWNER has not suffered any damages as a result of said delay E. Failure by THE OWNER to specify a sum as liquidated damages in the Owner-CM Agreement, or the insertion of "N/A" or "none" in the space provided therein for liquidated damages, shall not be deemed a waiver of THE OWNER’s right to recover actual damages arising from the CM’s failure to complete the Work on time. . 3. Delays; Time Extensions, No Damages for Delay Statutory Provisions (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39O). A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Contract to the contrary, except as otherwise provided by law as set forth in paragraph B below, the CM shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or to receive damages on account of any hindrances or delays, avoidable or unavoidable; but if any delay occurs that is caused in the opinion of THE OWNER, by parties or events beyond the reasonable ability of the CM to control, the CM shall be entitled to an extension of time. Delays caused by suppliers, subcontractors and sub-subcontractors shall be considered to be within the control of the CM. The length of the extension shall be sufficient in the opinion of THE OWNER for the CM to complete the Work. B. The CM may be entitled to an extension of time if the CM can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner, upon the recommendation of the Designer and the Project Manager, that the critical path schedule for the Project has been adversely impacted by events of delay that are beyond the reasonable ability of the CM to control, and that the CM cannot revise its critical path schedule to eliminate the need for a time extension; provided however that the Owner and CM are entitled to share the “float” time in the CPM schedule if the utilization of such time avoids a time extension. Should the CM require additional time to complete the work, it shall document its reasons therefore and request an extension of time at the time the alleged delay occurred, as provided in this Article. Failure to notify the Owner of any delay in writing within twenty (20) days from the date the event arose that caused such delay, shall preclude the CM from requesting and obtaining a time extension due to said delay. Requests for extensions of time shall be submitted as a Change Order request to the Owner. C. No extension of time shall be granted because of seasonal or abnormal variations in temperature, humidity or precipitation, which conditions shall be wholly at the risk of the CM, whether occurring within the time originally scheduled for completion or within the period of any extension granted. There shall be no increase in the Contract Sum on account of any additional costs of operations or conditions resulting therefrom. D. (1) Extension of Time. Upon a timely and proper request, the CM shall be entitled to an appropriate extension of time to complete the Project should any hindrances, suspensions, interruptions or delays to the critical path schedule result from one or more of the following circumstances: (i) failure of the Owner to provide the CM with a Notice to Proceed in a timely manner; (ii) failure of the Owner or Designer, to act, respond, or provide approvals of things such as RFI’s, submittals, shop drawings, or change requests to the CM within 20 days of receipt of a written request from the CM for information, approval, action, or direction; provided, that if the Owner or Designer requires additional time to prepare a response, the Owner and/or Designer shall have 20 additional days to provide a response to the CM; (iii) issuance by the Owner of Change Orders or Contract Modifications; (iv) encountering unanticipated special wastes or historical or archaeological resources; (v) encountering unanticipated subsurface conditions differing from those anticipated from the information provided prior to construction; (vi) inability of the CM to obtain the required permits and/or jurisdictional approvals despite the best efforts of the CM to obtain such permits and/or approvals; (vii) failure of the Owner to provide the CM with exclusive physical and legal access to the project site in a timely manner to permit the work to proceed in accordance with the schedule; (viii) action by 22 any court or public agency, unless such action is due to the fault of the CM; (ix) actions of other contractors employed by the Owner; (x) fire, flood, severe weather conditions, unavoidable casualties and strikes; the Owner determines justifies an extension of time. (xi) any other cause beyond the reasonable ability of the CM to control which (2) Additional Compensation. If an item listed in paragraphs (i) through (xi) occurs and results in a hindrance, suspension, delay or interruption of ten (10) days or more in an item on the CM's critical path schedule for the Project, the CM shall, in addition to a time extension, be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the GMP based on the actual costs for the CM's own on-site personnel during the period covered by the approved time extension. However, such an adjustment shall require the endorsement of the Project Manager and the approval of the Owner, such endorsement not to be unreasonably withheld. This paragraph is intended to provide the CM with additional additional compensation only if a particular event of delay results in a delay to the critical path schedule for ten (10) days or longer. A time extension for less than ten (10) days shall not trigger additional compensation to the CM under this provision. Likewise, individual time extensions of less than ten (10) day periods shall not be added together in order to meet the ten (10) day period, after which the CM is entitled to additional compensation under this provision. This provision shall only apply to the situation where the Owner approves an extension of ten (10) days or more to the substantial completion date for the final Phase of the Contract. E. The CM’s estimates of the extension of time must be accompanied by a detailed analysis identifying each action(s) or additional work item(s) which caused the delay and also identifying exactly which items along the critical path were impacted or delayed. Accumulating the amount of time required to complete a series of additional work items or delays and adding this time to the original Contract Time will not be considered justification for an extension of time. In order to justify an extension of Contract Time, the CM must prove that the critical path for construction has been impacted by circumstances beyond the control of the CM. F. If a suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act of THE OWNER increases the cost of performance to any Subcontractor, that Subcontractor shall have the same rights against the CM with respect to such increase as the CM shall have against THE OWNER by virtue of (a) and (b) of M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39O set forth below, but nothing in provisions (a) and (b) shall alter any other rights which the CM or the Subcontractor may have against each other. As used in the statutory language of (a) and (b) below, "contract" means this Contract, “general contractor” means the CM and "Awarding Authority" means THE OWNER: (a) to the Awarding Authority in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act and, in any event, not later than the date of final payment under this contract and except for costs due to a suspension order, the Awarding Authority shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty days before the general contractor notified the Awarding Authority in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim." "(a) The Awarding Authority may order the general contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the work for such period of time as it may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the Awarding Authority; provided, however, that if there is a suspension, delay or interruption for fifteen days or more or due to a failure of the Awarding Authority to act within the time specified in this contract, the Awarding Authority shall make an adjustment in the contract price for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract but shall not include any profit to the general contractor on such increase; and provided further, that the Awarding Authority shall not make any adjustment in the contract price under this provision for any suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act to the extent that such is due to any cause for which this contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the contract price under any other contract provisions. (b) The general contractor must submit the amount of a claim under provision G. No Damages for Delay Except as provided in Paragraph D(2), when the Owner issues a written order suspending the work, as 23 provided in Paragraph F, the CM shall have no claim for damages of any kind against the Owner on account of any delay in the commencement or performance of any of the work or any delay or suspension of any portion of the Work, whether such delay is caused by the Owner, the Designer, or otherwise. 4. Use and Occupancy Prior to Final Acceptance. A. The CM agrees to the use and occupancy of the Project or any portion thereof before Final Acceptance of the Work by THE OWNER. B. THE OWNER and the User Agency will cooperate with the CM with respect to the completion of the Work by taking such reasonable steps as may be possible to avoid interference with the CM’s Work provided that they do not interfere with the proper functioning of the facility. C. The CM shall not be responsible for wear and tear or damage resulting solely from temporary occupancy. D. Use and occupancy of any part of the Work prior to Final Acceptance by THE OWNER shall not relieve the CM from maintaining the required payment and performance bonds and insurance (to the extent that insurance is required to be maintained after Substantial Completion) required by this Contract. 5. Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Completion. A. When the Work, or portion thereof which THE OWNER agrees to accept separately, has reached the state of Substantial Completion, the CM shall: (1) develop a Punch List identifying those items of unfinished or unacceptable Work that remain to be performed or corrected under the Contract. The CM shall then submit this list to the Designer and Owner for review. (2) The Designer and Owner shall review the list, comment on it, and add to it items which their inspections indicate are required to be added. The Designer and Owner shall monetize the punch list. (3) The CM shall correct items as listed and return to the Designer and Owner copies of the completed punch list. At such time the Designer and Owner shall make a second and final inspection of the work to verify completion of the punch list. B. Before the Work shall be deemed completed to the point where it is ready for the issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion and a Certificate of Final Completion, the CM shall comply with all the requirements designated in Division 1 of the Specifications.. C. Services provided by the Designer to conduct more than two (2) inspections of the completed work at the end of each Phase and at substantial completion of the entire Project and any inspections beyond sixty five (65) days after the date of the final Phase’s date of substantial completion of any portion of the work shall be paid for by the CM to the Owner. 6. One-Year Warranty Repair List and Inspection. Approximately 30 days prior to the expiration of the comprehensive one-year warranty period required by Article IX, the CM shall schedule an appointment with THE OWNER for a re-inspection of the Work with THE OWNER and User Agency, and shall thereafter inspect the work at the time scheduled. Based on this inspection and on prior inspections, THE OWNER and/or User Agency shall issue a "Warranty Repair List" of items to be corrected by the CM. The CM shall make the repairs and/or replacements listed within 30 days of the issuance of the Warranty Repair List unless otherwise agreed by THE OWNER in writing. ARTICLE VII: CHANGES IN THE WORK 24 1. Change Orders Generally. A. No changes in the Work, the Contract Price, the Substantial and Final Completion dates, or any other provision of an Approval by THE OWNER of the Contract Documents shall be made in absence of a Change Order as defined in Article I of these General Conditions of the Contract, directing the CM to perform such changes. Any request for a change in the provisions of this Contract submitted by the CM must be made in writing and in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. B. A request for a change in the provisions of this Contract may originate with THE OWNER, the CM, or the Designer. The request must be made in writing and in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. When the CM believes that an event or circumstance gives rise to an adjustment in the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time it shall submit a request for a change order in accordance with the contract. C. Prior to the approval of a Change Order, the Owner, through the Designer or the Project Manager, may issue a written directive to the CM (sometimes called a Notice to Proceed, or Construction Change Directive (CCD), or a Proposed Change Order instructing the CM to make changes in the Work within the scope of the Contract, including but not limited to, changes in: (1) the Plans and Specifications; (2) the method or manner of performance of the Work; (3) the Owner-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services or Site; (4) the schedule for performance of the Work. D. The CM shall immediately perform any changes in the work that are ordered by THE OWNER. E. Whenever a Change Order or written directive issued under Paragraph C will cause a change in the CM’s cost or the time required to perform the Work, the CM or THE OWNER may request an adjustment in the Contract Price. Such request shall be in writing and shall be submitted by the party making such claim to the other party before commencement of the pertinent work or as soon thereafter as possible. F. THE OWNER and the CM shall negotiate in good good faith an agreement on an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, pursuant to the methods described in the following Paragraph 2, and/or time if appropriate, before commencement of the pertinent work or as soon thereafter as is possible. In the absence of an agreement for an equitable adjustment, THE OWNER shall determine the costs attributable to the change and provide the CM with a written notice to that effect, in which event the CM may follow the procedure described in Paragraph 3. Work Performed under Protest. G. During the negotiation of an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, the CM shall, if requested, provide THE OWNER with all cost, pricing data and any other information or documentation used by it in computing the amount of the equitable adjustment, and the CM shall certify that the pricing data used was accurate, complete, current and reasonable. If THE OWNER subsequently determines that the data submitted by the CM was incomplete, incorrect, not current, or unreasonable, THE OWNER may exclude such data from consideration under the equitable adjustment request. H. Whenever the Construction Manager is entitled or believes it is entitled to a Change Order adjusting the Contract Price, the Construction Manager shall maintain separate accounts (by job order or other suitable accounting procedure) of all costs incurred and attributable to such work. The Construction Manager shall maintain a computerized accounting system, acceptable to THE OWNER, in which current information as to the status of all such work is maintained. The Construction Manager shall maintain such contemporaneous records as are necessary to provide a clear distinction between the costs of all Change Order Work and proposed Change Order Work, and the costs of other Work. I. Notwithstanding any provisions in the Contract Documents to the contrary, no additional General Conditions Cost or Fee shall be due for any Change Order or portion of a Change Order resulting from or attributable to: (1) Increases in the cost of Allowance items; (2) Substitutions of equipment or materials which are functionally similar to equipment or materials specified in the Contract Documents. 25 N. If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents, or subsequently agreed upon in the GMP, and if such quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive, or similar document, that application of such unit prices to quantities of the Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or CM, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 2. Methods of Computing Equitable Adjustments. A. Equitable adjustments in the Contract Price shall be determined according to one of the following methods, or a combination thereof, as determined by THE OWNER: (1) fixed price basis, provided that the fixed price shall be inclusive of items listed in (3) (a) through (d) below and shall be computed in accordance with those provisions; (2) estimated lump sum basis to be adjusted in accordance with Contract unit prices or other agreed upon unit prices, provided that the unit prices shall be inclusive of all costs related to such equitable adjustment. a. Such estimates and estimates from sub contractors and sub-sub contractors shall display all required work to execute the change, quantities, man hours, labor rates for all classifications, material prices, all other related costs for the work, subtotals by trade, and all overhead and profit calculations. Estimates with out such detail shall be returned to the CM for correction. Failure to provide such detail shall not be grounds for a claim for delay. All estimates from Subcontractors must be examined for form, content, and accuracy before submission for review; (3) time and materials basis to be subsequently adjusted on the basis of actual costs (but subject to a predetermined "not to exceed limit") calculated as follows: (a) the direct cost (or credit) for labor at the prevailing wage rates established for this Contract pursuant to M.G.L. c. 149, s 26-27H, and the direct cost for material and use of equipment; (b) plus (or minus) the cost of Workmen’s Compensation Insurance, Liability Insurance, Federal Social Security and Massachusetts Unemployment Compensation, or as an alternative the CM may elect to use a flat 30% of the total labor rate computed in accordance with subparagraph (a) above; (c) plus an allowance equal to 15% of the amount of (a) above for General Conditions, overhead, superintendence, fee, and profit. When change order work is performed by a subcontractor, the subcontractor shall be entitled to 10% for the overhead, superintendence, fee and profit markup, in which event the CM will be entitled to a 5% markup. (d) plus the actual direct premium cost of payment and performance bonds required of CM and Trade Subcontractors for this Contract. B. If the net change is an addition to the Contract Price, it shall include the CM’s overhead, superintendence and profit. For any change that does not include labor performed or materials installed in the project, there will be no markup for the CM’s or Subcontractor’s overhead, superintendence, and profit, even though there may be a net increase increase in the Contract Price. Charges for small tools known as “tools of the trade” are not to be computed in the amount of any change in the Contract Price. If the net change is a reduction in the contract price, no overhead or profit is added or deducted from the contract amount. C. Adjustment to the amounts of Subcontracts made under the provisions of the Procedure for Award of Subcontracts shall not be considered Change Orders and shall not entitle the CM to any adjustments for overhead, profit, and superintendence, although THE OWNER may require that such Contract adjustments be processed on standard Change Order and equitable adjustment forms. 3. Work Performed Under Protest. The CM agrees to perform all Work as directed by THE OWNER, and if the OWNER determines that certain Work that the CM believes to be or to warrant a Change Order under this Article does not 26 represent a change in the Work, the CM shall perform said Work. The CM shall be deemed to have concurred with the OWNER's determination as aforesaid unless the CM shall perform Work under protest in compliance with the following sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) below: (1) If the CM claims compensation for a change in the Work that is not deemed by the OWNER to be a change or to warrant additional compensation as claimed by the CM, the CM shall on or before the first working day following the commencement of any such work or the sustaining of any such damage submit to THE OWNER a written statement of the nature of such work or claim. The CM shall not be entitled to additional compensation for any work performed or damage sustained for which written notice is not given within the time limit specified in the preceding sentence, even though similar in character to work or damage with respect to which notice is timely given. A. Criminal Penalties: The CM’s attention is directed to M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39I which provides criminal penalties for unauthorized deviations from the Plans and Specifications, and to M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39J and M.G.L. c. 7, s. 42E-42I. The CM's attention is also directed to M.G.L. 266, s. 67B which provides criminal penalties for false claims by Contractor under this Contract: "Whoever makes or presents to any employee, department, agency or public instrumentality of the commonwealth, or of any political subdivision thereof, any claim upon or against any department, agency, or public instrumentality of the commonwealth, or any political subdivision thereof, knowing such claim to be false, fictitious, or fraudulent, shall be punished by a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars or by imprisonment in the state prison for not more than five years, or in the house of correction for not more than two and one-half years, or both." (2) On or before the second working day after the commencement of such work or the sustaining of such damage, and daily thereafter, the CM shall file to the extent possible with the Designer, and the Project Manager, itemized statements of the details and costs of such work performed or damage sustained. The CM shall submit Daily Time and Materials Reports to record all labor and material used. If the CM fails to submit such statements, then the CM shall not be entitled to later pursue a claim against Owner for additional compensation for any such work or damages. B. Differing Site Conditions (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39N): "If, during the progress of the work, the contractor or the Awarding Authority discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the Site differ substantially or materially from those 4. False Claims, Statutory Provisions Regarding Changes. A. Criminal Penalties: The CM’s attention is directed to M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39I which provides criminal penalties for unauthorized deviations from the Plans and Specifications, and to M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39J and M.G.L. c. 7, s. 42E-42I. The CM's attention is also directed to M.G.L. 266, s. 67B which provides criminal penalties for false claims by Contractor under this Contract: "Whoever makes or presents to any employee, department, agency or public instrumentality of the commonwealth, or of any political subdivision thereof, any claim upon or against any department, agency, or public instrumentality of the commonwealth, or any political subdivision thereof, knowing such claim to be false, fictitious, or fraudulent, shall be punished by a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars or by imprisonment in the state prison for not more than five years, or in the house of correction for not more than two and one-half years, or both." B. Differing Site Conditions (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39N): "If, during the progress of the work,the contractor or the Awarding Authority discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the Site differ substantially or materially from thoseshown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents either the contractor or the contracting authority may request request an equitable adjustment in the contract price of the contract applying to work affected by the differing Site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the party making such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such conditions are discovered. Upon receipt of such a claim from a contractor, or upon its own 27 initiative, the contracting authority shall make an investigation of such physical conditions, and, if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the plans and contract documents and are of such a nature as to cause an increase or decrease in the cost of performance of the work or a change in the construction methods required for the performance of the work which results in an increase or decrease in the cost of the work, the contracting authority shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price and the contract shall be modified in writing accordingly." C. Timely Decision By THE OWNER( M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39P): "Every contract subject to section thirty-nine M of this chapter or section forty-four A of chapter one hundred forty-nine which requires the Awarding Authority, any official, its architect or engineer to make a decision on interpretation of the specifications, approval of equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of the work, shall require that the decision be made promptly and, in any event, no later than thirty days after the written submission for decision; but if such decision requires extended investigation and study, the Awarding Authority, the official, architect or engineer shall, within thirty days after the receipt of the submission, give the party making the submission written notice of the reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty day period and the date by which the decision will be made." ARTICLE VIII: PAYMENT PROVISIONS 1. Schedule of Values. Before submission of the first request for payment under this Contract, the CM shall submit to THE OWNER a schedule of values for its approval, which shall include all preconstruction activities as well as all construction activities and shall be in sufficient detail to reflect the various preconstruction activities and the major components of each construction trade (with relevant Subcontractors noted), including quantities when requested, aggregating the GMP with detail for the Contingency and divided so as to facilitate payments for work under each section of the Specifications. The schedule shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the OWNER may require. When Approved by the OWNER, it shall constitute the Schedule of Values and shall be used only as a basis for the CM's requests for payments and credits, the first of which payments shall not be made until such Schedule of Values is approved by THE OWNER. 2. Payment Liabilities of CM. A. The CM shall pay to THE OWNER all expenses, losses and damages, as determined by THE OWNER , incurred in consequence of any default, defect, omission or mistake of the CM or his employees or Subcontractors or the making good thereof. B. If the Work (or a portion thereof) is not substantially completed and the CM has not satisfied the requirements for the the issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion by the date specified in the Contract, the CM shall pay to the Owner liquidated damages as provided in the Contract. 3. Retention of Moneys by THE OWNER. A. THE OWNER may keep any moneys which would otherwise be payable at any time hereunder, and apply the same, or so much as may be necessary therefore, to (1) THE OWNER 's expenditures for the CM's account; (2) secure THE OWNER's remedies against the CM for the CM's breach of its obligations under this Contract or the breach of any person performing any part of the Work; (3) the payment of any expenses, losses or damages incurred by THE OWNER as a result of the 28 failure of the CM to perform its obligations hereunder (4) repair of defective work not remedied; (5) payments due to failure of the CM to make payments properly to subcontractors; (6) cover costs reasonable evidence that the CM cannot complete the Work for the unpaid balance of the Contract sum; (7) cover liquidated damages if there is reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed with in the contract time and that the current retainage will not be adequate to cover the actual liquidated damages anticipated by the delay; (8) complete and re-create record drawings if there is evidence of a failure of the CM or subcontractors to maintain such record drawings. THE OWNER may retain, until all claims are settled, such moneys as THE OWNER estimates to be the fair value of THE OWNER's claims against the CM, and of all claims for labor performed or furnished and for materials used or employed in or in connection with the Work and for the rental of vehicles, appliances and equipment employed and for the employment of substitute contractors and labor in connection with the Work filed in accordance with M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39A and s. 39F. THE OWNER may make such settlements and apply thereto any moneys retained under this Contract. 4. Applications for Payment. A. The CM shall, once in each month submit to THE OWNER an application for payment for its periodic payment estimate, showing the total amount of Work done to the time of such estimate and the value thereof as approved by THE OWNER. It shall be the sole responsibility of the CM to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Designer said periodic estimate, in proper form, approved as provided above and arithmetically correct, and signed by the Designer and the Project Manager, if requested by the Owner. All periodic estimates shall contain such certifications and other evidence supporting the CM's right to payment as THE OWNER may require, including without limitation, forms THE OWNER may require, establishing that title to the equipment or materials is unencumbered and has been transferred to the OWNER. The CM shall include in such periodic estimate only such materials as are incorporated in the Work, except as provided in paragraph C below. THE OWNER shall retain five percent of such estimated value as part security for the completion of the Work and shall pay to the CM while carrying on the Work the balance not retained as aforesaid, subject to the Approval of THE OWNER after deducting therefrom all previous payments and all sums to be kept under the provisions of this Contract, provided that the Owner shall not assess retainage against applications for payment for the CM’s Preconstruction Services Fee. B. Each periodic payment estimate shall constitute the CM's representation that (1) the payment then requested to be disbursed has been incurred by the CM on account of the Worland is justly due to Subcontractors or, to the CM in the case of other Work performed by the CM on account thereof, (2) the materials, supplies and equipment for which Application for Payment is being submitted have been installed or incorporated into the Work or have been stored at the Site or at such off Site storage locations as THE OWNER shall have Approved, (3) the materials, supplies and equipment are insured in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, (4) the materials, supplies and equipment are owned by the Owner and are not subject to any liens or encumbrances, (5) the Work which is the subject of such periodic estimate has been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents and (6) that all due and payable bills with respect to the Work have been paid to date and shall be paid from the proceeds of such periodic estimate. The CM's attention is directed to the criminal penalties for false claims. C. The CM may include in a periodic payment estimate the value of materials or equipment delivered at the Site (or at some location agreed to in writing by THE OWNER) only upon delivery to THE OWNER of: (1) an acceptable transfer of title on the form provided by THE OWNER; (2) 2) written certification by the CM (or applicable subcontractor) on the form provided by THE OWNER that the CM (or the Subcontractor which executed the transfer of title) is the lawful owner and that the 29 materials or equipment are free from all encumbrances, accompanied by receipted invoices or other acceptable proof of encumbrance-free ownership if such proof is deemed necessary by THE OWNER; (3) a stored materials insurance binder that covers the materials for which payment is requested, that names the Owner as an insured party should the stored materials be subjected to any casualty, loss, or theft prior to their inclusion in the Work. The material(s) or equipment must, in the judgment of the Designer (1) meet the requirements of the Contract, including prior drawing, product data, and sample approval, (2) be ready for use, and (3) be properly stored by the CM and be adequately protected until incorporated into the Work. D. THE OWNER may make changes in any periodic payment estimate submitted by the CM and the payment due shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made. E. No certificate for payment and no progress payment shall constitute acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the the Contract Documents. F. The CM and all Subcontractors furnishing labor on this Contract agree to furnish certified payroll reports, at no additional expense to THE OWNER on a monthly basis. THE OWNER may at all reasonable times audit such reports. 5. Periodic Payments THE OWNER shall make payment to the CM in accordance with M.G.L. c. 30 sect. 39K, which provides as follows: "Within fifteen days after receipt from the CM at the place designated by the Owner, if such a place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the Owner shall make a periodic payment to the CM for the work performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site (or at some location agreed upon in writing) to which the CM has title or to which a trade contractor has title and has authorized the CM to transfer title to the Owner less (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the CM and less (2) a retention not exceeding five percent of the approved amount of the periodic payment. After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within sixty-five days after (a) the contractor fully completes the work or substantially completes the work so that the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the Owner, less than one percent of the adjusted contract price, or (b) the CM substantially completes the work and the Owner takes possession for occupancy, whichever occurs first, the Owner shall pay the CM the entire balance due on the Contract less a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the CM and the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory work.” THE OWNER may make changes in any periodic payment estimate submitted by the CM and the payment due on said periodic payment estimate shall be computed in accordance with the change so made, but such changes or any requirement for a corrected periodic payment estimate shall not affect the due date for the periodic payment or the date for the commencement of interest charges on the amount of the periodic payment computed in accordance with the changes made, as provided herein; provided, that THE OWNER may, within seven days after receipt, return to the CM for correction, any periodic estimate which is not in the required form or which contains computations not arithmetically correct and, in that event, the date of receipt of such periodic payment estimate shall be the date of receipt of the corrected periodic estimate in proper form and with arithmetically correct computations. The date of receipt of a periodic payment estimate received on a Saturday shall be the first working day thereafter. All periodic payment estimates shall be submitted to THE OWNER as provided herein, and the date of receipt by THE OWNER or its designee shall be marked on the payment estimate. All periodic estimates shall be based on the Schedule of Values and shall be submitted in form satisfactory to the Designer and the Project Manager. 30 6. Termination for Failure to Complete Punch list Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, at any time after the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimation of THE OWNER, less than 1 per cent of the adjusted contract price, or THE OWNER has determined that the CM has substantially completed the work and THE OWNER has taken possession for occupancy, THE OWNER may send to the CM by certified mail, return receipt requested, a complete and final punch list of all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items, including, for each item on the punch list, a good faith estimate of the fair and reasonable cost of completing such item. The CM shall then complete all such work items within 30 days of receipt of such list or before the contract completion date, whichever is later. If the CM fails to complete all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items within 45 days after receipt of such items furnished by THE OWNER or before the contract completion date, whichever is later, subsequent to an additional 14 days' written notice to the CM by certified mail, return receipt requested, THE OWNER may terminate the contract and complete the incomplete and unsatisfactory work items and charge the cost of same to the CM and such termination shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies THE OWNER may have under the contract. THE OWNER shall note any such termination in the evaluation form to be filed by THE OWNER pursuant to the provisions of section 44D of chapter 149. 7. Payment of Subcontractors (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39F). The CM shall make payments to Subcontractors in accordance with M.G.L c.30, s. 39F which is quoted in this section below. For the purposes of this Contract, the word "forthwith” appearing in paragraph (1)(a) of the quoted provision shall be deemed to mean "within five (5) business days." "1(a) Forthwith after the general contractor receives payment on account of a periodic estimate, the general Contractor shall pay to each subcontractor the amount paid for the labor performed and and the materials furnished by that subcontractor, less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. • Not later than the sixty-fifth day after each subcontractor substantially completes his work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by THE OWNER as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, shall be due the subcontractor; and the Awarding Authority shall pay that amount to the general contractor. The general contractor shall forthwith pay to the subcontractor the full amount received from the Awarding Authority less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. • Each payment made by the Awarding Authority to the general contractor pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph for the labor performed and the materials furnished by a subcontractor shall be made to the general contractor for the account of that subcontractor; and the Awarding Authority shall take reasonable steps to compel the general contractor to make each such payment to each such subcontractor. If the Awarding Authority has received a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor for any amount which has already been included in a payment to the general contractor or which is to be included in a payment to the general contractor for payment to the subcontractor as provided in subparagraphs (1) and (2) the Awarding Authority shall act upon the demand as provided in this section. • If, within seventy days after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work, the subcontractor has not received from the general contractor the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount retained by the Awarding Authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, the subcontractor may demand direct payment of 31 that balance from the Awarding Authority. The demand shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the Awarding Authority, and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the general contractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract and also a statement of the status of completion of the subcontract work. Any demand made after substantial completion of the subcontract work shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seventieth day after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work. Within ten days after the subcontractor has delivered or so mailed the demand to the Awarding Authority and delivered or so mailed a copy to the general contractor, the general contractor may reply to the demand. The reply shall be by a sworn statement to or sent by certified mail to the Awarding Authority and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the general contractor against the subcontractor. • Within fifteen days after receipt of the demand by the Awarding Authority, but in no event prior to the seventieth day after substantial completion of the subcontract work, the Awarding Authority shall make direct payment to the subcontractor of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount (i) retained by the Awarding Authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of work, (ii) specified in any court proceedings barring such payment, or (iii) disputed by the general contractor in the sworn reply; provided that the Awarding Authority shall not deduct from a direct payment any amount as provided in part (iii) if the reply is not sworn to, or for which the sworn reply does not contain the detailed breakdown required by subparagraph (d). The Awarding Authority shall make further direct payments to the subcontractor forthwith after the removal of the basis for deduction from direct payments made as provided in parts (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph. • The Awarding Authority shall forthwith deposit the amount deducted from a direct payment as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (5) in an interest-bearing joint account in the names of the general contractor and the subcontractor in a bank in Massachusetts selected by the Awarding Authority or agreed upon by the general contractor and the subcontractor and shall notify the general contractor and the subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the bank receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account, including accrued interest, as provided in an agreement between the general contractor and the subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. • All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct payments deposited in an interest bearing account or accounts in a bank pursuant to subparagraph (6) shall be made out of amounts payable to the general contractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor and out of amounts which later become payable to the General contractor and in the order of receipt of such demands from subcontractors. All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the Awarding Authority to the general contractor to the extent of such payment. • The Awarding Authority shall deduct from payments to a General contractor amounts which, together with the deposits in interest bearing accounts pursuant to subparagraph (6) are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of demands for direct payment received from subcontractors. All such amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments, and the subcontractors shall have a right in such deductions prior to any claims against such amounts by creditors of the general contractor. (i) If the subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in subparagraph (1) or if the general contractor does not submit a periodic estimate for the value of the labor or materials performed or furnished by the subcontractor and the subcontractor does not receive payment for same when due less the deductions provided for in subparagraph (1), the subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in subparagraph (4) and the general contractor may file a sworn reply as 32 provided in that same subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month following that for which the subcontractor performed or furnished the labor and materials for which the subcontractor seeks payment shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a periodic estimate from the general contractor. Thereafter the Awarding Authority shall proceed as provided in subparagraph (e), (f), (g) and (h)." (2) Any assignment by a subcontractor of the rights under this section to a surety company furnishing a bond under the provisions of section twenty-nine of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall be invalid. The assignment and subrogation rights of the surety to amounts included in a demand for direct payment which are in the possession of the Awarding Authority or which are on deposit pursuant to subparagraph (6) shall be subordinate to the rights of all subcontractors who are entitled to be paid under this section and who have not been paid in full. (3) “subcontractor" as used in this section (I) for contracts awarded as provided in sections fortyfour A to forty-four L, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall mean a person who files a sub-bid and received a subcontract as a result of that filed sub-bid or who is approved by the Awarding Authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, (ii) for contracts awarded as provided in paragraph (1) of section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall mean a person approved by the Awarding Authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, and (iii) for contracts with the commonwealth not awarded as provided in sections forty-four A to forty-four L, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall also mean a person contracting with the general contractor to supply materials used or employed in a public works project for a price in excess of five thousand dollars. (4) A general contractor or a subcontractor shall enforce a claim to any portion of the amount of a demand for direct payment deposit as provided in subparagraph (6) by a petition in equity in the superior court against the other and the bank shall not be a necessary party. A subcontractor shall enforce a claim for direct payment or a right to require a deposit as provided in subparagraph (6) by a petition in equity in the superior court against the Awarding Authority and the general contractor shall not be a necessary party. Upon motion of any party the court shall advance for speedy trial any petition filed as provided in this paragraph. Sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B of chapter two hundred thirty-one shall apply to such petitions. The court shall enter an interlocutory decree upon which execution shall issue for any part of a claim found due pursuant to sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B and, upon motion of any party, shall advance for speedy trial the petition to collect the remainder of the claim. Any party aggrieved by such interlocutory decree shall have the right to appeal therefrom as from a final decree. The court shall not consolidate for trial the petition of any subcontractor with the petition of one or more subcontractors or the same general Contract unless the court finds that a substantial portion of the evidence of the same events during the course of construction (other than the fact that the claims sought to be consolidated arise under the same general contract) is applicable to the petitions sought to be consolidated and that such consolidation will prevent unnecessary duplication of evidence. A decree in any such proceeding shall not include interest on the disputed amount deposited in excess of the interest earned for the period of any such deposit. No person except a subcontractor filing a demand for direct payment for which no funds due the general contractor are available for direct payment shall have a right to file a petition in court of equity against the Awarding Authority claiming a demand for direct payment is premature and such subcontractor must file the petition before the Awarding Authority has made a direct payment to the subcontractor and has made a deposit of the disputed portion as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (5) and in subparagraph (6). (5) In any petition to collect any claim for which a subcontractor has filed a demand for direct payment the court shall, upon motion of the general contractor, reduce by the amount of any deposit of a disputed amount by the Awarding Authority as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph 33 (5) and in subparagraph (6) any amount held under a trustee writ or pursuant to a restraining order or injunction.” 8. Final Payment; Release of Claims by CM. Upon Final Acceptance of the Work the CM shall be entitled to payment of the balance of the Contract Price. Final payment shall be as provided in this Article above and in accordance with any process set forth in the Contract Documents. The CM agrees to execute a Certificate of Final Inspection, Release (with CM’s own exceptions listed thereon) and Acceptance as a condition precedent to Final Payment. The acceptance by the CM of the Final Payment made as aforesaid, or the execution of the Certificate of Final Acceptance by the CM, shall constitute a release of the Owner, the Designer, the Project Manager and every member and agent of any of them, from all claims of and liability to the CM for anything done or furnished for or relating to the Work, or for any act or neglect of the Owner, the Designer, the Project Manager, or of any person relating to or affecting the Work, except the claim against the Owner for the remainder, if any there be, of the amounts claimed to be due. Final Acceptance shall not relieve CM of the requirements of any of the provisions of this Contract, to the extent that the same are intended to survive Final Acceptance. Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Designer: (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the work for which the Owner might be responsible (less amounts withheld by the Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the contract documents to remain in force until after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contactor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. ARTICLE IX. GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES 1. General Warranty. If at any time during the period of one (1) year from the date the Owner accepts the Work as Substantially Complete, any part of such Work shall in the reasonable opinion of THE OWNER be defective or require replacing or repairing, or damage to other property of the If the CM fails to furnish such releases or waivers as the Owner reasonably requires to satisfy the Owner that there are no outstanding liens, the Owner may require the CM, as a condition of final payment and at the Contractor’s expense, to furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any such liens. If such liens remain unsatisfied after payments are made, the CM shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such liens, including all costs and reasonable attorney fees. Owner is caused by any defect in the Work, THE OWNER shall notify the CM in writing to make the required repairs or replacements and repair such damage. If the CM shall neglect to commence such repairs or replacements to the satisfaction to of THE OWNER within ten (10) days from the date of the giving of such notice, then THE OWNER may employ other persons to make the same. In the case of an emergency, the Owner may direct the CM to perform guaranty work in a shorter period of time and the Owner may undertake any immediate actions and incur reasonable costs to preserve the safety 34 of the building or its occupants. The CM agrees, upon demand, to pay to THE OWNER all amounts which it expends for such repairs, replacements, and/or damages. During this one-year guarantee period any corrective work shall be performed under all the applicable terms of this Contract, and if Change Orders are issued in accordance with the terms of this Contract, the CM shall be entitled to compensation for special insurance, as required. This one-year guarantee shall not limit any express guaranty or warranty provided elsewhere in the Contract. 2. Special Guarantees and Warranties. A. The CM's obligation to correct Work as set forth in paragraph 1 above is in addition to, and not in substitution of, such guarantees or warranties as may be required in the various sections of the Specifications. B. Guarantees and warranties required in the various sections of the Specifications must be delivered to the Designer before final payment to the CM may be made, or in the case of guarantees and warranties which originate with a subcontractor’s section of the Work, before final payment for the amount of that subtrade or for the phase of Work to which the guarantee or warranty relates. C. The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty shall constitute a failure to fully complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. CM to be Informed. The CM shall inform itself of all existing and future Laws in any manner affecting those engaged or employed in the Work, or the materials used or employed in the Work, or in a any way affecting the conduct of the Work, and of all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any applicable jurisdiction or authority over the Work. 2. Compliance with all Laws. The CM shall cause all persons employed in the performance of the Work to comply with, all existing and future Laws, including but not limited to those set forth below: A. Corporate Disclosures. The CM, if a foreign corporation, shall comply with M.G.L. c. 181, s.3 and s. 5, and M.G.L. c. 30, s.39L. B. Veterans Preference. In the employment of mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers in the performance of Work in the Commonwealth, preference shall first be given to citizens of the Commonwealth who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment and who are veterans as defined • c.4, s.7 (34), and who are qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates; and secondly, to citizens of the Commonwealth generally who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment, and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then to citizens of the United States. • Prevailing Wages. The CM shall comply with M.G.L. c. 149, s. 26-27H. The prevailing wage schedule is found in Exhibit 3 to the Owner-CM Agreement, listing the prevailing minimum wage rates that must be paid to all workers employed in the Work. THE OWNER is not responsible responsible for any errors, omissions, or misprints in the said schedule. Such Schedule shall continue to be the minimum rate wages payable to workers employed in the Work throughout the term of this Contract, subject to the exceptions provided in M.G.L c.149, s. 26-27H. The CM shall not have any claim for extra compensation from the Owner if the actual wages paid to workers employed in the Work exceeds the rates listed on the schedule or as otherwise provided by law. Them shall cause a copy of said Schedule to be kept in a conspicuous place at the Site during the term of the Contract. If any police officers are employed by the CM, they shall be paid the outside detail rate of regular Northampton police officers established by collective bargaining 35 agreement. (See M.G.L c.149, s.34B). D. Payroll Records and Statement of Compliance. The CM shall comply and shall cause its Subcontractors to comply with Massachusetts General Law c. 149, s. 27B, which requires that a true and accurate record be kept of all persons employed on the a project for which the prevailing wage rates have been provided. The CM and all Subcontractors shall keep these records and preserve them for a period of three years from the date of completion of the Contract. Such records shall be open to inspection by any authorized representative of the Owner at any reasonable time, and as often as may be necessary. The CM shall, and shall cause its Subcontractors to, submit weekly copies of their weekly payroll records to THE OWNER. In addition, the CM and each Subcontractor shall furnish to the Executive Department of Labor within fifteen days after completion of its portion of the Work a signed statement in the form required by THE OWNER. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE I, _________________________ (Name of Signatory Party), ____________ (Title), do hereby state that I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by _______________________(Contractor or Subcontractor) on the _____________(Building or Project) and that all mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers employed on said project have been paid in accordance with wages determined under the provisions of G.L.c. 149, §26 and 27. Signature: __________________ The above mentioned copies of payroll records and statement of compliance shall be available for inspection by any interested party filing a written request to the Contractor for such inspections (G.L.c. 149, §27B). Title: ______________________ E. Vehicle operators. If the Director of the Department of Labor and Workforce Development has established a Schedule of wage rates to be paid to the operators of trucks, vehicles or equipment for the Work, the CM shall be obligated to pay such operators at least the minimum wage rate contained on such Schedule. (See See M.G.L. c.149, s.26-27H). F. Timely Payment of Wages. The CM shall comply with, and shall cause its Subcontractors to comply with M.G.L. c. 149, s. 148 which requires the weekly or biweekly payment of employees within six days of the end of the pay period during which wages were earned if employed for five or six days of a calendar week, and within other periods of time under certain circumstances as set forth therein. G. Eight Hour Day. The CM shall comply with M.G.L. c. 149, s. 30, 34 and 34A which provide that no laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman or inspector working within the Commonwealth in the employ of the CM, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or part of the Work shall be required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one day or more than fortyeight hours in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases of extraordinary emergency. H. Lodging, etc. The CM shall comply with, and shall cause its Subcontractors to comply with, M.G.L. c. 149, s. 25 which provides that every employee under this Contract shall lodge, board and trade where and with whom he elects, and neither the CM nor his agents or employees shall, either directly or indirectly, require as a condition of the employment of any person that the employee shall lodge, board or trade at a particular place or with a particular person. I. Truck Rates. The use by the CM of trucks or other motor vehicles hired from either common or contract motor carriers in the course of performance of this Contract is subject to such minimum rates and charges, and rules and regulations as may from time to time be promulgated by the Department of 36 Public Utilities of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or other agency of the State of Federal government which may be authorized by law to set rates or otherwise regulate the use of such vehicles. The CM expressly assumes the risk of any additional expense that may arise by reason of any change in such minimum rates and charges, and rules and regulations, and shall be entitled to no additional compensation or reimbursement by reason thereof. ARTICLE XI: CM'S ACCOUNTING METHOD REQUIREMENTS (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39R) 1. Definitions. The words defined herein shall have the meaning stated below whenever they appearing this Article XI: --"Contractor" means the CM. --"Contract" means any Contract awarded, which is for an amount or estimated amount greater than one hundred thousand dollars. --"Independent Certified Public Account" means a person duly registered in good standing and entitled to practice as a certified public accountant under the laws of the place of his/her residence or principal office and who is in fact independent. In determining whether an accountant is independent with aspect to a particular person, appropriate consideration should be given to all relationships between the accountant and that person or any affiliate thereof. Determination of an accountant's independence shall not be confined to the relationships existing in connection with the filing of reports with THE OWNER. --"Records" means books of original entry, accounts, checks, bank statements and all other banking documents, correspondence, memoranda, invoices, computer printouts, tapes, discs, papers and other documents or transcribed information of any type, whether expressed in ordinary or machine language. --"Audit", when used in regard to financial statements, means an examination of records by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards for the purpose of expressing a certified opinion thereon, or, in the alternative, a qualified opinion or a declination to express an opinion for stated reasons, or other person or persons primarily responsible for the financial and operational policies and practices of the Contractor. Accounting terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have a meaning in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards. 2. Record Keeping. A. The Contractor shall make, and keep for at least six years after final payment, books, records, and accounts that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Contractor. B. Until the expiration of six years after final payment, the Inspector General, THE OWNER, and THE OWNER shall have the right to examine any books, documents, papers or records of the Contractor and Subcontractors that directly pertain to, and involve transactions relating to the Contractor and Subcontractors. Any request for a change in the provisions of this Contract submitted by the CM must be made in writing and in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. C. The Contractor shall describe any change in the method of maintaining records or recording transactions which materially affects any statements filed with THE OWNER including the date of the change and reasons therefore, and shall accompany said description with a letter from the Contractor's independent certified public accountant approving or otherwise commenting on the changes. D. The Contractor represents that it has, prior to the execution of the Contract, filed a statement of 37 management on internal accounting controls as set forth in Section 3 below. E. The Contractor represents that it has, prior to the execution of the Contract, filed an audited financial statement for the most recent completed fiscal year as set forth in section 4 below and will continue to file such statement annually during the term of the Contract. 3. Statement of Management Controls. A. The Contractor shall file with THE OWNER a statement of management as to whether the system of internal accounting controls of the Contractor and its subsidiaries reasonably assures that: (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general and specific authorization; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to: (a) to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, and (b) to maintain accountability for assets; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action was taken with respect to any difference. B. The Contractor shall file with THE OWNER a statement prepared and signed by an independent certified public accountant, stating that the accountant has examined the statement of management on internal accounting controls, and expressing an opinion as to: (1) whether the representations of management in response to subparagraph 3 above are consistent with the results of management's evaluation of the system of internal accounting controls; and (2) whether such representations of management are reasonable with respect to transactions and assets in amounts which would be material when measured in relation to the applicant's financial statement. 4. Annual Financial Statement. A. Every Contractor awarded a contract shall annually file with THE OWNER during the term of the Contract a financial statement prepared by an independent certified public accountant on the basis of an audit by such accountant. The final statement filed shall include the date of final payment. All statements shall be accompanied by an accountant's report B. The office of Inspector General and THE OWNER shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this Article. A Contractor's failure to satisfy any of the requirements of this section may be grounds for debarment pursuant to M.G.L. c. 149, s. 44C. 5. Bid Pricing Materials. The Contractor shall save the written calculations, pricing information, and other data that the Contractor used to calculate the bid or other cost quotations that are presented by the induced THE OWNER to enter into this Contract (the "Bid Pricing Materials") and to establish the Guaranteed Maximum Price for the Project. ARTICLE XIV: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. Insurance Generally. A. The CM shall take out and maintain the insurance coverages listed in this Article with respect to the operations as well as the completed operations of this Contract. This insurance shall be provided at the CM's expense and shall be in full force and effect for the full term of the Contract or for such longer period as this Article requires. 38 B. All policies shall be written on an occurrence basis and be issued by companies authorized to write that type of insurance under the laws of the Commonwealth and rated in Best's Insurance Guide (or any successor thereto or replacement thereof) as having a general policy holder rating of "A-" or better and a financial rating of at least "9" or otherwise acceptable to THE OWNER. C. CM shall submit three originals of each certificate of insurance, acceptable to THE OWNER, simultaneously with the execution of this Contract. Certificates shall show THE OWNER, the Designer and the Project Manager as additional insureds as to all policies issued hereunder, except for Workmen’s Compensation Insurance. The CM shall state that CM has paid all premiums and that none of the coverages shall be cancelled, terminated, or materially modified unless and until 30 days prior notice is given in writing to THE OWNER. Contractor shall submit updated certificates prior to the expiration of any of the policies referenced in the certificates so that THE OWNER shall at all times possess certificates indicating current coverage. Certificates shall indicate that the contractual liability coverage, and Contractor's Protective Liability coverage is in force. Certificates shall include specific acknowledgment that the following coverages are included in the policies: -Contractual liability-Contractor’s protective -Additional insured by form CG2010 (11/85 ed.) or equivalent, to the general liability -Additional insured to automobile liability, umbrella liability, and D. The CM shall file one certified copy of all policies with THE OWNER within sixty days after Contract award. If THE OWNER or the Owner is damaged by the CM's failure to pollution liability-General Liability is endorsed with CG2404, Waiver of Subrogation, in favor of the Owner maintain such insurance and to comply with the terms of this Article, then the CM shall be responsible for all costs and damages to the Owner attributable thereto. E. Termination, cancellation, or material modification of any insurance required by this Contract, whether by the insurer or the insured, shall not be valid unless written notice thereof is given to THE OWNER at least thirty days prior to the effective date thereof, which shall be expressed in said notice 2. CM's Commercial General Liability. A. The CM shall provide the following minimum general liability coverage with respect to the operations performed by CM and any employee, subcontractor, or supplier, unless a higher coverage is specified in Exhibit A to the Owner-CM Agreement, in which case the CM shall provide the additional coverage: Bodily Injury & $1,000,000 each occurrence Property Damage $2,000,000 general aggregate Products & Completed Operations $1,000,000 annual aggregate Medical Expenses $10,000 B. This policy shall include coverage relating to explosion, collapse, and underground property damage. C. This policy shall include contractual liability coverage. D. The completed operations coverage shall be maintained for a period of three (3) years after Substantial Completion. E. This policy shall include endorsement CG2010 (10/85 edition), Owner as Additional Insured and CG2404 (11/85 edition) Waiver of Subrogation in Favor of Owner. 3. Vehicle Liability. A. The CM shall provide the following minimum coverage with respect to the operations of any employee, including coverage for owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, unless a higher coverage is specified in Exhibit A to the Owner-CM Agreement, in which case the CM shall provide the additional coverage: Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 B. The policy shall include a CA9948 Pollution Endorsement and shall name the Owner as an Additional Insured. 4. Pollution Liability. 39 The CM shall provide coverage for bodily injury and property damage resulting from liability arising out of pollution related exposures such as asbestos abatement, lead paint abatement, tank removal, removal of contaminated soil, etc. The Owner shall be named as an additional insured and coverage must be on an occurrence basis. The amount of coverage for injuries to persons shall be $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate and damage to property shall be $2,000,000. 5. Worker's Compensation. A. The CM shall provide the following coverage in accordance with M.G.L. c.149 §34A and c.152 as amended, unless a higher coverage is specified in Exhibit B to the Owner-CM Agreement, in which case the CM shall provide the higher coverage: Worker's Compensation Part One Provide Statutory Minimum Employer's Liability $1,000,000 each accident Part Two $ 500,000 disease per employee, $ 500,000 disease policy aggregate 6. Builders Risk Property Coverage: The Owner shall maintain Builders Risk Property Insurance for the full insurable value (completed value) of the Project, until such time as the Owner assumes full use and occupancy of the Project. Said coverage shall include “all risks” coverage, including theft, flood and earthquake. The OWNER reserves the right to obtain this coverage separately and deduct any amount carried by the CM for this coverage. 7. Boiler and Machinery Insurance: The CM shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, CM, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and the CM shall be named insureds. 8. Umbrella or Excess Liability Coverage. The CM shall provide Umbrella Coverage in form at least as broad as primary coverages required by Sections 2, 3 and 5 6 of this Article in the following amount: Umbrella Coverage: $15,000,000 9. Additional types of Insurance and Deductibles. The CM shall provide such other types of insurance as may be required by the Owner-CM Agreement. If the policies required herein contain deductible amounts, the CM shall be responsible for such deductible amounts, unless THE OWNER specifically provides a written waiver to the CM. 10. Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and CM waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Designer, Designer’s consultants, the Owner’s Project Manager, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk Property insurance obtained pursuant to this Article, or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the CM or the Owner as fiduciary. 11. Owner’s Liability Insurance 40 The Owner shall purchase and maintain the Owner’s usual liability insurance for the Project. The Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self protection and against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. ARTICLE XV: INDEMNIFICATION 1. Generally. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the CM shall indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to the Owner) and hold harmless the Owner, the Designer, the Project Manager and their officers, agents, employees, representatives, successors and assigns from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to court costs and attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, including but not limited to those arising or resulting from: labor performed or furnished and/or materials used or employed in the performance of the Work; violations by CM, any Subcontractor, or by any person directly or indirectly employed or used by any of them in the performance of the Work or anyone anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable (CM, subcontractor and all such persons herein collectively called "CM's Personnel") of any Laws; violations of any provision of this Contract by CM or its subcontractors, suppliers or any other person or firm providing labor and/or materials for the work; injuries to any persons or damage to any property in connection with the Work; any act, omission, or neglect of CM's Personnel. 2. CM's Indemnification The CM shall be obligated as provided above, regardless of whether or not such claims, damages, losses and/or expenses are caused in whole or in part by the actions or inactions of a party indemnified hereunder. In any and all claims by CM's personnel against parties indemnified hereunder, the CM's indemnification obligation set forth above shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CM or any subcontractor under workers compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in Article XV. 3. Asbestos Abatement Subcontractor Indemnification The CM shall obtain an indemnification agreement from the Asbestos Abatement Subcontractor that provides as follows: The Asbestos Abatement subcontractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for the compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local regulations pertaining to work practices, hauling and disposal of asbestos-containing material and protection of workers and visitors to the site, and persons occupying areas adjacent to the site. The CM shall hold the Owner and the Architect harmless for failure to comply with any applicable work, hauling, disposal, safety, health or other regulation on the part of himself, his employees or his subcontractors. The obligations of the CM under this Section 1 shall not extend to the liability of the Designer, its agents or employees, arising out of (i) the preparation or approval of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys Change Orders, designs or Specifications, or (ii) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Designer, its agents to employees provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 4. Designer's Actions. 41 A. The obligations of the CM under Section 1 above shall not extend to the liability of the Designer, its agents or employees, arising out of (i) the preparation or approval of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys Change Orders, designs or Specifications, or (ii) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Designer, its agents to employees provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. B. In consideration of the CM’s undertaking to indemnify and hold harmless the Designer, the Designer’s consultants, officers, employees of the Designer, in accordance with Article XV, the Designer agrees that the Designer will not bring any civil suit, action or other proceeding in law, equity, or arbitration against the CM, or the officers, employees, agents, and servants of the CM, for or on account of any action which the Designer may have arising out of or in any matter connected with the Work, except to enforce the provisions of this Article XV; and the CM, or any successor, assign or subrogee of the CM. agrees not to bring any civil suit, action, or other proceeding in law, equity or arbitration against the Designer, or the Designer’s consultants, officers, employees, agents or servants, for the enforcement of any actions which the CM may have arising out of or in any manner connected with the Work. 5. Survival. The provisions of this Article XV are intended to survive Final Acceptance and/or any termination of this Contract. ARTICLE XVI: PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS 1. CM Bonds. A. The CM shall provide performance and payment (labor and materials) bonds in the form attached , executed by a surety licensed by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Division of Insurance. Each such bond shall be in the amount of the GMP. B. If at any time prior to final payment to the CM, the Surety: -is adjudged bankrupt or has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; -has liquidated all assets and/or has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;-is placed in receivership;-otherwise petitions a state or federal court for protection from its creditors; or -allows its license to do business in Massachusetts to lapse or be revoked; then the CM shall, within 21 days of any such action listed above, provide THE OWNER with new performance and payment bonds as described in Paragraph A above. Such bonds shall be provided solely at the CM's expense. 2. Subcontractor Bonds. A. Trade Contractors shall provide payment and performance bonds to the CM and the Subcontractors shall include the premiums for those bonds in their Sub-Trade Bids. B. If the CM requires subcontractors other than Trade Contractors to provide the CM with payment and performance bonds for the full amount of their respective Subcontracts, then the costs for said bonds shall be the responsibility of the CM. C. Irrespective of whether the CM requests payment and performance bonds from their respective Subcontractors, the CM understands that if the Subcontractor defaults or is terminated, the CM shall have full responsibility for all costs and expenses related to said default or termination. 3. Cost of Bond Premiums. The costs of bond premiums for bonds provided by the CM, Trade Contractors and subcontractors shall be considered Costs of the Work. 42 ARTICLE XVII: TERMINATION OF CONTRACT 1. Termination for Cause. A. THE OWNER may without prejudice to any other right or remedy terminate this Contractor cause if any of the following defaults shall occur and not be cured within seven (7) days after the giving of written notice thereof by the Owner to the CM: (1) The CM has filed a petition, or a petition has been filed against the CM with its consent, under any federal or state law concerning bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or relief from creditors, or if such a petition is filed against the CM without its consent and is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; or if the CM is generally not paying its debts as they become due; or if the CM becomes insolvent; or if the CM consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidate, custodian or the like of the CM or of all or any substantial portion of its assets and such appointment or possession is not terminated within sixty (60) days; or if the CM makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) The CM refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided under this Contract, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials to perform its obligations under this Contract, or the Owner has determined that the rate of progress required for the timely completion of the Work is not being met; (3) The CM fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials, equipment, or labor; (4) All or a part of the Work has been abandoned; (5) The CM has sublet or assigned all or any portion of the Work, the Contract, or claims thereunder, without the prior written consent of the Owner, except as expressly permitted in this Contract; (6) The CM has failed to comply with Laws; (7) The CM fails to maintain, or provide to Office evidence of the insurance or bonds required by this Contract, or (8) The CM has failed to perform the Work or any portion thereof as required by this Contract or has otherwise breached any material provision of this Contract. B. THE OWNER shall give the CM written notice of such termination for cause, but the giving of notice of such termination shall not be a condition precedent or subsequent to the termination's effectiveness. In the event of such termination, and without limiting any other available remedies, THE OWNER may, at its option: (1) hold the CM and its sureties liable in damages for a breach of Contract; (2) notify the CM to discontinue all work, or any part thereof, and the CM shall discontinue all work, or any part thereof, as the Owner may designate; (3) complete the Work, or any part thereof, and charge the expense of completing the Work or part thereof, to the CM; (4) require the surety or sureties to complete the Work and perform all of the CM's obligations under this Contract. (5) take such other lawful action as is deemed by THE OWNER to be in its best interest. If THE OWNER elects to complete all or any portion of the Work as specified in (3) above, it may take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, machinery, implements at or near the Site owned by the CM and finish the Work at the CM's expense by whatever means THE OWNER may deem expedient; and the CM shall cooperate at its expense in the orderly transfer of the same to a new contractor or to THE OWNER as directed by THE OWNER. In such case THE OWNER shall not make any further payments to the CM until the Work is completely finished. The Owner shall not be liable for any depreciation, loss or damage to said materials, machinery, implements or tools during said use and the CM shall be solely responsible for their removal from the Site after the Owner has no further use for them. Unless so removed within fifteen days after notice to the CM to do so, they may be sold at public auction, after publication of notice thereof at least twice in any newspaper published in the county where the Work is being performed, and the proceeds credited to the CM’s account; or they may, at the option of THE OWNER, be stored at the CM’s expense subject to a lien for the storage charges. 43 C. Damages and expenses incurred under paragraph B above shall include, but not be limited to, costs for the Designer's and Project Manager’s extra services required, as reasonably determined by THE OWNER, to successfully inspect and administer the construction through final completion of the Work. D. Expenses charged under paragraph B above may be deducted and paid by THE OWNER out of any moneys then due or to become due the CM under this Contract. E. All sums, damages, and expenses incurred by the Owner to complete the Work shall be charged to the CM. In case the damages and expenses charged are less than the sum that would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CM, the CM shall be entitled to receive the difference. In case such expenses shall exceed the said sum, the CM shall pay the amount of the excess to the Owner. 2. Termination For Convenience. A. THE OWNER may terminate this Contract for convenience even though the CM is not in default by giving notice to the CM specifying in said notice the date of termination. B. In case of such termination without cause, the CM shall be paid: (1) all sums due and owing under this Contract through the date of termination, including any retainage withheld to the date of termination, less any amount which THE OWNER determines is necessary to correct or complete the Work performed to the date of termination; plus (2) a reasonable sum to cover the expenses which CM would not have incurred but for the early termination of the Contract, such as demobilization of the work force, restocking charges, and termination fees payable to Subcontractors. C. Lost profits shall not be payable. The payment provided in paragraph B above shall be considered to fully compensate the CM for all claims and expenses and those of any consultants, Subcontractors, and suppliers, directly or indirectly attributable to the termination. Upon termination of this Contract for convenience as provided in Section 2 of this Article, the CM shall: (1) stop the Work; (2) stop placing orders and Subcontracts in connection with this Contract; (3) cancel all existing orders and Subcontracts; (4) surrender the Site to THE OWNER in a safe condition; (5) transfer to THE OWNER all materials, supplies, work in process, appliances, facilities, equipment and machinery of this Contract, and all plans, Drawings, Specifications and other information and documents used in connection with this Contract. 3. CM's Duties Upon Termination For Convenience. Upon termination of this Contract for convenience as provided in Section 2 of this Article, the CM shall: (1) stop the Work; (2) stop placing orders and Subcontracts in connection with this Contract; (3) cancel all existing orders and Subcontracts; (4) surrender the Site to THE OWNER in a safe condition; (5) transfer to THE OWNER all materials, supplies, work in process, appliances, facilities, equipment and machinery of this Contract, and all plans, Drawings, Specifications and other information and documents used in connection with this Contract. ARTICLE XVIII: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 1. Written Approval of Assignment by CM. The CM shall not assign by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet or subcontract, the Work or any part thereof, without the previous written consent of THE OWNER and shall not, either legally or equitably, assign any of the moneys payable under this Contract, or CM's claims hereunder, except with the written consent of THE OWNER, whether said assignment is made before, at the time of, or after the execution of the Contract. The CM shall remain responsible for satisfactory performance of 44 all Work sublet or assigned complying with all applicable requirements of the Contract. 2. Certificate of Appropriation. This paragraph applies to contracts for construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or demolition of any public building or public work by any city or town costing more than the amount set forth in M.G.L. c.44, § 31C. This Contract shall not be deemed to have been made until the Town accountant or other officer of the city or town having similar duties has certified thereon that an appropriation in the amount of this Contract is available therefore and than an officer or agent of the city, town, or awarding authority has been authorized to execute said Contract and approve all requisitions and change orders. No order to the Contractor for a change in or addition to the work, whether in the form of a drawing, plan, detail, or any other written instruction, unless it is an order which the Contractor is willing to perform without any increase in the Contract price, shall be deemed to be given until the Town accountant, or other officer of the awarding authority having similar duties, has certified thereon that an appropriation in the amount of such order is available therefore; but such certificate shall not be construed as an admission by the awarding authority of its liability to pay for such work. The certificate of the Town accountant or other officer of the awarding authority having similar duties, that an appropriation in the amount of this Contract, or in the amount of such order, is available shall bar any defense by the awarding authority on the grounds of insufficient appropriation. 3. Claims by Others Not Valid. No person other than the CM and the surety on any bond given pursuant to the terms of this Contract shall acquire any interest in this Contract or any claim against THE OWNER hereunder, and no claim by any other person against Owner shall be valid except as provided in M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39F of the General Laws. 4. No Personal Liability of Public Officials. No public official, employee, or agent of THE OWNER shall have any personal liability for the obligations of THE OWNER set forth in this Contract. 5. Severability. The provisions of this Contract are severable, and if any of these provisions shall be held unconstitutional or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect or impair any of the other provisions of this Contract. 6. Choice of Laws. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for all purposes. All proceedings under this Contract or related to the Project shall be brought in the courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 7. No Waiver of Subsequent Breach. No waiver of any breach or obligation of this Contract shall constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or obligation. 45 8. Remedies Cumulative. All remedies of THE OWNER provided in this Contract shall be construed as cumulative and may be exercised simultaneously or in any order as determined by THE OWNER in its sole discretion. THE OWNER shall also be entitled as of right to specific performance and equitable relief including the right to an injunction against any breach of any of the provisions of this Contract 9. Notices. Notices to the CM shall be deemed given when hand delivered or faxed to the CM's temporary field office at or near the Site, or when deposited in the U.S. mail addressed to the CM at the CM's address specified in the Owner-CM Agreement, or when delivered by courier to either location. Unless otherwise specified in writing by THE OWNER, notices and deliveries to THE OWNER shall be effective only when delivered to THE OWNER at the address specified in the Owner-CM Agreement and date-stamped at the reception desk or for which a receipt has been signed by the agent or employee designated by THE OWNER to receive official notices. 10. Interpretation of Contract – Cost of Work. A. Wherever these General Conditions or the Agreement for Construction Manager at Risk Services uses words to the effect that the CM shall be responsible for incurring costs on the Project, it is understood that, except where the language used otherwise indicates, such costs shall be considered a Cost of Work under Paragraph 7.1 of the Agreement for Construction Manager at Risk Services, unless they fall within Non-Compensable Costs described in Paragraph 7.3 of said Agreement. B. Likewise, wherever the General Conditions or the Agreement for Construction Manager at Risk Services uses words to the effect that the Owner may assess costs against the CM, it is understood that such assessment shall ordinarily take the form of a credit change order that reduces the GMP, except where the language used otherwise indicates. 46 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON MASSACHUSETTS CONTRACT NUMBER: _____________ BUDGET CODE: _____________ VENDOR NUMBER: _____________ CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR NORTHAMPTON POLICE FACILITY THIS AGREEMENT, executed this __________ day of _________________ 20______ by and between: hereinafter called "Contractor" and the City of Northampton, a municipal corporation in the County of Hampshire, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, party of the second part hereinafter called "Owner". WITNESSETH, that for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, the Owner and the Contractor shall agree to the terms and conditions contained in this contract, enumerated as follows: The Owner-Contractor Agreement, Advertisement, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Insurance Requirements, Specifications, and all addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. THE OWNER shall pay the Contractor for the performance of this contract in the sum of; _____________________________________________ dollars in accordance with the terms of this contract. This contract shall not be altered in any particular without the consent of all parties to this contract. All alterations to this contract must be in writing and authorized as such by the Mayor and a Majority vote of the Board, Agency, or Committee signing this contract. In the event the Contractor is a corporation a certificate that the person executing this contract is duly authorized to sign, must accompany this contract. Final payment on this contract shall release and discharge the Owner from any and all claims against the Owner on account of any work performed hereunder, or any alteration hereto. This contract shall be deemed to be a Massachusetts contract and it's interpretation and construction shall be governed by the laws of Massachusetts and the Charter and Ordinances of the Owner. 47 The City of Northampton is not bound by this contract until approved by the Mayor of Northampton. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Owner caused these presents to be signed in quadruplicate and approved by Mary Clare Higgins its Mayor and the said Contractor has caused these presents to be signed in quadruplicate and its official seal to be hereto affixed by its officer or agent thereunto duly authorized (by the attached corporate resolution). This instrument shall take effect as a sealed instrument. CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________ COMPANY NAME _______________________________________it's AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ___________________________DATE________________ TITLE CITY OF NORTHAMPTON: BY: City of Northampton Police Facility Building Committee AGENCY NAME ____________________________ signatures ____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________ _______________________Date ___________ City Auditor, approved as to appropriation. _______________________Date ____________ City Solicitor, approved as to form. _______________________Date ____________ Mayor Mary Clare Higgins 48 Certificate by Corporation to Sign Contract At a duly authorized meeting of the Board of Directors of the held on (Name of Corporation) (Date) At which all the Directors were present or waived notice, it was voted that, (Name) (Officer) of this company, be and he hereby is authorized to execute contracts and bonds in the name and behalf of said company, and affix its Corporate Seal thereto, and such execution of any contract or obligation in this company's name on its behalf by such under seal of the company, (Officer) shall be valid and binding upon this company, A TRUE COPY, ATTEST: (Clerk) PLACE OF BUSINESS DATE OF THIS CONTRACT I hereby certify that I am the clerk of the that is the duly elected of said company, and the above vote has not been amended or rescinded and remains in full force and effect as of the date of this contract. (Clerk) (Corporate Seal) 49 Tax and Reporting Compliance Certification Pursuant to M.G.L. Chapter 62C, Section 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I have, to my best knowledge and belief, complied with the law of the Commonwealth relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support. Social Security Number or Signature of Individual or Federal Identification Number Corporate Name by: Corporate Officer, (if applicable) 50 Foreign Corporation Certification AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE Form AF-4A 1/78 EXECUTIVE OFFICE FOR ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE The Commonwealth of Massachusetts MASSACHUSETTS BUSINESS CORPORATION NON-PROFIT CORPORATION FOREIGN (non-Massachusetts) Corporation 1. , President Clerk of whose principal office is (Name of Corporation) located do hereby certify that the above named Corporation has filed with the State Secretary all certificates and annual reports required by Chapter 156B, Section 109 (Business Corporation), by Chapter 181, Section 4 (Foreign Corporation), or by Chapter 180, Section 26A (non-profit Corporation) of the Massachusetts General Laws. SIGNED UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY THIS day of , 20 . Signature of responsible Corporate Officer 51 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that___________________________________________________________, as Principal, and _________________________________________________________________ __,as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Awarding Authority, in the sum of ________________ lawful money of the United States to be paid to the Awarding Authority, for which payments, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS the said Principal has made a contract with the Awarding Authority bearing date of ________________ 200_, for the construction of ________________________________________ ____________________________ _____________________________________________ (Project), Now the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall well and truly keep and perform all the undertakings, covenants, agreements, terms and conditions of said contract and any extensions thereof that may be granted by the Awarding Authority, with or without notice to the surety, and during the life of any guaranty required under the contract, and shall also well and truly keep and perform all the alterations, changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the surety of such modifications, alterations, changes or additions being hereby waived, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. In the event that the contract is abandoned by the Contractor, or is terminated by the Awarding Authority, said surety hereby further agrees that said surety shall, if requested in writing by the Awarding Authority, take such action as is necessary to complete said contract. In witness whereof we hereunto set our hands and seals this ____ day of _________, 200_. By Principal: _____________________________________ [Seal] By Surety: _____________________________________ Address: _____________________________________ Surety Agent: _____________________________________ [Seal] Address: _____________________________________ Telephone: _____________________________________ 52 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL (PERFORMANCE BOND) , ______________________________, certify that I am the _______________ of the corporation named a principal in the within bond; that ___________________who signed said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then ______________________________ of said corporation and I know his signature and his signature thereon is genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and on behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. Signed: ______________________________ [Seal] Date: _________________, 200_ 53 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that ______________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________as principal, and _______________________________________________________________ as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Awarding Authority in the sum of _____________ lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid to the Awarding Authority, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the said principal has made a contract with the Awarding Authority under date of __________, 200_, for: __________________________________________________________________________ Now the condition of this obligation is such that if the principal shall promptly pay for all labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in said contract and in any and all duly authorized modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the surety of such modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions being hereby waived, the foregoing to include any other purposes of items set out in, and to be subject to, the provision of Massachusetts General Laws (Ter. Ed.), Chapter 30, Section 39A, and Chapter 149, Section 29 as amended, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. In witness whereof we hereunto set our hands and seals this ____ day of _________, 200_. By Principal: _____________________________________ [Seal] By Surety: _____________________________________ Address: _____________________________________ Surety Agent: _________________________________ ____ [Seal] Telephone: _____________________________________ 54 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL (LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND) , ______________________________, certify that I am the _______________ of the corporation named a principal in the within bond; that ___________________who signed said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then ______________________________ of said corporation and I know his signature and his signature thereon is genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and on behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. Signed: ______________________________ [Seal] Date: _________________, 200_ 55 Northampton Police Facility Task Phase Architect CM Bldg. Committee Others Preliminary Reviews review program /ed spec pre-construction X site use and improvements pre-construction X construction feasibility pre-construction X schedule all cost /budget all X insurance construction X contracts (architect, cm) pre-construction X value engineering: selection of materials, all X X equipment, methods alternative designs /materials pre-construction X review impact of labor shortages; recommend solutions pre-construction X review impact of material shortages /long lead pre-construction X coordinate permits and approvals pre-construction X coordinate funding requests pre-construction X pursue State grant application for reimbursement pre-construction X code compliance pre-construction X X existing financial /reporting systems pre-construction quality control all X develop procedures: shop drawings /submittals pre-construction X Financial develop system for cost control pre-construction prepare cost estimates: 56 construction pre-construction X independent cost review pre-construction X soft costs pre-construction X negotiate GMP pre-construction X develop Owner's contingencies pre-construction bonding agreements pre-construction X insurance program: X OCIP (if required /feasible) pre-construction sub-contractors /trades bidding bids: pre-qualify /potential contractors design X X pre-qualify products design X X assemble contract documents design X review contract documents design X review scope of work design X X review bidding format design X X review bidding procedures and criteria design X X arrange and conduct pre-bid conferences bidding X X respond to pre-bid RFIs bidding X X conduct bid openings bidding X analyze bids: X X completeness bidding X conformance to requirements bidding X cost bidding X compare to industry /area standards bidding X unit rates bidding X contingencies bidding X MWBEs bidding X negotiate contracts bidding X review and advise on applications for payment construction X advise /update cash-flow forecasts construction X review final project accounting operational X pay contractors and consultants operational X X Schedule develop master schedule pre-construction X develop /update detailed schedule and milestones: design pre-construction X shop drawings and samples pre-construction X GMP proposal submittal pre-construction X 57 prepare funding applications: Town(s): Selectmen, Finance, RTM, Referendum pre-construction X bonding pre-construction X coordinate permits and approvals: Town: Conservation, P&Z pre-construction X X plan review pre-construction X X long lead-time materials /equipment pre-construction X bidding pre-construction X construction pre-construction X ff&e coordination pre-construction X substantial completion /occupy pre-construction X punchlist pre-construction X X update construction schedule all develop construction meeting schedule pre-construction X Build pre-construction meeting pre-construction X obtain required permits pre-construction X on-site representation of Owner construction maintain safe work environment construction X quality control systems: develop /implement construction X review construction performance construction hire sub-contractors bidding X coordinate utility supply pre-construction X change orders: identify /advise Owner construction X maintain change order log construction X verify verify pricing construction X approve within authorized limits construction X document /submit to Owner construction X impact to cost /schedule construction X remedies for errors /omissions construction X conduct progress meetings construction X attend progress meetings construction X prepare daily field progress reports construction prevailing wage reports construction X eeoc compliance confirmed construction X verify work in progress construction report work not started construction requests for information: 58 originate request construction X document request construction X respond construction X monitor response construction coordinate ff&e: delivery construction X inspection /quality control construction installation construction X coordinate logistics: schedule move-in construction X coordinate existing furniture delivery /move-in construction X bid /hire moving company construction close-out: temporary c.o. construction X equipment start-up and test construction X manuals delivered construction X review manuals for completeness construction warranty details assembled /delivered construction X verify warranty work completed /accepted operational X submit required reports for occupancy construction X prepare punchlist construction X verify substantial completion construction X status of retainage construction coordinate final certificate of occupancy operational Advise /Coordinate /Manage Consultants technology /data pre-construction X communications pre-construction X audio visual pre-construction X security pre-construction X signage pre-construction X window treatment pre-construction X art pre-construction X theater pre-construction landscaping pre-construction X CM pre-construction Architect pre-construction Project Manager pre-construction 59 Reports project status: summary and detailed all X safety: accidents /violations construction X personnel changes all insurance claims const /operational progress: applications all construction all % of completion: schedule and cost all requests for information all X change orders construction X mwbe pre-construction X variance /conformance to scope all X financial: actual cost to date -summary and detailed: all soft costs all construction costs const /operational X ff&e all X change orders all X variance budget to estimate all cash flow all $ percentage of completion all release of bonds operational Non-Trade Contractors CONTRACT INFORMATION Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety Construction (2 AXLE) DRIVER -EQUIPMENT 12/01/2010 $44.430 06/01/2011 $45.180 12/01/2011 $45.840 06/01/2012 $46.490 12/01/2012 $47.520 (3 AXLE) DRIVER -EQUIPMENT 12/01/2010 $44.500 06/01/2011 $45.250 12/01/2011 $45.910 06/01/2012 $46.560 12/01/2012 $47.590 (4 & 5 AXLE) DRIVER -EQUIPMENT 12/01/2010 $44.620 06/01/2011 $45.370 12/01/2011 $46.030 06/01/2012 $46.680 12/01/2012 $47.710 ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT 08/01/2010 $103.680 08/01/2011 $107.800 AIR TRACK OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.590 06/06/2011 $42.590 12/05/2011 $43.140 06/04/2012 $44.140 12/03/2012 $45.090 AIR TRACK OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.720 06/01/2011 $42.720 12/01/2011 $43.970 ASBESTOS WORKER (PIPES & TANKS) 12/01/2009 $40.250 ASPHALT RAKER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 ASPHALT RAKER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 AUTOMATIC GRADER-EXCAVATOR (RECLAIMER) 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 BATCH/CEMENT PLANT -ON SITE 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER /CURB SETTER 12/06/2010 $41.590 06/06/2011 $42.590 12/05/2011 $43.140 06/04/2012 $44.140 12/03/2012 $45.090 BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER /CURB SETTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.720 06/01/2011 $42.720 12/01/2011 $43.970 BOILER MAKER 01/01/2010 $55.850 APPRENTICE: BOILERMAKER -Local 29 Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 65.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 8 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$42.66/2$42.66/3$44.54/4$46.43/5$48.31/6$50.20/7$52.08/8$53.97 BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY (INCL. MASONRY WATERPROOFING) 03/07/2011 $57.900 09/05/2011 $59.250 03/05/2012 $60.650 APPRENTICE: BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON -Local 1 Springfield/Pittsfield Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 5 90.00 6 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$40.88/2$44.28/3$47.69/4$51.09/5$54.50/6$56.20 BULLDOZER/POWER SHOVEL/TREE SHREDDER /CLAM SHELL 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 CAISSON CAISSON & UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN 12/01/2010 $50.250 06/01/2011 $51.250 12/01/2011 $52.500 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 1 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety CAISSON & UNDERPINNING LABORER 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 CAISSON & UNDERPINNING TOP MAN 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 CARPENTER 10/04/2010 $48.150 04/04/2011 $48.900 10/03/2011 $49.650 APPRENTICE: CARPENTER -Local 108 Hampden Hampshire Ratio Step ** % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 80.00 7 90.00 8 90.00 Pre-6/09 Step1$21.55/2$22.97/3$36.79/4$39.63/5$42.47/6$43.89 ** 1: 1-5/2: 6-8/3:9-11/Steps: 6 mos (600 hrs)/rates by step 7$45.31/8$46.73Post-6/09:1$21.92/2$24.76/3$36.27/4$37.69/5&6$40.23/7&8$44.19 CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING 03/07/2011 $58.050 09/05/2011 $59.360 03/05/2012 $60.720 CHAIN SAW OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 COMPRESSOR OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 CRANE/BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 DELEADER (BRIDGE) 01/01/2011 $64.410 07/01/2011 $65.410 01/01/2012 $66.410 07/01/2012 $67.410 01/01/2013 $68.410 APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$29.31/2$36.86/3$39.01/4$41.16/5$51.51/ 6$53.66/7$55.81/8$60.11 DEMO: ADZEMAN 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 DEMO: BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $50.100 06/01/2011 $51.100 12/01/2011 $52.350 APPRENTICE: LABORER Demo Backhoe/Loader/Hammer Operator Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$37.48/2$40.64/3$43.79/4$46.95 DEMO: BURNERS 12/01/2010 $49.850 06/01/2011 $50.850 12/01/2011 $52.100 APPRENTICE: LABORER Demo Burners Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice Wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$37.33/2$40.46/3$43.59/4$46.72 DEMO: CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER 12/01/2010 $50.100 06/01/2011 $51.100 12/01/2011 $52.350 DEMO: JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $49.850 06/01/2011 $50.850 12/01/2011 $52.100 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 2 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety DEMO: WRECKING LABORER 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 APPRENTICE: LABORER Demo Wrecking Laborer Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$36.88/2$39.94/3$42.99/4$46.05 DIVER 08/01/2010 $77.520 08/01/2011 $80.270 DIVER TENDER 08/01/2010 $62.570 08/01/2011 $65.320 DIVER TENDER (EFFLUENT) 08/01/2010 $81.250 08/01/2011 $85.380 DIVER/SLURRY (EFFLUENT) 08/01/2010 $103.680 08/01/2011 $107.800 ELECTRICIAN 01/01/2011 $50.050 APPRENTICE: ELECTRICIAN -Local 7 Zone B Ratio Step 2:3**** % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs; Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs. Step 1$24.97/2$26.66/3$33. 01/4$34.70/5$38.84/6$40.72 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 01/01/2011 $61.610 01/01/2012 $63.110 APPRENTICE: ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR -Local 41 Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 65.00 4 70.00 5 80.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year Step 1$38.68/2$40.97/3$45.56/4$47.85/5$52.44 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER 01/01/2011 $47.850 01/01/2012 $48.900 FENCE & GUARD RAIL ERECTOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 FIELD ENG -PARTY CHIEF (BLDG, SITE, HVY CONST) 06/01/1999 $30.230 FIELD ENG-CHIEF OF SURVEY(BLDG, SITE, HVY CONST) 06/01/1999 $31.230 FIELD ENG-INST./ROD PERSON(BLDG, SITE, HVY CONST) 06/01/1999 $27.740 FIRE ALARM INSTALLER 01/01/2011 $50.050 FIRE ALARM REPAIR /MAINTENANCE 07/01/2010 $34.460 06/01/2011 $35.510 01/01/2012 $36.010 FIREMAN 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 APPRENTICE: OPERATING ENG. -Local 98 Class 3 Ratio Step 1:6 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.; Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs. Step 1$34.47/2$37.38/3$40.29/4$43.20 FLAGGER & SIGNALER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $35.780 06/01/2011 $36.780 12/01/2011 $36.780 FLOORCOVERER 03/01/2011 $58.800 09/01/2011 $60.050 03/01/2012 $61.300 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 3 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: FLOORCOVERER -Local 2168 Zone II Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 85.00 Apprentice rates shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$27.22/2$28.90/3$40.02/4$41.70/5$45.16/6$46.84/7$50.31/8$51.98 FORK LIFT 12/01/2010 $46.330 06/01/2011 $47.210 12/01/2011 $48.080 06/01/2012 $49.030 12/01/2012 $49.980 GENERATORS/LIGHTING PLANTS 12/01/2010 $42.880 06/01/2011 $43.760 12/01/2011 $44.630 06/01/2012 $45.580 12/01/2012 $46.530 GLAZIER (GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR SYSTEMS) 06/01/2010 $46.780 06/01/2011 $48.380 06/01/2012 $49.930 APPRENTICE: GLAZIER -Local 1333 Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 56.25 3 62.50 4 68.75 5 75.00 6 81.25 7 87.50 8 93.75 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$25.02/2$27.02/3$29.52/4$31.52/5$34.02/6$36.02/7$42.78/8$44.78 GRADER/TRENCHING MACHINE/DERRICK 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 HVAC (DUCTWORK) 01/01/2011 $50.950 HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) 01/01/2011 $50.050 HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -AIR) 01/01/2011 $50.950 HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER) 09/17/2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 HVAC MECHANIC 09/17/2010 2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 HYDRAULIC DRILLS (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.720 06/01/2011 $42.720 12/01/2011 $43.970 INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS) 09/01/2010 $52.980 APPRENTICE: ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) -Local 6 Springfield Ratio Step 1:4 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 1 year Step 1$33.00/2$36.99/3$40.99/4$44.98 IRONWORKER/WELDER 03/16/2010 $52.260 APPRENTICE: IRONWORKER -Local 7 Springfield Ratio Step % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 75.00 4 80.00 5 85.00 6 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4 Step 1$41.62/2$44.28/3$45.61/4$46.94/5$48.27/6$49.60 JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 4 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety LABORER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 APPRENTICE: LABORER -Zone 3 Building & Site Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$30.96/2$33.43/3$35.90/4$38.37 LABORER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $40.970 06/01/2011 $41.970 12/01/2011 $43.220 APPRENTICE: LABORER -Zone 3 Heavy & Highway Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 60.00 2 70.00 3 80.00 4 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$31.09/2$33.56/3$36.03/4$38.50 LABORER: CARPENTER TENDER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 LABORER: HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 LABORER: MASON TENDER 12/06/2010 $41.840 06/06/2011 $42.840 12/05/2011 $43.390 06/04/2012 $44.390 12/03/2012 $45.340 LABORER: MASON TENDER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 LABORER: MULTI-TRADE TENDER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 44.340 LABORER: TREE REMOVER 12/06/2010 $40.840 06/06/2011 $41.840 12/05/2011 $42.390 06/04/2012 $43.390 12/03/2012 $44.340 This classification applies to the wholesale removal of standing trees including all associated trimming of branches and limbs, and applies to the removal of branches at locations not on or around utility lines. LASER BEAM OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 LASER BEAM OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 MARBLE & TILE FINISHERS 03/07/2011 $50.980 09/05/2011 $52.330 03/05/2012 $53.480 APPRENTICE: MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 1 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt) Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 5 90.00 6 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 800 hours Step 1$37.27/2$40.01/3$42.75/4$45.50/5$48.24/6$49.61 MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS & TERRAZZO MECH 03/07/2011 $57.900 09/05/2011 $59.250 03/05/2012 $60.650 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 5 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECH -Local 1 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt) Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 5 90.00 6 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following; Step 1$40.88/2$44.28/3$47.69/4$51.09/5$54.50/6$56.20 MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (NON-CONSTRUCTION) 07/01/2010 $29.590 07/01/2011 $30.290 MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES) 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 MECHANIC/WELDER/BOOM TRUCK 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 MILLWRIGHT (Zone 3) 10/01/2010 $53.400 APPRENTICE: MILLWRIGHT -Local 1121 Zone 3 Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 85.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$34.58/2$36.09/3$39.08/4$40.59/5$42.85/6$44.36/7$46.61/8$48.12 MORTAR MIXER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 OILER 12/01/2010 $41.800 06/01/2011 $42.680 12/01/2011 $43.550 06/01/2012 $44.500 12/01/2012 $45.450 OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT -CLASS VI 12/01/2010 $39.820 06/01/2011 $40.700 12/01/2011 $41.570 06/01/2012 $42.520 12/01/2012 $43.470 PAINTER (BRIDGES/TANKS) 01/01/2011 $64.410 07/01/2011 $65.410 01/01/01/2012 $66.410 07/01/2012 $67.410 01/01/2013 $68.410 APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$29.31/2$36.86/3$39.01/4$41.16/5$51.51/6$53.66/7$55.81/8$60.11 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, NEW) * * If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used. 01/01/2011 $44.480 07/01/2011 $45.480 01/01/2012 $46.480 07/01/2012 $47.480 01/01/2013 $48.480 APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 -Spray/Sandblast -New Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$21.24/2$24.18/3$25.53/4$2 6.87/5$36.42/6$37.76/7$39.10/8$41.79 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT) 01/01/2011 $41.800 07/01/2011 $42.800 01/01/2012 $43.800 07/01/2012 $44.800 01/01/2013 $45.800 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 6 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 -Spray/Sandblast -Repaint Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$19.90/2$22.71/3$23.92/4$25.13/5$34.54/6$35.75/7$36.96/8$39.38 PAINTER (TRAFFIC MARKINGS) 12/01/2010 $40.970 06/01/2011 $41.970 12/01/2011 $43.220 PAINTER /TAPER (BRUSH, NEW) * * If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used. 01/01/2011 $43.080 07/01/2011 $44.080 01/01/2012 $45.080 07/01/2012 $46.080 01/01/2013 $47.080 APPRENTICE: PAINTER -Local 35 Zone 3 -BRUSH NEW Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$20.54/2$23.41/3$24.69/4$25.96/5$35.44/6$36.71/7$37.98/8$40.53 PAINTER /TAPER (BRUSH, REPAINT) 01/01/2011 $40.400 07/01/2011 $41.400 01/01/2012 $42.400 07/01/2012 $43.400 01/01/2013 $44.400 APPRENTICE: PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 -BRUSH REPAINT Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$19.20/2$21.94/3$23.08/4$24.22/5$33.56/6$34.70/7$35.84/8$38.12 PANEL & PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER 12/01/2010 $44.260 06/01/2011 $45.010 12/01/2011 $45.670 06/01/2012 $46.320 12/01/2012 $47.350 PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR (UNDERPINNING AND DECK) 10/04/2010 $58.460 04/04/2011 $58.840 08/01/2011 $60.210 PILE DRIVER 10/04/2010 $58.460 04/04/2011 $58.840 08/01/2011 $60.210 APPRENTICE: PILE DRIVER -Local 56 Zone 3 Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 60.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 8 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Apprentice wages shall be no less than those set in Zone 1 Step 1$47.62/2$49.49/3$51.36/4$53.23/5$55.10/6$56.96/7$58.83/8$60.70 PIPELAYER 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 PIPELAYER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 PLUMBER & PIPEFITTER 09/17/2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 7 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER -Local 104 Ratio Step 1:5 % 1 45.00 2 50.00 3 60.00 4 70.00 5 80.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 2000 hrs. Step 1$31.06/2$32.78/3$36.22/4$39.65/5$48.09 PNEUMATIC CONTROLS (TEMP.) 09/17/2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 POWDERMAN & BLASTER 12/06/2010 $41.840 06/06/2011 $42.840 12/05/2011 $43.390 06/04/2012 $44.390 12/03/2012 $45.340 POWDERMAN & BLASTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.970 06/01/2011 $42.970 12/01/2011 $44.220 PUMP OPERATOR (CONCRETE) 12/01/2010 $46.640 06/01/2011 $47.520 12/01/2011 $48.390 06/01/2012 $49.340 12/01/2012 $50.290 PUMP OPERATOR (DEWATERING, OTHER) 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER 05/01/2008 $30.870 RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER ** ** The Residential Wood Frame Carpenter classification applies only to the construction of new, wood frame residences that do not exceed four stories including the basement. 04/01/2009 $35.620 As of 9/1/09 Carpentry work on wood-frame residential WEATHERIZATION projects shall be paid the RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER rate. APPRENTICE: CARPENTER (Residential Wood Frame) -Local 108 Ratio Step ** % 1 60.00 2 60.00 3 65.00 4 70.00 5 75.00 6 80.00 7 85.00 8 90.00 Apprentice Wages Shall be no less than the following: ** 1: 1-5, 2: 6-8, 3: 9-11 Step 1$20.13/2$26.04/2$27.23/4$28.43/5$29.63/6$30.83/7$32.03/8$33.22 RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 ROLLER OPERATOR 12/01/2010 $45.500 06/01/2011 $46.380 12/01/2011 $47.250 06/01/2012 $48.200 12/01/2012 $49.150 ROOFER (Coal tar pitch) 01/01/2011 $46.000 07/16/2011 $46.500 01/01/2012 $46.750 07/16/2012 $47.250 01/01/2013 $47.500 ROOFER (Inc.Roofer Waterproofng &Roofer Damproofg) 01/01/2011 $45.000 07/16/2011 $45.500 01/01/2012 $45.750 07/16/2012 $46.250 01/01/2013 $46.500 APPRENTICE: ROOFER -Local 248 Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 60.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 8 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are are 750 hrs.Roofer(Tear Off)1:1; Same as above Step 1$23.34/2$35.94/3$37.23/4$38.53/5$39.82/6$41.12/7$42.41/8$43.71 ROOFER SLATE /TILE /PRECAST CONCRETE 01/01/2011 $46.000 07/16/2011 $46.500 01/01/2012 $46.750 07/16/2012 $47.250 01/01/2013 $47.500 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/p w or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 8 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety APPRENTICE: ROOFER (Slate/Tile/Precast Concrete) -Local 248 Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 60.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 8 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 750 hrs. Step 1$23.64/2$36.76/3$38.08/4$39.40/5$5$40.72/6$42.04/7$43.36/8$44.68 SCRAPER 12/01/2010 $46.110 06/01/2011 $46.990 12/01/2011 $47.860 06/01/2012 $48.810 12/01/2012 $49.760 SELF-POWERED ROLLERS AND COMPACTORS (TAMPERS) 12/01/2010 $45.500 06/01/2011 $46.380 12/01/2011 $47.250 06/01/2012 $48.200 12/01/2012 $49.150 SELF-PROPELLED POWER BROOM 12/01/2010 $42.880 06/01/2011 $43.760 12/01/2011 $44.630 06/01/2012 $45.580 12/01/2012 $46.530 SHEETMETAL WORKER 01/01/2011 $50.950 APPRENTICE: SHEET METAL WORKER -Local 63 Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 45.00 2 50.00 3 55.00 4 60.00 5 65.00 6 70.00 7 75.00 8 80.00 9 85.00 10 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps: 1$17.64/2$19.60/3$25.11/4$27.39/5$29.6 9/6$31.97/7$34.24/8$40.76/9$43.31/10$45.86 SIGN ERECTOR 06/01/2009 $37.780 APPRENTICE: SIGN ERECTOR -Local 35 Zone 3 Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 7 80.00 8 85.00 9 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps are 4 mos. Step 1$19.48/2$23.12/3$24.36/4$25.60/5$30.34/6$31.58/7$32.82/8$34.06/9$35.30 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP < 35 TONS 12/01/2010 $44.720 06/01/2011 $45.470 12/01/2011 $46.130 06/01/2012 $46.780 12/01/2012 $47.810 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP > 35 TONS 12/01/2010 $45.010 06/01/2011 $45.760 12/01/2011 $46.420 06/01/2012 $47.070 12/01/2012 $48.100 SPRINKLER FITTER 01/01/2010 $56.700 APPRENTICE: SPRINKLER FITTER -Local 676 Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 40.00 2 45.00 3 50.00 4 55.00 5 60.00 6 65.00 7 70.00 8 75.00 9 80.00 10 85.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps: 1$32.40/2$34.43/3$36.45/4$38.48/5$40.50/6$42.53/7$44.55/8$46.58/9$48.60/10$50.63 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 07/01/2010 $34.460 06/01/2011 $35.510 01/01/2012 $36.010 APPRENTICE: TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN -Local 7 Zone B Ratio Step 1:1 % 1 50.00 2 55.00 3 60.00 4 65.00 5 70.00 6 75.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Steps 1 & 2 are 800 hours Step 1$24.36/2$25.42/3$26.48/4$27.55/5$28.61/6$29.69 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 9 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety TERRAZZO FINISHERS 03/07/2011 $50.980 09/05/2011 $52.330 03/05/2012 $53.480 APPRENTICE: MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 1 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt) Ratio Step 1:3 % 1 50.00 2 60.00 3 70.00 4 80.00 5 90.00 6 95.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than than the following: Steps are 800 hours Step 1$37.27/2$40.01/3$42.75/4$45.50/5$48.24/6$49.61 TEST BORING DRILLER 12/01/2010 $50.500 06/01/2011 $51.500 12/01/2011 $52.750 TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER 12/01/2010 $49.220 06/01/2011 $50.220 12/01/2011 $51.470 TEST BORING LABORER 12/01/2010 $49.100 06/01/2011 $50.100 12/01/2011 $51.350 TRACTORS 12/01/2010 $45.500 06/01/2011 $46.380 12/01/2011 $47.250 06/01/2012 $48.200 12/01/2012 $49.150 TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT 12/01/2010 $45.300 06/01/2011 $46.050 12/01/2011 $46.710 06/01/2012 $47.360 12/01/2012 $48.390 TUNNEL WORK -COMPRESSED AIR 12/01/2010 $61.680 06/01/2011 $62.930 12/01/2011 $64.180 TUNNEL WORK -COMPRESSED AIR (HAZ. WASTE) 12/01/2010 $63.680 06/01/2011 $64.930 12/01/2011 $66.180 TUNNEL WORK -FREE AIR 12/01/2010 $53.750 06/01/2011 $55.000 12/01/2011 $56.250 TUNNEL WORK -FREE AIR (HAZ. WASTE) 12/01/2010 $55.750 06/01/2011 $57.000 12/01/2011 $58.250 VAC-HAUL 12/01/2010 $44.720 06/01/2011 $45.470 12/01/2011 $46.130 06/01/2012 $46.780 12/01/2012 $47.810 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR 12/06/2010 $41.090 06/06/2011 $42.090 12/05/2011 $42.640 06/04/2012 $43.640 12/03/2012 $44.590 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) 12/01/2010 $41.220 06/01/2011 $42.220 12/01/2011 $43.470 WATER METER INSTALLER 09/17/2010 $54.960 03/17/2011 $55.460 09/17/2011 $55.960 03/17/2012 $56.460 09/17/2012 $57.210 03/17/2013 $57.960 Outside Electrical -West EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 08/31/2008 $46.540 GROUNDMAN 08/31/2008 $29.550 GROUNDMAN /TRUCK DRIVER 08/31/2008 $41.550 HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 08/31/2008 $48.910 JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN 08/31/2008 $54.660 APPRENTICE: LINEMAN (Outside Electrical) -West Local 42 Ratio Step 1:2 % 1 60.00 2 65.00 3 70.00 4 75.00 5 80.00 6 85.00 7 90.00 Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following: Step 1$31.17/2$33.29/3$41.92 /4$44.05/5$46.17/6$48.29/7$50.41 TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER 01/01/2007 $30.200 TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 01/01/2007 $28.820 TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN 01/01/2007 $28.820 TRACTOR-TRAILER DRIVER 08/31/2008 $46.540 This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 10 of 11 Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates Job Location: Description of Work: Contract Number: City/Town: Awarding Authority: Lieutenant Governor Director of Labor TIMOTHY P. MURRAY GEORGE E. NOEL As determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H Governor Secretary of Labor and Workforce Development DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN Prevailing Wage Rates DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS NA NORTHAMPTON MULTI-YEAR ANNUAL UPDATE TO JOB ID: 122234 Northampton Police Station Construction 29 Center St., Northampton City of Northampton HEATHER E. ROWE Acting Commissioner of Division of Occupational Safety TREE TRIMMER 02/01/2009 $19.010 This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on and around utility lines. TREE TRIMMER GROUNDMAN 02/01/2009 $17.060 This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on and around utility lines. Additional Apprentice Information: Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, Section 11. All steps are six months (1000 hours) unless otherwise specified. * Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. ** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field. *** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices (APP) for every 3 journeymen (JM) is allowed as follows: 1 JM: 1 APP; 2-3 JM: 2 APP; 4-6 JM: 4 APP; 7-9 JM: 6 APP; 10-12 JM: 8 APP; 13-15 JM: 10 APP; etc. **** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices (APP) for every 3 journeymen (JM) is allowed as follows: 1-2 JM: 1 APP; 3-4 JM: 2 APP; 5 JM: 3 APP; 6-7 JM: 4 APP; 8 JM: 5 APP; etc. This wage schedule must be posted at the work site in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Failure of the employer to pay "prevailing wage rates," which are the minimum wage rates listed above, on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General , 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02108; Tel: 617-727-3465. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedules have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DOS at www.mass.gov/dos/pw or at 617-626-6952. Issue Date: 03/10/2011 Wage Request Number: 20110308-025U Page 11 of 11 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS Division of Occupational Safety All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprentice Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All steps are 6 months (1000 Hours) City/Town: NORTHAMPTON unless otherwise specified** Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed below as a percentage of the predetermined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprentice Training pursuant to M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. Classification Ratio* 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) 1:4 50 60 70 80 Steps are 1 year BOILERMAKER 1:5 65 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON 1:5 50 60 70 80 90 95 CARPENTER ** 50 55 60 70 80 85 90 95 ** 1: 1-5, 2: 6-8, 3: 9-11 Steps are 6 mos (600 hrs.) ELECTRICIAN 2:3**** 50 55 60 65 70 75 Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs; Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs. ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 1:1 50 55 65 70 80 Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year FLOORCOVERER 1:1 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 Steps are 750 hrs. GLAZIER 1:1 50 56.3 62.5 68.8 75 81.3 88 93.8 HOIST/PORT. ENG. 1:6 60 70 80 90 Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.; Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs. IRONWORKER 60 70 75 80 85 90 Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4 LABORER 1:5 60 70 80 90 PAINTER 1:1 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 Steps are 750 hrs. PILE DRIVER 1:3 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER 1:5 45 50 60 70 80 Steps are 2000 hrs. ROOFER 1:3 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 Steps are 750 hrs. ROOFER (TEAR OFF) 1:1 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 Steps are 750 hrs. SHEET METAL WORKER 1:3 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 SIGN ERECTOR 1:1 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 Steps are 4 mos. SPRINKLER FITTER 1:1 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 Issue Date: 1/12/2009 * Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. ** Multiple ratios are listed in comment field. *** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices(App) for every 3 journeymen(JM) is allowed as follows: 1 JM: 1 1 App; 2-3 JM:2 App; 4-6 JM: 4 App; 7-9 JM: 6 App; 10-12 JM: 8 App; 13-15 JM: 10 App; etc **** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices(App) for every 3 journeymen(JM) is allowed as follows: 1-2 JM: 1 App; 3-4 JM: 2 App; 5 JM: 3 App; 6-7 JM: 4 App; 8 JM: 5 App; etc Rate Sheet: NORTHAMPTON Job ID: 125457 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS Division of Occupational Safety All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprentice Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All steps are 6 months (1000 Hours) City/Town: NORTHAMPTON unless otherwise specified** Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed below as a percentage of the predetermined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprentice Training pursuant to M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 1:1 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 Issue Date: 1/12/2009 * Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. ** Multiple ratios are listed in comment field. *** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices(App) for every 3 journeymen(JM) is allowed as follows: 1 JM: 1 App; 2-3 JM:2 App; 4-6 JM: 4 App; 7-9 JM: 6 App; 10-12 JM: 8 App; 13-15 JM: 10 App; etc **** The job site ratio of 2 apprentices(App) for every 3 journeymen(JM) is allowed as follows: 1-2 JM: 1 App; 3-4 JM: 2 App; 5 JM: 3 App; 6-7 JM: 4 App; 8 JM: 5 App; etc Rate Sheet: NORTHAMPTON Job ID: 125457 WEEKLY PAYROLL RECORDS REPORT & STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY, 19 STANIFORD STREET, 2nd FLOOR, BOSTON, MA 02114 In accordance with Massachusetts General Law c. 149, §27B, a true and accurate record must be kept of all persons employed on the public works project for which the enclosed rates have been provided. A Payroll Form has been printed on the reverse of this page and includes all the information required to be kept by law. Every contractor or subcontractor is required to keep these records and preserve them for a period of three years from the date of completion of the contract. In addition, every contractor and subcontractor is required to submit a copy of their weekly payroll records to the awarding authority. For every week in which an apprentice is employed, a photocopy of the apprentice’s identification card must be attached to the payroll report. Once collected, the awarding authority is also required to preserve those records for three years. In addition, each such contractor, subcontractor, or public body shall furnish to the awarding authority directly, within fifteen days after completion of its portion of the work a statement, executed by the contractor, subcontractor or public body who supervises the payment of wages, in the following form: STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE _______________, 20_______ I,___________________________________,___________________________________ (Name of signatory party) (Title) do hereby state: That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by ___________________________________ on the ______________________________ (Contractor, subcontractor or public body) (Building or project) and that all mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers employed on said project have been paid in accordance with wages determined under the provisions of sections twenty-six and twenty-seven of chapter one hundred and forty nine of the General Laws. Signature _________________________ Title _____________________________ MASSACHUSETTS WEEKLY CERTIFIED PAYROLL REPORT FORM Company's Name: Address: Phone No.: Payroll No.: Employer's Signature: Title: Contract No: Tax Payer ID No. Work Week Ending: Awarding Authority's Name: Public Works Project Name: Public Works Project Location: Min. Wage Rate Sheet No. General /Prime Contractor's Name: Subcontractor's Name: "Employer" Hourly Fringe Benefit Contributions (B+C+D+E) (A x F) Employee Name & Complete Address Employee is OSHA 10 Certified (?) Work Classification: Appr. Rate (%) Su. Mo. Tu. We. Th. Fr. Sa. All Other Hours Hourly Base Wage (B) Health & Welfare Insurance (C') ERISA Pension Plan (D) Supp. Unemp. (E) Total Hourly Prev. Wage (F) Total Gross Wages Check No. (H) NOTE: Pursuant to MGL Ch. 149 s.27B, every contractor and subcontractor is required to submit a "true and accurate" copy of their weekly payroll records directly to the awarding authority. Failure to comply may result in the commencement of a criminal action or the issuance of a civil citation. Date recieved by awarding authority Page of //Hours Worked Project Gross Wages (G) Project Hours (A) The Massachusetts Prevailing Wage Law M.G.L. c. 149, §§26-27 NOTICE TO AWARDING AUTHORITIES  The enclosed wage schedule applies only to the specific project listed at the top of the schedule, and these rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project, except in the case of multi-year projects. For projects lasting longer than one year, awarding authorities must request updated rates.  You should request an updated wage schedule from the Division of Occupational Safety if you have not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the enclosed wage schedule.  The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project for which it has been issued.  Once a contractor has been selected by the awarding authority, the wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract for that project. NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS  The enclosed wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site during the life of the project.  The wages wages listed on the enclosed wage schedule must be paid to employees on public works projects regardless of whether they are employed by the prime contractor, a filed sub-bidder, or any sub-contractor.  The enclosed wage schedule applies to all phases of the project, including the final clean-up. Contractors whose only role is to perform final clean-up must pay their employees according to this wage schedule.  All apprentices must be registered with the Massachusetts Division of Apprenticeship Training (DAT) in order to be paid at the lower apprentice rates. All apprentices must keep his/her apprentice identification card on his/her person during all work hours. If a worker is not registered with DAT, they must be paid the “total rate” listed on the wage schedule regardless of experience or skill level. For further information, please call 617-626-5409, or write to: DAT, 19 Staniford Street, 1st Floor, P.O. Box 146759, Boston, MA 02114. Notice to Drivers of BITUMINOUS CONCRETE NOTICE: TO AWARDING AUTHORITIES AND CONTRACTORS ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 1, 2006 DRIVERS WHO HAUL BITUMINOUS CONCRETE (ASPHALT) The Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court recently affirmed that drivers who haul bituminous concrete to public construction projects are not covered by the Prevailing Wage Law while off-site, including time spent over-the-road and picking-up materials. These drivers are covered by the Prevailing Wage Law only while on-site at the public construction project. In Teamsters Joint Council No. 10 v. Department of Labor, et al., 447 Mass. 100 (2006), the SJC upheld a 2001 administrative decision limiting the applicability of prevailing wage rates to the time bituminous drivers spend at the public construction site. This most recent decision of the SJC followed a 1989 ruling that had upheld an earlier Department of Labor (and Industries’) policy that had deemed this category of drivers to be “teamsters” under the Law and, therefore, entitled to prevailing prevailing wage rates. See Construction Industries of Massachusetts v. Commissioner of Labor and Industries, 406 Mass. 162 (1989). However, the earlier court case had left open the question of whether this entitled these bituminous drivers to prevailing wage rates for their over-the-road time as well as their on-site time. This most recent decision has now answered that question. All of the requirements of the Prevailing Wage Law, including certified weekly payroll requirements, apply to bituminous drivers for all time spent at the public construction site. DRIVERS WHO HAUL READY-MIX CONCRETE (CEMENT) Drivers who haul ready-mix concrete to public construction projects are not covered by the Prevailing Wage Law while off-site, including time spent over-the-road and pickingup materials. These drivers are covered by the Prevailing Wage Law while on-site at the public construction project. This applicability determination was established by a 2001 administrative decision of the Department of Labor’s Division of of Occupational Safety. All of the requirements of the Prevailing Wage Law, including certified weekly payroll requirements, apply to ready-mix drivers for all time spent at the public construction site. Please feel free to contact the Division of Occupational Safety at 617-626-6953 if you have any questions. Questions about enforcement of the Prevailing Wage Law may be directed to the Attorney General’s Fair Labor and Business Practices Division at 617-727-3465 1 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AT RISK GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE I: DEFINITION OF TERMS -p. 4 ARTICLE II: EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT, SCOPE OF WORK, INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS -p. 5 1. Execution 2. Scope Of Work 3. Interpretation 4. Distribution of Work 5. Subcontracts 6. Contract Price ARTICLE III: CONTROL OF WORK /ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT-p. 8 1. Designer 2. Right Of Access to Work 3. Inspection No Waiver ARTICLE IV: GENERAL PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE CM -p. 9 1. Review Of Contract Documents and Field Conditions 2. Supervision and Construction Procedures; Coordination; Cutting, and Patching 3. Key Personnel 4. Labor 5. Notices and Permits 6. Excavation 7. Corrections To The Work; Inspection No Bar To Subsequent Corrections 9. Sanitary Facilities 8 Site Access Control 10. Temporary Offices 11. Contract Documents and Samples at the Site 12. Telephones 13. Safety Laws, Regulations and Practices 14. Debris and Chemical Waste 15. Weather Protection 16. Furnishings and Equipment 17. Sales Tax Exemption and Other Taxes 18. Final Cleaning 19. Maintenance Data 20. Closeout Procedures 2 ARTICLE V: MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT -p. 15 1. Materials Generally 2. Shop Drawings, Product Data, And Samples 3. Tests 4. "Or Equal" Submissions 5. Delivery and Storage of Materials; Inspection 6. Defective, Damaged, Deteriorated Materials and Rejection Thereof ARTICLE VI: PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS -p. 19 1. Beginning, Progress Schedule, And Completion of Work 2. Failure To Complete Work On Time -Liquidated Damages 3. Delays; Statutory Provisions 4. Use and Occupancy Prior To Final Acceptance 5. Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Completion 6. One Year Warranty Repair List and Inspection ARTICLE VII: CHANGES IN THE WORK -p. 22 1. Change Orders Generally 2. Methods of Computing Equitable Adjustments 3. Work Performed Under Protest 4. False Claims, Statutory Provisions Regarding ARTICLE VIII: PAYMENT PROVISIONS -p. 26 Changes 1. Schedule Of Values 2. Payment Liabilities of the CM 3. Retention of Moneys by THE OWNER 4. Applications for Payment 5. Periodic Payments (M.G. L. c. 30, s. 39K) 6. Termination for Failure to Complete Punchlist 7. Payment of Subcontractors (M.G.L.c. 30, s. 39F) 8. Final Payment; Release of Claims by CM ARTICLE IX: GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES -p. 32 1. General Warranty 2. Special Guarantees and Warrantees ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS -p. 33 1. CM to Be Informed 2. Compliance with All Laws ARTICLE XI: CM'S ACCOUNTING METHOD REQUIREMENTS (M.G.L. c., s. 39R) -p. 35 3 1. Definitions 2. Record Keeping 3. Statement of Management Controls 4. Annual Financial Statement 5. Bid Pricing Materials ARTICLE XIV: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS -p. 36 1. Insurance Generally 2. CM's Commercial General Liability 3. Vehicle Liability 4. Pollution Liability 5. Worker's Compensation 6. Builder's Risk Property Coverage Insurance 7. Boiler and Machinery Insurance 8. Umbrella or Excess Liability Coverage 9. Additional Types of Insurance and Deductibles 10. Waivers of Subrogation ARTICLE XV: INDEMNIFICATION -p. 38 1. Generally 2. CM's Indemnification 3. Asbestos Abatement Subcontractor Indemnification 4. Designer’s Action 5. Survival ARTICLE XVI: PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS -p. 40 1. CM Bonds 2. Subcontractor Bonds 3. Cost of Bond Premiums ARTICLE XVII: TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT -p. 40 1. Termination for Cause 2. Termination for Convenience 3. CM’s Duties Upon Termination for Convenience ARTICLE XVIII: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS -p. 42 1. Written Approval of Assignment by CM 2. Certificate of Appropriation 3. Claims by Others Not Valid 4. No Personal Liability by Public Officials 5. Severability 6. Choice of Laws 7. No Waiver of Subsequent Breach 8. Remedies Cumulative 9. Notices 10. Interpretation of Contract – Cost of Work 4 ARTICLE I: DEFINITION OF TERMS The following words shall have the following meanings as used in this Contract: Approval: (or Approved): An approval in writing signed by the authorized signatory of THE OWNER. Depending upon the nature of the approval, the Designer or the Project Manager may, when authorized by the Owner, issue approvals on the Owner’s behalf. Architect: The architect identified in the Owner-CM Agreement, also referred to as the Designer. As directed, as permitted, as required, as determined or words of like effect: The direction, permission, requirement or determination of the Owner unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Similarly, approved, acceptable, satisfactory or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Designer and THE OWNER. Certificate of Use and Occupancy: A certificate signed by the Designer pursuant to the requirements of Article VI of these General Conditions of the Contract, indicating that (1) the Work has been completed in in accordance with the Contract Documents, except for Punch List items, (2) certificates of inspection, testing and/or approval (including a certificate of occupancy under the Building Code), operating permits for any mechanical apparatus which may be required to permit full use and occupancy of the Work by its intended users have been delivered to THE OWNER, (3) any applicable written warranties, operating instructions and related materials have been delivered to THE OWNER, and (4) the Work may be used for its intended purpose without substantial inconvenience or interference. Change Order: (1) A written order not requiring the consent of the CM, approved by the Owner and signed by the Project Manager and designated as a Change Order, directing the CM to make changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract. Construction Manager, Contractor, CM, Construction Management at Risk and General Contractor These words are used interchangeably and mean the person, corporation or other entity with whom THE OWNER has executed the CM Contract. Construction Manager’s Key Personnel: The personnel listed in the Construction Manager’s Proposal and the Owner-CM Agreement, all of whom shall be dedicated to the Project on a full time basis, unless otherwise agreed to. Contract Documents: The documents listed in Article 2 of the Owner-CM Agreement. Day: calendar day. Designer: The architect or engineer identified as the Designer in the Owner-CM Agreement. Drawings: The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including Plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. Final Acceptance: The written determination by THE OWNER upon recommendation of the Designer, that the Work has been 100% completed, except for the CM's indemnification obligations, warranty obligations, obligations to continue to maintain insurance coverage for the time periods provided in the Contract Contract Documents, and any other obligations which are intended to survive Final Acceptance and/or the termination of the Contract. Laws: All applicable statutes, regulations, ordinances, codes, laws, orders, decrees, approvals, certificates and requirements of governmental and quasi-governmental authorities. Notice to Proceed (NTP): The written notice provided by THE OWNER to the CM which authorizes the CM to commence the Work as of a date specified therein, from which date the times specified in Article 4 of the Owner-CM Agreement are measured. THE OWNER may issue more than one NTP, for Preconstruction and Construction Services, in which case the date from which the time for completion of construction is measured shall be as stated in the appropriate NTP. Or equal (or words of like import): Equal in the opinion of THE OWNER determined pursuant to the provisions of M.G.L. c.30, s. 39M and the provisions of the Contract. Owner: The City of Northampton acting through authorized officials. Owner-CM Agreement: The Owner-Construction Manager Agreement between Northampton and the CM for the Project, which is incorporated into the Contract Documents. Plan(s): Drawing(s).Progress Schedule: The progress 5 schedule submitted by the CM and approved by THE OWNER in accordance with the Contract Documents. Project: The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by separate contractors. Project Manager: The Owner’s Project Manager identified in the Owner-CM Agreement. Punch List: A list of items determined by THE OWNER upon the recommendation of the Designer, to be minor, incomplete or unsatisfactory work items that do not materially impair the use of the Work by THE OWNER for its intended purpose. Owner’s Representative: The on-Site representative of THE OWNER, who may be an employee of the Project Manager or may work directly for the Owner. The Owner’s Representative has no authority to make changes in the work, interpret provisions of the Contract, approve or disapprove payment requests from the CM, or otherwise provide direction to the CM. Samples: Samples are physical examples, that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. Schedule of Values: The schedule prepared by the CM and approved by THE OWNER pursuant to Article VIII of these General Conditions of the Contract which allocates the Contract Price to the various portions of the Work and is used as a basis for determining payments due to the CM.Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams, details, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the CM or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate a portion of the Work. Site: The land and, if any, building(s) or space within any such building(s) on which or in which the CM is to perform the Work. Specifications: The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work and performance of related services. Subcontractor: Person or entity with whom the CM or a subcontractor contracts in order to perform the Work, except as otherwise specifically provided or required herein or by Law. “Subcontractor” also means “Trade Contractor” except when otherwise specified. Substantial Completion: "Substantial Completion" shall occur when (1) the CM fully completes the Work or substantially completes the Work, or a designated Phase thereof, so that the value of the Work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the Designer, less than one percent of the adjusted contract price, or (2) the CM substantially completes the Work and THE OWNER takes possession for occupancy, whichever occurs first. Superintendent: The licensed construction supervisor who is an employee of the CM designated to be in full time attendance at the Site throughout the prosecution and progress of the Work and who shall have complete authority to act for the CM. Trade Contractor: Subcontractors under Contract with the CM to perform the work of the trades listed in paragraph 1.1 of the Procedures for Award of Subcontracts at Appendix C, and selected under the process authorized in M.G.L. c. 149A and Section I of the aforementioned Procedures by the CM. Sometimes referred to as “Filed Subcontractor” or “Filed Subbidder”. User Agency: The Northampton Police Department. Other terms, abbreviations and references are defined as they appear herein. ARTICLE II: EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT, SCOPE OF WORK, INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, DISTRIBUTION OF WORK, SUBCONTRACTS 1. Execution. The execution of the Owner – CM Agreement by the CM is a representation that the CM has visited the Site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, has correlated observations at the site with requirements of the Contract Documents and is aware of requirements contained in the permits that have issued that apply to the construction of the work. 6 2. Scope of Work. The Work consists of all the work identified in the Contract Documents. The Work includes Pre-Construction Services the CM has agreed to provide as well as the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor, tools, materials, supplies, equipment, permits, approvals, paperwork, calculations, submittals, and certificates necessary to develop, construct and complete the Work in accordance with all Laws, and all construction and other services required to be supervised, overseen, performed or furnished by CM or that the Contract Documents require the CM to cause to be supervised, overseen, performed or furnished. The CM shall provide and perform all of the Work, duties and obligations set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. Interpretation. A. The Plans and Specifications and other Contract Documents are to be considered together and are intended to be mutually complementary, so that any work shown on the Plans though not specified in the Specifications, and any work specified in the Specifications though not shown on the Plans, is to be executed by the CM as a part of this Contract. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the better quality or greater quantity shall govern, unless THE OWNER directs otherwise. Figured dimensions shall take precedence over scaled dimensions. B. All things that in the opinion of THE OWNER may be reasonably inferred from the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents are to be executed by the CM. The Designer shall determine whether the detail Plans conform to the general Plans and Contract Documents, except as may be otherwise determined by THE OWNER. C. The tables of contents, titles, headings and marginal notes or sub-scripts contained herein are solely to facilitate references, are not intended to be construed as provisions of the Contract, and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. D. Where reference is is made in the Contract Documents to publications, standards, or codes issued by associations or societies, such reference shall be interpreted to mean the current edition of such publications, standards, or codes, including revisions in effect on the date of the issuance of the RFP for the contract notwithstanding any reference to a particular date. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the dates, if any, specified with respect to insurance policy endorsement forms. E. In case of any conflict among the Contract Documents, unless the context clearly otherwise requires, the Contract Documents shall be construed according to the following priorities: First Priority: Contract Modifications and Change Orders Second Priority: Owner-CM Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract Specifications and Drawings, as amended. Third Priority: CM’s Proposal, as accepted by OWNER Fourth Priority: Owner’s Request for Proposals. F. All plans, general and detailed, are to be deemed a part of the Contract, and the plans and specifications and Contract are to be considered together, and are intended to be mutually complementary, so that any work shown on the plans, though not specified in the specifications, and any work specified in the specifications, though not shown on the plans, is to be executed by the CM as part of the Contract. All things which in the opinion of the Designer may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents are to be executed by the CM in accordance with the terms of the Contract. In the event of a conflict, CM is to assume that the Contract requires the greater quantity or quality of work, and the CM shall immediately bring to the attention of the Designer said purported conflict. G. The CM shall refer to all of the Drawings, and to all of the sections of the Specifications, and shall perform all work reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the indicated results. Neither THE OWNER nor the Designer assume any liability arising out of jurisdictional issues raised 7 or claims advanced by Subcontractors, trade organizations or other interested parties based on the arrangement or manner of subdivision of the content of the Specifications and Drawings. In the event of any claim arising out of any duplication, conflict, inconsistency or discrepancy within the Specifications or on the Drawings as to the allocation of the Work among the Subcontractor the CM shall be solely responsible for resolving the claim and shall be responsible for ensuring that all of the Work is completed, regardless of where it appears in the Specifications or on the Drawings. H. The CM shall give the Designer timely notice of any additional information required to define or execute the work. I. The CM shall not proceed with work not clearly or consistent with the contract documents. It the CM does so, it shall correct such work at its own expense. J. No consideration will be given for claims from the CM or its sub contractors for work not included in the various bid packages, but which was included in the contract documents. K. Requests for information (RFI): The CM may submit RFIs. The CM must first however determine that the requested information does not exist in the contract documents, project correspondence, coordination documents, or other available resources. RFI’s must in writing, be sequentially numbered, dated, indexed, and tracked. RFI’s must be specific requests and contain sufficient information for the Designer to reply with out asking the CM for clarifications of the RFI. The RFI’s shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of the date by which the information is required as to allow the Designer 15 days to review and respond, and the work to proceed with out an impact to the project schedule. L. The CM shall reimburse the Owner for amounts charged to the Owner for time spent by the Designer for responding to CM RFI’s where such information was available to the CM. The Owner may deduct such amounts from any payments due the CM and from the contract amount by Change Order. 4.Distribution of Work. Other than as required by M.G.L. c. 149A and any other applicable provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws and these Contract Documents, the CM shall be responsible for distributing the Work in the best interests of the Project. 5. Subcontracts Procedures for the procurement and the award of contracts by the CM for the furnishing of labor, materials and equipment in the performance of the Work (“Subcontracts”) shall be as specified in M.G.L. c 149A. The CM shall be responsible for providing, administering and keeping a record of all required subcontracting processes, including but not limited to RFQs and RFBs, for the OWNER and seek the review and approval of the OWNER as required by c. 149A. The CM shall abstain from selection committee discussion of subcontract work for which the CM is applying. The CM shall not replace any Subcontractor previously selected without the prior written approval of THE OWNER. The CM shall maintain and periodically update and distribute to THE OWNER, the Project Manager and the Designer a Project Directory listing the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the principal members of the staff of each Subcontractor. The principal contact and a back-up for each Subcontractor and each of their office telephone numbers, mobile telephone numbers and pager numbers, if available, shall be indicated in the Project Directory so that such persons can be reached in emergency situations occurring beyond regular business hours. In the event of termination of the Contract due to the default of the CM or for any other reason, THE OWNER shall have the right (but shall have no obligation) to assume, and/or accept assignment of and further assign to a general contractor or construction manager or other third party who is qualified and has sufficient resources to complete the Work, the rights of the CM under the Subcontract with such Subcontractor. In the event of such assumption or assignment by THE OWNER, the 8 Subcontractor shall have no claim against THE OWNER or such third party for work performed by such Subcontractor or other matters arising prior to termination of the Contract, and THE OWNER or such third party, as the case may be, shall be liable only for obligations to the Subcontractor arising after such assumption or assignment. All work shall be performed pursuant to written subcontracts. When subcontracting with Trade Contractors the CM shall use the Form for Trade Contract as required by c. 149A. All subcontracts shall require the Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the CM by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the CM all the obligations and responsibilities which the CM, by the Contract Documents, assumes toward THE OWNER. Each Subcontract shall preserve and protect the rights of THE OWNER under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights. The CM shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with its Subcontractors. The CM shall provide to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of a Subcontract with such Subcontractor, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound by this Paragraph. No Subcontract, and nothing contained herein or in any Subcontract, shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and THE OWNER. 6. Contract Price. The Contract Price constitutes the amount of compensation authorized to be paid to the CM for everything to be performed and furnished by the CM in connection with the Work, as provided in the Owner CM Agreement. The Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) is composed of a) the cost of the work, 2) the cost of the general conditions and 3) the CM fee. When the Designer determines that the plans and specifications are 100% complete and Owner and CM agree that sufficient pricing has been obtained the Owner and CM will negotiate the agreed amount for the cost of the work and cost of the general conditions. The CM fee will have already been determined during the RFP process and will not be renegotiated. 7. Allowances. The Contractor shall include in the Guaranteed Maximum Price Allowances called for in the Contract Documents or required by the CM and agreed to by the Owner. The Guaranteed Maximum Price shall be specific as to the nature of the Allowance, and the intended use. Whenever the approved, actual costs of the allowance are more or less than the allowance, the GMP shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order as allowed for in Article VII. ARTICLE III: CONTROL OF WORK /ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1. Designer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in this Contract, any of the powers, rights, and duties of the Designer may be exercised by THE OWNER, provided that THE OWNER shall be under no obligation to do so. THE OWNER may rely on the Designer for the performance and exercise of of certain rights and obligations of the Owner hereunder. Except as otherwise authorized by the Owner, any Approval required to be obtained from THE OWNER hereunder shall not be valid without the signature of THE OWNER. THE OWNER may explicitly overrule in writing any action, determination or decision of the Designer should THE OWNER choose to do so, except to the extent that the same would violate applicable law. Subject to the foregoing, the Designer shall be responsible for the general administration of the Contract and shall perform the duties and exercise the rights herein conferred on the Designer. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Designer 9 shall decide all questions which may arise as to the conduct, quantity, quality, equality, acceptability, fitness, and rate of progress of the several kinds of work and materials to be performed and furnished under this Contract, and shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the Plans and Specifications. In the case of the death, resignation, inability or refusal of the Designer to act, or the termination of his or her or its employment, THE OWNER may appoint another person to act as Designer for the purposes of this Contract. THE OWNER shall give written notice to the CM of any such appointment. 2. Right of Access to Work. THE OWNER, the Project Manager, and the Designer (and persons designated by them) may for any purpose enter upon the Work, the Site, and premises used by the CM, and the CM shall provide safe facilities therefore. Other contractors of THE OWNER may also enter upon the same for the purposes which may be required by their contracts or work. Any differences or or conflicts which may arise between the CM and other contractors of THE OWNER with respect to their work shall be initially resolved by the Project Manager. The Owner reserves the right of access to any part of the project at all times to inspect the same or to install work either with its own forces or with separate contractors hired by the Owner. Such access is not to be construed as partial occupancy by the Owner and no claim for increase in Contract Time or Sum will be considered unless such Owner’s Contractors have delayed or damaged the CM’s work. The CM shall permit the Owner to place and install as much furniture, equipment, and other materials during the progress of the work as is possible before completion of the various parts of the work and agrees that such placing and installation of equipment shall not in any way evidence the completion or acceptance of any portion of it. 3. Inspection No Waiver. No inspection by THE OWNER, the Designer, the Project Manager, or employees or agents of either of them, and no order, measurement, certificate, approval, payment order, payment, acceptance or any other action or inaction of any of them, shall operate as a waiver by THE OWNER of any provision of this Contract. ARTICLE IV: GENERAL PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE CM The CM shall complete for the Contract Price all of the Work in a proper, thorough, and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents. Project responsibilities are assigned in the attached Project Management (PM) Responsibilities matrix. Without limiting the foregoing and without limiting the CM's obligations under any other provision of the Contract Documents, the CM shall for the Contract Price perform the following general obligations: 1. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions. A. Before commencing the Work, the CM shall carefully study the Contract Documents and carefully compare all Specifications, Plans, Drawings, figures, dimensions, lines, marks, scales, directions of the Designer, and any other information provided by THE OWNER and shall at once report to the Designer any questions, errors, inconsistencies, or omissions which the CM may discover. B. Before commencing the Work, the CM shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the CM with the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the Designer any questions, errors, inconsistencies, or omissions. 2. Supervision and Construction Procedures; Coordination; Cutting, and Patching. 10 A. The CM shall supervise and direct the Work, using the CM's best skill and attention. The CM shall be solely responsible for, and shall have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and shall be responsible for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. (1) Should the Contract documents refer to a particular construction means and method, technique, sequence, or procedure, or imply that any such operations are to be used to in the work, such mention is intended only to indicate that the operations of the CM shall be such as to produce the quality of the work implied by the operations described. The actual determination of whether or not the described operations may be safely and suitably performed shall be the responsibility of the CM. The CM shall notify the Designer in writing of the actual operations that will be employed if such operations vary from those referred to in the Contract Documents. The CM bears sole responsibility for any loss, damage, costs, liabilities, damage, or costs of corrective work arising from the employment of any construction means and methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, not with standing that such operations are referred to, indicated, or implied by the Construction Documents, unless the CM has given timely written notice to the Designer and Owner that such operations in the Contract Documents are not safe or suitable, and the CM has received written approval from the Owner to proceed at the Owner’s risk. B. The CM shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all Work and the coordination of the operations of all trades, Subcontractors, and material and men engaged upon the Work. C. All necessary cutting, coring, drilling, grouting, and patching required to fit together the several parts of the Work shall be coordinated by the CM. The CM shall not damage or endanger a portion of the work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering altering such construction, or by excavation. The CM shall not cut or otherwise alter such work by the owner or separate contractors except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractors. Such consent shall not unreasonably be withheld. The CM shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or separate contractors the CM’s consent to cut or otherwise alter the Work. D. The CM shall be responsible to THE OWNER for the acts and omissions of the CM's employees, agents and Subcontractors of all tiers, and their agents and respective contractors employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work or supplying materials therefore. E. The CM shall be responsible for the inspection of portions of the Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. F. The Designer shall establish baselines and benchmarks on the Drawings for the location of the Work but all other lines and grades shall be determined by the CM. The CM shall employ a registered land surveyor to perform any engineering required for establishing grades, lines, levels, dimensions, layouts, and reference points for the trades. The CM shall be responsible for maintaining benchmarks and other survey marks and shall replace any benchmarks or survey marks that may have become disturbed or destroyed. The CM shall verify the materials shown on the Drawings before laying out the Work and shall be responsible for any error resulting from its failure to exercise this precaution. G. Work shall be performed during regular Working Hours which, unless otherwise approved by the Owner shall be 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. However, if the CM desires to carry on the Work outside of regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or Massachusetts or federal holidays, the CM shall provide the Owner’s on site representative with 48 hours notice to allow satisfactory arrangements to be made for inspecting Work in progress. Any work performed during regular Working Hours or at any other time shall comply with any City of Northampton’s noise ordinances. H. Work performed outside of regular Working Hours without prior notice to the Designer and/or THE OWNER shall be subject to additional inspection and testing as directed by the Designer. The Owner’s costs for this inspection and testing shall be borne by the CM whether the Work is found to be acceptable or not. THE OWNER shall be entitled to issue the CM a credit to cover such cost from 11 payments due the CM. I. The CM shall arrange for and attend job meetings with the Designer and/or Owner and such persons as the Designer and/or Owner may from time wish to have present. The CM shall be represented by the Project Executive, the principal project manager and the general superintendent for the Project, and any other authorized main office representative. An authorized representative of any subcontractor shall attend the meeting if the Designer or Owner requests such a presence. The representatives from the CM and the subcontractors shall be empowered to make decisions and commitments on all maters discussed at such meetings including costs, payments, change orders, time, schedules, and man power. Any notices required under the contract may be served on such representatives. 3.Key Personnel. The CM shall employ the Key Personnel as defined in Article I of the General Conditions unless otherwise agreed to by THE OWNER. The CM shall designate a person as the “Project Executive” for the project. The Project Executive shall be the CM’s senior person on Site and shall have full authority to accept communications to, make decisions for, and otherwise fully represent the CM in connection with all matters relevant to the Project. The CM’s Project Manager(s) shall be responsible for one or more portions of the Work as assigned by the Project Executive. The CM’s Project Manager may be the designee of the Project Executive to exercise the Project Executive’s responsibilities in the CM’s Project Executive’s absence. If the Project Executive delegates any responsibility to make decisions on behalf of the CM to other team members, the Owner must be notified in writing of any such delegation of responsibilities when it occurs. The Superintendent shall be properly licensed in accordance with the Building Code. 4. Labor. A.. The CM shall employ only competent workers. The CM shall enforce and shall require all its Subcontractors to enforce strict discipline and good order among their respective employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The CM shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. Whenever the Designer or THE OWNER shall notify the CM in writing that any worker is, in the Owner's opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such employee shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Project except with the consent of THE OWNER. See Paragraph 8 of this Article. B. The CM shall ensure that all its Subcontractors employ a sufficient number of workers to carry on the Work with all proper speed in accordance with Laws, the requirements of the Contract Documents, and the Progress Schedule. C. The CM shall procure materials from such sources and shall manage its own forces and the forces of its Subcontractors in such a manner as will result in harmonious labor relations on the Project Site. The CM shall cause persons to be employed in the Work who will work in harmony with others so employed. CM shall shall bear the cost associated with delays due to job actions, work stoppages or other project schedule interruptions caused by failure of CM to maintain harmonious labor relations on the project site. 5. Notices and Permits. A. The CM shall take out and pay for all approvals, permits, user fees, certificates and licenses required by Laws, pay all charges and fees, and pay for or cause the appropriate Subcontractor to pay for all utilities required for the proper execution of the Work. The costs of any required permits shall be considered Cost of the Work. The CM shall perform the work in strict 12 accordance with all permit requirements that have issued for the Project. The Owner has waived fees of the Building Commissioner. B. The CM shall comply with all Laws and shall give all notices required thereby. C. Except as otherwise specified in this Contract, it is not the CM's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable Laws. However, if the CM observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance with the requirements of Laws, the CM shall promptly notify the Designer and THE OWNER in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by an appropriate Contract Modification. D. If the CM performs Work knowing it to be contrary to Laws without giving such notice to the Designer and THE OWNER, the CM shall bear full responsibility for such Work and all costs attributable thereto, including, without limitation, corrections to the Work. 6. Excavation. The CM shall prevent by sheeting and shoring or bracing, if necessary, any caving or bulging of of the sides of any excavation made by the CM, leaving sheeting and shoring in place, or if any is removed, filling solid the spaces left thereby. 7. Corrections to the Work; Inspection No Bar to Subsequent Corrections. The review of the Work by the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants shall not relieve the CM of its responsibilities to fulfill the Contract obligations. Defective work may be rejected by the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants whether or not such work and/or materials have been previously overlooked or misjudged by the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants and accepted for payment. If the Work or any part thereof shall be found defective at any time before the Final Acceptance of the whole Work, or during the Warranty Period, the CM shall forthwith correct such defect in a manner satisfactory to the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants. If any material brought upon the Site for use in the Work, or selected for the same, shall be rejected by the Designer, THE OWNER or its consultants as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, or as damaged by casualty or deteriorated due to improper storage at the Site or to any other factor, the CM shall forthwith remove such materials from the Site. The CM shall pay for the cost of making good all work or property of other contractors or of the Owner destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement; repair any injury, defect, omission or mistake in the Work as soon as it is discovered, finish and immediately make good any defect, omission or mistake in the Work and complete and leave the Work in perfect condition. The costs of correcting such defects or mistakes shall not be considered Cost of the Work, unless the Owner approves funding such cost as a Construction Contingency Item, as provided in Section 7.2 of the Agreement for Construction Services. 8. Site Access Control The Owner and the CM shall develop a system that ensures that all workers and visitors to the Project can be immediately identified as authorized to be on the Project. The CM shall be responsible for administering that system. 9. Sanitary Facilities. The CM shall provide and maintain sanitary facilities for all persons employed on the Work, beginning with the first worker at the Site. Said facilities shall meet the following minimum requirements unless otherwise specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. 13 A. There shall be no fewer facilities than the number required by applicable Laws; B. Facilities shall be kept in a clean sanitary condition at all times and shall be adequately screened to be inaccessible to flies. C. The CM shall provide separate facilities for males and females. 10. Temporary Offices. Provide temporary offices as required in Division 1 of the Specifications including telephone/fax/internet access for the OWNER’S Project Manager and Clerk of the Work. 11. Contract Documents and Samples at the Site. Six sets of Contract Documents will be furnished to the CM by THE OWNER immediately after signing of the Contract, one of which shall be maintained at the Site for reference by authorized representatives of THE OWNER. The CM shall maintain at the Site for the use and information of THE OWNER one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, updated Progress Schedule, and all other submittals, all in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction. These shall be available to the Designer and Project Manager and shall be delivered to the Designer for submittal to THE OWNER upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Designer, and copies thereof furnished to the CM, are for use solely with respect to this Project. The CM shall not permit their release to other parties except as may be necessary in dealing with governmental authorities in the ordinary course of permitting and constructing the Project. Further, they are not to be used by the CM or any Subcontractor or Supplier on other projects without the specific written consent of THE OWNER and the Designer. 12. Telephones. Provide telephone and other similar services as provided for in Division 1 of the Specifications. 13. Safety Laws, Regulations, and Practices. The CM shall comply with all health and safety Laws applicable to the Work. 14. Debris and Chemical Waste. A The CM shall not permit the accumulation of interior or exterior debris. The CM shall keep the Work area clean at all times. Without limitation, garbage shall be removed daily from the building to dumpsters or from the site. The CM shall remove dirt, trash, and debris from all enclosed spaces such as wall cavities, chases, shafts, ceilings, and the like before such areas are enclosed. B. The CM shall properly classify and remove debris and waste from the Site and transport and dispose of it, all in accordance with Laws, employing a qualified and properly licensed transporter, at any landfill, disposal or recycling facility licensed under applicable Laws, including without limitation, hazardous materials laws. The CM shall make all arrangements and give and obtain all notices, communications, documentation, permits, certificates, and approvals necessary for said disposal from the Owner or officials in charge of such landfills, disposal or recycling facilities. The CM shall bear all fees and costs in connection with such classification, removal, transportation, disposal and storage. The CM shall not permit any storage of debris or waste except in accordance with Laws. C. The CM shall not permit any open fire on the Site. D. Chemical Waste: Chemical waste shall be stored in corrosion resistant containers, removed from the Site, and disposed of not less frequently than monthly unless more frequently required by Laws, 14 including without limitation hazardous materials laws, or by the Contract Documents. Disposal of chemical waste shall be performed in accordance with requirements of the U.S.Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (DEP). Fueling and lubricating of vehicles and equipment shall be conducted in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Lubricants shall be disposed of in accordance with procedures meeting all applicable Laws. The CM shall immediately notify the Designer of any hazardous materials release large enough to require reporting under applicable Laws. The CM shall be responsible for immediately cleaning up in accordance with Laws any oil or hazardous materials releases resulting from its operations. Any costs incurred in cleaning up any such releases shall be borne by the CM. E. If the CM fails to perform cleaning as required, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be paid for by the Contractor. 15. 15. Weather Protection (M.G.L. c. 149, s. 44G.and 44F(1). The CM shall, as part of the cost of the work, provide "weather protection," which means temporary protection of that Work adversely affected by moisture, wind and cold. Weather protection shall be achieved by covering, enclosing and/or heating working areas such that a minimum temperature of 40 degrees Fahrenheit is maintained at the working surface during the months of November through March in order to permit construction to be carried on during such period in accordance with the Progress Schedule. After the building or portion thereof is completely enclosed by either permanent construction or substantial temporary materials having a resistance comparable to the specified permanent construction, the CM shall provide heat therein of not less than 55 degrees F. nor more than 75 degrees F. The foregoing provisions do not supersede any specific requirements for methods of construction, curing of materials and the like. Such weather protection shall be be consistent with the Progress Schedule, shall permit the continuous progress of the Work necessary to maintain an orderly and efficient sequence of construction operations, shall include one thermometer for every 2,000 square feet of floor space or fraction thereof, shall be subject to the Approval of THE OWNER, and shall meet such additional requirements as may be specified by THE OWNER and by the Contract Documents. 16. Furnishings and Equipment. When, in the opinion of the Designer, any portion of the Work is in a reasonable condition to receive fittings, furniture, or other property of the Owner not covered by this Contract, the CM shall allow THE OWNER to bring such fittings, furniture, and/or other property into such portions of the Work and shall provide all reasonable facilities and protection thereof. No such occupancy shall be construed as interfering with the provisions relating to time of completion, or as constituting an acceptance of the whole or any part of the Work. Any furniture or fittings so installed shall be placed in the Work at the risk of THE OWNER except that the CM shall be liable for damages or losses to such furniture or fittings to the extent such damages or losses arise in whole or in part from the negligence or intentional misconduct of CM, Subcontractors, their agents and/or employees, or anyone for whose acts CM is responsible. The CM shall provide for debris removal facilities at a central location on the Project, in order to provide for the disposal of debris associated with the delivery of furnishings and equipment and technology equipment that will be delivered and installed by others. 17. Sales Tax Exemption and Other Taxes. All building materials and supplies as well as the rental charges for construction vehicles, equipment 15 and machinery rented exclusively for use on the Site, or while being used exclusively for the transportation of materials for the Work are entitled to an exemption from sales taxes under M.G.L. c. 64H, s. 6(f). The CM shall take all action required to obtain the benefit of such sales tax exemption. The CM shall bear the cost of any sales taxes that CM incurs in connection with the Work and THE OWNER shall not reimburse the CM for any such taxes. The exemption number assigned to the CM as an exempt purchaser shall be provided to the CM by THE OWNER upon the written request of the CM. If the CM incurs any costs for taxes, such costs shall be considered Costs of the Work. 18. Final Cleaning. At the completion of the Work or any portion thereof, in preparation for turnover to the Owner, the CM shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, electrical panels, machinery and surplus materials, and professionally clean all sight-exposed surfaces so that the Work is clean and ready for occupancy. Subsequent to installation of Owner furniture, equipment, technology equipment, and telephones, the CM shall provide such additional cleaning as may be necessary to remove any soil resulting from installation of such furniture, telephones and equipment. 19. Maintenance Data. Subject to such additional requirements as may be provided in the Contract Documents, the CM shall compile three (3) complete and identical binders of operating and maintenance data for the entire Work. The CM shall submit record maintenance data to the Designer for approval, shall submit approved maintenance data to THE OWNER, and shall instruct and train the User Agency's personnel in proper inspection and maintenance procedures. 20. Closeout Procedures. The CM shall take all actions and submit all items required for the issuance of the Certificate of Use and Occupancy and Final Acceptance as specified in Division 1 of the Contract Specifications. ARTICLE V: MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1. Materials Generally. A. Unless otherwise specifically specifically provided in the Contract Documents, the CM shall provide and pay for materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated onto be incorporated in the Work. B. The CM shall obtain prior written approval from THE OWNER for permission to store materials or equipment at off-site locations, to be incorporated in the Work, for which progress payments may be requested. Any and all charges for storage, inspection and verification by the Designer and THE OWNER, including insurance, shall be borne solely by the CM. Before approval, THE OWNER may require, without limitation (i) evidence that the off-site location is properly secure, (ii) proper proof of insurance and proof of satisfactory contractual arrangements for transportation to the site, and (iii) a certificate from the CM stating: (1) The name of the CM, Subcontractor or Supplier that leases or owns the warehouse or other storage facility; (2) The location of such storage facility, including the storage space; i.e., the entire premises or 16 certain areas of a warehouse giving the number of floors or portions thereof, and a certification that the CM has visited such location, verified the storage of such material or equipment therein or thereon (including confirmation that the materials or equipment are marked and segregated as provided below), and verified payment of all current storage charges; (3) The date(s) on which the material or equipment is first stored at such facility; and (4) A description of the materials or equipment stored, including quantities, types, manufacturers and other identification information, such as serial numbers. C. The CM shall furnish to THE OWNER, not less often than once per month, a current inventory of all materials or equipment being stored at any off-site location. D. The CM shall mark each sealed carton or other item with the name of the Project and THE OWNER, and all materials or equipment stored off-site shall be segregated to the extent required by the Project Manager or the Designer. E. Payment for materials or equipment stored off-site shall be at the reasonable discretion of THE OWNER, taking into account the schedule requirements of the Work. Title to materials or equipment stored off-site shall be transferred at the time at which THE OWNER pays for them, free of any lien or other interest of the Supplier or any other lien or encumbrance. Notwithstanding such transfer of title, the CM shall retain sole care, custody and control of, and shall have complete responsibility for the security and protection of, all materials or equipment included in any Application for Payment which are stored at locations other than the site, and the CM assumes all risk of loss or damage to such materials or equipment, and the CM shall hold harmless THE OWNER from and against all liabilities arising out of or resulting from loss or damage, from any cause, to such materials or equipment for which payment is requested, including liens, security interests or other claims of any kind by Suppliers or other third parties relating to such materials or equipment. F. Materials and equipment to be installed as part of the Work (both or either of which are hereinafter referred to as "materials") shall be new, unused, of recent manufacture, assembled, and used in accordance with the best construction practices. The CM shall inform itself as to, and shall comply with, the provisions of M.G.L. c. 7, s. 23A, as amended, and shall abide by the same and all applicable rules, regulations and orders made there under in relation to the purchase of supplies and materials in the execution of the Work, including the provisions of M.G.L. c.7, s. 22, paragraph 17 which provides that there be "a preference in the purchase of supplies and materials, other considerations being equal, in favor, first, of supplies and materials manufactured and sold within the Commonwealth, and, second, of supplies and materials manufactured and sold elsewhere within the United States." 2. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. A. The CM shall prepare and submit to the Designer, in accordance with requirements specified in Division 01 of the specifications,, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and such other Submittals as may be required by the Contract Documents. The Designer will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor’s submittals, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review and approval by the Designer of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and other Submittals shall in no way relieve the CM from responsibility for proper fitting, coordinating, construction, and construction sequencing. The CM shall furnish to the Project Manager and the Designer such information and vouchers relative to the Work, the materials therefore, and the persons employed thereon, as the Designer shall from time to time request. B. Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submission is is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the CM proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept 17 expressed in the Contract Documents. C. The CM shall review, and submit to the Designer, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of THE OWNER or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the CM which are not required by the Contract Documents or which do not comply with the Contract Documents may be returned without action. The CM's attention is directed to the provisions of Section 4 of this Article V and to the Specifications. (1) The cost of services provided by the Designer to review any submittal, substitution request, or shop drawing more than two (2) times shall be paid for by the CM to the Owner. D. The CM shall prepare and keep current for the Designer's approval a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Progress Schedule and allows the Designer reasonable time to review submittals. E. The CM shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Designer. Such Work shall be in accordance with Approved submittals. F. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the CM represents that the CM has determined and verified materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. G. The CM shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Designer's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the CM has specifically informed the Designer in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Designer has given explicit written approval to the specific deviation. The CM shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals as a result of the Designer's or THE OWNER's actions. H. The CM shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Designer on previous submittals. I. Informational submittals upon which the Designer is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. J. When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, such certification must be stamped by a registered Massachusetts professional in the discipline required. The Designer shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. K. Materials furnished or used or employed under the Contract must be equal in quality to the samples furnished and be satisfactory to the Designer. 3. Tests. A. Any material to be used in the Work may be tested or inspected at any time by the Designer with an independent testing company with the prior Approval of THE OWNER and may be rejected if it fails to comply with specified tests. THE OWNER shall pay for all testing of specified material. If the CM requests permission to use a material that was not specified, then the CM shall pay for such testing. The cost of testing of any materials that fail the testing criteria shall be borne by the CM B. The CM shall notify the Designer and THE OWNER of the proposed sources of materials in time to permit all required testing and inspection before the material is needed for incorporation into the Work. The CM shall have no claim arising from CM's failure to designate the proposed source or to order the material in time for adequate testing and inspection. Necessary arrangements shall be made to permit the Designer to make factory, shop or other inspection of materials or equipment ordered for the Work in process of manufacture or fabrication, or in storage elsewhere than the Site. 18 4. "Or Equal" Submissions. A. Where products or materials are prescribed by manufacturer name, trade name, or catalog reference, the words "or Approved equal" shall be understood to follow, except where the Owner has approved a proprietary specification as provided in G.L.c. 30 sect. 39M. An item shall be considered equal to the item so named or described if in the opinion of the Designer (a) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength and design, (b) it performs at least equally the function imposed in the general design for the Work, and (c) it conforms substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements for the items as indicated by the Specifications. Any changes in the work made necessary to accommodate products or materials substituted as an "or equal” shall be at the expense of the CM. "Approved equal" shall mean an item with respect to which Designer shall have issued a written statement to the CM to the effect that the item is, in Designer's opinion, equal within the meaning of this paragraph to that prescribed in the Contract Documents. B. The CM shall be responsible for providing the Designer with any information and test results that the Designer reasonably requires to determine whether or not a material is equal to a material named or described in the Contract Documents. C. Whenever the CM submits a material for approval as a substitute for a material named or described in the Contract Documents, such submission shall be made at least sixty (60) days prior to the date the materials will be used in the Work, or as long as required for approvals, shop drawings, fabrication, and delivery, etc. to occur, which ever is longer. In no event shall the CM maintain a claim for delay based upon the Designer's review of such substituted materials if the CM has failed to allow sufficient lead time for the product to be reviewed, approved, shop drawings to be completed, fabrication, and delivery to occur. 5. Delivery and Storage of Materials; Inspection. A. Materials and equipment shall be progressively delivered to the Site so that there will be neither delay in the progress of the Work nor an undue accumulation of materials that are not to be used within a reasonable time and so that their security, quality, and fitness of the materials for the Work is preserved. CM shall prepare adequate storage and staging areas for materials and equipment delivered to the Site. B. Materials stored off Site shall be insured and stored at the expense of the CM so as to guarantee the preservation of their security, quality and fitness for the Work. Without derogating from the CM's responsibilities in the previous sentence, when necessary to avoid deterioration or damage, material (on or off Site) shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard clean surfaces and not on the ground and shall be properly protected. C. Expenses for inspection of material by the Designer and/or the Project Manager personnel including travel, quarters, and subsistence shall be borne by the CM requesting the inspection of material stored outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as part of the Contract Price. If the CM requests an inspection of material stored outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, THE OWNER will initially pay for all expenses of inspecting the material incurred by the Designer and/or the Project Manager’s personnel including travel, quarters, and subsistence. THE OWNER will then give CM an invoice for those costs and the CM shall submit a credit Change Order for the amount of those expenses. D. Stored materials either at the Site or at some other location agreed upon in writing shall be so located as to facilitate prompt inspection and even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the Work. E. All storage sites shall be restored to their original condition by the CM at the CM’s expense. F. The CM shall take charge of materials for its use delivered to or in the vicinity of the place where the Work is being done, whether furnished by the Owner or otherwise; the CM shall notify the Designer as soon as any such materials are so delivered, allow them to be examined by the Designer, 19 and furnish workers to assist therewith. 6. Defective, Damaged, or Deteriorated Materials and Rejection Thereof. The Designer may reject materials if the Designer reasonably determines that such materials do not conform to the Contract Documents in any manner, including but not limited to materials that have become damaged or deteriorated from improper storage whether or not such materials have previously been accepted. The CM at its own expense shall remove rejected materials from the Work. No rejected material, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall be used except with the written permission of the Designer. Should the CM fail to remove rejected material within a reasonable time, THE OWNER may, in addition to any other available remedies, remove and/or replace the rejected material, and deduct the cost of such removal and/or replacement from any moneys due or to become due the CM by issuing a credit change order against the GMP. No extra time shall be allowed for completion of Work by reason of such rejection. The inspection of the Work shall not relieve the CM of any of its obligations herein prescribed, and any defective Work shall be corrected. Work not conforming to the Contract Documents may be rejected notwithstanding that such Work and materials have been previously overlooked or misjudged by the Designer and accepted for payment. If the Work or any part thereof shall be found defective at any time before Final Acceptance of the whole Work, the CM shall forthwith make good such defect in a manner satisfactory to the Designer. Nothing in the Contract shall be construed as vesting in the CM any property rights in the materials used after they have been attached or affixed to the Work or the Site; but all such materials shall upon being so attached or affixed become a property of the Owner. ARTICLE VI: PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1. Beginning, Progress Schedule, and Completion of Work. A. The Contract time shall commence upon the date specified and in accordance with any conditions in the Notice to Proceed. B. Prior to the submission of the first progress payment, CM shall submit to the Designer and the Project Manager for approval a progress schedule which complies with the contract requirements. Upon Approval by THE OWNER, said schedule shall constitute the Progress Schedule. C. Time is of the essence of this Contract. The Work shall be completed within the time specified in the Owner-CM Agreement. Should the CM require additional time to complete the Work, the CM shall document the reasons therefore and submit a written request for an extension of time within 20 days of the occurrence of the event alleged to be the cause of the delay, as provided in this Article and in Article VII of these General Conditions of the Contract. Failure to submit said written request within the time required by the preceding sentence shall preclude the CM from subsequently claiming any time extension due to said delay. D. CM must use diligent efforts to mitigate any potential schedule impacts and must demonstrate actual impact on critical path activity to receive a contract time extension. CM acknowledges that managing day-to-day design changes, clarifications, RFIs and the like is part of CM’s base scope of Work, and CM has contemplated such work in preparing its critical path schedule. CM agrees to meet with the Architect on a weekly basis to assist in prioritizing RFI responses in order to avoid potential delays or claims. CM agrees that neither the specification by CM of a “due date” or “return date” for any request for clarification, RFI or the like, nor the failure of Owner or Architect to meet any such required due date or return date, shall necessarily be grounds for a claim for adjustment of the 20 Contract Time. Without limiting the foregoing, CM expressly agrees that due dates or return dates inserted by “default” by any computer software program shall not be binding upon Owner or Architect or be the basis for any claim for adjustment of the Contract Time. E. If, in the opinion of THE OWNER, the CM fails to comply with the Progress Schedule, due to reasons that are within the reasonable ability of the CM to control, THE OWNER may but shall not be required to give the CM written notice of such failure and five days to cure the same. Unless the CM shall within that five days take all necessary steps to do so, including, if THE OWNER requires, increasing its forces, equipment and plant and continue to do so until, in the opinion of the Designer or Project Manager the failure is corrected, THE OWNER may at the CM's expense and without terminating this Contract employ and direct the labors of existing or such additional forces, equipment and plant as may in the Designer's or Project Manager's opinion be necessary to insure the completion of the Work or such part thereof within the time specified in the Contract Documents or at the earliest possible date thereafter. THE OWNER may exercise its rights under this Article at any time and from time to time without waiving any of its rights under this Contract, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to deem this Contract terminated or to order the CM to discontinue the Work at any time thereafter. The CM shall continue to perform the remaining Work under this Contract even if THE OWNER elects to have another contractor perform a portion of the Work under this Article. F. THE OWNER shall deduct the cost of any actions THE OWNER takes under this Article from any amount then due or which might have become due to the CM under this Contract had the CM performed as required. On demand, the CM shall pay THE OWNER any amount by which the cost of completing all or any portion of the Work exceeds the amount attributable to that Work under the Contract Documents. THE OWNER shall have no obligation to obtain competitive bids or the lowest cost for completing the Work or any part thereof. THE OWNER's election to complete all or part of the Work shall not release the CM from any liability for failure to complete the Work as the Contract Documents require, and shall not entitle the CM to a claim for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the time for completing the Work. 2. Failure to Complete Work on Time -Liquidated Damages. A. If liquidated damages are specified in the Owner -CM Agreement, THE OWNER has determined that its damages as a result of CM's failure to complete the Work to the point at which it qualifies for the issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion will be difficult or impracticable to ascertain. Accordingly, if the Work is not substantially completed by the date specified in this Contract, or by any extended date approved by the Owner, the CM shall pay to THE OWNER the sum designated as liquidated damages in the Contract for each and every calendar day that the CM is in default in substantially completing the Work. Such moneys shall be paid as liquidated damages, not as a penalty, to cover losses and expenses to THE OWNER and/or the User Agency resulting solely from the fact that the Work is not substantially completed on time. The final completion date shall be that date agreed upon by the Owner and the CM during GMP negotiations for the completion of the contract. Liquidated damages shall attach 120 days after the expiration of said date. The liquidated damages amount is $500 per calendar day or portion thereof. B. THE OWNER may recover such liquidated damages by deducting the amount thereof from any moneys due or that might become due the CM, and if such moneys shall be insufficient to cover the liquidated damages, then the CM or the Surety shall pay to THE OWNER the amount due. C. Permitting the CM to continue and finish the Work or any portion of it after the time fixed in the Contract for its completion shall not be deemed as a waiver of any of the Owner’s rights hereunder, at law or in equity. D. Liquidated damages or a portion thereof may be waived by THE OWNER if the CM submits evidence satisfactory to THE OWNER that the delay was caused solely by conditions beyond the 21 control of the CM and that THE OWNER has not suffered any damages as a result of said delay E. Failure by THE OWNER to specify a sum as liquidated damages in the Owner-CM Agreement, or the insertion of "N/A" or "none" in the space provided therein for liquidated damages, shall not be deemed a waiver of THE OWNER’s right to recover actual damages arising from the CM’s failure to complete the Work on time. . 3. Delays; Time Extensions, No Damages for Delay Statutory Provisions (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39O). A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Contract to the contrary, except as otherwise provided by law as set forth in paragraph B below, the CM shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or to receive damages on account of any hindrances or delays, avoidable or unavoidable; but if any delay occurs that is caused in the opinion of THE OWNER, by parties or events beyond the reasonable ability of the CM to control, the CM shall be entitled to an extension of time. Delays caused by suppliers, subcontractors and sub-subcontractors shall be considered to be within the control of the CM. The length of the extension shall be sufficient in the opinion of THE OWNER for the CM to complete the Work. B. The CM may be entitled to an extension of time if the CM can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner, upon the recommendation of the Designer and the Project Manager, that the critical path schedule for the Project has been adversely impacted by events of delay that are beyond the reasonable ability of the CM to control, and that the CM cannot revise its critical path schedule to eliminate the need for a time extension; provided however that the Owner and CM are entitled to share the “float” time in the CPM schedule if the utilization of such time avoids a time extension. Should the CM require additional time to complete the work, it shall document its reasons therefore and request an extension of time at the time the alleged delay occurred, as provided in this Article. Failure to notify the Owner of any delay in writing within twenty (20) days from the date the event arose that caused such delay, shall preclude the CM from requesting and obtaining a time extension due to said delay. Requests for extensions of time shall be submitted as a Change Order request to the Owner. C. No extension of time shall be granted because of seasonal or abnormal variations in temperature, humidity or precipitation, which conditions shall be wholly at the risk of the CM, whether occurring within the time originally scheduled for completion or within the period of any extension granted. There shall be no increase in the Contract Sum on account of any additional costs of operations or conditions resulting therefrom. D. (1) Extension of Time. Upon a timely and proper request, the CM shall be entitled to an appropriate extension of time to complete the Project should any hindrances, suspensions, interruptions or delays to the critical path schedule result from one or more of the following circumstances: (i) failure of the Owner to provide the CM with a Notice to Proceed in a timely manner; (ii) failure of the Owner or Designer, to act, respond, or provide approvals of things such as RFI’s, submittals, shop drawings, or change requests to the CM within 20 days of receipt of a written request from the CM for information, approval, action, or direction; provided, that if the Owner or Designer requires additional time to prepare a response, the Owner and/or Designer shall have 20 additional days to provide a response to the CM; (iii) issuance by the Owner of Change Orders or Contract Modifications; (iv) encountering unanticipated special wastes or historical or archaeological resources; (v) encountering unanticipated subsurface conditions differing from those anticipated from the information provided prior to construction; (vi) inability of the CM to obtain the required permits and/or jurisdictional approvals despite the best efforts of the CM to obtain such permits and/or approvals; (vii) failure of the Owner to provide the CM with exclusive physical and legal access to the project site in a timely manner to permit the work to proceed in accordance with the schedule; (viii) action by 22 any court or public agency, unless such action is due to the fault of the CM; (ix) actions of other contractors employed by the Owner; (x) fire, flood, severe weather conditions, unavoidable casualties and strikes; the Owner determines justifies an extension of time. (xi) any other cause beyond the reasonable ability of the CM to control which (2) Additional Compensation. If an item listed in paragraphs (i) through (xi) occurs and results in a hindrance, suspension, delay or interruption of ten (10) days or more in an item on the CM's critical path schedule for the Project, the CM shall, in addition to a time extension, be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the GMP based on the actual costs for the CM's own on-site personnel during the period covered by the approved time extension. However, such an adjustment shall require the endorsement of the Project Manager and the approval of the Owner, such endorsement not to be unreasonably withheld. This paragraph is intended to provide the CM with additional additional compensation only if a particular event of delay results in a delay to the critical path schedule for ten (10) days or longer. A time extension for less than ten (10) days shall not trigger additional compensation to the CM under this provision. Likewise, individual time extensions of less than ten (10) day periods shall not be added together in order to meet the ten (10) day period, after which the CM is entitled to additional compensation under this provision. This provision shall only apply to the situation where the Owner approves an extension of ten (10) days or more to the substantial completion date for the final Phase of the Contract. E. The CM’s estimates of the extension of time must be accompanied by a detailed analysis identifying each action(s) or additional work item(s) which caused the delay and also identifying exactly which items along the critical path were impacted or delayed. Accumulating the amount of time required to complete a series of additional work items or delays and adding this time to the original Contract Time will not be considered justification for an extension of time. In order to justify an extension of Contract Time, the CM must prove that the critical path for construction has been impacted by circumstances beyond the control of the CM. F. If a suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act of THE OWNER increases the cost of performance to any Subcontractor, that Subcontractor shall have the same rights against the CM with respect to such increase as the CM shall have against THE OWNER by virtue of (a) and (b) of M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39O set forth below, but nothing in provisions (a) and (b) shall alter any other rights which the CM or the Subcontractor may have against each other. As used in the statutory language of (a) and (b) below, "contract" means this Contract, “general contractor” means the CM and "Awarding Authority" means THE OWNER: (a) to the Awarding Authority in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act and, in any event, not later than the date of final payment under this contract and except for costs due to a suspension order, the Awarding Authority shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty days before the general contractor notified the Awarding Authority in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim." "(a) The Awarding Authority may order the general contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the work for such period of time as it may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the Awarding Authority; provided, however, that if there is a suspension, delay or interruption for fifteen days or more or due to a failure of the Awarding Authority to act within the time specified in this contract, the Awarding Authority shall make an adjustment in the contract price for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract but shall not include any profit to the general contractor on such increase; and provided further, that the Awarding Authority shall not make any adjustment in the contract price under this provision for any suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act to the extent that such is due to any cause for which this contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the contract price under any other contract provisions. (b) The general contractor must submit the amount of a claim under provision G. No Damages for Delay Except as provided in Paragraph D(2), when the Owner issues a written order suspending the work, as 23 provided in Paragraph F, the CM shall have no claim for damages of any kind against the Owner on account of any delay in the commencement or performance of any of the work or any delay or suspension of any portion of the Work, whether such delay is caused by the Owner, the Designer, or otherwise. 4. Use and Occupancy Prior to Final Acceptance. A. The CM agrees to the use and occupancy of the Project or any portion thereof before Final Acceptance of the Work by THE OWNER. B. THE OWNER and the User Agency will cooperate with the CM with respect to the completion of the Work by taking such reasonable steps as may be possible to avoid interference with the CM’s Work provided that they do not interfere with the proper functioning of the facility. C. The CM shall not be responsible for wear and tear or damage resulting solely from temporary occupancy. D. Use and occupancy of any part of the Work prior to Final Acceptance by THE OWNER shall not relieve the CM from maintaining the required payment and performance bonds and insurance (to the extent that insurance is required to be maintained after Substantial Completion) required by this Contract. 5. Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Completion. A. When the Work, or portion thereof which THE OWNER agrees to accept separately, has reached the state of Substantial Completion, the CM shall: (1) develop a Punch List identifying those items of unfinished or unacceptable Work that remain to be performed or corrected under the Contract. The CM shall then submit this list to the Designer and Owner for review. (2) The Designer and Owner shall review the list, comment on it, and add to it items which their inspections indicate are required to be added. The Designer and Owner shall monetize the punch list. (3) The CM shall correct items as listed and return to the Designer and Owner copies of the completed punch list. At such time the Designer and Owner shall make a second and final inspection of the work to verify completion of the punch list. B. Before the Work shall be deemed completed to the point where it is ready for the issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion and a Certificate of Final Completion, the CM shall comply with all the requirements designated in Division 1 of the Specifications.. C. Services provided by the Designer to conduct more than two (2) inspections of the completed work at the end of each Phase and at substantial completion of the entire Project and any inspections beyond sixty five (65) days after the date of the final Phase’s date of substantial completion of any portion of the work shall be paid for by the CM to the Owner. 6. One-Year Warranty Repair List and Inspection. Approximately 30 days prior to the expiration of the comprehensive one-year warranty period required by Article IX, the CM shall schedule an appointment with THE OWNER for a re-inspection of the Work with THE OWNER and User Agency, and shall thereafter inspect the work at the time scheduled. Based on this inspection and on prior inspections, THE OWNER and/or User Agency shall issue a "Warranty Repair List" of items to be corrected by the CM. The CM shall make the repairs and/or replacements listed within 30 days of the issuance of the Warranty Repair List unless otherwise agreed by THE OWNER in writing. ARTICLE VII: CHANGES IN THE WORK 24 1. Change Orders Generally. A. No changes in the Work, the Contract Price, the Substantial and Final Completion dates, or any other provision of an Approval by THE OWNER of the Contract Documents shall be made in absence of a Change Order as defined in Article I of these General Conditions of the Contract, directing the CM to perform such changes. Any request for a change in the provisions of this Contract submitted by the CM must be made in writing and in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. B. A request for a change in the provisions of this Contract may originate with THE OWNER, the CM, or the Designer. The request must be made in writing and in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. When the CM believes that an event or circumstance gives rise to an adjustment in the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time it shall submit a request for a change order in accordance with the contract. C. Prior to the approval of a Change Order, the Owner, through the Designer or the Project Manager, may issue a written directive to the CM (sometimes called a Notice to Proceed, or Construction Change Directive (CCD), or a Proposed Change Order instructing the CM to make changes in the Work within the scope of the Contract, including but not limited to, changes in: (1) the Plans and Specifications; (2) the method or manner of performance of the Work; (3) the Owner-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services or Site; (4) the schedule for performance of the Work. D. The CM shall immediately perform any changes in the work that are ordered by THE OWNER. E. Whenever a Change Order or written directive issued under Paragraph C will cause a change in the CM’s cost or the time required to perform the Work, the CM or THE OWNER may request an adjustment in the Contract Price. Such request shall be in writing and shall be submitted by the party making such claim to the other party before commencement of the pertinent work or as soon thereafter as possible. F. THE OWNER and the CM shall negotiate in good good faith an agreement on an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, pursuant to the methods described in the following Paragraph 2, and/or time if appropriate, before commencement of the pertinent work or as soon thereafter as is possible. In the absence of an agreement for an equitable adjustment, THE OWNER shall determine the costs attributable to the change and provide the CM with a written notice to that effect, in which event the CM may follow the procedure described in Paragraph 3. Work Performed under Protest. G. During the negotiation of an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, the CM shall, if requested, provide THE OWNER with all cost, pricing data and any other information or documentation used by it in computing the amount of the equitable adjustment, and the CM shall certify that the pricing data used was accurate, complete, current and reasonable. If THE OWNER subsequently determines that the data submitted by the CM was incomplete, incorrect, not current, or unreasonable, THE OWNER may exclude such data from consideration under the equitable adjustment request. H. Whenever the Construction Manager is entitled or believes it is entitled to a Change Order adjusting the Contract Price, the Construction Manager shall maintain separate accounts (by job order or other suitable accounting procedure) of all costs incurred and attributable to such work. The Construction Manager shall maintain a computerized accounting system, acceptable to THE OWNER, in which current information as to the status of all such work is maintained. The Construction Manager shall maintain such contemporaneous records as are necessary to provide a clear distinction between the costs of all Change Order Work and proposed Change Order Work, and the costs of other Work. I. Notwithstanding any provisions in the Contract Documents to the contrary, no additional General Conditions Cost or Fee shall be due for any Change Order or portion of a Change Order resulting from or attributable to: (1) Increases in the cost of Allowance items; (2) Substitutions of equipment or materials which are functionally similar to equipment or materials specified in the Contract Documents. 25 N. If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents, or subsequently agreed upon in the GMP, and if such quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive, or similar document, that application of such unit prices to quantities of the Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or CM, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 2. Methods of Computing Equitable Adjustments. A. Equitable adjustments in the Contract Price shall be determined according to one of the following methods, or a combination thereof, as determined by THE OWNER: (1) fixed price basis, provided that the fixed price shall be inclusive of items listed in (3) (a) through (d) below and shall be computed in accordance with those provisions; (2) estimated lump sum basis to be adjusted in accordance with Contract unit prices or other agreed upon unit prices, provided that the unit prices shall be inclusive of all costs related to such equitable adjustment. a. Such estimates and estimates from sub contractors and sub-sub contractors shall display all required work to execute the change, quantities, man hours, labor rates for all classifications, material prices, all other related costs for the work, subtotals by trade, and all overhead and profit calculations. Estimates with out such detail shall be returned to the CM for correction. Failure to provide such detail shall not be grounds for a claim for delay. All estimates from Subcontractors must be examined for form, content, and accuracy before submission for review; (3) time and materials basis to be subsequently adjusted on the basis of actual costs (but subject to a predetermined "not to exceed limit") calculated as follows: (a) the direct cost (or credit) for labor at the prevailing wage rates established for this Contract pursuant to M.G.L. c. 149, s 26-27H, and the direct cost for material and use of equipment; (b) plus (or minus) the cost of Workmen’s Compensation Insurance, Liability Insurance, Federal Social Security and Massachusetts Unemployment Compensation, or as an alternative the CM may elect to use a flat 30% of the total labor rate computed in accordance with subparagraph (a) above; (c) plus an allowance equal to 15% of the amount of (a) above for General Conditions, overhead, superintendence, fee, and profit. When change order work is performed by a subcontractor, the subcontractor shall be entitled to 10% for the overhead, superintendence, fee and profit markup, in which event the CM will be entitled to a 5% markup. (d) plus the actual direct premium cost of payment and performance bonds required of CM and Trade Subcontractors for this Contract. B. If the net change is an addition to the Contract Price, it shall include the CM’s overhead, superintendence and profit. For any change that does not include labor performed or materials installed in the project, there will be no markup for the CM’s or Subcontractor’s overhead, superintendence, and profit, even though there may be a net increase increase in the Contract Price. Charges for small tools known as “tools of the trade” are not to be computed in the amount of any change in the Contract Price. If the net change is a reduction in the contract price, no overhead or profit is added or deducted from the contract amount. C. Adjustment to the amounts of Subcontracts made under the provisions of the Procedure for Award of Subcontracts shall not be considered Change Orders and shall not entitle the CM to any adjustments for overhead, profit, and superintendence, although THE OWNER may require that such Contract adjustments be processed on standard Change Order and equitable adjustment forms. 3. Work Performed Under Protest. The CM agrees to perform all Work as directed by THE OWNER, and if the OWNER determines that certain Work that the CM believes to be or to warrant a Change Order under this Article does not 26 represent a change in the Work, the CM shall perform said Work. The CM shall be deemed to have concurred with the OWNER's determination as aforesaid unless the CM shall perform Work under protest in compliance with the following sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) below: (1) If the CM claims compensation for a change in the Work that is not deemed by the OWNER to be a change or to warrant additional compensation as claimed by the CM, the CM shall on or before the first working day following the commencement of any such work or the sustaining of any such damage submit to THE OWNER a written statement of the nature of such work or claim. The CM shall not be entitled to additional compensation for any work performed or damage sustained for which written notice is not given within the time limit specified in the preceding sentence, even though similar in character to work or damage with respect to which notice is timely given. A. Criminal Penalties: The CM’s attention is directed to M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39I which provides criminal penalties for unauthorized deviations from the Plans and Specifications, and to M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39J and M.G.L. c. 7, s. 42E-42I. The CM's attention is also directed to M.G.L. 266, s. 67B which provides criminal penalties for false claims by Contractor under this Contract: "Whoever makes or presents to any employee, department, agency or public instrumentality of the commonwealth, or of any political subdivision thereof, any claim upon or against any department, agency, or public instrumentality of the commonwealth, or any political subdivision thereof, knowing such claim to be false, fictitious, or fraudulent, shall be punished by a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars or by imprisonment in the state prison for not more than five years, or in the house of correction for not more than two and one-half years, or both." (2) On or before the second working day after the commencement of such work or the sustaining of such damage, and daily thereafter, the CM shall file to the extent possible with the Designer, and the Project Manager, itemized statements of the details and costs of such work performed or damage sustained. The CM shall submit Daily Time and Materials Reports to record all labor and material used. If the CM fails to submit such statements, then the CM shall not be entitled to later pursue a claim against Owner for additional compensation for any such work or damages. B. Differing Site Conditions (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39N): "If, during the progress of the work, the contractor or the Awarding Authority discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the Site differ substantially or materially from those 4. False Claims, Statutory Provisions Regarding Changes. A. Criminal Penalties: The CM’s attention is directed to M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39I which provides criminal penalties for unauthorized deviations from the Plans and Specifications, and to M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39J and M.G.L. c. 7, s. 42E-42I. The CM's attention is also directed to M.G.L. 266, s. 67B which provides criminal penalties for false claims by Contractor under this Contract: "Whoever makes or presents to any employee, department, agency or public instrumentality of the commonwealth, or of any political subdivision thereof, any claim upon or against any department, agency, or public instrumentality of the commonwealth, or any political subdivision thereof, knowing such claim to be false, fictitious, or fraudulent, shall be punished by a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars or by imprisonment in the state prison for not more than five years, or in the house of correction for not more than two and one-half years, or both." B. Differing Site Conditions (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39N): "If, during the progress of the work,the contractor or the Awarding Authority discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the Site differ substantially or materially from thoseshown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents either the contractor or the contracting authority may request request an equitable adjustment in the contract price of the contract applying to work affected by the differing Site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the party making such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such conditions are discovered. Upon receipt of such a claim from a contractor, or upon its own 27 initiative, the contracting authority shall make an investigation of such physical conditions, and, if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the plans and contract documents and are of such a nature as to cause an increase or decrease in the cost of performance of the work or a change in the construction methods required for the performance of the work which results in an increase or decrease in the cost of the work, the contracting authority shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price and the contract shall be modified in writing accordingly." C. Timely Decision By THE OWNER( M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39P): "Every contract subject to section thirty-nine M of this chapter or section forty-four A of chapter one hundred forty-nine which requires the Awarding Authority, any official, its architect or engineer to make a decision on interpretation of the specifications, approval of equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of the work, shall require that the decision be made promptly and, in any event, no later than thirty days after the written submission for decision; but if such decision requires extended investigation and study, the Awarding Authority, the official, architect or engineer shall, within thirty days after the receipt of the submission, give the party making the submission written notice of the reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty day period and the date by which the decision will be made." ARTICLE VIII: PAYMENT PROVISIONS 1. Schedule of Values. Before submission of the first request for payment under this Contract, the CM shall submit to THE OWNER a schedule of values for its approval, which shall include all preconstruction activities as well as all construction activities and shall be in sufficient detail to reflect the various preconstruction activities and the major components of each construction trade (with relevant Subcontractors noted), including quantities when requested, aggregating the GMP with detail for the Contingency and divided so as to facilitate payments for work under each section of the Specifications. The schedule shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the OWNER may require. When Approved by the OWNER, it shall constitute the Schedule of Values and shall be used only as a basis for the CM's requests for payments and credits, the first of which payments shall not be made until such Schedule of Values is approved by THE OWNER. 2. Payment Liabilities of CM. A. The CM shall pay to THE OWNER all expenses, losses and damages, as determined by THE OWNER , incurred in consequence of any default, defect, omission or mistake of the CM or his employees or Subcontractors or the making good thereof. B. If the Work (or a portion thereof) is not substantially completed and the CM has not satisfied the requirements for the the issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion by the date specified in the Contract, the CM shall pay to the Owner liquidated damages as provided in the Contract. 3. Retention of Moneys by THE OWNER. A. THE OWNER may keep any moneys which would otherwise be payable at any time hereunder, and apply the same, or so much as may be necessary therefore, to (1) THE OWNER 's expenditures for the CM's account; (2) secure THE OWNER's remedies against the CM for the CM's breach of its obligations under this Contract or the breach of any person performing any part of the Work; (3) the payment of any expenses, losses or damages incurred by THE OWNER as a result of the 28 failure of the CM to perform its obligations hereunder (4) repair of defective work not remedied; (5) payments due to failure of the CM to make payments properly to subcontractors; (6) cover costs reasonable evidence that the CM cannot complete the Work for the unpaid balance of the Contract sum; (7) cover liquidated damages if there is reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed with in the contract time and that the current retainage will not be adequate to cover the actual liquidated damages anticipated by the delay; (8) complete and re-create record drawings if there is evidence of a failure of the CM or subcontractors to maintain such record drawings. THE OWNER may retain, until all claims are settled, such moneys as THE OWNER estimates to be the fair value of THE OWNER's claims against the CM, and of all claims for labor performed or furnished and for materials used or employed in or in connection with the Work and for the rental of vehicles, appliances and equipment employed and for the employment of substitute contractors and labor in connection with the Work filed in accordance with M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39A and s. 39F. THE OWNER may make such settlements and apply thereto any moneys retained under this Contract. 4. Applications for Payment. A. The CM shall, once in each month submit to THE OWNER an application for payment for its periodic payment estimate, showing the total amount of Work done to the time of such estimate and the value thereof as approved by THE OWNER. It shall be the sole responsibility of the CM to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Designer said periodic estimate, in proper form, approved as provided above and arithmetically correct, and signed by the Designer and the Project Manager, if requested by the Owner. All periodic estimates shall contain such certifications and other evidence supporting the CM's right to payment as THE OWNER may require, including without limitation, forms THE OWNER may require, establishing that title to the equipment or materials is unencumbered and has been transferred to the OWNER. The CM shall include in such periodic estimate only such materials as are incorporated in the Work, except as provided in paragraph C below. THE OWNER shall retain five percent of such estimated value as part security for the completion of the Work and shall pay to the CM while carrying on the Work the balance not retained as aforesaid, subject to the Approval of THE OWNER after deducting therefrom all previous payments and all sums to be kept under the provisions of this Contract, provided that the Owner shall not assess retainage against applications for payment for the CM’s Preconstruction Services Fee. B. Each periodic payment estimate shall constitute the CM's representation that (1) the payment then requested to be disbursed has been incurred by the CM on account of the Worland is justly due to Subcontractors or, to the CM in the case of other Work performed by the CM on account thereof, (2) the materials, supplies and equipment for which Application for Payment is being submitted have been installed or incorporated into the Work or have been stored at the Site or at such off Site storage locations as THE OWNER shall have Approved, (3) the materials, supplies and equipment are insured in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, (4) the materials, supplies and equipment are owned by the Owner and are not subject to any liens or encumbrances, (5) the Work which is the subject of such periodic estimate has been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents and (6) that all due and payable bills with respect to the Work have been paid to date and shall be paid from the proceeds of such periodic estimate. The CM's attention is directed to the criminal penalties for false claims. C. The CM may include in a periodic payment estimate the value of materials or equipment delivered at the Site (or at some location agreed to in writing by THE OWNER) only upon delivery to THE OWNER of: (1) an acceptable transfer of title on the form provided by THE OWNER; (2) 2) written certification by the CM (or applicable subcontractor) on the form provided by THE OWNER that the CM (or the Subcontractor which executed the transfer of title) is the lawful owner and that the 29 materials or equipment are free from all encumbrances, accompanied by receipted invoices or other acceptable proof of encumbrance-free ownership if such proof is deemed necessary by THE OWNER; (3) a stored materials insurance binder that covers the materials for which payment is requested, that names the Owner as an insured party should the stored materials be subjected to any casualty, loss, or theft prior to their inclusion in the Work. The material(s) or equipment must, in the judgment of the Designer (1) meet the requirements of the Contract, including prior drawing, product data, and sample approval, (2) be ready for use, and (3) be properly stored by the CM and be adequately protected until incorporated into the Work. D. THE OWNER may make changes in any periodic payment estimate submitted by the CM and the payment due shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made. E. No certificate for payment and no progress payment shall constitute acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the the Contract Documents. F. The CM and all Subcontractors furnishing labor on this Contract agree to furnish certified payroll reports, at no additional expense to THE OWNER on a monthly basis. THE OWNER may at all reasonable times audit such reports. 5. Periodic Payments THE OWNER shall make payment to the CM in accordance with M.G.L. c. 30 sect. 39K, which provides as follows: "Within fifteen days after receipt from the CM at the place designated by the Owner, if such a place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the Owner shall make a periodic payment to the CM for the work performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site (or at some location agreed upon in writing) to which the CM has title or to which a trade contractor has title and has authorized the CM to transfer title to the Owner less (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the CM and less (2) a retention not exceeding five percent of the approved amount of the periodic payment. After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within sixty-five days after (a) the contractor fully completes the work or substantially completes the work so that the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the Owner, less than one percent of the adjusted contract price, or (b) the CM substantially completes the work and the Owner takes possession for occupancy, whichever occurs first, the Owner shall pay the CM the entire balance due on the Contract less a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the CM and the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory work.” THE OWNER may make changes in any periodic payment estimate submitted by the CM and the payment due on said periodic payment estimate shall be computed in accordance with the change so made, but such changes or any requirement for a corrected periodic payment estimate shall not affect the due date for the periodic payment or the date for the commencement of interest charges on the amount of the periodic payment computed in accordance with the changes made, as provided herein; provided, that THE OWNER may, within seven days after receipt, return to the CM for correction, any periodic estimate which is not in the required form or which contains computations not arithmetically correct and, in that event, the date of receipt of such periodic payment estimate shall be the date of receipt of the corrected periodic estimate in proper form and with arithmetically correct computations. The date of receipt of a periodic payment estimate received on a Saturday shall be the first working day thereafter. All periodic payment estimates shall be submitted to THE OWNER as provided herein, and the date of receipt by THE OWNER or its designee shall be marked on the payment estimate. All periodic estimates shall be based on the Schedule of Values and shall be submitted in form satisfactory to the Designer and the Project Manager. 30 6. Termination for Failure to Complete Punch list Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, at any time after the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimation of THE OWNER, less than 1 per cent of the adjusted contract price, or THE OWNER has determined that the CM has substantially completed the work and THE OWNER has taken possession for occupancy, THE OWNER may send to the CM by certified mail, return receipt requested, a complete and final punch list of all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items, including, for each item on the punch list, a good faith estimate of the fair and reasonable cost of completing such item. The CM shall then complete all such work items within 30 days of receipt of such list or before the contract completion date, whichever is later. If the CM fails to complete all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items within 45 days after receipt of such items furnished by THE OWNER or before the contract completion date, whichever is later, subsequent to an additional 14 days' written notice to the CM by certified mail, return receipt requested, THE OWNER may terminate the contract and complete the incomplete and unsatisfactory work items and charge the cost of same to the CM and such termination shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies THE OWNER may have under the contract. THE OWNER shall note any such termination in the evaluation form to be filed by THE OWNER pursuant to the provisions of section 44D of chapter 149. 7. Payment of Subcontractors (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39F). The CM shall make payments to Subcontractors in accordance with M.G.L c.30, s. 39F which is quoted in this section below. For the purposes of this Contract, the word "forthwith” appearing in paragraph (1)(a) of the quoted provision shall be deemed to mean "within five (5) business days." "1(a) Forthwith after the general contractor receives payment on account of a periodic estimate, the general Contractor shall pay to each subcontractor the amount paid for the labor performed and and the materials furnished by that subcontractor, less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. • Not later than the sixty-fifth day after each subcontractor substantially completes his work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by THE OWNER as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, shall be due the subcontractor; and the Awarding Authority shall pay that amount to the general contractor. The general contractor shall forthwith pay to the subcontractor the full amount received from the Awarding Authority less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. • Each payment made by the Awarding Authority to the general contractor pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph for the labor performed and the materials furnished by a subcontractor shall be made to the general contractor for the account of that subcontractor; and the Awarding Authority shall take reasonable steps to compel the general contractor to make each such payment to each such subcontractor. If the Awarding Authority has received a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor for any amount which has already been included in a payment to the general contractor or which is to be included in a payment to the general contractor for payment to the subcontractor as provided in subparagraphs (1) and (2) the Awarding Authority shall act upon the demand as provided in this section. • If, within seventy days after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work, the subcontractor has not received from the general contractor the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount retained by the Awarding Authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, the subcontractor may demand direct payment of 31 that balance from the Awarding Authority. The demand shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the Awarding Authority, and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the general contractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract and also a statement of the status of completion of the subcontract work. Any demand made after substantial completion of the subcontract work shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seventieth day after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work. Within ten days after the subcontractor has delivered or so mailed the demand to the Awarding Authority and delivered or so mailed a copy to the general contractor, the general contractor may reply to the demand. The reply shall be by a sworn statement to or sent by certified mail to the Awarding Authority and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the general contractor against the subcontractor. • Within fifteen days after receipt of the demand by the Awarding Authority, but in no event prior to the seventieth day after substantial completion of the subcontract work, the Awarding Authority shall make direct payment to the subcontractor of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount (i) retained by the Awarding Authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of work, (ii) specified in any court proceedings barring such payment, or (iii) disputed by the general contractor in the sworn reply; provided that the Awarding Authority shall not deduct from a direct payment any amount as provided in part (iii) if the reply is not sworn to, or for which the sworn reply does not contain the detailed breakdown required by subparagraph (d). The Awarding Authority shall make further direct payments to the subcontractor forthwith after the removal of the basis for deduction from direct payments made as provided in parts (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph. • The Awarding Authority shall forthwith deposit the amount deducted from a direct payment as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (5) in an interest-bearing joint account in the names of the general contractor and the subcontractor in a bank in Massachusetts selected by the Awarding Authority or agreed upon by the general contractor and the subcontractor and shall notify the general contractor and the subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the bank receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account, including accrued interest, as provided in an agreement between the general contractor and the subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. • All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct payments deposited in an interest bearing account or accounts in a bank pursuant to subparagraph (6) shall be made out of amounts payable to the general contractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor and out of amounts which later become payable to the General contractor and in the order of receipt of such demands from subcontractors. All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the Awarding Authority to the general contractor to the extent of such payment. • The Awarding Authority shall deduct from payments to a General contractor amounts which, together with the deposits in interest bearing accounts pursuant to subparagraph (6) are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of demands for direct payment received from subcontractors. All such amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments, and the subcontractors shall have a right in such deductions prior to any claims against such amounts by creditors of the general contractor. (i) If the subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in subparagraph (1) or if the general contractor does not submit a periodic estimate for the value of the labor or materials performed or furnished by the subcontractor and the subcontractor does not receive payment for same when due less the deductions provided for in subparagraph (1), the subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in subparagraph (4) and the general contractor may file a sworn reply as 32 provided in that same subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month following that for which the subcontractor performed or furnished the labor and materials for which the subcontractor seeks payment shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a periodic estimate from the general contractor. Thereafter the Awarding Authority shall proceed as provided in subparagraph (e), (f), (g) and (h)." (2) Any assignment by a subcontractor of the rights under this section to a surety company furnishing a bond under the provisions of section twenty-nine of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall be invalid. The assignment and subrogation rights of the surety to amounts included in a demand for direct payment which are in the possession of the Awarding Authority or which are on deposit pursuant to subparagraph (6) shall be subordinate to the rights of all subcontractors who are entitled to be paid under this section and who have not been paid in full. (3) “subcontractor" as used in this section (I) for contracts awarded as provided in sections fortyfour A to forty-four L, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall mean a person who files a sub-bid and received a subcontract as a result of that filed sub-bid or who is approved by the Awarding Authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, (ii) for contracts awarded as provided in paragraph (1) of section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall mean a person approved by the Awarding Authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, and (iii) for contracts with the commonwealth not awarded as provided in sections forty-four A to forty-four L, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall also mean a person contracting with the general contractor to supply materials used or employed in a public works project for a price in excess of five thousand dollars. (4) A general contractor or a subcontractor shall enforce a claim to any portion of the amount of a demand for direct payment deposit as provided in subparagraph (6) by a petition in equity in the superior court against the other and the bank shall not be a necessary party. A subcontractor shall enforce a claim for direct payment or a right to require a deposit as provided in subparagraph (6) by a petition in equity in the superior court against the Awarding Authority and the general contractor shall not be a necessary party. Upon motion of any party the court shall advance for speedy trial any petition filed as provided in this paragraph. Sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B of chapter two hundred thirty-one shall apply to such petitions. The court shall enter an interlocutory decree upon which execution shall issue for any part of a claim found due pursuant to sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B and, upon motion of any party, shall advance for speedy trial the petition to collect the remainder of the claim. Any party aggrieved by such interlocutory decree shall have the right to appeal therefrom as from a final decree. The court shall not consolidate for trial the petition of any subcontractor with the petition of one or more subcontractors or the same general Contract unless the court finds that a substantial portion of the evidence of the same events during the course of construction (other than the fact that the claims sought to be consolidated arise under the same general contract) is applicable to the petitions sought to be consolidated and that such consolidation will prevent unnecessary duplication of evidence. A decree in any such proceeding shall not include interest on the disputed amount deposited in excess of the interest earned for the period of any such deposit. No person except a subcontractor filing a demand for direct payment for which no funds due the general contractor are available for direct payment shall have a right to file a petition in court of equity against the Awarding Authority claiming a demand for direct payment is premature and such subcontractor must file the petition before the Awarding Authority has made a direct payment to the subcontractor and has made a deposit of the disputed portion as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (5) and in subparagraph (6). (5) In any petition to collect any claim for which a subcontractor has filed a demand for direct payment the court shall, upon motion of the general contractor, reduce by the amount of any deposit of a disputed amount by the Awarding Authority as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph 33 (5) and in subparagraph (6) any amount held under a trustee writ or pursuant to a restraining order or injunction.” 8. Final Payment; Release of Claims by CM. Upon Final Acceptance of the Work the CM shall be entitled to payment of the balance of the Contract Price. Final payment shall be as provided in this Article above and in accordance with any process set forth in the Contract Documents. The CM agrees to execute a Certificate of Final Inspection, Release (with CM’s own exceptions listed thereon) and Acceptance as a condition precedent to Final Payment. The acceptance by the CM of the Final Payment made as aforesaid, or the execution of the Certificate of Final Acceptance by the CM, shall constitute a release of the Owner, the Designer, the Project Manager and every member and agent of any of them, from all claims of and liability to the CM for anything done or furnished for or relating to the Work, or for any act or neglect of the Owner, the Designer, the Project Manager, or of any person relating to or affecting the Work, except the claim against the Owner for the remainder, if any there be, of the amounts claimed to be due. Final Acceptance shall not relieve CM of the requirements of any of the provisions of this Contract, to the extent that the same are intended to survive Final Acceptance. Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Designer: (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the work for which the Owner might be responsible (less amounts withheld by the Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the contract documents to remain in force until after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contactor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. ARTICLE IX. GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES 1. General Warranty. If at any time during the period of one (1) year from the date the Owner accepts the Work as Substantially Complete, any part of such Work shall in the reasonable opinion of THE OWNER be defective or require replacing or repairing, or damage to other property of the If the CM fails to furnish such releases or waivers as the Owner reasonably requires to satisfy the Owner that there are no outstanding liens, the Owner may require the CM, as a condition of final payment and at the Contractor’s expense, to furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any such liens. If such liens remain unsatisfied after payments are made, the CM shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such liens, including all costs and reasonable attorney fees. Owner is caused by any defect in the Work, THE OWNER shall notify the CM in writing to make the required repairs or replacements and repair such damage. If the CM shall neglect to commence such repairs or replacements to the satisfaction to of THE OWNER within ten (10) days from the date of the giving of such notice, then THE OWNER may employ other persons to make the same. In the case of an emergency, the Owner may direct the CM to perform guaranty work in a shorter period of time and the Owner may undertake any immediate actions and incur reasonable costs to preserve the safety 34 of the building or its occupants. The CM agrees, upon demand, to pay to THE OWNER all amounts which it expends for such repairs, replacements, and/or damages. During this one-year guarantee period any corrective work shall be performed under all the applicable terms of this Contract, and if Change Orders are issued in accordance with the terms of this Contract, the CM shall be entitled to compensation for special insurance, as required. This one-year guarantee shall not limit any express guaranty or warranty provided elsewhere in the Contract. 2. Special Guarantees and Warranties. A. The CM's obligation to correct Work as set forth in paragraph 1 above is in addition to, and not in substitution of, such guarantees or warranties as may be required in the various sections of the Specifications. B. Guarantees and warranties required in the various sections of the Specifications must be delivered to the Designer before final payment to the CM may be made, or in the case of guarantees and warranties which originate with a subcontractor’s section of the Work, before final payment for the amount of that subtrade or for the phase of Work to which the guarantee or warranty relates. C. The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty shall constitute a failure to fully complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE X: MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. CM to be Informed. The CM shall inform itself of all existing and future Laws in any manner affecting those engaged or employed in the Work, or the materials used or employed in the Work, or in a any way affecting the conduct of the Work, and of all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any applicable jurisdiction or authority over the Work. 2. Compliance with all Laws. The CM shall cause all persons employed in the performance of the Work to comply with, all existing and future Laws, including but not limited to those set forth below: A. Corporate Disclosures. The CM, if a foreign corporation, shall comply with M.G.L. c. 181, s.3 and s. 5, and M.G.L. c. 30, s.39L. B. Veterans Preference. In the employment of mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers in the performance of Work in the Commonwealth, preference shall first be given to citizens of the Commonwealth who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment and who are veterans as defined • c.4, s.7 (34), and who are qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates; and secondly, to citizens of the Commonwealth generally who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment, and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then to citizens of the United States. • Prevailing Wages. The CM shall comply with M.G.L. c. 149, s. 26-27H. The prevailing wage schedule is found in Exhibit 3 to the Owner-CM Agreement, listing the prevailing minimum wage rates that must be paid to all workers employed in the Work. THE OWNER is not responsible responsible for any errors, omissions, or misprints in the said schedule. Such Schedule shall continue to be the minimum rate wages payable to workers employed in the Work throughout the term of this Contract, subject to the exceptions provided in M.G.L c.149, s. 26-27H. The CM shall not have any claim for extra compensation from the Owner if the actual wages paid to workers employed in the Work exceeds the rates listed on the schedule or as otherwise provided by law. Them shall cause a copy of said Schedule to be kept in a conspicuous place at the Site during the term of the Contract. If any police officers are employed by the CM, they shall be paid the outside detail rate of regular Northampton police officers established by collective bargaining 35 agreement. (See M.G.L c.149, s.34B). D. Payroll Records and Statement of Compliance. The CM shall comply and shall cause its Subcontractors to comply with Massachusetts General Law c. 149, s. 27B, which requires that a true and accurate record be kept of all persons employed on the a project for which the prevailing wage rates have been provided. The CM and all Subcontractors shall keep these records and preserve them for a period of three years from the date of completion of the Contract. Such records shall be open to inspection by any authorized representative of the Owner at any reasonable time, and as often as may be necessary. The CM shall, and shall cause its Subcontractors to, submit weekly copies of their weekly payroll records to THE OWNER. In addition, the CM and each Subcontractor shall furnish to the Executive Department of Labor within fifteen days after completion of its portion of the Work a signed statement in the form required by THE OWNER. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE I, _________________________ (Name of Signatory Party), ____________ (Title), do hereby state that I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by _______________________(Contractor or Subcontractor) on the _____________(Building or Project) and that all mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers employed on said project have been paid in accordance with wages determined under the provisions of G.L.c. 149, §26 and 27. Signature: __________________ The above mentioned copies of payroll records and statement of compliance shall be available for inspection by any interested party filing a written request to the Contractor for such inspections (G.L.c. 149, §27B). Title: ______________________ E. Vehicle operators. If the Director of the Department of Labor and Workforce Development has established a Schedule of wage rates to be paid to the operators of trucks, vehicles or equipment for the Work, the CM shall be obligated to pay such operators at least the minimum wage rate contained on such Schedule. (See See M.G.L. c.149, s.26-27H). F. Timely Payment of Wages. The CM shall comply with, and shall cause its Subcontractors to comply with M.G.L. c. 149, s. 148 which requires the weekly or biweekly payment of employees within six days of the end of the pay period during which wages were earned if employed for five or six days of a calendar week, and within other periods of time under certain circumstances as set forth therein. G. Eight Hour Day. The CM shall comply with M.G.L. c. 149, s. 30, 34 and 34A which provide that no laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman or inspector working within the Commonwealth in the employ of the CM, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or part of the Work shall be required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one day or more than fortyeight hours in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases of extraordinary emergency. H. Lodging, etc. The CM shall comply with, and shall cause its Subcontractors to comply with, M.G.L. c. 149, s. 25 which provides that every employee under this Contract shall lodge, board and trade where and with whom he elects, and neither the CM nor his agents or employees shall, either directly or indirectly, require as a condition of the employment of any person that the employee shall lodge, board or trade at a particular place or with a particular person. I. Truck Rates. The use by the CM of trucks or other motor vehicles hired from either common or contract motor carriers in the course of performance of this Contract is subject to such minimum rates and charges, and rules and regulations as may from time to time be promulgated by the Department of 36 Public Utilities of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or other agency of the State of Federal government which may be authorized by law to set rates or otherwise regulate the use of such vehicles. The CM expressly assumes the risk of any additional expense that may arise by reason of any change in such minimum rates and charges, and rules and regulations, and shall be entitled to no additional compensation or reimbursement by reason thereof. ARTICLE XI: CM'S ACCOUNTING METHOD REQUIREMENTS (M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39R) 1. Definitions. The words defined herein shall have the meaning stated below whenever they appearing this Article XI: --"Contractor" means the CM. --"Contract" means any Contract awarded, which is for an amount or estimated amount greater than one hundred thousand dollars. --"Independent Certified Public Account" means a person duly registered in good standing and entitled to practice as a certified public accountant under the laws of the place of his/her residence or principal office and who is in fact independent. In determining whether an accountant is independent with aspect to a particular person, appropriate consideration should be given to all relationships between the accountant and that person or any affiliate thereof. Determination of an accountant's independence shall not be confined to the relationships existing in connection with the filing of reports with THE OWNER. --"Records" means books of original entry, accounts, checks, bank statements and all other banking documents, correspondence, memoranda, invoices, computer printouts, tapes, discs, papers and other documents or transcribed information of any type, whether expressed in ordinary or machine language. --"Audit", when used in regard to financial statements, means an examination of records by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards for the purpose of expressing a certified opinion thereon, or, in the alternative, a qualified opinion or a declination to express an opinion for stated reasons, or other person or persons primarily responsible for the financial and operational policies and practices of the Contractor. Accounting terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have a meaning in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards. 2. Record Keeping. A. The Contractor shall make, and keep for at least six years after final payment, books, records, and accounts that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Contractor. B. Until the expiration of six years after final payment, the Inspector General, THE OWNER, and THE OWNER shall have the right to examine any books, documents, papers or records of the Contractor and Subcontractors that directly pertain to, and involve transactions relating to the Contractor and Subcontractors. Any request for a change in the provisions of this Contract submitted by the CM must be made in writing and in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. C. The Contractor shall describe any change in the method of maintaining records or recording transactions which materially affects any statements filed with THE OWNER including the date of the change and reasons therefore, and shall accompany said description with a letter from the Contractor's independent certified public accountant approving or otherwise commenting on the changes. D. The Contractor represents that it has, prior to the execution of the Contract, filed a statement of 37 management on internal accounting controls as set forth in Section 3 below. E. The Contractor represents that it has, prior to the execution of the Contract, filed an audited financial statement for the most recent completed fiscal year as set forth in section 4 below and will continue to file such statement annually during the term of the Contract. 3. Statement of Management Controls. A. The Contractor shall file with THE OWNER a statement of management as to whether the system of internal accounting controls of the Contractor and its subsidiaries reasonably assures that: (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general and specific authorization; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to: (a) to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, and (b) to maintain accountability for assets; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action was taken with respect to any difference. B. The Contractor shall file with THE OWNER a statement prepared and signed by an independent certified public accountant, stating that the accountant has examined the statement of management on internal accounting controls, and expressing an opinion as to: (1) whether the representations of management in response to subparagraph 3 above are consistent with the results of management's evaluation of the system of internal accounting controls; and (2) whether such representations of management are reasonable with respect to transactions and assets in amounts which would be material when measured in relation to the applicant's financial statement. 4. Annual Financial Statement. A. Every Contractor awarded a contract shall annually file with THE OWNER during the term of the Contract a financial statement prepared by an independent certified public accountant on the basis of an audit by such accountant. The final statement filed shall include the date of final payment. All statements shall be accompanied by an accountant's report B. The office of Inspector General and THE OWNER shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this Article. A Contractor's failure to satisfy any of the requirements of this section may be grounds for debarment pursuant to M.G.L. c. 149, s. 44C. 5. Bid Pricing Materials. The Contractor shall save the written calculations, pricing information, and other data that the Contractor used to calculate the bid or other cost quotations that are presented by the induced THE OWNER to enter into this Contract (the "Bid Pricing Materials") and to establish the Guaranteed Maximum Price for the Project. ARTICLE XIV: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. Insurance Generally. A. The CM shall take out and maintain the insurance coverages listed in this Article with respect to the operations as well as the completed operations of this Contract. This insurance shall be provided at the CM's expense and shall be in full force and effect for the full term of the Contract or for such longer period as this Article requires. 38 B. All policies shall be written on an occurrence basis and be issued by companies authorized to write that type of insurance under the laws of the Commonwealth and rated in Best's Insurance Guide (or any successor thereto or replacement thereof) as having a general policy holder rating of "A-" or better and a financial rating of at least "9" or otherwise acceptable to THE OWNER. C. CM shall submit three originals of each certificate of insurance, acceptable to THE OWNER, simultaneously with the execution of this Contract. Certificates shall show THE OWNER, the Designer and the Project Manager as additional insureds as to all policies issued hereunder, except for Workmen’s Compensation Insurance. The CM shall state that CM has paid all premiums and that none of the coverages shall be cancelled, terminated, or materially modified unless and until 30 days prior notice is given in writing to THE OWNER. Contractor shall submit updated certificates prior to the expiration of any of the policies referenced in the certificates so that THE OWNER shall at all times possess certificates indicating current coverage. Certificates shall indicate that the contractual liability coverage, and Contractor's Protective Liability coverage is in force. Certificates shall include specific acknowledgment that the following coverages are included in the policies: -Contractual liability-Contractor’s protective -Additional insured by form CG2010 (11/85 ed.) or equivalent, to the general liability -Additional insured to automobile liability, umbrella liability, and D. The CM shall file one certified copy of all policies with THE OWNER within sixty days after Contract award. If THE OWNER or the Owner is damaged by the CM's failure to pollution liability-General Liability is endorsed with CG2404, Waiver of Subrogation, in favor of the Owner maintain such insurance and to comply with the terms of this Article, then the CM shall be responsible for all costs and damages to the Owner attributable thereto. E. Termination, cancellation, or material modification of any insurance required by this Contract, whether by the insurer or the insured, shall not be valid unless written notice thereof is given to THE OWNER at least thirty days prior to the effective date thereof, which shall be expressed in said notice 2. CM's Commercial General Liability. A. The CM shall provide the following minimum general liability coverage with respect to the operations performed by CM and any employee, subcontractor, or supplier, unless a higher coverage is specified in Exhibit A to the Owner-CM Agreement, in which case the CM shall provide the additional coverage: Bodily Injury & $1,000,000 each occurrence Property Damage $2,000,000 general aggregate Products & Completed Operations $1,000,000 annual aggregate Medical Expenses $10,000 B. This policy shall include coverage relating to explosion, collapse, and underground property damage. C. This policy shall include contractual liability coverage. D. The completed operations coverage shall be maintained for a period of three (3) years after Substantial Completion. E. This policy shall include endorsement CG2010 (10/85 edition), Owner as Additional Insured and CG2404 (11/85 edition) Waiver of Subrogation in Favor of Owner. 3. Vehicle Liability. A. The CM shall provide the following minimum coverage with respect to the operations of any employee, including coverage for owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, unless a higher coverage is specified in Exhibit A to the Owner-CM Agreement, in which case the CM shall provide the additional coverage: Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 B. The policy shall include a CA9948 Pollution Endorsement and shall name the Owner as an Additional Insured. 4. Pollution Liability. 39 The CM shall provide coverage for bodily injury and property damage resulting from liability arising out of pollution related exposures such as asbestos abatement, lead paint abatement, tank removal, removal of contaminated soil, etc. The Owner shall be named as an additional insured and coverage must be on an occurrence basis. The amount of coverage for injuries to persons shall be $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate and damage to property shall be $2,000,000. 5. Worker's Compensation. A. The CM shall provide the following coverage in accordance with M.G.L. c.149 §34A and c.152 as amended, unless a higher coverage is specified in Exhibit B to the Owner-CM Agreement, in which case the CM shall provide the higher coverage: Worker's Compensation Part One Provide Statutory Minimum Employer's Liability $1,000,000 each accident Part Two $ 500,000 disease per employee, $ 500,000 disease policy aggregate 6. Builders Risk Property Coverage: The Owner shall maintain Builders Risk Property Insurance for the full insurable value (completed value) of the Project, until such time as the Owner assumes full use and occupancy of the Project. Said coverage shall include “all risks” coverage, including theft, flood and earthquake. The OWNER reserves the right to obtain this coverage separately and deduct any amount carried by the CM for this coverage. 7. Boiler and Machinery Insurance: The CM shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, CM, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and the CM shall be named insureds. 8. Umbrella or Excess Liability Coverage. The CM shall provide Umbrella Coverage in form at least as broad as primary coverages required by Sections 2, 3 and 5 6 of this Article in the following amount: Umbrella Coverage: $15,000,000 9. Additional types of Insurance and Deductibles. The CM shall provide such other types of insurance as may be required by the Owner-CM Agreement. If the policies required herein contain deductible amounts, the CM shall be responsible for such deductible amounts, unless THE OWNER specifically provides a written waiver to the CM. 10. Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and CM waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Designer, Designer’s consultants, the Owner’s Project Manager, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk Property insurance obtained pursuant to this Article, or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the CM or the Owner as fiduciary. 11. Owner’s Liability Insurance 40 The Owner shall purchase and maintain the Owner’s usual liability insurance for the Project. The Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self protection and against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. ARTICLE XV: INDEMNIFICATION 1. Generally. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the CM shall indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to the Owner) and hold harmless the Owner, the Designer, the Project Manager and their officers, agents, employees, representatives, successors and assigns from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to court costs and attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, including but not limited to those arising or resulting from: labor performed or furnished and/or materials used or employed in the performance of the Work; violations by CM, any Subcontractor, or by any person directly or indirectly employed or used by any of them in the performance of the Work or anyone anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable (CM, subcontractor and all such persons herein collectively called "CM's Personnel") of any Laws; violations of any provision of this Contract by CM or its subcontractors, suppliers or any other person or firm providing labor and/or materials for the work; injuries to any persons or damage to any property in connection with the Work; any act, omission, or neglect of CM's Personnel. 2. CM's Indemnification The CM shall be obligated as provided above, regardless of whether or not such claims, damages, losses and/or expenses are caused in whole or in part by the actions or inactions of a party indemnified hereunder. In any and all claims by CM's personnel against parties indemnified hereunder, the CM's indemnification obligation set forth above shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CM or any subcontractor under workers compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in Article XV. 3. Asbestos Abatement Subcontractor Indemnification The CM shall obtain an indemnification agreement from the Asbestos Abatement Subcontractor that provides as follows: The Asbestos Abatement subcontractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for the compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local regulations pertaining to work practices, hauling and disposal of asbestos-containing material and protection of workers and visitors to the site, and persons occupying areas adjacent to the site. The CM shall hold the Owner and the Architect harmless for failure to comply with any applicable work, hauling, disposal, safety, health or other regulation on the part of himself, his employees or his subcontractors. The obligations of the CM under this Section 1 shall not extend to the liability of the Designer, its agents or employees, arising out of (i) the preparation or approval of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys Change Orders, designs or Specifications, or (ii) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Designer, its agents to employees provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 4. Designer's Actions. 41 A. The obligations of the CM under Section 1 above shall not extend to the liability of the Designer, its agents or employees, arising out of (i) the preparation or approval of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys Change Orders, designs or Specifications, or (ii) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Designer, its agents to employees provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. B. In consideration of the CM’s undertaking to indemnify and hold harmless the Designer, the Designer’s consultants, officers, employees of the Designer, in accordance with Article XV, the Designer agrees that the Designer will not bring any civil suit, action or other proceeding in law, equity, or arbitration against the CM, or the officers, employees, agents, and servants of the CM, for or on account of any action which the Designer may have arising out of or in any matter connected with the Work, except to enforce the provisions of this Article XV; and the CM, or any successor, assign or subrogee of the CM. agrees not to bring any civil suit, action, or other proceeding in law, equity or arbitration against the Designer, or the Designer’s consultants, officers, employees, agents or servants, for the enforcement of any actions which the CM may have arising out of or in any manner connected with the Work. 5. Survival. The provisions of this Article XV are intended to survive Final Acceptance and/or any termination of this Contract. ARTICLE XVI: PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS 1. CM Bonds. A. The CM shall provide performance and payment (labor and materials) bonds in the form attached , executed by a surety licensed by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Division of Insurance. Each such bond shall be in the amount of the GMP. B. If at any time prior to final payment to the CM, the Surety: -is adjudged bankrupt or has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; -has liquidated all assets and/or has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;-is placed in receivership;-otherwise petitions a state or federal court for protection from its creditors; or -allows its license to do business in Massachusetts to lapse or be revoked; then the CM shall, within 21 days of any such action listed above, provide THE OWNER with new performance and payment bonds as described in Paragraph A above. Such bonds shall be provided solely at the CM's expense. 2. Subcontractor Bonds. A. Trade Contractors shall provide payment and performance bonds to the CM and the Subcontractors shall include the premiums for those bonds in their Sub-Trade Bids. B. If the CM requires subcontractors other than Trade Contractors to provide the CM with payment and performance bonds for the full amount of their respective Subcontracts, then the costs for said bonds shall be the responsibility of the CM. C. Irrespective of whether the CM requests payment and performance bonds from their respective Subcontractors, the CM understands that if the Subcontractor defaults or is terminated, the CM shall have full responsibility for all costs and expenses related to said default or termination. 3. Cost of Bond Premiums. The costs of bond premiums for bonds provided by the CM, Trade Contractors and subcontractors shall be considered Costs of the Work. 42 ARTICLE XVII: TERMINATION OF CONTRACT 1. Termination for Cause. A. THE OWNER may without prejudice to any other right or remedy terminate this Contractor cause if any of the following defaults shall occur and not be cured within seven (7) days after the giving of written notice thereof by the Owner to the CM: (1) The CM has filed a petition, or a petition has been filed against the CM with its consent, under any federal or state law concerning bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or relief from creditors, or if such a petition is filed against the CM without its consent and is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; or if the CM is generally not paying its debts as they become due; or if the CM becomes insolvent; or if the CM consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidate, custodian or the like of the CM or of all or any substantial portion of its assets and such appointment or possession is not terminated within sixty (60) days; or if the CM makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) The CM refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided under this Contract, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials to perform its obligations under this Contract, or the Owner has determined that the rate of progress required for the timely completion of the Work is not being met; (3) The CM fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials, equipment, or labor; (4) All or a part of the Work has been abandoned; (5) The CM has sublet or assigned all or any portion of the Work, the Contract, or claims thereunder, without the prior written consent of the Owner, except as expressly permitted in this Contract; (6) The CM has failed to comply with Laws; (7) The CM fails to maintain, or provide to Office evidence of the insurance or bonds required by this Contract, or (8) The CM has failed to perform the Work or any portion thereof as required by this Contract or has otherwise breached any material provision of this Contract. B. THE OWNER shall give the CM written notice of such termination for cause, but the giving of notice of such termination shall not be a condition precedent or subsequent to the termination's effectiveness. In the event of such termination, and without limiting any other available remedies, THE OWNER may, at its option: (1) hold the CM and its sureties liable in damages for a breach of Contract; (2) notify the CM to discontinue all work, or any part thereof, and the CM shall discontinue all work, or any part thereof, as the Owner may designate; (3) complete the Work, or any part thereof, and charge the expense of completing the Work or part thereof, to the CM; (4) require the surety or sureties to complete the Work and perform all of the CM's obligations under this Contract. (5) take such other lawful action as is deemed by THE OWNER to be in its best interest. If THE OWNER elects to complete all or any portion of the Work as specified in (3) above, it may take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, machinery, implements at or near the Site owned by the CM and finish the Work at the CM's expense by whatever means THE OWNER may deem expedient; and the CM shall cooperate at its expense in the orderly transfer of the same to a new contractor or to THE OWNER as directed by THE OWNER. In such case THE OWNER shall not make any further payments to the CM until the Work is completely finished. The Owner shall not be liable for any depreciation, loss or damage to said materials, machinery, implements or tools during said use and the CM shall be solely responsible for their removal from the Site after the Owner has no further use for them. Unless so removed within fifteen days after notice to the CM to do so, they may be sold at public auction, after publication of notice thereof at least twice in any newspaper published in the county where the Work is being performed, and the proceeds credited to the CM’s account; or they may, at the option of THE OWNER, be stored at the CM’s expense subject to a lien for the storage charges. 43 C. Damages and expenses incurred under paragraph B above shall include, but not be limited to, costs for the Designer's and Project Manager’s extra services required, as reasonably determined by THE OWNER, to successfully inspect and administer the construction through final completion of the Work. D. Expenses charged under paragraph B above may be deducted and paid by THE OWNER out of any moneys then due or to become due the CM under this Contract. E. All sums, damages, and expenses incurred by the Owner to complete the Work shall be charged to the CM. In case the damages and expenses charged are less than the sum that would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CM, the CM shall be entitled to receive the difference. In case such expenses shall exceed the said sum, the CM shall pay the amount of the excess to the Owner. 2. Termination For Convenience. A. THE OWNER may terminate this Contract for convenience even though the CM is not in default by giving notice to the CM specifying in said notice the date of termination. B. In case of such termination without cause, the CM shall be paid: (1) all sums due and owing under this Contract through the date of termination, including any retainage withheld to the date of termination, less any amount which THE OWNER determines is necessary to correct or complete the Work performed to the date of termination; plus (2) a reasonable sum to cover the expenses which CM would not have incurred but for the early termination of the Contract, such as demobilization of the work force, restocking charges, and termination fees payable to Subcontractors. C. Lost profits shall not be payable. The payment provided in paragraph B above shall be considered to fully compensate the CM for all claims and expenses and those of any consultants, Subcontractors, and suppliers, directly or indirectly attributable to the termination. Upon termination of this Contract for convenience as provided in Section 2 of this Article, the CM shall: (1) stop the Work; (2) stop placing orders and Subcontracts in connection with this Contract; (3) cancel all existing orders and Subcontracts; (4) surrender the Site to THE OWNER in a safe condition; (5) transfer to THE OWNER all materials, supplies, work in process, appliances, facilities, equipment and machinery of this Contract, and all plans, Drawings, Specifications and other information and documents used in connection with this Contract. 3. CM's Duties Upon Termination For Convenience. Upon termination of this Contract for convenience as provided in Section 2 of this Article, the CM shall: (1) stop the Work; (2) stop placing orders and Subcontracts in connection with this Contract; (3) cancel all existing orders and Subcontracts; (4) surrender the Site to THE OWNER in a safe condition; (5) transfer to THE OWNER all materials, supplies, work in process, appliances, facilities, equipment and machinery of this Contract, and all plans, Drawings, Specifications and other information and documents used in connection with this Contract. ARTICLE XVIII: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 1. Written Approval of Assignment by CM. The CM shall not assign by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet or subcontract, the Work or any part thereof, without the previous written consent of THE OWNER and shall not, either legally or equitably, assign any of the moneys payable under this Contract, or CM's claims hereunder, except with the written consent of THE OWNER, whether said assignment is made before, at the time of, or after the execution of the Contract. The CM shall remain responsible for satisfactory performance of 44 all Work sublet or assigned complying with all applicable requirements of the Contract. 2. Certificate of Appropriation. This paragraph applies to contracts for construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or demolition of any public building or public work by any city or town costing more than the amount set forth in M.G.L. c.44, § 31C. This Contract shall not be deemed to have been made until the Town accountant or other officer of the city or town having similar duties has certified thereon that an appropriation in the amount of this Contract is available therefore and than an officer or agent of the city, town, or awarding authority has been authorized to execute said Contract and approve all requisitions and change orders. No order to the Contractor for a change in or addition to the work, whether in the form of a drawing, plan, detail, or any other written instruction, unless it is an order which the Contractor is willing to perform without any increase in the Contract price, shall be deemed to be given until the Town accountant, or other officer of the awarding authority having similar duties, has certified thereon that an appropriation in the amount of such order is available therefore; but such certificate shall not be construed as an admission by the awarding authority of its liability to pay for such work. The certificate of the Town accountant or other officer of the awarding authority having similar duties, that an appropriation in the amount of this Contract, or in the amount of such order, is available shall bar any defense by the awarding authority on the grounds of insufficient appropriation. 3. Claims by Others Not Valid. No person other than the CM and the surety on any bond given pursuant to the terms of this Contract shall acquire any interest in this Contract or any claim against THE OWNER hereunder, and no claim by any other person against Owner shall be valid except as provided in M.G.L. c. 30, s. 39F of the General Laws. 4. No Personal Liability of Public Officials. No public official, employee, or agent of THE OWNER shall have any personal liability for the obligations of THE OWNER set forth in this Contract. 5. Severability. The provisions of this Contract are severable, and if any of these provisions shall be held unconstitutional or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect or impair any of the other provisions of this Contract. 6. Choice of Laws. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for all purposes. All proceedings under this Contract or related to the Project shall be brought in the courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 7. No Waiver of Subsequent Breach. No waiver of any breach or obligation of this Contract shall constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or obligation. 45 8. Remedies Cumulative. All remedies of THE OWNER provided in this Contract shall be construed as cumulative and may be exercised simultaneously or in any order as determined by THE OWNER in its sole discretion. THE OWNER shall also be entitled as of right to specific performance and equitable relief including the right to an injunction against any breach of any of the provisions of this Contract 9. Notices. Notices to the CM shall be deemed given when hand delivered or faxed to the CM's temporary field office at or near the Site, or when deposited in the U.S. mail addressed to the CM at the CM's address specified in the Owner-CM Agreement, or when delivered by courier to either location. Unless otherwise specified in writing by THE OWNER, notices and deliveries to THE OWNER shall be effective only when delivered to THE OWNER at the address specified in the Owner-CM Agreement and date-stamped at the reception desk or for which a receipt has been signed by the agent or employee designated by THE OWNER to receive official notices. 10. Interpretation of Contract – Cost of Work. A. Wherever these General Conditions or the Agreement for Construction Manager at Risk Services uses words to the effect that the CM shall be responsible for incurring costs on the Project, it is understood that, except where the language used otherwise indicates, such costs shall be considered a Cost of Work under Paragraph 7.1 of the Agreement for Construction Manager at Risk Services, unless they fall within Non-Compensable Costs described in Paragraph 7.3 of said Agreement. B. Likewise, wherever the General Conditions or the Agreement for Construction Manager at Risk Services uses words to the effect that the Owner may assess costs against the CM, it is understood that such assessment shall ordinarily take the form of a credit change order that reduces the GMP, except where the language used otherwise indicates. 46 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON MASSACHUSETTS CONTRACT NUMBER: _____________ BUDGET CODE: _____________ VENDOR NUMBER: _____________ CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR NORTHAMPTON POLICE FACILITY THIS AGREEMENT, executed this __________ day of _________________ 20______ by and between: hereinafter called "Contractor" and the City of Northampton, a municipal corporation in the County of Hampshire, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, party of the second part hereinafter called "Owner". WITNESSETH, that for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, the Owner and the Contractor shall agree to the terms and conditions contained in this contract, enumerated as follows: The Owner-Contractor Agreement, Advertisement, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Insurance Requirements, Specifications, and all addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. THE OWNER shall pay the Contractor for the performance of this contract in the sum of; _____________________________________________ dollars in accordance with the terms of this contract. This contract shall not be altered in any particular without the consent of all parties to this contract. All alterations to this contract must be in writing and authorized as such by the Mayor and a Majority vote of the Board, Agency, or Committee signing this contract. In the event the Contractor is a corporation a certificate that the person executing this contract is duly authorized to sign, must accompany this contract. Final payment on this contract shall release and discharge the Owner from any and all claims against the Owner on account of any work performed hereunder, or any alteration hereto. This contract shall be deemed to be a Massachusetts contract and it's interpretation and construction shall be governed by the laws of Massachusetts and the Charter and Ordinances of the Owner. 47 The City of Northampton is not bound by this contract until approved by the Mayor of Northampton. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Owner caused these presents to be signed in quadruplicate and approved by Mary Clare Higgins its Mayor and the said Contractor has caused these presents to be signed in quadruplicate and its official seal to be hereto affixed by its officer or agent thereunto duly authorized (by the attached corporate resolution). This instrument shall take effect as a sealed instrument. CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________ COMPANY NAME _______________________________________it's AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ___________________________DATE________________ TITLE CITY OF NORTHAMPTON: BY: City of Northampton Police Facility Building Committee AGENCY NAME ____________________________ signatures ____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________ _______________________Date ___________ City Auditor, approved as to appropriation. _______________________Date ____________ City Solicitor, approved as to form. _______________________Date ____________ Mayor Mary Clare Higgins 48 Certificate by Corporation to Sign Contract At a duly authorized meeting of the Board of Directors of the held on (Name of Corporation) (Date) At which all the Directors were present or waived notice, it was voted that, (Name) (Officer) of this company, be and he hereby is authorized to execute contracts and bonds in the name and behalf of said company, and affix its Corporate Seal thereto, and such execution of any contract or obligation in this company's name on its behalf by such under seal of the company, (Officer) shall be valid and binding upon this company, A TRUE COPY, ATTEST: (Clerk) PLACE OF BUSINESS DATE OF THIS CONTRACT I hereby certify that I am the clerk of the that is the duly elected of said company, and the above vote has not been amended or rescinded and remains in full force and effect as of the date of this contract. (Clerk) (Corporate Seal) 49 Tax and Reporting Compliance Certification Pursuant to M.G.L. Chapter 62C, Section 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I have, to my best knowledge and belief, complied with the law of the Commonwealth relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support. Social Security Number or Signature of Individual or Federal Identification Number Corporate Name by: Corporate Officer, (if applicable) 50 Foreign Corporation Certification AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE Form AF-4A 1/78 EXECUTIVE OFFICE FOR ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE The Commonwealth of Massachusetts MASSACHUSETTS BUSINESS CORPORATION NON-PROFIT CORPORATION FOREIGN (non-Massachusetts) Corporation 1. , President Clerk of whose principal office is (Name of Corporation) located do hereby certify that the above named Corporation has filed with the State Secretary all certificates and annual reports required by Chapter 156B, Section 109 (Business Corporation), by Chapter 181, Section 4 (Foreign Corporation), or by Chapter 180, Section 26A (non-profit Corporation) of the Massachusetts General Laws. SIGNED UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY THIS day of , 20 . Signature of responsible Corporate Officer 51 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that___________________________________________________________, as Principal, and _________________________________________________________________ __,as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Awarding Authority, in the sum of ________________ lawful money of the United States to be paid to the Awarding Authority, for which payments, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS the said Principal has made a contract with the Awarding Authority bearing date of ________________ 200_, for the construction of ________________________________________ ____________________________ _____________________________________________ (Project), Now the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall well and truly keep and perform all the undertakings, covenants, agreements, terms and conditions of said contract and any extensions thereof that may be granted by the Awarding Authority, with or without notice to the surety, and during the life of any guaranty required under the contract, and shall also well and truly keep and perform all the alterations, changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the surety of such modifications, alterations, changes or additions being hereby waived, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. In the event that the contract is abandoned by the Contractor, or is terminated by the Awarding Authority, said surety hereby further agrees that said surety shall, if requested in writing by the Awarding Authority, take such action as is necessary to complete said contract. In witness whereof we hereunto set our hands and seals this ____ day of _________, 200_. By Principal: _____________________________________ [Seal] By Surety: _____________________________________ Address: _____________________________________ Surety Agent: _____________________________________ [Seal] Address: _____________________________________ Telephone: _____________________________________ 52 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL (PERFORMANCE BOND) , ______________________________, certify that I am the _______________ of the corporation named a principal in the within bond; that ___________________who signed said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then ______________________________ of said corporation and I know his signature and his signature thereon is genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and on behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. Signed: ______________________________ [Seal] Date: _________________, 200_ 53 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that ______________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________as principal, and _______________________________________________________________ as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Awarding Authority in the sum of _____________ lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid to the Awarding Authority, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the said principal has made a contract with the Awarding Authority under date of __________, 200_, for: __________________________________________________________________________ Now the condition of this obligation is such that if the principal shall promptly pay for all labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in said contract and in any and all duly authorized modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the surety of such modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions being hereby waived, the foregoing to include any other purposes of items set out in, and to be subject to, the provision of Massachusetts General Laws (Ter. Ed.), Chapter 30, Section 39A, and Chapter 149, Section 29 as amended, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. In witness whereof we hereunto set our hands and seals this ____ day of _________, 200_. By Principal: _____________________________________ [Seal] By Surety: _____________________________________ Address: _____________________________________ Surety Agent: _________________________________ ____ [Seal] Telephone: _____________________________________ 54 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL (LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND) , ______________________________, certify that I am the _______________ of the corporation named a principal in the within bond; that ___________________who signed said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then ______________________________ of said corporation and I know his signature and his signature thereon is genuine; and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and on behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. Signed: ______________________________ [Seal] Date: _________________, 200_ 55 Northampton Police Facility Task Phase Architect CM Bldg. Committee Others Preliminary Reviews review program /ed spec pre-construction X site use and improvements pre-construction X construction feasibility pre-construction X schedule all cost /budget all X insurance construction X contracts (architect, cm) pre-construction X value engineering: selection of materials, all X X equipment, methods alternative designs /materials pre-construction X review impact of labor shortages; recommend solutions pre-construction X review impact of material shortages /long lead pre-construction X coordinate permits and approvals pre-construction X coordinate funding requests pre-construction X pursue State grant application for reimbursement pre-construction X code compliance pre-construction X X existing financial /reporting systems pre-construction quality control all X develop procedures: shop drawings /submittals pre-construction X Financial develop system for cost control pre-construction prepare cost estimates: 56 construction pre-construction X independent cost review pre-construction X soft costs pre-construction X negotiate GMP pre-construction X develop Owner's contingencies pre-construction bonding agreements pre-construction X insurance program: X OCIP (if required /feasible) pre-construction sub-contractors /trades bidding bids: pre-qualify /potential contractors design X X pre-qualify products design X X assemble contract documents design X review contract documents design X review scope of work design X X review bidding format design X X review bidding procedures and criteria design X X arrange and conduct pre-bid conferences bidding X X respond to pre-bid RFIs bidding X X conduct bid openings bidding X analyze bids: X X completeness bidding X conformance to requirements bidding X cost bidding X compare to industry /area standards bidding X unit rates bidding X contingencies bidding X MWBEs bidding X negotiate contracts bidding X review and advise on applications for payment construction X advise /update cash-flow forecasts construction X review final project accounting operational X pay contractors and consultants operational X X Schedule develop master schedule pre-construction X develop /update detailed schedule and milestones: design pre-construction X shop drawings and samples pre-construction X GMP proposal submittal pre-construction X 57 prepare funding applications: Town(s): Selectmen, Finance, RTM, Referendum pre-construction X bonding pre-construction X coordinate permits and approvals: Town: Conservation, P&Z pre-construction X X plan review pre-construction X X long lead-time materials /equipment pre-construction X bidding pre-construction X construction pre-construction X ff&e coordination pre-construction X substantial completion /occupy pre-construction X punchlist pre-construction X X update construction schedule all develop construction meeting schedule pre-construction X Build pre-construction meeting pre-construction X obtain required permits pre-construction X on-site representation of Owner construction maintain safe work environment construction X quality control systems: develop /implement construction X review construction performance construction hire sub-contractors bidding X coordinate utility supply pre-construction X change orders: identify /advise Owner construction X maintain change order log construction X verify verify pricing construction X approve within authorized limits construction X document /submit to Owner construction X impact to cost /schedule construction X remedies for errors /omissions construction X conduct progress meetings construction X attend progress meetings construction X prepare daily field progress reports construction prevailing wage reports construction X eeoc compliance confirmed construction X verify work in progress construction report work not started construction requests for information: 58 originate request construction X document request construction X respond construction X monitor response construction coordinate ff&e: delivery construction X inspection /quality control construction installation construction X coordinate logistics: schedule move-in construction X coordinate existing furniture delivery /move-in construction X bid /hire moving company construction close-out: temporary c.o. construction X equipment start-up and test construction X manuals delivered construction X review manuals for completeness construction warranty details assembled /delivered construction X verify warranty work completed /accepted operational X submit required reports for occupancy construction X prepare punchlist construction X verify substantial completion construction X status of retainage construction coordinate final certificate of occupancy operational Advise /Coordinate /Manage Consultants technology /data pre-construction X communications pre-construction X audio visual pre-construction X security pre-construction X signage pre-construction X window treatment pre-construction X art pre-construction X theater pre-construction landscaping pre-construction X CM pre-construction Architect pre-construction Project Manager pre-construction 59 Reports project status: summary and detailed all X safety: accidents /violations construction X personnel changes all insurance claims const /operational progress: applications all construction all % of completion: schedule and cost all requests for information all X change orders construction X mwbe pre-construction X variance /conformance to scope all X financial: actual cost to date -summary and detailed: all soft costs all construction costs const /operational X ff&e all X change orders all X variance budget to estimate all cash flow all $ percentage of completion all release of bonds operational TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -1 SECTION 010000 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS I. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS II. PROJECT SCHEDULE & REQUIREMENTS III. LOGISTICS PLAN IV. SUPPLEMENTAL SCOPES OF WORK (TRADE CONTRACTORS) 1. Masonry 2. Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron 3. Waterproofing, Dampproofing and Caulking 4. Roofing and Flashing 5. Metal Windows 6. Tile 7. Acoustical Tile 8. Resilient Floors 9. Painting 10. Plumbing 11. Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning 12. Electrical V. SUPPLEMENTAL SCOPES OF WORK (NON-TRADE BID PACKAGES) 1. Sitework 2. Concrete 3. Structural Steel I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All General Requirements listed in Division 00 and 01 of the Specifications and the General Conditions shall be included in all Scopes of Work and bid submissions on this project. In addition, the Scope of the Work shall also include the following requirements: 1. Where the word “provide” appears in the Contract Documents or this Scope of Work, it shall mean furnish and install all necessary manpower, hoisting, materials, supervision, tools, equipment, permits, etc., as required to complete the described scope of work. 2. Subcontractor must bid on all items included in their Work Scope. These items have been specifically included for this Subcontractor to perform and/or coordinate. Exclusion of any items in the Work Scope may render the bid non-responsive and the bid may be rejected. 3. Where the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) is obligated to a general requirement in the CMAR agreement, the same general requirement shall apply to all subcontractors working on the project. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -2 4. This Subcontractor shall provide and perform their own cleaning, on a daily basis, of all rubbish, debris, containers and crates (broken and flattened), etc., in a designated area and/or containers provided. If the clean-up work is not accomplished in a timely manner, Barr & Barr, Inc. will upon verbal or written notification, perform the work with its own forces; the cost of the work will be charged to the Subcontractor involved. 5. Provide full compliance with all LEED Requirements referenced in the contract documents. Provide all submittals, documentation, verification, reporting, inspections and coordination as required to achieve the indicated LEED points related to this scope of work. 6. All subcontractors will be required to attend a LEED kickoff meeting and subsequent LEED progress meetings as needed by the LEED consultant. 7. Entrance to the project site shall be via Main Street to Gothic Street. Removals from the site shall be via Gothic Street to Main Street. There shall be no travel, staging, deliveries or idling on Gothic Street west of the site entrance or on Center Street. 8. All building materials and supplies as well as the rental charges for construction vehicles, equipment and machinery rented exclusively for use on the site, or while being used exclusively for the transportation of materials for the Work are entitled to an exemption from sales taxes under M.G.L. c. 64H, s. 6(f). If the subcontractor incurs any costs for taxes, such costs shall be considered costs of the work. 9. All subcontractors shall provide payment and performance bonds to the Construction Manager and the subcontractor shall include the premium for those bonds in their scope of work. 10. Prevailing Wage Rates have been established by the Massachusetts Division of Occupational Safety for this Project and shall be included in this scope of work. All subcontractors furnishing labor shall provide certified payroll reports. Subcontractors shall submit weekly copies of their weekly payroll records. 11. Provide all maintenance, warrantees and guarantees, as required by the Contract Documents related to this scope of work. 12. Provide any hoisting required to perform the scope of work. Provide any shoring required to support your work, required but not shown on Contract Documents. Provide detailed information regarding the any shoring system that will be used for the work included in this project. 13. The Architectural Drawings as prepared by Caolo & Bieniek Associates, Inc. will take precedence for locations of equipment, devices, registers, diffusers, fixtures, doors, windows, specialties, etc. In the event of conflict with other disciplines, Barr & Barr, Inc. will direct the subcontractor accordingly. Relocations shall be provided by the subcontractor, at no additional costs to the project, if necessary due to the subcontractor’s noncompliance to this requirement. 14. This subcontractor shall provide field measurements to resolve discrepancies or to provide verification of dimensions, at no additional cost to the Owner. 15. This subcontractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all subcontractors whose work will interface with the work, particularly with respect to the fitting of their work, timing of their activities and performance of their activities. 16. Any item requiring clarification by the Architect, Engineer or Construction Manager shall be brought to the attention of Barr & Barr, Inc. by means of a written Request for Information (RFI) immediately upon discovery of said item. RFI’s shall be submitted sufficiently by the subcontractor to the Construction Manager in advance New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -3 of the date by which the information is required as to allow the Designer 15 days to review and respond, and the work to proceed without an impact to the project schedule. RFI’s by the subcontractor shall be in writing, be sequentially numbered, dated, indexed and tracked. The subcontractor shall not proceed with work not clearly or consistent with the contract documents; if subcontractor does so, it shall correct such work at its own expense. 17. Provide all cooperation as it relates to the Owner’s Quality Control Consultants. Including, but not limited to, providing access (ladders, etc.) and incidental labor to testing personnel. 18. This contractor shall review the existing site location and site conditions. 19. All Subcontractors are to be aware of construction limits and property lines shown on the drawings and cannot infringe upon the abutting neighbors. 20. This Subcontractor is responsible for all detailed layout from benchmarks and control points required for proper location and coordination of the scope of work. Subcontractors shall be responsible for their cost and cost to other Subcontractors for errors, incorrect assumptions or failure to perform said layout. 21. There shall be no material storage on site. All deliveries and work must be coordinated with the Barr & Barr site superintendent. All Subcontractors shall provide for off-site storage facilities as required for their work. 22. Each Subcontractor shall provide sufficient protection for their materials and equipment from damages by weather or construction work as well as protection of finished work, until acceptance of the Subcontractor’s work by Barr & Barr, Inc., the Architect/Engineer and Owner. Protection shall be furnished, installed, maintained and removed as directed by Barr & Barr, Inc. by the Subcontractor. Removals and reinstallation of protection to allow for inspection by authorized personnel shall be included. 23. Parking will not be provided to workers at the project site. Parking is available in public garages nearby to the project site. There is no parking in the adjacent neighborhoods. 24. All subcontractors will be required to field verify existing conditions and make minor adjustments to the as-planned new construction to accommodate minor discrepancies in the existing conditions, at no additional cost to the Owner or Barr & Barr, Inc. 25. The Contract Price for this scope of work shall be firm for the life of the project and shall include all escalation expenses. 26. Within 15-days of award of the contract, the Subcontractor shall submit a schedule of values for the various portions of the scope of work and update this schedule monthly. The Schedule of Values must include labor and material line items for each portion of the work, such as specification sections and/or subsections. Larger portions of work such as concrete, curtainwall, drywall, mechanical, electrical, etc. shall be broken down by elevation, floor, area, etc. as appropriate or as required by the Architect, Owner or Construction Manager. Bond costs and general conditions line items shall be broken out as appropriate. Schedule of value items shall have a direct and understandable relation to the project master construction schedule. Overhead and profit shall be distributed into each item of work on a pro-rated basis. 27. Where material is specified to be furnished by others or furnish and delivered only, the Subcontractor installing the material shall be responsible for scheduling the delivery, receiving inventory, unloading, storing, handling, relocating, protecting, hoisting, distributing, layout and installing the same. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -4 28. The Subcontractor shall prepare and submit a Submittal Register of all items requiring approvals per the contract documents, organized by specification section number, within ten (10) days of contract award for their work scope. The Register shall include anticipated submission dates and lead times in days required after return of approved submittals to fabricate and deliver the specific item to the site. Adequate time shall be allowed for review and approval and possible re-submittal of any item subject to approval. No delay damages or time extensions will be allowed for time lost in late submittals or re-submittals. Subcontractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents shall not be relieved by Barr & Barr, Inc.'s or Architect's review of submittals. 29. This subcontractor shall include the costs associated with constructing any mockups relating to this scope scope of work as required by the Contract Documents. Mockups shall be separate from the building construction and at a location directed by Barr & Barr. 30. Subcontractor shall be responsible for the handling, transportation and disposal of any hazardous waste or hazardous materials which results from its work. The Subcontractor shall handle, transport and dispose of any such hazardous materials in full compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations. Under no circumstances shall Barr & Barr, Inc. be responsible for the handling, transportation or disposal of any such hazardous materials. The Subcontractor shall not use the services provided by Barr & Barr, Inc. for the handling, transportation or disposal of hazardous materials. 31. The Architect shall interpret the Drawings and Specifications. The Architect’s decisions in matters relating to aesthetic effect shall be final. 32. The Work shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Architect, the Construction Manager, the Owner, Owner, and representatives of appropriate authorities. The Subcontractor shall be required to furnish, for the approval of the Architect and the Construction Manager, such samples, shop drawings and patterns, as may be required for the Work, and all Work hereunder shall be in accordance therewith. The Subcontractor shall provide sufficient, safe, and proper facilities during the progress of the Work for its inspection by the Architect, the Construction Manager, and representatives of appropriate authorities. 33. The Subcontractor shall pay all royalties and shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits and taxes pertaining to its Work. The Subcontractor shall comply with all laws and regulations specifically applicable to the Work in force at the time of signing this Agreement. In case of failure to do so, it shall make all the necessary alterations to its Work to conform to same, without delay, at its own expense. If any Contract Documents provide for Work contrary to any such laws and regulations, the Subcontractor shall notify the Construction Manager, in writing, prior to the installation of such Work. 34. The Subcontractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of its Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly, and to fit it to receive or be received by the work of other subcontractors, shown upon or reasonably implied by the Contract Documents. 35. The Subcontractor shall take all reasonable precautions in the performance of the Work to protect the safety and health of the public as well as all job site personnel. All Work shall be performed in accordance with the latest revisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) Regulations for Construction and the latest requirements of all applicable federal, state and local New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -5 safety laws and regulations. All equipment which is utilized for the Subcontractor’s Work must meet all such safety laws and regulations. 36. Hard hats and safety glasses are mandatory for all workers on site. Smoking is not allowed within the new building or parking deck. 37. Subcontractor shall hold weekly tool box talks and submit documentation of same to Construction Manager within one week. 38. In accordance with the requirements of OSHA, Subcontractor shall designate one or more of its employees who will act as “competent persons” to provide for frequent and regular inspections of the job site, materials and equipment. In addition, if Subcontractor’s Work involves exposure to any specific hazards or conditions for which OSHA specifically requires the employment of a “competent person”, Subcontractor shall designate one or more of its employees to act as “competent persons” with respect to such hazards or conditions. Before commencing any work at the project site, Subcontractor shall furnish Construction Manager with a letter or other writing identifying each employee who will act as a “competent person” for Subcontractor. 39. The Subcontractor is responsible for implementing an on-going job safety program as required by state, local and federal regulations and copies of reports of such program shall be promptly sent to Construction Manager for its records. As part of this obligation, the Subcontractor must comply with the Hazard Communication Training per OSHA regulations. Training shall involve providing information to employees making them aware of the latest regulations and training them on how to read and interpret Material Safety Data Sheets. These Material Safety Data Sheets shall be promptly provided to Construction Manager. Each employee shall receive generic training to cover the basic types of hazardous chemicals, hazardous materials, and any other hazardous products in accordance with OSHA regulations. 40. Subcontractor shall ensure that no employee, visitor, or other person under its control is exposed to a fall hazard of six feet or greater at any time. Where a more stringent requirement exists (OSHA, Federal, State, or Local Government, Client, Equipment Manufacturer or Supplier), the more stringent rule shall be adhered to. This requirement applies to all supervision and tradespersons, including, but not limited to, steel erectors and iron workers, metal deck installers, precast concrete erectors, leading edge constructors, scaffold users, and roofers. Conventional fall protection systems consisting of floor hole covers, safety nets, guardrails, or personal fall arrest systems meeting the requirements of OSHA Subpart M shall be used to protect employees against falls of six feet or greater. Controlled access zones, safety monitoring systems, and fall protection plans are not allowed as a means of fall protection. 41. This subcontractor shall review and adhere to the Barr & Barr Safety Manual on the the project. 42. This subcontractor shall institute a proactive program to ensure compliance with any City of Northampton noise limitation policies, including but not limited to: Using appropriate mufflers on all equipment and ongoing maintenance of intake and exhaust mufflers; Muffling enclosures on continuously running equipment, such as air compressors and welding generators; Replacing specific construction operations and techniques by less noisy ones where feasible; Selecting the quietest of alternative items of equipment; Scheduling equipment operations to keep average noise levels low, to synchronize noisiest operations with times of highest ambient levels, and to New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -6 maintain relatively uniform noise levels; Turning off idling equipment; Locating noisy equipment at locations that protect sensitive locations by shielding or distance. Comply with all local ordinances governing traffic. 43. This subcontractor shall provide a Fire Watch and notify Barr & Barr, Inc. whenever the subcontractor is welding, brazing, grinding, flame cutting or performing other operations involving the use of flame, arcs or sparking devices. This subcontractor shall provide a certified mechanic to perform any work requiring the use of a torch or welding. This work shall be coordinated with the Construction Manager’s site superintendent. This Subcontractor shall provide flash screens and Smoke Eaters if required. 44. Due to the sensitive nature of working adjacent to occupied buildings, special attention must be taken to mitigate environmental hazards caused by construction activities, such as dust control, exhaust emissions, noise, etc. All construction equipment and machinery utilized at the Site must be well maintained to minimize exhaust emissions and if necessary be equipped with emission controlling devices such as scrubbers. 45. This Subcontractor shall provide and maintain all necessary temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, and runways to facilitate conveyance of men, materials, tools, and equipment for proper execution of their work. All protection and safety barricades, devices, covers, etc., shall be provided by this Subcontractor as it relates to the safe conduct of their work and protection of people and property in their work area in accordance with OSHA requirements. 46. Provide traffic control (flagmen, etc.) for any deliveries in or out of the project site by this contractor. Police details shall be excluded. 47. All subcontractors shall submit detailed wage rate information to the CMAR for each class of work provided in its scope, prior to its contract agreement being executed. II. PROJECT SCHEDULE & REQUIREMENTS The preliminary project schedule listed in Section 013200 Construction Progress Documentation and Exhibit E of the Trade Contractor Request for Bid shall be included in all scopes of work and bid submissions on this project. The following general notes apply to the schedule: 1. The intent of the project schedule is to indicate the general sequence of the work and approximate durations required to meet the overall project schedule. It will be the subcontractor’s responsibility to properly man and equip the project such that the general parameters provided by the schedule are met. Failure to do so may result in termination and/or assessment of back charges associated with accelerating follow-on subcontractors. 2. In the event that this contractor fails to meet the required deadlines or durations of the schedule, this contractor shall, at its own cost, work 10-hour days including Saturdays to accelerate its scope of work in order to return the project to the schedule. 3. The Project will be constructed in several phases, the primary phases of which are as follows: Phase 1 includes the street storm drainage modifications and construction of the new Police Headquarters; Phase 2 includes the demolition and removal of the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -7 existing police station; Phase 3 includes the construction of the new parking deck. This subcontractor shall include all costs associated with remobilizations and completion of work required due to the multiple phases. Various components of work provided by this subcontractor may be required to be partially completed due to phasing and logistics; this subcontractor shall provide this required phasing when directed by Barr & Barr. 4. The existing Police Headquarters building will be occupied during Phase 1 and the new Police Headquarters building will be occupied after Phase 1 and prior to Phase 2. Paths of egress out of the new building must remain free and clear throughout the construction of Phases 2 and 3. 5. This subcontractor shall confirm with Barr & Barr, Inc. the phase of which every component of its scope of work shall be performed, in particular all work shown to occur between the new police station and and the new parking deck. Any work performed by this subcontractor that is deemed by Barr & Barr, Inc. to be out-ofphase shall be corrected by this subcontractor at its own expense and at no additional costs to the project. Costs incurred by other subcontractors or the Construction Manager due to out-of-phase work by this subcontractor will be back charged to this subcontractor accordingly. 6. It is understood that this Subcontractor’s work may not flow in a continuous manner and that additional move-ins and remobilizations may be required by this subcontractor due to logistics of the project and the schedule at no additional cost. 7. The Subcontractor shall procure and prepare its materials and manufactured products so as to be ready to begin work in the field when directed by the Construction Manager. It shall perform the Work in a prompt and diligent manner, commencing the several parts thereof at such times and proceeding therewith in such order as directed by the Construction Manager, and shall finish the several parts and the whole of the Work as provided herein, so that, in conjunction with other trades engaged thereon, it will insure the uninterrupted progress of the Project. It shall complete the Work as rapidly as field conditions permit, proceeding in a skillful and expeditious manner, so that the Project will be completed within the target dates established by the Construction Manager's progress schedule as updated from time to time. These dates shall be deemed of the essence of the contract. 8. The Subcontractor shall submit to Barr & Barr, Inc. within fifteen (15) calendar days of award of contracts a Bar Chart Construction Schedule of all activities contained in the Subcontractor’s scope of work. This schedule shall include activity descriptions and durations in working days, for shop drawings, fabrication, delivery and installation of products, materials and equipment, identify precedent relationships between the Subcontractor's activities and those of other Subcontractors, the dollar value, necessary manpower loadings, and precedent activities from other Contracts. The activities on the schedule must be at a level of detail approved by Barr & Barr, Inc. and agree with the terminology and building sequencing established by Barr & Barr, Inc. 9. Following is a narrative of the schedule and planned sequences in order to familiarize the subcontractor with the project. The schedule and the narrative are not intended to list every activity for each phase. It will be the subcontractor’s responsibility to confirm with Barr & Barr, Inc. the phase of which every component of their scope of work shall be performed: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -8 A. PHASE 1 1. The existing police station will remain occupied and in full operation for the duration of Phase 1. The metered spaces in front of the police station will be taken over by the police department and used as parking for staff. Constant access needs to be provided for police vehicles to the garage bays at the rear of the existing station. 2. Prior to excavation of the new building, site utilities will be relocated and removed. Storm drainage modifications in Center Street and Gothic Street, and the drainage in the alley connecting the streets, will need to be complete prior to decommissioning the storm drainage located in the footprint of the new building. Concurrently, the underground electrical work along Gothic Street shall be complete. Access for the police department to the rear of the existing building must be maintained during site utility construction. 3. All site utilities that provide services to the new building must be installed in Phase 1 so that the building can be occupied upon completion of Phase 1. The new utilities must be installed so that the existing police station can be demolished in Phase 2 and so that new utilities for the parking deck can be installed without disrupting the new police station. 4. Concurrently with site utility construction, Barr & Barr anticipates drilling of soldier piles for the earth retention system along Center Street and the West alley. 5. Bulk excavation/lagging operations will then follow – all materials being removed from the rear of the site – to an elevation required for the installation of geopiers and placement of the mud slab. Mud slab is anticipated to be placed at elevation 121.0. 6. It is Barr & Barr’s intent that footings and foundations will begin at the South wall (“H” Line) and work clockwise, going to the West wall (“1” Line) and then the North wall (“A” Line). However, during coordination with the site and concrete subcontractors, this could change. Access to the work along “H” Line and “1” Line will be limited to within the excavated area only. Work, staging, equipment and deliveries are not allowed from Center Street or the adjacent West alley. 7. The Concrete subcontractor shall coordinate with the Waterproofing Contractor in all conditions for footings, slab and foundation wall waterproofing activities. 8. The crane location for all hoisting during Phase 1 will be at the northeast corner outside of the new building. Hoisting and/or crane setup for all trades will not be allowed from any other location. Access for police department personnel to the rear garage bays and driveway of the existing police station must be maintained during Phase 1. 9. Note to all subcontractors requiring hoisting to the roof level, please note elevation of parapet steel for hoisting clearance requirements. 10. CMU block walls at the firing range will be installed prior to the slab-ongrade. Precast plank at the firing range shall be erected prior to steel erection. 11. Underslab utilities, underslab drainage, waterproofing and pour slab. Concrete subcontractor to anticipate box out for columns and come-back to infill around same. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -9 12. Erect Structural steel, slabs-on-deck and remaining backfill at foundation walls. 13. Staging will be erected by the CMAR and fully planked for use by all trades during the construction of the new building. Loading of the staging, by each applicable subcontractor, will only be allowed from the North of the site. Loading of the staging will not be allowed from Center Street or the adjacent alley. Lifts will not be allowed on Center Street or the adjacent alley. 14. New Building build out. B. PHASE 2 – Existing Building Demolition 1. Police Department Move-in to new facility. 2. Abatement and demolition of existing police facility. C. PHASE 3 – Parking Deck Construction 1. Begin site excavation and construction of earth retention along Center Street, the East Alley and Gothic Street. 2. Install remaining site utilities required for parking structure and prep site for foundations. 3. Install foundations. Waterproofing requirements at foundation wall along center street and East Alley. 4. Place asphalt binder course. 5. Erect Parking Deck Structure. Crane to utilize site as required but must coordinate mobility with locations of new underground utilities. 6. Create permanent entrance to new police station. 7. Finish pave/Mechanical Finishes/Security/Stripe Deck and complete remaining hardscape/landscape. 8. Any staging requirements for the Parking Deck Construction will be by the trade requiring same. 9. Note that Police Department Emergency Egress will be required into the parking deck construction site immediately after occupancy of the new building and will be maintained throughout the construction of the parking sturcture. III. LOGISTICS PLAN Attached at the end of the Supplemental Requirements are two preliminary logistics plans, one for Phase 1, and the other for Phase 2/3 for reference. IV. SUPPLEMENTAL SCOPES OF WORK (TRADE CONTRACTORS) The Scope of Work associated with the following Trade Contracts shall include all labor, materials, hoisting, scaffolding, equipment, systems, machinery, tools, transportation, supervision and administration necessary to furnish, install and complete the following work in accordance with the project drawings by Caolo & Bieniek Associates, Inc.: 1. MASONRY New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -10 1.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Masonry as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Masonry Contractor within the Contract Documents: b. Section 040001 Masonry Work c. Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry d. Section 042113 Brick e. Section 047200 Cast Stone 1.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Exterior scaffolding for the new building (Phase 1) will be provided by others; installation of all exterior masonry at the new building must be from the scaffolding provided by others. This scaffolding may be 4’ wide scaffolding because of site constrictions; please anticipate for this condition. Lifts will not be allowed. b. This contractor shall provide all exterior staging required in Phases 2 and 3 for its work. c. This contractor shall provide all interior staging as required for its work. d. Coordinate with all subcontractors directly associated with the masonry skin and CMU walls including, but not limited to, Cast-in-Place Concrete, Exterior Framing/Sheathing, Miscellaneous Metals, Waterproofing, Glass and Glazing, Roofing, Metal Panel, Precast Plank and Rough Carpentry. e. Provide daily clean up of work areas, mixing areas and material storage areas. f. All stock piled material areas will be coordinated with Barr & Barr, Inc.’s on site Superintendent. Masonry products will be delivered in stages. g. This Subcontractor is responsible for the cost of “private” masonry dumpsters for the removal of all masonry scrap, trash and debris from jobsite. h. Provide weather protection of work in progress, including covering of tops of all walls on a daily basis. i. Provide, at a minimum, 24-hour notification of all concrete/grouting placements such that provisions for testing services may be arranged. j. It is anticipated that this will be a fast track project. Accordingly, all overtime necessary (if any) to meet the completion dates presented in the Barr & Barr, Inc. preliminary project schedule shall be included in the Scope of Work. k. Provide cleaning of the staging as each elevation is complete, but prior to the wash down. Provide protection of all adjacent work prior to, and during, wash-down operations. l. Interior CMU at basement level is an early activity and will require several separate mobilizations. It is the intent to build the masonry walls at the firing range off of the footings, and then place the slab on grade. The rest of the interior CMU walls will be built on top of the slab on grade. m. Mortar pans shall be cleaned out each night on a daily basis; banging of mortar pans in the morning will not be allowed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -11 n. Provide installation of embeds supplied by others, including but not limited to Elevator, Precast Structural Concrete, Structural Steel, Miscellaneous Metals, etc. o. Install loose lintels provided by others. p. Provide compressible filler at the top of masonry walls where required. q. There will not be straight access to all elevations for stocking and cleaning. r. Provide anchorage of CMU to Structural Precast Concrete where required. 2. MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON 2.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 050001 Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron b. Section 055000 Metal Fabrications c. Section 055100 Metal Stairs 2.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. This subcontractor shall be responsible to provide the temporary protection of this work and all adjacent work. b. Exterior scaffolding for the new building (Phase 1) will be provided by others; installation of any work along the perimeter of the new building must be from the scaffolding provided by others. This scaffolding may be 4’ wide scaffolding because of site constrictions; please anticipate for this condition. Lifts will not be allowed. c. This contractor shall provide all exterior staging required in Phases 2 and 3 for its work. d. This contractor shall provide all interior staging as required for its work. e. Subcontractor to furnish, deliver and install site stairs and rails as shown on the contract drawings in conjunction with the erection of Structural Steel and CMU installation. f. Subcontractor to coordinate with Structural Steel Erector and Masonry Contractor. g. Saturdays and overtime is included in this contract as necessary to maintain the project schedule. h. Provide a certified mechanic to perform any work requiring the use of a torch or welding. This work shall be coordinated with Barr & Barr, Inc.’s on site Superintendent. Flash screens, adequate ventilation and fire watches, as required in enclosed areas, shall be provided by this Subcontractor. i. Provide CMU Wall Anchorage as detailed on S002. j. Provide an elevator hoist beam; size and orientation in the shaft to be determined with elevator contractor. 3. WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING 3.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Waterproofing, Dampproofing and Caulking as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -12 the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Waterproofing, Dampproofing and Caulking Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 070001 Waterproofing, Dampproofing & Caulking b. Section 071326 Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing c. Section 071413 Fluid Applied Waterproofing d. Section 072100 Thermal Insulation e. Section 079200 Joint Sealants 3.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. This subcontractor shall be responsible to provide the temporary protection of this work and all adjacent work. b. Exterior scaffolding for the new building (Phase 1) will be provided by others; installation of any work along the perimeter of the new building must be from the scaffolding provided by others. This scaffolding may be 4’ wide scaffolding because of site constrictions; please anticipate for this condition. Lifts will not be allowed. c. This contractor shall provide all exterior staging required in Phases 2 and 3 for its work. d. This contractor shall provide all interior staging as required for its work. e. As noted in the general requirements, multiple mobilizations will be required. Following are the major mobilizations required at a minimum for this trade: i. Mobilization -Below grade waterproofing including footings, walls and underslab; ii. Mobilization -Air barrier system for the exterior envelope; iii. Mobilization -Interior of new structure; iv. Mobilization -Exterior caulking; v. Mobilization – Waterproofing foundation walls along Center Street and East Alley and all other associated with the Parking Deck. f. Coordination with all associated subcontractors is required g. Price includes air barrier/waterproofing/caulking of mockup. h. It is anticipated that this will be a fast track project. Accordingly, all overtime necessary (if any) to meet the completion dates presented in the Barr & Barr, Inc. preliminary project schedule is included in the Scope of Work. i. It is understood that all details may not be complete with the building envelope or underslab waterproofing. This subcontractor is to provide complete and proper systems for each system condition. j. Provide and install all stainless steel flashing as indicated on the drawings or as indicated in the specifications. Stainless steel in lieu of lead-coated copper as shown on the drawings. k. Caulk at site conditions. l. Caulking at all dissimilar conditions. m. Caulking at interior millwork at back-splashes, wood base, cabinet/wall junctures, etc. n. Caulking of plumbing fixtures is by others. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -13 o. Include eighty (80) man-hours in the base bid for additional miscellaneous caulking and/or temporary waterproofing to be directed by the Barr & Barr site superintendent. 4. ROOFING AND FLASHING 4.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Roofing and Flashing as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Roofing and Flashing Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 070002 Roofing & Flashing b. Section 075419 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing c. Section 077200 Roof Accessories d. Section 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 4.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. This subcontractor shall be responsible to provide the protection of this work and all adjacent work. b. Exterior scaffolding for the new building (Phase 1) will be provided by others; installation of any roofing along the perimeter of the new building must be from the scaffolding provided by others. This scaffolding may be 4’ wide scaffolding because of site constrictions; please anticipate for this condition. Lifts will not be allowed. c. This contractor shall provide all exterior staging required in Phases 2 and 3 for its work. d. This contractor shall provide all interior staging as required for its work. e. Provide a certified mechanic to perform any work on roof system requiring same. f. Furnish all hoisting required to perform work. Hoisting location as arranged by Barr & Barr. g. Provide coordination with Waterproofing Contractor for tie-in of air barrier and roof vapor retarder as required. h. Provide Coordination of roof blocking provided by others. i. Coordinate for tie-in of roof drains to the roofing system. j. Provide coordination of parapet installation. k. Provide access roof scuttle. l. Coordinate roofing penetrations with the architectural drawings and the Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Drawings. m. The roof shall be installed as early as construction allows; the roof shall be installed and left long past the roof line in order to allow final tie-in to the parapet. n. This contractor shall provide snow removal on the roof while working on site. o. Include forty (40) man-hours in the base bid for additional miscellaneous wood blocking not shown, to be directed by the Barr & Barr site superintendent. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -14 5. METAL WINDOWS 5.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Metal Windows as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Metal Windows Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 080001 Metal Windows b. Section 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts c. Section 085113 Aluminum Windows d. Section 084113 Aluminum Framed Store Fronts and Entrances e. Section 088000 Glazing 5.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. This subcontractor shall be responsible to provide temporary protection of this work. b. Exterior scaffolding for the new building (Phase 1) will be provided by others; installation of any work along the perimeter of the new building must be from the scaffolding provided by others. This scaffolding may be 4’ wide scaffolding because of site constrictions; please anticipate for this condition. Lifts will not be allowed. c. This contractor shall provide all exterior staging required in Phases 2 and 3 for its work. d. This contractor shall provide all interior staging as required for its work. e. Provide coordination with Waterproofing Contractor for tie-in of air barrier to Windows as required. f. Provide coordination of window blocking to be installed by others, including field verification of Rough Openings. 6. TILE 7.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Tile as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Tile Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 090002 Tile b. Section 093000 Tiling 7.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Coordinate with Plumber for setting floor drain elevations and tying-in waterproofing system to same. 7. ACOUSTICAL TILE 8.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Acoustical Tile as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Acoustical Tile Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 090003 Acoustical Tile b. Section 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -15 8.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Coordinate installation of ceiling grid and tile with Barr & Barr. Assume installation of perimeter cuts, equipment cuts and final flood of tile after all trades are complete with above ceiling work. 8. RESILIENT FLOORS 9.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Resilient Floors as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Resilient Floors Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 090005 Resilient Floors b. Section 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring 9.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Provide moisture testing of all slabs prior to beginning flooring installation. b. Provide light sanding and minor fill as necessary as needed for proper flooring installation. c. Subcontractor to be responsible for the temporary protection of his work after installation (Kraft Paper). d. Saturdays and overtime is included in this contract as necessary to maintain the project schedule. e. Provide coordination with other trades for uninterrupted sequential installation of flooring. f. Moisture testing. g. Provide a certified mechanic to perform any work requiring same. h. Provide cleaning as indicated in the specification. i. Provide an add-alternate price to apply a vapor barrier under all resilient sheet flooring areas and wood flooring areas. 9. PAINTING 10.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Painting as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Painting Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 090007 Painting b. Section 099000 Painting & Coating 10.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Saturdays and overtime is included in this contract as necessary to maintain the project schedule. b. Provide an additional (100) man-hours for paint touch-up at the completion of Phase 1, to be directed by the Barr & Barr site superintendent. c. Exterior scaffolding for the new building (Phase 1) will be provided by others; installation of any work along the perimeter of the new building must New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -16 be from the scaffolding provided by others. This scaffolding may be 4’ wide scaffolding because of site constrictions; please anticipate for this condition. Lifts will not be allowed. d. This contractor shall provide all exterior staging required in Phases 2 and 3 for its work. e. This contractor shall provide all interior staging as required for its work. 10. PLUMBING 11.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Plumbing as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Plumbing Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 220001 Plumbing b. Section 220503 Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment c. Section 220513 Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment d. Section 220516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping e. Section 220523 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping f. Section 220529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment g. Section 220548 Vibration & Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping & Equip. h. Section 220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment i. Section 220700 Plumbing Insulation j. Section 221100 Facility Water Distribution k. Section 221200 Facility Potable-Water Storage Tanks l. Section 221300 Facility Sanitary Sewerage m. Section 221400 Facility Storm Drainage n. Section 221429 Sump Pumps o. Section 224000 Plumbing Fixtures 11.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Provide piping for temporary water connections. b. Coordinate roof drains with architectural drawings. c. Provide full MEP coordination throughout the entire project. All coordination shall be done in AutoCAD. Attend weekly MEP coordination meetings as required by Barr & Barr. The sequence of coordination shall be in this order: ductwork, plumbing, HVAC piping, fire protection and then electrical. Each respective contractor shall be responsible for plotting their layers for review at coordination meetings. d. Service access must be coordinated and maintained by all trade and clearly indicated on the coordination drawings. Structural and Architectural elements of the new construction shall be indicated on the coordination drawings by this contractor where necessary to avoid conflicts with its scope of work. e. Provide sleeves in concrete walls or concrete slabs for pipe/duct penetrations prior to the placement of concrete. f. Provide premium time labor for utility shut-downs or tie-ins if required to accommodate the City and/or adjacent neighbors. g. Provide and pay for all plumbing permits required on the project. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -17 h. Provide core drilling, cutting and patching required for own work. i. Asbuilt drawings shall be updated weekly by this contractor. Asbuilt drawings shall be located in Barr & Barr’s field office for the duration of the project. This contractor to provide clean asbuilt drawings (hard copies and AuotCAD) at the completion of each phase. j. Provide Owner Instruction and Training for all systems provided by this contractor prior to the completion or occupancy of each phase. k. Provide layout of concrete housekeeping pads required for this scope of work. Concrete and installation of pads shall be by others. l. Provide connections to equipment furnished by the Owner and/or other trades where required. m. Provide engineered seismic restraints and vibration isolation as required by applicable codes and/or the contract documents. n. Provide personnel for commissioning requirements. o. Coordinate with electrical subcontractor for electrical connection to plumbing equipment requiring same. p. Provide an add alternate for firestopping required for this scope of work. 11. HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING 12.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning (“HVAC”) Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 230001 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning b. Section 230503 Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment c. Section 230513 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment d. Section 230516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping e. Section 230523 General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping f. Section 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment g. Section 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equip. h. Section 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment i. Section 230593 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC j. Section 230700 HVAC Insulation k. Section 230800 Commissioning of HVAC l. Section 230900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC m. Section 230923 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC n. Section 230993 Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls o. Section 232123 Hydronic Pumps p. Section 232500 HVAC Water Treatment q. Section 233100 HVAC Ducts and Casings r. Section 233300 Air Duct Accessories s. Section 233400 HVAC Fans t. Section 233600 Air Terminal Units u. Section 233700 Air Outlets and Inlets v. Section 234000 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices w. Section 235234 Finned Water-Tube Boilers New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -18 x. Section 236411 Package Water Chillers – Reciprocating, Scroll, and Screw y. Section 237413 Packaged Outdoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units z. Section 238126 Split-System Air-Conditioners 12.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Provide full MEP coordination throughout the entire project. All coordination shall be done in AutoCAD. Attend weekly MEP coordination meetings as required by Barr & Barr. The sequence of coordination shall be in this order: ductwork, plumbing, HVAC piping, fire protection and then electrical. Each respective contractor shall be responsible for plotting their layers for review at coordination meetings. b. Service access must be coordinated and maintained by all trade and clearly clearly indicated on the coordination drawings. Structural and Architectural elements of the new construction shall be indicated on the coordination drawings by this contractor where necessary to avoid conflicts with its scope of work. c. Exterior scaffolding for the new building (Phase 1) will be provided by others; installation of any work along the perimeter of the new building must be from the scaffolding provided by others. This scaffolding may be 4’ wide scaffolding because of site constrictions; please anticipate for this condition. Lifts will not be allowed. d. This contractor shall provide all exterior staging required in Phases 2 and 3 for its work. e. This contractor shall provide all interior staging as required for its work. f. Provide multiple temporary filters at each air handling unit and return air register as required until the systems are deemed to be completely flushed out and ready for occupancy. g. Provide sleeves in concrete walls, concrete slabs and masonry walls for pipe/duct penetrations prior to the placement of concrete or masonry. This contractor shall provide labor onsite to layout the location of, and to oversee the installation of, sleeves installed by others. h. Provide core drilling, cutting and patching required for own work. q. Asbuilt drawings shall be updated weekly by this contractor. Asbuilt drawings shall be located in Barr & Barr’s field office for the duration of the project. This contractor to provide clean asbuilt drawings (hard copies and AuotCAD) at the completion of each phase. i. Provide Owner Instruction and Training for all systems provided by this contractor. j. Provide layout of concrete housekeeping pads required for this scope of work. Concrete and installation of pads shall be by others. k. Provide connections to equipment furnished by the Owner and/or other trades where required. l. Provide protection of duct from dust/moisture at all times during transportation to site and during construction. m. Provide LEED required protection for duct and air handling equipment including but not limited temp filtering meeting MERV 8 or better filtration New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -19 criteria. Must follow LEED Indoor Air Quality guidelines when presented with same. n. Provide engineered seismic restraints and vibration isolation as required by applicable codes and/or the contract documents. o. Provide personnel for commissioning requirements. p. Coordinate with electrical subcontractor for electrical connection to HVAC equipment requiring same. q. Provide an add alternate for firestopping required for this scope of work. r. Provide a $10,000 allowance in the base bid for duct modifications at the existing police station not shown. 12. ELECTRICAL 13.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Electrical as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Electrical Contractor within the Contract Documents: a. Section 260001 Electrical b. Section 230513 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment c. Section 260400 General Conditions for Electrical Trades d. Section 260503 Equipment Wiring Connections e. Section 260519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables f. Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems g. Section 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems h. Section 260533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems i. Section 260534 Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems j. Section 260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical System k. Section 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems l. Section 260800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems m. Section 260923 Lighting Control Devices n. Section 262200 Low-Voltage Transformers o. Section 262413 Switchboards p. Section 262416 Panelboards q. Section 262726 Wiring Devices r. Section 262826 Enclosed Transfer Switches s. Section 262923 Variable Frequency Motor Controllers t. Section 263213 Engine Generators u. Section 265100 Interior Lighting v. Section 265600 Exterior Lighting w. Section 270526 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Communications Systems x. Section 270536 Cable Trays for Communications Systems y. Section 280000 Security and Communication Systems z. Section 283100 Fire Detection and Alarm 13.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Provide full MEP coordination throughout the entire project. All coordination shall be done in AutoCAD. Attend weekly MEP coordination New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -20 meetings as required by Barr & Barr. The sequence of coordination shall be in this order: ductwork, plumbing, HVAC piping, fire protection and then electrical. Each respective contractor shall be responsible for plotting their layers for review at coordination meetings. b. Service access must be coordinated and maintained by all trade and clearly indicated on the coordination drawings. Structural and Architectural elements of the new construction shall be indicated on the coordination drawings by this contractor where necessary to avoid conflicts with its scope of work. c. Exterior scaffolding for the new building (Phase 1) will be provided by others; installation of any work along the perimeter of the new building must be from the scaffolding provided by others. This scaffolding may be 4’ wide scaffolding because of site constrictions; please anticipate for this condition. Lifts will not be allowed. d. This contractor shall provide all exterior staging required in Phases 2 and 3 for its work. e. This contractor shall provide all interior staging as required for its work. f. Provide temporary power to Barr & Barr field office trailer; provide coordination with utility company. g. Provide and maintain temporary power and temporary lighting at each level of the building and parking deck, throughout all phases of the project. Temporary power locations and quantity shall be as required by the Barr & Barr Site Superintendent. h. Provide direct temporary power connections to equipment provided by the Elevator Contractor, the Spray Fireproofing Contractor, and the Exterior Spray Foam Contractor. i. Provide electrical make safe and disconnect electrical services of the existing police station. j. Provide sleeves in concrete walls or concrete slabs for conduit penetrations prior to the placement of concrete. k. Provide premium time labor for utility shut-downs or tie-ins if required to accommodate the City and/or adjacent neighbors. l. Provide and pay for all electrical permits required on the project. m. Provide core drilling, cutting and patching required for own work. r. Asbuilt drawings shall be updated weekly by this contractor. Asbuilt drawings shall be located in Barr & Barr’s field office for the duration of the project. This contractor to provide clean asbuilt drawings (hard copies and AuotCAD) at the completion of each phase. n. Provide Owner Instruction and Training for all systems provided by this contractor. o. Provide layout of concrete housekeeping pads required for this scope of work. Concrete and installation of pads shall be by others. p. Provide connections to equipment furnished by the Owner and/or other trades where required. q. Provide engineered seismic restraints and vibration isolation as required by applicable codes and/or the contract documents. r. Provide personnel for commissioning requirements. s. Provide an add alternate for firestopping required for this scope of work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -21 V. SUPPLEMENTAL SCOPES OF WORK (NON-TRADE CONTRACTORS) The Scope of Work associated with the following Bid Package shall include all labor, materials, hoisting, scaffolding, equipment, systems, machinery, tools, transportation, supervision and administration necessary to furnish, install and complete the following work in accordance with the project drawings by Caolo & Bieniek Associates, Inc. dated January 15, 2009: 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL 3.1 Provide a complete Scope of Work for Structural Steel as required by the Contract Documents, specifically that work listed in the sections below, and all work referenced to be provided by the Structural Steel Contractor within the Contract Documents:: a. Section 050516 Welding b. Section 051200 Structural Steel Framing c. Section 053000 Metal Decking 3.2 In addition to the specifications listed above, the following requirements shall be included in this Scope of Work in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. All items shall be furnished and installed, unless noted otherwise: a. Within 3-weeks from the date of the contract award, this contractor shall submit complete shop drawings for the structural steel and metal decking in Phase 1. Premium costs in order to expedite the production of the shop drawings within the timeframe specified shall be included in this scope of work. Provide corrected resubmittals of the shop drawings for approval and/or for record if required. b. Provide temporary generators as required to provide temporary electricity for equipment used by this contractor while on site, including but not limited to welders and stud guns. Provide gas welders if required. c. This contractor shall plan to perform their scope of work around rakers, outriggers, beams and/or other supports that may encroach into the site as required by the earth support system provide by others. d. Provide anchor bolts, base plates and wall plates for installation by the Concrete subcontractor. e. Provide and maintain temporary dunnage, crane mats and other supports as required to mobilize the crane to be used for erecting the structural steel. f. Provide metal decking for cast-in-place concrete roof at elevator penthouse. g. Provide metal decking for intermediate slab between basement firing range ceiling and 1st Floor slab on deck. h. Provide closure pieces where required for slab or wall concrete placements. i. Provide maximum manpower for detailing in an efficient and expeditious manner in order to meet or better the schedule durations. j. Provide and maintain safety posts and 2-line safety cables to provide OSHA approved fall protection at the following locations: perimeter of slabs on deck, perimeter of roof deck, edges of slabs at deck openings and top of earth retention walls. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Supplemental Requirements 010000 -22 k. Steel erection will only be allowed from the back of the site (North). Staging and erection will not be allowed from Center Street or from adjacent properties. l. Provide labor to clean off decks and ferrules prior to wire mesh placements. m. Provide maximum manpower for welding of shear studs in an efficient and expeditious manner in order to meet or better the schedule durations. n. Provide deck openings as required on site by other trades; provide associated reinforcing and pour stop for all openings. o. Provide erection of precast plank at the firing range ceiling, supplied to the site by others; assume 8’-0” wide planks. This contractor shall off-load, sling, hoist and set in place the precast plank prior to installation of First Floor structural steel. p. Provide kick brace steel from precast plank to structural steel beams at the firing range. q. Provide canopy framing at new building in multiple phases. Interior canopy columns and outriggers through the exterior masonry wall shall be installed in Phase 1. The exterior framing and roof deck shall be installed in Phase 3. r. Provide canopy framing at parking deck stair in Phase 3. s. Provide the Donnage Steel at the roof. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -1 SECTION 011000 SUMMARY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Equality of material, article, assembly or system other than those named or described in this Section shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Article V of the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Work under this Contract. B. Examination of site and documents. C. Contractor qualifications. D. Contract method. E. Supervision of Work. F. Contractor use of premises. G. Coordination. H. Field engineering. I. Reference standards. J. Preconstruction conference. K. Project meetings. L. Permits, inspection, and testing required by governing authorities. M. Cutting, coring, patching, unless otherwise indicated. N. Debris removal. O. Field measurement s. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -2 P. Safety regulations. Q. Damage responsibility. R. Owner furnished products. S. User Agency occupancy. 1.3 WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT 1. General Information The project includes the construction of a new three-story facility adjacent to the current police station located at 29 Center Street; Police operations will continue in the current facility during construction; At completion of the new facility and once the current police operations are relocated to the new building, the current facility will be demolished; A parking garage will be constructed on the site of the current facility. The building shall be constructed so as to meet all requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, sixth edition, in addition to all other applicable codes and regulations. B. The work will include all operations necessary to deliver the building and ancillary on and off site amenities in a fully installed and operable condition including all utility and site work and obtaining all necessary licenses, permits, and certificates. Where utilities exist within and adjacent to the building and ancillary parking lots or streets, and are known by the Owner, they have been shown on the site plan(s) appearing in, but not restricted to, the exhibits. Connections to these existing utility lines will be the responsibility of the Contractor. C. The scope of work, without limiting the generality thereof, includes all labor, materials, equipment and services required to perform the work described fully in the Drawings and Specifications 2. Construction shall be classified as Type 2C. D. Reference To Drawings: The work to be done under this Contract is shown on the following Drawings: E. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -3 L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R-100 First & Second Floor Code Review R-101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -4 A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -5 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan F. The Massachusetts Standard Labor Wage rates, as outlined in the exhibits, will be used in the construction of this project. 1.4 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. There is no pre-bid conference scheduled. B. Bidders may visit the site to visually inspect the location of the work and existing conditions that may effect new work. Bidders should notify the CM in advance to request permission to be on site. C. The bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which the work is to be carried out. The owner will not be responsible for errors, omissions, and/or charges for extra work arising from the General Contractor’s or Subcontractors’ failure to familiarize themselves with the contract documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the contract documents are adequate and he will produce the required results. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -6 1.5 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION A. Trade Contractors must be prequalified for the project. 1.6 CONTRACT METHOD A. Work under this contract shall be guaranteed maximum price, for the scopes of work as described in these specifications and shown on the Drawings. 1.7 SUPERVISION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall be held directly responsible for the correct installation of all work performed under this Contract. The Contractor must make good repair, without expense to the owner, of any part of the new work, or existing work to remain, which may become inoperative on account of leaving the work unprotected or unsupervised during construction of the system or which may break or give out in any manner by reason of poor workmanship, defective materials or any lack of space to allow for expansion and contraction of the work during the Contractor's warranty period, from the date of final acceptance of the work. B. The CM shall furnish a competent Massachusetts licensed superintendent satisfactory to the owner, Project Manager and to the Designer. The licensed superintendent shall supervise all work under this contract and who shall remain on duty at the site throughout the Contract period while work is in progress. 1.8 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. The Contractor can gain access to the premises during the hours specified below. In addition the Contractor and his personnel will limit themselves only within the working premises during working hours. If work needs to be scheduled during times other than those listed below, Contractor shall inform the OPM one week prior to work. 1. Deliveries: 7:00 am to 7:00 pm. 2. General Access: ((verify times i.e., 6:30 am to 10:00 pm.) B. Confine operations at the site to areas permitted by: 1. Laws 2. Ordinances 3. Permits 4. Contract Documents 5. Owner’s Regulations C. Contractor shall supervise the use of the site related to construction and be responsible for correcting any damage identified by the Owner to the Owner’s satisfaction. 1. An existing conditions survey shall be conducted, with the Project Manager, at which existing conditions will be video-taped by the Contractor. A copy of the video-tape will be provided to the Project Manager. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -7 D. All available existing utilities adjacent to the construction site will be available for use during construction unless indicated otherwise. These utilities would include: water, sewer, telephones, data and electricity. Temporary connections to these utilities, all metering, transformers, removal, usage, and their associated costs will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.9 COORDINATION A. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all the work and for the coordination of the operations of all trades, subcontractors or material and men engaged upon the work. The General Contractor shall do, or cause his agents to do, all cutting, fitting, adjusting, and repair necessary in order to make the several parts of the work come together properly. 1. Examine Contract Documents in advance of start of construction and identify in writing questions, irregularities or interference to the Project manager in writing. Failure to identify and address such issues in advance becomes the sole responsibility of the Contractor. A conflict that would cause the reduction of the normal ceiling height of any occupied space is considered to be an interference. B. Execute the work in an orderly and careful manner with due regard to the occupants of the facility, the public, the employees, and the normal function of the facility. C. The work sequence shall follow planning and schedule established by the CMAR as approved by the Designer and the Project Manager. The work upon the site of the project shall commence promptly and be executed with full simultaneous progress. Work operations which require the interruption of utilities, service, and access shall be scheduled so as to involve minimum disruption and inconvenience, and to be expedited so as to insure minimum duration of any periods of disruption or inconvenience. D. The Contractor shall review the tolerances established in the specifications for each type of work and as as established by trade organizations. The Contractor shall coordinate the various trades and resolve any conflicts that may exist between trade tolerances without additional cost to DCAM. The Contractor shall provide any chipping, leveling, shoring or surveys to ensure that the various materials align as detailed by the Designer. 1.10 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Provide field engineering services; establish grades, lines and levels, by use of recognized engineering survey practices. All field engineering surveying shall be performed by a licensed Land Surveyor registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. B. The Contractor shall survey and submit exact dimensional layouts as required. Engage and pay for the services of a Massachusetts Registered Surveyor acceptable to the DCAM Project Manager to locate and protect control and reference points. 1.11 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. For products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requirements for New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -8 the standard, except where more rigid requirements are specified or are required by codes. Refer to Section 014200 -REFERENCES. B. Where reference is made in the Contractual Documents to Publications and Standards issued by Associations or Societies, the intent shall be understood to specify the current edition of such Publications or Standards (including tentative revision) in effect on the date of the contract advertisement notwithstanding any reference to a particular date. 1.12 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. A pre-construction conference to review the work will be conducted by the CM and Project Manager. B. Representatives of the following shall be required to attend this conference: 1. Owners Project Manager 2. Designer 3. User Agency 4. Construction Manager 5. All Subcontractors 6. Applicable Municipal Agencies C. The Contractor shall have a responsible representative at the pre-construction conference to be called by the Project Manager following the award of the contract, as well as representatives of field or office forces and major subcontractors. All such representatives shall have authority to act for their respective firms. The preconstruction conference will be determined by OPM, Designer & CMAR. 1.13 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Project meetings shall be held on a weekly basis and as required subject to the discretion of the Project Manager. B. As a prerequisite for monthly payments, ordering schedules, shop drawing schedules, and coordination meeting schedules shall be prepared and maintained by the Contractor and shall be revised and updated on a monthly basis, and a copy shall be submitted to the Project Manager and Designer. C. In order to expedite construction progress on this project, the Contractor shall order all materials immediately after the approval of shop drawings and shall obtain a fixed date of delivery to the project site for all materials ordered which shall not impede or otherwise interfere with construction progress. The Contractor shall present a list and written proof of all materials and equipment ordered (through purchase orders). Such list shall be presented at the meetings and shall be continuously updated. D. Scheduling shall be discussed with all concerned parties, and methods shall be presented by the Contractor which shall reflect construction completion not being deferred or foreshortened. Identify critical long-lead items and other special scheduling requirements. The project schedule is to include time for submission of shop drawing New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -9 submittals, time for review, and allowance for resubmittal and review. E. Project meetings shall be chaired by the CMAR. F. Minutes of the project meetings shall be prepared by the CMAR and shall be distributed to all present. 1.14 PERMITS, INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES A. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having any jurisdiction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Designer, the Project Manager or his/her designated representative, and such Authority timely notice of its readiness so the Designer may observe such inspecting, testing, or approval. B. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall complete application to the applicable Building Code enforcement authority for a Building Permit. Such Permit shall be displayed in a conspicuous location at the project site. C. Unless otherwise specified under the Sections of the Specifications, the Contractor shall pay such proper and legal fees to public officers and others as may be necessary for the due and faithful performance of the work and which may arise incidental to the fulfilling of this Contract. As such, all fees, charges and assessments in connection with the above shall be paid by the Contractor. 1.15 CUTTING, CORING, AND PATCHING, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED A. The Contractor shall do all cutting, coring, fitting and patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by work of the Subcontractors shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 1. It is intended that each Trade Contractor be responsible for their own cutting coring and patching, and shall be responsible for providing qualified personnel so as to provide a finished product of the highest quality, meeting industry standards. *** B. The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, coring, excavating or otherwise altering the work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other Subcontractor except with the written consent of the Designer. C. Submit a written request to CM well in advance of executing any cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Work of separate contractor. 2. Structural value or integrity of any element of the Project. 3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements or systems. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operational elements. 5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -10 6. Request shall include: a. Identification of the Project. b. Description of affected work. c. The necessity for cutting, alteration, or excavation. d. Effect on work of any separate contractor, or on structural or weatherproof integrity of Project. e. Description of proposed work: f. Alternatives to cutting and patching. g. Cost proposal, when applicable. h. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. 7. Should conditions of Work or the schedule indicate a change of products from original installation, Contractor shall submit request for substitution. 8. Submit written notice to Designer designating date and time the work will be uncovered a minimum of three business days in advance. D. Performance: 1. Execute cutting and patching by methods which will prevent damage to other work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs. a. In general, where mechanical cutting is required, cut work with sawing and grinding tools, not with hammering and chopping tools. Core drill openings through concrete work. b. Comply with the requirements of Section 312300 -EXCAVATION AND FILL where cutting-and-patching requires excavating and backfilling. c. Prior to cutting and structural steel or concrete work, contact Designer and Project Structural Engineer in writing. Do not cut any structural steel and concrete work until approval has been granted by the Designer and the Project Structural Engineer. 2. Employ original installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for: a. Weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. b. Sight-exposed finished surfaces. 3. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances, and finishes. 4. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. 6. Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the work. 7. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas; and, where necessary extend finish restoration onto retained work adjoining, in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching. a. Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -11 the entire unbroken surface containing the patch. 8. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. E. Existing Utilities Services: 1. Interruptions to critical existing utility services will not be allowed. a. Sanitary sewer, storm drainage, and water changeovers as affecting existing services shall be done with no disruptions of existing services and scheduling of such work will require approval in writing by the User Agency. b. Building utilities, including but not limited to, data, power, phone, heat and cooling systems shall be maintained for the existing PD. c. All relocation of existing electrical, telephone, and gas services that are utility company owned shall be performed by the respective utility company, and the cost of any charges for such work shall be paid by the CM. All utility installations and relocation shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Coordination of all of the aforesaid work is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor shall locate and record on Drawings all existing utilities along the course of the work by such means as the Designer and the Project Manager may approve, and shall preserve such marked locations until the work has progressed to the point where the encountered utility is fully exposed and protected as required. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to notify the proper authorities and/or utility company before interfering therewith. 3. Existing utilities that are indicated on the Drawings or whose locations are made known to the Contractor prior to excavations, though accuracy and information as to grades and elevations may be lacking, shall be protected from damage during the excavation and backfilling operations and, if damaged by the Contractor, it shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her own expense. 4. All exposed conduits, wires, and/or cables shall be provided with sufficient protection and support to prevent failure, fraying, or damage due to backfilling or other construction operations. 5. The Contractor shall not obstruct access to existing active utility system manholes and catch basins which continue to serve facilities other than the project construction site. The Contractor shall exercise measures as necessary to prevent the placement of impediments that limit continuous access by authorized utility company or User Agency maintenance personnel and shall be required to reimburse the utility company or User Agency for any expense incurred as a result of need to remove any such impediments to access. F. Dig-Safe: 1. Within the Commonwealth, “Dig-Safe” (Dig Safe Systems, Inc.) is the name of the Utility Underground Plant Damage Prevention Authority. They are located at 331 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -12 Montvale Avenue; Woburn, MA 01801. The telephone number is 1-888-DIGSAFE (344-7233). Contractors must notify “Dig-Safe” of contemplated excavation, demolition, or explosive work in public or private ways, and any utility company right-of-way easement. Notification must be made at least seventy-two (72) hours prior to the work, but not more than sixty (60) days before the contemplated work. 2. The Owner requires that notification be sent to “Dig-Safe” by certified mail with copies to the Designer and the Project Manager. The Owner requires a copy of the signed receipt of delivery. 3. “Dig-Safe” is required to respond to the notice within seventy-two (72) hours from the time said notice is received by designating at the locus the location of pipes, mains, wires, or conduits. 4. Contractors shall not commence with work until “Dig-Safe” has responded as noted above. 5. Prior to the “Dig-Safe” notification, the Owner requires Contractors to provide their Superintendent with current “Dig-Safe” regulations, and a copy of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 82, Section 40. G. User Agency Utility Marking: 1. Simultaneous notification shall be provided to the User Agency prior to any excavations, as many utilities on campus are privately owned. With adequate notice, the User Agency will assist in the marking of any utilities they are aware of to ensure the most comprehensive coverage possible within the excavation zone. This assistance shall be provided in addition to the required Dig Safe notification, and in no way shall be alleviate the Contractor from their Dig Safe notification responsibilities. 1.16 DEBRIS REMOVAL A. The Contractor shall remove all debris from the job site on a daily basis. Waste shall be segregated for recycling. Comply with requirements of Section 017419 -WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL. A. Debris shall be legally disposed of in a D.E.P. approved disposal site. The site to be used shall be submitted to and approved by the Project Manager prior to the start of construction. All required dumping permits shall be obtained prior to start of construction. Contractor shall submit receipts from the disposal site(s) as evidence of legal disposal. Contractor shall pay the cost of any charges for debris removal. B. Under no circumstances shall any construction debris be allowed to enter the sanitary or storm drainage systems in or around the building, either intentionally or unintentionally through routine cleaning of construction equipment. 1. Should construction debris be discovered in the buildings sanitary or storm drainage systems, the Contractor shall be completely responsible for all costs associated with its remediation, including but not limited to the direct costs of an outside vendor to perform the mediation, as well as any incidental repairs required as a result of such debris, hourly compensation for time spent by the Owner, User New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -13 Agency, and or Designer to coordinate the remediation efforts (at a rate of $175.00 per hour), and the direct costs necessary to provide temporary utility service to the building occupants in a comfortable setting until required remediation efforts are complete. 2. Compensation shall be provided by formal change order credited against the guaranteed maximum price of the Contract. C. No burning of disposal materials shall be allowed. 1.17 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Although care has been taken to ensure their accuracy, the dimensions shown for existing items and structures are not guaranteed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify these dimensions in the field before fabricating any construction component. No claims for extra payment due to incorrect dimensions will be considered. 1.18 SAFETY REGULATIONS A. This project is subject to compliance with Public Law 91-596 "Occupational Safety and Health Act" -latest edition (OSHA), with respect to all rules and regulations pertaining to construction, including Volume 36, numbers 75 and 105, of the Federal Register, as amended, and as published by the U.S. Department of Labor. B. Submit the name of the Contractor's safety officer to the Project Manager. Submit copies of safety reports to the Project Manager monthly. 1.19 DAMAGE RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall repair, at no cost to the project, any damage to building elements, site appurtenances, landscaping, utilities, etc. caused during demolition operation and work of this Contract. 1.20 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Products indicated “N.I.C.” (Not in Contract), or “E. O.” (Equipment by Owner), or “O.F.O.I.” (Owner Furnished Owner Installed), or other similar acronyms as defined in the contract documents will be furnished and installed by the Owner. Service lines for such products shall be included under these Construction Contract Documents, if indicated. Final connections from service lines to equipment will be by the Owner, unless otherwise indicated. 1.21 USER AGENCY OCCUPANCY A. Beneficial Use and Occupancy: The User Agency may elect to occupy and use buildings, systems, and grounds for Beneficial Use and Occupancy. 1. Beneficial occupancy may be granted in order to allow a User Agency to set up and test their own operational equipment in select building areas. It does not allow for use and/or occupancy of the general public when, in fact, the building cannot function for the use(s) it is intended to accommodate. Portions of buildings, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Summary 011000 -14 systems, and grounds which must necessarily be vacated by or shared with the Contractor, will be vacated or shared when and as necessary, subject to the Contractor’s compliance of completing all work affecting health, safety, and function in such areas, and establishment of punch lists identifying incomplete or deficient work of the Contractor that must subsequently be completed. 2. Partial (beneficial) occupancy of building areas will institute the guarantee period for completed work of Divisions 2 through 31 of the Specifications for those building areas so used and occupied, exclusive of remaining work indicated on associated punch lists. Use of systems provided under Divisions 21 through 26 of the Specifications for temporary services and facilities shall not constitute Substantial Completion, or Final Acceptance of work by the User Agency, and shall not institute the guarantee period. 3. The OPM will disallow beneficial occupancy if fire alarm and suppression systems are inoperative. B. Phased Occupancy: The Contractor shall comply with the phased occupancy requirements of the project. C. Use and Occupancy: When the project is Substantially Complete (with all work affecting health, safety, and function totally completed, and with less than one percent (<1%) of the contract value remaining) and ready for Use and Occupancy as determined by the Designer, the Project Manager and the Operating Agency, then the User Agency will take control of their building area(s) and be responsible for operating costs and security. PART 2 – PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 – EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 011000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -1 AND COMMISSIONING SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION AND COMMISSIONING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Without limitations, coordination will include Critical Path Method Scheduling (CPM), coordination of submittals, coordination of all elements of the Work, and coordination of contract closeout. B. Description: 1. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various trades and elements of the Work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. 2. Coordinate sequence of the Work to accommodate User Agency Partial (beneficial) Occupancy. C. Meetings: 1. In addition to progress meetings, hold coordination meetings and pre-installation conferences with personnel and Subcontractors to assure coordination of the Work. D. Coordination of Submittals: 1. Schedule and coordinate submittals. 2. Coordinate work of various trades having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment. 3. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, of operating elements, and effect on work of other trades. E. Mechanical and Electrical Coordination and Commissioning Personnel: 1. Provide a part-time Mechanical/Electrical Coordinator (MEC) to the project to provide mechanical and electrical coordination. The name of the coordinator, together with his/her qualifications, shall be submitted to the Project Manager and the Designer for approval. a. The MEC shall be a highly design and construction coordination experienced individual, additional to the Contractor’s project manager, test technician, project New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -2 AND COMMISSIONING scheduler and project superintendent. b. The MEC shall attend all construction meetings. c. Coordinate all activities associated with Commissioning activities and the work of the Test Technician. 2. Provide a full-time Test Technician (TT) to the project to oversee the commissioning of all mechanical and electrical equipment. The name of the test technician, together with his/her qualifications, shall be submitted to the Project Manager and the Designer for approval. a. The TT shall be a highly technically experienced individual, additional to the Contractor’s project manager, mechanical and electrical coordinator, project scheduler and project superintendent. b. The TT shall participate in and attend all project meetings. F. Commissioning: 1. A systematic process of ensuring that all building systems perform interactively according to the Designer’s design intent and the User Agency’s operational needs. This is to be achieved through actual verification of systems performance during the construction period. 2. The commissioning process does not take away from, or reduce the responsibility of, the General Contractor and installing subcontractors to provide a finished and fully functioning product. 1.3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATOR (MEC) A. The purpose of the Contractor’s coordinator shall be to prevent conflicts in the installation of all materials and equipment for the entire project, but not specifically relating to the mechanical and electrical trades. Although the General Conditions and General Requirements of the construction contract apply to the Contractor and all subcontractors, respectively, with regards to the coordination of all trades, the General Contractor shall employ a Mechanical/Electrical Coordinator (MEC), in addition to the Contractor’s coordinator, who shall specifically ensure and be responsible for the total and complete coordination of all work of the mechanical and electrical sub-trades as such work relates to the Contractor’s work and all other sub-trades. The MEC shall be provided for the Project from initial project’s Notice to Proceed (D19) until all building systems have been accepted by both the Designer and the Project Manager. The MEC shall be on-site part-time during the construction phases (a minimum of two days per week). 1. Have extensive experience in building construction security systems, food service equipment, elevators, HVAC, hot water heating, chilled water, plumbing, fire protection, electrical, emergency power, fire alarm, life safety systems or similar complexity to those contained in these documents. 2. Have excellent working knowledge of complex environmental, fire alarm, and electric power control and facility management systems; be capable of understanding control vendors’ operating system and control code, be capable of trouble-shooting control code and recommending necessary modifications. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -3 AND COMMISSIONING 3. Be competent in systems design and intent. 4. Have excellent communication and writing skills, be highly organized, and be able to work well with both management and trades contractors. 5. Minimum Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering with 10 years (minimum) experience in the design and field administration of building mechanical and electrical systems, and working knowledge of project scheduling. 6. The Contractor shall submit the MEC’s resume and sample documents to the Project Manager and Designer for approval; which shall include the following: a. Education and technical training. b. Relevant work experience: 1) Job name 2) Position held 3) Work history (include dates and positions held) c. Examples of prior building commissioning projects performed by the proposed MEC: 1) List of projects similar in commissioning scope and complexity, including dates of project completions. B. The MEC cannot be financially associated with any of the Division 1 through 31 subcontractors or vendors prior to engaging in this contract, to avoid potential conflicts of interest. C. The Project Manager and Designer reserve the right to personally interview MEC candidate prior to accepting placement in the position. Final approval of the MEC will be by the Project Manager. Additionally, any change in the approved MEC shall require the prior consent of the Project Manager. 1.4 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATOR’S DUTIES A. Coordinate the work of the Mechanical and Electrical Subcontractors: 1. For temporary utilities. 2. Among the work of the mechanical and electrical sub-trades. 3. Among the work of all other trades, including the mechanical and electrical sub-trades. B. Coordinate the schedule of Mechanical and Electrical Subcontractors: 1. Verify timely deliveries of products for installation by other trades. 2. Verify that labor and materials are adequate to maintain schedules. C. Conduct conferences among Mechanical and Electrical Subcontractors and other concerned parties, as necessary to: 1. Maintain coordination and schedules. 2. Resolve matters in dispute. D. Participate in all project meetings: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -4 AND COMMISSIONING 1. Report progress of all mechanical and electrical work. 2. Recommend needed changes in schedules. 3. Transmit minutes of meetings to mechanical and electrical trades, as appropriate. E. Temporary utilities: 1. Coordinate installation, operation and maintenance, to verify compliance with project requirements and with Contract Documents. F. Shop drawings, product data and samples: 1. Prior to submittal, review for compliance with Contract Documents. a. Check field dimensions and clearance dimensions. b. Check relation to available space. c. Review the effect of any changes on the work of other contracts or other trades. d. Check anchor bolt settings. e. Check compatibility with equipment and work of other trades. f. Check motor voltages and control characteristics. g. Coordinate controls and interlocks: 1) Voltages 2) Wiring of pneumatic and control diagrams h. Coordinate wiring and control diagrams. G. Coordination drawings: 1. In addition to the coordination drawings submitted by the Mechanical and Electrical trade contractors, prepare additional drawings as required to assume coordination of the work, or affected by, mechanical and electrical work, or to resolve conflicts. a. Electronic Files of the Contract Documents will be provided for use in creating the coordination base drawings. The files will be provided as AutoCAD R.2000, R.2004, or R.2007, format, as used by the specific trade designer, in their creation. The files must be accepted in their original format, with no additional efforts on behalf of the design team to convert issued files to other formats used by the MEC. 2. Reproduce and distribute approved copies to all concerned parties. H. Verify that Subcontractors maintain accurate Record Documents. I. Substitutions and changes: 1. Review proposals and requests. a. Check for compliance with Contract Documents. b. Verify compatibility with work and equipment of other trades. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -5 AND COMMISSIONING 2. Recommend action to Contractor. J. Observe mechanical and electrical work for compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents: 1. Maintain list of observed deficiencies and discrepancies. 2. Promptly report deficiencies and discrepancies to Contractor. K. Assemble documentation for handling of claims or disputes involving mechanical and electrical trades. L. Equipment commissioning: 1. The MEC shall coordinate all commissioning activities identified hereinafter, to include but not be limited to: a. Supplying anticipated scheduling information of commissioning activities. b. Coordinating the start-up activities of all equipment such that pre-functional and functional testing occurs at appropriate intervals. c. Coordinate the activities of the TT with the start-up activities of each equipment’s associated subcontractor. d. Coordinate the activities of the TT for all start-up testing for previously failed equipment start-up activities. e. Compile and organize all testing data of each components (pass and fail) results within a Commissioning Report Book for each building system. f. Compile and organize an O & M Manual for each component for each building system. g. Submit any documents and reports identified hereinafter, to the Project Manager and Designer-of-Record. These submittals shall be organized by function and grouped by building system. h. Before any testing or start-up of any equipment, certify in writing to the TT that utilities and specified connections are complete and that equipment is in operable condition. i. Observe with the TT all activities of testing, adjusting and balancing, and maintain the following record of each test. 1. Testing agency and name of inspector. 2. Subcontractor. 3. Manufacturer’s representative present. 4. Date and time of testing. 5. Types of product or equipment. 6. Type of test, and results. 7. Re-testing required. j. Record time and date of each building system component’s start-up. Provide this information to the Project Scheduler. M. Inspection and acceptance of equipment: 1. Prior to inspection, check that equipment is clean, repainted as required, tested and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -6 AND COMMISSIONING operational. 2. Assist inspector; prepare list of items to be completed or corrected. 3. Should acceptance and operation of equipment constitute the beginning of the guarantee period, prepare and transmit written notice to the Contractor, for his/her transmittal to the Designer and the Project Manager for concurrence. N. Assemble Record Documents from subcontractors and transmit to Designer. All information shall be submitted on electronic media (CD). Drawings should be on Autodesk AutoCAD ver. R.2000 or later, word documents in .pdf format, baseline and subsequently approved schedules in Primavera format, schedule of values in Excel format, and approved shop drawing submittals scanned in showing model numbers, capacities, and all relevant information that can be automatically propagated to our CAMIS system. 1. Record documents will be complied on compact disks and will include, without limitation, the following: a. All Drawings, including title sheet, code analysis, geotechnical, civil, structural, architectural, fire protection, plumbing, mechanical, electrical, security, food service, data/telecommunications. b. All Specifications in PDF format with addenda. c. Shop drawings and product cuts, scanned in; approved sheets only. d. Project schedules, baseline and all updates. O. Oversee and/or provide training for the systems to be commissioned as specified in herein. 1. Verify that the User Agency’s operating personnel are trained in each particular commissioned equipment’s operation and maintenance. 2. Obtain a written sign-off, from the responsible User Agency’s personnel, that certify they are capable to operate and maintain the particular commissioned equipment such that their health and safety are not compromised. 3. Verify that all training requirements meet the specified training within the particular specification divisions and the requirements of this specification section. 4. Verify that training is provided only from certified instructors. The instructors shall be certified and approved by the particular equipment manufacturer. In the absence of manufacturer’s certification, the trainer shall have a minimum of ten years experience in the installation, operation and repair of the particular equipment. 5. Verify that all training is video-taped by a professional who is regularly employed in video photography. P. Verify that O & M documentation is complete and approved by the Designer and the Project Manager prior to transmittal to the User Agency. 1.5 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATOR’S COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Cause to be prepared and submit to the Contractor, coordination drawings for site utilities and building(s), for Designer and the Project Manager’s review. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -7 AND COMMISSIONING B. Sequence of Coordination Drawings preparation shall be as follows: 1. Coordination Drawings: The General Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordinating all trades, coordinating construction sequences and schedules, and coordinating the actual installed location and interface of all work. Before materials are fabricated or the Work begun, the General Contractor shall supervise and direct the creation of one complete set of Coordination Drawings showing the complete coordination and integration of all Work of this Project including, but not limited to, structural, architectural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, and electrical disciplines. Coordination Drawings are intended to assist the Contractor during construction and shall not be used for “shop drawings”, “record drawings”, or any other required submittal. a. Base Sheets: The General Contractor shall prepare and provide provide one accurately scaled set of building coordination drawing “base sheets” on reproducible transparencies showing all architectural and structural work. Base sheets shall be at 1/4-inch scale, except congested areas and sections through vertical shafts shall be at 3/8-inch scale. b. HVAC: The General Contractor shall circulate the coordination drawing base sheets to the HVAC subcontractor and require the HVAC subcontractor to accurately and neatly show the actual size and location of all HVAC equipment and work. Ductwork shall be drawn to scale with full dimensions indicated graphically. Single line diagrams are not acceptable. The HVAC subcontractor shall note any apparent conflicts, suggest alternate solutions, and return the coordination drawings to the General Contractor. c. Plumbing: The General Contractor shall circulate the coordination drawings to the Plumbing subcontractor and require the Plumbing subcontractor to accurately and neatly show the actual size and location of all plumbing equipment and work. The Plumbing subcontractor shall note any apparent conflicts, suggest alternate solutions, and return the coordination drawings to the General Contractor. d. Electrical: The General Contractor shall circulate the coordination drawings to the Electrical subcontractor and require the Electrical subcontractor to accurately and neatly show the actual size and location of all electrical equipment and work. The Electrical subcontractor shall note any apparent conflicts, suggest alternate solutions, and return the coordination drawings to the General Contractor. e. Fire Protection: The General Contractor shall circulate the coordination drawings to the Fire Protection subcontractor and require the Fire Protection subcontractor to accurately and neatly show the actual size and location of all electrical equipment and work. The Fire Protection subcontractor shall note any apparent conflicts, suggest alternate solutions, and return the coordination drawings to the General Contractor. f. Other Subcontractors: The General Contractor shall circulate the coordination drawings to other subcontractors and trades whose work might conflict with other work and require these subcontractors to accurately and neatly show the actual size and location of all their equipment and work. These subcontractors shall note any apparent conflicts, suggest alternate solutions, and return the coordination drawings to the General Contractor. g. After each trade completes its drawings, a meeting will be held to resolve conflicts New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -8 AND COMMISSIONING between the trades. 1. Coordination drawings shall be prepared at not less than 1/4-inch scale, and electronic AutoCAD files of same. 2. Submit drawings to the Contractor for Designer’s review prior to starting any installations. 3. Items of impossibility or request for variance shall be called to the Contractor’s attention for the Designer’s resolution. h. Contractor Review and Submission: The General Contractor shall carefully review, modify and approve coordination drawings in cooperation with the subcontractors to assure that conflicts, if any, are resolved before work in the field is begun and to ensure that the location of work exposed to view is as indicated or as approved by the Designer and the Project Manager. 1. Prior to submittal of the coordination drawings, the subcontractors shall affix their signatures to the drawings. 2. Clearly indicate conflicts requiring modification to the general appearance or the function of the project for Designer and Project Manager's reviews and approvals. 3. The General Contractor shall stamp, sign and submit the coordination drawing originals to the Designer for review and approval, with one paper copy and one additional electronic copy on compact disk to the Project Manager, following the specified procedures and policies outlined in Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In no case shall acceptance of coordination drawings be interpreted as a release of Contractor of responsibility to fulfill all of the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.6 TEST TECHNICIAN (TT) A. The General Contractor shall provide a Test Technician (TT) for the project not later than sixty (60) days after commencement of construction activities and shall not be relieved from the project until all building systems have been accepted by both the Designer and the Project Manager. The TT shall be full time on-site at all times during the conduct of the testing work (a minimum 40 hours per week). B. The TT shall satisfy the following requirements: 1. Have extensive experience in start-up and trouble-shooting building construction security systems, food service equipment, medical and dental equipment, elevators, HVAC, hot water heating, chilled water, plumbing, fire protection, electrical, emergency power, fire alarm, life safety systems or similar complexity to those contained in these documents. 2. Have excellent working knowledge of complex environmental, fire alarm, and electric power control and facility management systems; be capable of understanding control vendors’ operating system and control code, be capable of trouble-shooting control code and recommending necessary modifications. 3. Be competent in systems operations, interfaces, testing and balancing procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -9 AND COMMISSIONING 4. Have excellent communication and writing skills, be highly organized, and be able to work well with both management and trades contractors. 5. 10 years (minimum) practical field experience in scheduling and technical coordination, interfacing, trouble-shooting and ringing-out of building mechanical and electrical systems. 6. The Contractor shall submit the TT’s resume and sample documents to the Project Manager and Designer for approval; which shall include the following: a. Education and technical training. b. Relevant work experience: 1) Job name 2) Position held 3) Work history (include dates and positions held) c. Examples of prior building commissioning projects performed by the proposed MEC: 1) List of projects similar in commissioning scope and complexity, including dates of project completions. C. The TT cannot be financially associated with any of the Division 01 through 31 subcontractors or vendors prior to engaging in this contract, to avoid potential conflicts of interest. D. The Project Manager and Designer reserve the right to personally interview TT candidate prior to accepting placement in the position. Final approval of the TT will be by the Project Manager. Additionally, any change in the approved TT shall require the prior consent of the Project Manager. 1.7 TEST TECHNICIAN’S DUTIES A. Develop schedules for all testing; integrate testing into the master construction activity schedule, and coordinate all contractor and subcontractor testing as required. B. Develop testing procedures and forms for documentation of all equipment tests, system functional tests, and cross system functional tests. Refer to examples at the end of this Specification Section. 1. Test procedures shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s recommendations, where applicable. 2. Test procedures shall fully describe system configuration and steps required for each test, appropriately documented so that another party can repeat the tests with virtually identical results. C. Review and approve all functional performance tests, results, and documentation required by the contract documents, for all equipment and systems, as performed by contractors, subcontractors, vendors, etc. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -10 AND COMMISSIONING D. Submit, via the MEC, test procedure schedule, procedures, forms and other documentation to the Designer and the Project Manager for approval, six (6) months prior to starting any testing of mechanical and electrical equipment and/or systems. Additionally, the TT will be responsible for continuous oversight and coordination of additional testing discovered throughout the commissioning process. E. Coordinate directly with each subcontractor on the project specific to their responsibilities and contractual obligations. F. Coordinate the presence of certified manufacturer’s representatives for participation in commissioning tests, including seasonal testing required after the initial commissioning. G. Provide engineering and technical expertise to oversee and direct the correction of deficiencies found during the commissioning process. H. Observe the start-up and initial testing of equipment by the Contractor and subcontractors, and all final tests of equipment and systems. I. Manage all cross system testing such as HVAC, building automation, fire alarm, emergency power, life safety, elevators, etc. J. Note any inconsistencies or deficiencies in system operations and enforce system compliance or recommend to the Designer modifications to system design which will enhance system performance. K. Coordinate the testing participation and approval procedures required of the Designer and the Project Manager, after verifying that pre-tests have been satisfactorily conducted and final tests are ready to be performed. L. In the event that a functional test fails, the cause of failure shall be determined and rectified as soon as possible by the appropriate and affected trades, and then re-tested. 1. If more than three functional tests of the same system(s) are required, the Contractor and/or subcontractor shall reimburse the Commonwealth and their sub-consultants for all associated costs for this extraordinary participation as required by the particular test being performed. M. Review operation and maintenance information and as-built drawings provided by the various subcontractors and vendors for verification, organization, and distribution. N. Obtain all documentation from tests and assemble a final test report to be submitted, via the MEC, to the Designer and the Project Manager for approval. O. Submit, via the MEC, training schedule, procedures, forms and other documentation to the Designer and Project Manager for approval, two (2) months prior to starting any training of mechanical and electrical equipment operations. Additionally, the TT will be responsible for New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -11 AND COMMISSIONING continuous oversight and coordination of additional testing discovered throughout the commissioning process. 1.8 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A. The intent of this Section is to require the General Contractor to provide an MEC qualified in organizing, scheduling, and coordinating functional performance testing of building systems specified in the Contract Documents. B. The General Contractor shall also provide the services of a TE qualified in planning and performing testing and trouble-shooting equipment and systems specified in the Contract Documents. C. Systems to be commissioned include, but are not limited to, the following (where applicable): 1. HVAC System (and all integral equipment controls) · Pumps · Variable speed drives · Heat exchangers · Piping, cleaning and flushing · Chemical treatment · Ductwork · Air handling units · DX units (heat pumps or AC) · Split systems · CO detection · Terminal units · Testing, adjusting and balancing work · Unit heaters · Atrium exhaust and stair pressurization systems · Fuel oil system · Building automation system (controlled devices, control loops and system integration) 2. Electrical Systems · Central lighting control system · Daylighting/dimming controls · Electrical system power quality · Security system · Emergency power systems · Uninterruptible power supply system 3. Life Safety Systems · Fire alarm system · Egress pressurization systems · Fire suppression/protection systems 4. Plumbing · Domestic booster pump · Domestic hot water heaters New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -12 AND COMMISSIONING · Back-flow preventer(s) 5. Other · Kitchen equipment · Dental and medical equipment · Automated security systems for door controls (electro-mechanical devices, pneumatic devices, digital devices, computer systems, etc.) · Intercom systems · Closed circuit TV · Microwave detection systems · System integration of the entire security system within the single computer control system · Elevators · Loading dock equipment · Kitchen exhaust equipment · Refrigeration equipment and systems · Walk-in coolers and freezers · Automatic door openers · Any other systems related to MEP/FP building systems 1.9 COMMISSIONING TEAM MEMBERS A. Commissioning Team: 1. Project Manager (PM) and his/her consultants 2. General Contractor (GC or Contractor) 3. Designer and design engineers (particularly the mechanical and electrical engineers – A/E) 4. User Agency Representaative 5. Mechanical and Electrical Coordinator (MEC) 6. Test Technician (TT) 7. Elevator subcontractor and their sub-subcontractors (EL) 8. Mechanical subcontractor and their sub-subcontractors (MC) 9. HVAC controls sub-subcontractor (CC) 10. Test and balance subcontractor (TAB) 11. Fire Protection subcontractor and their sub-subcontractors (FP) 12. Electrical subcontractor and their sub-subcontractors (EC) 13. Specialty subcontractors 14. Any other installing subcontractors or suppliers of equipment. 1.10 BUILDING SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING PROCESS A. The MEC will coordinate all activities of the building commissioning process. Also, the MEC shall coordinate all submittals such that each appropriate commissioning team member timely receives necessary documents for their use. B MEP/FP and Specialty Subcontractors: The commissioning responsibilities are applicable to each of the MEP/FP and specialty sub-trades. Each of the aforesaid trades will New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -13 AND COMMISSIONING participate, for the Construction and Acceptance phases, as follows: 1. Contractors and/or their subcontractors shall: a. Include and itemize the cost of commissioning in the contract price. b. In each purchase order or subcontract written, include requirements for submittal data, commissioning documentation, and O & M data and training. c. Attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other meetings necessary to facilitate the commissioning process. d. Provide the MEC with normal cut sheets and shop drawing submittals of commissioned equipment. 1) The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. 2) Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. 3) Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional copies to the TT. e. Provide additional requested documentation, prior to normal O & M manual submittals, to the MEC. The MEC will then forward these to the TT for development of start-up and functional testing procedures. 1) Typically this will include detailed manufacturer installation and start-up, operating, trouble-shooting and maintenance procedures, full details of any owner-contracted tests, fan and pump curves, full factory testing reports (if any), and full warranty information including all responsibilities of the User Agency to keep the warranty in force clearly identified. 2) In addition, the installation, start-up and checkout materials that are actually shipped inside the equipment, and the actual field checkout sheet forms to be used by the factory or field technicians, shall be be submitted by the MEC to the Designer and the Project Manager. 3) The Designer and Project Manager may request further documentation necessary for the commissioning process. 4) This data may be made prior to normal submittals. f. Provide a copy of the O & M manuals and submittals of commissioned equipment to the MEC for review and approval. 1) The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. 2) Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -14 AND COMMISSIONING their review and approval. 3) Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional copies to the TT. g. Assist (along with the Designer) in clarifying the operation and control of commissioned equipment in areas where the specifications, control drawings or equipment documentation is not sufficient for writing detailed testing procedures. h. Provide assistance to the TT in preparing the specific functional performance tests procedures as specified within this Specification Section. 1) Review test procedures to ensure feasibility, safety and equipment protection and provide necessary written alarm limits to be used during tests. i. Develop a full start-up and initial checkout plan using manufacturer’s start-up procedures and the pre-functional checklists from the TT for all commissioned equipment. 1) The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. 2) Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. 3) Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional copies to the TT. j. During the startup and initial checkout process, execute the mechanical-related portions of the pre-functional checklists for all commissioned equipment. The TT shall witness this process. k. Clearly document all completed startup and system operational checkout procedures, providing a copy to the MEC. 1) The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. 2) Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. 3) Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional copies to the TT. l. Address current Designer and Project Manager punch list items before functional New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -15 AND COMMISSIONING testing. Air and water testing and balancing shall be completed with discrepancies and problems remedied before functional testing of the respective air or water related systems. m. Provide manufacturer’s certified technicians to execute starting of equipment and to execute the functional performance tests. Ensure that they are available and present during the agreed upon schedules and for sufficient duration to complete the necessary tests, adjustments and problem solving. n. Assist the TT in interpreting the test data, as necessary. o. Correct deficiencies (differences between specified and observed performance) as interpreted by the MEC, TT, Designer, and Project Manager, and re-test the equipment. p. Prepare the O & M manuals according to the Contract Documents, including clarifying and updating the original sequences of operation to as-built conditions. q. During construction, maintain as-built red line drawings for all drawings and final CAD as-builts for contractor-generated coordination drawings. Update after completion of commissioning (excluding deferred testing). r. Provide training of the User Agency’s operating staff using expert qualified personnel, as specified. s. Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine specific requirements to maintain the validity of the warranty. t. During the warranty period execute, if required, seasonal or deferred function performance testing, witnessed by the MEC, TT, Designer, and Project Manager, according to these specifications. Correct deficiencies and make necessary revisions to O & M manuals and as-built drawings for applicable issues identified during such testing. C. Mechanical Contractor: The responsibilities of the HVAC mechanical contractor, during construction and acceptance phases, in addition to those listed in paragraph B above, are: 1. Provide startup for all HVAC equipment, except for the building automation control system (if applicable). 2. Assist and cooperate with the TAB contractor, MEC and TT by: a. Put all HVAC equipment and systems into operation and continuing the operation during each working day of TAB and commissioning, as required. b. Include cost of sheaves and belts that may be required by TAB. c. Provide test holes in ducts and plenums where directed by TAB to allow air measurements and air balancing. Provide an approved plug. d. Provide temperature and pressure taps according to the Construction Documents for TAB and commissioning testing. 3. Install a P/T plug at each water sensor that is an input point to the control system. 4. List and clearly identify, on the as-built drawings, the locations of all air flow stations. 5. Prepare a preliminary schedule for Division 21 through 23 pipe and duct system testing, flushing and cleaning, equipment startup and TAB start and completion for use by MEC and TT. Update the schedule as appropriate. 6. Notify the MEC and TT when pipe and duct system testing, flushing, cleaning, and startup of each piece of equipment will occur. The MEC will notify the appropriate New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -16 AND COMMISSIONING commissioning team member(s). 7. Notify, via the MEC, the TT, A/E, and PM, ahead of time, when commissioning activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction. Be proactive in seeing that commissioning processes are executed and that the MEC and TT have the scheduling information needed to efficiently execute the commissioning process. D. Controls Contractor: The commissioning responsibilities of the controls contractor, during construction and acceptance phases, in addition to those listed in paragraph B above, are: 1. Sequences of Operation Submittals. The Controls Contractor’s submittals of control drawings shall include complete detailed sequences of operation for each piece of equipment, regardless of the completeness and clarity of the sequences in the specifications. They shall include: a. An overview narrative of the system generally describing its purpose, components and function. b. All interactions and interlocks with other systems. c. Detailed delineation of control between any packaged controls and the building automation system (BAS), listing which points the BAS monitors only and which BAS points are control points and which BAS points are adjustable. d. Written sequences of control for packaged control equipment. (Equipment manufacturers’ stock sequences may be included, but will generally require additional narrative) e. Startup sequences. f. Warm-up mode sequences. g. Normal operating mode sequences. h. Unoccupied mode sequences. i. Shutdown sequences. j. Capacity control sequences and equipment staging. k. Temperature and pressure control: setbacks, setups, resets, etc. l. Detailed sequences for all control strategies, e.g., economizer control, optimum start/stop, staging, optimization, demand limiting, etc. m. Effects of power or equipment failure with all standby component functions. n. Sequences for all alarms and emergency shut downs. o. Seasonal operational differences and recommendations. p. Initial and recommended values for all adjustable settings, set points and parameters that are typically set or adjusted by operating staff; and any other control settings or fixed values, delays, etc. that will be useful during testing and operating the equipment. q. Daily, weekly, and monthly schedules of start run and end times. r. To facilitate referencing in testing procedures, all sequences shall be written in small statements, each with a number for reference. For a given system, numbers will not repeat for different sequence sections, unless the sections are numbered. 2. Control Drawings Submittal a. The control drawings shall have a key to all abbreviations. b. The control drawings shall contain graphic schematic depictions of the systems and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -17 AND COMMISSIONING each component. c. The schematics will include the system and component layout of any equipment that the control system monitors, enables or controls, even if the equipment is primarily controlled by packaged or integral controls. d. Provide a full points list with at least the following included for each point: 1) Controlled system 2) Point abbreviation 3) Point description 4) Display unit 5) Control point or set point (Yes /No) 6) Monitoring point (Yes /No) 7) Intermediate point (Yes /No) 8) Calculated point (Yes /No) Key: Point Description: DB temp, airflow, etc. Control or Set Point: Point that controls equipment and can have its set point changed (OSA, SAT, etc.) Intermediate Point: Point whose value is used to make a calculation which then controls equipment (space temperatures that are averaged to a virtual point to control reset). Monitoring Point: Point that does not control or contribute to the control of equipment, but is used for operation, maintenance, or performance verification. Calculated Point: “Virtual” point generated from calculations of other point values. e. The Controls Contractor shall keep, via the MEC, the MC, TT, A/E and PM informed of all changes to this list during programming and setup. 3. An updated as-built version of the control drawings and sequences of operation shall be included in the final controls O & M manual submittal. 4. Assist and cooperate with the TAB contractor in the following manner: a. Meet with the TAB contractor prior to beginning TAB and review the TAB plan to determine the capabilities of the control system toward completing TAB. Provide the TAB any needed unique instruments for setting terminal unit boxes and instruct TAB in their use (handheld control system interface for use around the building during TAB, etc.). b. For a given area, have all required pre-functional checklists, calibrations, startup and selected functional tests of the the system completed and approved by the MEC. 1) The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. 2) Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. 3) Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -18 AND COMMISSIONING parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional copies to the TT, prior to TAB c. Provide a qualified technician to operate the controls to assist the TAB contractor in performing TAB, or provide sufficient training for TAB to operate the system without assistance. 5. Assist and cooperate with the MC, MEC and TT in the following manner: a. Using a licensed technician who is familiar with this building, execute the functional testing of the controls system as specified by the TT for the controls contractor. Assist in the functional testing of all equipment. Provide two-way radios during the testing. b. Execute all control system sequences. 6. The controls contractor shall prepare a written plan indicating, in a step-by-step manner, the procedures that will be followed to test, check out out and adjust the control system prior to functional performance testing. At minimum, the plan shall include for each type of equipment controlled by the automatic controls: a. System name. b. List of devices. c. Step-by-step procedures for testing each controller after installation, including: 1) Process of verifying proper hardware and wiring installation. 2) Process of downloading programs to local controllers and verifying that they are addressed correctly. 3) Process of performing operational checks of each controlled component. 4) Plan and process for calibrating valve and damper actuators and all sensors. 5) A description of the expected field adjustments for transmitters, controllers and control actuators should control responses fall outside of expected values. d. A copy of the log and field checkout sheets that will document the process. This log must include a place for initial and final read values during calibration of each point and clearly indicate when a sensor or controller has “passed” and is operating within the contract parameters. e. A description of the instrumentation required for testing. f. Indicate what tests on what systems should be completed prior to TAB using the control system for TAB work. Coordinate, via MEC, with the MC, TT, A/E and TAB contractor for this determination. 7. Provide a signed and dated certification to the MEC upon completion of the checkout of each controlled device, equipment and system prior to functional testing of each piece of equipment or system, indicating that all system programming is complete as to all respects of the Contract Documents, except functional testing requirements. a. The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -19 AND COMMISSIONING b. Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. c. Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional copies to the TT. 8. Execute all documented control sequences. 9. List and clearly identify on the as-built duct and piping drawings the locations of all static and differential pressure sensors (air, water and building pressure). E. TAB Contractor: The duties of the TAB contractor, in addition to those listed in Paragraph B above, are: 1. Six (6) weeks prior to starting TAB, submit to the MEC the qualifications of the site technician for the project, including the name of the contractors and facility managers of recent projects on which the technician was lead. The MEC will determine if this resume meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. Once the MEC accepts this resume the MEC will then forward this document to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. 2. Submit the outline of the TAB plan and approach for each system and component to the MEC and the controls contractor six (6) weeks prior to starting the TAB. The MEC will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. Once the MEC accepts this submittal the MEC will then forward this document to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. This plan will be developed after the TAB has gained some familiarity with the control system. 3. The submitted plan will include: a. Certification that the TAB contractor has reviewed the construction documents and the systems with the design engineers and contractors to sufficiently understand the design intent for each system. b. An explanation of the intended use of the building control system. The controls contractor will comment on feasibility of the plan. c. All field checkout sheets and logs to be used that list each piece of equipment to be tested, adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. d. Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping drawings during the process. e. Final test report forms to be used. f. Detailed step-by-step procedures for TAB work for each system and issue: 1) Terminal flow calibration (for each terminal type) 2) Diffuser proportioning 3) Branch /submain proportioning 4) Total flow calculations 5) Re-checking 6) Diversity issues New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -20 AND COMMISSIONING 7) Expected problems and solutions, etc. 8) Criteria for using air flow straighteners or relocating flow stations and sensors will be discussed 9) Provide the analogous explanations for the water side 10) List of all air flow, water flow, sound level, system capacity and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures, parameters, formulas to be used. 11) Details of how total flow will be determined (Air: sum of terminal flows via BAS calibrated readings or via hood readings of all terminals, supply (SA) and return air (RA) pitot traverse, SA or RA flow stations. Water: pump curves, circuit setter, flow station, ultrasonic, etc.). 12) Specific procedures that will ensure that both air and water side are operating at the lowest possible pressures and provide methods to verify this. 13) Confirmation that TAB understands the outside air ventilation criteria under all conditions. 14) Details of whether and how minimum outside air cfm will be verified and set, and for what level (total building, zone, etc.). 15) Details of how building static and exhaust fan /relief damper capacity will be checked. 16) Proposed selection points for sound measurements and sound measurement methods. 17) Details of methods for making any specified coil or other system plant capacity measurements. 18) Details regarding specified deferred or seasonal TAB work. 19) Details of any specified false loading of systems to complete TAB work. 20) Details of all exhaust fan balancing and capacity verifications, including any required room pressure differentials. 21) Details of any required interstitial cavity differential pressure measurements and calculations. 22) Plan for hand-written field technician logs of discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others, contract interpretation requests and lists of completed tests (scope and frequency). 23) Plan for formal deficiency reports ((scope, frequency and distribution). 24) Plan for formal progress reports (scope and frequency). 25) The identification and types of measurement instruments to be used and their most recent calibration date. 4. A running log of events and issues shall be kept by the TAB field technicians. Submit hand-written reports of discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others, contract interpretation requests and lists of completed tests to the MEC. The MEC will forward these to the TT, MC, A/E and PM at least twice per week. 5. Communicate, in writing to the controls contractor, all set point and parameter changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB which affect the control system setup and operation. 6. Provide a draft TAB report within two (2) weeks of completion. A copy will be provided to the MEC. The MEC will forward these to the TT, MC, A/E and PM. The report will contain a full explanation of the methodology, assumptions and the results in a clear format with designations of all uncommon abbreviations and column headings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -21 AND COMMISSIONING 7. Provide the PM with any requested data gathered, but not shown on the draft reports. 8. Provide a final TAB report for the MEC. The MEC will forward these to the TT, MC, A/E and PM with details, as in the draft. 9. Conduct functional performance tests and checks on the original TAB. 1.11 MEETINGS A. Scoping Meeting: Within thirty (30) calendar days of the hiring of the TT, the MEC with the TT shall schedule, plan and conduct a commissioning scoping meeting with the entire commissioning team in attendance. Meeting minutes will be distributed to all parties by the MEC. B. Miscellaneous Meetings: Other meetings will be planned and conducted by the MEC and/or the TT as construction progresses. These meetings will cover coordination, deficiency resolution and planning issues with particular contractors and their subcontractors. The MEC and/or the TT will plan these meetings and will minimize unnecessary time being spent by contractors and subcontractors. These meetings will be held at least monthly, until the final three (3) months of construction when they will be held as frequently as one per week. 1.12 REPORTING A. The TT will provide, via the MEC, regular reports to all affected contractors and their subcontractors. The MEC will then forward these reports to other members of the commissioning team with increasing frequency as construction and commissioning progresses. B. The MEC will regularly communicate with all members of the commissioning team, keeping them apprised of commissioning progress and scheduling changes through memos, progress reports, etc. C. Testing or review approvals and non-conformance and deficiency reports are made regularly with the review and testing as described in later sections. D. A final summary report (including backup documentation) by the TT will be provided to the MEC. The MEC will then provide all affected contractors and their subcontractors, A/E, PM and and other members of the commissioning team. All acquired documentation, logs, minutes, reports, deficiency lists, communications, findings, unresolved issues, etc., will be compiled in appendices and provided with the summary report. Pre-functional checklists, functional tests and monitoring reports will not be part of the final report, but will be stored in the Commissioning Record in the O & M manuals. 1.13 SUBMITTALS A. The TT will provide, via the MEC, appropriate contractors with a specific request for the type of submittal documentation the TT requires to facilitate the commissioning work. These requests will be integrated into the normal submittal process and protocol of the construction team. At minimum, the request will include the manufacturer and model New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -22 AND COMMISSIONING number, the manufacturer’s printed installation and detailed start-up procedures, full sequences of operation, O & M data, performance data, any performance test procedures, control drawings and details of owner contracted tests. In addition, the installation and checkout materials that are actually shipped inside the equipment and the actual field checkout sheet forms to be used by the factory or field technicians shall be submitted to the MEC. 1. The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. 3. Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. 4. All documentation requested by the TT, A/E and PM will be included by the Contractors and their subcontractors in their O & M manual contributions. B. The TT, MEC, A/E and PM will review and approve submittals related to the commissioned equipment for conformance to the Contract Documents as it relates to the commissioning process, to the functional performance of the equipment and adequacy for developing test procedures. This review is intended primarily to aid in the development of functional testing procedures and only secondarily to verify compliance with equipment specifications. The TT, A/E and PM will notify the MEC of items missing or areas that are not in conformance with Contract Documents and which require resubmission. The MEC will oversee all activities necessary to resolve all items identified as nonconforming. C. The MEC, TT and PM, via the MEC, may request additional design narrative from the A/E for clarifications of the design intent of the Contract Documents. The A/E shall immediately honor these requests. D. These submittals to the MEC do not constitute compliance for O & M manual documentation. The O & M manuals are the responsibility of the Contractor, though the General Contractor, MEC, TT, A/E and PM will review and approve them. 1.14 START-UP, PRE-FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AND INITIAL CHECKOUT The following procedures apply to all equipment and systems to be commissioned. Some systems that are not comprised so much of actual dynamic machinery, e.g., electrical system power quality, may have very simplified pre-functional checklists and startup. A. General: Pre-functional checklists are important to ensure that the equipment and systems are hooked up and operational. It ensures that functional performance testing (in-depth system checkout) may proceed without unnecessary delays. Each piece of equipment receives full pre-functional checkout. No sampling strategies are used during this phase. The pre-functional testing for a given system must be successfully completed prior to formal functional performance testing of equipment or subsystems of the given system. B. Start-up and Initial Checkout Plan: The TT shall assist the commissioning team members New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -23 AND COMMISSIONING responsible for startup of any equipment in developing detailed start-up plans for all equipment. The primary role of the TT in this process is to ensure that there is written documentation that each of the manufacturer-recommended procedures have been completed and that the start-up and initial checkout plan for the entire building system associated with the particular equipment component works as a whole. The TT shall witness all start-up and initial checkout activities. Parties responsible for pre-functional checklists and start-up are identified in the commissioning scoping meeting and in the checklist forms. 1. The TT adapts, if necessary, the representative pre-functional checklists and procedures identified within this specification Section and checklist examples at the end of this specification Section. These checklists indicate required procedures to be executed as part of start-start-up and initial checkout of the systems, and the party responsible for their execution. Other checklists may have to be developed for equipment that have no checklists in this specification. 2. These checklists and tests are provided, via the MEC, by the TT to the Contractor. The Contractor determines which trade is responsible for executing and documenting each of the line item tasks and notes that trade on the form. Each form will have more than one trade responsible for its execution. 3. The subcontractor responsible for the purchase of the equipment develops the full startup plan by combining (or adding to) the TT’s checklists with the manufacturer’s detailed start-up and checkout procedures from the O & M manual and the normally used field checkout sheets. The plan will include checklists and procedures with specific boxes or lines for recording and documenting the checking and inspections of each procedure and a summary statement with a signature block at the end of the plan. The full start-up plan could consist of something as simple as: a. The TT’s pre-functional checklists. b. The manufacturer’s standard written start-up procedures copied from the installation manuals with check boxes by each procedure and a signature block added by hand at the end. c. The manufacturer’s normally used field checkout sheets. 4. The subcontractor submits, via the MEC, the full start-up plan to the TT for review and approval. 5. The TT reviews and approves the procedures and the format for documenting them, noting any procedures that need to be added. 6. The TT shall provide the MEC with the full start-up procedures. a. The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. b. Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. c. Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional copies to the TT. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -24 AND COMMISSIONING C. Execution of Pre-functional Checklists and Start-up: 1. Four (4) weeks prior to start-up, the contractors and their subcontractors and vendors shall schedule start-up and checkout with the MEC. The MEC will coordinate these activities and notify the appropriate commissioning team members. The performance of the pre-functional checklists, start-up and checkout are directed and executed by the subcontractor or vendor. When checking off pre-functional checklists, signatures may be required of other contractors and their subcontractors for verification of completion of their work. 2. The MEC, TT, A/E and PM shall observe, at minimum, the procedures for each piece of primary equipment. 3. The MEC, TT, A/E and PM shall observe a sampling of the pre-functional and start-up procedures. The sampling procedures are identified in the commissioning plan. 4. The contractors and their subcontractors and vendors shall execute start-up (the TT shall be present) and provide, via the MEC, the TT, A/E and PM with a signed and dated copy of the completed start-up and pre-functional tests and checklists. 5. Only individuals that have direct knowledge and witnessed that a line item task on the pre-functional checklist was actually performed shall initial or check that item off. It is not acceptable for witnessing supervisors to fill out these forms. D. Deficiencies, Non-conformance and Approval in Checklists and Start-up: 1. The TT, contractors and their subcontractors shall clearly list any outstanding items of the initial start-up and pre-functional procedures that were not completed successfully, at the bottom of the procedures form or on an attached sheet. The contractors and their subcontractors will provide a copy of their procedures form and any outstanding deficiencies to the TT within two (2) work days of test completion. The TT will then verify the information contained within these forms. 2. Within Within four (4) work days of each test completion, the TT compiles the report and submits, via the MEC, either a non-compliance report or an approval form to the subcontractor, GC, A/E and PM. The TT shall work with the contractors and their subcontractors and vendors to correct and re-test deficiencies or uncompleted items. The TT will involve the particular subcontractor and others as necessary. The installing subcontractor or vendors shall correct all areas that are deficient or incomplete in the checklists and tests in a timely manner, and shall notify, via the MEC, the TT as soon as outstanding items have been corrected and resubmit an updated start-up report and a “statement of correction” on the original non-compliance report. When satisfactorily completed, the TT recommends approval of the execution of the checklists and start-up of each system to the MEC using a standard form. a. The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. b. Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. c. Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -25 AND COMMISSIONING copies to the TT. 3. Items left incomplete, which later cause deficiencies or delays during functional testing may result in backcharges to the responsible party. 1.15 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Objectives and Scope: The objective of functional performance testing is to demonstrate that each system is operating according to the documented design intent of the Contract Documents. Functional testing facilitate bringing the systems from a state of substantial completion to full dynamic operation. Additionally, during the testing process, areas of deficient performance are identified and corrected, improving the operation and functioning of the systems. 1. In general, each system should be operated through all modes of operation (seasonal, occupied, unoccupied, warm-up, cool-down, part-and full-load) where there is a specified system response. Verifying each sequence in the sequences of operation is required. Proper responses to such modes and conditions as power failure, freeze condition, low oil pressure, no flow, equipment failure, etc. shall also be tested. B. Development of Test Procedures: Before test procedures are written, the TT shall obtain, via the MEC, all requested documentation and a current list of change orders affecting equipment or systems, including an updated points list, program code, control sequences and parameters. The TT shall develop specific test procedures and forms to verify and document proper operation of each piece of equipment and system. Each subcontractor or vendor responsible to execute a test shall provide limited assistance to the TT in developing the procedures review (answering questions about equipment, operation, sequences, etc.). Prior to execution, the TT shall provide, via the MEC, a copy of the test procedures to the subcontractor(s) who will review the tests for feasibility, safety, equipment and warranty protection. The TT will submit, via the MEC, the tests to the A/E and PM for review, if requested. 1. The TT shall review owner-contracted, factory testing or required owner acceptance tests which the TT is not responsible to oversee, including documentation format, and shall determine what further testing or format changes may be required to comply with the specifications. Redundancy of testing shall be minimized. 2. The purpose of any given specific test is to verify and document compliance with the stated criteria of acceptance given on the test form. C. Test Methods: 1. Functional performance testing and verification may be achieved by manual testing (persons manipulate the equipment and observe performance). The TT may substitute specified methods or require an additional method to be executed, other than what was specified. The TT will determine which method is most appropriate for tests that do not have a method specified. 2. Simulated Conditions: Simulating conditions (not by an overwritten value) shall be allowed, though timing the testing to experience actual conditions is encouraged New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -26 AND COMMISSIONING wherever practical. 3. Overwritten Values: Overwriting sensor values to simulate a condition, such as overwriting the outside air temperature reading in a control system to be something other than it really is, shall be allowed, but shall be used with caution and avoided when possible. Such testing methods often can only test a part of a system, as the interactions and responses of other systems will be erroneous or not applicable. Simulating a condition is preferable i.e., for the above case, by heating the outside air sensor with a hair blower rather than overwriting the value or by altering the appropriate set point to see the desired response. Before simulating conditions or overwriting values, sensors, transducers and devices shall have been calibrated. 4. Simulated Signals: Using a signal generator which creates a simulated signal to test and calibrate transducers and DDC constants, etc. is generally recommended over using the sensor to act as the signal generator via simulated conditions or overwritten values. 5. Altering Set Points: Rather than overwriting sensor values, and when simulating conditions is difficult, altering set points to test a sequence is acceptable. For example, to see the AC compressor lockout work at an outside air temperature below 55°F, when the outside air temperature is above 55°F, temporarily change the lockout set point to be 2°F above the current outside air temperature. 6. Indirect Indicators: Relying on indirect indicators for responses or performance shall be allowed only after visually and directly verifying and documenting, over the range of the tested parameters, that the indirect readings through the control system represent actual conditions and responses. Much of this verification is completed during pre-functional testing. 7. Setup: Each function and test shall be performed under conditions that simulate actual conditions as close as is practically possible. The subcontractor executing the test shall provide all necessary materials, system modifications, etc. to produce the necessary flows, pressures, temperatures, etc. necessary to execute the test according to the specified conditions. At completion of the test, the subcontractor shall return all affected building equipment and systems, due to these temporary modifications, to their pre-test condition. 8. Sampling: Multiple identical pieces of non-life-safety or otherwise non-critical equipment may be functionally tested using a sampling strategy. Significant application differences and significant sequence of operation differences in otherwise identical equipment invalidates their common identity. A small size or capacity difference, alone, does not constitute a difference. It is noted that no sampling by contractors and their subcontractors is allowed in pre-functional checklist execution. A common sampling strategy referenced in the specifications as the “xx% Sampling – yy% Failure Rule” is defined by the following example: Xx = the percent of the group of identical equipment to be included in each sample. Yy = the percent of the sample that if failing, will require another sample to be tested. The example below describes a 20% Sampling – 10% Failure Rule. a. Randomly test at least 20% (xx) of each group of identical equipment. In no case test less than three units in each group. This 20%, or three, constitute the “first New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -27 AND COMMISSIONING sample”. b. If 10% (yy) of the units in the first sample fail the functional performance tests, test another 20% for the group the “second sample”. c. If 10% of the units in the second sample fail, test all remaining units in the whole group. d. If at any point frequent failures are occurring and testing is becoming more troubleshooting than verification, the TT may stop the testing and require the responsible subcontractor to perform and document a checkout of the remaining units, prior to continuing with functionally testing the remaining units. D. Coordination and Scheduling: The contractors and their subcontractors shall provide sufficient notice to the MEC regarding their completion schedule for the pre-functional checklists and start-up of all equipment and systems. The MEC will schedule functional tests through the appropriate contractor, GC and affected subcontractors. The MEC, TT, A/E and PM shall direct, witness and document the functional testing of all equipment and systems. The contractors and their subcontractors shall execute the tests in the presence of the TT. E. In general, functional testing is conducted after pre-functional testing and start-up has been satisfactorily completed. For example, the control system is sufficiently tested and approved by the TT before it is used for TAB or to verify performance of other components or systems, the air balancing and water balancing is completed and debugged before functional testing of air-related or water-related equipment or systems. Testing proceeds from components to subsystems to systems. When the proper performance of all interacting individual systems has been achieved, the interface or coordinated responses between systems is checked. F. Problem Solving: The TT will recommend solutions to problems found; however the burden of responsibility to solve, correct and retest problems is with the GC, subcontractors and their sub-subcontractors and A/E. 1.16 DOCUMENTATION, NON-CONFORMANCE AND APPROVAL OF TESTS A. Documentation: The TT shall witness and document the results of all functional performance tests using the specific procedural forms developed for that purpose. 1. Prior to testing, these forms are provided, via the MEC. 2. The MEC, together with the General Contractor, will determine if these submittals meet his/her requirements and requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Once the General Contractor accepts (and stamps) these submittals, the MEC will then forward these documents to the Designer and the Project Manager for their review and approval. 4. Upon receipt of approvals MEC will distribute such documents to appropriate parties as outlined in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition to the parties stated therein, the MEC shall also forward two (2) additional copies to the TT. 5. The TT will keep one copy for his/her record, and will include the other copy of the filled out form(s) in the O & M manuals. manuals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -28 AND COMMISSIONING B. Non-conformance: 1. The TT will record the results of the functional test on the procedure or test form. All deficiencies or non-conformance issues shall be noted and reported to the particular contractor, their subcontractor, GC and MEC on a standard non-compliance form. 2. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during the tests at the discretion of the TT. In such cases the deficiency and resolution will be documented on the procedure form. 3. Every effort will be made to expedite the testing process and minimize unnecessary delays, while not compromising the integrity of the procedures; however, the TT will not be pressured into overlooking deficient work or loosening acceptance criteria to satisfy scheduling or cost issues. 4. As tests progress and a deficiency is identified, the TT discusses the issue with the executing contractor. a. When there is no dispute on the deficiency and the subcontractor accepts responsibility to correct it: 1) The TT documents the deficiency and the subcontractor’s response and intentions and they go on to another test or sequence. After the day’s work, the TT submits, via the MEC, the non-compliance reports to the contractor for signature, if required. A copy is provided to the subcontractor and TT. The subcontractor corrects the deficiency, signs the statement of correction at the bottom of the non-compliance form certifying that the equipment is ready to be re-tested and sends it back, via the MEC, to the TT. 2) The MEC will coordinate the rescheduled test with the TT and affected contractor and the test is repeated. b. If there is a dispute about a deficiency, regarding whether it is a deficiency or who is responsible: 1) The deficiency shall be documented on the non-compliance form with the subcontractor’s response and a copy given to the contractor and to the subcontractor’s representative assumed to be responsible. 2) Resolutions are made at the lowest management level possible. Other parties are brought into the discussions as needed. Interpretive authority is with the A/E. Final acceptance authority is with the PM. 3) The TT documents the resolution process. 4) Once the interpretation and resolution have been decided, the appropriate party corrects the deficiency, signs the statement of correction on the non-compliance form and provides it, via the MEC, to the TT. The MEC reschedules the test with the TT and affected contractors, and the test is repeated until satisfactory performance is achieved. 5. Cost of Re-testing: a. The cost for the subcontractor to re-test a pre-functional or functional test, if they are responsible for the deficiency, shall be theirs. If they are not responsible, any New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -29 AND COMMISSIONING cost recovery for re-testing shall be negotiated with and paid by the GC. b. For a deficiency identified, not related to any pre-functional checklist or start-up fault, the following shall apply: 1) The TT and contractor will direct the re-testing of the equipment once at no charge to the GC for their time. However, the TT’s and contractor’s time for a second re-test will be charged to the GC, who may choose to recover costs from the responsible subcontractor. c. The time for the TT and contractor to direct any re-testing required because a specific pre-functional checklist or start-up test item, reported to have been successfully completed, but determined during functional testing to be faulty, will be back-charged to the GC, who may choose to recover costs from the party responsible for executing the faulty pre-functional test. 6. The subcontractor shall respond, via the MEC, in writing to the TT and contractor at least as often as commissioning meetings are being scheduled concerning the status of each apparent outstanding discrepancy identified during commissioning. Discussion shall cover explanations of any disagreements and proposals for their resolution. 7. The TT retains the original non-conformance forms until the end of the project. 8. Any required re-testing by any contractor shall not be considered a justified reason for a claim of delay or for a time extension by the prime contractor. C. Failure Due to Manufacturer Defect: If 10%, or three, whichever is greater, of identical pieces (size alone does not constitute a difference) of equipment fail to perform to the Contract Documents (mechanically or substantively) due to manufacturing defect, not allowing it to meet its submitted performance spec, all identical units may be considered unacceptable by the General Contractor, subcontractor, sub-subcontractor, MEC, TT, A/E or PM. In such case, the General Contractor shall provide, via the MEC, the PM with the following: 1. Within one (1) week of notification that identifies a potential manufacturing defect from the GC. Subcontractor, sub-subcontractor, MEC, TT, A/E or PM, the particular contractor or manufacturer’s representative shall examine all other identical units making a record of the findings. The findings shall be provided to the commissioning team within two (2) weeks of the original notice. 2. Within two (2) weeks of the original notification, the contractor or manufacturer shall provide a signed and dated, written explanation of the problem, cause of failures, etc. and all proposed solutions which shall include full equipment submittals. The proposed solutions shall not significantly exceed the specification requirements of the original installation. 3. The A/E and the PM will determine whether a replacement of all identical units or a repair is acceptable. 4. Two (2) examples of the proposed solution will be installed by the contractor and the particular trade will be allowed to test the installations for up to one week, upon which the A/E and the PM will decide whether to accept the solution. 5. Upon acceptance, the contractor and/or manufacturer shall replace or repair all identical items, at their expense and extend the warranty accordingly, if the original equipment New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION 013100 -30 AND COMMISSIONING warranty had begun. The replacement/repair work shall proceed with reasonable speed beginning within one (1) week from when parts can be obtained. D. Approval: The TT notes each satisfactorily demonstrated function on the test form. Formal approval of the functional test is made later after review by the TT. The TT recommends acceptance of each test to the MEC using a standard form. The GC, A/E and PM gives final approval on each test using the same form, providing a signed copy to the MEC. The MEC will then provide this form to the TT and the particular contractor and their subcontractor. 1.17 PRE-FUNCTIONAL TEST CHECKLISTS A. The following forms are samples of pre-functional checklists of equipment and systems included on this project. These checklists may be used in conjunction with manufacturers checklists and instructions. Not all checklists for all equipment is included herewith. The TT shall make up any checklists required for equipment indicated to be commissioned. These sample checklists are included to serve as a minimum standard for checklists for all equipment identified for commissioning within this specification Section. The PM has the sole approval authority regarding content of any pre-functional and functional checklist. PM, at his/her discretion, may request input from the MEC, TT and A/E regarding checklists content; therefore, the MEC, TT and A/E will cooperate with the PM to produce detailed and comprehensive checklists. B. The following list identifies all sample checklists included in this specification Section. CHECKLIST NAME -NUMBER OF PAGES 1 Ahu_cool.ft5 1 to 9 2 Cabungtr.ft1 1 to 2 3 Econtest.ft2 1 to 5 4 E-powbig.fts 1 to 12 5 Fintube.ft2 1 to 3 6 Tab.ft5 1 to 4 7 Tu_rehet.ft9 0 to 8 8 Unit_htr.ft1 1 to 2 9 Vfdfan.ft2 1 to 4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 – EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 013100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Construction Progress Documentation 013200 -1 SECTION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures and requirements for submission and review of progress schedules and reports. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. Failure to complete the Work on Time -liquidated damages. B. Section 013100 -PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION AND COMMISSIONING 1. Progress meetings. C. Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Project reports. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Shop drawings, product data and samples. D. Section 015000 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Computer equipment hardware, software and ancillary supplies. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. The Project is being awarded as a a CM at Risk, guaranteed maximum price contract. The C.M. is Barr and Barr, Inc. who are already contracted by the City of Northampton to complete the project. Critical milestone dates are as follows: Please note that the Estimated Start Dates are dependent upon information currently available and are subject to change by the C.M. and Awarding Authority New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Construction Progress Documentation 013200 -2 All aspects of the work shall be scheduled, performed and completed under the direction of the Construction Manager. Materials and manpower must be supplied in proper sequence and as necessary to meet all milestone and completion deadlines. Proper sequencing of subcontractor work and potential access limitations must be taken into consideration and addressed by each subcontractor. The milestone definitions and deadlines outlined below are requirements of the contract for all Trade Contractors. The intent of the project schedule is to indicate the general sequence of the work and approximate durations required to meet the overall project schedule. It will be the subcontractor’s responsibility to properly man and equip the project such that the general parameters provided by the schedule are met. Failure to do so may result in termination and/or assessment of back charges associated with accelerating follow-on subcontractors. In the event that this contractor fails to meet the required deadlines or durations of the schedule, this contractor shall, at its own cost, work overtime to accelerate its scope of work in order to return the project to the schedule. The existing police facility building will be occupied during Phase 1. Paths of egress out of the existing building must remain free and clear at all times during construction. This subcontractor shall confirm with the Construction Manager the phase of which every component of its scope of work shall be performed. Any work performed by this subcontractor that is deemed by the Construction Manager to be out-of-sequence shall be corrected by this subcontractor at its own expense and at no additional costs to the project. Costs incurred by other subcontractors or the Construction Manager due to out-of-sequence work by this subcontractor will be back charged to this subcontractor accordingly. It is understood that this Subcontractor’s work may not flow in a continuous manner and that additional move-ins and remobilizations may be required by this subcontractor due to logistics of the project and the schedule at no additional cost. The Subcontractor shall procure and prepare its materials and manufactured products so as to be ready to begin work in the field when directed by the Construction Manager. It shall perform the Work in a prompt and diligent manner, commencing the several parts thereof at such times and proceeding therewith in such order as directed by the Construction Manager, and shall finish the several parts and the whole of the Work as provided herein, so that, in conjunction with other trades engaged thereon, it will insure the uninterrupted progress of the Project. It shall complete the Work as rapidly as field conditions permit, proceeding in a skillful and expeditious manner, so that the Project will be completed within the target dates established by the Construction Manager's progress schedule as updated from time to time. The Subcontractor shall submit to the Construction Manager immediately upon award of contracts a Bar Chart Construction Schedule of all activities contained in the Subcontractor’s scope of work. This schedule shall include activity descriptions and durations in working days, for shop drawings, fabrication, delivery and installation of products, materials and equipment, identify precedent relationships between the Subcontractor's activities and those of other Subcontractors, the dollar value, necessary manpower loadings, and precedent activities from other Contracts. The activities on the schedule must be at a level of detail approved by The Construction Manager and agree with the terminology and building sequencing established by The Construction Manager New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Construction Progress Documentation 013200 -3 This schedule is the current estimated schedule and is subject to change at the sole discretion of CITY OF NORTHAMPTON and the CM. All information is presented for general informational purposes only and is not binding on CITY OF NORTHAMPTON/CM. MILESTONE DESCRIPTION TARGET DATE(S) Notice of Award to Trade Contractors June 1, 2011 MEP Coordination Kickoff Meeting June 7, 2011 Submittals due from subcontractors for review and approval June 17, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, Lower Floor June 28, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, First Floor July 12, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, Second Floor August 2, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, Roof August 23, 2011 MEP Coordination Drawings Complete, Parking Deck September 13, 2011 Site Utilities, Center Street and Gothic Street, begins May 20, 2011 Foundations and Slab on Grade, New Building July 1 – October 3, 2011 Structural Steel and Slabs-on-Decks, New Building October 11-November 14, 2011 CMU Masonry Shafts & Interior CMU, New Building November 15 – Dec. 16, 2011 Exterior LGMF Framing and Sheathing, New Building November 15 – Dec. 23, 2011 Roofing and Exterior Waterproofing/Insulation, New Building Dec. 7, 2011 – January 3, 2012 Exterior Brick Installation, New Building January 3 – February 18, 2012 Windows, Exterior Glazing and Metal Panels, New Building February 7 – March 12, 2012 MEP Rough, Lower Floor, New Building Nov. 11, 2011 – Feb. 7, 2012 MEP Rough, First Floor, New Building Nov. 30, 2011 – Feb. 21, 2012 MEP Rough, Second Floor, New Building Dec. 6, 2011 – Feb. 21, 2012 Elevator Installation, New Building February 7 – March 12, 2012 Prime painting, Lower Floor, New Building, begins February 21, 2012 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Construction Progress Documentation 013200 -4 Acoustical Ceiling Grid, Lower Floor, New Building, begins February 23, 2012 Finish painting, Lower Floor, New Building, begins March 28, 2012 Prime painting, First Floor, New Building, begins March 4, 2012 Acoustical Ceiling Grid, First Floor, New Building, begins March 11, 2012 Finish painting, First Floor, New Building, begins April 16, 2012 Prime painting, Second Floor, New Building, begins March 6, 2012 Acoustical Ceiling Grid, Second Floor, New Building, begins March 13, 2012 Finish painting, Second Floor, New Building, begins April 12, 2012 Installation of MEP ceilings fixtures and devices begins 2-weeks into the ceiling grid duration, each level Installation of ceiling tile begins 1-week following ceiling grid, each level Installation of resilient flooring and tile flooring begins immediately following ceiling tile, each level Substantial completion, New Building May 2, 2012 Existing Building Demolition June 20 – August 7, 2012 Excavation and Foundations, Parking Deck August 8 – October 12, 2012 Precast Parking Deck installation October 10 – October 20, 2012 MEP Installations, Parking Deck October 23-November 10, 2012 Substantial completion, Parking Deck November 22, 2012 Estimated Project Duration for Overall Project: 73 Weeks Anticipated Project Construction Completion: 3rd quarter of 2012 PART 2 – PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 – EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 013200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Submittal Requirements 013300-1 SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Shop drawings, products data, samples, and schedule of values. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCTS DATA, AND SAMPLES A. General: 1. Review and submit to the Designer and where outlined below to the Project Manager, shop drawings, project data and samples required by Specifications Sections. 2. No submissions made by FAX will be accepted. 3. The Contractor, within the time frame stated in Section 013200 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION after the Pre-Construction Meeting, shall prepare and submit for the Designer and the Project Manager’s approval, a Schedule of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required to be submitted for the Work. The schedule shall indicate, by trade, the date by which final approval of each item must be obtained, and shall be revised as required by conditions of the Work, subject to the Project Manager’s approval. The Schedule of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples shall correspond with the construction schedule so that the submissions relate to the time when the products and/or systems will be required on the site. Neither the Designer nor the Project Manager will approve a schedule that calls for out-of-sequence submittals. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Original drawings shall be prepared by General Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier or Distributor, which illustrate some portion of the Work, showing fabrication, layout, setting, or erection of details. a. Shop drawings shall be prepared by a qualified detailer. b. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail numbers indicated on Contract Drawings. c. Maximum sheet size shall be 30-inch by 42-inch. d. Submit with the required number of opaque prints specified herein. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Submittal Requirements 013300-2 C. Product Data: 1. Manufacturers' catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations and other standard descriptive data. Provide manufacturer's catalogue sheet, specification for each product and other pertinent data as required under the individual specification. a. Modify product data submittals to delete information which is not applicable to the project. b. Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to the project. c. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products or models. d. Show dimensions and clearances required. e. Show performance characteristics and capacities. f. Show wiring diagrams and controls. 2. All such data shall be specific and identification of material or equipment submitted shall be clearly made in ink. Data of general nature will not be accepted. 3. Product Data shall be accompanied by transmittal notice. The The Contractor's stamp of approval shall appear on the printed information itself. D. Samples: 1. Physical samples shall illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and shall establish standards by which work is judged. After review and approval, samples may be used in construction of project if not retained for comparison. a. Office samples of sufficient size and quantity shall clearly illustrate: 1) Functional characteristics of product or material, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2) Full range of color samples. 3) After review and approval by Designer and the Project Manager, samples may be used in construction of project if not retained for comparison. b. Field Samples and Mock-ups 1) Erect at project site at locations acceptable to the Designer and the Project Manager. 2) Construct each sample of mock-up complete, including work of all trades required in finished work. 2. Unless otherwise specified in the individual Section, the Contractor shall submit two labeled specimens of of each Sample. 3. Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper evaluation of material. Where variations in color or in other characteristics are to be expected, samples shall show the maximum range of variation. Materials exceeding the variation of the approved samples will not be approved on the Work. 4. Samples which can be conveniently mailed shall be sent directly to the Designer, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Submittal Requirements 013300-3 accompanied by transmittal notice. On the transmittal notice the Contractor shall stamp his approval of Samples submitted. 5. All other Samples shall be delivered at the field office with Sample identification tag attached and properly filled in. Transmittal notice of Samples so delivered with the Contractor's stamp of approval, shall be mailed concurrently to the Designer and the Project Manager to confirm their receipt thereof. 6. If Sample is rejected by the Designer, a new Sample shall be resubmitted in the manner specified herein above. This procedure shall be repeated until the Sample is approved in writing by the Designer. 7. Samples will not be returned unless return is requested at the time of submission. The right is reserved to require submission of Samples whether or not specified in the Specifications, at no additional cost to the Commonwealth. E. Mock-ups: Erect at project site at location acceptable to to Designer and the Project Manager, each mock-up complete, including work of all trades required in finished work. 1.4 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Review shop drawings, Product Data and Samples prior to submission. Verify: 1. Field measurements. 2. Field construction criteria. 3. Catalog numbers and similar data. 4. Conformance with Specifications. B. All shop drawings prepared by subcontractors shall be processed through the General Contractor. The General Contractor shall check all the shop drawings for conformity with the Contract Documents and particularly for field measurements and proper fit with adjoining work prior to submitting same to the Designer for approval. Certification shall appear on each shop drawing stating that the General Contractor has made his/her check. 1. The Term "By Others" shall not be used on shop drawings, the General Contractor shall state by whom related items are to be furnished and/or installed. 2. The Designer reserves the right to reject and return to the General Contractor, without examination, any shop drawings which have not been previously checked and certified as outlined above, which carry the term "by other" or such vague reference, which are difficult to read, which have arrived by FAX or which in any way are obviously not in conformity with Contract Requirements. 3. Shop drawings shall show materials, design, dimensions, connections and other details necessary to ensure that they accurately interpret the Contract Documents and shall also show adjoining work in such detail as required to provide proper connection with same. 4. The Designer will check and approve shop drawings only for conformance with the design concept and for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. Approval of shop drawings by the Designer will not release the General Contractor from his responsibility for furnishing same of proper dimensions, size quantity and quality to effectively perform the work and carry out the requirements and intent of Contract Documents. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Submittal Requirements 013300-4 5. Such approval will not relieve the General Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the shop drawings, nor for the proper coordination of any submittal with all other work. If the shop drawings deviate, or are intended to deviate, from the Contract Documents, the General Contractor shall so advise the Designer in writing at the time the shop drawings are submitted, stating the difference in value between the Contract requirements and that denoted by said shop drawings. 6. The General Contractor shall assume full liability for delay attributed to insufficient time for delivery and/or installation of material or performance of the work when approval of pertinent shop drawing is withheld due to the failure of the General Contractor to submit, revise, or resubmit shop drawings in adequate time to allow the Designer and the Project Manager a reasonable time, not to exceed twenty-one (21) calendar days, days, for normal checking and processing of each submission or resubmission. C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of Contract Documents. D. The General Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by the Designer’s review and approval of submittals, unless Designer gives tentative written acceptance of specific deviations subject to written concurrence by the Project Manager. E. Notify the Designer in writing at the time of submission, of deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents or previous submissions. F. Work that requires submittals shall not commence unless submitted with Designer’s stamp and initials or signature indicating review and approval, and Project Manager’s initials or signature of concurrence indicate review and approval. 1. No work shall be started in the shop or on the job, or materials delivered to the site, until pertinent shop drawings have been approved by the Designer and the Project Manager. G. After aforesaid review and approval, distribute copies. H. Maintain one (1) copy of each approved submittal at the project site. 1.5 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: A. General: All submittals shall be made to the Designer’s Office. The quantity and makeup of submittals shall be as established by the Designer; however, two (2) additional copies of all submittals shall be transmitted to the Project Manager at the same time that such submittals are transmitted to the Designer. The Designer will log and distribute submittals for review by his consultant engineers. B. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedules, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work. C. Submit number of samples specified in each Section of the Specifications. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Submittal Requirements 013300-5 D. Submittals shall include: 1. Date and revision dates. 2. Project title and number. 3. The names of: a. Designer; b. General Contractor; c. Subcontractor; d. Supplier; e. Manufacturer; f. Separate detailer when pertinent. 4. Identification of product or material. 5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. 6. Field dimensions clearly identified as such. 7. Specification Section number and specific paragraph under which item is specified. 8. Submission number. 9. Applicable standards, such as ASTM number. 10. A blank space, five-inch by four-inch, for the Designer’s stamp. 11. Contractor’s remarks. Identify exceptions or deviations from Contract Documents and reasons for them. a. If shop drawings submitted by the General Contractor indicate a departure from the Contract and the Designer deems it to be minor adjustment in the interest of the project (subject to concurrence by the Contractor stating it does not involve a change in Contract Price or extension of time), the Designer may approve the submission, but the approval shall be subject to OPM review and acceptance of the Designer’s recommendation. b. The approval of OPM shall be inferred to contain in substance the following: The change is so ordered with the understanding that it does not involve any change in the Contract Price or Time, and that it is subject generally to all contract stipulations and covenants, and is without prejudice to any and all rights under the Contract. 12. General Contractor's stamp initialed or signed certifying review and approval of submittal. 13. Any other items as called for by the Designer, the Project Manager or required by the manufacturers. 14. The Designer reserves the right to ask for shop drawings for any or all items on the project, whether or not requested in individual specification sections, at no additional cost to the Commonwealth. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Submittal Requirements 013300-6 1.6 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: A. Resubmission: Resubmission procedure shall follow the same procedures as the initial submittal with the following exceptions: B. Shop Drawings: 1. Transmittal shall contain the same information as the first transmittal except that the submission number shall change sequentially. The drawing number/description shall be identical as the first transmittal but the date shall be the revised date for that submission. 2. No new material should be included on the same transmittal for the resubmission. 3. Indicate on drawings any changes which may have been made other than those requested by the Designer. C. Product Data and Samples: 1. Submit any new data and samples as required from previous submittal. 1.7 THE PROJECT MANAGER’S AND DESIGNER’S REVIEWS AND DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMISSIONS A. The Project Manager and/or his/her designees will review submittals concurrently with the Designer and his/her consultant engineers. After the Designer’s (and his/her consultant engineers) review, distribution shall be as follows: 1. If submittal is ‘reviewed -no exceptions taken’, or ‘reviewed, make corrections noted’, all such submittals shall be transmitted to the Project Manager for concurrence by initialing. The Project Manager will then return all but one (1) copy to the Designer for transmittal back to the Contractor, who shall then distribute said submittals to appropriate subcontractors, and one (1) copy to the OPM. 2. If submittal is ‘reviewed -revise and resubmit’ or ‘rejected’, all such submittals shall be returned to the Contractor for resubmission. A copy of the transmittal, indicating that a submittal was disapproved and returned to the Contractor, will be forwarded from the Designer to the Project Manager with an additional copy forwarded from the Designer to the OPM, for their records. 3. If a submittal is ‘reviewed -no exceptions taken’ or reviewed, make corrections noted’ by the Designer, or approved as noted by the Designer, but the Project Manager does not concur, a meeting between the Designer and the Project Manager will immediately be established to resolve the impasse. The time frame for the Designer’s review will not exceed fourteen (14) calendar days between his/her receipt of submittal and receipt of the Designer’s reviewed submittals by the Project Manager. The Project Manager will have final authority as to the disposition of the submission. The Designer’s position of approval (or disapproval) must be based on the contractual criteria of design intent, function, structure and durability. The Project Manager’s contrary position must also be based on these criteria. The aforesaid meeting and ultimate disposition will not New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Submittal Requirements 013300-7 exceed seven (7) calendar days. 4. The combined review period, for the Designer and the Project Manager, will not exceed twenty-one (21) calendar days from the established date of each submission indicated on the Schedule of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, plus the additional time, if any, for distribution by the Contractor and receipt of submissions by the Designer and Project Manager. The Contractor is required to anticipate review time, including time for possible rejection and resubmission, in establishing Schedule dates. a. The aforementioned time provided the Designer for checking shop drawings is from the date of receipt of shop drawings by the Designer to the mailing date of shop drawings returned to the General Contractor by the Designer. 5. The Designer will process the submission and indicate the appropriate action on the submission and the transmittal. Incomplete or erroneous transmittals will be be returned without action. 6. The Designer will fill out transmittal in the following sequence: a. Date received from Contractor. b. Date forwarded to Project Manager. c. Date received from Project Manager. d. Date returned to Contractor. e. Action taken on submission. f. Distribution, including number of copies distributed and type of material distributed (i.e., print, brochure or sample, etc.). g. Designer’s remarks (note major deviations from the Contract Documents). B. Designer’s Review Procedure: 1. Stamped REVIEWED, “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN”: a. No corrections or resubmissions required, fabrication may proceed. 2. Stamped REVIEWED, “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED”: a. If Contractor complies with noted corrections, fabrication may proceed. Submit corrected print for final review. b. If, for any reason, the Contractor cannot comply with the noted corrections, fabrication shall not proceed and Contractor shall resubmit, following procedures outlined in this Section. 3. Stamped REVIEWED, “REVISE AND RESUBMIT” OR “REJECTED”: a. Contractor shall revise and resubmit for review. Fabrication shall not proceed. C. Manufacturer’s Instruction 1. When required in individual Specification Section, submit manufacturer’s printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Submittal Requirements 013300-8 finishing, in quantities specified for product data, with two (2) additional copies submitted to the Project Manager. D. Certificates of Compliance: Submit certificates of compliance with the associated Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples required for the product in quantities specified for certificates of compliance, with two (2) additional copies submitted to the Project Manager. E. Field Samples: Provide field samples of finishes at the project as required by individual Specification Section. Install sample complete and finished. F. Patterns and Colors: Submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Designer for review and selection whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product, unless the exact color and pattern of a product are indicated in the Contract Documents. Color and Pattern charts shall represent the manufacturer’s complete standard offerings, except where Specifications limit the offerings by defining a particular series or product type which is normally limited in color and pattern availability. Color and Pattern charts shall be submitted in quantities specified with two (2) additional copies submitted to the Project Manager. 1.8 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Prior to the first request for payment, the General Contractor shall submit to the Designer and the Project Manager, a Schedule of Values of the various portions of the Work in sufficient detail to reflect various major components of each trade, including quantities when requested, aggregating the total contract sum, and divided so as to facilitate payments for work under each Section. The schedule shall be prepared in such form as specified or as the Designer or the Project Manager may approve, and it shall include data to substantiate its accuracy. Each item in the Schedule of Values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit. This schedule, including breakdown and values, requires the approval of the Designer and the Project Manager and shall be used only as a basis for the Contractor's request for payment. PART 2 – PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 – EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 013300 New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 General LEED® Requirements 013329 -1 SECTION 013329 GENERAL LEED® REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overview of LEED® requirements and procedures. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. The Contractor shall assist in achieving the following LEED prerequisites and credits: Prerequisite /Credit Related Specification Section(s) SSp1: Erosion & Sedimentation Control 312500 Erosion & Sedimentation Control SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect: Roof 075419 Poly-vinyl Chloride (PVC) Roofing EAp1: Fundamental Building Systems Commissioning 220800 Commissioning of Plumbing, 230800 Commissioning of HVAC, 260800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems MRc2: Construction Waste Management 017419 Waste Management and Disposal MRc3: Resource Reuse 018113 LEED Product Requirements MRc4: Recycled Content 018113 LEED Product Requirements MRc5: Regional Materials 018113 LEED Product Requirements MRc7: Certified Wood 018113 LEED Product Requirements EQc3: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan 018119 Indoor Air Quality Management EQc4: Low-Emitting Materials 018113 LEED Product Requirements EQc5: Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control 018119 Indoor Air Quality Management IDc1: Low-Mercury Lighting 265100 Interior Lighting 265600 Exterior Lighting 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. LEED: Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design is a voluntary, consensus-based, marketresponsive set of criteria that evaluate project performance from a whole-building perspective. B. USGBC: U.S. Green Building Council is a broad-based inclusive coalition of representatives from different segments of the design and building industry. The Council works to change industry New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 General LEED® Requirements 013329 -2 standards, develop best design practices and guidelines; advocate for green buildings, and develop educational tools to support its members in implementing sustainable design and construction practices. 1.05 REFERENCES A. LEED Green Building Rating System Reference Guide: For New Construction & Major Renovations Version 2.2, U.S. Green Building Council, October 2007. 1.06 OBJECTIVES A. Construct a building that uses land, water, energy and material resources appropriately and efficiently and provides a safe, comfortable and productive indoor environment for building occupants in accordance with the LEED requirements. B. To achieve certification under the LEED-NC Version 2.2 Green Building Rating System administered by the U.S. Green Building Council by meeting the requirements of the LEED prerequisites and credits listed in paragraph 1.03 ‘Related Sections’. 1. No single manufacturer, fabricator, or subcontractor subcontractor can fulfill the total requirements for LEED certification for the project. LEED certification requires the cooperation and diligence of all project participants for a successful application and acceptance for LEED certification. 2. Failure to provide products or methods of construction contributing towards LEED prerequisites will result in the Owner achieving a Certification less than that specified or none at all. The Owner reserves the right to seek compensation where failure to achieve Certification is a result of direct neglect or misrepresentation of any material or construction method. 1.07 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The site superintendent (or other individual designated by the Contractor) shall be responsible for coordinating all construction activities associated with LEED certification. B. LEED construction activities shall include: 1. Coordinating with subcontractors and ensuring the successful implementation of LEED strategies, programs and plans 2. Reporting construction activity progress to the Consultant as it relates to the LEED aspects of the Project 3. Supplying the LEED documentation and submittals outlined within this specification and related sections to the Consultant to demonstrate that LEED requirements have been met 4. Other duties as detailed in the related Sections listed in paragraph 1.03 C. The LEED requirements listed in Sections 017419, 018119, 018113, and 312500 apply to all Sections and Work for this Project, whether specifically indicated or not. 1. Compliance with requirements needed to obtain LEED prerequisites and credits will be used as one criterion to evaluate requests for substitutions or alternates 1.08 LEED KICK-OFF MEETING A. Prior to mobilization on-site, the Contractor shall hold a kick-off meeting with the Consultant to review the LEED requirements. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. LEED certification and performance objectives 2. LEED requirements and procedures 3. LEED documentation and submittals New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 General LEED® Requirements 013329 -3 1.09 LEED COORDINATION MEETING A. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor (in conjunction with the Consultant) shall hold a coordination meeting with the construction team to explain the LEED requirements to the Sub-Contractors. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. LEED certification and performance objectives 2. LEED requirements and procedures 3. LEED documentation and submittals B. The Contractor shall ensure that the appropriate Sub-Contractors attend the LEED Coordination Meeting. If Sub-Contractors are unable to attend this meeting, the Contractor shall make arrangements to host additional LEED Coordination Meetings to suit. 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Photographs shall be provided as specified in the Sections listed in paragraph 1.03. All photos taken for LEED documentation purposes shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Resolution: High resolution digital images (1280 x 1024 or higher) 2. Date Stamp: Standard indicating YYYY-MM-DD B. Provide all submittals required in the Sections listed in paragraph 1.03. Submittals shall be presented to the Consultant for approval. C. The Consultant will complete all LEED Letter Templates required to document the successful completion of the prerequisites and credits listed in paragraph 1.03. The Contractor shall review, sign and submit these Templates to the Consultant as an accurate indication of the construction performance. D. The Owner reserves the right to withhold Progress Payments pending the submission of documentation or completion of actions required in the Sections listed in paragraph 1.03. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 013329 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Health & Safety Plan Procedures 013529-1 SECTION 013529 HEALTH, SAFETY AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Furnish all labor, equipment and materials and perform all operations in connection with monitoring air quality, decontaminating equipment and providing worker health and safety protection for all CONTRACTOR personnel. 2. Develop a site specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) specifically addressing the potential hazards that may be encountered. This plan shall meet all OSHA requirements. 3. Review the requirements and data presented and supplement the program with any additional measures deemed necessary to fully comply with regulatory requirements and adequately protect personnel on the site. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.120 B. OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1926.62 C. Massachusetts Contingency Plan, 310 CMR 40 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Site Safety Official (SSO) -The individual located on a hazardous waste site who is responsible to the Contractor and has the authority and knowledge necessary to implement the site safety and health plan and verify compliance with applicable safety and health requirements. B. Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Site, means an area identified as an uncontrolled hazardous waste site by a governmental body, whether Federal, state, local or other where an accumulation of hazardous substances creates a threat to the health and safety of individuals or the environment or both. 1.4 SUBMITTALS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Health & Safety Plan Procedures 013529-2 A. The following must be provided to the Engineer within seven (7) days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Site-specific Health and Safety Plan including the Emergency Response Plan to the Engineer for review, including provisions for decontamination and a contingency plan for unforeseen emergencies. The Engineer’s review is only to determine if the Plan meets basic regulatory requirements and the minimum requirements of this Section. The review will not determine the adequacy of the plan to address all potential hazards, as that remains the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2. Current certification of employee's health and safety training and certification of employee's baseline medical exam status. 3. Certification of additional required health and safety training for Supervisors. 4. Qualifications and experience of the SSO for approval. B. Submit minutes of weekly safety meetings at periodic progress meetings. 1.5 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor is solely responsible for the health and safety of workers employed by the Contractor, any subcontractor and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. B. Work under this contract is not being performed on an “Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Site,” as defined in 29CFR1910.120 and Article 1.3 C, above. Develop and follow a site specific Health & Safety Plan (H&SP) in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 1.6. C. Provide a full-time SSO regardless of whether or not the Work is at a defined Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Site. D. Pre-arrange emergency medical care services at a nearby hospital, including establishment of emergency routes of travel. E. Conduct weekly safety meetings with all site personnel, documenting attendance and topics covered. F. Train all workers assigned to areas where contaminated media are likely to be encountered in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120. G. In areas where contaminated media are likely to be encountered, monitor air quality in and around work area using appropriate air monitoring equipment, as indicated in Part 2. Record all readings and maintain record on site. Stop work and/or upgrade respiratory protection or personal protective equipment levels if action levels established in the HASP are exceeded. Ensure that degree and type of respiratory protection provided is consistent with the monitored concentrations and individual chemical parameters. Lawfully dispose of all contaminated clothing and equipment that cannot be decontaminated. H. At all times, prevent oil or other hazardous substances from entering the ground, sewers, drainage areas and piping systems. 1.6 HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN (HASP) REQUIREMENTS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Health & Safety Plan Procedures 013529-3 A. The following items shall be addressed in the HASP: 1. safety and health hazard assessment; 2. procedures for emergency medical treatment and first aid; 3. map indicating route to hospital for emergency medical care; 4. Lead Exposure Control Plan (29 CFR 1926.62); 5. equipment decontamination procedures; 6. air monitoring procedures and action levels; 7. personal protective equipment and decontamination; 8. physical hazard evaluation and abatement including: a. equipment operation; b. confined space entry; c. slips and falls; d. building collapse; e. falling debris; f. encountering unmarked utilities; g. cold and heat stress; h. hot work (cutting and welding); i. excavation entry; 9. training requirements; 10. recordkeeping requirements; 11. emergency response plan that includes: a. names of three (3) Emergency Response Contractors, experienced in the removal and disposal of oils and hazardous chemicals, that the Contractor intends to use in the event of an emergency; b. evacuation routes and procedures; c. emergency alerting and response procedures. 1.7 CONTINGENCY MEASURES & NOTIFICATIONS A. The potential for encountering hazardous buried objects or materials that could pose a threat to human health or the environment exists. In the event that potentially hazardous materials are encountered during the work under this contract, the responsibilities of the Contractor and the Engineer are described herein. B. The procedures and protocols to be used by the SSO in defining materials that are potentially hazardous include screening with a photoionization detector, odor, visual appearance of a material, and obvious oil or chemical contaminated materials. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Health & Safety Plan Procedures 013529-4 C. Upon encountering suspected hazardous buried objects or materials as described above, cover the excavation immediately if no imminent danger, as defined by the SSO, is present. If there is an imminent danger, as defined by the SSO, Evacuate the area immediately. The SSO shall then notify the Engineer and the Owner of the situation. D. Establish, properly barricade, and mark the area as an exclusion zone under the direction of the SSO. The SSO shall establish the exclusion zone boundaries based upon air quality monitoring using a photoionization detector and other equipment as appropriate. The exclusion zone shall be established at a minimum 50-foot radius around the location where the potentially hazardous material is encountered. Work within the exclusion zone shall be discontinued until the hazardous condition has been remediated and testing indicates that a hazard does not exist. Other activities of the site, outside the limits of the exclusion zone shall continue. Ambient air quality monitoring shall be performed by the SSO to demonstrate that ambient air quality in other portions of the site is not adversely impacted by the exclusion zone condition. E. Notify the Engineer and the Owner regarding the presence of potentially hazardous materials. The Owner may direct the Contractor to notify regulators and to obtain necessary regulatory approvals for remediation. F. Mobilize the appropriate equipment and personnel to sample and test the hazardous material within the exclusion zone to determine the remedial action required, subject to the Engineer’s direction. The Contractor may be directed to remove and legally dispose of the material. Compensation for the removal and disposal of hazardous material will be as a Change in Work and Change in Contract Price in accordance with the General Conditions, if not covered under a specific bid item. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR MONITORING EQUIPMENT A. Provide and maintain portable photoionization detector or organic vapor analyzer capable of detecting organic vapors or total hydrocarbons. Equipment shall be sensitive to the 0.5 PPM level. B. Provide and maintain an oxygen analyzer to measure oxygen concentration in any trench or confined space prior to entry, as determined by the SSO. C. Provide and maintain an explosimeter whenever the potential for accumulation of explosive gases exists, as determined by the SSO. D. All air monitoring equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 013529 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 References 014200 -1 SECTION 014200 REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract including, but not limited to, the following: 1. The Owner. 2. The Designer (the Architect-of-Record or Engineer-of-Record as applicable). 3. The Project Manager. 4. The Owner’s Project Manager (OPM). 5. The User Agency. 6. The Contractor. B. "Reviewed": When used to convey Designer's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "reviewed" is limited to Designer's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Designer. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 References 014200 -2 G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S." B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of current edition of Codes in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 014200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Quality Control 014500-1 SECTION 014500 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Quality assurance and control of the Work 2. Testing and inspection services 3. Cooperation with Owner’s independent testing agency 4. Product test reports 5. Manufacturer's field service B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 5. Section 014523 -Testing and Inspecting Services 6. Testing requirements are described in various Sections of the Project Manual. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product test reports 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Monitor quality control over Suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturer's instructions. Should these instructions conflict with the Specifications, request clarification from the Owner before proceeding. C. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. 1.4 TESTING SERVICES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR A. Furnish all testing services required for materials and equipment proposed to be used in the Work, and quality control tests made in the field including: 1. Concrete materials and mix designs New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Quality Control 014500-2 2. Concrete in place 3. Standard proctor analyses for all borrow materials used on the Project 4. Standard proctor analysis of all subgrade material to be compacted during surface preparation and fine grading and compaction work 5. Sieve analyses for all borrow materials used on the Project 6. Soil structure and nutrient analyses for all loam and topsoil used on the Project 7. Compaction tests performed during trench backfilling and compaction, rough grading and site preparation, fine grading and compaction of roadway and sidewalk subgrades, and placement of roadway and sidewalk subbase materials 8. Design of asphalt mixtures 9. Asphalt in place 10. Field welded joints 11. All other tests and engineering data as required in the Contract Documents. B. Testing agencies must meet the requirements of Section 01 45 23. C. An independent commercial testing laboratory, with current Massachusetts certification, shall perform all tests that require the services of a laboratory to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. Independent testing laboratory requirements are defined under Section 01451. D. Secure and deliver the required number of samples to the laboratory as required by the Contract Documents. E. Notify Owner and Engineer of time, location and material being sampled. F. Schedule necessary testing laboratory services. G. Furnish written reports of each test within 48 hours of completion of testing. H. Notify the Engineer 48 hours prior to operations requiring inspections and laboratory testing services so the Engineer may witness testing. All failed test areas shall be reworked and re-tested until passing results are obtained. I. The Owner may hire its own independent testing laboratory for quality control tests made in the field or laboratory on materials and equipment during and after their incorporation in the Work. Cooperate with the Owner and independent testing laboratory and furnish samples of materials, design, mix, equipment, tools, storage, and assistance as requested. J. Re-work all failed test areas until passing results are obtained. All re-tests required as a result of the Contractor’s failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be at the Contractor’s expense. 1.5 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING A. Provide inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances, or by a legally constituted authority having jurisdiction over the Work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Quality Control 014500-3 1.6 PRODUCT TEST REPORTS A. Submit 2 copies of product test reports where required by the Contract Documents. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS’ FIELD SERVICE A. Provide qualified field service and installation personnel from material and equipment suppliers to observe site conditions, installation techniques, quality of workmanship, equipment start-up, adjustment, and performance test where required by the Contract Documents. Observations are to be reported and incorporated in the Work procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 014500 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing & Inspection Services 014523-1 SECTION 014523 TESTING & INSPECTING SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Independent testing services including geotechnical, concrete, and welding inspection and testing 2. Testing laboratory services B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 5. Section 014500 -Quality Control 6. Section 312300 -Excavation and Fill 7. Section 310500 -Soils for Earthwork 8. Section 321216 -Asphalt Paving 9. Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.2 REFERENCES A. General 1. ASTM E329 – Standard Specifications for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials used in Construction B. Soil Testing 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (ASHTO) C. Concrete Testing 1. Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory (CCRL) D. Welding Inspection 1. AWWA D-100-96 or latest version -AWWA Standard for Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage 2. American Welding Society (AWS) B1.11 -Guide for the Nondestructive Examination of Welds New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing & Inspection Services 014523-2 3. AWS B5.1 -Specifications for the Qualifications of Welding Inspectors 4. AWS B5.15 -Specifications for the Qualifications of Radiographic Interpreters 5. AWS ARE -6 Test Methods for Evaluating Welded Joints 6. AWS ARE -10 Monitoring and Control of Welding and Joining Processes E. Coating Inspection 1. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) 2. SSPC – The Society for Protective Coatings 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Qualifications, experience, and certifications of each proposed testing service. B. Certificate of calibration for testing equipment. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General 1. Comply with the requirements of Section 014500, Quality Control, for testing and inspection requirements. 2. Testing services shall have the following general qualifications: a. Minimum five years as a firm with the type of testing specified. b. Ability to provide timely field testing services to minimize the impact of the testing testing requirements on construction progress. c. Certification to perform the specified services in the state in which the Work is to be performed. 3. Testing services proposed by the Contractor shall be subject to review by the Owner and Engineer. Any testing firm not acceptable to the Owner or Engineer will be rejected. B. All testing agencies and laboratories must meet the requirements of ASTM E329. C. Testing company shall have been in business for a minimum of the last 5 years providing applicable testing services. D. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards. Submit copy of certificate of calibration made by accredited calibration agency. E. Testing shall be in accordance with applicable codes and regulations referenced in individual Specification Sections, and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing & Inspection Services 014523-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TESTING SERVICES – GENERAL A. Provide testing services meeting the following: 1. Provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. 2. Perform inspections required by the Contract Documents. Sample and test materials and observe methods of construction to determine compliance with applicable standards and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Take specimens and samples for testing, as required in individual Specification Sections. Provide all sampling equipment and deliver all specimens and Samples. 4. Promptly notify the Owner and the Engineer of irregularities or deficiencies in the Work which are observed during performance of services. 5. Promptly submit 2 copies of reports of inspections and tests to the Owner, and one copy to the Engineer including: a. Date issued b. Project title and number c. Testing laboratory or agency name and address d. Name and signature of inspector e. Date of inspection or sampling f. Record of temperature and weather g. Date of test h. Identification of product and Specification Section i. Location of Project j. Type of inspection or test k. Results of tests and observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents B. Perform additional tests and services as required to assure compliance with the Contract Documents. C. Obtain Owner’s approval of testing laboratory before performing testing services. D. Coordinate with testing laboratory. 3.2 GEOTECHNICAL TESTING New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing & Inspection Services 014523-4 A. Provide field testing and laboratory services for geotechnical soil testing required in Sections 312300 and 310500. 3.3 CONCRETE TESTING A. Provide qualified independent field and laboratory testing service to perform the concrete testing required in Section 033000 of the specifications. B. The concrete testing laboratory shall have been inspected by the CCRL within the past five years. C. The testing laboratory shall be licensed concrete testing laboratory by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. D. Field testing technicians shall have a Class A concrete technician license as certified by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 3.4 WELDING INSPECTION AND TESTING SERVICES A. Provide qualified independent welding inspection services as required in Section 050515 of the specifications. B. The welding inspector(s) shall be qualified under the requirements of AWS B5.1. Radiographic interpretation shall be performed by persons qualified under AWS B5.15. 3.5 COORDINATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY A. Provide testing laboratory personnel access to site and manufacturer's operations. B. Provide laboratory with representative samples of materials to be tested in required quantities. C. Furnish labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To facilitate inspections and tests. 3. For laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples. 4. To provide forms for preparing concrete test beams and cylinders. D. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. E. Arrange with laboratory and pay for additional inspections, samples, and tests required for Contractor's convenience. END OF SECTION 014523 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 -1 SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this section of the specifications. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Water B. Weather Protection C. Heating During Construction D. Temporary Power E. Hoisting Equipment and Machinery F. Staging G. Maintenance of Access H. Roof Protection I. Construction Equipment J. Construction Aids K. Enclosures L. Site Enclosure Fence M. Waste Management N. Project Identification O. Temporary Sanitary Facilities P. Telephone Q. Delivery of Materials R. Shut down Notice S. Construction Cores T. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights U. Covered Walkways V. Excavations and Field Survey Requirements 1.3 TEMPORARY WATER A. The contractor shall be responsible to provide & install the permanent and/or temporary water connection as required to complete all aspects of the project. The contractor shall be responsible for all permits, applications, fees and inspections to make the connections. B. Water shall be distributed by means of connections to the permanent service lines and shall be installed at the expense of the General Contractor. C. Any temporary pipe lines and connections from the permanent service line, either outside or within the building, necessary for the use of the General Contractor and his New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 -2 subcontractors shall be installed, protected and maintained at the expense of the General Contractor. D. The General Contractor, at his own expense, shall provide an adequate supply of drinking water from approved sources of acceptable quality, satisfactorily cooled, for his employees and those of his Sub-contractors. 1.4 WEATHER PROTECTION A. It is the intent of these Specifications to require that the General Contractor shall provide temporary enclosures and heat to permit construction work to be carried on during the months of November through March, in compliance with M.G. L. Chapter 149, Section 44D (G). These Specifications are not to be construed as requiring enclosures or heat for operations that are not economically feasible to protect in the judgment of the Designer. Included in the preceding category, without limitation, are such items as site work, excavation, pile driving, steel erection, erection of certain "exterior" wall panels, roofing, and similar operations. B. "WEATHER PROTECTION” shall mean the temporary protection of that work adversely affected by moisture, wind and cold, by covering, enclosing and/or heating. These protections shall provide adequate working areas during the months of November through March as determined by the Designer and consistent with the approved construction schedule to permit the continuous progress of all work necessary to maintain an orderly and efficient sequence of construction operations. The General Contractor shall furnish and install all "weather protection" material and be responsible for all costs, including heating required to maintain a minimum temperature of 40 degrees F, at the working surface. This provision does not supersede any specific requirements for methods of construction, curing of materials, or the applicable general conditions set forth in the Contract Articles with added regard to performance obligations of the Contractor. C. Within ten (10) calendar days after his award of contract, the General Contractor shall submit in writing to the Designer for Approval, three copies of his proposed methods for "Weather Protection". D. Installation of weather protection and heating devices shall comply with all safety regulations including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection devices. Heating devices which may cause damage to finish surfaces shall not be used. E. The General Contractor shall furnish and install one accurate Fahrenheit thermometer at each work area as designated by the Designer. However, one additional accurate Fahrenheit thermometer shall be provided for every 2,000 square feet of floor space where the work areas exceed 2,000 square feet. 1.5 HEATING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Within 30 calendar days after the commencement of work under this Contract, the General Contractor shall submit in writing to the Designer for approval, three copies of its method and time schedule for heating during construction which shall concur with its general progress schedule. B. After the building or portion thereof is completely enclosed by either permanent New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 -3 construction or substantial temporary materials having a comparable resistance as the specified permanent construction, the General Contractor shall pay and provide heat therein of not less than 55 degrees F., nor more than 75 degrees F., which shall be continuously maintained in the enclosed area until the project is accepted. C. The General Contractor shall furnish and install one accurate recording Fahrenheit thermometer at a place designated by the Designer, and one additional accurate thermometer for every 2,000 square feet of floor space, located as directed by the Designer in order to determine if the specified temperatures are maintained. The General Contractor or its authorized agent shall furnish daily to the Resident Engineer three copies of a signed statement of temperatures recorded every three hours. D. The General Contractor, with the approval of the Designer and Project Manager, may use the permanent heating system as specified for the project once it has been tested, flushed our and chemically treated, and is ready to operate. The General Contractor shall pay all energy costs for heating during construction and provide meters if required. The General Contractor and the HVAC and/or Electrical Subcontractor shall coordinate their work so that the permanent heating system for the building will be available and ready to provide heat as soon as the building is closed in. All maintenance, cleaning and replacement of filters shall be done before the system is accepted by the University. E. Operating labor shall be provided for continuous direct attendance, for frequent inspection of the system, emergency repairs, and keeping of temperature records. Continuous direct attendance shall mean direct attendance for twenty-four hours each day, seven days per week, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays included, throughout the progress of the work. F. It shall be the sole responsibility of the General Contractor Contractor to arrange for and pay the HVAC and/or Electrical Contractor to operate and to put in first-class condition all portions of the temporary and/or permanent heating system used for Heating During Construction. G. The installation and operation of heating devices shall comply with all safety regulations including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection, Heating devices which may cause damage to finish surfaces shall not be used 1.6 TEMPORARY POWER A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible to provide & install the permanent and/or temporary electrical connection(s) as required to complete all aspects of the project. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for all permits, applications, fees and inspections to make the connections. B. The General Contractor and all Subcontractors, individually, shall furnish all extension cords, sockets, motors, and accessories required for their work. Each Subcontractor shall also pay for all temporary wiring of construction offices and buildings used by them, except that the offices of the General Contractor and the Resident Engineer specified in the Contract Form. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 -4 C. All temporary wiring installed by the Electrical Subcontractor shall be removed after it has served its purpose. Use copper wire only. 1.7 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY A. All hoisting equipment and machinery required for the proper and expeditious prosecution and progress of the work shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required. 1.8 STAGING A. All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. B. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. C. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. 1.9 MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS A. The General Contractor shall provide and maintain for the duration of his contract, a means of access to, around and within the site, as indicated on the Contract Drawings, for vehicular traffic and authorized personnel. This means of access shall be construed to sustain the weight of equipment customarily engaged for use in construction projects of this type and magnitude. The General Contractor shall furnish labor and materials as may be required from time to time to maintain this means of access in an acceptable condition as determined by the Designer. 1.10 ROOF PROTECTION A. The General Contractor shall take strict precautions against unnecessary traffic on existing and new roof surfaces. Provide adequate protection boards to protect roof surfaces and flashing from damage. B. After the satisfactory completion of all roofing and flashing work, the General General Contractor shall be responsible for damages to the roof caused by work or materials of the other trades. 1.11 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all equipment such as temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, scaffolds, runways, chutes, etc., as required for the proper execution of the work, unless specifically included under the work of other trades. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 -5 B. All such apparatus, equipment and construction shall meet all requirements of the Labor Law and other State and Local Laws applicable thereto. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Elevators installed as part of the work shall not be used for construction activity, unless properly protected and approved for usage by the Project Manager. 1.13 ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary, insulated, weather-tight closures of openings in exterior surfaces for providing acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, allowing for heating during construction, and preventing entry of unauthorized persons. Provide doors with self-closing hardware and locks. B. Provide temporary partitions and ceiling as required to separate work areas from occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing areas and equipment. Construction shall be framing and sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces; (STC rating 35 in accordance with ASTM E900. Flame Spread Rating of 25 in accordance with ASTM E84. Paint surfaces exposed to view in occupied areas.) 1.14 SITE ENCLOSURE FENCE A. Provide a site enclosure fence to enclose the entire project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations, material storage area(s) and contractor parking. Install fence in a manner that will prevent general public from entering construction site. B. Provide a minimum 6-foot high chain-link fence erected in a substantial manner and truly straight and plumb. Provide 0.120-inch thick, galvanized 2-inch chain-link fabric fencing with galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2” for line posts and 2-1/2” for corner posts. Provide gates at locations as shown or approved by the Designer. Provide cross-braced gates hung on heavy pivots or hinges. Provide drop rod and locking mechanism. Provide keys to the Project Manager, Resident Engineer and and Police. Plastic construction barrier fence will not be accepted at any time. C. Maintain fence until Final Completion of project. Remove fence and restore site when directed by the Designer. 1.15 WASTE MANAGEMENT A. The Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) is expanding the list of waste materials that are banned from disposal in the state. Currently, waste materials such as tires, paper, cardboard, bottles and cans, CRT’s, leaves and yard waste, and hazardous wastes are banned from disposal sites throughout the state. B. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 -6 CMAR. Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR 1.16 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. The General Contractor shall furnish and install one project identification sign. Engage an experienced sign contractor to apply graphics for project identification sign. The sign shall be fabricated from ¾” inch thick medium density overlay exterior plywood laminated with waterproof adhesive. Band all edges with adhered and fastened 1”x ½ “ wood edge banding. Support sign with 4’x4’ posts extending four (4) feet below grade. Use only hotdipped galvanized fasteners. The overall size of the sign shall be 4’ 0” x 6’ 0”. B. Provide sign manufactured by a professional sign company. Match the layout shown on the following pages. Sign shall include the name of the project, Mayor, City council, building committee, Police Chief, project manager, architect and all logos. C. Locate the sign where directed by the Designer. At the completion of the project, when directed by the Designer, remove the sign in its entirety. 1.17 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The General Contractor shall provide suitable, single occupant toilet units of the chemical type. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a polyester or similar nonabsorbent shell. Locate toilet units within project construction fence or provide similar protection to deter vandalism. 1.18 TELEPHONE A. The Contractor shall provide telephone service at the site as required for his own use. The Contractor shall also provide the job Superintendent with a cellular phone, a trailer phone or other means to allow for direct communication between the Superintendent and the Project Manager and/or the Resident Engineer. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for requesting phone and data service this service for the construction trailers. The Contractor shall procure such services from Verizon and shall arrange to have them extended to the temporary trailers. The contractor will be required to pre-pay for all related fees and charges associated with this installation and service. 1.19 CONSTRUCTION CORES A. Prior to start of construction, the General Contractor shall review with the. Project Manager which doors will require construction cores. B. For new doors requiring installation of construction cores, the general contractor shall install keyed construction cores. All cores shall be keyed under the Best core system. At completion of the construction work the contractor shall remove the construction core. The contractor shall install the permanent cores. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 -7 1.20 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS AND LIGHTS A. Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazards. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting including flashing red and amber lights. 1.21 COVERED WALKWAYS A. Install temporary overhead protection at building entrances, for an appropriate distance from the building, when performing construction work above the entrance on the roof or building façade. B. Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting structurally adequate overhead -protection. Erect overhead protection using appropriate scaffold and wood plank decking to provide safe passage. 1.22 EXCAVATIONS AND FIELD SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to the backfill of any underground utility, the Contractor shall notify the Resident Engineer, 24 hours prior to any such activity. The Contractor shall provide all survey services required for the work, including establishing and reestablishing construction control, resetting of stakes and monuments and performing surveys needed for restoration of public and private improvements and monumentation that have been damaged, destroyed or relocated by the Contractor. 1.23 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Each sub contractor shall perform their own clean-up operations during construction for all work and materials under their scope of work. B. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish; periodically dispose of off-site, The General Contractor shall bear all costs, including fees resulting from such disposal. C. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work and maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. D. Maintain project in accordance with all local, Commonwealth of Massachusetts and Federal Regulatory Requirements, E. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from premises. F. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions. G. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000 -8 H. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and antipollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. 3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. I. Use only those materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. J. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of surface material to be cleaned. K. Execute cleaning to ensure that the buildings, the sites, and adjacent properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. L. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris, recycling and rubbish. All contains are to be covered. M. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal disposal areas off the construction site. N. Handle material in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible, Do not drop or throw materials from heights. 0. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning will process will not damage surrounding surfaces. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 015000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Utilities 015100-1 SECTION 015100 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Temporary electricity 2. Temporary lighting for construction purposes 3. Temporary heating, cooling and ventilating 4. Temporary telephone service for telephone, facsimile and computer 5. Temporary water service 6. Temporary fire protection 7. Temporary fuel oil B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain temporary utilities in proper and safe condition throughout the progress of the Work. 1.3 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Provide and pay all charges for temporary electrical service capable of providing sufficient power throughout the site for both temporary power and temporary lighting for the Work and for all field offices. Temporary electrical service shall consist of all wiring, breakers, breaker boxes, poles, supports and all other materials necessary for a totally operable system. B. Make all arrangements with the electric service company including all permits, securities and inspections fees to obtain the separately metered temporary services. C. Furnish and connect the temporary electric service point to the utility and coordinate metering as required. D. All connection points and distribution systems shall be in conformance with applicable electrical codes, OSHA, and enforcement agencies having jurisdiction. E. Provide a general power distribution system including all wires, cables, supports, protective devices, transformers, motor starters, etc., as required for a complete electrically protected and safe system to handle construction services. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Utilities 015100-2 F. Provide all outlets with circuit breaker protection and comply with ground fault protection requirements of the NEC. 1.4 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Temporary general lighting system shall provide sufficient artificial light so that all Work may be done in a workmanlike manner within enclosed structures and chambers, where there is not sufficient daylight. A minimum of 300 watts of lamp per each 200 square foot or less of work area shall be provided. B. Temporary general lighting system shall consist of wiring, switches, necessary insulated supports, poles, fixtures, receptacles, lamps, guards, cut-outs, fuses, and other materials necessary for a totally operable system. 1.5 TEMPORARY HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING A. Provide sufficient temporary heating, cooling and ventilating for the interior of all new structures and buildings to assure safe working conditions and that no damage will occur to the Work. B. Systems shall be complete, including but not limited to, pumps, radiators, unit heaters, fans, ducts, piping, insulation, thermostat controls and other equipment necessary for a totally operable system. C. Temporary heating, cooling and ventilating shall be capable of maintaining a minimum of 60°F and a maximum of 80°F, unless otherwise specified, simultaneously in all areas of construction in buildings and structures and shall be provided at all times when workmen are engaged in construction activity or if needed to protect Work or equipment previously installed. D. Temporary heating systems shall be gas or electric, steam hot water or warm air type; or combination thereof. Salamanders or other direct oil or kerosene fired equipment will not be allowed. E. Temporary heating, cooling and ventilating systems shall be located so as not to interfere with existing facilities or new construction work. F. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary heating, cooling or ventilating purposes, verify installation is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. Replace fuel consumed during temporary heating using permanent equipment prior to final completion of the Work. G. Ventilate enclosed areas to achieve curing of materials, to dissipate humidity and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors or gases. 1.6 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, maintain and pay for cellular telephone service for Resident Project Representative at the time of mobilization for the duration of the Work. 1.7 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Temporary Drinking Water New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Utilities 015100-3 1. Provide adequate potable drinking water, so piped or transported as to keep it safe and fresh, and served from single service containers or satisfactory types of sanitary drinking stands or fountains. 2. Provide all such facilities and services in strict accordance with existing and governing health regulations. B. Water for Construction Purposes 1. The express approval of the Owner shall be obtained before water is used. Waste of water by the Contractor shall be sufficient cause for withdrawing the privilege of unrestricted use. 1.8 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Comply with all applicable fire protection and prevention requirements that may be established by Federal, State or local governmental agencies. B. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. C. Determine the fire protection adequacy of existing facilities related to the Work being performed and have standby fire protection available if needed. 1.9 TEMPORARY FUEL OIL A. Properly contain, label, and store all petroleum products off the ground with suitable secondary containment. B. Take all necessary precautions to avoid leakage and spillage of all petroleum products, including lubricating oils. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION 015100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Bypass Pumping System 015429-1 SECTION 01 54 29 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Temporary bypass pumping B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ the services of a company that specializes in the design and operation of temporary bypass pumping systems. Demonstrate that the bypass pumping equipment is automated and is capable of functioning without the assistance of an operator. B. Provide at least 5 references of projects of similar size and complexity in wastewater applications performed within the past three years within New England. C. The bypass pumping company shall have a minimum experience of 15 years designing and supplying wastewater bypass systems. D. Demonstrate sufficient inventory to perform normal rentals, including this project, and maintain at least 100% reserve equipment for this project for immediate delivery. E. Demonstrate sufficient service and repair parts in stock to fulfill any service or repair of all rental equipment within 3 hours of any service call. F. Demonstrate sufficient service staff and trucks to mobilize to repair or service equipment within 1 hour of a service call, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. G. Provide a list of cell phone and pager numbers to call for twenty-four hour service. H. The bypass system shall meet the requirements of all codes and regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. I. Obtain required approvals for placement of the temporary pumping equipment and piping system adjacent to the existing sewer main. J. No construction shall begin until the related project submittals are approved and all provisions of the work have been coordinated with the Owner and Engineer. 1.3 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Design, install, operate, and subsequently remove a temporary bypass pumping system to divert the existing sewage flow around the work area for the duration of the project. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Bypass Pumping System 015429-2 B. Bypass pumping equipment shall be automated and capable of functioning without the assistance of an operator. C. Pumping equipment shall be capable of operating for an extended period of time running dry. After this period of time, the pump shall have the capability of pulling a 25 inch Hg vacuum without adjustment or repair. D. The entire bypass system including all pumps, pipe, hose, valves, and fittings shall be provided by one bypass pumping company who is responsible for the operation of the entire system. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a specific, detailed description of the proposed pumping system. Provide references for prior projects. B. Submit detailed plans and descriptions outlining all provisions and precautions to be taken by the Contractor regarding the handling of existing wastewater flows. This plan must be specific and complete, including such items as schedules, locations, elevations, capacities of equipment, materials and all other incidental items necessary and/or required to insure proper protection of the facilities, including protection of the access and bypass pumping locations from damage due to the discharge flows, and compliance with the requirements and permit conditions specified in the Contract Documents. No construction shall begin until all provisions and requirements have been approved. C. Submit hydraulic calculations and drawings stamped by a Massachusetts Registered Professional Engineer. D. The drawings shall include but not be limited to details of the following: 1. Staging areas for pumps; 2. Sewer plugging method and types of plugs; 3. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of suction piping; 4. Number, size, material, method of installation and location of installation of discharge piping; 5. Bypass pump sizes, capacity, number of each, and size to be on site and fuel/power requirements; 6. Calculations of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity (pump curves showing pump operating range shall be submitted); 7. System curve with suction lift performance; 8. Standby power generator size, location; 9. Downstream discharge plan; 10. Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage; 11. Sections showing suction and discharge pipe depth, embedment, select fill and special backfill; New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Bypass Pumping System 015429-3 12. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator; 13. Any temporary pipe supports and anchoring required; 14. Design plans and computation for access to bypass pumping locations indicated on the drawings; 15. Calculations for selection of bypass pumping pipe size; 16. Schedule for installation of and maintenance of bypass pumping lines; 17. A plan showing the location of bypass pumping equipment, and suction and discharge piping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Pumps used shall be centrifugal, end suction, fully automatic self-priming low noise pumps that do not require the use of foot-valves, vacuum pumps, diaphragm pumps, or isolation valves in the priming system. Pumps used must be constructed to allow dry running for long periods of time to accommodate the cyclical nature of effluent flows pump and shall immediately develop 25 inch Hg vacuum without adjustment or repair or employ level control control devices to regulate on/off or variable speed of the pump. Hydraulic, submersible, or wellpoint type pumps are prohibited. Pumps shall be low noise sound attenuated, critically silenced units. B. Seals shall be high pressure, mechanical self-adjusting type with silicon carbide faces capable of withstanding suction pressures to 100 psi running. The mechanical seal shall be cooled and lubricated in an oil bath reservoir, requiring no maintenance or adjustment. Pump shall be capable of running dry, with no damage, for extended periods of time. All metal parts shall be of stainless steel. Elastomers shall be Viton. Pump end shall be manufactured to meet ISO 9002 certifications. The primary pumps shall be electric powered via a temporary electrical service. Temporary electrical service to be provided by the Contractor at his expense. A. Back-up pumps and/or standby electric generator system may be fossil fuel engine driven. B. Provide the necessary start/stop controls for each pump. C. Include one stand-by pump of each size to be maintained on site and a standby power source. D. Back-up pumps shall be on-line, isolated from the primary system by a valve. E. Pump shall not be connected by a common suction manifold. The use of PVC or Steel Pipe with Dresser Couplings will not be accepted. All pipe or hose will be rated for 25 inch Hg Vacuum. F. In order to prevent the accidental spillage of flows, all discharge systems must be constructed of high density polyethylene pipe with fused joints or quick disconnect pipe with positive restrained joints, and leak proof connections. Discharge hose will only be allowed by specific permission of the engineer. PVC pipe with glued joints, aluminum “irrigation pipe”, steel pipe or PVC pipe with Dresser couplings will not be accepted. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Bypass Pumping System 015429-4 All joints must be 100% restrained. All discharge pipe must have a minimum working pressure of 50 psi. All force main connections shall be made by using flanged composite hose with a working pressure of 150 psi. G. Allowable piping materials will be fused, high density polyethylene pipe, acceptable disconnect pipe, or flanged composite pressure class hose. SDR of discharge piping shall be suitable for the calculated discharge pressures. The vendor fusing the pipe must have a minimum of 5 years experience fusing HDPE pipe of the same diameter required for the project. 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Bypass pumping systems shall have sufficient capacity divert sewage from the 30 inch gravity brick sewer. 2. Provide all pipeline plugs, pumps of adequate size to handle peak flow, and temporary discharge piping to ensure that the total flow of the main can be safely diverted around the section to be repaired. Bypass pumping systems will be required to be operated 24 hours per day. 3. Have adequate standby equipment available and ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or breakdown. One standby pump for each size pump utilized shall be installed at the mainline flow bypassing locations, ready for use in the event of primary pump failure. Also, a back-up power supply source shall be provided. 4. Bypass pumping system shall be capable of bypassing the flow around the work area and of releasing any amount of flow up to full available flow into the work area as necessary for satisfactory performances of work, as necessary for satisfactory performances of work. 5. Make all arrangements for bypass pumping during the time when the pump station is shut down for any reason. System must overcome any line pressure on discharge. B. Performance Requirements: 1. There must be no interruption in the flow of sewage throughout the duration of the Project. Provide, maintain and operate all temporary facilities such as dams, plugs, pumping equipment (both primary and back-up units as required), conduits, all necessary power, and all other labor and equipment necessary to intercept the sewage flow before it reaches the point where it would interfere with the Work, carry it past the Work and return it to the existing sewer downstream of this work. 2. Provide all necessary means to safely convey the sewage past the work area. The Contractor will not be permitted to stop or impede the main flows under any circumstances. 3. Maintain sewer flow around the work area in a manner that will not cause surcharging of sewers, damage to sewers and that will protect public and private property from damage and flooding. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Bypass Pumping System 015429-5 4. The bypass system shall not require excavation to reduce the suction lift without the specific approval of the engineer prior to the bid. 5. Protect water resources, wetlands, and other natural resources in accordance with the appropriate project permits. 6. Meet noise limits of 69dbA @30 feet. All diesel driven standby pumps and/or back-up power supplies shall be sound attenuated. The use of Critical Silenced Canopy pumps or acoustical enclosures for sound attenuation is required. 7. The pumps shall not be benched down to make the suction lift unless approved by the Engineer prior to bid. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Precautions 1. Locating existing utilities in the area where the Contractor selects to locate the bypass pipelines. Locate bypass pipelines to minimize any disturbances to existing utilities and obtain approval of the pipeline locations from the Owner, Engineer, and Architect. Pay all all costs associated with relocating utilities and obtaining all approvals. 2. During all bypass pumping operation, protect the existing sewer lines, pump station, force main, and all gravity sewer lines from damage inflicted by any equipment. Be responsible for all physical damage to the existing facilities caused by human or mechanical failure. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE A. Test: 1. Perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping discharge piping using clean water prior to actual operation. Give the Engineer 24 hour notice prior to testing. B. Inspection: 1. Inspect the bypass pumping system regularly (every 2 hours) to ensure that the system is working correctly. C. Maintenance Service: 1. Ensure that the temporary pumping system is properly maintained and a responsible operator on hand at all times when pumps are operating. D. Extra Materials: 1. Keep spare parts for pumps and piping on site as required. 2. Maintain adequate hoisting equipment for each pump and accessories on the the site. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Temporary Bypass Pumping System 015429-6 E. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL 1. Remove manhole sections or make connections to the existing sewer and construct temporary bypass pumping structures only at the access locations indicated on the Drawings and as many as may be required to provide adequate suction conduit. 2. Make connections to the existing sewer and construct temporary bypass pumping structures only at locations approved by the submittals. 3. Plugging or blocking of sewage flows shall incorporate primary and secondary plugging device. When plugging or blocking is no longer needed for performance and acceptance or work, it is to be removed in a manner that permits the sewage flow to slowly return to normal without surge, to prevent surcharging or causing other major disturbances downstream. 4. When working inside manhole or force main, exercise caution and comply with OSHA requirements when working in the presence of sewer gases, combustible oxygen-deficient atmospheres, and confined spaces. 5. The pipeline must be located off streets and sidewalks and on shoulders of the roads. When the bypass pipeline crosses local streets and private driveways, the contractor must place the bypass pipelines in trenches and cover with temporary pavement. Adhere to any and all applicable project permits. 6. Upon completion of the bypass pumping operations, and after the receipt of written permission from the Engineer, remove all the piping, restore all structures, pipelines and property to pre-construction condition, and restore all pavement surfaces. Adhere to any and all applicable project permits. END OF SECTION 015429 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Traffic Controls 015526-1 SECTION 015526 TRAFFIC CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Traffic requirements 2. Traffic officers B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management C. Payment 1. CONTRACTOR is responsible for scheduling, documenting and paying for traffic officers, in the event they are required. CONTRACTOR will be reimbursed for payment of traffic officers only after invoices have been paid. 2. OWNER will deduct from monies due CONTRACTOR for the following abnormal and unreasonable expenses: a. CONTRACTOR caused delays in the prosecution of work that results in hiring traffic officers for more hours than would have been required during normal prosecution of work. b. Reconstruction and/or reinstallation of any portions of the work, as a result of improper initial installation, for which traffic officers are required. c. Traffic officers required at a site where CONTRACTOR is not working or outside of CONTRACTOR’s standard work day as a result of obstructions to traffic that remain in the traveled way. d. All other incidents resulting from CONTRACTOR’S operations requiring traffic officers that would not normally be encountered during the progress of a well-organized project employing proper construction methods. e. When traffic officers are requested for the convenience of CONTRACTOR and are not otherwise considered necessary to the work. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, U.S. Department of Transportation New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Traffic Controls 015526-2 1.3 TRAFFIC REQUIREMENTS A. Arrange construction activity so that all streets shall remain open to at least one-way traffic during periods of actual work, and to unimpeded, two-way traffic during all other periods. B. Provide a traffic control plan to ENGINEER for approval showing traffic control signs, barrels, cones, traffic officers, including detour signs, meeting the approval of ENGINEER, OWNER and local Police Departments in accordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. C. Determine the location of each day’s work and implement the approved traffic control plan. If the plan requires the use of traffic officers, notify the Police Department. D. CONTRACTOR shall have no claim of delay if he does not notify the Police Department of his scheduled location in time to arrange for traffic officers. E. Hand deliver written notice to individual houses affected by driveway and side road closings or detours a minimum 24 hours in advance. A recommended parking area outside the work limits shall be included in the notice. 1.4 TRAFFIC OFFICERS A. Uniformed traffic officers shall be required at locations deemed necessary by OWNER, working in conjunction with local Police and Fire Departments, for the protection of the public. B. The Police Chief or his representative, in consultation with OWNER’s representative, will determine the number of officers required for the work. END OF SECTION 015526 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Product Requirements 016000 -1 SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification Section shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing structures, except as specifically required, or allowed, by the Contract Documents. E. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and the Project Manual, or within either document which is not clarified by addendum, the product of greater quality or greater quantity of work shall be provided in accordance with the Designer’s interpretation. 1.3 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.4 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. When work is specified to comply with manufacturers' instructions, submit copies as specified in Section 013300 -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS, distribute copies to persons involved, and maintain one set in field office. B. Perform work in accordance with details of instructions and specified requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Product Requirements 016000 -2 1.5 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Refer to the Contract and General Conditions and Specifications Sections for requirements pertaining to transportation and handling of materials and equipment. B. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturers' unopened containers or packaging, dry C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. D. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, that quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 1.6 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Refer to the Contract and General Conditions and Specifications Sections for requirements pertaining to storage and protection of materials and equipment. B. Store products in accordance with manufacturers' instruction, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturers' instructions. C. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. D. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. E. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure that products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions. F. Protect masonry and stone products from damage and staining. G. Protect finished materials, including window frames and doors, with protection acceptable to the Project Manager. END OF SECTION 016000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Product Substitutions 016350 -1 SECTION 016350 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes: 1. Procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS: A. Definitions used below are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions". The following are not considered substitutions: 1. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Substitution Request Submittal: 1. Requests for substitution will be considered if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 60 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. 2. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in the form and in accordance with procedures required for Change Order proposals. 3. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawings numbers. 4. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: a. Product data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Product Substitutions 016350 -2 b. Samples, where applicable or requested. c. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect. d. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the General Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. g. Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal-to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. h. Include the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or extension of time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. B. Architect's Action: 1. Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the Architect will request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the request. 2. Within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of the additional information or documentation, whichever is later, the Architect will notify the General Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. 3. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. 4. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order. 1.5 REIMBURSEMENT OF ARCHITECT'S COSTS: A. In the event substitutions are proposed to the Architect after the Contract has been awarded, the Architect will record time used by the Architect and the Architect's consultants in evaluating each such proposed substitution. B. Whether or not the Architect approves a proposed substitution, the Architect will invoice the Owner for time spent in evaluating the proposed substitution. The Owner will, in turn, pass this cost on to the General Contractor and require a "deduct" Change Order due to the Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Architect when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Product Substitutions 016350 -3 Architect, otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents. 3. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted. 4. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 5. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. a. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 6. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. 7. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. a. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner, General Contractor, or separate contractors, and similar considerations. 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. B. The Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval. PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 016350 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Field Engineering 01 71 23-1 SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Establishment of lines, benchmarks, and elevations required to layout and construct the Work B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the qualifications of the Registered Professional Engineer and/or Registered Land surveyor to be hired to perform various portions of the Work, as applicable. B. Provide documentation verifying the accuracy of field engineering work. C. Submit 4 copies of final record drawings of field engineering layouts and as-built survey. D. Submit certificate signed by registered (licensed) engineer or surveyor certifying that elevations and locations of Work are in conformance with Contract Documents. Explain deviations. 1.3 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ a qualified engineer, registered with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as a Professional Engineer or a competent surveyor, registered with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as a Land Surveyor, as required for the particular characteristics of the work being performed. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROCEDURES A. The Registered Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor provided shall establish and maintain lines, elevations and reference marks needed during the progress of the Work and shall re-establish stakes and marks placed by the Engineer that are lost or destroyed New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Field Engineering 01 71 23-2 through the course of the Work. Verify such work by instrument or other appropriate means. B. The Engineer shall be permitted at all times to check the lines, elevations and reference marks, set by the Contractor, who shall correct any errors disclosed by such check. Such a check shall not be construed to be an approval of the Contractor's work and shall not relieve or diminish the responsibility of the Contractor for the accurate and satisfactory construction and completion of the entire Work. C. Make, check, and be responsible for measurements and dimensions necessary for the proper construction of and the prevention of misfittings in the Work. D. Furnish all protective stakes and temporary structures for marking and maintaining points and lines for the building of the Work, and give the Engineer such facilities and materials for verifying said lines and points as he may require. E. Revisions to the layout and elevations of the Work as defined by the Contract Documents shall be approved by the Engineer. F. Maintain and prepare final record drawings of field engineering layouts and as-built survey conducted after completion of the Work. END OF SECTION 017123 New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Waste Management and Disposal 017419 -1 SECTION 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.02 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.03 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overview of waste management and disposal requirements and procedures. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. 013329 – General LEED® Requirements B. 024113 – Selective Site Demolition 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Solid Waste: Any waste material (including land-clearing debris) that is sent from the project site to another location for disposal. B. Land-Clearing Debris: Waste materials resulting from land-clearing that include pre-pre-existing development materials and plant matter, but do not include soil. C. Salvaged Waste: Waste materials that are sent to a location off-site (e.g. another construction project or product supplier) where they are used in their original form (i.e. without additional processing). D. Recycled Waste: Waste materials that are sent off-site to a recycling facility where they are used to displace virgin materials as feedstock for manufacturing processes that create new products. E. Landfill Waste: Waste materials that are sent to a landfill site for disposal. F. Asphalt Pavement, Brick, and Concrete (ABC) Rubble: Rubble that contains only weathered (cured) asphalt pavement, clay bricks and attached mortar normally used in construction, or concrete that may contain rebar. The rubble shall not be mixed with, or contaminated by, another waster or debris 1.06 REFERENCES A. USGBC. “Materials & Resources Credit 2: Construction Waste Management”. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Reference Guide for New Construction & Major Renovations (LEED-NC Version 2.2). 2007. 1.07 OBJECTIVES A. Minimize the amount of solid waste (including land-clearing debris) generated by construction, renovation and demolition (CRD) activities. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Waste Management and Disposal 017419 -2 B. Of the inevitable solid waste (including land-clearing debris) that is generated by CRD activities, divert more than 75% from landfill (through reuse and recycling) to achieve LEED-NC Version 2.2 credits MRc2.1 and MRc2.2 “Construction Waste Management”. 1.08 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The site superintendent (or other person designated by the Contractor) shall be responsible for all aspects Waste Management and Disposal. B. Identify, implement and document measures to achieve the waste management objectives listed above. C. Follow a strategy based on the 3R’s hierarchy: Reduce the generation of waste materials at the project site, Reuse waste materials on other construction sites (when feasible) and Recycle waste materials as feedstock for manufacturing processes that create new products. D. Waste Management and Disposal activities shall include: 1. Arranging waste management service agreements with waste haulers and waste receiving facilities 2. Supervising on-site waste management activities on a daily basis 3. Coordinating waste management tasks with subcontractors to ensure timely and orderly progress of the work 4. Preparing waste management documentation and submittals to summarize all shipments of waste materials from the project site 5. Reporting waste management progress to the Consultant E. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to, Massachusetts solid waste regulations contained in 310 CMR 16.00 and 310 CMR 19.000. F. Demolition of Existing Building: 1. A waste management plan in accordance with this specification shall be developed by the Contractor and adhered to for all demolition activities. 1.09 LEED KICK-OFF MEETING A. Prior to mobilization on-site, the Contractor shall hold a kick-off meeting with the Consultant to review the Waste Management and Disposal requirements. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. Waste Management and Disposal objectives 2. Waste Management and Disposal requirements and procedures 3. Waste Management and Disposal documentation and submittals 1.10 LEED COORDINATION MEETING A. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor (in conjunction with the Consultant) shall hold a coordination meeting with the construction team to explain the Waste Management and Disposal requirements to the Sub-Contractors. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. Waste Management and Disposal objectives 2. Waste Management and Disposal requirements and procedures 3. Waste Management and Disposal documentation and submittals New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Waste Management and Disposal 017419 -3 1.11 LEED SUBMITTALS A. Schedule W1 – Proposed Receiving Facilities 1. List the proposed receiving facilities for each material identified in paragraph 3.01B.1 in additional to material sent to landfill. Indicate the material(s) that will be accepted by each facility and whether the material(s) will be reused, recycled or sent to landfill. 2. Submit completed schedule to the Consultant within 14 days after site mobilization. 3. For ABC rubble crushing and/or recycling facilities, provide a statement from the facility that references its specific exemption from the solid waste regulations (per 310 CMR 16.05 (3) (e) or provide a copy of the facility’s current solid waste management facility permit in accordance with 310 CMR 19.000 B. Schedule W2 -Waste Tracking Worksheet 1. Obtain waybills, invoices, letters and other documentation that clearly indicates the receiving facility, end use (reused, recycled or landfill) and quantity of waste for each shipment of waste generated on the project site. Record each shipment using the Waste Tracking Worksheet. 2. Submit an up-to-date copy of the Waste Tracking Worksheet and waybills, invoices, letters and other documentation to the Consultant on a monthly basis. C. Final Waste Diversion Report 1. Submit a final report to the Consultant (after substantial completion and prior to demobilization) that contains the final versions of the following: a. Waste Tracking Worksheet(s) b. Waybills, invoices, letters and other documentation supporting each shipment listed in the Waste Tracking Worksheet clearly indicating quantities, end uses and receiving facilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURES A. Waste Reduction 1. Encourage suppliers and subcontractors to retrieve/retain packaging (e.g. skids, plastic wrap, etc.) for reuse. a. Suppliers and sub-contractors must provide a letter stating the item(s) will be reused and documenting the quantity removed from the site. 2. Prevent damage of materials due to mishandling, improper storage, and contamination. 3. Where possible, use prefabricated assemblies built at a central facility to avoid waste generation at the site. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Waste Management and Disposal 017419 -4 B. Waste Diversion 1. Contact local salvaging/recycling facilities and arrange for recycling/reuse services. At a minimum, the proposed facilities must recycle/reuse the following waste materials that will be generated throughout construction: a. Land clearing debris b. Asphalt c. Concrete /masonry /stone d. Steel and other metals e. Wood (see note below) f. Gypsum g. Cardboard h. Plastic i. “Blue Box” waste Note: Recommended measures for recycling/reusing wood include encouraging suppliers to reuse wood pallets, sending wood pallets to pallet recycling companies and converting waste wood into landscaping mulch. As per USGBC CIR dated 2/6/2007, burning of clean wood waste for power generation is considered to be an appropriate diversion from landfill fulfilling the requirements of the LEED Construction Waste Management credit. As per USGBC CIR dated 8/2/2008, any construction debris processed into a recycled content commodity which has an open market value (e.g. alternative daily cover material, etc.) may be applied to the construction waste calculation. 2. Provide the Consultant with a list of the proposed receiving facilities within 14 days after site mobilization using Schedule W1 – Proposed Receiving Facilities (as per 1.11A). 3. Designate a central Waste Collection Area onsite that is dedicated to the separation and storage of all waste generated during construction. 4. Provide containers in the Waste Collection Area that are sized to accommodate the separation and storage of expected waste types and quantities. Provide separate containers for each of the following material types: a. Land clearing debris b. Asphalt c. Concrete /masonry /stone d. Steel and other metals e. Wood f. Gypsum g. Cardboard h. Plastic i. “Blue Box” waste (as per 3.01B.9) j. Mixed waste New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Waste Management and Disposal 017419 -5 k. Other types (as required by salvaging/recycling facilities) 5. Clearly indicate the material type being stored in each container using appropriate signage. 6. All subcontractors shall use the containers provided in Waste Collection Area. 7. In the event that a sub-contractor is unable to use these containers, or wishes to use a waste material on future projects (e.g. rubble for road base), the sub-contractor must provide waybills, invoices, letters and other documentation that clearly indicates the receiving facility, end use (reused, recycled or landfill) and quantity of waste in each shipment. 8. Follow the salvaging/recycling facilities’ material acceptance requirements to ensure materials are properly sorted, grouped, and packaged for collection. 9. Provide “Blue Box” recycling bins near the construction trailer for recycling waste generated by site workers and visitors. Waste deposited in these bins shall include the following, or adhere to the local recycling program: a. Aluminum food or beverage cans b. Glass bottles and jars for food or beverage c. PET bottles for food or beverages d. Steel food or beverage cans e. Cardboard and paper products C. Waste Tracking 1. Coordinate delivery of separated materials to approved salvage or recycling facilities. 2. Record all waste shipments using Schedule W2 -Waste Tracking Worksheet as per 1.11B. 3. Retain waybills, invoices, letters and other documentation for inclusion in Final Waste Diversion Report (as per 1.11C). 3.02 INSPECTIONS AND MAINTENANCE A. Conduct daily inspections of containers to check for and remedy cross-contamination. B. Promptly transport containers to receiving facilities when containers are full. C. Ensure the material type is clearly labeled on each container. END OF SECTION 017419 New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Waste Management and Disposal 017419 -6 SCHEDULE W1 – PROPOSED RECEIVING FACILITIES (Submit to the Consultant within 14 days after site mobilization) Project Name: Northampton PD Completed By: Project Location: Northampton, MA Company: At a minimum, the proposed facilities must recycle/reuse the waste materials identified in paragraph 3.01B.1. Material Type Proposed Receiving Facility Name Material End Use Phone Number Wood Formwork Wood Recycling Inc. (Waterloo, Ontario) 􀀻 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 519-743-8697 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill 􀂆 Recycled/Reused 􀂆 Sent to Landfill Signature of Authorized Official Position Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Waste Management and Disposal 017419 -7 SCHEDULE W2 -WASTE TRACKING WORKSHEET (Submit most recent copy to the Consultant on a monthly basis) Project Name: Northampton PD Completed By: Project Location: Northampton, MA Company: Material Type Legend Land Clearing Debris Asphalt Concrete /Masonry /Stone Steel and Other Metals Wood Gypsum Cardboard Plastic “Blue Box” Waste Mixed Waste Other (specify) # Shipment Date Material Type Amount of Material (metric tons) Receiving Facility Name Waybill Reused or Number Recycled Landfill Ex. 2006-09-12 Gypsum 4.0 0.0 Acme Recycling Inc. 05-1234 I hereby certify that the information provided is complete and correct: Signature of Authorized Official Position Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Contract Closeout 017700-1 SECTION 017700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 SUMMARY: This Section includes: 1. General Procedures to be used in administering Substantial and Final Completion of the Work. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 3. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements. 4. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 5. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final change-over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions. 8. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. 9. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements. 10. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finished. A. Inspection Procedures: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Contract Closeout 017700-2 1. On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the General Contractor of unfilled requirements. 2. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the General Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 3. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. 4. The Architect will invoice the Owner for services performed in inspections beyond the original inspection and the first re-inspection. The Owner will, in turn, pass this cost on to the General Contractor and require a "deduct" Change Order due to the Owner. 5. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of completion, submit the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. 2. Certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 4. Certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and that the list has been endorsed and dated by the Architect. 5. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion, or when the Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 6. Consent of surety to final payment. 7. Evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Re-inspection Procedure: 1. The Architect will re-inspect the Work upon receipt of written notice from the General Contractor that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect. 2. Upon completion of re-inspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or advise the General Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 3. If necessary, re-inspection will be repeated. 4. The Architect will invoice the Owner for services performed in inspections beyond the original inspection and the first re-inspection. The Owner will, in turn, pass New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Contract Closeout 017700-3 this cost on to the General Contractor and require a "deduct" Change Order due to the Owner. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MANUALS: A. Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. 1. Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. 2. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. 3. Include the following types of information: a. Emergency instructions. b. Spare parts list. c. Copies of warranties. d. Wiring diagrams. e. Recommended "turn around" cycles. f. Inspection procedures. g. Shop drawings and product data. h. Fixture lamping schedule. PART 1 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 2 -EXECUTION 2.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: A. Operating and Maintenance Instructions: 1. Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. 2. If installers are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives. All training shall be video taped and submitted with closeout requirements. Include a detailed review of the following items: a. Maintenance manuals. b. Record documents. c. Spare parts and materials. d. Tools. e. Lubricants. f. Fuels. g. Identification systems. h. Control sequences. i. Hazards. j. Cleaning. k. Warranties and bonds. l. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Contract Closeout 017700-4 3. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: a. Start-up. b. Shutdown. c. Emergency operations. d. Noise and vibration adjustments. e. Safety procedures. f. Economy and efficiency adjustments. g. Effective energy utilization. 2.2 FINAL CLEANING: A. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. B. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. C. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. D. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. E. Clean-up and repair: 1. Remove remaining temporary construction, excess material and equipment. 2. Remove waste, foreign matter, and debris resulting from construction, from the building areas and the site. 3. Restore material, property and construction damaged by construction personnel and equipment during performance of the Work. 4. In addition to removal of debris and cleaning included in other Sections, clean exposed-to-view surfaces of the Work. 5. Clean and renovate permanent products and systems used to provide temporary services and facilities during construction. This includes, but is not limited to: a. Replacing air filters and cleaning the inside of ductwork and housings. b. Replacing significantly worn parts and parts that have been subject to severe operating conditions. c. Replacing lamps in the lighting system that are burned out or noticeable dimmed. 6. Remove temporary protection and labels which are not required to remain. 7. Replace damaged or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 8. For air handling units used during construction, clean permanent filters, replace disposable filters. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils of units operated without filters. F. Surface Cleaning: 1. Clean exposed hard-surfaced finishes to a condition free of dust, stain, film and similar detracting substances. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Contract Closeout 017700-5 2. Clean and restore reflective surfaces, including mirrors, to their original reflective condition. 3. Thoroughly clean floors. Remove temporary protections. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. Leave concrete floors broom clean. 4. Clean surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication, oil, grease and similar substances. 5. Remove marks, stains, fingerprints, and other soil from finished, painted, decorated, and stained surfaces. 6. Clean fixtures and equipment. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 7. Clean plumbing fixtures to sanitary condition. 8. Clean and polish exposed finish hardware. 9. Vacuum dust ceilings, lighting fixtures, ceiling diffusers, and other wall and ceiling items. 10. Clean windows, glass in doors, inside and out. Employ services of professional window washer. Clean other transparent material. G. Site Clean-Up: 1. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter litter and other foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. 3. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even-textured surface. 4. Clean storm drain system, including inlets and catch basins, of silt, rubbish and debris. 2.3 PEST CONTROL: A. Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection, and rid the Project of rodents, insects and other pests. 2.4 REMOVAL OF PROTECTION: A. Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 2.5 COMPLIANCE: A. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and with safety standards for cleaning. B. Do not burn waste materials. C. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. D. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. E. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. F. Where extra materials of value, remaining after completion of associated work, have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. END OF SECTION 017700 New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -1 SECTION 018113 LEED® PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overview of product/material selection requirements and procedures. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. 013329 – General LEED Requirements B. Division 3 – Concrete C. Division 4 – Masonry D. Division 5 –Metals E. Division 6 – Wood, Plastics, and Composites F. Division 7 – Thermal and Moisture Protection G. Division 8 – Openings H. Division 9 – Finishes I. Division 10 – Specialties J. Division 26 – Electrical K. Division 31 – Earthwork L. Division 32 – Exterior Improvements M. Division 33 – Utilities 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Recycled Content: the percentage (by mass) of constituents that have been recovered or otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream, either after the manufacturing process (pre-consumer) or after consumer use (post-consumer) and as further defined as follows: 1. Post-Consumer Recycled Content: the percentage (by mass) of recycled material that is derived from previously used consumer products (e.g., aluminum and steel cans, glass and plastic bottles, asphalt from parking lots, gypsum from drywall etc.). 2. Pre-Consumer Recycled Content: the percentage (by mass) of recycled material that is derived from outside industrial sources (i.e., in-house process recycling of production scrap is not included). Examples include sawmill dust used in MDF board, blast furnace slag used in mineral wool insulation, and coal fly ash used in concrete mixes. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -2 3. In-House Process Recycled Content: the percentage (by mass) of in-house material (i.e. trimmings, cutoffs, and scrap) that is returned to the production process as a part of internal housekeeping. B. Manufacturing Location: the last point that a product or material is processed or assembled (e.g., a sawmill that turns harvested trees into framing lumber which is then used on-site). C. Extraction Location: the point(s) of origin (e.g. quarry, recycling plant, etc.) for material transported to the Manufacturing Location to create a product or material. D. Forest Stewardship Council (FSC): FSC is an international not-for-profit membership-based organization geared to find solutions to the problems created by bad forestry practices and to reward good forest management. E. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs): Organic chemicals that produce vapors readily at room temperature and normal atmospheric pressure (e.g. gasoline, solvents, etc.). VOCs react with sunlight and nitrogen to form ground-level ozone, a chemical that has detrimental effect on human health, agricultural crops, forests, soil, groundwater and ecosystems. F. Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label: a program established by the national trade association representing the carpet and rug industry to identify carpet products that have been tested by an independent laboratory and have met the criteria for low VOC emissions. G. Urea-Formaldehyde (UF): A combination of urea and formaldehyde the readily decomposes at room temperature. It is found in some glues/resins used to manufacture furniture, composite woods (e.g. particle board), agrifiber products and laminated assemblies. UF has detrimental effect on human health and may include symptoms such as eye, nose, and throat irritation, wheezing and coughing, fatigue, skin rash and severe allergic reaction. H. Agrifiber: recovered agricultural waste fiber, from sources including but not limited to cereal straw, straw, sugarcane bagasse, sunflower husk, walnut shells, coconut husks and agricultural prunings, that are processed and mixed with resins to produce products with characteristics similar to those derived from wood fiber. 1.05 REFERENCES A. U.S. Green Building Council. “Materials & Resources Credits” Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Reference Guide for New Construction & Major Renovations (LEED-NC Version 2.2). 2007. B. State of California. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules 1168. Effective July 1, 2005 and rule amendment date of January 7, 2005. C. State of California. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules 1113. January 1, 2004. D. Green Seal. Paints (GS-11). First Edition. May 1993. E. Green Seal. Anti-Corrosive Paints (GC-03). Second Edition. January 1997. F. Green Seal. Adhesives for Commercial Use (Aerosol Adhesives). October 10, 2000. 1.06 OBJECTIVES A. To minimize the ecological footprint of the building by specifically selecting materials that conserve raw and non-renewable resources. B. To minimize the amount of energy expended in the transportation of materials to the site through intentional sourcing of regional materials. C. Protect construction workers and future building occupants from indoor air quality problems resulting from construction activities and building materials. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -3 D. To document the Materials and Resources and Indoor Environmental Quality Credits under the LEED-NC Version 2.2 Green Building Rating System administered by the U.S. Green Building Council for the purpose of LEED Certification. 1.07 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The site superintendent (or other person designated by the Contractor) shall be responsible for all aspects of LEED coordination (during construction) related to the selection and sourcing of products/materials. B. Product/material selection activities shall include: 1. Preparing an itemized list of all materials that will be used in Divisions 3 through 10 and 31 through 33 2. Coordinating with the subcontractors to select products and materials that meet the requirements specified herein 3. Providing product and material documentation and submittals to the Consultant as detailed herein prior to ordering a product or material 4. Providing material costs (sub-contractor cost excluding labor and equipment) to the Consultant for LEED material credit calculations 5. Reporting product/material selection progress to the Consultant 1.08 LEED KICK-OFF MEETING A. Prior to mobilization on-site, the Contractor shall hold a kick-off meeting with the Consultant to review the product/material selection and documentation requirements. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. Product/material selection objectives 2. Product/material selection requirements and procedures 3. Product/material selection documentation and submittals 1.09 LEED COORDINATION MEETING A. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor (in conjunction with the Consultant) shall hold a coordination meeting with the construction team to explain the product/material selection and documentation requirements to the Sub-Contractors. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. Product/material selection objectives 2. Product/material selection requirements and procedures 3. Product/material selection documentation and submittals 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule P1 – Material and Product Information 1. Complete schedule and collect supporting documentation (letters from suppliers, MSDSs, product literature, etc.) for all products/materials listed in this Section and requested by the Consultant. 2. Submit completed schedules and supporting product literature to the Consultant for review upon contract award. B. Schedule P2 -Concrete Mix Design New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -4 1. Complete schedule by listing all concrete mix designs as well as indicating the amount of Portland cement used and the amount of Supplementary Cementing Materials used. 2. Submit completed schedules to the Consultant for all concrete mix designs after the Structural Engineer has approved the designs, and prior to delivery of any concrete to the site. C. Schedule P3 -Concrete Cost 1. Complete schedule by listing all concrete mix designs, cost of the cementitious materials and cost of formwork. 2. Submit completed schedules to the Consultant after all concrete has been delivered to site and prior to Contractor demobilization. D. Total Construction Cost 1. Submit the total construction cost associated with divisions 3 through 10 and 31 through 33 (and 11 through 14 if deemed necessary by the Consultant) to the Consultant upon project completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RECYCLED CONTENT A. Select products/materials that contain recycled content and that fall within divisions 3 through 10 and 31 through 33 (and 11 through 14 if deemed necessary by the Consultant). B. At a minimum, the following materials shall include recycled content: Material Target Recycled Content Values (by mass) Min. Post-Consumer Min. Pre-Consumer Engineered Fill 25% 10% Asphalt 20% 0% Concrete (% SCM Content in Cement) 0% 25% Precast Concrete Products (% SCM Content in Cement) 0% 25% Concrete Reinforcement 30% 65% Masonry (% SCM Content in Cement) 0% 25% Masonry -Light Weight or Acoustic (% slag content in aggregate) 0% 80% Structural Steel 25% 40% Steel Deck, Roofing and Siding 20% 25% Light Steel Framing (Steel Studs) 25% 5% Composite Wood (MDF, Particle Board) 0% 90% Fiberglass Insulation 60% 0% Mineral Wool Insulation 0% 40% Gypsum (interior) 5% 90% Ceramic Tile (Wall) 0% 35% New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -5 Ceramic Tile (Floor) 0% 30% Acoustic Ceiling Tile 5% 40% Suspended Ceiling T-Grid (Aluminum) 90% 0% Suspended Ceiling T-Grid (Steel) 0% 25% Rubber Flooring 60% 5% Linoleum 0% 35% Carpet 5% 30% C. Submit supporting documentation as per 1.10A for each product/material listed above. 2.02 REGIONAL CONTENT A. Select products/materials that are extracted/harvested/recovered and manufactured locally and that fall within divisions 3 through 10 and 31 through 33 (and 11 through 14 if deemed necessary by the Consultant). 1. Products/materials transported by truck: To qualify as a regional product/material the product/material must be manufactured and extracted within 500 miles of the site (straightline distance). If only a fraction of a product or material is extracted/harvested/recovered and manufactured locally, then only that percentage (by weight) shall contribute to the regional value. B. At a minimum, the following materials shall be of regional content: 1. Landscaping Material 2. Asphalt 3. Concrete 4. Granular Material 5. Concrete Reinforcement 6. Masonry (excluding brick masonry) 7. Structural Steel 8. Steel Deck, Roofing and Siding 9. Light Steel Framing (Steel Studs) 10. Light Steel Framing 11. Fiberglass Insulation 12. Mineral Wool Insulation 13. Gypsum 14. Carpet C. Submit supporting documentation as per 1.10A for each product/material listed above. 2.03 FSC CERTIFIED WOOD A. Select products/materials such that ≥50% (by cost) of all wood based products/materials used for the project are FSC Certified. B. Products/materials to target include: New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -6 1. Non-rented formwork and bracing 2. Framing (e.g. trusses, decking, beams, studs, joists, etc.) 3. Panel products (e.g. plywood, particle board, etc.) 4. Millwork (e.g. cabinetry, trim, baseboards, etc.) 5. Doors (including cores, rails, and stiles) 6. Hardwood flooring 7. Furniture 8. Elevator Finishes (i.e. panels) C. Submit supporting documentation as per 1.10A for each FSC Certified wood product/material. 2.04 COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER A. All composite wood and/or agrifiber products (including core materials) used in the building must not contain added urea-formaldehyde. B. Adhesives used to fabricate laminated assemblies used in the building that contain composite wood and/or agrifiber products must not contain added urea-formaldehyde. C. The requirements of paragraph A and B apply to all products/materials used in the building regardless of whether they are manufactured on or off site. D. Submit supporting documentation as per 1.10A for all composite wood and agrifiber products used in the building. 2.05 ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS A. All adhesives and sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weatherproofing system must have a VOC content less than the limits of the State of California’s South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1168, effective July 1, 2005 and rule amendment date of January 7, 2005. B. Submit supporting documentation as per 1.10A for all adhesives and sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weatherproofing system. 2.06 PAINTS AND COATINGS A. All paints and coatings that are applied onsite and fall within the building weatherproofing system must have a VOC content less than the limits of: 1. Green Seal Standard GS-11, for Architectural paints, coatings and primers applied to interior walls and ceilings. 2. Green Seal Standard GC-03, for anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to interior ferrous metal substrates 3. State of California’s South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, effective January 1, 2004, for all other coatings. B. Submit supporting documentation as per 1.10A for all paints and coatings that are applied onsite and fall within the building weatherproofing system. 2.07 CARPET A. All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the testing and product requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute’s Green Label Plus program. B. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label program New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -7 C. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of EQ Credit 4.1. D. Submit supporting documentation as per 1.10A for all carpet systems used in the building. 2.08 FLUORESCENT AND HID LAMPS A. All lamps shall have mercury content less than 90 picograms per lumen hour. B. Submit supporting documentation as per specification 26 51 00 and 26 56 00. 2.09 SUBSTITUTIONS/ALTERNATES A. Compliance with requirements needed to obtain LEED Material credits will be used as one criterion to evaluate requests for substitutions or alternates. B. When proposing a substitution/alternate, the Contractor must submit the applicable schedules described in article 1.10. PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 018113 New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -8 SCHEDULE P1 – MATERIAL AND PRODUCT INFORMATION (Submit to Consultant upon contract award) Project Name: Northampton Police Department Project Location: Northampton, MA Manufacturer: Product Name: Product Description: A. Recycled Content: Complete for products /materials listed in paragraph 2.01. % Recycled Content (by mass) Combined % = (1.0 x Post-Consumer %) + (0.5 x Pre-Consumer %) Post-Consumer Pre-Consumer In-House Combined B. Regional Information: Complete for products /materials listed in paragraph 2.02. Manufacturing Location Extraction Location City Prov. /State Zip Code Mode of Transport City Prov. /State Zip Code Mode of Transport 􀂆 Truck 􀂆 Rail 􀂆 Ship 􀂆 Truck 􀂆 Rail 􀂆 Ship C. Wood Products: Complete for all wood and composite wood Does this product contain FSC content?: 􀂆 Yes 􀂆 No If ‘Yes’, what is the % FSC by volume?: Does this product contain added ureaformaldehyde?: 􀂆 Yes 􀂆 No FSC Chain of Custody (COC) Certification Number: D: VOC Content: Complete for adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings VOC Content (g/L): Estimated quantity that will be used onsite (gal): E: Carpet Systems: Complete for all carpet products CRI “Green Label” Product Identification Number: F: Other Information: Product Cost (including taxes but excluding labor): [Complete for all products except adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings] I have provided the following pieces of documentation to support the above provided information: 􀂆 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) 􀂆 Product Data Sheet 􀂆 Letter from Manufacturer I hereby certify that the information provided above is complete and correct: Completed By Company Phone # Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -9 SCHEDULE P2 – CONCRETE MIX DESIGN (Submit to Consultant after Engineer approval and prior to delivery to site) Project Name: Northampton Police Dept. Completed By: Project Location: Northampton, MA Company: For the purposes of LEED documentation, I am pleased to certify the following information for the concrete mixes used on this project: Mix Number Supplementary Cementitious Materials Portland Cement Used (lbs) (lbs) I hereby certify that the information provided above is complete and correct: Completed By Company Phone # Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 LEED® Product Requirements 018113 -10 SCHEDULE P3 – CONCRETE COST (Submit to Consultant after concrete is delivered to site and prior to demobilization) Project Name: Northampton Police Dept. Completed By: Project Location: Northampton, MA Company: For the purposes of LEED documentation, I am pleased to certify the following information for the concrete mixes used on this project: Mix Number Cost of Cementitious Materials (from supplier) Cost of All Forming Materials I hereby certify that the information provided above is complete and correct: Completed By Company Phone # Date Note: Concrete costs will be used to complete calculations required to achieve the Materials Credits under LEED -NC Version 2.2. All costs provided in this schedule will be kept in strict confidence by the Consultant and the US Green Building Council (USGBC) and will in no way be made available to the public. To submit this schedule directly to the Consultant, please send a fax to (519) 743-8778 New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -1 SECTION 018119 INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overview of indoor air quality management (including product/material selection) requirements and procedures 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. 013329 General LEED® Requirements B. 230700 HVAC Insulation C. 233100 HVAC Ducts and Casings D. 234000 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs): Organic chemicals that produce vapors readily at room temperature and normal atmospheric pressure (e.g. gasoline, solvents, etc.). VOCs react with sunlight and nitrogen to form ground-level ozone, a chemical that has detrimental effect on human health, agricultural crops, forests, soil, groundwater and ecosystems. 1.05 REFERENCES A. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA). IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction. First Edition, 1995 B. ASHRAE. ANSI/ASHRAE 52.2-1999: Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size. C. EPA. EPA Protocol for Environmental Requirements, Testing for Indoor Air Quality Baseline IAQ. D. U.S. Green Building Council. “Indoor Environmental Quality Credit 3: Construction IAQ Management Plan and Credit 4: Low-Emitting Materials” Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Reference Guide for New Construction and Major Renovations (LEED-NC) Version 2.2. 2007. 1.06 OBJECTIVES A. Meet or exceed the recommended Design Approaches of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 1995, Chapter 3. B. Protect construction workers and future building occupants from indoor air quality problems resulting from construction activities and building materials. C. Reduce the production and circulation of pollutants during construction. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -2 D. Protect equipment and absorptive materials stored and installed on-site from moisture, dust and dirt accumulation during construction. E. Prepare the building for occupancy following construction and prior to occupancy. 1.07 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The site superintendent (or other person designated by the Contractor) shall be responsible for all aspects of LEED coordination (during construction) related to indoor air quality management. B. Indoor air quality management activities shall include: 1. Identifying, implementing and documenting measures to achieve the indoor air quality management objectives 2. Supervising on-site indoor air quality management activities on a daily basis 3. Coordinating indoor air quality management tasks with subcontractors to ensure timely and orderly progress of the work 4. Conducting indoor air quality management inspections and making necessary repairs 5. Maintaining an indoor air quality inspection log to document observations, deficiencies and corrective actions 6. Preparing indoor air quality management documentation and submittals as detailed herein 7. Selecting products/materials that meet the requirements specified herein 8. Providing product and material documentation and submittals to the Consultant as detailed herein prior to ordering a product or material 9. Reporting indoor air quality management progress to the Consultant C. Indoor air quality testing will be carried out by and at the expense of the Contractor. Refer to paragraph 3.08. 1.08 LEED KICK-OFF MEETING A. Prior to mobilization on-site, the Contractor shall hold a kick-off meeting with the Consultant to review indoor air quality management requirements. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. Indoor air quality management objectives 2. Indoor air quality management requirements and procedures 3. Indoor air quality management documentation and submittals 1.09 LEED COORDINATION MEETING A. Prior to start of of construction, the Contractor (in conjunction with the Consultant) shall hold a coordination meeting with the construction team to explain the indoor air quality management requirements to the Sub-Contractors. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. Indoor air quality management objectives 2. Indoor air quality management requirements and procedures 3. Indoor air quality management documentation and submittals 1.10 SUBMITTALS New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -3 A. Schedule Q1 – IAQ Management Inspection Log 1. Complete the log on a weekly basis. The log shall commence when the building is enclosed and carry through to building turnover. 2. The inspection log shall be completed for each weekly inspection and must document: a. Indoor air quality management measures implemented onsite b. Deficiencies related to those measures and, c. Corrective actions taken to remedy the deficiencies 3. Each deficiency must be initialed and each log signed after all corrective measures have been completed and documented. 4. Submit an up-to-date copy of the IAQ Management Inspection Log to the Consultant on a monthly basis. 5. Submit a compilation of the completed logs to the Consultant after construction and prior to Contractor demobilization. B. Schedule Q2 -Photo Documentation Checklist 1. Provide photographs as specified in the checklist. 2. Photographs must be taken on three different occasions during construction to prove continuous compliance. 3. Photographs must be accompanied by the date taken and a description of the indoor air quality management measure depicted. 4. Coordinate with photo requirements of General LEED Requirements 01 33 29 1.10A 5. Submit the completed checklist and accompanying photos to the Consultant after construction and prior to Contractor demobilization. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTRATION MEDIA REQUIREMENTS A. Air filter MERV (minimum efficiency reporting value) ratings shall be determined by ASHRAE 52.2-1999. B. Air handling equipment not used during construction: 1. Filters in 100% outdoor air and recirculating systems with flow rates more than 600 cfm (283 L/s) must have a MERV-13 rating. 2. Filters in 100% outdoor air and recirculating systems with flow rates less than 600 cfm (283 L/s) must have the highest supply air filtration level commercially available for the specific equipment. 3. Fan units that provide no outdoor air or serve only a single zone are exempt from filtration requirements above. C. Air handling equipment used during construction: 1. Filters in 100% outdoor air and recirculating systems with flow rates more than 600cfm (283 L/s) must have a MERV-13 rating. 2. Filters in 100% outdoor air and recirculating systems with flow rates less than 600cfm (283 L/s) must have the highest supply air filtration level commercially available for the specific equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -4 3. Fan units that provide no outdoor air or serve only a single zone are exempt from filtration requirements above. 4. Install new filters with a MERV = 8 (or higher) at all return/exhaust grilles/inlets before any HVAC system is operated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 POLLUTANT SOURCE IDENTIFICATION A. Identify potential sources of indoor air pollutants on the construction site. 1. Any construction activity or material that produces odor and/or dust is considered a source of air pollutants. Pollutant sources include, but are not limited to: a. Materials that produce detectable odor: paints coatings grouts stains adhesives epoxy flooring sealants caulking solvents pesticides fuels cleaning products b. Materials that create dust: concrete products drywall wood products acoustic ceiling tile insulation ceramic tile c. Equipment that emit products of combustion or create odor and/or dust: generators compressors cutting tools/saws torches/welders vehicles portable heaters d. Construction activities that disrupt pollutants: demolition repair renovation e. Other: exterior site work standing water tobacco smoke 3.02 MINIMIZE POLLUTANTS A. Minimize pollutants generated inside the building from the sources identified under article 3.01 using the following measures: 1. Prohibiting smoking inside the building and at entrances and operable windows at all times during construction 2. Fuelling up equipment outside the building 3. Storing gasoline or solvents outside the building 4. Restricting outdoor vehicular/equipment traffic and operation where emissions can enter the building New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -5 5. Reducing on-site emissions by using equipment that burns propane/natural gas or is powered by electricity 6. Exhausting pollutant sources directly outside using temporary or permanent ventilation equipment. Where exhaust is not feasible, locally re-circulate air through a portable air cleaner. 7. Collecting and bagging sawdust from woodworking tools 8. Covering and/or sealing all indoor sources of odor and dust 9. Using painting techniques that minimize odor (e.g. roller instead of spraying) 10. Using cleaning practices that minimize dust (e.g. vacuum instead of sweeping) 11. Using cleaning products that minimize pollution, fumes, VOC’s, etc. 12. Prohibiting the burning of garbage 3.03 POLLUTANT CONTAINMENT MEASURES A. Prevent the movement of pollutants from the sources identified under article 3.01 to other areas in the building using the following measures: 1. When possible, perform pollutant generating activities outside the building. 2. Move equipment, work and other pollutant sources to locations where they will have the minimum impact on indoor air quality. 3. Setup small, contained, designated work areas to contain pollutants: a. Avoid open areas and areas with high drafts b. Erect dust curtains and barriers c. Depressurize areas using temporary or permanent ventilation equipment 4. Use portable fans to exhaust pollutants (e.g. gas engine exhaust) to the exterior through windows, doors, etc. Ensure that adjacent windows, doors, etc. will not allow pollutants to reenter the building. 5. Close windows and doors adjacent to pollutant sources (e.g. dust, vehicle emissions, etc.) outside of the building. If windows and doors have not been installed, temporarily seal exterior openings with plastic, wood, etc. 6. Pressurize occupied or completed areas of the building using temporary or permanent ventilation equipment. 3.04 HOUSEKEEPING MEASURES A. Prevent the accumulation of moisture, dust and dirt in the building from the sources identified under article 3.01 using the following measures: 1. Frequently cleaning interior surfaces to minimize dust and dirt accumulation by: a. Dusting with damp rags b. Wet mopping c. Sweeping using wetting agents and sweeping compounds d. Vacuuming with equipment that contains HEPA filtration and/or a wet scrubber Note: Localized cleaning should occur immediately after a construction activity is completed and/or at the end of each day. A full building clean-up must be performed at least once a week. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -6 2. Close exterior windows and doors or create temporary enclosures using plastic or wood to prevent moisture accumulation indoors. 3. Immediately remove any water accumulated indoors to protect interior surfaces and materials. 4. Cover, seal and protect materials stored and installed on-site from moisture, dust and dirt accumulation. 5. Elevate materials stored on-site off the ground to protect from moisture and dirt accumulation. 6. Do not install materials with evidence of moisture damage or excessive moisture accumulation. 7. If necessary, use ventilation/dehumidification to control humidity levels within the building. 8. Promptly clean all spills (fuels, lubricants, paints, adhesives, etc.). 9. Clean or remove excess application of solvent-containing products. 3.05 HVAC PROTECTION MEASURES A. During/Before Installation 1. Cover (with plastic) and elevate (off ground) all ductwork, fittings, insulation, acoustic lining and equipment stored on site during construction. 2. Seal all supply, return and exhaust openings as well as all temporary ductwork openings not under immediate work (e.g. open ends in ductwork runs) with plastic. Openings must be sealed immediately after installation in areas that will no longer be under work. 3. Close/cover all hatches and access doors in HVAC equipment that will not be under work. 4. Seal all HVAC equipment openings (e.g. inlets/outlets of air handlers, fans, VAV boxes, etc.) with plastic until ductwork is connected. 5. Do not use mechanical rooms to store or collect construction waste materials. 6. Install ceiling tiles and seal all openings into the plenum with plastic prior to final cleaning. B. After Installation (select Option 1 or Option 2 for each HVAC system) 1. Do not use mechanical rooms to store or collect construction waste materials. 2. Option 1: HVAC Equipment Not Used During Construction (Recommended) a. Do not operate any permanent HVAC equipment or systems during construction. b. Seal all openings in HVAC systems, ductwork and plenums as described in paragraph3.05A above. c. If an HVAC system protection measures are not implemented, or if the system is operated during construction, the Contractor must provide duct cleaning services, plus all necessary access doors, at no extra cost to the contract. d. After all construction and final cleaning work is complete the Contractor shall: 1) Remove all HVAC protection measures 2) Install new filters in all air handling equipment as per paragraph 2.01 3) Start-up systems 4) Prepare systems for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractor and Commissioning Agent. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -7 3. Option 2: HVAC Equipment Used During Construction a. Install new filters in all air handling equipment as per paragraph 2.01 before any HVAC system is operated. Provide a duct-mounted filter (external to equipment) if necessary. b. Install new filters with a MERV = 8 (or higher) as per 2.01A at all return/exhaust grilles/inlets before any HVAC system is operated. c. Temporarily shut down the return/exhaust side of HVAC systems during heavy construction/demoli tion. d. Permanently close off the return/exhaust side of HVAC systems in areas with high dust levels. Cover duct openings with plastic in these areas. e. If an HVAC system is operated without the above protection measures in place, the Contractor must provide duct cleaning services, plus all necessary access doors, at no extra cost to the contract. f. After all construction and final cleaning work is complete the Contractor shall: 1) Remove all temporary filters installed on return all grilles. 2) Install new filters in all air handling equipment as per paragraph 2.01 3) Prepare systems for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractor and Commissioning Agent. 3.06 BUILDING FLUSH-OUT PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY A. After all construction, final cleaning and Testing, Adjusting and Balancing work is complete, and prior to building occupancy, conduct a building flush-out by: 1. Supplying a total air volume of 14,000 ft3 of air per ft2 (4,300 m3 per m2) of floor area, 2. Maintaining a temperature of at least 60ºF (16oC) and, 3. Where mechanical cooling is operated, maintaining a relative humidity no higher than 60%. Note: Building flush-out prior to occupancy may be replaced by building flush-out overlapping with occupancy or IAQ testing prior to occupancy as determined by the contractor and owner. B. Perform all corrective work related to general deficiencies, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing, and Commissioning prior to commencing the building flush-out. C. Install new filters in all air handling equipment as per paragraph 2.01 prior to commencing the building flush-out. D. Replace all filtration media in air handling equipment with new filters as per paragraph 2.01 after the building flush-out and immediately prior to occupancy. 3.07 BUILDING FLUSH-OUT OVERLAPPING WITH OCCUPANCY A. After all construction, final cleaning and Testing, Adjusting and Balancing work is complete, and prior to building occupancy, conduct a building flush-out by: 1. Supplying a total air volume of 3,500 ft3 of outdoor air (1,075 m3 per m2) per ft2 of floor area, 2. Maintaining a temperature of at least 60ºF (16oC) and, 3. Where mechanical cooling is operated, maintaining a relative humidity no higher than 60%. Note: : Building flush-out overlapping with occupancy may be replaced by building flush-out prior to occupancy or IAQ testing prior to occupancy as determined by the contractor and owner. B. After the building is occupied, continue the building flush-out by: New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -8 1. Supplying outside air at a minimum rate of 30 cfm/ft2 (0.045m3/min./m2) for at least 3 hours prior to each time the building is occupied, 2. Supplying outside air at the greater of 30 cfm/ft2 (0.045m3/min./m2) or the design minimum outside air supply during times when the building is occupied and, 3. Continuing the flush-out process described in the subparagraphs 1 and 2 until 14,000 ft3 of outdoor air per ft2 (3,225 m3 per m2) has been supplied to the building. C. Perform all corrective work related to general deficiencies, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing, and Commissioning prior to commencing the building flush-out. D. Install new filters in all air handling equipment as per paragraph 2.01 prior to commencing the building flush-out. E. Replace all filtration media in air handling equipment with new filters as per paragraph 2.01 after the building flush-out and immediately prior to occupancy. 3.08 IAQ TESTING PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY A. Indoor air quality testing will be carried out by and at the expense of the Contractor. B. IAQ Contaminant Limits: 1. Interior concentrations of particulate matter (PM10): Not exceeding 50 micrograms per cubic meter (ug/m3). 2. Interior concentrations of carbon monoxide (CO): Not exceeding 9 parts per million (PPM) and not greater than 2 PPM above outdoor concentrations. 3. Interior concentrations of total volatile organic compounds (TVOC): Not exceeding 500 ug/m3. 4. Interior concentrations of formaldehyde: Not exceeding 27 parts per billion (PPB). 5. As-tested interior concentrations of 4-Phenylcyclohexene (4-PC): Not exceeding 6.5 ug/m3. The contractor shall only be required to test for 4-PC if carpets and fabrics with styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) latex backing material are installed as part of the base building systems. C. IAQ Testing Preparation: 1. Prior to IAQ testing, complete dust and odor generating activities including but not limited to: a. Cutting. b. Sanding. c. Painting. d. Staining. e. Sealing. f. Caulking. g. Sweeping. h. Furniture and fixture installation under Contract. 2. Complete air test and balancing of the HVAC system before beginning the baseline IAQ testing. The IAQ maximum contaminant levels are dependent on the HVAC system operating under normal conditions with outdoor air flow rates at the minimum. 3. Complete a full clean of Project interior including but not limited to: a. Vacuuming carpet. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -9 b. Cleaning exposed surfaces with low-emitting GreenSeal, EcoLogo and/or soap and water solutions. No chlorinated products are permitted. 4. Purge interior spaces with outdoor air for minimum two days in order to reduce concentrations of pollutants. 5. If HVAC equipment is used to provide outdoor air to space, install new unused filtration as specified in Division 23. 6. IAQ Testing Procedures a. Carry out IAQ testing according to U.S. EPA’s “Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air Pollutants in Indoor Air” and page 327 of the LEED-NC for New Construction Reference Guide Version 2.2, Third Edition, October 2007. b. Complete IAQ testing prior to occupancy. c. Operate HVAC equipment throughout IAQ testing. Operate under normal conditions with outdoor air flow rates at the minimum. d. Perform IAQ sampling in a minimum of 3 indoor locations. e. Ensure Consultant provides exact sampling locations in writing 3 days prior to the test. f. Ensure IAQ sampling occurs between 4’ and 7’ above finished floor. g. Perform outdoor CO sampling in a minimum of 1 location for each day of testing and adjacent to outdoor air intake. 7. IAQ Reporting Procedures: a. Upon completion of IAQ testing procedures, provide a report detailing, but not limited to following information: 1) Project Name. 2) Project Location. 3) Date of Test. 4) Testing Methodology. 5) Sampling Locations. 6) Discussion. 7) Summary of Results. 8. IAQ Deficiencies: a. In the event test results exceed limits specified herein, Contractor is responsible for taking remedial action as recommended by Consultant and for scheduling and repeating procedure until requirements have been met. b. Carry out any addition work and re-testing at expense of Contractor. D. The Contractor shall allow 3 days after all construction and final cleaning work is complete and prior to building occupancy for the IAQ specialist to conduct indoor air quality testing. 3.09 SCHEDULING A. Schedule construction activities to minimize the amount of VOC’s, odors and fumes absorbed by porous materials (e.g. ceiling tiles, carpet, etc.). B. Complete applications of wet and odorous materials such as paints, sealants, and coatings before installing absorbent “sink” materials such as ceiling tiles, carpets, and fabric-covered furnishings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -10 C. Allow for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing to be carried out following construction and before occupancy (refer to HVAC Protection Measures). D. Allow for corrective work related to general deficiencies, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing, and Commissioning to be carried out following construction and before occupancy. 3.10 INSPECTIONS AND MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall inspect all indoor air quality management measures and remedy any deficiencies on a weekly basis. 1. Inspections shall be recorded in the IAQ Management Inspection Log (see article 1.10A) and shall denote the measures implemented at the time of inspection, any deficiencies as well as corrective actions taken. 2. Provide photos as specified by article 1.10B at various occasions during construction to prove continuous compliance. B. All Pollutant Containment, Housekeeping and HVAC protection measures will be reviewed by the Consultant during each site visit. 1. All deficiencies identified by the Consultant must be remedied and documented in the IAQ Management Inspection Log within 48 hours of notification. 2. The Contractor shall clean or replace any equipment or materials that is incorrectly stored or improperly protected at no extra cost to the contract. 3.11 REMOVAL OF PROTECTION MEASURES A. All products/materials installed as a part of indoor air quality management measures shall be removed prior to building turnover. Any remedial work required as a result of removing the measures is the responsibility of the Contractor. END OF SECTION 018119 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Subsurface Investigations 023000-1 SECTION 02 30 00 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. This section describes investigations of existing subsurface pipe and utilities that the Contractor will be required to perform. The purpose of the investigations is to properly locate the existing systems and avoid conflicts between the Work and the existing subsurface pipe and utilities. A. Related Sections 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 31 23 00 -Excavation and Fill 4. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving 1.2 REFERENCES A. 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P -OSHA Excavation Regulations 1926.560 through 1926.562 including Appendices A through F B. MGL Chapter 82 Section 40 1.3 PIPELINE AND UTILITY INVESTIGATIONS A. The Drawings show available data relative to existing underground pipe and utilities. B. During the course of the Work, excavate to locate various existing pipelines and utilities, where they are involved in the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TEST PITS A. Excavate test pits as required. Expose the top of the pipeline, and adjacent utilities, at each test pit location. B. Perform test pits in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 23 00, Excavation and Fill. Excavate the bottom 2 feet of the test pit by hand. Excavate to top of pipeline by hand. Test pits shall be braced, sheeted and dewatered or as otherwise required for safe excavation and examination of the structure or utility to be exposed. C. Measure the depth to the top of the pipeline, as well as to adjacent utilities, from the ground surface, at each test pit location. Record location, depth and size of pipelines and utilities uncovered during the test pits. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Subsurface Investigations 023000-2 D. Prior to test pitting operations, delineate the general scope of the excavation or boring on the paved surface of the ground using white paint, or stakes or other suitable white markings on nonpaved surfaces and coordinate with the appropriate agencies in accordance MGL Chapter 82 Section 40. E. No premarking shall be acceptable if such marks can reasonably interfere with traffic or pedestrian control or are misleading to the general public. Premarking shall not be required of any continuous excavation that is over 500 feet in length F. Excavate test pits of an appropriate size with equipment suitable for the location and character of the pit to be excavated. G. All subsurface investigations shall be conducted in accordance 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P -OSHA Excavation Regulations 1926.560 through 1926.562 including Appendices A through F. H. Repair paved surfaces in accordance with Section 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving. END OF SECTION 023000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -11 SCHEDULE Q1 – IAQ MANAGEMENT INSPECTION LOG (Complete Weekly. Submit most recent copy to the Consultant on a monthly basis) Project Name: Northampton PD Completed By: Project Location: Northampton, MA Company: Date IAQ Management Measures Initials Currently Implemented Deficiencies Corrective Action Taken Ex. Sept 17/06 Dust curtain and HVAC pressurization protecting finished offices on 2nd floor. Standing water present adjacent to sprinkler room in basement Water removed. Adjacent materials were not damaged G.L. I hereby certify that the information provided is complete and correct: Signature of Authorized Official Position Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Indoor Air Quality Management 018119 -12 SCHEDULE Q2 -PHOTO DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST (Submit with photos to Consultant after construction and prior to demobilization) Project Name: Northampton PD Completed By: Project Location: Northampton, MA Company: Indoor Air Quality Management Measure Date of Photo #1 #2 #3 N/A Tobacco smoke prohibited inside the building (signage) 􀂆 Gasoline and solvents stored outside the building 􀂆 Outdoor equipment restricted around building (signage) 􀂆 Electric, propane or natural gas powered equipment 􀂆 Pollutant sources exhausted to outside 􀂆 Portable air cleaner used to filter air in work areas 􀂆 Sawdust from wood working tools collected and bagged 􀂆 Indoor sources of odor and dust covered/sealed 􀂆 Painting techniques used to minimize odor 􀂆 Temporary dust curtains and barriers 􀂆 Designated cutting and work areas 􀂆 Materials covered, sealed and protected 􀂆 Materials stored elevated off the ground 􀂆 Building sealed from the exterior environment 􀂆 Wetting agents, sweeping compounds, wet rags/mops 􀂆 Vacuuming with HEPA filtration and/or wet scrubber 􀂆 Ventilation/dehumidification to remove moisture 􀂆 Protecting stored ductwork, lining, insulation & fittings 􀂆 Scheduled construction activities 􀂆 Openings in ducts sealed w/plastic 􀂆 Openings & hatches in HVAC equip. sealed w/plastic 􀂆 Supply, return and exhaust openings sealed w/plastic 􀂆 Ceiling plenum openings sealed w/plastic 􀂆 Ceiling tiles installed prior to final cleaning 􀂆 I hereby certify that the information provided is complete and correct: Signature of Authorized Official Position Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Selective Site Demolition 02 41 13-1 SECTION 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Demolition of police headquarters located at 29 Center Street, Northampton, MA. 2. Demolition of ancillary structures and items within the Limit of Work indicated on the Drawings, but not specifically shown, such as curbing, bollards, slabs, and similar items 3. Removal and lawful disposal of miscellaneous debris and solid waste located within the Limit of Work indicated on the Drawings B. Related Sections 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 35 29 – Health, Safety & Emergency Response Plan 4. Section 33 05 29 – Pipeline and Underground Structure Abandonment 5. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Demolish – To tear down, segregate waste streams and lawfully recycle or dispose of all debris generated in the process including structure contents. B. Limit of Work – Area delineated on Drawings that defines the extent of demolition work under the Contract. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Quality Control Submittals prior to commencement of on-site demolition: 1. Methods of demolition and equipment proposed to demolish structures. This submittal should be sufficient to demonstrate a thorough understanding of the Work to be completed and the means that will be implemented to safely complete the demolition within the Contract Time without damage to surrounding structures or resources. The Engineer will review the submittal for completeness, but will not “Approve” the means and methods. 2. Waste Management Plan to indicate the types of wastes to be generated and the proposed disposal or recycling locations. Include back-up disposal facilities. 3. Copies of any authorizations and permits required to perform the work, including disposal/recycling facility permits. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Selective Site Demolition 02 41 13-2 B. The following records and disposal documentation must be maintained and kept current throughout the project. These documents will be maintained in chronological order in a 3-ring notebook with appropriate tabbed dividers. The notebook will be reviewed for completeness at each progress meeting. Monthly pay requisitions may be rejected, in whole or in part, if documentation is not current. 1. Records of the amounts of waste generated, by waste type 2. Evidence of lawful disposal or recycling of all wastes generated 3. Documentation of underground structures and utilities as identified in Part 3 of this Section 4. Copies of any analytical results generated as a result of waste stream characterization 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor is solely responsible for obtaining permits or approvals that may be required to perform the work of this section, including all costs, fees and taxes required or levied. B. B. Notify and obtain such permits or approvals from agencies having jurisdiction over demolition prior to starting work. C. Complete, sign and submit a Notice of Intent to be covered under EPA’s General Permit for Construction Activity. Comply with the requirements of the site-specific Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. D. Comply with all applicable federal, state, and local environmental, safety and health requirements regarding the demolition of structures and other site features and recycling or disposal of demolition debris, as applicable. E. Conform to procedures identified in Section 01 35 29 – Health, Safety & Emergency Response Plan if hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered. 1.5 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. Provide a full-time Project Superintendent, fluent in English, who shall serve as a direct communication among the Contractor, Subcontractors, and the Owner. B. Require all subcontractors to provide a foreman or superintendent who is fluent in English. That individual must be on site at all times that the subcontractor is working. 1.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Verify site conditions before proceeding with demolition work. Field check the accuracy of the Drawings and inspect structures and utilities prior to start of work and notify the Engineer in writing, of any hazardous conditions and/or discrepancies. Primary structures and other site features are shown on the Drawings; other smaller structures, including, but not limited to, concrete walks and pads, miscellaneous signs, lamp posts, railings, and fencing may not be shown on the Drawings, but may exist within the Limit of Work and shall be demolished. 1. Unknown Site Conditions -The information provided on the Drawings and in the Specifications is believed accurate. Field verify all information. Bear full New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Selective Site Demolition 02 41 13-3 responsibility for obtaining all locations of underground structures, utilities and their connections. Maintain services to buildings outside the limits of work, at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Interior Elements -Interior features including but not necessarily limited to structural elements, walls, partitions, equipment, piping or other building facilities are not shown on the drawings and must be visually inspected Inspect and appraise all features and facilities to be demolished or removed for salvage. Investigate to assure the condition of the work to be demolished and take all precautions necessary to ensure safety of people and property. B. Demolish the buildings, underground utilities and related appurtenances by methods that will not cause damage to surrounding structures, underground and overhead utilities, or other existing items and structures that are to remain in place. C. Promptly and properly manage all debris as the demolition progresses. Construct and/or prepare material staging/stockpile areas at locations approved by the Engineer. 1.7 SITE PREPARATION A. Remove and/or stabilize all overhead hazards, prior to commencing work near any building. Where hazards can not be stabilized, mark and control areas below hazards to prohibit access below the hazards. This shall be performed with caution tape, saw horses, safety fence or other types of barricades as determined by applicable safety codes. Similarly, all holes through the floors or weak sections of the floor shall either be covered or clearly marked to prohibit entry. Floor coverings shall be capable of supporting heavy equipment use. B. Remove asbestos containing materials and other hazardous materials prior to structure demolition. C. Terminate and discontinue utilities serving the individual structures to be demolished, prior to demolition in accordance with Section 33 05 29 – Pipeline and Underground Structure Abandonment. D. Plug and abandon all sewer lines and sewer manholes as indicated on Drawings before any plumbing fixtures or traps are removed from buildings. 1.8 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Lead Paint 1. A number of state, federal and local agencies regulate work that involves lead paint. Paint coatings on the structures to be demolished that contain lead. This lead could present a hazard to workers and requires regulatory compliance with 29 CFR 1926.62 "Lead in Construction." 2. Of specific concern is the cutting of steel components using torch methods. If the Contractor intends to torch cut painted steel, lead paint must be removed from the area to be cut with a chemical stripper or other means prior to cutting. Sufficient paint must be removed from the area to prevent volatilization of lead during the heating of the steel. Other means of controlling worker exposure to lead will be acceptable provided that they are addressed in a Lead Exposure Control Plan and that they meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Selective Site Demolition 02 41 13-4 3. Where activities may generate leaded dust or impact a leaded surface, regulate work area so that dust migration is contained properly within the regulated area. Once the work is complete, properly clean up and dispose of leaded dust and materials. B. Oil and Hazardous Material Contamination 1. There is no known soil contamination at the site. However, contaminated soil may be encountered during excavation. In the event that contaminated soil is encountered, handle such material in accordance with Section 01 35 29 – Health, Safety & Emergency Response Plan. 2. Contractor personnel working in areas of the site where contamination is likely to be encountered shall be appropriately trained, as required under Section 01 35 29 – Health, Safety & Emergency Response Plan. 3. When working in areas of the site where contamination is likely to be encountered, Contractor’s Site Safety Officer shall monitor the work area in accordance with Section 01 35 29 – Health, Safety & Emergency Response Plan. 1.9 DEMOLITION A. Buildings 1. Demolish all buildings within the Limit of Work as indicated on the Drawings. Equipment, piping and interior facilities are not shown on the Drawings but shall be demolished. 2. Segregate various building materials to facilitate recycling of salvageable materials and to facilitate crushing and reuse of asphalt, brick and concrete onsite to the extent possible. 3. Barricade work area as necessary to protect workers and general public from falling debris. 4. Do not leave unstable structures unattended. Plan the workday so that all structures are stable at the end of each work day. B. Foundations 1. Demolish all foundation walls and basement slabs. C. Miscellaneous Site Structures and Features 1. Concrete Slabs – Demolish all concrete slabs including patios, aprons, steps, and parking pads and associated foundation walls (if any) within the Limit of Work, whether or not they are specifically shown on the Drawings. 2. Trees – Trees are an important resource and shall be treated as such. Unless specifically noted to be removed, protect all trees and obtain approval of the Owner prior to removing or pruning any other trees. 1.10 TEST PITS A. Where investigation of various buried utilities is indicated on the Drawings, excavate to expose the structure and/or piping. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Selective Site Demolition 02 41 13-5 B. Investigations may also be directed by the Owner to investigate unforeseen conditions such as undocumented utility pipes, septic systems and dry wells that may be encountered during the work. 1.11 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT REMOVAL OR RECLAMATION A. Remove or reclaim bituminous concrete pavement within Limit of Work as indicated on the Drawings. Legally dispose of bituminous concrete pavement off site. B. If reclamation is selected, where indicated on the Drawings, at interface of pavement to remain with pavement to be removed, at intersections, and/or where directed, saw cut existing pavement to its full depth. No jack hammering or chiseling shall be acceptable when cutting existing pavement unless otherwise directed by the Owner. All cut lines shall be straight with a minimum of damage to pavement outside of saw cutting area. Saw cuts at intersections shall be made 6 feet from the sideline of the intersecting street unless otherwise directed by the Owner. Saw cuts for bituminous parking areas shall be made at the back edge of the sidewalk, or if no sidewalks are present, 2 feet from the sideline of the street. C. Reclaim the bituminous concrete pavement by processing/grinding to a minimum depth of 12 inches and compacting in place. D. After the reclamation process, the reclaimed base material shall conform to the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size Required Grading Range 2" 100 1" 70-100 1/2" 50-85 #4 35-70 40 10-35 200 2-10 Asphalt Content 1.0 Min. E. The equipment to be used must be able to effectively pulverize bituminous concrete pavements to produce a crushed material. The equipment must have the capability to adjust the crushers and screen to allow minor adjustments if the gradation of the crushed material does not fall within the gradation requirements during the crushing process. No culling out of oversized material will be permitted. F. Remove or relocate all obstacles located within the roadway or parking area including castings and utilities prior to pulverizing operations. G. After pulverizing, the reclaimed base course shall be evenly spread and thoroughly compacted by rolling. Rolling shall continue until the base material has been compacted to 98% density. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately, as required to obtain a smooth, even and uniformly compacted base. H. Do not perform work on the base course during freezing temperatures nor when the subgrade is wet. If the aggregate contains frozen materials or when the underlying course is frozen, the construction will be stopped. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Selective Site Demolition 02 41 13-6 I. Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided that no damage results and provided that such equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. J. The Contractor shall be responsible for quality control during construction. Sample materials from the project area and test for the following: optimum lab density, material gradation, residual asphalt content, field density and percent compaction. Conduct testing program at intervals representative of each 3,000 square yards of asphalt stabilized base course. K. After being notified by the Contractor that a particular section/phase of the project is ready to be tested, the Owner may elect to perform his own quality assurance tests as a check. Any costs incurred as a result of failed tests or canceled tests shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.12 DISPOSAL A. Legally dispose of, or recycle all materials from demolition as well as equipment and other materials that are within the buildings. The disposal site shall be permitted to accept the waste stream by the applicable State Agency. Perform the loading of demolition materials in a manner that prevents materials and activities from generating excessive dust and ensures minimum interference with roads, sidewalks and streets both onsite and offsite. All waste will be managed in accordance with Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. Materials specified in Section 01 74 19, paragraph 3.01 will be diverted from landfill using the proposed recycle/reuse facilities. B. Provide evidence that the demolition materials have been received at a legal disposal, recycle, reuse or salvage location. Such proof may include truck weigh slips from an approved disposal facility or documentation of transfer of title. Transport of all materials off site shall be in accordance with applicable Department of Transportation Regulations. All materials leaving the site shall become the property of the Contractor. 1.13 SITE RESTORATION A. Prior to any backfilling, document the location of any structures that remain in place through construction photographs and by obtaining swing ties to and elevations of any structures to be buried. Progress payments may be withheld if current documentation is not maintained. B. Backfill foundation areas and areas that structures were removed to achieve the final grades indicated on the Drawings. Backfilling shall be conducted in accordance with Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill. C. Restore damaged areas of the site or neighboring properties and stabilize slopes in accordance with the erosion and sedimentation control requirements of the Contract and the stormwater permit. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\024113 Selective Site Demolition.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-1 SECTION 02 82 00 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 -RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Table 1 detailing Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs)(provided at end of Specification). B. Table 2 detailing Non-Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs)(provided at end of Specification). 1.02 -PROJECT/WORK IDENTIFICATION A. Specifications presented in this section were prepared by Mr. Christopher L. Godfrey (Massachusetts Certified Asbestos Designer #AD 73171) of ECS and are dated January 2009. B. Approximate locations and quantities referenced in this specification and related documents (Table 1) are guidelines for the convenience of the Contractor and are not guaranteed to be accurate. The Contractor shall verify the scope of work and determine all quantities involved. The contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and material necessary for removing and disposing all asbestos containing materials. It is the expectation of the Owner that all asbestos containing materials (ACMs) will receive the specified treatment in an area when the Contractor agrees to undertake such work. No credit will be given for changes in the scope of work unless hidden conditions, other than those for which allowances exist, are revealed during the construction process. If any other materials are found which are suspected of containing asbestos, immediately notify ECS. C. The Architect and/or General Contractor will identify/locate/demarcate the areas of proposed abatement throughout the building for the Abatement Contractor. Site Plans/Sheets prepared by the Architect will identify locations for work and estimated quantities of ACMs. D. The Contractor should expect and it is reasonable to expect that demolition activities will be warranted to access and remove ACMs. The Contractor will perform all of their own cutting, capping, dismantling, and/or demolition to gain access to concealed materials. By way of example, the following are to be included in, but not limited to, this selective demolition: ceiling and wall systems, floorings, mechanical systems, plumbing systems, roofing, and window systems, the contractor will be required to perform selective demolition as required to access and abate these materials. Plumbing cutting and capping required as a result of selective demolition required to access the work (e.g. removal of windows, partitions, sinks and cabinets) will be the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall provide the services of a qualified and licensed electrician and/or plumber, as necessary, to accomplish all of the work. Section 3.09 details handling requirements for these materials. E. The cost of consultant or hygienist services (including a Project Monitor) shall be borne by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cost of further sampling, monitoring, and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-2 clearances of the post-abatement air sampling, if quantitative results do not produce final clearance. 1.03 -ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS A. Between December 31, 2008 and January 6, 2009, ECS inspectors, using a combination of destructive and non-destructive sampling methods, collected 72 bulk samples of suspect asbestos material. Those materials have been analyzed using the required protocols at an accredited laboratory. A review of the laboratory results indicate that ACM was detected at this location. Those materials which tested positive for asbestos include: · Various Floor Tiles · Thermal System Insulation associated with pipe, pipe fittings, tees and elbows · Thermal System Insulation boiler exhaust breeching · Thermal System Insulation boiler insulation (Presumed ACM as interior of the boiler was inaccessible and operational) · Window Casing Caulking · Door Casing Caulking (Trace <1% concentrations) · Asphalt Based Roofing Materials B. Additional ACM may be present in inaccessible areas. If unknown suspect materials are encountered, materials should be considered positive until laboratory analysis proves otherwise. The following areas were not included accessible at the time of this survey: · Below grade; · Within fire doors; · Soundproofing within Bathroom Stall Dividers; · Interior of functioning equipment, machinery, electrical systems, and boiler; · Beneath carpeting; · Behind/beneath ceramic tiled walls and floors; · Wet walls and entombed pipe chases · Roofing (No core samples were collected. A single bulk sample was collected from a visible roof area located at the rooftop access hatch). 1.04 -ABATEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Removal Requirements: The Asbestos Abatement Contractor will keep a three-ring binder notebook on the job site at all times with records on each employee on this project to include respirator fit-test documentation, training certificates, latest medical surveillance records, a copy of the company respiratory protection program, employee qualifications, and their health and safety program. The notebook will include a section on asbestos waste and record of all asbestos waste removed from the work area. The entry will include date, time, quantity (number of bags or cubic yards) destination of waste, name of approved hauler and EPA approved landfill and final chain of custody forms. The notebook will include copies of all permits and EPA, State and other notifications. Personal sampling results will also be maintained herein. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-3 B. Personal Air Sampling: Daily personal and excursion limit sampling will be the responsibility of the Asbestos Abatement Contractor to check personal exposure levels versus respiratory protection and to check work practices. At least 25% of the workers in each shift, but not less than 2, shall be sampled. Personal sampling pumps should have a flow rate of two (2) liters per minute and sample duration will be as close to an eight-hour workday as possible. The Contractor is responsible for his own personal sampling as outlined in OSHA Regulation 1926.1101. The Contractor shall post the personal air sample results within 24 hours. The analytical laboratory shall be A.I.H.A. accredited for asbestos analytical work. C. Remedial Cleaning: Limited remedial cleaning of horizontal surfaces, ledges, and equipment will be required prior to masking and sealing operations of work areas. Cleaning will be done using HEPA vacuums and wet methods. Determinations of additional remedial cleaning will be made on the basis of hazard potential to workers and the outside environment relating to setup and masking and sealing operations. Respiratory protection and protective clothing will be required for all remedial cleaning activities prior to full containment or other removal methodologies (i.e. glove bags). D. Critical Barriers: The windows, doors, opening, ducts, drains, vents, pipe and conduit penetrations and other major opening of the buildings shall be masked and sealed in accordance with Part 3.02 of this Section prior to covering the floor and walls. E. Containments: Unless otherwise specified in Part 3.01, the Contractor shall remove ACM within full containments, with attached three stage decontamination chambers. Work areas will be masked and sealed in accordance with Part 3.02 of this Section. F. Decontamination Chambers: For the removals conducted under full containment, a single means of decontamination for personnel and equipment equipment is acceptable. A decontamination unit consists of an equipment room, a shower and a clean room for personnel involved in asbestos removal in accordance with Part 3.02 of this Section. Each of these three rooms shall be of sufficient size to accommodate all of their intended functions. A decontamination unit will be required for each separate site of asbestos removal unless these sites are connected internally. The decontamination unit shall be the sole means of egress from the work site unless an emergency is in progress. For all other work conducted, a two chamber Mini-Decontamination Facility ("mini-decon") shall be constricted in a location readily accessible to the work sites in accordance with Part 3.02 of this Section. G. Variable Pressure: The Abatement Contractor shall establish negative pressure air filtration within the containment work areas. Install, operate, and maintain a sufficient number of negative Air Filtration Units (NAFU’s) to meet the requirements of Part 3.05 of this Section. The NAFUs will be positioned in the work area opposite the decontamination unit, where possible. The NAFU will be exhausted outside the building. NAFUs which are exhausted to the building’s interior shall be continuously monitored at the exhaust with a direct reading instrument equipped with a chart recorder. H. Removals: Removal of asbestos containing materials, unless specified otherwise, will be performed using negative air filtration techniques, wet methods, the masking and sealing of openings, ducts and vents, and mini-contaminants for glovebag removals. Removals will be as New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-4 indicated and as specified herein, and will be performed in a neat and workman like manner to the limits indicated or specified. Asbestos will be consistently and thoroughly wetted with a fine spray of amended water and will be carefully removed and immediately placed in approved and properly labeled six mil polyethylene disposal containers unless specified otherwise. After removal, surfaces will be free of visible debris and fibers and surfaces will be HEPA vacuumed clean. I. Decontamination: State of the art techniques for asbestos fiber control will be used throughout this abatement. The Project Monitor will inspect the work site to confirm proper erection of specified containment systems, operation of equipment, and confirmatory to standards, regulations and the specification. It shall remain the responsibility of the Contractor for compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws and the abatement to the standards required. J. Visual Inspections: Work areas shall pass a visual inspection conducted by the Site Supervisor responsible for the project and Project Monitor. The criterion for this inspection will be the absence of visible debris in accordance with ASTM standard E1368-90. All post removal and contaminated surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and dry prior to the visual inspection. A certificate of visual inspection will be signed by the Project Monitor and the Site Supervisor after final inspection clearance. The certificate will be part of the Owner’s documentation. The Abatement Contractor will be responsible for the costs of visual inspection and testing required for any work that fails clearance air quality criteria. If the Abatement Contractor and Project Monitor disagree on the asbestos content of debris found in the area, a licensed Inspector shall collect and analyze samples of such debris at the Contractor’s expense. Once the work area has passed the visual inspection, the Contractor shall encapsulate the exposed surface areas with an EPA approved encapusulant and shall leave removal surfaces in a condition that is ready to receive replacement materials. K. Disposal: All waste will be disposed of in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal regulations. L. Roofing work: Roofing work may be performed in accordance with Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MADEP) Policy #BWP-96-012 concerning Non-Friable Asbestos-Containing Materials and the requirements as detailed in Part 3 Execution. See Part 3 Execution regarding performance of roofing work. If roofing work can not be performed in accordance with this policy, then asbestos abatement must be performed in accordance with State and Federal Regulations as outlined in this Specification. 1.05 -WORKER PROTECTION A. This section does not include respiratory protection. B. The disturbance or dislocation of ACMs may cause asbestos fibers to be released into the building's atmosphere, thereby creating a potential health threat to workmen and building occupants. Apprise all workers, supervisory personnel, subcontractors and consultants who will be at the job site of the seriousness of the hazard and of proper work procedures to be followed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-5 Full notification of all interested parties and isolation of the work area remains the responsibility of the Contractor. C. Where in the performance of the work, workers, supervisory personnel, subcontractors, or consultants may encounter, disturb, or otherwise function in the immediate vicinity of any identified asbestos-containing materials, take appropriate continuous measures as necessary to protect all building occupants from potential hazard of exposure to airborne asbestos. Such measures shall include the procedures and methods described herein, and compliance with regulations of applicable federal, state and local agencies. 1.06 -WORKER TRAINING A. All workers must receive training in accordance with the 29 CFR 1926 and 453 CMR 6.00. Documentation of such training in the form of current and valid Massachusetts Department of Occupational Safety (formerly Department of Labor and Industries) certification with picture I.D. must be on site whenever a worker is conducting asbestos associated work. 1.07 -MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS A. Provide annual medical examinations for all workers who may encounter an airborne fiber level of 0.1 f/cc or greater for an 8-hour time weighted average. In the absence of specific airborne fiber data provide medical examination for all workers who will enter the work area for any reason. Examination shall as a minimum meet OSHA requirements as set forth in 29 CFR 1926. In addition, provide an evaluation of the individuals ability to work environments capable of producing heat stress in the worker. B. Maintain on site a certification from a physician that each individual worker is physically able to work safely with a negative pressure respirator before issuing this type of equipment to workers. 1.08 -RESPIRATORY PROTECTION A. The Contractor must assure that each worker involved in asbestos abatement or maintenance and repair is trained in proper respiratory use and require that each worker wear a respirator, properly fitted on the face in the work area from the start of any operation which may cause airborne asbestos fibers until the work area is completely decontaminated. Use respiratory protection appropriate for the fiber level encountered in the work place or as required for other toxic or oxygen-deficient situations encountered. B. Standards: Except to the extent that more stringent requirements are written directly into the Contract Documents, the following regulations and standards have the same force and effect (and are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference) as if copied directly into the Contract Documents, or as if published copies were bound herein. Where there is a conflict in requirements set forth in these regulations and standards, meet the more stringent requirements. 1. OSHA -U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Safety and Health Standards 29 CFR 1910 and 1926, Respiratory Protection; Final Rule (January 8, 1998). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-6 2. CGA -Compressed Gas Association, Inc., New York, Pamphlet G-7, "Compressed Air for Human Respiration", and Specification g-7.1, "Commodity Specification for Air". 3. ANSI -American National Standard Practices for Respiratory Protection, ANSIZ88.2-1980. 4. NIOSH -National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 5. MSHA -Mine Safety and Health Administration 1.09 -ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. General Superintendent: Provide a full-time General Superintendent who is experienced in administration and supervision of asbestos abatement projects including work practices, protective measures for building and personnel, disposal procedure, federal and state regulation, etc. This person is the Competent Person as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1926 for the Contractor and is the Contractor's representative responsible for compliance with all applicable federal, state and local regulation, particularly those relating relating to asbestos-containing materials. This person must have completed a course at a Massachusetts D.L.W.D recognized training center as a job supervisor and hold a state certification as a supervisor/foreperson. This person must also have a minimum of two (2) years on-the-job training and meet any additional requirements set forth in 29 CFR 1926 for a Competent Person. The General Superintendent is to be accredited as an asbestos Abatement Supervisor in accordance with the AHERA regulations 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix C. The General Superintendent shall also be trained in 40 CFR Part 61, the NESHAP Revisions. B. Workers: Removal workers will have successfully completed an EPA approved asbestos training course within one year prior to the commencement of the work. Each removal worker shall be certified as required by Massachusetts Department and Labor Industries Regulations 453 CMR 6.00. C. Workforce: The Contractors shall maintain sufficient trained removal workers, through all phases of the project, as needed to meet the timetables as agreed upon with the Owner. If the Contractor falls behind on the timetable, and the Owner or the Agent determines additional manpower is required, the Contractor shall provide the additional trained and certified personnel as required to meet the contract completion date. D. Identification Cards: All persons engaged in asbestos abatement on the job site shall keep their certification identification card at the job site and shall be present it to the Agent, IH or representative of any state or federal regulatory agency upon request. No person is to enter the job site unless this card is present. E. All work shall be performed in strict accordance with the Specifications contained herein and with the regulations cited in the following paragraph. The following Federal, state and local standards and regulations, by reference, shall be made part of this section and shall be complied with. Whenever regulations are conflicting, the more stringent shall be complied with. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-7 F. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the following regulations, and maintain a copy of each at the work site: 1. U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA Asbestos Regulations (29 CFR 1926.58) 2. U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA Respiratory Protection; Final Rule dated January 8, 1998 (29 CFR 1910 and 1926) 3. U.S. EPA National Emission Standard for Asbestos (CFR Title 40 Subpart M) 4. U.S. EPA AHERA Final Rule (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart G) 5. U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA Confined Space Standard (29 CFR 1910.146) 6. Massachusetts Department of Labor and Workforce Development (453 CMR 6.00) 7. Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (310 CMR 6.00-8.00) 8 All local ordinances, regulations or rules pertaining to asbestos, including its storage, transportation and disposal. G. In addition, the Contractor shall be familiar with the following: 1. Northampton Municipal and Zoning Ordinances as they affect the work. 2. Massachusetts State Building Code (780 CMR). 1.10 -SUBMITTALS A. Except as otherwise indicated, submit special reports directly to the Project Monitor within one day of occurrence requiring special reports, and within seven (7) days of all other reports becoming available to the Contractor. Send a copy to any other persons affected by the occurrence. Preconstructions submittals (under B, C, and D) should be made in a timely manner to allow ample time for review before the start of the work. B. A Copy of the contractor's and superintendent's certifications from the Massachusetts Department of Occupational Safety/Department of Labor and Workforce Development (DOS/DLWD). C. A copy of notification forms to Massachusetts DOS/DLWD, Massachusetts DEP, and Environmental Protection Agency (if warranted). A copy of the completed forms must be submitted to the Project Monitor at least 2 weeks prior to the start of the project to allow ECS review and comment. D. A copy of medical examination certification of workers and worker's respiratory training certificates for each worker including the following: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-8 1. Name, Social Security Number and Photostatic copy of current Asbestos Abatement Worker Certification. 2. Physicians Written Opinion including at a minimum the following: a). Whether the worker has any detected medical conditions that would place the worker at an increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to asbestos. b). Statement that the worker has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions that may result from asbestos exposure. c). Statement that the worker is able to wear and use the type of respiratory protection proposed for the project, and is able to work safely in an environment capable of producing heat stress in the worker. d). Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) forms as per the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard for all chemical compounds used at the work site. Maintain a copy of forms on site as required by OSHA. Provide a list of of products proposed for use during the course of this work. At a minimum submit MSDS for the following products used on the work, including: 1. Surfactant 2. Bridging Encapsulant 3. Penetrating Encapsulant 4. Lock-down Encapsulant 5. Pigments mixed with any of the above 6. Cleaning Agents 7. Solvents e). Health and Safety Plan/Contingency Plan shall be written that described in the plan should be clearly defined. It is recommended that all worker practice carrying out their roles in simulated emergency situations. The contingency plan should include planned responses to the following possible situations: 1. loss of negative pressure atmosphere 2. fiber counts above regulated maximums inside or outside of containment 3. injury to one or more workers 4. worker collapse 5. fire or smoke in the containment area 6. any other situation that would disrupt the plant of work f). The design of the Variable Pressure System for review. Do not begin work until a copy of the submittal approved by the Project Monitor. At At a minimum, include in the submittal: 1. Number of negative air machines required and calculations used to determine such. Provide sufficient number of negative air pressure units to maintain at lease one air change each fifteen minutes throughout the work areas. 2. Locations of machines and exhausts. 3. Pressure differential across enclosures anticipated. 4. Description of projected air flows throughout the work areas. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-9 g.) Hazard Communication/Right To Know Program to include MSDSs for all chemicals and potentially hazardous materials used or stored on the site during this project. E. Submittals as Available: 1.) Unusual Event Reports: When an event of unusual or significant nature occurs at a site (examples: failure of variable pressure system, rupture of temporary enclosure), prepare and submit special report lists chain of events, persons participating, response of Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. When such events are known or predictable in advance advise Project Monitor and Owner in advance at earliest possible date. 2.) Accident Reports: Prepare and submit reports of significant accidents, at site and anywhere else work is in progress. Record and document data and actions, comply with industry standards. For this purpose, a significant accident is defined to include events where personal injury is sustained, or property loss of substance is sustained, or where the event poses a significant threat of loss or personal injury. 3.) Monitoring Reports: Personnel air monitoring reports are to be taken at least once a day in each containment area during the course of the actual abatement. Monitor at least one person per shift, and at least one third of all contractors’ employees on the job who work within the containment structure. F. Submittals at the Conclusion of the Work: 1.) Asbestos Disposal Reports: Receipt from the ultimate disposer of each load of asbestos debris showing the location, number of bags, drums or cubic yards, data, name of recipient's representative, and certification of proper disposal method according to NIOSH. Submit copies of all manifests and landfill receipts to the Project Monitor on a weekly basis for on-going projects. If waste is accepted by local community landfill, include documentation of the amount paid for disposal at the local landfill. 2.) Daily Log: Maintain within the Decontamination Unit area a daily log documenting the dates and times of all significant events during the course of the work, including, but not limited to the following: a) Meetings -including purpose, attendees and brief discussion summary. b) Visitations, names, authorization, purpose. c) Personnel entering and leaving work area. d) Special or unusual events. e) Air monitoring test and results f) Documentation of Contractor compliance with the following: Initial inspection Setup and removal of plastic barriers Each stage of the work as it proceeds Waste removal g) Equipment maintenance procedures. h) Final inspection, clearance air monitoring results. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-10 1.11 -NOTIFICATIONS A. Notifications are to be submitted to the following agencies with waiver requests: 1.) Department of Environmental Protection, P.O. Box 4062, Boston, MA 02211. Use the transmittal from provided by the DEP for Permit Application and Payment. All fees are to be paid by the Contractor. 2). Regional DOS/DLWD at 399 Washington Street, 5th Floor, in Boston, MA 02108. B. Notification Posting: In clean room of personnel Decontamination Unit, post a list at least 8" by 10" in size, consisting of emergency telephone numbers and locations of emergency services, not limited to fire, ambulance, doctor, hospital, police, power company and telephone company. C. The General Contractor and Owners Representative (ECS) are to be notified, not less than seven (7) days before commencement, of the start of each phase of the work. 1.12 -PROJECT SCHEDULE A. Abatement work may occur in a “Phased Approach”. The schedule for for the abatement is detailed in Section 01010 Summary of Work. The contractor is expected to follow this schedule. B. Pre-Construction Conference: An initial progress meeting recognized as "Pre-Construction Conference" shall be convened by ECS prior to the Start of the work. This is an organizational meeting, to review responsibilities and personnel assignments and to locate the containment and decontamination areas and temporary facilities including power, light, water, etc. At this time ECS will also review the HASP for the entire site with the Contractor. C. Work to commence by others prior to and/or during asbestos abatement work includes demolition activities, and the removal, collection and disposal of various regulated materials. D. Work is to be coordinated so that the Owner is inconvenienced as little as possible and the work area can be sufficiently isolated from any site occupants or un-announced visitors. 1.13 -CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK A. Confine operations operations at the site to the areas presented during the pre-construction conference. Portions of the site beyond areas on which is indicated are not to be disturbed. The building may be occupied and not available to the contractor in its entirety during the work. B. Keep existing driveways and entrances to the site clear and available to the Owner and the Owner’s employees or representatives at all times. The parking lot may be used by the contractor for essential equipment and storage units. However, the contractor may not park personally owned vehicles in this lot. Access to the dumpster serving the building must be maintained at all times, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-11 and as many parking spaces as possible must be maintained for use by authorized building staff. Sidewalks and public ways are to be kept clear and unencumbered. C. Selective Demolition Debris: 1. Selective demolition is to be done so as not to damage or degrade the structural or the watertight integrity of the building. 2. Debris from selective demolition which is not ACM or is not contaminated with ACM shall be left in the building or removed and disposed of properly off site, at the contractor’s option. Any such material left in the buildings must be neatly stockpiled in such a way that it does not create any hazard or encumbrance to subsequent demolition work and which does not inhibit collection of this material for recycling. D. Store flammable or hazardous waste in metal containers and remove from the work site daily. E. The Contractor will be allowed to arrange for the use of a portable bathroom (sani-can). F. Electricity and water will be available. G. The Owner shall provide water for the use of the Contractor at designated locations. The Contractor is responsible for conducting that water through leak-tight conduits to the sites where it will be used. Excess water consumption may be cause of restriction by the Owner if it is being wasted in the opinion of the Owner. H. Hours of Work: Hours of work are weekdays from 7:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. I. Use of on-site dumpsters: The contractor may not place any debris into any on-site dumpsters. J. Condition of Buildings: Contractors should assume that any existing appliances, or equipment observed at the pre-bid walk-through will remain in place. The contractor will be responsible for moving this material as required to perform the work. K. Refuse Chute: A refuse chute for general construction debris may be used provided its construction and use complies with all applicable local, state and federal rules and regulations. L. Security: 1. Interior door locks will NOT be removed or disabled prior to commencement of the work. 2. Exterior Door Locks: The contractor will be responsible for securing the buildings to prevent unauthorized access both during and after working hours. The contractor’s method of securing the buildings must, however, allow for any Emergency Response Team to gain access to the buildings in the event of an emergency. 3. Windows, Exterior Doors, and Roofing: If the work requires the removal and/or loosening of windows, door frames, or roofing areas the openings must be re-secured properly so as to prevent unauthorized access into the building, and to pre-existing condition prior to completion of the project. 1.14 -STOP WORK New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-12 A. If the Owner, Owner’s representatives, any inspector from the offices of the Massachusetts DOS/DLWD, the DEP or the U.S. EPA, or the Project Monitor present written or verbal stop orders, immediately and automatically stop all work. Do not commence work until authorized in writing by the Owner. 1.15 -ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DEFINITIONS A.C.B.M: Asbestos Containing Building Material A.C.M.: Asbestos Containing Material A.H.E.R.A.: Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Action (1986 for Schools) Air Sampling: Method of quantification of airborne asbestos at a particular time. Decontamination chamber: Area of clean room and showers through which one enters and exists the abatement area. D.E.P. (MA): Department of Environmental Protection Door/Door System: Single or double door system located on interior or exterior portions of building includes all building material layers (front, back, and interior) (glues, adhesives, mastics, caulkings, glazings, etc.) to masonry substrate. D.O.S. Department of Occupational Safety D.L.W.D. (MA): Department of Labor and Workforce Development D.O.T. (US): Department of Transportation Contractor MA Licensed Asbestos Abatement Contractor Encapsulation: Application of liquid sealant to asbestos materials. Enclosure: Isolation of asbestos by wrapping and sealing air-tight. E.P.A. (US): Environmental Protection Agency Fitting: Includes seams, joints, unions, couplings, elbows, and tees. Abatement of a fitting is defined as the removal of 1 linear and/or 1 square foot of ACM regardless of the number of fittings within that area. Friable: Easily pulverized, crumbled or crushed by hand pressure. H.E.P.A.: High Efficient Particulate Air Hygienist: Certified Project Monitor under MA DLWD Regulation 453 CMR 6.00 I.H.: Industrial Hygienist N.I.O.S.H.: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health O & M: Operation and Maintenance O.S.H.A.: Occupational Safety and Health Administration P.C.M.: Phase Contract Microscopy P.E.L.: Permissible Exposure Limit, 0.2 fiber/cc air, 8 hour TWA S.T.E.L.: Short Term Exposure Limit T.E.M.: Transmission Electron Microscopy T.W.A.: Time Weighted Average Window/Window System: Single or double window system (regardless of size) located on interior or exterior portions of building includes all building material layers (front, back, and interior) (glues, adhesives, mastics, caulkings, glazings, etc.) to masonry substrate. PART 2 PRODUCTS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-13 2.01 -PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS A. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for any patent payments due for equipment used on this project at the time of the project or as the result of any future court action. B. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Owners Consultants and agents and employees of any of them, and the Project Monitor for any lawsuit resulting from the Contractors choice of variable air system or equipment. Nothing in this specification shall compel the Contractor to infringe on patents held by G.P.A.C. Corp. or any other patent holder. 2.02 -VARIABLE PRESSURE A. All negative air pressure units must be in full operational condition. Damaged or bent units will not be acceptable. Maintain each unit complete with original filtration system, consisting of coarse and fine prefilters and HEPA filter. Maintain gaskets, gauges, and safety devices as per original design. B. Each unit will be equipped with a Magnehelic gauge or manometer and an audible alarm to indicate filter plugging or unit malfunctioning. C. Each unit shall be operated with a recording meter indicating differential pressure across critical barriers. Chart output shall be time and date stamped and saved as part of the project record. 2.03 -CONTAINMENTS A. Polyethylene Sheeting: Double polyethylene film in the largest sheet size possible shall be used as necessary to minimize seams, 4.0 or 6.0 mil thick as required, and clear in color. Material is to be fire resistant and so labeled. B. Duct Tape: Provide duct tape in 2" or 3" widths with an adhesive which is formulated to aggressively stick to polyethylene. Enhance adherence of duct tape to substrate with spray adhesives if necessary. C. Construction Fencing: Provide heavy grade orange plastic fencing properly installed with posts and stakes. The fence should stand at least 4’ high. This may be required by the Owner or Owners Agents at any time for access and safety related issues for any areas deemed necessary. D. Scaffolding: if used, must be constructed in accordance with applicable OSHA regulations under 29 CMR 1926. E. Lumber: Must be adequate to provide containment durability and effectiveness throughout the duration of containment. 2.04 -DECONTAMINATION FACILITY New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-14 A. Three Chamber decontamination Facility: Provide full decontamination unit consisting at a minimum of three separate chambers, the equipment room, the shower, and the clean room. Water for the showers shall be tempered. Filter wastewater through 0.5 micron filter before disposal. Provide an adequate supply of disposable bath towels at all times. Provide liquid soap from dispenser in the shower area. 2.05 -DECONTAMINATION A. The removal or disturbance of any asbestos-containin g material will be conducted only after a thorough soaking first with amended water or a penetrating encapsulant. Submit manufacturer's information on all fiber control compounds to the Agent before the start of the work as part of the Hazard Communication/Right To Know Program. 2.06 -PROTECTIVE CLOTHING A. Coveralls: Provide and require that disposable full-body coveralls and disposable head covers be worn by all workers in the work area. Provide Provide sufficient number for all required changes, for all workers and visitors to the work area. Coveralls to be securely taped to protective boots worn on job site. B. Goggles: Provide eye protection as required by OSHA for all workers involved in scraping, spraying or any other work which may potentially cause eye injury. C. Gloves: Provide work gloves to all workers and require that they be worn at all times in the work area. Do not remove work gloves from the work area and dispose as asbestos-contaminated waste at the end of the work. D. Boots: Provide appropriate sized work boots that are to remain within the containment structure during the course of the work. Do not allow street shoes to be used on the work site. Boots are to have steel toes. Thoroughly decontaminate work boots at the end of the work. 2.07 -ELECTRICAL PROTECTION A. All electrical circuits used on the job site will be protected by a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI). Each GFCI must be tested so as to confirm proper operation. Any existing circuits or outlets not so protected are to be locked out or sealed off as appropriate. B. Where modifications to existing electrical panels are required for operation of equipment by the Contractor, have all such modifications and the removal of such modifications conducted by a licensed electrician. Secure permits from the Electrical Inspector as required. 2.08 -RESPIRATOR SELECTION A. Choose from the following the appropriate respiratory protection: Respirator Fit/Protection Factor Half-face Air Purifying Negative Pressure Respirator with HEPA filter. 10 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-15 Full-face Air Purifying Negative Pressure Respirator with HEPA filter. 10-50 (Protection factor dependent on manufacturer’s data and recommendations) Powered Air Purifying Positive Pressure Respirator (PAPR), with half face mask. 1,000 Type C Supplied Air Continuous Flow Half or Full Face Respirator. 1,000 Type C Supplied Air Pressure Demand Regulated Full Face Respirator. 10,000 B. Other types of respiratory protection only on prior approval of the Project Monitor. Conditions requiring the use of higher degrees of protection are not allowed under this contract. C. Operation: Maintain respirators in complete accordance with the manufactures recommendation and applicable standards. Maintain all respirators in original, unmodified condition. Maintain full inventory of repair parts and extra filter canisters for each brand of respirators used. Substitution of parts between Manufactures brands of respirators is strictly forbidden. Replace respirator filters at least once each 8 hour period, whenever resistance to normal breathing is encountered, or according to manufacturer’s specifications. Keep on hand at least one spare of the appropriate type of respirator beyond anticipated needs for the use of the Agent. D. Fit Testing: All workers using respirators shall be fit tested at least once every year procedures detailed on OSHA 29 CFR 1926 and 1910, Respiratory Protection; Final Rule (January 8, 1998). Certifications for each workers signed by the tester are to be maintained on site during the course of the work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01-ABATEMENT PROCEDURES A. The abatement of regulated ACM includes the removal of friable ACM or Category I nonfriable ACM that has become friable when removed by cutting, sanding, grinding or abrading. 1. The removal of regulated ACM, in the form of TSI located on pipe and fittings, shall conform to the requirements of this section, and may be abated using glovebag methodologies utilizing wet methods prior to and during removal, all ACM and glovebags shall be placed in adequately wet leak-tight containers. If ACM in these forms can not be abated using glovebag methodologies then full containment methods must be used. 2. The removal of regulated ACM in the form of TSI on boiler (presumed), TSI breeching, floor tile, and window casing caulking shall conform to the requirements of this section and must be abated under full containment utilizing wet methods prior to and during removal, and ACM shall be placed in adequately wet leak-tight containers 3. The removal of door casing caulking (<1% asbestos containing) may be performed in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 (g)(1)(ii) and (iii), as well as those recordkeeping requirements under 29 CFR 1926.1101(n) that are associated with the negative exposure assessment, apply so long as neither asbestos PEL is exceeded or might be exceeded . At a minimum, these requirements include the use of wet methods or wetting agents to control employee exposure during asbestos handling, mixing, removal, cutting, application, and cleanup, and the prompt cleanup and disposal of wastes and debris contaminated with asbestos in leak-tight containers. 4. Limited demolition by the Abatement Contractor shall be required to access ACMs. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-16 5. If removal of more than one ACM occurs within an area, then the more conservative containment measures shall be required. 6. ACM debris will be remedially cleaned prior to full containment techniques. 7. All Non-movable objects are to be covered per applicable regulations. 8. Waste will be removed and placed into a lockable and approved on-site container for transport and disposal. 9. Project Schedule and Phasing is detailed in Section 01010 Summary of Work. Areas scheduled for abatement may not be available all at one time. Areas will be available for abatement based on the General Contractors schedule. 10. It should be anticipated that other Contractors will be working in proximal areas. 11. Any equipment, supplies or other items necessary to complete abatement is the responsibility of the abatement contractor. Any equipment, supplies or other items located on-site or owned by others should not be assumed to be available for use. 12. Roofing work may be performed in accordance with Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MADEP) Policy #BWP-96-012 concerning Non-Friable Asbestos-Containing Materials. This Policy is outlined below: • Asphalt based materials consist of asphalt asbestos containing material such as roofing felts, roofing shingles, asphalt siding products and other asphalt paper products. • Notification to the MADEP is not required for the renovation/demolition of asphalt based roofing and siding products if all the conditions and guidelines in this policy are strictly observed and followed. • Asphalt based roofing and siding products may be disposed of in a landfill permitted by the MADEP to accept solid waste and in accordance with the Solid Waste Management Facility Regulations 310 CMR 19.061(6)(b)(3)., “Requirements for Certain Classes of Asbestos Wastes,” the landfill does not have to obtain a permit to accept special waste. • If the asphalt based roofing and siding products are in a deteriorated state and/or not handled in accordance with this policy or if the MADEP has determined that asbestos fibers may be released during handling, removal, or disposal, then the materials must be disposed of in a landfill that has obtained a special waste permit to accept asbestos wastes in accordance with 310 CMR 19.061, “Special Waste.” • The material must not be broken, sanded, sawed, ground or drilled. Sawing materials into pieces for ease of handling is not considered proper handling. Some alternate cutting method must be used. • The material must not be compacted or incinerated. • The materials must be disposed of in a MADEP permitted solid waste landfill. • Any demolition involving these materials must comply with 310 CMR 7.09(3) and (4) (Dust, Odor, Construction, Demolition). • If the material is in a deteriorated state prior to commencing demolition/renovation operations, then 310 CMR 7.15 asbestos controls shall be complied with including notification the MADEP. 13. If the roofing work can not be performed in accordance with the above detailed MADEP Policy then roofing must be abated under full containment utilizing wet methods prior to and during removal, and ACM shall be placed in leak-tight containers. 3.02 -PREPARATION New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-17 A. Critical Barriers: 1. Prior to masking and sealing operations which will designate the asbestos removal work area, windows, doors, openings, ducts, drains, and vents will be masked and sealed with a minimum of one layer of six mil polyethylene sheeting. Voids in the walls, ceilings, or roof systems will be sealed with fire retardant spray foam. 2. Windows and doors along the exterior of the building will remain closed for the duration of the asbestos abatement project. 3. Large accessible openings such as a roof access way will be sealed with permanent, solid construction materials and made air tight in accordance with DLWD regulations 453 CMR 6.00. B. Full Containments: 1. Full enclosure procedures as defined by 453 CMR 6.14 will be required for the work site. 2. Prior to the asbestos removal, all windows, doors, openings, ducts, drains and vents will be separately masked and sealed with a minimum of one 6-mil layer layer of polyethylene completely edge sealed around the opening. Shut down any local ventilation into or out of the work space, other than the HEPA filtered system. Large openings to be occupied areas, such as open doorways or passageways, shall be sealed with plastic. 3. Post the work area entrances outside the actual enclosed with Asbestos Hazard warning labels and barricade tape with imprinted labels notifying public of asbestos hazard. 4. If containments are warranted, completely isolate the work areas from other parts of the building so as to prevent asbestos-containing dust or debris from passing beyond the isolated area. Clean all surfaces in enclosure with HEPA vacuum or by wet wiping prior to the installation of plastic sheets. Provide mechanically supported plastic sheet barrier between work area and all other sections of the building. Floors shall be masked and sealed with two layers or six mill plastic sheeting with a minimum overlap of two feet at seams and up walls. Walls shall be covered with with two layers of six mil polyethylene sheeting, arranged so each layer overlaps on the outside of the respective layer of floor polyethylene sheeting that has been run up the wall. 5. Should the area beyond the work areas become contaminated with asbestos-containing dust or debris as a consequence of the work, all work will stop, and cleaning those areas will continue after a decontamination plan is presented by the Contractor and approved by the Agent or Owner and Project Monitor. Perform all such required cleaning or decontamination at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Glovebag Removal Requirements 1. General: Glovebag removals shall be performed in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101. All persons expect those directly involved in the glovebag operation shall be New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-18 excluded form the work areas. Physical barriers shall be used, where necessary, to limit access to the work area for the duration of the glovebag operation. All moveable objects shall be removed from the work area. Non-movable objects remaining in the work area shall be covered completely with six (6) mil polyethylene sheeting securely taped so as to prevent their contamination. Objects which have already been contaminated shall be thoroughly cleaned with a HEPA filtered vacuum or be wet wiped before they are moved from the work areas or covered in place. 2. Installation: Glovebags must be installed to completely cover the pipe or other structure where asbestos abatement is to be done. OSHA required that a HEPA filtered vacuum be attached to one side of the bag(s) while also having a port for make-up air on the other side of it. The vacuum shall be left running during the removal process. 3. Removal: The removed asbestos material from the pipe that has fallen into the enclosed bag must be thoroughly wetted with a wetting agent. The wetting agent is applied with an airless sprayer through the pre-cut port provided in most glovebags or applied through a small hole in the bag. After removal of the layer of ACM, the pipe from which asbestos has been remove must be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush and wet-wiped with a wetting agent until no traces of the ACM are observed. 4. Protective Equipment: Workers using glove bags shall use disposable full body protective clothing and a minimum of a half-face air purifying respirator with HEPA cartridges as outlined in these specifications. A central shower and clean-up facility on site must be designated. At the end of the work by glovebag, the protective suit must be removed inside-out and the worker shall proceed directly to the shower and clean-up facility. D. Alternate Methods: Alternative masking and sealing methods, procedures, and design will be considered if any elements of proper and safe procedures to prevent contamination and exposure can be demonstrated. Any alternative methods must be reviewed and approved by the Owner, ECS (Project Designer) and appropriate regulatory agencies using variance procedures. E. Emergency Exits: Whenever possible there will be emergency exists from containment which are sealed but labeled and can be easily opened to allow workers to exit directly out of containment in case of a life threatening emergency. F. Decontamination Chambers: 1. It is the Abatement Contractor’s responsibility to provide Decontamination Chambers consisting of an equipment room, shower and clean room for personnel involved in asbestos removal under full containment. The Chamber shall be masked and sealed with layers of six-mil polyethylene sheeting with flaps between each room. 2. Each of the three rooms will be of a sufficient size to accommodate contaminated personnel and related equipment. The rooms will be framed, masked, sealed and attached and sealed to the entry/exist ways of asbestos worksite. The three rooms together will be referred to as the Decontamination Chamber. A Decontamination Chamber will be New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-19 required for each separate contained removal worksite. Equipment rooms, Clean Rooms, and Showers may be part of the existing space with the approval of the Owner. Adequate heat and light will be safely provided. 3. Decontamination Chambers that are constructed on the exterior of the building shall be free standing and framed with 2” x 4” studs with plywood walls. Exterior Decontamination Chambers shall be weather resistant and secured with locks when not in use. Masking and sealing requirements remain the same as those stated above. 4. Equipment Room: The Equipment Room shall provide an intermediate area of lesser asbestos pollution for decontamination of personnel and removed asbestos-contaminated materials. This room will be periodically vacuumed and washed in order to prevent asbestos dust and debris accumulation. It also serves as access areas to the shower for personnel leaving the work area. Workers leaving containment shall remove and dispose of disposable protective suits and wear only respirators into the shower. 5. Shower Room: The Shower Room shall have a continuous supply of cold and hot water, and be suitably arranged for complete showering during decontamination. The Shower Room with curtained doorways will comprise an airlock between contaminated and clean areas. All showers shall have a two stage filtering system for wastewater connected immediately off the drain pipe or sump pump outlet. The first stage shall efficiently filter fibers down to twenty (20) microns in length, and the second efficiently down to five (5) microns in length. 6. Clean Room: The Clean Room shall store asbestos worker’s street clothing, clean protective clothing and clean respirator equipment. It shall have lockers or shelves, and clean sealable plastic bags for storage of street clothes. Contaminated clothing, respirators, tools, equipment, or other materials shall not be allowed to be introduced into the Clean Room or into unmasked areas. The Clean Room will serve as an access for personnel entering the work area, and for the donning or respiratory protection and protective clothing. It will be equipped with a lockable door to secure the work place during off-shift hours. 7. The Abatement Contractor shall provide a minimum of one water heater per work area decontamination chamber. Wastewater will be filter by 20 micron and 5 micron filters in a series prior to discharge. G. Change Rooms: Mini-Containments require the installation of a single stage change room constructed on one layer of six-mill polyethylene sheeting. The change room shall be sealed and attached to the mini-containment to provide an intermediate area of lesser asbestos pollution for decontamination or personnel. Workers leaving the work areas shall remove and dispose of their protective suits in this room and either proceed to the remove decontamination unit of conduct a thorough washing of the hands and face. H. Waste Load Out Enclosure: The waste decontamination enclosure system when under full containment shall consist of two totally enclosed chambers and shall also comply with the following requirements: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-20 1. The washroom will be constructed with an airlock to the work area and an airlock to the holding area. 2. The holding area will be constructed with an airlock doorway to the washroom and a lockable door to the outside. 3. The water shall pass through shower filtering system and will be filtered down to five (5) micron particle size. 4. These chambers will be constructed with impermeable barriers at exterior walls and doors will be secured at the end of each shift. 3.03 -HEPA FILTRATION REQUIREMENTS A. General: After masking and sealing is completed and the asbestos worksite is contained and before work begins, the Abatement Contractor and Project Monitor shall smoke test to confirm negative pressure inside the contained worksite. The volume of air within the contained worksite should be changed at least four (4) times per hour or once every fifteen (15) minutes. If the Project Monitor determined that the requirements compromise containment integrity, the capacity of the NAFU system may be reduced. B. Testing Requirements: The Contractor shall be responsible for the use of negative air pressure with continuous recording charts to confirm a negative air pressure of at least 0.02 inches of water column per full containment. Equipment used for producing a negative pressure shall have a filtering device in conformance with ANSI A9.2, and shall operate 24 hours a day. All pressure measurement and recording is subject to confirmation by the Project Monitor. All HEPA filtration units utilized will be DOP tested within the last six (6) months. Certificates of testing for each identified unit will be provided to the Project Monitor upon operation of the units. C. 2000 CFM HEPA units inside the work area during abatement. The additional unit will be utilized upon failure of any operation units. D. NAFU Equipment Requirements: The HEPA filtration units will be equipped with the following: 1. Magnehelic gauge to monitor the units’ air pressure difference across the filters and be able to interpret magnehelic reading to cubic feet per minute (CFM). 2. An affixed label, clearly marked and conspicuous, showing the most recent installation date and hour reading of the primary internal HEPA filter. Hourmeter, to record unit operation time. 3. Automatic shut off for filter failure or filter absence. 4. Audible alarm with or without flashing red light for unit shutdown. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-21 5. Amber flashing warning light for filter loading. 6. Must have safety system that prevents unit from being operated with the HEPA filter backwards 7. All flexible ducting, vent tubing, adapter plates and other equipment used for the passable of filtered air will be undamaged and free of air leaks at all points. E. Prefilters: Prefilters will be changed frequently during removal (at least once per hour under heavy removal conditions). They will be changed before air-flow is altered to drop worksite air exchange below four air changes per hour. F. NAFU Exhaust: HEPA air filtration units will be exhausted outdoors and at least fifteen (15) feet above the ground whenever possible. At no time shall the negative pressure ventilation unit exhaust within 40 feet of a receptor or adversely affect the air intake ports, louvers, or entranced of the building or adjacent buildings. NAFUs which are exhausted to the building’s interior shall be monitored during abatement work by the Project Monitor. 3.04 -CLEANING AND ENCAPSULATION A. Amended Water: A fine spray of amended water will be used to keep top layers of asbestos in the waste bags and containers damp to minimize potential asbestos dust release. Wetting of asbestos is to be done with low pressure spray equipment, using water amended with a wetting agent/surfactant containing fifty percent (50%) polyoxyethylene ether and fifty percent (50%) polyoxethylene ester, or the equivalent mixed one once to five gallons of water. B. Removal of Waste: Containerized waste will be removed from the work area through the decontamination chamber or waste load out. All tools and equipment will be removed from the work area and decontaminated in the decontamination chamber. Cloth, mops, and other cleaning aids will be disposed of as asbestos-containing waste material. No final inspection or testing can be performed with contaminated materials of bags of asbestos waste on site. C. Encapsulation: Prior to dismantling primary and secondary containment barriers, a bridging encapsulation/lock-down sealant will be applied to polyethylene surfaces. The chosen encapsulant must be compatible with the replacement materials and must conform to the proper edition of applicable fire and electrical standards. These do include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. National Fire Prevention Association -Codes 90a 2-1.3.1 through 3-3.8.1 2. National Electrical Code -Code 300-21. After removal and disposal of secondary polyethylene sheeting and clearance of the visual inspection, a bridging encapsulant/lockdown sealant will be applied to remaining surfaces in direct contact with removal operations, polyethylene sheeting and on any porous surfaces within the work site. Final air clearance samples will be taken after the containment is dry. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-22 D. Removal of Containment Barriers: After successful clearance air monitoring, the isolation barriers will be removed in conjunction with the use of a HEPA vacuum. E. Spills: The Contractor will be responsible for necessary precautions to prevent pollution by spillage during the performance of services and shall assume full responsibility for caused spills, which will be cleaned up at the Contractor’s expense. 3.05 -DISPOSAL A. General: The Contractor will be responsible for asbestos disposal, which will be done as soon as possible. Procedures for hauling and disposal shall comply with 40 CFR 61 Subpart M, Federal Emission Standards and other applicable state, regional and local government standards. B. Waste Disposal Sites: Waste disposal sites for asbestos materials will be in accordance with 40 CFR 61.25, Waste Disposal Sites. The Contractor shall provide and submit to the Agent or Owner and Project Monitor written evidence that the site is approved for asbestos disposal by the EPA, State and local regulatory agencies. C. Daily Disposal: At the end of each work day the Contractor shall remove the debris accumulated during that days work activities using procedures outlined in the Specifications. The Abatement Contractor shall provide a daily tally of all quantities removed. D. Temporary Storage of Waste: An area for temporary storage of asbestos waste must be approved by the Owner. Asbestos waste may only be stored in a restricted area or enclosed container which is posted and secured whenever not in use. Asbestos waste material shall be loaded into a waste transportation vehicle/dumpster and hauled away as soon as there is a sufficient quantity available for direct transportation to the approved disposal site. Vehicles hauling asbestos waste materials will be covered to prevent emission of asbestos in route to the disposal site. E. Labeling of Disposal Containers: Warning labels having waterproof print and permanent, waterproof adhesive will be affixed to bags, drums (lid and sides), and other containers used for asbestos waste. Labels will be conspicuous and legible and legible and shall contain the following warning: DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD A DOT “class 9” shipping label and DOT mark shall be applied to or be printed on each packaging of asbestos containing materials. The AAC is directed to property label waste bag in accordance with the latest NESHAP standard Section 61.150, with the following information: Asbestos Abatement Contractor’s Name SITE OWNER’S NAME SITE NAME New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-23 F. Contractor’s Responsibilities: The Contractor shall fulfill waste generator responsibilities as specified by 40 CFR 61, Subpart M, Federal Emission Standards for Asbestos, revised November 20, 1990, and other applicable state, regional and local government standards. The Contractor shall maintain Waste Shipment Records and shall provide a copy of the Waste Shipment Records and shall provide a copy of the Waste Shipment Record, designating the number of bags or cubic yard (s) of asbestos waste. This record will be provided to the Owner or Project Monitor and signed by all transporters and the designated disposal site owner/operator. If the completed Waste Shipment Records is not received by the Contractor from the disposal site owner/operator within 45 days of the date of waste was accepted by the initial transporter, the Contractor shall immediately provide the Owner with a copy of the report sent to the EPA regarding the status of the Waste Shipment Record. G. Manifests: A qualified person must sign all hazardous waste manifests. 3.06 -OTHER TRADES A. When other trades personnel (electrician, plumber, etc.) are required to enter the contained asbestos removal areas to perform emergency work the following procedures will be followed: 1. Sign in and out of the bound log book and enter the date and time. 2. Wear a NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator as required by these specifications. Fit test and medical surveillance records shall be provided to the Owner prior to entering containment. 3. Wear disposable full body protective clothing as required by these specifications. 4. Full shower and decontamination procedures will be followed, along with the proper decontamination of any tools or equipment brought into the work area. 5. Respiratory protection and protective clothing to be provided by the Abatement Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon. 6. Personnel entering the regulated, contained work areas must have the required training and possess a valid workers license as required by Commonwealth of Massachusetts DOS/DLWD regulations. 3.07 -QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING A. Review of Work Practices: The Project Monitor will review the Contractor’s work practices prior to the start of removal in each work area and will report any Specification violations to the Owner. Removal of ACMs may begin with the approval of the Project Monitor once the deficiencies are corrected. If the Contractor fails to correct deficiencies in a timely manner, the Owner will be notified in writing. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-24 The Project Monitor will review containment structures and negative air conditions before work begins and after the Abatement Contractor Site Supervisor has give approval. If at any time the results of the area air sampling from the interior of the building work area perimeter or negative air filtration unit exhaust exceed 0.03 f/cc work will be stopped until the source of the elevated fiber counts can be determined. At no time during the course of this work should the airborne concentration of asbestos fibers exceed 0.2 fibers per cubic centimeter (<0.2 f/cc), 8 hour TWA, inside a containment structure as measured by daily personnel monitoring. If fiber levels exceed this level, stop operations and contact the Project Designer to determine additional procedures to minimize fiber release. B. Air Sampling Equipment: 1. Cassettes will be loaded with the filters under clean laboratory conditions. A 5.0 micron pore-size cellulose ester backing filter will be placed behind the collecting filter, followed by the cellulose support pad and the cassette base. A metal cowl or an electrically conductive cowl will be used in conjunction with the sampling train. 2. The filter assembly will be upstream of components in the sampling train except for an optional size selective inlet or wind and rain shield. The air flow measuring device will be downstream of the filter and the pump assembly, or integral with the pump assembly. 3. The air flow measuring/metering device will be a high quality rotometer, mass flow, dry gas meter or critical orifice. Measuring devices shall have a range of at least 1.5 times the desired flow rate and be readable to at least 0.1 of the desired flow rate. It will be calibrated against standards of higher accuracy before and after sampling for each asbestos project. The calibrations will be recorded. 4. Sampling for analysis by phase contrast microscopy shall employee cellulose ester collection filters with 0.8 micron pore size. 5. Sampling for analysis by transmission electron microscopy shall employ 25 mm diameter polycarbonate collection filters, preferably with 0.4 micron pore size. Cellulose ester filters, preferably with 0.45 micron pore size can be used if significant levels of contaminated organic material are present in the air. Organic contaminants will be identified and reported. C. Air Sampling Requirements: The following minimum schedule of samples will be required by the Project Monitor, during the abatement process. 1. Background Samples: Air and the appropriate dust samples (as necessary) will be taken to represent conditions before the Abatement Contractor starts masking and sealing operations. At least five samples will be taken inside each proposed regulated area and one outside each major opening. These area samples shall require enough volume of air to assure the lowers detectable limit of no greater than 0.005 fibers/cc. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-25 2. Area Samples During Removal: During removal area samples will be collected outside major openings, at the discharge of negative air filtration units, in the clean room, at other critical points outside the work areas. Furthermore the Project Monitor will take samples as necessary to monitor and document air quality outside of the asbestos worksites and/or upwind and downwind during asbestos related work with at lease one location between the work area occupied portions of the site. Outside containment samples shall require sufficient volume of air to assure a lower detectable lime of 0.005 fiber/cc by the NIOSH 7400 Method. 3. Post-abatement Clearance Air Monitoring: Post Abatement clearance air samples will be taken from containments twenty-four (24) hours after cleaning of surfaces is completed, a visual inspection by the Project Monitor detects no visible debris and surfaces are encapsulated (if warranted) and dry. All final air clearance samples will be collected in accordance with AHERA final air testing/clearance requirements. The worksite must have containment barriers, HEPA filtration system and the decontamination unit remaining in place and functional. a. Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) Clearance Testing: PCM testing will be performed for background, area, and final air sampling. All samples should not exceed a concentration of 0.010 fibers/cc or the background levels previously detected. All final clearance samples shall require sufficient volume of air to assure a lower detectable limit of 0.005 fibers/cc by NIOSH 7400 Method. b. Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Clearance Testing: TEM clearance testing may be performed to confirm the completion of removal, encapsulation or enclosure. Areas requiring TEM clearing air sampling shall be required to pass PCM clearance air sampling prior to the collection of TEM clearance air samples if the job site outside the contained work area is visibly dusty. The contained worksite must not be wet and a fan or leaf blower will be blown against walls, ceilings, floors, ledges, and other surfaces to circulate air and simulate real conditions for at least 5 minutes per 1,000 square feet. Stationary fans shall be directed towards the ceiling and operated on slow speed. One fan shall be used for each 10,000 cubic feet or work area. A minimum of five final clearance air samples will be collected inside the contained removal worksites or regulated area and after the clearance or visual inspection criteria. Additionally, five clearance air samples will be collected at the same time outside of contained removal worksite or regulated areas. These outside containment samples shall be representative of the make-up air entering the containment or regulated area. Work in the contained removal worksite or regulated area shall be considered complete when the average concentration of asbestos of the five inside containment air samples is not statistically different, as determined by the Z-test calculation found in Appendix A of 40 CFR 763 Subpart E, from the average asbestos concentration of the five outside containment air samples and average asbestos concentration of the three field blanks is below the filter background level of 70 structures per square millimeter (70 s/mm). Not meeting the above TEM air clearance criteria shall require the Abatement Contractor to reclean the designated worksite followed by a repeat of the final clearance testing. Cleaning and testing will be repeated until the TEM air clearance New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-26 criteria is complied with. All TEM final clearance samples shall require minimum volume of 1,200 liters, but should not exceed 1,800 liters. C. Methods of Measurement: All determination of airborne concentration of asbestos fibers during the project will be made by the membrane filter method using phase contrast illumination and 400-450X magnification, with sample mounted in high viscosity solution of membrane filter material in accordance with NIOSH P & CAM 239 and 7400 Methods, USEPA document 600-4-85-049 (Nov. 1995) and USEPA publication 560/5-85-024 (June 1984). Final air clearance testing to be performed by TEM analytical methods shall be analyzed in accordance with Appendix A of USEPA 40 CFR 763 Subpart E. D. Posting of Air Sample Results: Air sampling results will be posted no more than 24 hours after the completion of a sampling cycle. The document shall list each sample’s results, sampling time and date, exact location of where it was taken, flow rate, microscope field area, fields counted and cassette size. Air sample analysis will be reported in fibers per cubic centimeter. Samples shall have a chain of custody record. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-27 TABLE 1 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS NORTHAMPTON POLICE DEPARTMENT 26 CENTER STREET, NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Functional Space (s) Material Description Material Class Friability & Access Condition Estimated Quantity Gray 9”x9” Floor Tiles Misc. Non-Friable Accessible Lower Level: Good File Storage Men’s Locker Room Dark Room Main Floor: Captain Office Captain Operations Chief’s Office Gray Floor Tiles (unknown size located under carpeting) Misc. Non-Friable Accessible Good 1,100 SF* Throughout Pipe Elbow/Fittings and Pipe Insulation TSI Friable Inaccessible Fair 400 fittings and 250 LF** Boiler Exhaust Breeching Insulation TSI Friable Accessible Boiler Room Good 150 SF Boiler Insulation TSI Friable Inaccessible Unknown 1 Boiler*** Exterior White Window Frame Caulkings Misc. Non-Friable Accessible Good 27 windows Rooftop Black Asphalt Roofing Misc. Non-Friable Inaccessible N/A 4,500 SF **** Doors Door Casing Caulkings Caulkings Misc. Non-Friable Accessible Good Throughout ***** Key: SF – Square Feet; LF – Linear Feet TSI – Thermal Systems Insulation Misc. – Miscellaneous NOTES: * ACM floorings may be located in multiple layers, and/beneath carpeting. **TSI may also be located within walls, ceiling and floor spaces. Additional exploratory investigation (destructive methods) would be required to determine actual quantities. Presumed TSI pipe run insulation within inaccessible areas estimated at 250 LF. *** TSI boiler insulation presumed to be present on operating boiler (no access was attained). ****Asphalt roofing materials located beneath rubber membrane roofing system. A single bulk sample was collected from a visible roof area located at the rooftop access hatch. No core samples were collected. ***** Door Casing Caulking data came back at <1% asbestos. See Limitations Section for areas deemed inaccessible or not included in Scope of Work New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Asbestos Abatement 028200-28 TABLE 2 SUSPECT MATERIALS WITH NO ASBESTOS DETECTED NORTHAMPTON POLICE DEPARTMENT 26 CENTER STREET,NORTHAMPTON , MASSACHUSETTS Functional Space (s) Material Description Lower Floor; Evidence Room White Duct Insulation Lower Floor; Evidence Room White Cloth Wrap assoc. w/white duct insulation Lower Floor; Evidence Room Paper Backing (bottom layer) assoc. w/white duct insulation Lower Floor; Evidence Room Black Vibration Damper associated with Duct Work Throughout Black Mastic associated with Gray 9”x9” Floor Tile Basement; Women’s Locker Room Yellow Mastic associated with 4” Pink Vinyl Baseboard Throughout White 2’x4’ Ceiling Tile Throughout Gray Gypsum Board Throughout White Joint Compound Throughout Light Gray with Gray Flecks 12”x12” Floor Tile Throughout Black mastic assoc.w/light gray w/gray flecks 12”x12” floor tile Throughout – bathrooms, hallways, holding cells White Grout associated with Ceramic Tiles Throughout – bathrooms, hallways, holding cells Gray Mastic associated with Ceramic Tiles Throughout White Skim Coat Plaster Throughout Gray Base Coat Plaster Boiler Room Gray Caulking associated with Boiler Garage Black Sealant associated with Air Handling Unit Shooting Range White Soundproofing Shooting Range Brown Mastic associated with White Soundproofing Shooting Range White Caulking between White Soundproofing Panels Throughout – Hallways White Mastic associated with White Plastic Wall Paneling Throughout – Closets White Mastic associated with 4” Black Vinyl Baseboard Administration Yellow Mastic associated with Carpets Throughout Black Mastic associated with Gray 12”x12” Floor Tile Throughout – Office Areas Dark Gray 12”x12” Floor Tile Throughout – Office Areas Yellow Mastic associated with Dark Gray 12”x12” Floor Tile Throughout Yellow Mastic associated with 4” Blue Vinyl Base Board Throughout Light Gray 12’x12” Floor Tile Throughout Yellow Mastic associated with Gray 12”x12” Floor Tile Roof – Metal Deck Grey Coating on Metal Deck 1st Floor – Hallways and Various Offices Light Gray 12”x12” Floor Tile 1st Floor – Hallways and Various Offices Yellow Mastic associated with Light Gray 12”x12” Floor Tile 1st Floor – Hallways and Various Offices Older White 2’x4’ Ceiling Tiles 1st Floor – Hallways and Various Offices Newer White 2’x4’ Ceiling Tiles Rooftop White Caulking around Roof Penetrations Exterior Window Glazing Compound Exterior White Window Casing Caulking Throughout Yellow Mastic associated with Light Gray 12’x12” Floor Tile END OF SECTION 028200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-1 SECTION 028300 LEAD CONTAINING PAINT HANDLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Asbestos and Lead Inspection for Northampton Police Station, prepared by ECS January 2009. 1.02 LEAD CONTAINING PAINT SURVEY A survey to determine the possible presence of lead on various painted and coated surfaces was conducted in accessible areas of Northampton Police Station by Environmental Compliance Services, (ECS) Inc. ECS collected a total of 41 paint chip samples to determine the presence of lead. Laboratory analysis indicated that lead was detected at various sample locations. Any painted/coated materials/components not defined below shall be presumed to contain concentrations of lead until laboratory data proves otherwise. In addition, ECS collected one composite building material sample for waste stream characterization and submitted this sample for TCLP lead analysis. TCLP lead data did not indicate the presence of lead above method detection limits. A data summary table is presented herein: TABLE 1 LEAD PAINT ANALYSIS RESULTS NORTHAMPTON POLICE DEPARTMENT 26 CENTER STREET, NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Sample Location Description Sample ID Substrate Result Weight (%) Basement; Evidence Room Tan Paint Pb-1 Ceiling Heating System 0.47 Basement; Evidence Room Gray Paint Pb-2 Metal Door & Frame 0.39 Basement; Evidence Room Tan/Brown Paint Pb-3 Cement BDL Basement; Evidence Room White/Green Paint Pb-4 Cement Wall 0.17 Basement; File Storage Pink Paint Pb-5 Metal Door & Frame 0.15 Basement; File Storage Pipe Solder Pb-6 Metal Roof Drain 37.56 Basement; Men’s Shower White Paint Pb-7 Ceiling 0.03 Basement; Men’s Bathroom Blue Paint Pb-8 Toilet Stall Door & Frame 0.03 Basement; Men’s Locker Room Off-White Paint Pb-9 Block Wall 0.05 Basement; Men’s Locker Room Gray Paint Pb-10 Structural Steel 0.07 Basement; Women’s Locker Room Pink/Yellow Paint Pb-11 Toilet Stall Door & Frame 0.42 Basement; Women’s Locker Room Pink/Yellow Paint Pb-12 Block Wall 0.01 Basement; Boiler Room White Paint Pb-13 Ceiling Paint BDL Basement; Boiler Room Blue Paint Pb-14 Metal Boiler BDL Basement; Boiler Room White Paint Pb-15 Concrete Boiler Base 0.04 Basement; Boiler Room Yellow Paint Pb-16 Brick Wall BDL Basement; Hallway Maroon Paint Pb-17 Structural Steel 0.35 Basement: Shooting Range Gray Paint Pb-18 Cement Floor 2.54 Basement: Shooting Range Gray Paint Pb-19 Metal Bullet Depository (Back Stop) 1.88 Basement; Hallway White Paint Pb-20 Block Wall 0.02 Stairwell Purple/Blue Paint Pb-21 Railing/Trim 0.21 1st Floor; Interview Room Light Blue Paint Pb-22 Door & Frame BDL New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-2 Sample Location Description Sample ID Substrate Result Weight (%) 1st Floor; Ready Room Dark Blue Paint Pb-23 Door & Frame BDL 1st Floor; Detective Area White Paint Pb-24 Sheetrock Wall BDL 1st Floor; Detective Area White Paint Pb-25 Block Wall BDL 1st Floor; Ready Room Light Gray/Maroon Paint Pb-26 Door & Frame BDL 1st Floor; Lunch Room White/Yellow Paint Pb-27 Wall Paint BDL 1st Floor; Holding Room White/Blue/Yellow Paint Pb-28 Wall Paint BDL 1st Floor; Booking Room White/Blue/Pink/Yellow Pb-29 Wall Paint BDL 1st Floor; Booking-B Room Blue/Yellow Paint Pb-30 Wall Paint BDL 1st Floor; Men’s Cell Area Light Green/Dark Green Pb-31 Metal Door and Frame 0.09 1st Floor; Men’s Cell Area Light Gray/Dark Gray/Tan/Green Paint Pb-32 Cell 0.32 1st Floor; Men’s Cell Area White/Off-White Paint Pb-33 Ceiling Paint BDL 1st Floor; Men’s Cell Area White Paint Pb-34 Interior Cell BDL 1st Floor; Women’s Cell Area White/Pink/Yellow Paint Pb-35 Cell Wall 0.06 1st Floor; Administration Area Light Blue Paint Pb-36 Wall BDL 1st Floor; Administration Area Dark Blue Paint Pb-37 Metal Trim 0.04 Roof Gray Paint Pb-38 Gray Metal Vent 0.21 Roof Gray/Red Paint Pb-39 Metal Pipe 0.09 Exterior Teal Paint Pb-40 Beneath Windows BDL Exterior Gray Paint PB-41 Trim 0.34 Lead analysis in paint using SW846-7420 method. BDL= Below Detection Limit (0.01% – 0.03% weight) TABLE 2 TCLP LEAD ANALYSIS RESULTS NORTHAMPTON POLICE DEPARTMENT 26 CENTER STREET, NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Building Description Sample ID Substrate and location Result Mg/l Northampton Police Department building Composite Building Materials Sample TCLP-01 Various building materials throughout building BDL TCLP Lead analysis in paint using SW846-1311/7420/3051 method. BDL= Below Detection Limit (0.4 mg/l) Note on units, mg/L is the same as ppm on a weight/volume basis. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. If Construction or Demolition activities impact surfaces with lead containing paint, then the provisions set forth in this Section will apply. Painted surfaces will be disturbed, at a minimum, at the following locations: floors, walls, ceilings, M/E/P components, doors, and windows. Drawings prepared by the Architect define areas of proposed work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-3 B. General. The contractor is responsible for compliance with OSHA Lead in Construction Regulation 1926.62 and this section if one of the below activities is performed during the specified work (see Scope of Work under Section 01010 -Summary of Work). OSHA regulates activities which disturb lead and lead containing paint. Regulated activities include abrasive blasting, welding, cutting, burning on structures, manual scraping or sanding, and manual demolition of structures. The work practices described in the following sections are intended to adequately protect the workers from exposure to lead containing paint (LCP), provide a safe workplace, and protect the environment. C. Materials and Equipment. The work of this Section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of labor, materials, tools, equipment, services and incidentals necessary to safely accomplish tasks which will disturb lead containing paint. D. Approval and Inspections. Temporary facilities, work procedures, equipment, materials, services, and agreements must fully comply with EPA, OSHA, and NIOSH recommendations, standards and guidelines, as well as any other applicable federal, state and local regulations. Where an overlap of these regulations and guidelines exists, the most stringent shall apply. E. Disposal: The Contractor shall dispose of the scraped paint and demolition debris in accordance with the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and Massachusetts Solid Waste Disposal requirements. Once generated, painted wastes shall be characterized by the contractor for hazardous waste by the EPA Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedures prior to disposal. Metal or steel substrates removed intact can be recycled without pre-characterization. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Action Level: Action level as defined by OSHA 29 CFR 1926.62 shall refer to employee exposure without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 mg/m3) calculated as an 8-hour-time-weighted average (TWA). B. Competent Person. Competent Person shall referred to a person who is capable of identifying existing and predictable lead hazards in the surroundings or working conditions and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. C. HEPA filter. HEPA filter shall refer to a filter capable of filtering out monodispersed particles of 0.3 microns or greater diameter from a body of air at 99.97 percent efficiency or greater. D. Lead Containing Paint (LCP). LCP shall refer to paint found to contain lead in any concentration or paint assumed to contain lead. E. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL): PEL shall refer to employee exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead of 50 micrograms per cubic meter of air (50 mg/m3) calculated as an 8 hour time-weighted-average (TWA). If an employee is exposed to lead for more than 8 hours in any work day, the TWA for that day shall be reduced according to the following formula: Maximum permissible limit (in ug/m(3)) = 400 divided by hours worked in the day. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-4 F. TCLP: TCLP shall refer to the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure which is used to characterize lead containing waste generated from this project. The Contractor shall notify the Owner of the TCLP results prior to the transport of the waste for disposal. 1.04 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Notifications/Approvals: The Contractor shall make, it proper and timely fashion, any necessary notifications to relevant Federal, State, and local authorities and shall obtain and comply with the provisions of all permits or applications required by the work specified, as well as make all required submittals required under those auspices. The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner, their representatives and agents from, and pay for claims resulting from failure to adhere to these provisions. The costs for permits, applications, and the like, are to be assumed by the Contractor. B. Fees, Permits and Licenses: The Contractor shall pay licensing fees, royalties, and other costs necessary for the use of any copyrighted or patented product, design, invention, or processing the performance of the job specified in this Section. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for costs, damages or losses resulting from any infringement of these patent rights or copyrights. The Contractor shall hold the Owner and Project Designer harmless from any costs, damages, and losses resulting from any infringement of these patent rights or copyrights. If the Specification requests the use of the product, design, invention, or process that requires a licensing fee or royalty fee for use in the performance of the job, the Contractor shall be responsible for the fee or royalty and shall disclose the existence of such rights. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs for licensing requirements and notification requirements and other fees related to the ability to perform the work in this Section. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing securing necessary permits for work under this Section, including removal, materials usage, or any other permits required to perform the specified work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Pre-Construction Submittals: Prior to the commencement of the required work, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with copies of the following: 1. Copies of certifications, notifications and all applicable licenses; 2. Written Respirator and Hazardous Communications Programs; 3. Copy of Training, Fit Test and Medical Surveillance Records, as applicable; 4. Written Lead Compliance Program in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.62; 5. Name and qualifications of bidder’s chosen laboratory for personnel exposure monitoring and TCLP analysis, subject to Owner’s approval; 6. Any additional information required by the Owner or Designer. B. Post-Construction Submittals: Final payment to the Contractor shall not be made unless the following items are submitted to the Owner: 1. Original Copy of the Waste Disposal Manifests acknowledging disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous waste material from the project showing delivery date, quantity, and appropriate signature of landfill’s authorized representative; 2. TCLP analytical results; 3. Copy of Personal Air Sample Results; 4. Original Bound Log Book; New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-5 5. Copy of clearance documentation. 1.06 QUALITY CONTROL/ASSURANCE A. Training Requirements: Workers who will or may have the potential of lead exposure above the Action Level shall have proof of successfully completing a training course which covers the topics required by 29 CFR 1926.62. Contractors are also advised that training in other areas may be required and are responsible to ensure that all training requirements for appropriate trades and procedures are met. B. Specified Supervisor Qualifications: The Contractor shall specify an on-site Supervisor or Competent Person who is fully qualified in all aspects of safe work practices and procedures with lead containing materials, and have (or will have) completed a training course within the previous year prior to the commencement of lead related work. The lead training course will cover all topics required by 29 CFR 1926.62 as well as training in relevant federal, state and local, regulations, requirements, procedures and standards (including 454 CMR 10.00), supervisory techniques, and proper disposal procedures. C. Site Specific Written Compliance Program: The program will be evaluated to ensure the elements required by 29 CFR 1926.26 (e)(2)(11) (A)-(I) are specified to the conditions at the job site. D. Respiratory Protection Program. The contractor must provide for review a written respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 if respiratory protection is to be worn during this project. E. Fit Test Records: If respiratory protection is to be worn as part of this project, records of successful respirator fit testing performed by a qualified individual within the past year, for each employee to be used on this project with the employee’s name and social security number with each record. F. Medical Surveillance: The Contractor shall provide biological monitoring to workers who have the potential of a lead exposure above the Action Level. This monitoring shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62. If workers are expected to exceed the action level for more than 30 days in consecutive 12 months of the contractor shall institute a medical surveillance program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62. Blood lead sampling and analysis shall be conducted by a laboratory approved by OSHA. G. Analytical Laboratory: The name and address of Contractor’s Analytical Laboratory (for analysis of personal air samples) including certification(s) of AIHA accreditation for heavy metal analysis and name and address of Contractor’s Massachusetts DEP certified laboratory for TCLP and hazardous waste characterization. 1.07 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Work shall conform to the standards set by applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, ordinances, and guidelines in such form in which they exist at the time of the work on the contract and as may be required by subsequent regulations. B. This project is subject to compliance with 29 CFR 1926.62, and 29 CFR Part 1926, “Safety and Health Regulations for Construction.” New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-6 C. In addition to any detailed requirements of the Specifications, the Contractor shall at his own cost and expense comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of federal, state, regional, and local authorities regarding handling and storing of lead waste material. D. At a minimum, to be in full compliance with all aspects of the following regulations: 1. Department of Environmental Protection, Massachusetts Hazardous Materials Regulation at 310 CMR 30.00. 2. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Title 29 CFR 1926.62. 3. Massachusetts Division of Occupational Safety 454 CMR 10.00 Regulations by the above and other governing agencies in their most current version are applicable throughout this project. Where there is a conflict between this Specification and the cited federal, state or local regulations or guidelines, the more restrictive or stringent requirements shall shall prevail. This section refers to many requirements found in these references, but in no way is it intended to cite or reiterate all provisions therein or elsewhere. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to know, understand, and abide by all such regulations, guidelines and common practices. PART 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING A. Coveralls (whole body protective coverings): Protective work clothing must prevent lead from contacting employees' work or street clothes, undergarments, or skin. Coveralls or similar fullbody work clothing shall be worn by all workers exposed to LCP in the work area until exposure monitoring results indicate exposures to be below the PEL at which time the Contractor has the option to continue or discontinue the use of coveralls. Sleeves shall be secured at the wrist and pant leg at the ankle with tape. Disposable protective work clothing which is frequently ripped or fall apart under normal use is not considered "appropriate protective work clothing." All coveralls shall be cleaned after each wearing in accordance to the provision for cleaning in 29 CFR 1926.62. Any protective work clothing which has been rendered inappropriate, (e.g., when coveralls develop rips or tears) must be promptly repaired or replaced. Effective protection against contamination of employees' skin, hair, and garments must be maintained at all times. B. Boots: Work boots with non-skid soles shall be worn by all workers and where required by worksite conditions, safety boots (Steel toe or steel tow and shank) shall be worn. C. Other Items: Whatever other items of protective clothing and safety equipment are required, shall be provided by the Contractor, including but not limited to goggles, heavy gloves, hard hats and protective clothing. D. Pumps and Filters: Personal sampling pumps, and filter cassettes shall be provided by the Contractor to carry out the air monitoring program. E. Respiratory Protection: The Contractor shall provide workers, foremen, and superintendent exposed to LCP in the work area a minimum of properly fitted half-face respirators approved by NIOSH. These respirators shall be worn until personal exposure sampling indicates that New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-7 exposures are below the PEL at which time the Contractor has the option to continue or discontinue the use of respirators. Authorized visitors (i.e. Federal, State, and Local inspectors) must provide current health and medical report certifying them as approved to wear half-face respirators. When respirators and disposable filters are employed, sufficient replacement filters will be provided by the Contractor for the workers and any visitors. The minimum respiratory protection required for this project is as follows: 1. Negative pressure, half mask, air purifying respirators, equipped with HEPA filters initially and for airborne lead dust levels not in excess of 500 mg/m3 (10 X PEL). 2. Full face piece, air purifying respirator, with HEPA filters for airborne dust levels not in excess of 2,500 mg/m3 (50 X PEL). 3. Pressure demand, full face, supplied air respirators for airborne lead dust concentrations are expected to meet or exceed 50,000 mg/m3 (1000 X PEL). Workers inside the work area will wear the proper respirator for the lead dust level generated. Workers must be properly trained in the care, use, and maintenance of respirators. A formal respiratory protection program must be implemented in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134. Respirators will not be removed until the worker enters the washing area of the decontamination chamber. PART 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKER PROTECTION A. Initial Determination: The Contractor shall determine, through personal exposure monitoring on the job site or through relevant documentation from other similar jobs, where workers will be exposed to airborne lead at or above the OSHA Action Level and Permissible Exposure Limit. If exposure at or above the action level are documented, appropriate health and safety procedures identified herein shall be followed. If levels below the action level are documented, the Contractor shall exercise and appropriate level of care to ensure that exposures above the action level do not occur. Whenever there is a chance of equipment, process, control, personnel or a new task has been initiated that may result in additional employees being exposed to lead at or above the action level or may result in employees already exposed at or above the action level being exposed above the PEL, the Contractor shall conduct additional monitoring. B. Biological Monitoring: Until a negative initial determination is achieved, any worker has the potential of lead exposure must have baseline blood level screening determined by the whole blood lead method, utilizing Vena-Puncture technique. This test must be performed before workers re-enters a lead contaminated work area. A worker will be removed from the job if his blood level is 40 mg/dl or greater. The Contractor shall be responsible for medical surveillance and record keeping. C. Personal Hygiene Practices: Where exposures to airborne lead above the OSHA PEL occur or may be expected to occur, the Contractor shall enforce and follow good personal hygiene practices. These practices shall be performed until personal exposure sampling indicates that exposures at below the PEL at which time the Contractor has the option to continue to or New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-8 discontinue the use of personal hygiene facilities. These practices shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. The Contractor shall assure that food, beverages or tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, in the work area or any areas where employees are exposed to lead above the PEL. The Contractor will provide a clean space, separated from the work area for these activities. Employees shall not enter lunchroom facilities or eating areas with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface lead dust has been removed by vacuuming, downdraft booth, or other cleaning method that limits dispersion of lead dust. 2. The Contractor shall provide a clean change area for employees whose airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, and as interim protection for employees performing abrasive blasting, welding, cutting or torch burning prior to an exposure assessment without without regard to the use of respirators. Change areas shall be equipped with separate storage facilities for protective work clothing and equipment and for street clothes which prevent cross-contamination. 3. The Contractor shall provide shower facilities, where feasible, for use by employees whose airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL. Employees shall shower at the end of the work shift and an adequate supply of cleansing agents and towels for use by affected employees shall be provided. Where showers are not provided the Contractor shall assure that employees wash their hands and face at the end of the work-shift. 4. Wash facilities will be provided by the Contractor. This wash facility will consist of, at least, running potable water, towels, and a HEPA vacuum. Upon leaving the work area, each worker will remove and dispose of work suit, wash and dry face and hands, and vacuum clothes. 5. A lavatory facility must be provided and located adjacent to the work area. The eating and drinking area, clean clean room, and the lavatory must be maintained in a clean and orderly fashion at all times. The Contractor will provide portable lavatories when needed and disinfect them daily. 3.02 WORK AREA SET UP A. Site Safety: The Contractor is responsible for all safety at the work site. This includes, but is not limited to, electrical safety, mechanical (tool) safety, fire safety, and personnel protective safety. Safety requirements are, for the most part, common sense and sound business practice; however, the Contractor is advised that federal, state, and local regulations exist which govern safety on the work site. Therefore, in addition to the following, the Contractor is responsible for adhering to the most stringent requirements if effect. B. Safety Regulations: The following are applicable Regulations. 29 CFR 1910 General Industry Standards; 29 CFR 1926 Construction Industry Standards; American National Standard (ANSI) Publications; 454 CMR 10.00 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-9 C. Signage: Prior to the preparation for work which will disturb lead containing paint, the Contractor shall place warning signs immediately outside all entrances and exists to the area, warning that deleading work is being conducted in the vicinity. The signs shall be at least 20” x 14” and read: WARNING LEAD WORK AREA POISON NO SMOKING, EATING OR DRINKING ALLOWED IN THE WORK AREA The signs shall be in bold lettering not smaller than two inches tall. Should personal exposure monitoring results indicate that exposures to lead are below the Action Level, then signs will not be required. D. Interior Lead Removal 1. Interior de-leading may include the removal of loose, chipped, cracking, flaking, blistering, or chalking paint in areas that require preparation for re-painting as identified in other specification sections. Hand-scraping using wet methods and/or vacuum powered tools and/or caustic paste removal are are the only acceptable methods of removal. 2. Interior de-leading may also include the intact removal of lead painted building components as identified in other specification sections. The Contractor shall remove lead painted building components in a manner that does not generate airborne lead contaminated dust. 3. One layer of polyethylene sheeting will be laid on the floor adjacent to areas where lead based paint removal will be performed. The sheeting shall extend a distance of 10 feet. In addition, the Contractor will use polyethylene sheeting to effectively separate all work areas to ensure that no paint chips and/or dust generated during the work is allowed to migrate beyond the work area. 4. All visible debris shall be cleaned up at the end of each workday. Prior to removal, all protective polyethylene sheeting will be HEPA vacuumed. 5. Containerized lead waste and removed lead painted building components shall be segregated from other demolition waste and disposed of in accordance with Section 3.06. E. Exterior Lead Removal 1. Exterior de-leading may include the removal of loose, chipped, cracking, flaking, blistering, or chalking paint in preparation for re-painting as identified in other specification sections. Handscraping using wet methods and/or vacuum powered tools and/or caustic paste removal are the only acceptable methods of removal. 2. Exterior de-leading may also include the intact removal of lead painted building components as identified in other specification sections. The Contractor shall remove lead painted building components in a manner that does not generate airborne lead contaminated dust. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-10 3. One layer of polyethylene sheeting will be laid on the ground cover and over any shrubbery and shall extend from the building a minimum distance of 10 feet (where feasible, 20 feet is recommended) prior to the start of any exterior scraping activities or the removal of any exterior building components. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that no paint chips are allowed to migrate beyond the sheeting. 4. All visible debris shall be cleaned up at the end of each workday. Prior to removal, all protective polyethylene sheeting will be HEPA vacuumed. 5. Containerized lead waste from exterior scraping activities and removed lead painted building components shall be segregated and disposed of in accordance with Section 3.06. 3.03 WORK PROCEDURES A. General: These procedures detail generalities of component work procedures. Resulting bundles of “containers” of removed components and/or debris shall be carefully carefully handled to reduce the potential of ripping, bursting or otherwise diminishing the integrity of the bundle or “container”. Care must be taken so that leaded materials are neither burned, nor dusted, nor result in further exposure to workers, residents or observers. Paint chips shall be contained either in the HEPA vacuum or in approved six-mil polyethylene disposal bags. B. Adequate environmental controls shall be used to contain or control the release of airborne concentrations of LCP or materials with LCP. 3.04 AIR SAMPLING-CONTRACTOR A. Personal Exposure Monitoring: Work practices may cause disturbance of LCP potentially resulting in airborne concentrations of lead at or above the Action Level, the Contractor shall perform personal exposure sampling to monitor personal exposure levels to airborne lead. Samples shall be taken for the duration of the work shift or for eight hours, whichever is greater. Personal samples need not be taken every day after the first day if working conditions remain unchanged, but must be taken every time there is a change in the removal operation, either in terms of the location or the type of work. Sampling will be used to determine eight-hour Time-Weighted-Averages (TWA). The Contractor is responsible for personal sampling as outlined in OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1926.62. Air sampling results shall be transmitted to the Owner and individual workers available at the job site in written form no more than forty-eight (48) hours after the completion of a sampling cycle. The reporting document shall list each sample’s result sampling time and date, personnel monitored and their social security numbers, flow rate, sample duration, sample yield, cassette size, and the analysts’ name and company, and shall include an interpretation of the results. Air sample analysis results will be reported in micrograms/cubic meter (mg/m3). B. Laboratory: The Contractor’s testing lab shall be AIHA accredited for heavy metals. Contractor shall submit for the Owner’s review and acceptance the name and address of the laboratory, certification(s) of AIHA, accreditation for heavy metal analysis, listing of relevant experience in air lead analysis, and presentation of a documented Quality Assurance and Quality Control program. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-11 C. Frequency: Air monitoring frequency will be established in accordance with the requirements set forth in 29 CFR 1926.62. 3.05 CLEAN-UP PROCEDURES A. When work in progress, the work site shall be cleaned at end of each day’s activities. The building shall be secured to prevent entry by any person after termination of work day. Durable equipment, such as power and hand tools, generators, and vehicles shall be cleaned monthly. B. Equipment shall be cleaned by HEPA vacuuming. Surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of lead containing dust and debris. Clean-up lead containing dust and debris shall be accomplished with a HEPA vacuum or wet methods. The debris shall be misted with water with an airless type sprayer and collected with a mop or broom. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL A. The Contractor is responsible for any required testing and for the ultimate disposal of all waste generated from the Work of this section. This waste may include, but is not limited to, leadpainted building components, lead paint chips, waste water, dust from HEPA filters and from damp sweeping, solvents and caustics used in any stripping process, wash water, disposable work clothes and respirator filters. B. All lead-paint building components shall be recycled. The Contractor shall submit laboratory analysis indicating that the waste is below the regulatory requirement for TCLP-Lead (i.e., 5 ppm). The Contractor shall also notify the recycling facility in writing, with a copy to the University, of the presence of lead-based paint in the waste stream. The Contractor shall provide written certification from the disposal or recycling facility that they have reviewed the TCLPLead information and that they are permitted to accept the waste. Copies of all such documentation shall be delivered to the University at least 10 days prior to shipment of the waste. C. For all other lead waste (chips, lead dust, waste water, filters, solvents, work clothes, etc.), the Contractor shall store waste in appropriate, compatible containers/drums for disposal as hazardous waste and shall be labeled and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Contractor shall also submit the name, address and proof of permit for the landfill that has agreed to accept the containerized lead waste to the University at least 10 days prior to shipment. D. The Contractor is responsible for completing all disposal documents, which may include, but are not limited to, waste profiles, hazardous waste manifests and land ban restriction forms. The University Engineer will only sign a manifest or manifests for project-related hazardous wastes defined as those wastes present at the site of project initiation. Disposal of any hazardous wastes generated by the Contractor shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Copies of all disposal documents shall be delivered to the University at least 10 days prior to shipment. For lead waste that is being shipped and disposed of using a hazardous waste manifest, the Contractor shall provide the original, bottom three copies of the manifest to the University at the time of shipment for distribution to the appropriate agencies. The University reserves the right to reject any facility or hauler if appropriate licenses, permits and certification cannot be demonstrated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lead Containing Paint Handling 028300-12 3.07 RECYCLING OF METAL COMPONENTS A. General.: The Contractor shall not dispose of LCP painted metal components as construction waste. Instead, the Contractor shall send these materials to a scrap recycling facility. Provide proof of transfer of these materials to the Owner. B. Storage Requirements: Metal components shall be kept inaccessible to persons other than Contractor personnel. This waste shall be kept segregated from non-metal, painted materials. END OF SECTION 028300 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Forming And Accessories 031000-1 SECTION 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Wood Form Material 2. Prefabricated Forms 3. Formwork Accessories 4. Vapor Barrier for Concrete Slab-on-Grade Construction B. Related Sections 1. Section 033000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 042200 – Concrete Unit Masonry 3. Section 051200 – Structural Steel Framing 4. Section 055000 – Metal Fabrications 5. Section 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 6. Section 013329 – General LEED Requirements 7. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 8. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 9. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 2. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 3. ACI 347 -Guide to Formwork for Concrete B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Forming And Accessories 031000-2 1. D4 -Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content 2. D6 -Standard Test Method for Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic Compounds 3. D71 -Standard Test Method for Relative Density of Solid Pitch and Asphalt (Displacement Method) 4. D217 -Standard Test Method for Cone Penetration of Lubricating Grease 5. D1056 -Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials -Sponge or Expanded Rubber 6. D1751 -Standard Specifications for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) 7. D1752 -Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction 8. D4397 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial and Agricultural Applications C. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1. AASHTO Standard Specifications Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing D. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 1. Voluntary Product Standard PS 1-95 -Construction and Industrial Plywood 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Drawings showing schedule of placement, location of all construction joints and all control joints with methods of forming. Show the location and elevation of all sleeves, wall pipes and embedded items. B. Drawings showing sizes and materials for forms, form bracing, and form ties. C. Product Data on form release agent, permanent formwork and inserts. D. Samples for the following materials: 1. Form ties (including cones) and spreaders 2. Waterstops 3. Compressible filler 4. Premolded fillers 5. Vapor barrier 6. Other materials requested by the Engineer New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Forming And Accessories 031000-3 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design formwork and shoring at the Contractor's expense by a Professional Engineer registered in the State where the work will be performed to conform to all design and code requirements in ACI 301, ACI 318 and ACI 347 and other applicable regulations and codes. The design shall consider any special requirements that may result due to the use of super plasticized and/or retarded set concrete. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Plywood: Class I High Density Overlay plyform, exterior grade, not less than 5 ply nor less than 5/8 inches thick conforming to Voluntary Product Standard PS 1-95 B. Lumber: Douglas Fir species, No. 1 grade S4S with grade stamp clearly visible 2.2 PREFABRICATED FORMS A. Manufacturers: 1. Symons Corporation, DesPlains, Illinois 2. HICO Corporation, Bronx, NY 3. Approved equal B. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gauge (1.5 mm), tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearances of finished concrete surfaces; with clean, warp free, undented, ungouged, undamaged surfaces C. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearances of finished concrete surfaces 2.3 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: 1. Ties for foundation walls shall be metal and designed with removable setback cones so that after removal of the projecting part, no metal shall remain within 1½ inches of the face of the concrete. 2. Flat bar snap ties for panel forms shall have plastic or rubber inserts with 1½ inch minimum depth to allow patching of tie hole after removal. 3. Common wire ties shall not be used. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Forming And Accessories 031000-4 B. Form Release Agent: 1. Non-staining and non-emulsifiable type which will not stain concrete or absorb moisture nor interfere with adherence of any material to be applied to concrete surfaces. C. Corners: 1. Chamfered No. 1 Poplar wood strips; ¾ inch by ¾ inch; maximum possible lengths D. Dovetail Anchor Slot: 1. Galvanized steel 22 gauge thick; non-filled, release tape sealed slots for securing to concrete formwork E. Flashing Reglets: 1. Galvanized steel 22 gauge thick, longest possible lengths, with alignment splines for joints, release tape sealed slots for securing to concrete formwork F. Waterstops: 1. Virgin polyvinyl chloride, minimum 2000± 50 psi tensile strength, minus 50°F to plus 170°F working temperature range, 9 inches wide, 3/8 inches thick, factory made corner sections, heat welded jointing; manufactured by Paul Murphy Plastics, Greenstreak, Vinylex or approved equal 2. Exceed the requirements set forth in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers waterstop specification (CRD-C572-84) 3. Must exhibit zero water leakage when tested in accordance with the American Concrete Institute (ACI) standard test method for waterstop 4. Heat fused field splices shall be tested for a complete seal by use of a corona discharge unit. 5. Multi-rib design with center bulb shall be used for all expansion joints as noted on Drawings and proposed for the work. 6. Ribbed flat heavy duty design shall be used for all construction joints as noted on Drawings and proposed for the work. G. Compressible Filler: 1. Closed cell expanded neoprene, ASTM D1056, Grade No. 2C1, ozone and weather resistant H. Premolded Joint Filler: 1. Buildings and Structures: Self-expanding cork, ASTM D1752, Type III; and Federal Specification HH-F-341-F, Type II, Class C; capable of one directional swelling up to 140% of its original thickness New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Forming And Accessories 031000-5 2. Sidewalks: Asphalt impregnated, ASTM D1751, ¾ inch thick unless otherwise shown on the Drawings I. Elastomeric Bearing Pads: 1. 60 Durometer neoprene rubber conforming to AASHTO M251 J. Vapor Barrier: 1. 10 mils thick polyethylene sheeting conforming to ASTM D4397 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with Drawings. B. Review all work prepared by others to receive work of this Section and correct any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work by the Contractor will be construed as complete acceptance of preparatory work by others. C. Handle and store materials separately in such manner as to prevent intrusion of foreign matter, segregation, or deterioration. Do not use foreign materials or those containing frozen material. Remove improper and rejected materials immediately from point of use. Cover materials materials and accessories during construction period. 3.2 VAPOR BARRIER A. Except where membrane waterproofing is required, all interior concrete slabs-on-grade shall be placed on a continuous vapor barrier. 1. Place 4 inches of fine granular fill over the vapor barrier to act as a blotter for the concrete slab. 2. Vapor barrier joints shall be lapped 6 inches and sealed with compatible waterproof pressure-sensitive tape. 3. Patch all punctures and tears. 3.3 EARTH FORMS A. Earth forms are not permitted. 3.4 FORM PREPARATION A. Coat contact surfaces of forms with a form release agent prior to form installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Forming And Accessories 031000-6 B. Thoroughly clean steel forms between uses using high pressure water or jet or sand blasting to remove all mill scale, concrete laitance or other ferrous deposits from the contact surfaces of the forms. C. Before re-use of wood forms, thoroughly clean form contact surfaces, repair damaged areas and remove projecting nails. A partial or complete steel lining on wood sheathing or plywood will not be allowed. 3.5 ERECTION -FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements of ACI 301 and the following additional requirements: 1. Variation from plumb in the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, and in walls a. In any 10 feet of length ¼ inch b. Maximum for entire length ½ inch 2. Variation of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related positions of columns, walls and partitions: a. In any bay ¼ inch b. In any 20 foot of length ¼ inch c. Maximum for the entire length ½ inch 3. Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in thickness of slabs and walls: a. Minus 1/8 inch b. Plus ¼ inch 3.6 JOINTS A. Construction and expansion joints indicated on the Drawings are mandatory and shall not be omitted. B. Use premolded joint filler at expansion joints unless otherwise noted. C. Form construction and expansion joints with a keyway and waterstop unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. The depth of the keyway shall be approximately 3 inches and the minimum width of keyway shall be one-third the width of the wall or floor section unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Construction and expansion joints are to be formed in place prior to notifying the Engineer for inspection of formwork. D. Where joints other than those shown are required, obtain approval prior to installation. E. For slab-on-grade construction (welded wire fabric reinforcement only) with large floor areas where construction joints are not shown, the maximum area per section is New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Forming And Accessories 031000-7 approximately 600 square feet, but will not limit the number of sections which may be placed at one time. For structural slabs reinforced with deformed bars where construction joints are not shown on the Drawings, the maximum area will be approximately 900 square feet. Slab dimensions between construction joints for floor areas shall be as "square" as possible, but the length shall not exceed 1.5 times the width under any circumstances. F. For slab-on-grade construction, a preformed metal keyway with removable top strip may be substituted for intermediate construction joints unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. G. Joints shall be straight and true. Brace all slab bulkheads adequately to keep joints straight. Construction joints in slabs exceeding 5 inches in thickness shall be keyed using a keyway nominally 3-5/8 inches by 1/3 of the slab thickness. H. Wall construction joints shall be placed as shown on on the Drawings, or the maximum spacing of vertical construction joints in walls shall not exceed 40 feet where construction joints are not shown. I. Joints not indicated or specified shall be placed to least impair strength of structure and shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. 3.7 INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work in conformance with requirements of ACI 318, paragraph 6.3, “Conduits and pipes embedded in concrete.” B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, chases, sleeves, wall pipes, anchor bolts and other inserts. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed or damaged during placement of concrete. E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at the bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms and neatly fitted so that joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces after concrete placement. 3.8 WATERSTOPS A. Install waterstops in all construction and expansion joints in walls and slabs unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Position waterstop in the center of the joint and extend the entire length of the joint. Securely fasten waterstop to reinforcing steel or formwork on both sides at 12 inch maximum spacing. Provide 2 inch minimum clearance between waterstop and reinforcing steel. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Forming And Accessories 031000-8 B. Heat and splice waterstop with a thermal splicing unit designed for that specific purpose. Only properly mitered, straight butt splices shall be made in the field. All field splices shall be tested for a complete seal by use of a corona discharge unit. C. No holes will be permitted in the waterstop. Nail holes or other penetrations in the waterstop shall be repaired prior to placement of concrete. 3.9 ACCESSORIES A. Install form liners into formwork prior to placement of reinforcing steel or concrete in compliance with the manufacturer's requirements. B. Position recessed dovetail anchor slots for masonry anchors to spacing and intervals specified in Section 042200 and shown on the Drawings. C. Position metal fabrications accessories and inserts supplied under Sections 05 12 00 and 05 50 00 as specified therein and shown on the Drawings. D. Position flashing reglets supplied under Section 076200 as specified therein and shown on the Drawings. 3.10 FORM REMOVAL A. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage resulting from form removal. Forms and shoring for structural slabs or beams shall remain in place in accordance with requirements in ACI 301. Form removal shall also conform to the requirements specified in Section 033000. 3.11 INSPECTION A. The Engineer shall be notified when the forms are complete and ready for inspection at least thirty-six hours prior to the proposed concrete placement. B. Failure of the forms to comply with the requirements specified herein, or to produce concrete complying with requirements of these Specifications, shall be grounds for rejection of that portion of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. Such repair or replacement shall be subject to the requirements of these Specifications and approval of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 031000 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\031000.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Reinforcing 032000 -1 SECTION 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Reinforcing Steel Bars 2. Welded Wire Fabric 3. Reinforcing Accessories B. Related Sections 1. Section 031000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories. 2. Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete 3. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements 4. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Section 018113 -LEED Products Requirements 6. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, latest edition. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 117 -Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 315 -Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, American Concrete Institute. 5. ACI 350R -Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 6. ACI SP-66 -Detailing Manual. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. A185 -Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Reinforcing 032000 -2 2. A615 -Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. A675 -Specifications for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties. D. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. D1.4 Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel. E. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. CRSI 63 -Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. 2. CRSI 65 -Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, specifications and nomenclature. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" and show the following: elevations, dimensions of concrete work with specified reinforcement clearances; ledges, brackets, openings, sleeves or other items furnished by other Sections, where interference with reinforcement may occur; bending diagrams; assembly diagrams; splices and laps of reinforcement; temperature and shrinkage reinforcement; construction joint reinforcement and shape; dimensions, grade designations, and details of reinforcement and accessories. Show dowels with concrete work to be placed first. Shop drawings shall be drawn to scale. B. Bar Bending Details -The bars shall be referenced to the same identification marks shown on the placement drawings. Bars to have special coatings and/or to be of special steel or special yield strength are to be clearly identified. C. Prior to delivery of reinforcing steel or concrete to job site, submit certified mill test reports of reinforcing steel and cement (including names and locations of mills and shops, and analyses of chemical and physical properties), properly correlated to concrete to be used in this project. 1.4 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Reinforcing steel shall be substantially free from mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, or other foreign matter. B. Reinforcing steel shall be covered and stored off the ground, protected from moisture, and kept free from dirt, oil, or other foreign matter. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCING STEEL BARS A. Reinforcing steel bars shall be newly rolled billet steel conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. B. Minimum yield strength shall be 60,000 psi. C. Where reinforcing steel bars are called for to be epoxy grouted into existing concrete, the system shall conform to Hilti HVA Adhesive or Hit C-100 Anchoring systems, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Reinforcing 032000 -3 Powers, Power-Fast System, or approved equal. Anchorage shall develop an allowable bond strength equal to 24,000 psi times the area of the bar, or an ultimate strength equal to the tensile strength of the bar. 2.2 WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Reinforcement accessories shall conform to Product Standard PS7-766, National Bureau of Standards, Department of commerce, Class C, as produced by Dayton Superior Corporation; R.K.L. Building Specialties Co., Inc. or equal approved by the Engineer. B. Reinforcement accessories shall include spacers, chair ties, slab bolsters, clips, chair bars, and other devices for properly assembling, placing, spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement. C. Tie wire shall be of sufficient strength for all intended purpose, but not less than No. 18 gauge. Metal supports shall be of such type as not to penetrate surface of formwork and show through surface of concrete. D. Accessories touching interior formed surfaces exposed to view shall have not less than 1/8 inch of plastic between metal and concrete surface. Plastic tips shall extend not less than 1/2 inch up on metal legs. E. Individual and continuous slab bolsters and chairs shall be of type to suit various conditions encountered and must be capable of supporting 300 pound load without damage or permanent distortion. F. Expansion Joint Dowels 1. Dowels shall conform to ASTM A675. 2. Expansion dowel caps shall be No. 87 dowel caps as manufactured by Heck Building Products, Inc., Type F-46 dowel caps as manufactured by the Dayton Sure-Grip and Shore Company, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Review all work prepared by others to receive work of this Section. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptance of preparatory work by others. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Notify the Engineer prior to the start of any phase of the reinforcing work so as to provide the opportunity to inspect the work. Such notification shall be made at least 24 hours in advance of reinforcement placements and at least 36 hours in advance of other inspections (forms, etc.). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Reinforcing 032000 -4 3.3 REINFORCING BAR FABRICATION A. Fabrication of reinforcement shall be in accordance with the recommendations of CRSI. B. Reinforcing bars shall be cold bent and shall not be straightened or re-bent. Bars shall not be field bent unless approved by the Engineer. C. Reinforcing bars shall be bent around a revolving collar having a diameter of not less than that recommended by the CRSI. D. Reinforcing bar ends that are to be butt spliced or threaded, shall have the applicable end saw-cut. Such ends shall terminate in flat surfaces at a right angle to the axis of the bar. E. Where reinforcing bars are called for to be welded, the welding shall conform to AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Reinforcement shall be placed in accordance with requirements of CRSI -63 -"Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars" and CRSI 65, "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports" and with further requirements below. B. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed in accordance with Contract Documents and shall be firmly secured in position by wire ties, chairs, spacers, and hangers, each of type approved by the Engineer. For slabs, grade beams, etc. where concrete is poured on grade, use additional setup bars and concrete brick to provide required cover over reinforcement. C. Bending, welding or cutting reinforcement in field in any manner other than as shown on Drawings, is prohibited, unless specific approval for each case is given by the Engineer. D. Reinforcement shall be continuous through construction joints unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. E. Reinforcement shall be spliced only in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents or as otherwise specifically approved. Splices of reinforcement at points of maximum stress shall generally be avoided. F. Welded wire fabric shall lap 6 inches or one space plus 2 inches whichever is larger, and shall be wired together. Provide No. 4 set up bars spaced 30 inches on center for slabs-on-grade or elevated slabs with composite decks. G. Proceed with installation of embedded items, and reinforcement, but do not place concrete into or around such items until the Engineer has approved work. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Engineer shall have the right to postpone or stop concrete operations when in his judgment, reinforcement and embedded item installation has not been properly completed or the quality of construction will impair strength and durability or desired finished product. Costs arising from delays due to noncompliance will not be considered. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Reinforcing 032000 -5 B. Any material or workmanship that is rejected, either at the batch plant or at the site, shall be replaced promptly at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Before concrete is placed, reinforcement shall be free of excessive rust, dirt, oil, scale or other foreign matter that will destroy or reduce bond requirements. Reinforcement expected to be exposed to weather for a considerable length of time shall be painted with a heavy coat of cement grout. Protect stored materials so as not to bend or distort bars in any way. Bars that become damaged will be rejected. D. Before concrete is placed, check all installed reinforcement to ensure that it conforms to Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings. Such checking shall be done only by qualified experienced personnel. In addition, the Engineer shall be notified at least 36 hours prior to concrete placement and given opportunity to inspect completed reinforcement. Prior approval of Shop Drawings shall in no way limit the Engineer's right to require modifications or additions to reinforcement or accessories. E. Expansion joint dowels must be straight and clean, free of loose flaky rust and loose scale. Dowels may be sheared to length provided deformation from true shape caused by shearing does not exceed 0.04 inches on the diameter of the dowel and extends no more than 0.04 inches from the end. Bars shall be coated with a bond breaker on the expansion end of the dowel. Expansion caps shall be provided on the expansion end. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Carry out corrections without delay as directed by the Engineer when construction operations indicate that requirements of Contract Documents or prudent construction practices are being or are about to be violated. END OF SECTION 032000 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\032000.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -1 SECTION 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Concrete Materials 2. Admixtures 3. Concrete Mix 4. Miscellaneous Concrete Materials B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 03 10 00 -Concrete Forming and Accessories 2. Section 01 3329 General LEED Requirements 3. Section 01 74 19 Waste Management and Disposal 4. Section 01 81 13 LEED Products Requirements 5. Section 01 81 19 IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, 6th edition B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301-95 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, (included as part of this specification) 2. ACI 305 -Hot Weather Concreting 3. ACI 306.1-90 -Standard Specifications for Cold Weather Concreting 4. ACI 318-02 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", American Concrete Institute C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C33 – Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2. C39 – Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -2 3. C40 -Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete 4. C42 – Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete 5. C87 -Standard Test Method for Effect of Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate on Strength of Mortar 6. C94 -Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 7. C131 -Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 8. C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement 9. C260 -Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 10. C309 – Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 11. C494 -Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 12. C535 -Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 13. C618 – Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete 14. C685 – Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing 15. C881 – Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin Base Bonding Systems for Concrete 16. C989 – Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars 17. C1059 – Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit concrete mix proposed for use, indicating design strength, supplier, batch quantities, and constituents. Provide test report copies indicating prior satisfactory performance in accordance with ACI 301. B. Submit data and descriptive literature for concrete constituents including admixtures, aggregate tests, bond breaker, bonding agent, and repair grout. C. Submit detailed methods proposed for curing and protection of concrete. This submittal shall be made not less than 10 days prior to the placement placement of any concrete. D. Submit a truck load ticket for every concrete delivery. Ticket information shall include batch time and date, weights of all constituents, quantity of admixtures, water added at the batch plant and moisture content of coarse and fine aggregates. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -3 E. Maintain an accurate daily record of the locations and quantity of concrete placed. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection of cast-in-place concrete work, and testing, including slump tests, air content, and standard compression test cylinders will be performed by the Engineer. Materials and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and testing in mill, shop and/or field by the Engineer. Such inspection and testing shall not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to provide his own inspection, testing, and quality control as necessary to furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with requirements of this Section. B. Provide notification prior to the start of any phase of concrete placement work so as to provide the opportunity to inspect the work. Such notification shall be made at least 24 hours in advance of concrete placements and at least 36 hours in advance of other inspections (forms, rebar, etc.). C. Facilitate inspection and testing by the Engineer, and furnish the following: 1. Safe access to the work at all times to allow proper inspection of the work 2. Full and ample means and assistance for sampling and testing materials and proper facilities for inspection of work in plant and at project site 3. Covered box large enough to contain twenty-four standard concrete cylinders. At temperatures below 60F, box shall be electrically heated and thermostatically controlled to maintain inside temperature of 60º to 80F. Cylinders shall be placed in box immediately after molding and shall be covered with moist burlap until delivery to laboratory, 24 to 72 hours after molding. 4. Access by the Engineer or his representative to the batch plant supplying the concrete at any time. D. Compression tests shall consist of one set of 4 cylinders for each test made, cured, and tested by testing laboratories during progress of job. 6 cylinders shall be required for each test made with concrete mix containing fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag. One set of cylinders shall be taken for every 100 cubic yards of concrete or fraction thereof placed in any one day. 1. 1 cylinder of each set shall be tested for 7-day compressive strength; 2 cylinders shall be tested for 28-day compressive strength. The remaining cylinder shall be tested for 56-day compressive strength if either one of the 28-day tests are below the specified strength, otherwise the 56-day test will be eliminated. 2. For modified mix with fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag, 1 cylinder of each set shall be tested for 7-day compressive strength, 2 cylinders shall be tested for 28-day compressive strength and 2 cylinders shall be tested for 56-days compressive strength. The remaining cylinder shall be tested for 84-day compressive strength if either one of the 56-day tests are below the specified strength, otherwise the 84-day test will be eliminated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -4 3. The Owner will provide and pay for the services of an approved testing laboratory to test the cylinders. Compression strength test of cylinders shall conform to ASTM C39, latest revision. The cost of all testing work under this Section will be borne by the Owner. The testing laboratory will submit certified copies of the test results directly to the Engineer and the Owner within 24 hours after tests are made. 4. Sampling, molding, curing and testing of cylinders shall conform to ASTM requirements. Specimens shall be cured under laboratory conditions. The Engineer may require additional cylinders to be cured under field conditions when unusual conditions may tend to reduce concrete strength. 5. Report of tests shall include: name of project, date and location of concrete placement, design strength of concrete, mix data, slump, air content (if tested), compressive strength, age and condition of test cylinder, type of fracture, and type of curing. E. Slump test, to check consistency, shall be made from the sample used to mold cylinders. Additional slump tests may be taken of every batch delivered to job site. F. Tests for determination of air content shall be made as required to verify conformance with the specifications. G. The strength level of the concrete mix shall be considered satisfactory if both of the following criteria are satisfied: 1. Every arithmetic average of any three consecutive strength tests equals or exceeds the specified design strength. 2. No individual strength test (average of two cylinders from the same test group) falls below the specified design strength by more than 500 psi when the specified design strength is 5000 psi or less or by more that 10 percent of the specified design strength when the design strength is more than 5000 psi. H. When tests of control specimens fall below these requirements, the Engineer will require 56 day or 84 day cylinder tests or core specimens taken from concrete in question and tested in accordance with ASTM C42. If these specimens do not meet strength requirements, the Engineer has the right to require additional curing, load tests, strengthening or removal and replacement of those parts of the structure which are unacceptable, and in addition, removal of such sound portions of structure as necessary to ensure safety, appearance, and durability of structure. Additional testing, load tests, strengthening or removal and replacement of parts or structure and any costs associated with delay of project shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. I. Any material or workmanship which is rejected, either at the batch plant or at the site, shall be replaced promptly at no additional cost to the Owner. J. If arrangements for corrections and/or replacements are not made within seven days after notice of rejection, the Owner has the right to have corrections and/or replacement made and charge cost thereof and any costs associated with delay of project against balance of monies withheld. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -5 K. Acceptance of work and admixtures at the batch plant shall not prevent final rejection at job site upon arrival or after it has been installed, if work is found to be defective. L. Portions of a structure which do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents based on appearance or for any other aesthetic reason, shall be corrected or removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. M. Work on new concrete structures shall conform to the requirements of ACI 306.1, Standard Specifications for Cold Weather Concreting, except as modified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: shall be American-made Portland Cement, free from water soluble salts or alkalies which will cause efflorescence on exposed surfaces. Portland Cement shall be Type II, ASTM C150. Air entraining cements are prohibited. B. Pozzolans and Blast Furnace Slag 1. Fly Ash: Class F conforming to the requirements of ASTM C618. 2. Ground Granulated Iron Blast-Furnace Slag: Conforming to ASTM C989. C. Normal weight Fine Aggregate 1. Washed, inert, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33. D. Normal weight Coarse Aggregate 1. Well graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to ASTM C33 and the following additional requirements: a. Material finer than No. 200 sieve – 1.0 percent maximum b. Clay lumps and friable particles – 2.0 percent maximum c. Chert (less than 2.40 specific gravity, saturated surface dry) – 3.0 percent maximum by weight. d. Sum of clay lumps, friable particles, and chert (less than 2.40 specific gravity, saturated surface dry) – 3.0 percent maximum by weight. This limitation only applies to aggregates in which chert appears as an impurity. e. Coal and lignite – 0.5 percent maximum f. Soundness -18 percent maximum loss (magnesium sulfate solution, five cycles) g. Soundness -10 percent maximum loss (sodium sulfate solution, five cycles) 2. Coarse aggregates shall not exceed 35% by weight "percentage of wear" as as determined by the Los Angeles Abrasion and Impact Tests in ASTM C131 and C535. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -6 E. Water shall be from approved source, potable, clean and free from oils, acids, alkali, organic matter and other deleterious material. 2.2 ADMIXTURES A. Water-reducing agent: 1. Water-reducing agent shall be by same manufacturer as air-entraining agent. 2. Daracem -55 W.R. Grace & Co. 3. Pozzolith 220N – BASF Admixtures, Inc. 4. Eucon MR -Euclid Chemical Co. 5. Approved equal conforming to ASTM C494 Type A. B. Air-entraining agent: 1. DAREX AEA -W.R. Grace & Co. 2. MB-VR or MB-AE90 -BASF Admixtures, Inc. 3. Air-Mix -Euclid Chemical Co. 4. Approved equal conforming to ASTM C260. C. Admixtures which retard setting of cement in concrete shall not be used without written approval of the Engineer. Admixtures causing accelerated setting of cement in concrete shall not be used. 2.3 CONCRETE MIX A. Select proportions of ingredients to meet the design strength and materials limits specified and to produce concrete having proper placability, durability, strength, appearance and other required properties. Proportioning shall also conform to the requirements in ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. The concrete mix design shall be a 4000 psi compressive strength concrete using ¾ inch aggregate. The design mix shall be selected based on previous test records for a mix with essentially the same proportions, and shall meet the following limiting values in Table A: TABLE A -MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WATER/CEMENT RATIOS Total Cementitious Material Minimum Allowable 28 day (Pounds) Compressive Strength (psi) Maximum Allowable Water /Cement Ratio Min Max 4000 0.45 611 635 C. If sufficient test records are not available, (at least 30 consecutive strength tests or two groups of tests totaling at least 30 within the past 12 months), the design mix shall be developed using laboratory trial mixtures in accordance with ACI 301. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -7 D. All concrete is normal weight with air-dry weight not to exceed 150 lbs. per cubic foot. E. Fly ash may be substituted for up to 20 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. Ground granulated iron blast-furnace slag may be substituted for up to 40 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. F. For concrete flatwork with a steel trowel finish, fly ash may be substituted for up to 10 percent by weight and ground granulated iron blast-furnace slag may be substituted for up to 25 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. G. All concrete shall contain the approved air-entraining admixture as per manufacturer's written instructions to provide entrained air by volume in the cured concrete between 4.5 and 6.5%. H. The design mix shall meet the following slump limiting values in Table B: Table B – Concrete Slump1 Portion of Structure Recommended (inches) Maximum Range (inches) Mats 2 2-3 Walls, Column, Beams 4 3-5 Slabs 3 2-4 1. After addition of high range water reducer I. The approved water-reducing admixture shall be used in all concrete, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Grout shall be a ready-to-use, non-metallic, non-shrink aggregate product requiring only the addition of water at the job site. Grout shall be as manufactured by Five Star Products, Inc.; Euclid Chemical Company; Master Builders; or approved equal. Grout shall be easily workable and shall have no drying shrinkage at any age. Compressive strength of grout (2 inch by 2 inch cubes) shall not be less than 5000 psi at 7 days, and 7500 psi at 28 days. B. Concrete Construction Joint Roughener: 1. Provide a water soluble non-flammable, surface-retardant roughener. 2. Product and Manufacturer: a. Rugasol-S by Sika Corporation for horizontal joints only b. Tuf-Cote (Deep Etch) by Preco Industries Ltd. for vertical joints c. Approval equal C. Bond Breaker: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -8 1. Provide an adhesive-backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape which will satisfactorily adhere to the premolded joint filler or concrete surface as required. The tape shall be the same width as the joint. 2. Bond breaker for concrete other than where tape is specifically called for shall be either bond breaker tape or an ASTM C309 non-staining type bond prevention coating such as Masterkure 100WB by Degussa Construction Chemicals, Super Bondbreaker VOC or Super Bondbreaker WB by Edoco Burke Construction Chemicals, Tilt-Eez VOC or Tilt-Eez WB by Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing or equal. D. Bonding Agent: 1. Provide a two-component, 100% solids, moisture –tolerant structural epoxy adhesive conforming to ASTM C881, Type II. The bonding agent shall be Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod by Sika Corporation of Lyndhurst, NJ, Concresive Liquid (LPL) by Degussa Admixtures, Inc. of Cleveland, OH or equal. 2. Latex bonding agent shall be a non-remulsifiable acrylic-polymer latex conforming to ASTM C1059 Type II. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify cover requirements over all reinforcement. B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. C. Verify site conditions to insure that full access is available for placement of concrete. 3.2 JOINTS A. Construction and expansion joints indicated on Drawings are mandatory and shall not be omitted. Construction joints shall conform to the requirements of Section 03 10 00 and the following: 1. Before placing new concrete against concrete already in place and hardened, the surface shall again be cleaned with a jet where practical. The exposed aggregate shall then be mopped with a mortar composed of the same proportions of sand and placed and mopped in place immediately prior to the placing of concrete and shall not have set up or hardened prior to the placing of concrete. 2. Where joints other than those shown are required, they shall be made at such locations as the Engineer may allow, and shall in no case impair the structural strength of the structure. B. Joints not indicated or specified shall be placed to least impair strength of structure and shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. C. Saw-cut joints shall be installed in the locations shown on the Drawings. Saw-cut joints shall not be substituted for formed construction joints unless approved by the Engineer. Saw-cut joints shall conform to the following requirements: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -9 1. The depth of the saw cut shall be at least ¼ of the slab thickness or a minimum depth of one inch unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Do not saw cut through slab reinforcing steel unless directed to do so in writing by the Engineer. 3. Joints produced using conventional wet-cut process shall be completed within 4 to 12 hours after the slab has been finished -4 hours in hot weather conditions and 12 hours in cold weather conditions. 4. Joints produced using the early-entry dry cut process shall be formed using diamond-impregnated blades and shall be completed within 1 to 4 hours after the slab has been finished – 1 hour in hot weather conditions and 4 hours in cold weather conditions. The maximum depth of joints produced by the dry cut process shall not exceed 1-1/4 inches. Care should be taken to make sure that the saw does not ride up over large or hard coarse aggregates. 5. Regardless of the saw cutting process chosen, the saw cutting must be performed before the concrete starts to cool, as soon as the concrete surface is firm enough not to be torn or damaged by the cutting blade, and before random-dryingshrinkage cracks can form in the concrete slab. 3.3 MIXING, CONSISTENCY, AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. Concrete shall be ready-mixed, produced by a central batch plant. Hand or site mixing shall not be allowed. Constituents, including admixtures, shall be batched at the central batch plant. Admixtures shall be premixed in solution form and dispensed as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall conform to Truck Mixer and Agitator Standard of Truck Mixer Manufacturer's National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association, ASTM C94, ASTM C685, and Contract Documents. Consistency of concrete at time of placement shall be at a 3 inch slump, +/-1 inch. C. Ready mixed concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of rated capacities. Discharge at site shall be within one and one-half hours after cement is first introduced into the aggregates. Concrete with a temperature greater than 90F. shall be rejected and removed from the site. D. During any of the following conditions: high ambient temperature, high concrete temperature, low relative humidity, increased wind velocity, high solar radiation, when the temperature of the concrete is 85F or above, the time between the introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed one hour. In addition, when the rate of evaporation on the surface of the concrete is expected to approach 0.2 lb/ft2/hr. (see chart in ACI 305R) special precautions shall be taken against the formation of plastic shrinkage cracking on the surface of the concrete after placement. E. During any period when for more than three successive days the average daily outdoor temperature drops below 40F, the concrete temperature at the time of placement shall be as specified in Table C below. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -10 Table C – Concrete Temperature During Cold Weather Least dimension of section, inches. Minimum temperature of concrete as placed and maintained during the protection period, F Maximum gradual decrease in surface temperature during any 24 hours after end of protection, F Less than 12 55 50 12 to less than 36 50 40 36 to 72 45 30 Greater than 72 40 20 F. Central mixed concrete shall be plant mixed a minimum of five minutes. Agitation shall begin immediately after premixed concrete is placed in truck and shall continue without interruption until discharged. Transit mixed concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for at least ten minutes immediately after charging truck followed by agitation without interruption until discharged. G. Retempering of concrete which has partially hardened by mixing with or without additional cement, aggregates, or water shall not be permitted. 3.4 PLACING CONCRETE A. Remove excess water and foreign matter from forms and excavations. Do not place concrete on frozen soil. Provide adequate protection against frost action during freezing weather. B. Transport concrete from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which prevent separation of ingredients and displacement of reinforcements, and which avoid re-handling. Do not deposit partially hardened concrete. When concrete is conveyed by chutes, equipment shall be of such size and shape to ensure continuous flow in chute. Flat (coal) chutes shall not be used. Chutes shall be of metal or metal lined and uniformly sloped. Slope shall not be less than 25 nor more than 45 from horizontal. Concrete shall be lowered and maintained as near to the surface of deposit as practicable. The chute shall be thoroughly cleaned before and after each use and debris and any water shall be discharged outside of the forms. Concrete shall not be allowed to flow horizontally over distances exceeding 10 feet or dropped vertically over 6 feet. feet. C. Place concrete in such a manner as to prevent segregation and accumulations of hardened concrete on forms or reinforcement above the grade of concrete being placed. Suitable hoppers and spouts with restricted outlets and tremies shall be used as required. D. Thoroughly consolidate each layer of concrete by rodding and vibrating using internal type mechanical vibrator. Vibration shall be done by experienced operators under close supervision and shall be carried on only enough to produce homogeneity and optimum consolidation without permitting segregation of constituents or "pumping" of air. Vibrators used for normal weight concrete shall operate at speeds of not less than 7,000 vpm and be of suitable capacity. Do not use vibrators to move concrete. Vibration shall be supplemented by spading to remove bubbles and honeycombs adjacent to visible surfaces. At least one vibrator shall be on hand for every 10 cubic yards of New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -11 concrete placed per hour, plus one spare. Vibrators shall be operable and on site prior to starting concrete placement. E. Deposit concrete continuously, and in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously between planned construction joints, as specified, field joints and additional reinforcement shall be introduced at the Contractor's expense to preserve structural continuity. F. Cold joints, particularly in exposed concrete, including "honeycombs", are unacceptable. If they occur in concrete surfaces exposed to view, the Engineer will require that entire section in which blemish occurs be removed and replaced with new materials at the Contractor's expense. 3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION A. When concrete is placed at or below an ambient air temperature of 40F. or whenever this temperature or lower values are likely to occur within 48 hours after placement of concrete, cold weather concreting procedures, according to ACI 306.1 and as specified herein, shall be followed. The entire area affected shall be protected by adequate housing or covering, and heating. No salt, chemicals or other foreign materials shall be used in the mix to lower the freezing point of concrete. No oil or kerosene heaters shall be utilized. Vent flue gases from combustion heating units to the outside of the enclosure. B. No frozen materials shall be used in batching concrete and any ice shall be removed from coming into contact with the concrete. C. Protect concrete work against injury from heat, cold, and defacement of any nature during construction operations. D. Concrete shall be treated and protected immediately after concreting or cement finishing is completed, to provide continuous moist curing above 50F. for at least 7 days, regardless of ambient air temperatures. E. All All concrete shall be cured immediately after finishing in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Curing shall be accomplished by a continuous soaking process such as the use of soaker hose or sprinklers, or by use of plastic roll materials to cover the concrete, which shall be thoroughly wetted at least once a day or more often as required in very hot weather. Such plastic shall be placed as soon as possible after finishing of concrete so that scarring of the surface will not occur. Plastic shall be held in place on the surface of the concrete in such a manner and means as will not allow it to be blown off or otherwise dislodged from the concrete surface. Curing procedures shall be maintained continuously for a period of at least 7 days. 2. All methods of curing shall be subject to approval of the Engineer, and each method employed shall be practical and adequate for the curing required. Curing compounds in lieu of wet curing will not be allowed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -12 F. Keep permanent temperature records showing date and outside temperature during concreting operations. Thermometer readings shall be taken at start of work in morning, at noon, and again late in afternoon. Locations of concrete placed during such periods shall likewise be recorded in such manner as to show any effect temperatures may have had on construction. 3.6 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK A. Forms shall not be removed until concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own weight, construction loads to be placed thereon and lateral loads, without damage to structure or excessive deflection. B. With the exception of construction joint bulkheads and keyways, forms and supports shall remain in place for not less than the minimum time periods noted below. 1. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms for vertical surfaces shall not be removed before the concrete has attained a strength of not less than 30 percent of the minimum allowable prescribed compressive strength nor not less than the minimum time period specified in Table D. 2. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms for horizontal surfaces shall not be removed before the concrete has attained a strength of not less than 60 percent of the minimum allowable prescribed compressive strength nor not less than the minimum time period specified in Table D. Table D -Minimum Degree Day Requirement for Form Removal Form Use Degree-Days Walls and Vertical Surfaces 200 Elevated Slabs 400 Beams and Girders 600 3. Definition of degree-days -Total number of days times mean daily air temperature at the surface of the concrete. For example, 5 days at temperature of 60°F. equals 300 degree-days. Days or fractions of days in which temperature is below 50°F. shall not be included in calculation of degree-days except where modified by Table C above. C. Forms for construction joint bulkheads and keyways may be removed the following day, after the concrete pour. Extreme caution must be used to avoid damage to the concrete surface and keyway. D. Any test cylinders required to verify the specified minimum strengths for form removal shall be field cured under the same conditions as the concrete they represent. Such cylinders and testing shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.7 FINISHING OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Upper Horizontal Surfaces New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -13 1. Horizontal surfaces not subjected to wear, such as tops of parapets, copings, walls, etc., shall be formed by placing an excess of material in the forms and removing or striking off such excess with a template, forcing the coarse aggregate below the surface of the mortar. 2. Horizontal surfaces shall be attained by striking off excess concrete and in no case shall concrete be added to the tops of walls, etc., once initial set has taken place. 3. The top of such surfaces shall be finished in a manner as required and dictated by the necessary appearance of the part being finished. For covered surfaces, a wood float finish will in most cases be sufficient. Steel troweling may be necessary where concrete is exposed to view and adjacent surfaces have a steel trowel finish. In other cases, a "broom" finish may be required. B. Slab Surfaces 1. Interior traffic bearing surfaces shall have a steel trowel finish and exterior slabs shall have a wood or magnesium trowel non-slip finish. The finish shall be accomplished by a procedure as follows, but shall be the Contractor's responsibility to produce a good and proper finish on all parts of the work: a. "Steel Trowel Finish" -The surface shall be screeded and given a minimum of two trowelings using a steel trowel. The final troweling shall be done at a time when the concrete has set to a point where troweling produces a ringing sound as the trowel is drawn across the surface. Where surface areas are large enough to permit their use, power finishing machines will be used. For all steel trowel finishes, a fine textured dense surface shall be the final result. Premature finishing will require additional troweling to obtain the final result. b. "Wood Float Finish" -The surface shall be screeded, given a minimum of one steel troweling and shall then be finished with a wood, cork or other float as required to produce the desired finish. In cases where a rough wood float finish is sufficient, the above procedure may be executed, omitting the steel troweling. A wood float finish shall be used only when allowed in writing by the Engineer. c. "Broom Finish" -On exterior work such as sidewalks and where else called for, a broom finish shall be used. The finishing shall be accomplished in the following manner. Screeding shall be done and the surface worked up with a wood float. At a proper time thereafter, the surface shall be steel troweled at least once and more if so directed. Upon completion of troweling, a sufficiently stiff bristled broom shall be drawn lightly across the surface to produce a slightly striated finish. The brooming shall in general be perpendicular to the main traffic route. Coordinate required finish with the Engineer before application. 2. For all of the finishing procedures described, the time element is important and something that must be determined during the progress of the work as conditions warrant. Normally, free water on the surface of concrete should not occur. Allow the concrete surface to dry before starting finishing operations. Do not, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -14 under any circumstance, add dry cement to wet areas in order to accelerate drying. Finishing and rubbing required for all parts of the work shall be done only by competent "Cement Finishers" trained for the work. C. Formed Surfaces 1. Immediately after the end of the wet cure period, remove form ties and patch all tie-holes, rat holes, and other surface voids with a non-metallic, non-shrink grout, which most nearly matches the color and texture of the concrete surface. All protrusions shall be ground smooth with an approved mechanical grinder. D. Surfaces Requiring Rub Finish 1. Rubbed finish of surfaces shall be provided on all poured interior and exterior vertical concrete surfaces and the underside of horizontal surfaces exposed to view, including all building and structure surfaces. Rubbing shall include but not be limited to: a. The exterior face of all building foundation walls, platforms and the like, from the top of the walls to 6 inches below grade, the interior faces of all building walls and ceilings, stair risers, retaining walls, stair cheeks, and the like. 2. Surfaces requiring a rubbed finish shall, when completed, shall present a smooth, even textured surface and proper appearance. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a rubbed finish. Cement utilized in rubbing shall be of the same type manufacturer and source as that used in batching the concrete. The following procedure shall be required for all surfaces requiring a rubbed finish. a. Immediately upon removal of the forms, snap all form ties and fill tie holes with non-shrink grout to a point slightly indented from the finished surface. Hand chip all air pockets and laitance covered holes greater than 1/4 inch. A mechanical grinder of a type approved by the Engineer shall then be used to remove any form marks, ribs, or bulges, or other protruding surface defects. b. The surface shall then be wetted with clean water and a cement cement (4 parts), presifted fine sand (5 parts), and water grout shall be evenly applied utilizing a sponge float filling all exposed voids. The surface shall be rubbed with a burlap bag and allowed to thoroughly dry. c. The surface shall again be wetted and the grout reapplied with the sponge float and again rubbed with burlap, removing all excess material. d. After the final rubbing is completed, the surface shall be thoroughly drenched and kept wet for a period of 7 days unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No other cement powder, grout or other surface coating will be allowed. Plastering of surfaces requiring a rubbed surface will NOT be tolerated. 3.8 REPAIRING OF HARDENED CONCRETE SURFACES New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -15 A. Defective concrete and honeycombed areas shall not be patched unless examined and approval is given by the Engineer. After approval, areas involved shall be cut back to a minimum depth of 1 inch from the finished surface, or as otherwise directed, whichever is greater. Edges of areas to be repaired shall be cut square to a minimum depth of 3/4 inch. Feathered edges will not be allowed. Any voids or honeycomb around reinforcing steel shall be chipped away to provide at least 3/4 inch clearance all around to permit proper placement of repair concrete around the steel to the parent, sound concrete. B. Exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mud, paint, grime, scum, laitance, organic matter, detritus, calcareous growth and other foreign matter by sand and water blasting or other acceptable means. Immediately after cleaning, the surface shall be checked by the Engineer for proper surface preparation, including fractured concrete or loose aggregate. Any such material shall be removed using pneumatic or hand tools. The final surfaces shall be thoroughly rinsed with clean water to remove remaining dirt and dust. C. Premoisten the prepared surface for at least 2 hours to reduce the absorption of water by the parent concrete and to provide a reservoir for moist curing at the interface of the repair. The substrate should be saturated surface dry with no standing water. While the concrete surface is still damp, apply a thin 1/16 inch coat of neat cement slurry (mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste) with a bristle brush to provide a bond coat throughout the entire cavity of the repair. Before the slurry has dried or changed color, promptly install the repair concrete or dry-pack, as may be required or selected. D. For relatively small areas, ram repair concrete into this portion of the formed void. This concrete shall comprise a crumbly-dry 1-1-1.5 mixture of cement, concrete sand and pea gravel (or 3/4 inch gravel) mixed slightly damp to the touch (just short of "balling"). The "dry-pack" consistency of the concrete shall be zero slumps, but moist enough so that when it is rodded and tamped until dense, an excess of paste will appear on the surface in the form of a spider web. In cases of unformed voids of thinner section, do not build-up repair in excess of a depth which will sag with the weight of the fresh mortar or concrete. Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. E. The concrete shall be of the driest possible consistency and mix composition so that it can be worked into the corners and angles of forms and around the reinforcement, without permitting the materials to segregate or free water to collect on the surface, due consideration being given to the methods of placing and compacting. Source and mixture of concrete shall be submitted for approval. F. Concrete shall be deposited continuously, or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated and trowelled dense, smooth and plane. Avoid premature and excessive trowelling which could cause sagging. G. Repair areas and adjacent parent concrete surfaces shall be continuously moist cured immediately after finishing for at least 7 days. Surfaces shall be covered with damp burlap and sealed with taped polyethylene. Membrane curing compounds shall not be used. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast-in-Place Concrete 033000 -16 H. Leave finished work and adjacent concrete surfaces in a neat, clean condition with no evidence of spillovers or staining. 3.9 CLEANING A. Concrete surfaces shall be cleaned of objectionable stains as determined by the Engineer. Materials containing acid in any form or methods which will damage the "skin" of concrete surfaces shall not be employed, except where otherwise specified. END OF SECTION 033000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -1 SECTION 03 41 00 PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Columns B. Beams and Spandrels C. Double Tees D. Connection plates, supporting devices and inserts E. Solid Core Concrete Plank 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 031000 – Concrete Forming and Accessories B. Section 032000 -Concrete Reinforcement C. Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete D. Section 034100 – Precast Structural Concrete E. Section 042113 – Brick Masonry Units F. Section 042200 – Concrete Unit Masonry G. Section 051200 -Structure Steel Framing H. Section 055000 – Metal Fabrications I. Section 076200 -Sheet Metal Flashings and Trim J. Section 079200 -Joint Sealants K. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements L. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal M. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements N. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 REFERENCES A. "The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code", 6th Edition. B. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. C. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -2 D. ASTM A36 -Structural Steel. E. ASTM A123 -Specification for Zinc Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strip. F. ASTM A185 -Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete. G. ASTM A307 -Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Fasteners. H. ASTM A416 -Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete. I. ASTM A615 -Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. J. ASTM A666 -Standard Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel, Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. K. ASTM C31 -Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. L. ASTM C39 -Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. M. ASTM C42 -Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. N. ASTM C88 -Test Method for Soundness of of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. O. ASTM C97 -Tests for Absorption and Bulk Specific Gravity of Natural Building Stone. P. ASTM C150 -Specification for Portland Cement. Q. ASTM C231 -Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. R. ASTM C260 -Specifications of Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. S. ASTM C494 -Specifications for Chemical Admixtures in Concrete. T. AWS D1.1 -Code for Welding in Building Construction. U. AWS D1.4 -Code for Welding Reinforcing Steel. V. PCI MNL 116 -Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete. W. PCI MNL 117 -Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products. X. PCI MNL 120 -PCI Design Handbook, Precast and Prestressed Concrete. Y. PCI MNL 123 -Manual on Design of Connections for Precast Prestressed Concrete. Z. PCI MNL 124 -PCI Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Prestressed Concrete. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -3 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Precast double tees, beams, spandrel beams, columns, solid core plank and miscellaneous precast components shall be designed for all dead loads and all live loads noted on the Drawings. Live loads shall include, but not limited to, snow load, concentrated loads, masonry lateral loads and miscellaneous embed loads. a. Maximum allowable live load deflections are as follows: ELEMENT ALLOWABLE LIVE LOAD DEFLECTION 1. Double-Tee Beams L/360 2. Precast Beams L/360 3. Solid Core Precast Plank L/360 4. Load Bearing Spandrel Beams L/600 B. Design floor members to accommodate the deflection of other building members as well as clearances and intended openings. C. Calculate the structural properties of framing members in accordance with ACI 318. D. Design prestressed structural concrete units and connections in accordance with specified standards and the manufacturer's requirements. E. All precast components shall have minimum reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318. Analysis of prestressed components shall include a check of the shear reinforcing requirements at 0.1L, 0.2L, 0.25L and 0.3L, where L is the component length. F. Design units to withstand all stresses due to storage, temperature, handling, erection, construction loads, floor loads, snow loads, wind loads, and earthquake loads in accordance with applicable codes. Loads shall include seismic lateral bracing at the top of all masonry walls. G. Lifting devices shall be designed and cast into the components to ensure safe and efficient handling. Lifting devices shall be so arranged so that they are readily removed and any planned depressions in the concrete can be readily filled. H. Lift loops and erection inserts shall be located so they are not objectionable in the completed structure with a minimum concrete or grout cover as specified in ACI 318 and the PCI Design Handbook. Inserts located in areas exposed to view shall be recessed and patched with non-shrink, non-staining grout to match surrounding concrete, or cover and protect in an approved manner. I. Where cast-in-place pour strips are not used, connections between the beams and double tees shall be recessed or made on the underside of the flange. Connections made on the topside of the flange shall be connected by a deck waterproof sealant or made with stainless steel. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -4 1.5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications and laboratory test reports as required. B. Submit shop drawings showing complete information for fabrication and installation of structural prestressed and precast units. Indicate member dimensions and crosssection; location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement; and lifting devices necessary for handling and erection. 1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories and construction at openings in precast units. 2. Provide member piece marks and completely dimensioned size and shape of each member. 3. Provide plans and/or elevations elevations locating and defining all products furnished by manufacturer. 4. Provide complete sections and details showing connections, cast-in items and their relation to the structure. 5. Show relationship to adjacent material. 6. Detail joints and openings between members and between members and structures. 7. Description of all loose, cast-in and field applied hardware. 8. Provide location, dimensional tolerances, and details of anchorage devices that are embedded in or attached to structure or other construction. 9. All dead, live and other applicable loads used in the design. C. Submit complete structural calculations for all concrete members furnished under this Section. A Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall stamp the calculations and drawings. D. Submit, on request, reports on materials, compressive strength tests on concrete and water absorption tests on units. E. Submit Certificate of Compliance for all materials used in the fabrication and construction of the precast concrete elements including reinforcing steel, prestressing strands, embeds, lifting inserts and concrete. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the requirements of PCI MNL-116, PCI MNL 123, and PCI MNL-120. B. Design precast concrete members under direct supervisions of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in the design of this work and licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -5 C. Provide testing in general compliance with applicable provisions of prestressed Concrete Institute MNL-116, Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Prestressed Concrete Products. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator must have at least 5 years successful experience in fabrication of precast concrete units similar to units required for this project. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in work. 1. Fabricator must be producer member of a Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) and/or participate in its Plant Certification Program. B. Erector must have at least 5 years successful experience in the erection of precast structure concrete similar to the requirements of this project. C. Welders must be qualified within the past 12 months in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.1 and ANSI/AWS D1.4. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver all structural prestressed and precast concrete units to protect site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of erection. B. Units shall be handled and transported in a position consistent with their shape and design in order to avoid excessive stresses, damage, or warping due to bending deflections. C. Units shall be lifted or supported only at the points shown on the erection shop drawings. D. Nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness shall be placed between each unit. E. Units shall be supported during shipment on nonstaining shock absorbing material. F. Units shall be stored on firm, level and smooth surfaces and protected from contact with soil, staining and other physical damage. G. All holes and reglets shall be protected from water and from ice during freezing weather. H. Units shall be stored so that identification marks are visible. I. Damaged, cracked, chipped, or soiled units shall be repaired or removed and replaced without cost to the OWNER, regardless of the origin of the defect or damage. J. Any unit delivered to the job site that is stained, cracked, or chipped and cannot be repaired or restored to equal the full scale mock-up in all respects shall not be installed. K. Rejection of units will be based on the following criteria: 1. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning and mixing. 2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. 3. Damaged or cracked concrete at support anchors or areas adjacent to inserts and loose inserts. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -6 4. Any continuous crack having a surface width of 0.01-inch or more and extending for a length 12-inches or more regardless of position in the wall or on any piece. 5. Surface chips on face that cannot be restored to match the adjacent finish. 6. Exposed reinforcement. L. Rejection also will be based on fabrication inspection and test results as follows: 1. Ultimate compressive strength of cylinders or cores less than 5,525 psi. 2. Incorrect proportioning of materials and use of water in excess of the maximum permissible quantity specified. 3. Reinforcement is installed with inadequate provision to maintain 1-in. of cover except as approved on shop drawings. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide a warranty that the structural prestressed and precast units will not spall or show evidence of visible cracking resulting from inferior materials or workmanship for a period of five (5) years from the date of final acceptance of the the project. Should any defect develop within this time due to any manufacturing or erection defect, the CONTRACTOR agrees to make all necessary repairs or replacements without charge to the OWNER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRESTRESSING TENDONS A. Uncoated, 7-wire stress-relieved strand complying with ASTM A416, Grade 270. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Concrete and materials shall conform to the following and additional requirements in Specification Section 03 30 00. B. Portland Cement -ASTM C150, Type III. C. Fly Ash -ASTM C618, Class F. D. Aggregates -ASTM C 33 or C330, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. 1. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33, but which have shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability, may be used when acceptable to ENGINEER. 2. The maximum size of aggregate shall not exceed ¾. 3. Provide fine and coarse face mix aggregates for each type of exposed finish from a single source (pit or quarry) for entire job. They shall be clean, hard, strong, durable, and inert, free of staining or deleterious material. E. Water -Drinkable and free from foreign materials in amounts harmful to concrete and embedded steel. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -7 F. Air entraining agent shall comply with ASTM C260. Dispersing agent and air entraining agent shall be used in a quantity to produce entrained air in the concrete of not less than 4.5 and not more than 6 percent by weight, but preferably 4.5 to 5.5 percent, as determined by ASTM C231. G. Water-Reducing Admixture -ASTM C 494, Type A, not containing calcium chloride. H. Pigment for coloring precast units shall be chemically pure, non-fading, inorganic oxides or compounds, suitably prepared for use in concrete. Pigment shall be by David Colors, Beltsville, MD, or equal. I. No admixtures other than those specified and approved shall be used at any time. 2.3 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms shall be of metal or wood. If unlined wood forms are used, they shall be of selected material with tongue and groove joints and shall be kept continuously wet to prevent shrinking and warping due to exposure to the elements. Nonstaining form oil shall be used. B. Forms shall be clean and accurate of rigid construction, which will produce a smooth finish with no joint marks, ridges, seams, scratches, or dimples, free from rust, wood grain or other marks and absolutely free from stain. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. C. Forms shall be accurately constructed, mortar-tight, of sufficient strength to withstand pressures due to concrete placing operations and temperature changes. Maintain formwork to provide completed concrete of shapes, lines and dimensions indicated within fabrication tolerances specified in PCI MNL-116 and PCI MNL-117. D. Coat surface of forms with bond-breaking compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide a commercial formulation form-coating compound that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Forms shall be constructed to meet the additional requirements specified in Section 03 10 00, Concrete Forming and Accessories. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel Bars -shall be newly rolled billet steel conforming to ASTM A615 (see structural drawings for grades). Bars shall be bent cold. B. Reinforcement shall be clean of loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials, which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Reinforcement shall be accurately positioned supported and secured against displacement by formwork construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcement by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -8 D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. E. Reinforcement shall meet the requirements specified in Section 03 20 00, Concrete Reinforcement. 2.5 CONNECTION MATERIALS A. Steel Plates -Structural quality, hot-rolled carbon steel, ASTM A 283, Grade C. B. Steel Shapes -ASTM A36. C. Bolts, anchors, dowels, and other inserts shall be furnished hot-dip galvanized. All welds and bare spots shall receive one coat of a single-component zinc-rich compound with 95 percent pure zinc in the dried film. The coating shall be used without thinning and applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's directions to clean metal. The bolts shall conform to ASTM A307. D. Reglets where required shall be Fry Type CO or equal 0.020-in. thick formed Type 302 stainless steel, ½-in. deep by 1-1/8-in. high. E. Finish of Steel Items -Steel plates and embedded items shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication conforming to ASTM A123 with a minimum coating of 2.00 ounces per square foot. Touch up with zinc-rich primer specified above. F. Accessories -Connectors, kickers, inserts, dowels, stone cramps, angles, bracing, fasteners, washers, channel anchors for copings and all miscellaneous metal items cast into panels or required for complete and secure installation shall be galvanized steel and shall be the work of the panel fabricator. Provide approved lead or plastic shims and bearings pads as required. G. Shear studs for embedded plates shall be ASTM A 108, grades 1015, 1017 or 1020, minimum yield = 50,000 psi and minimum tensile strength = 60,000 psi and installed as specified under section 05 12 00 -Structural Steel. H. Precast beam anchor lifting inserts shall be a Stainless Steel or Galvanized Steel anchor located as indicated on the Plans. Minimum 10,000 pounds pounds allowable pull-out load. Anchor channel assembly shall be manufactured by Halfen Anchoring Systems, or equal. I. Shear Wall Anchors – Galvanized steel anchor channels, minimum of 8” long, with minimum allowable pull-out and shear capacity of 4,000 pounds. Anchor channels assembly shall be type HT6112 as manufactured by Halfen Anchoring Systems, or equal. 2.6 NEOPRENE BEARING PADS A. Conform to Division II, Section 18 of AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -9 2.7 GROUT MATERIALS A. Non-metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout -Pre-mixed, nonmetallic, non-corrosive, nonstaining product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water reducing agents, complying with CRDC621. 1. Products -Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Euco N.S.; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Crystex; L&M Construction Chemicals c. Masterflow 713; Master Builders d. Five Star Grout; U.S. Grout Corp. e. Upcon; Upco Chem. Div., USM Corp. f. Propak; Protex Industries, Inc. g. or approved equal. 2.8 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required. B. Design mixes may be prepared by independent testing facility or by qualified architectural precast manufacturing plant personnel, at precast manufacturer's option. C. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each type of concrete required, complying with ACI 318. 1. Produce standard-weight concrete consisting of specified Portland cement, aggregates, admixtures, and water to produce the following properties. a. Compressive strength; 5000 psi minimum at 28 days. Release strength for prestressed units -3000 psi. 2. Cure compression test cylinders using same methods as used for architectural precast concrete work. D. Submit written reports to ENGINEER of proposed mix for each type of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of precast unit production. Do not begin concrete production until ENGINEER has reviewed mixes and evaluations. E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes -Mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by ENGINEER before using in the work. F. Admixtures 1. Use air-entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -10 2. Use water-reducing admixtures in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement dispersion, or provide increased workability for low-slump concrete, may be used subject to ENGINEER's acceptance. 3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of admixtures as required to maintain quality control. 2.9 FABRICATION A. General -Fabricate structural prestressed and precast concrete units complying with manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances unless noted otherwise in PCI MNL-116, and as specified for types of units required. B. Finish -Exposed surfaces shall have a smooth rubbed finish unless otherwise noted. 1. Exposed surfaces of double tees, beams, and columns shall have a smooth finish. Provide chamfered corners at all exposed edges unless unless otherwise shown on the Plans. All air holes larger than 1/8” shall be filled and all exposed surfaces shall be rubbed in accordance with Specification Section 03 30 00. 2. Thin brick masonry to be embedded within the precast spandrel beams shall match that supplied for the Police Station Building as referenced in specification Section 04 21 13. C. Molds -Use rigid molds to maintain units within specified tolerances conforming to the shape, lines and dimensions shown on the approved shop drawings. Construct molds to withstand vibration method selected. D. Openings primarily on thin sections, 10² round or square or larger, shall be provided by the manufacturers. Other openings shall be located and cut by the trade after precasting and erection. Openings shall be approved by the ENGINEER before cutting or drilling. E. Built-in Anchorages -Accurately position built-in anchorage devices and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete. Do not relocate bearing plates in units. F. Manufacturer shall cast in fasteners, structural inserts, bolts and plates as detailed or required by the contract drawings. G. Fabricate precast concrete units as detailed in accordance with approved erection drawings and to meet requirements of local building codes and these specifications. H. Coat surfaces of forms with bond-breaking compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer’s instructions. I. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials, which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -11 J. Reinforcement shall be accurately positioned, supported and secured against displacement by formwork construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcement by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. K. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. L. Pretensioning of tendons for prestressed concrete maybe accomplished either by single strand tensioning method or multiple-strand tensioning method. Comply with PCI MNL-116 requirements. M. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent formation of seams or planes of weakness in precast units, complying with requirements of ACI 304. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and built-in items. N. Identification -Provide permanent markings to identify pickup points and orientation in structure, complying with markings indicated on final shop drawings. Imprint date of casting on each precast unit on a surface, which will not show in finished structure. O. Curing by low-pressure steam, by steam vapor, by radiant heat and moisture, or other similar process may be employed to accelerate concrete hardening and to reduce curing time. P. Delay detensioning of prestressed units until concrete has attained at least 70% of design stress, as established by test cylinders. 1. If concrete has been heat-cured, perform detensioning while concrete is still warm and moist, to avoid dimensional changes which may cause cracking or undesirable stresses in concrete. 2. Detensioning of pretensioned tendons may be accomplished either by gradual release of tensioning jacks or by heat cutting tendons, using a sequence and pattern to prevent shock or unbalanced loading. 2.10 TOLERANCES A. Units shall be manufactured to comply with PCI manual 116 and the following dimensional tolerances: 1. Overall dimensions a. Width ±¼². b. Length ±½² c. Depth ±¼² 2. Location of cast-in items ±¼². 3. Position of tendons ±1/8² of nominal vertical position and ±¾² of nominal horizontal position and shall have a minimum cover of ¾². New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -12 4. Camber deviation from design camber; ±1/8² per 10 ft., ¾² max. 5. Sweep (variations from straight line parallel to centerline of member): ±¼². 6. Squareness of ends (vertical and horizontal alignment): ±¼². 7. Position of bearing plates: ±½². 8. Tipping and flushness of plates: ±1/8². 2.11 FINISH A. Repairs, if permitted by the ENGINEER, shall be indistinguishable from surrounding surfaces. Mix formula shall be determined by trial to obtain a color match when both patch and concrete are cured and dry. Employ same source of cement, sand and color as used in the parent concrete. After initial set, surfaces of patches shall be dressed mechanically or manually to obtain the same texture as surrounding surfaces. Repair technique, curing and final appearance of patches shall be subject to ENGINEER’s approval of samples. 1. Minor defects and production holes acceptable to the ENGINEER may be patched in strict compliance with “MNL-116 (3.5.4)”. Units with defects of production holes that cannot be repaired in a manner aesthetically acceptable to the ENGINEER shall be replaced. 2. Honeycombing on exposed side of the unit is not acceptable and will require replacement of the unit. Honeycombing on unexposed faces of units will be acceptable only as allowed by PCI MNL-116 (3.5.5). 3. All exposed surfaces shall have a Grade B Finish. All air pockets and holes over 1/4² in diameter shall be filled with a sand-cement past. All form offsets or fins over 1/8² shall be ground smooth. Air pockets shall be filled in accordance with Specification Section 03300. 2.12 CLEANING A. Concrete surfaces shall be cleaned of all visible stains. Materials containing acid in any form or methods which will damage the “skin” of concrete surfaces shall not be employed, except where otherwise specified. 2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS A. Dimensional Tolerances -Units having dimensions smaller or greater than required, and outside specified tolerance limits, will be subject to additional testing as herein specified. 1. Precast units having dimensions greater than required will be rejected if appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected, or if larger dimensions interfere with other construction. Repair, or remove and replace rejected units as required to meet construction conditions. B. Strength of Units -The strength of precast concrete units will be considered potentially deficient if the manufacturing processes fail to comply with any of the requirements, which may affect the strength of the precast units, including the following conditions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -13 1. Failure to meet compressive strength test requirements. 2. Pretensioning and detensioning of tendons of prestressed concrete, not conforming to specified fabrication requirements. 3. Concrete curing, and protection of precast units against extremes in temperature, not as specified. 4. Precast units damaged during handling and erection. C. Testing Precast Units -When there is evidence that strength of precast concrete units does not meet specification requirements, the concrete testing service shall take cores drilled from hardened concrete for compressive strength determination, complying with ASTM C42 and as follows: 1. Take at least three representative cores from precast units of suspect strength, from locations directed by ENGINEER. 2. Test cores in a saturated-surface-dry conditions per ACI 318 if concrete will be wet during use of completed structure. 3. Test cores in a air-dry condition per ACI 318 if concrete will be dry during use of completed structure. 4. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered satisfactory if their average compressive strength is at least 85% of 28-day design compressive strength. 5. Test results will be made in writing on same day that tests are made, with copies to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR, and precast manufacturer. Include in test reports the project identification name and number, date, name of precast concrete manufacturer, name of concrete testing service, identification letter, name and type of member or members represented by core tests, design compressive strength compression breaking strength and type of break (corrected for length-diameter ratio), direction of applied load to core with respect to horizontal plane of concrete as placed, and moisture condition of core at time of bearing. D. Patching -Where core test results are satisfactory and precast units are acceptable for use in work, fill core holes solid with patching mortar, and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. E. Defective work -Precast concrete units, which do not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances, and finishes, shall be replaced with precast concrete units that meet requirements of this section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and field measurements are as indicated on the shop drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -14 A. Prepare support devices for the erection procedure and temporary bracing. B. Take corrective action to have defects of work prepared by other trades which affect the work of this Section repaired. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General -Deliver anchorage items, which are to be embedded in other construction before start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required for installation. B. Do not install precast units until concrete and masonry have attained their design compressive strength. Do not install units until inspected by the ENGINEER on site. C. Install precast concrete members plumb, level and in alignment within PCI MNL-117 specified limits of erection tolerances. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required to maintain position, stability and alignment as members are being permanently connected. D. Maintain horizontal and vertical joint alignment and uniform uniform joint width as erection progresses. E. Install clips, hangers and shims and other accessories required for erection of precast units to supporting members and back-up materials. F. Anchor units in final position by bolting, welding, grouting, or as otherwise indicated. Remove temporary shims, wedges and spacers as soon as possible after anchoring is completed. 1. At bolted connections use lock washers or other acceptable means to prevent loosening of nuts. 2. At welded connections apply rust-inhibitive coating on damaged areas, same as shop-applied material. Use an approved 95 percent zinc dust galvanizing repair coating on galvanized surfaces. G. Grouting Connections and Joints -After precast concrete units have been placed and secured, grout open spaces at connection and joints as follows: 1. Shrinkage-resistant grout consisting of premixed compound and water to provide a flowable mixture without segregation or bleeding. 2. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with still grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, plumb, and level with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Structural Concrete 034100 -15 H. Make repairs or replace unsatisfactory precast units as required. Limitations as to amount of patching, which will be permitted, are subject to acceptance of the ENGINEER. I. Non-cumulative tolerances for location of precast concrete units shall be as follows: Plan location from building grid datum.................................................................±½ in. Support elevation from nominal elevation Maximum low.......................................... ..............................................................½ in. Maximum high .......................................................................................................¼ in. Maximum plumb variation over height of structure or 100 ft. whichever is less.......................................................................................1 in. Plumb in any 10 ft. of element height......................................................................¼ in. Maximum jog in alignment of matching edges..................................................... ...¼ in. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect members from damage caused by field welding or erection operations. B. Provide non-combustible shields during welding operations. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean weld marks, dirt, or blemishes from surface of exposed members. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\034100.DOC New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Masonry Work 040001 -1 SECTION 040001 MASONRY WORK (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units Section 047200 Cast Stone Masonry B. Related Section Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 040001 – MASONRY WORK 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Masonry Work 040001 -2 at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. D. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) E. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. F. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R-100 First & Second Floor Code Review R-101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Masonry Work 040001 -3 A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S-001 General Notes S-002 Standard Details 1 S-003 Standard Details 2 S-100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S-100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S-100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S-101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S-101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S-102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S-103.1 Roof Framing Plan S-104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S-300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S-401 Foundation Sections and Details S-402 Police Station Sections and Details S-403 Police Station Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Masonry Work 040001 -4 S-404 Parking Deck Sections and Details S-405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S-406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S-407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Masonry Work 040001 -5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 040001 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-1 SECTION 042113 BRICK MASONRY UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. The extent of brick masonry work is indicated on the drawings and in these specifications. 2. Brick Masonry generally includes hollow load bearing brick units: B. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 1 Specification Sections, and Technical Specification Divisions 2 through 33 apply to this Section. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Section 051200: Structural Steel Framing 2. Section 054000: Cold Formed Metal Framing 3. Section 061600: Sheathing 4. Section 072100: Thermal Insulation 5. Section 076200: Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 6. Section 079200: Joint Sealants 7. Section 081113: Hollow Metal Doors & Frames D. RELATED SECTION 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management E. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include the following: 1. Steel lintels for unit masonry specified in Division 5 Section 055000"Metal Fabrications." 2. Wood nailers and blocking built into unit masonry specified in Division 6 Section 061000"Rough Carpentry." 3. Manufactured reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing specified in Division 7 Section 076200"Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim." 4. Hollow metal frames in unit masonry openings specified in Division 8 Section 081113"Hollow Metal Doors and Frames." 5. Top of wall steel ties and clip angles as detailed on structural drawings. Grouting of cells, bolting and welding of angles and work to tie the walls as indicated on the structural drawings shall be completed under this section. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-2 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C 33 -Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. C 67 -Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile. 3. C 126 -Specification for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units. 4. C 216 -Specification for Facing Brick. 5. C 270 -Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 6. C 652 -Specification for Hollow Brick. 7. C 1019 -Method of Sampling and Testing Grout. B. International Building Code (ICC) adopted addition C. Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures (ACI 530, 530.1) adopted addition 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data, and Evaluation Reports as required for installation. B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations of each wall indicating type and layout of units. C. Samples: Include samples of stretcher units in sufficient quantity to illustrate color range. D. Test Reports from an independent testing laboratory showing compliance with applicable specifications. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Continuous Inspection: 1. Employ a qualified masonry inspector for continuous inspection of the masonry work. Acceptance by a State or municipality having a program of examining and certifying masonry inspectors will be considered adequate qualifications. The qualified masonry inspector will be provided by the Owner’s inspection agency. Masonry Contractor is responsible for meeting the needs of the testing agency listed in Section 1.04 Quality Assurance, A. Continuous Inspection. The masonry inspector shall be at the site during all masonry construction and perform the following duties: a. Review Drawings and Specifications and meet with the CONTRACTOR to discuss requirements before work commences. b. Before masonry work commences, CONTRACTOR and the Contractor's Quality Control Representative shall attend meeting with ENGINEER to review the requirements for surveillance and quality control of the masonry wo rk. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-3 c. Check brand and type of cement, lime (if used), and source of sand. d. Ensure that foundation is clean, rough, and ready to receive units. e. Check reinforcing steel dowels for straightness, proper alignment, spacing, size, and length. f. Observe field proportioning of mortar. Visually check aggregate to determine uniformity of grading, cleanliness, and moisture. g. Ensure that joints are full of mortar and kept tight during work. Inspect grout cells to assure that fins will not interfere with grouting. Ensure that masons keep grout cells clean of mortar droppings and inspect to determine compliance. h. Continuously observe placing of grout. i. Perform or supervise performance of required sampling and testing. 2. Keep complete record of inspections. Report daily to the Contractor's Quality Control Representative the progress of the masonry inspection. B. Mock-up: 1. Prior to starting construction of masonry, construct minimum 4 foot square mock-up. 2. Use accepted materials, containing each different kind and color of brick masonry units to illustrate wall design. 3. Show color range, texture range, bond, mortar color, joint tooling, critical design details and quality of workmanship. 4. Masonry construction may not proceed until the Architect./Engineer approves mock-up. 5. When not accepted, construct another mock-up. 6. When accepted, mock-up will be standard of comparison for remainder of masonry work. 7. Upon completion and acceptance of Project, dispose of mock-ups in legal manner at offsite location. C. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct as specified in Section 013100 Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning. D. Masonry Prism Testing: Perform masonry prism testing in accordance with ASTM C1314 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms. E. Certification: Furnish manufacturer’s certification that clay brick units provided meet or exceed the requirements of this specification. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units above ground to prevent contamination by mud, dust or other materials likely to cause staining or other defects. B. Cover and protect masonry units from inclement weather to maintain quality control and physical requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-4 C. Transport and handle brick masonry units as required to prevent discoloration, chipping, and breakage. D. Locate storage piles, stacks, and bins to protect materials from heavy traffic. E. Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise defective units from jobsite upon discovery. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold Weather Requirements: 1. In accordance IBC Section 2104.3. 2. Provide adequate equipment for heating masonry materials when air temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. B. Hot Weather Requirements: 1. In accordance with IBC Section 2104.4. 2. When ambient air temperature exceeds 100 degrees Fahrenheit, or when ambient air temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit and wind velocity is greater than 8 miles per hour, implement hot weather protection procedures. 3. Wet mortar board before loading and cover mortar to retard drying when not being used. 4. Do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of placing masonry units. 5. Place masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. C. Wetting of Brick: shall be required at the time of laying if the unit’s initial rate of absorption (IRA) exceeds 30 grams per 30 square inches per minute or 1 g/645mm2. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Because structural brick fall in the critical path of construction, the General contractor should contact the supplier for availability and scheduling prior to selecting a mason contractor to assure adequate time for manufacturing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HOLLOW LOAD BEARING BRICK MASONRY UNITS A. Manufacturers: The design of the brick for this project is based on Interstate Brick units listed below & on the drawings. Subject to compliance with the project requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following or equal: 1. Interstate Brick Co. (www.interstatebrick.com) 2. H. C. Muddox Co. (wwwhcmuddox.paccoast.com) 3. I-XL (www.ixlbrick.com) 4. Mutual Materials (www.mutualmaterials.com) New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-5 B. Type: ASTM C 652, Grade SW, Type HBS with minimum compressive strength of 8000 psi. C. Surface Texture: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of available textures. D. Colors: Color as selected by Architect from mfrs. standard colors. Special attention should be made to the colors & sizes of units indicated on the drawings which reflect specific properties approved by the City of Northampton for this project. E. Sizes: As listed below and as indicated on the drawings. Special attention should be made to the colors, shapes & sizes of units indicated on the drawings which reflect specific properties approved by the City of Northampton for this project Masonry Type -A -2.75"H X 8"D X 16"L Structural Clay Brick Unit Color "Park Rose". Masonry Type -B -2.75"H X 4"D X 16"L Clay Brick Veneer Unit Color "Canyon Rose". Masonry Type -C -2.75"H X 8"D X 16"L Structural Clay Brick Unit Color "Arctic White". Masonry Type -D -2.75"H X 8"D X 12"L Structural Clay Brick Unit Color "Park Rose". Masonry Type -E -2.75"H X 16"L X 4"D Clay Brick Unit Color "Park Rose". Masonry Type -J -2.75"H X 8"D X 16"L Structural Clay Brick Unit Color "Canyon Rose". Masonry Type -K -2.75"H X 12"L X 4"D Clay Brick Unit Color "Park Rose". F. Special Sizes and Shapes: As required for window and door soldier coursing and custom sills where indicated, corners, bond beams, piers, lintels, control joints, and other special applications to minimize cutting. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL: A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Material and grade as follows: 1. Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615. a. Grade 60. B. Deformed Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A 496, with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 zinc coating. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-6 C. Recycled Content: All reinforcement products should have a minimum recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements, paragraph 2.01B. D. Regional Materials: All reinforcement products should be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.02A. 2.03 JOINT REINFORCEMENT: A. General: Provide joint reinforcement formed from the following: 1. Stainless-steel wire, class as follows: a. ASTM A 580, for both interior and exterior walls. B. Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements indicated below: 1. Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1875 inch. 2. Wire Diameter for Cross Rods: 0.1875 inch. C. For single-wythe masonry, masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: 1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. D. For multiwythe masonry, provide type as follows: 1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. a. Number of Side Rods for Multiwythe Concrete Masonry: One side rod for each face shell of hollow masonry units more than 4 inches in width, plus 1 side rod for each wythe of masonry 4 inches or less in width. b. Provide integral drips on cross rods at cavity walls. 2. Tab design with single pair of side rods and rectangular box-type cross ties spaced not more than 16 inches o.c., with side rods spaced for embedment within each face shell of back-up wythe and ties extended to engage the outer wythe by at least 1-1/2 inches. 3. Adjustable (2-piece) tab design with single pair of side rods and rectangular boxtype cross ties spaced not more than 16 inches o.c., with side rods spaced for embedment within each face shell of back-up wythe and with separate adjustable ties engaging the cross ties and extended to engage the outer wythe by at least 1-1/2 inches and spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. a. Use where facing wythe is of different material than back-up wythe. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-7 2.04 TIES AND ANCHORS, GENERAL: A. General: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply with requirements for metal and size of this Article, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wire: As follows: 1. Stainless Steel Wire: ASTM A 50; Type 304. 2. Wire Diameter: 0.25 inch. C. Steel Sheet: As follows: 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 3660.0747 inch. 2.05 ADJUSTABLE ANCHORS FOR CONNECTING TO CONCRETE: A. General: Provide 2-piece assemblies as described below, allowing vertical or horizontal differential movement between wall and frame parallel to plane of wall but resisting tension and compression forces perpendicular to it. 1. For anchorage to concrete backup at standard masonry coursing, provide manufacturer's standard anchors with bent bar section for fastening to steel; and triangular-shaped 0.1875-inch-diameter wire tie section sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face. 2. Acceptable Channel Anchor Products: #362 and #362-C "Gripstay Channels," manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 3. Acceptable Anchor Products: Provide the following Channel anchors: a. At Standard Masonry Coursing: #363 "Flexible Gripstay Anchor" manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 4. Dovetail anchors and Dovetail Slots: Anchors to be triangular stainless steel 12 gage x 1” with ¼” hole and installed at 16” on center in both directions. Dovetail slots to be 24 gage 1” wide in 10’ 0” lengths. Slots to be cast in place at 16” on center. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America b. Heckman Building Products Inc. c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 2.06 RIGID ANCHORS: A. General: Fabricate from steel bars as follows: 1. 1-1/2 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick by 24 inches long, with ends turned up 2 inches or with cross pins. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-8 2.07 EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINT ANCHORS: A. General: 1. Anchors to be galvanized metal used to bond walls at expansion and control joints to resist lateral movement. 2. Type “H” to be used horizontally in level mortar joint or field bend to connect intersecting walls or new to existing walls. Anchor to be “Slip-Set” Stabilizer by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. or approved equal. 3. One side to be mechanically fastened to masonry with stainless steel expansion bolts. 2.08 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS: A. Laminated Flashing: Manufacturer's standard laminated flashing of type indicated below: 1. Copper-Fabric Laminate: Copper sheet of weight indicated below, bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass-fiber cloth. a. Weight: 5 oz./sq. ft. 2. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. B. Adhesive for Flashings: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for use indicated. C. Products: Subject to to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Copper-Fabric Laminate Flashing: a. Copper Fabric; AFCO Products, Inc. b. Type FCC-Fabric Covered Copper; Phoenix Building Products. c. Copper Fabric Flashing; Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. York Copper Fabric Flashing; York Manufacturing, Inc. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES: A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from the following material: 1. Neoprene. 2. Polyvinyl chloride. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. 1. Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Compound: ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-9 A. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). B. Weep Holes: Provide the following: 1. Plastic Weep Hole/Vent: One-piece, flexible extrusion manufactured from ultraviolet-resistant polypropylene copolymer, designed to weep moisture in masonry cavity to exterior, sized to fill head joints with outside face held back 1/8 inch from exterior face of masonry, in color selected from manufacturer's standard. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following weep hole/ventilators: a. "#343;" Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. b. "#3602;" Wire-Bond. c. "Brick Vent;" Williams Products, Inc. C. Cavity Drainage Stone: Washed gravel or washed crushed stone complying with ASTM C 33, Size No. 6. 2.10 MASONRY DRAINAGE MAT A. Manufacturer and Type: 1. CavClear Masonry Mat as manufactured by Archovations, Inc., PO Box 241, Hudson, WI 54016, (888) 436-2620. 2. ThermaDrain, Inc. 423 Joseph Drive -South Elgin, IL 60177 800-837-4065 3. Equal products may be used with approval from the architect. B. Description: At locations indicated on the drawings, provide and install full-height Air Space Maintenance and Cavity Drainage Mat. The masonry drainage mat shall be specifically designed for masonry cavities to prevent mortar from making contact with the backup and ensure water management. The masonry drainage mat shall be fluid conducting, non-absorbent, mold and mildew resistant polymer mesh consisting of 100% recycled plastic with binder. Masonry mat is to be a non-woven textile product in random pattern and have voids no greater than 1/4" in diameter. Masonry mat is to be designed for substantially continuous installation behind the full-height of all masonry. 1. Masonry Drainage Mat Thickness: Masonry mat thickness of 3/4 inches to allow no more than 3/8 inch tolerance between the masonry mat and masonry wythe. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-10 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent construction with appropriate means from mortar droppings and other effects of laying of brick masonry units. B. Thoroughly clean foundations of laitance, grease, oil, mud, dirt, mortar droppings, and other objectionable matter. 3.02 BRICK MASONRY UNITS A. Provide Custom Level of Quality in accordance with ASTM C652 and C216. B. Lay units in uniform and true courses, level, plumb, and without projections or offset of adjacent units. C. Lay units to preserve unobstructed vertical continuity of cells to be filled with grout or insulation. D. Protect cells intended to remain free of grout using grout stops, mortar dams, or by other means. E. Align vertical cells to be filled with grout to maintain clear, unobstructed continuous vertical cell measuring not less than 2 by 3 inches. F. Butter vertical head joints for thickness equal to face shell thickness of units, and shove joints tightly together so that mortar bonds to both masonry units. G. Solidly fill joints from face of units to inside face of cells. H. Lay units to desired height with joints of uniform thickness. I. Bond shall be plumb throughout. J. Lay units to avoid formation of cracks when units are placed. Keep cells of units as free of mortar as possible as masonry wall height increases. K. Lay masonry plumb, true to line, with courses level. Keep bond pattern plumb throughout. Lay masonry within the tolerances of ACI 530.1 Section 3.3 G. L. When positions of units shift after mortar has stiffened, bond is broken, or cracks are formed, relay units in new mortar. M. Install cleanouts for grout cells when the pour heights exceed 5 ft. N. Remove mortar, mortar droppings, debris, and other obstructions and materials from inside of cell walls. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-11 O. Seal cleanouts after inspection and before grouting or placing insulation. 3.03 MORTAR JOINTS A. Make joints straight, clean, smooth, and uniform in thickness. B. Pointing: Tool exposed joints, slightly concave. Strike concealed joints flush. C. Joint Thickness: Make vertical (head joints) 3/8”typical and horizontal (bed joints) to be 7/16”typical joint as required to achieve nominal dimensions on drawings and within tolerances listed in ACI530.1 Section 3.3 G. D. Where fresh masonry joins totally or partially set masonry, clean and roughen set masonry before laying new units. E. Scored units shall be pointed with mortar & tooled to provide the appearance of separate brick units. 3.04 BOND PATTERN A. Lay brick masonry units in running bond pattern, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. It is the intent that the typical 16” long masonry units with center score shall be installed with 1/4 bond to provide running bond appearance between courses. 3.05 GROUTING AND REINFORCEMENT A. Provide splices in vertical and horizontal reinforcing as outlined in ACI 530 Section 1.12, 1.13, 1.14 and Section 3.2. Hold vertical reinforcing bars in position at top and bottom and at intervals not exceeding 200 bar diameters. Use steel wire bar positioners to position bars and tie reinforcing bars to dowels with wire ties. B. Obtain acceptance of reinforcement placement before grouting. C. Fill all spaces and cells containing reinforcing or intended to be grouted solidly with grout. D. Low-lift Grouting: 1. Hollow unit masonry to be grouted by the low lift method shall be constructed and grouted in lifts not exceeding 4 feet. Double wythe masonry which will be grouted by the low-lift method shall be constructed and grouted in lifts not exceeding 12 inches, unless wall ties are provided to prevent the wythes from opening up. Slushing with mortar will not be permitted. E. High-lift Grouting: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-12 1. If grouting is accomplished by the high-lift method, double wythe masonry shall be allowed to cure at least 72 hours and hollow unit masonry shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before grouting. 2. In double wythe construction, vertical grout barriers shall be built across the grout space to the height of the grout lift. 3. Grout barriers shall not be spaced more than 30 feet apart. Grout shall be placed in lifts not to exceed 6 feet in depth. 4. Each lift shall be allowed to set for 10 minutes after initial consolidation of grout before successive lift is placed. 5. The full height of each section of wall shall be grouted in one day. F. Grout in cells shall have full contact with surface of concrete footings. G. When grouting stops for one hour or longer, form horizontal construction joints by stopping grout placement 1-1/2 inches below top of uppermost unit containing grout. H. After placement, consolidate grout using mechanical immersion vibrators designed for consolidating grout. I. Placement: 1. Use a hand bucket, concrete hopper, or grout pump. 2. Place grout in final position within 1-1/2 hours after mixing. 3. Place grout so as to completely fill the grout spaces without segregation of the aggregates. 4. Do not insert vibrators into lower grout placements that are in a semisolidified state. 3.06 BOND BEAMS A. Place horizontal reinforcement and solidly grout bond beam units in place. B. Provide wire mesh at openings in bottom of bond beams to support grout where walls are not grouted solid. 3.07 CUTTING BRICK MASONRY UNITS A. When possible, use full units of the proper size in lieu of cut units. Cut units as required to form chases, openings, for anchorage, and for other appurtenances. B. Cut and fit units with power-driven carborundum or diamond disc blade saw. 3.08 CONTROL JOINTS /EXPANSION JOINTS A. Provide in masonry walls in accordance with the BIA and as indicated on the Drawings. B. Make full height height and continuous in appearance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-13 C. Run bond beams and bond beam reinforcing bars continuously through control joints. Stop horizontal reinforcing at expansion joints D. Insert control joint filler in joints as wall is constructed. E. Insert 50% compressible neoprene expansion joint material in expansion joints. F. Apply sealant as specified in Section 079200. 3.09 OPENINGS AND LINTELS A. Place horizontal reinforcement in fully grouted bond beam units. B. Use lintel units where underside of lintel will be exposed. C. Provide minimum of 8 inch bearing at each end of lintel. D. Embed reinforcing bars minimum 24 inches or 40 bar diameters, whichever is longer, into wall past edges of openings or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. At corners, provide 90 degree bend with equivalent total embedment. 3.10 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Anchor and fully grout jambs and head of steel door frames (provided by section) connected to brick unit masonry. B. Fill frames with grout as each 2 feet of brick unit masonry is laid. 3.11 BEARING PLATES A. Provide minimum of 12 inches of grouted brick unit masonry below steel bearing plates and beams bearing on masonry walls. 3.12 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Hold anchor bolts in place with template during grouting to assure precise alignment. B. Do not cut or ream members being anchored or use other means to accommodate misaligned anchor bolts in roof deck support angles. C. Provide minimum 6 inch wide grouted brick unit masonry entirely around anchor bolts and other attachment devices. 3.13 ENCLOSURES A. Where brick masonry units enclose conduit, pipes, stacks, ducts, and similar items, construct chases, cavities, and similar spaces as required, whether or not such spaces are indicated on the Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-14 B. Point openings around flush mounted electrical outlet boxes with mortar, including flush joints above boxes. C. Do not cover enclosures until inspected and when appropriate, tested. 3.14 OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Build in wall plugs, accessories, flashings, pipe sleeves, and other items required to be built-in as the masonry work progresses. 3.15 PATCHING A. Patch exposed brick masonry units at completion of the Work and in such manner that patching will be indistinguishable from similar surroundings and adjoining construction. 3.16 MISCELLANEOUS A. Build in required items, such as anchors, flashings, sleeves, frames, structural steel, lintels, anchor bolts, and metal fabrications, as required for complete installation. 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Have minimum 3 masonry units of each type proposed for Project tested in accordance with ASTM C 67 to verify conformance to Specifications. B. Tests shall include compressive strength, absorption, Initial Rate of absorption and unit weight. C. Perform compressive strengths on structural units by cutting the units in half lengthwise and into rectangular unit without any flanges and cap according to ASTM C67 prior to testing. 3.18 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES: A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arrises, do not exceed ¼ inch in 10 feet, nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet, nor ½ inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor ½ inch in 40 feet or more. For vertical alignment of head joints, do not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor ½ inch maximum. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor ½ inch in 40 feet or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, nor 1/16 inch within width of a single unit. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed ½ inch in 20 feet, nor 3/4 inch in New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-15 40 feet or more. D. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4 inch nor plus ½ inch. E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to ½ inch. Do not vary bed-joint thickness from bed-joint thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch. Do not vary from head-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary head-joint thickness from adjacent head-joint thickness by more than 1/8 inch. Do not vary from collar-joint thickness indicated by more than minus 1/4 inch or plus 3/8 inch. 3.19 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, AND VENTS: A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall, and where indicated. B. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer before covering with mortar. C. Install flashing as follows: 1. At composite masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry, through the outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4 inches, and through the inner wythe to within ½ inch of the interior face of the wall in exposed masonry. Where interior surface of inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing completely through the inner wythe and turn up approximately 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 4 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 4 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form a pan. 3. Cut off flashing flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed. D. Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing and as follows: 1. Form weep holes with product specified in Part 2 of this Section. 2. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c. 3. In cavities, place pea gravel to a height equal to height of first course, but not less than 2 inches, immediately above top of flashing embedded in the wall, as masonry construction progresses, to splatter mortar droppings and to maintain drainage. E. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where shown to be built into masonry. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-16 3.18 CLEANING A. Exercise extreme care to prevent mortar splotches. B. Do not attach construction supports to masonry walls. C. Wash off brick scum and grout spills before scum and grout set. D. Remove grout stains from walls. E. Clean exposed masonry. Remove scaffolding and equipment. Dispose of debris, refuse, and surplus material offsite legally. F. Correct efflorescence on exposed surfaces with commercially prepared cleaning solution acceptable to masonry unit manufacturer. 1. Apply cleaning solution in accordance with cleaning solution manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Do not use muriatic acid as cleaning solution. 3. Do not use sandblast cleaning equipment. 3.19 FORMS AND SHORES A. Where required, construct forms to construct openings indicated on the Drawings. 1. Construct forms sufficiently rigid to prevent deflection which may result in cracking or other damage to supported masonry and sufficiently tight tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. 2. Do not remove supporting forms or shores until the supported masonry has acquired sufficient strength to support safely its weight and any construction loads to which it may be subjected. a. Wait at least 16 hours after grouting masonry columns or walls before applying uniform loads. b. Wait at least 64 hours before applying concentrated loads. 3.20 PROTECTION A. Provide temporary protection for exposed masonry corners subject to damage. B. Bracing: 1. Adequately brace masonry walls over 8 feet in height to prevent overturning and to prevent collapse unless wall is adequately supported by permanent supporting elements so wall will not overturn or collapse. 2. Keep bracing in place until permanent supporting elements of structure are in place. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Brick Masonry Units 042113-17 C. Limited Access Zone: 1. Establish limited access zone prior to start of masonry wall construction. 2. Zone shall be immediately adjacent to wall and equal to height of wall to be constructed plus 4 feet by entire length of wall on unscaffolded side of wall. 3. Limit access to zone to workers actively engaged in constructing wall. Do not permit other persons to enter zone. 4. Keep zone in place until wall is adequately supported or braced by permanent supporting elements to prevent overturning and collapse. 3.21 GROUTING EQUIPMENT A. Grout Pumps: 1. Do not pump grout through aluminum tubes. 2. Operate pumps to produce a continuous stream of grout without air pockets. 3. Upon completion of each days pumping, eject grout from pipeline without contamination or segregation of the grout. a. Remove waste materials and debris from the equipment. b. Dispose of waste materials, debris, and all flushing water outside the masonry. B. Vibrators: 1. Internal vibrators shall maintain a speed of not less than 5,000 impulses per minute when submerged in the grout. 2. Maintain at least one spare vibrator, at the site at all times. 3. Apply vibrators at uniformly spaced points not further apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine. 4. Limit duration of vibration to time necessary to produce satisfactory consolidation without causing segregation. END OF SECTION 042113 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-1 SECTION 042200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Steel reinforcing bars. 4. Masonry joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. 6. Embedded flashing. 7. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 04 MASONRY a. Section 040001 Masonry Work b. Section 042113 “Brick Masonry Units” c. Section 047200 “Cast Stone Masonry” 2. Division 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION a. Section 070001 "Waterproofing, Dampprofing and Caulking" for water repellents applied to concrete unit masonry. b. Section 076200"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for sheet metal flashing and for furnishing manufactured reglets installed in masonry joints. 3. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 4. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 5. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 6. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s). B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-2 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths at 28 days. 1. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to ASTM C 1314. 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 1. Prism Test: For each type of construction required, according to ASTM C 1314. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Certificates for Credit MRc4 and MRc5: For products and materials required to comply with requirements for recycled content and regional materials specified in Section 018113-LEED Product Requirements, indicating location and distance from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include statement indicating cost for each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional C. Shop Drawings: For the following: 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. 2. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. D. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of the following: 1. CMUs. 2. Accessories embedded in masonry. E. Qualification Data: For testing agency. F. Material Certificates: For each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. a. Include material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements. 2. Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-3 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 4. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 5. Reinforcing bars. 6. Joint reinforcement. 7. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. G. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention, and ASTM C 91 for air content. 2. Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. H. Cold-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with requirements. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated. B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single manufacturer for each product required. C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate. D. Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. E. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 1. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes approximately 60 inches long by 48 inches high by full thickness. 2. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. 3. Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-4 a. Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in sample panels unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for for use with dispensing silos. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides of walls and hold cover securely in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least three days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-5 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning. E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use units where such defects will be exposed in the completed Work. B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide units that comply with requirements for fire-resistance ratings indicated as determined by testing according to ASTM E 119, by equivalent masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Regional Materials: Provide CMUs that have been manufactured within 500 miles of Project site from aggregates that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. B. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide bullnose units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. C. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units made with integral water repellent for exposed units. 1. Integral Water Repellent: Liquid polymeric, integral water-repellent admixture that does not reduce flexural bond strength. Units made with integral water repellent, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-6 when tested according to ASTM E 514 as a wall assembly made with mortar containing integral water-repellent manufacturer's mortar additive, with test period extended to 24 hours, shall show no visible water or leaks on the back of test specimen. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) ACM Chemistries, Inc.; RainBloc. 2) BASF Aktiengesellschaft; Rheopel Plus. 3) Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co. -Conn.; Dry-Block. D. CMUs: ASTM C 90. 1. Density Classification: Normal weight][ unless otherwise indicated. 2. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions. E. Concrete Building Brick: ASTM C 55. 1. Density Classification: Normal weight. 2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Regional Materials: Provide aggregate for mortar and grout that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. D. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. E. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. F. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. G. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. For joints less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve. 3. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone. 4. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-7 H. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. I. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with CMUs, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ACM Chemistries, Inc.; RainBloc for Mortar. b. BASF Aktiengesellschaft; Rheopel Mortar Admixture. c. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co. -Conn.; Dry-Block Mortar Admixture. J. Water: Potable. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60 B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951/A 951M. 1. Interior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel. 2. Exterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.187-inch (4.76-mm) diameter. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.187-inch (4.76-4.76-mm) diameter. 5. Wire Size & Spacing: as required by code. 6. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet (3 m) with prefabricated corner and tee units. C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods. 2.5 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mill-Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M; with ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 coating. 2. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M; with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating. 3. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Type 304 4. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel, G60 (Z180) zinc coating. 5. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B coating. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-8 6. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304. 7. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 8. Stainless-Steel Bars: ASTM A 276 or ASTM A 666, Type 304. B. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire. Mill-galvanized wire may be used at interior walls unless otherwise indicated. 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face, made from 0.187-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire. Mill-galvanized wire may be used at interior walls, unless otherwise indicated. C. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Connector Section: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached to tie section; formed from 01.05-inch-(2.66-mm-) thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication a. 0.108-inch-(2.74-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet may be used at interior walls unless otherwise indicated. 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch (25 mm) of masonry face, made from 0.25-inch-(6.35-mm-) diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire. Mill-galvanized wire may be used at interior walls unless otherwise indicated. D. Partition Top anchors: 0.105-inch-(2.66-mm-) thick metal plate with 3/8-inch-(9.5-mm-) diameter metal rod 6 inches (152 mm) long welded to plate and with closed-end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS A. Unit Type Inserts in Concrete: Cast-iron or malleable-iron wedge-type inserts. B. Dovetail Slots in Concrete: Furnish dovetail slots with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from 0.034-inch (0.86-mm), galvanized steel sheet. C. Anchor Bolts: L-shaped steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C; of dimensions indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-9 2.7 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing complying with Division 07 Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows: 1. Fabricate through-wall flashing with snap lock receiver on exterior face where indicated to receive counter flashing. 2. Fabricate through-wall flashing with drip edge where indicated. Fabricate by extending flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 3. Fabricate through-wall flashing with sealant stop where indicated. Fabricate by bending metal back on itself 3/4 inch (19 mm) at exterior face of wall and down into joint 1/4 inch (6 mm) to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. B. Flexible Flashing: Use one of the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Copper-Laminated Flashing: 7-oz./sq. ft. (2-kg/sq. m) copper sheet bonded between 2 layers of glass-fiber cloth. Use only where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. 2. Asphalt-Coated Copper Flashing: 7-oz./sq. ft. (2-kg/sq. m) copper sheet coated with flexible asphalt. Use only where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. 3. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable, adhesive rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch (1.02 mm). 4. Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a polyester-reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy. C. Application: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following: 1. Where flashing is indicated to receive counterflashing, use metal flashing. 2. Where flashing is indicated to be turned down at or beyond the wall face, use metal flashing. 3. Where flashing is partly exposed and is indicated to terminate at the wall face, use metal flashing with a drip edge 4. Where flashing is fully concealed, use metal flashing or flexible flashing. D. Single-Wythe CMU Flashing System: System of CMU cell flashing pans and interlocking CMU web covers made from high-density polyethylene incorporating chemical stabilizers that prevent UV degradation. Cell flashing pans have integral weep spouts that are designed to be built into mortar bed joints and weep collected moisture to the exterior of CMU walls and that extend into the cell to prevent clogging with mortar. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-10 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from[styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 or PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC-65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells and hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch (3.77-mm) steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of of bars indicated. 2.9 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, ProportionSpecification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type M 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type S 3. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. 4. For interior non-load-bearing partitions, use Type N. D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product 1. Mix to match Architect's sample. 2. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints with the following units: a. Cast stone trim units. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-11 E. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, paragraph 4.2.2 for specified 28-day compressive strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi (14 MPa). 3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (203 to 279 mm) as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. B. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening. C. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4 inch New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-12 2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch 3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet or 1/2 inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch 2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch. 3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 4-inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-13 D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. H. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. I. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Division 07 Section 078446 "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems." 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow CMUs as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint) unless otherwise indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-14 3.6 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at corners, returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.7 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE A. Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete where masonry abuts or faces structural steel or concrete to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space not less than 1 inch wide between masonry and structural steel or concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches o.c. horizontally. 3.8 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods: 1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of CMUs on one side of control joint. Fill resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of sealant. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant. 4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete for application of sealant. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-15 3.9 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 1. For lintel spans exceeding 8 feet, provide minimum 8 inches plus 1 inch of bearing for every foot of span over 8 ft. 3.10 FLASHING A. General: Install embedded flashing in masonry at lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At lintels, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams. 3. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2 inches or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Division 07 Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 4. Install metal drip edges with ribbed sheet metal flashing by interlocking hemmed edges to form hooked seam. Seal seam with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Division 07 Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 5. Cut flexible flashing off flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed. C. Install single-wythe CMU flashing system in bed joints of CMU walls where indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install CMU cell pans with upturned edges located below face shells and webs of CMUs above and with weep spouts aligned with face of wall. Install CMU web covers so that they they cover upturned edges of CMU cell pans at CMU webs and extend from face shell to face shell. D. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where they are shown to be built into masonry. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-16 3.11 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches . 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of siteprepared mortar. 2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. 3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout. B. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. C. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. D. Prism Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 28 days. 3.13 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Unit Masonry 042200-17 B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. 3.14 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soilcontaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches in each dimension. 2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Division 31 EARTHWORK Section 312300 "Excavation and FILL." 3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 042200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-1 SECTION 047200 CAST STONE MASONRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast stone trim including the following: a. Window sills. b. Lintels. c. Wall caps. d. Belt courses /Building base e. Water tables. f. Column covers. g. Medallions /Town Seal h. Signage panels i. wall & planter coping B. Related Sections: 1. Section 040001 Masonry Work 2. Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units 3. Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry 4. Section 013329 General LEED Requirement 5. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 6. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 7. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. For cast stone units, include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-2 B. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Certificates for Credit MRc4 and MRc5: For products and materials required to comply with requirements for recycled content and regional materials specified in Section 018113-LEED Product Requirements, indicating location and distance from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include statement indicating cost for each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional. C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for cast stone units. Include dimensions, details of reinforcement and anchorages if any, and indication of finished faces. 1. Include building elevations showing layout of units and locations of joints and anchors. D. Samples for Verification: 1. For each color and texture of cast stone required, 10 inches square in size. E. Full-Size Samples: For each color texture and shape of cast stone unit required. 1. Make available for Architect's review at Project site 2. Make Samples from materials to be used for units used on Project. 3. Approved Samples may be installed in the Work. F. Qualification Data: For manufacturer. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer of cast stone units similar to those indicated for this Project that has sufficient production capacity to manufacture required units, and is a plant certified by the Cast Stone Institute. B. Source Limitations for Cast Stone: Obtain cast stone units through single source from single manufacturer. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Coordinate delivery of cast stone with unit masonry work to avoid delaying the Work and to minimize the need for on-site storage. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-3 B. Pack, handle, and ship cast stone units in suitable packs or pallets. 1. Lift with wide-belt slings; do not use wire rope or ropes that might cause staining. Move cast stone units, if required, using dollies with wood supports. 2. Store cast stone units on wood skids or pallets with nonstaining, waterproof covers, securely tied. Arrange to distribute weight evenly and to prevent damage to units. Ventilate under covers to prevent condensation. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until cast stone has dried, but no fewer than seven days after completing cleaning. B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CAST STONE MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1364 and the following: B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce cast stone color indicated. C. Coarse Aggregates: Granite, quartz, or limestone complying with ASTM C 33; gradation and colors as needed to produce required cast stone textures and colors. D. Fine Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone complying with ASTM C 33, gradation and colors as needed to produce required cast stone textures and colors. E. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored waterreducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. F. Admixtures: Use only admixtures specified or approved in writing by Architect. 1. Do not use admixtures admixtures that contain more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. 2. Use only admixtures that are certified by manufacturer to be compatible with cement and other admixtures used. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-4 3. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. Add to mixes for units exposed to the exterior at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in an air content of 4 to 6 percent, except do not add to zero-slump concrete mixes. 4. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 5. Water-Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 6. Water-Reducing, Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type E. G. Reinforcement: Deformed steel bars complying with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420). Use galvanized or epoxy-coated reinforcement when covered with less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of cast stone material. 1. Epoxy Coating: ASTM A 775/A 775M. 2. Galvanized Coating: ASTM A 767/A 767M. H. Embedded Anchors and Other Inserts: Fabricated from stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240M, ASTM A 276, or ASTM A 666, Type 04. 2.2 CAST STONE UNITS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Continental Cast Stone East by Russell (www.caststone.net) 2. Corinthian Cast Stone (www.corinthiancaststone.com) 3. Southside Precast Products (www.southsideprecast.com ) 4. Sun Precast Company (www.sunprecast.com) B. Regional Materials: Provide cast stone units that have been manufactured within 500 miles of Project site from aggregates and cement that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. C. Recycled Content: Provide cast stone units that contain, at a minimum, the target recycled content specified in section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Paragraph 2.01B. D. Provide cast stone units complying with ASTM C 1364 using either the vibrant dry tamp or wet-cast method. 1. Provide units that are resistant to freezing and thawing as determined by laboratory testing according to ASTM C 666/C 666M, Procedure A, as modified by ASTM ASTM C 1364. E. Fabricate units with sharp arris and accurately reproduced details, with indicated texture on all exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 1. Slope exposed horizontal surfaces 1:12 to drain unless otherwise indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-5 2. Provide raised fillets at backs of sills and at ends indicated to be built into jambs. 3. Provide drips on projecting elements unless otherwise indicated. F. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Variation in Cross Section: Do not vary from indicated dimensions by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm). 2. Variation in Length: Do not vary from indicated dimensions by more than 1/360 of the length of unit or 1/8 inch (3 mm), whichever is greater, but in no case by more than 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3. Warp, Bow, and Twist: Not to exceed 1/360 of the length of unit or 1/8 inch (3 mm), whichever is greater. 4. Location of Grooves, False Joints, Holes, Anchorages, and Similar Features: Do not vary from indicated position by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) on formed surfaces of units and 3/8 inch (10 mm) on unformed surfaces. G. Cure units as follows: 1. Cure units in enclosed moist curing room at 95 to 100 percent relative humidity and temperature of 100 deg F (38 deg C) for 12 hours or 70 deg F (21 deg C) for 16 hours. 2. Keep units damp and continue curing to comply with one of the following: a. No fewer than five days at mean daily temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C) or above. b. No fewer than six days at mean daily temperature of 60 deg F (16 deg C) or above. c. No fewer than seven days at mean daily temperature of 50 deg F (10 deg C) or above. d. No fewer than eight days at mean daily temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C) or above. H. Acid etch units after curing to remove cement film from surfaces to be exposed to view. I. Color and Texture: as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range colors.. Special attention should be made to the colors & sizes of units indicated on the drawings which reflect specific properties approved by the City of Northampton for this project. Masonry Type -F -12"H X 24"L X 4"D Smooth Face Cast Stone Unit Color "Wheatstone". Masonry Type -G -4"H X 24"L X 4"D Split Face Cast Stone Unit Color "Wheatstone". Masonry Type -H -8"H H X 24"L X 4"D Split Face Cast Stone Unit Color "Wheatstone". New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-6 2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Provide mortar materials that comply with Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry." 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Anchors: Type and size indicated, fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240M, ASTM A 276, or ASTM A 666. B. Dowels: 1/2-inch-(12-mm-) diameter, round bars, fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240M, ASTM A 276, or ASTM A 666. C. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cast stone manufacturer and expressly approved by cleaner manufacturer for use on cast stone and adjacent masonry materials. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc. b. EaCo Chem, Inc. c. ProSoCo, Inc. 2.5 MORTAR MIXES A. Comply with requirements in Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for mortar mixes. B. Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. 1. For setting mortar, use Type N. 2. For pointing mortar, use Type N C. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product. 1. Mix to match Architect's sample. 2. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints. D. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color. 1. Mix to match Architect's sample. 2. Application: Use colored aggregate mortar for exposed mortar joints. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-7 2.6 JOINT SEALANTS AND BACKER RODS E. Non-staining type, as specified in Section 042113. All sealants applied on onsite and that fall within the weatherproofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements. 2.7 EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINT ANCHORS: A. General: 1. Anchors to be galvanized metal used to bond walls at expansion and control joints to resist lateral movement. 2. Type “H” to be used horizontally in level mortar joint or field bend to connect intersecting walls or new to existing walls. Anchor to be “Slip-Set” Stabilizer by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. or approved equal. 3. One side to be mechanically fastened to masonry with stainless steel expansion bolts. 2.8 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS: A. Laminated Flashing: Manufacturer's standard laminated flashing of type indicated below: 1. Copper-Fabric Laminate: Copper sheet of weight indicated below, bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass-fiber cloth. a. Weight: 5 oz. /sq. ft. 2. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. B. Adhesive for Flashings: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for use indicated. C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Copper-Fabric Laminate Flashing: a. Copper Fabric; AFCO Products, Inc. b. Type FCC-Fabric Covered Copper; Phoenix Building Products. c. Copper Fabric Flashing; Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. York Copper Fabric Flashing; York Manufacturing, Inc. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES: A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from the following material: 1. Neoprene. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-8 2. Polyvinyl chloride. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. 1. Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Compound: ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805. A. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). Provide and install at all locations between clay and concrete masonry units. B. Weep Holes: Provide the following: 1. Plastic Weep Hole/Vent: One-piece, flexible extrusion manufactured from ultraviolet-resistant polypropylene copolymer, designed to weep moisture in masonry cavity to exterior, sized to fill head joints with outside face held back 1/8 inch from exterior face of masonry, in color selected from manufacturer's standard. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following weep hole/ventilators: a. "#343;" Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. b. "#3602;" Wire-Bond. c. "Brick Vent;" Williams Products, Inc. C. Cavity Drainage Stone: Washed gravel or washed crushed stone complying with ASTM C 33, Size No. 6. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SETTING CAST STONE IN MORTAR A. Set cast stone as indicated on Drawings. Set units accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances. 1. Install anchors, supports, fasteners, and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure units in place. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-9 2. Coordinate installation of cast stone with installation of flashing specified in other Sections. B. Wet joint surfaces thoroughly before applying mortar or setting in mortar. C. Set units in full bed of mortar with full head joints unless otherwise indicated. 1. Set units with joints 1/4 to 3/8 inch (6 to 10 mm) wide unless otherwise indicated. 2. Build anchors and ties into mortar joints as units are set. 3. Fill dowel holes and anchor slots with mortar. 4. Fill collar joints solid as units are set. 5. Build concealed flashing into mortar joints as units are set. D. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. E. Provide sealant joints at copings and other horizontal surfaces, at expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints, and at locations indicated. 1. Keep joints free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Build in compressible foam-plastic joint fillers where indicated. 3. Form joint of width indicated, but not less than 3/8 inch (10 mmmm). 4. Prime cast stone surfaces to receive sealant and install compressible backer rod in joints before applying sealant unless otherwise indicated. 5. Prepare and apply sealant of type and at locations indicated to comply with applicable requirements in Division 07 Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. B. Variation from Level: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. C. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than 1/8 inch in 36 inches (3 mm in 900 mm) or one-fourth of nominal joint width, whichever is less. D. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Surfaces (Lipping): Do not vary from flush alignment with adjacent units or adjacent surfaces indicated to be flush with units by more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm), except where variation is due to warpage of units within tolerances specified. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace stained and otherwise damaged units and units not matching approved Samples. Cast stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Architect. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cast Stone Masonry 047200-10 B. Replace units in a manner that results in cast stone matching approved Samples, complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean cast stone as work progresses. 1. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. 2. Remove excess sealant immediately, including spills, smears, and spatter. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed cast stone as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample; leave one sample uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of cast stone. 3. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean cast stone with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. Make sure cleaning procedure does not impact adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION 047200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Miscellaneous & Ornamental Iron Work 050001 -1 SECTION 050001 MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 055000 Metal Fabrications Section 055100 Metal Stairs B. Related Section Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 050001 – MISCELLANEOUS & ORNAMENTAL IRON 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Miscellaneous & Ornamental Iron Work 050001 -2 at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. D. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) E. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. F. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L-1 Existing Conditions L-2 Layout Plan L-3 Planting Plan L-4 Site Details L-5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R-100 First & Second Floor Code Review R-101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Miscellaneous & Ornamental Iron Work 050001 -3 A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Miscellaneous & Ornamental Iron Work 050001 -4 S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Miscellaneous & Ornamental Iron Work 050001 -5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 050001 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Welding 05 05 16 -1 SECTION 05 05 16 WELDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Welding for fabrication and installation of metals B. Related Sections 1. Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcement 2. Section 03 41 00 – Precast Structural Concrete 3. Section 03 45 00 – Precast Architectural Concrete 4. Section 05 12 00 – Structural Steel Framing 5. Section 05 31 00 – Metal Decking 6. Section 05 50 00 –Metal Fabrications 7. Section 01 33 29 General LEED Requirements 8. Section 01 74 19 Waste Management and Disposal 9. Section 01 81 13 LEED Products Requirements 10. Section 01 81 19 IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. BPVC SEC V, Nondestructive Examination. 2. BPVC SEC IX, Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators. B. American Society of Nondestructive Testing (ASNT): SNT-TC-IA, Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing. C. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. B2.1, Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification. 2. D1.1, Structural Welding Code -Steel. 3. D1.2, Structural Welding Code -Aluminum. 4. D1.3, Structural Welding Code -Sheet Steel. 5. D1.4, Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel. 6. QC 1, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Welding 05 05 16 -2 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWI-Certified Welding Inspector. B. NDT-Nondestructive Testing. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop and field welding procedure specifications (WPS). 2. Procedure qualification records (PQR). 3. Welding Documentation: Submit on appropriate forms in referenced welding codes. 4. Nondestructive testing procedure specifications prepared in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC V. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Welder/welding operator performance qualifications (WPQ). 2. Certified welding inspector (CWI) credentials. 3. Testing agency personnel credentials. 4. Welding inspector’s reports. 5. Shop inspection and quality control records when requested. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Welding Procedure Specifications: In accordance with AWS D1.1 (Annex E) or AWS B2.1 (App. A) or ASME BPVC SEC IX (Forms QW-482 and QW-483). 2. Welding Procedure Specifications: In accordance with AWS D1.1 (Annex E) or AWS B2.1 (App. A) or ASME BPVC SEC IX (Forms QW-482 and QW-483). 3. Welding Inspector: Certified in accordance with AWS QC 1, and having prior experience with the welding codes specified. 4. Testing Agency: Personnel performing tests shall be NDT Level II Certified in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Unless otherwise specified, Submittals required in this Section shall be submitted and approved prior to commencement of welding operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Welding 05 05 16 -3 A. Welding fabrication, materials, and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and testing during the fabrication process. B. Welding of parts shall be in accordance with the Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the AWS and shall only be done where shown, specified, or permitted by the Engineer. C. Welding shall be done only by welders certified as to their ability to perform welding in accordance with the requirements of the AWS Code. D. Component parts of built-up members to be welded shall be adequately supported and clamped or held by other adequate means to hold the parts in proper relation for welding. E. Notify the Owner’s Project Representative prior to the start of any fabrication or other phases of the work to afford them reasonable opportunity to inspect work. F. A Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) shall be retained by the fabricator to visually inspect all fabrication welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 6 and Table 6.1, Visual Acceptance Criteria. G. The CWI shall be present whenever shop welding is performed. The CWI shall perform inspection before, during, and after welding. CWI duties include: 1. Verifying conformance of specified job material and proper storage. 2. Monitoring conformance with approved WPS. 3. Monitoring conformance of WPQ. 4. Inspecting weld joint fit-up and in-process inspection. 5. Providing 100 percent visual inspection of all welds. 6. Supervising nondestructive testing personnel and evaluating test results. 7. Maintaining records and preparing report confirming results of inspection and testing comply with the Work. H. Maintain inspection and quality control records of shop work. I. Acceptance of work at the shop shall not prevent its final rejection at the jobsite, even after erection, if it is found to be defective in any way. J. Nondestructive testing of fabrication welds will be conducted by an independent Testing Agency, retained by the Owner, in accordance with the criteria specified below and in conjunction with the testing required for field welding. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Welding and Fabrication by Welding: 1. Conform to governing welding codes referenced in the attached Welding and Nondestructive Testing Requirements Data Sheet. 2. Each welder working on the project, whether in the shop or in the field, shall be assigned an identification symbol or mark. Each welder shall mark or stamp New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Welding 05 05 16 -4 his identification symbol at each weldment completed, whether in the shop or in the field. 3.2 WELDING STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Where structural joints are required to be welded, details of joints, technique of welding employed, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting defective work shall conform to AWS D1.1. B. Welds shall be sound throughout and have no cracks or imperfections. The face of welds shall be dressed flush and smooth. C. Welded joints shall be rigid and continuously welded or spot welded as specified or shown. Exposed joints shall be close fitting and jointed where least conspicuous. D. Base metals shall be checked by Contractor to ensure absence of laminations or other defects. E. Groove and butt joint welds shall be full penetration welds, unless otherwise indicated. F. Shop Welding Process: 1. Shielded metal arc. 2. Submerged arc. 3. Gas metal-arc. 4. Flux cored-arc 5. Other process as approved by the Engineer. 3.3 WELDING SHEAR CONNECTOR STUDS A. Where shear connector studs are required to be welded, details of joints, technique of welding employed, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting defective work shall conform to AWS D1.1. B. Testing laboratory shall conduct test welding procedure for welding of shear connectors. C. All shear connectors shall be headed steel studs. D. Shear connectors (studs) shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Use only personnel, methods and equipment authorized by the manufacturer. E. Personnel welding shear connectors shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 7.7.4., prior to any production welding of shear connectors. 3.4 WELDING METAL DECK A. Where metal deck joints are required to be welded, details of joints, technique of welding employed, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting defective work shall conform to AWS D1.3. B. Before any welding of the metal deck is done, two specimens of each type of weld shall be prepared by each operation. These specimens shall be inspected, tested, and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Welding 05 05 16 -5 approved by the Engineer before that operator shall be permitted to weld on the structure. C. Burning or weakening of the metal deck material around welds shall be cause for rejection. Deficient welds shall either be repaired or entirely removed and rewelded or the metal deck shall be reinforced or replaced, as directed by the Engineer. D. Metal deck panels shall be arc-welded to the supporting steel beams or bearing plates in accordance with the following minimum requirements: 1. Welding washers of a type approved by the Engineer shall be used in connecting any metal deck material less than 18-gauge in thickness. 2. Ends and end laps -¾ inch diameter puddle welds at a maximum spacing across the width of the panel of 8 inches or every low corrugation. 3. Intermediate supports -same as (2) above. 4. Where two panels abut, each panel shall be fastened as in (2) above. 5. Longitudinal edges and edge laps supported by steel framework -¾ inch diameter puddle welds at a maximum spacing of 12 inches along the length of the panel. 6. See Drawings for additional requirements in special areas. E. Longitudinal side laps of adjacent panels: 1. Deck shall be welded or mechanically fastened between supports at intervals not exceeding 24 inches or as noted on the plans. F. Longitudinal edge closures shall be fastened by tack welding at a maximum spacing of 2 feet. Sheet metal screws shall not be used. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Welding fabrication, materials, and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and testing during the erection and installation process. B. Nondestructive testing of erection, installation and fabrication welds will be conducted by an independent Testing Agency, retained by the Owner, in accordance with the weld inspection criteria specified below. C. The Contractor shall facilitate inspection and testing by the Testing Agency. Furnish the Testing Agency, upon request, with the following: 1. Complete sets of approved shop drawings and corrective work procedures at shop(s) and in the field. 2. Cutting lists, order lists, material bills and shipping lists. 3. Information as to time and place of all rollings and shipment of materials to the shop(s) and the field. 4. Full and ample means and assistance for testing, including access to all field and shop welds required to be tested. D. Welded Shear Connector Studs: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Welding 05 05 16 -6 1. Pre-production testing shall be performed prior to beginning of each shift’s production, in accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 7.7.1. 2. Check shear connectors for indications of insufficient and improper welds: a. Less than 360-degree fillet for headed studs: voids, undercuts, or insufficient penetration. b. Cold appearance of weld. 3. If, after welding of any headed stud shear connector, visual inspection indicates any imperfections listed above, or any other questionable appearance, such shear connector shall be struck hard with a three-pound hammer and bent 15 degrees off perpendicular to the beam and away from the apparent weld imperfection. Shear connectors meeting this test shall be considered acceptable and left in this position if no portion of the stud is less than 1 inch from a proposed concrete surface. Shear connectors failing under this test shall be replaced. E. Notify the Engineer prior to the start of any erection or installation or other phases of the work to afford reasonable opportunity to inspect the work. F. Maintain inspection and quality control records of field work. 3.6 NONDESTRUCTIVE WELD TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Weld Inspection Criteria: 1. Selection of Welds to be Tested: As agreed upon between Engineer and Contractor. 2. Unless otherwise specified, perform NDT of welds at a spot testing frequency as determined in the attached table in Data Sheet 05 05 00 – A, in accordance with the referenced welding codes, as follows: a. Butt Joint Welds: All butt welds to be provided shall be radiographically tested and repaired. b. Groove Welds: All groove welds to be provided shall be ultrasonically tested and repaired. c. Fillet Welds: A randomly sampled percentage of all fillet welds to be provided shall be examined and repaired, using either dye penetrant or magnetic particle inspection methods. d. All Welds: 100 percent visually inspected. 3. Weld Acceptance: a. Visual Inspection (VT): 1) Structural Tubing: AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.9, Visual Inspection, Tubular Connections; 2) All Other Structural Steel: AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.9, Visual Inspection, Statically Loaded Nontubular Connections. 3) Stud Connections: AWS D1.1, paragraph 7.8.1. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Welding 05 05 16 -7 b. Ultrasonic Testing (UT): Perform UT of groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.13.3, Class R Indications. c. Radiographic Testing (RT): Perform RT of butt joint welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.12.1. d. Magnetic Particle (MT): 1) Perform on fillet and partial penetration groove welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.10. 2) Acceptance shall be in accordance with VT standards specified above. e. Liquid Penetrant (PT): 1) Perform on fillet and partial penetration groove welds per AWS D1.1, paragraph 6.10. 2) Acceptance shall be in accordance with VT standards specified above. 3.7 WELD DEFECT REPAIR A. Deficient welds shall be cut out to sound material and rewelded. B. Verify by retesting that rejected weld defects have been repaired and are acceptable in accordance with the appropriate welding codes. 3.8 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following “END OF SECTION,” are a part of this Specification. 1. DATA SHEET 05 05 00 – A, Welding and Nondestructive Testing Requirements. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0655\SPEC\Structural\050516.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Welding 05 05 16 -8 DATA SHEET 05 05 00 – A WELDING AND NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING REQUIREMENTS Specification Section Governing Welding Codes or Standards Submit Welding Procedure Spec. Submit Welder/Welding Operator Qual. Onsite Welding Inspector Req’d Submit Written Nondestructive Testing Procedure Specifications Nondestructive Testing Requirements 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel Yes Yes Yes Yes 100% MT(3) or PT(4) of all rebar splices; see Section 03 20 00 03 41 00 PRECAST STRUCTURAL PRETENSIONEDCO NCRETE AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code–Steel and AWS D1.4, Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel Yes Yes Yes Yes 100% VT(5); see Section 03 41 00 03 45 00 ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code–Steel and AWS D1.4, Structural Welding Code–Reinforcing Steel Yes Yes Yes Yes 100% VT(5); see Section 03 45 00 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code–Steel Yes Yes Yes Yes 100% VT(5); 100% UT(1) or RT(2) of all groove-and-butt joint welds; 10% MT(3) or PT(4) of all fillet welds; see Section 05 12 00 05 31 00 STEEL DECKING AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code–Steel or AWS D1.3, Structural Welding Code–Sheet Steel Yes No Yes No 100% VT(5); see Section 05 30 00 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code–Steel or AWS D1.2, Structural Welding Code–Aluminum Yes Yes Yes Yes 100% VT (5); 100% UT(1) or RT(2) of all groove-and-butt joint welds; 10% MT(3) or PT(4) of all fillet welds; see Section 05 50 00 (1)UT–Ultrasonic Testing. (2)RT–Radiographic Testing. (3)MT–Magnetic Particle Testing. (4)PT–Liquid Dye Penetrant Testing. (5)VT–Visual Testing J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\050516.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-1 SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Structural building framing. 2. Masonry wall bracing. 3. Connecting Materials. 4. Base plates, anchor bolts and shear stud connectors. 5. Grouting under base plates. B. Related Sections 1. Section 050516 – Welding. 2. Section 055000 – Metal Fabrications 3. Section 099000 – Painting. 4. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 5. Section 0174 9 Waste Management and Disposal 6. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 7. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 1. Specification for Structural Steel Buildings – Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design, excluding Section A7.1. 2. Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design. 3. Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, excluding Sections 3, 4, 7.11.3.3, 7.11.4, 7.11.5, and 7.13. 4. AISC Quality Certification Program. 5. AISC Erector Certification Program. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A6, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Steel Piling. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-2 2. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 3. A53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 4. A108, Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold Finished. 5. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 6. A143, Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement. 7. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 8. A307, Standard Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 9. A325, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi minimum tensile strength. 10. A384, Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies. 11. A385, Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot-Dip). 12. A490, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 13. A500, Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 14. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 15. A572, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel. 16. A780, Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. 17. A992, Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes 18. B695, Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel. 19. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 20. F959, Standard Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners 21. F1554, Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-3 22. F1852, Standard Specification for Twist Off Type Tension Control Structural Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. C. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. A2.0, Standard Welding Symbols. 2. D1.1, Structural Welding Code -Steel. D. SSPC -Steel Structures Painting Council. E. Research Council on Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation (RCSCEF) 1986 -"Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM 325 or A490 Bolts". 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Detailed shop drawings, including erection drawings, schedules, and index sheets, showing: a. Grades of steel b. Identification marks of members c. Dimensions d. Size, arrangement, and weight of members e. Orientation and relation of members to appropriate grid lines f. Setting elevations for column bases g. Framing to support metal deck h. Location and size of openings, slots, and holes i. Requirements, such as punched or drilled holes, for the attachment of other materials or parts of construction j. Type, size, and extent of welds k. Joint welding procedures and sequences l. Cleaning requirements prior to painting m. Type and dry thickness of paint n. Notations indicating members to be galvanized 2. Welding notations on submittal drawings shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 05050, and AWS A2.0, Standard Welding Symbols. 3. Except as otherwise noted, approval of Shop Drawings will be for size and arrangement of components. Errors in dimensions shown on Shop Drawings shall be the responsibility of Contractor. Check and coordinate structural steel work with work of other trades before submitting Shop Drawings. 4. Do not proceed with the fabrication of material or performance of the work until the corresponding item on the Shop Drawings has been approved. B. Welding procedures and test methods, in accordance with the requirements of Section 05050. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-4 C. Methods of erection, to include a description of the methods, sequence of erection, and type of equipment proposed for use in erecting structural steel work. D. Connection design calculations, stamped by a licensed professional engineer registered in the State where the work will be performed, properly coordinated with Shop Drawings, also stamped by the same licensed professional engineer stamping the calculations. E. Drawings showing details of proposed corrective work, prior to performing corrective work. F. Setting drawings, templates and directions for the installations of anchor bolts, or other items to be installed by others. Verify proper installation of same. G. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Triplicate copies of certified mill test reports of structural steel in accordance with ASTM A6, prior to delivery of structural steel to job site. 2. Triplicate copies of High-Strength Bolts (Plain Noncoated and Hot-Dip Galvanized) certifications: a. Certificates of Compliance that products meet chemical and mechanical requirements of standards specified. b. Manufacturer's inspection test report results for production lot(s) furnished, to include: 1) Tensile strength. 2) Yield strength. 3) Reduction of area. 4) Elongation and hardness. c. Certified Mill Test Reports for Bolts and Nuts: 1) Name and address of manufacturer. 2) Bolts correctly marked. 3) Marked bolts and nuts used in required mill tests and manufacturer's inspection tests. 3. Manufacturer's test report, meeting the requirements of ASTM F959, for Direct Tension Indicators (DTIs). 4. Manufacturer’s test report, meeting the requirements of ASTM A325 and ASTM F1852, for Tension Control (TC) Bolts. 5. Methods proposed to resolve misalignment between anchor bolts and bolt holes in steel members. 6. Welding Procedures, Qualifications, Inspection Report and manufacturer's certification of filler metal for welding, as specified in Section 05050. 7. Hot-Dip Galvanizing certificate of compliance, signed by the galvanizer, with a description of the material processed and the ASTM standard used for coating. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-5 8. Manufacturer's and/or fabricator's and/or erector's affidavit, upon request, stating that the materials or products provided complies with the Specifications. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator shall have a minimum of 3 years of experience, specializing in performing the work specified in this Section. B. Erector shall have a minimum of 3 years experience, specializing in performing the work specified in this Section. C. Design of connections not detailed on the Drawings shall be under the direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in the design of this work, and licensed in the State where the work will be performed. D. Mill identification marks shall be in accordance with ASTM A6. E. AISC Quality Certification: Standard for Steel Building Structures (STD). F. AISC Erector Certification: Certified Steel Erector (CSE). G. Welding Qualifications: As specified in Section 05050. H. Galvanized Coating Applicator: Company specializing in hot-dip galvanizing after fabrication and following the procedures of the Quality Assurance Manual of the American Galvanizers Association. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Handle and stack materials carefully to prevent deformation or damage. B. Store structural steel carefully on substantial timbers and blocking, so arranged that steel will be free from contact with earth and properly drained. C. Prevent the accumulation of water in or about steel. D. Take care to prevent damage to any shop painted surfaces. E. Prevent the accumulation of mud, dirt, or other foreign matter on steel. Any accumulation shall be complete removed prior to erection. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify actual dimensions in the field before fabrication for items requiring field measurements. Field dimensions shall be shown on the Shop Drawings and shall be noted as having been verified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Members -ASTM A36 and A572, as specified below and as shown on the Drawings: 1. W-shapes – ASTM A992, Grade 50 (Fy equals 50 ksi) 2. M; S; HP; C; MC Shapes, Angles, and Plates – ASTM A36 (Fy equals 36 ksi) New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-6 B. Steel Tubing -ASTM A500, Grade B (Fy equals 46 ksi) C. Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe -ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Bolts, Nuts and Washers -ASTM A325, galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized members. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554 C. High-Strength Bolts: ASTM A325 or ASTM A490, bolt type 1, plain uncoated. Bolt length and thread length shall be as required for the connection type shown, with hardened washers as required. D. Direction Tension Indicators (DTIs) or Load Indicator Washers: 1. ASTM F959, coating type to match bolt finish. 2. Type A325 or A490, to match bolt type. 3. Manufacturer: a. TurnaSure LLC, Langhorne, PA. b. Applied Bolting Technology Products, Ludlow, VT. c. Or approved equal. E. Tension Control (TC) Bolts: 1. High-strength, ASTM A325 and F1852. 2. Manufacturers: a. LeJeune Bolt Company, Burnsville, MN. b. Nucor Fastener, Saint Joe, IN. c. T.S. Bolts and Tools, Bristol Machine Co., Walnut, CA. d. Haydon Bolts, Philadelphia, PA. e. Vermont Fasteners Manufacturing, Swanton, VT. f. Or approved equal. F. Nuts: ASTM A563, type and finish to match bolt type and finish. G. Hardened Steel Flat and Beveled Washers: ASTM F436, type and finish to match bolt type and finish. H. Welded Shear Studs: 1. Headed steel studs with ceramic arc shield. 2. ASTM A108, grades 1015, 1017, or 1020. 3. Minimum yield strength = 50,000 psi. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-7 4. Minimum tensile strength = 60,000 psi. 5. Comply with AWS Code D1.1, Section 4, Part F "Stud Welding". 2.3 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Welding Materials: In accordance with AWS D1.1 and to comply with the requirements of Section 05 05 16. B. Slide Bearing Plates: Teflon Coated. C. Grout: Non-shrink type, premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of developing a minimum compressive strength of 7000 psi at 28 days. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Except as otherwise indicated in Drawings or specified herein, fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC -Specification for Structural Steel Buildings and AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Building and Bridges. 2. Permissible tolerances for steel members shall conform to ASTM A6. The as fabricated tolerances shall conform to the cited AISC Specifications, AISC Code and the AWS Code, Code, except where closer tolerances and straightness of members are required for fitting of the work in fabrication or erection. 3. Columns shall be full length members without splices, unless shown otherwise or approved by Engineer. 4. Mark and match mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete assembly, including bolting and welding of units, before start of finishing operations. 6. Fabricate to agree with field measurements. 7. Develop required camber for members as identified on the drawings. B. Connections: Design and detail all connections required to resist the loads and reactions shown on the Drawings as specified. Fabrication and erection details shall supplement and be consistent with the details shown on the Drawings. Do not use onesided or other eccentric connections, except in isolated cases where approval of the Engineer is obtained. C. Welded Construction: As specified in Section 05 05 16. D. Interface With Other Work: Punch and drill steel for attachment of other materials as indicated on on the Drawings or noted in the Specifications to be attached to steel. E. Finishes: 1. Painting: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-8 a. Surface Preparation and prime painting shall be as specified in Section 09 91 00. 1) Prepare structural component surfaces in accordance with SSPCSP-6 commercial sandblast, as a minimum. 2) All structural steel is to be thoroughly cleaned of all dust and grit after sand blasting and before the primer is applied. 3) All paints and coatings that are applied onsite and fall within the building weatherproofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. 4) Structural steel not exposed to the weather and not exposed to view can have a SP-3 “power tool cleaning” surface preparation. b. Do not shop prime the following surfaces, unless indicated otherwise: 1) Faying surfaces of slip critical (SC) bolted connections. 2) Surfaces within 2 inches of field-welded connections. 3) Steel members to be completely encased in reinforced concrete, coated with cementitious fireproofing, or hot-dipped galvanized. c. Apply shop primer to top flange surfaces of composite steel beams unless indicated otherwise. d. Shop primer for steel members to be coated with intumescent fireproofing shall be compatible with fireproofing as specified. F. Manual Oxygen Cutting: shall be done only with a mechanically guided torch. Gas cut edges which are not welded and will be free of substantial stresses, as determined by the Engineer, may be cut manually with an unguided torch to a line not within 1/8 inch of the finished dimension, with the final removal of material completed by chipping or grinding to produce a surface quality equal to that of the base metal edges. G. Openings in Structural Steel: Cutting of openings differing from or in addition to those shown on approved shop drawings will not be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. H. Corrective Work: Structural steel elements having fabrication errors and/or which do not satisfy tolerance limits shall not be incorporated in finished work. Such elements may be corrected if permitted by the Engineer. Submit drawings showing details of proposed corrective work. These drawings shall be approved prior to performing corrective work. Corrective work and any retesting which may be required shall be at no additional cost. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Structural steel fabrication, materials, and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and testing in mill, shop and/or field by the Engineer. B. Inspection and testing of welding shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 05 05 16. Repair and retest defective welds as specified in Section 05 05 16. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-9 C. Maintain inspection and quality control records of shop and field work. D. Maintain records of each impact wrench used in the shop, showing dates, sizes of bolts tested and the corresponding torque values. Certified copies of the records shall be made available to the Engineer, upon request. E. Notify the Engineer prior to start of any fabrication, the start of sandblasting and painting, or other phases of work so as to afford them reasonable opportunity to inspect work. F. Furnish the Engineer upon request, with the following: 1. Complete sets of approved Shop Drawings and corrective work procedures at fabricating shop(s) and in field. 2. Cutting lists, order lists, material bills, and shipping lists. 3. Information as to time and place of all rollings and shipments of material to shops and field. 4. Representative sample pieces requested for testing. 5. Full and ample means and assistance for testing materials, and proper facilities for inspection of work, in mill, shop and field. G. Do not remove any marks or tags identifying rejected work. H. Any work found deficient shall be corrected or replaced in accordance with these specifications. Deficient welds shall be cut out to sound material and rewelded. Deficient assemblies shall be taken apart, corrected and reassembled, using new materials as required. ASTM A490 bolts shall not be reused. ASTM A325 bolts may be retightened once only. I. Structural steel work which has been rejected by the Engineer in the mill or shop shall be corrected without delay and at no expense to the Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine all work prepared by others to receive work of this Section and report any defects affecting installation to Contractor for correction. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptance of preparatory work by others. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary flooring, planking, and scaffolding necessary in connection with the erection erection of structural steel or support of erection machinery. Temporary floors shall be as required by State laws and regulations governing safety regulations, and OSHA requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-10 3.3 ERECTION A. Except as otherwise indicated on Drawings or specified herein, erect structural steel in accordance with AISC -Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel in Buildings. B. Field Connections (unless otherwise indicated): 1. High Strength Steel Bolted Connections: a. Beams shall have framed connections using ¾ inch diameter (min.) high strength bolts in accordance with the requirements of AISC "Manual of Steel Construction" and Contract Documents. b. Do not use one-sided or other eccentric connections, except in isolated cases where approval of the Engineer is obtained. c. Bolt length shall provide at least two full threads beyond nut after tightening. Provide bearing-type connections only where shown; all other bolted connections shall be slip-critical type. d. Perform installation by using pneumatic powered impact wrenches with sufficient capacity and adequate supply of compressed air. e. Perform installation in accordance with turn-of-nut method outlined in RCSCEF "Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts", with modifications noted below. 1) Use hardened washer under bolt head or nut, whichever is turned in tightening, unless oversize holes have been approved which require such washer under both head and nut. Use not more than two washers. 2) Qualification of high strength bolting procedures and operations shall be as specified under "Field Quality Control", in this Section. 3) Refer to this bolting installation method as "Modified Turn-of-Nut Tightening Method". f. Make joints without use of erection bolts; high strength bolts required for joint shall serve that purpose. g. Correct poor matching of holes by drilling to next larger size and using larger size bolt, if approved by the Engineer. Welding for redrilling will not be permitted. h. If top flange plates are used at girder moment connections, bolts at top flange plate shall be oriented nut-end down. 2. Fully Tensioned Bolted Connections: a. Use DTIs or TC bolts at slip critical (SC) and fully tensioned (FT) bearing-type connections. b. DTIs: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-11 1) Position within bolted assembly in accordance with ASTM F959. 2) Install bolts, with DTIs plus hardened washers as required, in all holes of an assembly and tighten until plies are in firm contact and fasteners are uniformly snug tight. c. Final tighten bolts, beginning at most rigid part of bolted connection and progressing toward free edges, until final twist off of TC bolts or until DTIs have been compressed to an average gap equal to or less than shown in Table 2, ASTM F959. 3. Field Welded Connections: Field welds shall be as specified in Section 05 05 16. C. Errors in shop fabrication or deformations resulting from handling and/or transportation that prevent proper assembly and fitting of parts shall be reported immediately to the Engineer for approval of method of correction. Approved corrections shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Shear Connector Studs: 1. Install by welding in accordance with Section 05 05 16. 2. All shear connectors shall be headed steel studs. 3. Stud spacing shall be in accordance with all spacing requirements of AISC. Space approximately uniformly between center (or designed zero shear point) of beam and each end or designated end point, or as otherwise shown. For embedded connection plates, space shear studs as shown on the Plans. 4. Center of stud to edge of steel beam shall be preferably 2 inches, but in no case less than 1¼ inches. 5. Shear connectors shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.4 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Coordinate installation of anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to in-place work. B. Furnish templates, anchor bolts, and other items to be embedded in cast-in-place concrete or concrete masonry, in ample time so that this work will not be delayed. 3.5 SETTING BASES AND BEARING PLATES A. Set base plates level to correct elevations and support temporarily on steel wedges, shims, leveling devices, or as shown on Drawings, until corresponding supported member has been positioned, plumbed and anchor-bolted. B. Entire area under plates shall be packed solidly with non-shrink grout. Finished exposed grout surfaces shall be smooth and splayed to a 45° angle from the bottom of the base plates. C. Leave protruding leveling devices in place until after grout has attained required strength, and then cut off flush with top or edges of base plates, or both, except as otherwise noted. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-12 3.6 FIELD ASSEMBLY A. Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations shown. B. Clean bearing surfaces and other steel surfaces that will be in permanent contact, prior to assembly, in accordance with SSPC-SP3, including the following surfaces: 1. Contact surfaces of high strength bolted connection. 2. Finishing Bearing Surfaces and Surfaces to be weld-spliced in field. C. Align, level, and adjust various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before final, permanent fastening. D. Fasten compression member splices only after abutting surfaces have been brought completely into contact. E. Level and plumb individual members of structure within the tolerances shown in AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. F. Establish the required leveling and plumbing measurements on the mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be completed and in service. G. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for minor discrepancies in elevations and alignment. H. Provide additional field connection material as required by AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. I. As erection progresses, connect work securely and introduce temporary bracing wherever necessary. Leave such bracing in place as long as may be required for safety. J. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings. K. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel (AESS): Erect in accordance with Section 10, AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 3.7 MISFITS AT BOLTED CONNECTIONS A. Where misfits in erection bolting are encountered, immediately notify the Engineer for approval of one of the following methods of correction: 1. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts and use oversized bolts. 2. Plug weld misaligned holes and redrill holes to admit standard size bolts. 3. Drill additional holes in connection, conforming with AISC Standards for bolt spacing and end and edge distances, and add additional bolts. 4. Reject the member containing misfit, incorrectly sized, or misaligned holes and fabricate a new member to ensure a proper fit. B. Do not enlarge incorrectly sized or misaligned holes in members by burning or by use of drift pins. 3.8 MISFITS AT ANCHOR BOLTS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-13 A. Resolve misalignments between anchor bolts and bolt holes in steel members in accordance with approved submittal. B. Do not flame cut to enlarge holes. 3.9 FIELD OXYGEN CUTTING A. Field oxygen cutting is not to be performed without written consent of the Engineer. B. Once approval is obtained, execute in accordance with requirements under “FABRICATION” in this section 3.10 OPENINGS IN STRUCTURAL STEEL REQUIRED IN FIELD A. Make no openings without specific written approval of the Engineer. All re-entrant corners shall be shaped notch-free to a radius of at least ½ inch at blocks, copes, cuts, and openings. B. Openings in structural steel shall be cut and/or reinforced only by the structural steel Contractor, and only with the specific prior written approval of the Engineer. 3.11 REPAIR AND CLEANING A. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop primer. B. Remove and grind smooth tack welds, fit-up-lugs, and weld runoff tabs. C. Remove weld back-up bars and grind smooth where indicated on Drawings. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The fact that steel work has been accepted at the shop shall not prevent its final rejection at the job site, even after it has been erected, if it is found to be defective in any way. B. Structural steel erection, materials, and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and testing in mill, shop and/or field by the Engineer. C. Inspection and testing of welding shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 05 05 16. D. Maintain inspection and quality control records of shop and field work. E. The Contractor shall maintain records of each impact wrench used in the field, showing dates, sizes of bolts tested and the corresponding torque values. Certified copies of the records shall be made available to the Engineer, upon request. F. Notify the Engineer prior to start of any steel erection, or other phases of work so as to afford them reasonable opportunity to inspect work. G. Furnish the Engineer upon request, with the following: 1. Complete sets of approved Shop Drawings and corrective work procedures at fabricating shop(s) and in field. 2. Full and ample means and assistance for testing materials, and proper facilities for inspection of work, in mill, shop and field. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-14 H. Do not remove any marks or tags identifying rejected work. I. Any work found deficient shall be corrected or replaced in accordance with these specifications, without delay and at no expense to the Owner. J. High-Strength Bolted Connections: 1. An independent testing agency shall be retained by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer to perform the following inspection and testing in accordance with the AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts: a. Marking identification and conformance to ASTM standards. b. Alignment of bolt holes. c. Placement, type, and thickness of hardened washers. d. Tightening of bolts. 2. Bearing-Type Connections Not Fully Tensioned (N, X): Snug tight condition with plies of joint in firm contact. 3. Fully Tensioned (FT) Bearing and Slip Critical (SC) Connections: a. Conduct preinstallation test. b. Monitor installation and tightening of DTIs or TC bolts. c. Monitor condition of faying surfaces for slip critical connections. 4. Preinstallation Test: a. Conduct jobsite test prior to start of work using a bolt tension measuring device. b. Select representative sample of not less than three bolts of each diameter, length, and grade. c. Include DTIs and flat hardened washers as required to match actual connection assembly. d. Conduct test in accordance with Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 5. Nondestructive Testing (NDT) Report: Prepare and submit a written NDT report identifying location of inspected bolted connections and summary of corrections as required to meet code acceptance criteria. 6. Deficient assemblies shall be taken apart, corrected and reassembled, using new materials as required. ASTM A490 bolts shall not be reused. ASTM A325 bolts may be retightened once only. 7. Reinspect defective and improperly tightened high-strength bolted connections. Retest fully tensioned bolts as necessary to demonstrate compliance of the completed work. K. Welded Connections shall be tested in accordance with Section 05 05 16. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Structural Steel Framing 051200-15 L. Welded Shear Studs shall be inspected and tested as specified in Section 05 05 16. 3.13 FINISH A. Paint and coat finished bearing surfaces with magnafilm 1043 (Magnus Chemical Co., Garwood, NJ); "M-2653 Blue Lacquer (U.S. Steel Corp., Pittsburgh, PA); similar product by Valspar Corp., Baltimore, MD, or approved equal. B. Apply primer touch-up paint, by brush or spray, of same thickness and material as that used in shop application and as specified in Section 09 91 00. C. Finish painting is included under the work of Section 09 91 00. 3.14 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from plumb and maximum offset from alignment shall be in accordance with the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design. END OF SECTION 051200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Decking 053000 -1 SECTION 053000 METAL DECKING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Metal roof deck. 2. Composite metal floor deck. 3. Closures and Fillers. B. Related Sections 1. Section 050516 -Welding. 2. Section 051200 -Structural Steel Framing. 3. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 4. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 5. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 6. Section 018119 IAQ Management 7. C. Alternates 1. Substitutions for metal deck sizes, type, connection details or any other modifications proposed by the Contractor will be considered by the Engineer only under the following conditions: a. That the request has been made and accepted prior to submission of Shop Drawings. b. That there is a substantial cost advantage or time advantage to the Owner; or that the proposed revision is necessary to obtain required materials or methods at proper times to accomplish the work in the time scheduled. c. That sufficient sketches, engineering calculations, and other data have been submitted to facilitate checking by the Engineer, including cost reductions or savings in time to complete work. d. That the cost of reviewing the substitutions shall be borne entirely by the Contractor. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), “Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings”. B. ASTM A36 – Standard Specification for Structural Steel. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Decking 053000 -2 C. ASTM A611 – Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Structural Quality. D. ASTM A653 – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-iron Alloy coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. E. ASTM A780 – Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. F. ASTM A924 – Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot Dipped Process. G. Steel Deck Institute (SDI) – Code of Recommended Standard Practice. H. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) – Fire Resistance Directory. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Descriptive literature of the metal deck materials and products to be provided. 1. Metal deck type, gauge, and finish. 2. Load and deflection ratings. B. Methods of Erection: 1. Description of methods. 2. Sequence of erection. 3. Type of equipment. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detailed Shop Drawings, including erection drawings and schedules, properly cross-referenced, showing: a. Metal deck type, gauge, and finish. b. Identification marks. c. Layout, locations, and dimensions. d. All openings and conditions requiring closure. e. Anchorages and laps. f. Supplementary framing and other accessories. g. Location and size of welding and/or mechanical fastening. h. Welding data. 2. General Contractor shall obtain the necessary information from all other trades requiring openings through metal deck and shall show all such openings, properly dimensioned and drawn to scale on the metal deck shop drawings before the latter are submitted for approval. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Decking 053000 -3 3. Except as otherwise noted, approval of Shop Drawings will be for size and arrangements of components. Errors in dimensions shown on Shop Drawings shall be responsibility of Contractor. Check and coordinate metal deck work with work of other trades before submitting Shop Drawings. 4. Do not proceed with fabrication of material or performance of work until the corresponding item on the Shop Drawing has been approved by the Engineer. 5. Drawings showing details of proposed corrective work shall be submitted prior to performing corrective work. D. Samples of materials and products to be provided, as requested by the Engineer. E. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Documentation and certification that the composite metal deck as part of the proposed structural system will qualify for the fire ratings specified on the drawings, prior to submitting detailed Shop Drawings. 2. Metal deck details proposed, prior to submitting detailed Shop Drawings. 3. Manufacturer's instructions for handling and installation. 4. Manufacturer's and/or fabricator's and/or erector's affidavit stating that material or product provided complies with Contract Documents, as requested by the Engineer. 5. Welding Procedures, Qualifications, Inspection Reports and manufacturer's certification of filler metal for welding, as specified in Section 05050. 6. Verification of the manufacturer’s membership in the Steel Deck Institute, when requested by the Engineer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle and stack materials carefully in order to prevent corrosion, deformation, or damage. B. During unloading and hoisting, take care to prevent damage to ends and sides of individual deck panels. C. Panels stored prior to installation shall be placed on skids and shall be protected, with one end elevated to provide drainage. D. Stored panels shall be kept dry, protected from the weather with a ventilated waterproof covering. E. Foreign materials on panels shall be completely removed prior to erection. F. Monitor the tightness of decking bundles. Re-tighten as necessary to prevent wind from loosening sheets. G. Deck bundles stored on the building framing shall be placed near a main support beam or column. Do not place bundles on unbolted frames or unattached or unbridged joists. Ensure that the structure frame is properly braced to receive the bundles. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Decking 053000 -4 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Do not proceed with the fabrication of materials or performance of work until the corresponding item on the Shop Drawing has been approved by the Engineer. B. Erect metal deck only after the supporting structural steel has been aligned and connected as required by the Structural Drawings and Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Metal deck products shall be certified by the Steel Deck Institute. B. The material to be furnished shall be by a manufacturer having the indicated fire ratings, tested, listed, and approved by U.L., Inc., for the construction assemblies shown on the Drawings. C. Furnish deck in lengths to be continuous for 3 spans wherever possible, unless otherwise shown, and provide 2 inch minimum end bearing on the supporting members. D. Wherever possible, floor and form deck shall not require shoring during concrete placement. E. All deck shall be fabricated with an interlocking side-lap that provides a horizontal leg on both longitudinal edges of sufficient length for installing fasteners. F. Metal deck panels shall be shipped to the field cut to the proper length. G. Fabricate all materials in accordance with the approved shop drawings. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. United Steel Deck. B. Vulcraft Steel Deck. C. Wheeling Corrugating Co. D. or approved equal. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Metal Roof Deck 1. Fabricated from steel with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi. Working stress shall not exceed 20,000 psi. 2. Deflection under design live load shall not exceed 1/240 of the span. 3. Galvanized steel roof deck shall conform to ASTM A653, grade 33. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Decking 053000 -5 4. Roof deck shall be 1½ inch deep, Type BI, 20 gauge, by United Steel Deck, Inc., or approved equal. B. Composite Metal Floor Deck 1. Fabricated from steel with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi. Working stress shall not exceed 20,000 psi. 2. Deflection under design live load shall not exceed 1/240 of the span. 3. Galvanized steel composite metal floor deck shall conform to ASTM A653, grade 33. 4. Composite metal floor deck shall be 2 inch deep, 20 gauge, LF2 by United Steel Deck, Inc., or approved equal. 2.4 DECK ACCESSORIES: A. Fabricate deck accessories of 18-gauge minimum sheet steel, with a galvanized or painted coating the same as provided on the main deck sheets. Provide the following typical accessories, and any additional accessories required by the deck manufacturer's metal deck system, to provide continuous support for the concrete and to prevent loss of concrete fines through gaps and openings. 1. Cover plates or flashing plates as required to close panel edge or end conditions, and where panels change direction or abut. 2. Horizontal flashing to close openings between the metal deck and structural steel columns. 3. Horizontal flashing to cover gaps between deck and structural steel or between deck units. 4. Edge closures and screeds to provide boundary for concrete cast on metal deck. Unless a structural steel member is the edge form, provide edge forms at slab perimeter and at openings in slabs cast on metal deck. Edge closures and forms shall have (or shall be braced to have) sufficient strength and stiffness to retain the concrete with straight edges true to drawing details and dimensions. B. Galvanized coating repair materials: Touch up materials meeting the requirements of ASTM A780. C. Welding material: In accordance with the requirements of Section 05 05 16. Welding washers shall be required for metal deck lighter than 22 gauge, or as otherwise recommended by the metal deck manufacturer. D. Auxiliary Structural Steel: 1. Steel shapes and plates shall be new steel conforming to ASTM A36. 2. Fabrication shall conform to AISC Specification. 2.5 FINISHES A. Metal Roof Deck New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Decking 053000 -6 1. Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A924, with a minimum coating class of G60 as defined in ASTM A653. B. Composite Metal Floor Deck 1. Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A924, with a minimum coating class of G60 as defined in ASTM A653. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Where Fire Resistance Rated Assemblies are required, provide UL listed units 1. Identify steel deck bundles with labels bearing the UL mark. 2. UL Design number shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Inspection and testing of metal deck work will be performed by an independent Testing Agency, under a separate contract with the Owner, as required by the Engineer. C. Materials and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and testing in shop and field by the Engineer and/or Testing Agency. Such inspection and testing shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide additional inspection, testing, and quality control as necessary to furnish furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. D. Notify the Engineer and Testing Agency prior to start of any fabrication, erection, or other phases of work so as to afford them reasonable opportunity to inspect work. E. Facilitate inspection and testing by Testing Agency. Furnish Testing Agency, upon request, with: 1. Complete sets of approved Shop Drawings and corrective work procedures at shop(s) and in field. 2. Cutting lists, order lists, material bills, and shipping lists. 3. Information as to time and place of all rollings and shipments of material to shop(s) and field. 4. Representative sample pieces requested for testing. 5. Full and ample means and assistance for testing materials, and proper facilities for inspection of work, shop and field. F. Welding certification and qualification records, as required by Section 05050, shall be available for examination by the Engineer and/or Testing Agency, or certified copies submitted upon request to the Engineer and Testing Agency. G. Do not remove any marks or tags applied by Testing Agency identifying rejected work. H. Metal deck work, which has been rejected by the Engineer and/or Testing Agency in shop or field, shall be corrected without delay and at no expense to the Owner. I. If arrangements for corrections and/or replacements are not made within seven days after notice of rejection, the Owner shall have the right to have corrections and/or replacement made at no additional cost. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Decking 053000 -7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine all work prepared by others to receive work of this Section and report any defects affecting installation to Contractor for correction. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptance of preparatory work by others. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install all components in accordance with the Contract Documents, the approved Shop Drawings, and the SDI “Code of Recommended Standard Practice”. B. Auxiliary Steel Supports 1. Auxiliary steel supports shall be provided at all openings as required by the standard details as shown on the drawings. 2. Erect auxiliary steel supports in accordance with provisions of Section 05120, of the Specifications, and in conformance with the approved Shop Drawings. 3. Bearing surface of each auxiliary support shall be in the plane of the bottom of the deck, as established by adjacent structural steel members on which the deck is to bear. C. Metal Deck Deck 1. All notching at columns, bevel cuts, or other similar fabrication shall be done by the metal deck erector. 2. No opening shall be cut in metal deck unless shown on the approved metal deck Shop Drawing or specifically approved by the Engineer in writing. If an opening not shown on the Shop Drawings is required, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a sketch drawn to scale, showing the proposed opening and all other openings and supports in the immediate area. The deck shall not be cut until the Engineer has approved this sketch. Any additional reinforcement or framing required because of such an opening shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. The metal deck erector shall cut all holes and openings which are located and dimensioned on the Structural Drawings. Holes required by other trades shall be shown on the metal deck Shop Drawings, but shall be located and cut by the respective trades. 4. All cutting of metal deck panels shall be done in a workmanlike fashion by power shears, gas-torch, cold chisel or other means approved by the Engineer. 5. Metal deck support surfaces, which are to receive welding, shall be free of paint, ice, water, oil, dirt, rust or any other material detrimental to welding. 6. Metal deck panels shall not be installed until the temporary shoring, where required, has been installed. 7. No metal deck shall be erected until the corresponding structural steel tier has been fully aligned and connected. If the supporting steel framework is not in proper alignment, or at the proper level, proceed with corrective action. The New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Decking 053000 -8 metal deck panels shall not be erected until the necessary corrections have been made. 8. Metal deck panels shall be placed on supporting steel, masonry or concrete and accurately aligned to final position before being permanently fastened. Deck shall not be stretched or contracted in a transverse direction and shall have a minimum end bearing of 2 inches on the supporting steel or concrete. Metal deck panels shall rest tightly on the top flange of beams or girders, or any other support surfaces. Unless indicated otherwise, all steel beams in floor areas where metal deck is used shall have their top flanges in direct contract with and welded to the deck, for lateral stability of the beams. 9. Do not impose construction loads that exceed the load carrying capacity of the deck. 10. Install sheet steel accessories welded in place, including closures, or cover plates, as appropriate, where panels change direction or abut, to bridge edges of panels to adjacent steel, and at other locations where shown or otherwise required to support the roof deck. 11. All welding of metal deck panels, including accessories, shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 05 05 16. 12. Both welding to bottom of metal deck and field penetration through metal deck for hangers or hanger attachment devices are prohibited, unless specifically approved in advance by the Engineer, or shown on the Structural Drawings. The Engineer will not consider any hanger or attachment device proposal which in the Engineer’s opinion would impair the local or overall load capacity of the deck-slab system, or would impair the fire resistance of the deck-slab assembly, or would result in a concentrated suspended load on the deck exceeding 100 pounds at any single location, or would result in a total suspended load on the deck-slab system exceeding 600 pounds in any area 40 square feet. 3.3 REPAIR AND RESTORATION A. Replace damaged components with identical new units, unless the Engineer specifically permits repair or reinforcement. B. All galvanized metal roof deck shall be spot repaired where coatings are damaged by welding, prior to covering the decking with roofing materials. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Welding inspection and testing shall be in accordance with Section 05 05 16. END OF SECTION 053000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cold Formed Metal Framing 054000-1 SECTION 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing. B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS for masonry shelf angles and connections. 2. Section 061600 -SHEATHING for exterior sheathing applied to cold-formed metal framing. 3. Section 092900 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for interior non-loadbearing, metal-stud framing and ceiling-suspension assemblies. C. Related Section 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Requirements 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide cold-formed metal framing capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Design Loads: As required by code. 2. Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cold Formed Metal Framing 054000-2 a. Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Framing: Horizontal deflection of l/240 of the wall height for metal panel systems and 1/600 of the wall height for masonry and other systems. 3. Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change of 120 deg F. 4. Design framing system to maintain clearances at openings, to allow for construction tolerances, and to accommodate live load deflection of primary building structure. B. Cold-Formed Steel Framing, General: Design according to AISI's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing -General Provisions." 1. Design exterior non-load-bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cold-formed metal framing product and accessory indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacing, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. 1. For cold-formed metal framing indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts responsible for their preparation. C. Welding certificates. D. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. E. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency, unless otherwise stated, indicating that each of the following complies with requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests for current products: 1. Steel sheet. 2. Expansion anchors. 3. Power-actuated anchors. 4. Mechanical fasteners. 5. Vertical deflection clips. 6. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cold Formed Metal Framing 054000-3 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and other structural data by a qualified professional engineer. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of cold-formed metal framing that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. C. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency, or in-house testing with calibrated test equipment indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base-metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, ductility, and metallic-coating thickness. D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code--Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." E. AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing -General Provisions." 1. Comply with AISI's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing -Header Design." F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Store cold-formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. All steel products should be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.02A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering cold-formed metal framing that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cold Formed Metal Framing 054000-4 1. Clark Steel Framing. 2. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division. 3. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company. 4. MarinoWare; a division of Ware Industries. 2.2 MATERIALS All steel products should have a minimum post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G90. B. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G90 (Z275). 2.3 EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch (16 gauge). B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs. 2. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company. b. MarinoWare, a division of Ware Industries. c. The Steel Network, Inc. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cold Formed Metal Framing 054000-5 2.4 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, threaded carbon-steel bolts, and carbon-steel nuts; and flat, hardened-steel washers; zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. C. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Kwik-Bolt 3 by by Hilti, Inc., TruBolt Wedge Anchor by ITW Red Head or Power-Stud by Powers Fasteners. D. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, selftapping steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. a. All paints and coatings that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035 or ASTM A 780. B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cold Formed Metal Framing 054000-6 plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time. C. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, nonleaching. D. Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. B. After applying sprayed fire-resistive materials, remove only as much of these materials as needed to complete installation of cold-formed framing without reducing thickness of fire-resistive materials below that are required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire-resistive materials from damage. C. Install sealer gaskets to isolate the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B. Install cold-formed metal framing according to AISI's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing -General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cold Formed Metal Framing 054000-7 D. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. E. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. F. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. G. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. H. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.4 EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track, unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: 16 inches. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cold Formed Metal Framing 054000-8 B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Designer. D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 054000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-1 SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS (Part of Work of Section 050001 -MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. All Work in this Section, including Schedule in Paragraph 2.1 of this Section. 2. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 3. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 5. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Furnish the following items for installation by the designated Sections 1. Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-2 a. Lintels, sleeves, anchors, inserts, plates and similar items. 2. Division 04 -MASONRY: a. Section 040001 Masonry Work b. Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units c. Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry d. Section 047200 Cast Stone Masonry e. Lintels, miscellaneous metal and iron sleeves, anchors, inserts and plates to be built into masonry walls. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 051200 -STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING for structural steel items. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance of Ladders: Provide ladders capable of withstanding the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANSI A14.3. B. Thermal Movements: Provide exterior metal fabrications that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F ambient; 180 deg F material surfaces. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Nonslip aggregates and nonslip-aggregate surface finishes. 2. Metal nosings and treads. 3. Paint products. 4. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-3 3. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts responsible for their preparation. 4. Where fabrications are to receive sprayed-on fireproofing, include statement that primer is compatible with fireproofing proposed for use. C. Welding certificates. D. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. E. LEED Submittals as per Section 018113 LEED Product requirement: 1. Pre-consumer recycled content of steel products (% by weight). 2. Post-cnosumer recycled content of steel products (% by weight). 3. Individual materials costs (excluding labor and equipment). 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 4. AWS D1.6, "Structural Welding Code--Stainless Steel." B. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-4 B. Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULE A. Miscellaneous and ornamental items include the following. Requirements for materials, hot-dip galvanizing and shop-applied primers are included with each item as applicable. 1. Steel framing and supports for countertops with shop-applied primer (galvanized at wet locations). 2. Galvanized steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 3. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections; galvanized at exterior locations and in exterior walls. 4. Steel elevator machine beams. 5. Steel support angles for elevator door sills. 6. Galvanized steel lintels with shop-applied primer at exterior locations. 7. Steel lintels with shop-applied zinc-rich primer at interior locations. 8. Galvanized shelf angles with shop applied primer at exterior locations. 9. Shelf angles with zinc-rich shop-applied primer at interior locations. 10. Loose steel bearing and leveling plates, including bearing plates for steel joists, galvanized at exterior locations and in exterior walls. 11. Miscellaneous steel trim including steel angle corner guards, steel edgings and overhead door edge angles, galvanized and factory primed at exterior locations and in exterior walls. 12. Metal Ships Ladders 13. Steel elevator pit ladders. 14. Galvanized steel floor grate at elevator sump 15. Steel support angles for elevator door sills. 16. Galvanized steel bollards with shop-applied primer. 17. Galvanized pipe guards with shop-applied primer. 18. Cast gray iron downspout boots. 19. Cants in elevator hoistways made from sheet steel. 20. Slotted steel channel support framing at CMU walls shown on S002 CMU Wall Anchorage Details 21. Over head door steel jambs. 22. All railings to be factory primed for field painting. 23. Overhead door jambs & heads 24. Overhead door angles at sill 25. Bike racks 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 316L New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-5 C. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 316L D. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing. F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. G. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal channels with continuous slot complying with MFMA-3. H. Cast Iron: ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. Provide hot-dip or mechanically deposited, zinc-coated anchor bolts where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. C. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to four times the load imposed, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. D. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Kwik-Bolt 3 by Hilti, Inc., TruBolt Wedge Anchor by ITW Red Head or Power-Stud by Powers Fasteners. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS LEED Products Requirements: All paints and coating that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-6 A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead-and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. C. Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. E. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. F. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-7 G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 1. Fabricate Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts if units are installed after concrete is placed. C. Fabricate supports for operable partitions from continuous steel beams of sizes indicated with attached bearing plates, anchors, and braces as indicated. Drill bottom flanges of beams to receive partition track hanger rods; locate holes where indicated on operable partition Shop Drawings. 2.7 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. B. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1/12 of clear span but not less than 8 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 SHELF ANGLES A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4-inchbolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide mitered and welded units at corners. 2. Provide open joints in shelf angles at expansion and control joints. Make open joint approximately 2 inches larger than expansion or control joint. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-8 B. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support angles from backup masonry and concrete. C. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast-in-place concrete. 2.9 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. 2.10 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with not less than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. 1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction. 2.12 METAL SHIPS LADDERS A. Provide metal ships' ladders where indicated. Fabricate of open-type construction with channel or plate stringers and pipe and tube railings unless otherwise indicated. Provide brackets and fittings for installation. 1. Fabricate ships' ladders including railings from steel. 2. Fabricate treads from welded or pressure-locked steel bar grating. Limit openings in gratings to no more than 1/2 inch in least dimension. 3. Comply with applicable railing requirements in Division 05 Section 055000"Metal Fabrications." 4. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung, either by coating rung with aluminum-oxide granules set in epoxy-resin adhesive or by using a type of manufactured rung filled with aluminum-oxide grout. B. Prime steel ships' ladders ladders including treads, railings, brackets, and fasteners, with primer specified in Division 09 Section 099000 "Painting and Coatings." New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-9 2.13 METAL LADDERS A. General: 1. Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated. 2. For elevator pit ladders, comply with ASME A17.1. 3. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 48 inches o.c. with welded or bolted brackets, made from same metal as ladder. 4. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung, either by coating rung with aluminum-oxide granules set in epoxy-resin adhesive or by using a type of manufactured rung filled with aluminum-oxide grout. 2.14 METAL BOLLARDS A. Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. B. Unless indicated otherwise fabricate bollards with 3/8-inch-thick steel baseplates for bolting to concrete slab. Drill baseplates at all 4 corners for 3/4-inch anchor bolts. 1. Where bollards are to be anchored to sloping concrete slabs, angle baseplates for plumb alignment of bollards. 2.15 PIPE GUARDS A. Fabricate pipe guards from 3/8-inch-thick by 12-inch--wide steel plate, bent to fit flat against the wall or column at both ends and to fit around pipe with 2-inch clearance between pipe and pipe guard. Drill each end for two 3/4-inch anchor bolts. Miscellaneous Metal Contractor is responsible for providing and installing pipe guards at all exposed pipe locations in the impound garage and parking deck, refer to drawings for locations. 2.16 METAL FLOOR PLATE A. Fabricate from rolled-steel floor plate of minimum 1/4 inch steel unless thicker units are required for anticipated loadings. B. Include steel angle stiffeners, and fixed and removable sections as indicated. C. Provide flush steel bar drop handles for lifting removable sections, one at each end of each section. 2.17 ABRASIVE METAL NOSINGS A. Cast-Metal Units: Cast gray iron, Class 20 with an integral abrasive finish consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, or a combination of both. Fabricate units in sizes and configurations indicated and in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-10 B. Drill for mechanical anchors and countersink. Locate not more than 4 inches from ends and not more than 12 inches o.c., evenly spaced between ends, unless otherwise indicated. Provide closer spacing if recommended by manufacturer. C. Apply bituminous paint to concealed bottoms, sides, and edges of cast-metal units set into concrete. 2.18 METAL DOWNSPOUT BOOTS A. Provide downspout boots made from cast gray iron in heights indicated with inlets of size and shape to suit downspouts. 2.19 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.20 STEEL PRIMERS AND FINISHES A. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B) and Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Urethane Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 7, "Brush Off Blast Cleaning." 3. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be field welded, embedded in concrete or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 4. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. 5. Comply with SSPC-PA 2, "Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with magnetic Gages.” B. Zinc-Rich Primer: Urethane zinc rich primer compatible with topcoat Specified in Section 099000 -PAINTS AND COATINGS. Provide primer with a VOC content of 340 g/L (2.8 lb/gal.) or less per OTC ozone standards when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Provide Tnemec Series 394 Perimerprime or Ameron Series 68HS at 3.0 mils DFT or approved equal by DuPont or Carboline. C. Hot-Dip Galvanizing: For steel exposed to the elements, weather or corrosive environments and other steel indicated to be galvanized, provide coating for iron and steel fabrications applied by the hot-dip process. Comply with ASTM A 123 for fabricated products and ASTM A 153 for hardware. Provide thickness of galvanizing New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-11 specified in referenced standards. The galvanizing bath shall contain high grade zinc and other earthly materials. Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing. D. Hot-Dip Galvanizing And Factory-Applied Primer for Steel: Provide hot-dip galvanizing and factory-applied prime coat, certified OTC/VOC compliant less than 2.8 lbs/gal. and conforming to EPA and Commonwealth of Massachusetts requirements.. Apply primer within 12 hours after galvanizing at the galvanizer’s plant in a controlled environment meeting applicable environmental regulations and as recommended by the primer coating manufacturer. Blast cleaning of the surface is unacceptable for surface preparation. Primer shall have a minimum two year re-coat window for application of finish coat. Coatings must meet or exceed the following performance criteria: 1. Abrasion: ASTM D 4060, CS17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load. 2. Adhesion: ASTM D 3359, Method B, 5 mm crosshatch. 3. Humidity Resistance: ASTM D 4585. 4. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B 117. E. Hot-Dip Galvanizing and Factory-Applied Urethane Primer and Finish for Steel: Provide factory-applied architectural coating over primed hot-dip galvanized steel matching approved samples. 1. Primer coat shall be factory-applied polyamide epoxy primer. Apply primer within 12 hours after galvanizing at the galvanizer’s plant in a controlled environment meeting applicable environmental regulations and as recommended by the primer coating manufacturer. 2. Finish coat shall be factory-applied color-pigmented architectural finish. Apply finish coating at the galvanizer’s plant, in a controlled environment meeting applicable environmental regulations and as recommended by the finish coating manufacturer. 3. Coatings shall be certified OTC/VOC compliant and conform to applicable regulations and EPA standards. 4. Apply the galvanizing, primer and coating within the same facility and provide single-source responsibility for galvanizing, priming and finish coating. 5. Blast cleaning of the galvanized surface is not acceptable. 6. Primer shall meet or exceed the following performance criteria: a. Abrasion: ASTM D 4060, CS17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load. b. Adhesion: ASTM D 3359, Method B, 5 mm crosshatch. c. Humidity Resistance: ASTM D 4585. d. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B 117. 7. Finish coat shall meet or exceed the following performance criteria: a. Abrasion: ASTM D 4060, CS17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load. b. Adhesion: ASTM D 3359, Method B, 5 mm crosshatch. c. Graffiti Resistance: Acrylic, epoxy, epoxy-ester and alkyd spray paints, ballpoint pen, crayons, magic marker, black shoe polish, and lipstick; after drying for seven days, no staining. d. Weathering: ASTM D 1014, 45 degrees facing south. e. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-12 f. QUV: ASTM G53, ES-40 bulbs, 4 hours light, 4 hours dark. g. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B 117. 8. Clearcoat over finish coat shall meet or exceed the following performance criteria: a. Abrasion: ASTM D 4060, CS17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load. b. Adhesion: ASTM D 3359, Method B, 5 mm crosshatch. c. Graffiti Resistance: Acrylic, epoxy, epoxy-ester and alkyd spray paints, ballpoint pen, crayons, magic marker, black shoe polish, and lipstick; after drying for seven days, no staining. d. Weathering: ASTM D 1014, 45 degrees facing south; and ASTM D 4141C EMMAQUA-NTW. e. QUV: ASTM G53, ES-40 bulbs, 4 hours light, 4 hours dark. f. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B 117. g. Flexibility: ASTM D 522, Method B, cylindrical mandrel. h. Hardness: ASTM D 3363 (Pencil). 2.21 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES A. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish. B. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directionally textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece. C. Bright, Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. D. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-13 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. 1. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated for girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified in this Section. D. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified in this Section. 1. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed and leveled. 3.3 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-14 1. Use nonshrink grout, either metallic or nonmetallic, in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.4 INSTALLING PIPE BOLLARDS A. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Center and align bollards in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. B. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to a half sphere to shed water. 3.5 INSTALLING PIPE GUARDS A. Provide pipe guards at exposed vertical pipes in loading areas where not protected by curbs or other barriers. Install by bolting to wall or column with expansion anchors. Provide four 3/4-inch bolts at each pipe guard. Mount pipe guards with top edge 26 inches above driving surface. 3.6 INSTALLING NOSINGS, TREADS, AND THRESHOLDS A. Center nosings on tread widths. B. For nosings embedded in concrete steps or curbs, align nosings flush with riser faces and level with tread surfaces. C. Seal thresholds exposed to exterior with elastomeric sealant complying with Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS to provide a watertight installation. Miscellaneous Metal Contractor is responsible for providing and installing of all thresholds at all overhead doors, all other thresholds at to be provided by the hardware provider. All adhesives and sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. 3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. Touch up paint that is applied onsite and falls within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Fabrications 055000-15 B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 055000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-1 SECTION 055100 METAL STAIRS (Part of Work of Section 050001 -MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Preassembled steel stairs with treads. 2. Steel tube railings attached to metal stairs. 3. Steel tube handrails attached to walls adjacent to metal stairs. 4. Steel tube Guardrails attached to landings serving metal stairs. 5. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 6. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 8. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete fill for stair treads and platforms. 2. Section 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS for metal treads and nosings not installed in metal stairs. 3. Section 061000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY for wood blocking for anchoring railings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-2 4. Section 092920 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for metal backing for anchoring railings. F. Related Section 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance of Stairs: Provide metal stairs capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Uniform Load and Concentrated Loads: As required by Code. 2. Stair Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resulting from railing loads in addition to loads specified above. 3. Limit deflection of treads, platforms, and framing members to L/360 or 1/4 inch, whichever is less. B. Structural Performance of Railings: Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and Code required loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: C. Seismic Performance: Provide metal stairs capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions determined according to Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For metal stairs and the following: 1. Site-filled metal-pan stair treads. 2. Paint products. 3. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. 2. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts responsible for their preparation. C. Welding certificates. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-3 D. Qualification Data: For professional engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. E. LEED Submittals as per Section 018113 LEED Product requirements: 1. Pre-consumer recycled content of steel products (%by weight). 2. Pre-consumer recycled content of steel products (%by weight). 3. Individual material costs (excluding labor and equipment). 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. B. NAAMM Stair Standard: Comply with "Recommended Voluntary Minimum Standards for Fixed Metal Stairs" in NAAMM AMP 510, "Metal Stairs Manual," for class of stair designated, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. Stairs: Commercial class. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal stairs. Furnish Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Coordinate locations of hanger rods and struts with other work so that they will not encroach on required stair width and will be within the fire-resistance-rated stair enclosure. 1.7 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY: A. Hoisting Equipment and Machinery: The Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. 1.8 STAGING: A. Staging, planking and scaffolding: The Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all staging, planking and scaffolding that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. For components exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513, Type 5 (mandrel drawn)] C. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. D. Uncoated, Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M either commercial steel, Type B, or structural steel, Grade 30, unless another grade is required by design loads. E. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating, either commercial steel, Type B, or structural steel, Grade 33, unless another grade is required by design loads. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Provide zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for exterior use, and Class Fe/Zn 5 where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS LEED Product Requirements: All paints and coating that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099000 -PAINTING AND COATING. C. Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-5 D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. E. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. F. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, struts, railings, clips, brackets, bearing plates, and other components necessary to support and anchor stairs and platforms on supporting structure. 1. Join components by welding, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. 3. Fabricate treads and platforms of exterior stairs so finished walking surfaces slope to drain. B. Preassembled Stairs: Assemble stairs in shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. E. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. F. Weld connections to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Weld exposed corners and seams continuously, unless otherwise indicated. 5. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. G. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-6 H. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 2.6 STEEL-FRAMED STAIRS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Alfab, Inc. 2. American Stair, Inc. 3. Sharon Companies Ltd. (The). 4. or equal. B. Stair Framing: 1. Fabricate stringers of steel plates or channels. Provide closures for exposed ends of stringers. 2. Construct platforms of steel plate or channel headers and miscellaneous framing members as needed to comply with performance requirements. 3. Weld stringers to headers; weld framing members to stringers and headers. 4. Where stairs are enclosed by gypsum board or shaft-wall assemblies, provide hanger rods or struts to support landings from floor construction above or below. Locate hanger rods and struts where they will not encroach on required stair width and will be within the fire-resistance-rated stair enclosure. 5. Where masonry walls support metal stairs, provide temporary supporting struts designed for erecting steel stair components before installing masonry. C. Metal-Pan Stairs: Form risers, subtread pans, and subplatforms to configurations shown from steel sheet of thickness needed to comply with performance requirements but not less than 0.0677 inch. 1. Steel Sheet: Uncoated hot-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Directly weld metal pans to stringers; locate welds on top of subtreads where they will be concealed by concrete fill. Do not weld risers to stringers. 3. Shape metal pans to include nosing integral with riser. 4. Provide subplatforms of configuration indicated or, if not indicated, the same as subtreads. Weld subplatforms to platform framing. 2.7 STEEL TUBE RAILINGS A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of tube, post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that needed to withstand indicated loads. B. B. Welded Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections. Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. C. Form changes in direction of railings as detailed on the Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-7 D. Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. E. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. F. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less. G. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnecting components and for attaching to other work. Furnish inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting to concrete or masonry work. 1. Connect posts to stair framing by direct welding, unless otherwise indicated. 2. For galvanized railings, provide galvanized galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous-metal components. 3. For nongalvanized railings, provide nongalvanized ferrous-metal fittings, brackets, fasteners, and sleeves, except galvanize anchors embedded in exterior masonry and concrete construction. H. Fillers: Provide fillers made from steel plate, or other suitably crush-resistant material, where needed to transfer wall bracket loads through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish thicknesses and to produce adequate bearing area to prevent bracket rotation and overstressing of substrate. 2.8 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal stairs after assembly. C. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 123/A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. 3. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. D. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed products: 1. Interior Stairs (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." E. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal stair components, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete or masonry unless otherwise New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-8 indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. F. All railings to be factory primed for field painting. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal stairs to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. C. Install metal stairs by welding stair framing to steel structure or to weld plates cast into concrete, unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. E. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. F. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. G. Place and finish concrete fill for treads and platforms to comply with Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. 1. Install abrasive nosings with anchors fully embedded in in concrete. Center nosings on tread width. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Stairs 055100-9 3.2 INSTALLING STEEL TUBE RAILINGS A. Adjust railing systems before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated or, if not indicated, as required by design loads. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction as follows: 1. Anchor posts to steel by welding directly to steel supporting members. 2. Anchor handrail ends to concrete and masonry with steel round flanges welded to rail ends and anchored with postinstalled anchors and bolts. B. Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets. Provide bracket with 1-1/2-inch clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows: 1. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. 2. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. 3. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts. 4. For steel-framed gypsum board assemblies, fasten brackets directly to steel framing or concealed steel reinforcements using self-tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. Touch up paint that is applied onsite and falls within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 055100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rough Carpentry 061000-1 SECTION 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 2. Plywood backing panels. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Installation of Doors and Frames. ** B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: 1. Section 061600 SHEATHING 2. Section 064023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 3. Section 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES 4. Section 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 5. Section 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 6. Section 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 7. Section 104400 FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 8. Section 124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Furnish the following items for installation by the designated Sections 1. DIVISION 04 MASONRY: a. Wood nailers and blocking built into masonry. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rough Carpentry 061000-2 2. SECTION 054000 – COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING: a. Wood nailers and blocking built into non-bearing exterior metal framed walls. 3. SECTION 092900 – GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: a. Wood nailers and blocking built into non-bearing interior metal framed walls. E. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED requirements 2. Section 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL for proper disposal and diversion of materials form landfill. 3. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection of interior woodwork not specified in this Section. 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 064023 -INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK for interior woodwork not specified in this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials, both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures when tested according to ASTM D 5516 and ASTM D 5664. 3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 4. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. B. LEED Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Manufacturers' product data for construction adhesive, including printed statement of VOC content. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rough Carpentry 061000-3 2. Credit EQ 4.4: Composite wood manufacturer's product data for each composite wood product used indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Acquisition of FSC Certified wood products is required under this specification as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.03. B. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. C. Plywood Panels: 1. Plywood: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified but not less than thickness indicated. 3. Factory mark panels according to indicated standard. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and not containing arsenate. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rough Carpentry 061000-4 B. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete in exterior walls. 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED (FRT) MATERIALS A. General: For all interior and exterior use materials, provide materials that are fireretardant treated and comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Use treatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated wood after exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664, for lumber and ASTM D 5516, for plywood. 2. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs 2. Blocking 3. Cants 4. Nailers 5. Furring 6. Grounds B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber with 15 percent moisture content. 2.5 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Miscellaneous Concealed Plywood: Exposure 1 sheathing, span rating to suit framing in each location, and thickness as indicated but not less than 1/2 inch. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rough Carpentry 061000-5 B. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch thick. 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Adhesive, Including Gluing Furring and Sleepers to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Adhesives that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have a VOC content less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rough Carpentry 061000-6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood. D. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards. E. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. F. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Predrill members when necessary to avoid splitting wood. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 061000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheathing 061600-1 SECTION 061600 SHEATHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Glass-mat gypsum sheathing attached to cold-formed metal framing members at exterior wall. B. Items to Be Furnished Only: Furnish all work of this section to be installed by Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY. C. Related Work: 1. Section 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL for proper disposal and diversion of materials form landfill. 2. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection of interior woodwork not specified in this Section. 3. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 2. Section 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 3. Section 076200 -SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology Standard: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA-505 for definitions of terms for gypsum sheathing board construction not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheathing 061600-2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product specified. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each gypsum sheathing product through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Where gypsum sheathing boards are part of fireresistance-rated assemblies, provide assemblies as follows: 1. Assemblies comply with requirements of fire-response-tested assemblies indicated by GA File Numbers in GA-600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual"; or by design designations in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or in certification listings of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Fire-resistance ratings were determined by fire-response testing assemblies according to ASTM E 119. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles, each bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer. B. Store materials materials protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, or other causes. Neatly stack gypsum sheathing board flat on leveled supports off the ground, under cover, and fully protected from weather. 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence installing sheathing with installing exterior cladding to comply with requirements indicated below: 1. Do not leave glass-mat gypsum sheathing board exposed to weather for more than 180 days. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS-MAT GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177. 1. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick. 2. Size: 48 by 96 inches. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheathing 061600-3 3. Available Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, a product that may be incorporated into the Work includes, but is not limited to, "Dens-Glass Gold" by Georgia-Pacific Corp. 4. All sheathing products must have minimum post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. 5. All sheathing products must be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113. 6. Tape all exterior sheathing joints with manufacturer’s recommended joint tape. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install gypsum sheathing to comply with GA-253 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Cut boards at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of the work; fit tightly against abutting construction, except provide a 3/8-inch setback where non-load-bearing construction abuts structural elements. C. Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint sealant installation so these materials are installed in the sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed exterior wall assembly. D. Apply fasteners so screw heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut into facing. E. Do not bridge building expansion joints with sheathing; cut and space edges to match spacing of structural support elements. F. Vertical Installation: Install 48-inch-wide gypsum sheathing boards vertically with vertical edges centered over flanges of steel studs. Abut ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Screw-attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud: 1. Perimeter: 6 inches on center. 2. Field: 8 inches on center. END OF SECTION 061600 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -1 SECTION 064023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: 1. Custom Wood Cabinets 2. Plastic-laminate countertops & Wainscoting 3. Solid Surface Countertops 4. Engineered Stone Counters and Window Sills 3. Shop finishing of woodwork. 4. Built-in mailbox units. 5. Interior standing and running trim. 6. Miscellaneous Interior wood trim. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for exposed framing and for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work concealed in the wall. 2. Installation of hardware as specified in Section 087100 – Door Hardware. 3. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection. 4. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 5. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 6. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 DEFINITIONS: A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, filler panels and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product and process specified and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing, and installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -2 C. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show details full size. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcing specified in other Sections. 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers, and other items installed in architectural woodwork. D. Samples for initial selection of the following in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of material indicated. 1. Shop-applied transparent finishes. 2. Shop-applied opaque finishes. 3. Plastic laminates. 4. Solid surfacing 5. Engineered Stone 4. Thermoset decorative overlays. E. Samples for verification of the following: 1. Lumber with or for transparent finish, 50 sq. in., for each species and cut, finished on one side and one edge. 2. Wood-veneer-faced panel products, with or for transparent finish, 8 by 10 inches, for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish one-half of face as specified. a. Step finish materials on sample to show and clearly define each coat. b. Provide separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. 3. Lumber and panel products with shop-applied opaque finish, 8 by 10 inches for panels and 50 sq. in. for lumber, for each finish system and color, with one-half of exposed surface finished. 4. Laminate-clad panel products, 8 by 10 inches, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. 5. Thermoset decorative-overlay surfaced panel products, 8 by 10 inches, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. 6. Corner pieces as follows: a. Cabinet front frame joints between stiles and rail, as well as exposed end pieces, 18 inches high by 18 inches wide by 6 inches deep. b. Miter joints for standing trim. 7. Exposed cabinet hardware, one unit for each type and finish. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -3 F. Product certificates signed by woodwork fabricator certifying that products comply with specified requirements. G. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. B. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for interior architectural woodwork installation by a firm that can demonstrate successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and quality to those required for this Project. C. Quality Standard: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following standard: 1. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. a. Provide AWI Certification Labels or Certificates of Compliance indicating that woodwork meets requirements of grades specified. 2. The Contract Documents contain selections chosen from options in the Quality Standard as well as additional requirements beyond those of the Quality Standard. Comply with such selections and requirements in addition to the Quality Standard. D. Mockup: Prior to fabricating or installing interior architectural woodwork, construct mockup to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mockup of the size indicated, using materials indicated for final unit of work, and complying with the following requirements. 1. Locate mockup on site in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect one week in advance of the date and time when fabrication of mockup will begin. 3. Notify Architect one week in advance of the date and time when mockup will be installed. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's acceptance of mockup before start of final unit of Work. 6. Retain and maintain mockup during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -4 a. Accepted mockup in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion may become part of the completed Work. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration. B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in "Project Conditions." 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet-work is completed, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, reinforcements, and furring that support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final shop drawings. 2. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. 1.8 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CABINETRY HARDWARE: 1. Cabinetry hardware shall include the following: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -5 A. Cam locks on all drawers and doors at locations indicated on drawings. All locks shall be keyed under one master key with individual locks keyed differently. B. All hinges shall be stainless steel, self-closing concealed hinges installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications. C. All cabinets shall include smoked chrome pulls with 3 ¾” centers at all drawers and doors. D. All drawers shall be equipped with rolling glides on both sides of the drawer. E. All base cabinets shall include adjustable interior shelving of the same material and finish as the cabinet exterior. F. All cabinets shall be finished and include finished end panels at all exposed surfaces. G. Provide finished filler panels as required to complete installation. H. Provide clear plastic silencers on inside of all doors and drawers I. All door and drawer edges to be 3 mm PVC edge bands. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Acquisition of FSC Certified wood products is required under this specification as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.03. B. All composite wood and agrifiber used in the building must not contain added ureaformaldehyde as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product requirements, Paragraph 2.04. C. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are part of interior woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. 2. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2. 3. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. 4. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1. D. Formaldehyde Emission Level for Medium-Density Fiberboard: Comply with requirements of NPA 9. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Medite II by Medite Corp. E. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2 made with phenol-formaldehyde resins. F. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high-pressure decorative laminates by one of the following: a. Formica Corporation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -6 b. Laminart. c. Nevamar Corp. d. Wilsonart e. Pionite G. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Resorcinol. H. Solid surface countertops, and sills. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide solid surfacing: a. Wilsonart Earthstones b. Corian Price Group F & “ Private Collection” c. LG Hi Macs Volcanics 2. Edge profile shall be radius 3. Final sanding steps shall yield a matte finish that is uniform over the entire surface without the appearance of any seams. 4. Locations: Countertops with sinks 2.3 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS: A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural casework. B. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. C. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. D. For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of BHMA A156.9. E. Cabinet Hardware: 1. Pulls: As follows: a. Provide pulls on every door/drawer. Install pulls on doors vertical and horizontal on drawers. Provide pulls equal to CSH (Custom Service Hardware), model # SC.SS.Bow-128mm Schaub & Company Stainless Steel Bow Pull 1. Catches: As follows: a. Magnetic Catches b. Push-in Magnetic Catches c. Friction Catches d. Ball Friction Catches F. Adjustable Shelf Standards New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -7 1. Shelf Rests for Standards: chrome plated steel G. Shelf Rests: chrome plated steel. Provide 50 extra stock shelf rests to the Owner. H. Drawer Slides: Side-mounted, full-extension, zinc-plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings, complying with BHMA A156.9, Grade 1 and rated for the following loads: 1. Box Drawer Slides: 100 lbf. 2. File Drawer Slides: 200 lbf. I. Grommets, for cable passage through countertops: 3 inch OD, aluminum grommets with 2-1-1/2 inch hole and aluminum cap with slot for wire passage. Color will be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. J. Retractable Keyboard and Mouse tray: 1. All Metal Construction Arm: a. 21"L x 5-3/4" w glide track b. 5 1/4" arm bracket allows full extension and retraction under work surface c. Height adjustment from 1" above the track to 5" below d. 8-positionTilt Mechanism e. 2. Phenolic Keyboard Tray: a. 25"w x 10"d b. 24.5" w x 2"d soft vinyl covered foam wrist pad 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS: A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with ASME B18.6.1 for applicable requirements. C. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for applicable requirements. D. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL: A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard and of the following grade: 1. Grade: Custom. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -8 B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. C. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Radius outside corners of countertops and window sills a minimum of one inch. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Corners of cabinets and edges of solid-wood (lumber) members and rails: 1/16 inch. D. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Trial fit assemblies at the fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on approved shop drawings before disassembling for shipment. E. Shop-cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a waterresistant coating. 2.6 WOOD CABINETS: A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400A requirements for wood and 400B requirements for Plastic laminate finish cabinets. 1. Grade: Custom. B. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. C. Wood Species for Exposed Surfaces: Red oak, rift sawn/cut. 1. Grain Matching: Run and match grain horizontally for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed panels. 2. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Book match. 3. Vertical Matching of Veneer Leaves: End match. 4. Veneer Matching Within Panel Face: Balance match. 5. Veneer Matching Within Room: Provide cabinet veneers in each room or other space from a single flitch with doors, drawer fronts, and other surfaces matched in a sequenced set with continuous match where veneers are interrupted perpendicular to the grain. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -9 D. Semi-exposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: 1. Surfaces Other than Drawer Bodies: Match species and cut indicated for exposed surfaces. 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid hardwood lumber, stained to match species indicated for exposed surfaces, shop finished. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood, shop finished. E. Provide dust panels of 1/4-inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers except where located directly under tops. 2.7 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS: A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for countertops. 1. Grade: Custom. B. Type of Top: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following: 1. Grade: GP-50, 0.050-inch nominal thickness. 2. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: a. All colors, patterns or textures shall be selected from laminate manufacturer’s Premium and Standard product lines by the architect at the time of submittals. 3. Edge Treatment: As indicated. 4. Core Material: Medium-density particleboard. 5. Scratch (mar) resistant grade. 2.8 TRIM: A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 300. B. Interior Trim for Transparent Finish: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Grade: Custom. 2. Lumber Species: Red Oak, plain sawn, unless otherwise indicated. 2.9 SHOP FINISHING OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: All finished wood shall be by the millwork contractor and shall all be pre-finished. A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 1500, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -10 B. General: The entire finish of interior architectural woodwork is specified in this Section, regardless of whether shop applied or applied after installation. 1. Shop Finishing: To the greatest extent possible, finish architectural woodwork at the fabrication shop. Defer only final touch up, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. All adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraphs 2.05.A and 2.06.A. C. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer compatible with finish coats to concealed surfaces of woodwork, including backs of trim, cabinets, paneling, and ornamental work and the underside of countertops. Apply 2 coats to back of paneling. Concealed surfaces of plastic laminate-clad woodwork do not require backpriming when surfaced with plastic laminate or thermoset decorative overlay. D. Washcoat for Stained Finish: Apply a vinyl washcoat to woodwork made from closed-grain wood before staining and finishing. E. Open Finish for Open-Grain Woods: Do not apply filler to open-grain woods. F. Filled Finish for Open-Grain Woods: After staining (if any), apply paste wood filler to opengrain woods and wipe off excess. Tint filler to match stained wood. 1. Apply vinyl washcoat sealer after staining and before filling. G. Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system, staining, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. 1. Grade: Premium. 2. AWI Finish System TR-6: Catalyzed polyurethane. 3. Staining: Match Architect's sample. 4. Sheen: Satin 30-50 gloss units. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION: A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -11 B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. B. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for plumb and level (including tops). C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Route sides of cabinet walls to receive shelf standards. Install shelf standards so they are flush with the sides of the cabinet walls. E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. F. Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 5 Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 6 Maintain veneer sequence matching of cabinets with transparent finish. G. Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. Caulk space between backsplash and wall with specified silicone sealant. 1 Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2 Secure backsplashes to walls with silicone sealant. 3 Cut openings and install aluminum bar grilles in countertops where indicated on drawings. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Architectural Woodwork 064023 -12 C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi exposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.4 PROTECTION: A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 064023 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Waterproofing, Dampproofing & Caulking Work 070001 -1 SECTION 070001 WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 071326 Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing Section 071413 Fluid Applied Waterproofing Section 072610 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier Section 079200 Joint Sealers Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection. Section 018119 IAQ Management B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 070001 – WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING & CAULKING New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Waterproofing, Dampproofing & Caulking Work 070001 -2 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. C. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) D. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. E. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R-100 First & Second Floor Code Review R-101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Waterproofing, Dampproofing & Caulking Work 070001 -3 A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Waterproofing, Dampproofing & Caulking Work 070001 -4 S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Waterproofing, Dampproofing & Caulking Work 070001 -5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 070001 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roofing & Flashing Work 070002 -1 SECTION 070002 ROOFING & FLASHING (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 074111 Metal Roof Panels Section 075419 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing Section 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim Section 077200 Roof Accessories Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selection Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018119 IAQ Management B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 070002 – ROOFING & FLASHING 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roofing & Flashing Work 070002 -2 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. C. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) D. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. E. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roofing & Flashing Work 070002 -3 A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roofing & Flashing Work 070002 -4 S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roofing & Flashing Work 070002 -5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 070002 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 071326-1 SECTION 071326 SELF ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING (Part of Work of Section 070001 – WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Pre-applied sheet membrane waterproofing applied on prepared horizontal subbase prior to placement of concrete slabs and all accessories. 2. Mold Sheet Drainage Panels 3. Rigid Insulation Board – horizontal from the interior of the foundation wall to 4’ 0” around the perimeter of the building. 4. Accessories to include sealing tape, liquid membranes, termination bars and grout to waterproof at all penetrations. B. Related sections include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Division 31: Earthwork 2. Division 3: Concrete 3. Section 071413: Fluid Applied Waterproofing 4. Section 013329 -GENERAL LEED REQUIREMENTS 5. Section 017419 -WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 6. Section 018113 -LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 7. Section 018119 -IAQ MANAGEMENT 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer’s product data, installation instructions and membrane samples for approval. B. Submit manufacturer’s installation details and installation/preparation requirements. C. Submit a 12” x 12” sample of all products to be used. D. LEED Submittals as per Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 071326-2 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following standards and publications are applicable to the extent referenced in the text. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C 836 Standard Specification for High Solids, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course D 412 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension D 570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics D 903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds D 1434 Standard Test Method for Determining Gas Permeability Characteristics of Plastic Film and Sheeting D 1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Release of Adhesives (T-Peel) D 1970 Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection D 3767 Standard Practice for Rubber -Measurements of Dimensions D 5385 Standard Test Method for Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance of Waterproofing Membranes E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials E 154 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Sheet membrane waterproofing system shall be manufactured and marketed by a firm with a minimum of 20 years experience in the production and sales of sheet membrane waterproofing. Manufacturers proposed for use but not named in these specifications shall submit evidence of ability to meet all requirements specified, and include a list of projects of similar design and complexity completed within the past 5 years. B. Installer: A firm which has at least 3 years experience in work of the type required by this section. C. Materials: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. D. Pre-Installation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to commencement of field operations to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Agenda for meeting shall include review of special details and flashing. E. Schedule Coordination: Schedule work such that membrane will not be left exposed to weather for longer than that recommended by the manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 071326-3 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer’s instructions. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperature and construction operations. Remove and dispose of damaged material in accordance with applicable regulations. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials used. Proceed with installation only when the substrate construction and preparation work is complete and in condition to receive sheet membrane waterproofing. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Provide written five year material warranty issued by the membrane manufacturer upon completion of work. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 Available Products A. Grace Construction Products, Preprufe® 300R Membrane B. Tremco, Paraseal LG 2.02 HDPE Sheet Waterproofing MATERIALS A. Pre-applied Integrally Bonded Sheet Waterproofing Membrane. 1.2mm (0.046 in) nominal thickness composite sheet membrane comprising 0.8 mm (0.030 in.) of high density polyethylene film, and layers of specially formulated synthetic adhesive layers. The membrane shall form an integral and permanent bond to poured concrete to prevent water migration at the interface of the membrane and structural concrete. Provide membrane with the following physical properties: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 071326-4 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: Property Test Method Typical Value Color White Thickness ASTM D 3767 Method A 1.2 mm (0.046 in.) nominal Low Temperature Flexibility ASTM D 1970 Unaffected at -23°C (-10°F) Elongation ASTM D 412 Modified1 >300% Crack Cycling at -23°C (-10°F), 100 Cycles ASTM C 836 Unaffected Tensile Strength, Film ASTM D 412 27.6 MPa (4,000 lbs/in.2) minimum Peel Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D 903 Modified2 880 N/m (5.0 lbs/in.) Lap Adhesion ASTM D 1876 Modified3 440 N/m (2.5 lbs/in.) Resistance to Hydrostatic Head ASTM D 5385 Modified4 >70 m (231 ft) Puncture Resistance ASTM E 154 990 N (180 lbs) minimum Permeance ASTM E 96 Method B <0.6 ng/m2sPa (0.01 perms) Water Absorption ASTM D 570 <0.5% 2.03 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with sheet waterproofing. 1. Furnish liquid-type auxiliary materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. Furnish liquid-type auxiliary materials that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraphs 2.05A and 2.06A. B. Primer: Liquid primer recommended for substrate by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material. C. Surface Conditioner: Liquid, waterborne surface conditioner recommended for substrate by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material. D. Sheet Strips: Self-adhering, rubberized-asphalt composite sheet strips of same material and thickness as sheet waterproofing. E. Liquid Membrane: Elastomeric, two-component liquid, cold fluid applied, trowel grade or low viscosity. F. Substrate Patching Membrane: Low-viscosity, two-component, asphalt-modified coating. G. Mastic, Adhesives, and Tape: Liquid mastic and adhesives, and adhesive tapes recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 071326-5 1. Detail Tape: Two-sided, pressure-sensitive, self-adhering reinforced tape, 4-1/2 inches wide, with a tack-free protective adhesive coating on one side and release film on self-adhering side. H. Metal Termination Bars: Aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick, predrilled at 9-inch centers. I. Protection Course: Fan-folded, extruded-polystyrene board insulation, unfaced, nominal thickness 3/8 inch. 2.04 MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANELS A. Nonwoven-Geotextile-Fa ced, Molded-Sheet Drainage Panel: Manufactured composite subsurface drainage panels consisting of a nonwoven, needle-punched geotextile facing with an apparent opening size not exceeding No. 70 (0.21-mm) sieve laminated to 1 side and a polymeric film bonded to the other side of a 3-dimensional, nonbiodegradable, molded-plastic-sheet drainage core, with a vertical flow rate of 9 to 15 gpm per ft. (112 to 188 L/min. per m). 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Carlisle Sure-Drain V. b. Tremco TremDrain PF c. W. R. Grace Hydroduct 2 or HZ d. Miradri Miradrain 6200 or 6200XL 2.05 INSULATION A. Board Insulation: Extruded-polystyrene board insulation complying with ASTM C 578, square edged of type, density, and compressive strength indicated below: 1. For vertical applications, Type IV, 1.6-lb/cu. ft. minimum density and 25-psi minimum compressive strength. 2. For horizontal applications, pedestrian traffic, Type VII, 2.2-lb/cu. ft. minimum density and 60-psi minimum compressive strength. 3. For horizontal applications, vehicular traffic, Type V, 3-lb/cu. ft. minimum density and 100-psi minimum compressive strength New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 071326-6 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. The installer shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify the Contractor, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION, HORIZONTAL APPLICATIONS A. Earth and stone substrates shall be well compacted to produce an even, solid substrate. Remove loose aggregate or sharp protrusions. Concrete substrates shall be smooth or broom finished and monolithic. Fill gaps or voids greater than 13 mm (0.5 in.). Remove standing water prior to membrane applications. B. Strictly comply with installation instructions in manufacturer’s published literature, including but not limited to, the following: 1. Apply membrane with the HDPE film facing the prepared substrate. Remove the release liner during application. 2. Apply succeeding sheets by overlapping the previous sheet 75 mm (3 in.) along the uncoated edge of the membrane. Lap area must be firmly rolled to ensure a tight seal. 3. Overlap the ends of the membrane a minimum of 75 mm (3 in.) and apply Preprufe® Tape centered over the lap and roll firmly to ensure a tight seal. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect membrane in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations until placement of concrete. Inspect for damage just prior to placement of concrete and make repairs in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. END OF SECTION 071326 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-1 SECTION 071413 FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING (Part of Work of Section 070001 – WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Fluid applied waterproofing system 2. Prefabricated drainage composite 3. Protection board 4. Plaza Deck Waterproofing System 5. Rigid insulation over vertical foundation wall 6. Ice & Water Shield at top of foundation wall. B. Related Sections: Other specification sections which directly relate to the work of this section include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Section 033000 -Concrete 2. Section 034100 -Precast Structural Concrete 3. Division 4 -Masonry a. Section 040001 Masonry Work b. Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units c. Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry d. Section 047200 Cast Stone Masonry 4. Section 079200 -Joint Sealers 5. Division 32 – Exterior Improvements a. Section 321216 Bituminous Concrete Pavement b. Section 321313 Concrete Paving c. Section 321400 Unit Paving New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-2 6. Division 33 -Utilities 7. Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements 8. Section 013329 – General LEED Requirements 9. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 10. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following standards and publications are applicable to the extent referenced in the text. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C 836 Standard Specification for High Solids Content, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course C 898 Standard Guide for Use of High Solids Content, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane With Separate Wearing Course D 412 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension D 903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds D 1644 Test Methods for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes D 1970 Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection D 3767 Standard Practice for Rubber -Measurements of Dimensions D 5295 Preparation of concrete Surfaces for Adhered Membrane Waterproofing Systems 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations. B. Samples: Submit representative samples of the following for approval: 1. Fluid applied membrane 2. Protection board 3. Prefabricated drainage composite 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: A firm which has at least 3 years experience in work of the type required by this section. B. Materials: Fluid applied waterproofing material shall be two part synthetic rubber based system free of isocyanates and bitumen. For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-3 C. Pre-Installation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to commencement of field operations to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Agenda for meeting shall include review of special details and flashing. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer’s instructions, recommendations and material safety data sheets. Protect from damage from sunlight, weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. Remove damaged material from the site and dispose of in accordance with applicable regulations. 1. Do not double-stack pallets of waterproofing material on the job site. Provide cover on top and all sides, allowing for adequate ventilation. 2. Store drainage composite or protection board flat and off the ground. Provide cover on top and all sides. 3. Protect waterproofing materials from freezing. In cool temperatures, store the material for several hours at room temperature to facilitate mixing and application. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials and products used. B. Proceed with installation only when substrate construction and preparation work is complete and in condition to receive membrane waterproofing. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Fluid Applied Waterproofing Membrane: Provide written 5 year material warranty issued by the membrane manufacturer upon completion of the work. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 BELOW GRADE WALLS A. Available Products 1. Grace Construction Products, Procor® 70 Spray/Trowel Applied Membrane 2. Tremco Incorporated; Tremproof 201/60 Spray/Trowel Applied Membrane New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-4 3. BASF Construction Chemicals, Hydrocide 700B Spray/Trowel Applied Membrane B. Materials 1. Fluid Applied Waterproofing Membranes: Two part, self-curing, synthetic rubber based material, meeting or exceed the performance requirements of ASTM C 836 and other ASTM standards as shown in the following table. 2. Waterproofing Membrane Physical Properties: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES FOR FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANES: Property Test Method Typical Value Color terra cotta Cured Film Thickness ASTM D 3767 Method A 1.5 mm (0.060 in.) nominal Solids Content ASTM D 1644 100% Flexibility, 180° bend over 25 mm (1 in.) mandrel at 32°C (-25°F) ASTM D 1970 Unaffected Elongation ASTM D 412 500% minimum Peel Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D 903 Modified1 880 N/m (5 lbs/in.) C. Protection Board 1. Extruded Polystyrene Protection Board: 2 in. thick for vertical applications with the following characteristics. Normal Density: 16 kg/m3 (1.0 lb/ft3) Thermal Conductivity, K factor: 0.24 at 5°C (40°F), 0.26 at 24°C (75°F) Thermal Resistance, R-Value: 4 per 25 mm (1 in.) of thickness. D. Miscellaneous Materials: Tape and other accessories specified or acceptable to manufacturer of fluid applied waterproofing membrane. 2.02 INSULATION A. Board Insulation: Extruded-polystyrene board insulation complying with ASTM C 578, square edged of type, density, and compressive strength indicated below: 1. For vertical applications, Type IV, 1.6-lb/cu. ft. minimum density and 25-psi minimum compressive strength. 2.03 PLAZA DECK WATERPROOFING A. MATERIALS 1. Fluid Applied Waterproofing Membranes: Procor® 75 fluid applied membrane by Grace Construction Products (or equal); a two part, self-curing, synthetic rubber New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-5 based material. Fluid applied membranes shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of ASTM C 836 and other ASTM standards as shown in the following table. 2. Fluid Applied Waterproofing Membrane Physical Properties: Property Test Method Typical Value Color Terra Cotta Minimum Cured Film Thickness ASTM D 3767 Method A 3.0 mm (120 mils) Solids Content ASTM D 1644 100% Flexibility, 180° bend over 25 mm (1 in.) mandrel at 32°C (-25°F) ASTM D 1970 Unaffected Elongation ASTM D 412 500% minimum Peel Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D 903 Modified1 880 N/m (5 lbs/in.) Low temperature flexibility and crack bridging -3.2mm (1/8 in.) cracked cycled at -26°C (-15°F) ASTM C 836 Pass Extensibility over 6.4 mm (1/4 in.) crack after heat aging ASTM C 836 Pass Puncture Resistance ASTM D 4833 170 N (38 lbs) 3. Composite Sheet Membrane: Procor Composite Membrane as supplied by Grace Construction Products, a 16-mil, cross-laminated, high-density polyethylene membrane. 4. Composite Sheet Membrane Physical Properties: Property Test Method Typical Value Color Terra Cotta Thickness 0.9 mm (36 mils) Puncture Resistance ASTM D 1709 3912 grams Tensile Strength ASTM D 882 136 lbs/in Vapor Transmission ASTM E 96 0.030 5. Prefabricated Drainage Composite: Hydroduct® 660 Drainage Composite by Grace Construction Products for horizontal surfaces. 6. Concrete Sealer (optional depending on substrate conditions): Procor Concrete Sealer by Grace Construction Products for concrete surfaces likely to produce outgassing during drying process. 7. Composite Sheet Lap Sealing: Bituthene Low Temperature Membrane by Grace Construction Products, a 60 mil self-adhering waterproofing comprising 56 mils of New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-6 rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to a 4 mil high density cross-laminated polyethylene film. 8. Insulation: Extruded polystyrene rigid board insulation complying with ASTM C 578 & meeting the following requirements: a. Minimum compressive strength, ASTM D1621, 100 psi. b. Maximum water absorption by volume per ASTM C272, 0.1% c. Insulation shall have an R-value of 5.0 F.ft2.h/Btu/in. (0.88 K.m2/W) of thickness when tested at 75°F (23.9°C) mean temperature in accordance with ASTM C518. d. Product shall be free of CFCs. 9. Protection Board (only if prefabricated drainage composite is not used): a. Asphalt Hardboard: A premolded semi-rigid protection board consisting of bitumen, mineral core and reinforcement. Provide 3 mm (0.125 in.) thick hardboard on horizontal surfaces not receiving steel reinforced slab. Where steel reinforcing bars are to be used, apply two layers of 3 mm (0.125 in.) thick hardboard or one one layer of 6 mm (0.25 in.) thick hardboard. b. Expanded Polystyrene Protection Board: 25 mm (1 in.) thick for vertical applications with the following characteristics: 1) Normal Density: 16 kg/m3 (1.0 lb/ft3) 2) Thermal Conductivity, K factor: 0.24 at 5°C (40°F), 0.26 at 24°C (75°F) 3) Thermal Resistance, R-Value: 4 per 25 mm (1 in.) of thickness. 10. Miscellaneous Materials: Tape and other accessories specified or acceptable to manufacturer of fluid applied waterproofing membrane. 2.03 ICE AND WATER SHIELD A. MATERIALS 1. Ice and water shield to be Tri Flex 30 manufacture red by Grace Construction Products or approved equal. 2. Material to be 40 mills thick x 30” wide minimum. 3. Material to be self adhering rubbized asphalt 4. Flexibility per ASTM D 1970 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-7 1. Verify that concrete has cured and aged for minimum time period recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. 2. Verify that substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrate for waterproofing application. B. Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and overspray affecting other construction. C. Close off deck drains and other deck penetrations to prevent spillage and migration of waterproofing fluids. D. Remove grease, oil, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and other penetrating contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete. 1. Abrasive blast clean concrete surfaces uniformly to expose top surface of fine aggregate according to ASTM D 4259 with a self-contained, recirculating, blastcleaning apparatus. Remove material to provide a sound surface free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, concrete hardeners, or form-release agents. Remove remaining loose material and clean surfaces according to ASTM D 4258. E. Remove fins, ridges, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, and other voids. 3.03 JOINTS, CRACKS, AND TERMINATIONS A. Prepare and treat substrates to receive waterproofing membrane, including joints and cracks, deck drains, corners, and penetrations according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Rout and fill joints and cracks in substrate. Before filling, remove dust and dirt according to ASTM D 4258. 2. Adhere strip of elastomeric sheet to substrate in a layer of hot rubberized asphalt. Extend elastomeric sheet a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) on each side of moving joints and cracks or joints and cracks exceeding 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, and beyond deck drains and penetrations. Apply second layer of hot fluid-applied, rubberized asphalt over elastomeric sheet. 3. Embed strip of reinforcing fabric into a layer of hot rubberized asphalt. Extend reinforcing fabric a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) on each side of nonmoving joints and cracks not exceeding 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, and beyond roof drains and penetrations. a. Apply second layer of hot fluid-applied, rubberized asphalt over reinforcing fabric. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-8 B. At expansion joints and discontinuous deck-to-wall or deck-to-deck joints, bridge joints with elastomeric sheet extended a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) on each side of joints and adhere to substrates in a layer of hot rubberized asphalt. Apply second layer of hot fluid-applied, rubberized asphalt over elastomeric sheet. 3.04 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install elastomeric flashing sheets at terminations of waterproofing membrane according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Prime substrate with asphalt primer. C. Install elastomeric flashing sheet and adhere to deck and wall substrates in a layer of hot rubberized asphalt. D. Extend elastomeric flashing sheet up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above plaza deck pavers and 6 inches (150 mm) onto deck to be waterproofed. E. Install termination bars and mechanically fasten to top of elastomeric flashing sheet at terminations and perimeter of roofing. 3.05 MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Apply primer, at manufacturer's recommended rate, over prepared substrate and allow to dry. B. Heat and apply rubberized asphalt according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Heat rubberized asphalt in an oil-or air-jacketed melter with mechanical agitator specifically designed for heating rubberized asphalt. D. Unreinforced Membrane: Apply hot rubberized asphalt to wall substrates and adjoining surfaces indicated. Spread to form a uniform, unreinforced, seamless membrane, 180-mil (4.5-mm) minimum thickness E. Reinforced Membrane: Apply hot rubberized asphalt to plaza deck substrates and adjoining surfaces indicated. Spread to a thickness of 90 mils (2.3 mm); embed reinforcing fabric, overlapping sheets 2 inches (50 mm); spread another 125-mil-(3.2-mm-) thick layer to provide a uniform, reinforced, seamless membrane 215 mils (5.5 mm) thick. F. Apply waterproofing over prepared joints and up wall terminations and vertical surfaces to heights indicated or required by manufacturer. 3.06 MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANEL INSTALLATION A. Place and secure molded-sheet drainage panels, with geotextile facing away from wall or deck substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use methods that do not penetrate waterproofing. Lap edges and ends of geotextile to maintain continuity. Protect installed molded-sheet drainage panels during subsequent construction. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fluid Applied Waterproofing 071413-9 1. For vertical applications, install board insulation before installing drainage panels. 3.07 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Install one or more layers of board insulation to achieve required thickness and insulation drainage panels over waterproofed surfaces. Cut and fit to within 3/4 inch (19 mm) of projections and penetrations. B. On vertical surfaces, set insulation units into rubberized asphalt according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. On horizontal surfaces, loosely lay insulation units according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger end joints and tightly abut insulation units. 3.08 PLAZA DECK PAVER INSTALLATION A. Coordinate waterproofing system installation with the requirements of Division 32 Exterior Improvements. Section 321216 Bituminous Concrete Pavement, Section 321313 Concrete Paving, Section 321400 Unit Paving. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Flood Testing: Flood test each deck area for leaks, according to recommendations in ASTM D 5957, after completing and protecting waterproofing but before overlaying construction is placed. Install temporary containment assemblies, plug or dam drains, and flood with potable water. 1. Flood to an average depth of 2-1/2 inches (65 mm) with a minimum depth of 1 inch (25 mm) and not exceeding a depth of 4 inches (100 mm). Maintain 2 inches (50 mm) of clearance from top of sheet flashings. 2. Flood each area for 48 hours. 3. After flood testing, repair leaks, repeat flood tests, and make further repairs until waterproofing installation is watertight. B. Owner will engage an independent testing agency to observe flood testing and examine underside of decks and terminations for evidence of leaks during flood testing. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove any masking materials after installation. Clean any stains on materials which would be exposed in the completed work. B. Protect completed membrane waterproofing from subsequent construction activities as recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 071413 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Thermal Insulation 072100-1 SECTION 072100 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 04 applicable Sections for insulation installed in cavity walls and masonry cells. a. Section 040001 Masonry Work b. Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units c. Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry d. Section 047200 Cast Stone Masonry 2. Section 061600 "Sheathing" sheathing over steel framing. 3. Section 072610 – Self-Adhering Air & Vapor Barrier for single source responsibility of the air & vapor membrane and the thermal insulation. 4. Section 071326 “Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing”; Fluid-Applied Waterproofing for insulation & drainage panels installed with waterproofing. 5. Section 072726 Spray Foam Insulation. 6. Section 078446 "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for insulation installed as part of a perimeter fire-resistive joint system. 7. Section 092900 Gypsum Board Assemblies for installation in wood-and metalframed assemblies of insulation specified by referencing this Section. 8. Related Sections: a. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements b. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal. c. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements for product selection. d. Section 018119 -Indoor Air Quality Management for requirements and procedures for protection of products. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. LEED Submittals: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Thermal Insulation 072100-2 1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 2. Product data for MRc5 for products that are extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site). Include statement indicating costs for each product meeting the regional material requirements. C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Guardian Building Products, Inc. 3. Johns Manville. 4. Knauf Insulation. 5. Owens Corning. B. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flamespread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. C. Sustainability Requirements: Provide glass-fiber blanket insulation as follows: 1. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders and no formaldehyde. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Thermal Insulation 072100-3 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders, or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL All adhesives and sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.05A. A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Foam-Plastic Board Insulation: Seal joints between units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Glass-Fiber or Mineral-Wool Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Thermal Insulation 072100-4 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm), support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once finish material is installed over it. D. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: 1. Loose-Fill Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m). 2. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN CEILINGS FOR SOUND ATTENUATION A. Where glass-fiber blankets are indicated for sound attenuation above ceilings, install blanket insulation over entire ceiling area in thicknesses indicated. Extend insulation 48 inches (1219 mm) up either side of partitions. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. Protect stockpiles of insulation according to Section 018119 Indoor Air Quality Management, Paragraph 3.04 by elevating, covering and sealing materials. END OF SECTION 072100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-1 SECTION 072610 SELF-ADHERING AIR AND VAPOR BARRIER (Part of Work of Section 070001 – WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section specifies a water-resistant self-adhering sheet air and vapor barrier in exterior wall assemblies. B. Related Work in other Sections includes the following: 1. Section 014000 -Quality Requirements; coordination with Owner’s independent testing and inspection agency. 2. Section 042113 – Brick and Concrete Masonry Units for exterior wall mock-ups. 3. Section 015000 -Temporary Facilities and Controls; requirement to schedule work to prevent sunlight and weather exposure of materials beyond limits established by manufacturer; requirement to protect materials from damage after installation and prior to installation of enclosing work. 4. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 6. Section 033000 -Cast-In-Place Concrete; requirement that backup concrete be free of fins, protrusions and large holes. 7. Section 042113 – Brick and Concrete Masonry Units for requirement that backup masonry joints are flush and completely filled with mortar, and that excess mortar on brick ties will be removed; requirement for gap at deflection joints and fillers; coordination with sequencing of through-wall flashing. 8. Section 072100 – Thermal Insulation for single source responsibility of the air & vapor membrane and the thermal insulation. 9. Section 075419 – Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing for requirement for coordination with sequencing of membrane roofing; requirement to seal roof membrane to wall air and vapor barrier. 10. Section 061600 – Sheathing; requirement that backup gypsum sheathing has been installed with damaged corners repaired, joints filled and surface flush with compatible material as acceptable to the self-adhering air and vapor barrier manufacturer; requirement for gap at deflection joints and fillers. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-2 A. Material Performance: Provide materials which have an air permeance not to exceed 0.004 cubic feet per minute per square foot under a pressure differential of 0.3 in. water (1.57 pounds per square foot) (0.02 liters per second per square meter at 75 Pascals) when tested according to ASTM E 2178, and a vapor permeance of 0.1 perms or less when tested according to ASTM E 96. B. Assembly Performance: Provide a continuous air and vapor barrier assembly that has an air leakage not to exceed 0.040 cubic feet per square foot per minute under a pressure differential of 0.3 in. water (1.57 pounds per square foot) (0.20 liters per second per square meter at 75 Pascals) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2357. Assembly shall perform as a liquid drainage plane flashed to discharge condensation or water penetration to the exterior. Assembly shall accommodate movements of building materials by providing expansion and control joints as required, with accessory air and vapor seal materials at such locations, changes in substrate and perimeter conditions. 1. Assembly shall be capable of withstanding positive and negative combined design wind, fan and stack pressures on the envelope without damage or displacement, and shall transfer the load to the structure. 2. Assembly shall not displace adjacent materials under full load. 3. Assembly shall be joined in an airtight and flexible manner to the air barrier material of adjacent assemblies, allowing for the relative movement of assemblies due to thermal and moisture variations and creep, and anticipated seismic movement. C. Provide air and vapor barrier material at the following connections to prevent air leakage and vapor migration at the following locations: 1. Foundation and walls, including penetrations, ties and anchors. 2. Walls, windows, curtain walls, storefronts, louvers and doors. Provide & install at all heads, sills and jambs. 3. Different wall assemblies, and and fixed openings within those assemblies. 4. Wall and roof connections between wall insulation and roof air & vapor barrier including around parapet framing. 5. Floors over unconditioned space. 6. Walls, floor and roof across construction, control and expansion joints. 7. Walls, floors and roof to utility, pipe and duct penetrations. 8. Seismic and expansion joints. 9. Coil doors and overhead heads and jambs. 9. All other leakage pathways in the building envelope. D. Air and vapor materials shall meet or exceed requirements of the Massachusetts Energy code, 8th edition 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: Submit in accordance with Division 1 requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-3 B. Quality Assurance Program: Submit evidence of current accreditation and certification under the Air Barrier Association of America’s (ABAA) Quality Assurance Program. Submit accreditation number of contractor and certification number of installers. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data, manufacturer's printed instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate, temperature and other limitations of installation conditions, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties. 1. Submit letter from primary materials manufacturer indicating approval of products not manufactured by primary manufacturer. 2. Include statement that materials are compatible with adjacent materials proposed for use. 3. Submit reports indicating that field peel-adhesion test on all materials to which sealants are adhered have been performed and the changes made, if required, to other approved materials, in order to achieve successful adhesion. D. Samples: Submit clearly labeled samples, 3 by 4 inch (75 mm by 100 mm) minimum size of each material specified. E. Shop Drawings of Mock-Up: Submit shop drawings of proposed mock-ups showing plans, elevations, large-scale details, and connections to the test apparatus. F. Field Test Results of Mock-Up: Submit test results of air leakage test and water leakage test of mock-up in accordance with specified standards, including retesting if initial results are not satisfactory. G. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing locations and extent of air and vapor barrier assemblies and details of all typical conditions, intersections with other envelope assemblies and materials, membrane counter-flashings, and details showing how gaps in the construction will be bridged, how inside and outside corners are negotiated, how materials that cover the air and vapor barrier are secured with air-tight condition maintained, and how miscellaneous penetrations such as conduits, pipes, electric boxes and similar items are sealed. 1. Include VOC content of each material, and applicable legal limit in the jurisdiction of the project. 2. Include statement that materials are compatible with adjacent materials proposed for use. 3. Include recommended values for field adhesion test on each substrate. H. Compatibility: Submit letter from manufacturer stating that materials proposed for use are permanently chemically compatible and adhesively compatible with adjacent materials proposed for use. Submit letter from manufacturer stating that cleaning materials used during installation are chemically compatible with adjacent materials proposed for use. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-4 A. Air Barrier Contractor Qualifications: Currently accredited by the Air Barrier Association of America (ABAA) whose applicators are certified in accordance with the ABAA Quality Assurance Program. B. Manufacturer: Obtain primary materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacturing air and vapor barrier membranes. Obtain secondary materials from a source acceptable to the primary materials manufacturer. C. Accredited Laboratory Testing for Materials: Laboratory accredited by International Accreditation Service Inc. (IAS), American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA), or the Standards Council of Canada (SCC). D. VOC Regulations: Provide products which comply with applicable regulations controlling the use of volatile organic compounds. E. Preconstruction Meeting: Convene a minimum of two weeks prior to commencing Work of this Section. Agenda shall include, at a minimum, construction and testing of mock-up, sequence of construction, coordination with substrate preparation, materials approved for use, compatibility of materials, coordination with installation of adjacent and covering materials, and details of construction. Attendance is required by representatives of related trades including covering materials, substrate materials and adjacent materials. F. Field Quality Assurance: Implement the ABAA Quality Assurance Program requirements. Cooperate with ABAA inspectors and independent testing and inspection agencies engaged by the Owner. Do not cover air and vapor barrier membrane until it has been inspected, tested and accepted. G. Mock-Ups: Build mock-up representative of primary exterior wall assemblies and glazing assemblies including backup wall and typical penetrations as acceptable to the Architect. Mock-up shall be approximately 8 feet long by 8 feet high and include all components in the exterior wall assembly. H. Mock-Up Tests for Air and Water Infiltration: Test mock-mock-up for air and water infiltration in accordance with ASTM E 1186 (air leakage location), ASTM E 783 (air leakage quantification), and ASTM E 1105 (water penetration). Use smoke tracer to locate sources of air leakage. If deficiencies are found, reconstruct mock-up and retest until satisfactory results are obtained. Deficiencies include air leakage beyond values specified, uncontrolled water leakage, unsatisfactory workmanship. 1. Perform the air leakage tests and water penetration test of mock-up prior to installation of cladding and trim but after installation of all fasteners for cladding and trim and after installation of other penetrating elements. I. Mock-Up Tests for Membrane Adhesion: Test mock-up of membrane for adhesion in accordance with ASTM D 4541 using a Type 1 pull tester except that the disk used shall be 100mm in diameter and the membrane shall be cut through to separate the material attached to the disk from the surrounding material. Perform test after curing period recommended by the manufacturer. Record mode of failure and area which failed in accordance with ASTM D 4541. When the air barrier material manufacturer has established a minimum adhesion New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-5 level for the product on the particular substrate, the inspection report shall indicate whether this requirement has been met. Where the manufacturer has not declared a minimum adhesion value for their product/substrate combination, then the inspector shall simply record the value. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original packages with seals unbroken, labeled with manufacturer's name, product, date of manufacture, and directions for storage. B. Store materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by air and vapor barrier membrane manufacturer. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. C. Handle materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temperature: Install air and vapor barrier within range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended recommended by air and vapor barrier manufacturer. Do not apply air and vapor barrier to a damp or wet substrate. B. Field Conditions: Do not install air and vapor barrier in snow, rain, fog, or mist. Do not install air and vapor barrier when the temperature of substrate surfaces and surrounding air temperatures are below those recommended by the manufacturer. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Material Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard product warranty, for a minimum 3 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Installation Warranty: Provide installer’s 2 year warranty from date of Substantial Completion, including all components of the air and vapor barrier assembly, against failures including loss of air tight seal, loss of watertight seal, loss of adhesion, loss of cohesion, failure to cure properly. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Sheet Air and Vapor Barrier: Self-adhering membrane composed of flexible facing material coated completely and uniformly on one side with adhesive material, formed into uniform, flexible sheets, interleaved with disposable release liner that is removed prior to application. Use regular or low-temperature formulation depending on site conditions, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-6 within temperature ranges specified by manufacturer. Provide related accessories including primer, seam tape, mastic, fluid and sealant recommended by manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Grace Construction Products: a. Air and Vapor Barrier Membrane: Perm-A-Barrier, 40 mils thick. b. Water-Based Primer: Perm-A-Barrier WB Primer. c. Solvent-Based Primer: Bituthene Primer B-2. d. Counterflashing for Masonry Through-Wall Flashings: Perm-A-Barrier Flashing. e. Mastics, Adhesives and Tapes: As recommended by manufacturer. 2. Henry: a. Air and Vapor Barrier Membrane: Blueskin SA, 40 mils thick. b. Water-Based Primer: Aquatac. c. Solvent-Based Primer: Blueskin Primer. d. Counterflashing for Masonry Through-Wall Flashings: Blueskin TWF. e. Mastics, Adhesives and Tapes: Henry 570-05 Polybitume. 3. Tremco, Inc. a. Air and Vapor Barrier Membrane: ExoAir 110, 40 mils thick. b. Water-Based Primer: ExoAir WB Primer. c. Solvent-Based Primer: ExoAir Primer or GM Primer or ExoAir 10 Primer as recommended. d. Counterflashing for Masonry Through-Wall Flashings: ExoAir TWF. e. Mastics, Adhesives and Tapes: As recommended by manufacturer. B. Sheet Air and Vapor Barrier Manufacturer: The air and vapor membrane products and materials must be provided and installed by the Spray Polyurethane Foam Insulation specified under section 072100 Thermal Insulation and shall be a single source system. A single manufacturer and contractor shall be responsible to provide the warranty for the thermal insulation and the sheet air & vapor membrane. 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Membrane at Transitions in Substrate and Connections to Adjacent Elements: Neoprene, ASTM D 2000 Designation 2BC415 to 3BC620, 50 to 65 mils (1.3 mm to 1.6 mm) thick with non-corrosive termination bars and fasteners. Adhesive and lap sealant as recommended by manufacturer. B. Sealant at Transitions in Substrate and Connections to Adjacent Elements: Low-modulus pre-cured silicone extrusion and sealant for bonding extrusions to substrates; Tremco Silicone Extruded Sheet by Tremco, Spectrem EZ Seal by Tremco, or Bondaflex Silbridge 300 by May National Associates. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-7 C. Transition Membrane Between Air and Vapor Barrier Membrane and Roofing and Other Adjacent Materials: Comply with both air and vapor barrier manufacturer’s recommendations and material manufacturer’s recommendations. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which air and vapor barrier assemblies will be applied, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements. 1. Verify that surfaces and conditions are suitable prior to commencing work of this section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Do not proceed with installation until after minimum concrete curing period recommended by air and vapor barrier manufacturer. 3. Ensure that the following conditions are met: a. Surfaces are sound, dry, even, and free of oil, grease, dirt, excess mortar or other contaminants b. Concrete surfaces are cured and dry, dry, smooth without large voids, spalled areas or sharp protrusions. c. Masonry joints are flush and completely filled with mortar, and all excess mortar sitting on masonry ties has been removed. 4. Verify substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263 and take suitable measures until substrate passes moisture test. 5. Verify sealants used in sheathing are compatible with membrane proposed for use. Perform field peel-adhesion test on materials to which sealants are adhered. 6. Notify Architect in writing of anticipated problems using air and vapor barrier over substrate prior to proceeding. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare, and treat substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions. Ensure clean, dust-free, and dry substrate for air and vapor barrier application. 1. Prime masonry, concrete substrates with conditioning primer. 2. Prime glass-fiber surfaced gypsum sheathing an adequate number of coats to achieve required bond, with adequate drying time between coats. 3. Prime wood, metal, and painted substrates with primer. 4. Prepare, treat, and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations through air and vapor barrier and at protrusions. 3.3 INSTALLATION New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-8 A. Self-Adhering Sheet Air and Vapor Barrier: Install membrane to provide continuity throughout the building envelope. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and the following: 1. Apply primer at rate recommended by manufacturer prior to membrane installation. Allow primer to dry completely before membrane application. Apply as many coats as necessary for proper adhesion. 2. When membrane is properly positioned, press into place and roll membrane with roller immediately after placement. 3. Apply membrane sheets to shed water naturally without interception by a sheet edge, unless that edge is sealed with permanently flexible termination mastic. 4. Position subsequent sheets of membrane applied above so that membrane overlaps the membrane sheet below by a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm), unless greater overlap is recommended by manufacturer. Roll into place with roller. 5. Overlap horizontally adjacent pieces a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm), unless greater overlap is recommended by manufacturer. Roll seams with roller. 6. Seal around all penetrations with termination mastic, extruded silicone sealant, membrane counterflashing or other procedure in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 7. Connect air and vapor barrier in exterior wall assembly continuously to the air barrier of the roof, to concrete below-grade structures, to windows, curtain wall, storefront, louvers, exterior doors and other intersection conditions and perform sealing of penetrations, using accessory materials and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 8. At changes in substrate plane, provide transition material (bead of sealant, mastic, extruded silicone sealant, membrane counterflashing or other material recommended by manufacturer) under membrane to eliminate all sharp 90 degree inside corners and to make a smooth transition from one plane to another. 9. Provide mechanically fastened non-corrosive metal sheet to span gaps in substrate plane and to make a smooth transition from one plane to the other. Membrane shall be continuously supported by substrate. 10. At through-wall flashings, provide an additional 6 inch wide strip of manufacturer’s recommended membrane counterflashing to seal top of through-wall flashing to membrane. Seal exposed top edge of strip with bead of mastic as recommended by manufacturer. 11. At deflection and control joints, provide backup for the membrane to accommodate anticipated movement. 12. At expansion and seismic joints provide transition to the joint assemblies. 13. Apply a bead or trowel coat of mastic along membrane seams at reverse lapped seams, rough cuts, and as recommended by the manufacturer. 14. At end of each working day, seal top edge of membrane to substrate with termination mastic. 15. Do not allow materials to come in contact with chemically incompatible materials. 16. Do not expose membrane to sunlight longer than as recommended by the manufacturer. manufacturer. 17. Inspect installation prior to enclosing assembly and repair punctures, damaged areas and inadequately lapped seams with a patch of membrane lapped as recommended by manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Self-Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 072610-9 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner’s Inspection and Testing: Cooperate with Owner’s testing agency. Allow access to work areas and staging. Notify Owner’s testing agency in writing of schedule for Work of this Section to allow sufficient time for testing and inspection. Do not cover Work of this Section until testing and inspection is accepted. B. Air Barrier Association of America Installer Audits: Cooperate with ABAA’s testing agency. Allow access to work areas and staging. Notify Owner’s testing agency in writing of schedule for Work of this Section to allow sufficient time for testing and inspection. Do not cover Work of this Section until testing and inspection is accepted. 3.5 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect air and vapor barrier assemblies from damage during application and remainder of construction period, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Coordinate with installation of materials which cover air and vapor membrane, to ensure exposure period does not exceed that recommended by the air and vapor barrier manufacturer. B. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction and acceptable to the primary material manufacturer. END OF SECTION 072610 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Spray Foam Insulation 072726-1 SECTION 072726 SPRAY FOAM INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Cavity Wall Design & Performance 1. The cavity wall assembly shall consist of 3 inches of spray applied polyurethane insulation & Air Barrier installed over clean dry substrates or other materials compatible with spray applied polyurethane insulation. 2. The wall design shall incorporate a continuous vapor barrier membrane with a water vapor permeance of no more than 0.05 perms and be located on the warm side of the insulating materials as established by the design professional. 3. The cavity wall air barrier system shall consist of materials to bridge and seal the following air leakage pathways and gaps including but not limited to: a. Connections of the continuous walls to the roof air barrier. b. Connections of the walls to the foundations. c. Seismic and expansion joints. d. Openings and penetrations of window and door frames, store front, curtain wall. e. Piping, conduit, duct and similar penetrations. f. Masonry ties, screws, bolts and similar penetrations. g. All other air leakage pathways in the building envelope. B. Supply labor, materials and equipment to complete the Work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein to provide: 1. A continuous air/vapor barrier membrane system and accessories, including transitions and thru-wall flashing and connection membranes over the interior wyth of the exterior walls of the building envelope to achieve an air leakage rate of less than 0.0001 CFM/ft² @1.6 lbs/ft2 to ASTM E 2357 and 2. A continuous spray applied polyurethane foam building insulation & Air Barrier over the air/vapor barrier membrane of the building envelope meeting ASTM E 2357. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Spray Foam Insulation 072726-2 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS a. Section 040001 Masonry Work, b. Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units c. Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry d. Section 047200 Cast Stone Masonry e. Section 061600 "Sheathing" sheathing over steel framing. f. Section 072100 Thermal Insulation g. Section 072610 – Self-Adhering Air & Vapor Barrier for single source responsibility of the air & vapor membrane and the thermal insulation. h. Section 071326 “Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing”; Fluid-Applied Waterproofing for insulation & drainage panels installed with waterproofing. i. Section 078446 "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for insulation installed as part of a perimeter fire-resistive joint system. j. Section 092900 Gypsum Board Assemblies for installation in wood-and metal-framed assemblies of insulation specified by referencing this Section. k. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements l. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal. m. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements for product selection. n. Section 018119 -Indoor Air Quality Management for requirements and procedures for protection of products. 1.04 REFERENCES A. The following standards are applicable to this section: 1. ASTM E 2357: Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage of Air Barrier Assemblies 2. ASTM E 84: Surface Burning Characteristics 3. ASTM E 2178: Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials 4. ASTM E 96: Water Vapor Transmission of Materials 5. ASTM C 518: Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus 6. International Building Code, Section 2603.0 Foam Plastic 7. AC377: Acceptance Criteria For Spray-Foam Plastic Insulation 8. ASHRAE 189.1: Standard For The Design of High-Performance “Green” Buildings Except-Low Rise Residential Buildings 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit documentation from an approved independent testing laboratory certifying the air leakage rates of the air barrier membranes assembly, including primary membrane, primer, sealants and spray polyurethane foam building insulation have been tested to meet ASTM E 2357. B. Submit documentation from an approved independent testing laboratory certifying the air leakage and vapor permeance rates of the air barrier membranes, including primary membrane, transition sheets, sealants and spray polyurethane foam building insulation exceed the requirements of the Massachusetts Energy Code and in accordance with ASTM E 2178. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Spray Foam Insulation 072726-3 1. Test report submittals shall include test results on a porous substrate and include sustained wind load and gust load air leakage results. C. Submit manufacturers’ current product data sheets for the air barrier membrane system and spray polyurethane foam building insulation. D. Submit documentation from an approved independent testing laboratory certifying the long term thermal value and aged R value of 6.45 minimum. E. Submit documentation from manufacturer certifying compatibility of primary air/vapor barrier membrane and spray polyurethane foam building insulation, including transition sheets, flashings and sealants. F. Submit two samples 8” x 8” minimum size of each air/vapor barrier material required for project. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit document stating the applicator of the primary air/vapor barrier membranes and insulation spray polyurethane foam building insulation specified in this section is qualified by the manufacturer as suitable for the execution of the Work. B. Perform Work in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and this specification. C. Maintain one copy of manufacturer’s written instructions on site. D. Allow access to Work site by the spray polyurethane foam building insulation manufacturer’s representative. E. Components used shall be sourced from one manufacturer including primary air/vapor barrier membrane, air barrier sealants, primers and spray polyurethane foam building insulation, F. Single-Source Responsibility: 1. Obtain air/vapor barrier, flexible flashing and spray polyurethane foam building insulation materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacturing the product. See Section 072610 – Self-Adhering Air & Vapor Barrier for single source responsibility of the air & vapor membrane and the thermal insulation. 2. Provide products which comply with all federal, state and local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). 1.07 MOCK-UP A. Provide mock-up of air/vapor barrier, flashing and spray polyurethane foam building insulation under provisions of Section 01 33 23 -Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B. Where directed by architect, construct typical exterior wall panel, 8 foot long by 8 foot high, incorporating substrate, window frame, insulation & air barrier and showing air barrier membrane application details. C. Owner may exercise option to test mock-up for air leakage in accordance with ASTM E783 and water leakage in accordance with E1105 at the Owners’ expense. D. Allow 48 hours for inspection of mock-up by architect before proceeding with air barrier work. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Spray Foam Insulation 072726-4 A. Refer to current Product Technical Data sheets for proper storage and handling. B. Deliver materials to the job site in undamaged and original packaging indicating the name of the manufacturer and product. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. C. Keep solvent away from open flame or excessive heat. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Ensure continuity of the air/vapor barrier membrane assembly throughout prior to start. B. Ensure continuity of spray polyurethane foam building insulation throughout the scope of this section. 1.10 ALTERNATES A. Submit requests for alternates a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to bid date B. Alternate submission to include: 1. Evidence that alternate materials meet or exceed performance characteristics of Product requirements as well as documentation from an approved independent testing laboratory certifying the air leakage rates and vapor permeance rates of the air barrier membranes, membranes, including primary membrane, transition sheets and spray polyurethane foam building insulation exceed the requirements of ASTM E 2357, the Massachusetts Energy Code and in accordance with ASTM E 2178. 2. Evidence that alternate materials meet or exceed performance characteristics of product requirements as well as documentation from an approved independent testing laboratory certifying the aged R value 6.45 aged. 3. Ten (10) references clearly indicating the membrane manufacturer has successfully completed projects of similar scope and nature for a minimum of ten (10) years 4. Manufacturer’s complete set of details for spray polyurethane foam building insulation and air/vapor barrier membrane system showing a continuous plane of insulation and air tightness throughout the building envelope. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's System Warranty 1. Contractor shall warrant the Insulation & Air Barrier and membrane flashings for leak coverage for two years. 2. Air & Insulation & Air Barrier manufacturer shall warrant the insulation and membrane flashings for leak coverage as a result of faulty materials for a period of 10 years from the date of substantial completion. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Spray Foam Insulation 072726-5 A. Air/vapor barrier membrane components and spray polyurethane foam building insulation must be obtained as a single-source from the membrane manufacturer to ensure total system compatibility and integrity. Insulation details and this specification are based on spray foam insulation model HE735 PERMAX 2.0 as manufactured by Henry Company. Equal products may be used with approval by the architect. 2.02 INSULATION & AIR BARRIER A. Primary spray polyurethane foam building insulation shall be a spray applied polyurethane foam material system which produce a seamless, monolithic and durable polyurethane closed cell foam insulation suitable for commercial insulating and air barrier applications. Insulation shall have the following physical properties: 1. Air leakage: <0.0006 L/(s.m2) @75Pa, per ASTM E 2178 2. Tested to ASTM E 2357 for the air barrier assembly 3. Meet ICC AC377 standards 4. Vapor permeance minimum: 0.95 perms @1in, 0.47 perms @2in, per ASTM E96 5. Aged R value minimum: >6.45/in @1 inch thickness, > 6.2/in @4 inches 6. Nominal Density: 2.0 pounds per cubic foot 7. Tested ASTM E-84 for FSI and SDI 2.02 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by air/vapor barrier manufacturer for intended use, compatibility and meeting ASTM E-2357 Including but not limited to: 1. Self-adhering flashing to counterflash metal flashings 2. Self-adhering flashing for rough openings, window and door flashings and transitions 3. Flashing Primers: liquid primer to prepare substrates for receipt of selfadhered modified asphalt/polyethylene flashings. Selection based upon local VOC regulations in effect at time of construction 4. Sealant for transition strip, penetrations and flashing membrane terminations, complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, and ASTM C719 ±25%, Maximum VOC 5 g/l 5. Section 072610 – Self-Adhering Air & Vapor Barrier for single source responsibility of the air & vapor membrane and the thermal thermal insulation. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Spray Foam Insulation 072726-6 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions over which the primary spray polyurethane foam building insulation will be applied with installer present for compliance with requirements. B. Verify that surfaces and conditions are suitable prior to commencing work of this section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Prior to commencement of Work, report in writing to the Architect any defects in surfaces or conditions that may adversely affect the performance of products installed under this section. D. Do not proceed with installation of spray applied polyurethane foam insulation until placement of masonry ties, clips, connectors and continuous air/vapor barrier Work has been completed and reviewed by Architect. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare and treat substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust-free and dry substrate for spray polyurethane foam building insulation application. B. Ensure installed air/vapor barrier membrane, transition and flashing membranes are fully adhered to all applicable surfaces and capable of recieving spray polyurethane foam. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Mask and cover adjacent areas to protect from over spray. B. Ensure any required foam stop or back up material are in place to prevent overspray. C. Seal off existing ventilation equipment. Install temporary ducting and fans to ensure exhaust fumes do not contribute to airborne particles. Provide for makeup air where necessary. D. Erect barriers, isolate area and post warning signs to advise non-protected personnel to avoid the spray area. 3.04 APPLICATION OF SPRAYED POLYURETHANE FOAM A. Spray-application of spray polyurethane foam building insulation shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Apply only when surfaces and environmental conditions are within limits prescribed by the material manufacturer. C. Apply in consecutive passes as recommended by manufacturer to thickness as indicated on drawings and to achieve the specified R-Value. Passes shall be not less than ½ inch and not greater than 2 inches. D. Do not install spray polyurethane foam building insulation within 3 inches of heat emitting devices such as light fixtures and chimneys. Follow manufacturers’ recommendation to detail. E. Finished surface of spray polyurethane foam building insulation to be free of voids and fully sealed around embedded objects. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Spray Foam Insulation 072726-7 F. Remove masking materials and over spray from adjacent areas immediately after the foam surface has hardened. Ensure cleaning methods do not damage work performed by other sections. G. Trim as required any excess thickness that would interfere with the application of cladding/covering system by other trades. H. Clean and restore surfaces soiled or damaged by Work of the section. I. Do not permit adjacent Work to be damaged by Work of this section. Damage to work of this section caused by other trades shall be repaired at the expense of the subcontractor causing the damage. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests 1. The Authorized Installer shall conduct daily visual inspection, adhesion/cohesion testing and density measurements as outlined by the ULC S705.2-02 Installation Standard and recorded in the Daily Work Record and kept at site for routine inspections. Copies of the Daily Work Record shall be forwarded to the owner or owner’s representative upon request. Costs incurred for daily testing and inspection by the installer shall be borne by the contractor. 2. If the inspection reveals defects, the Licensed Contractor shall immediately rectify all such defects at his cost. 3.06 Tolerances A. Maximum variation from indicated thickness: minus (-) ¼ inch; plus (+) ½ inch. 3.07 Protection A. Protect the spray polyurethane foam from ultraviolet radiation when installed on the exterior of a building. END OF SECTION 072726 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -1 SECTION 074111 METAL ROOF PANELS (Part of Work of Section 070002 -ROOFING AND FLASHING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Factory-formed and field-assembled, standing-seam metal roof panels. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 053000 "Metal Decking" for steel roof deck supporting metal roof panels. 2. Section 054000 "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for secondary support framing supporting metal roof panels. 3. Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for fasciae, copings, flashings and other sheet metal work not part of metal roof panel assemblies. 4. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for field-applied sealants not otherwise specified in this Section. 5. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 6. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 7. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 8. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Metal Roof Panel Assembly: Metal roof panels, attachment system components, miscellaneous metal framing, thermal insulation, and accessories necessary for a complete weathertight roofing system. B. Solar Flux: Direct and diffuse radiation from the sun received at ground level over the solar spectrum, expressed in watts per square meter. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -2 C. Solar Reflectance: Fraction of solar flux reflected by a surface, expressed as a percent or within the range of 0.00 and 1.00. D. Steel Sheet Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without metallic coatings or painted finishes. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with performance requirements specified as determined by testing manufacturers' standard assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project, by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. B. Air Infiltration: Air leakage through assembly of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. (0.3 L/s per sq. m) of roof area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at the following test-pressure difference: 1. Test-Pressure Difference: Positive and negative 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa). 2. Positive Preload Test-Pressure Difference: Greater than or equal to 15.0 lbf/sq. ft. (720 Pa) and the greater of 75 percent of building live load or 50 percent of building design positive wind-pressure difference. 3. Negative Preload Test-Pressure Difference: 50 percent of design wind-upliftpressure difference. C. Water Penetration: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 331 at the following test-pressure difference: 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 20 percent of positive design wind pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa) and not more than 12.0 lbf/sq. ft. (575 Pa). 2. Positive Preload Test-Pressure Difference: Greater than or equal to 15.0 lbf/sq. ft. (720 Pa) and the greater of 75 percent of building live load or 50 percent of building design positive wind-pressure difference. 3. Negative Preload Test-Pressure Difference: 50 percent of design wind-upliftpressure difference. D. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 90 for wind-uplift resistance class indicated. E. Structural Performance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, based on testing according to ASTM E 330: 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the Structural Drawings, but in no case less than the minimum design wind pressures as required by the MA State Building Code, 780 CMR, 6th Edition. a. Design Wind Speed: 70 mph. b. Zone 1, Exposure B. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -3 2. Snow Loads: Determine loads based on the Structural Drawings but in no case less than the minimum design snow loads as required by the MA State Building Code, 780 CMR, 6th Edition. a. Zone 3, 35 psf. F. Seismic Performance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures": Section 9, "Earthquake Loads. a. Importance Factor: IV G. Thermal Movements: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. H. Thermal Performance: Provide insulated metal roof panel assemblies with thermalresistance value (R-value) indicated when tested according to ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 518. I. Solar Reflectance for Roofs with Slopes Steeper Than 2:12: Initial solar reflectance of not less than 0.25 when tested according to ASTM E 903, and maintained, under normal conditions, solar reflectance not less than 0.15 for 3 years after installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of metal roof panel and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal roof panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory-and field-assembled work. 1. Accessories: Include details of the following items, at a scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches: a. Flashing and trim. b. Snow guards. c. Ridge Vents. d. Gable Ends e. Parapet Coping to Sloped Roof Panel Transitions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -4 2. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and roofmounted items. Show the following: 1. Roof panels and attachments. 2. Purlins and rafters. 3. Roof-mounted items including but not limited to, snow guards. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of metal roof panel indicated with factoryapplied color finishes. 1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Metal Roof Panels: 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other metal roof panel accessories. 2. Trim and Closures: 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 3. Accessories: 12-inch-(300-mm-) long Samples for each type of accessory. F. Qualification Data: For Installer. G. Field quality-control inspection reports. H. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for the following: 1. Metal Roof Panels: Include reports for air infiltration, water penetration, solar reflectance, and structural performance. I. Maintenance Data: For metal roof panels to include in maintenance manuals. J. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. 1. Installer's responsibilities include fabricating and installing metal roof panel assemblies and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -5 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for metal roof panels, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of metal roof panels through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of metal roof panels and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements." 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. E. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide insulated metal roof panels having insulation core material with the following surface-burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less, unless otherwise indicated. F. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. 1. Approval of mockups is for other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 013100 "Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning." Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel assemblies including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, metal roof panel Installer, metal roof panel manufacturer's representative, deck, purlin and rafter Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects metal roof panels including installers of roof accessories and roofmounted equipment. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -6 3. Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Examine deck substrate, purlin and rafter conditions for compliance with requirements, including flatness and attachment to structural members. 5. Review structural loading limitations of deck, purlins and rafters during and after roofing. 6. Review flashings, special roof details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, and condition of other construction that will affect metal roof panels. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and testing and inspecting if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for metal roof panel assembly during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after metal roof panel installation. 10. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, sheets, metal roof panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal roof panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal roof panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal roof panels on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal roof panels to ensure dryness. Do not store metal roof panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Protect strippable protective covering on metal roof panels from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of metal roof panel installation. E. Protect foam-plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam-plastic insulation materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of metal roof panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -7 B. Field Measurements: Verify locations of roof framing and roof opening dimensions by field measurements before metal roof panel fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, either establish framing and opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal roof panels without field measurements, or allow for fieldtrimming of panels. Coordinate roof construction to ensure that actual building dimensions, locations of structural members, and openings correspond to established dimensions. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations, which are specified in Division 7 Section 077200 "Roof Accessories." B. Coordinate metal panel roof assemblies with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of decks, purlins and rafters, parapets, walls, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal roof panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal roof panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: Twenty (20) years from date of Substantial Completion. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -8 C. Special Weathertightness Warranty for Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing-seam metal roof panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight, including leaks, within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Twenty (20) years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each metal roof panel specified is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.2 PANEL MATERIALS A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet metallic coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; structural quality. 2. Surface: Smooth, flat finish. 3. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating, as specified or indicated on Drawings. a. High-Performance Organic Finish: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 1) Fluoropolymer Three-Coat System: Manufacturer's standard three-coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer, fluoropolymer color coat, and clear fluoropolymer topcoat, with both color coat and clear topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight, with a minimum total dry film thickness of 1.5 mil (0.038 mm); complying with physical properties and coating performance requirements of AAMA 2605, except as modified below: a) Humidity Resistance: 2000 hours. b) Salt-Spray Resistance: 2000 hours. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -9 4. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or lightcolored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm). B. Panel Sealants: 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal roof panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal roof panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311. 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Self-Adhering, Granular-Faced Sheet: ASTM D 1970, 55 mils (1.4 mm) thick minimum, consisting of glass-fiber-mat reinforcing and SBS-modified asphalt, granule faced, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Available Products: a. ALCO-NVC Inc.; ALCO Shield. b. Atlas Roofing Corporation; StormMaster DG. c. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Div. of Carlisle Companies Inc.; Dri-Start "G." d. CertainTeed Corporation; WinterGuard. e. GAF Materials Corporation; Weather Watch. f. Henry Company; Eaveguard. g. Johns Manville International, Inc.; Roof Defender. h. Owens Corning; WeatherLock G. 2.4 SUBSTRATE BOARDS A. Gypsum Board: Type X, of thickness indicated, ASTM C 442 or ASTM C 36. B. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M. 1. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch (16 mm). 2. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Dek" by Georgia-Pacific Corporation. C. Substrate-Board Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening substrate board to substrate. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -10 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal roof panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. 1. Fasteners for Roof Panels: Self-drilling or self-tapping, zinc-plated, hex-head carbon-steel screws, with a stainless-steel cap or zinc-aluminum-alloy head and EPDM or neoprene sealing washer. 2. Fasteners for Roof Panels: Self-drilling or self-tapping 410 stainless or zinc-alloy steel hex washer head, with EPDM or PVC washer under heads of fasteners bearing on weather side of metal roof panels. 3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with hex washer head. 4. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets. B. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.6 STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS A. General: Provide factory-formed metal roof panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and interconnecting raised side edges of adjacent panels with joint type indicated and mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips in side laps. Include clips, cleats, pressure plates, and accessories required for weathertight installation. 1. Steel Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with ASTM E 1514. 2. Aluminum Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with ASTM E 1637. B. Vertical-Rib, Snap-Joint, Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Formed with vertical ribs at panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels and engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels, and snapping panels together. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Merchant & Evans, Inc. Zip Rib or a comparable product of one of the following: 2. Available Manufacturers: a. ATAS International, Inc. b. CENTRIA Architectural Systems. c. Fabral, Inc. d. Morin Corporation; a Metecno Group Company. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -11 3. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet, 0.0269 inch (0.70 mm) thick. a. Exterior Finish: Fluoropolymer. b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 4. Clips: Floating to accommodate thermal movement. a. Material: Two piece clip, 20 ga. stainless steel hook and 18 ga. stainless steel base. 5. Panel Coverage: 16 inches (406 mm). 6. Panel Height: 2.5 Inches. 7. Uplift Rating: UL 90. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal roof panels. 2. Clips: Minimum 0.0625-inch-(1.6-mm-) thick, stainless-steel panel clips designed to withstand negative-load requirements. 3. Cleats: Mechanically seamed cleats formed from minimum 0.0250-inch-(0.64-mm-) thick, stainless-steel or nylon-coated aluminum sheet. 4. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 5. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefinfoam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch-(25-mm-) thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal roof panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.0179-inch-(0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal roof panels. C. Snow Guards: Prefabricated, noncorrosive units designed to be installed without penetrating metal roof panels, and complete with predrilled holes, clamps, or hooks for anchoring. 1. Seam-Mounted, Bar-Type Snow Guards: Stainless-steel rods or bars held in place by stainless-steel clamps attached to vertical ribs of standing-seam metal roof panels. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -12 a. Stainless-Steel Finish: Enamel. b. Available Products: 1) Alpine Snow Guards, Div. of Vermont Slate & Copper Services, Inc.; Model No. 05-98. 2) LMCurbs; S-5! SnoFence. 3) Riddell & Company, Inc.; Snobar. 4) Snow Management Systems, a division of Contek, Inc.; Vermont Snowguard. 2.8 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate and finish metal roof panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. C. Where indicated, fabricate metal roof panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, in a a manner that will minimize noise from movements within panel assembly. D. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. 3. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 4. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. 5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on on faces of accessories exposed to view. 6. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal roof panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -13 2.9 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal roof panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Examine primary and secondary roof framing to verify that rafters, purlins, angles, channels, and other structural panel support members and anchorages have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer. 2. Examine solid roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer. 3. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal roof panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal roof panels before metal roof panel installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of interfering with insulation attachment. B. Substrate Board: Install substrate boards over roof deck on entire roof surface. Attach with substrate-board fasteners. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -14 1. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 2. Comply with UL requirements for fire-rated construction. C. Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." D. Install fasciae and copings to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." E. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subpurlins, eave angles, furring, and other miscellaneous roof panel support members and anchorage according to metal roof panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Soffit Framing: Wire-tie furring channels to supports, as required to comply with requirements for assemblies indicated. 3.3 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free, on roof sheathing under metal roof panels. Apply primer if required by manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer rather than nails for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply over entire roof, in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. B. Install flashings to cover underlayment to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." C. Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing metal roof panels. 3.4 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge, unless otherwise indicated or restricted by shipping limitations. Anchor metal roof panels and other components of the Work securely in place, place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Field cutting of metal roof panels by torch is not permitted. 2. Rigidly fasten eave end of metal roof panels and allow ridge end free movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. Pre-drill panels. 3. Provide metal closures at peaks, rake edges, rake walls and each side of ridge. 4. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. 5. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -15 6. Install ridge as metal roof panel work proceeds. 7. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition. 8. Lap metal flashing over metal roof panels to allow moisture to run over and off the material. B. Fasteners: 1. Steel Roof Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior and galvanized steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. D. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal roof panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants indicated or, if not indicated, types recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. 1. Seal metal roof panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3. Thermal spacer blocks. 3.5 FIELD-ASSEMBLED METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION A. Lap-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Arrange and nest side-lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line. 2. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal roof panels. 3. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer. 4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 5. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of metal roof panels and between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 6. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather-side surface of fastenings on end laps, and on side laps of nesting-type panels; on side laps of corrugated nesting New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -16 type, ribbed, or fluted panels; and elsewhere as needed to make panels weatherproof to driving rains. 7. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch (150-mm) end lap, sealed with butyl-rubber sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. B. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing-seam joint at location, spacing, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved motorized seamer tool so clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely engaged. 3.6 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim, copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). C. Bar-Type Snow Guards: Attach bar supports to vertical ribs of standing-seam metal roof panels with clamps or set screws. Do not use fasteners that will penetrate metal roof panels. 1. Provide Two (2) rows of snow guards, at locations indicated on Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Roof Panels 074111 -17 3.7 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform inspections and prepare reports. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect completed metal roof panel installation, including accessories. Report results in writing. C. Remove and replace applications of metal roof panels where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal roof panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal roof panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. Replace metal roof panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07411 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Exterior Wall Panels & Systems 074219-1 SECTION 074219 METAL EXTERIOR WALL PANELS & SYSTEMS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. The extent of panel system work is indicated on the drawings and in these specifications. 2. Panel system requirements include the following components: a. Architectural metal panels with mounting system. Panel mounting system including anchorages, shims, furring, fasteners, sealants, related flashing, and protective film (as required) for a complete installation. b. Wall cladding, parapet coping, beam wraps, cornices, soffit, sills, border, and filler items indicated as integral components of the panel system or as designed. B. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 1 Specification Sections, and Technical Specification Divisions 2 through 33 apply to this Section. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 5. Section 051200 -Structural Steel 6. Section 054000 -Cold Formed Metal Framing 7. Section 072100 -Thermal Insulation 8. Section 061600 -Sheathing 9. Section 072610 -Self Adhering Air and Vapor Barrier 10. Section 076200 -Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 11. Section 079200 -Joint Sealants 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Panels exposed finishes shall perform according to AAMA 2603-98 or AAMA 2605-98; exposed anodized aluminum according to AAMA 611-98. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Exterior Wall Panels & Systems 074219-2 B. Panel composite assembly shall conform to ASTM E84, flame spread resistance, Class A. C. Design wall system to withstand a positive and negative windload pressure acting inward and outward normal to the plane of the wall to meet the requirements of the latest adopted Local Building Code. D. Make adequate provisions in the wall system for thermal expansion and contraction of the component parts and fastening of the system to prevent harmful damage caused by buckling, opening of joints, contraction and expansion due to accumulation of dead loads and variations of live loads. E. Design wall system to be sealed at all joints, intersections and cutouts to prevent moisture intrusion of any type. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Panel Manufacturer: Manufacturer shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the manufacture of composite architectural wall systems and have ISO 9001:2000 Certification. B. Panel Panel Installer: Installer shall be experienced in performing work of this section and be specialized in the installation of similar work required on this project. C. Field Measurements: When possible, measurements should be taken prior to the completion of shop manufacturing and assembly. D. Pre-Installation Meetings: Conduct pre-installation meetings to verify project requirements, substrate condition, installation instructions and warranty requirements. Comply with Division 1 Project Management and Coordination, Project Meetings Section. 1.04 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM E84: Surface Burning Characteristics B. Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association (AAMA): AAMA 2603-98: Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels AAMA 2605-98: Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Producedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and and Panels AAMA 611-98: Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Samples Panel: Two samples of each type of assembly including panels, molding, joining materials and fasteners. Color Standards: Two 3" x 5" samples of each color of finish selected. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate thickness and dimension of parts, fastening and anchoring methods, detail and location of joints, including joints necessary to accommodate thermal movement. C. Material Certification: Two (2) copies certifying that material meets the requirements specified. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Exterior Wall Panels & Systems 074219-3 D. Manufacturer's Literature: Two (2) copies of manufacturer's literature for panel material. E. Test Reports: Two (2) copies of third party test reports on testing required in Section 1.03. F. LEED® Submittals (as per Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements): 1. Product Certificates for Credit MRc4: For metal products, provide documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 2. Product Certificates for Credit MRc5: For metal products, indicate location and distance from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include statement indicating cost for each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional. 3. Credit EQc4.1: Manufacturers' product data for construction adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirements Section. B. Deliver, store and handle panels and other components so they will not be damaged or deformed. Package all panels for protection against transportation damage. C. Storage and Protection: Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable ventilated covering. Do not store panels to accumulate water or be in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting or other surface damage. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Furnish panel manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty in addition to and not a limitation of other rights Owner may have under the Contract Documents. B. Panel Lamination Warranty: Five (5) years commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. C. Finish Warranty: Twenty (20) years PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR WALL PANELS & SYSTEMS A. Manufacturer: The drawings and specifications are base on SinoCore® prefinished architectural panels manufactured by Citadel Architectural Products, Inc., 3131-A North Franklin Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46226, phone: (317) 894-9400 or (800) 446-8828. Equal products may be used with approval from the architect. B. Prefinished Architectural Panels: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Exterior Wall Panels & Systems 074219-4 1. Panel Composition: a. Face Skin: 0.024" (minimum) prefinished smooth aluminum, painted to match Architect's color selection. b. Core: 5/16” (4mm) high density polypropylene c. Back Skin: 0.024" primed smooth aluminum backer. 2. Panel Tolerances: a. Thickness: ±1/32" b. Length and Width: +0, -1/8" c. Squareness: 1/64" per lineal foot 3. Attachment System: Two-part extruded aluminum moldings manufactured by the panel manufacturer for the specified system. C. All metal plate products should have a minimum post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. All metal plate products should be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. 2.02 FINISH A. Exposed Finish: Smooth Anodized from manufacturer’s premium & metallic color options. B. Color: As selected selected by Architect from panel manufacturer's Color Selection Guide. C. All coating applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and moldings as required for panel system's design by panel system manufacturer. Fasteners shall be stainless steel. B. Weather Seals: Shall be Tremco® Spectrem® 2, applied per the sealant manufacturer's instructions. All sealants applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. C. Provide & install high impact plastic shims to maintain planar, straight surfaces. D. Separate dissimilar metals where needed to eliminate the possibility of corrosive or electrolytic action between materials with manufacturer’s trim spacers. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine and verify substrate surfaces to receive composite metal panel system and associated work and condition which work will be installed. B. Maximum deviation from alignment of substrate shall be no more than 1/4" in 20'-0". New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Exterior Wall Panels & Systems 074219-5 C. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer. Starting work within a particular area will be construed as installer's acceptance of surface conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's product data including product technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions, and product carton instructions. B. Surfaces to receive panels shall be even, smooth, sound, clean, and free from defects detrimental to panel installation. C. Field measure and verify dimensions as required. D. Protect adjacent areas or surfaces from damage as a result of the Work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Erect panels level and true to intended plane. B. Maximum deviation from vertical and horizontal alignment of erected panels shall be no more than 1/4" in 20'-0". C. Maximum deviation in panel flatness shall be 0.6% of the assembled units. D. Conform to panel manufacturer's instructions for attachment systems. E. Weather seal all joints as required using methods and materials as recommended by the panel manufacturer. F. Attachment system shall allow for the free vertical and horizontal thermal movement due to expansion and contraction for a material temperature range of -20°F to +180°F (-29°C to +82°C). Buckling of panels, opening of joints, undue stress on fasteners, failure of sealants or any other detrimental effects due to thermal movement will not be permitted. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove and replace panels damaged beyond repair as a direct result of the panel installation. After installation, panel repair and replacement shall become the responsibility of the General Contractor. B. Remove temporary coverings and protection to adjacent work areas. Repair or replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Owner's acceptance. B. Remove and legally dispose of construction debris from project site. END OF SECTION 074219 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-1 SECTION 075419 POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING (Part of Work of Section 070002 -ROOFING AND FLASHING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Adhered membrane roofing system. 2. Cover board. 3. Roof insulation. 4. Substrate board. 5. Vapor retarder. 6. Flashing for equipment mounted on roofing and roofing penetrations. 7. Wood Nailers, Curbs, Blocking at parapet, and other roof Blocking shall be provided by the Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing contractor in accordance with the requirements of Section 061000-Rough Carpentry. Carpentry. 8. Temporary protection during and after installation, through date of Substantial Completion. 9. Plywood sheathing covered by membrane roofing. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Install the following items as furnished by the designated Sections: 1. Section 220001 -PLUMBING: a. Roof drains: shall be provided and installed by the Plumbing Trade Contractor and flashed by the Roofing Trade Contractor. 2. Section 230001 -HEATING, VENTILATIONG, AND AIR CONDITIONING: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-2 a. Roof curbs for HVAC equipment: shall be provided and installed by the Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Trade Contractor and flashed by the Roofing Trade Contractor. D. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 076200 -SHEET METAL FLASHING and Trim for metal roof penetration flashings, flashings, and counter flashings. 2. Section 077200 -Roof Accessories for Roof Hatches. 3. Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS for sealants. 4. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal. 5. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements 6. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements 7. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.Roofing System Design: Roofing system shall be designed to withstand Code required loads and wind speeds. D. Flashings: Provide base flashings, perimeter flashings, detail flashings and component materials that comply with requirements and recommendations in FMG 1-49 Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Perimeter Flashings; FMG 1-29 Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Above Deck Roof Components; NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual (Fourth Edition) for Construction Details and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth Edition) for Construction Details, as applicable. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-3 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Insulation fastening details. C. Installer Certificates: Signed by roofing system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved, authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system. D. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. E. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. F. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed roofing installation. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system from or approved by roofing system manufacturer. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Comply with requirements in Division 1. Review methods and procedures related to roofing system including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Meet with the Owner’s Project Manager, Construction Manager, Designer, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-4 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Roofing Contractor’s Warranty: The roofing subcontractor shall supply the Owner with a minimum two-year workmanship warranty for each roof. In the event any work related to the roofing, flashing, or metalwork is found to be defective within two years of substantial completion, the roofing contractor shall remove and replace such at no additional cost to the Owner. The roofing subcontractor’s warranty obligation shall run directly to the Owner and a copy the roofing signed warranty shall be sent to the roofing system’s manufacturer. 1. The duration of the Roofing Contractor’s two-year warranty shall run concurrent with the roofing system’s manufacturer’s 20-year warranty. B. Roofing Systems Manufacturer’s Warranty: The roofing manufacturer shall guarantee roof areas to be in a watertight condition, for a period of 20 years, from the date of final acceptance of the roofing system. The warranty shall be a 20-year no dollar limit, nonprorated total system labor and material warranty, for wind speeds up to 72 miles per hour. Total system warranty shall include all roofing materials, related components and accessories including, but not limited to the substrate board, vapor retarder, insulation board, cover board, roofing membrane, membrane flashings, fasteners, adhesives and termination metals and roof drain assemblies. The manufacturer shall repair defects in New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-5 materials and workmanship as promptly after observation as weather and site conditions permit. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PVC ROOFING MEMBRANE A. PVC Sheet: ASTM D 4434-96 (or latest revision) “Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet Roofing”, Type II, Grade 1, fiber reinforced, as follows: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Sarnafil Inc. – G410-18 b. Or equal products 2. Thickness: .072 inches (1.8 mm), nominal. a. Membrane manufacturer shall certify that the polymer thickness is of the polymer thickness specified. Certification is to be signed by the membrane manufacturer’s quality control manager. ASTM +/-tolerance for membrane thickness is not required. 3. Color of Membrane: EnergySmart (White). Non-Energy Star rated products will not be accepted. a. Initial Reflectivity: 0.83 b. Initial emissivity: 0.92 c. Solar Reflective Index (SRI): > 104 4. Physical proerties: Parameter: ASTM Minimum Test Method Requirement a. Reinf. Material: -Fiberglass b. Overall Thickness: D-638 0.72 inches c. Tensile Strength (min psi) D-638 1,600 d. Elongation at break, min. (machine x transverse) D-638 270% /250% e. Seam Strength, min. (% of Tensile Strength) D-638 80 f. Retention of Properties after Heat Aging D-3045 Tensile Strength, min (% of original) D-638 95 Elongation, min. (% of original) D-638 90 g. Tearing Resistance, min. lbf. D-1004 14 h. Low Temperature Bend (-40 deg. F) D-2136 Pass i. Accelerated Weathering Test ((Xenon arc) D-2565 10,000 hours Cracking (7x magnification) -None Discoloration (by observation) -Negligible New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-6 Crazing (7x magnification) -None j. Linear Dimensional Change D-1204 0.02% k. Weight Change After Immersion in Water, max. D-570 2.5% l. Static Puncture Resistance, 33 lbf D-5602 Pass m. Dynamic Puncture Resistance, 7.3 ft-lbf D-5635 Pass 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard fiberglass reinforced sheet flashing of same material, type, reinforcement, thickness, and color as PVC sheet membrane. C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard bonding adhesive for membrane, and solventbased bonding adhesive for base flashings. D. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors. E. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosionresistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer. F. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, termination reglets, cover strips, aluminum tape and other accessories. 2.3 METAL ROOF EDGE A. General: Provide a PVC-coated, heat-weldable sheet metal capable of being formed into a variety of shapes and profiles. B. Material: 25 Gauge, G90 Galvanized metal sheet with a 20 mil (1 mm) unsupported PVC membrane laminated on one side C. Dimensions: Refer to drawings for required profiles and dimensions. Provide multiple sheets to achieve indicated profiles if necessary. 2.4 SUBSTRATE BOARD A. Composition: Water resistant, silicone treated, gypsum core with embedded fiberglass mats on the top and bottom of the board meeting requirements of ASTM C 1117/C 1177M-99. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-7 B. Products: Densdeck, as manufactured by Tremco /GP or approved equal. C. Dimensions: 4 ft x 8 ft x 5/8 inch. 2.5 VAPOR RETARDER A. Vapor Retarder: Provide a 32 mil. (0.8 mm) thick self-adhesive vapor composed of SBS modified bitumen. Top layer shall be a high density polyethylene grid laminated between two layers of polyethylene film. A silicone release plastic film shall cover the self-adhesive back. 1. Breaking Strength, MD/XD: 64/88 lbg/in. ASTM D 5147 2. Ultimate Elongation, MD/XD: 52 /24%. ASTM D 5147 3. Cold Bending: 31 deg. F ASTM D 5147 4. Static Puncture: 90 lbs ASTM D5602 5. Tear Resistance, MD/XD: 84 /90 lbf. ASTM D5601 6. Lap Adhesion: 6 lbf/in ASTM D1876 7. Peel Strength: 8 lbf/in ASTM D 903 8. Water Absorption < 0.1% ASTM D 5147 9. Water Vapor Permeance (perms) 0.017 ASTM E-96 (procedure B) 10. Air Permeability 1.14 10-3 ft3/min. sq.ft. ASTM D-1970 (75pa) 2.6 ROOF INSULATION A. General: Provide preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements and referenced standards, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes and of thicknesses indicated. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Sarnafil, Inc. b. Atlas Roofing Corporation. c. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. d. Firestone Building Products Company. e. GAF Materials Corp. f. GenFlex Roofing Systems. C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-8 2.7 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Furnish roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosionresistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. 1. Mechanical fasteners shall be used only at locations with no vapor retarder. C. Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard two-part polyurethane low-rise adhesive for bonding insulation to approved compatible substrates. 1. Application Rate: As recommended by manufacturer for substrate type. 2.8 WALKWAYS A. Sand-Coated Walkway: Heat-weldable, sand coated walkway produced from 60 mil (1.5 mm) thick fiberglass reinforced, membrane, double coated with Number O Silica Sand and manufacturer’s special adhesive. B. Dimensions: Provide sheets in 26 inch, 36 inch and 78 inch widths, as required to meet the design intent of the walkway layout as indicated on the Roof Plan. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of steel roof deck comply with requirements in Section 053000 – METAL DECKING. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SUBSTRATE BOARD A. Secure substrate board to metal deck using mechanical fasteners in configuration according to code requirements and manufacturer’s written recommendations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-9 1. Use fastener plates with flat upper and lower surfaces to minimize potential damage to fiberglass facer. 2. Do not apply fully coated asphalt or modified bitumen base sheets directly to substrate board in hot applied bitumen. 3. Do not point a torch flame or hot air (in excess of 425 deg. F) directly to substrate board surface during roof membrane installation. Instead, heat sources shall be applied evenly to membrane materials. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.4 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION A. Install laminated-sheet vapor retarder in a single layer over area to receive vapor retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum of 2 inches and 6 inches respectively. Bond vapor retarder to deck as follows: 1. Apply adhesive at rate recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer. Seal laps with adhesive. B. Completely seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into membrane roofing system. 3.5 INSULATION AND COVERBOARD INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-10 D. Install one or more layers of insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Install 2 or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. E. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. F. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations. G. Adhered Insulation: Apply manufacturer’s standard insulation adhesive using pneumatic spray equipment over properly installed and prepared substrates at a rate according to manufacturer’s written instructions. Manufacturer’s approved primer may be required prior to application of adhesive if excessive dirt or dust remains on substrate. Manufacturer should be contacted for specific primer requirements. Apply adhesive in a smooth, even coating with no gaps, globs, puddles or similar inconsistencies. Only areas that can be made completely watertight in the same day’s operations shall be coated. Allow adhesive to rise up 1/8 inch (or as recommended by manufacturer) and set insulation boards into adhesive. Continue to install boards into adhesive. After set up time has been reached, walk insulation boards into adhesive to ensure full embedment. CAUTION: Walking insulation boards in immediately after placement into adhesive may cause slippage /movement until adhesive starts to set up. On roof slopes greater than ½ inch in 12 inches, begin adhering insulation at low point and work upward to avoid slippage. One person should be designated to walk in, trim /slit and apply weight to all insulation boards to ensure adequate securement. For multiple layers of insulation spray adhesive over the base layer once fully secured and follow procedures above for attachment of each insulation layer H. Fastened Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board-type roof insulation to deck. 1. Fasten insulation according to requirements in FMG's "Approval Guide" for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 3.6 ADHERED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install roofing membrane over area to receive roofing according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing membrane and allow to relax before installing. 1. For PVC memebrane, install sheet according to ASTM D 5036. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-11 B. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of membrane roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Accurately align roofing membrane and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply solvent-based bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of roofing membrane at rate required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing roofing membrane. Do not apply bonding adhesive to splice area of roofing membrane. E. Mechanically or adhesively fasten roofing membrane securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing. F. Apply roofing membrane with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. G. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing membrane, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing membrane according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of roofing membrane. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing membrane that do not meet requirements. H. Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck drain flange at deck drains and securely seal roofing membrane in place with clamping ring. 3.7 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply solvent-based bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing. D. Clean splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping sheets to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of sheet flashing terminations. E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing 075419-12 3.8 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Heat weld to substrate or adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. Manufacturer’s Technical Representative: Engage a qualified manufacturer’s technical representative to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. C. Final Roof Inspection: Engage roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Designer. 1. Notify Designer and the Owner’s Project Manager 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. D. Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.10 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Designer and the Owner’s Project Manager. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 075419 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-1 SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM (Part of Work of Section 070002 -ROOFING AND FLASHING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Sheet metal flashing and trim for the following applications: a. Through-wall flashing. b. Formed wall flashing and trim. c. Formed low-slope roof flashing and trim. 2 Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 3 Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 4 Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 5 Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Furnish the following through wall flashing and all metal flashing embedded in masonry walls for installation by the designated Sections. 1. Division 04 MASONRY E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 061000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-2 2. Section 074219 -METAL PLATE WALL PANELS for factory-formed metal wall panels and flashing and trim not part of sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Section 077200 -ROOF ACCESSORIES for roof hatches, vents, and other manufactured roof accessory units. 4. Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS for field-applied sheet metal flashing and trim sealants. 5. Section 079500 -EXPANSION CONTROL for manufactured sheet metal expansionjoint covers. 6. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal. 7. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. 8. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 9. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Fabricate and install roof edge flashing and copings capable of resisting the following forces required by Code according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49: C. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F material surfaces. D. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water infiltration to building interior. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. LEED Submittals as per Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans and elevations. Distinguish between shop-and field-assembled works. Include the following: 1. Identify material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-3 2. Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 3. Details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim, including fasteners, clips, cleats, and attachments to adjoining work. 4. Details of expansion-joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments. 2. Trim: 12 inches long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 3. Accessories: Full-size Sample. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. 1. Meet with the Project Manager, Designer, User Agency's insurer if applicable, Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects sheet metal flashing and trim including installers of roofing materials, roof accessories, unit skylights, and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Examine substrate conditions for compliance with requirements, including flatness and attachment to structural members. 4. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet metal flashing and trim materials and fabrications during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-4 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.8 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY: A. Hoisting Equipment and Machinery: The Roofing and Flashing trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. 1.9 STAGING: A. Staging, planking and scaffolding: The Roofing and Flashing trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all staging, planking and scaffolding that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METALS All metal plate products should have a minimum post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B.All metal plate products should be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.02A. A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3004, 3105, or 5005. Thickness as specified in this Section. Temper suitable for forming and structural performance required, but not less than H14, finished as follows: 1. High-Performance Organic Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. a. Fluoropolymer 3-Coat System: Manufacturer's standard 3-coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer, fluoropolymer color coat, and clear fluoropolymer topcoat, with both color coat and clear topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight, with a minimum total dry film thickness of 1.5 mil; complying with AAMA 2605. 1) Color: As selected by Designer from manufacturer's full range. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-5 B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, with No. 2D dull, cold rolled finish. Thickness as specified in this Section. 2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Felts: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt, nonperforated. B. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized paper, minimum 3 lb/100 sq. ft.. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS All adhesives and sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.05A and 2.06A. A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. 2. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex washer head. 3. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets. 4. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. C. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer. D. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-6 H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 1. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. 2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. E. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in the Work cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. F. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated. G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. 1. Thickness: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.5 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long, but not exceeding 10-foot-long, sections. Furnish with 6-inch-wide joint cover plates. 1. Joint Style: Butt, with 12-inch-wide concealed backup plate. 2. Fabricate gravel stops and scuppers from the following material: a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-7 B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long, but not exceeding 10-foot-long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld watertight. 1. Joint Style: Butt, with 12-inch-wide concealed backup plate. 2. Fabricate copings from the following material: a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick. C. Roof and Roof to Wall Transition Expansion-Joint Cover: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0250 inch thick. D. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. E. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. F. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. G. Splash Pans: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. H. Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0156 inch thick. 2.6 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Through-Wall Flashing: Fabricate continuous flashings in minimum 96-inch-long, but not exceeding 12 foot long, sections, under copings, at shelf angles, and where indicated. Fabricate discontinuous lintel, sill, and similar flashings to extend 6 inches beyond each side of wall openings. Form with 2-inch-high end dams. Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0156 inch thick. B. Wall Expansion-Joint Cover: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-8 2.7 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. 1. Coat side of stainless-steel sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a course of polyethylene underlayment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-9 3. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws. 1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners. 2. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners. 3. Stainless Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners. H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. 1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS. I. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not solder aluminum sheet. 2. Stainless-Steel Soldering: Pretin edges of uncoated sheets to be soldered using solder recommended for stainless steel and phosphoric acid flux. Promptly wash off acid flux residue from metal after soldering. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-10 3. Do not use open-flame torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joints. Fill joints completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. J. Aluminum Flashing: Rivet or weld joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength. 3.3 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight. B. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten. C. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with elastomeric sealant. 1. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap-in installation and sealant. D. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for flashing on vent piping. 3.4 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Through-Wall Flashing: Installation of through-wall flashing is specified in Division 04 MASONRY. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 076200-11 C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 076200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roof Accessories 077200 -1 SECTION 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES (Part of Work of Section 070002 – ROOFING AND FLASHING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Roof hatches. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS for metal ships' ladders for access to roof hatches. 2. Section 061000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY for wood cants and wood wood nailers 3. Section 076200 -SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM for shop-and fieldfabricated metal flashing and counterflashing, roof expansion-joint covers, and miscellaneous sheet metal trim and accessories. 4. Section 230001 -HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING for roof-mounted ventilators. F. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roof Accessories 077200 -2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate configuration and dimension of components, adjacent construction, required clearances and tolerances, and other affected Work. 1. Hatch Units: Show types, elevations, thickness of metals, and full size profiles. 2. Hardware: Show materials, finishes, locations of fasteners, types of fasteners, locations and types of operating hardware, and details of installation. 3. General: Show connections of units and hardware to other Work. Include schedules showing location of each type and size of unit. B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s technical data for each type of hatch assembly, including setting drawings, templates, fire-resistive characteristics, finish requirements, and details of anchorage devices. 1. Include complete schedule, types, locations, construction details, finishes, latching or locking provisions, and other pertinent data. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements and rough-in dimensions. D. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Statement of qualifications. E. Contract Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 017700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. 1. Operating and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer/Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing and installation of components specified in this Section with minimum of 5 years documented experience. C. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain roof hatch units and frames for entire Project from 1 source and 1 single manufacturer. D. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where fire-resistance classification is indicated, provide fire rated units listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC), or both. E. Regulatory Requirements: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roof Accessories 077200 -3 1. OSHA Compliance: Provide hatch safety railing system as required by OSHA Standard 1910.23 and 1910.27 and as specified in Section. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Pack, handle, and ship roof accessories properly labeled in heavy-duty packaging to prevent damage. B. Deliver materials to Project site ready use. C. Exercise proper care in handling of Work so as not to injure finished surfaces. Protect Work from damage after it is in place. D. Store materials under cover in a dry and clean location off the ground. Remove materials that are damaged or otherwise not suitable for installation from Project site and replace with acceptable materials at no additional cost to Owner. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify required openings for each type of roof accessory by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of roof accessories with roofing membrane and base flashing and interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, weathertight, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty. B. Warrant materials and workmanship against defects after completion and final acceptance of Work. 1. Repair defects, or replace with new materials, faulty materials or workmanship developed during guarantee period at no expense to Owner. C. Roofing and Flashing Contractor Warranty: Upon completion of the work, and prior to acceptance of the work, the Roofing and Flashing Contractor shall provide the to the Owner his own written warranty agreeing to repair and /or replace any Roof Accessory units which fail due to the improper installation within the first two (2) years after the date of substantial completion. This warranty will cover all materials and labor to correct such failures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roof Accessories 077200 -4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF HATCHES A. Roof Hatches: Fabricate roof hatches with insulated double-wall lids and insulated doublewall curb frame with integral deck mounting flange and lid frame counterflashing. Fabricate with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints. Provide continuous weathertight perimeter gasketing and equip with corrosion-resistant or hot-dip galvanized hardware. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Babcock-Davis; a Cierra Products Inc. Company. b. Bilco Company (The). c. Nystrom, Inc. d. O'Keeffe's Inc. e. Wasco Products, Inc. 2. Loads: Fabricate roof hatches to withstand 40-lbf/sq. ft. external and 20-lbf/sq. ft. internal loads. 3. Cover and Liner: 14 gauge (0.075 inch) galvanized steel cover with 1 inch rigid fiberboard insulation and 22 gauge (0.0299 inch) galvanized steel cover liner. 4. Curb: 14-gauge galvanized steel with 3/4 inch rigid fiberboard insulation at curb perimeter. 5. Hinges: Hinges: Optional Type 316 stainless steel tamperproof hinge contained within hatch as part of spring assembly. 6. Latch: Optional Type 316 stainless steel slam latch with turn handle and inside padlock hasps. 7. Springs: Greased heavy-duty compression springs in telescoping tubes. 8. Hardware: Optional Type 316 stainless steel hold open arm(s) with rubber handle that automatically locks the door when opened. Furnish hatches with interior padlock hasp and EPDM draft seal. 9. Mounting Flanges: a. Single Wall Curb: 3-1/2 inch. 10. Acceptable Product: Design intent based on Personnel Series, Ship Stair Access Hatch, Model B-RHG, 72”L x 36”W., as manufactured by Babcock Davis. Equal products accepted. 2.2 SAFETY RAILING SYSTEM A. Top rail, mid rail, and chain or swinging gate, with hatch curb acting as toe plate. 1. Test load: 200-pounds. B. Height: Minimum 42 inches above finished roof deck. C. Pipe: Galvanized, 1-1/4 inch ID, A53 Grade B seamed pipe or galvanized, 1-5/8 inch OD A500 seamed tube. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roof Accessories 077200 -5 D. Flat Bar: 2 inch by 3/8 inch thickness, A36 mild steel. E. Chain System: 3/16-inch proof coil ASTM specification, zinc plated with quick link on fixed end. F. Pipe Ends and Tops: Covered or plugged with weather and light resistant material. G. Bolts and Washers: 3/8 inch by 2-1/2 inch, grade Z, zinc plated. H. Sealant: Recommended by manufacturer. I. Finish: Factory-applied hot dipped galvanized. J. Acceptable Product: Manufacturer’s standard Hatch Safety Railing System compatible for each type /model of hatch provided. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for aboveground use, complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inches thick. B. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. C. Fasteners: Same metal as metals being fastened, or nonmagnetic stainless steel or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by roof accessory manufacturer. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. Provide nonremovable fastener heads to exterior exposed fasteners. D. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, or PVC; or flat design of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, polyurethane sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. 2.4 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with system established by Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Aluminum: Mill finish. D. Steel: Manufacturer's standard factory-applied powder coat. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roof Accessories 077200 -6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions, and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored and is ready to receive roof accessories. 2. Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof accessories. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor roof accessories securely in place and capable of resisting forces specified. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for completing roof accessory installation. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Install roof accessories to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum roof accessories with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing exposed-to-view components of roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet, or install a course of polyethylene underlayment. 3. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by roof accessory manufacturers for waterproof performance. D. Install roof accessories level, plumb, true to line and elevation, and without warping, jogs in alignment, excessive oil canning, buckling, or tool marks. E. Roof Hatch Installation: 1. Check roof hatch for proper operation. Adjust operating mechanism as required. Clean and lubricate joints and hardware. 2. Attach safety railing system to roof hatch curb. 3. Attach ladder safety post according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required by manufacturer of roof accessories. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Roof Accessories 077200 -7 3.3 TOUCH UP A. Touch up factory-primed surfaces with compatible primer ready for field painting in accordance with Section 099000 -PAINTING AND COATING. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 077200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-1 SECTION 078100 APPLIED FIREPROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Concealed sprayed fire-resistive materials. 2. Exposed sprayed fire-resistive materials. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete protecting structural steel. 2. Division 04 -MASONRY for masonry protecting structural steel. 3. Section 051200 -STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING for surface conditions required for structural steel receiving sprayed fire-resistive materials. 4. Section 072100 -THERMAL INSULATION for fire-safing insulation. 5. Section 078413 -PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING for firestopping and firesafing insulation. 6. Section 092900 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. 7. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selections. 8. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 9. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 10. Section 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Structural framing plans indicating the following: 1. Locations and types of surface preparations required before applying sprayed fireresistive material. 2. Extent of sprayed fire-resistive material for each construction and fire-resistance rating, including the following: a. Applicable fire-resistance design designations of a qualified testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. b. Minimum thicknesses needed to achieve required fire-resistance ratings of structural components and assemblies. 3. Treatment of sprayed fire-resistive material after application. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of colored, exposed sprayed fire-resistive material, two Samples, each 4 inches square, of each color, texture, and material formulation to be applied. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include Sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. D. Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer, and testing agency. E. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sprayed fire-resistive material manufacturer indicating the following: 1. Materials have been tested for bond with substrates. 2. Materials have been verified by sprayed fire-resistive material manufacturer to be compatible with substrate primers and coatings. 3. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. F. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for proposed sprayed fire-resistive materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by sprayed fire-resistive material manufacturer as experienced and with sufficient trained staff to install manufacturer's products according to specified requirements. A manufacturer's willingness to sell its sprayed fire-resistive materials to Contractor or to an installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on the buyer. 1. Installer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility for designation of restrained and unrestrained conditions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-3 B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. C. Source Limitations: Obtain sprayed fire-resistive materials through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Testing: By a qualified testing and inspecting agency engaged by Contractor or manufacturer to test for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Sprayed fire-resistive materials are randomly selected for testing from bags bearing the applicable classification marking of UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Testing is performed on specimens of sprayed fire-resistive materials that comply with laboratory testing requirements specified in Part 2 and are otherwise identical identical to installed fire-resistive materials, including application of accelerant, sealers, topcoats, tamping, troweling, rolling, and water overspray, if any of these are used in final application. 3. Testing is performed on specimens whose application the independent testing and inspecting agency witnessed during preparation and conditioning. Include in test reports a full description of preparation and conditioning of laboratory test specimens. E. Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to test for compliance with requirements for specified performance and test methods. 1. Test for bond per ASTM E 736 and requirements in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" for coating materials. Provide bond strength indicated in referenced fire-resistance design, but not less than minimum specified in Part 2. 2. Verify that manufacturer, through its own laboratory testing or field experience, has not found primers or coatings to be incompatible with sprayed fire-resistive material. F. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide sprayed fire-resistive materials with the firetest-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify bags containing sprayed fire-resistive materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for sprayed fire-resistive material serving as direct-applied protection tested per ASTM E 119. 2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. G. Provide products containing no detectable asbestos as determined according to the method specified in 40 CFR 763, Subpart E, Appendix E, Section 1, "Polarized Light Microscopy." New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-4 H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. Review methods and procedures related to sprayed fire-resistive materials including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify sequencing and coordination requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to Project site in original, unopened packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture, shelf life if applicable, and fire-resistance ratings applicable to Project. B. Use materials with limited shelf life within period indicated. Remove from Project site and discard materials whose shelf life has expired. C. Store materials inside, under cover, aboveground, and kept dry until ready for use. Remove from Project site and discard wet or deteriorated materials. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply sprayed fire-resistive material when ambient or substrate temperature is 40 deg F or lower unless temporary protection and heat is provided to maintain temperature at or above this level for 24 hours before, during, and for 24 hours after product application. B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces during and after application of sprayed fire-resistive material. Use natural means or, if they are inadequate, forced-air circulation until fireresistive material dries thoroughly. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Sequence and coordinate application of sprayed fire-resistive materials with other related work specified in other Sections to comply with the following requirements: 1. Provide temporary enclosure as required to confine spraying operations and protect the environment. 2. Provide temporary enclosures for applications to prevent deterioration of fireresistive material due to exposure to weather and to unfavorable ambient conditions for humidity, temperature, and and ventilation. 3. Avoid unnecessary exposure of fire-resistive material to abrasion and other damage likely to occur during construction operations subsequent to its application. 4. Do not apply fire-resistive material to metal roof deck substrates until concrete topping, if any, has been completed. For metal roof decks without concrete topping, do not apply fire-resistive material to metal roof deck substrates until roofing has New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-5 been completed; prohibit roof traffic during application and drying of fire-resistive material. 5. Do not apply fire-resistive material to metal floor deck substrates until concrete topping has been completed. 6. Except for thin-film intumescent fireproofing, do not begin applying fire-resistive material until clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items penetrating fire protection are in place. 7. Defer installing ducts, piping, and other items that would interfere with applying fireresistive material until application of fire protection is completed. 8. Do not install enclosing or concealing construction until after fire-resistive material has been applied, inspected, and tested and corrections have been made to defective applications. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by Contractor and by Installer, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace sprayed fire-resistive materials that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cracking, flaking, spalling, or eroding in excess of specified requirements; peeling; or delaminating of sprayed fire-resistive materials from substrates. 2. Not covered under the warranty are failures due to damage by occupants and the DCAM Project Manager's maintenance personnel, exposure to environmental conditions other than those investigated and approved during fire-response testing, and other causes not reasonably foreseeable under conditions of normal use. B. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS All adhesives and sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.05A and 2.06A. 2.1 CONCEALED SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS A. General: For concealed applications of sprayed fire-resistive materials, provide manufacturer's standard products complying with requirements indicated for material composition and physical properties representative of installed products. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cementitious Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-6 a. Carboline Co., Fireproofing Products Div.; Pyrolite 15 High Yield. b. Grace, W. R. & Co.--Conn., Construction Products Div.; Monokote Type MK-6/HY. c. Isolatek International Corp., Cafco Products; Cafco 300. d. Southwest Vermiculite Co., Inc.; 5EF. C. Material Composition: Cementitious sprayed fire-resistive material consisting of factorymixed, dry formulation of gypsum or portland cement binders and lightweight mineral or synthetic aggregates mixed with water at Project site to form a slurry or mortar for conveyance and application. D. Physical Properties: Minimum values, unless otherwise indicated, or higher values required to attain designated fire-resistance ratings, measured per standard test methods referenced with each property as follows: 1. Dry Density: 15 lb/cu. ft. for average and individual densities regardless of density indicated in referenced fire-resistance design, or greater if required to attain fireresistance ratings indicated, per ASTM E 605 or AWCI Technical Manual 12-A, Section 5.4.5, "Displacement Method." 2. Thickness: Provide minimum average thickness required for fire-resistance design indicated according to the following criteria, but not less than 0.375 inch, per ASTM E 605: a. Where the referenced fire-resistance design lists a thickness of 1 inch or greater, the minimum allowable individual thickness of sprayed fire-resistive material is the design thickness minus 0.25 inch. b. Where the referenced fire-resistance design lists a thickness of less than 1 inch but more than 0.375 inch, the minimum allowable individual thickness of sprayed fire-resistive material is the greater of 0.375 inch or 75 percent of the design thickness. c. No reduction in average thickness is permitted for those fire-resistance designs whose fire-resistance ratings were established at densities of less than 15 lb/cu. ft.. 3. Bond Strength: 150 lbf/sq. ft. minimum per ASTM E 736 under the following conditions: a. Field test sprayed fire-resistive material that is applied to flanges of wideflange, structural-steel members on surfaces matching those that will exist for remainder of steel receiving fire-resistive material. b. If surfaces of structural steel receiving sprayed fire-resistive material are primed or otherwise painted for coating materials, perform series of bond tests specified in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory." Provide bond strength indicated in referenced UL fire-resistance criteria, but not less than 150 lbf/sq. ft. minimum per ASTM E 736. c. Minimum thickness of sprayed fire-resistive material tested in laboratory shall be 0.75 inch. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-7 4. Compressive Strength: 5.21 lbf/sq. in. as determined in the laboratory per ASTM E 761. Minimum thickness of sprayed fire-resistive material tested shall be 0.75 inch and minimum dry density shall be as specified, but not less than 15 lb/cu. ft. 5. Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion per ASTM E 937. 6. Deflection: No cracking, spalling, or delamination per ASTM E 759. 7. Effect of Impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, or delamination per ASTM E 760. 8. Air Erosion: Maximum weight loss of 0.025 g/sq. ft. in 24 hours per ASTM E 859. For laboratory tests, minimum thickness of sprayed fire-resistive material is 0.75 inch maximum dry density is 15 lb/cu. ft. test specimens are not prepurged by mechanically induced air velocities, and tests are terminated after 24 hours. 9. Fungal Resistance: No observed growth on specimens per ASTM G 21. 2.2 EXPOSED CEMENTITIOUS SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS A. General: For exposed applications of sprayed fire-resistive materials, provide manufacturer's standard products complying with requirements indicated for material composition and for minimum physical properties of each product listed, measured by standard test methods referenced with each property. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Exposed Cementitious Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material: a. Carboline Co., Fireproofing Products Div.; Pyrocrete 239. b. Grace, W. R. & Co.--Conn., Construction Products Div.; Monokote Type Z106. c. Isolatek International Corp., Cafco Products.; Cafco 400. d. Pyrok, Inc.; Pyrok-MD. e. Southwest Vermiculite Co., Inc.; FW7. 2.3 AUXILIARY FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary fire-resistive materials that are compatible with sprayed fireresistive materials and substrates and are approved by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use in fire-resistance designs indicated. B. Substrate Primers: For use on each substrate and with each sprayed fire-resistive product, provide primer that complies with one or more of the following requirements: 1. Primer's bond strength complies with requirements specified in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory," for coating materials based on a series of bond tests per ASTM E 736. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-8 2. Primer is identical to those used in assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics of sprayed fire-resistive material per ASTM E 119 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Adhesive for Bonding Fire-Resistive Material: Product approved by manufacturer of sprayed fire-resistive material. D. Metal Lath: Expanded metal lath fabricated from material of weight, configuration, and finish required to comply with fire-resistance designs indicated and fire-resistive material manufacturer's written recommendations. Include clips, lathing accessories, corner beads, and other anchorage devices required to attach lath to substrates and to receive sprayed fireresistive material. E. Reinforcing Fabric: Glass-fiber fabric of type, weight, and form required to comply with fire-resistance designs indicated, approved by manufacturer of intumescent mastic coating fire-resistive material. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrates and other conditions affecting performance of work. A substrate is in satisfactory condition if it complies with the following: 1. Substrates comply with requirements in the Section where the substrate and related materials and construction are specified. 2. Substrates are free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents, rolling compounds, mill scale, loose scale, incompatible primers, incompatible paints, incompatible encapsulants, or other foreign substances capable of impairing bond of fire-resistive materials with substrates under conditions of normal use or fire exposure. 3. Objects penetrating fire-resistive material, including clips, hangers, support sleeves, and similar items, are securely attached to substrates. 4. Substrates are not obstructed by ducts, piping, equipment, and other suspended construction that will interfere with applying fire-resistive material. B. Verify that concrete work on steel deck has been completed. C. Verify that roof construction, installation of roof-top HVAC equipment, and other related work are completed. D. Conduct tests according to fire-resistive material manufacturer's written recommendations to verify that substrates are free of substances capable of interfering with bond. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-9 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cover other work subject to damage from fallout or overspray of fire-resistive materials during application. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of fire-resistive material, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, rolling compounds, mill scale, loose scale, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. C. For exposed applications, repair substrates to remove surface imperfections that could affect uniformity of texture and thickness in finished surface of sprayed fire-resistive material. Remove minor projections and fill voids that would telegraph through fire-resistive products after application. 3.3 APPLICATION, GENERAL A. Comply with fire-resistive material manufacturer's written instructions for mixing materials, application procedures, and types of equipment used to mix, convey, and spray on fireresistive material, as applicable to particular conditions of installation and as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. B. Apply sprayed fire-resistive material that is identical to products tested as specified in Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article and substantiated by test reports, with respect to rate of application, accelerator use, sealers, topcoats, tamping, troweling, water overspray, or other materials and procedures affecting test results. C. Install metal lath and reinforcing fabric, as required, to comply with fire-resistance ratings and fire-resistive material manufacturer's written recommendations for conditions of exposure and intended use. Securely attach lath and fabric to substrate in position required for support and reinforcement of fire-resistive material. Use anchorage devices of type recommended in writing by sprayed fire-resistive material manufacturer. Attach accessories where indicated or required for secure attachment of lath and fabric to substrate. D. Coat substrates with bonding adhesive before applying fire-resistive material where where required to achieve fire-resistance rating or as recommended in writing by sprayed fireresistive material manufacturer for material and application indicated. E. Extend fire-resistive material in full thickness over entire area of each substrate to be protected. Unless otherwise recommended in writing by sprayed fire-resistive material manufacturer, install body of fire-resistive covering in a single course. F. Spray apply fire-resistive materials to maximum extent possible. Following the spraying operation in each area, complete the coverage by trowel application or other placement method recommended in writing by sprayed fire-resistive material manufacturer. G. Where sealers are used, apply products that are tinted to differentiate them from sprayed fire-resistive material over which they are applied. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-10 3.4 APPLICATION, CONCEALED SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS A. Apply concealed sprayed fire-resistive material in thicknesses and densities not less than those required to achieve fire-resistance ratings designated for each condition. B. Cure concealed sprayed fire-resistive material according to product manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.5 APPLICATION, EXPOSED SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS A. Apply exposed sprayed fire-resistive material in thicknesses and densities not less than those required to achieve fire-resistance ratings designated for each condition, but apply in greater thicknesses and densities if indicated. B. Provide a uniform finish complying with description indicated for each type of material and matching Architect's sample or, if none, finish approved for field-erected mockup. C. Apply exposed cementitious sprayed fire-resistive materials to produce the following finish: 1. Even, spray-textured finish, produced by rolling flat surfaces of fire-protected members with a damp paint roller to remove drippings and excessive roughness. D. Cure exposed sprayed fire-resistive material according to product manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.6 APPLICATION, EXPOSED INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIRE-RESISTIVE COATINGS A. Apply exposed intumescent mastic fire-resistive coatings in thicknesses and densities not less than those required to achieve fire-resistance ratings designated for each condition. B. Apply intumescent mastic fire-resistive coating as follows: 1. Install reinforcing fabric as required to obtain designated fire-resistance rating and where indicated. 2. Finish: Even, spray-textured finish produced by lightly rolling flat surfaces of fireprotected members before fire-resistive material dries, to smooth out surface irregularities and to seal in surface fibers. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. reports. 1. Testing and inspecting agency will interpret tests and state in each report whether tested work complies with or deviates from requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-11 B. Tests and Inspections: Testing and inspecting of completed applications of sprayed fireresistive material shall take place in successive stages, in areas of extent and using methods as follows. Do not proceed with application of sprayed fire-resistive material for the next area until test results for previously completed applications of sprayed fire-resistive material show compliance with requirements. Tested values must equal or exceed values indicated and required for approved fire-resistance design. 1. Thickness for Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: For each 1000-sq. ft. area, or partial area, on each floor, from the average of 4 measurements from a 144-sq. in. sample area, with sample width of not less than 6 inches per ASTM E 605. 2. Thickness for Structural Frame Members: From a sample of 25 percent of structural members per floor, taking 9 measurements at a single cross section for structural frame beams or girders, 7 measurements of a single cross section for joists and trusses, and 12 measurements of a single cross section for columns per ASTM E 605. 3. Density for Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Structural Frame Members: At frequency and from sample size indicated for determining thickness of each type of construction and structural framing member, per ASTM E 605 or AWCI Technical Manual 12-A, Section 5.4.5, "Displacement Method." 4. Bond Strength for Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Structural Framing Members: For each 10,000-sq. ft. area, or partial area, on each floor, cohesion and adhesion from one sample of size indicated for determining thickness of each type of construction and structural framing member, per ASTM E 736. a. Field test sprayed fire-resistive material that is applied to flanges of wideflange, structural-steel members on surfaces matching those that will exist for remainder of steel receiving fire-resistive material. b. If surfaces of structural steel receiving sprayed fire-resistive material are primed or otherwise painted for coating materials, perform series of bond tests specified in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory." Provide bond strength indicated in referenced UL fire-resistance criteria, but not less than 150 lbf/sq. ft. minimum per ASTM E 736. 5. If testing finds applications of sprayed fire-resistive material are not in compliance with requirements, testing and inspecting agency will perform additional random testing to determine extent of noncompliance. C. Remove and replace applications of sprayed fire-resistive material that do not pass tests and inspections for cohesion and adhesion, for density, or for both and retest as specified above. D. Apply additional sprayed fire-resistive material, per manufacturer's written instructions, where test results indicate that thickness does not comply with specified requirements, and retest as specified above. 3.8 CLEANING, PROTECTING, AND REPAIR A. Cleaning: Immediately after completing spraying operations in each containable area of Project, remove material overspray and fallout from surfaces of other construction and clean exposed surfaces to remove evidence of soiling. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Applied Fireproofing 078100-12 B. Protect sprayed fire-resistive material, according to advice of product manufacturer and Installer, from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so fire protection will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. C. Coordinate application of sprayed fire-resistive material with other construction to minimize need to cut or remove fire protection. As installation of other construction proceeds, inspect sprayed fire-resistive material and patch any damaged or removed areas. D. Repair or replace work that has not successfully protected steel. END OF SECTION 078100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-1 SECTION 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Through-penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 2. Fire-resistive joint systems for floor, wall, and head-of-wall joints. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated designated Sections: 1. Section 078446 -FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS for fire-resistive joint sealers. 2. Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS for standard joint sealers. 3. Section 210001 -FIRE SUPPRESSIONfor fire-suppression piping penetrations. 4. Section 220001 – PLUMBING for piping penetrations. 5. Section 230001 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING for duct and piping penetrations. 6. Section 260001 – ELECTRICAL for cable and conduit penetrations. 7. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selections. 8. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 9. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 10. Section 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-2 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: For penetrations through fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items, provide through-penetration firestop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. B. F-Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F-ratings indicated, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated, as determined per ASTM E 814. C. For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provides products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both during and after construction. 1. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems. 2. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting floor loads involved, either by installing floor plates or by other means. 3. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each through-penetration firestop system, show each type of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency that evidences compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. 1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each through-penetration firestop system configuration for construction and penetrating items. C. Through-Penetration Firestop System Schedule: Indicate locations of each throughpenetration firestop system, along with the following information: 1. Types of penetrating items. 2. Types of constructions penetrated, including fire-resistance ratings and, where applicable, thicknesses of construction penetrated. 3. Through-penetration firestop systems for each location identified by firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-3 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Either a firm that has been approved by FMG according to FMG 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors" or a firm experienced in installing throughpenetration firestop systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction of a minimum of five projects with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. B. Source Limitations: Obtain through-penetration firestop systems, for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated, through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide through-penetration firestop systems that comply with the following requirements and those specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article: 1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL or another agency performing testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Part 1 Performance Requirements" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Through-penetration firestop system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Through-penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through-penetration firestop system designations listed in the UL “Fire Resistance Directory.” D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver through-penetration firestop system products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture, lot number, shelf life if applicable, qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials for through-penetration firestop systems to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-4 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install through-penetration firestop systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by through-penetration firestop system manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Ventilate through-penetration firestop systems per manufacturer's written instructions by natural means or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that throughpenetration firestop systems are installed according to specified requirements. B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate through-penetration firestop systems. C. Do not cover up through-penetration firestop system installations that will become concealed behind other construction until each installation has been examined building inspector, if required by authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, through-penetration firestop systems that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those systems indicated in the Through-Penetration Firestop System Schedule at the end of Part 3. 1. Hilti, Inc. 2. BioFireshield; RectorSeal Corporation. 3. 3M; Fire Protection Products Division. 4. Or approved equal. 2.2 FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS A. Compatibility: Provide through-penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another; with the substrates forming openings; and with the items, if any, penetrating through-penetration firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Materials: Provide through-penetration firestop systems containing primary materials and fill materials which are part of the tested assemblies indicated in the Through-Penetration New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-5 Firestop System Schedule at the end of Part 3. Fill materials are those referred to in directories of referenced testing and inspecting agencies as "fill," "void," or "cavity" materials. All adhesives and sealants used as part of the tested assemblies indicated in the through-Penetration System Schedule, applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.05A. C. Accessories: Provide components for each through-penetration firestop system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated 2.3 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with through-penetration firestop system manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through-penetration firestop systems to comply with firestop system manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of through-penetration firestop systems. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with through-penetration firestop systems. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-6 Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. All coatings applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.06A. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent through-penetration firestop systems from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestop system materials. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestop system's seal with substrates. 3.3 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install through-penetration firestop systems to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article and with firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce crosssectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. C. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: Engage a qualified, independent inspecting agency to inspect throughpenetration firestops. Independent inspecting agency shall comply with ASTM E 2174 requirements including those related to qualifications, conducting inspections, and preparing test reports. B. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through-penetration firestop systems so they comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing through-penetration firestop systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and firestop installations comply with requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-7 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through-penetration firestop system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that through-penetration firestop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated through-penetration firestop systems immediately and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-8 3.6 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM SCHEDULE CONCRETE FLOORS UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS CONCRETE OR BLOCK WALLS UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS TYPE OF PENETRANT F-RATING HR HILTI 3M BIOFIRE TYPE OF PENETRANT FRATING HILTI 3M BIOFIRE CIRCULAR BLANK OPENINGS 1 FA 0006, CAJ 0070 CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 CIRCULAR BLANK OPENINGS 1 CAJ 0055, CAJ 0070 CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 2 FA 0006, CAJ 0070 CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 2 CAJ 0055, CAJ 0070 CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 3 CAJ 0055 CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 3 CAJ 0055 CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 SINGLE METAL PIPES OR CONDUIT 1 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1278, FA 1017 CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 SINGLE METAL PIPES OR CONDUIT 1 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1278, CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 2 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1278, FA 1017 CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 2 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1278, CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 3 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1278, FA 1017 CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 3 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1278, CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 4 CAJ 8095, CBJ 1034 CAJ 1044 N/A 4 CAJ 8095, CBJ 1034, WJ 1042 CAJ 1044 WJ 1064 SINGLE NONMETALLIC PIPE OR CONDUIT (I.E. E. PVC, CPVC, ABS, ENT) 1 CAJ 2109, CAJ 2168, FA 2054, FA 2067 CAJ 2189, CAJ 2117, CAJ 2027 CAJ 2131 SINGLE NONMETALLIC PIPE OR CONDUIT (I.E. PVC, CPVC, ABS, ENT) 1 CAJ 2109, WJ 2108, WJ 2121 CAJ 2189, CAJ 2117, CAJ 2027 CAJ 2131 2 CAJ 2109, CAJ 2168, FA 2054, FA 2067 CAJ 2189, CAJ 2117 CAJ 2131 2 CAJ 2109, WJ 2108, WJ 2121 CAJ 2189, CAJ 2117, CAJ 2027 CAJ213 1 3 CAJ 2109, CAJ 2168, FA 2054, CAJ 2005, CAJ 2117 CAJ 2152 3 CAJ 2109, CAJ 2168, WJ 2091 CAJ 2005, CAJ 2117, CAJ 2027 CAJ215 2 4 N/A* N/A* N/A 4 WJ 2091 N/A* N/A New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-9 SINGLE OR BUNDLED CABLES 1 FA 3007, CAJ 3095, CAJ 3021 CAJ 3103 SINGLE OR BUNDLED CABLES 1 CAJ 3095, WJ 3060 WJ 3074 CAJ 3021 WJ 3071 2 FA 3007, CAJ 3095, CAJ 3021 CAJ 3103 2 CAJ 3095, WJ 3060 WJ 3074 CAJ 3021 WJ 3071 3 FA 3007, CAJ 3095, CAJ 3030 CAJ 3103 3 CAJ 3095, WJ 3050 CAJ 3030 CAJ 3103 4 N/A* N/A* N/A 4 WJ 3050 N/A* N/A CABLE TRAY 1 CAJ 4034, CAJ 4054, CAJ 4017 CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 CABLE TRAY 1 CAJ 4034, CAJ 4054, WJ 4016, CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 2 CAJ 4034, CAJ 4054, CAJ 4017 CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 2 CAJ 4034, CAJ 4054, WJ 4016, CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 3 CAJ 4034, CAJ 4017 CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 3 CAJ 4034, WJ 8007 CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 4 N/A* N/A* N/A 4 WJ 8007 N/A* N/A SINGLE INSULATED PIPES 1 FA 5016, FA 5017 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5091, CAJ 5080, CAJ 5024, CAJ 5017 CAJ 5082 SINGLE INSULATED PIPES 1 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5091, WJ 5042 CAJ 5080, CAJ 5024, CAJ 5017 CAJ 5082 2 FA 5016, FA 5017 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5091, CAJ 5080, CAJ 5024, CAJ 5017 CAJ 5082 2 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5091, WJ 5042 CAJ 5080, CAJ 5024, CAJ 5017 CAJ 5082 3 FA5016, CAJ 5061, CAJ 5090, CAJ 5024, CAJ 5017 CAJ 5006 3 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5091, CAJ 5024, CAJ 5017 CAJ 5006 4 CBJ 5006 N/A* N/A 4 WJ 5028, CBJ 5006 N/A* N/A ELECTRICAL BUSWAY 1 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6017 CAJ 6001, CAJ 6002 CAJ 6026 ELECTRICAL BUSWAY 1 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6017 CAJ 6001, CAJ 6002 CAJ 6026 2 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6017 CAJ 6001, CAJ 6002 CAJ 6026 2 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6017 CAJ 6001, CAJ 6002 CAJ 6026 3 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6017 CAJ 6001, CAJ 6002 N/A 3 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6017 CAJ 6001, CAJ 6002 N/A New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-10 NONINSULATED MECHANICAL DUCTWORK WITHOUT DAMPERS 1 CAJ 7046 CAJ 7051 CAJ 7003, CAJ 7021 CAJ 7036 NONINSULATED MECHANICAL DUCTWORK WITHOUT DAMPERS 1 CAJ 7046, WJ 7029, WJ 7022 CAJ 7003, CAJ 7021 CAJ 7036 2 CAJ 7046 CAJ 7051 CAJ 7003, CAJ 7021 N/A 2 CAJ 7046, WJ 7029, WJ 7022 CAJ 7003, CAJ 7021 CAJ 7036 3 CAJ 7046 CAJ 7051 CAJ 7003, CAJ 7021 N/A 3 CAJ 7046 CAJ 7051 CAJ 7003, CAJ 7021 N/A MIXED PENETRANTS 1 CAJ 8056, CAJ 8095, CAJ 8099 CAJ 8001, CAJ 8013 CAJ 8051 MIXED PENETRANTS 1 CAJ 8096, CAJ 8099 WJ 8007 CAJ 8001, CAJ 8013 CAJ 8051 2 CAJ 8056, CAJ 8095, CAJ 8099 CAJ 8001, CAJ 8013 CAJ 8051 2 CAJ 8096, CAJ 8099 WJ 8007 CAJ 8001, CAJ 8013 CAJ 8051 3 CAJ 8056, CAJ 8095, CAJ 8099 CAJ 8001, CAJ 8013 CAJ 8051 3 CAJ 8099 WJ 8007 CAJ 8001, CAJ 8013 CAJ 8051 4 CAJ 8095 N /A * N/A 4 WJ 8007 N/A* N/A New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-11 WOOD FLOORS UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS GYPSUM WALLBOARD ASSEMBLIES UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS TYPE OF PENETRANT F-RATING HILTI 3M BIOFIRE TYPE OF PENETRANT FRATING HILTI 3M BIOFIRE METAL PIPES OR CONDUIT 1 FC 1009, FC 1059 FC 1002 FC 1031 METAL PIPES OR CONDUIT 1 WL 1054, WL 1164 WL 1146 WL 1115 2 WL 1054, WL 1164 WL 1010, WL 1146 WL 1115 2 FC 1009, FC 1059 FC 1002 FC 1031 4 WL 1110 WL 1001 NONMETALLIC PIPE OR CONDUIT 1 FC 2025, FC 2126 FC 2024 FC 2059 NONMETALLIC PIPE OR CONDUIT 1 WL 2078, WL 2075, WL 2128 WL 2088, WL 2002 WL 2133 2 WL 2078, WL 2075, WL 2128 WL 2088, WL 2002 WL 2133 2 FC 2025, FC 2126 FC 2024 FC 2059 4 WL 2184, WL 2245 N/A* SINGLE OR BUNDLED CABLES 1 FC 3012, FC 3044 FC 3017 FC 3050 SINGLE OR BUNDLED CABLES 1 WL 3065 WL 3032, WL 3030 WL 3153 2 WL 3065 WL 3032, WL 3030 WL 3153 4 WL 3139 N/A* 2 FC 3012 FC 3017 N/A CABLE TRAY 1 WL 4011, WL 4019 WL 4004 WL 4032 2 WL 4011, WL 4019 WL 4004 WL 4032 4 WL 8014 N/A* A* INSULATED PIPES 1 FC 5004, FC 5036, FC 5037 FC 5014 FC 5025 INSULATED PIPES 1 WL 5029, WL 5096 WL 5040, WL 5001, WL 5032 WL 5062 2 WL 5029, WL 5096 WL 5040, WL 5001, WL 5032 WL 5062 2 FC 5004 N/A* FC 5025 4 WL 5073 N/A* 4 WL 5073 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Penetration Firestopping 078413-12 NONINSULATED MECHANICAL DUCTWORK WITHOUT DAMPERS 1 FC 7013 FC 7001 NONINSULATED MECHANICAL DUCTWORK WITHOUT DAMPERS 1 WL 7040, WL 7042 WL 7008 WL 7037 2 WL 7040, WL 7042 WL 7008, WL 7013, WL 7016 WL 7037 4 MIXED PENETRANTS 1 FC 8014, FC 8026 FC 8013 N/A MIXED PENETRANTS 1 WL 8004, WL 8013 WL 8010 WL 8017 2 WL 8004, WL 8013 WL 8010, WL 8002 WL 8017 2 N/A* N/A* N/A 4 WL 8014 N/A* 4 WL 8014 * No UL-Classified system is available as of August 2003. Engineer Judgement Drawing Required NOTES: 1. Jobsite conditions of each through-penetration firestop system must meet all details of the UL-Classified System selected. 2. If jobsite conditions do not match any UL-classified systems in the schedules above, contact firestop manufacturer for alternative systems or Engineer Judgement Drawings. 3. Coordinate work with other trades to assure that penetration opening sizes are appropriate for penetrant locations, and vice versa. 4. For 3-hour rated gypsum walls, contact the firestop manufacturer for a UL-classified system or engineer judgement drawing. 5. The Contractor shall verify that the schedule is current at the time of construction, and that each referenced system is suitable for the intended application. END OF SECTION 078413 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Fire Resistive Joint Systems 078446-1 SECTION 078446 FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the Work of this Section, including but not limited to fire-resistive joint systems for the following: 1. Floor-to-floor joints. 2. Floor-to-wall joints. 3. Head-of-wall joints. 4. Wall-to-wall joints. 5. Perimeter fire-resistive joint systems consisting of floor-to-wall joints between perimeter edge of fire-resistance-rated floor assemblies and exterior curtain walls. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 078413 -PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING for firestopping. 2. Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS for standard joint sealers. 3. Division 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION for fire-suppression piping penetrations. 4. Section 220001 – PLUMBING for piping penetrations. 5. Section 230001 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING for duct and piping penetrations. 6. Section 260001 – ELECTRICAL for cable and conduit penetrations. 7. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selections. 8. Section 013329 General Requirements 9. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 10. Section 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Fire Resistive Joint Systems 078446-2 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide fire-resistive joint systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of assembly in which fire-resistive joint systems are installed. B. For fire-resistive systems exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each fire-resistive joint system, show each kind of construction condition in which joints are installed; also show relationships to adjoining construction. Include fire-resistive joint system design designation of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that demonstrates compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. 1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each fire-resistive joint system configuration for construction and penetrating items. C. Product Certificates: For each type of fire-resistive joint system, signed by product manufacturer. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Field quality-control test reports. F. Research/Evaluation Reports: For each type of fire-resistive joint system. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Either a firm that has been approved by FMG according to FMG 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors" or a firm experienced in installing through-penetration firestop systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction of a minimum of five projects with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. B. Installation Responsibility: Assign installation of through-penetration firestop systems and fire-resistive joint systems in Project to a single qualified installer. C. Source Limitations: Obtain fire-resistive joint systems, for each kind of joint and construction condition indicated, through one source from a single manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Fire Resistive Joint Systems 078446-3 D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide fire-resistive joint systems that comply with the following requirements and those specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article: 1. Fire-resistance tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL or another agency performing testing and follow-up inspection services for fire-resistive joint systems acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Fire-resistive joint systems are identical to those tested per methods indicated in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article and comply with the following: a. Fire-resistive joint system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Fire-resistive joint systems correspond to those indicated by referencing system designations of the qualified testing and inspecting agency. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver fire-resistive joint system products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project and with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture, lot number, shelf life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials. B. Store and handle materials for fire-resistive joint systems to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install fire-resistive joint systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by fire-resistive joint system manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Ventilate fire-resistive joint systems per manufacturer's written instructions by natural means or, if this is inadequate, forced-air circulation. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of joints to ensure that fire-resistive joint systems are installed according to specified requirements. B. Coordinate sizing of joints to accommodate fire-resistive joint systems. C. Do not cover up fire-resistive joint system installations that will become concealed behind other construction until DCAM's inspecting agency and building inspector of authorities having jurisdiction have examined each installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Fire Resistive Joint Systems 078446-4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, fire-resistive joint systems that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those systems indicated in the Fire-Resistive Joint System Schedule at the end of Part 3. 1. Hilti, Inc. 2. BioFireshield; RectorSeal Corporation. 3. 3M; Fire Protection Products Division. 4. Or approved equal. 2.2 FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS A. Compatibility: Provide fire-resistive joint systems that are compatible with joint substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by fire-resistive joint system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components of fire-resistive joint systems, including primers and forming materials, that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by fire-resistive joint system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for systems indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configurations, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean joints immediately before installing fire-resistive joint systems to comply with fire-resistive joint system manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of joint substrates foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of fill materials. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Fire Resistive Joint Systems 078446-5 2. Clean joint substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with fill materials. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by fire-resistive joint system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. All coatings applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.06A. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent fill materials of fire-resistive joint system from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from fire-resistive joint system materials. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing fire-resistive joint system's seal with substrates or damaging adjoining surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire-resistive joint systems to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article and fire-resistive joint system manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming/packing/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in position needed to produce crosssectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. C. Install fill materials for fire-resistive joint systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings and forming/packing/backing materials as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply fill materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by joints. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: Engage a qualified independent inspecting agency to inspect fireresistive joint systems and prepare inspection reports. B. Testing Services: Inspecting of completed installations of fire-resistive joint systems shall take place in successive stages as installation of fire-resistive joint systems proceeds. Do not proceed with installation of joint systems for the next area until inspecting agency determines completed work shows compliance with requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Fire Resistive Joint Systems 078446-6 1. Inspecting agency shall state in each report whether inspected fire-resistive joint systems comply with or deviate from requirements. C. Remove and replace fire-resistive joint systems where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. E. Proceed with enclosing fire-resistive joint systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and fire-resistive joint systems comply with requirements. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to joints as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by fire-resistive joint system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure fire-resistive joint systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If damage or deterioration occurs despite such protection, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated fire-resistive joint systems immediately and install new materials to produce fire-resistive joint systems complying with specified requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Fire Resistive Joint Systems 078446-7 3.6 TESTED (DYNAMIC) JOINT FIRESTOP SYSTEM SCHEDULE UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEM NUMBER JOINT WIDTH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 2" JOINT WIDTH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 6" JOINT TYPE FRATING HILTI 3M BIOFIRESHIELD HILTI 3M BIOFIRESHIELD CONCRETE FLOORTO-FLOOR 1 see note 2 FF-D-0002 N/A** FF-D-1026, FF-D-1039 FF-D-1002, FF-D-1003, FF-D-1004 N/A** 2 see note 2 FF-D-0002 N/A** FF-D-1026, FF-D-1039 FF-D-1002, FF-D-1003, FF-D-1004 N/A** 3 see note 2 N/A** N/A** FF-D-1026, FF-D-1039 N/A** N/A** EDGE OF CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB-TO-WALL (also see CURTAIN WALLS & note 1)) 1 see note 2 -N/A** FW-D-1011, FW-D-1012, FW-D-1013, FW-D-1021 FW-D-1002, FW-D-1003, FW-D-1009 FW-D-1023 2 see note 2 -N/A** FW-D-1011, FW-D-1012, FW-D-1013, FW-D-1021 FW-D-1002, FW-D-1003, FW-D-1009 FW-D-1023 3 see note 2 -N/A** FW-D-1011, FW-D-1021 FW-D-1002, FW-D-1009 N/A** CONCRETE OR BLOCK WALL TO FLAT CONCRETE SLAB FLOOR (TOPOF-WALL) 1 HW-D-0097 HW-D-0023, HW-D-0029 HW-HW-D-0114 HW-D-1008, HW-D-1009 HW-D-1003 HW-D-1023 2 HW-D-0097 HW-D-0023, HW-D-0029 HW-D-0114 HW-D-1008, HW-D-1009 HW-D-1003 HW-D-1023 3 see note 2 -HW-D-0114 HW-D-1008 HW-D-1002, HW-D-1007 N/A** CONCRETE OR BLOCK WALL TO CONCRETE OVER FLUTED METAL DECK (TOP-OFWALL) 1 HW-D-0080, HW-D-0081, HW-D-0098, HW-D 0181 HW-D-0022, HW-D-0030, HW-D-0040HW-D-0013 HW-D-0200 HW-D-1037 HW-D 1041 N/A** 2 HW-D-0080, HW-D-0081, HW-D-0098, HW-D 0181 HW-D-0022, HW-D-0030, HW-D-0040HW-D-0013 HW-D-0200 HW-D-1037 HW-D 1041 N/A** 3 N/A** N/A** N/A** N/A** N/A** New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Fire Resistive Joint Systems 078446-8 GYPSUM WALL TO FLAT CONCRETE SLAB FLOOR (TOPOF-WALL) 1 HW-D-0082, HW-D-0083, HW-D-0097 HW-D-0012, HW-D-0021 HW-D-0180 N/A** 2 HW-D-0082, HW-D-0083, HW-D-0097 HW-D-0012, HW-D-0021 HW-D-0180 N/A** 3 N/A** N/A** N/A** N/A** GYPSUM WALL TO CONCRETE OVER FLUTED METAL DECK (TOP-OFWALL) 1 HW-D-0042, HW-D-0049, HW-D-0076, HW-D-0264 HW-D-0011, HW-D-0020, HW-D-0031 HW-D-0033 N/A** 2 HW-D-0042, HW-D-0049, HW-D-0076, HW-D-0264 HW-D-0011, HW-D-0020, HW-D-0031 HW-D-0033 N/A** 3 HW-D-292 N/A** N/A** N/A** CONCRETE WALLTO-WALL 1 WW-D-0017, WW-D-0032 -WW-D-0009 WW-D-1011, WW-D-1012 WW-D-1003, WW-D-1004, WW-D-1010 N/A** 2 WW-D-0017, WW-D-0032 -WW-D-0009 WW-D-1011, WW-D-1012 WW-D-1003, WW-D-1004, WW-D-1010 N/A** 3 --WW-D-0010 WW-D-1011 WW-D-1003, WW-D-1010 N/A** CURTAIN WALLS (see note 1) JOINT WIDTH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 6" JOINT WIDTH LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 8" EDGE OF FLOOR TO NON-RATED ALUMINUM & GLASS CURTAIN WALL 2 hr Integrity Rating CW-D-2027 CW-D-2026, CW-D-2027 CW-D-2019, CW-D-2015 EDGE OF FLOOR TO NON-RATED CONCRETE/STONE SPANDREL 2 hr Integrity Rating CW-D-1001 CW-D-2025 CW-D-2017 ** CONTACT MANUFACTURER FOR CURRENT UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEM OR ENGINEER JUDGEMENT DRAWING NOTES: 1. EDGE OF SLAB, CURTAIN WALL SYSTEMS ARE ALSO TESTED BY OMEGA POINT LABS. CONTACT MANUFACTURER FOR ADDITIONAL LISTINGS. 2. CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS FOR 2" -6" WIDE JOINTS MAY BE USED FOR JOINTS 2" WIDE AND LESS. 3. CONFIRM THAT MOVEMENT CAPABILITIES OF THE SELECTED UL SYSTEM MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SPECIFIED MOVEMENT RANGE OF THE PARTICULAR JOINT. 4. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE MAY BE AFFECTED BY FACTORS SUCH AS METAL STUD WIDTH, JOINT WIDTH OR THE PRESENCE OF FIREPROOFING MATERIALS WITHIN THE JOINT. CONSULT INDIVIDUAL DETAILS FOR SPECIFICATIONS & LIMITATIONS. 5. HEAD-OF-WALL SYSTEMS SPECIFIED ONLY FOR 2-OR 3-HR SYSTEMS MAY NOT BE SUITABLE FOR MASONRY WALLS OR GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLIES WITH LOWER HOURLY RATINGS. CONTACT THE FIRESTOP MANUFACTURER FOR CLARIFICATION END OF SECTION 078446 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-1 SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS (Part of Work of Section 070001 – WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Joint sealants and fillers. B. This Section includes joint sealants for the applications specified with the products in this Section and as indicated on the Drawings. C. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Division 4 MASONRY for masonry control and expansion joint fillers and gaskets. 2. Section 088000 -GLAZING for glazing sealants. 3. Section 092900 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for sealing perimeter joints of gypsum board partitions to reduce sound transmission. 4. Section 095113 -ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS for sealing edge moldings at perimeters of acoustical ceilings. 5. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements for product selections. 6. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements 7. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 8. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-2 B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Qualification Data: For Installer. D. Preconstruction Field Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on preconstruction testing specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. E. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. F. Field Test Report Log: For each elastomeric sealant application. G. LEED Submittals: Credit EQ 4.1: Manufacturers' product data for interior sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. H. Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint joint sealants. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-3 1. Use manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 3. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers. 4. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation data that are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. D. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Designer. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below: a. Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. b. Each type of nonelastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3. Notify Designer seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193. 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 4. Report whether sealant in joint connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 5. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-4 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: All sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.05A. 1. Sealants: 250 g/L. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-5 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by the Architect from the Manufacturer’s full range of options. 2.2 JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Elastomeric sealants shall be nonstaining to porous substrates. Provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C. Single-Component Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b. GE Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700. c. Tremco; Spectrem 1. d. Pecora Corporation; 864. 2. Extent of Use: Joints in exterior vertical and soffit surfaces. D. Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 550. b. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; POURTHANE. c. Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR-200. d. Tremco; THC-901. 2. Extent of Use: Joints in exterior horizontal surfaces. E. Single-Component Mildew-Resistant Acid-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant. b. GE Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700. c. Tremco; Tremsil 200. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-6 2. Extent of Use: Sanitary joints at toilet rooms and locker rooms. F. Latex Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 600. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+. c. Sonneborn, Division of Degussa.; Sonolac. d. Tremco; Tremflex 834. G. Security Sealants: At all cells, holding areas and detention rooms, provide the install pick proof security sealant. Sealant shall comply with ASTM C661, ASTM C679 and ASTM C794. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Sonneborn Ultra Security b. Pecora Corporation; Dynaflex SC c. Dynapoxy EP -1200 Epoxy Security Sealant 2.3 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-7 B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include concrete, masonry and unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following metal, glass, porcelain enamel and glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-8 C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Joint Sealants 079200-9 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 079200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Control 079500-1 SECTION 079500 EXPANSION CONTROL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Architectural expansion joint systems for interior and exterior joints as scheduled on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for block-outs for architectural joint systems in concrete floors, decks, and walls. 2. Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS for elastomeric sealants and preformed compressed-foam sealants without metal frames. F. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Control 079500-2 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Architectural Joint System: Any filler or cover used to span, fill, cover, or seal a joint, except expanding foam seals and poured or foamed in-place sealants. B. Cyclic Movement: Periodic change between widest and narrowest joint widths in an automatically mechanically controlled system. C. Fire Barriers: Any material or material combination, when fire tested after cycling, designated to resist passage of flame and hot gases through a movement joint. D. Maximum Joint Width: Widest linear gap a joint system tolerates and performs its designed function without damaging its functional capabilities. E. Minimum Joint Width: Narrowest linear gap a joint system tolerates and performs its designed function without damaging its functional capabilities. F. Movement Capability: Value obtained from the difference between widest and narrowest widths of a joint opening typically expressed in numerical values (mm or inches) or a percentage of nominal value of joint width. G. Nominal Joint Width: Width of linear gap indicated as representing the conditions existing when architectural joint systems will be installed or, if no nominal joint width is indicated, a width equal to the sum of maximum and minimum joint widths divided by two. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide factory-fabricated architectural joint systems capable of withstanding the types of loads and of accommodating the kinds of movement, and the other functions for which they are designed including those specified below, without failure. Types of failure include those listed in Appendix X3 of ASTM E 1399. 1. Vehicular Traffic Joints: Support vehicular traffic across joint, including construction equipment and full-loaded fire apparatus. 2. Pedestrian Traffic Joints: Support pedestrian traffic across joint. 3. Exterior Joints: Maintain continuity of weather enclosure. 4. Joints in Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Maintain fire-resistance ratings ratings of assemblies. 5. Joints in Smoke Barriers: Maintain integrity of smoke barrier. 6. Joints in Acoustically Rated Assemblies: Inhibit passage of airborne noise. 7. Other Joints: Where indicated, provide joint systems that prevent penetration of water, moisture, and other substances deleterious to building components or content. 8. Seismic Joints: Remain in place on exposure to seismic activity (movement). 9. Joints in Surfaces with Architectural Finishes: Serve as finished architectural joint closures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Control 079500-3 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's product specifications, construction details, material and finish descriptions, and dimensions of individual components and seals. B. Shop Drawings: For each joint system specified, provide the following: 1. Placement Drawings: Include line diagrams showing entire route of each joint system, plans, elevations, sections, details, joints, splices, locations of joints and splices, and attachments to other Work. Where joint systems change planes, provide Isometric Drawings depicting how components interconnect to achieve continuity of joint covers and fillers. C. Samples for Verification: Full-size units 6 inches long of each type of joint system indicated; in sets for each finish, color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. D. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating architectural joint systems comply with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain architectural joint systems through one source from a single manufacturer. Coordinate compatibility with adjoining joint systems specified in other Sections. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide joint systems incorporating fire barriers that are identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 and ASTM E 814, including hose-stream test of vertical wall assemblies, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T5 for extrusions; ASTM B 209, alloy 6061-T6 for sheet and plate. 1. Apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on aluminum surfaces to be placed in contact with cementitious materials. B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304 with No. 2B finish, unless otherwise indicated, for plates, sheet, and strips. C. Preformed Seals: Single or multicellular extruded elastomeric seals designed with or without continuous, longitudinal, internal baffles. Formed to be installed in frames or with New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Control 079500-4 anchored flanges, in color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected by Designer from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Strip Seals: Elastomeric membrane or tubular extrusions with a continuous longitudinal internal baffle system throughout complying with ASTM E 1783; used with compatible frames, flanges, and molded-rubber anchor blocks. E. Compression Seals: Preformed, elastomeric extrusions having internal baffle system complying with ASTM E 1612 in sizes and profiles indicated or as recommended by manufacturer. F. Preformed Cellular Foams: Nonextruded, low-density, crosslinked, nitrogen-blown ethylene-vinyl-acetate copolymer extruded, compressible foam. G. Fire Barriers: Any material or material combination, when fire tested after cycling, designated to resist the passage of flame and hot gases through a movement joint. H. Accessories: Manufacturer's standard anchors, clips, fasteners, set screws, spacers, flexible moisture barrier and filler materials, drain tubes, lubricants, adhesives, and other accessories compatible with material in contact, as indicated or required for complete installations. 2.2 ARCHITECTURAL JOINT SYSTEMS A. General: Provide joint systems of design, basic profile, materials, and operation indicated. Provide units with the capability to accommodate joint widths indicated and variations in adjacent surfaces. 1. Furnish units in longest practicable lengths to minimize number of end joints. Provide hairline mitered corners where joint changes directions or abuts other materials. 2. Include closure materials and transition pieces, tee-joints, corners, curbs, crossconnections, and other accessories as required to provide continuous joint systems. 3. Frames for Strip Seals: Designed with semiclosed cavity that provides a mechanical lock for seals of type indicated. 4. Public Area Seals: Non-slip seals designed for installation on treads and risers and to lie flat with adjacent surfaces, and complying with ADA guidelines for public areas. 2.3 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Control 079500-5 2.4 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 607.1. 2.5 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES A. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish. B. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directionally textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece. C. Bright, Directional Polish: No. 4 finish. D. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to architectural joint system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, Placement Drawings, and instructions for installing joint systems to be embedded in or anchored to concrete or to have recesses formed into edges of concrete slab for later placement and grouting-in of frames. C. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary to secure joint systems to in-place construction, including threaded fasteners with drilled-in expansion shields for masonry and concrete where anchoring members are not embedded in concrete. Provide fasteners of metal, type, and size to suit type of construction indicated and to provide for secure attachment of joint systems. D. Provide the services of a surveyor licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts prior to and after paving substrate to confirm alignment of joint. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling and installing architectural joint assemblies and materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Control 079500-6 B. Coordinate installation of architectural joint assembly materials and associated work so complete assemblies comply with assembly performance requirements. C. Terminate exposed ends of exterior architectural joint assemblies with factory-fabricated termination devices to maintain waterproof system. D. Install factory-fabricated transitions between building expansion-joint cover assemblies and roof expansion-joint assemblies to provide continuous, uninterrupted, watertight construction. E. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to install joint systems. 1. Install joint cover assemblies in true alignment and proper relationship to joints and adjoining finished surfaces measured from established lines and levels. 2. Allow adequate free movement for thermal expansion and contraction of metal to avoid buckling. 3. Set covers in horizontal surfaces at elevations that place exposed surfaces flush with adjoining finishes. 4. Locate covers in continuous contact with adjacent surfaces. 5. Securely attach in place with required accessories. 6. Locate anchors at interval recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 3 inches from each end and not more than 24 inches o.c. F. Continuity: Maintain continuity of joint systems with a minimum number of end joints and align metal members. Cut and fit ends to produce joints that will accommodate thermal expansion and contraction of metal to avoid buckling of frames. Adhere flexible filler materials, if any, to frames with adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape as recommended by manufacturer. G. Extruded Preformed Seals: Install seals to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with minimum number of end joints. 1. For straight sections, provide preformed seals in continuous lengths. 2. Vulcanize or heat-weld field splice joints in preformed seal material to provide watertight joints using procedures recommended by manufacturer. 3. Apply adhesive, epoxy, or lubricant adhesive approved by manufacturer to both frame interfaces before installing preformed seals. 4. Seal transitions according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Install foam seals with adhesive recommended by manufacturer and heat seal all splices. H. Joint Systems with Seals: Seal end joints within continuous runs and joints at transitions according to manufacturer's written instructions to provide a watertight installation. I. Seismic Seals: Install interior seals in continuous lengths. Install exterior seal in standard lengths and vulcanize or heat-weld field splice joints to provide watertight joints using manufacturer's recommended procedures. Seal transitions and end joints according to manufacturer's written instructions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Control 079500-7 J. Fire Barriers: Install fire barriers to provide continuous, uninterrupted fire resistance throughout length of joint, including transitions and end joints. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Do not remove protective covering until finish work in adjacent areas is complete. When protective covering is removed, clean exposed metal surfaces to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 079500 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Windows Work 080001 -1 SECTION 080001 METAL WINDOWS (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 085113 Aluminum Windows Section 088000 Glazing Section 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts B. Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 080001 – METAL WINDOWS 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Windows Work 080001 -2 at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. D. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) E. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. F. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Windows Work 080001 -3 A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Windows Work 080001 -4 S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Windows Work 080001 -5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 080001 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-1 SECTION 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Standard hollow-metal steel doors. 2. Standard hollow-metal steel frames. B. Items To Be Furnished Only: Furnish the following items for installation by the designated Sections 1. Furnish all work of this section to be installed by Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY. C. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Division 04 -MASONRY for building anchors into and grouting steel frames in masonry masonry construction. 2. Section 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE for door hardware for steel doors. 3. Section 088000 -GLAZING for glazed lites. 4. Section 099000 -PAINTING AND COATING for field painting steel doors and frames. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, label compliance, fire-resistance rating, temperature-rise ratings, and finishes for each type of steel door and frame specified. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Elevations of each door design. 2. Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of each different wall opening condition. 6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 7. Details of accessories. 8. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 9. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems. C. Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with door hardware schedule. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive fire tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each type of standard steel door and frame. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Source Limitations: Obtain standard steel doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Fire-Rated Door, Sidelight and Transom Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated. 1. Temperature-Rise Limit: At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire-test exposure. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-3 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow metal work under cover at Project site. Place in stacks of five units maximum in a vertical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4-inchhigh wood blocking. Do not store in a manner that traps excess humidity. 1. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Amweld Building Products, LLC. 2. Ceco Door Products; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company. 3. CURRIES Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company. 4. Mesker Door Inc. 5. Pioneer Industries, Inc. 6. Republic Builders Products Company. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-4 B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 metallic coating. D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. F. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow metal frames of type indicated. G. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. H. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6-to 12-lb/cu. ft. density; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-development indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. I. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 088000 -GLAZING. J. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.3 STANDARD STEEL DOORS A. General: Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ANSI A250.8. 1. Design: Flush panel. 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, mineral-board, or vertical steel-stiffener core that produces doors complying with ANSI A250.8. a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection and temperaturerise ratings indicated. b. Thermal-Rated (Insulated) Exterior Doors: Where indicated, provide doors fabricated with thermal-resistance value (R-value) of not less than 4.0 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu when tested according to ASTM C 1363. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-5 3. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch-thick end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. 4. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endurance level: 1. Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless), 1-3/4 inches thick. C. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to comply with exterior door requirements. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endurance level: 1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless), 1-3/4 inches thick. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets. E. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and hardware reinforcement from either cold-or hotrolled steel sheet. 2.4 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face corners and seamless face joints. 2. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: 0.067-inch-thick steel sheet. C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to comply with exterior frame requirements. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face corners and seamless face joints. 2. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch-thick steel sheet. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 2.5 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-6 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. 2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick. 3. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames: Adjustable compression anchors. 4. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch-diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface. 2.6 HOLLOW METAL PANELS A. Provide hollow metal panels of same materials, construction, and finish as specified for adjoining hollow metal work. 2.7 STOPS AND MOLDINGS A. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. B. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch high unless otherwise indicated. C. Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from same material as frames in which they are installed. 2.8 LOUVERS A. Provide louvers for interior doors, where indicated, that comply with SDI 111C, with blades or baffles formed of 0.020-inch-thick, cold-rolled steel sheet set into 0.032-inchthick steel frame. 1. Sightproof Louver: Stationary louvers constructed with inverted V-shaped or Yshaped blades. 2. Fire-Rated Automatic Louvers: Louvers constructed with movable blades closed by actuating fusible link, and listed and labeled for use in fire-rated door New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-7 assemblies of type and fire-resistance rating indicated by same testing and inspecting agency that established fire-resistance rating of door assembly. 2.9 ACCESSORIES A. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors. B. Ceiling Struts: Minimum 1/4-inch-thick by 1-inch-wide steel. C. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick. 2.10 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117. C. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors. 3. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted. D. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and not visible. 2. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 3. Provide countersunk, flat-or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. 6. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-8 a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high. 4) Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high. b. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. 5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches wide and mounted in metal-stud partitions. c. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb. d. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c. 7. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. E. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, edge channels, and hardware reinforcement from either cold-or hot-rolled steel sheet. F. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Section 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE. 1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surfacemounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-9 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Section 260001 – ELECTRICAL. G. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow metal work. 2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently. 3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work. 5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing and type of installation indicated. 2.11 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead-and chromate-free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. B. Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumbness to the following tolerances: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-10 1. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. 2. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. 3. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. 4. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a perpendicular line from head to floor. C. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11. 1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. c. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with grout. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation behind frames. 4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-11 5. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with grout. Take precautions, including bracing frames, to ensure that frames are not deformed or damaged by grout forces. 6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 7. In-Place Gypsum Board Partitions: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors through floor anchors at each jamb. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 8. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to overhead structural supports or substrates above frame unless frame is anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members. 9. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. C. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch . c. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch. d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum 3/4 inch. 2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. 3. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors according to NFPA 105. D. Glazing: Comply with hollow metal manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Secure stops with countersunk flat-or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames 081113-12 replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer. D. Metallic-Coated Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 081113 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Flush Wood Doors 081416-1 SECTION 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer and medium-density overlay faces. 2. Factory priming for wood doors. 3. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. 4. Louvers for flush wood doors. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Furnish all work of this section to be installed by Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS & FRAMES 2. Section 087100 DOOR HARDWARE. 3. Section 088000 GLAZING. 4. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. 5. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 6. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 7. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction, louvers, and trim for openings. Include factory-finishing specifications. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Flush Wood Doors 081416-2 B. LEED Submittals: Certificates for Credit MR 7: Chain-of-custody certificates certifying that flush wood doors comply with forest certification requirements. Include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSCaccredited certification body. Acquistion of FSC Certified wood products should be attempted as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.03. All composite wood and agrifiber used in the building must not contain added urea-formaldehyde as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.04. 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite wood products, indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data. 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts. 3. Indicate requirements for veneer matching. 4. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. 5. Indicate fire ratings for fire doors. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 8 by 10 inches for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in the finished work. 2. Frames for light openings, 6 inches long, for each material, type, and finish required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated." 1. Provide AWI Quality Certification Labels or an AWI letter of licensing for Project indicating that doors comply with requirements of grades specified. C. Forest Certification: Provide doors made from wood products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Flush Wood Doors 081416-3 D. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons. C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defective in materials or workmanship, have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section, or show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span. 1. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of Substantial Completion: a. Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, that flush wood doors comply with Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) requirements but are not limited to, the following: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Flush Wood Doors 081416-4 1. Flush Wood Doors: a. Algoma Hardwoods Inc. b. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division. c. Marshfield Architectural Doors. d. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. e. VT Industries Inc. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. Low-Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea formaldehyde. B. Doors for Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium, with Grade A faces. 2. Species and Cut: Red oak, plain sliced. 3. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 4. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Balance match. 5. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions. 6. Transom Match: Continuous match. 7. Stiles: Same species as faces or a compatible species. C. Doors for Opaque Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Faces for Interior Doors: Medium-density overlay. 3. Apply medium-density overlay to standard thickness, closed-grain, hardwood face veneers veneers or directly to high-density hardboard crossbands. 2.3 SOLID-CORE DOORS A. Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-2. 2. Provide doors with either glued-block or structural composite lumber cores instead of particleboard cores at locations where exit devices are indicated. a. Use particleboard made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin. B. Interior Veneer-Faced Doors: 1. Core: Particleboard. 2. Construction: Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. C. Fire-Rated Doors: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Flush Wood Doors 081416-5 1. Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated or manufacturer's standard mineral-core construction as needed to provide fire rating indicated. 2. Blocking: For mineral-core doors, provide composite blocking with improved screw-holding capability approved for use in doors of fire ratings indicated as needed to eliminate through-bolting hardware. 3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide manufacturer's standard laminatededge construction with improved screw-holding capability and split resistance and with outer stile matching face veneer. 4. Pairs: Provide fire-rated pairs with fire-retardant stiles matching face veneer that are labeled and listed for kinds of applications indicated without formed-steel edges and astragals. Provide stiles with concealed intumescent seals. 2.4 LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES A. Wood Louvers: Door manufacturer's standard solid-wood louvers, unless otherwise indicated. B. Fire Door Louvers: Metal louvers with fusible link and closing device, listed and labeled for use in doors with fire rating of one and one-half hours and less. 1. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.0396 inch thick, hot-dip zinc coated and factory primed for paint finish. C. Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors: 1. Wood Species: Same species as door faces. 2. Profile: Manufacturer's standard shape. 3. At 20-minute, fire-rated, wood-core doors, provide wood beads and metal glazing clips approved for such use. D. Wood-Veneered Beads for Light Openings in Fire Doors: Manufacturer's standard wood-veneered noncombustible beads matching veneer species of door faces and approved for use in doors of fire rating indicated. Include concealed metal glazing clips where required for opening size and fire rating indicated. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Flush Wood Doors 081416-6 1. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 2. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire-rated doors. C. Transom and Side Panels: Fabricate matching panels with same construction, exposed surfaces, and finish as specified for associated doors. Finish bottom edges of transoms and top edges of rabbeted doors same as door stiles. 1. Fabricate door and transom panels with full-width, solid-lumber meeting rails. Provide factory-installed spring bolts for concealed attachment into jambs of metal door frames. D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. 2.6 SHOP PRIMING A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces and edges of doors, including cutouts, with one coat of wood primer specified in Section 099000 -PAINTING AND COATING. 2.7 FACTORY FINISHING A. General: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated" for factory finishing. B. Finish doors at factory that are indicated to receive transparent finish. Factory prime and prepare for field finish doors indicated to receive opaque finish. C. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish with performance comparable to AWI System TR-4 conversion varnish. 3. Staining: As selected by Designer from manufacturer's full range. 4. Effect: Semifilled finish. 5. Sheen: Satin. D. Opaque Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish with performance comparable to AWI System OP-2 catalyzed lacquer. 3. Color: As selected by Designer from manufacturer's full range. 4. Sheen: Satin. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Flush Wood Doors 081416-7 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE. B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80. C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 081416 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Panels 083100-1 SECTION 083100 ACCESS PANELS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including supplementary conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: access panels for the following types of installations: 1. Wall access panels 2. Ceiling access panels 3. Fire Rated access panels for walls and ceilings 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Section 077200 -“Roof Accessories" for roof hatches and automatic smoke vents. B. Section 087100 -“Door Hardware" for mortise cylinder lock. C. Section 013329 -“General LEED Requirements” D. Section 017419 -“Waste Management and Disposal” E. Section 018113 -“LEED Product Requirements” F. Section 018119 -“IAQ Management” 1.04 REFERENCES A. Insulated fire rated units for walls shall bear the Intertek/Wamock Hersev and/or Underwriters Laboratories. Inc. 1-1/2 hour "8" label with 250-temperature rise. B. Uninsulated fire rated units for walls only shall bear the Underwriters Laboratories. Inc.label for 1-1/2 hour "8" label with NO temperature rise. C. Fire rated units for ceilings shall bear the 1-hour combustible construction, 3-hour noncombustible construction label by lntertek/Wamock Hersey. 1.05 SUBMITALS A. General: In accordance with conditions of Division 1 specifications. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Panels 083100-2 1. Shop drawings. 2. Manufacturer's literature and data. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide all access panels for the project by the same source and the same manufacturer. B. Fire Rated door assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 and are labeled by Underwriters Laboratories, Interek/Wamock Hersey or other testing facilities acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Obtain design professional's approval of sizes that may vary slightly from those indicated when they are not in accordance to manufacturer's standards. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Determine specific locations and sizes for access panels needed to gain access to concealed equipment and indicate on schedule specified under "submittals" article. B. Access panels to gain access to equipment specified in Division 15 or 18 and where panels are not shown on drawings are to be provided by applicable subcontractor and in compliance with requirements listed in this section. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package and ship in accordance to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Store in compliance to manufacturer's instructions. 1. Store in dry area out of direct sunlight PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. To establish a standard of quality, access panel details and specifications are based on Cierra Products, Distributed by AmeraProducts Company, 1-800-608-6568 Internet www.ameraproducts.com Equal products may be used with approval by the architect. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Commercial quality, cold steel sheet with baked on rust inhibitive gray primer. B. Galvanized bonderized steel a baked on rust inhibitive gay palmer. C. Type #304 stainless steel with #4 satin polish finish. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Panels 083100-3 2.03 ACCESS PANELS A. Non rated flush access doors, Cierra C-N series 1. Door: Fabricate from 14-gauge cold ruled sheet steel. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled sheet steel. Provide ¼” mounting holes with 1” minimum flange around perimeter. 3. Hinge: Concealed — type, spring loaded to allow for door removal, set to open 175 degrees. 4. Latching/Locking devices: Screwdriver cam lath -standard. 5. Finish: Phosphate dipped a factory applied — coat B. Insulated fire rated access panels for walls and ceilings, Cierra C-I series 1. Door: Fabricate from 20-gauge cold rolled sheet steel, Insulated sandwich type construction. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled steel of configuration to suit material application 3. Latching/Locking mechanism: Knurled knob/flush key operated latch bolt -standard. 4. Finish: Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat. a. Galvanized bonderized steel. 5. Insulation: 2" thick fire rated mineral fiber. 6. Automatic closure device: Integral automatic spring closure device for each door. 7. Interior latch release: Mechanism to allow for panel to open from interior side -standard on panels 18" and larger (safety feature). C. Uninsulated access panels for walls only, C-U cerles 1. Door: Fabricate from 14-gauge cold rolled sheet steel. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled sheet steel of configuration to suit material application. All surfaces -1" flange at perimeter. 3. Hinge: Flush continuous piano type. 4. Latching/Locking mechanism: Knurled knob/flush key operated latch bolt -standard. 5. Finish: Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat. 6. Automatic closure device: Integral automatic spring closure device for each door 7. Interior release: Mechanism to allow for panel to open from interior side -standard on panels 18' and larger (safety feature). D. Recessed access panels, Cierra C-A series 1. Door: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled sheet steel recessed 5/8" for in-in-fill of material. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled sheet steel of New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Panels 083100-4 configuration to suit material application. 3. Hinge: Concealed pivoting rod. 4. Finish: Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat. E. Security, Insulated fire rated access panels, Cierra C-S series (walls only) 1. Door: Fabricate from 14-gauge cold rolled sheet steel, insulated sandwich type construction. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 18-gauge cold rolled sheet steel of configuration to suit material application. 3. Hinge: Concealed pin type for concealed frame. Flush continuous piano type for exposed frame and on panels larger than 36". 4. Latching/Locking mechanism: Mortise cylinder preparation to receive 1-1/8' mortise cylinder lock. Cylinder lock provided by-as specified in Division 8 section 087100 "Door Hardware'. 5. Finish: Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat. 6. Automatic closure device: Integral automatic spring closure device for each door. 7. Interior latch release: Mechanism to allow for panel to open from interior side on panels 18' and larger (safety feature). F. Medium security access doors, Cierra C-M series 1. Door: Fabricate from 12-gauge cold rolled sheet steel. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 12-gauge cold rolled sheet steel of configuration to suit material application. 3. Hinge: Concealed continuous piano type. 4. Latching/Locking mechanism: Pinned allen head security cam latches -standard. 5. Finish: Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat. G. High security access panels, Cierra C-HS series 1. Door: Fabricate from 10-gauge cold rolled steel. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 2”x 2”x 3/16” steel angle, masonry anchors welded to frame. 3. Hinge: Heavy-duty steel butt hinge welded to the door and frame (surface mounted). 4. Latching/Locking mechanism: Pinned alien security screws — standard. 5. Finish: Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat. H. Maximum security access panels, Cierra C-TS series 1. Door: Fabricate from 7-gauge hot rolled steel. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 2”x 3”x 3/16" steel angle, masonry anchors welded to frame. 3. Hinge: Heavy-duty steel butt hinge welded to the door and frame New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Panels 083100-5 (surface mounted). 4. Latching/Locking mechanism: Heavy-duty detention lock preparation standard. Detention lock provided by-as specified in Division 8 section 087100 “Door Hardware.” 5. Finish: Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat. I. Exterior Insulated access panel, Cierra C-XT series 1. Door: Fabricate from 20-gauge galvanized steel, insulated sandwich type construction. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 6063-T5 extruded aluminum. 3. Hinge: Zinc plated continuous type. 4. Latching/Locking device: Two dual acting handles. 5. Flange: .080 6063-T5 extruded aluminum. 6. Finish: Paint grip. 7. Insulation: 2' thick fiberglass. 8. Gasket: Extruded santoprene. J. Special lightweight access panel, Cierra C-LW series 1. Door: Fabricate from 26-gauge pre-finished embossed galvanized steel. 2. Frame: .045 6063—T5 extruded aluminum with rolled 1-5/16' flange 3. Hinge: Zinc plated continuous piano type. 4. Latching/Locking device: Screwdriver cam latch — standard. 5. Insulation: %' polystyrene with 3.8 R-value at 75 degrees F temperature. 6. Finish: White embossed steel. 2.04 PADRICATION A. Manufacture each access panel assembly as an integral unit ready for Installation. B. Welded construction: Furnish with a sufficient quantity of 1I4~ mounting holes to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. C. Recessed panel: Form face of panel to provide specified recess for application of finish material. Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling. D. Furnish number of latches required to hold door in flush smooth pane when closed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Panels 083100-6 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions are ideal for suitable installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Advise installers of work relating to access panel installation including rough opening dimensions, locations of supports, and anchoring methods. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacture's Instructions for installing access panels. B. Set frames to proper alignment with the wall or ceiling. C. Position access panels for proper access to concealed equipment requiring access. 3.04 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust panel after Installation for proper operation. B. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or damaged. END OF SECTION 0831000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -1 SECTION 083118 BULLET RESISTANT DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 033000 "Cast in Place Concrete" 2. Division 4 -MASONRY a. Section 040001 Masonry Work b. Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units c. Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry d. Section 047200 Cast Stone Masonry 3. Section 06100 "Rough Carpentry" 4. Division 8 -OPENINGS a. Section 080001 Metal Windows b. Section 080002 Glass and Glazing c. Section 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames d. Section 081416 Flush Wood Doors e. Section 083323 Overhead Coiling Doors f. Section 083613 Sectional Doors g. Section 084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrance and Storefronts h. Section 085113 Aluminum Windows i. Section 087100 Door Hardware j. Section 088000 Glazing 5. Section 099000 "Painting and Coating" 6. Division 28 -ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY a. Section 280000 Security and Communication Systems b. Section 283100 Fire Detection and Alarm 7. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 8. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 9. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 10. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.2 SUMMARY: A. Supply all labor, materials, parts, tools, services, equipment and components required to complete this section of the work, including miscellaneous hardware items, connectors, plugs, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -2 cables, brackets and other items no specified herein. B. Work includes he supply and installation of complete bullet-resistant assemblies, including coordination of the installation of bullet-resistant glazing by Section 088000. C. Assemblies: 1. Bullet-resistant doors and sidelights 2. Bullet-resistant glazed screens D. Coordinate with Section 088000, with respect to glazing unit dimensions, frame dimensions and installation tolerances. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A653/A653M-06 -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. B. HMMA 802-92 -Manufacturing of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. C. HMMA 840-99 -Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. D. HMMA 841-07 -Tolerances and Clearance for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. E. ULC 752-05 -Standard for Bullet-Resisting Equipment. F. ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1A-2004 --Industry Standard for Architectural Wood Flush Doors. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit product data for each type of bullet resistant frame and door required. Include information regarding door construction and core composition for both steel and wood bullet resistant doors. B. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Division 1 Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Indicate type of door, frame, steel core, material thickness, mortises, reinforcement, anchorages, locations of exposed fasteners, opening, and arrangement of hardware. C. Include Schedule identifying each unit, with door marks and numbers related to the numbering in Architect’s Door Schedules or drawings. 1.5 SAMPLES: A. Submit samples to the Architect according to Division 1 Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -3 B. Submit partial sample of door frame showing corner detail, lock pockets, complete with access cover, position indicator box, complete with access door, butt reinforcement, grout box, and card access panels; or provide list of two (2) previous similar installation complete with shop drawings showing all details of fabrication and installation. C. Submit partial sample of steel doors showing corner detail, stiffeners, insulation, butt and strike pocket reinforcement and glazing detail; or provide list of (2) two previous similar installation complete with shop drawings showing all details of fabrication and installation. D. Submit partial sample of wood doors showing corner detail, stiffeners, insulation, butt and strike pocket reinforcement and glazing detail; or provide list of (2) two previous similar installation complete with shop drawings showing all details of fabrication and installation. 1.6 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE: A. Bullet-Resistant Door, Frame and Glazing Assembly: 1. Door and frame assembly (following installation of bullet-resistant glazing) shall meet or exceed the requirements of UL 752, Level 4-SG. 2. Door and frame shall meet or exceed all the standards applicable to Section 081113 -“Hollow Doors and Metal Frames”. 3. Product quality shall meet the standards set by the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer, (NAAMM). 4. Door construction shall meet the acceptance criteria of ANSI-A224.1 (most recent addition) and shall be certified as meeting Level “A” (1,000,000 cycles) Acceptance Criteria. Tests shall be conducted by an independent, nationally recognized accredited laboratory ANSI-A151.1 (most recent addition). 5. Fire labeled produce shall be provided for those openings requiring fire protection and temperature rise ratings as determined and scheduled by the Architect. Products shall be tested in strict conformance with UL10(b)/ASTM E152/F\NFPA-252, listed by underwriters Laboratories under an active Factory Inspection Program and shall be constructed as detailed in Follow-up Service Procedures issue to the manufacturer. 6. Should any door or frame specified by the Architect to be fire rated, not qualifying for labeling due to design, hardware, glazing or any other reason, the Architect shall be advised so before manufacturing commences. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Comply with WDMA I.S. 1A for doors and HMMA 840.for frames B. Weld minimum two temporary jamb spreaders per frame prior to shipment. C. Remove frames from wrappings or coverings upon receipt on site and inspect for damage, leave doors covered for protection until hung. D. Store doors in horizontal position, frames in vertical position, spaced with blocking to permit air circulation between components. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -4 E. Store materials out of water and covered to protect from damage. Use covering that allows air circulation and does not permit light to penetrate. F. Store doors between 50 to 90 degrees F (10 to 32 degrees C) and 25 to 55 percent relative humidity. G. Clean and touch up scratches or disfigurement to metal on frames and wood on doors caused by shipping or handling. 1.3 WARRANTY: A. Manufacturer's Limited Warranty: Bullet Resistant Doors shall be provided with manufacturer’s standard written warranty issued to the Owner. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from Date of Substantial Completion. B. All security doors and frame products shall be warranted from defects in workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 BULLET -RESISTANT STEEL DOORS: A. Materials: 1. Steel: Doors shall be fabricated from commercial grade steel to ASTM A566M-88, galvanized to ASTM A527M-87, coating designation to ASTM A525M-87, ZF75(A25), commercially known as “Galvineal”. 2. Door Core: Fiberglass – loose batt type, density 1.5 pcf (min.), conforming to ASTM C553-92. 3. Adhesive: Resin reinforced polychloroprene (RRPC), fire resistant, high viscosity or UL approved equivalent. 4. Primer: Rust inhibitive touch-up only. B. Construction: 1. Doors shall be swinging, 1.75” to 2” thick of the types and sizes indicated on Architect’s schedules or drawings. 2. Face sheets of door shall be fabricated from 16 gauge steel. 3. Internally reinforced with 20 gauge, continuous interlocking steel stiffeners at 6”, with voids between stiffeners filled and sound deadened with 1.5 pcf loose batt type fiberglass material. 4. Bullet-resistant steel plate to meet UL 752, Level 4-SG when incorporated into the assembly. 5. Longitudinal edges of doors shall be continuously welded to the full height of the door, filed and ground smooth with no visible seams. 6. Top and bottom of doors shall be provided with inverted, recessed 16 gauge steel New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -5 channels, welded to each face sheet at 6” on center, maximum. 7. Top and bottom of door shall be provided with 16 gauge continuous flush stell, nonremovable end caps welded securely in place. 8. Bullet-resistant door (and associated frame assembly) shall meet the level of resistance specified in UL 752, Level 4-SG, to match the bullet resistance of the screen at Dispatch. C. Manufacturers: Bullet-resistant doors as supplied by the following manufacturers, or equal approved by Architect are acceptable: 1. Ambico Limited, Sterling Hardware, 51 Union Street\ Union, Suite 202, Worcester, MA 01608; Tel.: (508) 770-9980; Fax: (508) 770-9990. 2. Chicago Bullet Proof Systems, 2250 Western Avenue, Park forest, Chicago, IL 06466-1298; Tel.: (708) 481-3400; Fax: (708) 481-8013 D. Hardware Preparations: 1. Doors shall be factory blanked, reinforced, drilled and tapped for fully templated mortised hardware in accordance with the final approved schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. 2. Hardware reinforcement gauges or thicknesses shall be in accordance with the hardware manufacturer’s templates. 3. Where electrically operated hardware is specified, hardware enclosures and /or junction boxes, where indicated, shall be provided and interconnected with ANSI Approved 0.5” conduit and connectors. E. Finishing: 1. Remove weld slag and spatter from exposed surfaces. 2. All tool marks, abrasions and surface blemishes shall be filled and sanded to present smooth and uniform surfaces. 3. On exposed surfaces where zinc has been removed during fabrication, doors shall receive a factory applied touch up primer. 4. Primer shall be fully cured prior to shipment. 2.2 BULLET RESISTANT WOOD DOORS A. Sheet Steel: Galvanized steel to ASTM A653/A653M, Z275. B. Reinforcement: To CSA G40.20/G40.21, coating designation to ASTM A653/A653M. C. Door panel: Ballistic resistant core with wood veneer facing. 1. Door Facing: a. Wood Face Veneer: Species and Cut to match requirements of Section 081416 – FLUSH WOOD DOORS. Minimum thickness before sanding 0.6 mm (1/4 inch). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -6 2. Door Edging: a. Where door face is wood face veneer, door edges shall be supplied with matching stiles and rails D. Accessories 1. Glazing Stops: Formed galvanized steel channel, mitered corners; prepared for countersink style tamperproof screws. 2. Primer: Rust inhibitive zinc chromate. 3. Astragal: To be supplied loose ready for field assembly by others 4. Removable Mullion: To be provided at paired openings, where occasional access is required. Mullion to comply with the bullet resistant rating of the entire assembly. E. Fabrication 1. Manufacture doors and frames to Level 4-SG bullet resistance rating in accordance with UL 752. 2. Wood Doors: 3. Wood veneer faces, door thickness, design and core suitable to achieve specified ballistic performance. 4. Reinforce doors where surface-mounted hardware is required. 5. Drill and tap for mortised, templated hardware. 6. Astragals: Metal T shaped astragals for double doors. F. Finishes: 1. Factory Door Finish: Catalyzed polyurethane, premium grade, TR-6 finish to WDMA I.S. 1A. Stain and Clear Coat. Comply with requirements on Section 081416 – FLUSH WOOD DOORS. 2. Top and Bottom Rails: Factory sealed with wood sealer Products G. Products: 1. Provide Bullet Resistant Wood Doors by one of the following acceptable manufacturers: a. Ambico. b. Armortex. c. Krieger Products. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -7 2.3 BULLET-RESISTANT FRAMES: A. Materials: 1. Steel: Security frames shall be fabricated from commercial grade tension leveled steel to ASTM A568M-92, Class 1, galvanized to ASTM A527M-90, coating designation to ASTM A525M-91b, ZF75(A25), known commercially as “Galvaneal”. 2. Primer: Rust inhibitive touch-up only. 3. Door Silencers: GJ-64, single stud rubber /neoprene. B. Construction: Frames shall be of the types, sizes and profiles as indicated on the Architect’s schedules or details. Frames shall be fabricated from stretcher leveled 14 gauge steel, with integral bullet-resistant steel plate to meet UL 752, Level 4-SG when incorporated into the assembly. 1. Jambs, heads, mullions, sills and center rails shall be straight and uniform throughout their lengths. 2. Frame product shall be assembled square, free of defects, warps or buckles. 3. Corner joint faces shall be accurately mitered and tightly fitted fitted with integral stops, either mitered or butted, continuously welded on the inside of the profile. 4. Butted joints and mullions, sills or center rails shall be completed accurately with faces and soffits fully welded. 5. Any deflection, bending, twisting or other deformation of the frames, caused during manufacture by the incorporation of the necessary steel plate for bullet-resistance shall not be accepted. 6. Unless ineligible due to design, size, hardware or glazing specified on the Architect’s or Hardware Supplier’s schedules or details, fire labeled frame products shall be provided for those openings requiring fire protection ratings as determined and scheduled by the Architect. C. Manufacturers: Bullet-resistant frame assemblies (and associated doors) as supplied by the following manufacturers, or equal approved by Architect are acceptable: 1. Ambico Limited, Sterling Hardware, 51 Union Street\ Union, Suite 202, Worcester, MA 01608; Tel.: (508) 770-9980; Fax: (508) 770-9990. 2. Chicago Bullet Proof Systems, 2250 Western Avenue, Park forest, Chicago, IL 06466-1298; Tel.: (708) 481-3400; Fax: (708) 481-8013 D. Glazed Frames: 1. Where indicated on the Architect’s schedules or details, frames shall be prepared for glazing materials of the specified types, sizes and thicknesses. 2. Glazed openings shall be reinforced with 12 gauge formed “Z” steel stiffeners welded to each face sheet at 5” on center, maximum, in each corner and shall form an integral permanent glazing stop with a minimum height of 1” for security glazing, on the secure side of the assembly. 3. Where security glazing materials are specified, removable 12 gauge formed steel “Z” stops shall be provided. On doors, corners shall be full welded forming a one(1) piece New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -8 frame. Frame shall be secured with ¼”, 20 button-head, tamper resistant machine screws at 6” on center maximum, 2 per stop minimum. Minimum stop height shall be 1”. E. Hardware Preparations: Frame product shall be blanked, reinforced, drilled and tapped for fully templated mortised hardware in accordance with the final approved schedule and templates provided by the detention hardware supplier. F. Anchorage: 1. Frame product shall be provided with anchorage appropriate to floor and wall construction. 2. Frame product set in unit masonry shall be provided with 12 gauge corrugated T-strap type steel anchors. Anchor shall be designed to fill the inside of the jamb profile. Wall strap portion shall be 2”x10” minimum. Frames up to 4’-8” in height shall be provided with two (2) anchors per jamb, plus one (1)for each additional 18” of frame height or fraction thereof. 3 Jambs of frame product set in previousle placed masonry, concrete or structural steel shall be punched and dimpled to accept 0.375” diameter machine bolts. Such preparations shall be located not more than 6” from top andbottom of each jamb, with intermediate preparations at 18” on center maximum. Each preparation shall be reinforced with 12 gauge steel channel and strap type guides, securely welded to the inside of the jamb profile. 4. Each door opening shall be provided with two (2) temporary steel jamb spreaders welded to the base of the jambs to maintain proper alignment during shipping and handling. Spreaders shall be removed by the contractor responsible for installation, prior to anchoring of the frame product to floor. 5. Each door opening shall be prepared for GJ-64 single stud door silencers, three (3) for single door openings, two (2) for double door openings. Silencers shall be shipped loose for installation by the Contractor, after finish painting. G. Finishing: 1. Remove wled slag and spatter from exposed surfaces. 2. All tool marks, abrasions and surface blemishes shall be filled and sanded to present smooth and uniform surfaces. 3. On exposed surfaces where zinc has been removed during fabrication, frame product shall receive a factory applied touch-up primer. 4. Primer shall be fully cured prior to shipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Set frame product plumb, square, aligned, without twist at correct elevation. B. Frame Product Installation Tolerances: 1. Plumbness tolerance, measured through a line from the intersecting corner of vertical New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames 083118 -9 members and the head, to the floor, shall be +/-0.063” 2. Squareness Tolerance, measured through a line 90 degrees from one jamb at the upper corner of the product, top the opposite jamb, shall be +/-0.063” 3. Alignment Tolerance, measured on jambs, though a horizontal line, parallel to the plane of the wall, shall be +/-0.063”. 4. Twist tolerance, measured at face corners of jambs, on parallel lines perpendicular to the plane of the wall, shall be +/-0.063” C. Fire Labeled products shall be installed in accordance with NFPA-80. D. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. E. Brace frame product rigidly in position while building-in. Remove temporary steel shipping jamb spreaders, install wood spreaders at third points of frame rebate height to maintain frame widths. Provide vertical support at center of head for openings exceeding 48” in width. Remove wood spreaders after product has been built-in. F. Frame product shall be fully grouted in place. END OF SECTION 083118 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overhead Coiling Doors 083323-1 SECTION 083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section includes rolling doors at the following locations: 1. Garage Door 023 – 2, Size 24’ 0” wide x 14’ 0” high 2. Garage Door 023 – 4, Size 24’ 0” wide x 14’ 0” high 3. Impound Garage 019-1, Size 12’ 0” wide x 10’ 0” high, 2 hour fire rated. B. Related Sections: Other specification sections which directly relate to the work of this Section include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Division 8 Openings a. Section 087100 Door Hardware 2. Division 26 Electrical 3. Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security a. Section 280000 Security and communication Systems b. Section 283100 Fire Detection Alarm 5. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 6. Section Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 7. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 8. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data and installation instructions for each type of rolling door. Include both published data and any specific data prepared for this project. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for approval prior to fabrication. Include detailed plans, elevations, details of framing members, required clearances, anchors, and accessories. Include relationship with adjacent materials. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Rolling doors shall be manufactured by a firm with a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication and installation of rolling doors. Manufacturers proposed for use, which are not named in these specifications, shall submit evidence of ability to meet performance and fabrication requirements specified, and include a list of five projects of similar design and complexity completed within the past five years. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overhead Coiling Doors 083323-2 B. Installer: Installation of rolling doors shall be performed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. C. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide doors, guides, motors, and related primary components from one manufacturer for each type of door. Provide secondary components from source acceptable to manufacturer of primary components. D. Pre-Installation Conference: Schedule and convene a pre-installation conference just prior to commencement of field operations, to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER The design for this project is based on rolling doors by Overhead Door Company. Subject to compliance with the project requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following or equal A. Overhead Door Corporation, Pennsylvania Division; 800-929-2553 B. Cornell Iron Works, Inc C. Raynor D Wayne Dalton Corp. 2.02 ROLLING DOORS A. Trade Reference: Overhead Door Corporation 610 Series Service Doors (Qty required 2) Rolling doors are doors 023-4, 023-2. B. Curtain: Interlocking roll-formed slats as specified following. Endlocks shall be attached to each end of alternate slats to prevent lateral movement. 1. Curved profile type C-275, fabricated of 18 gauge galvanized steel. C. Finish: 1. Galvanized Steel: Slats and hood shall be galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A 653 and receive rust-inhibitive, roll coating process, including 0.2 mils thick baked-on prime paint and powder coated top coat. Non-galvanized exposed ferrous surfaces shall receive one coat of rust-inhibitive primer . New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overhead Coiling Doors 083323-3 D. Color: Powder coating finish in color as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors. E. Windload Design: 20 PSF. F. Weatherseals: Vinyl bottom seal & guide weatherseal. G. Bottom Bar: Two galvanized steel angles. H. Guides: Three structural steel angles with minimum thickness of 3/16" for doors over 15'4" wide. I. Brackets: Galvanized steel to support counterbalance, curtain and hood. J. Counterbalance: Helical torsion spring type designed for standard 50,000 cycle life design. Counterbalance shall be housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel supporting the curtain with deflection limited to 0.03" per foot of span. Counterbalance shall be adjustable by means of an adjusting tension wheel. K. Hood: Galvanized steel, 24 gauge hood with intermediate supports as required. L. Manual Operation: Chain hoist over ride. M. Electric Motor Operation: Provide UL listed 1/2 hp 115 volt single phase heavy duty gear gear reduced commercial operator, Overhead Door model RDB to move door in either direction at not less than 2/3 foot nor more than 1 foot per second. 1. Sensing Edge Protection: Electric sensing edge. 2. Operator Controls: Keyed Push-button operated control stations with open, close, and stop buttons for surface mounting, for interior and exterior of each door location. 3. Special Operation: Coordinate operation with vehicle detector & card reader system provided by Section 280000 Security and Communication Systems. 4. Manual back up emergency device. N. Locking: Interior bottom bar slide bolt. Interior slide bolt lock for electric operation with interlock switch. O. Wall Mounting Condition: Face-of-wall mounting. 2.03 ROLLING FIRE DOORS A. Trade Reference: Overhead Door Corporation Series 635 Fire Doors (Qty required 1) Rolling fire doors are doors 019-1. B. Label: Provide fire doors certified with the following listing. 1. Rolling fire doors up to 152 sq. ft. and 13’6” in width or height shall bear the UL UL 4-Hour Class A Label. 2. Rolling fire doors shall bear the UL rating for a 90 min. label. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overhead Coiling Doors 083323-4 C. Curtain: Interlocking roll-formed slats as specified following. Alternate windlock type end-locks shall be attached to each end of alternate slats to prevent lateral movement. 1. Flat profile type F-265 with a back cover fabricated of 24-gauge galvanized steel. Mineral wool inserts will fill the slat assembly internal space. 2. Calculated R-Value: 4.5 3. STC (Sound Transmission Class) Testing: Door Assembly STC 17 Door Assembly with brush seals STC 18 Curtain Only STC 23 D. Finish: Galvanized Steel: Slats and hood shall be galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A 653 and receive rust inhibitive, roll coating process, including bonderizing, 0.2 mils thick baked-on prime paint, and powder coated top coat. Non-galvanized exposed ferrous surfaces shall receive one coat of rust-inhibitive primer. E. Color: Powder coating finish in color as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors. F. Bottom Bar: Two ((galvanized structural steel angles 1-1/2” by 1-1/2” by 1/8” minimum. G. Guides: Guides will be three structural steel angles with a minimum thickness of 1/4" (6 mm) mounted to the face of the jamb. They also include a locking bar or "wind bar". 1. Fastening Guides to Masonry Fire Walls: UL listed expansion anchors, or by through-bolts on soft brick or hollow block walls, or by bolts on steel jambs, or welded in accordance with manufacturer’s listing. 2. Fastening Guides to Non-Masonry Fire Walls: Comply with the manufacturer’s listing. H. Brackets: Steel plate to support counterbalance, curtain and hood. I. Counterbalance: Helical torsion spring type. Counterbalance shall be housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel, supporting the curtain with deflection limited to 0.03” per foot of span. Counterbalance shall be adjustable by means of an adjusting tension wheel. J. Hood: 24-gauge galvanized primed steel minimum for wall openings thru 19’ wide. Hood shall be equipped with thermally controlled, internal, galvanized steel flame baffle as required. Provide one intermediate support bracket for wall openings over 13’6” wide. K. Manual Operation: Chain Hoist L. Electric Motor Operation: Provide UL listed 1/2 hp 115 volt single phase heavy duty gear reduced commercial operator, Overhead Door model RDB to move door in either direction at not less than 2/3 foot nor more than 1 foot per second. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overhead Coiling Doors 083323-5 1. Sensing Edge Protection: Electric sensing edge. 2. Operator Controls: Push-button operated control stations with open, close, and stop buttons for surface mounting, for interior location. M. Automatic Closure: See Fire Sentinel specification for time delay release device. N. Locking: Interior slide lock for electric operation with interlock switch. O. Wall Mounting Condition: Face-of-wall mounting. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Take field dimensions and examine conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this work is to be performed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper clearances and allow for maintenance. B. Install rolling fire doors in compliance with requirements of NFPA 80. Test firerelease system and reset components after testing. C. Instruct Owner’s personnel in proper operating procedures and maintenance schedule. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Test rolling doors for proper operation and adjust as necessary to provide proper operation without binding or distortion. B. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage. Clean exposed surfaces using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product being cleaned. END OF SECTION 083323 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sectional Doors 083613-1 SECTION 083613 SECTIONAL DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section includes sectional doors at the following locations: 1. Steel sectional doors refer to door at Sallyport 125-2. 2. Aluminum sectional door refers to door 023-7. 3. See Part 2 Products for specific door controls at each door. B. Related Sections: Other specification sections which directly relate to the work of this Section include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Division 8 -OPENINGS a. Section 087100 -Door Hardware 2. Division 26 -ELECTRICAL 3. Division 28 -ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND SECURITY a. Section 280000 -Security and Communication Systems b. Section 283100 -Fire Detection and Alarm 4. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements 5. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 6. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements 7. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data and installation instructions for each type of sectional door. Include both published data and any specific data prepared for this project. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for approval prior to fabrication. Include detailed plans, elevations, details of framing members, required clearances, anchors, and accessories. Include relationship with adjacent materials. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Sectional doors shall be manufactured by a firm with a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication and installation of sectional doors. Manufacturers proposed for use, which are not named in these specifications, shall submit evidence of ability to meet performance and fabrication New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sectional Doors 083613-2 requirements specified, and include a list of five projects of similar design and complexity completed within the past five years. B. Installer: Installation of sectional doors shall be performed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. C. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide doors, tracks, motors, and accessories from one manufacturer for each type of door. Provide secondary components from source acceptable to manufacturer of primary components. D. Pre-Installation Conference: Schedule and convene a pre-installation conference just prior to commencement of field operations, to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER The design for this project is based on rolling doors by Overhead Door Company. Subject to compliance with the project requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following or equal A. Overhead Door Corporation, Pennsylvania Division; (800)929-2553 B. Raynor C. Wayne Dalton Corp. 2.02 INSULATED STEEL SECTIONAL DOORS A. Trade Reference: Overhead Door Corporation 591 Series Thermacore® Insulated Steel Doors Steel sectional doors refer to doors 019-1 and 125-2. B. Sectional Door Assembly: Metal/foam/metal sandwich panel construction, with EPDM thermal break and ship-lap design. Units shall have the following characteristics: 1. Panel Thickness: 1-5/8". 2. Exterior Surface: Ribbed, textured. 3. Exterior Steel: .015", hot-dipped galvanized. 4. End Stiles: 16 gauge. 5. Standard Springs: 10,000 cycles New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sectional Doors 083613-3 6. Insulation: CFC-free and HCFC-free polyurethane, fully encapsulated. 7. Thermal Values: R-value of 14.86; U-value of 0.067. 8. Infiltration: 0.08 cfm at 15 mph; 0.08 cfm at 25 mph. C. Finish and Color: Two coat baked-on polyester with white interior color. Finish coat of exterior face to match building color scheme. If mfr’s available color selection does not provide acceptable match, door shall be custom painted before installation as part of the responsibilities of this section. D. Windload Design: ANSI/DASMA 102 standards and as required by code. E. Hardware: Galvanized steel hinges and fixtures. Ball bearing rollers with hardened steel races. F. Lock: Interior mounted slide lock. G. Weatherstripping: EPDM rubber bulb-type strip at bottom. Header seal and jamb weatherstripping. H. Track: Provide track as recommended by manufacturer to suit loading required and clearances available. I. Manual Operation: Manual pull rope override shall not be installed in the Sallyport. J. Electric Motor Operation: Provide UL listed 1/2 hp 115 volt single phase heavy duty trolly-type commercial operator, Overhead Door model JST to move door in either direction at not less than 2/3 foot nor more than 1 foot per second. 1. Entrapment Protection: Electric sensing edge. 2. Operator Controls: a. Inside Sallyport: Interior keypad at door location to operate door up, down and stop. b. Exterior at Sallyport: Interior keypad at door location to operate door up, down and stop. c. Remote Controls: remote operated control stations with open, close, and stop buttons at Front Desk room #112 and Booking room #121 locations. 3. Sectional door shall have a manual back up emergency device. H. The door contractor shall be responsible to provide and install all wiring for the door controls and entrapment protection. Work shall include but is not limited to wiring, conduit, connections and relays. 2.03 ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORS A. Trade Reference: Overhead Door Door Corporation 521 Series Aluminum Door (Qty. required 1). Aluminum sectional door refers to door 023-7. B. Sectional Door Assembly: Stile and rail assembly secured with 1/4" diameter through rods. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sectional Doors 083613-4 Units shall have the following characteristics: 1. Door Thickness: 1-3/4". 2.75” wide center stiles 3.35” wide side stiles 2.375” wide top rail 4.5” wide bottom rail 2. Standard Springs: 10,000 cycles 3. Aluminum Panels: Not Required (See elevations) 4. Glazing: Not Required (see elevations) C. Finish and Color: 1. Powder Coating Finish: Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors. D. Windload Design: ANSI/DASMA 102 standards and as required by code. E. Hardware: Galvanized steel hinges and fixtures. Ball bearing rollers with hardened steel races. F. Lock: Interior galvanized single unit. G. Weatherstripping: Flexible PVC on bottom section. H. Track: Provide track as recommended by manufacturer to suit loading required and clearances available. I. Manual Operation: Manual pull rope J. Electric Motor Operation: Provide UL listed 1/2 hp 115 volt single phase heavy duty trolly-type commercial operator, Overhead Door model JST to move door in either direction at not less than 2/3 foot nor more than 1 foot per second. 1. Entrapment Protection: Electric sensing edge. 2. Operator Controls: Interior & exterior keypad at door location. 3. Special Operation: Coordinate operation with vehicle detector & card reader system provided by Section 280000 Security and Communications Systems. H. The door contractor shall be responsible to provide and install all wiring for the door controls and entrapment protection. Work shall include but is not limited to wiring, conduit, connections and relays. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Take field dimensions and examine conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this work is to be performed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sectional Doors 083613-5 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper clearances and allow for maintenance. B. Instruct Owner’s personnel in proper operating procedures and maintenance schedule. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Test sectional doors for proper operation and adjust as necessary to provide proper operation without binding or distortion. B. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage. Clean exposed surfaces using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product being cleaned. END OF SECTION 083613 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-1 SECTION 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS (Part of Work of Section 080001 -METAL WINDOWS, Filed Sub-Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Exterior and interior aluminum-framed storefronts. 2. Exterior and interior manual-swing aluminum doors. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Install the following items as furnished by the designated Sections: 1. Section 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE: a. Lock cylinders. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS for installation of joint sealants installed with aluminum-framed systems and for sealants to the extent not specified in this Section. 2. Section 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE for lock cylinders and keying. 3. Section 088000 -GLAZING for glazing requirements to the extent not specified in this Section. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-2 Related Sections: 4. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements 5. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 6. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements 7. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide aluminum-framed systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding, without failure, the effects of the following: 1. Structural loads. 2. Thermal movements. 3. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. 4. Failure includes the following: a. Deflection exceeding specified limits. b. Thermal stresses transferred to building structure. c. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movements, to glazing. d. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. e. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. f. Sealant failure. g. Failure of operating units to function properly. B. Structural Loads: Wind and seismic loads as indicated below, on the Structural Drawings, as required by Code, whichever are more stringent. 1. Wind Loads: Provide storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding wind-load design pressures calculated according to the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or the American Society of Civil Engineers’ ‘ASCE 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures”, 6.4.2 “Analytical Procedure”, whichever are more stringent. Provide framing with concealed steel reinforcing splines at locations indicated on the Drawings. a. Design Wind Speed at Project Site: 70 mph. Wind loading requirements shall be based on the MA State Building Code (780 CMR – Sixth Edition) wind loading requirements for MA Wind Load Zone 1. b. Exposure: Exposure “B”. c. Building Importance Factor: Category IV. d. Static Pressure Test Performance: Provide storefront systems that do not evidence material failures, structural distress, failure of operating components to function normally, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear span when tested according to ASTM E 330. 1. Test Pressure: 15 percent of inward and outward wind load design pressures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-3 2. Duration: As required by design wind velocity; fastest 1 mile of wind for relevant exposure category. 2. Hurricane Resistance Test Performance: Provide storefront systems that pass large and small missile-impact tests, as required by systems’ location above grade, and cyclic-pressure tests according to testing requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Seismic Loads: Provide storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions calculated according to the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or ASCE 7 “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures”, Section 9 “Earthquake Loads”, whichever are more stringent. a. Seismic Hazard Exposure Group: Group III. b. Seismic Performance Category: Category D 4. Dead Loads: Provide storefront system members that do not deflect an amount which will reduce glazing bite below 75 percent of design dimension when carrying full dead load. a. Provide minimum 1/8 inch clearance between members and top of glazing or other fixed part immediately below. 5. Live Loads: Provide storefront system systems, including anchorage, that accommodate the supporting structures’ deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads indicated, without failure of materials or permanent deformation. C. Deflection of Framing Members: 1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span for spans up to 13 feet 6 inches (and to 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch for spans greater than 13 feet 6 inches or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch, whichever is less. 2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch, whichever is smaller, amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite to less than 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components directly below to less than 1/8 inch and clearance between members and operable units directly below to less than 1/16 inch. D. Story Drift: Provide storefront systems, including anchorage, that accommodate design displacement of adjacent stories: 1. Design Displacement: As indicated on Structural Drawings. E. Thermal Movements: Provide storefront systems, including anchorage, that accommodate thermal movements of systems and supporting elements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures without buckling, damaging New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-4 stresses on glazing, failure of joint sealants, damaging loads on fasteners, failure of operating units for function properly and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttimesky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. F. Air Infiltration: Provide storefront systems with permanent resistance to air leakage through fixed glazing and frames areas. Test units in accordance with ASTM E 283, as follows: 1. Static Air Pressure Difference: 6.24 psf for fixed storefront units, and 1.567 psf for doors. 2. Performance: Maximum air leakage shall not exceed the following: fixed storefront units, 1.0 cfm/sf.: glazed entrance door units, 0.3 cfm/sf of other areas. G. Water Leakage Test: Provide storefront systems that do not evidence water leakage through fixed glazing and frame areas. Test fixed framing system in accordance with ASTM E 331. 1. Differential Pressure: Minimum 20 percent of inward-acting wind load design pressure as defined by ASCE 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures”, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. 2. Performance: No leakage as defined in test method at specified test pressure. No uncontrolled water infiltrating systems or appearing on normally exposed interior surfaces from sources other than condensation. Water that is controlled by flashing and gutters that is drained back to the exterior and cannot damage adjacent materials or finishes is not water leakage. H. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient: Provide units with a whole-unit SHGC maximum as required by Code, determined according to NFRC 200 procedures. Submit proof of compliance with submittals as specified. I. Thermal Transmittance: Provide window units that have a U-value as required by Code rated in BTU/hour/sq. ft./degrees F at 15-mph exterior wind velocity, when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.1. Test unit to be 4 ft. x 6 ft. Submit proof of compliance with submittals as specified. J. Condensation Resistance: Provide aluminum-framed systems with fixed glazing and framing areas having condensation-resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 45 for fixed storefront units and not less than 48 for doors when tested according to AAMA 1503.1. K. Average Thermal Conductance: Provide storefront systems with average U-values of not more than 0.63 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg. F when tested according to AAMA 1503.1. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product specified, include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-5 B. Shop Drawings: For storefront systems. Show details of fabrication and installation including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, provisions for expansion and contraction, and attachments to other work. 1. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts responsible for their preparation. 2. Include structural analysis of story drift and deflection from anticipated live loads, and determination whether head receptors are required. 3. Include details of provisions for system expansion and contraction and for draining moisture occurring within the system to the exterior. 4. For entrances, include hardware schedule and indicate operating hardware types, functions, quantities, and locations. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in manufacturer's standard sizes. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include Sample Sets showing the full range of variations expected. D. Cutaway Sample: Of each vertical-to-horizontal framing intersection of systems, made from minimum 6 inch lengths of full size components and showing details of the following: 1. Joinery. 2. Anchorage. 3. Expansion provisions. 4. Glazing. 5. Flashing and drainage. 6. Structural-adhesive joints at applied panels. E. Qualification Data: Provide Installer Certificates signed by the manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements. F. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for aluminum-framed systems, indicate compliance of storefront systems with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current systems. G. Performance Reports: Based on systems, components and glazing methods proposed for use on this Project, proof that units as glazed for this Project meet or exceed Code requirements for the following: 1. U-value. 2. Solar heat-gain coefficient. H. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: Based on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency, indicate compliance of storefront systems with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current systems. I. Maintenance Data: For aluminum-framed systems to include in maintenance manuals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-6 J. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering responsibility and performing work of this Section who has specialized in installing storefront systems similar to those required for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. 1. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for aluminum-framed systems including Shop Drawings based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project and submission of reports of tests performed on manufacturer's standard assemblies. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Demonstrate to the Architect’s satisfaction, based on Architect’s evaluation of criteria conforming to ASTM E699, that the independent testing agency has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delay to the Work. C. Accessible Entrances: Comply with Massachusetts Architectural Access Board (MAAB) and the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)." D. Source Limitations: Obtain aluminum entrance storefronts through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Aluminum entrance storefronts shall be from the same source as the aluminum windows. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of structural supports for aluminum-framed systems by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating aluminumframed systems without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. It is the responsibility of the Metal Window Contractor to coordinate established dimensions with the Construction Manager and all affected trades. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-7 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of storefront systems that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures, including but not limited to, excessive deflection. 2. Adhesive sealant failures. 3. Cohesive sealant failures. 4. Failure of system to meet performance requirements. 5. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes and other materials beyond normal weathering. 6. Failure of operating components to function normally. 7. Water leakage through fixed glazing and frame areas. 8. Faulty operation of sash and hardware. 9. Warranty Period: 2 years from substantial completion. C. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from substantial completion. D. Metal Window Contractor Warranty: Upon completion of the work, and prior to acceptance of the work, the Metal Window Contractor shall provide the to the Owner his own written warranty agreeing to repair and /or replace any storefront units which fail due to the improper installation within the first two (2) years after the date of substantial completion. In addition, the warranty shall also certify that the perimeter sealant(s) are suitable for each specific application and have been applied in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations for joint size, width, depth, priming, joint movement, weather conditions, bond breakers, etc. This warranty will cover all materials and labor to correct such failures. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Storefront, Thermal Break, 2 inch by 4-1/2 inch profile: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-8 a. EFCO Corporation, S-403 (T). b. Kawneer. c. Vistawall. d. Wausau Window Systems. 2. Storefront, 2 inch by 4-1/2 inch profile: a. EFCO Corporation, S-403. b. Kawneer. c. Vistawall. d. Wausau Window Systems. 3. Doors, Medium Stile: a. EFCO Corporation, D-300. b. Kawneer. c. Vistawall. d. Wausau Window Systems. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. 2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M. 5. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M. B. Steel Reinforcement: With manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00 applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPCSP COM and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard. 1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. 3. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. 2.3 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Construction: Thermal-break required at all exterior locations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-9 B. Thermal Barrier: Barrier material shall be poured in place, two part polyurethane. A nonstructural barrier will not be accepted. C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum brackets and reinforcements that are compatible with adjacent materials. Provide non-staining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. D. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, non-staining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration, use self-locking devices. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners except for hardware application. For hardware application, use countersunk Phillips flat-head machine screws finished to match framing members or hardware being fastened, unless otherwise indicated. E. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements. F. Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. Form exposed flashing from sheet aluminum finished to match framing and of sufficient thickness to maintain a flat appearance without visible deflection. G. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants and Joint Fillers: Manufacturer's standard recommended by manufacturer for joint type. H. Bituminous Paint: Cold applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements, except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mmil. Thickness per coat. I. Aluminum Cladding: Prefinished 0.032 inch aluminum cladding to be custom shaped and installed at locations indicated on the drawings. Cladding to be installed with corrosive resistant concealed fasteners. J. Perimeter Sealants and Joint Fillers: As specified in Division 7 Section, JOINT SEALANTS. 2.4 GLAZING SYSTEMS A. Glazing: As specified in Section 088000 -GLAZING. B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard pressure-glazing system of black, resilient glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers that maintain uniform pressure and watertight seal. Glazing gaskets shall be fabricated from an elastomer of type and hardness recommended by system and gasket manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements. Provide gasket assemblies that have corners sealed with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-10 C. Spacers and Setting Blocks Gaskets and Bond Breakers: Manufacturer's standard permanent, non-migrating types in hardness recommended by manufacturer, compatible with sealants, and suitable for system performance requirements. D. Compression Type Glazing Strips and Weatherstripping: Unless otherwise indicated, and at manufacturer’s option, provide compressible stripping for glazing and weatherstripping such as molded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D 2000 Designation 2BC415 to 3BC620, or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287, or molded expanded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM C509, Grade 4. 1. Weatherstripping shall be replaceable. 2.5 DOORS A. Doors: Manufacturer's standard thermal, medium style aluminum doors with 1 inch insulated glazing. 1. Door Construction: Mechanical clip fastening, SIGMA deep penetration plus welds and 1-1/8 inch long fillet welds inside inside and outside of all four corners. Glazing stops shall be hook-in type and EPDM glazing gaskets reinforced with non-stretchable cord. 2.6 DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide and install heavy-duty units in sizes and types listed and as recommended by entrance system. Doors to be operated manually. Provide units with all accessories as required for a complete installation as detailed. 1. All doors shall be machined with templates from the manufacturer of specified hardware. Doors shall be internally reinforced for specified hardware before core is formed in door. 2. Doors are to be shipped with hardware and glazing installed except for door closers and holders that may be field installed. 3. All door glazing shall be tempered. 4. Opening-Force Requirements: a. Egress Doors: Not more than 30 lbf required to set door in motion and not more than 15 lbf required to open door to minimum required width. b. Accessible Interior Doors: Not more than 5 lbf. B. Hinges: Continuous Geared Hinges C. Locking Devices, General: Do not require use of key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. 1. Opening-Force Requirements: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-11 a. Delayed-Egress Locks: Lock releases within 15 seconds after applying a force of not more than 15 lbf (67 N) for not more than 3 seconds. b. Latches and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 lbf (67 N) required to release latch. D. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1. E. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. 1. Standard: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1. 2. Interior storefront entrances do not require cross rails with exit devices, but do require cross rails with fixed “dummy” panel and pulls to match exterior storefront entrance doors. F. Cylinders: To accept a core as specified in Section 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE. Cores to be provided under Section 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE. G. Strikes: Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing. H. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6. I. Closers: With accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use, and adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. 1. Standard: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. J. Concealed Overhead Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1. K. Surface-Mounted Holders: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. L. Door Stops: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location indicated, with integral rubber bumper. M. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components. 1. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D 2000, molded neoprene, or ASTM D 2287, molded PVC. N. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip. O. Silencers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. P. Thresholds: Raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 1/2 inch (13 mm). Provide all anchors and clips, coordinated with pivots and closers. All thresholds to comply with ADA and MAAB requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-12 1. Standard: BHMA A156.21. Q. Finger Guards: Manufacturer's standard collapsible neoprene or PVC gasket anchored to frame hinge-jamb at center-pivoted doors. 2.7 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Batt Insulation: Insulation shall be unfaced fiberglass all-purpose insulation. Insulation shall be 1.0 inch thick and cut to size(s) as needed, at all locations within exterior storefront units. B. Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum-framed systems, as specified in Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS. C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil thickness per coat. 2.8 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, will have accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 1. Fabricate components for screw-spline frame construction. B. Forming: Form aluminum shapes before finishing. C. Prepare components to receive concealed fasteners and anchor and connection devices. D. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. E. Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation and moisture occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. 4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-13 F. Glazing Channels: Provide minimum clearances for thickness and type of glass indicated according to FGMA’s “Glazing Manual”. G. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing (without projecting stops). Provide sub-frames and reinforcing of types indicated or, if not indicated, as required for a complete system. Factory assemble components to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. H. Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing hardware. 1. At exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. 2. At interior doors, provide silencers at stops to prevent metal-to-metal contact. Install three silencers on strike jamb of single-door frames and two silencers on head of frames for pairs of doors. I. Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing hardware. 1. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. 2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. J. Hardware Installation: Factory install hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed hardware before applying finishes. K. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within on-half of the range of approved samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. D. Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Coating: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish cleaned with inhibited chemicals, Chemical Finish: chemical conversion coating, acid-chromatefluoride-phosphate pretreatment, Organic Coating, as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-14 1. Organic Coating: with resin containing 70% flouropolymer, thermosetting. Alternative finishes will not be acceptable. 2. Quality Standard: Conforming to AAMA 2605-02, including 10 years Florida exposure and 4,000 hours humidity tests. 3. Pretreatment: Five stage; zinc chromate conversion coating. 4. Application: Electrostatic spray and oven bake by approved applicator. 5. Coating Quantity: Minimum one primer coat and one color coat. 6. Dry Film Thickness: Minimum 1.2 mils on exposed surfaces, except inside corners and channels. 7. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of choices for color and gloss. 2.10 PANNING A. See Division 8 Section 085113 – ALUMINUM WINDOWS for panning system specifications. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. 6. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-15 C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS and to produce weathertight installation. Comply with requirements of Division 7 Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS. Do not cover integral unit weep holes with joint sealants. E. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, without warp or rack of framing members. 1. Prepare surfaces that will contact structural adhesive according to sealant manufacturer’s written instructions to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces. 2. Install structural silicon adhesive according to sealant manufacturer’s written instructions. 3. Secure panels with with double sided tape until structural adhesive is cured. 4. Remove excess sealant from component surfaces before sealant has cured. F. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 -GLAZING. 1. Structural-Sealant Glazing: a. Prepare surfaces that will contact structural sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces. b. Install weatherseal sealant according to Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS and according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer. G. Entrances: Install to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 1. Exterior Entrances: Install to produce tight fit at weather stripping and weathertight closure. 2. Field-Installed Hardware: Install surface-mounted hardware according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. H. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum-framed systems to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/4 inch over total length. 2. Alignment: a. Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch. b. Where surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 inch. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-16 3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurement to 1/16 inch. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of representative areas to determine compliance of installed systems with specified requirements shall take place as follows and in successive stages as indicated on Drawings. Do not proceed with installation of the next area until test results for previously completed areas show compliance with requirements. 1. Air Infiltration: Areas shall be tested for air leakage of 1.5 times the rate specified for laboratory testing under Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article, but not more than 0.09 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 783 at a minimum static-air-pressure difference of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. 2. Water Penetration: Areas shall be tested according to ASTM E 1105 at a minimum cyclic static-air-pressure difference of 0.67 times the static-air-pressure difference specified for laboratory testing under Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article, but not less than 4.18 lbf/sq. ft., and shall not evidence water penetration. 3. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum area of 75 feet by 1 story of aluminum-framed systems designated by Designer shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration. C. Repair or remove work where test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Entrances: Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions. 1. For doors doors accessible to people with disabilities, adjust closers to provide a 3-second closer sweep period for doors to move from a 70-degree open position to 3 inches from the latch measured to the leading door edge. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove excess sealant and glazing compounds, and dirt from surfaces. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum-Framed Entrances And Storefronts 084113-17 3.6 PROTECTION: A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensure storefront systems are without damage of deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 084113 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -1 SECTION 085113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS (Part of Work of Section 080001 -METAL WINDOWS, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS: A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Fixed and projected thermally broken, aluminum-framed windows complete with all necessary mullions, panning, trim, expanders, operating hardware, installation hardware, factory installed glass and glazing, full screens and all other accessories as required for a complete weather tight installation. a. Provide windows, master frame, receptors, snap trim, sub-sills, panning, mullions, mullion covers, extenders, caulk caulk stops, and other brake formed, cut sheet and extruded aluminum products in conformance with applicable code and law, and best professional practice. Materials are to be aluminum and compatible metal hardware of sufficient strength to meet project design load as required by local codes. 2. Installation of fiberglass insulation between new window frames and adjacent construction. 3. Sealing of all joints within window assemblies, (panning, receptors, trim, etc.) and entire interior perimeters of new window units after installation. 4. Furnishing extra stock materials as specified. 5. Acceptance of adjacent work receiving new window assemblies and field measuring of openings to receive new window assemblies. a. Dimensions indicated on Drawings are intended to convey design intent and should not be used for estimating or final measurements. 6. Coordinating work with that of all other construction trades affecting or affected by the work of this section. 7. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 8. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -2 9. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 10. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 11. Removal from the site and legal disposal of all materials, debris, packaging, banding, and other materials and equipment. a. Removal of all waste from the site shall be in accordance with Division 1 Section 07419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY. 2. Section 079200 – JOINT SEALANTS. 3. Section 084113 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS. 4. Section 088000 -GLAZING for requirements for glass and glazing. F. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 REFERENCES: A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association [AAMA]. B. American National Standards Institute [ANSI]. C. Aluminum Association [AA]. D. American Society for Testing & Materials [ASTM]. E. Federal Specification or Federal Standard [FS]. F. U.S. Department of Commerce [USDC]. G. Window & Door Manufacturers Association [WDMA]. 1.4 DEFINITIONS: A. Performance class designations according to AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -3 1. AW: Architectural. 2. HC: Heavy Commercial. 3. C: Commercial. 4. LC: Light Commercial. 5. R: Residential. B. Performance class number, included as part of the window designation system is the actual design pressure in pounds force per square foot used to determine structural test pressure and water test pressure. 1. Structural test pressure, wind load test, is equivalent to 150 percent of the design pressure. 2. Water-leakage resistance test pressure is equivalent to 15 percent of the design pressure with 2.86 lbf/sq. ft as a minimum for Residential, Commercial and Heavy Commercial Grade windows. 1.5 QUALITY STANDARDS: A. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, requirements for aluminum windows, terminology and standards of performance, and fabrication of workmanship[ are those specified and recommended in AAMA Designation AP-AW75 and applicable general recommendations published by AAMA. 1. These performance requirements are to be met by all products according to the more stringent requirements in cases where there are redundant performance requirements stated in the AAMA speciation and in this specification. 2. Provide complete certified current test reports from and AAMA certified independent testing facility verifying that the structural loading capabilities, infiltration testing, water resistance testing and thermal performance testing that meets or exceeds the criteria listed in the articles below. Test reports shall be no more than 4 years old. All windows shall bear label of “AAMA Certification Program” indicating conformance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2.A440-05 Architectural AW Performance Class Windows. 3. All insulating glass units shall bear an “IGCC Certification Program” Level CBA label. 4. All performance requirements as stated herein above are the minimum acceptable levels of performance and no products shall be deemed acceptable that do not meet these requirements. a. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC): CPSC 16 CFR-1201 “Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials. b. Glass Association of North America (GANNA): “Glazing Manual”. c. Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer’s Association (SIGMA): SIGMA TM-3000 “Vertical Glazing Guidelines”. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. General: Provide aluminum windows engineered, fabricated and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading without failure, and which are capable of New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -4 complying with performance requirements indicated, based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those specified and that are of test size indicated below: 1. Minimum size as required by AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2 for sizes indicated in the Drawings, but no less than 5 feet wide by 8 feet tall. B. AAMA/WDMA Performance Requirements: Provide aluminum windows of the performance class and grade indicated that comply with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05. 1. Performance Class: Architectural Grade; AP-AW75 for fixed and project-out windows. 2. Performance Grade: Minimum for performance class indicated. 3. Exception to AAMA/WMDA/CSA 101/I.S.2: In addition to requirements for performance class and performance grade, design glass framing system to limit lateral deflections of glass edges to less than 1/175 of glass-edge length or 3/4 inch whichever is less, at design pressure based on the following: C. Structural Structural Performance: Provide aluminum windows capable of withstanding the following, including wind loads based on passing AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2, Uniform Load Structural Test, at basic wind speed indicated and as required by Code. There shall be no failure or permanent deflection in excess of 0.5 percent of any member’s span after removing the imposed load, for a positive (inward) and negative (outward) test pressure of 32 lb/sq. ft. and for a positive (inward) and negative (outward) test pressure of 36 lb/sq. ft. at the corners: 1. Design Wind Speed at Project Site: 70 mph. Wind loading requirements shall be based on the MA State Building Code (780 CMR – Sixth Edition) wind loading requirements for MA Wind Load Zone 1. 2. Exposure: Exposure “B”. 3. Building Importance Factor: Category IV. 4. Deflection: Design glass framing system to limit lateral deflections of glass edges to less than 1/175 of glass-edge length or 3/4 inch, whichever is less, at design pressure based on structural computations. 5. Wind and Seismic Loads: As indicated on the Structural Drawings, but not less than that required by Code. 6. Movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads of 3/4 inches. Deflection over 3/4 inches will require special considerations including but not limited to head receptors. 7. At the conclusion of test there shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, support arms or actuating mechanisms, nor any other damage which would cause the window to be inoperable. D. Air Infiltration: Maximum rate not more than indicated when tested according to AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2, Air Infiltration Test. Where required design pressure exceeds the minimum for the specified window grade, comply with requirements of AAMA/101, Section 3 “Optional Performance Classes”, for higher than minimum performance class. 1. Air Infiltration Rate: Not more than 0.10 cfm/ft of operable sash for an inward test pressure of 6.24 lb/sq. ft. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -5 E. Water Resistance: No water leakage as defined in AAMA/WDMA referenced test methods at a water test pressure equaling that indicated, when tested according to AAMA/WMDA 101/I.S.2, Water Resistance Test. 1. Test Pressure: 15 percent of positive design pressure, but not less than 2.86 lb/sq. ft. or more than 11 lb/sq. ft. 2. Optional ASTM Testing: No uncontrolled water leakage with sash in closed and locked position when tested in accordance with ASTM E331/ASTM E 547 at a static air pressure difference of 12.0 lb/sq. ft. F. Condensation-Resistance Factor: Provide aluminum windows tested for thermal performance according to AAMA 1503, showing a CRF of 49 where windows are indicated to be "thermally improved." G. Thermal Transmittance: Provide aluminum windows with a whole-window U-value maximum indicated at 15-mph exterior wind velocity and winter condition temperatures when tested according to AAMA 15031 (ASTM C236). 1. U-U-Value: 0.54 BTU/hr./sf/deg. F. H. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient: Provide aluminum windows with a whole-window SHGC maximum, determined according to NFRC 200 procedures. Submit proof of compliance with submittals as specified. 1. PF<0.25: SHGC = 0.5 maximum. 2. 0.25≤PF<0.5: SHGC = 0.6 maximum. 3. PF≥0.5: SHGC = 0.7 maximum. I. Thermal Movements: Provide aluminum windows, including anchorage, that accommodate thermal movements of units resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures without buckling, distortion, opening of joints, failure of joint sealants, damaging loads and stresses on glazing and connections, and other detrimental effects, including cosmetic failure. Base engineering calculation on actual surface temperatures of materials due to solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 150 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F material surfaces. J. Forced Entry Resistance: Comply with Performance Level 10 requirements when tested according to ASTM F588. 1.7 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, fabrication methods, dimensions of individual components and profiles, hardware, accessories, finishes, operating instructions, and recommendations for maintaining and cleaning exterior surfaces for each type of aluminum window indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -6 C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachments to other Work, operational clearances, and the following: 1. Layout and installation details, including anchors. 2. Elevations at ¼ inch = 1 foot scale and typical window unit elevations at ¾ inch per foot scale. 3. Full scale section details of typical composite members, including reinforcement and stiffeners. 4. Joinery details. 5. Expansion provisions. 6. Flashing and drainage details. 7. Weather-stripping details. 8. Thermal-break details. 9. Glazing details. 10. Panning and Brickmold Details 11. Window cleaning provisions. 12. Hardware and Window System Operators: Show locations, mounting, and details for installing operator components and controls. 13. Accessories. 14. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation and used to determine the following: a. Structural test pressures and design pressures from basic wind speeds indicated. b. Deflection limitations of glass framing systems. D. Samples for Initial Color Selection: Submit 12 inch long sections of windows and screen members. Where finishes involve normal color variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. E. Samples for Verification: Full-size operable window of each type of window showing fabrication techniques, workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. F. Qualification Data: For Installer, professional engineer and testing agency. G. Field Quality-Control Test Reports: From a qualified testing and inspecting agency engaged by Metal Window Contractor. H. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed within the last four years by a qualified testing agency, for each type, grade, and size of aluminum window. Test results based on use of down-sized test units will not be be accepted. I. Performance Reports: Based on systems, components and glazing methods proposed for use on this Project, proof that windows as glazed for this Project meet or exceed Code requirements for the following: 1. U-value. 2. Solar heat-gain coefficient. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -7 J. Maintenance Data: For operable window sash, operating hardware, weather stripping, and finishes to include in maintenance manuals. K. Aluminum window manufacturer and installer and glass manufacturer must mutually review the glass /glazing and metal windows submission and individually warrant the submitted products on the basis of that review. No Shop Drawings for aluminum windows shall be reviewed by the Architect without prior review and approval by both the window and glazing manufacturers. Coordination and compatibility between products shall be the responsibility of the Metal Window Contractor. 1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Materials will be delivered to the site in an undamaged condition. Use care in handling and hoisting windows during transportation and at job site. All window units and components to be stored out of contact with the ground under water tight cover or in storage trailer so as to to prevent bending, warping or damage to windows. B. All damaged window units shall be removed from the site and replaced with new units at no additional cost to the Owner. All materials shall be new and of best quality. Materials shall be delivered and stored at site in sufficient quantity to allow continuity of the work. C. All materials shall be protected at all times from damage of any kind including breakage, scratches, dents, stains and deformation. No damaged materials shall be incorporated in any work. Protection during installation shall be the responsibility of the Metal Window Contractor. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an installer acceptable to aluminum window manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project, and who has completed installations of aluminum windows similar in material, design, and extent to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Single Source Responsibility: Provide products produced by a single manufacturer capable of showing prior production of units similar to those required for all items. All aluminum windows and storefront systems shall be supplied by a single manufacturer through one source. C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aluminum windows' aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance. D. Fenestration Standard: Comply with AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2, "Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors," for minimum standards of performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. Provide AAMA certified aluminum windows with an attached label. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -8 E. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers and GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. F. Mockups: Prior to installing aluminum windows, construct mockups for each form of construction and finish required to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the final unit of Work. 1. Locate mockups on site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by the Architect. 2. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect’s approval of mockups before start of final unit of Work. 5. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. a. Approved mockups in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion may become part of the completed Work. G. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. Review methods and procedures related to aluminum windows including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review required testing and inspecting procedures. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Field Measurements: Verify aluminum window openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delays to the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating aluminum windows without field measurements. Coordinate wall construction to ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions. It is the responsibility of the Metal Window Contractor to coordinate established dimensions with the Construction Manager and all affected trades. 1.11 WARRANTY: A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under the provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -9 B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty, signed by the aluminum window manufacturer in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace aluminum windows that fail in materials or workmanship, to the satisfaction of and at NO cost to the Owner, within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Failure to meet performance requirements. 2. Structural failures including excessive deflection. 3. Water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation. 4. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware. 5. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 6. Insulting glass failure. 7. Failure of the Aluminum Window Installer to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. E. Warranty Period for Glass: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. F. Metal Window Contractor Warranty: Upon completion of the work, and prior to acceptance of the work, the Metal Window Contractor shall provide the to the Owner his own written warranty agreeing to repair and /or replace any window units which fail due to the improper installation within the first two (2) years after the date of substantial completion. In addition, the warranty shall also certify that the perimeter sealant(s) are suitable for each specific application and have been applied in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations for joint size, width, depth, priming, joint movement, weather conditions, bond breakers, etc. This warranty will cover all materials and labor to correct such failures. 1.12 EXTRA STOCK: A. Provide extra stock to Owner as follows: 1. Window Glazing: 3 of each type of window unit. a. Fixed light, operable light, fixed insulated panel, operable insulated panel. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Aluminum Windows: a. EFCO Corporation – Series 810i Project Out /Fixed -Offset b. Kawneer Mfg., Co. c. Vistawall New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -10 d. Wausau Window Systems. B. Equal products will be acceptable, provided those products are bid in strict compliance with this specification and requirements of this project. Compliance with AAMA or other referenced standards specified are minimal and will not necessarily assure approval. The Owner reserves the right to disapprove alternative manufacturers for aesthetic as well as functional reasons. Approval maybe withheld for products which depart from sight line requirements, have thinner extrusions, and have shallower frame or sash depths, or which do not meet the finish requirements. 2.2 GLAZING: A. Insulating Glass: Provide insulating glass as specified in Section 088000 GLAZING. Units shall be permanently marked either on spacers or at least one component light of units with certification label of the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC); indicate class of glass. B. Glazing System: Manufacturer's standard standard factory-glazing system that produces weathertight seal. 2.3 MATERIALS: A. Aluminum Extrusions: All frame and sash sections shall be extruded aluminum shapes produced from commercial quality type 6063T5/T6 alloy, with minimum wall thickness of .125 inches. Alloy and temper as recommended by window manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance and application of required finish, but not less than 22,000 psi ultimate tensile strength and minimum yield strength of 16,000 psi. Sash and Sash frame extrusions shall be tubular design. Minimum frame depth shall be 3 ½ inches. All ventilator sections to be tubular, factory structural glazed and close flush with adjoining frame surfaces at exterior and interior. 1. Miscellaneous Installation Accessories and Trim: a. Subsills: An extruded aluminum subsill finished to match window with a rigid structural E-Strut (2-thermal struts) thermal barrier where indicated or called for, shall be provided. b. Snap Trim: A two-piece, aluminum rectangular section snap trim, where indicated or called for, shall be extruded aluminum with finish to match window. Snap trim shall be supplied in required lengths and attached with clips spaced no more than 18 inches on center. c. Sill Extenders: Extruded Aluminum sill extenders trim and closures shall be required where indicated on drawing details. d. Mullions: Mullions, where indicated, shall be of extruded aluminum with a minimum wall thickness of 0.062 inches, fastened with stainless steel fasteners, with aluminum snap cover trim where required to cover exposed fasteners. e. Mullion Covers: When required, exterior mullion covers shall be of extruded aluminum, shaped to provide longitudinal rigidity (profile to match style of brick mold) and finished to match window frame finish. The seal against the window extrusion shall be continuous bulb santoprene weather-strip which is integrally interlocked with the mullion cover extrusion. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -11 f. Two Piece Receptor System: Receptor system sill extenders, closures, angles, caulk stops and other necessary fillers shall be supplied where required, in roll formed 6063-T5 aluminum, with minimum 0.062 inch thickness for materials to receive finish to match window. Double sided acrylic foam tape by Norton Co., or approved equal. B. Thermal Barrier: Fabricate window units with a rigid, structural thermal barrier. Material shall consist of two thermal “E” struts of reinforced polyamide nylon mechanically crimped in raceways extruded in the exterior and interior extrusions. The thermal barrier shall totally separate the interior from the exterior surfaces of all window parts, which are exposed to the elements. No primary window parts, hardware or other appurtenances shall bridge the thermal barrier in any way. Poured and debridged or non-structural thermal barriers other than what has been specified will not be accepted. C. Brickmold Panning and Mullion Caps: 1. Decorative brickmold panning shall follow the masonry head and jamb, and shall match profile and dimensions indicated on drawings. Mullion caps shall be designed to replicate the vertical mullion dimensions and shall be integrated into the panning surround without the use of exposed fasteners. Profile style of mullion caps shall match that of the brickmold. 2. The brickmold panning shall match the architectural details as closely as possible in sightline and profile. 3. Nominal wall thickness shall not be less than 0.080 inch. 4. The sill of the panning system shall have an upturned let set behind the exterior leg of the window sill to collect and drain water to the outside. Jamb and panning shall overlap the exterior of the window to form a rain screen. All four sides of the panning system shall have weather stripping pulled through dovetails in the extrusions. 5. The Panning unit shall be installed in the prepared opening from the inside of the building and anchored directly to the opening through factory punched /drilled mounting holes. The window shall be held tightly against the panning weather stripping by stainless steel spring clips mounted at the jambs and head of at 16 inch centers. The spring clips shall not provide the primary anchorage. Interior trim clips shall be applied. D. Wire Fabric Insect Screens: 18 x 16 mesh of 0.011 inch diameter, coated aluminum wire, complying with FS RR-W-364, Type VII E. Fasteners: Aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel or other material warranted by the window manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with the aluminum window members trim, hardware, anchors, and other components of the window units. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for application of operating hardware. Provide only exposed fasteners that match the finish of the window members and hardware being used. Exposed fasteners shall be Phillips flat head screws. F. Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories: Depending on strength and corrosion corrosion inhibiting requirements fabricate accessories of aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel or hot-dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with ASTM A386. G. Compression Glazing Gaskets and Weatherstripping: At the manufacturer’s option, provide extruded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D2000 – 2BC415 to 3BC620. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -12 H. Window Assembly Sealant: Unless otherwise indicated for sealant required within the fabricated window units, use type recommended by the window manufacturer for joint size and movement, to remain permanently elastic, non-shrinking and non-migrating. I. Perimeter Weather Seals: Sealant for metal to metal contact surfaces of window members and related items and for sealing mechanical joints shall be one part silicone or polyurethane sealant. In all cases, use sealant color, which matches the finish of window when sealant is exposed to view. Use primers, back up material, bond breakers and cleaning agents as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 1. Use of the following acceptable products or equal as approved by the Architect. a. Tremco. “Dymonic”. b. General Electric (GE), “Silpruf”. c. Cow Corning, “795”. 2.4 FABRICATION: A. General Requirements: 1. Finish, fabricate and shop assemble frame and sash into a complete window unit allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation. 2. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners, accurately fit and secure corners tight. Make corner joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Seal all frame joints with epoxy back sealant meeting AAMA 803.3 specification for Narrow Joint Sealants. 3. Develop drainage holes (weeps) with moisture pattern to exterior. Weep holes or slots of adequate size shall be provided as a means of drainage of water and condensation, which may accumulate, a minimum of two weeps per window is required. Weep holes shall have integral covers to minimize the penetration of weather, wind and insects. 4. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for operating hardware. 5. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. 6. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions with galvanized steel members to maintain rigidity. B. Frames: All windows shall have a minimum master frame depth of 3 1/2 inches with a wall thickness not less that .125 inch. Fabricate aluminum windows with an integral, concealed, low-conductance, rigid, structural thermal barrier; located between exterior materials and window members exposed on interior side; in a manner that eliminates direct metal-to-metal contact. 1. Windows shall be butt jointed coped and secured construction, fastened with stainless steel screws, ancored in integral screw bosses, epoxy back sealed at the corners with narrow joint sealant meeting AAMA 803.3 specifications. C. Operating Sash Hardware: Projected window units: 1. Concealed Hinges: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -13 a. Provide two stainless steel concealed four-bar adjustable friction hinges per vent meeting AAMA 904.1. 2. Locks: a. Die cast or stainless steel cam locks, strikes and /or keepers for manual operation shall secure sash in closed position. b. Provide two locks for ventilator at maximum 40 inch spacing. 3. Limited Opening Device: a. Provide concealed device to limit initial sash operation to 6 inches. Operation past this point to be by use of a tool or removable key. D. All sash shall be interior glazed at factory with glazing as specified herein. E. Insect Screens: Full screens, field mounted on interior with swivel clips; handle-access wickets; ¾ inch by 1 1/8 inches x 0.50 inch extruded aluminum frame with finish to match window in color and performance; corners mitered, gusset reinforced, and crimped, 18x16 dark aluminum mesh; PVC spline. Screens shall be removable from the interior without the necessity to remove the sash and aluminum mesh shall be installed in a manner as to be easily replaced or repaired. Provide insect screens at all operable windows. F. Weather Stripping: Provide replaceable double weather-stripping around the entire perimeter of each sash, incorporating a silicone treated pile conforming to AAMA 701-92 with Mylar fin bonded to a .270 inch backing. It shall be held in integral extruded ports and secured to prevent movement or loss while operating sash. G. Glazing Beads: Sashes to be glazed with one inch sealed insulated glass and so constructed to allow for filed replacement of glazing. Glazing shall be of type extruded aluminum snap in type glazing beads or putty style and Tremco EPDM poly-weg compression gasket on the interior of the glazing. Exterior of the glass shall be set on Tremco Poly shim II butyl glazing tape. The sealed insulated unit glass shall conform to S.I.G.M.A. standards for Level “A” Performance when tested in accordance with ASTM E6P1 and ASTM E6P2. H. Structural Mullions: Shall be of sufficient strength to resist the specified window structural design load with a maximum deflection of L/175. Strength demonstrated by certified engineering calculations might be used in lieu of tested assembly demonstrations. 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS: A. Receptor System shall be aluminum, not less than .062 inch thick, of sizes and profiles shown on drawings. All face joints between adjacent sill, mullion, and receiver segments shall be finished with concealed splice plates to eliminate through joints and to permit for expansion and contraction. B. Mullions: Provide for horizontal tube mullions at stacking window sections to match profiles as shown on drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -14 C. Interior Trim: Provide window manufacturer’s extruded aluminum snap trim sections at perimeter of windows where required or as noted on the Drawings. Interior trim clips shall be at least .090 inch. D. Batt Insulation: Insulation shall be unfaced fiberglass all-purpose insulation. Insulation shall be 1.0 inch thick and cut to size(s) as needed, at all locations within window frames. E. Compressible Filler: Shall be closed cell polyethylene foam rope joint backing material between window members and surrounding construction. Do not use vinyl foam, degradable materials or paper. F. Fasteners: All screws, nuts, washers, bolts, rivets and other fastening devices incorporated in the work shall be of sufficient strength and quality to perform their designated function. Fasteners shall be made of the following approved materials: 1. Aluminum. 2. Non-magnetic stainless steel. 3. Corrosion resistant materials compatible with aluminum. 4. Steel-Cadmium plated (ASTM A 165-80, Type OS). 5. Steel-Zinc plated (ASTM B 633-78). 6. Steel-Nickel and chrome plated (ASTM B456-79, Type SC). All through frame connections shall be non-thermal bridging plates or clips. There shall be no through frame fasteners. 2.6 FINISHES: A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Coating: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish cleaned with inhibited chemicals, Chemical Finish: chemical conversion coating, acid-chromate-fluoridephosphate pretreatment, Organic Coating, as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 1. Organic Coating: with resin containing 70% flouropolymer, thermosetting. Alternative finishes will not be acceptable. 2. Quality Standard: Conforming to AAMA 2605-02, including 10 years Florida Florida exposure and 4,000 hours humidity tests. 3. Pretreatment: Five stage; zinc chromate conversion coating. 4. Application: Electrostatic spray and oven bake by approved applicator. 5. Coating Quantity: Minimum one primer coat and one color coat. 6. Dry Film Thickness: Minimum 1.2 mils on exposed surfaces, except inside corners and channels. 7. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of choices for color and gloss. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -15 2.7 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS: A. Insulating Glass: Provide insulating glass units as specified in Section 088000 – GLAZING. Units shall be permanently marked either on spacers or at least one component light of units with certification label of the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC); indicate class of glass. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances. Verify rough opening dimensions; levelness of sill plate; coordination with wall flashings, vapor retarders, and other built-in components; operational clearances; and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Masonry Surfaces: Visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris. 2. Wood Surfaces: Dry, clean, sound, well nailed, free of voids, and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening and within 3 inches of opening. 3. Metal Surfaces: Dry; clean; free of grease, oil, dirt, rust, corrosion, and welding slag; without sharp edges or offsets at joints. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions, Drawings and Shop Drawings for installing windows, hardware, accessories, and other components. 1. Use only skilled tradesmen, from an installer approved in writing from the Manufacturer, with work done in accordance with the Contract Drawings, Specifications and approved shop drawings. 2. The Metal Window Contractor and his representatives shall be total responsible for the installation of the window units. B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without warp, rack or other distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction. Compress fiberglass insulation between frames of new windows and adjacent construction as applicable. Install windows centered in openings. C. Set sill members, and other members, in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight construction. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of the Work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -16 D. Install windows and components to drain condensation, water penetrating joints, and moisture migrating within windows to the exterior. E. Metal Protection: Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with requirements specified in "Dissimilar Materials" Paragraph in Appendix B in AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2. F. Seal all exterior perimeter joints between windows and surrounding construction in accordance with the approved project shop drawings. Joints and other surfaces that are to receive sealant shall be clean free from loose debris or construction stains and must be totally dry. In all, prepare surfaces that are to receive sealant and apply sealant according to the manufacturer’s instructions. G. Carefully install pre-glazed operating windows in wall construction in accordance with the Drawings and approved shop drawings. Take great care not to damage work in place. Apply fillers and perimeter sealant at all such windows. H. All assembled window units shall be properly backsealed, buttered with sealant where required and properly fastened together before erection. The Architect may inspect delivered units to determine whether joints are satisfactorily sealed before installation. I. Apply sealant in all field assembled metal to metal joints as required to provide a completely weather tight installation. Install sealant in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s application instructions, in a continuous manner, with sealant bead, uniform in width in each direction. Tool sealant surface to a smooth uniform density. Remove excess sealant immediately. J. Installation of window assemblies shall provide for thermal expansion and contraction without impairment of function or weather resistance. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of installed windows shall take place as follows: 1. Testing Methodology: Testing of windows for air infiltration and water resistance shall be performed according to AAMA 502, Test Method A, by applying same test pressures required to determine compliance with AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2 in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. 2. Testing Extent: Three windows as indicated and agreed to by Designer and a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. Windows shall be tested immediately after installation. a. Window Type G at “Chief of Police” Room 213. b. Window Type D at “Expan. /Training /Incident Rm” Room 209. c. Window Type B at “Stair B” room 235. 3. Test Reports: Shall be prepared according to AAMA 502. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -17 C. Remove and replace windows where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, sash hardware, screens, operators, and accessories to provide a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping, for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. Check all operating sash and demonstrate operation free from twist and rattle. B. Adjust the sash hardware so that the sash is perfectly square in the primary frame member. Lubricate hardware and all moving parts as necessary and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. C. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of window units in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Exercise extreme caution to avoid damage to finish. Remove excess glazing materials and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances by using mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacture. Touch up blemishes and other defects in the surface. D. Clean interior and exterior surfaces of glass promptly after installation of window units. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. 3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. In addition, monitor window surfaces adjacent to and below exterior concrete and masonry surfaces during construction for presence of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, stains, or other contaminants. If contaminating substances do contact window surfaces, remove contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Window finishes damaged due to the Contractor’s failure to remove contaminating substances immediately after contact shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner. B. Clean aluminum surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances. C. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. 1. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Aluminum Windows 085113 -18 D. Clean factory-glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. E. Initiate all protection and other precautions required to ensure that window units will be free from damage or deterioration (other than normal weathering) at time of acceptance. Send to the Architect, with a copy to the Owner, written recommendations for the maintenance and protection of the windows following substantial completion. END OF SECTION 085113 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-1 SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections apply to work of this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition: "Finish Hardware" includes items known commercially as finish hardware which are required for swing, sliding and folding doors, except special types of unique and nonmatching hardware specified in the same section as the door and door frame. B. Extent of finish hardware required is indicated on drawings and in schedules. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: The following work is not included in this Section and is to be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 061000 -Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 064023 -Interior Architectural Woodwork. 3. Section 081113 -Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 4. Section 088000 -Glazing. 5. Section 099000 -Painting and Coating. 6. Section 084113 -Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management E. Types of finish hardware required (but are not limited to) include the following: 1. Hinges 2. Key Control System 3. Lock Cylinders and Keys 4. Lock and Latch Sets 5. Bolts 6. Exit Devices 7. Push/Pull Units 8. Closers 9. Overhead Stops and Holders 10. Miscellaneous Door Control Devices 11. Door Trim Units 12. Protection Plates New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-2 13. Weatherstripping for exterior doors. 14. Sound Seal for interior doors 15. Automatic Door Bottoms 16. Astragals 17. Thresholds 18. Silencers. 19. Electric Strikes 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Finish hardware shall be of best grade solid metal entirely free from imperfections in manufacture and finish, and shall be guaranteed by the hardware supplier to satisfactorily perform the necessary functions required of it for a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion of the Project. B. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. C. Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, who has been furnishing hardware in the project's vicinity for a period of not less than five (5) years, and who is, or who employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about project's hardware requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor. 1. Supplier shall meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and to obtain final instructions in writing. D. Fire Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire rated openings in compliance with the most recent edition of NFPA Standard No. 80, local building code requirements and the authority having jurisdiction. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. 1. Where emergency exit devices are required on fire rated doors (with supplementary marking on doors' UL or FM labels indicating "Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware") provide UL or FM label on exit devices indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". 2. Installers of locks, exit devices, door closers shall attend on site training session by manufacturer(s) for training related to installation and adjustment of such hardware. Confirmation of completion of training session shall be made in writing from the manufacturer or its representative(s) to the Construction Manager and Owner 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical product data for each item of hardware in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 section 013300 "Submittals Requirements". Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and finish. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-3 B. Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Coordinate hardware with doors, frames and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function and finish of hardware. 1. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on finish hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into "Hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item. b. Name and manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of each hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. 2. Submittal Sequence: Submit final schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work which is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by finish hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of hardware schedule. 3. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. C. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory prepared for the installation of hardware within fifteen (15) days of receipt of approved hardware schedule. Upon request, check shop drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions are made for proper location and installation of hardware. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. B. Packaging of hardware is the responsibility of the supplier. As material is received by hardware supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved hardware schedule. C. Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct. D. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (project site) for installation. E. Provide secure lockup and shelving for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the Work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-4 F. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all items of hardware after receipt from the hardware supplier, and shall replace all lost or damaged items. The Trade Contractor shall furnish the hardware supplier with written receipt of all hardware received within 10 working days of receipt of hardware. 1.6 MAINTENANCE: A. Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION, GENERAL: A. Base metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units for finish designations indicated. B. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. C. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match the hardware finish or, if exposed surfaces of other work, to match finish of this their work as closely as possibly, including "prepared for paint" surfaces to receive painted finish. D. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units, which are exposed when door is closed, except to the extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work, except where it is not feasible to adequately reinforce the work. In such cases, provide sleeves for each through bolt or use screw fasteners. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following. Where one manufacturer is listed, no substitution will be allowed for that product category, with No exceptions. Butts and Hinges McKinney Stanley Hardware, Division of Stanley Works Hager Hinge Company Key Control System Schlage New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-5 Cylinders and Locks Sargent Manufacturing Company Schlage Lock Company Best Lock Company Electric Strikes Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. Folger Adam Security Inc. Locknetics Security Engineering; a Harrow Company. Precision Hardware, Inc. Rutherford Controls Inc.; Div. of Fritz Fuss. Security Door Controls. Trine Products Company. Von Duprin, Inc.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company. Exit Devices Sargent Manufacturing Company VonDuprin Precision x Filler Plates Push/Pull Units Rockwood Manufacturing Company H.B. Ives, A Harrow Company Burns Manufacturing Company Overhead Closers LCN, Div. IngersollRand Door Hardware Group Sargent Manufacturing Company Norton Door Control Devices ABH Controls RixsonFiremark, Div. Yale Security GlynnJohnson Corporation Kick, Mop, Push, Pull and Armor Plates Rockwood Manufacturing Company H.B. Ives, A Harrow Company Don Jo Manufacturing Company Weatherstripping and Seals, Thresholds, Astragals National Guard Products, Inc. Pemko Manufacturing Company, Inc. Reese Enterprises, Inc. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-6 2.3 HINGES: A. General: Butt hinges shall be five knuckle, button tip standard weight 2 bearing full mortise template type with non rising steel pins. On exterior doors, doors exceeding and including 3 foot 6 inches in width, and on other doors so noted hinges shall be heavy weight 4 bearing on all doors with exit devices and all doors to multiple use toilet rooms hinges shall be heavy weight bearing. On outswing corridor doors with locking function hardware and exterior doors, hinges shall be supplied with NRP (nonremovable pin). Size of hinges shall be as follows: 1. Height 5" for doors wider than 3'0". 2. Height 41/2" for doors 3'0" wide and under. 3. Width 41/2" for standard and extra heavy weight. 4. Width 5" for doors more than 1-3/4" in thickness. B. All hinges on exterior and aluminum doors shall be bronze or brass based, plated and finished to match the specified finish; all hinges on interior and fire rated doors shall be steel based, plated and finished to match the specified finish. C. Provide minimum width required for proper operation and clearance. D. Number of Hinges: Furnish 2 hinges for each door up to and including 60 inches or less in height and one hinge for each 30 inches of additional height or fraction thereof. Dutch doors shall be provided with four hinges. 1. Fire Rated Doors: Not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 86 inches or less in height with same rule for additional hinges. E. Finish: 626 and 652 – Interior, 630 Exterior. F. All hinges shall be the product of one manufacturer. 2.4 KEYING AND KEY CONTROL SYSTEM: A. Keying: The keying for this project will be a new system as directed by the owner. All keys shall be restricted key section to eliminate unauthorized duplication of keys. Angled cuts and side bars, etc. will be considered, but convenience and time for cutting keys by authorized persons is the goal. B. All permanent cylinders shall be installed at the conclusion of the job. Temporary cylinders shall be supplied for the exterior doors and storage closets during construction. C. Supply keys and cylinders in the following quantities; each school: 1. 5 Construction Keys. 2. Master and Individual keys as required (approx 4 per cylinder) All Master Level Keys shall be shipped directly from the manufacturer to Owner. All construction master keys shall be shipped to the installer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-7 D. Upon completion of the Project or as otherwise directed by Owner, render the construction key system inoperative. Deliver to the Owner all day and upper level keys, installed and marked in key cabinet as specified. E. Key Control System: All lock cylinders shall be marked with the keying symbol in a nonvisible area. Concealed key control. All keys shall be stamped with both bitting number and restricted DO NOT DUPLICATE. F. Key Control software shall be Sargent Keyminder or Schlage Sitemaster. Version shall be single site version. G. Supply cylinders for all overhead and roll-up doors, counter shutters and key switches as required. 2.5 LOCKS AND LATCH SETS: A. Locksets and latchsets shall be Schlage “9000” Series or equal. Functions shall be as noted on the Door Schedule. Trim shall be DANEMARK #690 or equal B. Lock Throw: Provide ¾-inch minimum throw of latch. No exceptions. C. Lock shall have the ability for field beveling and reversing of hand without opening the lock case. D. Finish shall be 630. E. Provide wrought strike boxes and curved lip strikes with proper lip length to protect trim of the frame, but not to project more than 1/8" beyond frame trim or the inactive leaf of a pair of doors. 1. Tactile warning shall be factory machined on the back of the lever, as called for in the “Tactile Warning” column in the door schedule. Abrasive tape or coating will not be accepted. 2.6 DOOR CLOSERS: A. Door Closers shall be LCN 4011/4111 Series, or Sargent 281 or Norton PR7560 Series with adjustable spring and full cover. Latching speed, closing speed and back check shall be controlled by separate valves. Spring power shall be capable of being increased in each size. Provide necessary arms, brackets, drop plates as required, including coordination with overhead stops. Closers shall be supplied with mounting hardware in order to be installed in least visible configuration to corridors, public ways, exterior. Finish shall be 689. 689. 1. Provide at both leaves of doors. 2. Provide forged steel arms. 3. Provide all weather fluid. 4. No other substitutions will be allowed. B. Where manual closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide adjustable units complying with ANSI A117.1 provisions for door opening force and delayed action (as called for in Door Schedule) closing. C. Electronic Closers/Holders shall be Sargent 2400 Series or LCN 4040 Sentronic Series, single point hold open and shall be furnished where electromagnetic holders cannot be utilized. Closers shall have a hold open range of 85 to 110 degrees. The closer shall be designed for New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-8 use with a UL listed fire detection system, provided with normally closed switching contacts. Finish shall be 689. D. Closers installed on outswing corridor doors shall be mounted so as to be able to swing 180 degrees, as so noted on the Plans. E. All door closers shall be provided with sex nuts and bolts. 2.7 EXIT DEVICES: A. Exit devices shall be Von Duprin with lever handle outside trim or equal unless otherwise specified. Device finish shall be stainless steel 630. Functions shall be as noted in the Door Schedule. B. Exit devices shall be "UL" listed for life safety. All exit devices for labeled doors shall have a "UL" label for "Fire Exit Hardware". C. All exit devices shall be of a heavy duty, chassis mounting design, with one piece removable covers, vertical rod type at pairs, rim type at singles. D. Exit device trim shall be through bolted to the lock stile chassis. Exit device trim shall exactly match the lever design as used on locks and latches in dimension and finish. E. Door Schedule lists exit device as “panic release latch.” F. Provide 8500 & 8400 Series devices at doors with narrow stiles. 2.8 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS: A. All doors shall have a door stop. Where it is not feasable for a wall or floor stop, an overhead stop is to be furnished. Wall stops shall be Ives 408 or 408 1/2 Series. Floor stops shall be Ives FS17. Finish shall be 630. Provide fasteners suitable for the substrate to which the specified stops are to be applied. 1. If there is a wall adjacent to open position of door, stop shall be concave dome wall bumper with concealed fastenings. 2. Where stops specified above cannot be used and floor mounted stop will not be in traffic area, stop shall be floor mounted dome stop. 3. Where 1 and 2 above cannot practically be used, stop shall be surface mounted standard duty overhead stop. 2.9 KICK PLATES, MOP PLATES, PULL/PUSH PLATES: A. Kick plates shall be Ives, 8" high by 2" less than door width on single openings, and 8" high by 1" less than door width on paired openings. Kick plates shall be 18 gauge (.050") thick. For doors with louvers, narrow bottom rails, or other obstructions, kick plate height shall be 1" less than the dimension shown from the bottom of the door to the bottom of the louver or glass. Finish shall be 630. B. Mop plates shall be Rockwood, 4" high by 2" less than door width on single openings, and 4" high by 1" less than door width on paired openings. Mop plates shall be 18 gauge (.050") thick. For doors with louvers, narrow bottom rails, or other obstructions, mop plate height shall be 1" less than the dimension shown from the bottom of the door to the bottom New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-9 of the louver or glass. Finish shall be 630. Furnish mop plates on the pull side of doors swinging into bathrooms. C. Pull plates shall be Ives #8311. 4” x 16” Finish shall be 630. D. Push plates shall be Ives #8200 4" x 16". Finish shall be 630. E. Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for installation, through bolted for matched pairs but not for single units. F. Factory cut push plates for cylinders as required. 2.10 FLUSH BOLTS, DUST PROOF STRIKES: A. Flush Bolts: Automatic flush bolt pair shall be Door Controls 842/942. Manual flush bolt pair shall be Rockwood 555/557 extension type. Finish shall be 626. Provide automatic/self latching flushbolts at fire rated double doors. B. Flush bolt heads shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter; rods shall be of brass, bronze or stainless steel with minimum 12 inch long rod for doors up to 7'0" in height. Provide longer rods as necessary for doors exceeding 7"0" in height. C. Dust proof strikes shall be provided at all bottom bolts, except where special threshold construction provides non-recessed strike for bolt. Dust proof strikes shall be Rockwood 571. Finish shall be 626. D. Locate on inactive leaf of double doors, not requiring exit devices. 2.11 WEATHERSTRIPPING AND THRESHOLDS: A. At exterior doors, provide Pemko 290AS extruded aluminum and neoprene type (head and jambs), door bottom sweep 315CN, meeting stile weatherstrip 18041CP (on pairs of doors), rain drip 346. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. B. Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size, and profile as shown or scheduled. Furnish thresholds with machine screws and lead anchors. Thresholds shall conform to handicap requirements of maximum 1/2" height above floor and no more than 1/4" vertical rise with slope proportions no greater than 1:12. Offset floor conditions resulting in level changes above 1/2" shall require special threshold ramping. Provide units on exterior doors not less than 4 inches wide, formed to accommodate change in floor elevation where indicated, fabricated to accommodate door hardware and to fit door frames. 2.12 SOUNDSTRIPPING AND THRESHOLDS: A. At interior doors where sound stripping is scheduled, provide Pemko S88D (head and jambs), automatic door bottom 434ARL and aluminum threshold 271A set in bed of silicone sealant. 2.13 SILENCERS: A. Furnish door silencers at all openings not specified with weatherstripping or sound seals. Provide four at each pair of doors and three for each single door. Silencers shall be Ives SR64. Stick on silencers are not acceptable. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-10 2.14 FINISH: A. Hardware generally shall be brushed chrome 630 finish except as noted. 1. Weatherstripping Aluminum. 2. Thresholds Extruded Aluminum. 2.15 ELECTRIC STRIKES: A. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Electric Strikes: BHMA A156.5. B. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Provide power supply PS861 or Equal. C. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA Grade 1, complying with the following: 1. Jamb Type: Polished wrought brass, with 3/4-inch-(19-mm-) diameter, springtension plunger. 2. Floor Type: Polished wrought brass, with 3/4-inch-(19-mm-) diameter, springtension plunger. 3. Locking Floor Type: Polished wrought brass, with 3/4-inch-(19-mm-) diameter, spring-tension plunger that can be locked in the up position by rotating plunger. D. Electric Strikes: Comply with the following: 1. BHMA Grade: Grade 1, unless Grade 2 is indicated. 2. Material: Forged stainless steel. 3. Mounting: Mortised. 4. Monitoring: Mechanical strike monitoring. PART 3 EXECUTIONS 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations and except as otherwise directed by Architect. 1. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-11 B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work Specified in the Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrates involved.C. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. E. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 079200. F. Weatherstripping and Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated. 3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND DEMONSTRATING: A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. 1. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage latch. B. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. C. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. D. Instruct Owner's personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of door hardware and hardware finishes. E. Six Month Adjustment: Approximately six months after the date of Substantial completion, the Installer, accompanied by representatives of the manufacturers of latchsets and locksets and of door control devices, and of other major hardware suppliers, shall return to the project to perform the following work: 1. Examine and readjust each item of door hardware as necessary to restore function of doors and hardware to comply with specified requirements. 2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. 3. Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of hardware units. 4. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-12 3.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: A. General: Provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements of this Section and in the Door Schedule. B. Doors not shown on door schedule but appear on plans are to have the same hardware of a similar opening. Hardware Set 1 Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9053 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES Hardware Set 2 Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9070 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES Hardware Set 2B Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET 9080 DANEMARK #690 W/KNURLED LEVER 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES Hardware Set 3 Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9080 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-13 Hardware Set 3A Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9080 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA ELECTTRIC STRIKE 6211 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES Hardware Set 3B Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET 9080 DANEMARK #690 W/KNURLED LEVER 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES Note: Door #010-1 needs weatherstrip and sweep Hardware Set 4 Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8311 4”x16” 630 IVES 1 SET PULL PULL HANDLE 8200 4” x 16” 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES Hardware Set 4A Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA DEADBOLT B6639 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8311 4”x 16” 630 IVES 1 EA PULL HANDLE 8200 4” x 16” 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-14 Hardware Set 5 Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9040 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES Hardware Set 6 Each to Receive: 6 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9070 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 2 EA FLUSH BOLTS FB258N W/DUST STRIKE 630 IVES 2 EA SILENCERS SR64 IVES Hardware Set 7 Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA EXIT DEVICE 9975L-BE-06 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK Hardware Set 8 Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA EXIT DEVICE 9975EO 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA THRESHOLD 253 X 3AFG X PEMKOTE AL PEMKO 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 18062AP AL PEMKO 1 SET GASKETING 290AS AL PEMKO 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK Note: Weatherstrip, sweep, and threshold for exterior doors only Hardware Set 9 Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA EXIT DEVICE 9975L-06 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-15 Hardware Set 9A Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB168 5" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA EXIT DEVICE 9975L-NL-06 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA THRESHOLD 253 X 3AFG X PEMKOTE AL PEMKO 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 18062AP AL PEMKO 1 SET GASKETING 290AS AL PEMKO 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK Note: Weatherstrip, sweep, and threshold for exterior doors only Hardware Set 10 Each to Receive: 6 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9070 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 2 EA FLUSH BOLTS FB258N 630 IVES 1 EA THRESHOLD 253 X 3AFG X PEMKOTE AL PEMKO 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 18062AP AL PEMKO 1 SET GASKETING 290AS AL PEMKO 2 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK 2 EA DOOR CLOSER 4211 689 LCN Note: Weatherstrip, sweep, and threshold for exterior doors only Hardware Set 10A Each to Receive: 6 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9080 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 630 VON DUPRIN 2 EA DOOR CLOSER 4211 689 LCN 2 EA FLUSH BOLTS FB258N W/DUST STRIKE 630 IVES 2 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 2 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 3 EA SILENCERS 3446 STOCK Hardware Set 10B Each to Receive: 6 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET 9080 DANEMARK #690 W/KNURLED LEVER 630 SCHLAGE 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4111 689 LCN 2 EA FLUSH BOLTS FB258N W/DUST STRIKE 630 IVES 2 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 2 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 2 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 2 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Door Hardware 087100-16 Hardware Set 10C Each to Receive: 6 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9070 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 2 EA FLUSH BOLTS FB258N 630 IVES 1 EA THRESHOLD 253 X 3AFG X PEMKOTE AL PEMKO 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 18062AP AL PEMKO 1 SET GASKETING 290AS AL PEMKO 2 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK 2 EA DOOR CLOSER 4211 689 LCN Note: Weatherstrip, sweep, and threshold for exterior doors only Hardware Set 11A Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET LB9082 DANEMARK #690 630 VON DUPRIN 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 630 SARGENT 1 EA DOOR CLOSER 4211 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8" X 2" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA MOP PLATE 4" X 1" X LTDW X .050 X B4E 630 IVES 1 EA DOOR STOP TO SUIT 630 IVES CUSTOMER 1 EA THRESHOLD 253 X 3AFG X PEMKOTE AL PEMKO 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 18062AP AL PEMKO 1 SET GASKETING 290AS AL PEMKO 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK Note: Weatherstrip, sweep, and threshold for exterior doors only Hardware Set 12 Each to Receive: 6 EA BUTTS FBB179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 630 STANLEY WORKS 1 EA LOCKSET L9040 DANEMARK #690 630 SCHLAGE 3 EA SILENCERS SR64 STOCK END OF SECTION 087100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-1 SECTION 088000 GLAZING (Part of Work of Section 080001 – METAL WINDOWS, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Glass and glazing for the following products and applications: a. Steel doors, frames and sidelights specified in Section 081113 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. b. Wood doors specified in Section 081416 -FLUSH WOOD DOORS. c. Bullet resistant assemblies specified in Section 083118 – BULLET RESISTANT DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES (Installation by this Section is just the glazing scheduled for any bullet resistant assemblies should be installed by Section 088000). d. Glazed entrances and storefronts specified in Section 084113 -ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT. e. Interior borrowed lites. f. Unframed mirrors in the Fitness Room g. SECTION 088853 BULLET-RESISTANT GLAZING B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 085113 -ALUMINUM WINDOWS for factory glazing for metal windows. F. Related Sections: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-2 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturers of Glass Products: Firms that produce primary glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in inches and millimeters according to ASTM C 1036. C. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a specified gas. D. Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal uses that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. E. Deterioration of Insulating Glass: Failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. F. Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Defects developed from normal uses that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thickness designations indicated are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites in the thickness designations indicated for various size openings, but not less than thicknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exceed the following criteria: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-3 1. Glass Thicknesses: Select minimum glass thicknesses to comply with ASTM E 1300, according to the following requirements: a. Specified Design Wind Loads: Determine design wind loads applicable to Project from basic wind speed indicated in miles per hour at 33 feet above grade, according to ASCE 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures”: Section 6.4.2, “Analytic Procedure”, based on mean roof heights above grade as indicated in the Contract Drawings. 1) Load Duration: 60 seconds or less. b. Probability of Breakage for Vertical Glazing: 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not more than 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. 1) Load Duration: 60 seconds or less. c. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For the following types of glass supported on all 4 edges, provide thickness required that limits center deflection at design wind pressure to 1/50 times the short side length or 1 inch, whichever is less. 1) 1) For monolithic-glass lites heat treated to resist wind loads. 2) For insulating glass. 3) For laminated-glass lites. d. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 6 mm. C. Thermal Movements: Provide glazing that allows for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. D. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified based on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to procedures indicated below: 1. For monolithic-glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 6.0 mm thick. 2. For laminated-glass lites, properties are based on products of construction indicated. 3. For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units with lites 6.0 mm thick and a nominal 1/2-inch-wide interspace. 4. Center-of-Glass Values: Based on using LBL-44789 WINDOW 5.2 computer program for the following methodologies: a. Center-of-Glass U-Factors: NFRC 100 expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. b. Center-of-Glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200. c. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-4 E. Bullet Resistant Glass: Where bullet resistant glass is indicated, provide product with meets or exceeds the requirements of UL 752, Level 4 – SG, when installed. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. 1. Bullet resistant glass: In addition to standard product data, provide data sheets indicating layer composition and thicknesses, color and light transmission coefficient for bullet resistant glass. B. Samples: For the following products, in the form of 12-inch-square Samples for glass. 1. Each color of tinted float glass. 2. Each type of patterned glass. 3. Coated vision glass. 4. Ceramic-coated spandrel glass. 5. Each pattern and color of ceramic-coated vision glass. 6. Wired glass. 7. Each type of Fire-resistive glazing products. 8. Each type of laminated glass. 9. Bullet resistant glass. 10. Insulating glass for each designation indicated. 11. For each color (except black) of exposed glazing sealant indicated. C. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings for glazed openings in preparing a schedule listing glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. D. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of glass and glazing products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. 1. For solar-control low-e-coated glass, provide documentation demonstrating that manufacturer of coated glass is certified by coating manufacturer. E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in “Quality Assurance” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of complete products with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Test Report: From glazing sealant manufacturer indicating glazing sealants were tested for adhesion to glass and glazing channel substrates and for compatibility with glass and other glazing glazing materials. G. Product Test Reports: For each of the following types of glazing products: 1. Tinted float glass. 2. Coated float glass. 3. Insulating glass. 4. Glazing sealants. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-5 5. Glazing gaskets. 6. Bullet resistant glass. H. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project; whose work has resulted in glass installations with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain the following through one source from a single manufacturer for each glass type: clear float glass, laminated glass and insulating glass. C. Source Limitations for Glass Sputter-Coated with Solar-Control Low-E Coatings: Where solar-control low-e coatings of a primary glass manufacturer that has established a certified fabricator program is specified, obtain sputter-coated solar-control low-e-coated glass in fabricated units from a manufacturer that is certified by coated-glass manufacturer. D. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories through one source from a single manufacturer for each product and installation method indicated. E. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Testing: Obtain sealant test results for product test reports in "Submittals" Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing current sealant formulations within a 36-month period. 1. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 2. Test elastomeric glazing sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920, and where applicable, to other standard test methods. F. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Submit to elastomeric glazing sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of each glazing material type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member that will contact or affect elastomeric glazing sealants: 1. Use ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of glazing sealants to glass, tape sealants, gaskets, and glazing channel substrates. 2. Submit not fewer than nine pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint-sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 3. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 4. For materials failing tests, obtain sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including the use of specially formulated primers. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-6 5. Testing will not be required if elastomeric glazing sealant manufacturers submit data based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, glazing materials matching those submitted. G. Glazing for Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Glazing for assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 and that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. H. Safety Glazing Products: Comply with testing requirements in 16 CFR 120 and, for wired glass, ANSI Z97.1. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, obtain safety glazing products permanently marked with certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Where glazing units, including Kind FT glass and laminated glass, are specified specified in Part 2 articles for glazing lites more than 9 sq. ft. in exposed surface area of one side, provide glazing products that comply with Category II materials, for lites 9 sq. ft. or less in exposed surface area of one side, provide glazing products that comply with Category I or II materials, except for hazardous locations where Category II materials are required by 16 CFR 1201 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. I. Bullet Resistant Glazing Products: 1. Comply with published recommendations of glass industry manufacturers and organization below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. a. FGMA Glazing Manual (FGMA). b. LSGA Design Guide (LSGA). 2. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM C 1172 for laminated glazing products. J. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: GANA Laminated Division's "Laminated Glass Design Guide" and GANA's "Glazing Manual." 2. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and AAMA TIR-A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 3. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 4. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units." New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-7 K. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the following testing and inspecting agency: 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council. L. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup for types of windows indicated, in locations as directed by the Architect. M. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. For insulating-glass units that will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with insulating-glass manufacturer's written recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Do not install liquid glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights they may have under other provisions of the Contract, and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to the Owner and signed by coated-glass manufacturer agreeing to replace coatedglass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-8 1. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Laminated Glass: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to the Owner and signed by laminated-glass manufacturer agreeing to replace laminated-glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to the Owner and signed by insulating-glass manufacturer agreeing to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. E. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Bullet Resistant Glass: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to the Owner and signed by bullet resistant glass manufacturer agreeing to replace bullet resistant glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. F. Metal Window Contractor Warranty: Upon completion of the work, and prior to acceptance of the work, the Metal Window Contractor shall provide the to the Owner his own written warranty agreeing to repair and /or replace any window units which fail due to the improper installation within the first two (2) years after the date of substantial completion. In addition, the warranty shall also certify that the perimeter sealant(s) are suitable for each specific application and have been applied in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations for joint size, width, depth, priming, joint movement, weather conditions, bond breakers, etc. This warranty will cover all materials and labor to correct such failures. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATING-GLASS UNITS A. Insulating-Glass Units for Vertical Glazing (IG-A): 1 inch thick insulating glass consisting of 1/4 inch (6.0 mm), class 2 -tinted, annealed float glass, low e coating on the No. 2 surface, exterior lite; 1/4 inch (6.0 mm), class 1, annealed float glass, interior lite and argon gas filled (tempered safety glass shall be provided at all locations required by code). Provide one of the following or equal: 1. VRE 3-67 by Viracon. a. Visible Light Transmittance: 37 percent. b. Reflectance Visible Light: 11 percent. c. U Value (Winter): 0.25. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-9 d. Shading Coefficient: 0.27. e. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.24. f. Tint Color: Gray 2. Solarban 70XL (3) Gray by PPG Industries. a. Visible Light Transmittance: 32 percent. b. Reflectance Visible Light: 7 percent. c. U Value (Winter): 0.28. d. Shading Coefficient: 0.27. e. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.24. f. Tint Color: Gray 3. Neutral Gray LE 40 by Guardian Industries. a. Visible Light Transmittance: 40 percent. b. Reflectance Visible Light: 12 percent. c. U Value (Winter): 0.33. d. Shading Coefficient: 0.37. e. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.32. f. Tint Color: Gray 2.2 INTERIOR GLAZING A. Tempered Float Glass (G-S1): ASTM C 1048; Type I (transparent flat glass); Quality-Q3; Kind FT; 1/4 inch thick unless indicated otherwise. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers. a. AFG Industries, Inc.. b. Pilkington Building Products North America. c. PPG Industries. d. Equal Products B. Uncoated Clear Float Glass (G-S2): ASTM C 1036; Type I (transparent flat glass); Quality-Q3; Annealed; 1/4 inch thick unless indicated otherwise. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers. a. AFG Industries, Inc.. b. Pilkington Building Products North America. c. PPG Industries. d. Equal Products C. Wired Glass (G-W): ASTM C 1036, Type II (patterned and wired flat glass), Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q-6; and of form and mesh pattern specified. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-10 a. Asahi /AMA Glass Corp.; Affiliated with AFG Industries, Inc. b. Nippon Sheet Glass. c. Pilkington Building Products North America. d. Equal Products D. Fire-Rated Monolithic Ceramic Glazing Material (G-F1): Proprietary product in the form of clear flat sheets of 3/16-inch nominal thickness weighing 2.5 lb/sq. ft. and as follows: 1. Fire-Protection Rating: As indicated for the fire window in which glazing material is installed, and permanently labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Polished on both surfaces, transparent. 3. Product: Based on "Premium FireLite" (polished on both surfaces) by Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd., and distributed by Technical Glass Products. E. Fire-Rated Laminated Ceramic Glazing Material (G-F2): Proprietary Category II safety glazing product in the form of 2 lites of clear ceramic glazing material laminated together to produce a laminated lite of 5/5/16-inch nominal thickness; polished on both surfaces; weighing 4 lb/sq. ft. and as follows: 1. Fire-Protection Rating: As indicated for the assembly in which glazing material is installed, and permanently labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Polished on both surfaces, transparent. 3. Product: Based on "FireLite Plus" by Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd., and distributed by Technical Glass Products. F. Bullet Resistant Glass (BR-1): Bullet resistant glazing to be provided at interior bullet resistant window assemblies: 1. Product: Provide UL 752, Level 4 – SG glass as manufactured by Chicago Bullet Proof Systems, Armortex Bullet Resistant Products or approved equal. a. Composition: Outer layers of clear glass with plastic interlayer. b. Color: Clear. c. Visible Light Transmittance: 80%. G. Architectural Laminated Float Glass (LAM): ASTM C 1172, Laminated Clear, 1/8” Clear/.030 Clear PVB/1/8” Clear. a. AFG Industries, Inc. b. Pilkington Building Products Products North America. c. PPG Industries d. Equal Products 2.3 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-11 1. Compatibility: Verify glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Designer from manufacturer's full range. B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. 1. Single-Component Neutral-and Basic-Curing Silicone Glazing Sealants: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b. GE Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700. c. Tremco; Spectrem 1 (Basic). 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25 4. Additional Movement Capability: 50 percent movement in extension and 50 percent movement in compression for a total of 100 percent movement. 5. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6. Uses Related to Glazing Substrates: M, G, A, and as applicable to glazing substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Glazing Substrates: Coated glass, color anodic aluminum, aluminum coated with a high-performance coating, galvanized steel, and wood. C. Glazing Sealants for Fire-Resistive Glazing Products: Identical to products used in test assemblies to obtain fire-protection rating. 2.4 GLAZING TAPES A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based elastomeric tape with a solids content of 100 percent; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; packaged on rolls with a release paper backing; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for project conditions. 1. AAMA 806.3 tape for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-12 B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.5 GLAZING GASKETS (ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS) A. Lock-Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C 542, black. B. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. 1. Neoprene, ASTM C 864. 2. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C 1115. 3. Any material indicated above. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of full size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. G. Perimeter Insulation for Fire-Resistive Glazing: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire-resistance rating. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-13 2.7 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean-cut or flat-grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with outdoor and indoor faces. C. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges and corners. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing glazing, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Glazing channel dimensions, as indicated on Drawings, provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and a ppearance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-14 D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant-substrate testing. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches as follows: 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. K. Square cut wedge shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.4 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each glazing unit is installed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-15 F. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. G. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.5 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.6 SEALANT GLAZING (DRY) A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weather tight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. D. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.7 BULLET RESISTANT ASSEMBLIES A. Installation: 1. Examination: Examine the framing (Section 083118) with respect to manufacturing and installation tolerances, including size, plumbness, level, squareness and fixed and removable glazing stops. 2. Do not proceed with glazing installation until all conditions are satisfactory. B. Protection: 1. Protect the glazing units, before and after installation from damage, scratching, contamination or other factors which may affect appearance or performance. Do not New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Glazing 088000-16 use markers or adhesive tape to mark installed units. Use cross streamers attached to the framing away from the glass surface. 2. If despite protective measures, the glazing units become contaminated, clean them immediately according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Inspect the units regularly before and after the installation to ensure they remain protected and undamaged. 3. Remove and replace any glazing units damaged during the construction period. 4. Handle and install glazing units so as to avoid damage or stress to framing members or adjacent construction. Make good any damage caused. 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. E. The initial final Cleaning of glazing systems shall be the responsibility Glass and Glazing Trade Contractor. 1. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of the Project, not more than four days before the date scheduled for inspections that establish Date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION 088000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet-Resistant Glazing 088853-1 SECTION 088853 BULLET-RESISTANT GLAZING (Part of Work of Section 080001 – METAL WINDOWS, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Coordination with Other Trades – Related sections of work will include but not necessarily be limited to: Section 042113 Brick and Concrete Masonry Units Section 061000 Rough Carpentry Section 064023 Interior Architectural Woodwork Section 088000 Glazing Section 093000 Tiling Section 260400 General Condition for Electrical Trades 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Glazing, framing & installation of Bullet-Resistant Window assemblies by Section 088853: 1. Glazed windows between the following rooms and labeled BR-1: a. Front Desk 112 and the Lobby. b. Records 108 and the Lobby 2. Counter-Top Two Way Electronic Communicator at: a. Front Desk 112 and the Lobby. b. Records 108 and the Lobby B. Prepare glazing units with any required openings or cutaways cutaways for electronic Communicators, deal trays, etc. as indicated on the Drawings. C. Coordinate with Section 083118 with respect to glazing unit dimensions, frame dimensions and installation tolerances. 1.3. RELATED SECTIONS: A. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet-Resistant Glazing 088853-2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Test Data: Submit in accordance with Division 1, Section 013000-Submittals Requirements to confirm bullet-resistant rating UL 752 Level 4 SG. B. Submit a schedule of units, indicating actual dimensions and thicknesses, confirmed frame dimensions and installation tolerances C. Submit product data sheets indicating layer composition and thicknesses, color and light transmission coefficient. 1.5 SAMPLES A. Submit partial sample of materials to be used. Submit two (2) samples 4”x4” min., 12”x12’ max. in thickness proposed. 1.6 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE A. Bullet-Resistant Window Assembly – Frame and glazing assembly (following installation of bullet-resistant glazing) shall meet or exceed the requirements of UL 752, Level 3 – SG. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the published recommendations of glass industry manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated: 1. FGMA Glazing manual (FGMA) 2. LSGA Design Guide (LSGA) B. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM C 1172 for laminated glazing products. 1.8 WARRANTY A. All products shall be warranted from defects in workmanship for a period on one (1) year from date of installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 BULLET-RESISTANT WINDOW A. Materials 1. Units shall be composed of outer layers of clear laminated glass with a plastic interlayer. Provide acoustic spacers for seating glass in framing. 2. Color to be clear. 3. Visible Light Transmittance: 80% New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet-Resistant Glazing 088853-3 4. Frame to be fabricated of aluminum with mitered welded corners with a bullet resistance rating equal to the glazing. 5. Window assembly to include deal tray and counter-top two way electronic communicator. 6. Frame to include separate “U” shaped channel at the deal try. B. Manufacturers 1. Window Frame & Bullet Resistant Glazing: Drawings and specifications are based on the aluminum narrow inset frame and interior glazed vision window as manufactured by Advanced Protection Products, Inc. 1-866-300-5122. Equal products may be used with approval from the architect. 2.2 COUNTER-TOP TWO WAY ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATOR A. Materials 1. Provide one unit at each window location. 2. Unit to activate when the clerk specks 3. Volume to be adjustable. 4. Finish: Satin anodized 5. Unit to include removal gooseneck microphone 6. All hardware to be tamper-resistant 7. Units to operate on 12 volt DC battery B. Manufacturers 1. Window Counter-top two way electronic communicator: Drawings and specifications are based on the TTU1AJ Deluxe Model communicator as manufactured by Advanced Protection Products, Inc. 1-866-300-5122. Equal products may be used with approval from the architect. PART 3 -INSTALLATION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examination -Examine the framing with respect to manufacturing and installation tolerances, including size, plumbness, level, squareness and fixed and removable glazing stops. B. Do not proceed with glazing installation until all conditions are satisfactory. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect the, before and after installation from damage, scratching, contamination or other factors which may affect appearance or performance. Do not use markers or adhesive tape to mark installed units, use crossed streamers attached to the framing away from the glass surface. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet-Resistant Glazing 088853-4 B. If, in spite of protective measures, the units become contaminated, clean them immediately according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Inspect the units regularly before and after installation to ensure they remain protected and undamaged. C. Remove and replace any units damaged during the construction period. D. Handle and install glazing units so as to avoid damage or stress to framing members or adjacent construction. Make good any damage caused. 3.3 CLEANUP A. Not more than four (4) days prior to the date scheduled for inspections which determine the date for Substantial Completion, remove any non-permanent labels and clean the glazing units as recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 088853 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tile Work 090002 -1 SECTION 090002 TILE (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 093000 Tiling B. Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 090002 – TILE 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tile Work 090002 -2 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. D. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) E. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. F. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tile Work 090002 -3 A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tile Work 090002 -4 S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tile Work 090002 -5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 090002 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Tile Work 090003 -1 SECTION 090003 ACOUSTICAL TILE (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings B. Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 090003 – ACOUSTICAL TILE 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Tile Work 090003 -2 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. D. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) E. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. F. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Tile Work 090003 -3 A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Tile Work 090003 -4 S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Tile Work 090003 -5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 090003 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Floors Work 090005 -1 SECTION 090005 RESILIENT FLOORS (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring B. Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 090005 – RESILIENT FLOORS 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Floors Work 090005 -2 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. D. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) E. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. F. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Floors Work 090005 -3 A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Floors Work 090005 -4 S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Floors Work 090005 -5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 090005 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting Work 090007-1 SECTION 090007 PAINTING (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 099000 Painting & Coating. B. Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 090007 –PAINTING 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting Work 090007-2 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. D. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) E. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. F. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting Work 090007-3 A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting Work 090007-4 S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting Work 090007-5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 090007 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-1 SECTION 092900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Exterior gypsum board panels for ceilings and soffits. 3. Tile backing panels. 4. Acoustic insulation in gypsum wallboard assemblies. 5. Non-load-bearing steel framing. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Install the following items as furnished by the designated Sections: 1. Division 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION: a. Access doors in gypsum board assemblies. 2. Division 22 -PLUMBING: a. Access doors in gypsum board assemblies. 3. Division 23 -HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING: a. Access doors in gypsum board assemblies. b. Pipe and duct sleeves for placement into gypsum board openings. 4. Division 26 -ELECTRICAL: a. Access doors in gypsum board assemblies. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 054000 -COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING for load-bearing steel framing. 2. Section 061600 -SHEATHING for gypsum sheathing at exterior assemblies. 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selection New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-2 F. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS LEED Submittals: For MRc4 and MRc5, provide a printed statement of the preconsumer and post-consumer recycled contents for each product as well as the manufacturing location and raw materials extraction locations of each product. Include the individual cost of each product. A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: Full-size Sample in 12-inch-long length for each trim accessory indicated. C. LEED Submittals: For Credit EQ 4.1, manufacturers' product data for adhesives used to laminate gypsum board panels to substrates, including printed statement of VOC content. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. C. Mockups: Before beginning gypsum board installation, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. In surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Install mockups for the following: a. Each level of gypsum board finish indicated for use in exposed locations. b. Each texture finish indicated. 2. Apply or install final decoration indicated, including painting and wall coverings, on exposed surfaces for review of mockups. 3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-3 1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL All light steel framing products should have minimum post-consumer and preconsumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inchdiameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch-diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with holes or loops for attaching wire hangers and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 by an independent testing agency. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-4 a. Type: Postinstalled, expansion anchor. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch diameter. D. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.0538 inch and minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges with depth as required for span and loading and indicated on Drawings. E. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 0.0538-inch bare-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep. F. Grid Suspension System for Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Furring System. c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES All light steel framing products should have minimum post-consumer and preconsumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch. B. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following: 1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch-deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inchdeep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner. 3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-5 1) Steel Network Inc. (The); VertiClip Series. 2) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT). C. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch. D. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch bare-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch-thick, galvanized steel. E. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch. 2. Depth: 7/8 inches and 1-1/2 inches, as indicated on Drawings. F. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch-deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. G. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum bare-metal thickness of 0.0179 inch, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. H. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. I. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. 2.4 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. USG Corporation. b. G-P Gypsum. c. National Gypsum Company. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-6 B. Fire-Resistant Type X: 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Flexible Type: Manufactured to bend to fit radii and to be more flexible than standard regular-type gypsum board of same thickness. 1. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Ceiling Type: Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular-type gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. E. Abuse-Resistant Type: Manufactured to produce greater resistance to surface indentation and through-penetration (impact resistance) than standard, regular-type and Type X gypsum board. 1. Core: 5/8 inch , Type X. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 2.5 EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931/C 931M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. USG Corporation. b. G-P Gypsum. c. National Gypsum Company. 2. Core: 5/8 inch , Type X. B. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Glass Gold" by G-P Gypsum. 2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 2.6 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.1. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-7 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard. b. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board. c. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 2.7 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead. c. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. Expansion (control) joint. e. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. f. High Strength Corners g. Ceiling Reveals B. Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, plastic, or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. c. Expansion (Control) Joint: One-piece, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot and removable strip covering slot opening. C. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fry Reglet Corp. b. Gordon, Inc. c. Pittcon Industries. 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5. 3. Finish: Corrosion-resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-8 2.8 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS All coatings that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.06A. A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper. 3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. 4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. D. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications: 1. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting-type taping compound and settingtype, sandable topping compound. 2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by sheathing board manufacturer. E. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. 2.9 AUXILIARY MATERIALS All adhesives and sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.05A. A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-9 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. E. Acoustical Sealant: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: a. Pecora Corp.; AC-AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: a. Ohio Sealants, Inc.; Pro-Series SC-170 Rubber Base Sound Sealant. b. Pecora Corp.; BA-98. c. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Acoustical Sealant. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollowmetal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-10 building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construction. B. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: 1. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceiling runners (tracks) to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches o.c. 2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fire-resistive materials below that required for fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire-resistive materials from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.4 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components in sizes and spacing’s indicated on Drawings, but not less than those required by referenced installation standards for assembly types and other assembly components indicated. B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counters playing, or other equally effective means. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-11 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacing’s that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards. 3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. D. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. E. Seismic Bracing: Sway-brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. F. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. G. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. 3.5 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. C. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-12 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistancerated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fireresistance-rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. 6. Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of not less than 2 studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches o.c. D. Direct Furring: Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. E. Z-Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-furring member’s spaced 24 inches o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-13 3.6 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4-to 3/8-inch-wide joints to install sealant. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4-to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 3.7 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Single-Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels to minimize end joints. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-14 3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. B. Multilayer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints 1 framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by by fire-resistancerated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3. On Z-furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. C. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. D. Curved Surfaces: 1. Install panels horizontally (perpendicular to supports) and unbroken, to extent possible, across curved surface plus 12-inch-long straight sections at ends of curves and tangent to them. 2. For double-layer construction, fasten base layer to studs with screws 16 inches o.c. Center gypsum board face layer over joints in base layer, and fasten to studs with screws spaced 12 inches o.c. 3.8 APPLYING EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Apply panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and located over supports. 1. Install with 1/4-inch trimmed open joint space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations. 2. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-15 3.9 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.1, at locations indicated to receive tile, with joints treated to comply with ANSI A108.11. B. Areas Not Subject to Wetting: Install regular-type gypsum wallboard panels to produce a flat surface except at showers, tubs, and other locations indicated to receive waterresistant panels. C. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. 3.10 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. 4. High Strength Corners: Use at outside corners as indicated on Drawings. 5. Ceiling Reveals: Use at ceiling locations indicated on Drawings. D. Exterior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. E. Aluminum Trim: Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 3.11 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Gypsum Board Assemblies 092900-16 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile. 3. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Level 5: Where indicated on Drawings. E. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or exhibit mold growth. Repair of damaged panels in place is not acceptable. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF OF SECTION 092900 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -1 SECTION 093000 TILING (Part of Work of Section 090002 -TILE, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Floor tile. 2. Wall tile. 3. Trim pieces: finishing and edge protection profiles for wall/floor, corners, termination between materials. 4. Stone thresholds installed as part of tile installations. 5. Waterproofing and crack-suppression membrane for thin-set tile installations. 6. Surface preparation for tile and accessories. 7. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 8. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 9. Provide all required transition strips between tile and other floor finishes where indicated. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Install the following items as furnished by the designated Sections: 1. Section 210001 -FIRE SUPPRESSION: a. Access doors in tile. 2. Section 220001 -PLUMBING: a. Access doors in tile. 3. Section 230001 -HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING: a. Access doors in tile. 4. Section 26001 -ELECTRICAL: a. Access doors in tile. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -2 D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for monolithic slab finishes specified for tile substrates. 2. Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 3. Section 092900 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for cementitious backer units. 4. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selection. F. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, thresholds, transition strip locations and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. C. Samples for Verification: 1. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required, at least 12 inches square and mounted on rigid panel. Use grout of type and in color or colors approved for completed work. 2. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required. 3. Stone thresholds in 6-inch lengths. 4. Metal edge strips in 6-inch lengths. LEED Submittals: Tile shall have a minimum post-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113. Credit EQ 4.1: Manufacturers' product data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content minimum preconsumer and minimum post-consumer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -3 D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Material Test Reports: For each tile-setting and -grouting product. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain all tile of same type and color or finish from one source or producer. 1. Obtain tile from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section through one source from a single manufacturer for each product: 1. Stone thresholds. 2. Waterproofing. 3. Joint sealants. 4. Cementitious backer units. 5. Metal edge strips. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement in ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Store liquid additives in unopened containers and protected from freezing. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -4 1.8 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY: A. Hoisting Equipment and Machinery: The Tile trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. 1.9 STAGING: A. Staging, planking and scaffolding: The Tile trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all staging, planking and scaffolding that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE SCHEDULE A. Floor Tile P.Tile-F1: Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar; ANSI A108.5. Shall comply with the latest TCA tile method standards for tile installed with waterproofing & crack suppression. 1. Tile Type: Unglazed 18”x18”porcelain tile as selected by Designer. 2. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-modified thin-set 3. Grout: Chemical-resistant, water-cleanable, tile-setting and grouting epoxy. 4. Joint Width: 3/16 inch. 5. Products to be equal to Porte Leona by American Olean 6. Locations: Vestibules, Public Lobby, Multi-purpose room, Corridor & Toilet Rms as indicated on Finish Schedule 7. Waterproofing and crack suppression membrane required. See Section 3.4 for requirements. B. Floor Tile P.Tile-F2: Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar; TCA F113 and ANSI A108.5. Shall comply with the latest TCA tile method standards for tile installed with waterproofing & crack suppression. 1. Tile Type: Unglazed 13”x13”porcelain tile as selected by Designer. 2. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. 3. Grout: Chemical-resistant, water-cleanable, tile-setting and grouting epoxy. 4. Joint Width: 3/16 inch. 5. Products to be equal to Porte Leona by American Olean 6. Locations: Toilet Rooms as indicated on Finish Schedule 7. Waterproofing and crack suppression membrane required. See Section 3.4 for requirements. C. Floor Tile P.Tile-F3: Interior floor installation on concrete; mud-set mortar, waterproof membrane, copper pan at showers & epoxy grout; ANSI A108.5. Shall comply with New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -5 the latest TCA tile method standards for tile installed with waterproofing & crack suppression. 1. Tile Type: Unglazed 2”x 2” mosaic tile mesh mounted sheets as selected by Designer. 2. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar. 3. Grout: Chemical-resistant, water-cleanable, tile-setting and -grouting epoxy. 4. Joint Width: 3/16 inch. 5. Products to be equal to Porte Leona by American Olean D. Wall Tile Installation P.Tile-W1: Interior wall installation ANSI A108.5. 1. Tile Type: Unglazed 2”x 2” mosaic tile mesh-mounted sheets as selected by Designer. 2. Mortar: Latex-modifed thinset 3. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout. 4. Joint Width: 3/16 inch. 5. Products to be equal to Porte Leona by American Olean 6. Locations: Shower areas as indicated on Finish Schedule E. Wall Tile Installation P.Tile-W2: Interior wall installation ANSI A108.5. 1. Tile Type: Unglazed 13”x13”porcelain tile as selected by Designer. 2. Mortar: Latex-modified thinset 3. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout. 4. Joint Width: 3/16 inch. 5. Products to be equal to Porte Leona by American Olean 6. Locations: Toilet Rooms as indicated on Finish Schedule F. Wall Tile Installation P.Tile-W3: Interior wall installation ANSI A108.5. 1. Tile Type: Universal 3x12 ½” brick accent strip as selected by Designer. 2. Mortar: Latex-modified thinset. 3. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout. 4. Joint Width: 3/16 inch. 5. Products to be equal to Porte Leona by American Olean 6. Locations: Toilet Rooms indicated on Finish Schedule 2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL All adhesives and sealants that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must meet product limits of Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.05A. A. ANSI Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. 1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements, unless otherwise indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -6 2. For facial dimensions of tile, comply with requirements relating to tile sizes specified in Part 1 "Definitions" Article. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI standards referenced in "Setting and Grouting Materials" Article. C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. D. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back-or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. E. Tile Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. Provide shapes selected from manufacturer's standard shapes. F. Marble Thresholds: Uniform, fine-to medium-medium-grained white stone with gray veining, ASTM C 503 with a minimum abrasion resistance of 10 per ASTM C 1353 or ASTM C 241 and with honed finish. Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. 1. Width: Provide units 4 ½ inches wide by length of door opening. 2. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, aligning lower edge of bevel with adjacent floor finish. Limit height of bevel to 1/2 inch or less, and finish bevel to match face of threshold. G. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Waterproofing and Crack Suppression Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), and fabric reinforcement. 1. Custom Building Products; Trowel & Seal Waterproofing and Anti-Fracture Membrane. 2. LATICRETE International Inc.; Laticrete 9235 Waterproof Membrane. 3. MAPEI Corporation; PRP M19. 4. Summitville Tiles, Inc.; S-9000. H. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. I. Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI A118.3, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). J. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, Type I, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -7 K. Standard Sanded Cement Grout for Joint Widths Wider Than 1/8 inch: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated. L. Standard Unsanded Cement Grout for Joints Widths 1/8 inch or smaller: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated. M. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS Sealants applied on site mush meet product limits of Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.05A. A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements in Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS. 1. Use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures. 1. Available Products: a. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786. b. GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700. c. Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant. d. Tremco, Inc.; Tremsil 600 White. D. Multipart, Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: ASTM C 920; Type M; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 1. Available Products: a. Bostik; Chem-Calk 550. b. Mameco International, Inc.; Vulkem 245. c. Pecora Corporation; NR-200 Urexpan. d. Tremco, Inc.; THC-900. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -8 2.4 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. D. When grouting with dark pigmented colors, Contractor shall use a grout release to prevent finely powdered pigments from lodging in the pores of the tile surface. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of oil, waxy films, and curing compounds; and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards for installations indicated. 2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. 3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Designer. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, that are incompatible with tile-setting materials. B. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards. 1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions. Use product specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color or texture variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -9 taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. D. Accurately form intersections intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or builtin items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. 1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. F. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. G. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS. H. Grout tile to comply with requirements of the following tile installation standards: 1. For chemical-resistant epoxy grouts, comply with ANSI A108.6. I. At showers, and where indicated, install cementitious backer units and treat joints to comply with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -10 3.4 WATERPROOFING AND CRACK-SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing to comply with A108.13 and waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. B. Install crack-suppression membrane to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. Provide twopart system equal to Blue 92 Anit-Fracture membrane by Laticrete w/15year warranty. C. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. 3.5 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Install tile to comply with requirements in the Floor Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards. 1. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. 2. Provide a dry-set mortar specifically formulated for large-format stone equal to Laticrete 200 marble and granite mortar in white w/15year product warranty or approved equal. B. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at locations indicated; set in same type of setting bed as abutting field tile, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar for locations where mortar bed would otherwise be exposed above adjacent nontile floor finish. C. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. Tile installer shall be responsible for providing transition strips equal to Schluter, Reno-TK at any area where new porcelain tile abuts other flooring finishes. 3.6 WALL TILE INSTALLATION A. Install types of tile designated for wall installations to comply with requirements in the Wall Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI setting-bed standards. B. Trim pieces: Anodized Aluminum finishing and edge protection profiles. For wall/floor provide coved shaped profiles equal to Schluter Dilex-AHK, at outside corners and termination between materials, provide Anodized Aluminum profile equal to, Schluter Quadec. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Tiling 093000 -11 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions, but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent it from clogging drains. B. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. After seven days, cover areas subject to construction traffic with heavy cardboard. D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.8 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide 5% extra stock, each size/color/texture. Coordinate storage location w/Owner. END OF SECTION 093000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095113 -1 SECTION 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS (Part of Work of Section 090003 -ACOUSTICAL TILE, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Acoustical ceiling tiles and panels. 2. Suspension systems, grid systems and ceiling hangers. 3. Acoustical sealant at edge moldings at acoustical ceilings. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Install the following items as furnished by the designated Sections: 1. Division 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION: a. Access doors in acoustical tile. 2. Division 22 -PLUMBING: a. Access doors in acoustical tile. 3. Division 23 -HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING: a. Access doors in acoustical tile. 4. Division 26 -ELECTRICAL: a. Access doors in acoustical tile. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 092900– GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for gypsum board ceilings and soffits. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095113 -2 2. Division 21 -FIRE PROTECTION for fire-suppression components located in ceilings. 3. Section 230001 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING for air handling and distribution components located in ceilings. 4. Section 260001 – ELECTRICAL for light fixture and alarm system components located in ceilings. 5. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selection. F. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling-mounted items. Show the following: 1. Ceiling suspension members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. Furnish layouts for cast-in-place anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices whose installation is specified in other Sections. 3. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. 4. Minimum Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch = 1 foot. C. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Acoustical Panel: Set of 6 inch square Samples of each type, color, pattern, and texture. 2. Exposed Suspension System Members, Moldings, and Trim: Set of 12 inch long Samples of each type, finish, and color. D. LEED Submittals: Credit MRc4 and MRc5, Ceiling systems should have a minimum postconsumer and pre-consumer recycled content and should be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product requirements. Provide manufacturer’s product data sheets for sealant, including printed statement of VOC content and material data safety sheet. E. Asbestos Certification: Manufacturer's written certification that acoustical ceiling products contain no asbestos (0.0000%). Product labels indicating that it is the user's responsibility to test the products for asbestos are unacceptable and sufficient cause for rejection of the product on site. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095113 -3 F. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer. 2. Suspension Systems: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements: 1. Fire-Resistance Characteristics: Where indicated, provide acoustical panel ceilings identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency. b. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 2. 2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide acoustical panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84: C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. 1. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension system components, and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and stabilized moisture content. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095113 -4 C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1.8 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY: A. Hoisting Equipment and Machinery: The Acoustical Tile trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. 1.9 STAGING: A. Staging, planking and scaffolding: The Acoustical Tile trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all staging, planking and scaffolding that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Products: Subject to compliance with specified requirements, provide one of the following products for each type indicated. B. Acoustical Panel Type SAT-1: 1. Surface Texture: Non directional 2. Composition: High density fiberglass 3. Color: White 4. Size: 24in x 24in x 3/4 in; as indicated on drawings 5. Edge Profile: Square. 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product carton, 0.80. 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton, 21 8. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A (UL) New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095113 -5 9. Light Reflectance (LR): ASTM E 1477; White Panel: Light Reflectance: 0.73. 10. Dimensional Stability: Standard 11. Acceptable Products: Ecophon Hygiene Performance A #3542 7307 manufactured by CertainTeed or approved equal. 12. Grid: 15/16”. 13. Recycled Content: 70% minimum C. Acoustical Panel Type SAT-2: 1. Surface Texture: Smooth 2. Composition: High Density Fiberglass 3. Color: White 4. Size: 24in x 24in x 1/2 in. 5. Edge Profile: square 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product carton, 0.80. 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton, 21 8. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A (UL) 9. Light Reflectance (LR): ASTM E 1477; White Panel: Light Reflectance: 0.73. 10. Dimensional Stability: 10 year warranty against sag. 11. Acceptable Products: Ecophon Hygiene Advance A #3513 7042 manufactured by CertainTeed or approved equal. 12. Grid: 15/16” 13. Recycled Content: 75% minimum D. Acoustical Panel Type SAT-3: 1. Surface Texture: fine 2. Composition: High density fiberglass 3. Color: White 4. Size: 24in x 24in x 9/16 in. 5. Edge Profile: Reveal 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product carton, 0.85. 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton, 19 8. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A (UL) 9. Light Reflectance (LR): ASTM E 1477; White Panel: Light Reflectance: 0.84. 10. Acceptable Product: Ecophon Gedina E #3539 4426 manufactured by CertainTeed or approved equal. 11. Grid: 9/16”. 2.2 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct-hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635. 1. Manufacturer: Same source as Ceiling Tiles to maintain Warranties. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095113 -6 2. Structural Classification: Intermediate-duty system. 3. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) or butt-edge type. 4. Face Design: Flat, flush. 5. Cap Material: aluminum cold-rolled sheet. 6. Color: White, prefinished. 7. Grid Face Width: As specified with ACT type. B. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. 1. Anchors in Concrete: Anchors with holes or loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 or ASTM E 1512 as applicable, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency; zinc-plated for Class SC1 service. 2. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. C. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc-Coated Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 diameter wire. D. Hold-Down Clips: At vestibules and areas subject to wind uplift, provide manufacturer's standard hold-down clips spaced 24 inches on all cross tees. 2.3 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM A. Roll-Formed Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. 1. For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member. 2. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. 3. For narrow-face suspension systems, provide suspension system and manufacturer's standard edge moldings that match width and configuration of exposed runners. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095113 -7 2.4 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealants recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airborne sound transmission., shall meet product limits for Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-widt h panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095113 -8 5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power-actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 7. Space hangers not more than 48 o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 2. Install hold-down clips in areas indicated, in areas required by authorities having jurisdiction, and for fire-resistance ratings; space as recommended by panel manufacturer's written instructions, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. 3.5 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide 5% extra stock of each type of ceiling tile. Refer to Owner for Storage locations of extra materials. END OF SECTION 095113 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -1 SECTION 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING (Part of Work of Section 090005 -RESILIENT FLOORS, Filed Sub-Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Sheet Flooring: Linoleum Homogeneous floor covering 2. Rubber floor tile at stair landings 3. Rubber wall base 4. Rubber stair treads/risers 5. Electrically Conductive Rubber Floor Tiles. 6. Rubber Sports Flooring. 7. Substrate preparation for resilient flooring and accessories. 8. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 9. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 10. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of surfaces as required by the work of this section. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 096813 -CARPETING for carpet accessories. 2. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selection. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -2 F. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. LEED Submittals: 1. Refer to section 018113-LEED Product Requirements for product selection. Credit EQ 4.1, manufacturers' product data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content C. Samples for Verification: Full-size units of each color and pattern of resilient floor tile required. 1. Resilient Wall Base and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard-size Samples, but not less than 12 inches long, of each resilient product color and pattern required. D. Maintenance Data: For resilient products to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products identical to those tested for fireexposure behavior per test method indicated by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. For warranties to apply, same source manufacturer adhesives shall be installed with all floor tiles, base and accessories. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store tiles on flat surfaces. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time periods: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -3 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After postinstallation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during floor covering installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor covering installation. E. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.7 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY: A. Hoisting Equipment and Machinery: The Resilient Floor trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. 1.8 STAGING: A. Staging, planking and scaffolding: The Resilient Floor trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all staging, planking and scaffolding that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. PRODUCTS 1.9 SHEET FLOORING & ACCENT TILES A. Linoleum homogeneous floorcovering. Composition: Wood and Cork Flour, linseed oil, limestone, natural resins, pigments. 1. Johnsonite 2. Armstrong 3. Tarkett B. Style and Colors: Style: Equal to Veneto & Veneto Tile (Accents) by Johnsonite. Colors to be selected by Designer. 1. Provide 4 (four) colors for sheet flooring patterns and 3(three) colors for Tile Accents. C. Thickness: 0.100” inch. D. Sizes: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -4 1. Rolls: 6’-6” nominal 2. Tiles: 19.68”x19.68” E. Welding Rods: Colors to be selected by Designer. 1.10 RUBBER FLOOR TILE A. Rubber Floor Tile: ASTM F 1344. 1. Johnsonite 2. Nora Rubber Flooring, Freudenberg Building Systems, Inc. 3. Endura B. Style and Colors: Style: Cubis equal to Johnsonite. Color to be selected by Designer. C. Thickness: 0.125 inch. D. Size: 24 by 24 inches nominal. 1.11 RUBBER WALL BASE A. Wall Base: ASTM F 1861. 1. Johnsonite 2. Nora Rubber Flooring, Freudenberg Building Systems, Inc. 3. Roppe Corporation B. Style and Colors: Equal to traditional style by Johnsonite or approved equal. Color to be selected by Designer. C. Type: Rubber D. Shape: Coved at resilient flooring. E. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch. F. Height: 4 inches. G. Lengths: Cut lengths 48 inches long or coils in manufacturer's standard length. H. Outside Corners: Premolded. I. Inside Corners: Premolded. J. Surface: Smooth. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -5 1.12 RESILIENT STAIR ACCESSORIES A. Treads and Risers: 1. Endura 2. Johnsonite 3. Nora Rubber Flooring, Freudenberg Building Systems, Inc. 4. Roppe Corporation B. Style and Colors: Style: Roundel Rubber tile texture: Cubis (CRT) equal to Johnsonite (VICUTR). Color to be selected by Designer C. Material: Rubber, Composition A. D. Rubber Treads with integrated riser with tactile warning surface E. Size: Lengths and depths to fit each stair tread in one piece. 1.13 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE RUBBER FLOOR TILES A. PVC Free Products: 1. Staticwork Rubber EC 2. Nora 3. Pirelli B. Size: 24”x24” Tiles C. Thickness: 2mm D. Conductivity Warranty: Lifetime conductivity per guidelines of ANSI/ESD S20.20 E. ASTM F 1344, for solid color homogeneous tiles F. Abrasion resistance: Taber abrasion test, ASTM D3389, 500 gram load, 1000cycles, gram weight loss not greater than .70 G. Static Coefficient of friction: ASTM D2047, equal to or or greater than 0.6, ADA Compliant. H. Smoke Density: ASTM E 662, NFPA 258, NBS smoke density, less than 450 I. Flammability: ASTM E 648; NFPA 253; Class 1 J. Conductivity: <1.0x10 6 resistance to ground when tested according to ASTM F 150 and ESD.S7.1 under>30% relative humidity at room temperature. K. Static Generation: <20 volts when tested according to ESD STM 97.2 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -6 L. The Electrically Conductive Rubber Flooring contractor shall be responsible to provide and install the electrical connection between the floor system and building grounding systems according to the flooring manufacturer’s requirements. 1.14 SPORTS FLOORING Referred in Finish Schedule A-700 as Impact Resistant Rubber. A. Products: 1. Johnsonite Replay 2. Nora 3. Mats, Inc. B. Size: 4ft wide by 75ft C. Thickness: 3/8” thick D. Hardness: ASTM D 2240-65 Shore A E. Slip Resistance: ASTM D-2047 F. Abrasion resistance: ASTM D-3389<1.00 gram weight loss G. Static Load Limit: ASTM F 970-Passes at 250 PSI, (modified load)passes at 1000 PSI H. Flammability: ASTM D-2859 Pill Test I. Chemical Resistance: ASTM F-925 1.15 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, Portland cement based or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturer manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following product limits for Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. a. VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L. b. Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L. c. Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L. C. Stair-Tread-Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient tread manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -7 D. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edges of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. Contractor to provide “Schiene” transitions by Schluter or approved equal at areas where abutting change in finishes/transitions. E. Follow Manufacturer’s requirements for installation requirements, materials and methods for each finish. Use Approved Adhesives per Manufacturer’s requirements. PART 2 -EXECUTION 2.1 EXAMINATION All flooring products should have a minimum pre-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 3. Moisture Testing: a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. b. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -8 C. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Access Flooring Panels: Remove protective film of oil or other coating using method recommended by access flooring manufacturer. E. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. F. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. G. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2.3 TILE INSTALLATION A. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles in pattern indicated. B. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. C. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and nosings. D. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. E. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. F. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of tile installed on covers. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -9 G. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 2.4 RUBBER WALL BASE INSTALLATION A. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. B. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. C. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. D. Do not stretch wall base during installation. E. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. material. F. Premolded Corners: Install premolded corners before installing straight pieces. 2.5 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Resilient Stair Accessories: 1. Use stair-tread-nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. 2. Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. B. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would otherwise be exposed. 2.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Resilient Tile Flooring 096519 -10 B. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1. Apply protective floor polish to horizontal surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes if recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Coordinate selection of floor polish with the DCAM Project Manager's maintenance service. 2. Cover products installed on horizontal surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until Substantial Completion. 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over surfaces. Place hardboard or plywood panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. C. The initial final cleaning of resilient tile flooring systems shall be the responsibility of the Resilient Tile Flooring trade subcontractor. END OF SECTION 096519 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Carpeting 096813 -1 SECTION 096813 CARPETING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Broadloom carpet for direct glue-down installation. 2. Carpet Tile for direct glue-down installation 3. 4”H Carpet Base, Bound 4. Carpet accessories. 5. Substrate preparation for carpet and accessories. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 064023 – INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK for accessories installed with carpet. 2. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selection. F. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Carpeting 096813 -2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. Include installation recommendations for each type of substrate required. B. LEED Submittals: Credit MRc4 and MRc5, Carpet should have a minimum post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements. Provide manufacturer’s product data certifying this information. For Credit EQc4.1, provide manufactures’ product data sheets for sealants, including printed statement of VOC content and material data safety sheet. C. Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1. Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. 2. Carpet type, color, and dye lot. 3. Seam locations, types, and methods. 4. Type of subfloor. 5. Type of installation. 6. Pattern type, repeat size, location, direction, and starting point. 7. Pile direction. 8. Type, color, and location of insets and borders. 9. Type, color, and location of edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 10. Transition details to other flooring materials. D. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 1. Carpet: Two 24-inch-square Samples min. of each color/pattern. 2. Exposed Edge Stripping and Accessory: 12-inch-long Samples. 3. Carpet Seam: 6-inch Sample. E. Product Schedule: Use same room and product designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. F. Maintenance Data: For carpet to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. Include the following: 1. Methods for maintaining carpet, including cleaning and stain-removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Carpeting 096813 -3 B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with the critical radiant flux classification indicated in Part 2, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 648 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Mockups: Before installing carpet, build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity." B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. C. Do not install carpet over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet manufacturer. D. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet, install carpet before installing these items. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Carpet Warranty: Written warranty, signed by carpet manufacturer agreeing to replace carpet that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Min. 10 year wear warranty, lifetime edge ravel/delamination, run resistance, stain resistance, and static warranty. 1.8 EXTRA STOCK A. Contractor to provide and deliver two (2) extra boxes of carpet tile to Owner of each color, texture & style from same dye lot as installed carpet tiles. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Carpeting 096813 -4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1. Modular Pattern # One: a. Construction: Multi-Level Pattern Loop b. Pile Fiber Type: Eco Solution Nylon c. Dye Method: 100% Solution Dyed d. Gauge: 1/12 e. Stitches per Inch: 9.0 f. Tufted Pile Height: 3/32” – 7/32” g. Tufted Yarn Weight: 17.0 h. Finished Pile Thickness: 0.121 i. Density: 5058 j. Weight Density: 85,986 k. Protective Treatment: Soil Protection l. Primary Backing: Non-Woven Synthetic m. Secondary Backing: EcoWorx Tile n. Width: 24” x 24” o. Pattern repeat: None p. Installation Options: Monolithic, Quarter Turn, Brick, Ashlar, Interactive. Pattern to be chosen by the architect. q. Post Consumer Recycled content: 12.6% r. Post Industrial Recycled Content: 28.1% s. Style/Pattern: Based on Patcraft, Construkt series Dwell Modular, Style Number Z6473. Provide min. 2 colors in the building. Equal Product may be used with approval by the architect. 2. Modular Pattern # Two: a. Construction: Multi-Level Pattern Loop b. Pile Fiber Type: Eco Solution Nylon c. Dye Method: 100% Solution Dyed d. Gauge: 1/12 e. Stitches per Inch: 9.5 f. Tufted Pile Height: 3/32” – 7/32” g. Tufted Yarn Weight: 17.0 h. Finished Pile Thickness: 0.121 i. Density: 5058 j. Weight Density: 85,986 k. Protective Treatment: Soil Protection l. Primary Backing: Non-Woven Synthetic m. Secondary Backing: EcoWorx Tile n. Width: 24” x 24” o. Pattern repeat: None New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Carpeting 096813 -5 p. Installation Options: Monolithic, Quarter Turn, Brick, Ashlar, Interactive. Pattern to be chosen by the architect. q. Post Consumer Recycled content: 12.6% r. Post Industrial Recycled Content: 28.1% s. Style/Pattern: Based on Patcraft Construkt series Studio Modular, Style Number Z6475. Provide min. 2 colors in the building. Equal Product may be used with approval by the architect. 3. Modular Pattern # Three: a. Construction: Multi-Level Pattern Loop b. Pile Fiber Type: Eco Solution Nylon c. Dye Method: 100% Solution Dyed d. Gauge: 1/12 e. Stitches per Inch: 9.0 f. Tufted Pile Height: 3/32” – 7/32” g. Tufted Yarn Weight: 17.0 h. Finished Pile Thickness: 0.121 i. Density: 5058 j. Weight Density: 85,986 k. Protective Treatment: Soil Protection l. Primary Backing: Non-Woven Synthetic m. Secondary Backing: EcoWorx Tile n. Width: 24” x 24” o. Pattern repeat: None p. Installation Options: Monolithic, Quarter Turn, Brick, Ashlar, Interactive. Pattern to be chosen by the architect. q. Post Consumer Recycled content: 12.6% r. Post Industrial Recycled Content: 28.1% s. Style/Pattern: Based on Patcraft Liquid Construkt series Modular, Style Number Z6476. Provide min. 2 colors in the building. Equal Product may be used with approval by the architect. 4. VOC Limits: Provide carpet that complies with the following limits for VOC content when tested according to ASTM D 5116: a. Total VOCs: 0.5 mg/sq. m x h. b. 4-PC (4-Phenylcyclohexene): 0.05 mg/sq. m x h. c. Formaldehyde: 0.05 mg/sq. m x h. d. Styrene: 0.4 mg/sq. m x h. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided by or recommended by the carpet manufacturer. 1. Carpet manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Carpeting 096813 -6 B. Adhesives: Provide adhesives from same source as carpet . Water-resistant, mildewresistant, nonstaining type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet and that is recommended by carpet manufacturer. 1. VOC Limits: Provide adhesives that have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. a. Total VOCs: 10.00 mg/sq. m x h. b. Formaldehyde: 0.05 mg/sq. m x h. c. 2-Ethyl-1-Hexanol: 3.00 mg/sq. m x h. C. Seam Sealer per Manufacturer’s written installation procedures. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet performance. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for carpet installation and comply with requirements specified. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by the carpet manufacturer. 2. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet installation. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. C. Vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet. After cleaning, examine examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Carpeting 096813 -7 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Direct-Glue-Down Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 8, "Direct Glue-Down Installation." B. Comply with carpet manufacturer's written recommendations for direction of carpet. At doorways, center seams under the door in closed position. C. Do not bridge building expansion joints with carpet. D. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. E. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. G. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. H. Buckling at seams will not be accepted. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet: 1. Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface. 3. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face-beater element. B. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 15, "Protection of Indoor Installations." C. Protect carpet against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer. END OF SECTION 096813 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Flooring 096900-1 SECTION 096900 ACCESS FLOORING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications Sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section includes: 1. Access flooring panels and understructure 2. Various accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 Section 033000 -“Cast-In-Place Concrete” for concrete floor sealer. 2. Section 096813 -Carpeting 3. Division 26 Section 260526 -“Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems” for connection to ground of access flooring understructure. Note: The electrical contractor shall provide the necessary labor and materials to electrically connect the access flooring to the building ground to comply with this section. 4. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements 5. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 6. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements 7. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 DEFINITION A. Access flooring: A complete portable assembly of modular floor panels on an elevated support system (understructure), forming an accessible under-floor cavity to accommodate electrical and mechanical service. B. ESD: Electrostatic Discharge. The transfer of electric charge between bodies at different potentials. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Access Flooring System: Assemblies composed of modular floor panels that are fastened to adjustable height pedestals. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide access flooring system capable of supporting the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer’s current standard products according to referenced procedures in latest revised New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Flooring 096900-2 edition of Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Associates (CISCA) “Recommended Test Procedures for Access Floors” referenced elsewhere in this section as CISCA/AF or, if not specified, manufacturers standard method 1. Concentrated Loads: Provide floor panels, including those with cutouts, capable of withstanding a concentrated design load of 1,000 lbf. (4448 N) with a top-surface deflection under load not to exceed 0.100 inch (2.54) and a permanent set not to exceed 0.010 inch (0.25) according to CISCA/AF Section 1, “Concentrated Loads”. 2. Ultimate Load: Provide access flooring system capable of withstanding a minimum ultimate load of three times the concentrated load without failing, according to CISCA/AF, Section 2, “Ultimate Loading”. 3. Rolling Loads: Provide access flooring system capable of withstanding rolling loads of the following magnitude, with a combination of local and overall deformation not to exceed 0.040 inch (1.02) mm after exposure to rolling over CISCA/FA Path A or B, whichever path produced the greatest top surface deformation, , according to CISCA/AF, Section 3, “Rolling Loads”. a. CISCA/AF Wheel 1 Rolling Load: 800 lbf. (3559 N) b. CISCA/AF Wheel 2 Rolling Load: 600 lbf. (2669 N) 4. Pedestal Axial Load Test: Provide pedestal assemblies, without panels in place, capable of withstanding a 9,000 lbf (40,034 N) axial load per pedestal, according to CISCA/AF Section 5, “Pedestal Axial Load Test”, without any permanent deformation. 5. Pedestal Overturning Moment Test: Provide pedestal assemblies, without panels in place, capable of withstanding an overturning moment of 1,000 inch-pounds (113 NM) per pedestal, according to CISCA/AF Section 6, “Pedestal Overturning Moment Test”, when glued to a clean, sound, uncoated concrete surface. 6. Uniform Load Test: Provide access flooring system capable of withstanding a uniform load of 400 lbf/ft2 (19,152 N/M2) placed the over area one panel with a permanent set set not to exceed 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) after the load is removed, according to CISCA/AF Section 7, “Uniform Load Test” Note: The uniform load rating of an access floor panel shall not be confused with the “uniform live load” as specified for use in seismic calculations for seismic zone applications. 7. Drop Impact Load Test: Provide access flooring system capable of withstanding a drop impact load of 175 lb. (79 kg) dropped from a height of 36 inches (914 mm) without a failure of the system, according to CISCA/AF Section 8, “Drop Impact Load Test”. 8. Panel Drop Test: Provide access flooring system with panels capable of meeting all structural performance requirements specified, after the panel is dropped from a height of 36 inches onto a concrete surface. B. Seismic Performance: Provide access flooring system capable of withstanding the effects of seismic motions as calculated for the area of installation according to Massachusetts State Building Code 780 CMR. C. ESD-Control Properties: 1. Provide access flooring system with Panel-to-Understructure resistance of not more than 10 ohms as measured without floor coverings, according to test method as specified in ASTM F 150 with 500-V applied voltage with one electrode on the top face of the panel and one electrode attached to the tube of the pedestal. a. Panel must have a permanently attached positive grounding device (PGD) to assure electrical continuity between panel and understructure to maintain compliance to New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Flooring 096900-3 required maximum resistance of 10 ohms. Access Flooring contractor shall be responsible to provide and install all grounding equipment between the flooring system and building. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. Shop Drawings: Include complete layout of access flooring system based of field verified dimensions. a. Details and sections with descriptive notes indicating materials, finishes, fasteners, typical and special edge conditions, accessories and understructure. b. Detail Cut Sheets for each type of product indicated, including accessories, to show the information necessary to make a full evaluation of the entire flooring system. c. For installed products indicated to comply with seismic design loads, include calculated structural analysis data signed by the qualified engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of flooring material indicated and exposed finish indicated, submit samples in the form of manufacturers color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures and patterns B Product Certificates: For each type of access flooring system indicated, to certify that the flooring system meets the requirements of these written specifications and signed by a qualified employee of the manufacturer. C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, or performed by access flooring manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for each type of flooring material and exposed finish. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is approved by the access flooring manufacturer for installations of the type of access flooring indicated for this project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain access flooring system through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: Fabricate and install access flooring system to comply with NFPA 75 requirements for raised flooring. D. Provide floor panels that are clearly marked with manufacturer’s name and panel type. E. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 013100"Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning." 1. Review connection with mechanical and electrical systems. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver access flooring components in original, unopened packages, clearly labeled with manufacturer’s name and item description. B. Handle and store packages containing access flooring in a manner which avoids overloading building structure. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Flooring 096900-4 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install access flooring until installation area is enclosed and has an ambient temperature of between 50 degrees Fahrenheit and 85 degrees Fahrenheit (100 C to 290 C) and a relative humidity of not less than 20 percent and not more than 80 percent. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate locations of mechanical and electrical work in under-floor cavity to prevent interferences with access flooring pedestals B. Pre-mark pedestal locations on a grid of 10’ x 10’ on sub-floor so that mechanical and electrical work can take place without interfering with pedestals. C. Do not proceed with installation of access flooring until after substantial completion of other performable construction within affected spaces. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. 1. Standard field panels – 2% 2. Pedestals – 2% PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FLOOR PANELS AND UNDERSTRUCTURE A. Manufacturers: The design for this project is based on FS100 access flooring by ASM Modular Systems, Inc.. Subject to compliance with the project requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following or equal: 1. ASM Modular Systems Inc. 2. Access Floor Systems Inc. 3. Access Computer Floors B. Floor Panels General: Provide modular panels complying with the following requirements, that are interchangeable with other standard field panels, and can be easily relocated by one person, using a lifting device, without disturbing adjacent panels or understructure. Installed panels with floor covering in place are to be free of exposed metal edges. 1. Nominal Panel Size: 24” x 24” 2. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate panels to the following tolerances with squareness tolerances expressed as the difference between diagonal measurements from corner to to corner. a. Size and Squareness: Plus or minus 0.010” (0.12 mm) of required size, with squareness tolerance of plus or minus 0.015” (0.38 mm). b. Flatness: Plus or minus 0.020” (0.50 mm), measured on a diagonal on top of the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Flooring 096900-5 panel. 3. Panel Attachment to Understructure: By Bolting to pedestal head. Provide panels with holes in corners to align precisely with threaded holes in pedestal heads and to accept countersunk screws with heads flush with top of panel. C. Cementitious–Filled, Formed-Steel Panels: Fabricate panels with a die formed all-steel bottom pan consisting of a minimum 64 embossments, fully welded to a die-cut full-hard steel top sheet to form a structural unitized construction. Completed panels to be filled with light-weight cementitious fill. Panels to be cleaned with 3-part wash and rinse system, prior to applying a protective powder-coat epoxy finish. 1. Solid Panels: Flat, solid top surface D. Pedestals: Provide manufactures standard pedestal assembly including base, column with provisions for height adjustments, and head (Cap), made of steel. 1. Base: Square base plate with not less than 16 square inches (103 sq. mm) of bearing area. 2. Column: Welded to base plate and of height required to bring finished floor to elevations indicated. 3. Provide vibration-proof leveling mechanism for making and holding fine adjustments in height over a range of not less than 2 inches (50 mm) and for locking at a selected height, so deliberate action is required to change height setting and prevents vibratory displacement. 4. Construct pedestal adjusting rod of minimum 3/4” (19 mm) diameter solid steel, and vertical column of minimum 7/8” (22 mm) square steel tubing. All steel components to have manufacturer’s standard galvanized finish. 5. Head: Pedestal head with four holes aligned with holes in floor panels for bolting of panels to pedestals. 6. Dual Panel Support: Pedestal head shall be designed to provide a combined support of the panel edge lip and the bottom corner of the panel. 2.2 FLOOR PANEL COVERINGS A. General: Provide bare panels without wear-surface covering. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Service Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts in floor panels to accommodate cable penetrations and service outlets. Comply with requirements indicated for size, shape, number, and location. Provide reinforcement or additional support, if needed, to make panels with cutouts comply with standard performance requirements. 1. Fit cutouts with manufacturer’s standard grommets in size indicated or, where size of cutouts exceeds maximum grommet size available, trim edge of cutouts with manufacture's standard plastic molding having tapered top flange. Furnish removable covers for grommets. 2. Provide foam-rubber pads for sealing annular space formed in cutouts by cables. Trim edge of cutout with molding having a double-flanged internal edge for containing and supporting foam pads. B. Vertical Closures (Fascia): Where under floor cavity is not enclosed by abutting walls or other construction, provide manufacturer’s standard metal closure plates with manufacturer’s New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Flooring 096900-6 standard finish. C. Panel Lifting Device: Manufacture's standard portable lifting device of type and number required for lifting panels. 1. Provide the following quantity: two (2) lifting devices PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine sub-floor for any problems that would prevent a satisfactory installation of access floor, such as moisture an unevenness of top surface. Do not proceed with installation until sub-floor is clean, dry and level as completed by other trades. B. Verify field dimensions to contract drawings for size of area of installation, height and level of recessed slabs, door openings, ledges, etc. C. Floor Sealers: Verify that any concrete sealer that has been used is compatible with pedestal adhesive. D. Access To Installation Area: General Contractor shall provide clear access to installation area throughout entire duration of installation of access floor that is free of construction debris and other trades. E. Storage Of Materials: Area to receive and store access floor materials shall be enclosed and dry. Storage area shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 400 F and not more than 950 F (40 C to 350 C), with a relative humidity level between 20% min. to 80% max. F. Area Of Installation: Shall be maintained throughout entire duration of installation of access floor at a temperature of 500 F min. to 850 F max. (100 C to 290 C) and at 20% min. to 80 % max. relative humidity. Prior to installation, all floor panels shall be stored for at least 24 hours in a dry enclosed area at no less than 400 F and no more than 950 F (40 C to 350 C). 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install access floor system and accessories under supervision of the access flooring manufactures authorized representative to ensure rigid, firm installation that complies with performance requirements and is free of vibration, rocking, rattles and squeaks. B. Layout floor panel installation to keep the number of cut panels at the floor perimeter to a minimum. C. Set pedestal in adhesive as recommended by the access flooring manufacturer to provide full bearing of the pedestal base on the sub floor. 1. Pedestal locations shall be established from approved shop drawings to allow mechanical and electrical work to be installed without interfering with pedestal installation. 2. Pedestals shall be attached to sub-floor using manufacturer’s approved method. D. Secure grid member to pedestal heads in accordance with access floor manufacturer’s instructions. E. Install floor panels securely in place and properly seated with panel edges flush. Do not force panels into place. F. Scribe panels at perimeter to provide a close fit with adjoining construction with no voids greater than 1/18” (3 mm) where panels abut vertical surfaces. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Flooring 096900-7 G. Install accessories according Manufacturer’s instructions. H. Clean up dust, dirt and construction debris caused by floor installation, and vacuum the subfloor area, as installation of floor panel proceeds. Extend cleaning under installed panels as far as possible. I. Level installed access floor to within 0.10” (2.5 mm) over the entire access flooring area and within 0.060” (1.5 mm) of true level in any 10 ft. (3 M) distance. 3.3 ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. During installation, all traffic on access floor shall be directed by access floor installer. 1. No traffic, other than access floor installer, shall be allowed on the floor area for 24 hours after installation to allow the pedestal adhesive to set. 2. No access floor panels shall be removed by other trades for 72 hours after installation. B. After completing installation, vacuum clean access flooring. C. Replace any flooring panels that are stained, scratched, or otherwise damaged or that do not comply with specified requirements. D. General contractor and/or owner shall provide and maintain suitable protection to prevent damage to completed access floor throughout entire duration of installation. END OF SECTION 096900 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -1 SECTION 099000 PAINTING AND COATING (Part of Work of Section 090007 -PAINTING, Trade Contractor Bid Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Field painting of exposed interior items and all surfaces indicating a paint finish a. Field painting of exposed ducts and pipes located in mechanical and electrical rooms. 2. Field painting of exposed exterior items and surfaces. 3. Painted Floor Markings in Firing Range 4. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 5. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 6. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of surfaces as required by the work of this section. 7. Field Painting of exterior Stl. Bollards 8. Field Painting of lintels and overhead door jambs. 9. Painting of numbers at cell doors and floor. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 051200 -STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING for shop priming structural steel. 2. Section 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS for shop priming ferrous metal. 3. Section 064023 -INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK for shop priming interior architectural woodwork. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -2 4. Section 081113 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES for factory priming steel doors and frames. 5. Section 081416 -FLUSH WOOD DOORS for factory finishing. 6. Section 092900 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for surface preparation of gypsum board. 7. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements for product selection. F. Related sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 DEFINITIONS AND EXTENT A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 4. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60-degree meter. B. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. C. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Designer will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory-applied final finish. D. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components: a. Architectural woodwork. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -3 b. Acoustical wall panels. c. Solid Plastic toilet enclosures. d. Metal lockers. e. Elevator entrance doors and frames. f. Elevator equipment. g. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. h. Light fixtures. i. Exterior railing and handrail systems. j. Aluminum storefront systems 2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible spaces: a. Foundation spaces. b. Furred areas. c. Ceiling plenums. d. Utility tunnels. e. Pipe spaces. f. Duct shafts. g. Elevator shafts. 3. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. d. Copper and copper alloys. e. Bronze and brass. 4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. c. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -4 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material. B. LEED Submittals: For Credit EQ 4.2, manufacturers' product data for paints, including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components. 1. All paint products shall meet or exceed the LEED 2.2 requirements as specified in Section 013329. VOC limits are as follows: a. Interior Coatings, Flat paint = 50 g/l b. Interior Coatings, Non-Flat paint = 100 g/l c. Interior Coatings, Primer = 100 g/l C. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each Sample. Label each Sample for location and application. 3. Submit two eight inch by 12 inch Samples for each type of finish coating for Designer's review of color and texture only. 4. Painting Contractor shall Provide a 36x36 Mock-up in selected areas of building for Architect’s/Owner’s approval before continuing with work. D. Qualification Data: For Applicator. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Mockups: Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. 1. Designer will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating and substrate. a. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. b. Small Areas and Items: Designer will designate items or areas required. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -5 2. Apply benchmark samples, according to requirements for the completed Work, after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated. Provide required sheen, color, and texture on each surface. a. After finishes are accepted, Designer will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F. B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F. C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -6 1.8 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY: A. Hoisting Equipment and Machinery: The Painting trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. 1.9 STAGING: A. Staging, planking and scaffolding: The Painting trade subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all staging, planking and scaffolding that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers and products listed in this Section or approved equal. 1. Sherwin Williams Company, Harmony/Duration/ProGreen 200/Green Sure Line 2. Benjamin Moore, Aura/Eco Spec. Line 3. 3. American Pride Paint, Pure Performance Line 4. Equal products accepted. B. All paints and coatings that are applied onsite and fall within the building weather proofing system must have VOC contents less than the limits listed in Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.06A. 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -7 manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Designer about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster, and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -8 Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. c. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before painting. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of layout marks, dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on back side. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -9 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 9. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -10 special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. F. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Uninsulated metal piping. 2. Uninsulated plastic piping. 3. Pipe hangers and supports. 4. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. 5. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets. 6. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having "all-service jacket" or other paintable jacket material. 7. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. G. Electrical items to be be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Switchgear. 2. Panelboards. 3. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. H. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. I. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -11 spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burnthrough or other defects due to insufficient sealing. J. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. K. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. 1. Provide satin finish for final coats. L. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Project Construction A. The Owner’s Project Manager reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner’s Project Manager deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: 1. The Owner’s Project Manager will engage a qualified independent testing agency to sample paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to Project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of Contractor. 2. Testing agency will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as required by the Owner’s Project Manager. 3. The Owner’s Project Manager may direct Contractor to stop painting if test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces previously coated with the noncomplying paint. If necessary, Contractor may be required to remove noncomplying paint from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are incompatible. 3.5 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -12 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Designer. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.7 PAINT SCHEDULE A. Schedule: Designer shall not be limited to paint color selections. Painting Contractor shall provide accent paint colors in areas noted in the field by Designer (soffits, etc..). Provide products and number of coats specified. Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors, materials, generic class, standard of quality and performance criteria and is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent performing products of other manufacturers. B. Exterior Paint Schedule: 1. Exterior Ferrous Metal, Urethane System: SSPC (profile not to exceed 2 mils) Primer: 1. P06Alkyd Metal Primer 2. S-W Kem Bond High Solids B50Z Series 3. PPG Pitt-Guard Rapid Coat D-T-R Epoxy Coating 95-245 Series. First coat: 1. P29 – Super HP D.T. M. Acrylic Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Sher-Cryl High Performance Acrylic B66 Series-Semi-Gloss 3. PPG Pitt-Guard Rapid Coat D-T-R Epoxy Coating 95-245 Series. Second coat: 1. P29 – Super HP D.T. M. Acrylic Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Sher-Cryl High Performance Acrylic B66 Series-Semi-Gloss 3. PPG Pitthane Ultra Gloss Urethane Enamel 95-812 Series. 2. Exterior Ferrous Metal, Fluoropolymer System: (Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6) First Coat: 1. S-W Corothane Galvapac 1K B65G11 Series 2. PPG CORAFLON™ ADS EPOXY PRIMER ADS552. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -13 Second Coat: 1. S-W Acrolon 218 HS B65-650 Series 2. PPG CORAFLON™ ADS. Third Coat: 1. S-W Fluoro Kem B65-550 Series 2. PPG CORAFLON™ ADS. 3. Exterior Ferrous Metal, Engineered Siloxane/Polyester Urethane System: (Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6) First Coat: 1. S-W Corothane Galvapac 1K B65 Series 2. PPG Amercoat® 385 Series Multi-Purpose Epoxy. Second Coat: 1. S-W Macorpoxy 646 2. PPG Amercoat® 385 Series Multi-Purpose Epoxy. Third Coat: 1. S-W Acrolon 218 HS B65-650 Series 2. PPG Amercoat® PSX 700 Series Engineered Siloxane Coating. 4. Exterior Non-Ferrous Metal (except aluminum): (Surface Preparation: Sand with 60 grit scotch brite pads followed by SSPC-SP1) First Coat: 1. S-W Macorpoxy 646 2. PPG Pitt-Tech Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/Finish Enamel 90-712 Series. Second Coat: 1. S-W Acrolon 218 HS B65-650 Series 2. PPG Pitt-Tech Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/Finish Enamel 90-712 Series. 5. Exterior Galvanized Metal (not shop-finished under Section 051200 -STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING or Section 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS): Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Primer: 1. P04 – Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer 2. S-W Pro Industrial™ Pro-Cryl® Universal Primer B66-310 Series 3. PPG Pitt-Tech Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/Finish Enamel 90-712 Series. First Coat: 1. P29 – Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Urethane 2. S-W Sher-Cryl High Performance Acrylic B66 Series New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -14 3. PPG PITT-TECH Int/Ext High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-374 Series. Second Coat: 1. P29 – Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Urethane 2. S-W Sher-Cryl High Performance Acrylic B66 Series 3. PPG PITT-TECH Int/Ext High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-374 Series. 6. Exterior Aluminum (Where materials not factory finished): (Surface Preparation: SSPC – SP1 Pressure Wash with Oakite and sanding with Scotch Bright pads) Primer: 1. P04 – Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer 2. S-W Pro Industrial™ Pro-Cryl® Universal Primer B66-310 Series 3. PPG Pitt-Tech Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/Finish Enamel 90-712 Series. First Coat 1. P74 – Super Spec HP Aliphatic Urethane 2. S-W Sher-Cryl High Performance Acrylic B66 Series 3. PPG PITT-TECH Int/Ext High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-374 Series. Second Coat 1. P74 – Super Spec HP Aliphatic Urethane 2. S-W Sher-Cryl High Performance Acrylic B66 Series 3. PPG PITT-TECH Int/Ext High Gloss Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-374 Series. C. Interior Paint Schedule for Standard Performance Coatings: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard and Plaster for Eggshell Finish: Primer: 1. 372 – Eco-Spec WB Primer 2. S-W Harmony Latex Primer B11 W900 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer 6-2. First Coat 1. 374 – Eco-Spec WB Eggshell 2. S-W Harmony Egshel B9 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel 6-411 Series. Second Coat 1. 374 – Eco-Spec WB Eggshell 2. Harmony EgShel B9 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel 6-411 Series. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -15 2. Interior Gypsum Wallboard and Plaster Ceilings for Flat Finish: Primer: 1. 372 – Eco-Spec WB Primer 2. S-W Harmony Latex Primer B11W900 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer 6-2. First Coat: 1. 373 – Eco-Spec WB Flat 2. S-W Harmony Flat B5 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Flat 6-70 Series. Second Coat: 1. 373 – Eco-Spec WB Flat 2. S-W Harmony Flat B5 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Flat 6-70 Series. 3. Interior Gypsum Wallboard and Plaster for Latex Semi-Gloss Finish: Primer: 1. 372 – Eco-Spec WB Primer 2. S-W Harmony Primer B11W900 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer 6-2. First Coat: 1. 376 – Eco-Spec WB Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Harmony Semi-Gloss B10 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex 6-500 Series. Second Coat: 1. 376 – Eco-Spec WB Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Harmony Semi-Gloss B10 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex 6-500 Series. 4. Interior Architectural Woodwork, Finish Carpentry, and Wood Doors for Latex Semi-Gloss Paint Finish (softwoods, paint grade hardwoods, MDO, and hardwood veneers): Primer: 1. 372 – Eco-Spec WB Primer 2. S-W Harmony Primer B11W900 Series 3. PPG SEAL GRIP® Interior Latex Enamel Undercoater 17-955. First Coat: 1. 376 – Eco – Spec WB Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Harmony Semi-Gloss B10 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex 6-500 Series. Second Coat: 1. 376 – Eco – Spec WB Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Harmony Semi-Gloss B10 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex 6-500 Series. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -16 5. Interior Architectural Woodwork, Finish Carpentry and Millwork for Satin Transparent Finish (all hardwoods and hardwood veneers, except paint grade and factory-finished items): Sand 120 grit sandpaper Sand 220 grit sandpaper One Coat Stain 1. Carver Tripp Waterbase Stain 2. Knute’s Restoration EF Waterbase Stain 3. American Formulating & Manuf., SafeCoat Durostain 4. S-W Minwax 250 VOC Stain 5. PPG OLYMPIC® Interior Oil Based Wood Stain 44500. First Coat 1. 423 Benwood Stays Clear Acrylic Low Luster Polyurethan 2. S-W Water based Polyurethane Satin A68 Series 3. PPG OLYMPIC® Premium Interior Water Based Polyurethane Clear 42786. Second coat 1. 423 Benwood Stays Clear Acrylic Low Luster Polyure thane 2. S-W Water based Polyurethane Satin A68 Series 3. PPG OLYMPIC® Premium Interior Water Based Polyurethane Clear 42786. Sand Between Urethane Coats -220 grit sandpaper 6. Interior Concrete Masonry Units for Latex Semi-Gloss Finish in Dry Areas: Primer/Block Filler: 1. 285 – Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler 2. S-W Preprite Block Filler B25W25 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Int/Ext Latex Masonry Block Filler 6-7. Finish Coat: 1. 376 – Eco-Spec WB Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Harmony Semi-Gloss B10 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex 6-500 Series. Second Coat: 1. 376 – Eco-Spec WB Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Harmony Semi-Gloss B10 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex 6-500 Series. 7. Ferrous Metal – Semi-Gloss: Primer: 1. P04 – super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer 2. S-W Pro Industrial™ Pro-Cryl® Universal Primer B66-310 Series 3. PPG Pitt-Tech Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/Finish Enamel 90-712 Series. First Coat: 1. Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Semi-Gloss New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -17 2. S-W Pro Industrial™ 0 VOC Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B66-600 Series 3. PPG Pitt-Tech® Plus Interior/Exterior Semi-Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-1210 Series. Second Coat: 1. Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Semi-Gloss 2. S-W Pro Industrial™ 0 VOC Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B66-600 Series 3. PPG Pitt-Tech® Plus Interior/Exterior Semi-Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-1210 Series. 8. Ferrous Metal – Semi-Gloss: Primer: 1. P04 – super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer 2. S-W Pro Industrial™ Pro-Cryl® Universal Primer B66-310 Series 3. PPG Pitt-Tech Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/Finish Enamel 90-712 Series. First Coat: 1: PPG Pitt-Tech® Plus Interior/Exterior Semi-Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-1210 Series. 2. S-W Pro Industrial™ 0 VOC Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B66-600 Series Second Coat 1. PPG Pitt-Tech® Plus Interior/Exterior Semi-Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-1210 Series. 2. S-W Pro Industrial™ 0 VOC Acrylic Semi-Gloss, B66-600 Series 9. Epoxy Paint Locations: Concrete Block Primer: 1. 2. S-W Preprite Block Filler B25W25 Series 3. PPG Speedhide Int/Ext Latex Masonry Block Filler 6-7. First Coat: 1. 256 – Moorcraft Super Spec Semi-Gloss Acrylic Epoxy 2. S-W Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70W211/B60V25 Semi-Gloss 3. PPG Pitt-Glaze WB Water Borne Acrylic Epoxy 16-551 Series. Second Coat 1. 256 – Moorcraft Super Spec Semi-Gloss Acrylic Epoxy 2. S-W Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70W211/B60V25 Semi-Gloss 3. PPG Pitt-Glaze WB Water Borne Acrylic Epoxy 16-551 Series. 10. Exposed Interior Metal Roof Deck: One Coat 1. 153– Super Spec Sweep-Up Spray Latex Flat 2. S-W Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall Eg-Shel, B42W2 3. PPG Pitt-Tech Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/Finish Enamel 90-712 Series. Second Coat 1. 153– Super Spec Sweep-Up Spray Latex Flat New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Painting And Coating 099000 -18 2. S-W Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall Eg-Shel, B42W2 3. PPG SPEEDHIDE® Interior Dry-Fog Spray Paint Flat Vinyl Acrylic Latex 6-715XI. 11. Intumescent Paint: At all electrical & data back backboards – color = blue Coats 1. Contego International, Inc or approved equal. Number of coats per manufacturer to achieve the required fire rating indicated on the drawings. 12. Sealed Concrete Floors: One Coat 1. M27-00 – Clear Acrylic Sealer 2. S-W H&C Wet Look Sealer 3. PPG Int/Ext Floor, Porch & Deck Satin Latex Enamel 3-510 Series. Second Coat 1. M27-00 – Clear Acrylic Sealer 2. S-W H&C Wet Look Sealer 3. PPG Int/Ext Floor, Porch & Deck Satin Latex Enamel 3-510 Series. D. Mechanical and Electrical Work (Paint all exposed items throughout the project except factory finished items with factory-applied baked enamel finishes which occur in mechanical rooms or areas, and excepting chrome or nickel plating, stainless steel, and aluminum other than mill finished. Paint all exposed ductwork and inner portion of all ductwork: Same as specified for other interior metals, hereinabove. 3.8 EXTRA STOCK 1. Painting Contractor shall provide for each paint color/type: 1 (one) unopened can of paint with paint color name and locations used, labeled on side of can. END OF SECTION 099000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Visual Display Boards 101100 -1 SECTION 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: 1. Tackboards – metal framed, wall hung units as indicated on the drawings in the following rooms: a. Men’s Locker Room 009 – 8’ 0” wide x 4’ 0” high b. Women’s Locker room – 6’ 0” wide x 4’ 0” high c. Fitness Room – 6’ 0” wide x 4’ 0” high d. Main corridor – 8’ 0” wide x 3’ 6” high e. Staff Lounge – 4’ 0” wide x 4’ 0” high 2. Whiteboards -metal framed, wall hung units as indicated on the drawings in the following rooms: a. Evidence Intake 015 –6’ 0” wide x 4’ 0” high b. Ready Room 105 – 10’ 0” wide x 4’ 0” high c. Expan/Training/Inceident Room 209 –12’ 0” wide x 4’ 0” high d. Conference Room 217 – 6’ 0” wide x 4’ 0” high B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements. 2. Section 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL for proper disposal and diversion of materials from landfill. 3. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection. 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: For each type of visual display board indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of visual display board required. 1. Include dimensioned elevations. Show location of joints between individual panels where unit dimensions exceed maximum panel length. 2. Include sections of typical trim members. 3. Show anchors, grounds, reinforcement, accessories, layout, and installation details. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Visual Display Boards 101100 -2 C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors and textures available including finishes. D. Samples for Verification: Of the following products, showing color and texture or finish selected. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. Prepare Samples from the same material to be used for the Work. 1. Visual Display Boards: Sample panels not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches, mounted on the substrate indicated for the final Work. Include a panel for each type, color, and texture required. 2. Trim and Accessories: Samples of each finish type and color, on 6-inch-long sections of extrusions and not less than 4-inch squares of sheet or plate. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is an authorized representative of a display board manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of the type of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain visual display boards through one source from a single manufacturer with matched finish. C. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of visual display boards and are based on the products indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section 016000 "Product Substitutions." 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval and only to the extent needed to comply with performance requirements. Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide cork tackboards with the following surfaceburning characteristics as determined by testing assembled materials composed of facings and backings identical to those required in this Section per ASTM E 84 84 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify cork tackboards with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements before preparation of Shop Drawings and before fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay the Work. 2. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating display boards without New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Visual Display Boards 101100 -3 field measurements. Coordinate wall construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Provide all information on required blocking and other installation requirements to G.C. at start of project. 1.5 WARRANTY: A. General Warranty: The warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Warranty Period for visual display boards: 2 years from installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Marker boards: Drawings and specifications based upon Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. LCS – II, series 8, low glare, porcelain marker boards. a. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. b. Greensteel, Inc. c. Nelson–Harkins Industries 2, Tackboards: Drawings and specifications based upon Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. LCS – II, series 8, low glare, tack boards a. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. b. Greensteel, Inc. c. Nelson-Harkins Industries. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Tackboards 1. Series 230 by Nelson-Harkins, or equal. a. ¼” thick self healing, burlaped backed surface b. Surface color to be chosen from manufacturer’s standard colors c. Metal trim shall be 5/16” wide aluminum with etched & anodized paint finish in color chosen by the architect d. Provide tackboards without glass enclosure. e. Frame profile: Beveled. B. Whiteboards New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Visual Display Boards 101100 -4 1. Porcelain enamel writing surface 2. 24 gage cold rolled steel with color coated surface 3. Core material shall be 7/16” fiberboard on hardboard backing 4. Metal trim shall be 5/16” wide aluminum with etched & anodized paint finish in color chosen by the architect 5. Tray to be continuous, extruded aluminum in color matching the frame. tray to include matching end caps. 6. Accessories at each location to include a 1” cork strip and 2 map hooks per every 4’ 0” 7. Size: 4’ 0” high by dimension indicated on the drawings. 8. Mounting: Provide consealed fasteners at all location. Provide manufacturer’s metal trim accessories at continuous units and/or whiteboard & tackboard joints. 2.3 ACCESSORIES: A. Provide all accessories required for a complete installation. 2.4 FABRICATION: A. Assembly: Provide factory-assembled units, unless field-assembled units are required. 1. Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum maximum manufactured length. Fabricate with minimum number of joints, balanced around center of board, as acceptable to Architect. 2.5 FINISHES: A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Examine wall surfaces, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting installation of visual display boards. 1. Surfaces to receive display boards shall be free of dirt, scaling paint, and projections or depressions that would affect installation. 2. Surfaces to receive tackboards shall be dry and free of substances that would impair the bond between tackboards and substrate. 3. Take field measurements as needed. Do not proceed with installation until field conditions are satisfactory for installati on. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Visual Display Boards 101100 -5 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Deliver factory-built visual display boards completely assembled in one piece without joints. B. Install units in locations and at mounting heights indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. Keep perimeter lines straight, plumb, and level. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and accessories necessary for complete installation. C. Coordinate Project-site-assembled units with grounds, trim, and accessories. Join parts with a neat, precision fit. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Verify that accessories required for each unit have been properly installed and that operating units function properly. B. Clean units according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 101100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Signage 101400 -1 SECTION 101400 INTERIOR SIGNAGE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following types of signs: 1. Interior signage. 2. Bronze Plaques. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section 015000"Temporary Facilities" for temporary project identification signs. 2. Division 22 Section 220001 -"Plumbing" for labels, tags, and nameplates for mechanical equipment. 3. Division 26 Section 260001 -"Electrical" for labels, tags, and nameplates for electrical equipment. 4. Section 265100 -"Interior Lighting" for illuminated exit signs. 5. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements 6. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 7. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements 8. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS: 1. Signage schedule corresponding with Architect’s finish schedule for verification of text/copy. 2. Approval drawings showing materials, construction detail, lay-out, copy, size and mounting methods. 3. Samples for Initial selection of each sign types for verification of materials, color, pattern, text/Braille size requirements, overall quality, and for adherence to drawings and requirements indicated. 4. Mock-up Samples for Verification of each sign type for approval of materials, color, pattern. 5. Programming – sign contractor shall perform all way finding & programming. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Signage 101400 -2 Programming shall include location plan, message schedule and fire/evacuation graphics. Contractor shall develop a facility-wide room numbering identification system with input from Owner. The numbering plan as well as all programming materials shall be submitted for approval. 5. LEED Submittal for EQc4.4: Composite wood and laminate product manufacturer's product data for each composite wood or laminate product used indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea-formaldehyde 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Sign Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing signs similar to those indicated for this Project, with a record of successful in-service performance, and sufficient production capacity to produce sign units required without causing delay in the Work. B. Single-Source Responsibility: For each separate sign type required, obtain signs from one source of a single manufacturer. C. Handicapped Accessibility Requirements: Buildings, structures, areas and facilities made accessible to handicapped persons, and the accessible route(s) thereto, shall be clearly identified with the international symbol of accessibility for the physically handicapped in accordance with ANSI A117.1, Section 4.28. 1. Letters and numbers on signs shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1, and stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10. 2. Colors of letters and numbers shall contrast with colors of background materials. 3. Signage which provides emergency information or general circulation directions, or identifies rooms and spaces shall be raised letters and numbers, and shall comply with ANSI A117.1 Sections 4.28.2, 4.28.2 and 4.28.5. 4. Signs identifying accessibility shall be placed on the wall adjacent to the latch side of the door, or on the door, at 60 inches above the floor. 5. Signage shall also comply with the National Fire Protection Association 101 Life Safety Code. D. Code Compliance: 1. It shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder to meet any and all local, state, and federal code requirements in fabricating and installing signs. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Signage 101400 -3 A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following 1. Takeform Architectural Graphics 2. Apco Signs -Elements 3. ASI Sign Systems, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Polyamid Resin Sheet: Provide photomechanically produced, monolithic, stratified, polyamid resin tactile panel, bonded to inert base. B. Mounting Height: 60 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise noted for interior signs. 2.3 PANEL SIGNS, GENERAL: A. Panel Signs: Comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. 1. Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally. 2. It is the responsibility of the Sign Manufacturer to check/verify spelling errors on sign copy/text. Any questions regarding possible spelling errors should be brought to the Architect’s attention prior to fabrication. B. Raised Sign Copy: Raise copy 1/32-inch from plaque surface by manufacturer's photomechanical stratification processes. Uniformly opaque, precisely formed graphics shall comply with applicable ADA regulations including size, style, spacing, content, position, and colors. C. Raised Braille Copy: Raise copy 1/32-inch from plaque surface by manufacturer's photomechanical stratification processes. Uniformly opaque, precisely formed Braille copy shall comply with applicable ADA regulations including but not limited to size, style, spacing, content, position, and colors. 1. Sign manufacturer shall be responsible for translation of sign copy to Braille. D. Provide Interior room signs at all doors shown on floor plans. Room numbering system to be determined based on Owner’s input during construction. E. Provide Directories on each floor outside Elevator. F. Provide Wayfinding signage at each corridor branch/intersection. G. Provide informational signage, (ex. “Authorized Personnel”), at 5”Hx14”L. Mounting locations to be determined by Owner. Provide one informational sign per every 3,000 s.f. of building area. 2.4 PANEL SIGNS: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Signage 101400 -4 A. Interior Architectural Signage System: 1. The signage shall incorporate a decorative laminate face with applied graphics including all tactile requirements in adherence to ADA specifications. 2. All signs, including Room ID's, overheads, directionals and directories shall have a matching appearance and constructed utilizing the same manufacturing process to assure a consistent look throughout. B. Materials 1. Sign face shall be 0.035" (nominal) standard grade, high pressure surface laminate. A painted sign face shall not be acceptable. 2. The sign core shall be a natural fiber wood product. The sign shall incorporate balanced construction with the core sandwiched between laminates to prevent warping. An acrylic core shall not be acceptable. Laminate on the sign face only shall not be acceptable. 3. Tactile lettering shall be precision machined, raised 1/32", matte PETG and subsurface colored for scratch resistance. 4. Signs shall incorporate a metal accent bar. Bars shall be anodized with a brushed satin finish. C. Standard Colors 1. Face/background color shall be standard grade, high pressure laminate, all colors and finishes. 2. Standard tactile colors shall match manufacturer's ADA standard color selection. 3. Sign and backer edge shall be treated with a hot wax seal for moisture integrity. D. Construction 1. The signage shall be capable of accepting paper or acetate inserts to allow changing and updating as required. Insert components shall have a 0.080” thickness non-glare acrylic window and shall be inlayed flush to sign face for a smooth, seamless appearance. 2. The signage shall, with the exception of directories and directionals, be a uniform 8½" width to facilitate inserts printed on standard width paper. 3. The signage contractor shall provide and install all signage inserts. 4. Manufacturer shall provide a template containing layout, font, color, artwork and trim lines to allow Owner to produce inserts on laser or ink jet printer. The template shall New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Signage 101400 -5 be in an Acrobat or Word format (.pdf). 5. The signage shall include modules allowing for inserts, notice holders, occupancy sliders, marker, magnetic, and cork pin boards. All modules shall be flush to sign face for a smooth, seamless appearance. 6. The laminates (front and back) shall be pressure laminated and precision machined together to a 90-degree angle. Edges shall be smooth, void of chips, burrs, sharp edges, marks and shall be treated with a hot wax seal for moisture integrity. 7. The signage shall utilize an acrylic sphere for Grade II Braille inserted directly into a scratch resistant, high pressure laminate sign face. Braille dots are to be pressure fit in high tolerance drilled holes. 8. Braille dots shall be half hemispherical domed and protruding a minimum 0.025". 9. The signage shall utilize an ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) adhesive. The adhesive shall be nonhazardous and shall allow for flexing and deflection of the adhered components due to changes in temperature and moisture without bond failure. 10. All signs shall be provided with appropriate mounting hardware. Hardware shall be finished and architectural in appearance and suitable for the mounting surface. E. Certification: 1. Signage shall be SFI certified and comply with requirements of the Sustainable Forest Initiative Signage without SFI or equivalent green certification shall not be acceptable. F. Warranty: 1. Provide manufacturer’s warranty against defects in materials or workmanship for minimum 5 years. 2.5 BRONZE PLAQUES: A. Contractor to provide and install one (1) bronze dedication plaque. The installation location and timing will be determined by the architect. Each plaque shall be constructed according to the following: 1. Size: 2’ 0” x 3’ 0” overall. 2. Material: Cast bronze. 3. Letter Style: relief, polished. 4. Border: 1-1/2” wide doubled lined 5. Background: Dark oxidized, pebble. 6. Mounting: Concealed treaded rods. 7. Finish: Manufacturer’s chemical protection. 8. Layout: Plaque No. 1 to include name of building, Chief of Police, Building Committee members, Selectmen, Misc. Text (200 characters), Architect and Contractor. Final layout to be determined by the architect. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Signage 101400 -6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Locate sign units and accessories in accordance with ADA specifications, using mounting methods of the type described and in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1. The signage contractor will coordinate installation schedules with the Owner and/or Construction Manager. 2. Installation shall be performed by manufacturer’s personnel trained and certified in manufacturer’s methods and procedures. 3. Installer to submit CAD generated location plan noting the location of all signage and cross referenced to message schedule for architect’s approval. 4. Installer to conduct a pre-installation survey prior to manufacturing to verify message schedule copy and sign location. Each location shall be noted using low tack vinyl. Full scale renderings of directories and directional shall also be provided. Any location discrepancy or message issue shall be submitted to architect for review. 5. Signs shall be level, plumb, and at heights indicated with sign surfaces free from defects. 6. Upon completion of the work, signage contractor shall remove unused or discarded materials, containers and debris from site. 3.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, PROTECTION A. Package to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, storage and installation. Products should remain in original packaging until removal is necessary. Store products in a dry, indoor location. 3.3 STANDARDS MANUAL A. Manufacturer shall provide a comprehensive Standards Manual in both a paper and PDF format. The manual shall include all renderings, drawings, location plan, message schedule, insert templates, mounting detail, and reorder information. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Signage 101400 -7 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to the manufacturer's instructions. Protect units from damage until acceptance by the Owner. END OF SECTION 101400 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Compartments 102113 -1 SECTION 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes toilet compartments as follows: 1. Type: Solid-plastic, polymer resin. 2. Compartment Style: Floor anchored, overhead braced. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 10 Section 102800 "Toilet Room Accessories" for toilet paper holders, grab bars, and similar accessories. 2. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 3. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 4. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 5. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: For each type and style of toilet compartment and screen specified. Include details of construction relative to materials, fabrication, and installation. Include details of anchors, hardware, and fastenings. B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation of toilet compartment and screen assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Show locations of reinforcement and cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of sections of actual units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of compartment or screen indicated. D. Samples for Verification: For partitions specified to receive a patterned finish, provide 12-inchsquare Samples of the color indicated and for partitions specified to receive a solid finish, provide 6-inch square samples. Samples to be of same thickness and material indicated for Work. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Compartments 102113 -2 A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions in areas of installation by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.55 WARRANTY: 1. Minimum 15 year warranty against breakage and or corrosion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Santana Products, Inc. 2. Accurate Partitions Corporation. 3. Comtec Industries, Compression Polymers Group. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. General: Provide materials that have been selected for surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections on finished units are unacceptable. B. Solid-Plastic, Polymer Resin: High-density polyethylene (HDPE) with homogenous color throughout. Provide material not less than 1 inch thick with seamless construction and eased edges in color and pattern as follows: 1. Color and Pattern: Two colors and patterns, per building, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns. C. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304 stainless steel, not less than 3/16” inch thick and 3 inches high, finished to match hardware. D. Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design for attaching panels and screens to walls and pilasters of the following material: 1. Material: Stainless steel. E. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories of the following material: 1. Material: Stainless steel. F. Heat-Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum strip in manufacturer's New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Compartments 102113 -3 standard finish. G. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel or chrome-plated steel or brass, finished to match hardware, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use hot-dip galvanized or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel. HI. Headrail shall be heavy aluminum extrusion (6364 T4 Alloy) with bright dipped anodized finish in anti-grip configuration weighting not less than 1.188 lbs. per linear foot. Headrail to be fastened to top of pilaster and headrail brackets by thru bolting with one-way stainless steel sex bolts. Headrail brackets shall be 18 gauge stainless steel. 2.3 FABRICATION: A. General: Provide standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for compartment system. Provide units with cutouts and drilled holes to receive compartment-mounted hardware, accessories, and grab bars, as indicated. B. Solid-Plastic, Polymer-Resin Compartments: Provide aluminum heat-sink strips at exposed bottom edges of HDPE units to prevent burning. C. Continuous Wall Brackets: Minimum of 54” long, 1/8” thick aluminum brackets with bright dipped anodized finish. ¼” dia. Typical screw holes a min. of four on each bracket at a min. of 13” on center. D. Floor-Anchored Compartments: Set pilaster units with anchors penetrating not less than 2 inches into structural floor, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Level, plumb, and tighten pilasters. Hang doors and adjust so tops of doors are level with tops of pilasters when doors are in closed position. Pilasters sitting on floor drains will not be accepted. E. Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch-wide in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch-wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch-wide clear opening for compartments indicated to be handicapped accessible. 1. Integral Hinge System: Top pin assembly to have a nylon pin and stainless steel roll pin. Bottom pin assembly to have a nylon cam with stainless steel insert and stainless steel roll pin. 2. Latch and Strike: Latch to be anodized aluminum with bright-dip finish and special tuff coat finish on slide bolt. 3/8” X 1 ½” slot cut out of door at latch center designed for emergency access. Strike to be 6” aluminum with a bright dipped anodized finish. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. 4. Wall Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumpers at out-swinging doors. 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit that complies with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at out-swinging doors. Provide units on both sides of doors at each stall. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Compartments 102113 -4 2.4 STAINLESS-STEEL SHEET FINISHES: A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. 1. Remove or blend tool and die marks and stretch lines into finish. 2. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directional textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece. B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard No. 3 or No. 4 directional polish. C. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. D. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than ½ inch between pilasters and panels and not more than 1 inch between panels and walls. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Secure panels to walls and panels with continuous wall brackets with four holes each side, min. of 13” on center. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Floor-Anchored Compartments: Set pilaster units with anchors penetrating not less than 2 inches into structural floor, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Level, plumb, and tighten pilasters. Hang doors and adjust so tops of doors are level with tops of pilasters when doors are in closed position. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors and swing doors in entrance screens to return to fully closed position. B. Provide final protection, cleaning and maintain conditions that ensure toilet compartments and screens are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 102113 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wire Mesh Partitions 102213-1 SECTION 102213 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wire mesh partitions for: 1. Storage compartments. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 099000 -Painting and Coating: Field painting. B. Section 013329 -General LEED Requirements C. Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal D. Section 018113 -LEED Product Requirements E. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed data on products to be furnished. C. Shop Drawings: Complete layout and fabrication drawings. 1. For mezzanine railings include evidence that structural design and anchorage meet the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Samples: Finish color samples for selection. E. Keys: Turn over keys for door locks to Owner at completion of project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. WireCrafters, LLC; Dallas TX 2. 2. Kentucky Metal Products, Louisville KY 3. Acorn Wire & Iron Works, Chicago IL New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wire Mesh Partitions 102213-2 B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 016350 Product Substitution. 2.2 PARTITIONS A. Wire Mesh Partitions: Factory-assembled modular sized panels stacked between post uprights, complete with all components, accessories, hardware, and fasteners; interchangeable units that allow expansion without waste of components. 1. Style: Full mesh. 2. Provide fixed sections unless otherwise indicated. 3. Post Spacing: As required to suit dimensions, using manufacturer's standard panel widths. 4. Provide special panels of same construction as adjacent panels to achieve horizontal partition dimensions indicated. 5. Panel frames bolted together and to posts. 6. Height: per field conditions from floor to underside of deck. 7. Toe Space -Storage Compartments: No open space below bottom panel; fit panel tight to floor. 8. Provide ceiling panels where indicated. 9. Finish: Electrostatic sprayed enamel, in manufacturer's standard color. B. Posts: Square 2 by 2 inch (50 by 50 mm) 14 gauge steel tube. 1. Factory drilled holes for attaching panels. 2. Welded-on base plate, 2 by 7 by 1/4 inch (50 by 178 by 6 mm), with factory drilled holes for floor anchors. 3. Decorative plastic post cap. 4. Corner Posts: Same as in-line posts. 5. Provide appropriate hardware for attaching panels to posts and posts to floor. C. Wire Mesh Panels: Steel angle frames with wire mesh securely welded in place; frame joints coped at corner and securely welded; factory drilled holes for fasteners. 1. Wire Mesh: 10 gauge, 0.135 inch (3.5 mm) steel wire woven into 2 by 1 inch (50 by 25 mm) rectangular mesh. 2. Frame: 1-1/4 by 1-1/4 by 1/8 inch (32 by 32 by 3 mm) hot rolled steel angle. 3. Vertical Panel Stiffeners: 1/4 by 3/4 inch (6 by 19 mm) steel bar securely welded to frame behind mesh on panels 4 feet (1219 mm) or wider. 4. Ceiling Panels: Same as wall panels; provide supplemental support where required by span. D. Door Sections: Matching wire mesh panels. 1. Frame: 1-1/4 by 1-1/4 by 1/8 inch (32 by 32 by 3 mm) hot rolled steel angle. 2. Stiffeners: Two horizontal and one vertical stiffener of 1/4 by 3/4 inch (6 by 19 mm) flat hot rolled steel bar. 3. Hinged Doors: a. Single Door Width: 36 inches (915 mm). b. Double Door Width: 72 inches (1830 mm). c. Door Opening Height: 96 inches. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wire Mesh Partitions 102213-3 d. Hinges: 3 5-knuckle tight-pin butt hinges fastened to door panel and frame. 4. Locking: Padlock lugs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install plumb, level, and securely anchored to floor and to other structural members where indicated. C. Adjust doors and service windows for smooth, easy operation. END OF SECTION 102213 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Room Accessories 102800 -1 SECTION 102800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes the following: 1. Toilet Room accessories. 2. Cell security accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 10 Section 102113 "Toilet Compartments" for compartments and screens. 2. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 3. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 4. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 5. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for each type of accessory specified. B. Setting Drawings: For cutouts required in other work; include templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchoring devices. C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule. D. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Provide lists of replacement parts and service recommendations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise approved by Architect. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Room Accessories 102800 -2 B. Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes, dimensions, capacities, and performance, are established by specific products indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule. 1. Products of other manufacturers listed in Part 2 with equal characteristics, as judged solely by Architect, may be provided. 2. Do not modify aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 1.5 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 1.6 WARRANTY: A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Mirror Warranty: Written warranty, executed by mirror manufacturer agreeing to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within minimum warranty period indicated. 1. Minimum Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of the following: 1. American Specialties, Inc. 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 3. Bradley Corporation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Room Accessories 102800 -3 B. Products manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. are specified. Items designated establish minimum requirements for design and performance of equipment required by this Section. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312-inch minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60. C. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service), nickel plus chromium electrodeposited on base metal. D. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. E. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. 2.3 FABRICATION: A. General: One, maximum 1-1/2-inch-diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, as approved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view or back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. B. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous stainless-steel hinge. Provide concealed anchorage where possible. C. Recessed Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all-welded construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, stainless-steel hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed. D. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and re-supplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Room Accessories 102800 -4 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORY SCHEDULE: A. Double-Roll Stainless Steel Toilet Tissue Dispenser. Size to accommodate two separate rolls of core type tissue up to 5 1/2-inch-diameter. 1. Fabrication: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge Satin-finish stainless steel. Stainless Steel Setscrews. Chrome-plated theft-resistant spindles. 2. Product: Bobrick Model b-2888 as approved equal. B. Mirrors: 1. Product: Model B-290 2436 w/one-piece type-304 stainless steel channel frame,3/4”x3/4”, with 90 deg. mitered corners; all exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. mirror shall be guaranteed for 15 years against silver spoilage. Galv. steel back w/integral horizontal hanging brackets located at top and bottom for mounting on concealed rectangular wall hanger to prevent the mirror from pulling away from wall, w/screw locking devices. 2. Product: Frameless custom size glass mirror. Refer to drawings for sizes. Provide clear plastic mirror clips for mounting, min. two each side. Laminated Safety mirror, ¼” thick. Mirror manufacturer shall provide a factory sealed, round polished edge, typ. all sides. Provide a min. air space of 1/8” between back of mirror and mounting surface. Special order custom size Angle-Framed one-piece mirrors. Model’s Bobrick B-2908 84”x48”, B-2908 72”x48”,B-2908 72”x36”as approved equal. Refer to drawings for quantities. C. Stainless Steel Grab Bars: Provide grab bars with wall thickness not less than 0.05 inch (18 gage) with satin finish peened non-slip gripping surface. and as follows: 1. Mounting: Concealed, manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorage with four setscrews. 2. Clearance: 1-1/2-inch clearance between wall surface and inside face of bar. 3. Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard nonslip texture. 4. Heavy-Duty Size: Outside diameter of 1-1/2 inches. 5. Product: Model B-6806.99 x lengths indicated. D. Liquid Soap Dispenser: Surface-Mounted-vertical Tank Type: Minimum 40-ounce-capacity, satin finished stainless steel dispenser fabricated for surface mounting. Provide corrosionresistant push button valve with stainless steel springs, and internal parts designed to dispense New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Room Accessories 102800 -5 soap in measured quantity by pump action and with integral check valve to prevent leaking. Concealed wall fastening, hinged filler-top requires special key to open. Vandal resistant construction with unbreakable refill window. 1. Equip unit with push-type valve for dispensing soap in liquid form. 2. Product: Model B-2111. E. Recessed Sanitary napkin disposal: Satin-finish stainless steel. Door has tumbler lock and fulllength stainless steel piano-hinge. Removable, leakproof, 1.2-gal. plastic receptacle. 1. Product; Model B-353. F. Recessed Convertible Paper Towel Dispenser and Semi-recessed waste Receptacle. Satin-finish Stainless steel. Door has full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Equipped with a semi-concealed tumbler lock. Accommodates C-fold or multifold paper towels without adjustments. Liner cannot be removed unless waste receptacle is unlocked from cabinet. Min. capacity of 12 gal. 1. Product; Model B-3944 G. Paper towel dispenser: surface mounted type. Satin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifold towels measuring 3 1/8” to 3 13/16” deep without adjustment or adapters. Door has tumbler lock and piano hinge. 1. Product; Model B-262. H. Heavy Duty Shower Curtain Rod with concealed mounting: 18-8s, type-304, 18-gauge stainless steel tubing with satin finish. 1 1/4” outside diameter. Refer to drawings for lengths. 18-8s, type-304, 20-gauge stainless steel with satin finish, one-piece, die-formed flanges. 1. Product: Model B-6047 I. Vinyl Shower Curtains: Opaque, matte white vinyl .008” thick, containing antibacterial and flame-retardant agents. Nickel-plated brass grommets along top, one every 6”. Bottom and sides are hemmed. 1. Product: Model B-204-2 and B-204-3. Refer to drawings for sizes J. Stainless Steel Shower Curtain Hooks: 18-8 S, type-304, 0.09 diam. stainless steel 1. Product: Model B-204-1. Order 7-hooks for each 42” wide curtain and 12-hooks for each 70” wide curtain. Coordinate w/shower curtain sizes. K. Folding Shower Seat with padded cushion: 2” thick overall seat with 1 ½” thick, closed-cell polyurethane foam padding mounted on ½” thick plywood. covered in white naugahyde. 18-8s, type-304 stainless steel frame with satin finish. Heavy-gauge stainless steel baseplate. stainless steel springs and 16-gauge guide brackets, type-304, 18-8 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Toilet Room Accessories 102800 -6 1. Product: Model B-517 and B-518. Refer to drawings for specifying left/right hand seats. L. Heavy-Duty clothes hook with concealed mounting: One-piece brass casting w/satin nickelplated finish. Hook shall be secured to concealed wall plate with three stainless steel setscrews. Hook shall withstand 300-lb downward pull when properly installed. 1. Product: Model B-2116. M. Floor Standing Waste Receptacles: 1. Product: Model B-2280: 22-gauge stainless steel w/satin finish. Open-top, no cover. Vinyl bumper strip and rubber feet. 21-gallon capacity. 2. Product: Model B-2400: 18-8 S, type-304, 16-gauge stainless steel with satin finish. All-welded construction. ½” recessed bottom equipped with four 1 ½” diameter x ¾” high, heavy-duty rubber feet. 33-gallon capacity. N. Circular waste chute for mounting in countertops: 1. Product: Model B-529: Type-300 stainless steel with min. 5 7/16” inside dia., rolled lip and bright bright polished finish on exposed surfaces. Waste chute opening shall provide access to deposit waste into waste receptacle placed under countertop. O. Recessed Security Toilet Tissue Roll Holder: 1. Product: Bradley SA12: 14 gauge stainless steel with exposed surfaces in beadblasted satin finish. Flange welded to holder. Holder to be 16 gauge stainless steel one piece. Secure to wall with ¼-20 x 1-1/2” long pin head torx machine screws at holes provided in flange. Set flange in anti-pick sealant. 2. Provide in the following locations: Rooms 122, 133, 136, 137, 138, 139, 141, 142, 143 and 144. END OF SECTION 102800 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA Project #201030 Fire Protection Specialties 104400-1 SECTION 104400 FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Portable fire extinguishers. 2. Fire-protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers 3. Mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. E. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each item. 1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers, fire-protection cabinets and stairway evacuation chairs to include in maintenance manuals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA Project #201030 Fire Protection Specialties 104400-2 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and fire-protection cabinets through one source from a single manufacturer. B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." C. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Fire-Rated Fire-Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements of ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire-protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each fire-protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated. B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL-rated 2-A:10-B:C, 5-lb nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in enameled-steel container. 2.2 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINET A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Larsen's Manufacturing Company similar to Model # FS 2409-R2 2. JL Industries, Inc. 3. Potter Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc. B. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher C. Cabinet Material: Stainless Steel D. Recessed Cabinet: Cabinet box recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim indicated. 1. 5/16” flat trim, #4 finish 304 Stainless Steel E. Door Material: #4 finish 304 Stainless Steel New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA Project #201030 Fire Protection Specialties 104400-3 F. Door Style: Vertical duo clear acrylic G. Door Glazing: Tempered break glass. H. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's recessed standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. I. Accessories: 1. Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire-protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated. 2. Break-Glass Strike: Manufacturer's standard metal strike, complete with chain and mounting clip, secured to cabinet. 3. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Designer. 2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish. B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Designer. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's recessed standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. 1. Weld joints and grind smooth. 2. Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0428-inch-thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch-thick, fire-barrier material. a. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. 1. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum 1/2 inch thick. 2. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. C. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA Project #201030 Fire Protection Specialties 104400-4 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Finish fire-protection cabinets after assembly. D. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for hose valves and cabinets to verify actual locations of piping connections before cabinet installation. B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed cabinets will be installed. C. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare recesses for recessed fire-protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire-protection specialties in locations and at mounting heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Fasten fire-protection cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire-protection cabinets. If wall thickness is not adequate for recessed cabinets, provide semirecessed fire-protection cabinets. 2. Provide inside latch and lock for break-glass panels. 3. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire-protection cabinets, square and plumb. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA Project #201030 Fire Protection Specialties 104400-5 C. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. D. Identification: Apply vinyl lettering at locations indicated. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FIRE-RATED CABINETS A. Install cabinet with not more than 1/16-inch tolerance between pipe OD and knockout OD. B. Seal through penetrations with firestopping sealant as specified in Section 078413 -PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire-protection specialties are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Adjust fire-protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. C. On completion of fire-protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire-protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory-finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by fire-protection cabinet manufacturer. E. Replace fire-protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 104400 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -1 SECTION 105114 POLICE LOCKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Police Personal Storage Lockers in the Women’s Locker Room 007 and Men’s Locker Room 009. B. Related Work, Not Furnished: Finish floor covering materials and installation. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements. 2. Section 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL for proper disposal and diversion of materials from landfill. 3. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection. 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standards: Applicable standards for fasteners used for assembly. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: Applicable standards for steel sheet materials used for fabrication. Applicable standards for the testing of electrostatically applied Powder Coat Paint. C. American Institute Of Steel Construction (AISC) Standards: Applicable standards for steel materials used for fabrication. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -2 1.4 DESCRIPTION A. General: Welded Metal Lockers with end user reconfigurable interior. Specialized lances to provide the flexibility of on-site, end-user reconfiguring/adding internal components anytime anywhere now or in the future. B. Finishes: Fabricated Metal Components and Assemblies: All components to be painted with an electro-statically applied Powder Coat paint that can meet or exceed test requirements set out by ASTM standard D3451-06 Standard Guide for Testing Coating Powders and Powder Coatings. C. Sizes: Personal Storage Lockers with built in BenchDrawers are available 24 inches wide by heights of 72 inches; Built in BenchDrawer nominal height is 18 inches and nominal depth is 36 inches. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design Requirements: Limit overall width to specified nominal width less than 24 inches with a tolerance of plusminus .0312 inches. B. Seismic Performance: Provide Welded Metal Lockers capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake movement when required by applicable building codes. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for each type of welded metal locker required. Include data substantiating that products to be furnished comply with requirements of the contract documents. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication, assembly, and installation details including descriptions of procedures and diagrams. Show complete locker installation layout including quantities, locations and types of accessory units required. Include notations and descriptions of all installation items and components. Show installation details at non-standard conditions, if any. Provide layout, dimensions, and identification of each unit corresponding to sequence of installation procedures. Provide installation schedule and procedures to ensure proper installation. C. Samples: Provide minimum 3 inches square example of each color and texture on actual substrate for each each component to remain exposed after installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -3 D. Selection Samples: For initial selection of colors and textures, submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual product pieces, showing full range of colors and textures available. E. Warranty: Submit draft copy of proposed warranty for review by the Architect. F. Maintenance Data: Provide written documentation of the manufacturer’s statement claiming the maintenance free nature of the product. G. Reference List: Provide a list of recently installed welded metal lockers to be visited by owner, architect, and contractor. Intent of list is to aid in verifying the suitability of manufacturer's products and comparison with materials and product specified in this section. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage an experienced manufacturer who is ISO 9001 certified for the design, production, installation and service of welded metal lockers. Furnish certification attesting ISO 9001 quality system registration. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is a manufacturer's authorized representative for the specified products for installing welded metal lockers. Minimum Qualifications: 1-year experience installing welded metal lockers of comparable size and complexity to specified project requirements. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations for delivery, storage and handling requirements. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify quantities of welded metal locker units before fabrication. Indicate verified measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication and delivery to ensure no delay in progress of the work. B. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating welded metal lockers units without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence welded metal lockers with other work to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction period. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -4 B. Schedule installation of specified welded metal lockers after finishing operations; including painting have been completed. C. Provide components, which must be built in at a time, which causes no delays general progress of the work. D. Pre-installation Conference: Schedule and conduct conference on project site to review methods and procedures for installing welded Metal Lockers including, but not limited to, the following: Recommended attendees include: 1. Owner's Representative. 2. Prime Contractor or representative. 3. The Architect. 4. Manufacturer's representative. 5. Subcontractors or installers whose work may affect, or be affected by, the work of this section. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Provide a written warranty, executed by Contractor, Installer, and Manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace units, which fail in materials or workmanship within the established warranty period. This warranty shall be in addition to, and and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under General Condition’s provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Lifetime Warranty: Subject to the terms in the written warranty, warrant the original purchaser exclusively that the locker frames manufactured by it will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the locker. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Products are known as, FreeStyle Personal Storage with built in BenchDrawers, Based upon welded metal lockers manufactured by Spacesaver Corporation, 1450 Janesville Avenue, Fort Atkinson, Wisconsin 53538-2798. Telephone: 866-276-0445. Equal products may be used with approval from the architect. 2.2 BASIC MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and quality of workmanship, which meets or exceeds established industry standards for products specified. Use furniture grade sheet metal, solid hardwood benches and fasteners for component fabrication unless indicated otherwise. Material thicknesses/gauges are manufacturer’s option unless indicated otherwise. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -5 2.3 LOCKER TYPES A. Personal Storage Lockers. Provide personal storage lockers with built in BenchDrawers by Spacesaver Corporation. Note: 1. All locker types to be equipped with environmental ventilation functionality for applications where Mechanical Air Extraction is desired to remove unpleasant odors from the locker. 2. All locker types to be equipped with the functionality of attaching 8-10 electrical system as required. 3. All locker types to be equipped with the functionality of attaching a continuous slope top. 2.4 MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS A. Welded Frame: 1. The welded frame shall consist of top, bottom, back, and sides constructed of a minimum of 18 – gauge 1.214 millimeters steel. All frame components shall be joined using resistance welding. Riveting of structural members will not be permitted. 2. Horizontal front flanges will be a minimum of 2 inches. Vertical front flanges will be a minimum of 1 inches. Horizontal and vertical flanges will overlap and be secured with a minimum 2 resistance welds per corner. 3. Corner gussets shall be MIG and spot welded in each of the four front corners of the locker for increased stiffness and rigidity. 4. Provide side panel lances evenly spaced on 3 inches centers. Lances to provide the flexibility of on-site, end-user reconfiguring/adding internal components anytime anywhere now or in the future. 5. Bench Housing for built in BenchDrawer a. Welded frame construction shall consist of top, bottom, and side components joined by using resistance welding. Riveting of bench housing structural members will not be permitted. b. Corner gussets shall be welded in the 2 front bottom corners of the bench housing for increased stiffness and rigidity. c. Horizontal front flanges will be a minimum of 1 inch d. Vertical front flanges will be a minimum of 1 inch e. Horizontal and Vertical front flanges will overlap and shall be secured with minimum of 1 resistance with per corner. f. Side panels – Lances symmetric and evenly spaced to provide optimum component locations on 3 inches on center vertical placement to match mating locker lance design. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -6 g. Return flanges on housing to securely tie housing to welded frame of locker. h. Base of bench housing shall include four 3/8-16 UNC threaded weldnuts and corresponding leveling feet. i. Top of bench housing shall include holes pattern for mating bench seat. j. Sides of bench housing shall include mounting holes for when lockers are ganged together. 6. Lockers with built in BenchDrawer and built in BenchBase shall have intermediate base shelf with interlocking mechanism for securing drawer when locker door is closed. 7. Provide four 0.875 inches diameter electrical knock-outs per locker, 2 located on top of the locker in both right and left rear corners, and 2 located in back of locker centered at a distance no greater than 24 inches from the top and bottom. Knock-outs allow end user flexibility of adding electrical capability to lockers. 8. Provide a minimum of 4 duplex receptacle electrical knock-outs per locker; to be used with the 8-10 electrical system as required. Simple, unique, flexible, and cost effective method of providing electrical capability to the lockers. This electrical system can be added in the future. a. Top of the locker shall have 4 duplex electrical knock-outs. b. Top of locker shall have electrical duplex receptacle knock-outs located on both right and left side of locker. c. Back panel of locker shall have a minimum of 2 duplex electrical knock-outs. d. Back of locker shall have electrical duplex receptacle knock-outs located on both right and left side of locker and no farther than 24 inches from the top of the locker. 9. Provide ventilation holes in top of locker to allow mechanically extracted air to be pulled up through the locker system as required. Ventilation shall be controlled by 8 evenly spaced .625 inch diameter holes. Proper ventilation system ensures unpleasant odors are removed from locker system. 10. Lockers shall be prepared with mounting holes for use with the continuous sloped top system. 11. Lockers shall be prepared with mounting holes for attaching trim necessary trim components 12. Locker shall be prepared with mounting holes for ganging lockers back to back or side by side 13. Base of lockers shall include four 3/8-16 UNC threaded weldnuts and corresponding leveling feet. 14. Base shelf for lockers when built in DrawerBases and BenchDrawers shall have holes to accommodate double door lock rod and door stop bracket. 15. End Panels: End Panels with no exposed fasteners shall be provided on the end of each locker run; thus providing a clean and aesthetically pleasing appearance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -7 B. Interior components: 1. All interior components must be constructed of minimum 18 – gauge steel with formed flanges that add stiffness and rigidity. 2. Provide a full width top shelf with integral hanger bracket. 3. Hanger bracket designed with perforations on approx. 3 inch centers to insure clothing separation for optimum ventilation. 4. Provide modular intermediate shelf with slots for connection with file dividers. File dividers will aid in maintaining a neat and orderly locker system. 5. Modular shelves shall have 2 locations on side panel for attaching hooks, and 1 location on bottom for attaching double hook accessories. 6. Provide lockable compartment for small valuables. a. Provide a 14 – gauge pad lockable compartment door. b. Provide 0.188 inch diameter zinc plated steel hinge rod. c. Door to be mounted with zinc plated steel hinge rod and two shoulder washers for smooth quite operation. d. Provide an 18 – gage hasp bracket for securing lockable compartment door. 7. Utilization of lance design to be used to joint interior components. Lances to provide the flexibility of on-site, end-user reconfiguring/adding internal components anytime anywhere now or in the future. 8. Provide an adjustable air baffle for balancing of the system when mechanical air extraction is used. Upon balancing system, air baffle to be secured with a fastener to maintain ventilation settings. 9. For added security internal component can be secured utilizing blind rivets, threaded fasteners, or bending specially designed tab. 10. See Section (E) for other interior components available at time of order and postinstallation upgrades in the future. C. Ventilation: 1. Provide ventilation holes in top of locker to allow mechanically extracted air to be pulled up through the locker system as required. Ventilation shall be controlled by 8 evenly spaced .625 inch diameter holes. Provide vertical ventilation holes at mechanical ductwork connection at locker runs. 2. Provide an adjustable air baffle for system balancing when mechanical air extraction is used. Upon balancing system, air baffle shall be secured with a fastener to maintain ventilation setting. Locker installer to balance the locker system. 3. Provide louvered air vents in bottom of the main locker door/s to allow mechanically extracted air to be pulled up through the locker system. 4. Provide louvered air vents in drawer front when built in BrenchDrawer or built in DrawerBases models are required. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -8 5. Maximum 1.00 inch gap between back of shelving components and back of locker to provide uninterrupted air flow up the rear of the locker system. 6. Maximum 2.25 inch millimeter gap between front of shelving components and locker door to provide uninterrupted air flow up the front of the locker system. D. Electrical 1. Shall provide 4 electrical knock-outs per locker as described in section 2.4-A item 5. End user or General Contractor is responsible for final electrical installation. 2. Shall provide a minimum of 4 duplex receptacle electrical knock-outs per locker as describe in section 2.4-A item 6. 3. Shall provide 8-10 electrical system as required. This modular electrical system provides connection of maximum 78 receptacles per hardwired connection. Simple, unique, flexible, and cost effective method of providing electrical capability to the lockers. This electrical system can be added in the future. E. Drawers : 1. Drawer body wrapper shall have welded frame construction. Riveting of structural members will not be permitted. 2. Drawers for locker with built in BenchDrawers and built in DrawerBases shall have box-formed drawer front. 3. Provide interlock system for securing drawer when main locker doors are closed and provide access only when main locker door/s are opened. 4. Built in BenchDrawer shall have a nominal 36 inches depth. 5. Provide a flush mounted pull handle. 6. Drawer Slides: Provide 200 lbs maximum load capacity and pass 50,000 cycle performance testing. 7. Provide louvered air vents in drawer front when built in BrenchDrawer or built in DrawerBase models are required. 8. Provide capability of attaching glides when Body Armored Drying Rack as requested. F. Bench Seat: 1. Provide 9.5 inches deep laminate kiln dried maple bench seat; material thickness 1.25 inches. 2. Front (leading edge) of bench seat to have .625 inch millimeter radius bull nose; all other edge radii shall be .125 inch. 3. Bottom of bench seats shall be pre-drilled to mate with bench drawer housing. 4. Finish of bench seat shall be sanded smooth and have 2 coats of catalyzed varnish applied. G. One Piece Welded Doors Single and Double Door Models: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -9 1. Shall be formed from two pieces of minimum 18-gauge cold rolled steel box formed and welded together using modern GMAW techniques. One piece door with inner and outer door panels shall have a combined steel thickness of no less than .096 inches thick. Welded door design with inner panel optimizes structural integrity of locker door system over and above any single frame door design. 2. Exterior door panel shall be constructed with formed flanges and return flanges to add stiffness. 3. Internal door panel shall be constructed with formed flanges for added stiffness. 4. Inner door panel height shall be minimum 70% of external door height. 5. One piece welded door frame shall consist of internal door panel nested inside exterior door panel and welded per the following requirements: a. Top/bottom. Exterior and Interior panels to be welded minimum 3 places with weld spacing not to exceed 6 inches. b. Sides. Exterior and interior panels to be welded with spacing not to exceed 12 inches. 6. Door performance shall be as follows: a. Torsional strength – 7. Hinge: a. Provide 16 – gage full length hinge for increased strength and security of locker system. b. Hinges to be welded to door frame with spot welds not to exceed 6 inch separation. c. Door assembly to be riveted to door frame on factory pre-established hole pattern. 8. Locking Mechanism. a. Provide stainless steel cover plate for durability and scratch resistance: 1) Combination Slam lock with master and pad lock hasp. b. Double door models: simple secure lift latch mechanism with 0.3125 inches lock rod for secondary door. 9. Provide louvered air vents in the bottom of the main locker door/s to allow mechanically extracted air to be pulled up through the locker system. 10. Provide pegboard style hole pattern on door inner panel for attaching variety of pegboard style accessories. 11. Provide neoprene silencers on each door. H. ACCESSORIES: 1. Electrical: 8-10 Electrical System -UL listed 2. EZ RailTM standard accessories New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -10 3. Built-in combination lock with user changeable preset combinations and master key override as described in Section (D) item 6. 4. Built in BenchDrawers and built in DrawerBases. 5. Large Shelf with hanger bracket 6. Large Shelf – heavy duty 7. Modular Shelf 8. Intermediate Drawers (lockable) – 6 inches in height 9. Mirror 10. Document Holder 11. 3 Hook hanging bracket 12. Boot Tray. 13. Variety of hooks 14. Number Tags 15. Body Armor drying rack for 30” lockers 16. Trim Fillers: Provide manufacturer’s standard matching locker finish. 17. Continuous sloped top with internal ventilation system. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Coordinate fabrication and delivery to ensure no delay in progress of the work. 2.6 FINISHES A. Colors: Selected from manufacturer’s standard available colors. B. Paint Finish: Textured – Provide factory applied electrostatic powder coat paint. Meet or exceed specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine Lockers scheduled to receive accessories with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of specified accessory items. B. Proceed with accessory installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Police Lockers 105114 -11 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Follow manufacturer’s written instructions for installation of each type of accessory item specified. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify accessory unit alignment and plumb after installation. Correct if required following manufacturer’s instructions. B. Remove components that are chipped, scratched, or otherwise damaged and which do not match adjoining work. Replace with new matching units, installed as specified and in manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust all accessories to provide smoothly operating, visually acceptable installation. 3.5 CLEANING A. Immediately upon completion of installation, clean components and surfaces. Remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from installation upon completion of work and leave areas of installation in neat, clean condition. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION/TRAINING A. Schedule and conduct demonstration of installed accessory items and features with Owner's personnel. B. Schedule and conduct maintenance training with Owner's maintenance personnel. Training session should include lecture and demonstration of all maintenance and repair procedures that end user personnel would normally perform. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect system against damage during remainder of construction period. Advise Owner of additional protection needed to ensure that system will be without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION 105114 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Evidence Lockers 105115 -1 SECTION 105115 METAL EVIDENCE LOCKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Standard, Refrigerated Pass-thru Evidence Lockers in Evidence Intake 015. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements. 2. Section 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL for proper disposal and diversion of materials from landfill. 3. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection. 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standards: Applicable standards for fasteners used for assembly. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: Applicable standards for steel sheet materials used for fabrication. Applicable standards for the testing of electrostatically applied Powder Coat Paint C. American Institute Of Steel Construction (AISC) Standards: Applicable standards for steel materials used for fabrication. 1.4 DESCRIPTION A. General: Metal Evidence Lockers B. Finishes: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Evidence Lockers 105115 -2 Fabricated Metal Components and Assemblies: All components to be painted with an electrostatically applied Powder Coat paint that can meet or exceed test requirements set out by ASTM standard D3451-06 Standard Guide for Testing Coating Powders and Powder Coatings. C. Sizes: Height of 82 inches x widths of 36 inches x depth of 24 inches. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design Requirements: Limit overall width to 0.032 inches greater or less than the nominal specified width. B. Seismic Performance: Provide Metal Evidence lockers capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake movement when required by applicable building codes. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for each type of evidence lockers required. Include data substantiating that products to be furnished comply with requirements of the contract documents. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication, assembly, and installation details including descriptions of procedures and diagrams. Show complete extent of evidence lockers installation layout including quantities, locations and types of accessory units required. Include notations and descriptions of all installation items and components. Show installation details at non-standard conditions, if any. Provide layout, dimensions, and identification of each unit corresponding to sequence of installation procedures. Provide installation schedule and procedures to ensure proper installation. C. Samples: Provide minimum 3 inch (76MM) square example of each color and texture on actual substrate for each component to remain exposed after installation. D. Selection Samples: For initial selection of colors and textures, submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual product pieces, showing full range of colors and textures available. E. Warranty: Submit draft copy of proposed warranty for review by the Architect. F. Maintenance Data: provide written documentation of the manufacturer’s statement claiming the maintenance free nature of the product. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Evidence Lockers 105115 -3 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage an experienced manufacturer who is ISO 9001 certified for the design, production, installation and service of evidence lockers. Furnish certification attesting ISO 9001 quality system registration. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is a manufacturer's authorized representative for the specified products for installing evidence lockers. Minimum Qualifications: 1-year experience installing evidence lockers of comparable size and complexity to specified project requirements. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations for delivery, storage and handling requirements. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify quantities of evidence lockers before fabrication. Indicate verified measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication and delivery to ensure no delay in progress of the Work. B. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating evidence lockers units without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence evidence lockers units with other work to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction period. B. Schedule installation of specified evidence lockers after finishing operations; including painting have been completed. C. Provide components which must be built in at a time which causes no delays general progress of the Work. D. Pre-installation Conference: Schedule and conduct conference on project site to review methods and procedures for installing evidence lockers including, but not limited to the following: Recommended attendees include: 1. Owner's Representative. 2. Prime Contractor or representative. 3. The Architect. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Evidence Lockers 105115 -4 4. Manufacturer's representative. 5. Subcontractors or installers whose work may affect, or be affected by the work of this section. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Provide a written warranty executed by Contractor, Installer and Manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace units which fail in materials or workmanship within the established warranty period. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have under the General Conditions provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Lifetime Warranty: Subject to the terms in the written warranty, warrant the original purchaser exclusively that the locker frames manufactured by it will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the locker. Warrant the original purchaser exclusively that all moving parts manufactured by it will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 5 years. Warrant the original purchaser exclusively that all electrical components manufactured by it will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 4 years. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Products known as DSM Evidence Lockers are based upon evidence lockers manufactured by Spacesaver Corporation, 1450 Janesville Avenue, Fort Atkinson, Wisconsin 53538-2798. Telephone 866-276-0445. Equal products may be used with approval from the architect. The locker configurations and section sizes are based on DSM models manufactured by Spacesaver Corporation. DSM model numbers are indicated on the drawings. 2.2 BASIC MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and quality of workmanship, which meets or exceeds established industry standards for products specified. Use furniture grade sheet metal and fasteners for component fabrication unless indicated otherwise. Material thicknesses/gauges are manufacturer’s option unless indicated otherwise. 2.3 LOCKER TYPES A. Pass-thru evidence lockers B. Pass-thru refrigerated evidence locker s New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Evidence Lockers 105115 -5 2.4 MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS, STANDARD EVIDENCE LOCKERS A. Welded Frame: 1. The welded frame is structural and shall consist of top, bottom, back and sides constructed of a minimum of 18 gage (1.21MM) steel. All frame components shall be joined using resistance welding. Riveting or bolting of structural members will not be permitted. 2. Horizontal and vertical outer front flanges will be a minimum of 1.5 inches (38MM). Horizontal and vertical flanges will overlap with a minimum of 2 resistance welds per corner. 3. Center vertical lock housing is structural and will run the full height and depth of the locker. All locks will be completely enclosed by a full height removable panel. Passthru rear release mechanisms will be completely enclosed by the lock housing and accessible only when the rear door is open. Provide engagement points for the antipry tabs that are on all front doors. 4. Exposed lock mechanisms that can snag evidence and be obstructed by stored articles will not be permitted. B. Welded Bases: 1. Each welded base shall be permanently affixed to each locker using modern Gas Metal Arc Welding techniques for lateral unit stability. The base shall be a minimum of 14 gage (1.98MM) steel 4 inches (101MM) high with a 1.5 inch (38MM) return on the bottom for support. 2. Provide four 0.375 inch (9.5MM) mounting holes and four 0.375 inch (9.5MM) nuts welded in place for the mounting of floor levelers. Provide four appliance levelers per locker. 3. Provide removable access panels for access to mounting holes and leveling points. C. Shelves: 1. Shall be a single-piece formed from a minimum of 18-gage (1.21MM) cold rolled steel with a double 90-degree bend on the rear of the shelf and a double 90-degree bend on the front of the shelf. Shelf sides shall be turned up 90-degrees for ease of cleaning and to prevent debris from becoming caught between the shelf and the sidewall. 2. All shelves shall be welded into place. Rivets, screws, bolts or other loose fasteners will not be permitted for the fastening of shelves to the locker frame. D. Locks: 1. Lock shall be push button locking with a stainless steel push button and alignment bezel. Locks shall be a one-piece removable design. Locks will secure the door with the single push of a button with no other action required by the user. 2. Locks will be deadbolt type locks with multi-point engagement. Rotary latches or cam locks will not be tolerated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Evidence Lockers 105115 -6 3. Pass-thru locks will be reset from the rear of the locker when the rear door is in the open position only.. 4. Provide documentation for cycle testing where locks are tested successfully to a minimum 40,000 cycles without failure. 5. Locks shall be pre-lubricated with no maintenance required for the lifetime of the unit (estimated at 20 years). E. One Piece Welded Doors: 1. Shall be formed from two pieces of minimum 18-gauge (1.2MM) cold rolled steel box formed and welded together using modern Gas Metal Arc Welding techniques. The one piece door with inner and outer door skins shall have a combined steel thickness of no less than 0.096 inches (2.4MM) thick. 2. Each door shall have a nickel plated, flush mounted door handle installed with fasteners visible only in the unlocked position. 3. Provide neoprene silencers on each door. 4. Provide anti-pry tabs that engage with the Center Vertical Lock Housing when the door is locked. 5. Doors shall have no moving parts except the door and the hinge. 6. Provide stainless steel spring loaded hinges that are welded to prevent pin removal. Spring loaded hinges shall be capable of holding the door closed and flush with the door frame. Doors that hang ajar are a safety concern and will not be tolerated. F. Rear Doors -Pass-thru lockers 1. Shall be formed from two pieces of minimum 18-gauge (1.2MM) cold rolled steel box formed and welded together using modern Gas Metal Arc Welding techniques. The one piece door with inner and outer door skins shall have a combined steel thickness of no less than 0.096 inches (2.4MM) thick. 2. Each locker module shall have one rear door each and allow evidence to be removed from all compartments at once. 3. Each rear door shall have multi-point engagement with a built-in L handle lock. Access to all lock mechanisms shall be hidden behind cover plates that are secured with tamperproof fasteners. G. ACCESSORIES: 1. Security mail slots: Provide manufacturer’s standard in one of the units. 2. Front door lock out system: Provide manufacturer’s standard. 3. Number plates: provide number plates on each front door and at the rear door in the corresponding location. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Evidence Lockers 105115 -7 2.5 MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS, REFRIGERATED EVIDENCE LOCKERS A. Small Refrigerators 1. Available with compartments each individually locking without keys. 2. Factory installed into a standard evidence locker. 3. Pass-thru is emptied and reset from the rear at the push of a button. 4. Shall have a stainless steel interior with spring loaded door hinges to hold each door closed. 5. Shall have magnetic seals on outer doors. 6. Shall have circulation fans that can maintain a consistent temperature throughout the interior of the fridge. 7. Shall have digital controls with settings preset to maintain 38º to 42º Fahrenheit. 8. Shall have an audible alarm. 2.6 FABRICATION A. General: Coordinate fabrication and delivery to ensure no delay in progress of the Work. 2.7 FINISHES A. Colors: Selected from manufacturer’s standard available colors. B. Paint Finish: Provide factory applied electrostatic powder coat paint. Meet or exceed specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine evidence lockers scheduled to receive accessories with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of specified accessory items. B. Proceed with accessory installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Follow manufacturer’s written instructions for installation of each type of accessory item specified. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Evidence Lockers 105115 -8 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify accessory unit alignment and plumb after installation. Correct if required following manufacturer’s instructions. B. Remove components that are chipped, scratched, or otherwise damaged and which do not match adjoining work. Replace with new matching units, installed as specified and in manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust all accessories to provide smoothly operating, visually acceptable installation. 3.5 CLEANING A. Immediately upon completion of installation, clean components and surfaces. Remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from installation upon completion of work and leave areas of installation in neat, clean condition. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION/TRAINING A. Schedule and conduct demonstration of installed accessory items and features with Owner's personnel. B. Schedule and conduct maintenance training with Owner's maintenance personnel. Training session should include lecture and demonstration of all maintenance and repair procedures that end user personnel would normally perform. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect system against damage during remainder of construction period. Advise Owner of additional protection needed to ensure that system will be without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION 105115 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Gun Lockers 105116 -1 SECTION 105116 METAL GUN LOCKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. All-welded Flush Mounted Gun Lockers to be located in: a. Main Corridor 128 b. Sallyport 125 c. Vestibule 123 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Show flush trim and other accessories. 2. Include locker identification system. C. Samples: For each exposed finish. D. Maintenance data. 1.3 RELATED SECTION A. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements. 2. Section 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL for proper disposal and diversion of materials from landfill. 3. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection. 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver master keys to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Gun Lockers 105116 -2 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal lockers that fail in materials or workmanship, excluding finish, within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures. b. Faulty operation of latches and other door hardware. 2. Damage from deliberate destruction and vandalism is excluded. 3. Warranty Period for All-Welded Metal Gun Lockers: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each metal locker specified is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel (CS) Type B, suitable for exposed applications. B. Fasteners: Zinc-or nickel-plated steel, slotless-type exposed bolt heads, and self-locking nuts or lock washers for nuts on moving parts. C. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for secure anchorage to each substrate. 1. Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls for corrosion resistance. 2. Provide toothed-steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled-in-place anchors. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Gun Lockers 105116 -3 D. Basis-of-Design Product: Flush Mounted Gun Lockers HGF series or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. DSM Law Enforcement Products 1-866-276-0445 2. DeBourgh Mfg. Co. 3. General Storage Systems. HGF-04V 13” Wide x 26 1/8” High x 6 ½” Deep 4 compartment locker with 1-1/2” trim surround. E. Body: Assembled by welding body components together. Fabricate from 0.0598-inch-(1.52-mm-) thick, un-perforated, cold-rolled steel sheet. F. Doors: One-piece; fabricated from 0.0478-inch-(1.2-mm-) thick, cold-rolled steel sheet; With a formed safety edge at the door overlap. G. Continuous Hinges: welded to door and attached to door frame with factory-installed rivets that are completely concealed and tamper resistant when door is closed. H. Built-in Combination Locks: Key-controlled, three-number dialing combination locks; capable of at least five combination changes made automatically with a control key. Provide 2 change change keys per locker. I. Equipment: Equip each metal locker with identification plate and the following, unless otherwise stated: 1. 1/8-inch thick Neoprene shelf liners. 2. Predrilled mounting holes. 3. 1 1/2-inch trim surrounds on flush mounted units J. Finish: The surfaces of the steel are cleaned thoroughly in a multi-stage phosphatizing and metal preparation process to inhibit corrosion and increase the durability of the applied finish. Minimum 1.5 mil powder paint finish coat shall be electro-statically applied and baked on at over 400 degrees. All lockers shall be painted the same color inside and out. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range. PART 1 -EXECUTION 1.1 INSTALLATION: A. Examine the conditions in which this work will be installed, at the time of bidding, prior to fabrication, and prior to installation. Report any discrepancies to the Architect. Confirm dimensions and location of components into which the work of this section will be installed, and ensure that adequate space is available for transit to the installation location. B. Set product plumb, square, aligned, without twist at correct elevation. Ensure all doors operate smoothly without binding or undue clearance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Metal Gun Lockers 105116 -4 C. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. Bolt, rivet or weld adjacent lockers or assemblies together, such that all connections are hidden and inaccessible after final assembly and installation. 1.2 PROTECTION: A. Protect the units before, during and after installation from damage, scratching, contamination or other factors which may affect appearance or performance. B. Repair to the Architect’s satisfaction, or remove and replace, any units damaged during the construction period. C. Handle and install unit so as to avoid damage to adjacent construction. Make good any damage cause. END OF SECTION 105116 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Booking Lockers 105117 -1 SECTION 105117 METAL BOOKING LOCKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Standard Non Pass-thru Lockers to be located in Booking 121. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements. 2. Section 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL for proper disposal and diversion of materials from landfill. 3. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection. 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standards: B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: Applicable standards for steel sheet materials used for fabrication. C. American Institute Of Steel Construction (AISC) Standards: 1.4 DESCRIPTION A. General: Metal Detention Lockers B. Finishes: Fabricated Metal Components and Assemblies: All components to be painted with an electrostatically applied Powder Coat paint that can meet or exceed test requirements set out by ASTM standard D3451-06 Standard Guide for Testing Coating Powders and Powder Coatings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Booking Lockers 105117 -2 C. Sizes: Nominal height of 82 inches, nominal width of 24 and 36 inches and a nominal depth of 24 inches in the configuration indicated on the drawings. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design Requirements: Limit overall width to 0.032 inches 0.793MM greater or less than the nominal specified width. B. Provide Metal Evidence lockers capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake movement when required by applicable building codes. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for each type of evidence lockers required. Include data substantiating that products to be furnished comply with requirements of the contract documents. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication, assembly, and installation details including descriptions of procedures and diagrams. Show complete extent of evidence lockers installation layout including quantities, locations and types of accessory units required. Include notations and descriptions of all installation items and components. Show installation details at non-standard conditions, if any. Provide layout, dimensions, and identification of each unit corresponding to sequence of installation procedures. Provide installation schedule and procedures to ensure proper installation. C. Samples: Provide minimum 3 inch (76MM) square example of each color and texture on actual substrate for each component to remain exposed after installation. D. Selection Samples: For initial selection of colors and textures, submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual product pieces, showing full range of colors and textures available. E. Warranty: Submit draft copy of proposed warranty for review by the Architect F. Maintenance Data: provide written documentation of the manufacturer’s statement claiming the maintenance free nature of the product. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage an experienced manufacturer who is ISO 9001 certified for the design, production, installation and service of evidence lockers. Furnish certification attesting ISO 9001 quality system registration. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Booking Lockers 105117 -3 B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is a manufacturer's authorized representative for the specified products for installing evidence lockers. Minimum Qualifications: 1-year experience installing evidence lockers of comparable size and complexity to specified project requirements. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations for delivery, storage and handling requirements. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify quantities of evidence lockers before fabrication. Indicate verified measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication and delivery to ensure no delay in progress of the Work. B. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating evidence lockers units without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence evidence lockers units with other work to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction period. B. Schedule installation of specified evidence lockers after finishing operations; including painting have been completed. C. Provide components which must be built in at a time which causes no delays general progress of the Work. D. Pre-installation Conference: Schedule and conduct conference on project site to review methods and procedures for installing evidence lockers including, but not limited to the following: Recommended attendees include: 1. Owner's Representative. 2. Prime Contractor or representative. 3. The Architect. 4. Manufacturer's representative. 5. Subcontractors or installers whose work may affect, or be affected by the work of this section. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Booking Lockers 105117 -4 1.11 WARRANTY A. Provide a written warranty executed by Contractor, Installer and Manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace units which fail in materials or workmanship within the established warranty period. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have under the General Conditions provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Lifetime Warranty: Subject to the terms in the written warranty, warrant the original purchaser exclusively that the locker frames manufactured by it will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the locker. Warrant the original purchaser exclusively that all moving parts manufactured by it will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 5 years. Warrant the original purchaser exclusively that all electrical components manufactured by it will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 4 years. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Products known as DSM Detention Lockers are based upon evidence lockers manufactured by Spacesaver Corporation, 1450 Janesville Avenue, Fort Atkinson, Wisconsin 53538-2798. Telephone 866-276-0445. Equal Products may be used with approval from the architect. The locker configurations and section sizes are based on DSM models manufactured by Spacesaver Corporation. DSM model numbers are indicated on the drawings. 2.2 BASIC MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and quality of workmanship, which meets or exceeds established industry standards for products specified. Use furniture grade sheet metal and fasteners for component fabrication unless indicated otherwise. Material thicknesses/gauges are manufacturer’s option unless indicated otherwise. 2.3 LOCKER TYPES A. Non pass-thru personal property lockers with removal plastic bins fitting the size of each compartment. Refer to the contract drawings for locker configurations. 2.4 MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS, STANDARD EVIDENCE LOCKERS A. Welded Frame: 1. The welded frame is structural and shall consist of top, bottom, back and sides constructed of a minimum of 18 gage (1.21MM) steel. All frame components shall be joined using resistance welding. Riveting or bolting of structural members will not be permitted. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Booking Lockers 105117 -5 2. Horizontal and vertical outer front flanges will be a minimum of 1.5 inches (38MM). Horizontal and vertical flanges will overlap with a minimum of 2 resistance welds per corner. 3. Center vertical lock housing is structural and will run the full height and depth of the locker. All locks will be completely enclosed by a full height removable panel. Passthru rear release mechanisms will be completely enclosed by the lock housing and accessible only when the rear door is open. Provide engagement points for the antipry tabs that are on all front doors. 4. Exposed lock mechanisms that can snag evidence and be obstructed by stored articles will not be permitted. B. Welded Bases: 1. Each welded base shall be permanently affixed to each locker using modern Gas Metal Arc Welding techniques for lateral unit stability. The base shall be a minimum of 14 gage (1.98MM) steel 4 inches (101MM) high with a 1.5 inch (38MM) return on the bottom for support. 2. Provide four 0.375 inch (9.5MM) mounting holes and four 0.375 inch (9.5MM) nuts welded in place for the mounting of floor levelers. Provide four appliance levelers per locker. 3. Provide removable access panels for access to mounting holes and leveling points. C. Shelves: 1. Shall be a single-piece formed from a minimum of 18-gage (1.21MM) cold rolled steel with a double 90-degree bend on the rear of the shelf and a double 90-degree bend on the front of the shelf. Shelf sides shall be turned up 90-degrees for ease of cleaning and to prevent debris from becoming caught between the shelf and the sidewall. 2. All shelves shall be welded into place. Rivets, screws, bolts or other loose fasteners will not be permitted for the fastening of shelves to the locker frame. D. Locks: 1. Lock shall be push button locking with a stainless steel push button and alignment bezel. Locks shall be a one-piece removable design. Locks will secure the door with the single push of a button with no other action required by the user. 2. Locks will be deadbolt type locks with multi-point engagement. Rotary latches or cam locks will not be tolerated. 3. Provide documentation for cycle testing where locks are tested successfully to a minimum 40,000 cycles without failure. 4. Locks shall be pre-lubricated with no maintenance required for the lifetime of the unit (estimated at 20 years). E. One Piece Welded Doors: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Booking Lockers 105117 -6 1. Shall be formed from two pieces of minimum 18-gauge (1.2MM) cold rolled steel box formed and welded together using modern Gas Metal Arc Welding techniques. The one piece door with inner and outer door skins shall have a combined steel thickness of no less than 0.096 inches (2.4MM) thick. 2. Each door shall have a nickel plated, flush mounted door handle installed with fasteners visible only in the unlocked position. 3. Provide neoprene silencers on each door. 4. Provide anti-pry tabs that engage with the Center Vertical Lock Housing when the door is locked. 5. Doors shall have no moving parts except the door and the hinge. 6. Provide stainless steel spring loaded hinges that are welded to prevent pin removal. Spring loaded hinges shall be capable of holding the door closed and flush with the door frame. Doors that hang ajar are a safety concern and will not be tolerated. 7. tamperproof fasteners. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Coordinate fabrication and delivery to ensure no delay in progress of the Work. 2.6 FINISHES A. Colors: Selected from manufacturer’s standard available colors. B. Paint Finish: Provide factory applied electrostatic powder coat paint. Meet or exceed specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards. 2.7 PLASTIC BINS A. Bins to be constructed of high density plastic with 1/16 inch minimum wall thickness. Edges to be double thickness for stability. B. Bins to be sized to fit the variety sizes of locker sections. C. Colors: Selected from manufacturer’s standard available colors. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine evidence lockers scheduled to receive accessories [with Installer present] for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of specified accessory items. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Booking Lockers 105117 -7 B. Proceed with accessory installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Follow manufacturer’s written instructions for installation of each type of accessory item specified. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify accessory unit alignment and plumb after installation. Correct if required following manufacturer’s instructions. B. Remove components that are chipped, scratched, or otherwise damaged and which do not match adjoining work. Replace with new matching units, installed as specified and in manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust all accessories to provide smoothly operating, visually acceptable installation. 3.5 CLEANING A. Immediately upon completion of installation, clean components and surfaces. Remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from installation upon completion of work and leave areas of installation in neat, clean clean condition. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION/TRAINING A. Schedule and conduct demonstration of installed accessory items and features with Owner's personnel. B. Schedule and conduct maintenance training with Owner's maintenance personnel. Training session should include lecture and demonstration of all maintenance and repair procedures that end user personnel would normally perform. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect system against damage during remainder of construction period. Advise Owner of additional protection needed to ensure that system will be without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION 105117 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Airwall 109900-1 SECTION 109900 FIRING RANGE AIRWALL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED .1 Supply and installation of complete airwall assembly to provide uniform laminar airflow to range. .2 Connection to and coordination with HVAC system for range ventilation. .3 Provision of acoustic lining. 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 Coordination with Other Trades – Related sections of work will include but not necessarily be limited to: Section 033000 Cast-in Place Concrete Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry Section 061000 Rough Carpentry Section 092900 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 099000 Painting and Coating Section 230001 Heating, Ventilation & Air-Conditioning Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS & SUBMITTALS .1 All submittals to be in accordance with Division 1. .2 Provide full shop drawings with dimensions, materials, finishes, connections, assembly configuration and anchorages to fully describe the assembly. .3 Provide to appropriate trades, through the General Contractor, setting drawings and templates where required, showing anchorage and fixing as appropriate. 1.4 PERFORMANCE & QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 The final product must be designed and assembled to provide a uniform laminar airflow across the firing range of between 50 and 75 feet per minute under normal operating conditions when supplied with air from Division 23. .2 Coordinate airflow characteristics, flow resistance and performance with the Mechanical Engineer to ensure proper airflow under all operating conditions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Airwall 109900-2 .3 Lower airflow will be permitted for periods where live fire is not being discharged (maintenance mode). .4 Assembly must be designed and fabricated to perform without excess air noise, whistling, rattling, vibration or other undesirable behavior under all operating conditions, including low-flow or maintenance mode. .5 Airflow must be even across all plenum sections, and adjustable to achieve optimal airflow in the range. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS & COORDINATION .1 Field Measurements: Verify all required dimensions on the drawings and in the field before fabrication or delivery, and indicate measurements on the Shop Drawings. .2 Coordinate the work of this section with other work, and the progress schedule. Coordinate the delivery and location of items to meet the progress schedule. 1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL .1 This project is required to be LEED®-compliant. Read and comply with all applicable items in Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements. .2 Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with Section 018113 and Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. .3 Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials, collect and separate for disposal plastic packaging material, wood skids and other materials for recycling in accordance with the above Sections. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS & MATERIALS .1 The airwall assembly shall comprise the following components: .1 Airwall perforated surface discharge panels .2 Plenum separators .3 Base .4 Supply plenum or manifold .5 Acoustic lining .6 Anchors and fastenings .2 Airwall Discharge Panels: Panels shall be sized as indicated on the drawings, fabricated out of sheet material with bent edges for panel stiffness and fastening (to New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Airwall 109900-3 plenum separators, other panels or other supports). .1 Panels to be fabricated from 20ga perforated sheet steel with 3mm (1/8”) round holes at 4.67mm (3/16”) on centre with minimum 40% open area. .2 Acceptable Product: Diamond Perforated Metals Inc. #3141. .3 Panels to be generally 325mm (13”) total height with 25mm (1”) flange on each side. Panel flanges to overlap on long sides (top & bottom) within each vertical section. .4 Panels to be shop painted to specified color. Spray or electrostatic paint both sides with appropriate primer. Paint thickness shall not interfere with air flow performance criteria. Allow field touch-up only. .5 Panels to be fastened with corrosion-resistant self tapping screws or rivets. Fastenings to be arranged in neat, uniform manner, and spaced appropriately. .3 Framing: 22ga galvanized framing channels as indicated on the Drawings. .4 Plenum Separators: Generally plenums are separated vertically by framing channels. Front-to-back and other separations to be fabricated from 24ga galvanized sheet metal. .5 Components shall be caulked or assembled with gaskets to prevent rattling or vibration. .6 Acoustic Panels: 25mm (1”) ‘Tectum’ rigid material or equal by Troy Acoustics, fixed to CMU wall on 21mm (7/8”) furring channels with batt insulation behind. 2.2 FABRICATION & FINISHING .1 All dimensions to be verified on site prior to fabrication. .2 Install components without bending or forcing. Any on-site adjustments must be made in a neat manner, and shall not degrade the appearance or present a safety concern. .3 Ensure all sharp edges are hidden and inaccessible. File smooth any rough edges or corners. Touch up with matching paint. PART 3 -INSTALLATION 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Examine the Drawings and the work to become familiar with other work in the vicinity. .2 Coordinate and attend a range preparation meeting to review work of this Section, general requirements, responsibilities, coordination, job conditions, LEED® New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Airwall 109900-4 requirements and other project requirements. 3.2 DELIVERY & INSTALLATION .1 Packing and Delivery: Wrap and crate finished components and assemblies to prevent damage to finished items. Deliver items at the proper time and location for installation. .2 Install components in accordance with the best commercial standards, to ensure safe, proper operation and minimize risk of injury from sharp edges or fastenings. .3 Installation shall include complete delivery, coordination and installation of work related to this Section. .4 Set products plumb, square, aligned, without twist at correct elevation. .5 Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. 3.3 COORDINATION WITH MECHANICAL TRADES .1 Coordinate connection to ductwork by mechanical trades to ensure a complete operating system. 3.4 DAMAGE PROTECTION & CLEANING .1 Ensure that all property, surfaces and services in the area of installation are protected against damage or interference. .2 Make good any damage done to property, equipment or material during installation or testing. Replace any equipment damaged during installation or testing by the System supplier by new undamaged equipment. END OF SECTION 109900 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-1 SECTION 111910 DETENTION DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DETENTION CONTRACT .1 The successful bidder for this subcontract to the General Contract shall be referenced as the Detention Contractor. .2 Consider all work in this Section as one contract, as a subcontract to the General Contract. The Detention Contractor shall assume sole responsibility for the specified work in this Section, and for coordination of the work of this Section with other Sections. .3 Detention Contractors (DC’s) must be firms specializing in the manufacturer or license installation of detention products. If the DC is not a detention equipment manufacturer, the firm shall submit evidence, in the form of a letter from the manufacturer, that it is an approved installer of the products. 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 Coordination with Other Trades – Related divisions and sections of work will include but not necessarily be limited to: Section 033000 Cast-in Place Concrete Division 4 Section 040001 Masonry Work Section 042113 Brick Masonry Units Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry Section 047200 Cast Stone Masonry Division 8 Section 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 081416 Flush Wood Doors Section 083118 Bullet Resistant Doors and Frames Section 087100 Door Hardware Section 088000 Glazing Division 21 Fire Suppression Division 22 Plumbing Division 23 Heating, Ventilation & Air-Conditioning Division 26 Electrical Division 27 Communication Division 28 Electrical Safety & Security Section 099000 Painting and Coating Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-2 Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.3 WORK INCLUDED .1 The Detention Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, parts tools services, equipment and components required to complete this section of the work, including miscellaneous hardware items, connectors, plugs, cables, brackets and other items not specified herein. .2 The Detention Contractor shall be responsible for the complete design, installation, troubleshooting, testing and commissioning of the system, and provide a properly installed, complete and operational system. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS & SUBMITTALS .1 All submittals to be in accordance with Division 1. .2 Indicate each type of door, frame, steel core, material thickness, mortises, reinforcements, and anchorages, locations of exposed fasteners, openings and arrangement of hardware. .3 Include schedule identifying each unit, with door marks and numbers relating to the numbering in Architect’s door door schedules or drawings. .4 Provide to appropriate trades, through the General Contractor, setting drawings and templates where required, showing anchorage and fixing as appropriate. .5 Detention Hardware Schedule – Provide a final detention hardware schedule for the contract. Coordinate hardware items with doors, frames and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, orientation, handing, function and finish of hardware. Organize the hardware into hardware sets or groups per the schedule contained herein. Each set shall contain all components required for each door or opening. .6 Should any detention hardware items specified or implied herein not be compatible with other items, the Detention Contractor shall notify the Consultant so that the correct items, model numbers, or designation can be selected. .7 Include the following information as part of the Detention Hardware Schedule: type, style, size and function of each item; construction material and finish; name, manufacturer and model number of each item; fastenings and other pertinent information; location or door number, cross-referenced to the door schedule and plans. .8 Submit the Detention Hardware Schedule at the earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of the schedule must precede fabrication of other work or integration into new work. .9 Substitutions and Equivalents: Any product submitted as a substitution or equivalent shall fulfill the requirements of the specifications and have passed the same testing agency (ANSI, UL ASTM, etc.) as referenced with the product, and include with the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-3 package an itemized list showing manufacturer, model number, sizes, finishes, and any differences from the specified products. Also include a sample with a written list showing the names, locations, and Architects of a minimum of three (3) institutions for which similar products have been installed. List shall be submitted 7 days prior to bid. .10 Maintenance Manuals: Provide three (3) copies of maintenance manuals covering all of the detention equipment for this project. Include the current name, address, and phone number of the Detention Contractor, maintenance instructions and parts list for each type of hardware. .11 Templates: Detention Contractor shall provide hardware templates to the door and frame manufacturer to insure proper preparation for the installation of hardware. Check approved shop drawings to confirm adequate provisions have been made for the proper installation of items. 1.5 QUALITY QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Detention Door Testing: Upon completion of installation and before project is turned over to Owner, the detention equipment manufacturer shall provide a representative to test each door. Each door shall be tested for corrected installation and fit, keying, finish and electric control if required. Upon completion of testing the manufacturer’s representative shall turn over the Architect a written account of each door with deficiencies noted. Notify the Architect at least three (3) days prior to inspection so arrangements can be made for Architect’s representative to be present. 1.6 SAMPLES .1 No later than three (3) weeks after closing of Tenders, submit to Consultant, samples and evidence of previous experience stated below. .2 Submit partial sample of door frame showing corner detail, lock pocket complete with access cover, position indicator box complete with access door, butt reinforcement, grout box and card access panels; or provide list of five (5) previous similar installations complete with shop drawings showing all details of fabrication and installation. .3 Submit partial sample of doors showing corner detail, stiffeners, insulation butt and strike pocket reinforcement and glazing details: or provide list of five (5) previous similar installations complete with shop drawings showing all details of fabrication and installation. 1.7 SPARE PARTS .1 Provide twenty (20) security screws of every type used in this section. .2 Supply two (2) sets of all wrenches, tools and bits required to fasten all manner of detention hardware in this Section. .3 Parts shall be packed in suitable containers clearly labeled. Deliver and store maintenance and spare parts materials where directed by Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-4 1.8 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE .1 Door Type 1 – Maximum Security Door Types (Refer to Detention Door Schedule DDS): 1. Products shall be tested by an independent, nationally recognized agency in strict conformance with the test methodology of ANSI/NAAMM 863-90, Products meet each of the following NAAMM 863-90 performance criteria. 2. Static Load Test – Under 14,000 lb load, maximum mid-space deflection shall not exceed 0.58” and after release of load, shall not exceed 0.10”. 3. Rack Test – Under 7,500 lb corner load, maximum deflection shall not exceed 3.5” and there shall be no buckling or failure or welds. 4. Impact Load Test – After 400 impacts of 200 ft-lbs the door shall remain closed and locked, and the assembly shall not be damaged to the extent that forcible egress can be obtained. After testing, the door shall be capable of being unlocked by applying any amount of force by any means to the key, without the key breaking, and operated to provide egress. 5. Removable Glazing Stop Test – After 400 impacts of 200 ft-lbs each removable glass top and steel plate shall remain firmly in place so that removal cannot be accomplished without removing the glazing screws and there shall be no more than one (1) broken glazing screw in the assembly. 6. Fire labeled product shall be provided for those openings requiring fire protection ratings, as determined and scheduled by the Architect. Products shall be tested in strict conformance with UL10 (b)/ASTM E152/NFPA-252, listed by Underwrites laboratories under an active Factory inspection Program and shall be constructed as detailed in Follow-Up Service Procedures issued to the manufacturer. 7. Should any door frame specified by the Architect to be fire rated not qualify for labeling due to design, hardware, glazing or any other reason, the Architect shall be so advised before manufacturing commences. 8. Product shall be manufactured by a firm experience in the design design and production of custom detention security door and frame assemblies and the integration of security hardware and glazing materials as they impact upon the scope of work. 9. Product quality shall meet the standards set by the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufactures, (NAAMM). 1.9 WARRANTY & SERVICE .1 All Detention security doors and frame products shall be warranted from defects workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of installation. .2 Detention Contractor shall warrant the material and workmanship on this project for a period of one (1) year after acceptance by Owner as specified in Division 1, General Requirements, Detention Contractor agrees to repair or replace any defective detention materials or work on receiving written notice during the Warranty period. .3 Manufacturer of detention hardware shall warrant that replacement parts shall be available for locking mechanisms for a minimum of twenty (20) years from the date of purchase of original equipment. .4 Preventive Maintenance: Detention Contractor to include in his bid without New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-5 additional cost ot the owner, 1 service and inspection trip during the 12 month warranty period. Equipment shall be inspected for function, adjustment and lubrication. Necessary adjustments and lubrication shall be made and written account provided to the Owner. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS & COORDINATION .1 Field Measurements: Verify all required dimensions on the drawings and in the field before fabrication or delivery, and indicate measurements on the Shop Drawings. .2 Coordinate the work of this section with other work, and the progress schedule. Coordinate the delivery and location of items to meet the progress schedule. .3 Provide items of proper design for use on this project as indicated and in accordance with the approved hardware schedule, door schedule, and control schedule, regardless of omissions or conflicts specified or indicated. .4 To confirm adequate provisions have been made for the proper proper location and installation of detention equipment, provide copies of the approved hardware schedule and drawings of other work to the manufacturer of related equipment and trades affected by the work of this section. 1.11 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL .1 This project is required to be LEED®-compliant. Read and comply with all applicable items in Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements. .2 Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with Section 018113 and Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. .3 Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials, collect and separate for disposal plastic packaging material, wood skids and other materials for recycling in accordance with the above Sections. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .1 Approved Manufacturers of Detention Products: .1 Southern Folger, 4634 South Presa, San Antonio, TX 78223, 210-533-1231, www.southernfolger.com. .2 Ambico Limited, U.S. Northeast rep: New England Building Components, 21 Cortland Drive, Sharon, MA 02067, 781-784-5700. .2 Provide products of a single manufacturer, who complies with Part 1 of this Section for detention doors and frames, and for detention hardware, respectively. Approval of a manufacturer shall not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility to comply with the specifications. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-6 2.2 MAXIMUM SECURITY DOORS .1 Doors shall be sliding or swinging type 2” thick of type and sizes as indicated on the Drawings and Schedules, complete with viewport and cuff/meal pass as indicated. .2 Materials – Maximum Security Doors, Frames and Tracks: .1 Steel -Detention doors shall be fabricated from commercial grade steel to ASTM A566M-88, galvanized to ASTM A527M-87, coating designation to ASTM A525M087, ZF75 (A25), commercially known as ‘Galvaneal’ .2 Door Core – Fiberglass – loose batt type, density 1.5 pcf (min.), conforming to ASTM C553-92. .3 Adhesive – Resin reinforce polychloroprene (RRPC), fire resistant, high viscosity or UL approved equivalent. .4 Primer – Rust inhibitive touch-up only. .3 Construction – Maximum Security: Doors shall be sliding or flush swinging 2” thick detention-grade, of the types and sizes indicated on the Architect’s schedules and/or details. .1 Face sheets of interior doors shall be fabricated from stretcher leveled 14 gauge sheets. .2 Door faces shall be fabricated without visible seems, free on scale, pitting, coil brakes, buckles waves. .3 Face sheets shall be continuously welded together the full height of the door, ground smooth with no visible seams. .4 Formed, edges shall be true and straight with a minimum radius for the thickness of steel used. .5 Lock and hinge edges shall be beveled 0.125” in 2” unless security/builders hardware or door swing dictates otherwise. .6 Lock and hinge edges shall be continuously reinforced with 12 gauge vertical formed steel stiffener, welded to the interior of both face sheets at 4” on center maximum. .7 Door shall be internally reinforced with 18 gauge continuous vertical top hat steel stiffeners space with interior webs no more than 4” apart, welded to each face sheet at 6” on center maximum. Top hat stiffeners shall be secured together with UL/approved RRPC adhesive, welded at top and bottom and continuously each side 12” from each end. .8 Voids between stiffeners shall be filled with 1.5 pcf density, loose batt type fiberglass material. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-7 .9 Top and bottom of door shall be reinforced with 12 gauge continuous inverted steel end channels, welded to each face sheet at 3” on center maximum and continuously welded to look and hinge edge vertical formed steel stiffeners. .10 Top and bottom of doors shall be provided with 12 gauge continuous flush steel non-removable end caps, continuously welded to face sheets at bevels. 2.3 SLIDING DETENTION DOOR ASSEMBLIES (MAXIMUM SECURITY) .1 Doors shall be sliding type 2” thick of type and sizes as indicated on the Drawings and Schedules, complete with viewport and cuff/meal pass as indicated. .2 Door Track & Hardware – Provide track and hanger set for high-security institutional use Steel doors. Set shall include housing and cover, track, hanger, stop, rollers, guide, guide angle and other required components. Include locking column and receiver and bottom guide rail. .1 Sliding door track assembly shall shall be Folger-Adam 102 Track & Hanger Set or approved equivalent. Cell doors tracks to be prefinished. .2 Track mechanism shall be designed for high-security detention applications. .3 Assembly shall be designed to support 136 kg (300lb) doors. .4 Locking column shall be prepared for locking hardware. .5 Provide adjustment to level and align doors. .6 Provide adjustable door stop and bumper. .7 Door rollers shall have sealed ball bearings with hardened steel races, designed for the loads imposed. .3 Door Track Materials: Door track and hardware shall conform to steel manufacturing standards covered in this section. Minimum material thickness shall be: .1 Housing – 10 gauge steel with 12.5 mm (½”) x 19 mm (¾”) steel track. .2 Cover – 10 gauge steel plate formed to fit housing. .3 Hanger – 6 mm (¼”) steel plate, formed to interlocking shape. .4 Rollers – turn from solid cold-formed steel. .5 Locking column – 3 mm (1/8”) formed steel section. .6 Bottom guide rail – 6 mm (¼”) steel. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-8 2.4 MEDIUM SECURITY DOORS .1 Materials: Doors shall be swinging, 45 mm (1.75") thick of the types and sizes indicated on the Schedules and Drawings. .1 Face sheets of doors shall be fabricated from 16 gauge steel. .2 Internally reinforced with 20 gauge continuous interlocking steel stiffeners at 130 mm (5"), with voids between stiffeners filled and sound deadened with 24kg/m3 (1.5 f) loose belt type fiberglass material. .3 Longitudinal edges of doors shall be continuously welded the full height of the door filled and ground smooth with no visible seams. .4 Top and bottom of doors shall be provided with inverted, recessed, 16 gauge steel and channels, welded to each face sheet at 150 mm (6") on center maximum. .5 Top and bottom of doors shall be provided with 16 gauge continuous flush steel non-removable end caps welded securely in place. 2.5 DOOR FRAMES .1 Materials & Construction: Frames shall be constructed of commercial quality, coldrolled steel conforming to ASTM A366/A366M, or hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel conforming to ASTM A569/A569M, or from commercial grade steel to ASTM A566M-88, galvanized to ASTM A527M-87, coating designation to ASTM A525M087, ZF75(A25), commercially known as 'Galvineal'. Steel shall be free of pitting, scale, coil breaks or other surface blemishes, and free of buckles, waves or any other defects. .1 Frames shall be of the types, sizes and profiles as indicated on the Architect's schedules or details. Frames shall be fabricated from stretcher leveled 14 gauge steel. .2 Frame Anchorage: Frame product shall be provided with anchorage appropriate to floor and wall construction. .1 Frame product set in unit masonry shall be provided with 12 gauge corrugated T-strap type steel anchors. Anchor shall be designed to fill the inside of the jamb profile. Wall strap portion shall be 50 mm x 250 mm (2"x 10") minimum. Frames up to 1400 mm (4'-8") in height shall be provided with two (2) anchors per jamb, plus one (1) for each additional 450 mm (18") of frame height or fraction thereof. .2 Jambs of frame product set in previously placed masonry, concrete or structural steel shall be punched and dimpled to accept 9.5 mm (.375") diameter machine bolts. Such preparations shall be located not more than 150 mm (6") from the top and bottom of each jamb, with intermediate preparations at 450 mm (18") on center maximum. Each preparation shall be reinforced with 12 gauge steel channel and strap type guides, securely New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-9 welded to the inside of the jamb profile. .3 Each door opening shall be provided with two (2) temporary steel jamb spreaders welded to the base of the jambs to maintain proper alignment during shipping and handling. Spreaders shall be removed by the contractor responsible for installation, prior to anchoring of frame product to floor. .4 Each door opening shall be prepared for GJ-64 single stud door silencers, three (3) for single door openings, two (2) for double door openings. Silencers shall be shipped loose for installation by the contractor, after finish painting. .3 Hardware Preparation: Refer to door and frame hardware preparation above. 2.6 GLAZED DOORS .1 Where indicated on the Architect’s schedules or details, doors shall be prepared for glazing materials of the specified types, sizes and thickness. .2 Glazed openings shall be reinforced with 12 gauge formed “Z” steel stiffeners welded to each each face sheet at 5” on center maximum, in each corner and shall form an integral permanent glazing stop with a minimum height of ¾” for non-security glazing, 1” for security glazing, on the secure side of the door. .3 Where security glazing materials are specified, removable 12 gauge formed steel “Z” stops shall be provided. Corners shall be fully welded forming a one (1) piece frame. Frame shall be secured with ½ -20 button-head, tamper resistant machine screw at 6” on center maximum, 2 per stop minimum. Minimum stop height shall be 1”. 2.7 FOOD PASSES .1 Where indicated on the Architect’s schedules or details, doors shall be constructed with provision for operable food passes. .2 Clear opening shall measure 12” in width and 4.5” height minimum. .3 Perimeter of opening shall be closed and reinforced with 10 gauge continuous steel inverted channel fully welded to each face sheet and ground smooth. 2.8 DETENTION DOOR VIEWPORTS .1 Viewport types “A”, “B” and “C”, as described in the Detention Door Schedule and shown on the Drawings, shall be included in the work of this Section. .2 Viewport Types A, B and C – Refer to the Drawings. Glazing stops and sliding panel to be installed on the insecure side of the door. .3 Viewport Type E – revolving door viewer model 511-C28D (satin chrome finish) by Peek-O, or similar as approved. .4 Note that viewports may be installed in maximum and medium security doors. Maximum Security Doors (Door Type 1 in this specification section) will be 2” thick; New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-10 Medium Security Doors will be 1 ¾” thick. Viewport assembly and detailing shall be compatible for the door type intended. .5 Viewport Glazing – Lexan MR%, ¼” thick, clear, with abrasion/UV – resistant Margard surface on both sides, to prisoner/secure side, and Lexan ¾” thick clear to corridor/insecure side. 2.9 SECURITY GLAZING AND FRAMES .1 Where indicated on the Architect’s schedules or details, openings shall be prepared for glazing materials of the specified types, sizes and thickness. .2 Provide frames as indicated where glazing is not incorporated into door assemblies. .3 Frames: Shall be welded hollow metal construction, fabricated from minimum 16 gauge stretcher levelled steel. .4 Frame anchorage shall follow the requirements for doors specified elsewhere in this Section. 2.10 HARDWARE OPERATIONS .1 Doors shall be factory blanked, reinforced, drilled and tapped for fully templated mortised hardware in accordance with the final approved schedule and templates provided by the hardware suppliers. .2 Hardware reinforcement gauges or thickness shall be in accordance with the hardware manufacturer’s templates. .3 Where electrically operated hardware is specified, hardware enclosures and/or junction boxes, where indicated, shall be provided and interconnected with ANSI Approved 0.5” conduit and connectors. 2.11 FINISHING .1 Remove weld slag and spatter form exposed surfaces. .2 All tool marks, abrasions and surface blemishes shall be filled and sanded to present smooth and uniform surfaces. .3 On exposed surfaces where zinc has been removed during fabrication, doors shall receive a factory applied touch-up-primer. .4 Primer shall be fully cured prior to shipment. 2.12 DETENTION DOORS & FRAMES .1 Doors and frames covered by this Section: .1 Maximum Security Sliding Doors: Cell Sliding Doors, Cell Corridor Doors. .2 Maximum Security Swing Doors. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-11 .3 Medium Security Swing Doors. .4 Other Detention Area doors, frames and hardware as covered in the Detention Door Schedule. 2.13 DETENTION HARDWARE .1 Materials shall be new, designed specifically for detention applications and bolted or welded together. Basic detention materials shall be steel plate or sheet as follows: Housings 7 gauge Lock Mountings 7 gauge Covers 10 gauge Enclosed panels 10 gauge Camera Enclosure 8 gauge (base assy.) 16 ga (cover) .2 All components shall be fabricated using stretcher-leveled, commercial quality galvanealed steel complying with ASTM A525, free from buckles waves, bends, pits, dents or other imperfections affecting appearance, durability of fitness for use. .3 Keys: .1 Paracentric keys for lever tumbler locks are to be investment cast from silicone brass ASTM B30, with a hardness of 80 on the Rockwell B scale. Furnish six (6) keys for each combination. .2 Mogul keys for pin tumbler locks are to be stamped from CDA-78200 hardtemper alloy, with a hardness of 85 on the Rockwell B scale. Furnish two keys with each cylinder and three keys for grand-master and master combinations. .3 Builders hardware keys shall be of a high security six pin tumbler type with angled key cuts. Furnish two keys with each cylinder and three keys for grand-master and master combinations. .4 Stamp all keys as directed by the approval keying schedule. .4 Key Cylinders and Tumbler Sets: .1 Each paracentric key lock will include five lever tumblers. Maximum clearance between tumbler gate and locking fence is .031 inches. Fit tumblers to allow for .025 inches of wear before replacement of key is required. Tumblers shall be spring tempered bronze alloy C-26000 with a notched gate edge. .2 Maxi-Mogul pin tumbler cylinder shall be two inch diameter brass with stainless steel balls, tumblers, and springs. Using a combination of pin, side, and top tumblers, key cylinder in two security levels (M1 & M2) to segregate areas within the building. Manufacturer shall provide written certification that keying is free from unwanted interchange and is not assigned to another institution in close proximity. Cylinders to comply with UL437, and be New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-12 labeled by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory. .3 Builder’s hardware cylinders shall be high security six pin tumbler type with side bar. Cylinders shall use the angled double locking. principle with rotating tumblers. Cylinders to comply with UL437, and be labeled by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory. .5 Mortise Pin Tumbler Locksets for Swinging Doors: Locksets shall include all necessary components for proper operation. All exposed screws and fastenings shall be institutional-grade tamper resistant type. .1 Provide locksets, latchsets and deadbolts that conform to ANSI A 156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1 operational and security testing. .2 Materials – latchbolt and auxiliary deadlatch shall be one piece investment cast stainless steel with ¾” throw and glass bead finish for smooth operation. Lock case and cover to be 12 gauge steel. latchbolt and auxiliary deadlatch shall operate in a tunnel to prevent insertion of foreign material or tampering. .3 Trim: Satin finish stainless steel, with appropriate security fastening. .6 Mechanical Lever Tumbler Locks: Lever tumbler locks shall operate with paracentric key. Key all lever tumbler locks into one keying system. Key locks alike in groups or key differently or the approved keying schedule. Master keying is not permitted for lever tumbler lock. Include lock mounting, escutcheons, strike and mounting screws for a complete application. Use Torx tamper resistant screws on lock mounting and strike. .1 Material: Case, malleable iron casting; cover, cold-finished 3/8” steel; latchbolt, cold-finished electro-galvanized steel; knob set, solid detentiongrade brass; cylinder, investment-cast silicon brass alloy. .2 Performance: Lock shall comply with UL10B Fire Test for Door Assemblies, Class A-3 hour rating. .3 Operation: Lock unlocks with half turn of key, deadlocks with full turn in the opposite direction. Latch operated by knob/knob/lever unless deadlocked. Key shall be removable in the locked and deadlocked positions. .7 Miscellaneous Hardware Items: .1 Door pull – Southern Folger #2 door pull with two 3/8” Torx oval head tamper-resistant screws, min. 8” long with 5” hand hold and 1½” finger clearance to door; manganese bronze with US26D finish. .2 Flush pull – Southern Folger #4 5” x 4” x 1” deep, stainless steel plate with US32D finish. .3 Food Pass Latch – Southern Folger 17M1: Case, malleable iron casting; cover, cold-finished ¼” steel; latchbolt, brass casting; Maxi-Mogul pin tumbler cylinder with level 1 security; 7 gauge HRS steel mounting. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-13 .8 Hinges: Provide three Folger-Adam 4 ½ FM-ICS institutional hinges (beveled tops) for detention hollow metal doors not larger than three foot wide by seven foot high (nominal dimensions. Supply one additional hinge for wider and taller doors. Double quantities for pairs of doors. Attach each hinge with eight number 12 flat head Torx tamper resistant screws. .1 Material: Hinge leaves – Investment cast stainless steel, 3/16” thick by 4 ½” high with integral cast stud; hinge pin – stainless steel 9/16” diameter with 3/8” diameter stainless ball and hardened steel races .2 Performance: Hinges to be full mortise type with hospital tip, and have a full concealed non-removable pin. Hinge pins held in place with set screws are not acceptable; hinges to pass the HMMA-663-88 Guide Specifications for Detention Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; Integral cast studs on both leaves shall Interlock with the hinge reinforcing to hold door closed in the event the screws are sheared off; Comply with UL 10B Fire Test of Door Assemblies, Class A – 1 Hour Rating. .3 Food Pass Hinges: Hinge leafs – Malleable iron, 3.8” thick by 3” high; Hinge pin – ½” diameter steel, case hardened; Machine blind hole in female leaf of press – fit of hinge pin. Pin to be non-removable; Provide full service hinges to swing 180 degrees. .4 Finish: In general, hinges shall be primed for paint. .5 Hinges for cell service access doors to be 4” heavy-duty commercial type hinges for hollow metal doors and frames, three per door. 2.14 DETENTION HARDWARE SETS .1 DH1 – Sliding Cell Doors: .1 Prison Deadlock: SS1030A (Slam Lock) paracentric cylinder, keyed to insecure side only. .2 Recessed Door Pull: SS214, insecure side only .3 Door track, locking column, food/cuff pass and viewport by door supplier. .2 DH2 – Sliding Corridor Doors: .1 Prison Deadlock: SS1030A (Slam Lock) paracentric cylinder keyed both sides. .2 Door Pulls: SS212C to Cell Corridor 126; SS214 recessed pull to cell block side. .3 Door track, locking column and viewport by door supplier. .3 DH3 – Maximum Security Swing Doors: .1 Prison Deadlock: SS1070AK-a1 paracentric cylinder, keyed to insecure side New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-14 only. .2 Institutional Hinges: 41/2” FM-ICSxUSP, 3 per door. .3 Door Pulls: SS212C to insecure side. .4 Food/cuff pass and viewport by door supplier. .5 Door Stop HA-05.01 .4 DH4 – Medium Security Swing Doors: .1 DH4a: Lockset SS 10504 with Mogul core cylinder & key. Configure for swing and security operation. .2 DH4b: Lockset SS 10504 SK (safety knob to room, release turn to corridor) with Mogul core cylinder & key. .3 DH4c: Lockset SS 10521 with Mogul core cylinder & key .4 Institutional Hinges: SS204 FM-ICSxUSP, 3 per door. .5 Institutional Closer: Door closer – LCN 2215 Series Heavy Duty .6 Floor Stop: 243F x 626. .7 1 set acoustic door seals (except door 126A-1). .5 DH5 – Medium Security Access-Control Doors: .1 DH5a: Electric Lock 10605E with Mogul core cylinder & key. Configure for swing and security operation. .2 DH5b: Electric Lock 10605E with Mogul core cylinder & key. Configure for swing and and security operation. .3 DH5c: Electric Lock 10602E with Mogul core cylinder & key. .4 Power Transfer Hinge: SS 204E .5 Institutional Hinges: SS204 FM-ICSxUSP, 3 per door. .6 Institutional Closer: LCN 2215 Series Heavy Duty .7 Floor Stop: 243F x 626. .8 Door Position Switch: SS 200 MRS. .9 1 set acoustic door seals. .10 Coordinate hardware and installation with Security Access Control system. .6 DH6 – Medium Security Exterior Door: .1 DH6: Electric Lock 10300E with Mogul core cylinder & key (key both sides). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-15 .2 Power Transfer Hinge: SS 204E .3 Institutional Hinges: SS204 FM-ICSxUSP, 2 per door. .4 Institutional Closer: 4041 x 689. .5 Floor Stop: 243F x 626. .6 Door Position Switch: SS 200 MRS. .7 Weatherstripping: W1 x DH+DH+DW x 628 .8 Sweep: SS 200 MRS .9 Threshold: CT-10 x DW x 628 .10 Coordinate hardware and installation with Security Access Control system. .11 Door closer – LCN 2215 Series Heavy Duty .7 DH7 – Cell Service Access Doors: .1 Lockset: 17-M lock with Mogul key. .2 Hinges: No. 3 4” heavy-duty HM hinges x USP .3 All doors, frames & hardware to be flush with wall for operation of sliding doors. .8 Key Cabinet .1 In Booking 121, provide and install one key cabinet model 6-60 by Southern Steel or equal. Cabinet to have 60 key capacity and installed in location determined in the field by the architect. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-16 2.15 DETENTION DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE Door Type: Door Numbers: H/W Set: Sliding Cell Doors 136-1, 139-1, 141-1, 143-1 (open to left) 137-1, 138-1, 142-1, 144-1 (open to right) DH1 Sliding Corridor Doors 126-1, 126-2 (2 doors) DH2 Maximum Security Swing Doors 124-1 (Holding Cell 124 to Booking 121) 133-1 (HC Cell 133 to Corridor 126) DH3 DH3 Medium Security Swing Doors 119-1 (Fingerprint 129 from Vestibule) 119-2 (Fingerprt. 129 from Booking 121) 121-1 (Corridor 126 to Booking 121) 122-1 (Unisex 122 from Booking 121) 126A-1 (Janitor 126A to Corridor 126) 127-1 (Shower 127 to Corridor 126) 129-1 (Interrogation 129 from Corr. 126) 131-1 (Monitor 131 from Corridor 126) DH4a DH4a DH4a DH4b DH4c DH4b DH4b DH4c Medium Security Access-Controlled Doors 123-2 (Booking 121 to Vestibule 123) 125-1 (Sallyport 125 to Vestibule 123 126-3 (Corridor 126 to Vestibule) 128-2 (Vestibule from Corridor 128) DH5a DH5a DH5b DH5b DH5c Exterior Door 123-1 (Exterior from Vestibule 123) DH6 Cell Service Access Doors 126A-2, 131-2 , 134-1 140-1 , 140-2, 140-3 DH7 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-17 .1 Detention Door, Frame & Hardware Schedule: .2 Refer to the Drawings for detention area layout, door configurations and details. .3 Door sizes, handing and frames as indicated on the Door Schedule. .4 Hardware sets to be configured for door swing and handing as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 -INSTALLATION 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Examine the Drawings and the work to become familiar with other work in the vicinity. .2 Coordinate and attend a range preparation meeting to review work of this Section, general requirements, responsibilities, coordination, job conditions, LEED® requirements and other project requirements. 3.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Packing and Delivery: Mark or tag each item of hardware, with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. Wrap and crate finished components and assemblies to prevent damage to to finished items. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper time and location (shop or project site) for installation. .2 Key Delivery: Keys shall be sent direct to the person and address as directed by the Owner, via direct mail with restricted delivery, and return receipt requested. 3.3 INSTALLATION .1 Install components in accordance with the best commercial standards, to ensure safe, proper operation and ease of maintenance. Place particular emphasis on security and personnel safety, through design and installation to minimize risk of injury or security breach. .2 Installation shall include complete delivery, installation, coordination, provision of tools and equipment and all related travel and accommodation expenses for installation, commissioning and training personnel related to this Section. .3 Set products plumb, square, aligned, without twist at correct elevation. .4 Frame Product Installation Tolerances: .1 Plumbness tolerance, measured through a line from the intersecting corner of vertical members and the head, to the floor, shall be +/-0.063”. .2 Squareness tolerance, measured through a line, 90 degrees from one jamb at the upper corner of the product, to the opposite jam, shall be +/-0.063”. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Detention Doors, Frames and Hardware 111910-18 .3 Alignment tolerance, measured on jambs, through a horizontal line parallel to the plane of the wall, shall be +/-0/063”. .4 Twist tolerance, measured at face corners of jambs, on parallel lines perpendicular to the plane of the wall, shall be +/-0.063”. .5 Fire labeled product shall be installed in accordance with NFPA-80. .6 Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. .7 Brace frame product rigidly in position while building-in. Remove temporary steel shipping jamb spreaders, install wood spreaders at third points of frame rebate height to maintain frame widths. Provide vertical support at center of head for openings exceeding 48” in width. Remove wood spreaders after product has been built-in. .8 Frame product shall be fully grouted in place. .9 Install all products in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations for detention and high-security environments. 3.4 DELIVERIES .1 Protect equipment from damage, interference and theft. Coordinate secure storage requirements with the General Contractor. 3.5 SITE SUPERVISION .1 On-site supervision of work under this section, including all subtrades, shall be the responsibility of the Detention Contractor, who shall co-ordinate with the General Contractor and other trades as necessary. 3.6 COMMISSIONING, TESTING & APPROVALS .1 Instruct Owner’s personnel; submit product material as described in Division One. 3.7 DAMAGE PROTECTION & CLEANING .1 Ensure that all property and services in the immediate areas of the installation are protected against damage or interference. .2 Make good any damage done to property, equipment or material during installation or testing. Replace any equipment damaged during installation or testing by the System supplier by new undamaged equipment. END OF THIS SECTION 111910 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-1 SECTION 114810 FIRING RANGE EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 FIRING RANGE GENERAL DESCRIPTION .1 This section (Firing Range Equipment) in combination with the work of Section 114820 (Bullet Containment System) will form a completely functional indoor law enforcement firearms range, with the ability to be used safely for a variety of training, qualification and practice programs. .2 Range Features: The following descriptions are intended to give a general overview of the facility – refer to the Drawings and relevant subsections for specific requirements and component features. .1 4-position 25-yard indoor firing range with overhead target retrieval system, lateral ‘running-man’ moving target, portable wireless remotecontrolled targets and ballistic shooting booth separators. .2 Programmable target and lighting control system, including Lutrontype controller interface with lighting by Division 26, communications and interface for ventilation system. .3 Rubber chip medium backstop, ballistic ceiling baffles, sidewalls, safety ceiling, safety flooring and other components as provided and installed by Section 114820 – Bullet Containment System. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED .1 Division 1 applies to and governs the work of this Section. .2 Target systems (incl. target carriers, tracks, floor-mounted), ‘running man’ and mobile turning targets, as indicated on the Drawings or as described in this Section. .3 Ballistic shooting booth dividers with swing-out shooting barriers. .4 Programmable target control and communication system, low-voltage lighting and controls. .5 Lutron lighting controller interface, to control Lutron 120 volt lighting controller provided by Division 26 .6 Delivery, installation, testing, commissioning and training for the above New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-2 .7 The range enclosure ‘box’ structure (walls and ceiling), bullet-resistant door/frame, lighting, power, the suspended ceiling in the shooting area, and the range ventilation system are covered in the base building scope of work. .8 Vendor shall supply all labor, materials, parts, tools, services, equipment and components required to complete this section of the work, including miscellaneous hardware items, anchors, enclosures, connectors, plugs, cables, brackets and other items not specified herein. Include all ancillary equipment required to ensure comprehensive, reliable system functions as described in this specification. .9 Vendor shall be responsible for the complete design, installation, troubleshooting, testing and commissioning of the system, and provide a properly installed, complete and operational system. .10 Coordinate all anchorage, support and bracing with the General Contractor and with Section 114820 Bullet Containment System. Submit structural loads for review by the structural engineer where appropriate or required. .11 Vendor shall supply all training, documentation and other components covered by this and other applicable specification sections. .12 110 volt AC power will be supplied as part of the base building contract. It is the Vendor’s responsibility to review the Drawings and confirm with the General Contractor the location, type and capacity of power supplies, and to supply and connect transformers required by this system. Supply and installation of all wiring requirements for this system shall be included in the scope of work of this section. .13 Vendor shall be responsible for supervision of applicable sub-trades, attendance at site and project meetings, and coordinating work with the Consultant, the General Contractor and others. 1.3 RELATED WORK .1 Bullet Containment System (baffles, backstop, sidewalls, etc.): Section 114820 .2 Acoustic Panel Ceiling: Section 095113 .3 Fringe Range Airwall: Section 109900 .4 Range Ventilation: Division 23 .5 Power and conduit provisions: Division 26 .6 General range lighting Division 26 .7 General LEED Requirements Section 013329 .8 Waste Management and Disposal Section 017419 .9 LEED Product Requirements Section 018113 .10 IAQ Management Section 018119 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-3 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS .1 Safe and reliable system operation is critical. Manufacturers must be able to demonstrate proven field safety and system/component reliability. .2 Provide a list of at least five (5) firing range installations where the proposed system, or a previous version of it, has been installed and operating. Provide facility name, description, location, address, type of use, and contact personnel with phone number and e-mail address. .3 Provide a list of at least three (3) firing range systems manufactured and installed that have been operating for a minimum of three (3) years. Provide a complete list of service calls, system failures, component replacements and other equipment-or installation-related events which prevented normal range operation. Provide facility name, description, location, address, type of use, and contact personnel with phone number and e-mail address. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS & SUBMITTALS .1 All submittals in accordance with Division 1. .2 Provide a point-by-point statement of compliance with this specification. Each point shall be numbered according to the paragraphs in the specification. Where the proposed system does not comply or accomplishes the stated requirement in a manner different from that specified, a full description of the deviation shall be provided opposite the paragraph number. .3 System Components -Provide a complete list and detailed description of all equipment and software that is included. Include manufacturer's name, model number, options, catalog cuts, etc. to fully describe and identify components proposed. Full specification sheets shall be provided for each hardware component to allow the Owner to make a comparison of the components proposed by all bidders. .4 Submit shop drawings to requirements of Division 1. Shop drawings shall contain the following information: .1 Written system description with features and performance data. .2 Equipment lists of all components (with manufacturer, type and model number, and specifications as applicable), and product cut sheets. .3 System schematic plan & wiring diagram showing all equipment, devices and control points. .4 Equipment diagrams and/or drawings as appropriate. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-4 .5 Attachments, anchors, mounting brackets or other hardware required to support the system. .6 Coordinate with the General Contractor, with review by the structural engineer if required, with respect to mounting to or support from other building components. .7 Coordinate and include details of interface with the work of other sections, in particular Section 114820 Bullet Containment System where target tracks or other components are to be mounted on or supported from baffles or other elements. .8 List of spare parts and consumable items. .5 Provide setout drawings for equipment supplied under this section, coordinated with information on related firing range sections and base building information. .6 Provide full details of warranty coverage, extended warranty details and response times for providing replacement parts or service required to reinstate system after failure of any part of the system. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 System shall be designed, installed and serviced by a single company with a minimum of five (5) years experience in the development, manufacture, installation and service of indoor firing range systems similar in scope to this project. .2 Design, installation, testing and commissioning shall be carried out by fully qualified, licensed and trained personnel. .3 All equipment, materials and components shall be new, undamaged, free of defects and in conformance with the specified requirements. .4 All system components shall conform to applicable standards or codes regarding manufacture, installation or application, and shall be fit and appropriate for the intended use. All components shall be approved for their intended use by authorities having jurisdiction. All components and devices shall be UL approved, listed and labelled. .5 Equipment and installation will be subject to a visual and mechanical inspection by the Consultant. Particular emphasis shall be placed on: .1 Neatness of installation, equipment mounting and location, general appearance and finish. .2 Accessibility of parts and ease of maintenance or replacement. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-5 .3 Safety provisions. .6 Vendor shall ensure that all equipment is protected against dampness, condensation, corrosion, physical damage and other forms of deterioration during handling, shipment and storage, until final commissioning, testing and system acceptance by the Owner. .7 Electrical components, devices and accessories shall be listed and labelled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. Comply with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. 1.7 WARRANTY & SERVICE .1 Vendor shall warrant all components and materials for a period of two (2) years following Substantial Completion or system acceptance, whichever is the later. Any defective components or materials shall be replaced at the Vendor’s expense, including any delivery, transportation, installation or support services costs. .2 Vendor shall be willing to enter into an extended warranty agreement with the Owner for a period not less than five (5) years from the date of Substantial Completion or system acceptance, whichever is the later. The cost of such extended warranty shall be included as a separate line item in the bid submission. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS .1 Field Measurements: Verify all required dimensions on the drawings and in the field before fabrication or delivery, and indicate measurements on the Shop Drawings. .2 Verify all electrical provisions and conduit locations as they relate to this system. .3 Coordinate the work of this section with Section 114820 – Bullet Containment System, and with the work and scheduling of the General Contractor, other sub-trades, and mechanical and electrical divisions. 1.9 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL .1 This project is required to be LEED®-compliant. Read and comply with all applicable items in Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements. .2 Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with Section 018113 and Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. .3 Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials, collect and separate for New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-6 disposal plastic packaging material, wood skids and other materials for recycling in accordance with the above Sections. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .1 Mancom Manufacturing Incorporated, 1335 Osprey Drive, Ancaster, ON, Canada, 1-888-762-6266 (www.mancomsystems.com). .2 Meggitt Training Systems, 296 Brogdon Road, Suwanee, GA 30024, 1-800-813-9046 (www.meggitttrainingsystems.com). 2.2 TARGET SYSTEMS .1 Four-position 25-yard range: The installation shall consist of 4 target track/carrier assemblies running the length of the range (one per shooting position), lateral ‘running man’ target, mounted overhead at the backstop, and mobile floor-mounted turning targets, comprising a fully-functional integrated system of: .1 Four (4) Mancom Touch-Plus model RTL2000 carriers complete with coloured and white LED illumination and 360º turning capability (both directions) with AR500 rifle-rated ballistic shields (to protect target mechanisms), or approved equivalent System XWT by Meggitt Training Systems, complete with tracks and drive units. .2 One (1) dual running man lateral target system Mancom model LDR3000, or approved equivalent. .3 Four (4) mobile wireless 360º turning target stands Mancom model SWP4000, or approved equivalent. .4 One (1) Touch-Plus model MCS1300 Master Control Unit, Wireless Freedom series, Touch-Plus model LCS1100 local control screens by Mancom, or approved equivalent. .5 1 integrated two-way paging/intercom system, Mancom model PIC1000, or approved equivalent. .6 4 RSO (range safety officer) headsets and belt pack (HME Full Duplex) .7 Ballistic shooting booth separators with swing-out barriers. .8 1 Lutron lighting control interface from Master Control Unit (Lutron controller by Division 26) 2.3 TARGETS, OPERATORS, CARRIERS, TRACKS & DRIVE UNITS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-7 .1 Target carriers shall be designed to operate reliably in the range environment and in conjunction with the specified controls. .2 Carrier body to be fabricated of minimum 11 gauge steel, powder coated, with bullet-resistant AR500 faceplate. Low-friction wheels shall be fabricated of durable nylon or similar material with ball bearings. Carrier shall be totally enclosed to protect components from dirt, debris and projectiles. .3 Carrier shall be easily removable for maintenance. .4 Carrier shall be fitted with LED lights capable of providing 3 intensities of white light as well as red, blue and white light bar simulation. It shall be possible to turn the lamp on or off at any position of the carrier’s travel. Colors shall be interchangeable to meet training requirements. .5 Target clamp shall hold target tightly to prevent slippage, and be released with a simple one-handed operation. Turning mechanism shall provide provide continuous rotation through 360 degrees in either direction, providing random edging. Provide protection to all moving parts from projectiles. .6 Running Man Tracks: Target carrier tracks shall be Mancom Accutrac™ or approved equivalent. Track assemblies shall include track sections, starter section (to facilitate easy removal of target carrier units) and mounting brackets. Target carriers shall be capable of transporting a target, and the mechanism shall be capable of being operated by the control system for programmable speed, direction and target exposure. .7 Tracks shall be fabricated from minimum 11 gauge steel and shall be fabricated in sufficient lengths and with overlap to provide a straight and rigid assembly. To ensure sufficient rigidity track dimensions shall not be less than 3” x 5” (w x h). Track shall include an electrically isolated copper power/communications strip to transmit power and operating signals (unless wireless) to the target carrier units under all operating conditions. Power strip shall be located to minimize risk of damage by projectiles. .8 Drive Units: Target carrier drive units shall be Mancom Dynamic One™, variable speed, or approved equivalent. Major components shall be plug-in type for ease of maintenance and/or replacement. .9 Variable frequency drive motor shall provide ramped acceleration and deceleration with electronic braking. Multiple speed capability shall allow the system to be programmed for avoidance training (eg. Mancom Agressor™). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-8 2.4 PROGRAMMABLE TARGET CONTROL SYSTEM .1 All target carriers and target lighting shall be controlled from a master control module. Control shall be direct (real-time) or programmable for a number of scenarios. Master control module shall be Mancom™ Touch Plus™ Master Control System, installed in conjunction with Mancom ™ Touch Plus™ Local Control System. .2 The unit shall enable the Rangemaster to monitor and communicate with the drive units at the target retrieval carriers and other target units. Unit shall also be capable of communicating and downloading training programs to the local control screen (LCS) at the shooting positions. Features of the master control unit shall include: .1 Touch-screen technology for direct command entry without the use of a keyboard or mouse, Minimum display resolution of 640 x 400 pixels, self-illuminated .2 Display to be water-resistant to NEMA 4, membrane-style or waterresistant keyboard .3 Password protection for control and setup functions .4 Intuitive user interface for programming, command and monitoring functions .5 Minimum 100 programmable shooting scenarios .6 All programming information to be stored in non-volatile EPROM memory or equivalent .7 Provision for location-specific alarm indicators to alert range personnel to problems within the system, or at shooting positions .3 The host control unit shall be enclosed in a dust-proof cabinet, which shall be sized to accommodate the host control CPU, power supply, communications modules, lighting control panel, sound effect device or other components making up the targeting system. Cabinet shall be dust and moisture-resistant to NEMA 4 standards. .4 Local Control Screens: Local control screens shall be located at each shooting position. Units shall be capable of: 1. Entering target-control commands using a keyboard and function keys, including pre-set sequences 2. Have a minimum 4 line x 20 character self-illuminated display New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-9 3. Moving the target carriers to any position on the track 4. Rotate the target to face, edge or back 5. Set travel, exposure, pause and cycle times 6. Download and run scenarios from the master control unit or host 7. Communicate actions back to the master control unit for monitoring 8. Password-protected diagnostic and maintenance functions Local screen units shall be designed to withstand prolonged use in the range environment. 2.5 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM .1 The rangemaster shall be able to communicate directly with shooters through a wireless headphone system and paging horns as indicated in the range system descriptions above. .2 Lightweight high-performance hearing protection headset shall provide a minimum of 27 DB isolation, and shall be fitted with volume control. .3 Communication from the rangemaster shall be possible via headset, microphone, digital audio tracks or other audio sources to headsets or paging horns (15 total, 5 rows of 3 mounted throughout the range. Communication unit shall be controllable from the master control unit. .4 Communication shall be via proven FM technology, noise-free, wide bandwidth audio transmission. System shall not interfere with, or accept disturbance from, other building systems. 2.6 TARGET LIGHTING SYSTEM & SPECIAL EFFECTS .1 Lighting Scenarios: The lighting scenarios described here are independent of the target illumination provided by the target carriers. Depending on training requirements target carrier illumination can be disabled. The system shall support the following lighting modes: .1 Standard mode -multiple scenarios .2 Mid-range mode -multiple scenarios .3 Maintenance mode (full illumination) .2 Lighting Control: Control of scenario and room lighting shall be by this system, via an interface to a Lutron lighting control unit or similar (by Division 26). A number of pre-set scenarios (minimum 5) shall be immediately available. Where possible all groups shall be dimmable. Each lighting group shall be controlled separately, and it shall be possible to sequence each group through an infinitely variable sequence of on-dim-off New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-10 cycles or other programs. .3 Alarm Processing: Upon initiation of any alarm (fire alarm input to be provided by Division 26, security duress alarm input to be provided by access control system) the unit shall immediately return all lighting levels to the normal occupancy mode. .4 Light bars -Two (2) police cruiser type lightbars with colour/strobe lights, adjustable floor stands to position light bars up to 96” above floor level. Provide rechargeable batteries and charger(s) for up to six hours continuous operation. Colours (red, blue, white) to be selectable by the users. Provide spare colour lenses (2 of each colour). Light output, quality and frequency to be similar to standard police cruiser light bars. .5 Lightbars shall be provided in addition to the target carrier lights. Other range lighting, including switchable & dimmable 120VAC spotlights and utility lighting will be provided by Division 26. .6 Provide independent switching and control panels for low-voltage lighting fixtures listed above. .7 Cabling, outlets and other permanently-fixed or mounted equipment shall be positioned and/or protected to minimize the risk of damage from ballistic projectiles or secondary-propelled objects or material. Cables shall be protected in steel conduit where exposed. 2.7 SHOOTING BARRIERS & LINE PAINTING .1 Provide ballistically-glazed barriers between shooting positions, securely anchored to the floor. Four (4) shooting booth separators with swing-out shooting barriers. Three (3) separators between shooting positions to be ballistically rated glass to UL754 Level 4, the fourth to be solid (non-glazed). .2 Provide hinged swing-out barrier at each shooting position to simulate lefthanded and right-handed shooting from behind cover. .3 Provide guidelines for 3” wide painted yellow lines running the full width of the range to indicate the following positions: Firing line; 25yd, 20yd, 15yd, 10yd and 5yd target lines. Painting to to be completed under Section 099000 Painting and Coating. 2.8 POWER REQUIREMENTS & PROVISIONS .1 Wiring & Power Requirements -All wiring and electrical communication between the control unit(s), drive units, carriers, communication modules and remote target devices shall be by the Vendor. Vendor is responsible for providing suitable conduit and other protection to wiring, to prevent damage New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-11 from projectiles and other causes. .2 Power Provisions – 115VAC power for equipment and battery chargers (lightbars, portable targets) will be provided as indicated on the Drawings as part of the base building contract. Additional power outlets, conduit or communication ports shall be provided from the nearest available panel(s) as part of the work of this Section, or arranged through the General Contractor at the Vendor’s expense. 2.9 SEISMIC DESIGN .1 The work of this section shall conform to applicable seismic design codes and requirements, and provision of appropriate lateral restraint. 2.10 DRAWINGS .1 Refer to the Firing Range Drawings for information on range layout and proposed equipment locations. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Examine the Drawings and Specifications for work to be carried out by other sections in the vicinity of the Firing Range. .2 Examine work in the field and coordinate work of this section with constructed or planned work of other sections. Check field drawing and dimensions critical to the proper installation of the work of this section. .3 Ensure building openings are suitable for delivery of equipment, and will be suitable at time of delivery, and coordinate special requirements of this section with the General Contractor as necessary. .4 Coordinate and attend a range preparation meeting to review work of this section, general requirements, responsibilities, coordination, job conditions, LEED requirements and other project requirements. 3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Install systems in accordance with the best commercial standards, and to ensure safe, proper operation and ease of maintenance. .2 Installation shall include complete delivery, installation, coordination, provision of tools and equipment and all related travel and accommodation expenses for installation, commissioning and training personnel related to this Section. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-12 .3 Electrical work shall conform to applicable local, state and national codes. Provide guards over high voltage terminators. .4 Form, neatly lace or tie-wrap, all wires and cables and clamp in position. Provide sufficient slack to prevent undue strain on connectors and cables to allow easy disconnection of equipment. Run wires and cables external to equipment and enclosures in steel conduit. Protect wires running through holes by suitable grommets. Wires and cables shall be continuous between termination and connection points. Locate connectors and splices within secure enclosures. .5 Install permanent, indelible alpha-numerical labelling on all equipment including racks and cabinets. Markings shall be consistent with the As-Built Drawings. 3.3 DELIVERIES .1 Deliver equipment to the site for installation only after successful in-plant testing. .2 Protect equipment from damage, interference and theft. Coordinate secure storage requirements with the General Contractor. 3.4 SITE SUPERVISION .1 On-site supervision of work under this section, including all sub-trades, shall be the responsibility of the system Vendor, who shall co-ordinate with the General Contractor and other trades as necessary. 3.5 COMMISSIONING, TESTING & APPROVALS .1 Instruct Owner’s personnel, submit product manuals, training manual and electronic training material (CDs, DVD) as described in Division 1. Vendor is to provide all training and technical support necessary to make the Owner fully familiar with the systems operation and maintenance. .2 Conduct all operational and performance tests in the presence of the Consultant. The Consultant shall also perform a visual and mechanical inspection of the installation with the Vendor present. .3 Following acceptance testing, should any deficiencies exist, the Consultant shall issue a deficiency list to the Vendor, who shall correct all deficiencies and notify the Consultant when all on-site work is completed. Upon verifying that all deficiencies have been corrected, the Consultant shall issue a letter confirming that the equipment has been accepted. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Firing Range Equipment 114810-13 3.6 DAMAGE PROTECTION & CLEANING .1 Ensure that all property and services in the area of the installation are protected against damage or interference. .2 Make good any damage done to property, equipment or material during installation or testing. Replace any equipment damaged during installation or testing by the System supplier by new undamaged equipment. END OF THIS SECTION 114810 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-1 SECTION 114820 BULLET CONTAINMENT SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 FIRING RANGE GENERAL DESCRIPTION .1 This section (Bullet Containment System) in combination with the work of Section 114810 (Firing Range Equipment) will form a completely functional indoor law enforcement firearms range, with the ability to be used safely for a variety of training, qualification and practice programs. .2 Range Features: The following descriptions are intended to give a general overview of the facility – refer to the Drawings and relevant subsections for specific requirements and component features. .1 4-position 25-yard indoor firing range with rubber chip berm backstop, ballistic ceiling baffles, ballistic sidewalls, safety ceiling, safety flooring and other components provided and installed by this Section. .2 Overhead target retrieval system, lateral ‘running-man’ moving target, portable wireless remote-controlled targets and ballistic shooting booth separators by Section 114810 – Firing Range Equipment. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED .1 Division One applies to and governs the work of this Section. .1 Rubber-chip medium backstop, including toe retainer baffle, hopper baffle and support structure. .2 Ceiling baffles, including acoustic anti-ricochet tiles .3 Ballistic sidewalls .4 Safety ceiling, including acoustic anti-ricochet tiles .5 Safety flooring where indicated. .6 Installation & testing for the above .7 The range enclosure ‘box’ structure (walls and ceiling), bullet-resistant door/frame, lighting, power, the suspended ceiling in the shooting area, and the range ventilation system are covered in the base building scope of work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-2 .8 Vendor shall supply all labor, materials, parts, tools, services, equipment and components required to complete this section of the work, including miscellaneous hardware items, brackets and other items not specified herein. Include all ancillary items required to ensure comprehensive, safe and reliable system. .9 Vendor shall be responsible for the complete design, installation, troubleshooting, testing and commissioning of the system, and provide a properly installed, complete and operational system. .10 Vendor shall supply all use and maintenance documentation for work covered under this section. .11 Vendor shall be responsible for supervision of applicable sub-trades, attendance at site and project meetings, and coordinating work with the Consultant, the General Contractor and others. 1.3 RELATED WORK .1 Firing Range Equipment: Section 114810 .2 Acoustic Panel Ceilings: Section 095113 .3 Firing Range Airwall: Section 109900 .4 Range Ventilation: Division 23 .5 Power and conduit provisions: Division 26 .6 General range lighting Division 26 .7 LEED Product Requirements Section 018113 .8 General LEED Requirements Section 013329 .9 Waste Management and Disposal Section 017419 .10 IAQ Managements Section 018119 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS .1 Safe and reliable system operation is critical (no ricochet, undesirable fragmentation, etc.). Manufacturers must be able to demonstrate proven component design, field safety and reliability. Provide a list of at least five (5) firing range installations where the proposed system, or a previous version of it, has been installed and operating. Provide facility name, description, location, address, type of use, and contact personnel with phone number and e-mail address. .2 Ballistic Performance – The work of this section shall be designed for and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-3 be capable of accommodating the following types of firearms (example models below given for general illustration), utilizing jacketed and nonjacketed ammunition including shotgun shells and shot: .1 Handguns -.40 caliber or 9mm, training and duty rounds (approx. 800 to 1,100 fps) .2 Submachine Guns – e.g. H-K MP5 9mm, approx. 1,400 fps .3 Assault Rifle – e.g. AR-15 .223, approx 3,200 fps .4 Shotgun -using 00 Buck. .3 Baffles and other AR500 ballistic steel components are not to demonstrate any visible deformation after multiple rounds of impact at the same location, from the highest energy weapon listed above when fired from established firing positions or zones. .4 The berm trap shall be capable of full time service, with downtime for cleaning only. For purposes of maintenance cost calculations, trap shall be considered in need of cleaning at 80,000 rounds at each position. .5 Vendor to submit specific information regarding material or equipment if, in the Vendor’s opinion, any specifications contained herein are in conflict with the above. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS & SUBMITTALS .1 All submittals to be in accordance with Division 1. .2 Provide a point-by-point statement of compliance with this specification. Each point shall be numbered according to the paragraphs in the specification. Where the proposed system does not comply or accomplishes the stated requirement in a manner different from that specified, a full description of the deviation shall be provided opposite the paragraph number. .3 System Components -Provide a complete list and detailed description of all equipment and software that is included. Include manufacturer's name, model number, options, catalog cuts, etc. to fully describe and identify components proposed. Full specification sheets shall be provided for each hardware component to allow the Owner to make a comparison of the components proposed by all bidders. .4 Submit shop drawings to requirements of Division 1. Shop drawings shall include the following information: .1 Written system description with features and performance data. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-4 .2 Equipment lists of all components (with manufacturer, type and model number, and specifications as applicable). .3 Product cut sheets. .4 Equipment diagrams and/or drawings as appropriate. .5 Attachments, anchors, mounting brackets or other hardware required to support the system. .6 Coordinate with the General Contractor, with review by the structural engineer if required, with respect to mounting to or support from other building components. .7 Coordinate and include details of interface with the work of other sections, in particular Section 114810 where target tracks or other components are to be mounted on or supported from baffles or other elements of this Section. .8 List of spare parts and consumable items .5 Provide setout drawings for equipment supplied under this section, coordinated with information on related firing range sections and base building information. .6 Submit price for extended service agreement as referenced below. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 System shall be designed, installed and serviced by a single company with a minimum of five (5) years experience in the development, manufacture, installation and service of bullet containment for indoor firing ranges similar in scope to this project. .2 Design, installation and testing shall be carried out by fully qualified, licensed and trained personnel. .3 All equipment, materials and components shall be new, undamaged, free of defects and in conformance with the specified requirements. .4 All system components shall conform to applicable standards or codes regarding manufacture, installation or application, and shall be fit and appropriate for the intended use. All components shall be designed and approved for their intended use. .5 Equipment and installation will be subject to a visual and mechanical inspection by the Consultant. Particular emphasis shall be placed on: .1 Safety provisions New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-5 .2 Neatness of installation, equipment mounting and location, general appearance and finish .3 Accessibility of parts and ease of maintenance or replacement .6 Vendor shall conduct operational and performance tests as defined in Part 3. .7 Vendor shall ensure that all equipment is protected against dampness, condensation, corrosion, physical damage and other forms of deterioration during handling, shipment and storage. 1.7 WARRANTY & SERVICE .1 Vendor shall warrant all components and materials for a period of two (2) years following Substantial Completion or system acceptance, whichever is the later. Any defective components or materials shall be replaced at the Vendor’s expense, including any delivery, transportation, installation or support services costs. .2 Vendor shall be willing to enter into an extended service agreement with the Owner for cleaning and decontamination of the rubber particulate backstop and any replacement of any other wearable parts, for a period not less than five (5) years from the date of Substantial Completion or system acceptance, whichever is the later. The cost of such service agreement shall be included as a separate line item in the bid submission. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS .1 Field Measurements: Verify all required dimensions on the drawings and in the field before fabrication or delivery, and indicate measurements on the Shop Drawings. .2 Coordinate the work of this section with Section 114810 – Firing Range Equipment, and with the work and scheduling of the General Contractor, other trades, mechanical and electrical divisions. 1.9 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL .1 This project is required to be LEED®-compliant. Read and comply with all applicable items in Section 018113 – LEED Product Requirements. .2 Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with Section 018113 and Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. .3 Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials, collect and separate for disposal plastic packaging material, wood skids and other materials for recycling in accordance with the above Sections. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-6 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .1 Backstop, baffles, safety ceiling, ballistic sidewalls, safety floor -Acceptable manufacturers include: .1 Action Target, PO Box 636, Provo Utah, 84603, 1-888-377-8033 (www.actiontarget.com) .2 Meggitt Training Systems, 296 Brogdon Road, Suwanee, GA 30024, 1-800-813-9046 (www.meggitttrainingsystems.com). .3 Supertrap Corporation, 1601 Commerce St., Corona, CA 92880, 1-800-482-6994 (www.supertrap.com) 2.2 BULLET CONTAINMENT SYSTEM .1 Bullet Containment System Components: .1 Backstop, hopper and retention baffle .2 Ballistic ceiling baffles .3 Safety ceiling .4 Ballistic sidewalls .5 Safety flooring .6 Structural protection .2 Bullet containment system shall be rated to 3,200 feet per second, and shall be designed and capable of safely containing metal and frangible bullets from the primary shooting positions and from down-range tactical shooting positions. 2.3 BACKSTOP .1 Backstop to consist of ballistic rubber particulate media, with support structure, hopper and toe retention baffle as indicated on the Drawings. .2 Ballistic rubber particulate media shall be free of cotton, polyester and/or steel belting material, and of other contaminants or materials that could adversely affect the performance or safety of the system. .3 The rubber medium shall be treated with a fire retardant and adhesion promoting material, however no EPA-restricted or water-absorbing materials shall be used. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-7 .4 The berm shall require no rear access for cleaning or service. .5 The rubber chip medium shall be a minimum of 30” (900mm) thick when measured horizontally, or 24” (600mm) measured perpendicular to the berm surface, whichever is the greater. .6 The granular material shall be specifically designed for and be capable of safe deceleration and recovery of largely intact rounds. .7 The material characteristics shall include a natural angle of repose consistent with the drawings and the requirements of this Section, and shall not require use of a hopper or feeder mechanism to maintain a consistent depth/thickness as specified. .8 The trap shall have a minimum height of 8’ (2400mm) or as indicated on the range drawings, and include minimum ¼” (6mm) ballistic steel protection of the structure behind, or other protective device (e.g. safety hopper). .9 The berm framework shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel and be of sufficient structural strength to support rubber chip medium at the thicknesses specified above. .10 No ballistic panel shall be subject to flame cutting. All cutting must be performed by plasma equipment. .11 If system design or component configuration different from that indicated on the Drawings is necessary to ensure safety, performance and reliability due to variations in system design from various manufacturers, complete details of such variation shall be submitted for approval according to Part 1 of this section. 2.4 BALLISTIC CEILING BAFFLES & SAFETY CEILING .1 Ballistic steel deflection baffles shall be installed to direct bullets in a safe manner towards the end of the range away from the shooting positions, as indicated on the drawings. Where indicated baffles (with the exception of the last baffle at the backstop) shall be fitted with 1½” (38mm) ballistic rubber tiles. .2 Ceiling baffles and safety ceiling are to be constructed of minimum ¼” (6mm) thick AR500 ballistic steel. .3 No ballistic panel shall be subject to flame cutting. All cutting must be performed by plasma equipment. .4 Ceiling baffles to be supported from building structure above. All anchors, brackets and support members to be provided by the Vendor. Verify and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-8 obtain approval from the structural engineer and the General Contractor for all support measures. .5 Ceiling baffles are to be braced to the side walls for lateral support and be connected longitudinally with appropriate members to meet seismic design requirements. Provide all anchors and brackets, and obtain approval from the structural engineer and the General Contractor for all support or anchorage measures. .6 Coordinate with the requirements of Section 114810 and design and fabricate the components of this system to permit anchorage and support of target tracks and other components to the baffles. Include welding or other means of attachment of brackets as required and provided by Section 114810. 2.5 BALLISTIC PERFORMANCE .1 Components shall be capable of safely handling multiple projectiles up to 3,200 fps, and be a minimum 6mm (1/4”) AR 500 (armor plate with a nominal Brinell hardness rating of at least 500) and shall deflect all pistol rounds without deformation, and high-power rifle rounds (e.g. .223, .308) when fired at an incidence angle of less than 45 degrees. 2.6 BALLISTIC SIDEWALLS .1 Range side walls to be fitted with 1½” (38mm) bonded rubber particulate tiles (24” x 24” minimum size), bonded to ¾” (19mm) exterior grade plywood, fixed to steel studs, fixed to the concrete wall as indicated on the Drawings). Mount wood/rubber panels above floor to aid bullet retrieval. 2.7 SAFETY FLOORING .1 Safety Flooring: The floor at the shooting position (25m range only) shall be covered with 1½” (38mm) thick 24” x 24” (600mmx600mm) rubberchip tiles. Slab is to be depressed to permit flush transition to adjacent surface. 2.8 SEISMIC DESIGN .1 The work of this Section shall conform to applicable seismic design and provision of appropriate lateral restraint. 2.9 DRAWINGS .1 Refer to the Firing Range Drawings for information on range layout and proposed equipment locations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-9 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Examine the Drawings and Specifications for work to be carried out by other sections in the Firing Range. .2 Examine work in the field and coordinate work of this section with constructed or planned work of other sections. Check field drawing and dimensions critical to the proper installation of the work of this section. .3 Ensure building openings are suitable for delivery of equipment and/or material, and will be suitable at time of delivery, and coordinate requirements of this section with the General Contractor as necessary. .4 Coordinate and attend a range preparation meeting to review work of this section, general requirements, responsibilities, coordination, job conditions, LEED® requirements and other project requirements. 3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Install components in accordance with the best commercial standards, to ensure safe, proper operation and ease of maintenance. Place particular emphasis on personnel safety, through design and installation to minimize risk of ricochet or secondary projectiles towards shooters. .2 Installation shall include complete delivery, installation, coordination, provision of tools and equipment and all related travel and accommodation expenses for installation, commissioning and training personnel related to this Section. 3.3 DELIVERIES .1 Protect equipment from damage, interference and theft. Coordinate secure storage requirements with the General Contractor. 3.4 SITE SUPERVISION .1 On-site supervision of work under this section, including all subtrades, shall be the responsibility of the system Vendor, who shall co-ordinate with the General Contractor and other trades as necessary. 3.5 COMMISSIONING, TESTING & APPROVALS .1 Instruct Owner’s personnel, submit product maintenance data as described in Division One. Vendor is to provide technical support necessary to make the owner fully familiar with the operation and maintenance of the system. .2 Conduct all operational and performance tests in the presence of the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bullet Containment System 114820-10 Consultant. The Consultant shall also perform a visual and mechanical inspection of the installation with the Vendor present. .3 Following acceptance testing, should any deficiencies exist, the Consultant shall issue a deficiency list to the Vendor, who shall correct all deficiencies and notify the Consultant when all on-site work is completed. Upon verifying that all deficiencies have been corrected, the Consultant shall issue a letter confirming that the equipment has been accepted. 3.6 DAMAGE PROTECTION & CLEANING .1 Ensure that all property and services in the immediate areas of the installation are protected against damage or interference. .2 Make good any damage done to property, equipment or material during installation or testing. Replace any equipment damaged during installation or testing by the System supplier by new undamaged equipment. END OF THIS SECTION 114820 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Projection Screens 115213 -1 SECTION 115213 PROJECTION SCREENS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Front-projection, motorized electrically operated screens to be provided in the following rooms: a. Community/Multipurpose Room 111 2. Front-projection, manually operated screens to be provided in the following rooms: a. Expan/Training/Incident Room 209 b. Conference 219 c. Ready room 103 B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements. 2. Section 017419 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL for proper disposal and diversion of materials from landfill. 3. Section 018113 LEED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS for product selection. 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management. 5. 5. Division 26 ELECTRICAL, for service and connections including metal device boxes for switches and conduit, where required, for low-voltage control wiring. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gain of Front-Projection Screens: Ratio of light reflected from screen material to that reflected perpendicularly from a magnesium carbonate surface as determined per SMPTE RP 94. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Projection Screens 115213 -2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of screen indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts and types of projection screens. Include the following: 1. Location of screen centerline relative to ends of screen case. 2. Location of wiring connections. 3. Location of seams in viewing surfaces. 4. Drop length. 5. Connections to supporting structure for pendant-and recess-mounted screens. 6. Anchorage details. 7. Details of juncture of exposed surfaces with adjacent finishes. 8. Frame details. 9. Accessories. 10. Wiring Diagrams: For electrically operated units. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For finishes of surface-mounted screen cases. D. Maintenance Data: For projection screens to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain projection screens through one source from a single manufacturer. Obtain each screen as a complete unit, including necessary mounting hardware and accessories. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver projection screens until building is enclosed and other construction within spaces where screens will be installed is substantially complete and ready for screen installation. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of projection screens with adjacent construction, including ceiling framing, light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partitions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Projection Screens 115213 -3 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. This specification is based on products manufactured by Draper Inc. -Silhouette/Series M and Targa models. 2.1 MOTORIZED PROJECTION SCREENS A. Type: Electrically operated projection screen for ceiling installation consisting of case, screen, motor, controls, electric brake, limit switches, mounting accessories, and other components necessary for complete installation. B. Method of installation: Ceiling mounted with extension brackets to the building structure. Mounting to be above finished ceiling within recessed. C. Screen case: Fabricated in one piece from 22-gauge steel sheet with scratch resistant white polyester finish. End caps with integral roller brackets and universal mounting brackets for wall or ceiling mounting, mounting, finished to match case. D. Roller: 3 inches diameter steel roller mounted on rubber vibration insulators. E. Viewing surface securely attached to roller at top and at bottom to weighted dowel. Provide each side of viewing surface with black masking borders and tab-guide cable tensioning system to maintain even lateral tension and to hold surface flat. Top of screen masked by 12” (30 cm) black drop. 1. Material: Stretchable, grey, washable, vinyl surface without backing providing high contrast and resolution; HiDef Grey 2. Size 9’ 0” high x 12’ 0” wide. Viewing surface shall contain no seams. F. Motor: 1. Type: Direct drive, heavy duty, 110-120 VAC, 60 HZ, 3 wire, instantly reversible, lifetime lubricated, and equipped with internal thermal overload protector, electric brake, and pre-set accessible limit switches. 2. Mount outside screen roller on rubber vibration insulators. G. Controls: Single station control: 3 position rocker switch with cover plate, accepting 110 V current, and operating by sustained contact. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Projection Screens 115213 -4 2.3 MANUALLY OPERATED PROJECTION SCREENS A. Manually operated, spring roller projection screen for wall installation consisting of case, screen, mounting accessories, and other components necessary for complete installation. B. Method of installation: Wall mounted Extended mounting with 6 inches extension brackets. C. Screen case: Constructed of aluminum with contoured, removable front cover with diecast end caps rounded to fit case. Finish to be black lightly textured paint finish. There shall be no exposed fasteners in installed case. D. Roller: Steel with heavy duty spring and steel end caps. Diameter as determined by manufacturer. E. Viewing surface securely attached to steel roller at top and at bottom to dowel which disappears inside case when retracted. Provide pull cord. Provide each side of viewing surface with black masking borders and tab-guide cable tensioning system to maintain even lateral tension and to hold surface flat. 1. Material: Stretchable, grey, washable, vinyl surface without backing providing high contrast and resolution; HiDef Grey 2. Viewing surface shall contain no seams 3. Size: a. Expan/Training/Incident Room 209 = 8’ 0” high x 12’ 0” wide b. Conference 219 = 8’ 0” high x 8’ 0” wide c. Ready room 103 = 8’ 0” high x 10’ 0” wide PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install projection screens at locations indicated to comply with screen manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install front-projection screens with screen cases in position and in relation to adjoining construction indicated. Securely anchor to supporting substrate in a manner that produces a smoothly operating screen with vertical edges plumb and viewing surface flat when screen is lowered. 1. Install low-voltage controls according to NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions. a. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway except in accessible ceiling spaces and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method method may be used. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Projection Screens 115213 -5 Use UL-listed plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 2. Test electrically operated units to verify that screen controls, limit switches, closure, and other operating components are in optimum functioning condition. 3.2 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. After installation, protect projection screens from damage during construction. If damage occurs despite such protection, remove and replace damaged components or entire unit as required to provide units in their original, undamaged condition. END OF SECTION 115213 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Entrance Floor Mats And Frames 124813 -1 SECTION 124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Roll-up aluminum-tread rail floor mats with aluminum hinges. a. The Successful Entrance Mat Contractor shall provide required slab recess information to the CM at the earliest possible date to ensure proper coordination with the concrete trades. B. Alternates: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. D. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete work, including forming, placing, and finishing concrete floor slabs, and for concrete materials for grouting and filling around and under recessed mats and frames. E. Related sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Entrance Floor Mats And Frames 124813 -2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1. Items penetrating floor mats and frames, including door control devices. 2. Divisions between mat sections. 3. Mat section sizes 4. Direction of mat installation 5. Perimeter floor moldings. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated. 1. Floor Mat: 12-inch-square, assembled sections of floor mat. 2. Frame Members: 12-inch-long Sample of each type and color. D. Maintenance Data: For floor mat and frames to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain floor mats and frames through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Accessibility Requirements: Provide installed floor mats that comply with Section 4.5 in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)” and the Massachusetts Architectural Access Board. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of recesses in concrete with installation of finish floors to receive floor mats and frames. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Entrance Floor Mats And Frames 124813 -3 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Heavy Guage Aluminum Dual Track Deep Recessed System with level base installation a. Mats incorporated b. Construction Specialties, Inc. c. Musson, R. C. Rubber Co. (The). 2.2 METAL FRAME MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 alloy 6061-T6 or alloy 6063-T5, T6, or T52 as standard with manufacturer. 2.3 CONCRETE FILL AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Provide concrete materials complying with Section 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for grout and fill around and under recessed mats and frames that produce concrete equivalent in strength to cast-in-place concrete slabs. For concrete fill, adjust aggregate size to not exceed one-third fill thickness. 2.4 FLOOR MATS A. General: Provide colors, patterns, and profiles of materials, including metals and metal finishes indicated or specified. If not indicated, provide colors, patterns, and profiles selected by Designer from manufacturer's standards. B. Recessed walk-off –mat system: Heavy Guage 6061-T6 Aluminum with scraping (vinyl) and drying (nylon) inserts with bolted cross supports 1. Embedded Frame: W embedded heavy guage aluminum frame 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Where possible, verify sizes by field measurement before shop fabrication. B. Floor Mats: Shop fabricate units to greatest extent possible in sizes as indicated. If not otherwise indicated, provide single unit for each mat installation; do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum sizes for units that are removed for maintenance New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Entrance Floor Mats And Frames 124813 -4 and cleaning. Where joints in mats are necessary, space symmetrically and away from normal traffic lanes. Miter corner joints in framing elements with hairline joints or provide prefabricated corner units without joints. C. Recessed Metal Mat Frames: Extruded aluminum of size and style to fit floor mat type specified, for permanent recessed installation, complete with corner pins or reinforcement and anchorage devices. 1. Fabricate edge-frame members in single lengths or, where frame dimensions exceed maximum available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible, with hairline joints equally spaced and pieces spliced together by straight connecting pins. D. With manufacturer's standard protective coating, coat surfaces of aluminum frames that will contact cementitious material. 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Class II, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class II, clear coating 0.010 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrate for compliance with requirements for location, sizes, minimum recess depth, and other conditions affecting installation of floor mats and frames. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Entrance Floor Mats And Frames 124813 -5 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install recessed mat frames to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Set mat tops at height recommended by manufacturer for most effective cleaning action; coordinate top of mat surfaces with bottom of doors that swing across mats to provide clearance between door and mat. 1. Install necessary shims, spacers, and anchorages for proper location and secure attachment of frames. 2. Install grout and fill around frames and, if required to set mat tops at proper elevations, in recesses under mats. Finish grout and fill smooth and level. 3.3 PROTECTION A. After completing frame installation and concrete work, provide temporary filler of plywood or fiberboard in recesses and cover frames with plywood protective flooring. Maintain protection until construction traffic has ended and Project is near Substantial Completion. B. Defer installation of floor mats until Project is near Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION124813 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Site Furnishings 129300-1 SECTION 129300 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division 1 -General Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part. B. Attention is directed to the requirements of Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements and Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal which are hereby made part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and perform all operations necessary for completion of the work of this section as shown on the Drawings, as herein specified and as evidently required to properly complete the following items: 1. Bike Rack 2. Benches 3. Trash Receptacle 4. Flagpole 5. Steel Picket Fence 6. Wood Screen 1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Concrete Paving ................................................................ Section Section 321313 B. Asphalt Paving .................................................................. Section 321216 C. Waste Management and Disposal....................................... Section 017419 D. General LEED® Requirements........................................... Section 013329 E. Waste Management and Disposal....................................... Section 017419 F. LEED® Product Requirements ........................................... Section 018113 G. IAQ Management .............................................................. Section 018119 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Forty-five days prior to installation and before any site furnishings are delivered to the job site, submit samples, specification cuts or shop and erection drawings for all items in Section 129300 indicating materials size and weight of steel, number, location and type of connection, welding sequence and hardware. B. Product literature/specifications cuts required: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Site Furnishings 129300-2 1. All items listed in 1.02 above 1.05 REFERENCES A. ASTM Standards 1. A307-Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners 2. A424-Steel Sheet for Porcelain Enameling 3. A500-Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes 4. B209-Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS A. Architectural Coatings All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings, (EPA 40 CFR Part 59, as published in the Friday, September 11, 1998 Federal Register). Architectural coatings are defined as: “a coating recommended for field application to stationary structures and their appurtenances, to portable buildings, to pavements, or to curbs.” PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 BIKE RACK Bike racks shall be surface mounted Bike Hitch as manufactured by Dero Bike Rack Co. 2657 32nd Ave S, Minneapolis, MN 55406 (800)298-4915; or approved equal. Finish: black. Bike racks are to be installed as per the detail drawings and manufacturer’s recommendation. 2.02 BENCHES Benches with back shall be 69’ 3-seat Presidio Bench -as manufactured by Landscape Forms Inc. 431 Lawndale Ave., Kalamazoo, MI 49048, or approved equal; End seat sections shall have arms on the outer edge; Surface mounted; Color: Black. Backless benches shall be either 92” 4-seat Presidio Bench or 69” 3-seat Presidio Bench as noted on plans -as manufactured by Landscape Forms Inc. 431 Lawndale Ave., Kalamazoo, MI 49048, or approved equal; End seat sections shall have arms on the outer edge; 92” Bench shall also have arms in center seat sections; All benches in plaza area to be surface mounted; Benches along Gothic Street shall be embedded. Color: Black. 2.03 TRASH RECEPTACLE Trash receptacles shall be 30 gallon Presidio Litter Receptacle -as manufactured by Landscape Forms Inc. 431 Lawndale Ave., Kalamazoo, MI 49048, or approved equal; New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Site Furnishings 129300-3 All trash receptacles in plaza area to be surface mounted; Receptacles along Gothic Street shall be embedded. Color: Black. 2.04 FLAGPOLE Flagpole shall be a natural anodized aluminum commercial ground set flagpole, 25’ high above ground, with internal operations for ropes, complete with all ropes, tie cleats, foundation, flash collar and with a standard size 6’ x 10’ flag as manufactured by American Flag Store, Inc. Mailing Address: P.O. Box 8 -Mauriceville, TX 77626, telephone 1-888-317-4594, model number ALSEN20NA, or approved equal. Foundation for flag pole shall be as shown on the site and structural detail drawings. 2.05 STEEL PICKET FENCE Steel picket fence shall be AEGIS II CLASSIC 3 RAIL fence as manufactured by AmeriStar Fencing, 1555 N. Mingo, Tulsa, OK 74116, 1-888-333-3422; or approved equal. Color: Black. 2.06 WOOD SCREEN Wood screen shall be constructed of first grade cedar as shown on detail. 6” x 6” posts shall be pressure treated. All hardware to be galvanized with black painted epoxy finish, 2 coats minimum. Corner posts and gateposts shall be 6” x 6” pressure treated with cedar cap. Shop drawings and hardware shall be submitted to landscape architect for approval. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General The work related to each of the site improvement items shall be fabricated, constructed and finished in every respect in a good, workmanlike and substantial manner, to the full intent and meaning of the drawings and specifications, and manufacturer’s installation instructions. All parts necessary for the proper and complete execution of the work, whether the same may have been specifically mentioned or not, or indicated on the drawings, shall be done or furnished in a manner corresponding with the rest of the work as if the same were specifically herein described. B. The workmanship shall be first-class in every respect and neat in appearance. All work shall meet the requirements of the local codes, and other authorities having jurisdiction over the work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Site Furnishings 129300-4 C. All excavation and backfill operations shall conform to the details shown on the drawings and the applicable provisions specified under Excavating, Filling and Grading, Section 312000. D. Special Conditions Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other trades shall be consulted in advance so that proper provisions may be made for installation of their work and so that the work of this Section may be properly finished and connected to the work of other trades. E. Clean-up -Waste materials shall be disposed of according to Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal. Site shall be left free of all debris and in a clean, orderly manner. END OF SECTION 129300 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Elevators Work 140001-1 SECTION 140001 ELEVATORS (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 142410 Hydraulic Elevators B. Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 140001 –ELEVATORS 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Elevators Work 140001-2 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. D. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) E. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. F. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Elevators Work 140001-3 A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Elevators Work 140001-4 S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Elevators Work 140001-5 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 140001 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-1 SECTION 142410 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Hydraulic passenger elevators as shown and specified. Elevator work includes: 1. Standard pre-engineered hydraulic passenger elevators. 2. Elevator car enclosures, hoistway entrances and signal equipment. 3. Jack(s). 4. Operation and control systems. 5. Accessibility provisions for physically disabled persons. 6. Equipment, machines, controls, systems and devices as required for safely operating the specified elevators at their rated speed and capacity. 7. Materials and accessories as required to complete the elevator installation. 8. Installation of finish floor materials. See Room Finish Schedule. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 3 Concrete: Installing inserts, sleeves and anchors in concrete. 2. Division 4 Masonry: Installing inserts, sleeves and anchors in masonry. 3. Division 5 Metals: a. Providing hoist beams, pit ladders, steel framing, auxiliary support steel and divider beams for supporting guide-rail brackets. b. Providing steel angle sill supports and grouting hoistway entrance sills and frames. 4. Division 9 Finishes: Providing elevator car finish flooring and field painting unfinished and shop primed ferrous materials. 5. Division 22 Plumbing: a. Sump pit and oil interceptor. 6. Division 23: Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning a. Heating and ventilating hoistways and machine rooms. 7. Division 26 Electrical: a. Providing electrical service to elevators, including fused disconnect switches. b. Emergency power supply, transfer switch and auxiliary contacts. c. Convenience outlets and illumination in machine room, hoistway and pit. 8. Division 27 Communications 9. Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security: a. Access control. b. Fire Alarm. Heat and smoke sensing devices 10. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 11. Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal 12. Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements 13. Section 018119 018119 IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-2 C. Work Not Included: General contractor shall provide the following in accordance with the requirements of the Model Building Code and ANSI A17.1 Code. For specific rules, refer to ANSI A17.1, Section 300 for hydraulic elevators. State or local requirements must be used if more stringent. 1. Elevator hoist beam to be provided at top of elevator shaft. Beam must be able to accommodate proper loads and clearances for elevator installation and operation. 2. Supply in ample time for installation by other trades, inserts, anchors, bearing plates, brackets, supports and bracing including all setting templates and diagrams for placement. 3. Hatch walls require a minimum two hours of fire rating. Hoistway should be clear and plumb with variations not to exceed 1/2'' at any point. 4. Elevator hoistways shall have barricades, as required. 5. Install bevel guards at 75° on all recesses, projections or setbacks over 2'' (4'' for A17.1 2000 areas) except for loading or unloading. 6. Provide rail bracket supports at pit, each floor and roof. For guide rail bracket supports, provide divider beams between hoistway at each floor and roof. 7. Pit floor shall be level and free of debris. Reinforce dry pit to sustain normal vertical forces from rails and buffers. 8. Where pit access is by means of the lowest hoistway entrance, a vertical ladder of non-combustible material extending 42'' minimum, (48'' minimum for A17.1-2000 areas) shall be provided at the same height, above sill of access door or handgrips. 9. Machine room to be enclosed and protected. 10. Machine Room temperature must be maintained between 55º and 90º F. 11. If machine room is remote from the elevator hoistway, clear access must be available above the ceiling or metal/concrete raceways in floor for oil line and wiring duct from machine room. 12. Access to the machinery space and machine room must be in accordance with the governing authority or code. 13. Provide an 8” x 16” cutout through machine room wall, for oil line and wiring duct, coordinated with elevator contractor at the building site. 14. All wire and conduit should run remote from either the hoistways or the machine room. 15. When heat, smoke or combustion sensing devices are required, connect to elevator machine room terminals. Contacts on the sensors should be sided for 120 volt D.C. 16. Install and furnish finished flooring in elevator cab. 17. Finished floors and entrance walls are not to be constructed until after sills and door frames are in place. Consult elevator contractor for rough opening size. The general contractor shall supply the drywall framing so that the wall fire resistance rating is maintained, when drywall construction is used. 18. Where sheet rock or drywall construction is used for front walls, it shall be of sufficient strength to maintain the doors in true lateral alignment. Drywall contractor to coordinate with elevator contractor. 19. Before erection of rough walls and doors; erect hoistway hoistway sills, headers, and frames. After rough walls are finished; erect fascias and toe guards. Set sill level and slightly above finished floor at landings. 20. To maintain legal fire rating (masonry construction), door frames are to be New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-3 anchored to walls and properly grouted in place. 21. The elevator wall shall interface with the hoistway entrance assembly and be in strict compliance with the elevator contractor's requirements. 22. General Contractor shall fill and grout around entrances, as required. 23. Elevator sill supports shall be provided at each opening. 24. All walls and sill supports must be plumb where openings occur. 25. For applications with jack hole, free and clear access to the elevator pit area for the jack hole-drilling rig is required. 26. Where jack hole is required, remove all spoils from jack hole drilling. 27. Locate a light fixture and convenience outlet in pit with switch located adjacent to the access door. 28. A light switch and fused disconnect switch for each elevator should be located inside the machine room adjacent to the door, where practical, per the National Electrical Code (NFPA No. 70). 29. As indicated by elevator contractor, provide a light outlet for each elevator, in center of hoistway (or in the machine room). 30. For signal systems and power operated door: provide ground and branch wiring circuits, including main line switch. For car light and fan: provide a feeder and branch wiring circuits, including main line switch. 31. Wall thickness may increase when fixtures are mounted in drywall. These requirements must be coordinated between the general contractor and the elevator contractor. 32. Provide supports, patching and recesses to accommodate hall button boxes, signal fixtures, etc.. 33. Locate telephone and convenience outlet on control panel. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: When requested, the elevator contractor will provide standard cab, entrance and signal fixture data to describe product for approval. B. Shop drawings: 1. Show equipment arrangement in the machine room/control space, pit and hoistway. Provide plans, elevations, sections and details of assembly, erection, anchorage, and equipment location. 2. Indicate elevator system capacities, sizes, performances, safety features, finishes and other pertinent information. 3. Show floors served, travel distances, maximum loads imposed on the building structure at points of support and all similar considerations of the elevator work. 4. Indicate electrical power requirements and branch circuit protection device recommendations. C. Baked enamel selection: Submit manufacturer’s standard selection charts for exposed finishes and materials. D. Plastic laminate selection: Submit manufacturer’s standard selection charts for exposed finishes and materials. E. Metal Finishes: Upon request, standard metal samples provided. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-4 F. Operation and maintenance data. Include the following: 1. Owners Manual and Wiring Diagrams. 2. Parts list, with recommended parts inventory. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: An approved manufacturer with minimum fifteen years experience in manufacturing, installing, and servicing elevators of the type required for the project. 1. Must be the manufacturer of the power unit, controller, signal fixtures, door operators cab, entrances, and all other major parts of the elevator operating equipment. a. The major parts of the elevator equipment shall be manufactured in the United States, and not be an assembled system. 2. The manufacturer shall have a documented, on-going quality assurance program. 3. ISO-9001:2000 Manufacturer Certified B. Installer Qualifications: The manufacturer or an authorized agent of the manufacturer with not less than fifteen years of satisfactory experience installing elevators equal in character and performance to the project elevators. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. ASME/ANSI A17.1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, latest edition or as required by the local building code. 2. Building Code: National. 3. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows. 5. Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG). 6. CAN/CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code. 7. CAN/CSA B44 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. D. Fire-rated Entrance Assemblies: Opening protective assemblies including frames, hardware, and operation shall comply with ASTM E2074, CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104), UL10(B), and NFPA 80. Provide entrance assembly units bearing Class B or 1 1/2 hour label by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (2 hour label in Canada). E. Inspection and testing: Elevator Installer shall obtain and pay for all required inspections, tests, permits and fees for elevator installation. 1. Arrange for inspections and make required tests. 2. Deliver to the Owner upon completion and acceptance of elevator work. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Manufacturing will deliver elevator materials, components and equipment and the contractor is responsible to provide secure and safe storage on job site. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Prohibited Use: Elevators shall not be used for temporary service or for any other New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-5 purpose during the construction period before Substantial Completion and acceptance by the purchaser unless agreed upon by Elevator Contractor and General Contractor with signed temporary agreement. B. Provide the hole for the jack unit, based the boring reports provided in other sections of this specification. Provide a waterproof well casing to retain the walls of the hole. Before installing protective casing, remove water and debris from well hole and provide permanent waterproof seal at bottom of well casing. Align cylinders and fill space around protective casing with fine sand. Install cylinder plumb and accurately centered for elevator car position and travel. Anchor securely in place, supported at pit floor. Seal between well casing and pit floor with 4 inches of nonshrink, nonmetallic grout to provide a water tight seal. General contractor shall remove excavation spoils deposited in the elevator pit. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Submit elevator manufacturer's standard written warranty agreeing to repair, restore or replace defects in elevator work materials and workmanship not due to ordinary wear and tear or improper use or care for 12 months from date of Substantial Completion. 1.07 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full maintenance service by skilled employees of the elevator Installer. Include monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper elevator operation at rated speed and capacity. Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. 1. Include 24-hour-per-day, 7-day-per-week emergency callback service. a. Response Time: 90 minutes or less. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: ThyssenKrupp Elevator The design for hydraulic elevators is based on ThyssenKrupp Elevator model Seville Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Montgomery KONE Inc. 2. Dover Elevator Systems 3. Otis Elevator Co. 4. Schindler Elevator Corp. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-6 2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Colors, patterns, and finishes: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, and finish charts. B. Steel: 1. Shapes and bars: Carbon. 2. Sheet: Cold-rolled steel sheet, commercial quality, Class 1, matte finish. 3. Finish: Factory-applied baked enamel. C. Plastic laminate: Decorative high-pressure type, complying with NEMA LD3, Type GP-50 General Purpose Grade, nominal 0.050" thickness. D. Flooring: Resilient sheet flooring installed by others. 2.03 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT A. Platform: Fabricated frame of formed or structural steel shapes, gusseted and rigidly welded with a wood subfloor. Underside of the platform shall be fireproofed. B. Sling: Steel stiles affixed to a steel crosshead and bolstered with bracing members to remove strain from the car enclosure. C. Guide Rails: Steel, omega shaped, fastened to the building structure with steel brackets. D. Guide Shoes: Slide guides shall be mounted on top and bottom of the car. E. Buffers: Provide substantial buffers in the elevator pit. Mount buffers on a steel template that is fastened to the pit floor or continuous channels fastened to the elevator guide rail or securely anchored to the pit floor. Provide extensions if required by project conditions. F. Jack: Jack unit shall be of sufficient size to lift the gross load the height specified. Factory test jack to insure adequate strength and freedom from leakage. Brittle material, such as gray cast iron, is prohibited in the jack construction. Provide the following jack type: Single post conventional (in ground). Single polished steel hydraulic plunger housed in a steel sealed casing with sufficient clearance space to allow for alignment during installation. The casing shall have a dished endcap and safety bulkhead as required by A17.1 code. The plunger shall have a high-pressure sealing system which will not allow for seal movement or displacement during the course of operation. The jack system will be supplied with schedule 40 pvc or an HDPE protection system complying with A17.1 code requirements to prevent in ground corrosion of the casing. The jack casing shall have a bleeder valve to discharge any air trapped in the jack. Provide a water tight seal between the jack and casings. G. Automatic Self-Leveling: Provide each elevator car with a self-leveling feature to automatically bring the car to the landings and correct for overtravel or undertravel. Self-leveling shall, within its zone, be automatic and independent of the operating device. The car shall be maintained approximately level with the landing irrespective of New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-7 its load. H. Wiring, Piping, and Oil: Provide all necessary hoistway wiring in accordance with the National Electrical Code. All necessary code compliant pipe and fittings shall be provided to connect the power unit to the jack unit. Provide proper grade oil as specified by the manufacturer of the power unit. 2.04 POWER UNIT A. Power Unit (Oil Pumping and Control Mechanism): A self-contained unit consisting of the following items: 1. Oil reservoir with tank cover. 2. An oil hydraulic pump. 3. An electric motor. 4. Oil control valve with the following components built into single housing; high pressure relief valve, check valve, automatic unloading up start valve, lowering and leveling valve, and electro-magnetic controlling solenoids. B. Pump: Positive displacement type pump specifically manufactured for oil-hydraulic elevator service. Pump shall be designed for steady discharge with minimum pulsation to give smooth and quiet operation. Output of pump shall not vary more than 10 percent between no load and full load on the elevator car. C. Motor: Standard manufacture motor specifically designed for oil-hydraulic elevator service. Duty rating shall be selected for specified speed and load. D. Control System: Shall be microprocessor based and protected from environmental extremes and excessive vibrations in a NEMA 1 enclosure. E. Oil Control Unit: The following components shall be built into a single housing. Welded manifolds with separate valves to accomplish each function are not acceptable. Adjustments shall be accessible and be made without removing the assembly from the oil line. 1. Relief valve shall be externally adjustable and be capable of bypassing the total oil flow without increasing back pressure more than 10 percent above that required to barely open the valve. 2. Up start and stop valve shall be adjustable and designed to bypass oil flow during start and stop of motor pump assembly. Valve shall close slowly, gradually diverting oil to or from the jack unit, ensuring smooth up starts and up stops. 3. Check valve shall be designed to close quietly without permitting any perceptible reverse flow. 4. Lowering valve and leveling valve shall be adjustable for down start speed, lowering speed, leveling speed and stopping speed to ensure smooth "down" starts and stops. The leveling valve shall be designed to level the car to the floor in the direction the car is traveling after slowdown is initiated. F. Solid State Starting: Provide an electronic starter featuring adjustable starting currents. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-8 2.05 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES A. Doors and Frames: Provide complete hollow metal type hoistway entrances at each hoistway opening bolted\knock down construction. 1. Manufacturer's standard entrance design consisting of hangers, doors, hanger supports, hanger covers, fascia plates, sight guards, and necessary hardware. 2. Main landing door & frame finish: Stainless steel panels, no. 4 brushed finish. 3. Typical door & frame finish: Stainless steel panels, no. 4 brushed finish. B. Interlocks: Equip each hoistway entrance with an approved type interlock tested as required by code. Provide door restriction devices as required by code. C. Door Hanger and Tracks: Provide sheave type two point suspension hangers and tracks for each hoistway horizontal sliding door. 1. Sheaves: Polyurethane tires with ball bearings properly sealed to retain grease. 2. Hangers: Provide an adjustable device beneath the track to limit the up-thrust of the doors during operation. 3. Tracks: Drawn steel shapes, smooth surface and shaped to conform to the hanger sheaves. D. Hoistway Sills: Extruded metal, with groove(s) in top surface. Provide mill finish on aluminum. 2.06 CAR ENCLOSURE A. Car Enclosure: 1. Walls: Cab type TKLP, durable wood core finished on both sides with high pressure plastic laminate. 2. Canopy: Cold-rolled steel with hinged exit. 3. Ceiling: Downlight type, metal pans with suspended halogen downlights and dimmer switch. Number of downlights shall be dependent on platform size with a minimum of six. 4. Cab Fronts, Return,Transom, Soffit and Strike: Provide panels faced with brushed stainless steel. 5. Doors: Horizontal sliding car doors reinforced with steel for panel rigidity. Hang doors on sheave type hangers with polyurethane tires that roll on a polished steel track and are guided at the bottom by non-metallic sliding guides. a. Door Finish: Stainless steel panels: No. 4 brushed finish. b. Cab Sills: Extruded aluminum, mill finish. 6. Handrail: Provide 6'' flat metal bar on side and rear walls on front opening cars and side walls only on front and rear opening cars. Handrails shall have a stainless steel, no. 4 brushed finish. 7. Ventilation: Manufacturer’s standard exhaust fan, mounted on the car top. B. Car Top Inspection: Provide a car top inspection station with an “Auto-Inspection” switch, an "emergency stop" switch, and constant pressure "up and down" direction and safety buttons to make the normal operating devices inoperative. The station will give the inspector complete control of the elevator. The car top inspection station shall be mounted in the door operator assembly. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-9 2.07 DOOR OPERATION A. Door Operation: Provide a direct current motor driven heavy duty operator designed to operate the car and hoistway doors simultaneously. Door movements shall be electrically cushioned at both limits of travel and the door operating mechanism shall be arranged for manual operation in event of power failure. Doors shall automatically open when the car arrives at the landing and automatically close after an adjustable time interval or when the car is dispatched to another landing. Closed-loop, microprocessor controlled motor-driven linear door operator, with adjustable torque limits, also acceptable. AC controlled units with oil checks or other deviations are not acceptable. 1. Door nudging operation to occur if doors are prevented from closing for an adjustable period of time. B. Door Protection Devices: Provide a door protection system using microprocessor controlled infra-red light beams. The beams beams shall project across the car opening detecting the presence of a passenger or object. If door movement is obstructed, the doors shall immediately reopen. 2.08 CAR OPERATING STATION A. Car Operating Station, General: The main car control in each car shall contain the devices required for specific operation mounted in an integral swing return panel requiring no applied faceplate. Swing return shall have a brushed stainless steel finish. The main car operating panel shall be mounted in the return and comply with handicap requirements. Pushbuttons that illuminate using long lasting LED’s shall be included for each floor served, and emergency buttons and switches shall be provided per code. Switches for car light and accessories shall be provided. B. Emergency Communications System: Phone box provided. Instrument by others. C. Auxiliary Operating Panel: Not Required D. Column Mounted Car Riding Lantern: Not required for this application. 2.09 CONTROL SYSTEMS A. Controller: The elevator control system shall shall be microprocessor based and software oriented. Control of the elevator shall be automatic in operation by means of push buttons in the car numbered to correspond to floors served, for registering car stops, and by "up-down" push buttons at each intermediate landing and "call" push buttons at terminal landings. 2.10 HALL STATIONS A. Hall Stations, General: Vandal resistant buttons with center jewels which illuminate to indicate that a call has been registered at that floor for the indicated direction. Each button shall be provided with an internal automatic stop to prevent damage of switches that register the call. Provide 1 set of pushbutton risers. All fixtures shall be vandal resistant New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-10 type. Provide one pushbutton riser with faceplates having a brushed stainless steel finish. 1. Phase 1 firefighter’s service key switch, with instructions, shall be incorporated into the hall station at the designated level. B. Floor Identification Pads: Provide door jamb pads at each floor. Jamb pads shall comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. C. Hall Position Indicator: An electronic dot matrix position indicator shall be provided and mounted for optimum viewing. As the car travels, its position in the hoistway shall be indicated by the illumination of the alphanumeric character corresponding to the landing which the elevator is stopped or passing. When hall lanterns are provided, the position indicator shall be combined with the hall lanterns in the same faceplate. Faceplates shall match hall stations. Provide at all landings. D. Hall lanterns: A hall lantern with adjustable chime shall be provided at each landing and located adjacent to the entrance. The lanterns, when illuminated, shall indicate the elevator car that shall stop at the landing and in what direction the car is set to travel. When the car reaches a predetermined distance from the floor where it is going to stop, the corresponding hall lantern shall illuminate and the chime shall sound. The hall lantern shall remain illuminated until the car doors close in preparation for leaving the floor. Illumination of the arrow shall be with LED’s. Faceplates shall match the hall station finish. Provide at all landings. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS ELEVATOR COMPONENTS A. Oil Hydraulic Silencer: Install an oil hydraulic silencer (muffler device) at the power unit location. The silencer shall contain pulsation absorbing material inserted in a blowout proof housing arranged for inspecting interior parts without removing unit from oil line. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Before starting elevator installation, inspect hoistway, hoistway openings, pits and machine rooms/control space, as constructed and verify all critical dimensions, and examine supporting structures and all other conditions under which elevator work is to be installed. Do not proceed with elevator installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of existing conditions and responsibility for satisfactory performance. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install elevator systems components and coordinate installation of hoistway wall construction. 1. Work shall be performed by competent elevator installation personnel in New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-11 accordance with ASME A17.1, manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings. 2. Comply with the National Electrical Code for electrical work required during installation. B. Jack unit excavation: Drill or otherwise excavate below elevator pit construction as required to install the jack unit. 1. Install casing for jack unit. 2. Provide HDPE jack protection system for all in ground jacks. 3. Set casing for jack unit assembly plumb, and partially fill with water-settled sand, eliminating voids. Back fill depth shall be sufficient to hold the bottom of the jack in place over time. 4. Provide and install a waterproof and water tight seal between the casing, sleeve and jack housing. C. Coordination: Coordinate elevator work with the work of other trades, for proper time and sequence to avoid construction delays. Use benchmarks, lines, and levels designated by the Contractor, to ensure dimensional coordination of the work. D. Alignment: Coordinate installation of hoistway entrances with installation of elevator guide rails for accurate alignment of entrances with cars. Where possible, delay final adjustment of sills and doors until car is operable in shaft. Reduce clearances to minimum safe, workable dimensions at each landing. E. Lubricate operating parts of system where recommended by manufacturer. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance testing: Upon completion of the elevator installation and before permitting use of elevator, perform acceptance tests as required by A17.1 Code and local authorities having jurisdiction. Perform other tests, if any, as required by governing regulations or agencies. B. Advise Owner, Contractor, Architect, and governing authorities in advance of dates and times tests are to be performed on the elevator. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Make necessary adjustments of operating devices and equipment to ensure elevator operates smoothly and accurately. 3.05 CLEANING A. Before final acceptance, acceptance, remove protection from finished surfaces and clean and polish surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for type of material and finish provided. Stainless stall shall be cleaned with soap and water and dried with a non-abrasive surface; shall not be cleaned with bleached-based cleansers. B. At completion of elevator work, remove tools, equipment, and surplus materials from site. Clean equipment rooms and hoistway. Remove trash and debris. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydraulic Elevator 142410-12 3.06 PROTECTION A. At time of Substantial Completion of elevator work, or portion thereof, provide suitable protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other such methods or procedures to protect elevator work from damage or deterioration. Maintain protective measures throughout remainder of construction period. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper use, operations, and daily maintenance of elevators. Review emergency provisions, including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of failure in operation and other building emergencies. Train Owner's personnel in normal procedures to be followed in checking for sources of operational failures or malfunctions. B. Make a final check of each elevator operation, with Owner's personnel present, immediately before date of substantial completion. Determine that control systems and operating devices are functioning properly. 3.08 ELEVATOR ELEVATOR SCHEDULE A. Elevator Qty. 1 1. Elevator Model: Seville 30 2. Rated Capacity: 3000 lbs. 3. Rated Speed: 150 ft./min. 4. Operation System: TAC20 5. Travel: 28'-0'' 6. Landings: 3 total 7. Openings: a. Front: 3 b. Rear: 0 8. Clear Car Inside: 6' -8'' wide x 4' -9'' high 9. Cab Height: 8'-0'' nominal 10. Hoistway Entrance Size: 3' -6'' wide x 7'-0 high 11. Door Type: Single Speed 12. Power Characteristics: 208 volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz. 13. Seismic Requirements: per MA code Hazard Exposure Group III Performance Category D 14. Fixture & Button Style: Vandal Resistant 15. Access control to restricted floors 16. Wall protection pads & button hangers at all cab interior walls. 17. Finish floor materials installed by elevator contractor. See Room Finish Schedule. END OF SECTION 042410 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Work Results For Fire Suppression 210500-1 SECTION 210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for sprinkler systems. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 10 00 -Concrete Forming and Accessories: Execution requirements for inserts and sleeves specified by this section. 2. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for piping painting specified by this section. 3. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 4. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 5. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 6. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.1 -Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. ASME B16.11 -Forged Steel Fittings -Socket-Welding and Threaded. 3. ASME B16.25 -Buttweld Ends. 4. ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 5. ASME B16.4 -Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. 6. ASME B16.5 -Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 7. ASME B16.9 -Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings. 8. ASME B36.10M -Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 2. ASTM A135 -Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe. 3. ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 4. ASTM A795/A795M -Standard Specification for Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use. 5. ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A5.8 -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. 2. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Work Results For Fire Suppression 210500-2 D. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C110 -American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. 2. AWWA C111 -American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 3. AWWA C151 -American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. E. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 13 -Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 2. NFPA 24 -Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. F. Underwriter Laboratories, Inc.: 1. UL 1887 -Fire Tests of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and Smoke Characteristics. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts lists. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide fire sprinkler piping located in plenums with peak optical density not greater than 0.5, average optical density not greater than 0.15, and flame spread not greater than 5 feet (1.5 m) when tested in accordance with UL 1887. B. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13 standard. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Work Results For Fire Suppression 210500-3 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place. C. Furnish cast iron and steel valves with temporary protective coating. D. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for basic fire suppression materials and methods. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two sets of valve stem packing for each size and type of valve installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Kennedy. 2. Victaulic. 3. Stockham. 4. Nibco. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Work Results For Fire Suppression 210500-4 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Gate Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body and trim, rising stem, hand wheel, solid wedge or disc, threaded ends. 2. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem pre-grooved for mounting tamper switch, hand wheel, OS&Y, solid bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged or grooved ends. 3. Over 4 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, non-rising stem with bolted bonnet, solid bronze wedge, flanged ends, iron body indicator post assembly. C. Globe Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem and hand wheel, inside screw, renewable rubber disc, threaded ends, with back seating capacity packable under pressure. 2. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, hand wheel, OS&Y, plugtype disc, flanged ends, renewable seat and disc. D. Ball Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze two piece body, brass, chrome plated bronze, or stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle, threaded ends with union. 2. Over 2 inches: Manufacturers: Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle or gear drive hand wheel for sizes 10 inches and over, flanged. E. Butterfly Valves: 1. Bronze Body: Stainless steel disc, resilient replaceable seat, threaded or grooved ends, extended neck, hand wheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and built-in tamper proof switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. 2. Cast or Ductile Iron Body: Cast or ductile iron, chrome or nickel plated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends. With extended neck, hand wheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and internal tamper switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. F. Check Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body and swing disc, rubber seat, threaded ends. 2. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, swing check with rubber disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends with automatic ball check. 3. 4 inches and Over: Iron body, bronze disc with stainless steel spring, resilient seal, threaded, wafer, or flanged ends. G. Drain Valves: 1. Compression Stop: Bronze with hose thread nipple and cap. 2. Ball Valve: Brass with cap and chain, 3/4 inch hose thread. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Work Results For Fire Suppression 210500-5 2.2 BURIED PIPING A. Cast Iron Pipe: AWWA C151. 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket. 3. Mechanical Couplings: Shaped composition sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers. 2.3 ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B; ASTM A135/135M; ASTM A795/A795M; or ASME B36.10; Schedule 10, 40 black galvanized for dry system. 1. Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, butt welded; ASME B16.5, steel flanges and fittings; ASME B16.11, forged steel socket welded and threaded. 2. Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and flanged fittings; ASME B16.4, threaded fittings. 3. Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, threaded fittings ASTM B47. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. 4. Mechanical Formed Fittings: Fittings: Carbon-steel housing with integral pipe stop and Oring pocked and O-ring uniformly compressed into permanent mechanical engagement onto pipe. 5. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Ductile iron housing with alkyd enamel paint coating clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers. B. Cast Iron Pipe: AWWA C151. 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket. 3. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped composition sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. 2.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Conform to NFPA 13. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inch and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches: Cast iron hook. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Work Results For Fire Suppression 210500-6 G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. H. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. I. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install piping in accordance with NFPA 13 for sprinkler systems and NFPA 24 for service mains. B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Install pipe sleeve at piping penetrations through footings, partitions, walls, and floors. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to maintain fire resistance equivalent to fire separation. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. G. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with NFPA 13. 2. Install hangers to with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 3. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 4. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 5. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 6. Where installing several pipes in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 7. Install sheet lead packing between hanger or support and piping. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Work Results For Fire Suppression 210500-7 8. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. H. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Install eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. I. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. Refer to Section 09 90 00. J. Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated. K. Where more than one piping system material is specified, install compatible system components and joints. Install flanges, union, and couplings at locations requiring servicing. L. Die cut threaded joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with red lead and linseed oil or other non-toxic joint compound applied to male threads only. M. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings after installation. N. Install gate or butterfly valves for shut-off or isolating service. O. Install drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. P. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and install through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut flush with top of slab. 3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Install hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 3.4 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Clean entire system after other construction is complete. END OF SECTION 210500 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Fire-Suppression Piping 210516-1 SECTION 210516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Flexible pipe connectors. 2. Expansion joints. 3. Expansion compensators. 4. Pipe alignment guides. 5. Swivel joints. 6. Pipe anchors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 21 05 00 -Common Work Results for Fire Suppression: Product and installation requirements for piping used in fire protection systems. 2. Section 21 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for vibration isolators used in piping systems. 3. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 4. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 5. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 6. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. 2. ASME Section IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural work and equipment required for expansion and contraction of piping. Verify anchors, guides, and expansion joints provide and adequately protect system. B. Expansion Compensation Design Criteria: 1. Installation Temperature: 50 degrees F. 2. Fire Protection System Temperature: degrees F. 3. Safety Factor: 30 percent. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Fire-Suppression Piping 210516-2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including flexible connectors, expansion joints, expansion compensators, loops, offsets and swing joints. Submit shop drawings sealed by a registered professional engineer. C. Product Data: 1. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, face-to-face length, live length, hose wall thickness, hose convolutions per foot and per assembly, fundamental frequency of assembly, braid structure, and total number of wires in braid. 2. Expansion Joints: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, and maximum expansion compensation. D. Design Data: Indicate criteria and show calculations. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Welders’ Certificate: Include welders’ certification of compliance with ASME Section IX. H. Manufacturer’s Field Reports: Indicate results of inspection by manufacturer’s representative. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flexible pipe connectors, expansion joints, anchors, and guides. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit adjustment instructions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Fire-Suppression Piping 210516-3 B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Design expansion compensating system under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of Massachusetts. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept expansion joints on site in factory packing with shipping bars and positioning devices intact. Inspect for damage. C. Protect equipment from exposure by leaving factory coverings, pipe end protection, and packaging in place until installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for leak free performance of packed expansion joints. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Supply two 12 ounce containers of packing lubricant and cartridge style grease gun. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason. 2. Metraflex. 3. Vibration Eliminator. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Fire-Suppression Piping 210516-4 B. Steel Piping: 1. Inner Hose: Stainless Steel. 2. Exterior Sleeve: Stainless steel. 3. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG and 250 degrees F. 4. Joint: Flanged. 5. Maximum offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line. 2.2 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Metraflex. 2. Mason. 3. Vibration Elimination. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Stainless Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG and 250 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 3 inch. 3. Maximum Extension: 1/4 inch. 4. Joint: Flanged 5. Application: Steel piping 3 inch and smaller. C. External Ring Controlled Stainless Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG and 250 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 1-1/4 inch. 3. Maximum Extension: 3/8 inch. 4. Maximum Offset: 5/16 inch. 5. Joint: Flanged 6. Accessories: Internal flow liner. 7. Application: Steel piping 3 inch and larger. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Metraflex. 2. Mason. 3. Vibration Elimination. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Pipe Alignment Guides: Two piece welded steel with enamel paint, bolted, with spider to fit standard pipe, frame with four mounting holes, clearance for minimum 1 inch thick insulation, minimum 3 inch travel. C. Swivel Joints: Fabricated steel body, double ball bearing race, field lubricated, with oring seals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Fire-Suppression Piping 210516-5 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install Work in accordance with ASME B31.9. B. Install flexible pipe connectors on pipes connected to equipment supported by vibration isolation. Refer to Section 21 05 48. Provide line size flexible connectors. C. Install flexible connectors at right angles to displacement. Install one end immediately adjacent to isolated equipment and anchor other end. Install in horizontal plane unless indicated otherwise. D. Rigidly anchor pipe to building structure. Provide pipe guides to direct movement only along axis of pipe. Erect piping so strain and weight is not on cast connections or apparatus. E. Provide support and anchors for controlling expansion and contraction of piping. Provide loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, or expansion joints where required as indicated on Drawings. Refer to Section 21 05 00 for pipe hanger installation requirements. F. Provide grooved piping systems with minimum one joint per inch pipe diameter instead of flexible connector supported by vibration isolation. Grooved piping systems need not be anchored. G. Provide expansion loops as indicated on Drawings. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Manufacturers’ field services. B. Furnish inspection services by flexible pipe manufacturer's representative for final installation and certify installation is in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and connectors are performing satisfactorily. END OF SECTION 210516 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Fire-Suppression Piping And Equipment 210548-1 SECTION 210548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Inertia bases. 2. Vibration isolators. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Product requirements for concrete for placement by this section. 2. Section 07 92 00 -Joint Sealants: Product requirements for joint sealers specified for placement by this section. 3. Section 21 05 16 -Expansion Fittings and Loops for Fire-Suppression Piping: Product requirements for anchors and piping expansion compensation. 4. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports. 5. Section 23 05 93 -Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC: Requirements for sound and vibration measurements performed independent of this section. 6. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 7. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 8. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 9. Section 01 81 19 – IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI S1.4 -Sound Level Meters. 2. ANSI S1.8 -Reference Quantities for Acoustical Levels. 3. ANSI S1.13 -Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels in Air. 4. ANSI S12.36 -Survey Methods for the Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources. B. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 575 -Method of Measuring Machinery Sound within Equipment Space. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide vibration isolation on motor driven equipment over 0.5 hp, plus connected piping. B. Provide minimum static deflection of isolators for equipment as follows: 1. Basement, Under 20 hp New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Fire-Suppression Piping And Equipment 210548-2 a. Under 400 rpm: b. 400 -600 rpm: 1 inch c. 600 -800 rpm: 0.5 inch d. 800 -900 rpm: 0.2 inch e. 1100 -1500 rpm: 0.14 inch f. Over 1500 rpm: 0.1 inch 2. Basement, Over 20 hp a. Under 400 rpm: b. 400 -600 rpm: 2 inch c. 600 -800 rpm: 1 inch d. 800 -900 rpm: 0.5 inch e. 1100 -1500 rpm: 0.2 inch f. Over 1500 rpm: 0.15 inch 3. Upper Floors, Normal a. Under 400 rpm: b. 400 -600 rpm: 3.5 inch c. 600 -800 rpm: 2 inch d. 800 -900 rpm: 1 inch e. 1100 -1500 rpm: 0.5 inch f. Over 1500 rpm: 0.2 inch 4. Upper Floors, Critical a. Under 400 rpm: b. 400 -600 rpm: c. 600 -800 rpm: 3.5 inch d. 800 -900 rpm: 2 inch e. 1100 -1500 rpm: 1 inch f. Over 1500 rpm: 0.5 inch C. Consider upper floor locations critical unless otherwise indicated. D. Maintain sound level of spaces at levels not to exceed those listed below by utilizing acoustical devices. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate inertia bases and locate vibration isolators, with static and dynamic load on each. Indicate assembly, materials, thickness, dimensional data, pressure losses, acoustical performance, layout, and connection details for sound attenuation products fabricated for this project. C. Product Data: Submit schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each. Submit catalog information indicating, materials, dimensional data, pressure losses, and acoustical performance for standard sound attenuation products. D. Design Data: Submit calculations indicating maximum room sound levels are not exceeded. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Fire-Suppression Piping And Equipment 210548-3 E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and setting dimensions. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify isolators meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate sound isolation installation is complete and in accordance with instructions. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of hangers including attachment points. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ANSI S12.36. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for inertia bases. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Fire-Suppression Piping And Equipment 210548-4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INERTIA BASES A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason. 2. Vibration Eliminator. 3. Amber Booth. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Structural Bases: 1. Design: Sufficiently rigid to prevent misalignment or undue stress on machine, and to transmit design loads to isolators and snubbers. 2. Construction: Welded structural steel with gusset brackets, supporting equipment and motor with motor slide rails. C. Concrete Inertia Bases: 1. Mass: Minimum of 1.5 times weight of isolated equipment. 2. Construction: Structured steel channel perimeter frame, with gusset brackets and anchor bolts, adequately reinforced, concrete filled. 3. Connecting Point: Reinforced to connect isolators and snubbers to base. 4. Concrete: Reinforced 3,000 psi concrete. 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason. 2. Vibration Eliminator. 3. Amber Booth. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Open Spring Isolators: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 3. Spring Mounts: Furnish with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware. 4. Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators. C. Restrained Spring Isolators: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Fire-Suppression Piping And Equipment 210548-5 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 3. Spring Mounts: Furnish with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware. 4. Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators. 5. Restraint: Furnish mounting frame and limit stops. D. Closed Spring Isolators: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 3. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 4. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance. E. Restrained Closed Spring Isolators: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 3. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 4. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance and limit stops. F. Spring Hanger: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators rubber hanger with threaded insert. 4. Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment. G. Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.5 inches deflection with threaded insert. H. Glass Fiber Pads: Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed molded glass fiber. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Fire-Suppression Piping And Equipment 210548-6 I. Seismic Snubbers: 1. Type: Non-directional and double acting unit consisting of interlocking steel members restrained by neoprene elements. 2. Neoprene Elements: Replaceable, minimum of 0.75 inch thick. 3. Capacity: 4 times load assigned to mount groupings at 0.4 inch deflection. 4. Attachment Points and Fasteners: Capable of withstanding 3 times rated load capacity of seismic snubber. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify equipment and piping is installed before work in this section is started. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install isolation for motor driven equipment. B. Bases: 1. Set steel bases for 1 inch clearance between housekeeping pad and base. 2. Set concrete inertia bases for 2 inch clearance between housekeeping pad and base. C. Adjust equipment level. D. Install spring hangers without binding. E. On closed spring isolators, adjust so side stabilizers are clear under normal operating conditions. F. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary shims to final height. When full load is applied, adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal. G. Provide resiliently mounted equipment, piping, and ductwork with seismic snubbers. Provide each inertia base with minimum of four seismic snubbers located close to isolators. Snub equipment designated for post disaster use to 0.05 inch maximum clearance. Provide other snubbers with clearance between 0.15 inch and 0.25 inch. H. Support piping connections to isolated equipment resiliently as follows: 1. Up to 4 inch Diameter: First three points of support. 2. 5 to 8 inch Diameter: First four points of support. 3. 10 inch Diameter and Over: First six points of support. 4. Select three hangers closest to vibration source for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or static deflection of isolated equipment. Select remaining isolators New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Fire-Suppression Piping And Equipment 210548-7 for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or 1/2 static deflection of isolated equipment. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control, 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect isolated equipment after installation and submit report. Include static deflections. C. Refer to Section 23 05 93 for sound measurements. D. Furnish services of testing agency to take noise measurement. Use meters meeting requirements of ANSI S1.4. 3.4 SCHEDULES A. Pipe Isolation Schedule: Pipe Size Inch Isolated Distance from Equipment 1 120 diameters 2 90 diameters 3 80 diameters 4 75 diameters 6 60 diameters 8 60 diameters 10 54 diameters END OF SECTION 210548 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211313-1 SECTION 211313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes wet-pipe sprinkler system, system design, installation, and certification. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 21 05 00 – Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 2. Section 21 05 16 – Expansion Fittings and Loops for Fire Suppression piping. 3. Section 21 05 48 – Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire Suppression piping and Equipment. 4. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section. 5. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 6. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 7. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 8. Section 01 81 19 – IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 13 -Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System to provide coverage for entire building. B. Provide hydraulically designed system to NFPA 13 light hazard and hazards as noted on drawings occupancy requirements. C. Determine volume and pressure of incoming water supply from water flow test data. D. Interface system with building fire and smoke alarm system. E. Provide fire department connections as indicated on Drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of finished ceiling areas indicating sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. Indicate detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system controls. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211313-2 C. Product Data: Submit data on sprinklers, valves, and specialties, including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. D. Design Data: Submit design calculations; signed and sealed by professional engineer. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit components of system, servicing requirements, record drawings, inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and location and numbers of service depot. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Design system under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Massachusetts. D. All equipment used in the automatic sprinkler system shall be FM approved 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Store products in shipping containers until installation. C. Furnish piping with temporary inlet and outlet caps until installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211313-3 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish extra sprinklers under provisions of NFPA 13. C. Furnish suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type. D. Furnish metal storage cabinet located adjacent to alarm valve. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Viking. 2. Tyco. 3. Grinnell Corp. 4. Reliable Sprinkler Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Suspended Ceiling Type: 1. Type: Concealed pendant type with matching screw on escutcheon plate. 2. Finish: Chrome plated. 3. Escutcheon Plate Finish: Enamel, color white. 4. Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. C. Exposed Area Type: 1. Type: Standard upright type. 2. Finish: Chrome plated. 3. Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. D. Side wall Type: 1. Type: Standard horizontal side wall type with matching screw on escutcheon plate. 2. Finish: Chrome plated. 3. Escutcheon Plate Finish: Enamel, color white. 4. Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. E. Security Type: 1. Type: Flush Pendant type, tamper-resistant construction. 2. Finish: Chrome plated. 3. Fusible Link: Solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211313-4 F. Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish. 2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm and electric alarm, with pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim; with test and drain valve. B. Electric Alarm: Electrically operated chrome plated gong with pressure alarm switch. C. Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC. D. Fire Department Connections: 1. Type: Flush mounted pedestal type with chrome plated finish. 2. Outlets: Two-way with fire department thread size. Threaded dust-cap and chain of matching material and finish. 3. Drain: 3/4 inch automatic drip, outside. 4. Label: "Sprinkler -Fire Department Connection" PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Install buried shut-off valves in valve box. Furnish post indicator. C. Install approved double check valve assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. D. Locate fire department connection with sufficient clearance from walls, obstructions, or adjacent Siamese connectors to allow full swing of fire department wrench handle. E. Locate outside alarm-gong on building wall. F. Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work. G. Install piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. H. Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and install piping offsets. I. Install guards on sprinklers as indicated on Drawings. J. Hydrostatically test entire system. K. Require test be witnessed by Authority having jurisdiction. Architect/Engineer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211313-5 L. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and that fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product requirements. 3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Verify signal devices are installed and connected to fire alarm system. 3.3 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Flush entire piping system of foreign matter. 3.4 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Protecting installed construction. B. Apply masking tape or paper cover to protect concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons not receiving field paint finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers with new. END OF SECTION 211313 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211316-1 SECTION 211316 DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes dry-pipe sprinkler system, system design, installation, and certification. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 21 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolators for placement by this section. 2. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section. 3. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 4. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 5. Section 018113 – LEED® Product Requirements 6. Section 01 81 19 – IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 13 -Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System to provide coverage for building areas noted. B. Provide hydraulically designed system to NFPA 13 light hazard, ordinary hazard, Group 1, ordinary hazard, Group 2, occupancy requirements. C. Determine volume and pressure of incoming water supply from water flow test data. D. Interface system with building fire and smoke alarm system. E. Provide fire department connections as indicated on Drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of finished ceiling areas indicating sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. Indicate detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system controls. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211316-2 C. Product Data: Submit data on sprinklers, valves, pumps, compressors and specialties, including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. D. Design Data: Submit design calculations. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit components of system, servicing requirements, record drawings, inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and location and numbers of service depot. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Design system under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of Massachusetts. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Store products in shipping containers until installation. C. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211316-3 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for air compressor and pump. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish extra sprinklers under provisions of NFPA 13. C. Furnish suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type. D. Furnish metal storage cabinet adjacent to alarm valve. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Viking. 2. Tyco. 3. Grinnell Corp. 4. Reliable Sprinkler Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Exposed Area Type: 1. Type: Standard upright type with guard. 2. Finish: Chrome plated. 3. Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. C. Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish. 2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Dry Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm and electric alarm, with accelerator; with test and drain. B. Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211316-4 2.3 AIR COMPRESSOR A. Manufacturers: 1. Ingersoll-Rand. 2. Gast. 3. Emglo. 4. General Air Products. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Single unit, electric motor driven, ASME rated horizontal receiver tank, air pressure operated electric switch, motor, motor starter with automatic mechanical alternator, safety valves, check valves, automatic tank drain, muffler-filter, belt guard, and controls. C. Performance: Contractor shall verify capacity of air compressor when Contractor’s hydraulic calculations are completed. D. Motor: 120 volt, single phase, 60 hz. E. High/Low Pressure Alarm: Provide a high/low pressure alarm for supervision of air pressure with contacts for remote alarm signal. High/low pressure alarm shall be Potter Electric Signal Company, Model No. PS40A. F. Disconnect switch: Factory mounted on equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Install piping to minimize obstruction with other work. C. Install piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. D. Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and install piping offsets. E. Install guards on sprinklers as indicated on Drawings. F. Install air compressor on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 21 05 48. G. Hydrostatically test entire system. H. Require test be witnessed by Authority having jurisdiction. Architect/Engineer. I. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and that fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems 211316-5 3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Verify devices are installed and connected to fire alarm system. 3.3 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Flush entire piping system of foreign matter. 3.4 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Protecting installed construction. B. Apply masking tape or paper cover to sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons not receiving field painted finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers with new. END OF SECTION 211316 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Work 220001-1 SECTION 220001 PLUMBING (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 220503 Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Section 220513 Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment Section 220516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping Section 220523 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping Section 220529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Section 220548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Section 220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Section 220700 Plumbing Insulation Section 221100 Facility Water Distribution Section 221200 Facility Potable-Water Storage Tanks Section 221300 Facility Sanitary Sewerage Section 221400 Facility Storm Drainage Section 221429 Sump Pumps Section 224000 Plumbing Fixtures Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal Section 018113 LEED Product Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Work 220001-2 NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 220001 –PLUMBING 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. C. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) D. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. E. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Work 220001-3 R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Work 220001-4 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Work 220001-5 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Work 220001-6 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 220001 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-1 SECTION 220503 PIPES AND TUBES FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Pipe and pipe fittings for the following systems: 1. Equipment drains and over flows. 2. Unions and flanges. 3. Underground pipe markers. 4. Bedding and cover materials. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 2. Section 08 31 00 -Access Panels: Product requirements for access doors for placement by this section. 3. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 4. Section 22 05 16 -Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Product requirements for piping expansion compensation devices for placement by this section. 5. Section 22 05 23 -General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping: Product requirements for valves for placement by this section. 6. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section. 7. Section 22 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolation for placement by this section. 8. Section 22 07 00 -Plumbing Insulation: Product requirements for piping insulation for placement by this section. 9. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 10. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 11. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 12. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.1 -Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 3. ASME B16.4 -Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. 4. ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 5. ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-2 6. ASME B16.23 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). 7. ASME B16.26 -Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 8. ASME B16.29 -Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings -DWV. 9. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. 10. ASME B36.10M -Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. 11. ASME Section IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A47/A47M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. ASTM A74 -Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 4. ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 5. ASTM A395/A395M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 6. ASTM A536 -Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 7. ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 8. ASTM B42 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 9. ASTM B43 -Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes. 10. ASTM B75 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. 11. ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 12. ASTM B251 -Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy Tube. 13. ASTM B280 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. 14. ASTM B302 -Standard Specification for Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 15. ASTM B306 -Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). 16. ASTM B584 -Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 17. ASTM C564 -Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 18. ASTM C1053 -Standard Specification for Borosilicate Glass Pipe and Fittings for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Applications. 19. ASTM D2513 -Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings. 20. ASTM D2609 -Standard Specification for Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe. 21. ASTM D2661 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 22. ASTM D2665 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 23. ASTM D2680 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Composite Sewer Piping. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-3 24. ASTM D2683 -Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing. 25. ASTM D2729 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 26. ASTM D2751 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 27. ASTM D2846/D2846M -Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot-and Cold-Water Distribution Systems. 28. ASTM D2855 -Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 29. ASTM D3139 -Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 30. ASTM F437 -Standard Specification for Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 31. ASTM F438 -Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 32. ASTM F439 -Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 33. ASTM F441/F441M -Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. 34. ASTM F442/F442M -Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). 35. ASTM F477 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 36. ASTM F493 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 37. ASTM F628 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe With a Cellular Core. 38. ASTM F679 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 39. ASTM F1476 -Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A5.8 -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. 2. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. D. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C104 -American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. AWWA C105 -American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 3. AWWA C110 -American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. 4. AWWA C111 -American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-4 5. AWWA C151 -American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. E. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute: 1. CISPI 301 -Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 2. CISPI 310 -Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes. Submit shop drawings sealed by registered professional engineer. C. Product Data: Submit data on pipe materials and fittings. Submit manufacturers catalog information. D. Design Data: Indicate pipe sizes. Indicate pipe sizing methods. Indicate calculations used. E. Welders’ Certificate: Include welders’ certification of compliance with ASME Section IX. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Design piping systems and pipe hangers and supports under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of Massachusetts. 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-5 B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. C. Protect piping from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Requirements for coordination. B. Coordinate installation of buried piping with trenching. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. B. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L drawn, rolled grooved ends. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18 cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22 wrought copper and bronze, or ASTM B584 bronze sand castings, grooved ends. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings meeting ASTM F1476. a. Housing Clamps: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, enamel coated, compatible with copper tubing sizes, to engage and lock designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-6 b. Gasket: Elastomer composition for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. c. Accessories: Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. 2.2 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 10 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight, plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hub-less. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gasket and stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies. 2.3 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hub-less, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. C. Copper Tube: ASTM B88 Type L. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast bronze, or ASME B16.29, wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. D. Copper Pipe: Temper H80 hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast bronze, or ASME B16.29 wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. 2.4 STORM WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 10 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight, bell and spigot or plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-7 2.5 STORM WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74 extra heavy weight, plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, neoprene gasket system or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. 2.6 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40, galvanized. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron or ASME B16.4, cast iron. 2. Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inch and smaller; flanged for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40, galvanized, rolled grooved ends. 1. Fittings: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, or ASTM A234/A234M carbon steel, grooved ends. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings meeting ASTM F1476. a. Housing Clamps: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, hot dipped galvanized compatible with steel piping sizes, rigid or flexible type. b. Gasket: Elastomer composition for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. c. Accessories: Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM D2241, SDR 21 or 26, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material. 1. Fittings: ASTM D2466, Schedule 40, PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.7 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered. 3. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 4. PVC Piping: PVC. 5. CPVC Piping: CPVC. B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150 250 300, forged steel, slip-on flanges. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges. 3. PVC Piping: PVC flanges. 4. CPVC Piping: CPVC flanges. 5. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-8 C. PVC Pipe Materials: For connections to equipment and valves with threaded connections, furnish solvent-weld socket to screwed joint adapters and unions, or ASTM D2464, Schedule 80, threaded, PVC pipe. 2.8 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Northtown. 3. Kolbi. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Plastic Ribbon Tape: Bright colored, continuously printed, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. C. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Domestic Water Service or Sewer Service" in large letters. 2.9 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. Bedding: Fill Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. B. Cover: Fill Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. C. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. Subsoil with no rocks over 6 6 inches in diameter, frozen earth or foreign matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. C. Verify trenches are ready to receive piping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-9 3.3 INSTALLATION -BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 31 23 00. B. Install pipe to elevation as indicated on Drawings. C. Install pipe on prepared bedding. D. Route pipe in straight line. E. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints. F. Install shutoff and drain valves at locations indicated on Drawings in accordance with this Section. G. Install plastic ribbon tape continuous over top of pipe. H. Install trace wire continuous over top of pipe. I. Pipe Cover and Backfilling: 1. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 31 23 00. 2. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density. 3. Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material. 4. Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping. 3.4 INSTALLATION -ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. B. Install piping to maintain headroom without interfering with use of space or taking more space than necessary. C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. D. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 22 05 29. E. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Refer to Section 22 05 16. F. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 22 07 00. G. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. H. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. I. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/4 and 1/8 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220503-10 J. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. K. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. L. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. M. Install valves in accordance with Section 22 05 23. N. Insulate piping. Refer to Section 22 07 00. O. Install pipe identification in accordance with Section 22 05 53. 3.5 INSTALLATION -DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install domestic water piping system in accordance with ASME B31.9. 3.6 INSTALLATION -SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install sanitary waste and vent piping systems in accordance with ASME B31.9. B. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. C. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint. 3.7 INSTALLATION -STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install storm drainage piping systems piping in accordance with ASME B31.9. B. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. C. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Test domestic water piping system in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction. C. Test sanitary waste and vent piping system in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction. D. Test storm drainage piping system in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction. 3.9 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean and disinfect domestic water distribution system in accordance with Section 22 11 00. END OF SECTION 220503 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Motor Requirements For Plumbing Equipment 220513-1 SECTION 220513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes single-and three-phase motors for application on equipment provided under other sections. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 26 05 53 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 4. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 5. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 6. Section 01 81 19 – IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association: 1. ABMA 9 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators. C. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit catalog data for each motor furnished loose. Indicate nameplate data, standard compliance, electrical ratings and characteristics, and physical dimensions, weights, mechanical performance data, and support points. C. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and results for specified factory and field testing and inspection. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Motor Requirements For Plumbing Equipment 220513-2 B. Testing Agency: Company specializing in testing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Lift only with lugs provided. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosure, and finish. C. Protect products from weather and moisture by covering with plastic or canvas and by maintaining heating within enclosure. D. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS FOR MOTORS FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturers: 1. Cooper Industries Inc. 2. Eaton Corp. 3. General Electric Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Motors 3/4 hp and Larger: Three-phase motor as specified below. C. Motors Smaller Than 3/4 hp: Single-phase motor motor as specified below, except motors less than 250 watts or 1/4 hp may be equipment manufacturer’s standard. D. Three-Phase Motors: NEMA MG 1, Design B, energy-efficient squirrel-cage induction motor, with windings to accomplish starting methods and number of speeds as indicated on Drawings. 1. Voltage: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Service Factor: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Enclosure: Meet conditions of installation unless specific enclosure is indicated on Drawings. 4. Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment, with temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. 5. Insulation System: NEMA Class F. 6. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. 7. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors embedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay with wiring to terminal box. 8. 8. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum ABMA 9, L-10 life New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Motor Requirements For Plumbing Equipment 220513-3 of 200,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate. 9. Sound Power Levels: Conform to NEMA MG 1. E. Single Phase Motors: 1. Permanent split-capacitor type where available, otherwise use split-phase start/capacitor run or capacitor start/capacitor run motor. 2. Voltage: 115 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. F. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. 2.2 THREE-PHASE MOTORS FURNISHED LOOSE A. Manufacturers: 1. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices. 2. Eagle Electric. 3. Siemens Co. 4. Square D. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, energy-efficient squirrel-cage induction motor, with windings to accomplish starting methods and number of speeds indicated. C. Voltage: 208 volts, three phase, 60 Hz. D. Service Factor: As indicated on Drawings. E. Enclosure: Meet conditions of installation unless specific enclosure is specified or indicated. F. Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment, with temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. G. Insulation System: NEMA Class F. H. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. I. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors embedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay with wiring to terminal box. J. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum ABMA 9, L-10 life of 200,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Motor Requirements For Plumbing Equipment 220513-4 K. Sound Power Levels: Conform to NEMA MG 1. L. Wiring Terminations:Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1, including winding resistance, no-load speed and current, locked rotor current, insulation high-potential test, and mechanical alignment tests. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned motors B. Maintain access to existing motors and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. C. Clean and repair existing motors to remain or are to be reinstalled. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position. B. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 05 53. C. Ground and bond motors in accordance accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.15. END OF SECTION 220513 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Plumbing Piping 220516-1 SECTION 220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Flexible pipe connectors. 2. Expansion joints. 3. Expansion compensators. 4. Pipe alignment guides. 5. Swivel joints. 6. Pipe anchors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping hangers and supports. 2. Section 22 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for vibration isolators used in piping systems. 3. Section 22 11 00 -Facility Water Distribution: Product and installation requirements for piping used in domestic water systems. 4. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 5. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 6. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 7. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. 2. ASME Section IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural work and equipment required for expansion and contraction of piping. Verify anchors, guides, and expansion joints provide and adequately protect system. B. Expansion Compensation Design Criteria: 1. Installation Temperature: 50 degrees F. 2. Domestic Hot Water: 140 degrees F. 3. Safety Factor: 30 percent. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Plumbing Piping 220516-2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including flexible connectors, expansion joints, expansion compensators, loops, offsets and swing joints. Submit shop drawings sealed by a registered professional engineer. C. Product Data: 1. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, face-to-face length, live length, hose wall thickness, hose convolutions per foot and per assembly, fundamental frequency of assembly, braid structure, and total number of wires in braid. 2. Expansion Joints: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, and maximum expansion compensation. D. Design Data: Indicate criteria and show calculations. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Welders’ Certificate: Include welders’ certification of compliance with ASME Section IX. H. Manufacturer’s Field Reports: Indicate results of inspection by manufacturer’s representative. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flexible pipe connectors, expansion joints, anchors, and guides. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit adjustment instructions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Plumbing Piping 220516-3 B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Design expansion compensating system under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Massachusetts 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept expansion joints on site in factory packing with shipping bars and positioning devices intact. Inspect for damage. C. Protect equipment from exposure by leaving factory coverings, pipe end protection, and packaging in place until installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for leak free performance of packed expansion joints. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Supply two 12 ounce containers of packing lubricant and cartridge style grease gun. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Metroflex. 2. Mason. 3. Vibration Eliminator. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Plumbing Piping 220516-4 B. Steel Piping: 1. Inner Hose: Stainless Steel. 2. Exterior Sleeve: Stainless steel. 3. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG and 250 degrees F. 4. Joint: Flanged. 5. Maximum offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line. C. Copper Piping: 1. Inner Hose: Bronze. 2. Exterior Sleeve: Braided bronze. 3. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG and 250 degrees F. 4. Joint: Flanged. 5. Maximum offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line. 2.2 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Metroflex. 2. Mason. 3. Vibration Eliminator. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Stainless Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG and 250 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 1-3/4 inch. 3. Maximum Extension: 1/4 inch. 4. Joint: Flanged. 5. Application: Steel piping 3 inch and smaller. C. External Ring Controlled Stainless Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 200 psig WOG and 250 250 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 1-1/4 inch 3. Maximum Extension: 3/8 inch 4. Maximum Offset: 5/16 inch. 5. Joint: Flanged. 6. Accessories: Internal flow liner. 7. Application: Steel piping 3 inch and larger. D. Two-ply Bronze Bellows Type: 1. Construction: Bronze with anti-torque device, limit stops, internal guides. 2. Pressure Rating: 200 psi WOG and 250 degrees F. 3. Maximum Compression: 3 inch. 4. Maximum Extension: 1/4 inch. 5. Joint: As specified for pipe joints. 6. Application: Copper piping. E. Low Pressure Compensators with two-ply Bronze Bellows: 1. Working Pressure: 80 psig. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Plumbing Piping 220516-5 2. Maximum Temperatures: 250 degrees F. 3. Maximum Compression: 1/2 inch. 4. Maximum Extension: 5/32 inch. 5. Joint: Soldered. 6. Application: Copper or steel piping 2 inch and smaller. F. Copper with Packed Sliding Sleeve: 1. Maximum Temperature: 250 degrees F. 2. Joint: As specified for pipe joints. 3. Copper or steel piping 2 inches and larger. 4. Application: Copper or steel piping 2 inch and larger. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Metroflex. 2. Mason. 3. Vibration Eliminator. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Pipe Alignment Guides: Two piece welded steel with enamel paint, bolted, with spider to fit standard pipe, frame with four mounting holes, clearance for minimum 1 inch thick insulation, minimum 3 inch travel. C. Swivel Joints: Fabricated steel body, double ball bearing race, field lubricated, with rubber o-ring seals. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install Work in accordance with ASME B31.9. B. Install flexible pipe connectors on pipes connected to equipment supported by vibration isolation. Refer to Section 22 05 48. Provide line size flexible connectors. C. Install flexible connectors at right angles to displacement. Install one end immediately adjacent to isolated equipment and anchor other end. Install in horizontal plane unless indicated otherwise. D. Rigidly anchor pipe to building structure. Provide pipe guides to direct movement only along axis of pipe. Erect piping so strain and weight is not on cast connections or apparatus. E. Provide support and anchors for controlling expansion and contraction of piping. Provide loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, or expansion joints where required. Refer to Section 22 05 29 for pipe hanger installation requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For Plumbing Piping 220516-6 F. Provide grooved piping systems with minimum one joint per inch pipe diameter instead of flexible connector supported by vibration isolation. Grooved piping systems need not be anchored. G. Provide expansion loops as indicated on Drawings. H. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and that fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product requirements. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Manufacturers’ field services. B. Furnish inspection services by flexible pipe manufacturer's representative for final installation and certify installation is in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and connectors are performing satisfactorily. END OF SECTION 220516 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For Plumbing Piping 220523-1 SECTION 220523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gate valves. 2. Ball valves. 3. Plug valves. 4. Butterfly valves. 5. Check valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 22 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping materials applying to various system types. 2. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for pipe hangers and supports. 3. Section 22 07 00 -Plumbing Insulation: Product and installation requirements for insulation for valves. 4. Section 22 11 00 -Facility Water Distribution: 5. Section 22 13 00 -Facility Sanitary Sewerage: 6. Section 22 14 00 -Facility Storm Drainage: 7. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 8. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 9. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 10. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM D1785 -Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 2. ASTM D4101 -Standard Specification for Propylene Injection and Extrusion Materials. B. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 67 -Butterfly Valves. 2. MSS SP 70 -Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 3. MSS SP 71 -Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 4. MSS SP 78 -Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP 80 -Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 6. MSS SP 110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For Plumbing Piping 220523-2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit hanging and support methods, joining procedures. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For drinking water service, provide valves complying with NSF 61. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For Plumbing Piping 220523-3 C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not install valves underground when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for valves excluding packing. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for extra materials. B. Furnish two packing kits for each size valve. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Victaulic 2. Milwaukee Valve Company 3. NIBCO, Inc. 4. Stockham Valves & Fittings 5. Watts 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 125 bronze body, bronze trim, threaded bonnet, non-rising stem, hand-wheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder or threaded ends. C. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 70, Class 125 cast iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, non-rising stem, hand-wheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends. Furnish chain-wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. 2.2 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Victaulic 2. Milwaukee Valve Company 3. NIBCO, Inc. 4. Stockham Valves & Fittings New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For Plumbing Piping 220523-4 5. Watts 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, one piece bronze body, chrome plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder or threaded ends with union, lever handle. 2.3 PLUG VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. DeZURIK, Unit of SPX Corp. 2. Flow Control Equipment, Inc. 3. Homestead Valve 4. Watts 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 78, Class 150, semi-steel construction, round port, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, threaded ends. Furnish one plug valve wrench for every ten plug-valves with minimum of one wrench. C. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 78, Class 150, semi-steel construction, round port, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, flanged ends. Furnish wrench-operated. 2.4 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America 2. Milwaukee Valve Company 3. NIBCO, Inc. 4. Stockham Valves & Fittings 5. Victaulic 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 67, Class 150. 1. Body: Cast or ductile iron, wafer or grooved ends, stainless steel stem, extended neck. 2. Disc: Nickel-plated ductile iron or Chrome plated ductile iron. 3. Seat: Resilient replaceable EPDM. 4. Handle and Operator: 10 position lever handle. C. 2 inches through 10 inches: 150 psi at 73 degrees F water temperature, maximum service temperature: 140 degrees F, one piece body, ASTM D1785 PVC, lug type flange facing, disc encapsulated with EPDM, stainless steel shaft, locking lever handle. 2.5 CHECK VALVES A. Horizontal Swing Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Crane Valve, North America b. Hammond Valve New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For Plumbing Piping 220523-5 c. Milwaukee Valve Company d. NIBCO, Inc. e. Stockham Valves & Fittings f. Watts g. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 150 bronze body and cap, bronze seat, teflon disc, solder or threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125 cast iron body, bolted cap, bronze or cast iron disc, renewable disc seal and seat, flanged ends. 4. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125 cast iron body, bronze swing disc, renewable disc seal and seat, flanged ends, outside lever and spring. B. Spring Loaded Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Crane Valve, North America b. Hammond Valve c. Milwaukee Valve Company d. NIBCO, Inc. e. Stockham Valves & Fittings f. Watts g. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 250 bronze body, in-line spring lift check, silent closing, teflon disc, integral seat, solder or threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125 globe style, cast iron body, bronze seat, center guided bronze disc, stainless steel spring and screws, flanged ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify piping system is ready for valve installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. C. Install 3/4 inch ball valves with cap for drains at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For Plumbing Piping 220523-6 D. Install valves with clearance for installation of insulation and allowing access. E. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. F. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and that fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product requirements. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Install shutoff and drain valves at locations indicated on Drawings in accordance with this Section. B. Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. C. Install ball or globe valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. D. Install spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps. E. Install check valves on discharge of pumps in pumped sanitary piping. F. Install lug end butterfly valves adjacent to equipment when functioning to isolate equipment. G. Install gate valves in in domestic water systems for shut-off service. H. Install ball valves in domestic water systems for throttling service. END OF SECTION 220523 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-1 SECTION 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe hangers and supports. 2. Hanger rods. 3. Inserts. 4. Flashing. 5. Sleeves. 6. Mechanical sleeve seals. 7. Formed steel channel. 8. Firestopping relating to plumbing work. 9. Firestopping accessories. 10. Equipment bases and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 10 00 -Concrete Forming and Accessories: Execution requirements for placement of inserts and sleeves in concrete forms specified by this section. 2. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for placement of concrete housekeeping pads specified by this section. 3. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 4. Section 07 92 00 -Joint Sealants: Product requirements for sealant materials for placement by this section. 5. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 6. Section 22 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Execution requirements for placement of hangers and supports specified by this section. 7. Section 22 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product and execution requirements for vibration isolators. 8. Section 22 11 00 -Facility Water Distribution: Execution requirements for placement of hangers and supports specified by this section. 9. Section 22 13 00 -Facility Sanitary Sewerage: Execution requirements for placement of hangers and supports specified by this section. 10. Section 22 14 00 -Facility Storm Drainage: Execution requirements for placement of hangers and supports specified by this section. 11. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 12. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 13. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 14. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-2 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.1 -Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.5 -Refrigeration Piping. 3. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E119 -Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 -Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through Penetration Fire Stops. 4. ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. 5. ASTM E1966 -Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. D. FM Global: 1. FM -Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation. E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 89 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices. F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 -Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 -Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 -Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 -Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL -Fire Resistance Directory. G. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed): 1. WH -Certification Listings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-3 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814, UL 263, UL 1479 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating. 1. Ratings may be 3-hours for firestopping in through-penetrations of 4-hour fire rated assemblies unless otherwise required by applicable codes. B. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to FM, UL for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: Paragraph 1.10 Submittals. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location including critical dimensions, sizes, and pipe hanger and support locations and detail of trapeze hangers. D. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. E. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. F. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Indicate calculations used to determine load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions. H. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-4 I. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 or ASTM E814 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire FRatings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. D. Fire Resistant Joints Between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM E119 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly. E. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. F. Perform Work in accordance with AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure. G. Maintain one copy copies of each document on site. site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-5 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days days after installation of firestopping materials. D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. 1.12 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco. 2. Empire. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-6 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc. 5. Michigan Hanger Co. 6. Superior Valve Co. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Plumbing Piping -DWV: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 5. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook. 6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 7. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 8. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 9. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, carbon-steel adjustable, ring. C. Plumbing Piping -Water: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 5. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. 6. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 7. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll. 8. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook. 9. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 10. Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. 11. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 12. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 13. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Smaller: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 14. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. 15. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, Carbon-steel ring. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-7 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded on one end, or continuous threaded. 2.3 INSERTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline. 2. Link Seal. 3. Fernco. 4. BWM. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Inserts: Malleable iron case of steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Metal Counterflashing: 22 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Lead Flashing: 1. Waterproofing: 5 lb./sq. ft sheet lead. 2. Soundproofing: 1 lb./sq. ft sheet lead. D. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet compatible with roofing. E. Caps: Steel, 22 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. 2.5 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sealant: Acrylic; refer to Section 07 92 00. 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline. 2. Link Seal. 3. Fernco. 4. BWM. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-8 B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.7 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B-Line Systems. 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistrut Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage) thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center. 2.8 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. International Protective Coating Corp. 5. 3M fire Protection Products. 6. Specified Technology, Inc. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of ceramic fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. C. Color: As selected from manufacturer’s full range of colors. D. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and that fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-9 2.9 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal. 4. Plywood or particle board. 5. Alumina silicate fire board. C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. D. General: 1. Furnish UL listed products or products tested by independent testing laboratory. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. E. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where piping is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish mechanical sealing device to continuously fill annular space between piping and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-10 E. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members. 3.3 INSTALLATION -INSERTS A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide throughbolt with recessed square steel plate and nut flush with top of slab. 3.4 INSTALLATION -PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install in accordance with ASME B31.1, ASME B31.5, ASME 31.9. B. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. C. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. E. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. F. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. G. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. H. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers. I. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. J. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping, sheet lead packing between hanger or support and piping. K. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. L. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-11 M. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00. 3.5 INSTALLATION -EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 4 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment. Refer to Section 03 10 00. B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct supports of formed steel channel. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. Refer to Section 21 05 48. 3.6 INSTALLATION -FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping penetrates weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 3 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked 1 inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter-flash, and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor, shower, mop sink drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Adjust storm collars tight to pipe with bolts; caulk around top edge. Use storm collars above roof jacks. Screw vertical flange section to face of curb. 3.7 INSTALLATION -SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals. B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. D. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. E. Where piping penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe and adjacent work with firestopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-12 F. Install stainless stee escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.8 INSTALLATION -FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating, to uniform density and texture. D. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. E. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.10 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 22 05 29-13 3.11 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. 3.12 SCHEDULES PIPE HANGER SPACING PIPE MATERIAL MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING Feet HANGER ROD DIAMETER Inches ABS (All sizes) 4 3/8 Cast Iron (All Sizes) 5 5/8 Cast Iron (All Sizes) with 10 foot length of pipe 10 5/8 CPVC, 1 inch and smaller 3 1/2 CPVC, 1-1/4 inches and larger 4 1/2 Copper Tube, 1-1/4 inches and smaller 6 1/2 Copper Tube, 1-1/2 inches and larger 10 1/2 Polypropylene 4 3/8 PVC (All Sizes) 4 3/8 Steel, 3 inches and smaller 12 1/2 Steel, 4 inches and larger 12 5/8 END OF SECTION 220529 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220548-1 SECTION 220548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Inertia bases. 2. Vibration isolators. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Product requirements for concrete for placement by this section. 2. Section 07 92 00 -Joint Sealants: Product requirements for joint sealers specified for placement by this section. 3. Section 22 05 16 -Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Product requirements for anchors and piping expansion compensation. 4. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports. 5. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 6. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 7. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 8. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI S1.4 -Sound Level Meters. 2. ANSI S1.8 -Reference Quantities for Acoustical Levels. 3. ANSI S12.36 -Survey Methods for the Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources. B. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 575 -Method of Measuring Machinery Sound within Equipment Space. C. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and: 1. ASHRAE Handbook -HVAC Applications. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide vibration isolation on motor driven equipment over 0.5 hp, plus connected piping. B. Provide minimum static deflection of isolators for equipment as follows: 1. Basement, Under 20 hp a. Under 400 rpm: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220548-2 b. 400 -600 rpm: 1 inch c. 600 -800 rpm: 0.5 inch d. 800 -900 rpm: 0.2 inch e. 1100 -1500 rpm: 0.14 inch f. Over 1500 rpm: 0.1 inch 2. Basement, Over 20 hp a. Under 400 rpm: b. 400 -600 rpm: 2 inch c. 600 -800 rpm: 1 inch d. 800 -900 rpm: 0.5 inch e. 1100 -1500 rpm: 0.2 inch f. Over 1500 rpm: 0.15 inch 3. Upper Floors, Normal a. Under 400 rpm: b. 400 -600 rpm: 3.5 inch c. 600 -800 rpm: 2 inch d. 800 -900 rpm: 1 inch e. 1100 -1500 rpm: 0.5 inch f. Over 1500 rpm: 0.2 inch 4. Upper Floors, Critical a. Under 400 rpm: b. 400 -600 rpm: c. 600 -800 rpm: 3.5 inch d. 800 -900 rpm: 2 inch e. 1100 -1500 rpm: 1 inch f. Over 1500 rpm: 0.5 inch C. Consider upper floor locations critical unless otherwise indicated. D. Use concrete inertia bases for motors in excess of 40 hp and on base mounted pumps over 10 hp. E. Maintain sound level of spaces at levels not to exceed those listed below by utilizing acoustical devices. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each. Submit catalog information indicating, materials and dimensional data. C. Design Data: Submit calculations indicating maximum room sound levels are not exceeded. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and setting dimensions. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify isolators meet or exceed specified requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220548-3 F. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate sound isolation installation is complete and in accordance with instructions. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of hangers including attachment points. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ANSI S12.36. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. section. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for inertia bases. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INERTIA BASES A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason. 2. Vibration Eliminator. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220548-4 3. Amber Booth. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Structural Bases: 1. Design: Sufficiently rigid to prevent misalignment or undue stress on machine, and to transmit design loads to isolators and snubbers. 2. Construction: Welded structural steel with gusset brackets, supporting equipment and motor with motor slide rails. C. Concrete Inertia Bases: 1. Mass: Minimum of 1.5 times weight of isolated equipment. 2. Construction: Structured steel channel perimeter frame, with gusset brackets and anchor bolts, adequately reinforced, concrete filled. 3. Connecting Point: Reinforced to connect isolators and snubbers to base. 4. Concrete: Reinforced 3,000 psi concrete. 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason. 2. Vibration Eliminator. 3. Amber Booth. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Open Spring Isolators: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 3. Spring Mounts: Furnish with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware. 4. Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators. C. Restrained Spring Isolators: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 3. Spring Mounts: Furnish with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware. 4. Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators. 5. Restraint: Furnish mounting frame and limit stops. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220548-5 D. Closed Spring Isolators: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 3. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 4. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance. E. Restrained Closed Spring Isolators: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 3. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 4. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance and limit stops. F. Spring Hanger: 1. Spring Isolators: a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators rubber hanger with threaded insert. 4. Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment. G. Neoprene Pad Isolators: 1. Rubber or neoprene-waffle pads. a. 30 durometer. b. Minimum 1/2 inch thick. c. Maximum loading 40 psi. d. Height of ribs: not to exceed 0.7 times width. 2. Configuration: Single layer. H. Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.5 inches deflection with threaded insert. I. Glass Fiber Pads: Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed molded glass fiber. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220548-6 J. Seismic Snubbers: 1. Type: Non-directional and double acting unit consisting of interlocking steel members restrained by neoprene elements. 2. Neoprene Elements: Replaceable, minimum of 0.75 inch thick. 3. Capacity: 4 times load assigned to mount groupings at 0.4 inch deflection. 4. Attachment Points and Fasteners: Capable of withstanding 3 times rated load capacity of seismic snubber. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify equipment and piping is installed before work in this section is started. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install isolation for motor driven equipment. B. Bases: 1. Set steel bases for 1 inch clearance between housekeeping pad and base. 2. Set concrete inertia bases for 2 inch clearance between housekeeping pad and base. C. Adjust equipment level. D. Install spring hangers without binding. E. On closed spring isolators, adjust so side stabilizers are clear under normal operating conditions. F. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary shims to final height. When full load is applied, adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal. G. Provide pairs of horizontal limit springs on fans with more than 6.0 inch static pressure, and on hanger supported, horizontally mounted axial fans. H. Provide resiliently mounted equipment and piping with seismic snubbers. Provide each inertia base with minimum of four seismic snubbers located close to isolators. Snub equipment designated for post disaster use to 0.05 inch maximum clearance. Provide other snubbers with clearance between 0.15 inch and 0.25 inch. I. Support piping connections to isolated equipment resiliently for scheduled distance as follows: 1. Up to 4 inch Diameter: First three points of support. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220548-7 2. 5 to 8 inch Diameter: First four points of support. 3. 10 inch Diameter and Over:First six points of support. 4. Select three hangers closest to vibration source for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or static deflection of isolated equipment. Select remaining isolators for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or 1/2 static deflection of isolated equipment. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect isolated equipment after installation and submit report. Include static deflections. B. After start-up, final corrections and balancing of systems take octave band sound measurements over full audio frequency range in areas adjacent to plumbing equipment rooms, duct and pipe shafts, and other critical locations. Provide one-third octave band measurements of artificial sound sources in areas indicated as having critical requirements. Submit complete report of test results including sound curves. C. Furnish services of testing agency to take noise measurement. Use meters meeting requirements of ANSI S1.4. 3.4 SCHEDULES A. Pipe Isolation Schedule: Pipe Size Inch Isolated Distance from Equipment 1 120 diameters 2 90 diameters 3 80 diameters 4 75 diameters 6 60 diameters 8 60 diameters 10 54 diameters 12 50 diameters END OF SECTION 220548 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220553-1 SECTION 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Tags. 3. Stencils. 4. Pipe markers. 5. Ceiling tacks. 6. Labels. 7. Lockout devices. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 2. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 3. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 4. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 5. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. C. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220553-2 B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve tag numbers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ASME A13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and accessories. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two containers of spray-on adhesive. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Craftmark Identification Systems. 2. Safety Sign Co. 3. Seton Identification Products. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220553-3 2.2 TAGS A. Plastic Tags: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems. b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter. B. Metal Tags: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems. b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. Stainless Steel with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter with finished edges. C. Information Tags: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems. b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. Clear plastic with printed "Danger," "Caution," or "Warning" and message; size 3-1/4 x 5-5/8 inches with grommet and self-locking nylon ties. D. Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list of applied tags and location plastic laminated. 2.3 STENCILS A. Manufacturers: 1. Craftmark Identification Systems. 2. Safety Sign Co. 3. Seton Identification Products. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size: 1. Up to 2 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1/2 inch high letters. 2. 2-1/2 to 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-inch high letters. 3. Over 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-3/4 inches high letters. C. Stencil Paint: As specified in Section 09 90 00, semi-gloss enamel, colors and lettering size conforming to ASME A13.1. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220553-4 2.4 PIPE MARKERS A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1. B. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems. b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener. C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems. b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. D. Plastic Underground Pipe Markers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems. b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. 2.5 CEILING TACKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Northtown. 3. Kolbi. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Description: Steel with 3/4 inch diameter color-coded head. C. Color code as follows: 1. Plumbing valves: Green. 2.6 LABELS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Northtown. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220553-5 3. Kolbi. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Description: Laminated Mylar, size 1.9 x 0.75 inches, adhesive backed with printed identification. 2.7 LOCKOUT DEVICES A. Lockout Hasps: 1. Manufacturers: a. Seton. b. Brady. c. Omark. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. Anodized aluminum hasp with erasable label surface; size minimum 7-1/4 x 3 inches. B. Valve Lockout Devices: 1. Manufacturers: a. Seton. b. Brady. c. Omark. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. Nylon device preventing access to valve operator, accepting lock shackle. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00. B. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting. C. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. D. Install labels with sufficient adhesive for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. For unfinished canvas covering, apply paint primer before applying labels. E. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location. F. Install underground plastic pipe markers 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried pipe. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For Plumbing Piping And Equipment 220553-6 G. Identify water heaters, pumps, tanks, and water treatment devices with stencil painting. Identify in-line pumps and other small devices with tags. H. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. I. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags. J. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic tape pipe markers. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. K. Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves above T-bar type panel ceilings. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment. END OF SECTION 220553 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-1 SECTION 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plumbing piping insulation, jackets and accessories. 2. Plumbing equipment insulation, jackets and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 2. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting insulation jackets and covering specified by this section. 3. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 4. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 5. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 6. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A240/A240M -Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 2. ASTM A666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 3. ASTM B209 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 4. ASTM C195 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement. 5. ASTM C449/C449M -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. 6. ASTM C450 -Standard Practice for Fabrication of Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers for NPS Piping, and Vessel Lagging. 7. ASTM C533 -Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. 8. ASTM C534 -Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. 9. ASTM C547 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. 10. ASTM C553 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. 11. ASTM C578 -Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-2 12. ASTM C585 -Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System). 13. ASTM C591 -Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation. 14. ASTM C612 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. 15. ASTM C795 -Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. 16. ASTM C921 -Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. 17. ASTM C1136 -Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. 18. ASTM D1785 -Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 19. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 20. ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: Paragraph 1.10 Submittals. C. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of not exceeding 50 in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Pipe insulation manufactured in accordance with ASTM C585 for inner and outer diameters. C. Factory fabricated fitting covers manufactured in accordance with ASTM C450. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section section with minimum three years documented experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-3 B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer. C. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for man made fiber. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers for Glass Fiber and Mineral Fiber Insulation Products: 1. CertainTeed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-4 2. Knauf. 3. Johns Manville. 4. Owens-Corning. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. All insulation products should have a minimum pre-consumer and post-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. Product should also be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.02A. C. Manufacturers for Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation Products: 1. Aeroflex. Aerocell. 2. Armacell, LLC. Armaflex. 3. Nomaco. K-flex. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. D. Manufacturers for Polyisocyanurate Foam Insulation Products: 1. Dow Chemical Company. 2. Johns Manville. 3. Green Polyiso. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. E. Manufacturers for Extruded Polystyrene Insulation Products: 1. Dow Chemical Company. 2. Johns Manville. 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2.2 PIPE INSULATION A. TYPE P-1: ASTM C547, molded glass fiber pipe insulation. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 850 degrees F. 3. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type I, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints. 4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F. B. TYPE P-2: ASTM C547, molded glass fiber pipe insulation. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 850 degrees F. C. TYPE P-3: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, fibrous glass board noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 650 degrees F. 3. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type II, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints. 4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-5 D. TYPE P-4: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, fibrous glass board noncombustible. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 650 degrees F. E. TYPE P-5: ASTM C534, Type I, flexible, closed cell elastomeric insulation, tubular. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 70 to 180 degrees F. F. TYPE P-6: ASTM C534, Type I, flexible, closed cell elastomeric insulation, tubular. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.30 at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 300 degrees F. 3. Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 58 to 300 degrees F. G. TYPE P-7: ASTM C534, Type I, flexible, nonhalogen, closed cell elastomeric insulation, tubular. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F. 3. Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 58 to 250 degrees F. H. TYPE P-8: ASTM C547, Type I or II, mineral fiber preformed pipe insulation, noncombustible. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F. 3. Canvas Jacket: UL listed, 6 oz/sq yd, plain weave cotton fabric treated with fire retardant lagging adhesive. I. TYPE P-10: ASTM C578, Type XIII, extruded polystyrene insulation, formed into shapes for use as pipe insulation. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 180 day aged value of 0.259 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 297 to 165 degrees F. 3. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type I, factory applied film of 4 mils thickness and water vapor permeance of 0.02 perms. J. TYPE P-11: ASTM C533; Type I, hydrous calcium silicate pipe insulation, rigid molded white; asbestos free. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.45 at 200 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 140 to 1200 degrees F. 2.3 PIPE INSULATION JACKETS A. Vapor Retarder Jacket: 1. ASTM C921, white Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film. 2. Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms. B. PVC Plastic Pipe Jacket: 1. Product Description: ASTM D1785, One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. 2. Thickness: 15 mil. 3. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-6 2.4 PIPE INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation. C. Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter and smaller: Galvanized steel insulation protection shield. MSS SP-69, Type 40. Length: Based on pipe size and insulation thickness. D. Piping 2 inches diameter and larger: Wood insulation saddle, hard maple. Inserts length: not less than 6 inches long, matching thickness and contour of adjoining insulation. E. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation Pipe Hanger: Polyurethane insert with stainless steel jacket single piece construction with self adhesive closure. Thickness to match pipe insulation. F. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers. G. Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C449/C449M. H. Insulating Cement: ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool. I. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation. 2.5 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. TYPE E-1: ASTM C553; glass fiber, flexible or semi-rigid, noncombustible. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 450 degrees F. 3. Density: 2.3 pound per cubic foot. B. TYPE E-2: ASTM C612; glass fiber, rigid board, noncombustible with factory applied aluminum foil jacket. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 450 degrees F. 3. Density: 3.0 pound per cubic foot. 4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F. C. TYPE E-3: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, fibrous glass board noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 650 degrees F. 3. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type II, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints. 4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F. D. TYPE E-4: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, fibrous glass board noncombustible. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-7 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 650 degrees F. E. TYPE E-5: ASTM C612; glass fiber, semi-rigid board, noncombustible. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum Operating Temperature: 850 degrees F. 3. Density: 3.0 pound per cubic foot. F. TYPE E-6: ASTM C553; mineral fiber blanket, Type I. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum Operating Temperature: 1000 degrees F. 3. Density: 1.0 pound per cubic foot. G. TYPE E-7: ASTM C533; Type II, hydrous calcium silicate block insulation, asbestos free. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.45 at 200 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 140 to 1200 degrees F. H. TYPE E-8: ASTM C534, Type II, flexible, closed cell elastomeric insulation, sheet. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 70 to 220 degrees F. 2.6 EQUIPMENT INSULATION JACKETS A. Aluminum Equipment Jacket: 1. ASTM B209. 2. Thickness: 0.016 inch thick sheet. 3. Finish: Smooth. 4. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 5. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 6. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide. B. Stainless Steel Equipment Jacket: 1. ASTM ASTM A240/A240M OR ASTM 666 Type 302 stainless steel. 2. Thickness: 0.016 inch thick. 3. Finish: Smooth. 4. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.010 inch thick stainless steel. C. Canvas Equipment Jacket: UL listed, 6 oz/sq yd, plain weave cotton fabric with fire retardant lagging adhesive compatible with insulation. D. Vapor Retarder Jacket: 1. ASTM C921, white Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film. 2. Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms. 2.7 EQUIPMENT INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-8 B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation. C. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers. D. Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C449/C449M. E. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify piping and equipment has been tested before applying insulation materials. C. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2 INSTALLATION -PIPING SYSTEMS A. Piping Exposed to View in Finished Spaces: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. B. Continue insulation through penetrations of building assemblies or portions of assemblies having fire resistance rating of one hour or less. Provide intumescent firestopping when continuing insulation through assembly. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. Refer to Section 07 84 13 for penetrations of assemblies with fire resistance rating greater than one hour. C. Piping Systems Conveying Fluids Below Ambient Temperature: 1. Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. 2. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied vapor retarder jackets. Secure factoryapplied jackets with pressure sensitive adhesive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Secure field-applied jackets with outward clinch expanding staples and seal staple penetrations with vapor retarder mastic. 3. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor retarder adhesive or PVC fitting covers. D. Glass Fiber Board Insulation: 1. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands. 2. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-9 3. Cover wire mesh or bands with cement to a thickness to remove surface irregularities. E. Extruded Polystyrene Insulation: 1. Wrap elbows and fitting with vapor retarder tape. 2. Seal butt joints with vapor retarder tape. F. Hot Piping Systems less than 140 degrees F: 1. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied standard jackets. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples or pressure sensitive adhesive system on standard factory-applied jacket and butt strips or both. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. 3. Do not insulate unions and flanges at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation at such locations. G. Inserts and Shields: 1. Piping 1-1/2 inches Diameter and Smaller: Install galvanized steel shield between pipe hanger and insulation. 2. Piping 2 inches Diameter and Larger: Install insert between support shield and piping and under finish jacket. a. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of thickness and contour matching adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. b. Insert Material: Compression resistant insulating material suitable for planned temperature range and service. 3. Piping Supported by Roller Type Pipe Hangers: Install galvanized steel shield between roller and inserts. H. Insulation Terminating Points: 1. Coil Branch Piping 1 inch and Smaller: Terminate hot water piping at union upstream of the coil control valve. 2. Chilled Water Coil Branch Piping: Insulate chilled water piping and associated components up to coil connection. 3. Condensate Piping: Insulate entire piping system and components to prevent condensation. I. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation: 1. Push insulation on to piping. 2. Miter joints at elbows. 3. Seal seams and butt joints with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive. 4. When application requires multiple layers, apply with joints staggered. 5. Insulate fittings and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. J. High Temperature Pipe Insulation: 1. Install in multiple layers to meet thickness scheduled. 2. Attach each layer with bands. Secure first layer with bands before installing next layer. 3. Stagger joints between layers. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-10 4. Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. K. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (less than 10 feet above finished floor): Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. L. Piping Exterior to Building: Provide vapor retarder jacket. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor retarder cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located at 3 or 9 o’clock position on side of horizontal piping with overlap facing down to shed water or on bottom side of horizontal piping. M. Buried Piping: Insulate only where insulation manufacturer recommends insulation product may be installed in trench, tunnel or direct buried. Install factory fabricated assembly with inner all-purpose service jacket with self-sealing lap, and asphalt impregnated open mesh glass fabric, with 1 mil thick aluminum foil sandwiched between three layers of bituminous compound; outer surface faced with polyester film. N. Heat Traced Piping Interior to Building: Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material, thickness, and finish as adjoining pipe. Size large enough to enclose pipe and heat tracer. O. Heat Traced Piping Exterior to Building: Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material, thickness, and finish as adjoining pipe. Size insulation large enough to enclose pipe and heat tracer. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located at 3 or 9 o’clock position on side of horizontal piping with overlap facing down to shed water. P. Prepare pipe insulation for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00. Q. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and that fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product requirements. 3.3 INSTALLATION -EQUIPMENT A. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate. B. Exposed Equipment: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. C. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement. D. Equipment Containing Fluids Below Ambient Temperature: 1. Insulate entire equipment surfaces. 2. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands. 3. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied vapor retarder jackets. Secure factoryapplied jackets with pressure sensitive adhesive self-sealing longitudinal laps and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-11 butt strips. Secure field-applied jackets with outward clinch expanding staples and seal staple penetrations with vapor retarder mastic. 4. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. E. Equipment Containing Fluids 140 degrees F Or Less: 1. Do not insulate flanges and unions, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. 2. Install insulation with factory-applied or field applied jackets, with or without vapor barrier. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive. 3. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. F. Equipment in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces: Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. G. Equipment Located Exterior to Building: Install vapor barrier jacket or finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal equipment. H. Cover glass fiber, cellular glass, hydrous calcium silicate, cellular foam insulation with aluminum jacket. I. Nameplates and ASME Stamps: Bevel and seal insulation around; do not cover with insulation. J. Equipment Requiring Access for Maintenance, Repair, or Cleaning: Install insulation for easy removal and replacement without damage. K. Prepare equipment insulation for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00. 3.4 SCHEDULES A. Water Supply Services Piping Insulation Schedule: PIPING SYSTEM PIPE SIZE INSULATION THICKNESS inches Domestic Hot Water Supply and Recirculation 1-1/4 inches and smaller 1-1/2 inches and larger 0.5 1.0 Domestic Hot Water Supply and Recirculation systems with domestic water temperature maintenance cable 1 inch and smaller 1-1/4 inches to 2 inches 2-1/2 inches and larger 1.0 1.5 2.0 Domestic Cold Water 1-1/4 inches and smaller 1-1/2 inches and larger 0.5 1.0 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Insulation 220700-12 B. Drainage Services Piping Insulation Schedule: PIPING SYSTEM PIPE SIZE INSULATION THICKNESS inches Storm Piping (horizontal above ground within building) All sizes 0.5 1.0 Storm Piping (horizontal and vertical above ground within building when PVC pipe is used) All sizes 0.5 1.0 Sanitary Sewer Piping (horizontal and vertical above ground within building when PVC piping is used) All sizes 0.5 1.0 END OF SECTION 220700 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-1 SECTION 220800 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Commissioning Scope B. Systems to be Commissioned C. Responsibilities D. Commissioning Team E. Pre-Functional and Functional Check Lists 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 23 05 93 -Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC: For requirements and procedures concerning testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical systems. B. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Submittal and training requirements. C. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Submittal, training, and programming requirements. D. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements E. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal F. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements G. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 SCOPE A. The work under this Section is subject to requirements of the Contract Documents including the Owner’s General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 – General Requirements. 1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The objective of commissioning is to provide documented confirmation that a facility fulfills the functional and performance requirements of the building owner, occupants, and operators. To reach this goal, it is necessary for the commissioning process to New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-2 establish and review the owner’s criteria for system function, performance, and maintainability (Design Intent); and to also verify and document compliance with these criteria at start-up, and the initial period of operation. In addition, complete operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals, as well as training on system operation, should be provided to the building operators to ensure the building continues to operate as intended. B. The CA shall be involved throughout the warranty phase During construction, the CA develops and coordinates the execution of a testing plan, which includes observing and documenting all systems’ performance to ensure that the systems are functioning in accordance with the owner’s Design Intent (DI) requirements and the contract documents. The CA is not responsible for design or general construction scheduling, cost estimating, or construction management, but may assist with problem-solving or resolving non-conformance issues or deficiencies. The installing Contractors, TAB Sub and ATC Sub shall be required to provide support of the commissioning under their base Contracts. C. The following is a summary of services provided for commissioning: 1. Develop commissioning plan 2. Develop pre-functional and functional test procedures 3. On-site reviews to confirm that systems are ready for commissioning 4. Witness piping and ductwork tests 5. Review system start-up reports 6. Maintain master deficiency and resolution log 7. Perform functional testing 8. Ensure O&M and commissioning documentation requirements are complete. 9. Coordinate Owner staff training 10. Final report and presentation to Owner 11. Follow up visits after occupancy to review building operations D. Commissioning does not reduce responsibility of installing contractors to provide a finished and fully functioning product. E. This section shall in no way diminish the responsibility of the Divisions 22, 23 and 26 Contractors, Sub-contractors and Suppliers in performing all aspects of work and testing as outlined in the Contract Documents. Any requirements outlined in this section are in addition to requirements outlined in Division 22, 23 and 26 Specifications. 1.5 ABBREVIATIONS A. The following are common abbreviations used in the Specifications. Definitions are found further in this Section. 1. A/E -Architect and Design Engineers 2. BAS -Building Automation System 3. CA -Commissioning Agent 4. CM -Construction Manager 5. CT -Commissioning Team 6. Cx -Commissioning 7. Cx Plan -Commissioning Plan 8. CC -Controls Contractor New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-3 9. EC -Electrical Contractor 10. FPT -Functional Performance Test 11. MC -Mechanical Contractor 12. OR -Owner’s Representative 13. PC -Pre-functional Checklist 14. TAB -Test, Adjust and Balance 15. O&M -Operations & Maintenance 16. RFI -Request for Information B. The following Standards shall be used where referenced by the following abbreviations: 1. AABC Associated Air Balance Council 2. ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 3. ADC Air Diffusion Council 4. AGA American Gas Association 5. AIA American Institute of Architects 6. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association 7. ANSI American National Standards Institute 8. API American Petroleum Institute 9. ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 10. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 11. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 12. ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers 13. ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers 14. ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials 15. NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology 16. SBI Steel Boiler Industry (Division of Hydronics Institute) 17. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 18. UL Underwriters’ Laboratories 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptance Phase: Phase of construction after start-up and initial checkout when Functional Performance Tests, O&M documentation review and training occur. B. Approval: Acceptance that a piece of equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning in tested modes according to the Contract Documents. C. Architect/Engineer (A/E): Prime consultant (architect) and subconsultants who comprise the design team, generally HVAC Mechanical Designer/Engineer and Electrical Designer/Engineer. D. Basis of Design: Documentation of primary thought processes and assumptions behind design decisions made to meet design intent. Describes systems, components, conditions and methods chosen to meet intent. E. Commissioning Agent (CA): Contracted to Owner. CA directs and coordinates day-today commissioning activities. CA reports directly to Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-4 F. Commissioning Plan: Overall plan developed after bidding that provides structure, schedule and coordination planning for commissioning process. G. Construction Manager (CM): The prime contractor for this project. Generally refers to the CM’s subcontractors as well. Also referred to as the Contractor in some contexts. The CM is hired by the Owner and is authorized to overseen fulfillment of all requirements of the Contract Documents. H. Contract Documents: Documents binding on parties involved in construction of this project (drawings, specifications, change orders, amendments, contracts, etc.). I. Control System: System and components associated with building automation system. J. Deferred Functional Tests: Functional tests performed after substantial completion due to partial occupancy, equipment, seasonal requirements, design or other site conditions that disallow test from being performed. K. Deficiency: Condition of a component, piece of equipment or system that is not in compliance with Contract Documents (that is, does not perform properly or is not complying with design intent). L. Functional Performance Test Procedures: Commissioning protocols and detailed test procedures and instructions that fully describe system configuration and steps required to determine if the system is performing and functioning properly. These procedures shall be used to document Functional Performance Tests. M. Functional Performance Test (FPT): Test of dynamic function and operation of equipment and systems. Systems are tested under various modes, such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads, component failures, unoccupied, varying outside air temperatures, life safety conditions, power failure, etc. Systems are run through all specified sequences of operation. Components are verified to be responding in accordance with Contract Documents. Functional Performance Tests are executed after pre-functional checklists and start-ups are complete. N. Monitoring: Recording of parameters (flow, current, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment operation using data loggers or trending capabilities of control systems. O. Overidden Value: Writing over a sensor value in control system to see response of a system (e.g., changing outside air temperature value from 72˚ F to 52˚ F to verify economizer operation). See also “Simulated Signal”. P. Pre-Functional Checklist (PC): A list of static inspections and elementary component tests that verify proper installation of equipment (e.g., belt tension, oil levels, labels affixed, gauges in place, sensors calibrated, etc.). Q. Seasonal Performance Tests: Functional Performance Tests deferred until system(s) ambient conditions are closer to design conditions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-5 R. Simulated Condition: Condition created for testing component or system (e.g., applying heat to space temperature sensor to monitor response of VAV box). S. Simulated Signal: Disconnecting sensor and using signal generator to send amperage, resistance or pressure transducer and/or DDC system to simulate value to BAS. T. Specifications: Construction specifications of Contract Documents. U. Start-up: The activities where systems or equipment are initially tested and operated. Start-up is completed prior to functional testing. V. Sub-contractor: Contractors of CM, and their sub-contractors, who provide and install building components and systems. W. Test Procedures: Step-by-step process, which must be executed to fulfill test requirements. X. Test Requirements: Requirements specifying what modes and functions will be tested. Test requirements are not detailed test procedures and are identified in the Cx Plan. Y. Trending: Monitoring using building control system. Z. Vendor: Supplier of equipment. AA. Warranty Period: Warranty period for entire project, including equipment components. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Commissioning Team: Members of Commissioning Team (CT) will consist of: 1. Commissioning Agent (CA) 2. Owner’s Representative(s) (OR) 3. Construction Manager (CM) 4. Architect and Design Engineers (A/E) 5. Mechanical Contractor (MC) 6. Electrical Contractor (EC) 7. Test and Balance Agency (TAB Agency) 8. Controls Contractor (CC) 9. Equipment Suppliers and Vendors B. Management: Owner will contract services of the CA. The CA directs and coordinates commissioning activities and reports to OR. All members of the Commissioning Team shall cooperate to fulfill responsibilities and objectives of the Contract Documents. C. Kick-off Meeting: Within 90 days of commencement of construction, CA will plan, schedule and conduct a commissioning kick-off meeting. Membership and responsibilities of the commissioning team will be clarified at this meeting. CA will distribute meeting minutes to all parties. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-6 D. Scheduling: 1. A/E will work with commissioning team to establish required commissioning activities to incorporate in preliminary commissioning schedule. The CM will integrate commissioning activities into master construction schedule. Representatives of the commissioning team will address scheduling problems. Necessary notifications are to be made in a timely manner in order to expedite commissioning. 2. The CA will provide initial schedule of primary commissioning events at commissioning kick-off meeting. As construction progresses, more detailed schedules are developed by the commissioning team. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall provide CA with documentation required for commissioning work. At minimum, documentation shall include: Full sequences of operation, O&M data, performance data, any performance test procedures, control drawings and details, start-up reports. In addition, installation and checkout materials actually shipped inside equipment and actual field checkout sheet forms used by factory or field technicians shall be submitted to CA. B. CA shall review submittals for conformance as it relates to commissioning. Review is primarily intended to aid in development of functional testing procedures and only secondarily to verify compliance with equipment specifications. The CA shall not be part of the A/E’s submittal approval process. 1.9 START-UP PLAN A. Sub-contractor responsible for purchase, installation and start-up of equipment develops and submits start-up plan by combining manufacturer’s detailed start-up and checkout procedures with normally used field checkout sheets. Plan shall include checklists and procedures with specific boxes or lines for recording and documenting inspections of each piece of equipment. B. A/E reviews submitted start-up plane for content and format. Primary role of A/E is to substantiate written documentation for each manufacturer-recommended procedure. PART 2 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Division contractors shall provide all specialized tools, test equipment and instruments required to execute start-up, checkout and functional performance testing of equipment under their contract. B. Test equipment shall be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure system performance with tolerances specified. A testing laboratory shall have calibrated test equipment within the previous 12 months. Calibration shall be NIST traceable. Equipment shall be calibrated according to manufacturer’s recommended intervals and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-7 when dropped or damaged. Calibration tags shall be affixed or certificates readily available. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING OVERVIEW A. The following provides a brief overview of typical commissioning tasks during construction and general order in which they occur: 1. Commissioning during construction begins with a kick-off meeting conducted by CA where membership of commissioning team is established and responsibilities reviewed. A preliminary commissioning plan is distributed for review. 2. CA schedules subsequent meetings as necessary to plan, coordinate and schedule commissioning activities. Deficiencies and problem resolution will also be discussed at these meetings. 3. Sub-contractors develop and submit detailed start-up plans to Cx team. 4. CM develops, with cooperation of Sub-contractor/vendor, detailed training plan. Training plan is reviewed and approved by commissioning team. 5. CA develops specific pre-functional checklists and equipment and system Functional Performance Test procedures. Commissioning team members review procedures. 6. Sub-contractors inform CA when the pre-functional items are complete by phase. The CA executes and documents pre-functional checklists in phases such as setting equipment, piping equipment, insulating it, making up electrical connections, etc. The purpose is to execute the process as the work is being completed. 7. The Sub-contractors perform start-up and initial checkout. CA collects documentation completed according to approved plans. CA will witness start-up of selected equipment. 8. Functional Performance Tests are executed by Sub-contractors, under supervision of and documented by CA. 9. Items of non-compliance in material, installation or set-up will be corrected at Sub-contractor expense and system shall be retested. 10. CM coordinates training sessions and executes training plan. Specific training to be provided as specified in Divisions 1, 22, 23 and 26, by Sub-contractor/vendor. 3.2 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A. Mechanical: 1. Plumbing/Fire Protection: 2. Plumbing Fixtures 3. The Automatic Fire Sprinkler System 4. The Domestic Hot Water Heaters and Recirculation System 5. The Domestic Water Booster Pump New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-8 3.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Responsibilities of commissioning team members are: 1. Architect/Engineer (A/E): a. Document design intent of systems b. Witnesses first run of primary equipment as necessary c. Review test documentation d. Review functional performance trend log data e. Review training plan f. Review O&Ms and record documents g. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting 2. Commissioning Agent (CA): a. Identify commissioning activities for inclusion into the project schedule by the CM. b. Develop detailed project specific pre-functional performance tests and Functional Performance Test procedures. c. Provide progress reports of commissioning status. d. Execute pre-functional checklists. e. Witness FPTs. Document test results and recommend system for acceptance. f. Review, track and coordinate resolution of non-compliance and deficiencies identified by commissioning team. Maintain records of all issues submitted submitted by commissioning team. g. Review completed TAB reports. h. Review training plan developed by CM. i. Monitor completion and accuracy of project closeout documents and training. j. Provide final commissioning report, summarizing final disposition of building systems after functional testing. k. Facilitate cooperation of CT in commissioning work. l. Attend and conduct commissioning team meetings. m. Witness seasonal or deferred testing and modify or update commissioning report as required. n. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 3. Construction Manager (CM): a. Incorporate commissioning activities into the construction schedule. b. Periodically update commissioning activities in the construction schedule. c. Develop, with cooperation of A/E and Sub-contractor/vendor, detailed training plan. d. CM coordinates training sessions and executes training plan through his sub-contractors. e. Facilitate cooperation of Sub-contractors in commissioning work. f. Submit copies of approved submittals, with manufacturer start-up criteria, contractor start-up checklists and operating and maintenance criteria to CA. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-9 g. Verify equipment and systems are ready for execution of pre-functional checklists by the CA. Assures CA at each phase of installation equipment and systems are ready. h. Insures resolution of non-compliance and deficiencies of construction related items identified by commissioning team. Obtains written documentation of completion from the appropriate Sub-contractors. i. Coordinate Sub-contractor/vendor participation in training sessions. Provide workspace or conference room as needed. Ensure attendance at training is documented. j. Schedule, coordinate and assist CT in seasonal or deferred testing. k. Participate in warranty review of system/equipment performance. 4. Sub-contractors/Vendors: a. Review commissioning plan, pre-functional checklists, and FPT procedures. b. Ensure installation work is complete, is in compliance with Contract Documents and is ready for Functional Performance Testing. c. Develop and submit detailed equipment start-up procedures to CT. Procedures shall include checklist to be completed by Subcontractor/vendor. d. Notify CT that equipment and systems are ready for functional performance testing. e. Execute FPTs developed by CA as described in Contract Documents and commissioning plan, under direction of CA. f. Provide certified and calibrated instrumentation required to take measurements of system and equipment performance during functional performance testing. g. Assist CT with developing a comprehensive commissioning schedule. h. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. i. Prepare training plans with CM and execute training as specified in Division 1, 22, 23 and 26, of these specifications. j. Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing as necessary. k. Make necessary amendments to O&M manuals and as-built drawings for applicable issue identified in season/deferred testing. l. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 5. Controls Contractor (CC): a. Completely install and thoroughly inspect start-up, test, adjust, calibrate and document systems and equipment under Building Automation/Controls Contract. b. Provide laptop computer, software and training to accommodate TAB Contractor in system balancing. c. Install software on CA’s laptop and provide training to CA for off-site trend logging and monitoring “BMS”. d. Maintain database of control parameters submitted by TAB Contractor subsequent to field adjustments and measurements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-10 e. Provide on-site technician skilled in software programming and hardware operation to exercise sequences of operation and to correct control deficiencies identified during functional performance testing. f. Provide instrumentation, computer, software and communication resources necessary to demonstrate total operation of building systems during functional performance testing of control system equipment. g. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. h. Prepare training plans with CM and execute training as specified in Division 1, 22, 23 and 26, of these specifications. i. Maintain comprehensive system calibration and checkout records. Submit records to CT. j. Set up trend logs as requested by CT to substantiate proper systems operation. k. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 6. Test, Adjust and Balance (TAB) Agency: a. Attend commissioning kick-off off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. b. Submit TAB plan and forms describing methodology for execution of test and balance procedures specific to this project to CT for review. c. Cooperate with CC with execution of required work. d. Rebalance deficient areas identified during commissioning. e. Provide on-site technician, as necessary, skilled in TAB procedures to provide verification of equipment and system performance and TAB reading during functional performance testing. f. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 3.4 COMMISSIONING TEAM (CT) MEETINGS A. CT meetings will be held periodically as determined by CA with frequency increasing as construction advances and systems become operational. Attendance is mandatory. CA will record minutes and attendance. CA will chair CT meetings. B. Discussions held in CT meetings shall include, but not be limited to system/equipment start-up, progress, scheduling, testing, documentation, deficiencies and problem resolution. 3.5 REPORTING A. CA will provide regular status reports to CM and Owner, with increasing frequency as construction and commissioning progresses. B. CA will regularly communicate with members of commissioning team, keeping them apprised of commissioning progress. C. CA shall submit non-compliance and deficiency reports to Owner and CM. D. CA shall provide a final summary report to Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-11 3.6 START-UP AND INITIAL CHECKOUT A. Sub-contractor shall schedule equipment start-up with Commissioning Team. Subcontractor shall execute equipment start-up. B. CA reserves the right to witness any start-up or equipment testing. C. Pre-functional checklists are provided and executed by CA. Prototypical examples of PFCs are included at the end of this specification section. Final copies of PFCs will be developed after issuance the Construction Documents and issued to the CT as part of the Commissioning Plan. CM and Sub-contractor shall review final construction documentation for applicable details and specifications related to equipment to be commissioned in order to fully ascertain all of the pre-functional checklist requirements. 3.7 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Objectives and Scope: 1. The objective of Functional Performance Testing is to demonstrate each system is operating according to documented design design intent and Contract Documents. Functional Performance Testing facilitates bringing system from a state of substantial completion to full dynamic operation. Additionally, during Functional Performance Testing, areas of deficient performance are identified and corrected, improving operation and functioning of systems. 2. Each system shall be operated through all modes of operation (occupied, unoccupied, warm-up, cool-down, etc.) where there is a specified system response. Verifying each sequence in the sequences of operation is required. B. Development of Test Procedures: 1. The purpose of any given specific test is to verify and document compliance with stated criteria of acceptance given on test form. CA shall develop specific test procedures and forms to verify and document proper operation of each piece of equipment and system. Sub-contractor responsible to execute test will provide assistance to CA in developing procedure (i.e., answering questions about equipment, operation, sequences, etc.) Prior to execution, CA shall provide a copy of test procedures to Sub-contractor. Sub-contractor will review tests for feasibility, safety and equipment warranty protection. CA shall submit tests to Owner, CM and A/E and other Commissioning Team members for review. 2. Test procedure forms developed by the CA will include (but not be limited to) the following information: a. System and equipment or component name(s) b. Equipment location and ID number c. Date d. Project name e. Specific sequence of operation or other specified parameters being verified f. Specific step-by-step procedures to execute test, in a clear, sequential and repeatable format g. A Yes/No checkbox to allow for clearly marking whether or not proper performance of each part of the test was achieved New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-12 h. Section for comments 3. Prototypical examples of Functional Performance Test Checklists are included at the end of this specification section. Final copies of FPTs will be developed after issuance the Construction Documents and issued to the CT as part of the Commissioning Plan. CM and Sub-contractors shall review final construction documentation for applicable details and specifications related to equipment to be commissioned in order to fully ascertain all FPT requirements. C. Coordination and Scheduling: 1. CM will provide sufficient notice to CA regarding completion of schedule for equipment and systems. CM will schedule Functional Performance Test with CT. CA shall witness and document functional testing of equipment and systems. Sub-contractor shall execute test under direction of CA. 2. Functional Performance Testing is conducted after system operation and checkout is satisfactorily completed. Air balancing and water balancing is completed and debugged before functional testing of air-related or water-related equipment or systems. 3.8 DOCUMENTATION, NON-COMFORMANCE AND APPROVAL OF TESTS A. Documentation: 1. CA will witness and document results of FPT using specific Functional Performance Test developed for that purpose. Prior to testing, FPTs are provided to the Commissioning Team for review and approval. CA will include filled out FPTs in Commissioning Turnover Package. B. Non-Conformance: 1. CA will record results of functional testing. Deficiency or non-conformance issues will be noted and reported to CM and Owner on standard non-compliance FPT form. 2. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during tests at discretion of CA. In such cases, deficiency and resolution will be documented on FPT form. 3. Every effort will be made to expedite testing and minimize unnecessary delays, while not comprising integrity of tests. CA shall not overlook deficient work or relax acceptance criteria to satisfy scheduling or cost issues unless directed to do by the Owner. 4. Deficiencies are handled in the following manner: a. When there is no dispute on deficiency and Sub-contractor accepts responsibility for remedial action: 1) CA documents deficiency and Sub-contractors response and intentions and they go on to another test or sequence. CA submits deficiency report to CM and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub-contractor. Sub-contractor corrects deficiency, and verifies correction to CM. CM forwards response to CA. 2) CM reschedules test with Sub-contractor. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-13 b. When there is a dispute about a deficiency, regarding whether it is a deficiency or who is responsible: 1) CA documents deficiency and Contractors response and they go on to another test or sequence. CA submits deficiency report to CM and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub-contractor. 2) CM facilitates resolution of deficiency. Other parties are brought into discussions as needed. Final interpretive authority is A/E. Final acceptance authority is with the Owner. 3) CM documents resolution process. 4) Once interpretation and resolution has been decided, appropriate party corrects deficiency, and verifies correction to CM. CM forwards response to CA. CM reschedules test and test is repeated until satisfactory performance is achieved. C. Cost of Retesting: 1. Sub-contractor shall retest FPT, if they are responsible for deficiency at no additional cost. 2. Time for CA to direct any retesting required because a specific pre-functional checklist or start-up test items reported to have been successfully completed, but determined during Functional Performance Testing to be faulty, may be backcharged to Sub-contractor. D. Approval: 1. CA notes each satisfactorily demonstrated function on test form. CA, A/E and Owner provide formal approval of FPT. CA recommends acceptance of each test to Owner. 3.9 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION A. Commissioning Turnover Package 1. CA is responsible to compile and organize commissioning records. CA shall deliver Cx records to the Owner in Commissioning Binders. Turnover Package to include the following: a. Commissioning Plan b. Pre-functional Checklists c. Completed Functional Performance Test records d. Deficiency Reports e. Final Commissioning Report B. Final Report Details 1. Final Commissioning Report will include an executive summary, list of participants and roles, brief building description, overview of commissioning and testing scope and general description of testing and verification methods. Recommendations for improvement to equipment or operations, future actions, etc., will also be listed. Each non-compliance issue will be referenced to specific FPT where deficiency is documented. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Plumbing 220800-14 3.10 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. Sub-contractors will provide complete training in start-up, operation and maintenance of all equipment under contract. B. CM and Sub-contractors will be responsible for developing Owner training plan, scheduling of Owner training, execution of Owner training and documentation of completed Owner training. C. A/E will be responsible for approving content and adequacy of Owner training. D. CA will be responsible for monitoring completion of Owner training. E. Sub-contractor will submit a written training plan to A/E and CA for review and approval with submission of shop drawings. Plan will cover the following elements: 1. Equipment (included in training) 2. Intended audience 3. Location of training 4. Objectives 5. Subjects covered 6. Duration of training on each subject 7. Instructor for each subject 8. Methods (classroom lecture, video, site walk-through, actual operational demonstrations, written handouts, etc.) 9. Instructors and qualifications F. CM and sub-contractors schedule training with CA and Owner. CA develops criteria to determine training satisfactorily completed. G. CM shall provide videotaping of training sessions. 3.11 DEFFERRED TESTING A. Deferred Seasonal Testing: 1. During warranty period, seasonal testing (test delayed until weather conditions are closer to system’s design) will be completed as part of this contract. CM will coordinate this activity. Tests will be executed, documented and deficiencies corrected by the appropriate sub-contractor(s), with CA witnessing. CA will incorporate final updates to Turnover Package as necessary. B. Unforeseen Deferred Tests: 1. Any check or test not completed due to building structure, required occupancy condition, or other deficiency, may be delayed upon approval of Owner. These tests will be rescheduled as soon as possible. NOTE: The prototypical Pre-Functional Checklists and Functional Performance Test procedures are enclosed. END OF SECTION 220800 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-15 Functional Test HOT WATER HEATIER 1. Submittal /Approvals Submittal. The above equipment and systems integral to them are complete and ready for functional testing. A Statement of Correction will be submitted upon completion of any outstanding areas. None of the outstanding items preclude safe and reliable functional tests being performed. 2. Participants General Contractor Date Controls Contractor Date Plumbing Contractor Date Electrical Contractor Date . Commissioning Agent Date Construction Administration Representative Date Owner’s Representative Date 3. Prerequisite Checklist a. The following have been started up and are ready for functional testing: Boiler Hot Water Piping and Valves Pumps b. All control system functions for this and all interlocking systems are programmed and operable per contract documents, including balancing valves and sensor calibrations completed. c. All A/E punchlist items for this equipment corrected. d. Safeties and operating ranges reviewed. e. This checklist does not take the place of the manufacturer’s recommended checkout and startup procedures. f. Items that do not apply shall be noted with the reasons on this form (N/A = not applicable, BO = by others). g. Contractors assigned responsibility for sections of the checklist shall be responsible to see that checklist items by their subcontractors are completed and checked off. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-16 4. Requested documentation submitted Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Check Equip Tag-> WH-1 Approved Shop Drawing submittals Startup checks per manufacturer’s requirements and under manufacturer’s supervision Water Balancing report O&M Manuals Warranty Certificate · Documentation complete as per contract documents for given trade. YES NO 5. Model verification Equip Tag---> WH-1 Manuf. Model Serial # Capacity Volts/phase Capacity tank volume Capacity BTUH · The equipment installed matches the specifications. YES NO 6. Installation Checks Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> WH-1 General Installation Permanent labels affixed Casing condition good: no dents Expansion tank installed w/Heat Trap Piping Expansion Tank Auto Air vent Expansion Tank Pressure Gauge High Capacity Air Vent Installed Maintenance access acceptable for unit and components Concrete pad provided New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-17 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> WH-1 Emergency power for water heater, pumps, combustion fans, etc. Thermal insulation properly installed Instrumentation installed according to specification (thermometers, pressure gages, flow meters, etc.) Clean up of equipment completed per contract documents Seismic restraints provided Installation of vibration isolators for installation Installation of breeching installation per Contract Drawings Main gas, pilot gas pressure regulators, and high and low pressure switches are vented to the outdoors Piping arrangement installed per the contract documents Installation of combustion air fan and associated motorized damper Installation of CO sensor Electronic ignition provide Gas pilot provided from firm gas service Valves and Piping Pipe fittings complete and pipes properly supported Pipes properly labeled Pipes properly insulated Relief valve properly piped Valves properly labeled Valves installed in proper direction Piping system properly flushed No leaking apparent around fittings Expansion tank isolation valve Isolation valves installed per drawings ASME Pressure relief valve Sensors calibrated HWR Manual Isolation Valve HWR Thermometer HWR Pressure Gauge HWS Thermometer HWS Pressure Gauge Electrical and Controls Power disconnects in place and labeled All electric connections tight New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-18 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> WH-1 Proper grounding installed for components and unit Safeties in place and operable Hi limit controller Low water cut-off switch Misc. Primary Pump operating aquastat installed In-Line Pump Circuit Setter Circulating pump installed properly with check valve Installation of heating DP sensor. Location · The checklist items of Part 6 are all successfully completed for given trade. YES NO New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-1 SECTION 221100 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Domestic water piping, buried beyond 5 feet of building. 2. Domestic water piping, within 5 feet of building. 3. Domestic water piping, above grade. 4. Unions and flanges. 5. Valves. 6. Pressure gages. 7. Pressure gage taps. 8. Thermometers. 9. Flow control valves. 10. Water pressure reducing valves. 11. Relief valves. 12. Strainers. 13. Hose bibs. 14. Hydrants. 15. Recessed valve box. 16. Backflow preventers. 17. Water hammer arrestors. 18. Thermostatic mixing valves. 19. Pressure balanced mixing valves. 20. Diaphragm-type compression tanks. 21. System lubricated circulators. 22. In-line circulator pumps. 23. Water Meters. 24. Base-mounted pumps. 25. Underground pipe markers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for placement of concrete house keeping pads specified by this section. 2. Section 07 84 13 – Penetrations Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 3. Section 08 31 00 -Access Panels: Product requirements for access doors for placement by this section. 4. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 5. Section 22 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping materials applying to various system types. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-2 6. Section 22 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment: Product requirements for motors for placement by this section. 7. Section 22 05 16 -Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Execution requirements for pipe expansion devices for placement by this section. 8. Section 22 05 23 -General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping: Product requirements for valves for placement by this section. 9. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section. 10. Section 22 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolators for placement by this section. 11. Section 22 05 53 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification and valve tags for placement by this section. 12. Section Section 22 07 00 -Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for pipe insulation. 13. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section. 14. Section 31 05 00 -Soils for Earthwork: Soils for backfill in trenches. 15. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill: Aggregate for backfill in trenches. 16. Section 33 13 00 -Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution: Product and execution requirements for disinfection of domestic water piping beyond 5 feet (1500 mm) of building. 17. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 18. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 19. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 20. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI Z21.22 -Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 2. ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 3. ASME B16.26 -Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 4. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. 5. ASME B40.1 -Gauges -Pressure Indicating Dial Type -Elastic Element. 6. ASME Section VIII -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Pressure Vessels. 7. ASME Section IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Welding and Brazing Qualifications. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-3 C. American Society of Sanitary Engineering: 1. ASSE 1010 -Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arresters. 2. ASSE 1011 -Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. 3. ASSE 1012 -Performance Requirements for Backflow Preventer with Intermediate Atmospheric Vent. 4. ASSE 1013 -Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pressure Fire Protection Principle Backflow Preventers. 5. ASSE 1019 -Performance Requirements for Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant, Automatic Draining Type. 6. ASSE 5013 -Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers (RP) and Reduced Pressure Fire Protection Principle Backflow Preventers (RFP). 7. ASSE 5015 -Performance Requirements for Testing Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies (DC) and Double Check Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies (RPDF). D. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 2. ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 3. ASTM A395/A395M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 4. ASTM A536 -Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 5. ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 6. ASTM B42 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 7. ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 8. ASTM B584 -Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 9. ASTM D1785 -Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 10. ASTM D2235 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 11. ASTM D2239 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameters. 12. ASTM D2241 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. 13. ASTM D2447 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80, Based on Outside Diameter. 14. ASTM D2464 -Standard Specification for Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 15. ASTM D2466 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 16. ASTM D2467 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-4 17. ASTM D2564 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 18. ASTM D2609 -Standard Specification for Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe. 19. ASTM D2661 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene -Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 20. ASTM D2846/D2846M -Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot-and Cold-Water Distribution Systems. 21. ASTM D2855 -Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 22. ASTM D3035 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DRPR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 23. ASTM D3139 -Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 24. ASTM D 3311 -Standard Specification for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns. 25. ASTM E1 -Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers. 26. ASTM E77 -Standard Test Method for Inspection and Verification of Thermometers. 27. ASTM F437 -Standard Specification for Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 28. ASTM F438 -Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 29. ASTM F439 -Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 30. ASTM F441/F441M -Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. 31. ASTM F442/F442M -Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). 32. ASTM F493 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 33. ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. 34. ASTM F 891 -Standard Specification for Coextruded Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe With a Cellular Core. 35. ASTM F1281 -Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe. 36. ASTM F1282 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Pressure Pipe. 37. ASTM F1476 -Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications. E. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A5.8 -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-5 F. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C104 -American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. AWWA C105 -American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 3. AWWA C110 -American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. 4. AWWA C111 -American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. AWWA C151 -American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 6. AWWA C651 -Disinfecting Water Mains. 7. AWWA C700 -Cold-Water Meters -Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. 8. AWWA C701 -Cold-Water Meters -Turbine Type, for Customer Service. 9. AWWA C702 -Cold-Water Meters -Compound Type. 10. AWWA C706 -Direct-Reading, Remote-Registration Systems for Cold-Water Meters. 11. AWWA C900 -Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 in. through 12 in., for Water Distribution. 12. AWWA C901 -Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 in. through 3 in., for Water Service. 13. AWWA C950 -Fiberglass Pressure Pipe. 14. AWWA M6 -Water Meters -Selection, Installation, Testing, and Maintenance. G. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 67 -Butterfly Valves. 3. MSS SP 69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application. 4. MSS SP 70 -Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP 71 -Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 6. MSS SP 78 -Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 7. MSS SP 80 -Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 8. MSS SP 85 -Cast Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded. 9. MSS SP 89 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices. 10. MSS SP 110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. H. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). I. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: 1. PDI WH201 -Water Hammer Arrester Standard. J. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 393 -Indicating Pressure Gauges for Fire-Protection Service. 2. UL 404 -Gauges, Indicating Pressure, for Compressed Gas Service. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-6 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturer's catalog information. 2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service. 3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity. 4. Domestic Water Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. 5. Pumps: Submit pump type, capacity, certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for pumps, valves and accessories. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves and equipment. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts list, exploded assembly views and recommended maintenance intervals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For drinking water service, provide valves complying with NSF 61. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-7 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept valves and equipment on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water piping. 1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two packing kits for each size valve, two loose keys for outside hose bibs hose end vacuum breakers for hose bibs and two pump seals for each pump model. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-8 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile iron, standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket with rods. 3. Jackets: AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket Double layer, half lapped, 10 mil polyethylene tape. 2.2 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile iron, standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket with rods. 3. Jackets: AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket Double layer, half lapped, 10 mil polyethylene tape. 2.3 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. B. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, drawn, rolled grooved ends. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18 cast copper alloy, or ASME B16.22 wrought copper and bronze, or ASTM B584 bronze sand castings, grooved ends. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings meeting ASTM F1476. a. Housing Clamps: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, enamel coated, compatible with copper tubing sizes, to engage and lock designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion. b. Gasket: Elastomer composition for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230degrees F. c. Accessories: Steel bolts, nuts, and washers. 2.4 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered brazed joints. 3. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 4. PVC Piping: PVC. 5. CPVC Piping: CPVC. B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, forged steel, slip-on f langes. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-9 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges. 3. PVC Piping: PVC flanges. 4. CPVC Piping: CPVC flanges. 5. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets. C. PVC Pipe Materials: For connections to equipment and valves with threaded connections, furnish solvent-weld socket to screwed joint adapters and unions, or ASTM D2464, Schedule 80, threaded, PVC pipe. 2.5 GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America 2. Milwaukee Valve Company 3. NIBCO, Inc. 4. Stockham Valves & Fittings 5. Victaulic 6. Watts 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 125 bronze body, bronze trim, bonnet, nonrising stem, hand-wheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder or threaded ends. C. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 70, Class 125 cast iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, non-rising stem, hand-wheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends. Furnish chain-wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. 2.6 GLOBE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Milwaukee Valve Company 2. NIBCO, Inc. 3. Stockham Valves & Fittings 4. Watts 5. Victaulic 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze trim, bonnet, hand wheel, Buna-N composition disc, solder or threaded ends. C. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 85, Class 125, cast iron body, bronze trim, hand wheel, outside screw and yoke, flanged ends. Furnish chain-wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. 2.7 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-10 2. Milwaukee Valve Company 3. NIBCO, Inc. 4. Stockham Valves & Fittings 5. Victaulic 6. Watts 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, one piece bronze body, chrome plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder or threaded ends, lever handle. 2.8 PLUG VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. DeZURIK, Unit of SPX Corp. 2. Tufline 3. Nibco 4. Watts 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 78, Class 300, construction, round port, regular opening, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, threaded ends. Furnish one plug valve wrench for every ten plug-valves with minimum of one wrench. C. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 78, Class 300, construction, round port, regular opening, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, flanged ends. Furnish wrench-operated. 2.9 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hammond Valve Valve 2. Milwaukee Valve Company 3. NIBCO, Inc. 4. Stockham Valves & Fittings 5. Victaulic 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 67, Class 150 1. Body: Cast or ductile iron, lug or grooved ends, stainless steel stem, extended neck. 2. Disc: Nickel-plated ductile iron. 3. Seat: Resilient replaceable EPDM. 4. Handle and Operator: 10 position lever handle. C. 2 inches through 10 inches: 150 psi at 73 degrees F water temperature, maximum service temperature: 140 degrees F, one piece body, ASTM D1785 PVC, lug type flange facing, disc encapsulated with EPDM, stainless steel shaft, locking lever handle. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-11 2.10 CHECK VALVES A. Horizontal Swing Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Milwaukee Valve Company b. NIBCO, Inc. c. Stockham Valves & Fittings d. Watts e. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 150, bronze body and cap, bronze seat, Buna-N disc, solder or threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125, cast iron body, bolted cap, bronze or cast iron disc, flanged ends. B. Spring Loaded Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Hammond Valve b. Milwaukee Valve Company c. NIBCO, Inc. d. Stockham Valves & Fittings e. Watts f. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 250, bronze body, in-line spring lift check, silent closing, Buna-N disc, integral seat, solder or threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125, globe style, cast iron body, bronze seat, center guided bronze disc, stainless steel spring and screws, flanged ends. 2.11 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: 1. Trerice 2. Ernst 3. Davis Instrument 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Gage: ASME B40.1, with bourdon tube, rotary brass movement, brass socket, front calibration adjustment, black scale on white background. 1. Case: Steel. 2. Bourdon Tube: Brass. 3. Dial Size: 3-1/2 inch. 4. Mid-Scale Accuracy: One percent. 5. Scale: Both psi and kPa. 2.12 PRESSURE GAGE TAPS A. Manufacturers: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-12 1. Trerice 2. Ernst 3. Weiss 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Needle Valve: Brass, 1/4 inch NPT for minimum 300 psi. C. Ball Valve: Brass, 1/8 inch NPT for 250 psi. D. Pulsation Damper: Pressure snubber, brass with 1/4 inch NPT connections. 2.13 STEM TYPE THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Trerice 2. Ernst 3. Davis Instrument 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Thermometer: ASTM E1, red appearing mercury, lens front tube, cast aluminum case with enamel finish. 1. Size: 12 inch scale. 2. Window: Clear glass. 3. Stem: Brass, 3/4 inch NPT, 3-1/2 inch long. 4. Accuracy: 2 percent. 5. Calibration: Both degrees F and degrees C. C. Thermometer: ASTM E1, adjustable angle, red appearing mercury, lens front tube, cast aluminum case with enamel finish, cast aluminum adjustable joint with positive locking device. 1. Size: 12 inch scale. 2. Window: Clear glass. 3. Stem: Brass, 3/4 inch NPT, 3-1/2 inch long. 4. Accuracy: 2 percent. 5. Calibration: Both degrees F and degrees C. 2.14 FLOW CONTROL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts 2. Cal Val 3. Stockham 4. Nibco 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Construction: Class 125, Brass or bronze body with union on inlet and outlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet, combination blow-down or back-flush drain. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-13 C. Calibration: Control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over operating pressure range of 10 times minimum pressure required for control, maximum minimum pressure 5 psi. 2.15 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts 2. Armstrong 3. Amtrol 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, bronze body, stainless steel and thermoplastic internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, threaded and single union ends. C. 2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 85, cast iron body, bronze fitted, elastomeric diaphragm and seat disc, flanged. 2.16 RELIEF VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. B+G 2. Taco 3. Armstrong 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Pressure Relief: 1. ANSI Z21.22 certified, bronze body, teflon seat, steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated. 2. Bronze body, Teflon seat, steel stem and springs, automatic, automatic, direct pressure actuated at maximum 60 psi, UL listed for fuel oil, capacities ASME certified and labeled. C. Temperature and Pressure Relief: 1. ANSI Z21.22 certified, bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, temperature relief maximum 210 degrees F, capacity ASME certified and labeled. 2.17 STRAINERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Sarco 2. Armstrong 3. Yarway 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inch and Smaller: Threaded brass body for 175 psi CWP, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-14 C. 1-1/2 inch to 4 inch: Class 125, flanged iron body, Y pattern with 1/16-inch stainless steel perforated screen. D. 5 inch and Larger: Class 125, flanged iron body, basket pattern with 1/8 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.18 HOSE BIBS A. Manufacturers: 1. Zurn 2. Woodford 3. Wade 4. Watts 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Interior: Bronze or brass with integral mounting flange, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose thread spout, chrome plated where exposed with lock shield and removable key, integral vacuum breaker in conformance with ASSE 1011. 2.19 HYDRANTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Zurn 2. Wodford 3. Watts 4. Wade 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Wall Hydrant: ASSE 1019; non-freeze, self-draining type with chrome plated, lockable recessed box hose thread spout, hand wheel, and integral vacuum breaker. 2.20 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Zurn 2. Cal Val 3. Febco 4. Watts 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers: 1. Comply with ASSE 1013. 2. Bronze body, with bronze internal parts and stainless steel springs. 3. Two independently operating, spring loaded check valves; diaphragm type differential pressure relief valve located between check valves; third check valve opening under back pressure in case of diaphragm failure; non-threaded vent outlet; assembled with two gate valves, strainer, and four test cocks. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-15 C. Double Check Valve Assemblies: Comply with ASSE ASSE 1015 or AWWA C510; Bronze body with corrosion resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs; two independently operating check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent. 2.21 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts 2. Zurn 3. Mifab 4. JR Smith 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. ASSE 1010; copper construction, bellows type sized in accordance with PDI WH-201. C. Pre-charged suitable for operation in temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F and maximum 250 psi working pressure. 2.22 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Symmons 2. Armstrong -Rada 3. Powers 4. Watts 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Valve: Chrome plated cast brass body, stainless steel or copper alloy bellows, integral temperature adjustment. Conform to ASSE 1070 to temper water to maximum 110 degrees F. C. Accessories: 1. Check valve on inlets. 2. Volume control shut-off valve on outlet. 3. Stem thermometer on outlet. 4. Strainer stop checks on inlets. 2.23 PRESSURE BALANCED MIXING VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Wilkerson Model R 30 2. Norgren 3. Hankinson 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Valve: Chrome plated cast brass body, stainless steel cylinder and integral temperature adjustment. C. Capacity: gpm at 45 psi psi differential. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-16 D. Accessories: 1. Volume control shut-off valve on outlet. 2. Stem thermometer on outlet. 3. Strainer stop checks on inlets. 2.24 DIAPHRAGM-TYPE COMPRESSION TANKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Amtrol 2. Taco 3. B+G 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME Section VIII; supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. C. Accessories: Pressure gage and air-charging fitting, tank drain; pre-charge to 12 psig. 2.25 IN-LINE CIRCULATOR PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Taco. 2. Armstrong 3. B+G 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Casing: Bronze rated for 125 psig working pressure. C. Impeller: Bronze. D. Shaft: Alloy steel with integral thrust collar and two, oil lubricated bronze sleeve bearings. E. Seal: Carbon rotating against stationary ceramic seat. F. Drive: Flexible coupling. G. Performance: 1. Flow: 0-147 gpm, at 0-51 feet of head. H. Electrical Characteristics and Components: 1. Electrical Characteristics: In accordance with Section 26 05 03 and the following: a. 1/6hp. 2.0 rated load amperes. b. 115 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. c. Motors: In accordance with Section 21 05 13. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-17 2.26 WATER METERS A. Manufacturers: Sensus. 1. No Substitutions. B. Water meter shall be cast bronze, corrosion resistant, light weight, with glass lens readout and with flanged inlets and outlets. Water meter to meet all the requirements of the local water authority and AWWA standards. Meter shall read in 100 cu.ft. 2.27 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton 2. Safety Sign 3. Craftmark 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Plastic Ribbon Tape: Bright colored, continuously printed, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. 2.28 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. Bedding: Fill Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. B. Cover: Fill Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. C. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type, as specified in Section 31 23 00. Subsoil with no rocks over 6 inches in diameter, frozen earth or foreign matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-18 3.3 INSTALLATION -METERS A. Install positive displacement meters in accordance with AWWA M6, with isolating valves on inlet and outlet. 3.4 INSTALLATION -THERMOMETERS AND GAGES A. Install one pressure gage for each pump, locate taps before strainers and on suction and discharge of pump; pipe to gage. B. Install gage taps in piping. C. Install pressure gages with pulsation dampers. Provide ball valve to isolate each gage. D. Install thermometers in piping systems in sockets in short couplings. Enlarge pipes smaller than 2-1/2 inches for installation of thermometer sockets. Allow clearance from insulation. E. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale. F. Install gages and thermometers in locations where they are easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical. G. Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero. 3.5 INSTALLATION -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Inserts: 1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above flush with top of slab. B. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9, ASTM F708 and MSS SP 89. 2. Support horizontal piping as schedule. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-19 7. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers. 8. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. 10. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 11. Provide hangers adjacent to motor driven equipment with vibration isolation; refer to Section 21 05 48. 3.6 INSTALLATION -ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. C. Install piping to maintain headroom without interfering with use of space or taking more space than necessary. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. F. Install piping to to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Refer to Section 22 05 16. G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 22 07 00. H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. I. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. J. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. K. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00. L. Install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME B31.9. M. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 22 05 29. N. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. O. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. P. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-20 Q. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. R. Provide lug end butterfly valves adjacent to equipment when functioning to isolate equipment. S. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps. T. Provide flow controls in water circulating systems. U. Install potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur; on boiler feed water lines, janitor rooms, fire sprinkler systems, premise isolation, irrigation systems, flush valves, interior and exterior hose bibs. V. Pipe relief from valves, back-flow preventers and drains to nearest floor drain. W. Test backflow preventers in accordance with ASSE 5013. X. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and cold water supply piping to lavatories, sinks, washing machine outlets. Y. Install air chambers on hot and cold water supply piping to each fixture or group of fixtures (each washroom). Fabricate same size as supply pipe or 3/4 inch minimum, and minimum 18 inches long. 3.7 INSTALLATION -PUMPS A. Provide pumps to operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. B. Install long radius reducing elbows or reducers between pump and piping. Support piping adjacent to pump so no weight is carried on pump casings. For close coupled or base mounted pumps, install supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 4 inches and over. C. Install pumps on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 21 05 48. D. Install flexible connectors at or near pumps where piping configuration does not absorb vibration. Refer to Section 22 05 48. E. Provide line sized shut-off valve and strainer on pump suction, and line sized combination pump discharge valve on pump pump discharge.. F. Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping adjacent to pump so no weight is carried on pump casings. Provide supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 4 inches and larger. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-21 G. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. H. Provide drains for bases and seals. I. Check, align, and certify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up. J. Install close coupled and base mounted pumps on concrete housekeeping base, with anchor bolts, set and level, and grout in place. Refer to Section 03 30 00. K. Lubricate pumps before start-up. 3.8 INSTALLATION -SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new water service complete with approved double check valve water meter with by-pass valves pressure reducing valve, and strainer. B. Provide sleeve in wall for service main and support at wall with reinforced-concrete bridge. Caulk enlarged sleeve and make watertight with pliable material. Anchor service main inside to concrete wall. C. Provide 18 gage galvanized sheet metal sleeve around service main to 6 inch above floor and 6 feet minimum below grade. Size for minimum of 2 inches of of loose batt insulation stuffing. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test domestic water piping system in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction. 3.10 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 -Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Disinfect water distribution system in accordance with Section 33 12 16. C. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean. D. Verify pH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). E. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder and tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain residual from 50 to 80 mg/L. F. Bleed water from outlets to obtain distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets. G. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. H. When final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Water Distribution 221100-22 I. Flush disinfectant from system until residual concentration is equal to incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. J. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 5 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. END OF SECTION 221000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -1 SECTION 221123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Natural gas piping buried within 5 feet of building. 2. Natural gas piping above grade. 3. Unions and flanges. 4. Valves. 5. Pipe hangers and supports. 6. Strainers. 7. Natural gas pressure regulators. 8. Natural gas pressure relief valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 2. Section 08 31 00 -Access Panels: Access doors for concealed valves and accessories. 3. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Product requirements for painting for placement by this section. 4. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports for placement by this section. 5. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill: Soils for backfill in trenches. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI Z21.15 -Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End Valves. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 2. ASME B16.26 -Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 3. ASME B16.33 -Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems Up to 125 psig (sizes 1/2 -2). 4. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. 5. ASME Section IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Welding and Brazing Qualifications. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -2 2. ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 3. ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 4. ASTM B280 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. 5. ASTM B749 -Standard Specification for Lead and Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate Products. 6. ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. D. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. E. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C105 -American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. F. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 67 -Butterfly Valves. 3. MSS SP 69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application. 4. MSS SP 78 -Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP 89 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices. 6. MSS SP 110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. G. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code. H. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 842 -Valves for Flammable Fluids. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide compatible system components and joints. Use non-conducting dielectric connections when joining dissimilar metals in systems. B. Provide flanges, unions, or couplings at locations requiring servicing. Use unions, flanges, or couplings downstream of valves and at equipment connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment. C. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9. D. Use plug, valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -3 B. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information. 2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service. 3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity. 4. Piping Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information including capacity, rough-in requirements, and service sizes for the following: a. Strainers. b. Natural gas pressure regulators. c. Natural gas pressure relief valves. C. Design Data: Indicate pipe size. Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. D. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves piping system, and system components. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for valves and gas pressure regulators installation instructions, spare parts lists. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform natural gas Work in accordance with NFPA 54. B. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures. C. Perform Work in accordance with authority having jurisdiction AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure. D. Furnish shutoff valves complying with ASME B16.33 or ANSI Z21.15. E. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -4 B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Design hangers and supports under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed at Project location. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Protect piping and fittings from soil and debris with temporary end caps and closures. Maintain in place until installation. Furnish temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Requirements for coordination. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for valves excluding packing. 1.14 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two packing kits for each type and size valve. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -5 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: ASME B31.9, welded. 3. Jacket: AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half-lapped 10 mil polyethylene tape. 2.2 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inch and smaller; welded for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. B. Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing: ANSI LC 1. 2.3 REGULATOR VENT PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Indoors: Same as natural gas piping, above grade. B. Outdoors: PVC pipe, tubing, and fittings, UL 651. 2.4 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered brazed joints. 3. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, forged steel, slip-on flanges. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges. 3. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets. 2.5 PLUG VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. DeZURIK, Unit of SPX Corp. 2. Flow Control Equipment, Inc. 3. Homestead Valve 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -6 B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 78, Class 150, semi-steel construction, round port, regular opening, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, threaded ends. Furnish one plug valve wrench for every ten plug-valves with minimum of one wrench. C. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 78, Class 150, semi-steel construction, round port, regular opening, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, flanged ends. Furnish wrenchoperated worm gear-operated. 2.6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc. 2. Creative Systems Inc. 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc. 5. Michigan Hanger Co. 6. Superior Valve Co. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Conform to NFPA 54, ASME 31.9, ASTM F708, MSS SP 58, MSS SP 69, and MSS SP 89. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. D. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. F. Wall Support for Pipe 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook. G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. H. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. I. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. J. Sheet Lead: ASTM B749, 2.5 lb/sq ft 0.039 inch thick. 2.7 STRAINERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mueller Steam Specialty 2. Armstrong 3. Spirax Sarco, Inc. 4. Yarway 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -7 B. 2 inch and Smaller: Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. C. 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch: Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 3/64 inch stainless steel perforated screen. D. 5 inch and Larger: Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, basket pattern with 1/8 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.8 NATURAL GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Invensys 2. Maxitrol 3. Dormont 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Spring loaded, general purpose, self-operating service regulator including internal relief type diaphragm assembly and vent valve. Diaphragm case can be rotated 360 degrees in relation to body. 1. Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 2. Temperatures: minus 20 degrees F to 150 degrees F. 3. Body: Steel. 4. Spring case, lower diaphragm casing, union ring, ring, seat ring and disk holder: Aluminum. 5. Disk, diaphragm, and O-ring: Nitrile 6. Maximum inlet pressure: 150 psig. 7. Furnish sizes 2 inches and smaller with threaded ends. Furnish sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger with flanged ends. 2.9 NATURAL GAS PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Dresser 2. Fisher 3. Maxitrol 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Spring loaded type relief valve. 1. Body: Aluminum. 2. Diaphragm: Nitrile 3. Orifice: Stainless steel. 4. Maximum operating temperature: 150 degrees F. 5. Inlet Connections: Threaded. 6. Outlet or Vent Connection: Same size as inlet connection. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -8 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.3 INSTALLATION -INSERTS A. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms. B. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide throughbolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above flush with top of slab. 3.4 INSTALLATION -PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 ASTM F708 and MSS SP 89. B. Support horizontal piping hangers as scheduled. C. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. E. Install hangers to allow 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. G. Where installing several pipes in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe hangers or trapeze hangers. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -9 H. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping sheet lead packing between hanger or support and piping. I. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports in accordance with Section 09 90 00. Finish paint exposed steel hangers and supports in accordance with Section 09 90 00. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. J. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. K. Install pipe hangers and supports in accordance with Section 23 05 29. 3.5 INSTALLATION -BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54. B. Verify connection size, location, and invert are as indicated on Drawings. C. Remove scale and dirt on inside of piping before assembly. D. Install pipe on prepared bedding. E. Route pipe in straight line. F. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints. 3.6 INSTALLATION -ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54. B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. D. Where required, bend pipe with pipe bending tools in accordance with procedures intended for that purpose. E. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space. F. Size and install gas piping to provide sufficient gas to supply maximum appliance demand at pressure higher than appliance minimum inlet pressure. G. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. H. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. I. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 23 05 29. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -10 J. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 07 84 13. K. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. L. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 00. M. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, weld, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer. N. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility company. O. Install vent piping from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weatherproof hood. Protect vent against entry of insects and foreign material. 1. Minimum Vent Size: Connection size at regulator vent connection. 2. Run individual vent line from each relief device, independent of breather vents. 3. Breather vents may be manifolded together with piping sized for combined appliance vent requirements. P. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not pre-finished, ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00. Q. Install identification on piping systems including underground piping. Refer to Section 22 05 53. R. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. S. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. T. Install gas pressure regulator with tee fitting between regulator and upstream shutoff valve. Cap or plug one opening of tee fitting. U. Install gas pressure regulator with tee fitting not less than 10 pipe diameters down stream of regulator. Cap or plug one opening of tee fitting. V. Install gas pressure regulator with independent vent full size opening on regulator and terminate outdoors. W. Provide new gas service complete with gas meter and regulators. Provide regulators on each line serving gravity type appliances, sized in accordance with equipment. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 221123 -11 B. Where gas appliance will be damaged by test pressure, disconnect appliance and cap piping during pressure test. Reconnect appliance after pressure test and leak test connection. C. Where gas appliance is designed for operating pressures equal to or greater than piping test pressure, provide gas valve to isolate appliance or equipment from gas test pressure. D. Pressure test natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54. 3.8 SCHEDULES A. Pipe Hanger Spacing: PIPE SIZE Inches COPPER TUBING MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING Feet STEEL PIPE MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING Feet COPPER TUBING MINIMUM HANGER ROD DIAMETER Inches STEEL PIPE MINIMUM HANGER ROD DIAMETER Inches 1/2 4 6 3/8 3/8 3/4 6 7 3/8 3/8 1 6 7 3/8 3/8 1-1/4 8 7 3/8 3/8 1-1/2 8 9 3/8 3/8 2 8 10 3/8 3/8 2-1/2 8 10 1/2 1/2 3 8 10 1/2 1/2 4 8 10 1/2 5/8 5 8 10 1/2 5/8 6 8 10 5/8 3/4 END OF SECTION 221123 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-1 SECTION 221300 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sanitary sewer piping buried beyond 5 feet of building. 2. Sanitary sewer piping buried within 5 feet of building. 3. Sanitary sewer piping above grade. 4. Unions and flanges. 5. Valves. 6. Pipe hangers and supports. 7. Floor drains. 8. Floor sinks. 9. Cleanouts. 10. Interceptors. 11. Sewage ejectors. 12. Bedding and cover materials. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 2. Section 08 31 00 -Access Panels: Product requirements for access doors for placement by this section. 3. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 4. Section 22 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping materials applying to various system types. 5. Section 22 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment: Product requirements for motors for placement by this section. 6. Section 22 05 16 -Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Execution requirements for pipe expansion devices for placement by this section. 7. Section 22 05 23 -General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping: Product requirements for valves for placement by this section. 8. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section. 9. Section 22 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolators for placement by this section. 10. Section 22 05 53 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section. 11. Section 22 07 00 -Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for pipe insulation . New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-2 12. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section. 13. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill: Soils for backfill in trenches. 14. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 15. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 16. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 17. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A112.21.1 -Floor Drains. 2. ASME B16.1 -Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 3. ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 4. ASME B16.4 -Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. 5. ASME B16.23 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). 6. ASME B16.29 -Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings -DWV. 7. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A47/A47M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. ASTM A74 -Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 4. ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 5. ASTM A395/A395M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 6. ASTM A536 -Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 7. ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 8. ASTM B42 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 9. ASTM B43 -Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes. 10. ASTM B75 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. 11. ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 12. ASTM B251 -Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy Tube. 13. ASTM B302 -Standard Specification for Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. 14. ASTM B306 -Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). 15. ASTM C564 -Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 16. ASTM D1785 -Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 17. ASTM D2235 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 18. ASTM D2464 -Standard Specification for Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-3 19. ASTM D2466 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 20. ASTM D2467 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 21. ASTM D2564 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 22. ASTM D2661 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styr ene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 23. ASTM D2665 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 24. ASTM D2729 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 25. ASTM D2751 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 26. ASTM D2855 -Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 27. ASTM D3034 -Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 28. ASTM F477 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 29. ASTM F628 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe With a Cellular Core. 30. ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. 31. ASTM F1476 -Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications. C. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute: 1. CISPI 301 -Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 2. CISPI 310 -Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 70 -Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 4. MSS SP 71 -Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP 80 -Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 6. MSS SP 89 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices. 7. MSS SP 110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-4 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes for sewage-ejectors, and manholes. C. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information. 2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service. 3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity. 4. Sanitary Drainage Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. 5. Pumps: Submit pump type, capacity, certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for material and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and clean-outs. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit frequency of treatment required for interceptors. Include, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views for pumps and equipment. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-5 B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for sewage ejectors. 1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two sets of pump seals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM A74, extra heavy weight, plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2729, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material, bell and spigot solvent sealed ends. 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D2729. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034 SDR 26, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material. 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-6 2.2 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM A74, extra heavy weight, plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: Hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hub-less. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gasket and stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies. C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2729, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material, bell and spigot solvent sealed ends. 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D2729. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. D. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034 SDR 26, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material. 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D2665 or ASTM D3034. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.3 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hub-less, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. C. Copper Tube: ASTM B306, DWV, ASTM B75, ASTM B88, ASTM B251 Type L, M. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast bronze, or ASME B16.29, wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder 2.4 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered. 2. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 3. PVC Piping: PVC. B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges. 2. PVC Piping: PVC flanges. 3. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-7 C. PVC Pipe Materials: For connections to equipment and valves with threaded connections, furnish solvent-weld socket to screwed joint adapters and unions, or ASTM D2464, Schedule 80, threaded, PVC pipe. 2.5 GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Milwaukee Valve Company 2. NIBCO, Inc 3. Stockham Valves & Fittings 4. Victaulic 5. Watts 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, bronze body, bronze trim, union bonnet, non-rising stem, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder or threaded ends. C. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 70, cast iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, nonrising stem, hand-wheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends. Furnish chain-wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. 2.6 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Milwaukee Valve Company 2. NIBCO, Inc. 3. Stockham Valves & Fittings 4. Watts 5. Victaulic 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, one piece bronze body, chrome plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder or threaded ends, lever handle. 2.7 CHECK VALVES A. Horizontal Swing Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Milwaukee Valve Company b. NIBCO, Inc. c. Stockham Valves & Fittings d. Watts e. Victaulic f. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, bronze body and cap, bronze seat, Buna-N disc, solder or threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, cast iron body, bolted cap, bronze or cast iron disc, renewable disc seal and seat, flanged ends. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-8 B. Spring Loaded Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Milwaukee Valve Company b. NIBCO, Inc. c. Stockham Valves & Fittings d. Watts e. Victaulic f. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements Not Permitted. 2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, bronze body, in-line spring lift check, silent closing, Buna-N disc, integral seat, solder or threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, wafer style, cast iron body, bronze seat, center guided bronze disc, stainless steel spring and screws, flanged ends. 2.8 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc. 2. Creative Systems Inc. 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc. 5. Michigan Hanger Co. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Drain, Waste, and Vent: Conform to ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, MSS SP 58, MSS SP 69, MSS SP 89. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. D. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hooks. G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. H. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. I. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon-steel, copper-plated adjustable ring. 2.9 FLOOR DRAINS A. Manufacturers: 1. JR Smith 2. Zurn New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-9 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Floor Drain: ASME A112.21.1; cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and round, adjustable nickel-bronze strainer, trap primer connection. 2.10 FLOOR SINKS A. Manufacturers: 1. JR Smith 2. Zurn 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Floor Sink: Lacquered cast iron body with dome strainer. C. Floor Sink: Square lacquered cast iron body with integral seepage pan, epoxy coated interior, dome strainer, clamp collar, sediment bucket, full grate, trap primer connection. 2.11 CLEANOUTS A. Manufacturers: 1. JR Smith 2. Zurn 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Exterior Surfaced Areas: Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover. C. Exterior Unsurfaced Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated cover with gasket. D. Interior Finished Floor Areas: Galvanized cast iron body with anchor flange, threaded top assembly, and round scored cover with gasket in service areas and round depressed cover with gasket to accept floor finish in finished floor areas. E. Interior Finished Wall Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated cover with gasket, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw. F. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: Calked or threaded type. Provide bolted stack cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-10 2.12 OIL INTERCEPTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. JR Smith 2. Zurn 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Construction: 1. Material: Epoxy coated fabricated steel. 2. Rough in: flush with floor (deep rough-in). C. Accessories: Integral deep seal trap, removable integral flow control, adjustable draw-off assembly, sediment bucket. D. Cover: Steel, epoxy coated, non-skid with gasket, securing handle, recessed for floor finish. E. Unit Rating: 10 gpm flow. 2.13 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE EJECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Zoeller 2. Weil 3. Hydromatic 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Submersible Pump Lift Station 1. Hydromatic Model S4NVXDUP as supplied by Mechanical Solutions. Contractor shall furnish a factory tested pumping system with all equipment and incidentals required to provide a complete duplex pumping system as specified herein. The system shall be by the same manufacturer as supplying the pump, motor control panel and pump removal system so as to insure suitability and single source responsibility for all equipment. The system shall be tested by the pump supplier to ensure system Integrity prior to Its installation. C. EQUIPMENT 1. Two (2) Hydromatic Model S4NVX500M6-6 Explosion Proof Vortex Submersible Non Clog Pumps rated for the following duty points: a. Minimum: 60 GPM at 34.2' TDH b. Design: 150 GPM at 26.7' TDH c. Peak: 300 GPM at 14' TDH 2. When operated by a 5HP 1800 RPM 208 volt three phase submersible motors. Break Horsepower at design point shall not exceed 2.9 bhp. The pump shall be able to pass a 3" spherical solid. Pumps utilizing higher than 1800 RPM Motors or Non Vortex Impeller Design are not considered to be equals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-11 3. The pump shall be non overloading throughout the entire range of operation without employing service factor. All external mating parts shall be machined and Viton Rubber O ring sealed on a beveled edge. All fasteners exposed to the pumped liquids shall be 300 series Stainless Steel. The pump Volute, Motor, Seal Housing and Impeller shall be manufactured from class 30 Cast Iron. Pump manufacturer must be ISO 9001 certified and offer a standard 5 year warranty. D. MOTOR 1. The stator, rotor and bearings shall be mounted in a sealed submersible type housing. The stator windings shall have Class H Insulation suitable for continuous duty & VFD applications and a dielectric oil filled motor (AIR FILLED MOTORS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE DUE TO POOR HEAT TRANSFER), NEMA B design. Stators shall be securely held in place with a removable end ring and threaded fasteners so the may be easily removed in the field and must be capable of being repaired or rewound by a local motor service station. No special tools shall be required for pump and motor disassembly. E. IMPELLER 1. Shall be balanced, recessed, 8 vane semi-open vortex design, class 30 cast iron material meeting ASTM A-48 specifications. F. ELECTRICAL POWER CORD 1. Shall be water resistant 600V, 60 Degree C minimum. The pump shall be triple protected with a compression fitting and two epoxy potted areas at the power and sensor cord entry to the pump. (TERMINAL BOARDS INSIDE THE PUMP ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE DUE TO PROBLEMS OF WICKING AND CRACKING WITH SUCH DEVICES) G. FIBERGLASS BASIN 1. Shall be 60" in Diameter by 120" Deep with Steel Anti-Flotation Flange mounted on the bottom of the basin. The basin shall come complete with attached Gas Tight Aluminum Hatch cover with padlock provision, Pump Mounting Studs, Duplex Rail System completely installed and tested to include discharge piping, gate valves, 4" outside weighted check valves, (2) 4" Plug Valves prepiped and mounted. Float Float Mounting Bracket and NEMA 4 Junction Box shall come mounted on inside wall of fiberglass basin 2. 1 Halliday Model H2W4848, 48” Square opening aluminum hatch cover complete. Hatch shall have a ¼” thick one piece, mill finish, extruded aluminum channel frame incorporating a continuous concrete anchor. A 1-1/2” drainage coupling shall be located in the front left corner of the channel frame. A bituminous coating shall be applied to the frame exterior where it will come in contact with concrete. Door panel shall be ¼” aluminum diamond plate, reinforced to withstand H20 Wheel loading. Door shall open to 90 degrees and automatically lock with a T-316 stainless steel hold open arm and aluminum release handle. For ease of operation hatch shall include stainless steel compression spring assist. Door shall close flush with the frame and rest on a built in neoprene gasket to insure odor resistance. The gasket shall limit air infiltration to less than 1 CFM per lineal foot of opening perimeter with a pressure differential equal to 1” column of water. Hinges and all fastening New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-12 hardware shall be T-316 stainless steel. Unit shall lock with a stainless steel slam lock with removable key. 3. The access hatch shall be provided with aluminum slab skirt and shall be set in a 12” thick grade slab as shown on the detail. This slab shall be set on 6” thick compacted granular fill. The weight of the concrete slab shall by the earth backfill and shall not bear directly on the fiberglass lift station structure. The specified hatch shall be set in place with the concrete grade slab. H. HYDROMATIC PULTRUDED QUICK DISCONNECT SYSTEM 1. So either pump shall may be removed and returned to service without disconnecting any piping. Hydromatic system shall come complete with discharge base elbow and base plate, hydraulic sealing flange, carrier guide bracket, stainless steel lifting chain and duplex aluminum cover with a clear 2. opening to facilitate easy removal of pumps. Stainless Steel Lifting Chain shall be provided in sufficient length to extend from the pump to the top of the wet well. 3. A non corrosive, non sparking fiberglass I beam guide rail shall be used to direct the pump into proper alignment with the stationary base elbow and discharge piping. This rail shall be of a Non Corrosive, Non Sparking material. Dual rail or single rail systems utilizing a metal material such as galvanized piping or any other material other than stainless steel piping shall not be acceptable. I. CONTROL PANEL 1. Shall be supplied by the pump manufacturer to ensure complete compatibility with the pumps and the balance of the equipment. The control panel shall be NEMA 4X and come complete with the following: a. Circuit Breakers -one per pump b. Magnetic Across the line starters c. 120 Volt Control Transformer d. Pump Run Lights -one per pump e. Audible/Visual High water activated alarm light and bell with silencing switch and extra set of dry contacts to be connected to building remote alarm system. f. H.O.A. Switches -One per pump g. Encapsulated Float Switches (5) Required h. NEMA 7 Junction Box i. UL Labeled Control Panel j. Alternating relay k. Lead Pump Selector Switch l. Elapsed Time meters m. NEMA 4X Remote Alarm Devise Model RUS51 w/buzzer and light n. Seal Failure Alarm with dry contacts for remote sensing o. Low water alarm indication w/dry contacts for remote sensing p. Intrinsically Safe Float Relays 2. Approved manufacturers: Hydromatic, Alyan and Aurora. 3. Station Shall be started and adjusted by Mechanical Solutions Service with written report supplied to owner. One year warranty shall be responsibility of Mechanical Solutions 860-290-1564, Ken Reynolds. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-13 2.14 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. Bedding: Fill Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. B. Cover: Fill Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. C. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. Subsoil with no rocks over 6 inches in diameter, frozen earth or foreign matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. 3.3 INSTALLATION -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Inserts: 1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut flush with top of slab. B. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9, ASTM F708 and MSS SP 89. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-14 5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 7. Where installing several pipes in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe hangers or trapeze hangers. 8. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. 10. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 11. Install hangers adjacent to motor driven equipment with vibration isolation; refer to Section 22 05 48. 3.4 INSTALLATION -BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS A. Remove scale and dirt on inside of piping before assembly. B. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 31 23 00. C. Install pipe to elevation as indicated on Drawings. D. Install pipe on prepared bedding. E. Route pipe in straight line. F. Pipe Cover and Backfilling: 1. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 31 23 00. 2. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density. 3. Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material. 4. Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping. 3.5 INSTALLATION -ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/4 & 1/8 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Provide clearances at cleanout for snaking drainage system. C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor. E. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-15 F. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. G. Install piping to maintain headroom. Do not spread piping, conserve space. H. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. I. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Refer to Section 22 05 16. J. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00. K. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. L. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. M. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. N. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00. O. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. P. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. Q. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. R. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test sanitary waste and vent piping system in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction. 3.7 SCHEDULES PIPE HANGER SPACING PIPE MATERIAL MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING Feet HANGER ROD DIAMETER Inches Cast Iron (All Sizes) 5 5/8 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Sanitary Sewerage 221300-16 Cast Iron (All Sizes) with 10 foot length of pipe 10 5/8 Copper Tube, 1-1/4 inches and smaller 6 1/2 Copper Tube, 1-1/2 inches and larger 10 1/2 PVC (All Sizes) 4 3/8 Steel, 3 inches and smaller 12 1/2 Steel, 4 inches and larger 12 5/8 Note for Cast Iron Pipe: Provide close to joint on barrel. Also provide hanger at each change of direction and each branch connection. END OF SECTION 221300 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-1 SECTION 221400 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Storm water piping buried beyond 5 feet of building. 2. Storm water piping buried within 5 feet of building. 3. Storm water piping above grade. 4. Unions and flanges. 5. Valves. 6. Pipe hangers and supports. 7. Roof drains. 8. Parapet drains. 9. Canopy and cornice drains. 10. Special purpose downspout covers. 11. Downspout nozzles. 12. Area drains. 13. Cleanouts. 14. Bedding and cover materials. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for placement of concrete specified by this section. 2. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 3. Section 08 31 00 -Access Panels: Product requirements for access doors for placement by this section. 4. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting material specified by this section. 5. Section 23 04 00 – General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 6. Section 22 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping materials applying to various system types. 7. Section 22 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment: Product requirements for motors for placement by this section. 8. Section 22 05 16 -Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Execution requirements for pipe expansion devices for placement by this section. 9. Section 22 05 23 -General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping: Product requirements for valves for placement by this section. 10. Section 22 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-2 11. Section 22 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolators for placement by this section. 12. Section 22 05 53 -Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section. 13. Section 22 07 00 -Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for pipe insulation. 14. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section. 15. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill. 16. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 17. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 18. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 19. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A112.21.1M -Floor Drains. 2. ASME A112.21.2M -Roof Drains. 3. ASME B16.23 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). 4. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A74 -Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 2. ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 3. ASTM C564 -Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 4. ASTM C700 -Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated. 5. ASTM D2729 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 6. ASTM F477 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 7. ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. C. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute: 1. CISPI 301 -Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 2. CISPI 310 -Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 70 -Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 4. MSS SP 71 -Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-3 5. MSS SP 80 -Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 6. MSS SP 89 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices. 7. MSS SP 110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes for sump-pumps, catch basins and manholes. C. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information. 2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service. 3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity. 4. Storm Drainage Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. 5. Pumps: Submit pump type, capacity, certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for material and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and clean-outs. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts lists, exploded assembly views for pumps and equipment. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-4 B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for sump pumps. 1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two sets of pump seals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STORM WATER PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, extra heavy type, plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices or lead and oakum. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2729, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material, bell and spigot solvent sealed ends. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-5 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D2729. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.2 STORM WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, extra heavy weight, plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2729, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material, bell and spigot solvent sealed ends. 1. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D2729. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.3 STORM WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74 extra heavy weight, plain ends. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, ASTM A74. 2. Joints: ASTM C564, neoprene gasket system or lead and oakum. B. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. 2.4 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered brazed joints. 2. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 3. PVC Piping: PVC. 4. CPVC Piping: CPVC. B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges. 2. PVC Piping: PVC flanges. 3. CPVC Piping: CPVC flanges. 4. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets. C. PVC Pipe Materials: For connections to equipment and valves with threaded connections, furnish solvent-weld socket to screwed joint adapters and unions, or ASTM D2464, Schedule 80, threaded, PVC pipe. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-6 2.5 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc. 2. Creative Systems Inc. 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc. 5. Michigan Hanger Co. 6. Superior Valve Co. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Drain, Waste, and Vent: Conform to ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, MSS SP 58, MSS SP 69, MSS SP 89. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon stee, adjustable swivel, split ring. D. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook. G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. H. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. I. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon-steel, copper-plated adjustable ring. 2.6 ROOF DRAINS A. Manufacturers: 1. Zurn 2. Josam 3. JR. Smith. 4. Froet 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Roof Drain 1. Assembly: ASME A112.21.2M. 2. Body: Cast iron with sump. 3. Strainer: Removable cast iron dome. 4. Accessories: Coordinate with roofing type. a. Membrane flange and membrane clamp with integral gravel stop. b. Adjustable under deck clamp. c. Roof sump receiver. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-7 d. Waterproofing flange. e. Controlled flow weir. f. Leveling frame. g. Adjustable extension sleeve for roof insulation. h. Perforated or slotted ballast guard extension for inverted roof. i. Perforated stainless steel ballast guard extension. 2.7 PARAPET DRAINS A. Manufacturers: 1. Zurn 2. Josam 3. JR. Smith 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Cast iron body with aluminum flashing clamp collar and nickel bronze grate. 2.8 CANOPY AND CORNICE DRAINS A. Manufacturers: 1. Zurn 2. Josam 3. JR. Smith 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Cast iron body with aluminum flashing clamp collar and nickel bronze flat strainer. 2.9 SPECIAL PURPOSE DOWNSPOUT COVER A. Manufacturers: 1. Wade 2. Josam 3. Mifab 4. Zurn 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Brass with stainless steel mesh liner, vandal proof lock nut, and pipe clamp securing holes, bird screen. 2.10 DOWNSPOUT NOZZLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Wade 2. Josam 3. Mifab 4. Zurn 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-8 B. Product Description: Polished bronze body and wall flange round with bottom section, furnish with bird screen. 2.11 CLEANOUTS A. Exterior Surfaced Areas:( Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover. B. Exterior Unsurfaced Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated cover with gasket. C. Interior Finished Floor Areas: Galvanized cast iron body with anchor flange, reversible clamping collar, threaded top assembly, and round scored cover with gasket in service areas and round depressed cover with gasket to accept floor finish in finished floor areas. D. Interior Finished Wall Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated cover with gasket, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw. E. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: Caulked or threaded type. Provide bolted stack cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders. 2.12 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. Bedding: Fill Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. B. Cover: Fill Type as specified in Section 31 23 00. C. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type as specified in Section 31 05 00. Subsoil with no rocks over 6 inches in diameter, frozen earth or foreign matter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-9 D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. 3.3 INSTALLATION -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Inserts: 1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut flush with top of slab. B. Install hangers and supports in accordance with Section 22 05 29. 3.4 INSTALLATION -BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS A. Establish elevations of buried piping with not less than ft of cover. B. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 31 23 00. C. Install pipe to elevation as indicated on Drawings. D. Place bedding material at trench bottom to provide uniform bedding for piping, level bedding materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 4 inches loose depth. E. Install pipe on prepared bedding. F. Route pipe in straight line. G. Install plastic ribbon tape continuous above pipe line; coordinate with Section 31 23 00. H. Pipe Cover and Backfilling: 1. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 31 23 00. 2. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density. 3. After hydrostatic test, evenly backfill entire trench width by hand placing backfill material and hand tamping in 4 inches compacted layers to 6 inches minimum cover over top of jacket. Compact to 95 percent maximum density. 4. Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material. 5. Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping. 3.5 INSTALLATION -ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/4 or 1/8 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-10 B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Provide clearance at cleanout for snaking drainage system. C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor. E. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. F. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. G. Install piping to maintain headroom. Group piping to conserve space. H. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. I. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint. J. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Refer to Section 21 05 16. K. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00. L. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. M. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. N. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. O. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00. P. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. Q. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 22 05 29. R. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test storm drainage piping system in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Facility Storm Drainage 221400-11 3.7 SCHEDULES PIPE HANGER SPACING PIPE MATERIAL MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING Feet HANGER ROD DIAMETER Inches Cast Iron (All Sizes) 5 5/8 Cast Iron (All Sizes) with 10 foot length of pipe 10 5/8 PVC (All Sizes) 4 3/8 Note for Cast Iron Pipe: Provide close to joint on barrel. Also provide hanger at each change of direction and each branch connection. END OF SECTION 221400 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sump Pumps 221429-1 SECTION 221429 SUMP PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sump pumps. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 22 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 2. Section 22 05 23 -General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping. 3. Section 33 31 15 – PVC Pipe and Fittings. 4. Section: 26 04 00 – General Conditions for Electrical Trades. 5. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 6. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 7. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 8. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design Criteria: 1. Refer to schedule at end of this section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit installation details for pumps, piping, controls and accessories including wiring schematics. C. Product Data: Submit data for specified Products. D. Manufacturer’s Certificates: Certify Products Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instructions, servicing requirements, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sump Pumps 221429-2 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing and protecting products. B. Prepare pumps and accessories for shipment to prevent entry of foreign matter into product body. C. Store products in areas protected from weather, moisture, or possible damage; do not store products directly on ground; handle products to prevent damage to interior or exterior surfaces. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Conduct operations not to interfere with, interrupt, damage, destroy, or endanger integrity of surface or subsurface structures or utilities, and landscape in immediate or adjacent areas. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Requirements for coordination. B. Coordinate work with State Municipality of Highways Public Work's standards and utilities within construction area. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sump Pumps 221429-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUMP PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Hydromatic Model. 2. Zoeller Model. 3. Little Giant Model. 4. Weil Model. 5. Goulds Model. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements Not Permitted. B. Submersible Pump Lift Station 1. Hydromatic Model S4NVXDUP as supplied by Mechanical Solutions. Contractor shall furnish a factory tested pumping system with all equipment and incidentals required to provide a complete duplex pumping system as specified herein. The system shall be by the same manufacturer as supplying the pump, motor control panel and pump removal system so as to insure suitability and single source responsibility for all equipment. The system shall be tested by the pump supplier to ensure system Integrity prior to Its installation. C. EQUIPMENT 1. Two (2) Hydromatic Model S4NVX500M6-6 Explosion Proof Vortex Submersible Non Clog Pumps rated for the following duty points: a. Minimum: 60 GPM at 34.2' 34.2' TDH b. Design: 150 GPM at 26.7' TDH c. Peak: 300 GPM at 14' TDH 2. When operated by a 5HP 1800 RPM 208 volt three phase submersible motors. Break Horsepower at design point shall not exceed 2.9 bhp. The pump shall be able to pass a 3" spherical solid. Pumps utilizing higher than 1800 RPM Motors or Non Vortex Impeller Design are not considered to be equals. 3. The pump shall be non overloading throughout the entire range of operation without employing service factor. All external mating parts shall be machined and Viton Rubber O ring sealed on a beveled edge. All fasteners exposed to the pumped liquids shall be 300 series Stainless 4. Steel. The pump Volute, Motor, Seal Housing and Impeller shall be manufactured from class 30 Cast Iron. Pump manufacturer must be ISO 9001 certified and offer a standard 5 year warranty. D. MOTOR 1. The stator, rotor and bearings shall be mounted in a sealed submersible type housing. The stator windings shall have Class H Insulation suitable for continuous duty & VFD applications and a dielectric oil filled motor (AIR FILLED MOTORS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE DUE TO POOR HEAT TRANSFER), NEMA B design. Stators shall be securely held in place with a removable end ring and threaded fasteners so the may be easily removed in the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sump Pumps 221429-4 field and must be capable of being repaired or rewound by a local motor service station. No special tools shall be required for pump and motor disassembly. E. IMPELLER 1. Shall be balanced, recessed, 8 vane semi-open vortex design, class 30 cast iron material meeting ASTM A-48 specifications. F. ELECTRICAL POWER CORD 1. Shall be water resistant 600V, 60 Degree C minimum. The pump shall be triple protected with a compression fitting and two epoxy potted areas at the power and sensor cord entry to the pump. (TERMINAL BOARDS INSIDE THE PUMP ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE DUE TO PROBLEMS OF WICKING AND CRACKING WITH SUCH DEVICES) G. FIBERGLASS BASIN 1. Shall be 60" in Diameter by 120" Deep with Steel Anti-Flotation Flange mounted on the bottom of the basin. The basin shall come complete with attached Gas Tight Aluminum Hatch cover with padlock provision, Pump Mounting Studs, Duplex Rail System completely installed and tested to include discharge piping, gate valves, 4" outside weighted check valves, (2) 4" Plug Valves prepiped and mounted. Float Mounting Bracket and NEMA 4 Junction Box shall come mounted on inside wall of fiberglass basin 2. [1] Halliday Model H2W4848, 48” Square opening aluminum hatch cover complete. Hatch shall have a ¼” thick one piece, mill finish, extruded aluminum channel frame incorporating a continuous concrete anchor. A 1-1/2” drainage coupling shall be located in the front left corner of the channel frame. A bituminous coating shall be applied to the frame exterior where it will come in contact with concrete. Door panel shall be ¼” aluminum diamond plate, reinforced to withstand H20 Wheel loading. Door shall open to 90 degrees and automatically lock with a T-316 stainless steel hold open arm and aluminum release handle. For ease of operation hatch shall include stainless steel compression spring assist. Door shall close flush with the frame and rest on a built in neoprene gasket to insure odor resistance. The gasket shall limit air infiltration to less than 1 CFM per lineal foot of opening perimeter with a pressure differential equal to 1” column of water. Hinges and all fastening hardware shall be T-316 stainless steel. Unit shall lock with a stainless steel slam lock with removable key. 3. The access hatch shall be provided with aluminum slab skirt and shall be set in a 12” thick grade slab as shown on the detail. This slab shall be set on 6” thick compacted granular fill. The weight of the concrete slab shall by the earth backfill and shall not bear directly on the fiberglass lift station structure. The specified hatch shall be set in place with the concrete grade slab. H. HYDROMATIC PULTRUDED QUICK DISCONNECT SYSTEM 1. So either pump shall may be removed and returned to service without disconnecting any piping. Hydromatic system shall come complete with discharge base elbow and base plate, hydraulic sealing flange, carrier guide bracket, stainless steel lifting chain and duplex aluminum cover with a clear opening to facilitate easy removal of pumps. Stainless Steel Lifting Chain shall New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sump Pumps 221429-5 be provided in sufficient length to extend from the pump to the top of the wet well. 2. A non corrosive, non sparking fiberglass I beam guide rail shall be used to direct the pump into proper alignment with the stationary base elbow and discharge piping. This rail shall be of a Non Corrosive, Non Sparking material. Dual rail or single rail systems utilizing a metal material such as galvanized piping or any other material other than stainless steel piping shall not be acceptable. I. CONTROL PANEL 1. Shall be supplied by the pump manufacturer to ensure complete compatibility with the pumps and the balance of the equipment. The control panel shall be NEMA 4X and come complete with the following: a. Circuit Breakers -one per pump b. Magnetic Across the line starters c. 120 Volt Control Transformer d. Pump Run Lights -one per pump e. Audible/Visual High water activated alarm light and bell with silencing switch and extra set of dry contacts to be connected to building remote alarm system. f. H.O.A. Switches -One per pump g. Encapsulated Float Switches (5) Required h. NEMA 7 Junction Box i. UL Labeled Control Panel j. Alternating relay k. Lead Pump Selector Switch l. Elapsed Time meters m. NEMA 4X Remote Alarm Devise Model RUS51 w/buzzer and light n. Seal Failure Alarm with dry contacts for remote sensing o. Low water alarm indication w/dry contacts for remote sensing p. Intrinsically Safe Float Relays 2. Approved manufacturers a. Hydromatic, Alyan and Aurora. 3. Station Shall be started and adjusted by Mechanical Solutions Service with written report supplied to owner. One year warranty shall be responsibility of Mechanical Solutions 860-290-1564, Ken Reynolds. 2.2 PUMP MOTORS A. Fully submerged in high-grade turbine oil for lubrication and efficient heat transfer. B. Power Cable: Severe duty rated, oil and water resistant, epoxy seal on motor end. C. Built-in overload with automatic reset. D. Class B insulation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sump Pumps 221429-6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify connections, size, and location are as indicated on Drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install sump pumps in accordance with Drawings and manufacturer’s instructions. B. Provide necessary piping, fittings, and valves as indicated on Drawings. C. Provide necessary wiring, relays, etc as required to connect ejector pump control panel to building management system. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 -Quality Requirements 01 70 00 -Execution and Closeout Requirements:Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Upon completion of installation, examine, adjust and test each pump for proper operation. C. Test each pump with clean water through minimum of four complete cycles. 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 40 00 -Quality Requirements: Requirements for manufacturer’s field services. B. Provide services of manufacturer's representative for period of not less than man days to inspect installations and for performance testing. END OF SECTION 221429 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters 223400-1 SECTION 223400 FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial gas-fired water heaters. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for concrete housekeeping pads specified by this section. 2. Section 22 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment: Product requirements for pump motors for placement by this section. 3. Section 22 07 00 -Plumbing Insulation: Field applied insulation for domestic water heaters. 4. Section: 22 11 00 -Facility Water Distribution: Supply connections to domestic water heaters. 5. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections specified by this section. 6. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 7. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 8. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 9. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI Z21.10.1 -Gas Water Heaters Vol. I Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 Btu per Hour or Less. 2. ANSI Z21.10.3 -Gas Water Heaters -Vol. III Storage, with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 90.1 -Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME PTC 25 -Pressure Relief Devices. 2. ASME Section VIII -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Pressure Vessels. D. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code. E. United States Department of Energy: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters 223400-2 1. DOE 10 CFR -Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Furnaces. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate heat exchanger dimensions, size of taps, and performance data. Indicate dimensions of tanks, tank lining methods, anchors, attachments, lifting points, taps, and drains. C. Product Data: 1. Water Heaters: Submit dimensioned drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. Indicate pump type, capacity and power requirements. Submit electrical characteristics and connection locations. 2. Pumps: Submit certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit mounting and support requirements. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit replacement part numbers and availability. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Water Heater Performance Requirements: Equipment efficiency not less than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1 when tested in accordance with ANSI Z21.10.1 B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters 223400-3 B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Products storage and handling requirements. B. Accept water heaters on site in original labeled cartons. Inspect for damage. C. Protect tanks with temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters packaged water heating systems. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMMERCIAL GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS A. Manufacturers: 1. A. O. Smith 2. PVI 3. Patterson-Kelley Co. 4. Lochinvar 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Type: Automatic, natural gas-fired, vertical storage. C. Capacity: 1. Storage capacity: 100 gal. 2. Input: 250,000 Btu. 3. Minimum recovery rate: 288 gph with 100 degrees F temperature rise. 4. Maximum working pressure: 150 psig. 5. Certification: ANSI Z21.10.1 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters 223400-4 D. Tank: Glass lined welded steel ASME labeled; multiple flue passages, inspection port, thermally insulated with minimum 2 inches foam insulation, encased in corrosionresistant steel jacket; baked-on enamel finish; floor shield and legs. E. Accessories: Brass water connections and dip tube, drain valve, magnesium anode, and ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve. F. Approval: By AGA as automatic storage water heater and operation on combustible floors. G. Controls: Automatic water thermostat with adjustable temperature range from 120 to 180 degrees F Automatic reset high temperature limiting thermostat factory set at 195 degrees F, gas pressure regulator, multi-ribbon or tubular burner, 100 percent safety shut-off pilot and thermocouple, flue baffle and draft hood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances around and over water heaters. B. Install water heater on concrete housekeeping pad, minimum 3-1/2 inches high and 6 inches larger than water heater base on each side. Refer to Section 03 30 00. C. Connect natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54. D. Connect natural gas piping to water heater, full size of water heater gas train inlet. Arrange piping with clearances for burner removal and service. E. Install the following piping accessories. Refer to Section 22 11 00. 1. On supply: a. Thermometer well and thermometer. b. Strainer. c. Pressure gage. d. Shutoff valve. 2. On return: a. Thermometer well and thermometer. b. Pressure gage. c. Shutoff valve. F. Install the following piping accessories on natural gas piping connections. 1. Strainer. 2. Pressure gage. 3. Shutoff valve. 4. Pressure reducing valve. G. Install discharge piping from relief valves and drain valves to nearest floor drain. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters 223400-5 H. Install circulator and diaphragm expansion tank on water heater. I. Install water heater trim and accessories furnished loose for field mounting. J. Install electrical devices furnished loose for field mounting. K. Install control wiring between water heater control panel and field mounted control devices. L. Connect flue to water heater outlet, full size of outlet. END OF SECTION 223400 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-1 SECTION 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Water closets. 2. Urinals. 3. Lavatories. 4. Sinks. 5. Service sinks. 6. Electric water coolers. 7. Showers. 8. Wash fountains. 9. Emergency Combination Shower with Eye and Face Wash. 10. Security Fixtures B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 92 00 -Joint Sealants: Product requirements for calking between fixtures and building components for placement by this section. 2. Section 22 11 00 -Facility Water Distribution: Supply connections to plumbing fixtures. 3. Section 22 13 00 -Facility Sanitary Sewerage: Waste connections to plumbing fixtures. 4. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to sensor valves and faucets specified by this section. 5. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements. 6. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal. 7. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements. 8. Section 01 81 19 – IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ANSI Z124.2 -Plastic Shower Units. 3. ANSI Z358.1 -Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. B. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 1010 -Self-Contained, Mechanically Refrigerated Drinking-Water Coolers. C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A112.6.1 -Floor-Affixed Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use. 2. ASME A112.18.1 -Plumbing Fixture Fittings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-2 3. ASME A112.19.1M -Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures. 4. ASME A112.19.2M -Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures. 5. ASME A112.19.3 -Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use). 6. ASME A112.19.4 -Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures. 7. ASME A112.19.5 -Trim for Water-Closet Bowls, Tanks and Urinals. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: Paragraph 1.10 Submittals. C. Product Data: Submit catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation methods and procedures. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit fixture, trim, exploded view and replacement parts lists. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide products requiring electrical connections listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. B. Provide plumbing fixture fittings in accordance with ASME A112.18.1 that prevent backflow from fixture into water distribution system. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-3 B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for plumbing fixtures. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 – Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two sets of faucet washers, flush valve service kits, lavatory supply fittings shower heads and toilet seats. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Standard Plumbing 2. Zurn 3. Eljer Plumbingware 4. Kohler Co. 5. Crane 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Bowl: ASME A112.19.2M; wall hung, vitreous china closet bowl, with elongated rim, 1-1/2 inch top spud, china bolt caps. C. Sensor Operated Flush Valve: ASME A112.18.1; concealed rough brass, diaphragm type with battery operated solenoid operator, infrared sensor and over-ride button in chrome plated plate, wheel handle stop and vacuum breaker; maximum 1.28 gallon gallon flush volume. D. Seat: Solid white plastic, open front, extended back, brass bolts, without cover. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-4 E. Wall Mounted Carrier: ASME A112.6.1; adjustable cast iron frame, integral drain hub and vent, adjustable spud, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs with nuts and washers. 2.2 WALL HUNG URINALS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Standard Plumbing 2. Zurn 3. Eljer Plumbingware 4. Kohler Co. 5. Crane 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Urinal: ASME A112.19.2M or ANSI Z124.9, vitreous; vitreous china, wall hung urinal with shields, integral trap, removable stainless steel strainer, 3/4 inch top spud, steel supporting hanger. C. Sensor Operated Flush Valve: ASME A112.18.1; exposed chrome plated, diaphragm type with battery operated solenoid operator, infrared sensor and over-ride button in chrome plated plate, wheel handle stop and vacuum breaker; maximum 1/8 gallon flush volume. D. Wall Mounted Carrier: ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger, bearing studs. E. Provide elastomeric gasket complying with ASME A112.4.3, or approved setting compound, for fixture to flange connection. 2.3 LAVATORIES A. Manufacturers: 1. American Standard Plumbing 2. Eljer Plumbingware 3. Kohler Co. 4. Crane 5. Symmons 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Vitreous China Wall Hung Basin: ASME A112.19.2M; vitreous china wall hung lavatory, with 4 inch high back, drillings on 4 inch centers, rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow, and soap depression. C. Vitreous China Counter Top Basin: ASME A112.19.2M; vitreous china self-rimming counter top lavatory with drillings on 4 inch centers, front overflow, seal of putty, caulking, or concealed vinyl gasket. D. Supply Fitting: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated supply fitting with pop-up waste, open grid strainer, water economy aerator with maximum 0.5 gpm flow, single lever handle. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-5 E. Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2 or ASTM F 409. F. For public hand washing facilities, provide tempered water through regulating device conforming to ASSE 1070. G. Accessories: 1. Chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon. 2. Offset waste with perforated open strainer. 3. Screwdriver stops. 4. Flexible supplies. 5. Trap and waste insulated and offset to meet ADA compliance, where required. H. Wall Mounted Carrier: ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs. 2.4 SINKS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Standard Plumbing 2. Just Mfg. 3. Kohler Co. 4. Elkay 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Double Compartment Bowl: ASME A112.19.3; 18 gage thick, Type 304 stainless steel. Self-rimming and undercoated, with 1-1/2 inch chromed brass drains, ledge back drilled for trim. C. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated brass supply with swing spout, water economy aerator with maximum 1.0 gpm flow, single lever handle and retractable spray. D. Accessories: Chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon, screwdriver stop, rigid supplies. 2.5 SHOWERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Aquarius 2. Lasco 3. Aquaglass 4. Aquabath 5. Symmons 6. Comfort Designs 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Cabinet: ANSI Z124.2 reinforced glass fiber with integral receptor, soap dish, integral seat, removable chrome plated strainer, tailpiece. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-6 C. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; concealed shower supply with thermostatic mixing valves, integral service stops, bent shower arm with flow control and adjustable spray ball joint shower head with maximum 1.5 gpm flow, and escutcheon. D. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; built-in 1.5 gpm flow control, hand held shower with 60 inch metal clad hose and slide bar. 1. Provide backflow protection in accordance with ASME A112.18.1 or by device complying with ASME 112.18.3. 2.6 ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Elkay 2. Hasley Taylor 3. Haws 4. Oasis 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Fountain: 1. ARI 1010; surface mounted electric water cooler with stainless steel top, vinyl on steel body, elevated anti-squirt bubbler with stream guard, automatic stream regulator, push button, mounting bracket, refrigerated with integral air cooled condenser. 2. Capacity: 8 gph of 50 degrees F water with inlet at 80 degrees F and room temperature of 90 degrees F. 2.7 WASH FOUNTAINS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bradley Corp. 2. Acorn 3. Willoughby 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Bowl: Semi-circular 54 inch diameter, precast stone. C. Accessories: 3 spray head, liquid soap dispenser, thermostatic mixing valve, supporting tube, spud and strainer, operating mechanism, foot levers and rail, combination stop, strainer and check valves. 2.8 SERVICE SINKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Fiat 2. Acorn 3. Eljer Plumbingware 4. Kohler Co 5. Just 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-7 B. Bowl: 24 x 24 x 10 inch high white molded stone, floor mounted, with one inch wide shoulders, steel bumper guard, stainless steel strainer. C. Trim: ASME A112.18.1 exposed wall type supply with lever handles, spout wall brace, vacuum breaker, hose end spout, strainers, eccentric adjustable inlets, integral screwdriver stops with covering caps and adjustable threaded wall flanges. D. Accessories: 1. 5 feet of 1/2 inch diameter plain end reinforced plastic rubber hose. 2. Hose clamp hanger. 3. Mop hanger. 2.9 EMERGENCY EYE AND FACE WASH A. Manufacturers: 1. Bradley Corp 2. Encon Safety Products 3. Haws Drinking Faucet Co 4. Guardian 5. Speakman 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Eyewash: ANSI Z358.1; plastic bowl with elbow, 1-1/4 inch galvanized steel pipe pedestal with floor flange, instant action stay open valve actuated by push flag, twin spray heads with face spray ring, dust cover assembly, and tailpiece and chrome plated brass P-trap. C. Furnish universal emergency sign. 2.10 LAVATORY INSULATION KIT A. Manufacturers: 1. McGuire 2. Truebro 3. Plumerex 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Where Lavatories are noted to be insulated for ADA compliance, furnish the following: Safety Covers conforming to ANSI A177.1 and consisting of insulation kit of molded closed cell vinyl construction, 3/16 inch thick, white color, for insulating tailpiece, P-trap, valves, and supply piping. Furnish with weep hole and angle valve access covers. 2.11 SECURITY FIXTURE SPECIFICATION A. Provide and install Acorn Penal-Ware 18” wide Lav/Toilet Suicide Resistant Comby (model number and options, per fixture schedules). Provide hemispherical cabinet design to reduce risk of fixture being used as a suicide device. Fixture shall be fabricated from type 304 stainless steel. Construction shall be seamless welded and exposed surfaces New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-8 shall have a satin finish. Provide D shape lavatory bowl, and fixture trap. Fixture shall have an Air-Control pneumatically operated, pushbutton valve. Valve shall require less than 5 pounds to activate. Valve to comply with NSF 61, Section 9-1997 lead free requirements. Provide –BPH Hemispherical Penal Bubbler and –PBH Hemispherical Penal Pushbutton. Provide toilet bowl housing to prohibit the attachment of objects. Toilet shall be concealed blowout jet type with an elongated bowl, self-draining flushing rim, and an integral contoured seat. Toilet shall meet ANSI 112.19 2M requirements, using an average water consumption of 1.6 gallons per flush or less. Toilet trap shall have a minimum 3-1/2” seal that shall pass a 2-1/8” diameter ball and shall be fully enclosed. Cabinet interior shall be sound-deadened with fire-resistant material. Fixture shall withstand loading of 3,000 pounds without permanent damage. Fixture shall shall be furnished with necessary fasteners for proper installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. C. Verify electric power is available and of correct characteristics. D. Confirm millwork is constructed with adequate provision for installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with screwdriver stops, reducers, and escutcheons. C. Install components level and plumb. D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers and bolts. E. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07 92 00, color to match fixture. F. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended hold fixture in place. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plumbing Fixtures 224000-9 G. For ADA accessible water closets, install flush valve with handle to wide side of stall. H. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and that fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product requirements. 3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Review millwork shop-drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough in and installation. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. 3.6 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Protecting installed construction. B. Do not permit use of fixtures before final acceptance. END OF SECTION 224000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Work 230001-1 SECTION 230001 HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 230503 Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment Section 230513 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment Section 230516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping Section 230523 General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping Section 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment Section 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment Section 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment Section 230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC Section 230700 HVAC Insulation Section 230800 Commissioning of HVAC Section 230900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC Section 230923 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC Section 230993 Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls Section 232123 Hydronic Pumps Section 232500 HVAC Water Treatment Section 233100 HVAC Ducts and Casings Section 233300 Air Duct Accessories Section 233400 HVAC Fans Section 233600 Air Terminal Units Section 233700 Air Outlets and Inlets Section 234000 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices Section 235234 Finned Water-Tube Boilers Section 236411 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, and Screw Section 237413 Packaged Outdoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units Section 238126 Split-System Air-Conditioners Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Work 230001-2 Section 018113 LEED Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 230001 –HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. C. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) D. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. E. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Work 230001-3 CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Work 230001-4 STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Work 230001-5 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Work 230001-6 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this trade. 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 230001 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-1 SECTION 230503 PIPES AND TUBES FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Pipe and pipe fittings for the following systems: 1. Heating water piping. 2. Glycol piping. 3. Chilled water piping. 4. Radiant heating piping. 5. Equipment drains and over flows. 6. Natural gas piping. 7. Unions and flanges. 8. Underground pipe markers. 9. Bedding and cover materials. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 2. Section 08 31 00-Access Panels: Product requirements for access doors for placement by this section. 3. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 4. Section 23 05 16 -Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping Expansion Compensation: Product requirements for piping expansion compensation devices for placement by this section. 5. Section 23 05 23 -General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping: Product requirements for valves for placement by this section. 6. Section 23 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section. 7. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolation for placement by this section. 8. Section 23 07 00 -HVAC Insulation: Product requirements for piping insulation for placement by this section. 9. Section 31 05 00 -Soils for Earthwork: Aggregate for backfill in trenches. 10. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill: Product and execution requirements for excavation and backfill required by this section. 11. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill: Execution requirements for trenching for underground piping systems. 12. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill: Execution requirements for backfilling required by this section. 13. Division 1 14. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-2 15. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 16. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 17. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 2. ASME B16.4 -Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. 3. ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 4. ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 5. ASME B16.26 -Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 6. ASME B31.1 -Power Piping. 7. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. 8. ASME B36.10M -Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. 9. ASME Section IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 2. ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 3. ASTM A395/A395M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 4. ASTM A536 -Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 5. ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 6. ASTM B68 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed. 7. ASTM B75 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. 8. ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 9. ASTM B280 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. 10. ASTM B584 -Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 11. ASTM D1785 -Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 12. ASTM D2235 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 13. ASTM D2241 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. 14. ASTM D2310 -Standard Classification for Machine-Made "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe. 15. ASTM D2464 -Standard Specification for Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 16. ASTM D2466 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-3 17. ASTM D2467 -Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 18. ASTM D2564 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 19. ASTM D2661 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. 20. ASTM D2751 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 21. ASTM D2846/D2846M -Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot-and Cold-Water Distribution Systems. 22. ASTM D2855 -Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 23. ASTM D2996 -Standard Specification for Filament-Wound Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe. 24. ASTM F437 -Standard Specification for Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 25. ASTM F438 -Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 26. ASTM F439 -Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 27. ASTM F441/F441M -Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. 28. ASTM F493 -Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 29. ASTM F876 -Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing. 30. ASTM F877 -Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot-and Cold-Water Distribution Systems. 31. ASTM F1476 -Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A5.8 -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. 2. AWS AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. D. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C105 -American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 2. AWWA C110 -American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. 3. AWWA C111 -American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 4. AWWA C151 -American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. E. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 30 -Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. 2. NFPA 31 -Standard for the Installation of Oil-Burning Equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-4 3. NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code. 4. NFPA 58 -Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes. C. Product Data: Submit data on pipe materials and fittings. Submit manufacturers catalog information. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.1 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 3years documented experience. C. Design pipe hangers and supports under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. C. Protect piping from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-5 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Requirements for coordination. B. Coordinate installation of buried piping with trenching. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HEATING WATER AND GLYCOL PIPING, BURIED A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black with AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket, or double layer, half-lapped 10 mil polyethylene tape. 1. Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type with double layer, halflapped 10 mil polyethylene tape. 2. Joints: Welded. B. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. 2.2 HEATING WATER AND GLYCOL PIPING, ABOVE GROUND A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron or ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inch and smaller; welded for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-6 B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black, cut or rolled grooved ends. 1. Fittings: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, or ASTM A234/A234M carbon steel, grooved ends. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings meeting ASTM F1476. a. Housing Clamps: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, compatible with steel piping sizes, rigid or flexible type. b. Gasket: Elastomer composition for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. c. Accessories: Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. C. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper. 2. Tee Connections: Mechanically extracted collars with notched and dimpled branch tube. 1. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. D. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, drawn, rolled grooved ends. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings meeting ASTM F1476. a. Housing Clamps: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, enamel coated, compatible with copper tubing sizes, to engage and lock designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion. b. Gasket: Elastomer composition for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. c. Accessories: Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. 2.3 CHILLED WATER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron or ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inch and smaller; welded for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black, cut or rolled grooved ends. 1. Fittings: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, or ASTM A234/A234M carbon steel, grooved ends. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings meeting ASTM F1476. a. Housing Clamps: ASTM ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, compatible with steel piping sizes, rigid or flexible type. b. Gasket: Elastomer composition for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. c. Accessories: Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-7 C. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22, solder wrought copper. 2. Tee Connections: Mechanically extracted collars with notched and dimpled branch tube. 3. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. D. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, drawn, rolled grooved ends. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints: Grooved mechanical couplings meeting ASTM F1476. a. Housing Clamps: ASTM A395/A395M and ASTM A536 ductile iron, enamel coated, compatible with copper tubing sizes, to engage and lock designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion. b. Gasket: Elastomer composition for operating temperature range from -30 degrees F to 230 degrees F. c. Accessories: Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. 2.4 RADIANT HEATING PIPING A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, annealed. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper. 1. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. B. Polyethylene Pipe: ASTM F876 and ASTM F877, cross-linked polyethylene, 100 psig operating pressure at 180 degrees F. 1. Fittings: Brass and copper. 2. Joints: Mechanical compression fittings. C. Hose: Composite hose with nitrile liner, braided fiber reinforcing, neoprene cover, 150 psig operating pressure at 205 degrees F. 1. Fittings: Copper. 2. Joints: Nipple with stainless steel clamp. 2.5 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tinsilver, lead free solder. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM D2241, SDR 21 or 26, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material. 1. Fittings: ASTM D2466, Schedule 40, PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. C. ABS Pipe: ASTM D2680 or ASTM D2751, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) material. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-8 1. Fittings: ABS, ASTM D2751. 2. Joints: ASTM D2235, solvent weld. 2.6 FLUE AND COMBUSTION AIR PIPING A. Flue -Stainless Steel Pipe: 316L or AL 29-4c 1. Fittings: Prefabricated, self sealing, locking bands 2. Single wall construction within the building. Any exterior pipe that extends more than 3’ from the building shall be double wall construction for support. B. Intake -CPVC Pipe: ASTM F441/F441M, Schedule 80, chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) material. 1. Fittings: ASTM F439, CPVC, Schedule 80, socket type. ASTM F437, CPVC, Schedule 80, threaded. 2. Joints: ASTM D2846/D2846M, solvent weld with ASTM F493 solvent cement. Prime joints with a contrasting color. 2.7 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: ASME B31.9, welded. 3. Jacket: AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half-lapped 10 mil polyethylene tape. 2.8 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inch and smaller; welded for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. 2.9 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150 250 300, malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered brazed joints. 3. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 4. PVC Piping: PVC. 5. CPVC Piping: CPVC. B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150 250 300, forged steel, slip-on flanges. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges. 3. PVC Piping: PVC flanges. 4. CPVC Piping: CPVC flanges. 5. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-9 C. PVC Pipe Materials: For connections to equipment and valves with threaded connections, furnish solvent-weld socket to screwed joint adapters and unions, or ASTM D2464, Schedule 80, threaded, PVC pipe. 2.10 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton 2. Electro Tape 3. Pratt -Tyco 4. Substitutions: Section 01 63 50 -Product Substitutions. B. Plastic Ribbon Tape: Bright colored, continuously printed, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. C. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Domestic Water Service" in large letters. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. C. Verify trenches are ready to receive piping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. 3.3 INSTALLATION -BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54. B. Verify connection to existing piping system, size, location, and invert are as indicated on Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-10 C. Place bedding material at trench bottom to provide uniform bedding for piping, level bedding materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 4 inches compacted depth. D. Install pipe on prepared bedding. E. Route pipe in straight line. F. When installing piping in PVC protector pipe install both carrier pipe and PVC pipe using long sweep elbows. G. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints. H. Install plastic ribbon tape continuous over top of pipe. I. Pipe Cover and Backfilling: 1. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 31 23 00. 2. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density. 3. After hydrostatic test, evenly backfill entire trench width by hand placing backfill material and hand tamping in 6 inches compacted layers to 12 inches minimum cover over top of jacket. Compact to 95 percent maximum density. 4. Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material. 5. Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping. 3.4 INSTALLATION -ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. B. Install piping to maintain headroom without interfering with use of space or taking more space than necessary. C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. D. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 23 05 29. E. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Refer to Section 23 05 16. F. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 23 07 00. G. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 00. H. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipes And Tubes For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230503-11 I. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/4 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients. J. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. K. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. L. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. M. Install valves in accordance with Section 23 05 23. N. Insulate piping. Refer to Section 23 07 00. O. Install pipe identification in accordance with Section 23 05 53. 3.5 INSTALLATION -HEATING AND COOLING PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install heating water and chilled water piping in accordance with ASME B31.1. 3.6 INSTALLATION -GAS PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control; 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Test heating water piping system and chilled water piping system in accordance with ASME B31.1. C. Pressure test natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54. 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. B. After completion, fill, clean, and treat heating water piping system and chilled water piping system. Refer to Section 23 25 00. END OF SECTION 230503 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Motor Requirements For HVAC Equipment 230513-1 SECTION 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes single-and three-phase motors for application on equipment provided under other sections. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 26 05 53 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 3. Division 1 4. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 6. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 7. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association: 1. ABMA 9 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators. C. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit catalog data for each motor furnished loose. Indicate nameplate data, standard compliance, electrical ratings and characteristics, and physical dimensions, weights, mechanical performance data, and support points. C. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and results for specified factory and field testing and inspection. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Motor Requirements For HVAC Equipment 230513-2 B. Testing Agency: Company member of International Electrical Testing Association and specializing in testing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Lift only with lugs provided. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosure, and finish. C. Protect products from weather and moisture by covering with plastic or canvas and by maintaining heating within enclosure. D. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS FOR MOTORS FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturers: 1. Cooper Industries Inc 2. Eaton Corp. 3. General Electric Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Motors 3/4 hp and Larger: Three-phase motor as specified below. C. Motors Smaller Than 3/4 hp: Single-phase motor as specified below, except motors less than 250 watts or 1/4 hp may be equipment manufacturer’s standard. D. Three-Phase Motors: NEMA MG 1, Design B, energy-efficient squirrel-cage induction motor, with windings to accomplish starting methods and number of speeds as indicated on Drawings. 1. Voltage: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Service Factor: 1.25 3. Enclosure: Meet conditions of installation unless specific enclosure is indicated on Drawings. 4. Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment, with temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. 5. Insulation System: NEMA Class F. 6. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. 7. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors embedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay with wiring to terminal box. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Common Motor Requirements For HVAC Equipment 230513-3 8. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum ABMA 9, L-10 life of 200,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate. 9. Sound Power Levels: Conform to NEMA MG 1. E. Single Phase Motors: 1. Permanent split-capacitor type where available, otherwise use split-phase start/capacitor run or capacitor start/capacitor run motor. 2. Voltage: 115/230 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. F. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1, including winding resistance, no-load speed and current, locked rotor current, insulation high-potential test, and mechanical alignment tests. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned motors B. Maintain access to existing motors and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. C. Clean and repair existing motors to remain or are to be reinstalled. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position. B. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 05 53. C. Ground and bond motors in accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.15. END OF SECTION 230513 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For HVAC Piping 230516-1 SECTION 230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Flexible pipe connectors. 2. Expansion joints. 3. Expansion compensators. 4. Pipe alignment guides. 5. Swivel joints. 6. Pipe anchors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 01 81 19 -IAQ Management 5. Section 23 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping hangers and supports. 6. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for vibration isolators used in piping systems. 7. Section 23 05 03 – Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping used in hydronic heating and cooling systems. 8. Section 23 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping used in refrigeration systems. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.1 -Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.5 -Refrigeration Piping. 3. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. 4. ASME Section IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For HVAC Piping 230516-2 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural work and equipment required for expansion and contraction of piping. Verify anchors, guides, and expansion joints provide and adequately protect system. B. Expansion Compensation Design Criteria: 1. Installation Temperature: 50 degrees F. 2. Hot Water Heating System Temperature: 190 degrees F. 3. Safety Factor: 20 percent. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including flexible connectors, expansion joints, expansion compensators, loops, offsets and swing joints. C. Product Data: 1. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, face-to-face length, live length, hose wall thickness, hose convolutions per foot and per assembly, fundamental frequency of assembly, braid structure, and total number of wires in braid. 2. Expansion Joints: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, and maximum expansion compensation. D. Design Data: Indicate criteria and show calculations. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Welders’ Certificate: Include welders’ certification of compliance with ASME Section IX. H. Manufacturer’s Field Reports: Indicate results of inspection by manufacturer’s representative. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017700 – Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flexible pipe connectors, expansion joints, anchors, and guides. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit adjustment instructions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For HVAC Piping 230516-3 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.1 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 013100 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 016000 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept expansion joints on site in factory packing with shipping bars and positioning devices intact. Inspect for damage. C. Protect equipment from exposure by leaving factory coverings, pipe end protection, and packaging in place until installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 017700 – Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for leak free performance of packed expansion joints. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 017700 – Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Supply two 12 ounce containers of packing lubricant and cartridge style grease gun. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For HVAC Piping 230516-4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason 2. Metraflex 3. Vibration Elimination 4. Substitutions: Section 016350 -Product Substitutions. B. Steel Piping: 1. Inner Hose: Stainless Steel. 2. Exterior Sleeve: Double braided. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig WSP and 450 degrees F. 4. Joint: As specified for pipe joints. 5. Size: Use pipe-sized units. 6. Maximum offset: 1 inch on each side of installed center line. C. Copper Piping: 1. Inner Hose: Bronze. 2. Exterior Sleeve: Braided bronze. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig WSP and 450 degrees F. 4. Joint: As specified for pipe joints. 5. Size: Use pipe sized units. 6. Maximum offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line. 2.2 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason 2. Metraflex 3. Vibration Elimination 4. Substitutions: Section 016000 -Product Requirements Not Permitted. B. Stainless Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig WSP and 400 degrees F 2. Maximum Compression: 1-3/4 inch 3 inch. 3. Maximum Extension: 1/4 inch. 4. Joint: As specified for pipe joints 5. Size: Use pipe sized units. 6. Application: Steel piping 3 inch and smaller. C. External Ring Controlled Stainless Steel Bellows Type: 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig WSP and 400 degrees F. 2. Maximum Compression: 15/16 inch 3. Maximum Extension: 5/16 inch 4. Maximum Offset: 1/8 inch. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For HVAC Piping 230516-5 5. Joint: Flanged. 6. Size: Use pipe sized units. 7. Accessories: Internal flow liner. 8. Application: Steel piping 3 inch and larger. D. Double Sphere, Flexible Compensators: 1. Body: Teflon 2. Working Pressure: 125 psi. 3. Maximum Temperature: 200 degrees F. 4. Maximum Compression: 1/2 inch. 5. Maximum Elongation: 3/8 inch. 6. Maximum Offset: 3/8 inch. 7. Maximum Angular Movement: 15 degrees. 8. Joint: Galvanized flanges. 9. Size: Use pipe sized units. 10. Accessories: Control rods Control cables. 11. Application: Steel piping 2 inch and larger. E. Two-ply Bronze Bellows Type: 1. Construction: Bronze with anti-torque device, limit stops, internal guides. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig WSP and 400 degrees F 3. Maximum Compression: 1-3/4 inch 4. Maximum Extension: 1/4 inch. 5. Joint: As specified for pipe joints 6. Size: Use pipe sized units. 7. Application: Copper piping. F. Low Pressure Compensators with two-ply Bronze Bellows: 1. Working Pressure: 75 psig 2. Maximum Temperatures: 250 degrees F. 3. Maximum Compression: 1/2 inch. 4. Maximum Extension: 5/32 inch. 5. Joint: Soldered. 6. Size: Use pipe sized units. 7. Application: Copper or steel piping 2 inch and smaller. G. Copper with Packed Sliding Sleeve: 1. Maximum Temperature: 250 degrees F. 2. Joint: As specified for pipe joints. 3. Size: Use pipe sized units. 4. Copper or steel piping 2 inches and larger. 5. Application: Copper or steel piping 2 inch and larger. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason 2. Metraflex 3. Vibration Elimination New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Expansion Fittings And Loops For HVAC Piping 230516-6 B. Pipe Alignment Guides: Two piece welded steel with enamel paint, bolted, with spider to fit standard pipe, frame with four mounting holes, clearance for minimum 1 inch thick insulation, minimum 3 inch travel. C. Swivel Joints: Fabricated steel body, double ball bearing race, field lubricated, with rubber (Buna-N) o-ring seals. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install Work in accordance with ASME B31.1. B. Install flexible pipe connectors on pipes connected to equipment supported by vibration isolation. Refer to Section 230503. Provide line size flexible connectors. C. Install flexible connectors at right angles to displacement. Install one end immediately adjacent to isolated equipment and anchor other end. Install in horizontal plane unless indicated otherwise. D. Rigidly anchor pipe to building structure. Provide pipe guides to direct movement only along axis of pipe. Erect piping so strain and weight is not on cast connections or apparatus. E. Provide support and anchors for controlling expansion and contraction of piping. Provide loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, or expansion joints where required and as indicated on Drawings. Refer to Section 23 05 29 for pipe hanger installation requirements. F. Provide grooved piping systems with minimum one joint per inch pipe diameter instead of flexible connector supported by vibration isolation. Grooved piping systems need not be anchored. G. Provide expansion loops as indicated on Drawings. H. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 014500 -Quality Controls: Manufacturers’ field services. B. Furnish inspection services by flexible pipe manufacturer's representative for final installation and certify installation is in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and connectors are performing satisfactorily. END OF SECTION 230516 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For HVAC Piping 230523-1 SECTION 230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gate valves. 2. Globe valves. 3. Ball valves. 4. Plug valves. 5. Butterfly valves. 6. Check valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 5. Section 23 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping materials applying to various system types. 6. Section 23 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for pipe hangers and supports. 7. Section 23 07 00 -HVAC Insulation: Product and installation requirements for insulation for valves. 8. Section 23 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping, piping specialties, and equipment used in natural gas piping systems. 9. Section 23 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping used in hydronic piping systems. 10. Section 23 05 03 -Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and installation requirements for piping specialties used in hydronic piping systems. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A216/A216M -Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service. 2. ASTM D1785 -Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 3. ASTM D4101 -Standard Specification for Propylene Injection and Extrusion Materials. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For HVAC Piping 230523-2 B. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 67 -Butterfly Valves. 2. MSS SP 70 -Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 3. MSS SP 71 -Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 4. MSS SP 78 -Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS SP 80 -Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 6. MSS SP 85 -Cast Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded. 7. MSS SP 110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 842 -Valves for Flammable Fluids. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit hanging and support methods, joining procedures. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For HVAC Piping 230523-3 B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not install valves underground when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for valves excluding packing. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for extra materials. B. Furnish two packing kits for each size valve. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GATE VALVES A. A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America 2. Victaulic 3. Milwaukee Valve Company 4. NIBCO, Inc. 5. Stockham Valves & Fittings 6. Watts 7. N-Vent B. GA-1 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze trim, threaded union bonnet, non-rising rising stem, lock-shield stem hand-wheel, inside screw with back-seating stem, solid split wedge disc, alloy seat rings, solder or threaded ends. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For HVAC Piping 230523-4 C. GA-2 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 70, Class 125, cast iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem, hand-wheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, flanged ends. Furnish chain-wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. D. GA-3 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 200, bronze body, bronze trim, union bonnet, rising stem, hand-wheel, solid wedge disc, stainless steel rings, threaded ends. E. GA-4 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 70, Class 200, cast iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem, hand-wheel, outside screw and yoke, solid wedge disc, flanged ends. Furnish chain-wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. 2.2 GLOBE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America 2. Victaulic 3. Milwaukee Valve Company 4. NIBCO, Inc. 5. Stockham Valves & Fittings 6. Watts 7. N-Vent B. GL-1 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze trim, threaded union bonnet, hand wheel, Buna-N teflon composition disc, solder or threaded ends. C. GL-2 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 85, Class 125, cast iron body, bronze trim, hand wheel, outside screw and yoke, flanged ends. Furnish chain-wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. D. GL-3 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 200, bronze body, bronze trim, union bonnet, rising stem, hand wheel, renewable stainless steel seat ring and disc, threaded ends. E. GL-4 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 85, Class 150, cast iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem hand wheel, outside screw and yoke, flanged ends. Furnish chainwheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. 2.3 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America 2. Victaulic 3. Milwaukee Valve Company 4. NIBCO, Inc. 5. Stockham Valves & Fittings 6. Watts 7. N-Vent New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For HVAC Piping 230523-5 B. BA-1 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, 400 psi WOG, one piece bronze body, chrome plated brass ball, regular port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder or threaded ends with union, lever handle. C. BA-2 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, Class 150, bronze, two piece body, type 316 stainless steel ball, regular full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder or threaded ends with union, lever handle. 2.4 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America 2. Milwaukee Valve Company 3. NIBCO, Inc. 4. Stockham Valves & Fittings 5. Victaulic B. BF-1 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 67, Class 200 1. Body: Cast or ductile iron, lug or grooved ends, stainless steel stem, extended neck. 2. Disc: Aluminum bronze stainless steel. 3. Seat: Resilient replaceable EPDM. 4. Handle and Operator: 10 position lever handle. Furnish gear operators for valves 8 inches and larger, and chain-wheel operators for valves mounted over 8 feet above floor. 2.5 CHECK VALVES A. Swing Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Crane Valve, North America b. Hammond Valve c. Milwaukee Valve Company d. NIBCO, Inc. e. Stockham Valves & Fittings f. Watts 2. CK-1 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 150, bronze body and cap, bronze seat, teflon disc, solder or threaded ends. 3. CK-2 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125, cast iron body, bolted cap, bronze or cast iron disc, renewable disc seal and seat, flanged ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For HVAC Piping 230523-6 B. Verify piping system is ready for valve installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. C. Install 3/4 inch gate ball valves with cap for drains at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. D. Install valves with clearance for installation of insulation and allowing access. E. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 13. F. Refer to Section 23 05 29 for pipe hangers. G. Refer to Section 23 07 00 for insulation requirements for valves. H. Refer to Section 23 05 03 for piping materials applying to various system types. I. For installation of valves in hot water and chilled water piping systems refer to Section 23 05 23. J. For installation of valves in natural gas systems refer to Section 23 05 03. K. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Install shutoff and drain valves at locations indicated on Drawings in accordance with this Section. B. Install ball butterfly or gate valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. C. Install ball butterfly or globe valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. D. Install spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps. E. Install lug end butterfly valves adjacent to equipment when functioning to isolate equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General-Duty Valves For HVAC Piping 230523-7 F. Install ball butterfly and gate valves in heating and chilled water systems for shut-off service. G. Install butterfly valves in heating and chilled water systems interchangeably with gate and globe valves. H. Install ball and butterfly valves in heating water systems in chilled and condenser water systems in heating, chilled and condenser water systems for throttling service. I. Install butterfly and plug valves in natural gas systems for shut-off service. J. Install ball and gate valves in fuel oil systems for shut-off service. K. Install ball and globe valves in fuel oil systems for shut-off service. END OF SECTION 230523 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-1 SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe hangers and supports. 2. Hanger rods. 3. Inserts. 4. Flashing. 5. Equipment curbs. 6. Sleeves. 7. Mechanical sleeve seals. 8. Formed steel channel. 9. Firestopping relating to HVAC work. 10. Firestopping accessories. 11. Equipment bases and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 5. Section 03 10 00 -Concrete Forming and Accessories: Execution requirements for placement of sleeves in concrete forms specified by this section. 6. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for placement of concrete housekeeping pads specified by this section. 7. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 8. Section 07 92 00 -Joint Sealants: Product requirements for sealant materials for placement by this section. 9. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 10. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and execution requirements for vibration isolators. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.1 -Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.5 -Refrigeration Piping. 3. ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping. B. ASTM International: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-2 1. ASTM E119 -Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. ASTM E814 -Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through Penetration Fire Stops. 3. ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. 4. ASTM E1966 -Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code -Steel. D. FM Global: 1. FM -Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation. E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 89 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices. F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 -Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 -Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 -Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 -Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL -Fire Resistance Directory. G. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed): 1. WH -Certification Listings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: UL 263 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating. 1. Ratings may be 3-hours for firestopping in through-penetrations of 4-hour fire rated assemblies unless otherwise required by applicable codes. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-3 B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: Paragraph 1.10 Submittals C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location including critical dimensions, sizes, and pipe hanger and support locations and detail of trapeze hangers. D. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. E. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. F. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Indicate calculations used to determine load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Submit sizing methods calculations sealed by a registered professional engineer. G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions. H. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. I. Engineering Judgments: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgments by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 or ASTM E814 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire FRatings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not not less than 1-hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-4 B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. D. Fire Resistant Joints Between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM E119 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly. E. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. F. Perform Work in accordance with AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-5 1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout : Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Nibco 2. Empire 3. Flex-Weld, Inc 4. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc 5. Michigan Hanger Co 6. Superior Valve Co 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Hydronic Piping: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 5. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. 6. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 7. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll. 8. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hooks. 9. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 10. Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. 11. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 12. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 13. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Smaller: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 14. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. 15. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, carbon steel ring. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-6 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded on one end, or continuous threaded. 2.3 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Metal Counterflashing: 22 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Lead Flashing: 1. Waterproofing: 5 lb./sq. ft sheet lead. 2. Soundproofing: 1 lb./sq. ft sheet lead. D. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet butyl; compatible with roofing. E. Caps: Steel, 22 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. 2.5 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Manufacturers: 1. Trimco 2. Cambridgeport 3. Pate 4. Substitutions: Section 01 63 50 -Product Substitutions B. Fabrication: Welded 18 gage galvanized steel shell and base, mitered 3 inch cant, variable step to match root insulation, factory installed wood nailer. 2.6 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sealant:; refer to Section 07 92 00. 2.7 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-7 connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.8 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage) thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center. 2.9 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp 2. Fire Trak Corp 3. Hilti Corp 4. International Protective Coating Corp 5. 3M fire Protection Products 6. Specified Technology, Inc B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Multiple component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Multiple component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. C. Color: As selected from manufacturer’s full range of colors. D. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements. 2.10 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-8 4. Plywood or particle board. 5. Alumina silicate fire board. C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. D. General: 1. Furnish UL listed products or products tested by independent testing laboratory. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. E. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where piping is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish mechanical sealing device to continuously fill annular space between piping and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors. E. Do not drill or cut structural members. 3.3 INSTALLATION -INSERTS A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-9 C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide throughbolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above flush with top of recessed into and grouted flush with slab. 3.4 INSTALLATION -PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install in accordance with ASME B31.1. B. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. C. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. E. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. F. Support vertical piping at every other floor. G. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Provide sheet lead packing between hanger or support and piping. J. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. K. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 09 90 00. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. L. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00. 3.5 INSTALLATION -EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment. Refer to Section 03 30 00. B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-10 C. Construct supports of formed steel channel. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. Refer to Section 21 05 48. 3.6 INSTALLATION -FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal Counterflashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. B. Provide acoustical lead flashing around ducts and pipes penetrating equipment rooms for sound control. C. Provide curbs for roof installations 14 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Flash and counter-flash with sheet metal; seal watertight. Attach Counterflashing to equipment and lap base flashing on roof curbs. Flatten and solder joints. D. Adjust storm collars tight to pipe with bolts; caulk around top edge. Use storm collars above roof jacks. Screw vertical flange section to face of curb. 3.7 INSTALLATION -SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals. B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. D. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. E. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with firestopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. F. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.8 INSTALLATION -FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating,to uniform density and texture. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-11 D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size. E. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured F. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at floor, wall, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. 2. Where cable tray, bus, cable bus, conduit, and wire way penetrates fire rated surface, install fire stopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install escutcheons floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates nonfire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at computer rooms, and telecommunication rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control, 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect installed fire stopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.10 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of fire stopping materials. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-12 3.11 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. 3.12 SCHEDULES A. Copper and Steel Pipe Hanger Spacing: PIPE SIZE Inches COPPER TUBING MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING Feet STEEL PIPE MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING Feet COPPER TUBING HANGER ROD DIAMETER Inches STEEL PIPE HANGER ROD DIAMETER Inches 1/2 5 7 3/8 3/8 3/4 5 7 3/8 3/8 1 6 7 3/8 3/8 1-1/4 7 7 3/8 3/8 1-1/2 8 9 3/8 3/8 2 8 10 3/8 3/8 2-1/2 (Note 2) 9 11 1/2 1/2 3 10 12 1/2 1/2 4 12 14 1/2 5/8 5 13 16 1/2 5/8 6 14 17 5/8 3/4 8 16 19 3/4 3/4 B. Plastic and Ductile Iron Pipe Hanger Spacing: PIPE MATERIAL MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING Feet HANGER ROD DIAMETER Inches ABS (All sizes) 4 3/8 FRP (All Sizes) 4 3/8 Ductile Iron (Note 2) PVC (All Sizes) 4 3/8 C. Note 1: Refer to manufacturer’s recommendations for grooved end piping systems. D. Note 2: 20 feet maximum spacing, minimum of one hanger for each pipe section close to joint behind bell. Provide hanger at each change of direction and each branch connection. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230529-13 For pipe sizes 6 inches and smaller, subjected to loadings other than weight of pipe and contents, limit span to maximum spacing for water service steel pipe. END OF SECTION 230529 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-1 SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Intent 1. All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as noted on the equipment schedule or in the specification shall be mounted on vibration isolators to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections. 2. All isolators and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. 3. It is the intent of the seismic portion of this specification to keep all mechanical and electrical building system components in place during a seismic event. 4. All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with seismic codes, component manufacturer's recommendations and building construction standards. Whenever a conflict occurs between the manufacturer's recommendations or construction standards, the most stringent shall apply. 5. This specification is considered to be minimum requirements for seismic consideration and is not intended as a substitute for legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction requirements (i.e. California Title 24, California OSHPD, Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements). 6. Any variance or non-compliance with these specification requirements shall be corrected by the contractor in an approved manner. B. The work of this section includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Vibration isolation elements. 2. Equipment isolation bases. 3. Piping flexible connections. 4. Seismic restraints for isolated and non-isolated mechanical and electrical items. 5. Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 6. Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads. 7. All mechanical and electrical systems. Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 03 30 00 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning. C. Division 26 -Electrical. D. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-2 E. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal F. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements G. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 REFERENCES A. State of Connecticut Building Code. B. NFPA 13 -Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. SMACNA -Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Qualifications: Only firms having five years experience designing and manufacturing seismic devices shall be capable of work in this specification. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Life Safety Systems: 1. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke exhaust systems. 2. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers and all flow paths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems. 3. All medical and life support systems. 4. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. B. Positive Attachment: 1. A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded or bolted connection to structure. Single sided "C" type beam clamps for support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, fire protection, electrical conduit, bus duct, or cable trays, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points. C. Transverse Bracing: 1. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. D. Longitudinal Bracing: 1. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-3 E. Failure 1. For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8" (3mm) and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater that 1/4" (6mm). 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. The submittal material shall include copies of descriptive data for all products and materials including but not limited to the following: 1. Descriptive Data: a. Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators and specific restraints detailing compliance with the specification. b. An itemized list showing the items to be isolated and/or seismically restrained, product type or model number to be used and loading and deflection data. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point locations. b. Provide Drawings showing methods of suspension and support guides for conduit, piping, ductwork and ceiling hung equipment. c. Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacturers' submittals must include spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment and support points. d. Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. e. Drawings showing methods for isolation of conduits, pipes and ductwork penetrating walls and floor slabs. f. Specific details of restraints including anchor bolts for mounting and maximum loading at each location, for each piece of equipment and/or pipe and duct locations. 3. Seismic Certification and Analysis: a. Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. b. All restraining devices shall have a preapproval number from California OSHPD or some other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Preapprovals based on independent testing are preferred to preapprovals based on calculations. Where preapproved devices are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including the combining of tensile and shear loadings) to support seismic restraint designs must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-4 experience and licensed in the state of the job location. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or analysis at 45 degrees to the weakest mode. c. Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment and structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment and/or welded length. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed in section 1.06 acting through the equipment center of gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces at ground level. 1.7 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall have the following responsibilities: 1. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations per specifications. 2. Provide and install isolation systems and seismic restraints restraints as scheduled or specified. 3. Guarantee specified isolation system deflection. 4. Provide installation instructions, drawings and field supervision to assure proper installation and performance. 5. Provide installation instructions, drawings and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance. 6. Substitution of "Internally Isolated" mechanical equipment in lieu of the specified isolation of this section is acceptable. 1.8 RELATED WORK A. Housekeeping Pads 1. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepared by the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the drawings. 2. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings. If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment. B. Supplementary Support Steel 1. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. C. Attachments 1. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor's calculations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-5 1.9 SEISMIC FORCE LEVELS A. Installations shall be designed to safely accept external forces determined in accordance with the International Building Code –2003, Section 1621 in any direction for all rigidly supported equipment without failure and permanent displacement of the equipment. Seismic restraints shall not short circuit vibration isolation systems or transmit objectionable vibration or noise. 1.10 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Record actual locations and installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints including attachment points. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Mason Industries Inc. models listed below. B. Other approved manufacturers providing equivalent products include: 1. Vibration Eliminator Co. 2. Amber/Booth Co. 2.2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A. Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraint Specifications 1. Specification 1 -Neoprene Pad a. Two layers of 3/4" (19mm) thick neoprene pad consisting of 2" (50mm) square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 (1.5mm) gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. b. Pads shall be Type Super "W" as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Specification 2 -Bridge-Bearing Neoprene Mountings a. Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.2" (5mm) and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements. The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing specifications. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 3. Specification 3 – Bushing Assemblies a. Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-6 neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in 3 planes. Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable. All neoprene shall be bridge bearing quality. b. Bushing assemblies shall be type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 4. Specification 4 -Neoprene Bushing a. A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat washer face to avoid metal to metal contact. b. Neoprene bushings shall be type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 5. Specification 5 – Spring Isolators a. Spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4" (6mm) neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height. b. Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Specification 6 – Restrained Spring Mountings a. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1/2" (12mm) shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall have Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Mountings shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 7. Specification 7 – Spring Mountings a. Spring mountings as in specification 5 built into a ductile iron or steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. The snubber shall be adjustable vertically and allow a maximum of 1/4" (6mm) travel in all directions before contacting the resilient snubbing collars. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Mountings shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-7 8. Specification 8 – Air Springs a. Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon reinforced neoprene element. Air spring configuration shall be multiple bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz. Air Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum of three times the published maximum operating pressure. All air spring systems shall be connected to either the building control air or a supplementary air supply and equipped with three leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8" (3mm). Submittals shall include natural frequency, load and damping tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. b. Air Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 9. Specification 9 – Restrained Air Springs a. Restrained air spring mountings shall have an MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1/2" (12mm) shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring so as not to interfere with the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. b. Mountings shall be SLR-MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10. Specification 10 – Hangers a. Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1 1/4" (32mm) thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers nor the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30o arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger drawing showing the 30o capability. b. Hangers shall be type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11. Specification 11 – Hangers a. Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be precompressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a drawing of the hanger showing the 30o capability. b. Hangers shall be type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12. Specification 12 -Seismic Cable Restraints a. Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two and arranged to provide all-directional restraint. Cables must be prestretched New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-8 to achieve a certified minimum modulus of elasticity. Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges. Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. b. Cable assemblies shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, SCBH between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 13. Specification 13 – Seismic Solid Braces a. Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and arranged to provide all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment. Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage preapproval "R" number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. b. Solid seismic brace assemblies shall be type SSB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 14. Specification 14 – Rod Clamp Assemblies a. Steel angles, sized to prevent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Rod clamp assemblies shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California. b. Rod clamp assemblies shall be Type SRC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 15. Specification 15 – Clevis Hanger Cross Brace a. Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. They shall be special purpose preformed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California. b. Clevis cross brace shall be type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 16. Specification 16 -All-Directional Seismic Snubbers a. All-directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by a one-piece molded neoprene bushing of bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing shall be replaceable and a minimum of 1/4" (6mm) thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi (.7kg/mm2). A minimum air gap of 1/8" (3mm) shall be incorporated in the snubber design in all directions before contact is made between the rigid and resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps shall be removable to allow inspection of internal clearances. Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Snubber shall be Type Z-1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-9 17. Specification 17 -All-Directional Seismic Snubbers a. All directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing specifications. Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of 3/4" (19mm) thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi (.7kg/mm2). Snubbers shall be manufactured with an air gap between hard and resilient material of not less than 1/8" (3mm) nor more that 1/4" (6mm). Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances. The capacity of the seismic snubber at 3/8" (9mm) deflection shall be equal or greater than the load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable "G" force. Submittals shall include the load deflection curves up to 1/2" (12mm) deflection in the x, y and z planes. Snubbers shall have an anchorage preapproval "R" number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Snubbers shall be series Z-1011 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 18. Specification 18 – Stud Wedges a. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. b. Drill-in stud wedge anchors shall be type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 19. Specification 19 – Female Wedge Anchors a. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its allowable loads. b. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be type SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 20. Specification 20 – Equipment Bases a. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases. Rectangular bases are preferred for all equipment. Centrifugal refrigeration machines and pump bases may be T or L shaped where space is a problem. Pump bases for split case pump shall include supports for suction and discharge elbows. All perimeter members shall be steel beams with a minimum depth equal to 1/10 of the longest dimension of the base. Base depth need not exceed 14" (350mm) provided that the deflection and misalignment is kept within acceptable limits as determined by the manufacturer. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to provide a base clearance of 1" (25mm). b. Bases shall be type WF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. Inc. 21. Specification 21 – Inertia Foundations a. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish rectangular steel concrete pouring forms for floating and inertia foundations. Bases for split case pumps shall be large enough to provide for suction and discharge elbows. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-10 Bases shall be a minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6" (150mm). The base depth need not exceed 12" (300mm) unless specifically recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity. Forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcing consisting of 1/2" (12mm) bars welded in place on 6" (150mm) centers running both ways in a layer 1 1/2" (38mm) above the bottom. Forms shall be furnished with steel templates to hold the anchor bolts sleeves and anchors while concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1" (25mm) clearance below the base. Wooden formed bases leaving a concrete rather then a steel finish are not acceptable. b. Base shall be type BMK or K as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 22. Specification 22 – Curbs a. Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring isolation curbs. The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal Z section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support the upper floating section. The upper frame must provide continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so as to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces. All directional neoprene snubber bushings shall be a minimum of 1/4" (6mm) thick. Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on 1/4" (6mm) thick neoprene acoustical pads. Hardware must be plated and the springs provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs waterproofing and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows. All spring locations shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers. Lower curbs shall have provision for 2" (50mm) of insulation. The roof curbs shall be built to seismically contain the rooftop unit. The unit must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the lower Z Z section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have anchorage preapproval "R" from OSHPD in the state of California attesting to the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Curb shall be type RSC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 23. Specification 23 – Expansion Joints a. Flexible spherical expansion joints shall employ peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, liners and Kevlar7 tire cord frictioning. Any substitutions must have equal or superior physical and chemical characteristics. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber flanged ends to prevent pullout. Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable. Sizes 2" (50mm) and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a ductile iron external ring between spheres. Flanges shall be split ductile iron or steel with hooked or similar interlocks. Sizes 16" (400mm) to 24" (600mm) may be single sphere. Sizes 3/4" (19mm) to 1 2" (38mm) may have threaded two piece bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. Connectors shall be rated at 250 psi (1.72MPa) up to 170o F (77oC) with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 215 psi (1.48MPa)at 250o F (121oC) in sizes through 14"(350mm). 16" (400mm) through 24" (600mm) single sphere minimum ratings are 180 psi (1.24MPa) at 170o F (77oC) and 150 psi (1.03 MPa) at 250o F (121oC). Higher rated connectors may be used to accommodate service conditions. All expansion joints must be factory tested to 150% of rated pressure for 12 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-11 minutes before shipment. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1. Concentric reducers to the above ratings may be substituted for equal ended expansion joints. b. Expansion joints shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the expansion joints under pressure. Control rods need only be used in unanchored piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods. If control rods are used, they must have 2" (12mm) thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough in diameter to take the thrust at 1000 psi (.7 kg/mm2) maximum on the washer area. c. Submittals shall include two test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. d. Expansion joints shall be SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 24. Specification 24 – Flexible Stainless Steel Hoses a. Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless steel braid and carbon steel fittings. Sizes 3" (75mm) and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall have male nipples. Minimum lengths shall be as tabulated: Flanged Male Nipples 3 x 14 10 x 26 1/2 x 9 1 1/2 x 13 4 x 15 12 x 28 3/4 x 10 2 x 14 5 x 19 14 x 30 1 x 11 2 1/2 x 18 6 x 20 16 x 32 1 1/4 x 12 8 x 22 b. Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to the equipment shafts wherever possible. c. Hoses shall be type BSS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 25. Specification 25 -All-Directional Acoustical Pipe Anchor a. All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2" (12mm) thick 60 durometer neoprene. Vertical restraint shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. Allowable loads on the isolation material should not exceed 500 psi (.35 kg/mm2) and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. b. All-directional anchors shall be type ADA as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 26. Specification 26 – Pipe Guides a. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2" (12mm) thickness of 60 durometer neoprene. The height of the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or contraction. Shear pin New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-12 shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of + 1 5/8" (41mm) motion, or to meet location requirements. b. Pipe guides shall be type VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 27. Specification 27 -Split Wall Seals a. Split Wall Seals consist of two bolted pipe halves with minimum 3/4" (19mm) thick neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces. The seal shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall or ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of l" (25mm) past either face of the wall. Where temperatures exceed 240o F (115oC), 10# (4.5kg) density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge. b. Seals shall be Type SWS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 28. Specification 28 -Horizontal Thrust Restraint a. The horizontal thrust restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the mountings or hangers. The spring element shall be designed so it can be preset for thrust at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 1/4" (6mm) movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with 1 rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work or the equipment and the structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached at the centerline of thrust and symmetrical on either side of the unit. b. Horizontal thrust restraints shall be type WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems shall control excessive noise and vibration in the buildings due to the operation operation of machinery or equipment, and/or due to interconnected piping, ductwork, or conduit. The installation of all vibration isolators and seismic restraint units, and associated hangers and bases, shall be under the direct supervision of the vibration isolation manufacturer's representative. B. All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and all certified submittal data. C. Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. D. No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-13 E. The contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit that makes rigid connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. "Building" includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls. F. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. G. Any conflicts with other trades that will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible contractors expense. H. Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies between the specifications and the field conditions or changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the responsible contractors expense. I. Correct, at no additional cost, all installations that are deemed defective in workmanship and materials at the contractor’s expense. J. Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead support of equipment. Contractor must submit loads to the structural engineer of record for approval. Generally bracing may occur from: 1. Flanges of structural beams. 2. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction. 3. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors. K. Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short circuiting the isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit. L. Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems. Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only. M. At locations where specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with specification 14 braces. N. At all locations where specification 12 or 13 restraints are attached to pipe clevis's, the clevis cross bolt must be reinforced with specification type 15 braces. O. Drill-in concrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be specification type 18, and specification type 19 female wedge type for floor mounted equipment. P. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases as required. Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project. Each fan and motor assembly shall be supported on a single structural steel frame. Q. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints may be used when pipe sizes exceed 24" or specified movements exceed specification 23 capabilities. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-14 R. Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide specification 27 wall seals. S. Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive displacement which results from high air thrust in relation to the equipment weight. Horizontal thrust restraint shall be specification type 28 (see selection guide). T. Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible. U. Provide resiliently mounted equipment, piping, and ductwork with seismic snubbers. Each inertia base shall have minimum of four seismic snubbers located close to isolators. Snub equipment designated for post disaster use to 0.05 inch (1.5 mm) maximum clearance. Other snubbers shall have clearance between 0.15 inch (4 mm) and 0.25 inch (7 mm). 3.2 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT INSTALLATION A. Horizontal Horizontal pipe isolation: The first three pipe hangers in the main lines near the mechanical equipment shall be as described in specification 11. Specification 11 hangers must also be used in all transverse braced isolated locations. Brace hanger rods with SRC clamps specification 14. Horizontal runs in all other locations throughout the building shall be isolated by hangers as described in specification 10. Floor supported piping shall rest on isolators as described in specification 6. Heat exchanger's and expansion tanks are considered part of the piping run. The first three isolators from the isolated equipment will have the same static deflection as specified for the mountings under the connected equipment. If piping is connected to equipment located in basements and hangs from ceilings under occupied spaces the first three hangers shall have 0.75" (19mm) deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 3" (75mm), 1 1/2" (38mm) deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 6" (150mm), and 2 1/2" (64mm) deflection thereafter. Hangers shall be located as close to the overhead structure as practical. Where piping connects to mechanical equipment install specification 23 expansion joints or specification 24 stainless hoses if 23 is not suitable for the service. B. Riser isolation: Risers shall be suspended from specification 10 hangers or supported by specification 5 mountings, anchored with specification 25 anchors, and guided with specification 26 sliding guides. Steel springs shall be a minimum of 0.75" (19mm) except in those expansion locations where additional deflection is required to limit load changes to + 25% of the initial load. Submittals must include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on the building structure, spring deflection changes and seismic loads. Submittal data shall include certification that the riser system has been examined for excessive stresses and that none will exist in the proposed design. C. Seismic Restraint of Piping 1. Seismically restrain all piping listed as a, b or c below. Use specification 12 cables if isolated. Specification 12 or 13 restraints may be used on unisolated piping. a. Fuel oil piping, gas piping, medical gas piping, and compressed air piping that is 1" (25mm) I.D. or larger. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-15 b. Piping located in boiler rooms, mechanical equipment rooms, and refrigeration equipment rooms that is 1 1/4" (32mm) I.D. and larger. c. All other piping 2 1/2" (64mm) diameter and larger. 2. Transverse piping restraints shall be at 40' (12m) maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads. 3. Longitudinal restraints shall be at 80' (24m) maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads. 4. Where thermal expansion is a consideration, guides and anchors may be used as transverse and longitudinal restraints provided they have a capacity equal to or greater than the restraint loads in addition to the loads induced by expansion or contraction. 5. For fuel oil and all gas piping transverse restraints must be at 20' (6m) maximum and longitudinal restraints at 40' (12m) maximum spacing. 6. Transverse restraint for one pipe section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a pipe section of the same size connected perpendicular to it if the restraint is installed within 24" (600m) of the elbow or TEE or combined stresses are within allowable limits at longer distances. 7. Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze members before applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis supports. 8. Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines. 9. Cast iron pipe of all types, glass pipe and any other pipes joined with a four band shield and clamp assembly in Zones 2B, 3 and 4 shall be braced as in sections 3.2.D.2 and 3. For Zones 0, 1 and 2A, 2 band clamps may be used with reduced spacings of 1/2 of those listed in sections 3.2.D.2 and 3. D. Vibration Isolation of Ductwork 1. All discharge runs for a distance of 50' (15m) from the connected equipment shall be isolated from the building structure by means of specification 10 hangers or specification 5 floor isolators. Spring deflection shall be a minimum of 0.75" (19mm). 2. All duct runs having air velocity of 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or more shall be isolated from the building structure by specification 11 hangers or specification 5 floor supports. Spring deflection shall be a minimum of 0.75" (19mm). 3. Flexible duct connections shall be provided at inlet and discharge ducts. Refer to Section 15910. E. Seismic Restraint of Ductwork 1. Seismically restrain all duct work with specification 12 or 13 restraints as listed below: a. Restrain rectangular ducts with cross sectional area of 6 sq.ft. (.5 m2) or larger. b. Restrain round ducts with diameters of 28" (700mm) or larger. c. Restrain flat oval ducts the same as rectangular ducts of the same nominal size. 2. Transverse restraints shall occur at 30' (9mm) intervals or at both ends of the duct run if less than the specified interval. Transverse restraints shall be installed at each duct turn and at each end of a duct run. 3. Longitudinal restraints shall occur at 60' (18m) intervals with at least one restraint per duct run. Transverse restraints for one duct section may also act as a New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-16 longitudinal restraint for a duct section connected perpendicular to it if the restraints are installed within 4' (1.2m) of the intersection of the ducts and if the restraints are sized for the larger duct. Duct joints shall conform to SMACNA duct construction standards. 4. The ductwork must be reinforced at the restraint locations. Reinforcement shall consist of an additional angle on top of the ductwork that is attached to the support hanger rods. Ductwork is to be attached to both upper angle and lower trapeze. 5. A group of ducts may be combined in a larger frame so that the combined weights and dimensions of the ducts are less than or equal to the maximum weight and dimensions of the duct for which bracing details are selected. 6. Walls, including gypsum board non bearing partitions, which have ducts running through them may replace a typical transverse brace. Provide channel framing around ducts and solid blocking between the duct and frame. 7. Chimneys and stacks passing through floors are to be bolted at each floor level or secured above and below each floor with riser clamps and specification type 13 for seismic solid brace restraints. 8. Chimneys and stacks running horizontally to be braced every 30’ with specification type 12 seismic cable restraints or specification type 13 for seismic solid brace restraints. F. Seismic Restraint of Electrical Services 1. All electrical conduit 2 1/2" (64mm) in diameter and larger shall be restrained with specification type 12 seismic cable restraints or specification type 13 for seismic solid brace restraints. 2. All electrical bus ducts, cable trays and ladder trays shall be restrained with specification type 12, seismic cable restraints or specification 13 seismic solid brace restraints. 3. Transverse restraints shall occur at 30' (9m) intervals or both ends if the electrical run is less than the specified interval. Transverse restraints shall be installed at each electrical services turn and at each end of the electric run. 4. Longitudinal restraints shall occur at 60' (9m) intervals with at least one restraint per electric run. Transverse restraints for one electric section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a duct for an electric section connected perpendicular to it if the restraints are installed within 4' (1.2m) of the intersection of the electric run and if the restraints are sized for the larger electric run. 5. All rigid floor mounted equipment must have a resilient media between the equipment mounting hole and the anchor bolt. Anchor bolts shall be designed in accordance with section 1.9 seismic forces. Neoprene bushings shall be specification type 4 and anchor bolts shall be specification type 18 or 19. 6. Wall mounted panels shall be mounted with specification type 3 bushings. Floor mounted panels shall be mounted on specification type 4 bushings. Anchor bolts shall be specification type 18 or 19. G. All fire protection piping shall be braced in accordance with NFPA 13 and 14. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-17 H. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraint of Mechanical Equipment 1. All mechanical equipment shall be vibration isolated and seismically restrained as per the schedules in part 3.5 of this specification. 2. Equipment mounted on housekeeping pads: Pads shall be properly doweled or expansion shielded to deck to meet acceleration criteria. 3. Requirements for installation on concrete inertia bases shall be as follows: a. Minimum operating clearance between concrete inertia and base and housekeeping pad or floor shall be 2". b. The equipment structural steel or concrete inertia base shall be placed in position and supported temporarily by blocks or shims, as appropriate, prior to the installation of the machine or isolators. c. The isolators shall be installed without raising the machine and frame assembly. d. After the entire installation is complete and under full operational load, the isolators shall be adjusted so that the load is transferred from the blocks to the isolators. When all isolators are properly adjusted, the blocks or shims shall be barely free and shall be removed. e. Install equipment with flexibility in wiring connection. f. Verify that all installed isolator and mounting systems permit equipment motion in all directions. Adjust or provide additional resilient restraints to flexibly limit start-up equipment lateral motion to 1/4". g. Prior to start-up, clean out all foreign matter between bases and equipment. Verify that there are no isolation short circuits in the base, isolators, or seismic restraints. 3.3 SEISMIC RESTRAINT EXCLUSIONS A. General: All mechanical and electrical components and systems that are considered exempt from the requirement for seismic restraint, in accordance with The International Building Code – 2003, Section.1621 and all related State of Connecticut Supplements, shall not require seismic restraint. B. Piping 1. Piping in boiler and mechanical rooms less than 1 1/4" (32mm) inside diameter. 2. All other piping less than 2 1/2" (64mm) inside diameter. 3. All piping suspended by individual hangers 12" (300mm) or less as measured from the top of the pipe to the bottom of the support where the hanger is attached. However, if the 12" (300mm) limit is exceeded by any hanger in the run, seismic bracing is required for the run. 4. The 12" (300mm) exemption applies for trapeze supported systems if the top of each item supported by the trapeze qualifies. C. Ductwork 1. Rectangular and square and ducts that are less than 6 square feet in cross sectional area. 2. Oval ducts that are less than 6 square feet (.5m2) in cross sectional area based on nominal size. 3. Round duct less than 28" (.5m2) in diameter. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-18 4. All duct suspended by hangers 12" (300mm) or less in length as measured from the top of the duct to the point of attachment to the structure. Hangers must be attached within 2" (50mm) of the top of the duct with a minimum of two #10 sheet metal screws. If the 12" (300mm) limit is exceeded by any hanger in the run, seismic bracing is required for the run. D. Electrical 1. All conduit less than 2 1/2" (64mm) diameter suspended by individual hanger rods. 2. All conduits suspended by individual hangers 12" (300mm) or less as measured from the top of the conduit to the bottom of the support where the hanger is a attached. However, if the 12" (300mm) limit is exceeded by any hanger in the run, seismic bracing is required for the run. 3. The 12" (300mm) exemption applies for trapeze supported systems if the top of each item supported by the trapeze qualifies. 3.4 INSPECTION A. Examine systems under provisions of Division 1. B. On completion of installation of all vibration isolation devices herein specified, the local representative shall inspect the completed system and report in writing any installation error, improperly elected isolation devices, or other faults in the system that could affect the performance of the system. Contractor shall submit a report to the Owner, including the manufacturers representatives' final report, indicating all isolation reported as properly installed or requiring correction, and include a report by the Contractor on steps taken to properly complete the isolation work. 3.5 SCHEDULES SPECIFICATION SELECTION GUIDE ISOLATION, DEFLECTION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4” AND THICKER (NOTE 7) Ground Supported Slab or Basement 20’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 0.67” 30’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.0” 40’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.33” 50’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.67” Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Defl. Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. REFRIG. MACHINES Centrifugal Chillers or Heat Pumps Cooler Condenser Mounted Hermetic Compressors 2-20-23 0.35 6-20-23 0.75 6-20-23 1.5 6-23 1.5 6-20-23 2.5 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-19 SPECIFICATION SELECTION GUIDE ISOLATION, DEFLECTION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4” AND THICKER (NOTE 7) Ground Supported Slab or Basement 20’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 0.67” 30’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.0” 40’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.33” 50’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.67” Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Isol. & Seismic Spec. Isol. Defl. Cooler Condenser Alongside Hermetic Compressor 2-23 0.35 6-23 0.75 6-23 1.5 6-23 1.5 6-23 2.5 Open Type Compressor (note 3) 2-23 0.35 6-23 0.75 6-23 1.5 6-20-23 1.5 6-20-23 2.5 PUMPS Closed Coupled Thru 5 hp 2-21-23 0.35 5-16-21-23 0.75 5-16-21-23 0.75 5-16-21-23 1.5 5-16-21-23 1.5 7 ½ hp and Larger 5-16-21-23 0.75 5-16-21-23 0.75 5-16-21-23 1.5 5-16-21-23 1.5 5-16-21-23 2.5 Base Mounted (note 2) Thru 60 hp 5-16-21-23 0.75 5-16-21-23 0.75 5-16-21-23 1.5 5-16-21-23 1.5 5-16-21-23 2.5 75 hp and Larger 5-16-21-23 0.75 5-16-21-23 1.5 5-16-21-23 2.5 5-16-21-23 2.5 5-16-21-23 3.5 FACTORY ASSEMBLED H & V UNITS Curb Mounted Roof Top Units 22 1.0 22 2.5 22 2.5 22 2.5 SPECIFICATION SELECTION GUIDE DEFLECTION AND MOUNTING CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4” OR THICKER (NOTE 7) Ground Supported Slab or Basement 20’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 0.67” 30’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.0” 40’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.33” 50’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.67” Engr Spec Min Static Defl (in) (note 1) Engineer Specifications and Minimum Static Deflection as tabulated below (note 1) New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-20 SPECIFICATION SELECTION GUIDE DEFLECTION AND MOUNTING CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4” OR THICKER (NOTE 7) Ground Supported Slab or Basement 20’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 0.67” 30’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.0” 40’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.33” 50’ Floor Span Possible Floor Defl. – 1.67” Engr Spec Min Static Defl (in) (note 1) Engineer Specifications and Minimum Static Deflection as tabulated below (note 1) Blowers Centrifugal Blowers (note 6) 2-21 0.35 Spec 5-21-16 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection Guide Fan Heads Floor Mounted 2-28 0.35 Spec 7-28 if 0.75” or 1.5” deflection or Spec 5-20-16-28 for deflection over 1.5” to 4.5” from Blower Minimum Deflection Guide. Suspended Units Spec 10-12-28 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection Guide Blower Minimum Deflection Guide Fan Speed RPM Required Deflection for Ground Supported Slab or Basement Required Deflection for 20’ Floor Span Required Deflection for 30’ Floor Span Required Deflection for 40’ Floor Span Required Deflection for 50’ Floor Span 500 and up 0.35” 0.75” 1.5” 2.5” 3.5” 375-499 0.35” 1.5” 2.5” 3.5” 3.5” 300-374 0.35” 2.5” 2.5” 3.5” 3.5” 225-299 0.35” 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 175-225 0.35” 3.5” 4.5” 4.5” 4.5” When blowers are 60 HP or larger, select deflection requirements for next larger span. A minimum of 2.5" should be used unless larger deflections are called for on the chart or these fans are located in the lowest sub-basement or on a slab on grade. Notes: 1. Minimum deflection called for in this specification are not 'nominal' but certifiable minimums. The 0.75", 1.5", 2.5", 3.5", and 4.5" minimums should be selected from manufacturers nominal 1", 2", 3", 4" and 5" series respectively. Air spring isolation specifications 8 & 9 may be substituted for steel springs above in highly sensitive noise free locations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Vibration And Seismic Controls For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230548-21 2. Vacuum, Condensate or Boiler Feed Pumps shall be mounted with their tanks on a common spec. 21 base with deflections as specified for base mounted pumps. 3. The base described in specification 20 is used under the drive side. Individual mountings as described in specification 6 are used under the Cooler and Condenser. 4. This type of compressor is highly unbalanced and sometimes requires inertia bases weighing 5 to 7 times equipment weight to reduce running motion. 5. Limit deflection f or utility sets 18" wheel diameter and smaller to 1 1/2". 6. LIGHT FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. When floors or roofs are lighter than 4" solid concrete a localized mass shall be introduce under the vibration mountings in the form of a sub-base. This sub-base should be 12" thick and 12" longer and wider than the mechanical equipment above it. When this mass is provided the 30' minimum static deflection requirements will suffice even in longer bays. The mass is also useful for unusually large bays over 50'. When floors are lighter than the 4" concrete or the location is in a particularly sensitive area and the mass described above cannot be introduced, select deflection requirements for the next larger span. 7. For equipment where increased resiliency and decreased accelerations are required change specification 16 snubbers to specification 17 snubbers. END OF SECTION 230548 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230553-1 SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Tags. 3. Stencils. 4. Pipe markers. 5. Ceiling tacks. 6. Labels. 7. Lockout devices. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 2. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 3. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 4. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. C. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, size, and color coding for mechanical identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230553-2 B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve tag numbers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ASME A13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and accessories. 1.6 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Craftmark Identification Systems 2. Safety Sign Co. 3. Seton Identification Products B. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. 2.2 TAGS A. Plastic Tags: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements 2. Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter square. B. Metal Tags: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements 2. Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter with finished edges. C. Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list of applied tags and location in anodized aluminum frame. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230553-3 2.3 PIPE MARKERS A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1. B. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements 2. Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener. C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Craftmark Identification Systems b. Safety Sign Co. c. Seton Identification Products 2. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. D. Plastic Underground Pipe Markers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Seaton b. Electro Tape c. Pratt Tyco d. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements 2. Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00. B. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting. C. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. D. Install labels with sufficient adhesive for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. For unfinished canvas covering, apply paint primer before applying labels. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification For HVAC Piping And Equipment 230553-4 E. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location. F. Install underground plastic pipe markers 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried pipe. G. Identify air handling units, pumps, heat transfer equipment, tanks, and water treatment devices with plastic nameplates. Identify in-line pumps and other small devices with tags. H. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. I. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags. J. Identify air terminal units and radiator valves with numbered tags. K. Tag automatic controls, instruments, and relays. Key to control schematic. L. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers plastic tape pipe markers. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. M. For exposed natural gas lines other than steel pipe, attach yellow pipe labels with "GAS" in black lettering, at maximum 5 foot () spacing. N. Identify ductwork with plastic nameplates. Identify with air handling unit identification number and area served. Locate identification at air handling unit, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. O. Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves or dampers above T-bar type panel ceilings. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment. END OF SECTION 230553 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-1 SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing adjusting, and balancing of air systems. 2. Testing adjusting, and balancing of hydronic systems. 3. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. 4. Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions. 5. Vibration measurement of equipment operating conditions. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Requirements for coordination between DDC system and testing, adjusting, and balancing work. 2. Section 23 09 93 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls: Sequences of operation for HVAC equipment. 3. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. Associated Air Balance Council: 1. AABC MN-1 -National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 111 -Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems. C. Natural Environmental Balancing Bureau: 1. NEBB -Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Prior to commencing Work, submit proof of latest calibration date of each instrument. C. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC MN-1 National Standards for Total System Balance forms forms prepared following ASHRAE 111 NEBB Report forms forms containing information indicated in Schedules. Submit data in S.I. units. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-2 D. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies preventing proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. E. Prior to commencing Work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting, balancing, and equipment data required. Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and copy of AABC National Project Performance Guaranty and/or Copy of NEBB Certificate of Conformance Certification. F. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. G. Furnish reports in binder manuals, complete with table of contents page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations balancing valves and rough setting. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Furnish final copy of testing, adjusting, and balancing report inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with AABC MN-1 National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Prior to commencing Work, calibrate each instrument to be used. Upon completing Work, recalibrate each instrument to assure reliability. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Agency: Company specializing in testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience certified by AABC, TABB, or NEBB. B. Perform Work under supervision of AABC Certified Test and Balance Engineer NEBB Certified Testing, Balancing and Adjusting Supervisor registered professional engineer experienced in performance of this Work and licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-3 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination, and Commissioning: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 SEQUENCING A. Section 01 10 00 -Summary: Work sequence. B. Sequence balancing between completion of systems tested and Date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 SCHEDULING A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination, and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination, and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Verify the following: 1. Systems are started and operating in safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Fans are rotating correctly. 7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage is minimized. 12. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented. 13. Pumps are rotating correctly. 14. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place or in normal position. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-4 15. Service and balancing valves are open. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Furnish instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. B. Make instruments available to Architect/Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing. 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. C. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Verify recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. C. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. D. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted. If disrupted, verify correcting adjustments have been made. E. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services, preventing system balance. F. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. G. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by Owner. H. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit report. 3.5 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to obtain required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B. Make air quantity measurements in main ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-5 C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts. E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by using volume dampers located in ducts. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide sheave drive changes to vary fan speed. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. H. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. I. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. J. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. K. At modulating damper locations, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum airflow rate, full cooling, and at minimum airflow rate, full heating. L. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, return, and exhaust air systems to obtain required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches positive static pressure near building entries. M. Check multi-zone units for motorized damper leakage. Adjust air quantities with mixing dampers set first for cooling, then heating, then modulating. N. For variable air volume system powered units set volume controller to airflow setting indicated. Confirm connections properly made and confirm proper operation for automatic variable-air-volume temperature control. O. On fan powered VAV boxes, adjust airflow switches for proper operation. 3.6 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust water systems, after air balancing, to obtain design quantities. B. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow-metering devices are not installed, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-6 base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in system. C. Adjust systems to obtain specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. D. Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open or in normal position to heat transfer elements. E. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. F. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, simulate full flow in one part by temporary restriction of flow to other parts. 3.7 SCHEDULES A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: 1. Fire Pumps. 2. Plumbing Pumps. 3. HVAC Pumps. Pumps. 4. Water Tube Boilers. 5. Air Cooled Water Chillers. 6. Packaged Roof Top Heating/Cooling Units. 7. Unit Air Conditioners. 8. Air Coils. 9. Terminal Heat Transfer Units. 10. Air Handling Units. 11. Fans. 12. Air Filters. 13. Air Terminal Units. 14. Air Inlets and Outlets. B. Report Forms 1. Title Page: a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency c. Telephone and facsimile numbers of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency d. Project name e. Project location f. Project Architect g. Project Engineer h. Project Contractor i. Project altitude j. Report date 2. Summary Comments: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-7 a. Design versus final performance b. Notable characteristics of system c. Description of systems operation sequence d. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate building pressurization e. Nomenclature used throughout report f. Test conditions 3. Instrument List: a. Instrument b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Range f. Calibration date 4. Electric Motors: a. Manufacturer b. Model/Frame c. HP/BHP and kW d. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load e. RPM f. Service factor g. Starter size, rating, heater elements h. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 5. V-Belt Drive: a. Identification/location b. Required driven RPM c. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM d. Belt, size and quantity e. Motor sheave diameter and RPM f. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual 6. Pump Data: a. Identification/number b. Manufacturer c. Size/model d. Impeller e. Service f. Design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP and kW g. Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP and kW h. Discharge pressure i. Suction pressure j. Total operating head pressure k. Shut off, discharge and suction pressures l. Shut off, total head pressure 7. Combustion Test: a. Manufacturer b. Model number c. Serial number d. Firing rate New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-8 e. Overfire draft f. Gas meter timing dial size g. Gas meter time per revolution h. Gas pressure at meter outlet i. Gas flow rate j. Heat input k. Burner manifold gas pressure l. Percent carbon monoxide (CO) m. Percent carbon dioxide (CO2) n. Percent oxygen (O2) o. Percent excess air p. Flue gas temperature at outlet q. Ambient temperature r. Net stack temperature s. Percent stack loss t. Percent combustion efficiency u. Heat output 8. Air Cooled Condenser: a. Identification/number b. Location c. Manufacturer d. Model number e. Serial number f. Entering DB air temperature, design and actual g. Leaving DB air temperature, design and actual h. Number of compressors 9. Chillers: a. Identification/number b. Manufacturer c. Capacity d. Model number e. Serial number f. Evaporator entering water temperature, design and actual g. Evaporator leaving water temperature, design and actual h. Evaporator pressure drop, design and actual i. Evaporator water flow rate, design and actual j. Condenser entering water temperature, design and actual k. Condenser pressure drop, design and actual l. Condenser water flow rate, design and actual 10. Cooling Coil Data: a. Identification/number b. Location c. Service d. Manufacturer e. Air flow, design and actual f. Entering air DB temperature, design and actual g. Entering air WB temperature, design and actual h. Leaving air DB temperature, design and actual New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-9 i. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actual j. Water flow, design and actual k. Water pressure drop, design and actual l. Entering water temperature, design and actual m. Leaving water temperature, design and actual n. Saturated suction temperature, design and actual o. Air pressure drop, design and actual 11. Heating Coil Data: a. Identification/number b. Location c. Service d. Manufacturer e. Air flow, design and actual f. Water flow, design and actual g. Water pressure drop, design and actual h. Entering water temperature, design and actual i. Leaving water temperature, design and actual j. Entering air temperature, design and actual k. Leaving air temperature, design and actual l. Air pressure drop, design and actual 12. Air Moving Equipment: a. Location b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Arrangement/Class/Discharge f. Air flow, specified and actual g. Return air flow, specified and actual h. Outside air flow, specified and actual i. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual j. Inlet pressure k. Discharge pressure l. Sheave Make/Size/Bore m. Number of Belts/Make/Size n. Fan RPM 13. Return Air/Outside Air Data: a. Identification/location b. Design air flow c. Actual air flow d. Design return air flow e. Actual return air flow f. Design outside air flow g. Actual outside air flow h. Return air temperature i. Outside air temperature j. Required mixed air temperature k. Actual mixed air temperature l. Design outside/return air ratio New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-10 m. Actual outside/return air ratio 14. Exhaust Fan Data: a. Location b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Air flow, specified and actual f. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual g. Inlet pressure h. Discharge pressure i. Sheave Make/Size/Bore j. Number of Belts/Make/Size k. Fan RPM 15. Duct Traverse: a. System zone/branch b. Duct size c. Area d. Design velocity e. Design air flow f. Test velocity g. Test air flow h. Duct static pressure i. Air temperature j. Air correction factor 16. Duct Leak Test: a. Description of ductwork under test b. Duct design operating pressure c. Duct design test static pressure d. Duct capacity, air flow e. Maximum allowable leakage duct capacity times leak factor f. Test apparatus 1) Blower 2) Orifice, tube size 3) Orifice size 4) Calibrated g. Test static pressure h. Test orifice differential pressure i. Leakage 17. Air Monitoring Station Data: a. Identification/location b. System c. Size d. Area e. Design velocity f. Design air flow g. Test velocity h. Test air flow 18. Flow Measuring Station: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC 230593-11 a. Identification/number b. Location c. Size d. Manufacturer e. Model number f. Serial number g. Design Flow rate h. Design pressure drop i. Actual/final pressure drop j. Actual/final flow rate k. Station calibrated setting 19. Terminal Unit Data: a. Manufacturer b. Type, constant, variable, single, dual duct c. Identification/number d. Location e. Model number f. Size g. Minimum static pressure h. Minimum design air flow i. Maximum design air flow j. Maximum actual air flow k. Inlet static pressure 20. Air Distribution Test Sheet: a. Air terminal number b. Room number/location c. Terminal type d. Terminal size e. Area factor f. Design velocity g. Design air flow h. Test (final) velocity i. Test (final) air flow j. Percent of design air flow 21. Sound Level Report: a. Location b. Octave bands -equipment off c. Octave bands -equipment on d. RC level -equipment on END OF SECTION 230593 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Insulation 230700-1 SECTION 230700 HVAC INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation for HVAC piping and valves. 2. Insulation for HVAC equipment. 3. Insulation for HVAC duct systems. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 01 81 19 – Indoor Air Quality Management 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Required. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Required. C. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: Paragraph 1.10 Submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of not exceeding 50 in accordance with ASTM E84. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All insulation products should have a minimum pre-consumer and post consumer recycled content as specified in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements, paragraph 2.01B. Products should also be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 01 81 13, paragraph 2.02A. 2.2 PIPE INSULATION A. Mineral Fiber: ASTM C547; rigid molded, noncombustible. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 k factor at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 850 degrees F. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Insulation 230700-2 3. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type I, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints, minus 20 to 150 degrees F. B. Hydrous Calcium Silicate: ASTM C533; rigid molded, asbestos free, white. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.45 k factor at 200 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 140 to 1200 degrees F. 3. Tie Wire: Stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12” centers. C. Cellular Foam: ASTM C534; flexible, cellular elastomeric, molded or sheet. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.30 k factor at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 300 degrees F. 3. Operating Temperature Range: Minus 58 to 300 degrees F. 4. Connection: Waterproof vapor retarder adhesive. D. Jackets: 1. PVC Plastic: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. a. Thickness: 1 inch. b. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. 2. Canvas Jacket: UL listed fabric, 220 g/sq m, plain weave cotton treated with dilute fire retardant lagging adhesive. 3. Aluminum Jacket: 0.064 mm thick sheet, smooth finish, with longitudinal slip joints and 50 mm laps, die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 4. Stainless Steel Jacket: Type 302 stainless steel, 0.25 mm thick sheet, smooth finish. 2.3 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Flexible Mineral Fiber Blanket: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 k factor at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 450 degrees F. 3. Density: 1.5 lb/cu ft density. 4. Vapor Retarder Jacket: Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, secured with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips or with outward clinch expanding staples and vapor retarder mastic. B. Rigid Mineral Fiberboard: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible, with factory applied aluminum foil jacket. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 k factor at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 450 degrees F. 3. Density: 3.0 lb/cu ft density. 4. Jacket Temperature Limit: Minus 20 to 150 degrees F. C. Hydrous Calcium Silicate: ASTM C533; rigid molded, asbestos free, gold color. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.45 k factor at 200 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 140 to 120 degrees F. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Insulation 230700-3 D. Aluminum Equipment Jacket: ASTM B209. 1. Thickness: thick sheet. 2. Finish: Smooth. 3. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 4. Fittings: thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 5. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; thick aluminum. 2.4 DUCTWORK INSULATION A. Flexible Glass Fiber: ASTM C1290, flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 k factor at 75 degrees F. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F. 3. Density: 1.0 lb/cu ft. 4. Vapor Retarder Jacket: Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, secured with pressure sensitive tape. B. Rigid Glass Fiber: ASTM C612, factory applied reinforced aluminum foil facing meeting ASTM C1136, Type II. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.22 k factor at 75 degrees F. 2. Density: 3.00 lb/cu ft. 3. Vapor Retarder Jacket: Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, secured with pressure sensitive tape. C. Canvas Jacket: UL listed fabric, 6 oz/sq yd, plain weave cotton treated with dilute fire retardant lagging adhesive. D. Outdoor Jacket: Asphalt impregnated and coated sheet, 50 lb/sq ft. E. Aluminum Jacket: 0.64 mm thick sheet, smooth finish, with longitudinal slip joints and 50 mm laps. F. Duct Liner: ASTM C1071; flexible, noncombustible blanket with polyvinyl acetate polymer impregnated surface and edge coat. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.28 k factor at 75 degrees F. 2. Density: 1.50 lb/cu ft. 3. Maximum Velocity on Coated Air Side: 6,000 fpm. 4. Adhesive: Waterproof fire-retardant type. 5. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self-adhesive pad or welded with press-on head. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct liner in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible. B. Continue insulation and vapor barrier through penetrations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Insulation 230700-4 C. Piping Insulation: 1. Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. 2. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. 3. Insulate complete system of pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature. 4. Install fiber glass insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature with vapor barrier jackets. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive. 5. For man made mineral fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature, install standard jackets. Bevel and seal ends of insulation at equipment, flanges, and unions. 6. Install insert between support shield and piping on piping 2 in diameter or larger. Fabricate of cork or other high density insulating material suitable for temperature, not less than 6 in long. 7. For pipe exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces below 10 feet above finished floor, finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. 8. For exterior applications, install vapor barrier jacket. Insulate pipe, fittings, joints, and valves and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. D. Equipment Insulation: 1. Apply insulation to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Secure insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands. 2. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form uniform surface. On cold equipment, use vapor barrier cement. 3. Install fiber glass insulated equipment containing fluids below ambient temperature with vapor barrier jackets. 4. For fiber glass insulated equipment containing fluids above ambient temperature, install standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier. 5. Cover glass fiber insulation with metal mesh and finish with coat of insulating cement. 6. For equipment in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces, finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. 7. Do not insulate over nameplate or ASME stamps. Bevel and seal insulation around nameplates or stamps. 8. When equipment with insulation requires periodic opening for maintenance, repair, or cleaning, install insulation in to allow removal and replacement without damage. E. External Ductwork Insulation: 1. For insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature install vapor barrier jacket. Finish with tape. Seal vapor barrier penetrations with vapor barrier adhesive. 2. For insulated ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature install with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4. Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Insulation 230700-5 5. For ductwork exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces, finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. 6. For exterior applications, install insulation with vapor barrier jacket. Cover with outdoor jacket. F. Duct Liner: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible for spacing. 3. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 4. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for airflow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.2 MATERIAL STORAGE ON-SITE: A. All insulation materials stored on-site should be elevated from the ground and sealed or covered to protect from moisture and dirt accumulation in accordance with Section 01 81 19 – Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.3 GLASS FIBER INSULATION SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEMS PIPE SIZE THICKNESS Inch Inch Heating Supply and Return (HWS/HWR) All 1 ½” Boiler Supply and Return (BWS/BWR) All 1 ½” Chilled Water Supply and Return (CHS/CHR) All 1 ½” PIPING SYSTEMS PIPE SIZE THICKNESS Condensate Drain (copper pipe only) All ¾” 3.4 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEMS PIPE SIZE THICKNESS Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Refrigerant Piping All ¾” New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Insulation 230700-6 3.5 JACKETING SCHEDULE JACKETING TYPE PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLATION LOCATIONS Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Boiler Water (BWS/BWR) Heating Hot Water (HWS/HWR) Chilled Water (CHS/CHR) Condensate Drain (copper pipe only) Insulated piping, located within mechanical rooms, that is installed less than 10 feet above finished floor. All insulated fittings and valves. Aluminum Jacket Heating Hot Water (HWS/HWR) Chilled Water (CHS/CHR) Refrigerant Piping (exposed in accessible locations) Insulated piping, located at the exterior of the building 3.6 DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Schedule of Ductwork in Concealed Spaces: DUCTWORK TYPE Supply Air Flexible Glass Fiber, R-8 Outside Air Flexible Glass Fiber, R-8 Return Air Flexible Glass Fiber, R-4 Exhaust Air to DOA-1 Flexible Glass Fiber, R-4 B. Schedule of Miscellaneous Ductwork: DUCTWORK TYPE Ductwork shown lined on Drawings Glass Fiber Liner, 1” thick unless otherwise indicated Exposed ductwork in conditioned spaces Insulation not required Combustion air ductwork Rigid Glass Fiber, R-8 C. Where duct is shown lined, and where the liner does not meet the R-values listed herein, provide flexible glass fiber duct wrap such that the total R-value is in accordance to the values listed herein. At Contractor’s option, liner thickness may be increased such that the liner provides the full R-values listed herein. D. Definitions 1. Concealed spaces shall be defined as locations where ductwork is installed in soffits, ceiling plenums, shafts, etc. 2. Exposed spaces shall be defined as locations where ductwork is installed directly accessible in a space, mechanical room, attic, basement, etc. END OF SECTION 230700 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-1 SECTION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Commissioning Scope B. Systems to be Commissioned C. Responsibilities D. Commissioning Team E. Pre-Functional and Functional Check Lists 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 23 05 93 -Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC: For requirements and procedures concerning testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical systems. B. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Submittal and training requirements. C. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Submittal, training, and programming requirements. D. Section 23 33 00 -Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for ductwork test holes. E. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements F. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal G. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements H. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.3 SCOPE A. The The work under this Section is subject to requirements of the Contract Documents including the Owner’s General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 – General Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-2 1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The objective of commissioning is to provide documented confirmation that a facility fulfills the functional and performance requirements of the building owner, occupants, and operators. To reach this goal, it is necessary for the commissioning process to establish and review the owner’s criteria for system function, performance, and maintainability (Design Intent); and to also verify and document compliance with these criteria at start-up, and the initial period of operation. In addition, complete operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals, as well as training on system operation, should be provided to the building operators to ensure the building continues to operate as intended. B. The CA shall be involved throughout the warranty phase During construction, the CA develops and coordinates the execution of a testing plan, which includes observing and documenting all systems’ performance to ensure that the systems are functioning in accordance with the owner’s Design Intent (DI) requirements and the contract documents. The CA is not responsible for design or general construction scheduling, cost estimating, or construction management, but may assist with problem-solving or resolving non-conformance issues or deficiencies. The installing Contractors, TAB Sub and ATC Sub shall be required to provide support of the commissioning under their base Contracts. C. The following is a summary of services provided for commissioning: 1. Develop commissioning plan 2. Develop pre-functional and functional test procedures 3. On-site reviews to confirm that systems are ready for commissioning 4. Witness piping and ductwork tests 5. Review system start-up reports 6. Maintain master deficiency and resolution log 7. Perform functional testing 8. Ensure O&M and commissioning documentation requirements are complete. 9. Coordinate Owner staff training 10. Final report and presentation to Owner 11. Follow up visits after occupancy to review building operations D. Commissioning does not reduce responsibility of installing contractors to provide a finished and fully functioning product. E. This section shall in no way diminish the responsibility of the Divisions 22, 23 and 26 Contractors, Sub-contractors and Suppliers in performing all aspects of work and testing as outlined in the Contract Documents. Any requirements outlined in this section are in addition to requirements outlined in Division 22, 23 and26 Specifications. 1.5 ABBREVIATIONS A. The following are common abbreviations used in the Specifications. Definitions are found further in this Section. 1. A/E -Architect and Design Engineers 2. BAS -Building Automation System 3. CA -Commissioning Agent New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-3 4. CM -Construction Manager 5. CT -Commissioning Team 6. Cx -Commissioning 7. Cx Plan -Commissioning Plan 8. CC -Controls Contractor 9. EC -Electrical Contractor 10. FPT -Functional Performance Test 11. MC -Mechanical Contractor 12. OR -Owner’s Representative 13. PC -Pre-functional Checklist 14. TAB -Test, Adjust and Balance 15. O&M -Operations & Maintenance 16. RFI -Request for Information B. The following Standards shall be used where referenced by the following abbreviations: 1. AABC Associated Air Balance Council 2. ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 3. ADC Air Diffusion Council 4. AGA American Gas Association 5. AIA American Institute of Architects 6. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association 7. ANSI American National Standards Institute 8. API American Petroleum Institute 9. ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 10. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 11. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 12. ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers 13. ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers 14. ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials 15. NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology 16. SBI Steel Boiler Industry (Division of Hydronics Institute) 17. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 18. UL Underwriters’ Laboratories 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptance Phase: Phase of construction after start-up and initial checkout when Functional Performance Tests, O&M documentation review and training occur. B. Approval: Acceptance that a piece of equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning in tested modes according to the Contract Documents. C. Architect/Engineer (A/E): Prime consultant (architect) and subconsultants who comprise the design team, generally HVAC Mechanical Designer/Engineer and Electrical Designer/Engineer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-4 D. Basis of Design: Documentation of primary thought processes and assumptions behind design decisions made to meet design intent. Describes systems, components, conditions and methods chosen to meet intent. E. Commissioning Agent (CA): Contracted to Owner. CA directs and coordinates day-today commissioning activities. CA reports directly to Owner. F. Commissioning Plan: Overall plan developed after bidding that provides structure, schedule and coordination planning for commissioning process. G. Construction Manager (CM): The prime contractor for this project. Generally refers to the CM’s subcontractors as well. Also referred to as the Contractor in some contexts. The CM is hired by the Owner and is authorized to overseen fulfillment of all requirements of the Contract Documents. H. Contract Documents: Documents binding on parties involved in construction of this project (drawings, specifications, change orders, amendments, contracts, etc.). I. Control System: System and components associated with building automation system. J. Deferred Functional Tests: Functional tests performed after substantial completion due to partial occupancy, equipment, seasonal requirements, design or other site conditions that disallow test from being performed. K. Deficiency: Condition of a component, piece of equipment or system that is not in compliance with Contract Documents (that is, does not perform properly or is not complying with design intent). L. Functional Performance Test Procedures: Commissioning protocols and detailed test procedures and instructions that fully describe system configuration and steps required to determine if the system is performing and functioning properly. These procedures shall be used to document Functional Performance Tests. M. Functional Performance Test (FPT): Test of dynamic function and operation of equipment and systems. Systems are tested under various modes, such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads, component failures, unoccupied, varying outside air temperatures, life safety conditions, power failure, etc. Systems are run through all specified sequences of operation. Components are verified to be responding in accordance with Contract Documents. Functional Performance Tests are executed after pre-functional checklists and start-ups are complete. N. Monitoring: Recording of parameters (flow, current, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment operation using data loggers or trending capabilities of control systems. O. Overidden Value: Writing over a sensor value in control system to see response of a system (e.g., changing outside air temperature value from 72˚ F to 52˚ F to verify economizer operation). See also “Simulated Signal”. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-5 P. Pre-Functional Checklist (PC): A list of static inspections and elementary component tests that verify proper installation of equipment (e.g., belt tension, oil levels, labels affixed, gauges in place, sensors calibrated, etc.). Q. Seasonal Performance Tests: Functional Performance Tests deferred until system(s) ambient conditions are closer to design conditions. R. Simulated Condition: Condition created for testing component or system (e.g., applying heat to space temperature sensor to monitor response of VAV box). S. Simulated Signal: Disconnecting sensor and using signal generator to send amperage, resistance or pressure transducer and/or DDC system to simulate value to BAS. T. Specifications: Construction specifications of Contract Documents. U. Start-up: The activities where systems or equipment are initially tested and operated. Start-up is completed prior to functional testing. V. Sub-contractor: Contractors Contractors of CM, and their sub-contractors, who provide and install building components and systems. W. Test Procedures: Step-by-step process, which must be executed to fulfill test requirements. X. Test Requirements: Requirements specifying what modes and functions will be tested. Test requirements are not detailed test procedures and are identified in the Cx Plan. Y. Trending: Monitoring using building control system. Z. Vendor: Supplier of equipment. AA. Warranty Period: Warranty period for entire project, including equipment components. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Commissioning Team: Members of Commissioning Team (CT) will consist of: 1. Commissioning Agent (CA) 2. Owner’s Representative(s) (OR) 3. Construction Manager (CM) 4. Architect and Design Engineers (A/E) 5. Mechanical Contractor (MC) 6. Electrical Contractor (EC) 7. Test and Balance Agency (TAB Agency) 8. Controls Contractor (CC) 9. Equipment Suppliers and Vendors B. Management: Owner will contract services of the CA. The CA directs and coordinates commissioning activities and reports to OR. All members of the Commissioning Team shall cooperate to fulfill responsibilities and objectives of the Contract Documents. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-6 C. Kick-off Meeting: Within 90 days of commencement of construction, CA will plan, schedule and conduct a commissioning kick-off meeting. Membership and responsibilities of the commissioning team will be clarified at this meeting. CA will distribute meeting minutes to all parties. D. Scheduling: 1. A/E will work with commissioning team to establish required commissioning activities to incorporate in preliminary commissioning schedule. The CM will integrate commissioning activities into master construction schedule. Representatives of the commissioning team will address scheduling problems. Necessary notifications are to be made in a timely manner in order to expedite commissioning. 2. The CA will provide initial schedule of primary commissioning events at commissioning kick-off meeting. As construction progresses, more detailed schedules are developed by the commissioning team. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall provide CA with documentation required for commissioning work. At minimum, documentation shall include: Full sequences of operation, O&M data, performance data, any performance test procedures, control drawings and details, start-up reports. In addition, installation and checkout materials actually shipped inside equipment and actual field checkout sheet forms used by factory or field technicians shall be submitted to CA. B. CA shall review submittals for conformance as it relates to commissioning. Review is primarily intended to aid in development of functional testing procedures and only secondarily to verify compliance with equipment specifications. The CA shall not be part of the A/E’s submittal approval process. 1.9 START-UP PLAN A. Sub-contractor responsible for purchase, installation and start-up of equipment develops and submits start-up plan by combining manufacturer’s detailed start-up and checkout procedures with normally used field checkout sheets. Plan shall include checklists and procedures with specific boxes or lines for recording and documenting inspections of each piece of equipment. B. A/E reviews submitted start-up plane for content and format. Primary role of A/E is to substantiate written documentation for each manufacturer-recommended procedure. PART 2 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Division contractors shall provide all specialized tools, test equipment and instruments required to execute start-up, checkout and functional performance testing of equipment under their contract. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-7 B. Test equipment shall be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure system performance with tolerances specified. A testing laboratory shall have calibrated test equipment within the previous 12 months. Calibration shall be NIST traceable. Equipment shall be calibrated according to manufacturer’s recommended intervals and when dropped or damaged. Calibration tags shall be affixed or certificates readily available. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING OVERVIEW A. The following provides a brief overview of typical commissioning tasks during construction and general order in which they occur: 1. Commissioning during construction begins with a kick-off meeting conducted by CA where membership of commissioning team is established and responsibilities reviewed. A preliminary commissioning plan is distributed for review. 2. CA schedules subsequent meetings as necessary to plan, coordinate and schedule commissioning activities. Deficiencies and problem resolution will also be discussed at these meetings. 3. Sub-contractors develop and submit detailed start-up plans to Cx team. 4. CM develops, with cooperation of Sub-contractor/vendor, detailed training plan. Training plan is reviewed and approved by commissioning team. 5. CA develops specific pre-functional checklists and equipment and system Functional Performance Test procedures. Commissioning team members review procedures. 6. Sub-contractors inform CA when the pre-functional items are complete by phase. The CA executes and documents pre-functional checklists in phases such as setting equipment, piping equipment, insulating it, making up electrical connections, etc. The purpose is to execute the process as the work is being completed. 7. The Sub-contractors perform start-up and initial checkout. CA collects documentation completed according to approved plans. CA will witness start-up of selected equipment. 8. Functional Performance Tests are executed by Sub-contractors, under supervision of and documented by CA. 9. Items of non-compliance in material, installation or set-up will be corrected at Sub-contractor expense and system shall be retested. 10. CM coordinates training sessions and executes training plan. Specific training to be provided as specified in Divisions 1, 22, 23 and 26, by Sub-contractor/vendor. 3.2 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A. Mechanical: 1. The Heating Hot Water System including boilers, pumps, VFDs, and auxiliary equipment such as chemical shot feeders, expansion tanks, and air separators 2. The Chilled Water System including chillers, cooling tower, pumps, VFDs, and auxiliary equipment such as chemical shot feeders, expansion tanks, and air separators New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-8 3. Air Handling Units and components (fans, VFDs, coils, filters) 4. All Exhaust Fans and Combustion Air Fans 5. All VAV Air Terminal Units 6. A sampling of 10% of Radiant Ceiling Panels 7. All Data Room Split-System A/C Units 8. All Cabinet Unit Heaters 9. A representative sampling of HVAC Ductwork on each AHU system 10. A representative sampling of HVAC Piping Systems (both heating & cooling) 11. Spot check of air and water balancing report 12. The Fuel Oil System including pump set and storage tank 13. Measure of building pressurization at all exterior doors 14. The HVAC Controls on all the above and the front end 15. Fume hoods. 16. Laboratory room pressures. 17. Specialty fans. 18. Chemical treatment systems. 19. Fire dampers. 20. Smoke dampers. 21. Indoor air quality. 22. Equipment sound control. 23. Equipment vibration control. 24. Egress pressurization. 25. Smoke evacuation system. 26. Dust collection system. 27. Radiant floor heating system. 28. Sidewalk snow melting system. 29. Kitchen hood supply systems. 30. Kitchen hood exhaust systems. 31. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing work. 32. Plumbing/Fire Protection: 33. Plumbing Fixtures 34. The Automatic Fire Sprinkler System 35. The Domestic Hot Water Heaters and Recirculation System 36. The Domestic Water Booster Pump B. Electrical: 1. The Stage Performance Lighting System 2. All Lighting Controls (occupancy sensors, daylight dimming systems, exterior photocell controls) 3. The Emergency Power System including Generator and Transfer Switches 4. The Security System 5. The Fire Alarm System 6. The PA (Auxiliary Sound), Paging (Intercommunication) System, and Master Clock System C. Other: 1. The Science Fume Hood 2. Measurement of Sound Levels at Property Lines New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-9 3.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Responsibilities of commissioning team members are: 1. Architect/Engineer (A/E): a. Document design intent of systems b. Witnesses first run of primary equipment as necessary c. Review test documentation d. Review functional performance trend log data e. Review training plan f. Review O&Ms and record documents g. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting 2. Commissioning Agent (CA): a. Identify commissioning activities for inclusion into the project schedule by the CM. b. Develop detailed project specific pre-functional performance tests and Functional Performance Test procedures. c. Provide progress reports of commissioning status. d. Execute pre-functional checklists. e. Witness FPTs. Document test results and recommend system for acceptance. f. Review, track and coordinate resolution of non-compliance and deficiencies identified by commissioning team. Maintain records of all issues submitted by commissioning team. g. Review completed TAB reports. h. Review training plan developed by CM. i. Monitor completion and accuracy of project closeout documents and training. j. Provide final commissioning report, summarizing final disposition of building systems after functional testing. k. Facilitate cooperation of CT in commissioning work. l. Attend and conduct commissioning team meetings. m. Witness seasonal or deferred testing and modify or update commissioning report as required. n. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 3. Construction Manager (CM): a. Incorporate commissioning activities into the construction schedule. b. Periodically update commissioning activities in the construction schedule. c. Develop, with cooperation of A/E and Sub-contractor/vendor, detailed training plan. d. CM coordinates training sessions and executes training plan through his sub-contractors. e. Facilitate cooperation of Sub-contractors in commissioning work. f. Submit copies of approved submittals, with manufacturer start-up criteria, contractor start-up checklists and operating and maintenance criteria to CA. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-10 g. Verify equipment and systems are ready for execution of pre-functional checklists by the CA. Assures CA at each phase of installation equipment and systems are ready. h. Insures resolution of non-compliance and deficiencies of construction related items identified by commissioning team. Obtains written documentation of completion from the appropriate Sub-contractors. i. Coordinate Sub-contractor/vendor participation in training sessions. Provide workspace or conference room as needed. Ensure attendance at training is documented. j. Schedule, coordinate and assist CT in seasonal or deferred testing. k. Participate in warranty review of system/equipment performance. 4. Sub-contractors/Vendors: a. Review commissioning plan, pre-functional checklists, and FPT procedures. b. Ensure installation work is complete, is in compliance with Contract Documents and is ready for Functional Performance Testing. c. Develop and submit detailed equipment start-up procedures to CT. Procedures shall include checklist to be completed by Subcontractor/vend or. d. Notify CT that equipment and systems are ready for functional performance testing. e. Execute FPTs developed by CA as described in Contract Documents and commissioning plan, under direction of CA. f. Provide certified and calibrated instrumentation required to take measurements of system and equipment performance during functional performance testing. g. Assist CT with developing a comprehensive commissioning schedule. h. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. i. Prepare training plans with CM and execute training as specified in Division 1, 22, 23 and 26, of these specifications. j. Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing as necessary. k. Make necessary amendments to O&M manuals and as-built drawings for applicable issue identified in season/deferred testing. l. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 5. Controls Contractor (CC): a. Completely install and thoroughly inspect start-up, test, adjust, calibrate and document systems and equipment under Building Automation/Controls Contract. b. Provide laptop computer, software and training to accommodate TAB Contractor in system balancing. c. Install software on CA’s laptop and provide training to CA for off-site trend logging and monitoring “BMS”. d. Maintain database of control parameters submitted by TAB Contractor subsequent to field adjustments and measurements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-11 e. Provide on-site technician skilled in software programming and hardware operation to exercise sequences of operation and to correct control deficiencies identified during functional performance testing. f. Provide instrumentation, computer, software and communication resources necessary to demonstrate total operation of building systems during functional performance testing of control system equipment. g. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. h. Prepare training plans with CM and execute training as specified in Division 1, 22, 23 and 26, of these specifications. i. Maintain comprehensive system calibration and checkout records. Submit records to CT. j. Set up trend logs as requested by CT to substantiate proper systems operation. k. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 6. Test, Adjust and Balance (TAB) Agency: a. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. b. Submit TAB plan and forms describing methodology for execution of test and balance procedures specific to this project to CT for review. c. Cooperate with CC with execution of required work. d. Rebalance deficient areas identified during commissioning. e. Provide on-site technician, as necessary, skilled in TAB procedures to provide verification of equipment and system performance and TAB reading during functional performance testing. f. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 3.4 COMMISSIONING TEAM (CT) MEETINGS A. CT meetings will be held periodically as determined by CA with frequency increasing as construction advances and systems become operational. Attendance is mandatory. CA will record minutes and attendance. CA will chair CT meetings. B. Discussions held in CT meetings shall include, but not be limited to system/equipment start-up, progress, scheduling, testing, documentation, deficiencies and problem resolution. 3.5 REPORTING A. CA will provide regular status reports to CM and Owner, with increasing frequency as construction and commissioning progresses. B. CA will regularly communicate with members of commissioning team, keeping them apprised of commissioning progress. C. CA shall submit non-compliance and deficiency reports to Owner and CM. D. CA shall provide a final summary report to Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-12 3.6 START-UP AND INITIAL CHECKOUT A. Sub-contractor shall schedule equipment start-up with Commissioning Team. Subcontractor shall execute equipment start-up. B. CA reserves the right to witness any start-up or equipment testing. C. Pre-functional checklists are provided and executed by CA. Prototypical examples of PFCs are included at the end of this specification section. Final copies of PFCs will be developed after issuance the Construction Documents and issued to the CT as part of the Commissioning Plan. CM and Sub-contractor shall review final construction documentation for applicable details and specifications related to equipment to be commissioned in order to fully ascertain all of the pre-functional checklist requirements. 3.7 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Objectives and Scope: 1. The objective of Functional Performance Testing is to demonstrate each system is operating according to documented design intent and Contract Documents. Functional Performance Testing facilitates bringing system from a state of substantial completion to full dynamic operation. Additionally, during Functional Performance Testing, areas of deficient performance are identified and corrected, improving operation and functioning of systems. 2. Each system shall be operated through all modes of operation (occupied, unoccupied, warm-up, cool-down, etc.) where there is a specified system response. Verifying each sequence in the sequences of operation is required. B. Development of Test Procedures: 1. The purpose of any given specific test is to verify and document compliance with stated criteria of acceptance given on test form. CA shall develop specific test procedures and forms to verify and document proper operation of each piece of equipment and system. Sub-contractor responsible to execute test will provide assistance to CA in developing procedure (i.e., answering questions about equipment, operation, sequences, etc.) Prior to execution, CA shall provide a copy of test procedures to Sub-contractor. Sub-contractor will review tests for feasibility, safety and equipment warranty protection. CA shall submit tests to Owner, CM and A/E and other Commissioning Team members for review. 2. Test procedure forms developed by the CA will include (but not be limited to) the following information: a. System and equipment or component name(s) b. Equipment location and ID number c. Date d. Project name e. Specific sequence of operation or other specified parameters being verified f. Specific step-by-step procedures to execute test, in a clear, sequential and repeatable format g. A Yes/No checkbox to allow for clearly marking whether or not proper performance of each part of the test was achieved New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-13 h. Section for comments 3. Prototypical examples of Functional Performance Test Checklists are included at the end of this specification section. Final copies of FPTs will be developed after issuance the Construction Documents and issued to the CT as part of the Commissioning Plan. CM and Sub-contractors shall review final construction documentation for applicable details and specifications related to equipment to be commissioned in order to fully ascertain all FPT requirements. C. Coordination and Scheduling: 1. CM will provide sufficient notice to CA regarding completion of schedule for equipment and systems. CM will schedule Functional Performance Test with CT. CA shall witness and document functional testing of equipment and systems. Sub-contractor shall execute test under direction of CA. 2. Functional Performance Testing is conducted after system operation and checkout is satisfactorily completed. Air balancing balancing and water balancing is completed and debugged before functional testing of air-related or water-related equipment or systems. 3.8 DOCUMENTATION, NON-COMFORMANCE AND APPROVAL OF TESTS A. Documentation: 1. CA will witness and document results of FPT using specific Functional Performance Test developed for that purpose. Prior to testing, FPTs are provided to the Commissioning Team for review and approval. CA will include filled out FPTs in Commissioning Turnover Package. B. Non-Conformance: 1. CA will record results of functional testing. Deficiency or non-conformance issues will be noted and reported to CM and Owner on standard non-compliance FPT form. 2. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during tests at discretion of CA. In such cases, deficiency and resolution will be documented on FPT form. 3. Every effort will be made to expedite testing and minimize unnecessary delays, while not comprising integrity of tests. CA shall not overlook deficient work or relax acceptance criteria to satisfy scheduling or cost issues unless directed to do by the Owner. 4. Deficiencies are handled in the following manner: a. When there is no dispute on deficiency and Sub-contractor accepts responsibility for remedial action: 1) CA documents deficiency and Sub-contractors response and intentions and they go on to another test or sequence. CA submits deficiency report to CM and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub-contractor. Sub-contractor corrects deficiency, and verifies correction to CM. CM forwards response to CA. 2) CM reschedules test with Sub-contractor. b. When there is a dispute about a deficiency, regarding whether it is a deficiency or who is responsible: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-14 1) CA documents deficiency and Contractors response and they go on to another test or sequence. CA submits deficiency report to CM and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub-contractor. 2) CM facilitates resolution of deficiency. Other parties are brought into discussions as needed. Final interpretive authority is A/E. Final acceptance authority is with the Owner. 3) CM documents resolution process. 4) Once interpretation and resolution has been decided, appropriate party corrects deficiency, and verifies correction to CM. CM forwards response to CA. CM reschedules test and test is repeated until satisfactory performance is achieved. C. Cost of Retesting: 1. Sub-contractor shall retest FPT, if they are responsible for deficiency at no additional cost. 2. Time for CA to direct any retesting required because a specific pre-functional checklist or start-up test items reported to have been successfully completed, but determined during Functional Performance Testing to be faulty, may be backcharged to Sub-contractor. D. Approval: 1. CA notes each satisfactorily demonstrated function on test form. CA, A/E and Owner provide formal approval of FPT. CA recommends acceptance of each test to Owner. 3.9 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION A. Commissioning Turnover Package 1. CA is responsible to compile and organize commissioning records. CA shall deliver Cx records to the Owner in Commissioning Binders. Turnover Package to include the following: a. Commissioning Plan b. Pre-functional Checklists c. Completed Functional Performance Test records d. Deficiency Reports e. Final Commissioning Report B. Final Report Details 1. Final Commissioning Report will include an executive summary, list of participants and roles, brief building description, overview of commissioning and testing scope and general description of testing and verification methods. Recommendations for improvement to equipment or operations, future actions, etc., will also be listed. Each non-compliance issue will be referenced to specific FPT where deficiency is documented. 3.10 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. Sub-contractors will provide complete training in start-up, operation and maintenance of all equipment under contract. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of HVAC 230800-15 B. CM and Sub-contractors will be responsible for developing Owner training plan, scheduling of Owner training, execution of Owner training and documentation of completed Owner training. C. A/E will be responsible for approving content and adequacy of Owner training. D. CA will be responsible for monitoring completion of Owner training. E. Sub-contractor will submit a written training plan to A/E and CA for review and approval with submission of shop drawings. Plan will cover the following elements: 1. Equipment (included in training) 2. Intended audience 3. Location of training 4. Objectives 5. Subjects covered 6. Duration of training on each subject 7. Instructor for each subject 8. Methods (classroom lecture, video, site walk-through, actual operational demonstrations, written handouts, etc.) 9. Instructors and qualifications F. CM and sub-contractors schedule training with CA and Owner. CA develops criteria to determine training satisfactorily completed. G. CM shall provide videotaping of training sessions. 3.11 DEFFERRED TESTING A. Deferred Seasonal Testing: 1. During warranty period, seasonal testing (test delayed until weather conditions are closer to system’s design) will be completed as part of this contract. CM will coordinate this activity. Tests will be executed, documented and deficiencies corrected by the appropriate sub-contractor(s), with CA witnessing. CA will incorporate final updates to Turnover Package as necessary. B. Unforeseen Deferred Tests: 1. Any check or test not completed due to building structure, required occupancy condition, or other deficiency, may be delayed upon approval of Owner. These tests will be rescheduled as soon as possible. NOTE: The prototypical Pre-Functional Checklists and Functional Performance Test procedures are enclosed. END OF SECTION 230800 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-16 Functional Test HOT WATER HEATING BOILERS 1. Submittal /Approvals Submittal. The above equipment and systems integral to them are complete and ready for functional testing. A Statement of Correction will be submitted upon completion of any outstanding areas. None of the outstanding items preclude safe and reliable functional tests being performed. 2. Participants General Contractor Date Controls Contractor Date Plumbing Contractor Date Electrical Contractor Date . Commissioning Agent Date Construction Administration Representative Date Owner’s Representative Date 3. Prerequisite Checklist a. The following have been started up and are ready for functional testing: Boiler Hot Water Piping and Valves Pumps b. All control system functions for this and all interlocking systems are programmed and operable per contract documents, including balancing valves and sensor calibrations completed. c. All A/E punchlist items for this equipment corrected. d. Safeties and operating ranges reviewed. e. This checklist does not take the place of the manufacturer’s recommended checkout and startup procedures. f. Items that do not apply shall be noted with the reasons on this form (N/A = not applicable, BO = by others). g. Contractors assigned responsibility for sections of the checklist shall be responsible to see that checklist items by their subcontractors are completed and checked off. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-17 4. Requested documentation submitted Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Approved Shop Drawing submittals Startup checks per manufacturer’s requirements and under manufacturer’s supervision Water Balancing report O&M Manuals Warranty Certificate · Documentation complete as per contract documents for given trade. YES NO 5. Model verification Equip Tag---> B-1 B-2 Manuf. Model Serial # Capacity Volts/phase Capacity tank volume Capacity BTUH · The equipment installed matches the specifications. YES NO 6. Installation Checks Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 General Installation Permanent labels affixed Casing condition good: no dents Expansion tank installed w/Heat Trap Piping Expansion Tank Auto Air vent Expansion Tank Pressure Gauge High Capacity Air Vent Installed Maintenance access acceptable for unit and components Concrete pad provided New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-18 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Emergency power for boilers, pumps, combustion fans, etc. Thermal insulation properly installed Instrumentation installed according to specification (thermometers, pressure gages, flow meters, etc.) Clean up of equipment completed per contract documents Seismic restraints provided Installation of vibration isolators for boiler installation Installation of boiler breeching installation per Contract Drawings Main gas, pilot gas pressure regulators, and high and low pressure switches are vented to the outdoors Piping arrangement installed per the contract documents Installation of combustion air fan and associated motorized damper Installation of relief air ductwork with associated backdraft damper Outdoor air ductwork and the relief ductwork up to the damper have been insulated Installation of CO sensor Emergency Boiler Fusomatic Safety Emergency Boiler Switch at Door Boiler disconnect switches at entry doors Installation of chemical pot feeder and support devices System chemically treated Electronic ignition provide Gas pilot provided from firm gas service or LP tank Valves and Piping Pipe fittings complete and pipes properly supported Pipes properly labeled Pipes properly insulated Relief valve on boiler properly piped Relief valve on boiler properly piped to glycol tank in glycol system Valves properly labeled Valves installed in proper direction Glycol tank and pump installed according to contract documents Piping system properly flushed New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-19 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 No leaking apparent around fittings Cold water make-up to Heating System-PRV set proper pressure Expansion tank isolation valve Isolation valves installed per drawings Boiler drain valves ASME Pressure relief valve Sensors calibrated HWR Motorized Isolation Valve HWR Manual Isolation Valve HWR Thermometer HWR Main Temperature Sensor-ATC HWR Pressure Gauge HWS Thermometer HWS Pressure Gauge HWS Main Temperature Sensor-ATC HWS Main isolation valve upstream of Air Separator Air Separator between boiler hot water supply and pump suction HWR Metering Device HWR Isolation Valves to Boilers Heat detector over burners(where no sprinkler system in room) Return temperature control Oil Piping System Oil Transfer system piping installed per MFG Oil piping per MFG Oil leak detection Oil tank inventory and monitoring system per ”CD” Automatic fuel fuel change over switch(based on “OA”) Manual fuel change over switch Oil fuseable valve on supply line Anti siphon valve-(where oil tank is above ground) Oil safety valve Oil filter Oil leak detection in oil transfer pump provided Electrical and Controls Power disconnects in place and labeled New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-20 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 All electric connections tight Proper grounding installed for components and unit Safeties in place and operable Hi limit controller Low water cut-off switch Misc. Primary Pump operating aquastat installed Chemical pot feeder across primary pump In-Line Pump Circuit Setter Circulating pump installed properly with check valve Installation of heating DP sensor. Location · The checklist items of Part 6 are all successfully completed for given trade. YES NO 7. Performance Tests Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Test Compliance/Non-Compliance Compliance/Non-Com pliance Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Performance Tests Calibration of BAS HWS and HWR Calibration of outdoor air sensor Capability of the temperature control system to stop/start boiler. Verify the motorized damper on combustion air fans opens prior to the start of the boiler. Hot water reset schedule capability at BAS Record sequencing and/or operation of boilers when system is activated such that both boilers operate to maintain setpoint.(200 degrees setpoint) Set hot water return temperature to 170 deg. F and verify boiler is firing at its maximum firing rate of 75%. Verify associated primary heating pump is operating. Verify “Lag” boiler is off along with associated “Lag” primary pump. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-21 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Test Compliance/Non-Compliance Compliance/Non-Compliance Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Set hot water return temperature to 165 deg. F and verify “Lag” boiler begins to operate. Verify associated primary “Lag” heating pump is operating. Verify “Lead” boiler maintains 75% firing rate. Boiler operation such that whenever both boilers are firing at 75% and the setpoint cannot be maintained, that the “Lead” Boiler is allowed to modulate to full 100% firing rate. Boiler operation such that when the “Lead” Boiler is At full 100% firing rate and the hot water temperature cannot maintain setpoint, that the “Lag” boiler is allowed to modulate to 100% firing rate. When load decreases, the boilers are sequenced in reverse order of starting. Verify when “Lag” boiler is de-energized that the associated Primary pump is off. When both boilers are de-energized that CAF-1 is off, motorized damper is closed 100% and the backdraft damper on the relief duct is closed. “Lead” /“Lag” boiler arrangement is switched once a month. Record parameters. Confirm # of cycles per hour is between 3 and 6 Gas pressure regulator matches with burner and gas requirements Check HWS temp, leaving boiler temp shall not drop below 140 deg F(or per MFG) Check HWR temp, temp to boilers shall not drop below 130 deg F(or per MFG) Boilers and their in-line pumps are off when outdoor air is above 65 deg. F. Pump status for the primary pumps at the BAS. Boiler start time delay to prevent short cycling. Operation of hi-limit boiler safeties for both B-1 & B-2 boilers. Operation of low water cut off boiler Safeties for both boilers. Operation of combustion air damper and combustion air fan when either Boiler B-1 or B-2 is operating. Record total air flow. (Design airflow of 5800 cfm) Operation of low/high/low burner firing for both Boilers B-1 and B-2. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of HVAC 23 08 00-22 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Test Compliance/Non-Compliance Compliance/Non-Compliance Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Installation of a low temperature water alarm signal at the BAS. Record setpoint. Correct system fill pressure. Record setting of aquastat. Verify oil tank leak detector operation Verify oil tank inventory system installed and calibrated Verify oil tank monitoring system communicates with BMS point to point on software Verify oil leak detection in transfer pump set’s pan functions properly Verify Display module is installed and functional · The checklist items of Part 7 are all successfully completed for given trade. YES NO 8. Functional Testing Record (HTHW Supply) No Mode ID Test Procedure (including special conditions) Expected Response Pass Y/N Note 1 Enable Override OA sensor and set below 43 deg F Lead boiler shall be enabled 2 Disable Override OA sensor and set above 45 deg F F All boilers shall be disabled 3 Lead-Lag Manually fail the lead boiler Alarm shall be sent to BMS, and lag boiler shall start. 4 High Limit Set operating controller above high limit set point. Burner shuts down and alarm sent to BMS 5 Operating control Set operating controller above actual boiler’s water temperature. Burner valve modulates to maintain the set point. 6 Low water condition Close make up, make up water valves and drain the system to cause low water condition in boiler. Burner shuts down and alarm sent to BMS 7 REVIEW Review schedules, current setpoints and sequences with BMS shop drawings. Submit approved differences to be incorporated into asbuilts. · The checklist items of Part 8 are all successfully completed for given trade. YES NO --END OF TEST -- New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-1 SECTION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Control panel enclosures. 2. Humidistats. 3. Thermostats. 4. Time clocks. 5. Control air dampers. 6. Electric damper actuators. 7. Control valves. 8. Electric valve actuators. 9. Air measuring and modulation device. 10. Direct digital control system components. 11. Duct-mounted smoke detector. 12. Differential pressure monitor. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Product requirements for electric motors. 2. Section 23 09 93 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls: Sequences of operation implemented using products specified in this section. 3. Section 23 33 00 -Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for duct mounted thermometers. Installation requirements for dampers and other duct mounted products furnished in this section. 4. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections specified by this section. 5. Division 1 6. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 7. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 8. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 9. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish a totally native BACnet-based system, including an operator’s workstation using Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional or XP Professional as the operating system and shall be based on a distributed control system in accordance with this specification. The operator’s workstation, all building controllers, Programmable controllers, and all input/output devices shall communicate using the protocols and network standards as defined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135–2001, BACnet. In other words, all workstations and controllers, including unitary controllers, shall be native BACnet devices. No gateways shall be used for communication to controllers installed under this New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-2 section. Gateways may be used for communication to existing systems or to systems installed under other sections. B. Provide all necessary BACnet-compliant hardware and software to meet the system’s functional specifications. Provide Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for Windows-based control software and every controller in system, including unitary controllers. C. Prepare individual hardware layouts, interconnection drawings, and software configuration from project design data. D. Implement the detailed design for all analog and binary objects, system databases, graphic displays, logs, and management reports based on control descriptions, logic drawings, configuration data, and bid documents. E. Design, provide, and install all equipment cabinets, panels, data communication network cables needed, and all associated hardware. F. Provide and install all interconnecting cables between supplied cabinets, Programmable controllers, and input/output devices. G. Provide and install all interconnecting cables between all operator’s terminals and peripheral devices (such as printers, etc.) supplied under this section. H. Provide complete manufacturer’s specifications for all items that are supplied. Include vendor name of every item supplied. I. Provide supervisory specialists and technicians at the job site to assist in all phases of system installation, startup, and commissioning. J. Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein. K. Provide as-built documentation, operator’s terminal software, diagrams, and all other associated project operational documentation (such as technical manuals) on approved media, the sum total of which accurately represents the final system. L. Provide new sensors, dampers, valves, and install only new electronic actuators. No used components shall be used as any part or piece of installed system. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. A distributed logic control system complete with all software and hardware functions shall be provided and installed. System shall be completely based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001, BACnet. This system is to control all mechanical equipment, including all unitary equipment such as VAV boxes, heat pumps, fan-coils, AC units, etc. and all air handlers, boilers, chillers, and any other listed equipment using native BACnet-compliant components. Non-BACnet-compliant, LON based or proprietary equipment or systems (including gateways) shall not be acceptable and are specifically prohibited. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-3 B. Operator’s workstation software shall be Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional or XP Professional as the computer operating system. The Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) application program shall be written to communicate specifically utilizing BACnet protocols. Software functions delivered on this project shall include password protection, scheduling (including optimum start), alarming, logging of historical data, full graphics including animation, after-hours billing program, demand limiting, full suite of field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications. Systems using operating systems other than that described above are strictly prohibited. All software required to program Programmable specific controllers and all field level devices and controllers will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to the system will also become the property of the owner. All software required to make any program changes anywhere in the system along with scheduling,and trending applications will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to schedules, trends and related program changes will also become the property of the owner. All software required for all field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications will be left with the owner. C. Building controllers shall include complete energy management software, including scheduling building control strategies with optimum start and logging routines. All energy management software and firmware shall be resident in field hardware and shall not be dependent on the operator’s terminal. Operator’s terminal software is to be used for access to field-based energy management functions only. Provide zone-by-zone direct digital logic control of space temperature, scheduling, runtime accumulation, equipment alarm reporting, and override timers for after-hours usage. All Programmable controllers for every terminal unit (VAV, HP, UV, etc.) air handler, all central plant equipment, and any other piece of controlled equipment shall be fully programmable. Programmable controllers shall be mounted next to controlled equipment and communicate with building controller via BACnet LAN. D. Room sensors shall be provided with digital readout that allow the user to view room temperature, view outside air temperature, adjust the room setpoint within preset limits and set desired override time. User shall also be able to start and stop unit from the digital sensor. Include all necessary wiring and firmware such that room sensor includes field service mode. Field service mode shall allow technician to balance VAV zones and access any parameter in zone controller. 1.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Provide bid based on one of the following manufacturers B. Approved Control Manufacturers C. Automated Logic Corp. – WEB CTRL D. No Others will be accepted New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-4 E. Above listed manufacturers must meet all portions of the specifications. Listed vendors cannot assume they are acceptable without meeting all requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The BAS system shall be designed and installed, commissioned and serviced by manufacturer employed, factory trained personnel. Manufacturer shall have an in-place support facility within 2 hours response time of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and necessary test and diagnostic equipment. Distributors or licensed installing contractors are not acceptable. B. The manufacturer shall provide full time, on site, experienced project manager for this work, responsible for direct supervision of the design, installation, start up and commissioning of the BAS system. C. The Bidder shall be regularly engaged in the manufacturing, installation and maintenance of BAS systems and shall have demonstrated technical expertise and experience in the manufacture, installation and maintenance of BAS systems similar in size and complexity to this project. Bidders shall provide a list of at least 10 projects, similar in size and scope to this project completed within the past 3 years. D. The BAS system manufacturer must have a Dealer or Customer Support call-in Center located at the corporate headquarters or corporate manufacturing facilities. The Customer Support call-in Center will be staffed by fully trained and certified technicians. E. Materials and equipment shall be the catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production and installation of automatic temperature control systems and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. F. All BAS peer-to-peer network controllers, central system controllers and local user displays shall be UL Listed under Standard UL 916, category PAZX. G. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Part 15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference and be so labeled. H. Control system shall be engineered, programmed and supported completely by representative’s local office that must be within 100 miles of project site. 1.6 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The latest edition of the following standards and codes in effect and amended as of supplier's proposal date, and any applicable subsections thereof, shall govern design and selection of equipment and material supplied: 1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). 2. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001, BACnet. 3. Uniform Building Code (UBC), including local amendments. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-5 4. UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment. Canada and the US. 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class A 7. EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (European CE Mark) 8. UL-864 UUKL listing for Smoke Controls for any equipment used in smoke control sequences B. City, county, state, and federal regulations and codes in effect as of contract date. C. Except as otherwise indicated the system supplier shall secure and pay for all permits, inspections, and certifications required for his work and arrange for necessary approvals by the governing authorities. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Drawings 1. The system supplier shall submit engineered drawings, control sequence, and bill of materials for approval. 2. Drawings shall be submitted in the following standard sizes: 11” x 17” (ANSI B). 3. Eight complete sets (copies) of submittal drawings shall be provided. 4. Drawings shall be available on CD-ROM. B. System Documentation: Include the following in submittal package: 1. System configuration diagrams in simplified block format. 2. All input/output object listings and an alarm point summary listing. 3. Electrical drawings that show all system internal and external connection points, terminal block layouts, and terminal identification. 4. Complete bill of materials, valve schedule and damper schedule. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and drawings for installation, maintenance, and operation of all purchased item 6. Overall system operation and maintenance instructions—including preventive maintenance and troubleshooting instructions. 7. For all system elements—operator’s workstation(s), building controller(s), Programmable controllers, routers, and repeaters,—provide BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statements (PICS) as per ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001. 8. Provide complete description and documentation of any proprietary (non-BACnet) services and/or objects used in the system. 9. A list of all functions available and a sample of function block programming that shall be part of delivered system. C. Project Management 1. The vendor shall provide a detailed project design and installation schedule with time markings and details for hardware items and software development phases. Schedule shall show all the target dates for transmission of project information and documents and shall indicate timing and dates for system installation, debugging, and commissioning. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-6 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall cover all costs for parts, labor, associated travel, and expenses for a period of one year from completion of system acceptance. B. Hardware and software personnel supporting this warranty agreement shall provide onsite or off-site service in a timely manner after failure notification to the vendor. The maximum acceptable response time to provide this service at the site shall be 24 hours Monday through Friday, 48 hours on Saturday and Sunday. C. This warranty shall apply equally to both hardware and software. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATOR’S WORKSTATION A. General structure of workstation interaction shall be a standard client/server relationship. Server shall be used to archive data and store system database. Clients shall access server for all archived data. Each client shall include flexibility to access graphics from server or local drive. Server shall support a minimum minimum of 50 clients simultaneously. B. BACnet Conformance 1. Operator’s workstation shall as a minimum support Point-to-Point (PTP) and Ethernet BACnet LAN types. It shall communicate directly via these BACnet LANs as a native BACnet device. Operator’s terminal shall comply with the requirements of a BACnet conformance class 3 device and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Clock Functional Group b. Event Response Functional Group c. Time Master Functional Group d. Device Communications 2. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types accessed by the workstation shall include as a minimum: Analog Value, Analog Input, Analog Output, Binary Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Calendar, Device, Event Enrollment, File, Notification Class, Program and Schedule object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 4. The Operator Workstation shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Must support interoperability on wide area New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-7 networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs). Workstation shall support Foreign Device Registration to allow temporary workstation connection to IP network. C. Displays 1. Operator’s workstation shall display all data associated with project as called out on drawings and/or object type list supplied. Graphic files shall be created using digital, full color photographs of system installation, AutoCAD or Visio drawing files of field installation drawings and wiring diagrams from as-built drawings. Operator’s workstation shall display all data using three-dimensional graphic representations of all mechanical equipment. System shall be capable of displaying graphic file, text, and dynamic object data together on each display and shall include animation. Information shall be labeled with descriptors and shall be shown with the appropriate engineering units. All information on any display shall be dynamically updated without any action by the user. Workstation shall allow user to change all field-resident EMCS functions associated with the project, such as setpoints, weekly schedules, exception schedules, etc. from any screen no matter if that screen shows all text or a complete graphic display. This shall be done without any reference to object addresses or other numeric/mnemonic indications. 2. All displays and programming shall be generated and customized by the local EMCS supplier and installer. Systems requiring factory development of graphics or programming of DDC logic are specifically prohibited. 3. Binary objects shall be displayed as ACTIVE/INACTIVE/NULL or with customized text. Text shall be justified left, right or center as selected by the user. Also, allow binary objects to be displayed as individual change-of-state graphic objects on the display screen such that they overlay the system graphic. Each binary object displayed in this manner shall be assigned up to three graphic files for display when the point is ON, OFF or in alarm. For binary outputs, toggle the object’s commanded status when the graphic item is selected with the system mouse. Similarly, allow the workstation operator to toggle the binary object’s status by selecting with the mouse a graphic of a switch or light, for example, which then displays a different graphic (such as an “ON” switch or lighted lamp). Additionally, allow binary objects to be displayed as an animated graphic. Animated graphic objects shall be displayed as a sequence of multiple graphics to simulate motion. For example: when a pump is in the OFF condition, display a stationary graphic of the pump. When the operator selects the pump graphic with the mouse, the represented object’s status is toggled and the graphic of the pump’s impeller rotates in a time-based animation. The operator shall be able to click on an animated graphical object or switch it from the OFF position to ON, or ON to OFF. Allow operator to change graphic file assignment and also create new and original graphics online. System shall be supplied with a library of standard graphics, which may be used unaltered or modified by the operator. Systems that do not allow customization or creation of new graphic objects by the operator (or with third-party software) shall not be allowed. 4. Analog objects shall be displayed with operator modifiable units. Analog input objects may also be displayed as individual graphic items on the display screen as an overlay to the system graphic. Each analog input object may be assigned a New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-8 minimum of five graphic files, each with high/low limits for automatic selection and display of these graphics. As an example, a graphic representation of a thermometer would rise and fall in response to either the room temperature or its deviation from the controlling setpoint. Analog output objects, when selected with the mouse, shall be displayed as a prompted dialog (text only) box. Selection for display type shall be individual for each object. Analog object values may be changed by selecting either the “increase” or “decrease” arrow in the analog object spinner box without using the keypad. Pressing the button on the right side of the analog object spinner box allows direct entry of an analog value and accesses various menus where the analog value may be used, such as trendlogs. 5. Analog objects may also be assigned to an area of a system graphic, where the color of the defined area changes based based on the analog object’s value. For example, an area of a floor-plan graphic served by a single control zone would change color with respect to the temperature of the zone or its deviation from setpoint. All editing and area assignment shall be created or modified online using simple icon tools. 6. A customized menu label (push-button) shall be used for display selection. Menu items on a display shall allow penetration to lower level displays or additional menus. Dynamic point information and menu label push buttons may be mixed on the same display to allow sub-displays to exist for each item. Each display may be protected from viewing unless operator has appropriate security level. A security level may be assigned to each display and system object. The menu label shall not appear on the graphic if the operator does not have the appropriate security level. 7. A mouse shall be used to move the pointer arrow to the desired item for selection of new display or to allow the operator to make changes to object data. D. Password Protection 1. Provide security system that prevents unauthorized use unless operator is logged on. Access shall be limited to operator’s assigned functions when user is logged on. This includes displays as outlined above. 2. Each operator’s terminal shall provide security for 200 users minimum. Each user shall have an individual User ID, User Name and Password. Entries are alphanumeric characters only and are case sensitive (except for User ID). User ID shall be 0–8 characters, User Name shall be 0–29 characters, and Password shall be 4–8 characters long. Each system user shall be allowed individual assignment of only those control functions and menu items to which that user requires access. All passwords, user names, and access assignments shall be adjustable online at the operator’s terminal. Each user shall also have a set security level, which defines access to displays and individual objects the user may control. System shall include 10 separate and distinct security levels for assignment to users. 3. System shall include an Auto Logout Feature that shall automatically logout user when there has been no keyboard or mouse activity for a set period of time. Time period shall be adjustable by system administrator. Auto Logout may be enabled and disabled by system administrator. Operator terminal shall display message on screen that user is logged out after Auto Logout occurs. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-9 E. Operator Activity Log 1. Operator Activity Log shall be included with system that tracks all operator changes and activities. System shall track what is changed in the system, who performed this change, date and time of system activity and value of the change before and after operator activity. Operator shall be able to display all activity, sort the changes by user and also by operation. 2. Log shall be gathered and archived to hard drive on operator workstation as needed. Operator shall be able to export data for display and sorting in a spreadsheet. 3. Any displayed data, that is changeable by the operator, may be selected using the right mouse button and the operator activity log shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the operator activity log using this method shall show all operator changes of just that displayed data. F. Scheduling 1. Operator’s workstation shall show all information in easy-to-read daily format including calendar of this month and next. All schedules shall show actual ON/OFF times for day based on scheduling priority. Priority for scheduling shall be events, holidays and daily with events being the highest. 2. Holiday and special event schedules shall display data in calendar format. Operator shall be able to schedule holidays and special events directly from these calendars. 3. Operator shall be able to change all information for a given weekly or exception schedule if logged on with the appropriate security access. 4. System shall include a Schedule Wizard for set up of schedules. Wizard shall walk user through all steps necessary for schedule generation. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup or may be started by right clicking on value displayed on graphic and then selecting Schedule. 5. Scheduling shall include optimum start based on outside air temperature, current heating/cooling setpoints, indoor temperature and history of previous starts. Each and every individual zone shall have optimum start time independently calculated based on all parameters listed. User shall input schedules to set time that occupied setpoint is to be attained. Optimum start feature shall calculate the startup time needed to match zone temperature to setpoint. User shall be able to set a limit for the maximum startup time allowed. G. Alarm Indication and Handling. 1. Operator’s workstation shall provide audible, visual, and printed means of alarm indication. The alarm dialog box shall always become the top dialog box regardless of the application(s),currently running. Printout of alarms shall be sent to the assigned terminal and port. 2. System shall provide log of alarm messages. Alarm log shall be archived to the hard disk of the system operator’s terminal. Each entry shall include a description of the event-initiating object generating the alarm. Description shall be an alarm message of at least 256 characters in length. Entry shall include time and date of alarm occurrence, time and date of object state return to normal, time and date of alarm acknowledgment and identification of operator acknowledging alarm. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-10 3. Alarm messages shall be in user-definable text (English or other specified language) and shall be entered either at the operator’s terminal or via remote communication. 4. System shall include an Alarm Wizard for set up of alarms. Wizard shall walk user through all steps necessary for alarm generation. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup or may be started by right clicking on value displayed on graphic and then selecting alarm setup. H. Trendlog Information 1. System server shall periodically gather historically recorded data stored in the building controllers and archive the information Archived files shall be appended with new sample data, allowing samples to be accumulated. Systems that write over archived data shall not be allowed, unless limited file size is specified. Samples may be viewed at the operator’s workstation. Operator shall be able to scroll through all trended trended data. All trendlog information shall be displayed in standard engineering units. 2. Software shall be included that is capable of graphing the trend logged object data. Software shall be capable of creating two-axis (x,y) graphs that display up to ten object types at the same time in different colors. Graphs shall show object values relative to time. 3. Operator shall be able to change trend log setup information. This includes the information to be logged as well as the interval at which it is to be logged. All input, output, and value object types in the system may be logged. All operations shall be password protected. Setup and viewing may be accessed directly from any and all graphics on which object is displayed. 4. System shall include a trend Wizard for setup of logs. Wizard shall walk user through all necessary steps. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup, or may be started by right clicking on value displayed on graphic, and then selecting Trendlogs from the displayed menu. I. Energy Log Information 1. System server shall be capable of periodically gathering energy log data stored in the field equipment and archive the information. Archive files shall be appended with new data, allowing data to be accumulated. Systems that write over archived data shall not be allowed unless limited file size is specified. Display all energy log information in standard engineering units. 2. All data shall be stored in data base file format for direct use by third-party programs. Operation of system shall stay completely online during all graphing operations. 3. Operator shall be able to change the energy log setup information as well. This includes the meters to be logged, meter pulse value, and the type of energy units to be logged. All meters monitored by the system may be logged. System shall support using flow and temperature sensors for BTU monitoring. 4. System shall display archived data in tabular format form for both consumption and peak values. Data shall be shown in hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly formats. In each format the user shall be able to select a specific period of data to view. J. Demand Limiting New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-11 1. System shall include demand limiting program that includes two types of load shedding. One type of load shedding shall shed/restore equipment in binary fashion based on energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. The other type of shedding shall adjust operator selected control setpoints in an analog fashion based on energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. Shedding may be implemented independently on each and every zone or piece of equipment connected to system. 2. Binary shedding shall include minimum of 5 priority levels of equipment shedding. All loads in a given priority level shall be shed before any loads in a higher priority level are shed. Load shedding within a given priority level shall include two methods. In one the loads shall be shed/restored in a “first off-first on” mode and in the other the loads are just shed/restored in a linear fashion. 3. Analog shed program shall generate a ramp that is independently used by each individual zone or individual control algorithm to raise the appropriate cooling setting and lower appropriate heating setting to reduce energy usage. 4. Status of each and every load shed program shall be capable of being displayed on every operator terminal connected to system. Status of each load assigned to an individual shed program shall be displayed along with English description of each load. K. Tenant Activity 1. System shall include program that monitors after-hours overrides by tenants, logs that data and generates a bill based on usage and rate charged for each tenant space. Tenant Activity program shall be able to assign multiple zones, from a list of every zone connected to system, to a particular tenant. Every zone is monitored for after-hour override usage and that data logged in server. Operator may then generate a bill based on the usage for each tenant and the rate charged for any overtime use. 2. Configuration shall include entry of the following information for use in logging and billing. a. Tenants contact name and address b. One or multiple tenant zones that make up a total tenant space including a separate billing rate for each separate zone. c. Minimum and maximum values an event duration and event limit d. Property management information e. Overall billing rate f. Seasonal adjustments or surcharge to billing rate g. Billing notification type such including, but not limited to printer, file and email h. Billing form template 3. 3. Logging shall include recording the following information for each and every tenant event. a. Zone description b. Time the event begins c. Total override time d. Limits shall be applied to override time. 4. 4. A tenant bill shall be generated for a specific period using all the entered configuration data and the logged data. User with appropriate security level shall New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-12 be able to view and override billing information. User shall be able to select a billing period to look to view and be able to delete events from billing and be able to edit a selected tenant activity event’s override time. L. Configuration/Setup 1. 1. Provide means for operator to display and change system configuration. This shall include, but not be limited to, system time, day of the week, date of daylight savings set forward/set back, printer termination, port addresses, modem port and speed, etc. Items shall be modified using understandable terminology with simple mouse/cursor key movements. M. Field Engineering Tools – Engineering Tools Must Be Submitted on. 1. Operator’s workstation software shall include field-engineering tools for programming all controllers supplied. All controllers shall be programmed using graphical tools that allow the user to connect function blocks on screen that provide sequencing of all control logic. Function blocks shall be represented by graphical displays that are easily identified and distinct from other types of blocks. Graphical programming that uses simple rectangles and squares is not acceptable. 2. User shall be able to pick graphical function block from menu and place on screen. Provide zoom in and zoom out capabilities. Function blocks shall be downloaded to controller without any reentry of data. 3. Programming tools shall include a real time operation mode. Function blocks shall display real time data and be animated to show status of data inputs and outputs when in real time operation. Animation shall show change of status on logic devices and countdown of timer devices in graphical format. 4. Field engineering tools shall also include a database manager of applications that include logic files for controllers and associated graphics. Operator shall be able to select unit type, input/output configuration and other items that define unit to be controlled. Supply minimum of 250 applications as part of workstation software. 5. Field engineering tool shall include Device Manager for automatic detection of devices connected anywhere on the BACnet network by scanning of the entire network. This function shall display device instance, network identification, model number and description of connected devices. It shall record and display software file loaded into each controller. A copy of each file shall be stored on the computers hard drive. If needed, this file shall be downloaded to the appropriate controller by selection using the mouse. 6. System shall include backup/restore function that will back up entire system to selected medium and then restore system from that media. N. Workstation Hardware 1. Provide operator’s workstation(s) at location(s) noted on the plans. 2. Workstation/Server Computer Minimum Requirements a. Pentium 2 Duo core, 2.8 Ghz or better b. 1 GB RAM or better c. 80GB hard disk or better d. High-performance graphics adapter e. Ethernet 10/100 network interface card New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-13 f. Keyboard, monitor, mouse, 3.5-inch disk drive, and CD-ROM g. Windows 2000 Professional h. Modem, 56Kb Minimum i. Color Printer (Inkjet, Color Dye or Laser) O. Software 1. At the conclusion of project, contractor shall leave with owner a CD ROM that includes the complete software operation system and project graphics, setpoints, system parameters, etc. This backup shall allow the owner to completely restore the system in the case of a computer malfunction. 2.2 Web Interface A. General 1. BAS supplier shall provide web-based access to the system as part of standard installation. User shall be able to access all displays of real-time data that are part of the BAS via a standard Web browser. Web browser shall tie into the network via owner-supplied Ethernet network connection. Web-page host shall be a separate device that resides on the BAS BACnet network, but is not the BAS server for the control system. BAS server must be a separate computer from the Web-page host device to ensure data and system integrity. The web-page software shall not require a per user licensing fee or annual fees. The web-page host must be able to support on average 50 simultaneous users with the ability to expand the system to accommodate an unlimited number of users. B. Browser Technology 1. Browser shall be standard version of Microsoft IE 5.5 or later and Netscape Navigator 4.76 or later. No special vendor-supplied software shall be needed on computers running browser. All displays shall be viewable and the Web-page host shall directly access real-time data from the BAS BACnet network. Data shall be displayed in real time and update automatically without user interaction. User shall be able to change data on displays if logged in with the appropriate user name and password. C. Communications 1. Web-page host shall include two Ethernet network connections. One network connection shall be dedicated to BAS BACnet network and shall shall be used to gather real-time data from all the BACnet devices that form the BAS. This network shall communicate via BACnet, allowing the Web-page host to gather data directly from units on the local LAN or from other projects connected over a WAN. This network shall also provide the connection to the BAS server for Web page generation. 2. The second Ethernet connection shall provide the physical connection to the Internet or an IP-based WAN. It shall be the port that is used for the browser to receive Web pages and data from the Web-page host. The Web-page host shall act as a physical barrier between the BAS network and the WAN or Internet connection that allows the browser to receive web pages and data. The two separate network connections provide for a physical barrier to prevent raw BACnet traffic being exposed on the IP network. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-14 3. The Web-page host shall provide for complete isolation of the IP and BACnet networks by not routing networking packets between the two networks. 4. BAS BACnet Ethernet network shall be provided and installed by the BAS supplier. Owner shall provide and incur any monthly charges of WAN/Internet connection. D. Display of Data 1. Web page graphics shown on browser shall be replicas of the BAS displays. User shall need no additional training to understand information presented on Web pages when compared to what is shown on BAS displays. Web page displays shall include animation just as BAS displays. Fans shall turn, pilot lights shall blink, coils shall change colors, and so on. 2. Real-time data shall be shown on all browser Web pages. This data must be directly gathered via the BACnet network and automatically updated on browser Web page displays without any user action. Data on the browser shall automatically refresh as changes are detected without re-drawing the complete display. 3. It shall be possible for user from browser Web page to change data if the user is logged on with the appropriate password. Clicking on a button or typing in a new value shall change digital data. Using pull-down menus or typing in a new value shall change analog data. 4. Data displays shall be navigated using pushbuttons on the displays that are simply clicked on with the mouse to select a new display. Alternatively, the standard back and forward buttons of the browser can be used for display navigation. E. Time Schedule Adjustment 1. Web access shall allow user to view and edit all schedules in the system. This includes standard, holiday and event schedules as described in BAS specification. Display of schedules shall show interaction of all schedules on a single display so user sees an overview of how all work together. User shall be able to edit schedules from this display. 2. Display of all 3 schedules must show all ON times for standard, holiday and event schedules in different colors on a given day. In addition, OFF times for each must also be shown in additional colors. User shall be able to select from standard calendar what days are to be scheduled and same display shall show all points and zones affected. User shall be able to set time for one day and select all days of the week that shall be affected as a recurrence of that same schedule for that given day. 3. Schedule list shall show all schedules currently defined. This list shall include all standard, holiday and event schedules. In addition, user shall be able to select a list that shows all scheduled points and zones. F. Logging of Information 1. User shall use standard browser technology to view all trend logs in system. User shall be able to view logged data in tabular form or graphical format. User shall be able to adjust time interval of logged data viewed and shall be able to adjust y axis of data viewed in graphical format. User shall also be able to down-down-load data through the web interface to local computer. Data shall be in CSV format. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-15 G. Alarm Handling 1. Web interface shall display alarms as they occur. User shall be able to acknowledge alarms using browser technology. In addition, user shall be able to view history of alarm occurrence over a user selected time frame. In addition, those alarms may be filtered for viewing per user selected options. A single selection shall display all alarms that have not been acknowledged. H. Web Page Generation 1. Web pages shall be generated automatically from the BAS displays that reside on the BAS server. User shall access Web-page host via the network and shall initiate a web page generation utility that automatically takes the BAS displays and turns them into Web pages. The Web pages generated are automatically installed on the Web page host for access via any computer’s standard browser. Any system that requires use of an HTML editor for generation of Web pages shall not be considered. I. Password Security and Activity Log 1. Access via Web browser shall utilize the same hierarchical security scheme as BAS system. User shall be asked to log in once the browser makes connection to Web-page host. Once the user logs in, any and all changes that are made shall be tracked by the BAS system. The user shall be able to change only those items that the user has authority to change. A user activity report shall show any and all activity of the users that have logged in to the system regardless of whether those changes were made using a browser or via the BAS workstation. J. BACnet Communication 1. Web server shall directly communicate to all devices on the BAS network using BACnet protocol. No intermediate devices shall be necessary for BACnet communication. BUILDING CONTROLLER K. General Requirements 1. Building Controller shall consist of a power supply, BACnet Ethernet-MS/TP, BACnet MS/TP and modem module for telephone communication as a minimum. Those projects that require special interfaces may use Modbus modules as needed. However, all Ethernet communications and all controllers including central plant controllers, advanced Programmable controllers and unitary controllers supplied by BMS manufacturer shall utilize the BACnet protocol standard. 2. All communication with operator workstation and all Programmable controllers shall be via BACnet. Building controller Ethernet – MS/TP shall incorporate as a minimum, the functions of a 2-way BACnet router. Controller shall route BACnet messages between the high-speed LAN (Ethernet 10/100MHz) and master slave token passing (MS/TP) LAN. Ethernet – MS/TP module shall also route messages from all other Building Controller modules onto the BACnet Ethernet network. a. MS/TP LAN must be software configurable from 9.6 to 76.8Kbps. b. The RJ-45 Ethernet connection must accept either 10Base-T or 100Base-TX BACnet over twisted pair cable (UTP). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-16 3. The Building Controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Must support interoperability on wide area networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs) and function as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD). 4. Building Controller MS/TP module communications shall be via BACnet master slave token passing (MS/TP) LAN to all advanced Programmable and Programmable specific controllers. MS/TP module shall also route messages to Ethernet-MS/TP module for communication over WAN. 5. MS/TP LAN must be software configurable from 9.6 to 76.8Kbps 6. Configuration shall be via RS-232 connection. 7. All controllers shall be capable of providing global control strategies for the system based on information from any objects in the system regardless if the object is directly monitored by a building controller. The software program implementing these strategies shall be completely flexible and user definable. All software tools necessary for programming shall be provided as part of project software. Any systems utilizing factory pre-programmed global strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on-site, via a wide area network or downloaded via remote communications are not acceptable. Changing global strategies via firmware changes is also unacceptable. 8. Programming shall be object-oriented using control function blocks, supporting DDC functions, 1000 Analog Values and 1000 Binary Values. All flowcharts shall be generated and automatically downloaded to controller. Programming tool shall be supplied and be resident on workstation. The same tool shall be used for all controllers. 9. Provide means to graphically view inputs and outputs to each program block in real-time as program is executing. This function may be performed via the operator’s workstation or field computer. 10. Controller shall have a memory needed to ensure high performance and data reliability. Battery shall provide power for orderly shutdown of controller and storage of data in nonvolatile flash memory. Battery back up shall maintain realtime clock functions for a minimum of 20 days. 11. Global control algorithms and automated control functions shall execute via 32-bit processor. L. Schedules 1. Each building controller module shall support a minimum of 80 BACnet Schedule Objects and 80 BACnet Calendar Objects. 2. Building controller modules shall provide normal 7 day scheduling, holiday scheduling and event scheduling. M. Logging Capabilities 1. Each building controller shall log as minimum 320 values. Any object in the system (real or calculated) may be logged. Sample time interval shall be adjustable at the operator’s workstation. 2. Logs may be viewed both on-site or off-site via WAN or remote communication. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-17 3. Building controller shall periodically upload trended data to networked operator’s workstation for long term archiving if desired. 4. Archived data stored in database format shall be available for use in third-party spreadsheet or database programs. N. Alarm Generation 1. Alarms may be generated within the system for any object change of value or state either real or calculated. This includes things such as analog object value changes, binary object state changes, and various controller communication failures. 2. Each alarm may be dialed out as noted elsewhere. 3. Alarm log shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at the operator’s terminal or off-site via remote communications. 4. Controller must be able to handle up to 320 alarm setups stored as BACnet event enrollment objects – system destination and actions individually configurable. O. Demand Limiting 1. Demand limiting of of energy shall be built a built in function that shall be user configurable. Each controller module shall support shedding of up to 200 loads using a minimum of two types of shed programs. 2. Load shedding programs in Building Controller Modules shall operate as defined in section 2.1.J of this specification. P. Tenant Activity Logging 1. Tenant Activity logging shall be supported by Building Controller Module. Each independent module shall support a minimum of 80 zones. 2. Tenant Activity logging shall functions as defined in section 2.1.K of this specification. Q. Modem Module 1. Provide all functions that will allow remote communications via modem module to off-site locations. Modem module shall integrate directly into modular controller without any special software or hardware. Include one modem module along with all cabling necessary for installation for the system. 2. Provide Windows 2000 software for off-site computer that allows operator to view and change all information associated with system on color graphic displays. Operator shall be able to change all parameters in this section from offsite location including all programming of building controllers and all programmable Programmable controllers including all terminal unit controllers. 3. Building controller shall have capability to call out alarm conditions automatically. If desired, controller may also send encoded message to digital pager. If an alphanumeric pager is in use by the operator, building controller shall be capable of sending a text or numeric string of alarm description. All building controllers connected to the local LAN shall be capable of calling out alarm messages through one or more shared modems connected to one or more of the building controllers on the local LAN. 4. Building controller shall have capability to call a minimum of 20 different phone numbers. Numbers called may be controlled by type of alarm or time schedule. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-18 5. Owner shall provide standard voice-grade phone line for remote communication function. 6. Building controller and internal modem shall be capable of modem-to-modem baud rates of 33.6 Kbps minimum over standard voice-grade phone lines. Lower baud rates shall be selectable for areas where local phone company conditions require them. 2.3 CENTRAL PLANT AND AIR HANDLER PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS A. Provide one or more native BACnet Programmable controllers for each air handler and provide native BACnet Programmable controllers as needed for central plant control that adequately cover all objects listed in object list. All controllers shall interface to building controller via MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. B. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall include input, output and self-contained logic program as needed for complete control of units. Controllers shall be fully programmable using graphical programming blocks. Programming tool shall be resident on operator workstation and be the same tool as used for the building controller. No auxiliary or non-BACnet controllers shall be used. C. BACnet Conformance 1. Programmable controllers shall as a minimum support MS/TP BACnet LAN types. They shall communicate directly via this BACnet LAN at 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 and 76.8 Kbps, as native BACnet devices. Programmable controllers shall be of BACnet conformance class 3 and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Files Functional Group b. Reinitialize Functional Group c. Device Communications Functional Group 2. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum—Analog Input, Analog Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Device, File, and Program object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. D. Programmable controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–10VDC, 0–5 VDC, 4–20 mA and dry contact signals. Any input on a controller may be either analog or digital with a minimum of 3 inputs that accept pulses. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor with digital display. Controller shall include binary and analog outputs on board. Analog outputs shall be switch selectable as either 0– 10VDC or 0–20mA. Software shall include scaling features for analog outputs. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-19 Programmable controller shall include 24VDC voltage supply for use as power supply to external sensors. E. All program sequences shall be stored on board Programmable controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. All calculations shall be completed using floating-point math and system shall support display of all information in floating-point nomenclature at operator’s terminal. Programming of Programmable controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely via modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Programmable controller shall be programmed using programming tools as described in operator’s terminal section. F. Programmable controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see section 2.9.B.) Display on intelligent room sensor shall be programmable at Programmable controller and include an operating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of operation for specific display requirements at intelligent room sensor. 2.4 TERMINAL UNIT PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS (Heat Pumps, AC Units, Fan Coils) A. Provide one native BACnet Programmable controller for each piece of unitary mechanical equipment that adequately covers all objects listed in object list for unit. All controllers shall interface to building controller via MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall include input, output and self-contained logic program as needed for complete control of unit. B. BACnet Conformance 1. Programmable controllers controllers shall as a minimum support MS/TP BACnet LAN types. They shall communicate directly via this BACnet LAN at 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 and 76.8 Kbps, as a native BACnet device. Programmable controllers shall be of BACnet conformance class 3 and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Files Functional Group b. Reinitialize Functional Group c. Device Communications Functional Group 2. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups in the BACnet standard for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum–Analog Input, Analog Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Device, File and Program Object Types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-20 data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. C. Programmable controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that can accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–5 VDC, 4–20 mA, dry contact signals and a minimum of 3 pulse inputs. Any input on controller may be either analog or digital. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor. Controller shall include binary outputs on board with analog outputs as needed. D. All program sequences shall be stored on board controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and shall be capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. Programming of Programmable controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely via modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Programmable controller shall be programmed using same programming tools as building controller and as described in operator workstation section. All programming tools shall be provided and installed as part of system. E. Programmable controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Section 2.9.B.) Display on room sensor shall be programmable at controller and include an operating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of operation for specific display requirements at intelligent room sensor. 2.5 VAV BOX CONTROLLERS—SINGLE DUCT A. Provide one native BACnet Programmable controller for each VAV box that adequately covers all objects listed in object list for unit. All controllers shall interface to building controller via MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall include on board CFM flow sensor, inputs, outputs and programmable, self-contained logic program as needed for control of units. B. Programmable controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that can accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–5 VDC, and dry contact signals. Inputs on controller may be either analog or digital. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor with digital display. Controller shall also include binary outputs on board. For applications using variable speed parallel fans, provide a single analog output selectable for 0-10 V or 0-20 mA control signals. Programmable controller shall include microprocessor driven flow sensor for use in pressure independent control logic. All boxes shall be controlled using pressure independent control algorithms and all flow readings shall be in CFM (LPS if metric). C. All program sequences shall be stored on board Programmable controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and shall be capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. Programming of Programmable controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely via modem New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-21 interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Programmable controller shall be programmed using the same programming tool as Building Controller and as described in operator workstation section. All programming tools shall be provided as part of system. D. Programmable controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Section 2.9.B.) Display on room sensor shall be programmable at Programmable controller and include an operating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence for specific display requirements for intelligent room sensor. E. On board flow sensor shall be microprocessor driven and precalibrated at the factory. Precalibration shall be at 16 flow points as a minimum. All factory calibration data shall be stored in EEPROM. Calibration data shall be field adjustable to compensate for variations in VAV box type and installation. All calibration parameters shall be adjustable through intelligent room sensor. Operator workstation, portable computers and special hand-held field tools shall not be needed for field calibration. F. Provide duct temperature sensor at discharge of each VAV box that is connected to controller for reporting back to operator workstation. 2.6 SENSORS and MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES A. Temperature Sensors 1. All temperature sensors to be solid state electronic, factory-calibrated to within 0.5°F, totally interchangeable with housing appropriate for application. Wall sensors to be installed as indicated on drawings. Mount 48 inches about finished floor. Duct sensors to be installed such that the sensing element is in the main air stream. Immersion sensors to be installed in wells provided by control contractor, but installed by mechanical contractor. Immersion wells shall be filled with thermal compound before installation of immersion sensors. Outside air sensors shall be installed away from exhaust or relief vents, not in an outside air intake and in a location that is in the shade most of the day. B. Intelligent Room Sensor with LCD Readout 1. Sensor shall contain a backlit LCD digital display and user function keys along with temperature sensor. Controller shall function as room control unit, and shall allow occupant to raise and lower setpoint, and activate terminal unit for override use—all within limits as programmed by building operator. Sensor shall also allow service technician access to hidden functions as described in sequence of operation. 2. The Intelligent Room Sensor shall simultaneously display room setpoint, room temperature, outside temperature, and fan status (if applicable) at each controller. This unit shall be programmable, allowing site developers the flexibility to configure the display to match their application. The site developer should be able to program the unit to display time-of-day, room humidity and outdoor humidity. Unit must have the capability to show temperatures in Fahrenheit or Centigrade. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-22 3. Override time may be set and viewed in half-hour increments. Override time count down shall be automatic, but may be reset to zero by occupant from the sensor. Time remaining shall be displayed. Display shall show the word “OFF” in unoccupied mode unless a function button is pressed. 4. See sequence of operation for specific operation of LCD displays and function keys in field service mode and in normal occupant mode. Provide intelligent room sensors as specified in point list. 5. Field service mode shall be customizable to fit different applications. If intelligent room sensor is connected to VAV controller, VAV box shall be balanced and all air flow parameters shall be viewed and set from the intelligent room sensor with no computer or other field service tool needed. C. Wall Sensor 1. Standard wall sensor shall use solid-state sensor identical to intelligent room sensor and shall be packaged in aesthetically pleasing enclosure. Sensor shall provide override function, warmer/cooler lever for set point adjustment and port for plug-in of Field Service Tool for field adjustments. Override time shall be stored in controller and be adjustable on a zone-by-zone basis. Adjustment range for warmer/cooler lever shall also be stored in EEPROM on controller. All programmable variables shall be available to Field Service Tool through wall sensor port. D. LCD Operator Terminal 1. The LCD operator terminal is a small wall-or panel-mounted operator terminal that connects directly to the BACnet LAN. The communication design and messaging structure shall comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001, BACnet. Each operator terminal shall be able to display any BACnet object from anywhere in the BACnet network. 2. Each of these operator’s terminals shall have a keypad and an adjustable backlit LCD, with a simple menu structure to give occupants and technicians intuitive access to system information. It shall have a minimum minimum 4-line by 20-character display to allow an operator to query and adjust system values. 3. The system shall allow the connection of up to 16 LCD operator terminals to each Building Controller. The operator shall have the ability to connect to each of these operator terminals with a laptop computer via an RS-232 cable to gain system access, troubleshooting, and display programming. 4. Provide LCD operator terminals in the locations shown on the drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-23 E. Field Service Tool 1. Field service tool shall allow technician to view and modify all setpoints and tuning parameters stored in Programmable controller. In addition, technician shall be able to view status of all inputs and outputs on digital readout. Each piece of data shall have a data code associated with it that is customizable. 2. Field service tool shall plug into wall sensor and provide all the functionality specified. Operator workstation shall include the capability to disable operation of the field service tool. 3. Provide XX Field Service Tools for this project. F. Network Connection Tool 1. Network connection tool shall allow technician to connect a laptop to any MS/TP network or at any MS/TP device and view and modify all information throughout the entire BACnet network. Laptop connection to tool shall be via Ethernet or PTP. 2. Provide quick connect to MS/TP LAN at each controller. Tool shall be able to adjust to all MS/TP baud rates specified in the BACnet standard. 3. Proved XX Network Connection Tools for this project. 2.7 Electronic Actuators and Valves A. Quality Assurance for Actuators and Valves 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and C.S.A. Class 4813 02 certified. 2. NEMA 2 rated enclosures for inside mounting, provide with weather shield for outside mounting. 3. Five-year manufacturers warranty. Two-year unconditional and three-year product defect from date of installation. B. Execution Details for Actuators and Valves 1. Furnish a Freeze-stat and install “Hard Wire” interlock to disconnect the mechanical spring return actuator power circuit for fail-safe operation. Use of the control signal to drive the actuators closed is not acceptable. 2. Each DDC analog output point shall have an actuator feedback signal, independent of control signal, wired and terminated in the control panel for true position information and troubleshooting. Or the actuator feedback signal may be wired to the DDC as an analog input for true actuator position status. 3. VAV box damper actuation shall be Floating type or Analog (2-10vdc, 4-20ma). 4. Booster-heat valve actuation shall be Floating type or Analog (2-10vdc, 4-20ma). 5. Primary valve control shall be Analog (2-10vdc, 4-20ma). C. Actuators for Damper and Control Valves ½" to 6" shall be Electric unless otherwise specified, provide actuators as follows: 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and Canadian Standards association Class 481302 shall certify Actuators. 2. NEMA 2 rated actuator enclosures are. Use additional weather shield to protect actuator when mounted outside. 3. 5 year Manufacturers Warranty. Two-year unconditional + Three year product defect from date of installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-24 4. Mechanical spring shall be provided when specified. Capacitors or other nonmechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. 5. Position indicator device shall be installed and made visible to the exposed side of the Actuator. For damper short shaft mounting, a separate indicator shall be provided to the exposed side of the Actuator. 6. Overload Protection: Actuators shall provide protection against actuator burnout by using an internal current limiting circuit or digital motor rotation sensing circuit. Circuit shall insure that actuators cannot burn out due to stalled damper or mechanical and electrical paralleling. End switches to deactivate the actuator at the end of rotation are acceptable only for Butterfly Valve actuators. 7. A push button gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring actuators. 8. Modulating actuators shall be 24Vac and consume 10VA power or less. 9. Conduit connectors connectors are required when specified and when code requires it. D. Damper Actuators: 1. Outside Air and Exhaust Air Damper Actuators shall be Mechanical Spring Return. Capacitors or other non-mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. The actuator mounting arrangement and spring return feature shall permit normally open or normally closed positions of the damper as required. 2. Economizer Actuators shall utilize Analog control 2-10 VDC, Floating control is not acceptable. 3. Electric damper actuators (including VAV box actuators) shall be direct shaft mounted and use a V-bolt and toothed V-clamp causing a cold weld effect for positive gripping. Single bolt or setscrew type fasteners are not acceptable. 4. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per damper section. No connecting rods or jackshafts shall be needed. Small outside air and return air economizer dampers may be mechanically linked together if one actuator has sufficient torque to drive both and damper drive shafts are both horizontal installed. 5. Multi-section dampers with electric actuators shall be arranged so that each damper section operates individually. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per damper section. (See below execution section for more installation details.) E. Valve Actuators ½" to 6" 1. Mechanical spring shall be provided on all actuators for pre-heat coil and actuators for AHU heating or cooling coil when units are mounted outside. See plans for fail save flow function: Normal Open or Normal Closed. Capacitors or other non-mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. 2. All zone service actuators shall be non-spring return unless otherwise specified. 3. The valve actuator shall be capable of providing the minimum torque required for proper valve close off for the required application. 4. All control valves actuators shall have an attached 3-foot cable for easy installation to a junction box. 5. Override handle and gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring return valve actuators. F. Control Valves ½” to 6”: The BAS contractor shall furnish all specified motorized control valves and actuators. BAS contractor shall furnish all control wiring to actuators. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-25 The Plumbing contractor shall install all valves. Equal Percentage control characteristic shall be provided for all water coil control valves. Linear valve characteristic is acceptable for 3-way valves 2½ inch and above. 1. Characterized Control Valves shall be used for hydronic heating or cooling applications and small to medium AHU water coil applications to 100GPM. Actuators are non-spring return for terminal unit coil control unless otherwise noted. If the coil is exposed to the Outside Air stream then see plans for Spring Return requirement. a. Leakage is Zero percent, Close-off is 200psi, Maximum differential is 30psi. Rangeablity is 500:1. b. Valves 1/2 inch through 2 inches shall be nickel-plated forged brass body, NPT screw type connections. c. Valves 1/2 inch through 1-1/4 inches shall be rated for ANSI Class 600 working pressure. Valves 1-1/2 inch and 2 inches shall be rated for ANSI Class 400 working pressure. d. The operating temperature range shall be 0° to 250° F. e. Stainless steel ball & stem shall be furnished on all modulating valves. f. Seats shall be fiberglass reinforced Teflon. g. Two-way and three-way valves shall have an equal percentage control port. Full stem rotation is required for maximum flow to insure stable BTU control of the coil. h. Three-way valve shall be applicable for both mixing and diverting. i. The characterizing disc is made of TEFZEL and shall be keyed and held secure by a retaining ring. j. The valves shall have a blow out proof stem design. k. The stem packing shall consist of 2 lubricated O-rings designed for onoff or modulating service and require no maintenance. l. The valves shall have an ISO type, 4-bolt flange, for mounting actuator in any orientation parallel or perpendicular to the pipe. m. A non-metallic thermal isolation adapter shall separate valve flange from actuator. n. One fastening screw shall secure the direct coupling of the thermal isolation isolation adapter between the actuator and the valve. This will prevent all lateral or rotational forces from affecting the stem and it’s packing Orings. 2. Globe valves ½" to 2" shall be used for steam control or water flow applications. a. Valves shall be bronze body, NPT screw type, and shall be rated for ANSI Class 250 working pressure. b. Valves 1/2 inch (DN15) through 2 inches (DN50) with spring return actuators shall close off against 50 psi pressure differential with Class III leakage (.1%). c. The operating temperature range shall be 20° to 280° F. d. Spring loaded TFE packing shall protect against leakage at the stem. e. Two-way valves shall have an equal percentage control port. f. Three-way valves shall a linear control and bypass port. g. Mixing and diverting valves must be installed specific to the valve design. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-26 3. Globe Valve 2 ½ to 6” a. Valves 2-1/2 inch (DN65) through 6 inches (DN50) shall be iron body, 125 lb. flanged with Class III (.1%) close-off leakage at 50 psi differential. b. Valves with spring return actuators shall close off against 50 psi pressure differential with Class III leakage (.1%). c. Flow type for two-way valves shall be equal percentage. Flow type for three-way valves shall be linear. d. Mixing and diverting valves must be installed specific to the valve design. G. Butterfly valves 1. Butterfly Valves shall be sized for modulating service at 60-70 degree stem rotation. Isolation valves shall be line-size. Design velocity shall be less than 12 feet per second when used with standard EPDM seats. a. Body is Cast Iron. b. Disc is Aluminum Bronze standard. c. Seat is EPDM Standard. d. Body Pressure is 200 psi, -30F to 275F. e. Flange is ANSI 125/250. f. Media Temperature Range is –22F to 240F. g. Maximum Differential Pressure is 200 psi for 2” to 6” size. H. Butterfly Valve Industrial Actuators 1. Actuators shall be approved under Canadian Standards Association or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory to UL standards. CSA Class 4813 02 or equal. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4 (weatherproof) enclosure and will have an industrial quality coating. a. Actuator shall have a motor rated for continuous duty. The motor shall be fractional horsepower; permanent split capacitor type designed to operate on a 120 VAC, 1 pH, 60 Hz supply. Two adjustable cam actuated end travel limit switches shall be provided to control direction of travel. A self-resetting thermal switch shall be imbedded in the motor for overload protection. b. Reduction gearing shall be designed to withstand the actual motor stall torque. Gears shall be hardened alloy steel, permanently lubricated. A self-locking gear assembly or a brake shall be supplied. c. Actuator shall have a 6 ft wiring harness provided for ease in field wiring (above 1500 in-lbs). Two adjustable SPDT cam-actuated auxiliary switches, rated at 250 VAC shall be provided for indication of open and closed position. Actuator shall have heater and thermostat to minimize condensation within the actuator housing. d. Actuator shall be equipped with a hand wheel for manual override to permit operation of the valve in the event of electrical power failure or system malfunction. Hand wheel must be permanently attached to the actuator and when in manual operation electrical power to the actuator will be permanently interrupted. The hand wheel will not rotate while the actuator is electrically driven. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-27 e. The actuator shall be Analog, floating, or two position as called out in the control sequence of operation. All Analog valves shall be positive positioning, and respond to a 2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA, or adjustable signal as required. Analog actuators shall have a digital control card allowing any voltage input for control and any DC voltage feedback signal for position indication. 2. Performance Verification Test a. Control loops shall cause productive actuation with each movement of the actuator and actuators shall modulate at a rate which is stable and responsive. Actuator movement shall not occur before the effects of previous movement have affected the sensor. b. Actuator shall have capability of signaling a trouble alarm when the actuator Stop-Go Ratio exceeds 30%. 3. Actuator Mounting for Damper and Valve arrangements shall comply to the following: a. Damper Actuators: Shall not be installed in the air stream b. A weather shield shall be used if actuators are located outside. For Damper Actuators use clear plastic enclosure. c. Damper or valve actuator ambient temperature shall not exceed 122 degrees F through any combination of medium temperature or surrounding air. Appropriate air gaps, thermal isolation washers or spacers, standoff legs, or insulation shall be provided as necessary d. Actuator cords or conduit shall incorporate a drip leg if condensation is possible. Water shall not be allowed to contact actuator or internal parts. Location of conduits in temperatures dropping below dew point shall be avoided to prevent water from condensing in conduit and running into actuator. e. Damper mounting arrangements shall comply to the following: 1) The ventilation subcontractor shall furnish and install damper channel supports and sheet metal collars. 2) No jack shafting of damper sections shall be allowed. 3) Multi-section dampers shall be arranged so that each damper section operates individually. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per section. f. Size damper sections based on actuator manufacturers specific recommendations for face velocity, differential pressure and damper type. In general: 1) Damper section shall not exceed 24 ft-sq. with face velocity £ 1500 FPM. 2) Damper section shall not exceed 18 ft-sq. with face velocity £ 2500 FPM. 3) Damper section shall not exceed 13 ft-sq. with face velocity £ 3000 FPM. g. Multiple section dampers of two or more shall be arranged to allow actuators to be direct shaft mounted on the outside of the duct. h. Multiple section dampers of three or more sections wide shall be arranged with a 3-sided vertical channel (8’’ wide by 6” deep) within the duct or fan housing and between adjacent damper sections. Vertical New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-28 channel shall be anchored at the top and bottom to the fan housing or building structure for support. The sides of each damper frame shall be connected to the channels. Holes in the channel shall allow damper drive blade shafts to pass through channel for direct shaft mounting of actuators. Open side of channel shall be faced down stream of the airflow, except for exhaust air dampers. i. Multiple section dampers to be mounted flush within a wall or housing opening shall receive either vertical channel supports as descried above or sheet metal standout collars. Sheet metal collars (12” minimum) shall bring each damper section out of the wall to allow direct shaft mounting of the actuator on the side of the collar. 4. Valve Sizing for Water Coil a. On/Off Control Valves shall be line size. b. Modulating Control Valve Body Size may be reduced at most two pipe sizes from the line size or not less than ½ the pipe size. The BAS contractor shall size all water coil control valves for the application as follows: 1) Booster-heat valves shall be sized not to exceed 4-9psi differential pressure. Size valve for 50% Valve Authority. Valve design pressure drop is equal to the sum of coil drop plus the balance valve drop. 2) iPrimary valves shall be sized not to exceed 5-15psi differential pressure. Size valve for 50% Valve Authority. Valve design pressure drop is equal to the sum of coil drop plus the balance valve drop. 3) iiButterfly valves shall be sized for modulating service at 60-70 degree rotation. Design velocity shall be 12 feet per second or less when used with standard EPDM seats. c. Valve Mounting arrangements shall comply to the following: 1) Unions shall be provided on all ports of two-way and three-way valves. 2) iInstall three-way equal percentage Characterized Control valves in a mixing configuration with the “A” port piped to the coil. 3) iiInstall 2½ inch and above, Three-Way globe valves, as manufactured for mixing or diverting service to the coil. 2.8 ENCLOSURES A. All controllers, power supplies and relays shall be mounted in enclosures. B. Enclosures may be NEMA 1 when located in a clean, dry, indoor environment. Indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12 when installed in other than a clean environment. C. Enclosures shall have hinged, locking doors. D. D. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for all enclosures in any mechanical room or electrical room. Include location and unit served on nameplate. Laminated plastic shall be 1/8” thick sized appropriately to make label easy to read. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-29 2.9 AIRFLOW/TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT DEVICES A. Provide airflow/temperature measurement devices (ATMD) where indicated on the plans. 1. Fan inlet measurement devices shall not be substituted for duct or plenum measurement devices indicated on the plans. B. Each ATMD shall consist of one or more sensor probes and a single, remotely mounted, microprocessor-based transmitter capable of independently processing up to 16 independently wired sensor assemblies. 1. Each sensor assembly shall contain two individually wired, hermetically sealed bead-in-glass thermistors. 2. Thermistors shall be mounted in the sensor assembly using a marine-grade, waterproof epoxy. Thermistor leads shall be protected and not exposed to the environment. 3. The airflow rate of each sensor assembly shall be equally weighted and averaged by the transmitter prior to output. 4. The temperature of each sensor assembly shall be velocity weighted and averaged by the transmitter prior to output. 5. Each transmitter shall have a 16-character alpha-numeric display capable of displaying airflow, temperature, system status, configuration settings and diagnostics. 6. Devices using chip-in-glass or diode-case chip thermistors are not acceptable. 7. Devices using less than two thermistors in each sensor assembly are not acceptable. 8. Devices using platinum wire RTDs are not acceptable. 9. Devices having electronic circuitry mounted in or at the sensor probe are not acceptable. 10. Vortex shedding devices are not acceptable. C. All Sensor Probes 1. Each sensor assembly shall independently determine the airflow rate and temperature at each measurement point. 2. Each sensor assembly shall be calibrated at a minimum of 16 airflow rates and 3 temperatures to standards that are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 3. Airflow accuracy shall be +/-2% of Reading over the entire operating airflow range. a. Devices whose accuracy is the combined accuracy of the transmitter and sensor probes must demonstrate that the total accuracy meets the performance requirements of this specification throughout the measurement range. 4. Temperature accuracy shall be +/-0.15° F over the entire operating temperature range of -20° F to 160° F. 5. The operating humidity range for each sensor probe shall be 0-99% RH (noncondensing). 6. Each sensor probe shall have an integral, U.L. listed, plenum rated cable and terminal plug for connection to the remotely mounted transmitter. All terminal plug interconnecting pins shall be gold plated. 7. Each sensor assembly shall not require matching to the transmitter in the field. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-30 8. A single manufacturer shall provide both the airflow/temperature measuring probe(s) and transmitter for each measurement location. D. Duct and Plenum Probes 1. Probes shall be constructed of extruded, gold anodized, 6063 aluminum tube. All wires within the aluminum tube shall be Kynar coated. 2. Probe assembly mounting brackets shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. Probe assemblies shall be mounted using one of the following options: a. Insertion mounted through the side or top of the duct b. Internally mounted inside the duct or plenum c. Standoff mounted inside the plenum 3. The number of sensor housings provided for each location shall be as follows: Duct or Plenum Area (sq.ft.) Total # Sensors /Location <2 4 2 to < 4 6 4 to < 8 8 8 to <16 12 >=16 16 4. The operating airflow range shall be 0 to 5,000 FPM unless otherwise indicated on the plans. E. Fan Inlet Probes 1. Sensor assemblies shall be mounted on 304 stainless steel housings. 2. Mounting rods shall be field adjustable to fit the fan inlet and constructed of nickel plated steel. 3. Mounting feet shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. 4. The operating airflow range shall be 0 to 10,000 FPM unless otherwise indicated on the plans. F. Carbon monoxide (CO), carbon dioxide, volatile organic compounds, humidity and temperature sensors: Aircuity Opitnet or approved equal. The Control panel shall have both LED indications of alarm level status as well as LEDs for both power on and fault indication. In addition the panel shall have an LCD display which will display the location, name and gas concentration of each transmitter one at a time. The panel shall be capable of controlling up to 32 total transmitters if required in future expansions. The panel shall contain an internal silence-able alarm rated at 65dB at 3 feet. Three programmable DPDT relays shall be in the panel to control alarms or ventilation (see below). 1. Meet the following following requirements: a. Range 0-500 PPM b. Two Alarm Levels New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-31 c. Time Delays d. 10-Step LED Display e. LCD Display and Keypad f. Local Audible and Visual Indicators g. Microprocessor-Based Operating System h. Electrochemical Cells G. Airflow measuring stations: EBTRON, Inc. Model GTx116-P and Model GTx116-P-F or approved equal. Each measurement device shall consist of one or more sensor probe assemblies and a single microprocessor-based transmitter. Each sensor probe assembly will contain one or more independently wired sensor housings. Multiple sensor housings shall be equally weighted and averaged by the transmitter prior to output. Pitot tubes and arrays are not acceptable. Vortex shedding flow meters are not acceptable. Provide stand-ff mounting hardware when installing probes inside the casing of air handling equipment PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Notify the owners' representative in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. C. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. 3.2 INSTALLATION (GENERAL) A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections installation and programming required to ensure a complete operating system in accordance with the sequences of operation and point schedules. 3.3 LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS A. Locate and install components for easy accessibility; in general, mount 48 inches above floor with minimum 3'-0" clear access space in front of units. Obtain approval on locations from owner’s representative prior to installation. B. All instruments, switches, transmitters, etc., shall be suitably wired and mounted to protect them from vibration, moisture and high or low temperatures. C. Identify all equipment and panels. Provide permanently mounted tags for all panels. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-32 D. Provide stainless steel or brass thermowells suitable for respective application and for installation under other sections—sized to suit pipe diameter without restricting flow. 3.4 INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING A. Provide all interlock and control wiring. All wiring shall be installed neatly and professionally, in accordance with Specification Division 16 and all national, state and local electrical codes. B. Provide wiring as required by functions as specified and as recommended by equipment manufacturers, to serve specified control functions. Provide shielded low capacitance wire for all communications trunks. C. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and disconnect switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the owner's representative prior to rough-in. D. Provide auxiliary pilot duty relays on motor starters as required for control function. E. Provide power for all control components from nearest electrical control panel or as indicated on the electrical drawings—coordinate with electrical contractor. F. All control wiring in the mechanical, electrical, telephone and boiler rooms to be installed in raceways. All other wiring to be installed neatly and inconspicuously per local code requirements. If local code allows, control wiring above accessible ceiling spaces may be run with plenum rated cable (without conduit). 3.5 DDC OBJECT TYPE SUMMARY A. Provide all database generation. B. Displays 1. System displays shall show all analog and binary object types within the system. They shall be logically laid out for easy use by the owner. Provide outside air temperature indication on all system displays associated with economizer cycles. C. Run Time Totalization 1. At a minimum, run time totalization shall be incorporated for each monitored supply supply fan, return fan, exhaust fan, hot water and chilled water pumps. Warning limits for each point shall be entered for alarm and or maintenance purposes. D. Trendlog 1. All binary and analog object types (including zones) shall have the capability to be automatically trended. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Instrumentation And Control For HVAC 230900-33 E. Alarm 1. All analog inputs (High/Low Limits) and selected binary input alarm points shall be prioritized and routed (locally or remotely) with alarm message per owner's requirements. F. Database Save 1. Provide back-up database for all stand-alone Programmable controllers on disk. 3.6 FIELD SERVICES A. Prepare and start logic control system under provisions of this section. B. Start-up and commission systems. Allow sufficient time for start-up and commissioning prior to placing control systems in permanent operation. C. Provide the capability for off-site monitoring at control contractor's local or main office. At a minimum, off-site facility shall be capable of system diagnostics and software download. Owner shall provide phone line for this service for 1 year or as specified. D. Provide Owner's Representative with spare parts list. Identify equipment critical to maintaining the integrity of the operating system. 3.7 TRAINING A. Provide application engineer to instruct owner in operation of systems and equipment. B. Provide system operator’s training to include (but not limited to) such items as the following: modification of data displays, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data, execution of commands and request of logs. Provide this training to a minimum of 3 persons. C. Provide on-site training above as required, up to 16 hours as part of this contract. D. Provide tuition for at least one individual for a one-week factory training class. If applicable, costs for travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the Owner. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Provide systems demonstration under provisions of Division 1. B. Demonstrate complete operating system to owner's representative. C. Provide certificate stating that control system has been tested and adjusted for proper operation. END OF SECTION 230900 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-1 SECTION 230923 DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes control equipment and software. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Control system components. 2. Section 23 09 93 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls: Sequences of operation implemented using products specified in this section. 3. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections specified by this section. 4. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 6. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 7. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI MC85.1 -Terminology for Automatic Control. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete DDC system by Automated Logic. The new new system will be networked to the existing City-wide Automated Logic WebCTRL as provided and installed by the ATC contractor. B. The new building will be networked through a Lan Gate Router (LGR) connected to the City Wide network via an IP. All new system points will be shared seamlessly with the existing system points and have the identical operator interface under the existing Automated Logic WebCTRL operating platform. C. Automatic temperature controls field monitoring and control system using field programmable microprocessor based units. D. Base system on distributed system of fully intelligent, stand-alone controllers, operating in a multi-tasking, multi-user environment on token passing network, with central and remote hardware, software, and interconnecting wire and conduit. E. Provide computer software and hardware, operator input/output devices, control units, local area networks (LAN), sensors, control devices, actuators. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-2 F. Provide controls for mechanical equipment when directly connected to control units. G. Provide control systems consisting of thermostats, control valves, dampers and operators, indicating devices, interface equipment and other apparatus and accessories to operate mechanical systems, and to perform functions specified. H. Provide installation and calibration, supervision, adjustments, and fine tuning necessary for complete and fully operational system. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate the following: 1. Trunk cable schematic showing programmable control-unit locations and trunk data conductors. 2. Connected data points, including connected control unit and input device. 3. System graphics showing monitored systems, data (connected and calculated) point addresses, and operator notations. 4. System configuration with peripheral peripheral devices, batteries, power supplies, diagrams, modems, and interconnections. 5. Description and sequence of operation for operating, user, and application software. 6. Use terminology in submittals conforming to ASME MC85.1. 7. Coordinate submittals with information requested in Section 23 09 93. C. Product Data: Submit data for each system component and software module. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instruction for each control system component. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of control components, including control units, thermostats, and sensors. 1. Revise shop drawings to reflect actual installation and operating sequences. 2. Submit data specified in "Submittals" in final "Record Documents" form. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit interconnection wiring diagrams complete field installed systems with identified and numbered, system components and devices. 2. Submit keyboard illustrations and step-by-step procedures indexed for each operator function. 3. Submit inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and calibration tolerances. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-3 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience, and with service facilities within 50 miles of Project. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience approved by manufacturer. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for direct digital controls. 1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for maintenance service. B. Furnish service and maintenance of control systems for two years from Date of Substantial Completion. C. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of unit, and controls checkout and adjustments. Repair or replace parts in accordance with manufacturer's operating and maintenance data. Use parts produced by manufacturer of original equipment. D. Perform work without removing units from service during building normal occupied hours. E. Maintain locally, near Place of the Work, adequate stock of parts for replacement or emergency purposes. Have personnel available to ensure fulfillment of this maintenance service, without unreasonable loss of time. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS A. Manufacturers: 1. Automated Logic New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-4 2.2 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE A. The Facility Management System (FMS) system shall use a Client Server architecture based around a modular PC network, utilizing industry standard operating systems, networks and protocols. B. The system shall allow the distribution of system functions such as monitoring and control and graphical user interface etc. across the network to allow maximum flexibility and performance. The architecture shall include support of various Wide Area Networks using standard hardware and software to link nodes into a single integrated system. The network protocol used shall be industry standard TCP/IP. The system shall also support remote configuration and operation using standard dial-up modems. C. The FMS system shall allow communications with a wide variety of control devices utilizing off the shelf driver packages. It shall support LON, BACnet, Modbus and OPC standards for open system system communications. D. Using appropriate hardware, the system shall be Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc (ULI) for use in energy management (category PAZX), critical process (category QVAX), security (category APOU), and as the primary control and monitoring device for smoke control (category UUKL) and fire alarm systems (category UOJZ). 2.3 OPERATOR WORKSTATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Dell Corporation. 2. Compaq Corporation. 3. Hewlett Packard. 4. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Furnish each operator workstation consisting of the following: C. Personal Computer: IBM PC compatible capable of supporting graphics, reports, and communications with the following minimum configuration requirements: 1. Processor: Pentium 4, 2.80 GHz FSB. 2. Hard Drive: Minimum 80 Gigabyte. 3. Memory: Minimum 512 Megabytes DDR SDRAM. 4. Drive: 48x CD-ROM. 5. Modem: Auto-dial telephone, 56,000 baud. 6. Ports: Required serial, parallel, network communications and USB. 7. Expansion Slots: 1 used for LAN card, 1 available. 8. LAN Card. 9. Mouse. 10. Keyboard. D. Monitor: Minimum of 17 inch LCD color, flat panel display. E. Operating System: Windows XP or Windows Vista. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-5 F. Printer: Furnish each operator workstation with laser printer. G. System Support: Minimum ten (10) work stations connected to multi-user, multi-tasking environment with concurrent capability to: 1. Access DDC network. 2. Access or control same control unit. 3. Access or modify same control unit database. 4. Archive data, alarms, and network actions to hard disk regardless of what application programs are being currently executed. 5. Develop and edit database. 6. Implement and tune DDC control. 7. Develop graphics. 8. Control facility. 2.4 CONTROL UNITS A. Units: Modular in design and consisting of processor board with programmable RAM memory, local operator access and display panel, and integral interface equipment. B. Battery Backup: For minimum of 48 hours for complete system including RAM. C. Control Units Functions: 1. Monitor or control each input/output point. 2. Completely independent with hardware clock/calendar and software to maintain control independently. 3. Acquire, process, and transfer information to operator station or other control units on network. 4. Accept, process, and execute commands from other control unit's or devices or operator stations. 5. Access both data base and control functions simultaneously. 6. Record, evaluate, and report changes of state or value occurring among associated points. Continue to perform associated control functions regardless of status of network. 7. Perform in stand-alone mode: a. Start/stop. b. Duty cycling. c. Automatic Temperature Control. d. Demand control via a sliding window, predictive algorithm. e. Event initiated control. f. Calculated point. g. Scanning and alarm processing. h. Full direct digital control. i. Trend logging. j. Global communications. k. Maintenance scheduling. D. Global Communications: 1. Broadcast point data onto network. 2. Transmit input/output points onto network. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-6 E. Input/output Capability: 1. Discrete/digital input (contact status). 2. Discrete/digital output. 3. Analog input. 4. Analog output. 5. Pulse input. 6. Pulse output. F. Monitor, control, or address data points. Include analog inputs, analog outputs, pulse inputs, pulse outputs and discrete inputs/outputs. G. Furnish control units with minimum 30 percent spare capacity. H. Upload/Download Capability: Download from or upload to operator station. I. Local display and adjustment panel containing digital display, and numerical keyboard. Display and adjust: 1. Input-output point information and status. 2. Controller set points. 3. Controller tuning constants. 4. Program execution times. 5. High and low limit values. 6. Limit differential. 7. Set-display date and time. 8. Control outputs connected to the network. 9. Automatic control outputs. 10. Perform control unit diagnostic testing. 2.5 LOCAL AREA NETWORKS (LAN): A. LAN Capacity: Not less than 60 stations or nodes. B. Break in Communication Path: Alarm and automatically initiate LAN reconfiguration. C. LAN Data Speed: Minimum 19.2 Kb. D. Communication Techniques: Allow interface into network by multiple operation stations and by auto-answer/auto-dial modems. Support communication over telephone lines using modems. E. Transmission Median: Fiber optic or single pair of solid 24 gauge twisted, shielded copper cable. F. Network Support: Furnish automatic reconfiguration when station is added or lost. In event transmission cable is cut, reconfigure two sections with no disruption to system's operation, without operator intervention. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-7 2.6 OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE A. Input-Output Capability From Operator Station: 1. Request display of current values or status in tabular or graphic format. 2. Command selected equipment to specified state. 3. Initiate logs and reports. 4. Change analog limits. 5. Add, delete, or change points within each control unit or application routine. 6. Change point input/output descriptors, status, alarm descriptors, and unit descriptors. 7. Add new control units to system. 8. Modify and set up maintenance scheduling parameters. 9. Develop, modify, delete or display full range of color graphic displays. 10. Automatically archive select data even when running third party software. 11. Capability to sort and extract data from archived files and to generate custom reports. 12. Support two printer operations. 13. Print alarms, operator acknowledgments, action messages, system alarms, operator sign-on and sign-off. 14. Print reports, page prints, and data base prints. 15. Select daily, weekly or monthly as scheduled frequency to synchronize time and date in digital control units. Accommodate daylight savings time adjustments. 16. Print selected control unit database. B. Operator System Access: Via software password with minimum 30 access levels at work station and minimum 3 access levels at each control unit. C. Furnish the following applications software: 1. Data base creation and support. 2. Dynamic color graphic displays. 3. Alarm processing. 4. Event processing. 5. Automatic restart. 6. Messages. 7. Reports. 8. Parameter save-restore. 9. Data collection. 10. Graphic display. 11. Maintenance management. 12. Advisories. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-8 D. Support the following load control programs: 1. Demand limiting. 2. Duty cycling. 3. Temperature-compensated duty cycling. 4. Calculated points. 5. Event initiated programming. 6. Fine tuning direct digital control PID or floating loops. 7. Trend logging. 8. Time-of-day scheduling. 9. Calendar-based scheduling. 10. Holiday scheduling. 11. Temporary schedule overrides. 12. Automatic daylight savings time switch over. E. Implement the following HVAC control programs for each HVAC system: 1. Optimal run time. 2. Supply air reset. 3. Enthalpy switch over. 4. Night setback and setup control. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify conditioned power supply is available to control units and to operator workstation. C. Verify field end devices, wiring, and pneumatic tubing is installed prior to to installation proceeding. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install control units and other hardware in position on permanent walls where not subject to excessive vibration. B. Install software in control units and in operator workstation. Implement features of programs to specified requirements and appropriate to sequence of operation. Refer to Section 23 09 93. C. Install with 120 volts alternating current, 15 amp dedicated emergency power circuit to each programmable control unit. D. Install conduit and electrical wiring in accordance with Section 26 05 03. E. Install electrical material and installation in accordance with appropriate requirements of Division 26. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Direct-Digital Control System For HVAC 230923-9 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Manufacturers’ field services. B. Start and commission systems. Allow adequate time for start-up and commissioning prior to placing control systems in permanent operation. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Section 01 77 00 -Execution and Closeout Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Furnish basic operator training for persons on data display, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data, execution commands and log requests. C. Demonstrate complete and operating system to Owner. Provide a minimum of 30 hours for training and demonstration. END OF SECTION 230923 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-1 SECTION 230993 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes sequence of operation for: 1. Air Cooled Chillers 2. Air Handling Equipment 3. Cabinet Heaters. 4. Central fan systems. 5. Energy Recovery Ventilators 6. Exhaust fans. 7. Emergency generator with automatic dampers. 8. Excess pressure controls. 9. Fan coil units. 10. Heating Coils. 11. Parking garage ventilation systems. 12. Radiation. 13. Air terminal units. 14. Unit heaters. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: For equipment, devices, and system components to implement sequences of operation. 2. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: For equipment, devices, system components, and software to implement sequences of operation. 3. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -SubmittalRequirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate mechanical system controlled and control system components. 1. Label with settings, adjustable range of control and limits. Submit written description of control sequence. 2. Submit flow diagrams for each control system, graphically depicting control logic. 3. Submit draft copies of graphic displays indicating mechanical system components, control system components, and controlled function status and value. 4. Coordinate submittals with information requested in Section 23 09 00 23 09 23. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-2 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and set points of controls, including changes to sequences made after submission of shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide all controls, low voltage control wiring and accessories necessary to accomplish the sequence of operation as indicated below. Power wiring and interlock wiring shall be provided in accordance with Division 26 wiring requirements. B. All sequences shall be performed by the Building Management System (BMS) unless noted as a being controlled locally or specifically noted as controlled by other systems. 3.2 CONTROL DEVICES A. All devices and sensors shall be adjustable. BMS shall display setpoints and actual conditions of all control devices and position of all actuators at the central personal computer (PC). 3.3 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME AIR HANDLING UNIT -RTU-2 A. Run Conditions -Requested: The unit shall run whenever: 1. Any zone is occupied. 2. OR a definable number of unoccupied zones need heating or cooling. B. Emergency Shutdown: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving an emergency shutdown signal. C. Freeze Protection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a freezestat status. D. High Static Shutdown: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving an high static shutdown signal. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-3 E. Return Air Smoke Detection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a return air smoke detector status. F. Supply Air Smoke Detection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a supply air smoke detector status. G. AHU Optimal Start: The unit shall start prior to scheduled occupancy based on the time necessary for the zones to reach their occupied setpoints. The start time shall automatically adjust based on changes in outside air temperature and zone temperatures. H. Supply Fan: The supply fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run, unless shutdown on safeties. To prevent short cycling, the supply fan shall have a user definable (adj.) minimum runtime. Alarms shall be provided as follows: 1. Supply Fan Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. 2. Supply Fan in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. 3. Supply Fan Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). I. Supply Air Duct Static Pressure Control: The controller shall measure duct static pressure and shall modulate the supply fan VFD speed to maintain a duct static pressure setpoint of 1.5in H2O (adj.). The supply fan VFD speed shall not drop below 30% (adj.). J. Alarms shall be provided as follows: 1. High Supply Air Static Pressure: If the supply air static pressure is 25% (adj.) greater than setpoint. 2. Low Supply Air Static Pressure: If the supply air static pressure is 25% (adj.) less than setpoint. 3. Supply Fan VFD Fault. K. Return Fan: The return fan shall run whenever the supply fan runs. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Return Fan Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. b. Return Fan in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. c. Return Fan Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). d. Return Fan VFD Fault. 2. Return Fan Tracking: The return fan VFD shall modulate in unison with the supply fan VFD. The return fan VFD shall track the supply fan VFD at 80% (adj.) of the supply fan VFD speed. The return fan VFD speed shall not drop below 20% (adj.). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-4 L. Supply Air Temperature Setpoint -Optimized: The controller shall monitor the supply air temperature and shall maintain a supply air temperature setpoint reset based on zone cooling and heating requirements 1. The supply air temperature setpoint shall be reset for cooling based on zone cooling requirements as follows: a. The initial supply air temperature setpoint shall be 55°F (adj.). b. As cooling demand increases, the setpoint shall incrementally reset down to a minimum of 53°F (adj.). c. As cooling demand decreases, the setpoint shall incrementally reset up to a maximum of 72°F (adj.). d. If more zones need heating than cooling, then the supply air temperature setpoint shall be reset for heating as follows: e. The initial supply air temperature setpoint shall be 82°F (adj.). f. As heating demand increases, the setpoint shall incrementally reset up to a maximum of 85°F (adj.). g. As heating demand decreases, the setpoint shall incrementally reset down to a minimum of 72°F (adj.). M. Cooling Coil Valve: The controller shall measure the supply air temperature and modulate the cooling coil valve to maintain its cooling setpoint. 1. The cooling shall be enabled whenever: a. Outside air temperature is greater than 60°F (adj.). b. AND the economizer (if present) is disabled or fully open. c. AND the supply fan status is on. d. AND the heating (if present) is not active. e. The cooling coil valve shall open to 50% (adj.) whenever the freezestat (if present) is on. 2. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Supply Air Temp: If the supply air temperature is 5°F (adj.) greater than setpoint. 3. Heating Coil Valve: The controller shall measure the supply air temperature and modulate the heating coil valve to maintain its heating setpoint. 4. The heating shall be enabled whenever: a. Outside air temperature is less than 65°F (adj.). b. AND the supply fan status is on. c. AND the cooling (if present) is not active. d. The heating coil valve shall open whenever: e. Supply air temperature drops from 40°F to 35°F (adj.). f. OR the freezestat (if present) is on. 5. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Low Supply Air Temp: If the supply air temperature is 5°F (adj.) less than setpoint. N. Economizer: The controller shall measure the mixed air temperature and modulate the economizer dampers in sequence to maintain a setpoint 2°F (adj.) less than the supply air temperature New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-5 setpoint. The outside air dampers shall maintain a minimum adjustable position of 20% (adj.) open whenever occupied. 1. The economizer shall be enabled whenever: a. Outside air temperature is less than 65°F (adj.). b. AND the outside air temperature is less than the return air temperature. c. AND the supply fan status is on. 2. The economizer shall close whenever: a. Mixed air temperature drops from 40°F to 35°F (adj.). b. OR the freezestat (if present) is on. c. OR on loss of supply fan status. 3. The outside and exhaust air dampers shall close and the return air damper shall open when the unit is off. If Optimal Start Up is available the mixed air damper shall operate as described in the occupied mode except that the outside air damper shall modulate to fully closed. O. Minimum Outside Air Ventilation -Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Control: When in the occupied mode, the controller shall monitor zone CO2 levels served by this air handling unit. The controller shall take the highest zone CO2 level and modulate the outside air dampers open on rising CO2 concentrations, overriding normal damper operation to maintain a CO2 setpoint of 750 ppm (adj.). 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Zone Carbon Dioxide Concentration: If the highest zone CO2 concentration is greater than 1000 ppm (adj.). P. Final Filter Differential Pressure Monitor: The controller shall monitor the differential pressure across the final filter. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Final Filter Change Required: Final filter differential pressure exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). Q. Mixed Air Temperature: The controller shall monitor the mixed air temperature and use as required for economizer control (if present) or preheating control (if present). 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Mixed Air Temp: If the mixed air temperature is greater than 90°F (adj.). b. Low Mixed Air Temp: If the mixed air temperature is is less than 45°F (adj.). R. Return Air Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Concentration Monitoring: The controller shall measure the return air CO2 levels. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Return Air Carbon Dioxide Concentration: If the return air CO2 concentration is greater than 1000ppm (adj.) when in the unit is running. S. Return Air Humidity: The controller shall monitor the return air humidity and use as required for economizer control (if present) or humidity control (if present). 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-6 a. High Return Air Humidity: If the return air humidity is greater than 70% (adj.). b. Low Return Air Humidity: If the return air humidity is less than 35% (adj.). T. Return Air Temperature: The controller shall monitor the return air temperature and use as required for setpoint control or economizer control (if present). 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Return Air Temp: If the return air temperature is greater than 90°F (adj.). b. Low Return Air Temp: If the return air temperature is less than 45°F (adj.). U. Supply Air Temperature: The controller shall monitor the supply air temperature. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Supply Air Temp: If the supply air temperature is greater than 120°F (adj.). b. Low Supply Air Temp: If the supply air temperature is less than 45°F (adj.). 3.4 UNIT HEATERS A. Unit heaters shall be controlled locally. When temperature falls below thermostat setpoint, unit heater's fan shall be energized. 3.5 CABINET HEATERS A. Single temperature thermostat maintains constant space temperature by cycling unit fan motor. 3.6 GENERAL ALARM STATUS MONITORING A. The equipment and panels listed below shall be monitored for general alarm. Upon contact closure indicating an alarm condition, an alarm shall be activated at the control panel. Alarms shall also be sent thru a remote notification system to the device(s) of the owner’s choosing. 1. Water treatment system. 2. Water/leak detection in the boiler room and water room. 3.7 EXHAUST FANS A. All Fans: BMS shall monitor the operation or failure (fan status) through a current sensing relay switch. For fans with variable frequency drives (VFD), BMS shall monitor fan status through an alarm output contact at the VFD. If fan has been signaled to start and feedback from the relay or VFD does not indicate the fan has started after 30 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-7 seconds, fan shall be shut down and an alarm shall be activated at the central PC. If damper end switches do not indicate respective dampers are open, fan shall be shut down and an alarm shall be activated at the central PC. Conversely, if status is detected while the fan is turned off or a damper is indicated open, a separate "Hand" alarm shall be generated. B. Temperature Controls: Upon a rise in space temperature above sensor setpoint, associated motorized dampers shall open and respective fans shall start. C. Time of Day: Associated motorized dampers shall open and respective fans shall start only during scheduled occupied modes. D. Fans Controlled by Toggle Switches and Twist Type Timer Switches. Associated motorized dampers shall open and respective fan(s) shall start only when switch is in the “on” position. Operation shall also be subject to a Time of Day schedule. E. Fans Served by a Differential Pressure Switch: If differential pressure is below setpoint, an alarm shall be activated at the central PC. 3.8 EXCESS PRESSURE CONTROLS A. Maintain constant pressure differential between supply and return lines by modulating bypass valves on the chilled water system to maintain the minimum barrel flow rate and by varying pump speed through variable speed drive control on the heating water system. 3.9 PARKING GARAGE VENTILATION SYSTEMS A. Time Schedule: Operates continuously. B. Carbon Monoxide (CO) detector maintains maximum CO level of 20 ppm by modulating the garage exhaust fan. When the CO level is below 15 ppm, the fan shall stop. When the CO level is between 15 and 20 ppm, the fan shall operate at half speed. When the CO level is greater than 20 ppm, the fan shall operate at 100%. When CO level exceeds 50 ppm, signal alarm. 3.10 RADIATION A. Space temperature sensor shall maintain constant space temperature by modulating two-way control valve. 3.11 TERMINAL AIR UNIT A. Electronic Control, Central System Fan "On" -Occupied Mode: 1. When duct pressure is sensed indicating primary air system operating, thermostat and primary variable volume damper proportions air flow from central system. 2. As thermostat senses reduced cooling demand, volume damper closes. At field adjustable point, unit fan is energized. As cooling demand continues to fall, volume damper closes and fan speed increases. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-8 3. If central duct system pressure varies, volume damper maintains constant primary airflow. 4. As thermostat senses no cooling requirement, control system closes volume damper. Before heating is initiated, control enters field adjustable no load band. On sensing need for heat, heating coil is energized proportionally. B. Electronic Control, Central System Fan "Off" -Unoccupied Mode: 1. Provide field adjustable temperature setback. On need for heat, terminal unit fan and heating coil are energized. 2. Hold volume damper closed. C. Cooling damper to be normally open. D. Single Duct VAV Terminals, Cooling Only -On a rise in space temperature, the unit will modulate to provide maximum CFM. As space temperature decreases, the box will modulate down to its minimum CFM. E. Single Duct VAV Terminals With Reheat -On a rise in temperature above the cooling setpoint, the VAV terminal unit shall modulate to its maximum CFM. As the space temperature drops below the cooling setpoint, the terminal unit shall modulate to its minimum CFM. As the space temperature continues to fall to the heating setpoint, the terminal shall modulate to its heating minimum CFM. At this point, the heat will be staged on as follows: F. Proportional Hot Water -Below heating setpoint modulate open hot water valve. 3.12 HOT WATER HEATER CONTROL DOMESTIC A. When the hot water heater is activated, the EMS shall open the combustion air dampers. 3.13 GENERAL DEVICES A. Variable Frequency Drives: BMS shall control start/stop of each VFD and shall monitor a general alarm contact at the VFD. If the VFD is in alarm mode, an alarm shall be activated at the central PC. BMS shall control speed of each VFD. B. Alarm Contacts: BMS shall monitor alarm contacts as shown on the drawings. If a device is in alarm mode, an alarm shall be activated at the central PC. C. Water Heater Combustion Air: When the burner contact is engaged, the respective combustion air intake and exhaust dampers shall open. If dampers have been signaled to open and a damper end switch does not indicate a damper is open after 30 seconds, the water heater shall be de-activated and an alarm shall be activated at the central PC. Conversely, if water heater is indicated as off and a damper is indicated open, a separate "Hand" alarm shall be activated at the central PC. D. Domestic Hot Water Recirculating Pumps: Pumps shall be controlled per a time of day schedule and shall be activated during occupied modes. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-9 E. Space Differential Pressure Sensors: BMS shall monitor space sensors as shown on the drawings. 3.14 ALARM NOTIFICATION A. Events and alarms shall be indicated on the appropriate equipment graphics page viewable and with automatic display updates available at the central server level. The graphic display will indicate an alarm condition by showing the appropriate object in red on the graphic display. B. Alarms and events shall be displayed on the Event Log Page viewable and with automatic display updates available at the central server level. Date and time of occurrence shall be recorded. C. Alarms and events shall be transferred out of the automation system to other network services for remote notification to: printers on the customer's network, e-mail system, local sounds, or other reporting actions, depending on user configuration. 3.15 TRENDING A. All I/O points will be linked to a trend log and additional trends will be provided as shown in the tables below. 1. The controller will be able to record a trend sample every 10 minutes on each of the trend objects. 2. The controller will save the most recent 144 samples of each trended point in the control module for viewing or printing. 3. The user will be able to enable or disable trending of any of the points listed. Points marked with an asterisk will automatically be trended in the default configuration. 4. For the first year of operation, the system will trend and record all data at 10 minute increments which can then be backed up on CD's. 3.16 COMMISSIONING A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative, to perform startup service as per functional test sheets and requirements of Section 013100 Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning. B. Verify that equipment is installed and commissioned as per requirements of Section 23 08 00 and manufacturer's written instructions. C. Complete installation and startup checks and functional tests according to Section 17000 and manufacturer's written instructions. D. Operational Test: After electrical and control systems have been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Rectify malfunctions, replace defective parts with new one and repeat the start up procedure. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-10 E. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.17 MAKEUP AIR UNIT -RTU-1 AND ERV-1 A. Run Conditions -Scheduled: The unit shall run according to a user definable time schedule in the following modes: 1. Occupied Mode: The unit shall maintain a. 74°F (adj.) cooling setpoint b. 70°F (adj.) heating setpoint. 2. Unoccupied Mode (night setback): The unit shall maintain a. 85°F (adj.) cooling setpoint. b. 55°F (adj.) heating setpoint. B. Alarms shall be provided as follows: 1. High Zone Temp: If the zone temperature is greater than the cooling setpoint by a user definable amount (adj.). 2. Low Zone Temp: If the zone temperature is less than the heating setpoint by a user definable amount (adj.). C. Demand Limiting -Zone Setpoint Optimization: To lower power consumption, the zone setpoints shall automatically relax when the facility power consumption exceeds definable thresholds. The amount of relaxation shall be individually configurable for each zone. The zone setpoints shall automatically return to their previous settings when the facility power consumption drops below the thresholds. D. Zone Setpoint Adjust: The occupant shall be able to adjust the zone temperature heating and cooling setpoints at the zone sensor. E. Zone Optimal Start: The unit shall use an optimal start algorithm for morning start-up. This algorithm shall minimize the unoccupied warm-up or cool-down period while still achieving comfort conditions by the start of scheduled occupied period. F. Zone Unoccupied Override: A timed local override control shall allow an occupant to override the schedule and place the unit into an occupied mode for an adjustable period of time. At the expiration of this time, control of the unit shall automatically return to the schedule. G. Emergency Shutdown: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving an emergency shutdown signal. H. Freeze Protection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a freezestat status. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-11 I. Smoke Detection: The unit shall shut down and generate an alarm upon receiving a smoke detector status. J. Outside Air Damper: The outside air damper shall open anytime the unit runs and shall close anytime the unit stops. The supply fan shall start only after the damper status has proven the damper is open. The outside air damper shall close 4sec (adj.) after the supply fan stops. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Outside Air Damper Failure: Commanded open, but the status is closed. b. Outside Air Damper in Hand: Commanded closed, but the status is open. K. Enthalpy Wheel -Constant Speed: The controller shall run the enthalpy wheel for energy recovery as follows. L. Cooling Mode: The enthalpy wheel shall run for full cool recovery (hot humid days) whenever: 1. The outside air enthalpy is greater than the return air enthalpy. 2. AND the zone temperature is above cooling setpoint. 3. AND AND the supply fan is on. M. The enthalpy wheel shall run for partial cool recovery (hot dry days) whenever: 1. The outside air humidity ratio is less than the return air humidity ratio 2. AND the outside air temperature is greater than the return air temperature 3. AND the unit discharge air drybulb does not drop below the enthalpy wheel supply air dewpoint 4. AND the zone temperature is above cooling setpoint 5. AND the supply fan is on. N. Heating Mode: The enthalpy wheel shall run for full heat recovery whenever: 1. Outside air enthalpy is less than return air enthalpy 2. AND the outside air temperature is less than the return air temperature 3. AND the zone temperature is below heating setpoint. 4. AND the supply fan is on. O. Periodic Self-Cleaning: The enthalpy wheel shall run for 10sec (adj.) every 4hr (adj.) the unit runs. P. Frost Protection: The enthalpy wheel shall run for 10sec (adj.) every 600sec (adj.) whenever: a. Outside air temperature drops to within 2°F (adj.) of the enthalpy wheel discharge air dewpoint when outside air temperature is below 35°F (adj.). b. OR the exhaust air temperature drops below 25°F (adj.). c. The bypass dampers shall open whenever the enthalpy wheel is disabled. 2. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Enthalpy Wheel Rotation Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. b. Enthalpy Wheel in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-12 c. Enthalpy Wheel Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). Q. Supply Fan: The supply fan shall run anytime the unit is commanded to run. To prevent short cycling, the supply fan shall have a user definable (adj.) minimum runtime, unless shutdown on safeties. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Supply Fan Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. b. Supply Fan in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. c. Supply Fan Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). R. Exhaust Fan: The exhaust fan shall run whenever the supply fan runs, unless shutdown on safeties. Alarms shall be provided as follows: 1. Exhaust Fan Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. 2. Exhaust Fan in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. 3. Exhaust Fan Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). S. Cooling Coil Valve: The controller shall measure the zone temperature and modulate the cooling coil valve to maintain its cooling setpoint. The cooling shall be enabled whenever: 1. Outside air temperature is greater than 60°F (adj.). 2. AND the zone temperature is above cooling setpoint. 3. AND the fan status is on. 4. The cooling coil valve shall open to 50% (adj.) whenever the freezestat is on. T. Heating Coil Valve: The controller shall measure the zone temperature and modulate the heating coil valve to maintain its heating setpoint. The heating shall be enabled whenever: 1. Outside air temperature is less than 65°F (adj.). 2. AND the zone temperature is below heating setpoint. 3. AND the fan status is on. 4. The heating coil valve shall open to 100% (adj.) whenever the freezestat is on. U. Filter Differential Pressure Monitor: The controller shall monitor the differential pressure across the filter. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Filter Change Required: Filter differential pressure exceeds a user definable limit (adj.). b. Discharge Air Temperature: The controller shall monitor the discharge air temperature. c. Alarms shall be provided as follows: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-13 d. High Discharge Air Temp: If the discharge air temperature is greater than 120°F (adj.). e. Low Discharge Air Temp: If the discharge air temperature is less than 40°F (adj.). 2. Environmental Index: When the zone is occupied, the controller will monitor the deviation of the zone temperature from the heating or cooling setpoint. This data will be used to calculate a 0 -100% Environmental Index which gives an indication of how well the zone is maintaining comfort. The controller will also calculate the percentage of time since occupancy began that the Environmental Index was 70% or higher. 3.18 CHILLED WATER PUMPS A. Chilled Water Pump System -Run Conditions: The chilled water pumps shall be enabled whenever the outside air temperature is greater than 54°F (adj.). 1. To prevent short cycling, the chilled water pumps shall run for and be off for minimum adjustable times (both user definable). 2. The The pumps shall run for freeze protection anytime the outside air temperature is less than 38°F (adj.). B. Chilled Water Pump Lead/Standby Operation: The two chilled water pumps shall operate in a lead/standby fashion. 1. The lead pump shall run first. 2. On failure of the lead pump, the standby pump shall run and the lead pump shall turn off. 3. The designated lead pump shall rotate upon one of the following conditions (user selectable): a. manually through a software switch b. if pump runtime (adj.) is exceeded c. daily d. weekly e. monthly 4. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. b. Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. c. Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. C. Chilled Water Temperature Monitoring: The following temperatures shall be monitored: 1. Chilled water supply. 2. Chilled water return. 3. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Chilled Water Supply Temp: If the chilled water supply temperature is greater than 55°F (adj.). b. Low Chilled Water Supply Temp: If the chilled water supply temperature is less than 38°F (adj.). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-14 3.19 FRICTIONLESS AIR COOLED CHILLER -CH-1 A. Chiller -Run Conditions: The chiller shall be enabled to run whenever the outside air temperature is greater than 54°F (adj.). 1. To prevent short cycling, the chiller shall run for and be off for minimum adjustable times (both user definable), unless shutdown on safeties or outside air conditions. 2. The chiller shall run subject to its own internal safeties and controls. B. Emergency Shutdown: The chiller shall shut down and an alarm generated upon receiving an emergency shutdown signal status. C. Chilled Water Pump Lead/Standby Operation: The two chilled water pumps shall run anytime the chiller is called to run. The chilled water pump shall also run for freeze protection whenever the outside air temperature is less than a user definable setpoint (adj.). 1. The lead pump shall start prior to the chiller being enabled and shall stop only after the chiller is disabled. The pump(s) shall therefore have: a. A user adjustable delay on start. b. AND a user adjustable delay on stop. 2. The delay times shall be set appropriately to allow for orderly chilled water system start-up, shutdown and sequencing. 3. The two pumps shall operate in a lead/standby fashion. 4. The lead pump shall run first. 5. On failure of the lead pump, the standby pump shall run and the lead pump shall turn off. 6. The designated lead pump shall rotate upon one of the following conditions (user selectable): a. manually through a software switch b. if pump runtime (adj.) is exceeded c. daily d. weekly e. monthly 7. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Chilled Water Pump 1 1) Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. 2) Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. 3) Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. 4) VFD Fault. b. Chilled Water Pump 2 1) Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. 2) Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. 3) Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-15 c. VFD Fault. D. Chilled Water Differential Pressure Control: The controller shall measure chilled water differential pressure and modulate the lead chilled water pump VFD to maintain its chilled water differential pressure setpoint. The following setpoints are recommended values. All setpoints shall be field adjusted during the commissioning period to meet the requirements of actual field conditions. E. The controller shall modulate chilled water pump speed to maintain a chilled water differential pressure of 12lbf/in2 (adj.). The VFD minimum speed shall not drop below 10% (adj.). 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Chilled Water Differential Pressure: If the chilled water differential pressure is 25% (adj.) greater than setpoint. b. Low Chilled Water Differential Pressure: If the chilled water differential pressure is 25% (adj.) less than setpoint. F. Chilled Water Bypass Valve -Minimum Flow Control: The controller shall measure chilled water flow through the chiller and, as the chilled water flow drops below setpoint, the controller shall modulate the chilled water bypass valve open to maintain the minimum chilled water flow setpoint. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Low Chilled Water Flow: If the chilled water flow is 25% (adj.) less than setpoint. G. Chiller: The chiller shall be enabled a user adjustable time after pump statuses are proven on. The chiller shall therefore have a user adjustable delay on start. H. The delay time shall be set appropriately to allow for orderly chilled water system startup, shutdown and sequencing. I. The chiller shall run subject to its own internal safeties and controls. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Chiller Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. b. Chiller Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. c. Chiller Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. J. Chilled Water Supply Temperature Setpoint: The chilled water supply temperature setpoint shall reset based on outside air temperature. As outside air temperature drops from 75°F (adj.) to 50°F (adj.) the chilled water supply temperature setpoint shall reset upwards by adding from 0°F (adj.) to 10°F (adj.) to the current setpoint. K. Chilled Water Temperature Monitoring: The following temperatures shall be monitored: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-16 1. Chilled water supply. 2. Chilled water return. 3. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Chilled Water Supply Temp: If the chilled water supply temperature is greater than 55°F (adj.). b. Low Chilled Water Supply Temp: If the chilled water supply temperature is less than 38°F (adj.). 3.20 HOT WATER LOOP PUMPS -HWP 1&2 A. Hot Water Pump Run Conditions: The hot water pumps shall be enabled whenever outside air temperature is less than 54°F (adj.). The pumps shall run for freeze protection anytime outside air temperature is less than 38°F (adj.). B. To prevent short cycling, the pumps shall run for and be off for minimum adjustable times (both user definable). C. Hot Water Pump Lead/Standby Operation: The two hot water pumps shall operate in a lead/standby fashion. 1. The lead pump shall run first. 2. On failure of the lead pump, the standby pump shall run and the lead pump shall turn off. 3. 3. The designated lead pump shall rotate upon one of the following conditions (user selectable): a. manually through a software switch b. if pump runtime (adj.) is exceeded c. daily d. weekly e. monthly 4. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Hot Water Pump 1 1) Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. 2) Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. 3) Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. b. Hot Water Pump 2 1) Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. 2) Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. 3) Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. D. Hot Water Temperature Monitoring: The following temperatures shall be monitored: 1. Hot water supply. 2. Hot water return. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-17 3. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Hot Water Supply Temp: If the hot water supply temperature is greater than 200°F (adj.). b. Low Hot Water Supply Temp: If the hot water supply temperature is less than 100°F (adj.). 3.21 BOILER PLANT A. Boiler System -Run Conditions: The boiler system shall be enabled to run whenever outside air temperature is less than 65°F (adj.). 1. To prevent short cycling, each boiler shall run for and be off for minimum adjustable times (both user definable), unless shutdown on safeties or outside air conditions. 2. Each boiler shall run subject to its own internal safeties and controls. 3. The boiler system shall also run for freeze protection whenever the outside air temperature is less than 38°F (adj.). B. Boiler 1 Safeties: The following safeties shall be monitored: 1. Boiler alarm. 2. Low water level. 3. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Boiler alarm. alarm. b. Low water level alarm. C. Boiler 2 Safeties: The following safeties shall be monitored: 1. Boiler alarm. 2. Low water level. 3. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Boiler alarm. b. Low water level alarm. D. Hot Water Pump Lead/Lag Operation: The two hot water pumps shall operate in a lead/lag fashion. 1. The lead pump shall run first. 2. On failure of the lead pump, the lag pump shall run and the lead pump shall turn off. 3. On decreasing hot water differential pressure, the lag pump shall stage on and run in unison with the lead pump to maintain hot water differential pressure setpoint. 4. The designated lead pump shall rotate upon one of the following conditions (user selectable): a. manually through a software switch b. if pump runtime (adj.) is exceeded c. daily d. weekly e. monthly 5. Alarms shall be provided as follows: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-18 a. Hot Water Pump 1 1) Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. 2) Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. 3) Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. 4) VFD Fault. b. Hot Water Pump 2 1) Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. 2) Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. 3) Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. 4) VFD Fault. E. Hot Water Differential Pressure Control: The controller shall measure hot water differential pressure and modulate the hot water pump VFDs in sequence to maintain its hot water differential pressure setpoint. 1. The following setpoints are recommended values. All setpoints shall be field adjusted during the commissioning period to meet the requirements of actual field conditions. 2. The controller shall modulate hot water pump speeds to maintain a hot water differential pressure of 12lbf/12lbf/in2 (adj.). The VFDs minimum speed shall not drop below 20% (adj.). 3. On dropping hot water differential pressure, the VFDs shall stage on and run to maintain setpoint as follows: 4. The controller shall modulate the lead VFD to maintain setpoint. 5. If the lead VFD speed is greater than a setpoint of 90% (adj.), the lag VFD shall stage on. 6. The lag VFD shall ramp up to match the lead VFD speed and then run in unison with the lead VFD to maintain setpoint. 7. On rising hot water differential pressure, the VFDs shall stage off as follows: 8. If the VFDs speeds drops back to 60% (adj.) below setpoint, the lag VFD shall stage off. 9. The lead VFD shall continue to run to maintain setpoint. 10. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Hot Water Differential Pressure: If 25% (adj.) greater than setpoint. b. Low Hot Water Differential Pressure: If 25% (adj.) less than setpoint. F. Circulation Pump 1: The Circulation Pump 1 shall run anytime Boiler 1 is called to run and shall have a user definable delay (adj.) on stop. 1. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Circulation Pump 1 Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. b. Circulation Pump 1 Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. c. Circulation Pump 1 Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a userdefinable limit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-19 G. Circulation Pump 2: The Circulation Pump 2 shall run anytime Boiler 2 is called to run and shall have a user definable delay (adj.) on stop. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Circulation Pump 2 Failure: Commanded on, but the status is off. b. Circulation Pump 2 Running in Hand: Commanded off, but the status is on. c. Circulation Pump 2 Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a userdefinable limit. H. Boiler Lead/Standby Operation: The two boilers shall operate in a lead/standby fashion when called to run and flow is proven. 1. The lead boiler shall run first. 2. On failure of the lead boiler, the standby boiler shall run and the lead boiler shall turn off. 3. The designated lead boiler shall rotate upon one of the following conditions: (user selectable): a. manually through a software switch b. if boiler runtime (adj.) is exceeded c. daily d. weekly e. monthly 4. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. Boiler 1 1) Failure: Commanded on but the status is off. 2) Running in Hand: Commanded off but the status is on. 3) Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. b. Boiler 2 1) Failure: Commanded on but the status is off. 2) Running in Hand: Commanded off but the status is on. 3) Runtime Exceeded: Status runtime exceeds a user definable limit. c. Lead Boiler Failure: The lead boiler is in failure and the standby boiler is on. I. Hot Water Supply Temperature Setpoint Reset: The hot water supply temperature setpoint shall reset based on outside air temperature. As outside air temperature rises from 0°F (adj.) to 70°F (adj.) the hot water supply temperature setpoint shall reset downwards by subtracting from 0°F (adj.) to 20°F (adj.) from the current boiler setpoint. 1. Primary Hot Water Temperature Monitoring: The following temperatures shall be monitored: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Sequence Of Operations For HVAC Controls 230993-20 2. Primary hot water supply. 3. Primary hot water return. 4. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Primary Hot Water Supply Temp: If greater than 200°F (adj.). b. Low Primary Hot Water Supply Temp: If less than 100°F (adj.). c. Boiler 1 Hot Water Temperature Monitoring: The following temperatures shall be monitored: 1) Boiler 1 hot water supply. 2) Boiler 1 hot water return. 5. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Hot Water Supply Temp: If greater than 200°F (adj.). b. Low Hot Water Supply Temp: If less than 100°F (adj.). c. Boiler 2 Hot Water Temperature Monitoring: The following temperatures shall be monitored: 1) Boiler 2 hot water supply. 2) Boiler 2 hot water return. 6. Alarms shall be provided as follows: a. High Hot Water Supply Temp: If greater than 200°F (adj.). b. Low Hot Water Supply Temp: If less than 100°F (adj.). END OF SECTION 230993 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydronic Pumps 232123-1 SECTION 23 21 23 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. System lubricated circulators. 2. In-line circulators. 3. Base mounted pumps. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Product requirements for motors for placement by this section. 2. Section 23 05 23 -General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping: Product requirements for valves used in hydronic piping systems. 3. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibrations isolators installed with pumps. 4. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electrical connections to pumps specified by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). B. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 778 -Motor Operated Water Pumps. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide pumps to operate at system fluid temperatures [indicated on Drawings] without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Submit also, manufacturer model number, dimensions, service sizes, and finishes. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydronic Pumps 232123-2 C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application, selection, and hookup configuration with pipe and accessory elevations. Submit hanging and support requirements and recommendations. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instructions, servicing requirements, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pumps. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish one set of mechanical seals for each pumps. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydronic Pumps 232123-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 IN-LINE CIRCULATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. B+G. 2. Peerless 3. Taco 4. Armstrong 5. Grundfos B. Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected, with resiliently mounted motor for in-line mounting, oil lubricated, for 125 psig maximum working pressure. C. Casing: Cast iron, with flanged pump connections. D. Impeller: Cadmium plated steel, Stamped brass or cast bronze, keyed to shaft. E. Bearings: Two, oil lubricated bronze sleeves. F. Shaft: Alloy or stainless steel with copper or bronze sleeve, integral thrust collar. G. Seal: Carbon rotating against stationary ceramic seat, 225 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. H. Drive: Flexible coupling. I. Electrical Characteristics and Components: 1. Motors: In accordance with Section 23 05 13. 1750 rpm unless indicated otherwise. 2. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. 2.2 BASE MOUNTED PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. B+G. 2. Peerless 3. Taco 4. Armstrong 5. Grundfos B. Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected, radial or horizontal split casing, for 125 psig maximum working pressure. C. Casing: Cast iron, with suction and discharge gage ports, renewable bronze casing wearing rings, seal flush connection, drain plug, flanged suction and discharge. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydronic Pumps 232123-4 D. Impeller: Bronze, fully enclosed, keyed to shaft. E. Bearings: Grease lubricated roller or ball bearings. F. Shaft: Alloy steel with copper, bronze, or stainless steel shaft sleeve. G. Seal: Carbon rotating against stationary ceramic seat, 225 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. H. Drive: Flexible coupling with coupling guard. I. Baseplate: Cast iron or fabricated steel with integral drain rim. J. Electrical Characteristics and Components: 1. Motors: In accordance with Section 23 05 13. 1750 rpm unless specified otherwise. 2. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide pumps to operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. B. Install long radius reducing elbows or reducers between pump and piping. Support piping adjacent to pump so no weight is carried on pump casings. For close coupled or base mounted pumps, install supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 4 inches and over. C. Install pumps on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 23 05 48. D. Install flexible connectors at or near pumps where piping configuration does not absorb vibration. E. Provide line sized shut-off valve and pump suction fitting on pump suction, and line sized soft seat check valve, balancing valve, and shut-off valve combination pump discharge valve on pump discharge. Refer to Section 23 05 23. F. Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping adjacent to pump so no weight is carried on pump casings. Provide supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 4 inches and larger. G. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hydronic Pumps 232123-5 H. Provide drains for bases and seals. I. Check, align, and certify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up. J. Install [close coupled and] base mounted pumps on concrete housekeeping base, with anchor bolts, set and level, and grout in place. Refer to Section 03 30 00. K. Lubricate pumps before start-up. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control, 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect for alignment of base mounted pumps. END OF SECTION 232123 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Water Treatment 232500-1 SECTION 232500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. System cleaner. 2. Closed system treatment (water). 3. Steam system treatment. 4. Condenser water system treatment. 5. Open system treatment. 6. Chemical feeder equipment including associated feeders, pumps, tanks, controls, meters and valves. 7. Test equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Product requirements for motors for placement by this section. 2. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electrical connections specified by this section. 3. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system schematic, equipment locations, and controls schematics, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Product Data: Submit chemical treatment materials, chemicals, and equipment including electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit placement of equipment in systems, piping configuration, and connection requirements. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Water Treatment 232500-2 F. Manufacturers Field Reports: Indicate start-up of treatment systems when completed and operating properly. Indicate analysis of system water after cleaning and after treatment. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Closeout products. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and piping, including sampling points and location of chemical injectors. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit data on chemical feed pumps, agitators, and other equipment including spare parts lists, procedures, and treatment programs. Include step by step instructions on test procedures including target concentrations. 1.5 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pumps, valves and water meters. 1.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Maintenance service. B. Furnish monthly technical service visits, for one years starting at Date of Substantial Completion, to perform field inspections and make water analysis on site. Detail findings in writing on proper practices, chemical treating requirements and corrective actions needed. Submit two copies of field service report after each visit. C. Furnish laboratory and technical assistance services during this maintenance period. D. Furnish on site inspections of equipment during scheduled or emergency shutdown to properly evaluate success of water treatment program, and make recommendations in writing based upon these inspections. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish chemicals for treatment and testing during warranty period. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Water Treatment 232500-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM CLEANER A. Manufacturers: 1. Biomin 2. Culligan 3. Aptech B. Product Description: Liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove grease and petroleum products; sodium tri-Poly phosphate and sodium molybdate. C. Biocide; chlorine release agents including sodium hypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite, or microbiocides including quaternary ammonia compounds, tributyl tin oxide, methylene bis (thiocyanate), or isothiazolones. 2.2 CLOSED SYSTEM TREATMENT (WATER) A. Manufacturers: 1. Biomin 2. Culligan 3. Aptech B. Sequestering agent to reduce deposits and adjust pH; polyphosphate. C. Corrosion inhibitors; liquid boron-nitrite, sodium nitrite and borax, sodium totyltriazole, low molecular weight polymers, phosphonates, sodium molybdate, or sulfites. D. Conductivity enhancers; phosphates or phosphonates. 2.3 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Furnish white enamel test cabinet with local and fluorescent light, capable of accommodating 4 -10 ml zeroing titration burettes and associated reagents. B. Furnish following test kits: 1. Alkalinity titration test kit. 2. Chloride titration test kit. 3. Sulphite titration test kit. 4. Total hardness titration test kit. 5. Low phosphate test kit. 6. Conductivity bridge, range 0 -10,000 micro-ohms. 7. Creosol red pH slide, complete with reagent. 8. Portable electronic conductivity meter. 9. High nitrite test kit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Water Treatment 232500-4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Operate, fill, start and vent systems prior to cleaning. Use water meter to record capacity in each system. Place terminal control valves in open position during cleaning. 3.2 CLEANING A. Concentration: 1. As recommended by manufacturer. 2. One pound per 100 gallons of water contained in the system. 3. One pound per 100 gallons of water for hot systems and one pound per 50 gallons of water for cold systems. 4. Fill steam boilers only with cleaner and water. B. Hot Water Heating Systems: 1. Apply heat while circulating, slowly raising temperature to 160 degrees F and maintain for 12 hours minimum. 2. Remove heat and circulate to 100 degrees F or less; drain systems as quickly as possible and refill with clean water. 3. Circulate for 6 hours at design temperatures, then drain. 4. Refill with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is removed. C. Chilled Water Systems: 1. Circulate for 48 hours, then drain systems as quickly as possible. 2. Refill with clean water, circulate for 24 hours, then drain. 3. Refill with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is removed. D. Use neutralizer agents on recommendation of system cleaner supplier and acceptance of Architect/Engineer. E. Flush open systems and glycol filled closed systems with clean water for one hour minimum. Drain completely and refill. F. Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens. G. Inspect, remove sludge, and flush low points with clean water after cleaning process is completed. Include disassembly of components as required. 3.3 CLOSED SYSTEM TREATMENT A. Provide one bypass feeder on each system. Install isolating and drain valves and interconnecting piping. Install around balancing valve downstream of circulating pumps as indicated on Drawings. B. Introduce closed system treatment through bypass feeder when required or indicated by test. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Water Treatment 232500-5 C. Install 3/4 inch water coupon rack around circulating pumps with space for 4 test specimens. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Furnish two hour training course for operating personnel, instruction to include installation, care, maintenance, testing, and operation of water treatment systems. Arrange course at start up of systems. END OF SECTION 232500 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Variable Frequency Motor Controller 232923-1 SECTION 232923 VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes variable frequency controllers. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 2. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 3. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1. IEEE C62.41 -Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA FU 1 -Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 3. NEMA ICS 7 -Industrial Control and Systems: Adjustable Speed Drives. 4. NEMA ICS 7.1 -Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation, and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems. C. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate front and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions and weights shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; and nameplate legends. C. Product Data: Submit catalog sheets showing voltage, controller size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details. D. Test Reports: Indicate field test and inspection procedures and test results. E. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate start-up inspection findings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Variable Frequency Motor Controller 232923-2 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 –Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions complying with NEMA ICS 7.1. Include procedures for starting and operating controllers, and describe operating limits possibly resulting in hazardous or unsafe conditions. Include routine preventive maintenance schedule. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Store in clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide additional canvas or plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. C. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosure, and finish. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Conform to NEMA ICS 7 service conditions during and after installation of variable frequency controllers. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for variable frequency controller. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Maintenance service. B. Furnish service and maintenance of variable frequency controller for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Variable Frequency Motor Controller 232923-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLER A. Manufacturers: 1. ABB Industrial Systems 2. Toshiba International Corporation 3. Graham B. Product Description: NEMA ICS 7, enclosed variable frequency controller suitable for operating indicated loads. Select unspecified features and options in accordance with NEMA ICS 7.1. C. Ratings: 1. Displacement Power Factor: Between 1.0 and 0.95, lagging, over entire range of operating speed and load. 2. Operating Ambient: 0 degrees C to 40 degrees C. D. Design Features: 1. Employ microprocessor-based inverter logic isolated from power circuits. 2. Employ pulse-width-modulated inverter system. 3. Design for ability to operate controller with motor disconnected from output. 4. Design to attempt five automatic restarts following fault condition before locking out and requiring manual restart. E. Indicators and Manual Controls: 1. Input Signal: 4 -20 mA DC. BACnet. 2. Display: Furnish integral digital display to indicate output voltage, output frequency, and output current. 3. Status Indicators: Separate indicators for overcurrent, overvoltage, ground fault, overtemperature, and input power ON. 4. Volts Per Hertz Adjustment: Plus or minus 10 percent. 5. Current Limit Adjustment: 60 -110 percent of rated. 6. Acceleration Rate Adjustment: 0.5 -30 seconds. 7. Deceleration Rate Adjustment: 1 -30 seconds. 8. HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC selector switch and manual speed control. 9. Control Power Source: Integral control transformer. F. Safeties and Interlocks: 1. Includes undervoltage release. 2. Door Interlocks: Mechanical means to prevent opening of equipment with power connected, or to disconnect power when door is opened; include means for defeating interlock by qualified persons. 3. Safety Interlocks: Terminals for remote contact to inhibit starting under both manual and automatic mode. 4. Control Interlocks: Furnish terminals for remote contact to allow starting in automatic mo de. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Variable Frequency Motor Controller 232923-4 5. Manual Bypass: Includes contactor, motor running overload protection, and short circuit protection for full voltage, non-reversing operation of motor. Includes isolation switch to allow maintenance of inverter during bypass operation. 6. Emergency Stop: Use dynamic brakes for emergency stop function. 7. Disconnecting Means: Include integral circuit breaker on the line side of each controller. G. Line Conditioning and Filtering: Include internal mounted components to mitigate harmonic distortion, provide protection from input transients and reduce EMI/RFI emissions as required for each application. At a minimum, drives shall include the following: 1. The VFD shall have internal 5% impedance reactors to reduce the harmonics to the power line and to add protection from AC line transients. a. The 5% impedance may be from dual (positive and negative DC bus) reactors, or 5% AC line reactors. b. VFD’s with only one DC reactor shall add an AC line reactor. 2. EMI /RFI filters. All VFD’s shall include EMI/RFI filters. The onboard filters shall allow the VFD assembly to be CE Marked and the VFD shall meet product standard IEC/EN 61800-3 for the First Environment restricted level with up to 100 feet of motor cable. No Exceptions. Certified test reports shall be provided with the submittals confirming compliance to IEC/EN 61800-3, First Environment. H. Fabrication: 1. Wiring Terminations: Match conductor materials and sizes as indicated on Drawings. 2. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1, suitable for equipment application in places restricted to persons employed on premises. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Shop inspect and perform standard productions tests for each controller. B. Make completed controllers available for inspection at manufacturer’s factory prior to packaging for shipment. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspection is allowed. C. Allow witnessing of factory inspections and tests at manufacturer’s test facility. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspections and tests are scheduled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Variable Frequency Motor Controller 232923-5 B. Verify building environment is maintained within service conditions required by manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NEMA ICS 7.1. B. Tighten accessible connections and mechanical fasteners after placing controller. C. Install fuses in fusible switches. D. Select and install overload heater elements in motor controllers to match installed motor characteristics. E. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 05 53. F. Neatly type label inside controller door identifying motor served, nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, code letter, service factor, and voltage/phase rating. Place label in clear plastic holder. G. Ground and bond controller in accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.16 and NEMA ICS 7.1. 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Manufacturer’s field services. B. Prepare and startup variable frequency controller. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Furnish 1 hours of instruction each for two persons, to be conducted at project site with manufacturer's representative. END OF SECTION 232923 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-1 SECTION 233100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Duct Materials. 2. Flexible ducts. 3. Insulated flexible ducts. 4. Single wall spiral round ducts. 5. Transverse duct connection system. 6. Casings. 7. Ductwork fabrication. 8. Duct cleaning. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 01 81 19 – Indoor Air Quality Management 5. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Product requirements for concrete for placement by this section. 6. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for Weld priming, weather resistant, paint or coating specified by this section. 7. Section 23 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product Product requirements for hangers, supports and sleeves for placement by this section. 8. Section 23 33 00 -Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for duct accessories for placement by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A36/A36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A90/A90M -Standard Test Method for Weight Mass of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings. 3. ASTM A240/A240M -Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 4. ASTM A666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 5. ASTM A568/A568M -Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-2 6. ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 7. ASTM A1008/A1008M -Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. 8. A1011/A1011M-07 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength 9. ASTM B209 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 10. ASTM C14 -Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. 11. ASTM C443 -Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets. 12. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. NFPA 90B -Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. 3. NFPA 96 -Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA -Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. 2. SMACNA -HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. 3. SMACNA -HVAC Duct Construction Standard -Metal and Flexible. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 181 -Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Variation of duct configuration or sizes other than those of equivalent or lower loss coefficient is not permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: Paragraph 1.10 Submittals C. Shop Drawings: Submit duct fabrication drawings, drawn to scale not smaller than 1/4 inch equals 1 foot, on drawing sheets same size as Contract Documents, indicating: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-3 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation details, including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other work. 2. Duct layout, indicating pressure classifications and sizes in plan view. For exhaust duct systems, indicate classification of materials handled as defined in this section. 3. Fittings. 4. Reinforcing details and spacing. 5. Seam and joint construction details. 6. Penetrations through fire rated and other walls. 7. Terminal unit, coil, and humidifier installations. 8. Hangers and supports, including methods for building attachment, vibration isolation, and duct attachment. D. Product Data: Submit data for duct materials, duct liner, and duct connectors. E. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section tested, test pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures for glass fiber ducts. 1.5 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings drawn in the latest AutoCAD version in accordance with Division 1 to a minimum scale of 1/4"=1'-0" detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. The Contractor shall indicate the proposed locations of piping, conduit, ductwork, equipment, and materials. Include the following: a. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. b. Equipment connections and support details. c. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. d. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. e. Sizes and locations of required concrete pads and bases. A. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. B. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. C. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication systems components, sprinklers, and other ceilingmounted items. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-4 D. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall sign and date each coordination drawing prior to submission. E. Work shall not be performed until coordination drawings have been approved by the architect and engineer. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and flexible. B. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A standards. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.9 PRE-PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 –Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Do not install duct sealant when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. C. Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealant. 1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-5 1.12 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for ducts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCT MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Ducts and Fittings: ASTM A525 and ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having G60 zinc coating in conformance with ASTM A90. B. Round and Flat Oval Galvanized Steel Ducts and Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. United McGill. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) SEMCO Type SS (85). 2. ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, spiral lock seam construction, with G60 zinc coating in conformance with ASTM A90. 3. Elbows shall have a radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. C. Round Carbon Steel Ducts and Fittings: 1. ASTM A366 cold rolled sheet or ASTM A569 hot rolled sheet. 2. Elbows shall have a radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. 3. All connections shall be welded and flanged type, Van Stone connections are not acceptable. D. Aluminum Ducts: ASTM B209; aluminum sheet, alloy 3003-H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061-T6 or of equivalent strength. E. Insulated Flexible Ducts: 1. Manufacturers: a. Thermaflex Model M-KF. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Technaflex. 2) Tuttle and Bailey. 2. UL 181, Class 1, CPE inner liner bonded to helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; metalized polyester vapor barrier film. 3. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG (2.50 kPa) positive and 1.0 inches WG (250 Pa) negative. 4. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm (20.3 m/sec). 5. Thermal Conductance: 0.23 BTU/hr/sf/deg F maximum. 6. Insulation: 1 ½” thick; ¾ lb. Denisity. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-6 7. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 250 degrees F (-28 degrees C to 121 degrees C). 2.2 SINGLE WALL SPIRAL ROUND DUCTS A. Product Description: UL 181, Class 1, round spiral lockseam duct constructed of galvanized steel. B. Construct duct with the following minimum gages: Diameter Gauge 3 inches to 14 inches 26 15 inches to 26 inches 24 28 inches to 36 inches 22 38 inches to 50 inches 20 52 inches to 84 inches 18 C. Construct fittings with the following minimum gages: Diameter Gauge 3 inches to 14 inches 24 15 inches to 26 inches 22 28 inches to 36 inches 20 38 inches to 50 inches 20 52 inches to 60 inches 18 62 inches to 84 inches 16 2.3 DOUBLE WALL SPIRAL INSULATED ROUND DUCTS A. Product Description: Machine made from round spiral lockseam duct with light reinforcing corrugations, galvanized steel outer wall, 1 inch thick glass fiber insulation, perforated galvanized steel inner wall; fittings manufactured with perforated inner wall. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-7 B. Construct round duct with the following minimum gages: Diameter Gauge 3 inches to 14 inches 26 15 inches to 26 inches 24 28 inches to 36 inches 22 38 inches to 50 inches 20 52 inches to 84 inches 18 C. Construct round fittings with the following minimum gages: Diameter Gauge 3 inches to 14 inches 24 15 inches to 26 inches 22 28 inches to 36 inches 20 38 inches to 50 inches 20 52 inches to 60 inches 18 62 inches to 84 inches 16 2.4 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Fabricate and support rectangular ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible and as indicated on Drawings. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Fabricate and support round ducts with longitudinal seams in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible (Round Duct Construction Standards), and as indicated on Drawings. Provide duct material, material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. C. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with minimum radius 1-1/2 times centerline duct width. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, furnish turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. E. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-8 F. Provide standard 45-degree lateral wye takeoffs. When space does not allow 45-degree lateral wye takeoff, use 90-degree conical tee connections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify sizes of equipment connections before fabricating transitions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements. B. Install manufactured ductwork and duct accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Install and seal ductwork and duct accessories in accordance with SMACNA publication as scheduled below. D. Duct sizes are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. E. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate control devices. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. F. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. H. Locate ducts, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. Install duct systems in shortest route that does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. I. Conceal ducts from view in finished and occupied spaces by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction, or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. J. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finish finish work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-9 K. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with one foot (300 mm) maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. L. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with 8 feet (1.5 m) maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. M. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands plus adhesive. N. Provide residue traps in kitchen hood exhaust ducts at base of vertical risers with provisions for clean out. Use stainless steel for ductwork exposed to view and stainless steel or carbon steel for ducts where concealed. O. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. P. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and SMACNA publications and guidelines. Q. Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans where damper is not provided as an accessory to the fan and where shown on the drawings. R. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and/or after filters, coils, manual dampers, control dampers, control devices, fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and where shown on the drawings. Provide for cleaning kitchen exhaust ductwork in accordance with NFPA 96. Minimum door size shall be 10 x 12 inches (250 x 300 mm) except where limited by duct size. Minimum door size at intake or exhaust plenums shall be 18 x 24. S. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. T. Provide fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers and smoke dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. U. Install fire dampers per manufacturers requirements as required to maintain UL listing. V. Install combination smoke and fire dampers in accordance with NFPA 92A and per the manufacturers requirements as required to maintain UL listing. W. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to Owner's representative. X. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing and where shown on drawings. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. Y. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-10 Z. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment, and supported by vibration isolators. AA. Install air flow switches in horizontal ductwork wherever possible. Installation in vertical ductwork is permitted where air flow is upward. Install minimum ten duct diameters from fan discharge and seven duct diameters downstream of a duct elbow or other source of turbulence wherever possible. BB. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. CC. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. DD. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Division 9 -Finishes. EE. Air inlets and outlets installed in suspended ceilings where the size of the air inlet or outlet is less than the grid (ie. less than 24”x 24”) shall be provided with borders for flush mounting. Support air inlets and outlets independent of the ceiling structure. 3.3 MATERIAL STORAGE ON-SITE A. All ductwork stored on-site should be elevated from the ground and sealed or covered to protect from moisture and dirt accumulation in accordance with section 01 81 19 Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Immediately after installation, seal all supply, return and exhaust openings as well as all temporary ductwork openings not under immediate work (open ends in ductwork runs) with plastic, as per Section 01 81 19 Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.5 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Install pitot tube openings for testing of systems. Install pitot tube complete with metal can with spring device or screw to prevent air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside metal ring. B. Connect diffusers or or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. C. Connect air terminal units, air outlets and inlets to supply ducts directly or with five foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. 3.6 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-11 B. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air flow, clean one half of system completely before proceeding to other half. Protect equipment with potential to be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. C. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment with potential to be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Install access openings into ductwork for cleaning purposes. 3.7 SCHEDULES A. Ductwork Material Schedule: AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL Supply (Heating Systems) Steel, Aluminum Supply (System with Cooling Coils) Steel, Aluminum Buried Supply or Return Steel, PVC Coated Steel, Concrete, Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Return and Relief Steel, Aluminum General Exhaust Steel, Aluminum Kitchen Hood Exhaust Steel, Stainless Steel Dishwasher Exhaust Steel, Stainless Steel, Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Fume Hood Exhaust Stainless Steel, Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Outside Air Intake Steel Combustion Air Steel Evaporative Condenser Steel Intake and Exhaust Emergency Generation Ventilation Steel B. Ductwork Pressure Class Schedule: AIR SYSTEM PRESSURE CLASS Constant Volume Supply 3 inch wg regardless of velocity. Variable Volume-Variable Temperature Supply 3 inch wg regardless of velocity. Variable Air Volume Supply (downstream of VAV boxes) 2 inch wg regardless of velocity. Variable Air Volume Supply (upstream of VAV boxes) 2 inch wg Supply (Heating Systems) 2 inch wg New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Ducts And Casings 233100-12 Supply (System with Cooling Coils) 2 inch wg Return and Relief 1 inch wg regardless of velocity. General Exhaust 1 inch wg regardless of velocity. Dishwasher Exhaust 2 inch wg Fume Hood Exhaust 2 inch wg F. Ductwork Seal Class Schedule: Pressure Class Seal Class 2 inch (125 Pa) and less C 3 inch (750 Pa) B 4 inch (1000 Pa) and up A END OF SECTION 233100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Duct Accessories 233300-1 SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Duct access doors. 2. Dynamic fire dampers. 3. Volume control dampers. 4. Flexible duct connections. 5. Duct test holes. 6. Dial thermometers. 7. Static pressure gages. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Execution and Product requirements for connection and control of Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers for placement by this section. 2. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Execution and Product requirements for connection and control of Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers for placement by this section. 3. Section 23 31 00 -HVAC Ducts and Casings: Requirements for duct construction and pressure classifications. 4. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for connection of electrical Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers specified by this section. 5. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 7. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 8. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.: 1. AMCA 500 -Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E1 -Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. NFPA 92A -Recommended Practice for Smoke-Control Systems. D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Duct Accessories 233300-2 1. SMACNA -HVAC Duct Construction Standard -Metal and Flexible. E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 555 -Standard for Safety for Fire Dampers. 2. UL 555C -Standard for Safety for Ceiling Dampers. 3. UL 555S -Standard for Safety for Smoke Dampers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers, duct access doors, and duct test holes. C. Product Data: Submit data for shop fabricated assemblies and hardware used. D. Product Data: Submit for the following. Include where applicable electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 1. Fire dampers including locations and ratings. 2. Smoke dampers including locations and ratings. 3. Backdraft dampers. 4. Flexible duct connections. 5. Volume control dampers. 6. Duct access doors. 7. Duct test holes. E. Product Data: For fire dampers submit the following: 1. Include UL ratings, dynamic ratings, leakage, pressure drop and maximum pressure data. 2. Indicate materials, construction, dimensions, and installation details. 3. Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 500. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for Fire and Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers. G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 –Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of access doors. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Dampers tested, rated and labeled in accordance with the latest UL requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Duct Accessories 233300-3 B. Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 500. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades. C. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly indicating manufacturer and material. D. Storage: Store materials in a dry area indoor, protected from damage. E. Handling: Handle and lift dampers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate Work where appropriate with building control Work. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for duct accessories. 1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Duct Accessories 233300-4 B. Furnish two of each size and type of fusible link. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated on Drawings. B. Fabrication: Rigid and close fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, furnish minimum 1 inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. 1. Less than 12 inches square, secure with sash locks. 2. Up to 18 inches Square: Furnish two hinges and two sash locks. 3. Up to 24 x 48 inches: Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. 2.2 DYNAMIC FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Air Balance. b. Greenheck. c. Prefco. B. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as indicated. C. Ceiling Dampers: Galvanized steel, minimum 22 gage gage (0.76 mm) frame and 22 gage (0.76 mm) insulated blades. Provide with adjustable air flow balancing device and thermal insulation blanket for diffusers. Dampers shall be Ruskin Model CFD. D. Curtain Type Dampers: Galvanized steel minimum 22 gage (0.76 mm) frame and interlocking blades. Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches. Damper shall be Ruskin Model DIBD. E. Multiple Blade Dampers: 16 gage (1.5 mm) galvanized steel frame and blades, oil-impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel axles, 1/8 x ½ inch (3.2 x 12.7 mm) plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock. Damper shall be Ruskin Model FD35. F. Fusible Links: UL 33, separate at 165 degrees F. G. Fire rating of dampers shall be 1 ½ hour unless noted otherwise on the drawings. H. Fire dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555 Type “B”, dynamically rated to close under maximum flow conditions. Static rated dampers are unacceptable. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Duct Accessories 233300-5 2.3 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Air Balance. b. Greenheck. B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. C. Single Blade Dampers: For duct sizes up to 12 x 36 inch (305 x 915 mm) and 20 inch (510 mm) diameter with minimum 20 gage frame and blade and molded synthetic bearings. Damper shall be Ruskin Model MD25 and MDRS 25. D. Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 48 inch (200 x 1200 mm). Provide with minimum 16 gage frame and blades and molded synthetic bearings. Dampers shall be Ruskin Model MD35. E. Quadrants: 1. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. 2. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. 3. Where rod lengths lengths exceed 30 inches (750 mm) provide regulator at both ends. 2.4 REMOTELY OPERATED VOLUME DAMPERS A. Manufacturers 1. Metro Air Tech 2. Young Regulators B. Produce Description 1. Furnish cable operated remote controlled volume dampers in branch ducts located in inaccessible ceilings and where otherwise indicated. Reference architectural drawings for locations of gypsum board and spline etc. ceilings. 2. Dampers are adjustable with standard tools at the ceiling line in a concealed rectangular steel cup secured to the ceiling framing or in a self supporting 2” round cup. 3. Powder painted steel box cover plate shall be fastened with standard countersunk (Option: tamperproof countersunk) screws providing a secure, unobtrusive appearance flush with the ceiling surface. 4. Galvanized steel, square-shafted damper shall be worm gear actuated via a brass plated rotary cable meeting Mil-spec I-45208 and supported at the damper end by a self lubricating bearing integral to the worm gear assembly. 5. Additional cable retainer supports shall be factory furnished as required by the cable length. Rotary cable shall have a minimum torque service factor of 200% when installed in accordance with manufacturer furnished instructions. Ceiling Cup, rotary cable, and worm gear shall be furnished as one piece for installation New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Duct Accessories 233300-6 with no linkage adjustment required or small parts to get lost on site. Positive, direct, two-way damper control shall be provided with no sleeves, springs, or screw adjustments to come loose after ceiling closure. 2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. B. Connector: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1. Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. 2. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 3 inches wide. 3. Metal: 3 inch (75 mm) wide, 24 gage (0.6 mm thick) galvanized steel. 2.6 DUCT TEST HOLES A. Permanent Test Holes: Factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Furnish extended neck fittings to clear insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify rated walls are ready for fire damper installation. C. Verify ducts and equipment installation are ready for accessories. D. Check location of air outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. 3.2 INSTALLATION. A. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 23 31 00 for duct construction and pressure class. B. Install back-draft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated on Drawings. C. Access Doors: Install access doors at the following locations and as indicated on Drawings: 1. Spaced every 50 feet of straight duct. 2. Upstream of each elbow. 3. Upstream of each reheat coil. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Duct Accessories 233300-7 4. Before and after each duct mounted filter. 5. Before and after each duct mounted coil. 6. Before and after each duct mounted fan. 7. Before and after each automatic control damper. 8. Before and after each fire damper, smoke damper, combination fire and smoke damper. 9. Downstream of each VAV box. 10. Install at locations for cleaning kitchen exhaust ductwork in accordance with NFPA 96. D. Access Door Sizes: Install minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access. E. Install temporary duct test holes and required for testing and balancing purposes. Cut or drill in ducts. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twiston metal caps. F. Install fire dampers at locations as indicated on Drawings. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. 1. Install smoke dampers and combination smoke and fire dampers in accordance with NFPA 92A. 2. Install dampers square and free from racking with blades running horizontally. 3. Do not compress or stretch damper frame into duct or opening. 4. Handle damper using sleeve or frame. Do not lift damper using blades, actuator, or jack shaft. 5. Install bracing for multiple section assemblies to support assembly weight and to hold against system pressure. Install bracing as needed. 3.3 INSTALLATION -THERMOMETERS A. Install thermometers in air duct systems on flanges. B. Where thermometers are provided on local panels, duct mounted thermometers are not required. C. Locate duct-mounted thermometers minimum 10 feet downstream of mixing-dampers, coils, or other devices causing air turbulence. D. Install static pressure gages to measure across filters and filter banks, (inlet to outlet). On multiple banks, provide manifold and single gage. E. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale. scale. F. Install thermometers in locations where they are easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical. G. Adjust thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Duct Accessories 233300-8 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to Owner's representative. END OF SECTION 233300 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Fans 233400-1 SECTION 233400 HVAC FANS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Energy recovery ventilator. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 01 81 19 – Indoor Air Quality Management 5. Section 23 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Product requirements for motors for placement by this section. 6. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for resilient mountings and snubbers for fans for placement by this section. 7. Section 23 07 00 -HVAC Insulation: Product requirements for power ventilators for placement by this section. 8. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Product requirements for control components to interface with fans. 9. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Controls remote from unit. 10. Section 23 31 00 -HVAC Ducts and Casings: Product requirements for hangers for placement by this section. 11. Section 23 33 00 -Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for duct accessories for placement by this section. 12. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution and product requirements for connecting equipment specified by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association: 1. ABMA 9 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. ABMA 11 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. B. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.: 1. AMCA 99 -Standards Handbook. 2. AMCA 204 -Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans. 3. AMCA 210 -Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating. 4. AMCA 300 -Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Fans 233400-2 5. AMCA 301 -Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data. C. American Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 1060 -Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment Certification Equipment Program. D. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E1996 -Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes. E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators. 2. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 705 -Power Ventilators. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Wind-Borne Debris Loads: Design louvers located within 30 feet of grade to withstand ASTM E1996; large missile impact test. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: Paragraph 1.09 Submittals C. Shop Drawings: Indicate size and configuration of fan assembly, mountings, weights, ductwork and accessory connections. D. Product Data: Submit data on each type of fan and include accessories, fan curves with specified operating point plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at rated capacity, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit fan manufacturers instructions. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Fans 233400-3 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal. B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300,and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. C. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705. D. Balance Quality: Conform to AMCA 204. E. Energy Recovery Unit Wheel Energy Transfer Rating: Meet ARI 1060. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather and construction dust. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Project Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer’s warranty for fans. 1.12 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 -Project Closeout Requirements: Requirements for maintenance service. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Fans 233400-4 B. Furnish service and maintenance of fans for one years from Date of Substantial Completion. C. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of fans, and controls checkout and adjustments. Repair or replace parts in accordance with manufacturer's operating and maintenance data. Use parts produced by manufacturer of original equipment. D. Perform work without removing fans from service during building normal occupied hours. 1.13 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two sets of belts for each fan. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR A. Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck 2. Xetex 3. Renewaire B. Unit Casing: Constructed of galvanized steel with bolted construction using corrosion resistant fasteners. Furnish with inlet and outlet duct collars. Top side and interior panels insulated with 1-1/2 inch, 3 pound per cubic foot density glass fiber insulation. Side panels hinged and removable for access to internal components. Energy wheel mounted in sliding tack for access and cleaning. Fans and motor assembly mounted in sliding track for access. C. Energy Wheel: Constructed of synthetic fiber-based media impregnated with nonmigrating water selective 4 angstrom molecular sieve desiccant. D. Fans: Individual supply and exhaust fans. Direct drive, forward curved, centrifugal blower with resilient mounted motor. E. Motors: Open drip proof with permanently lubricated sealed type bearings with ABMA 9 life at 200,000 hours. F. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position. G. Filter: 1 inch thick 30 percent efficient pleated type located in both supply and exhaust air streams. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Fans 233400-5 H. Electrical: Components factory wired for single point power connection. Control panel UL listed with access door. I. Roof Curb: 20 inch high self-flashing of galvanized steel construction with continuously welded seams, interior baffle with acoustic insulation, curb bottom, and factory installed nailer strip. J. Accessories: 1. Duct adapter for vertical discharge configuration. 2. Intake weather hood with 2 inch washable aluminum filters. 3. Exhaust weather hood with bird screen. 4. Motorized dampers factory installed and wired in supply and exhaust air streams. 5. Disconnect Switch: NEMA 250 Type 1 enclosure. 6. Rubber-in-shear type vibration isolators. 7. Fan speed controller. K. Controls: Coordinate controls and interlock with ATC. Furnish unit with the following: 1. Dirty Filter Sensor: Activates warning light. 2. Rotation Sensor: Sends signal to remote indicator when wheel stops. 3. Economizer Mode: Stops wheel operation when outside air conditions approximate indoor air conditions. Furnish with temperature sensor. 4. Frost Control: Exhaust fan only operation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Secure roof fans and gravity ventilators with cadmium plated steel lag screws to roof curb. B. Suspended Fans: Install flexible connections specified in Section 23 33 00 between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running. C. Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling fans and as indicated on Drawings. D. Install safety screen where inlet or outlet is exposed. E. Pipe scroll drains to nearest floor drain. F. Install backdraft dampers on discharge of exhaust fans and as indicated on Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Fans 233400-6 G. Provide sheaves required for final air balance. H. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements. 3.3 MATERIAL STORAGE ON-SITE A. All ductwork stored on-site should be elevated from the ground and sealed or covered to protect from moisture and dirt accumulation in accordance with section 01 81 19 Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Immediately after installation, seal all supply, return and exhaust openings as well as all temporary ductwork openings not under immediate work (open ends in ductwork runs) with plastic, as per Section 01 81 19 Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.5 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control: Requirements for manufacturer’s field services. B. Furnish services of factory trained representative for minimum of one days to to start-up, calibrate controls, and instruct Owner on operation and maintenance. 3.6 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. B. Vacuum clean coils and inside of fan cabinet. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate fan operation and maintenance procedures. 3.8 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Do not operate fans until ductwork is clean, filters in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. C. Do not operate any permanent HVAC equipment or systems during construction, as per Section 01 81 19 Indoor Air Quality Management. END OF SECTION 233400 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Terminal Units 233600-1 SECTION 233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Variable volume terminal units. 2. Variable volume regulators. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Product requirements for fan powered terminal units for placement by this section. 2. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Product requirements for control components to interface with air terminal units. 3. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Controls remote from unit. 4. Section 23 09 93 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls: Sequences of operation applying to units in this section. 5. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electrical connections to air terminal units specified by this section. 6. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 7. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 8. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 9. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 880 -Air Terminals. 2. ARI 885 -Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 181 -Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Terminal Units 233600-2 B. Product Data: Submit data indicating configuration, general assembly, and materials used in fabrication. Include catalog performance ratings indicating airflow, static pressure, heating coil capacity and NC designation. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Include schedules listing discharge and radiated sound power level for each of second through sixth octave bands at inlet static pressures of 1 inch to 4 inches wg. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit support and hanging details, and service clearances required. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings drawn in the latest AutoCAD version in accordance with Division 1 to a minimum scale of 1/4"=1'-0" detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. The Contractor shall indicate the proposed locations of piping, conduit, ductwork, equipment, and materials. Include the following: a. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. b. Equipment connections and support details. c. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. d. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. e. Sizes and locations of required concrete pads and bases. A. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. B. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. C. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication systems components, sprinklers, and other ceilingmounted items. D. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall sign and date each coordination drawing prior to submission. E. Work shall not be performed until coordination drawings have been approved by the architect and engineer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Terminal Units 233600-3 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of units, controls components. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts lists. Include directions for resetting constant volume regulators. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate air terminal units performance for air pressure drop, flow performance, and acoustical performance in accordance with ARI 880 and ARI 885. Attach ARI seal to each terminal unit. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 –Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate Work with Instrumentation and Control for HVAC. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout : Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for air terminal units. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Terminal Units 233600-4 1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for extra materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE DUCT VARIABLE VOLUME AIR TERMINAL UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Nailor 2. Environmental Technologies, Inc 3. Titus 4. The Trane Co. B. Product Description: Variable air volume terminal units for connection to central air systems, with electronic controls, and hot water heating coils. C. Identification: Furnish each air terminal unit with identification label and airflow indicator. Include unit nominal airflow, maximum factory-set airflow and minimum factory-set airflow and coil type. D. Basic Assembly: 1. Casings: Minimum 22 gage galvanized steel. 2. Lining: Minimum ¾ inch thick neoprene or vinyl coated glass fiber insulation, 1.5 lb./cu ft density, meeting NFPA 90A requirements and UL 181 erosion requirements. E. Basic Unit: 1. Configuration: Air volume damper assembly inside unit casing. Locate control control components inside protective metal shroud. 2. Volume Damper: Construct of galvanized steel with peripheral gasket and selflubricating bearings; maximum damper leakage: 2 percent of design air flow at 1 inches inlet static pressure. 3. Mount damper operator to position damper normally open. F. Attenuation Section: Line attenuation sections with 2 inch thick insulation. G. Round Outlet: Discharge collar matching inlet size. H. Hot Water Heating Coil: 1. Construction: 1/2 inch copper tube mechanically expanded into aluminum plate fins, leak tested under water to 200 psig pressure, factory installed. I. Automatic Damper Operator: 1. Electric Actuator: 24 volt with high limit with remote temperature read and reset capability. J. Sound Ratings: Not to exceed 20 NC at 1 psi static pressure. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Terminal Units 233600-5 K. Sequence of Operation: Refer to Section 23 09 93. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify ductwork is ready for air terminal installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Connect to ductwork in accordance with Section 23 31 00. B. Install ceiling access doors or locate units above easily removable ceiling components. C. Support units individually from structure. Do not support from adjacent ductwork. D. Support air terminal units connected by flexible duct independently of flexible duct. E. Install transition piece to match flexible duct size to inlet or outlet of variable air volume terminal. F. Install minimum of 10 ft of 1 inch thick lined ductwork downstream of units. Refer to Section 23 31 00. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout Requirements:Requirements for starting and adjusting. B. Reset volume with damper operator attached to assembly allowing flow range modulation from 100 percent of design flow to 30 percent full flow. Set units with heating coils for minimum 50 percent full flow. END OF SECTION 233600 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Outlets And Inlets 233700-1 SECTION 233700 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Diffusers. 2. Registers 3. Grilles. 4. Door grilles. 5. Louvers. 6. Roof hoods. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 01 81 19 – Indoor Air Quality Management 5. Section 09 90 00 -Painting and Coating: Execution and product requirements for Painting of ductwork visible behind outlets and inlets specified by this section. 6. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Operators for adjustable louvers. 7. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Operators for adjustable louvers. 8. Section 23 33 00 -Air Duct Accessories: Volume dampers for inlets and outlets. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.: 1. AMCA 500 -Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 70 -Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets. C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA -HVAC Duct Construction Standard -Metal and Flexible. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: Paragraph 1.10 Submittals New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Outlets And Inlets 233700-2 C. Product Data: Submit sizes, finish, and type of mounting. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level. D. Test Reports: Rating of air outlet and inlet performance. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate diffuser, register, and grille performance in accordance with ASHRAE 70. B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for air outlets and inlets. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish 2 percent extra air outlets and inlets. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS A. For all diffusers, grilles and registers, Noise Criteria (NC) shall not exceed 30 unless noted otherwise on drawings. NC rating shall be for diffuser/neck assembly. B. Refer to schedule on the drawings for manufacturer, materials, etc. C. Refer to Division 1 for procedures regarding substitutions. D. Manufacturers: 1. Titus. 2. Metal Aire. 3. Tuttle and Bailey. 4. Price. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Air Outlets And Inlets 233700-3 E. Refer to schedule on drawings for diffuser type, materials, arrangements, etc. F. Refer to floor plans for quantity, neck size and flow rates. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 –Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify inlet and outlet locations. C. Verify ceiling systems are ready for installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers to ductwork with airtight connection. B. Install balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, whether or not dampers are furnished as part of diffuser, grille, and register assembly. Refer to Section 23 33 00. C. Paint visible portion of ductwork behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Section 09 90 00. D. All adhesives, sealants and coatings applied on site and fall within the weatherproofing system shall meet the VOC limits as stated in Section 01 81 13 LEED Product Requirements. 3.3 MATERIAL STORAGE ON-SITE A. All ductwork stored on-site should be elevated from the ground and sealed or covered to protect from moisture and dirt accumulation in accordance with section 01 81 19 Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Immediately after installation, seal all supply, return and exhaust openings as well as all temporary ductwork openings not under immediate work (open ends in ductwork runs) with plastic, as per Section 01 81 19 Indoor Air Quality Management. 3.5 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. END OF SECTION 233700 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices 234000-1 SECTION 234000 HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Activated carbon filters. 2. Disposable, extended area panel filters. 3. Disposable panel filters. 4. Extended surface high efficiency media filters. 5. High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters. 6. Filter frames and housings. 7. Filter gages. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 01 81 19 – Indoor Air Quality Management: Protection of ductwork and HVAC systems. 5. Section 23 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Product requirements for motors for placement by this section. 6. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for wiring products for placement by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 850 -Commercial and Industrial Air Filter Equipment. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 52.1 -Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter. C. Military Standardization Documents: 1. MIL MIL-STD-282 -Filter Units, Protective Clothing, Gas-Mask Components, and Related Products: Performance-Test Methods. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 586 -High-Efficiency. Particulate, Air Filter Units. 2. UL 867 -Electrostatic Air Cleaners. 3. UL 900 -Air Filter Units. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices 234000-2 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ARI 850 Section 7.4. B. Dust Spot Efficiency: Plus or minus 5 percent. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate filter assembly and filter frames, dimensions, motor locations, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Product Data: Submit data on filter media, filter performance data, dimensions, and electrical characteristics. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit assembly and change-out procedures. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for operation, changing, and periodic cleaning. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish one extra set of filters per unit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices 234000-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DISPOSABLE, EXTENDED AREA PANEL FILTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Air Filter 2. AirGuard 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Media: UL 900 Class 1, pleated, lofted, non-woven, reinforced cotton fabric and bonded to welded wire grid. 1. Frame: Non-flammable. C. Rating, ASHRAE 52.1: 1. Dust spot efficiency: 90 percent-MERV 13. 2. Weight arrestance: 85 percent. 3. Initial resistance at 500 fpm face velocity: 0.20 inch wg 4. Recommended final resistance: 0.9 inch wg 2.2 DISPOSABLE PANEL FILTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Air Filter 2. AirGuard 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements Not Permitted. B. Media: UL 900 Class 2, fiber blanket, factory sprayed with flameproof, non-drip, nonvolatile adhesive. 1. Thickness: 1 inch 2 inch. C. Performance Rating: 1. Face Velocity: 500 fpm 2. Initial Resistance: 0.15 inch wg 0.10 inch wg 3. Recommended Final Resistance: 0.50 inches wg. D. Casing: Cardboard-frame with perforated metal retainer. 2.3 EXTENDED SURFACE HIGH EFFICIENCY MEDIA FILTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Air Filter 2. AirGuard 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Media: Pleated, water-resistant glass fiber with aluminum Kraft separators; in 16 gage steel holding frame with corrosion resistant coating. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices 234000-4 C. Performance Rating, ASHRAE 52.1: 1. Dust Spot Efficiency: 95 percent. 2. MIL-STD-282 Test 0.3 Micron Dioctyl Phthalate Smoke (DOP) Efficiency: 99 percent. 3. Initial Resistance at 150 fpm Face Velocity: 0.35 inch wg 4. Recommended Final Resistance: 1.5 inch wg 2.4 HIGH EFFICIENCY PARTICULATE AIR (HEPA) FILTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Air Filter 2. AirGuard 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Media: UL 586, pleated, water-resistant glass fiber with separators of aluminum vinyl coated aluminum ribbons of filter media: 1. Holding Frame: Stainless steel. 2. Media to Frame Side Bond: Polyurethane foam. 3. Face Gasket: Neoprene expanded rubber. 4. Nominal Size: 24 x 24 x 12 inches deep. C. Performance Rating: 1. MIL-STD-282 Test 0.3 Micron Dioctyl Phthalate Smoke (DOP) Efficiency: 99.97 percent. 2. Rated Airflow Capacity at 1.0 inch wg: 1150 cfm. 3. Recommended Final Resistance: 3.0 inch wg. 2.5 FILTER FRAMES AND HOUSINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Air Filter 2. AirGuard 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. General: Fabricate filter frames and supporting structures of 16 gage galvanized steel or extruded aluminum T-section construction with necessary gaskets between frames and walls. C. Standard Sizes: For interchange ability of filter media of other manufacturers; for panel filters, size for 24 x 24 inches filter media, minimum 2 inches thick; for extended surface and high efficiency particulate air filters, provide for upstream mounting of panel filters. D. Side Servicing Housings: Flanged for insertion into ductwork, of reinforced 16 gage galvanized steel; access doors with continuous gaskets and positive locking devices on both sides; extruded aluminum tracks or channels for primary and secondary, secondary and tertiary filters with positive sealing gaskets. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices 234000-5 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install filters with felt, rubber, or neoprene gaskets to prevent passage of unfiltered air around filters. B. Install filter gage static pressure tips upstream and downstream of filters. Mount filter gages on outside of filter housing or filter plenum, in accessible position. Adjust and level. C. Do not operate fan system until temporary filters are in place. Replace temporary filters used during construction and testing, with clean set. D. Install filter gages on filter banks with separate static pressure tips upstream and downstream of filters. END OF SECTION 234000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Condensing Boilers 235234-1 SECTION 235234 CONDENSING BOILERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Condensing boilers. 2. Boiler controls. 3. Boiler trim. 4. Natural gas fired burner. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for concrete housekeeping pads specified by this section. 2. Section 23 04 00 – General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 3. Section 22 11 00 -Facility Water Distribution: Execution requirements for cold water piping connections to boilers specified in this section. 4. Section 23 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Product requirements for electric motors for placement by this section. 5. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for Vibration Isolators for placement by this section. 6. Section 23 05 03 – Pipes and Tubes for HVAC: Execution requirements for hot water piping for piping connections to boilers specified in this section. 7. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to boilers specified in this section. 8. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 9. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 10. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 11. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI Z21.13 -Gas-fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 90.1 -Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME Section I -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Power Boilers. 2. ASME Section IV -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Heating Boilers. 3. ASME Section VIII -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Pressure Vessels. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Condensing Boilers 235234-2 D. Hydronics Institute: 1. H.I. Heating Boiler Standard -Testing and Rating Standard for Heating Boilers. E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). F. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit capacities and accessories included with boiler. Include general layout, dimensions, size and location of water, fuel, electric and vent connections, electrical characteristics, weight and mounting loads. C. Test Reports: Indicate boilers meet or exceed specified performance and efficiency. Submit results of combustion test. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit assembly, support details, connection requirements, and include start-up instructions. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturers Field Reports: Indicate condition of equipment after start-up including control settings and performance chart of control system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, cleaning procedures, replacement parts list, and maintenance and repair data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ASME Section I Section IV and ANSI Z21.13 Code for construction of boilers. Provide boilers registered with National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. B. Boiler Performance Requirements: Conform to minimum efficiency prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1 when tested in accordance with H.I. Heating Boiler Standard. C. Gas Train and Safety Controls: Conform to requirements of Factory Mutual (FM). D. Unit Certification: UL certified. E. Conform to applicable code for internal wiring of factory wired equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Condensing Boilers 235234-3 F. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 –Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept boilers and accessories on site in factory shipping packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect boilers from damage by leaving packing in place until installation. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish one year manufacturer’s warranty for boilers. 1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Maintenance service. B. Furnish service and maintenance of boilers for one year(s) from Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide emergency call back service at all hours for this maintenance period. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Condensing Boilers 235234-4 D. Maintain locally, near Place of the Work, adequate stock of parts for replacement or emergency purposes. Have personnel available to ensure fulfillment of this maintenance service, without unreasonable loss of time. E. Perform maintenance work using qualified personnel under supervision of boiler manufacturer’s representative or original installer. 1.12 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish wire brush and handle for fire tube boiler cleaning. 1.13 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDENSING BOILERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Aerco 2. Buderus 3. Ajax B. Product Description: Boiler modules shall be natural gas fired, condensing fire tube design with a modulating forced draft power burner and positive pressure vent discharge. C. Modulating Air/Fuel Valve and Burner 1. The boiler burner shall be capable of a 20 to 1 turndown ratio of the firing rate without loss of combustion efficiency or staging of gas valves. The burner shall produce <16ppm of NOx corrected to 3% excess oxygen. 2. The burner shall be metal fiber mesh covering a stainless steel body, with spark ignition and flame rectification. 3. All burner material exposed to the combustion zone shall be of stainless steel construction. 4. There shall be no moving parts within the burner itself. 5. A modulating air/fuel valve shall meter the air and natural gas input. 6. The modulating motor must be linked to both the gas valve body and air valve body with a single linkage. 7. The linkage shall not require any field adjustment. 8. A variable frequency drive (VFD) controlled cast aluminum pre-mix blower shall be utilized to ensure the optimum mixing of air & fuel between the air/fuel valve and the burner. D. Pressure Vessel/Heat Exchanger New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Condensing Boilers 235234-5 1. The boiler shall be capable of handling return water temperatures down to 40 F without any failure due to thermal shock or fireside condensation. The heat exchangers shall be ASME stamped for a working pressure not less than 160 psig. 2. The boiler water pressure drop shall not exceed 4.9 psig at 130 gpm. 3. The pressure vessels are constructed of SA53 carbon steel, with a 0.25” thick wall and 0.25 in. thick upper head. Inspection openings in the pressure vessels shall be in accordance with ASME Section IV pressure vessel code. 4. The boiler shall be designed so that the thermal efficiency increases as the boiler firing rate decreases. 5. The heat exchangers shall be constructed of 316L stainless steel fire tubes and tube sheets with a one-pass combustion gas flow design. 6. The fire tubes shall be 5/8” OD with no less than 0.065” wall thickness. 7. The upper and lower stainless steel tubesheets shall be no less than 0.375” thick. 8. The pressure vessel/heat exchangers shall be welded construction. 9. The heat exchangers shall be ASME stamped for a working pressure not less than 160 psig. 10. Access to the tubesheets and heat exchangers are available by burner and exhaust manifold removal. E. Exhaust Manifold 1. The exhaust manifold shall be of corrosion resistant stainless steel with a 6“diameter flue connection. 2. The exhaust manifold shall have a gravity drain for the elimination of the condensation with collecting reservoir. F. Hot Water Boiler Trim: 1. ASME rated pressure relief valve set at 45 psi. 2. Low water cut-off to automatically prevent burner operation when water falls below safe level. 3. Inlet flow switch to automatically prevent burner operation when low flow through boiler. 4. Temperature gage to indicate outlet water temperature. 5. Pressure gage with scale graduated from 1-1/2 to 3 times safety relief valve set pressure. 6. Control transformer. 7. On-off switch with indicator lights. 8. Alarm bell. G. Boiler Controls: 1. Operating Controls: Factory wired, factory assembled electric control including pilot safety and thermocouple transformer, 24-volt gas valve, manual main and pilot valves, and junction box. 2. Operating temperature controller with outdoor reset to control burner operation to maintain supply water temperature. 3. High limit temperature controller with manual automatic reset for burner to prevent boiler water temperature from exceeding safe system temperature. 4. Pump controller. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Condensing Boilers 235234-6 5. Pump delay relay. 6. Boiler sequencing control. 7. Boiler shall include integral factory wired operating controls to control all operation and energy input of the boiler plant. The microprocessor-based controller shall have the ability to vary boiler input throughout its full range for bump-less transfer of header temperature, and to maximize the condensing capability of the boiler without header temperature swings. 2.2 DIAPHRAGM TYPE EXPANSION TANK A. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME Section VIII; rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install boilers plumb and level, to plus or minus 1/16 inch over boiler base. B. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances around and over boilers. C. Install boiler on concrete housekeeping pad, minimum 3-1/2 inches high and 6 inches larger than boiler base on each side. Refer to Section 03 30 00. D. Install boiler on vibration isolators in accordance with Section 23 05 48. E. Connect natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54. F. Connect natural gas piping to boiler, full size of boiler gas train inlet. Arrange piping with clearances for burner removal and service. G. Connect hot water piping to supply and return boiler connections. H. Install the following piping accessories. 1. On supply: a. Thermometer well for temperature controller. b. Thermometer well and thermometer. c. Well for control system temperature sensor. d. Strainer. e. Nipple and flow switch. f. Pressure gage. g. Shutoff valve. 2. On return: a. Thermometer well and thermometer. b. Well for control system temperature sensor. c. Pressure gage. d. Shutoff valve. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Condensing Boilers 235234-7 e. Balancing valve. I. Install the following piping accessories on natural gas piping connections. 1. Strainer. 2. Pressure gage. 3. Shutoff valve. 4. Check valve. 5. Pressure reducing valve. J. Install discharge piping from relief valves and drain valves to nearest floor drain. K. Install circulator and diaphragm expansion tank on boiler. L. Install boiler trim and accessories furnished loose for field mounting. M. Install electrical devices furnished loose for field mounting. N. Install control wiring between boiler control panel and field mounted control devices. O. Connect flue to boiler outlet, full size of outlet. P. Install thermometer in boiler breeching within 12 inches of flue nozzle for fire tube boilers. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control 01 77 00 –Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Perform combustion test including boiler firing rate, over fire draft, gas flow rate, heat input, burner manifold gas pressure, percent carbon monoxide, percent oxygen, percent excess air, flue gas temperature at outlet, ambient temperature, net stack temperature, percent stack loss, percent combustion efficiency, and heat output. Perform test at minimum, mid-range, and high fire. C. Arrange with local authorities having jurisdiction for inspection of boiler, piping, and for certificate of operation. 3.3 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Requirements for manufacturer’s field services. B. Start-up boilers according to manufacturer's start-up instructions and in presence of boiler manufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Adjust burner for maximum burning efficiency. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Condensing Boilers 235234-8 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for starting and adjusting. 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. B. Flush and clean boilers upon completion of installation, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate operation and maintenance procedures. C. Furnish services for manufacturer's technical representative for one 8 hour day to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of boilers. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7 days notice to Architect/Engineer of training date. END OF SECTION 235234 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-1 SECTION 236411 PACKAGE WATER CHILLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes chiller package, charge of refrigerant and oil, controls and control connections, chilled water connections, condenser water connections, refrigerant connections, auxiliary water connections, starters. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for concrete housekeeping pads specified by this section. 2. Section 23 05 13 -Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Product requirements for electric motors for placement by this section. 3. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolators for placement by this section. 4. Section 23 09 93 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls: Sequences of operation for chillers specified in this section. 5. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for connection to chillers specified by this section. 6. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 7. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 8. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 9. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 550/590 -Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 90.1 -Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME Section VIII -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code -Pressure Vessels. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-2 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Coefficient of Performance (COP) -cooling: The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input, in consistent units, for a complete refrigerating system or some specific portion of that system under designated operating conditions. B. Integrated Part-Load Value (IPLV): A single-number figure of merit based on part-load EER, COP, or kW/ton expressing part-load efficiency for air-conditioning and heat pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at various load capacities for the equipment. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate components, assembly, dimensions, weights and loads, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. Indicate valves, strainers, and thermostatic valves required for complete system. C. Product Data: Submit rated capacities, weights, specialties and accessories, electrical requirements, wiring diagrams, and control diagrams. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit assembly, support details, connection requirements, and include startup instructions. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements including those furnished but not produced by manufacturer. F. Manufacturer’s Field Reports: Submit start-up report for each unit. Indicate results of leak test and refrigerant pressure test. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit start-up instructions, maintenance data, parts lists, controls, and accessories. Include trouble-shooting guide. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ARI 550/590 code for testing and rating of water chillers. B. Performance Ratings: Coefficient of Performance (COP) and Integrated Part-Load Value (IPLV) not less than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-3 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept chillers on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty to include coverage for complete assembly including materials and labor. 1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for maintenance service. B. Furnish service and maintenance of chiller for one years from Date of Substantial Completion. C. Examine unit components semi-monthly. Clean, adjust, and lubricate equipment. D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of unit, and controls checkout and adjustments. Repair or replace parts in accordance with manufacturer's operating and maintenance data. Use parts produced by manufacturer of original equipment. E. Perform work without removing units from service during building normal occupied hours. F. Provide emergency call back service at all hours for this maintenance period. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-4 G. Maintain locally, near Place of the Work, adequate stock of parts for replacement or emergency purposes. Have personnel available to ensure fulfillment of this maintenance service, without unreasonable loss of time. H. Perform maintenance work using competent and qualified personnel under supervision of manufacturer or original installer. I. Do not assign or transfer maintenance service to agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of Owner. 1.12 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two containers of lubricating oil. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PACKAGED WATER CHILLERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Smardt 2. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2.2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A. Provide and install as shown on the plans a factory assembled air-cooled packaged chiller. B. Each unit shall include one or more more Turbocor, oil-free, magnetic bearing, and variablespeed centrifugal compressors. Integrated variable frequency drive shall operate with inlet guide vanes to optimize part load efficiency. Chillers shall operate with HCF-134a refrigerant not subject to phase-out by the Montreal Protocol and the U.S. Clean Air Act. C. The evaporator, condenser, and expansion valve shall be configured to operate as one refrigerant circuit. The chiller unit compressors shall be designed for mechanical and electrical isolation to facilitate service and removal. 2.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Provide a complete water-cooled, TurboCor compressor equipped chiller as specified. Unit shall consist of one or more magnetic bearing, oil-free centrifugal compressors with integrated variable frequency drive, refrigerant evaporator, air-cooled condenser and operating controls with equipment protection. B. Performance: Refer to schedule on the set of project drawings. When utilizing Turbocor model TT300 compressors (90 nominal tons), the chiller shall be capable of stable operation to 15% percent of full load with one compressor chillers and down to 12 tons of New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-5 capacity with two or more compressors with standard ARI entering condenser water temperature and without utilizing hot gas bypass. When utilizing Turbocor model TT400 compressors (140 nominal tons), the chiller shall be capable of stable operation to 40% percent of full load with one compressor chillers and down to 40 tons of capacity with two or more compressors with standard ARI entering condenser water temperature and without utilizing hot gas bypass C. Acoustics: Sound pressure for the unit shall not exceed 92 dBa at three feet and shall represent the highest levels recorded at all load points. Sound data shall be measured according to ARI Standard 575-87. D. Chiller shall be equipped for single-point power connection. 2.4 CHILLER COMPONENTS A. Compressors: 1. Compressors shall be of hermetic centrifugal design and operate 100% oil-free with two two-stages of compression, magnetic bearings, and integrated variable frequency drive system. 2. Automatically positioned and controlled inlet guide vanes shall operate with compressor speed controls to provide optimum unit efficiency and stable operation at part loads. 3. The compressor shall be capable of coming to a controlled stop in the event of a power failure. The unit shall be capable of initializing an automatic restart in the case of power failure. B. Refrigerant Evaporator 1. Evaporator shall be shell-and-tube type and be designed, constructed, tested and stamped according to the requirements of the ASME Code, Section VIII. Refrigerant shall be in the shell and water inside the tubes. The water sides shall be designed for a minimum of 150 psig or as specified. Vents and drains shall be provided. The refrigerant side shall bear the ASME Code stamp. Vessels shall pass a test pressure of 1.1 times the working pressure but not less than 100 psig. Provide intermediate tube supports spaced to enable equal liquid and gas flow across multiple compressor suction ports. 2. A perforated plate designed for vapor disengagement shall be installed inside the evaporator above the tubing to assure effective liquid droplet removal to prevent liquid damage to compressors and equalized suction pressure across evaporators with multiple compressors. 3. Tubes shall be individually replaceable and have internally and externally enhanced surfaces designed for refrigeration duty. Tubes shall have smooth full tube wall landings at the tube-sheet ends and at intermediate tube supports. Tubes shall be mechanically roller expanded into steel tube sheets containing a minimum of three concentric grooves. 4. Minimum evaporator exiting water temperature shall be 38°F. Minimum entering condenser air temperature shall be 32°F. Minimum inlet condenser air to outlet chilled water difference shall be 12°F. 5. The evaporator, including chilled water boxes, compressor suction line, and all other components subject to condensing moisture shall be insulated with UL New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-6 recognized 3/4 inch closed cell insulation. All joints and seams shall be sealed to form a vapor barrier. 6. The evaporator shall be provided with spring loaded reseating-type pressure relief valves according to ASHRAE-15. Rupture disks are not acceptable. C. Air Cooled Condenser 1. Air cooled packaged chillers and controls shall be capable of reliable operation between 32°F and 105° ambient air temperature. 2. Air-cooled condensers shall utilize mill-coated hydrophilic-blue aluminum fins with refrigeration duty copper tubes mechanically expanded into fin collars. Condenser coils shall be arranged in a W-configuration to reduce equipment footprint. 3. Condenser coils and fans shall be arranged such that one fan operates with one coil section so that the failure of a fan will not affect the CFM across any coil beyond that fan. 4. Condenser shall be equipped with an oversized liquid line and mechanical float to assure liquid sub-cooling necessary for effective cooling of the compressor. 5. Condenser shall be equipped with packaged fixed or variable speed fans capable of delivering specified CFM of air according to ARI standard operating conditions. D. Chiller Liquid Control 1. Control of refrigerant flow shall utilize a 6,000 step electronic expansion valve, EXV, to operate within the full range from full load to the lowest loading capacity for the chiller. Fixed orifice metering devices or float controls using hot gas bypass are not acceptable. The EXV liquid line shall sight glass with moisture indicator. 2. Provide field installed water flow switches on the evaporator to prevent unit operation with no water flow. 3. Condenser shall be equipped with a mechanical stainless steel float for electronic actuation of the EXV to provide a positive liquid seal to assure effective cooling of the compressor. E. Prime Mover: 1. Permanent-magnet, synchronous hermetically sealed motor of sufficient size to effectively provide compressor horsepower requirements. Motor shall include soft-start capabilities with an inrush current of no more than 2 amps. Motor shall be liquid refrigerant cooled with internal thermal overload protection devices embedded in the winding of each phase. 2. Compressor motor and chiller unit shall include variable-frequency speed controls to match cooling load demand to compressor speed and inlet guide vane position. 3. Each compressor shall be equipped with a line reactor. F. Chiller Frame and Housing 1. All components shall be mounted onto a unitized construction having a galvanized welded-steel frame suitable for outdoor installation. 2. Compressors and controls shall be contained within a sheet metal enclosure to protect critical components from weather. Enclosure shall be NEMA-1 rated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-7 G. Chiller Controls 1. The controller fitted to the Smardt oil-free centrifugal chiller package shall be an embedded real time microprocessor device that utilizes control software written specifically for Smardt chiller applications. User operation shall be accomplished using a panel mounted color touch-screen interface. The status of the compressors and all system parameters including compressor alarms and temperature trends shall be viewable. 2. Chiller control system shall have the capability to store one year of operational data. No less than 60 points of information shall be sampled at a maximum of 15 minute intervals. 3. Chiller control system shall have full web based remote control capability including the capability for remote operation and software updates. a. Controller Features shall include the following: b. Selectable entering, leaving water control or saturated suction suction temperature c. 10.4 inch, 65,000 colors, touch panel operator interface. d. Energy optimization fuzzy logic control of multiple compressors. e. Integrated condensing temperature relief algorithm to control VFD fan speed and reduce compressor energy usage requirements in low ambient conditions. f. Multiple compressor staging algorithm shall operate at the optimized power curves of each compressor simultaneously and shall reset automatically every second during operation. Compressor staging methods that operates using simple incremental percent of demand shall not be accepted. g. Continuous data logging for operational trending and bin analysis shall be exportable to “CSV” format. (12 months data stored). h. Standard communications via ModBUS RTU. Multiple communication protocols available as options LonTalk FT10, BacNet MSTP, Modbus TCP/IP. i. Embedded Web and FTP servers to enable remote encrypted control, log download, software version upload and operational monitoring. j. Full plant control functions – Condenser fan VFD and condenser water pump VFD inputs and outputs. VFD chilled water control is optional. k. Built-in stepper motor controls for EXVs l. Controls lockup protection m. Ramp rate control -Peak energy demand limiting algorithms. n. Three levels of alarm safety for minimum chiller down time o. View up to 32,000 alarm and fault events stored with date /time stamp. p. Real time data trending viewable via Touch panel. q. Built in electronic expansion valve controller. r. Chiller load profile charts viewable via Touch panel. 4. Inputs and Outputs a. Thermistor Inputs (10K NTC) – Qty. 8 b. Digital Inputs (Voltage Free) -Qty. 8 c. Analogue Inputs (4-20mA or 0-10V) – Qty. 8 d. Digital Outputs (Relay) – Qty. 8 e. Analogue Outputs (0-10VDC) – Qty. 6 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-8 f. EXV Output – Bipolar Stepper Motor Drive 5. Data on Main Display Screen: a. Entering and leaving chilled water temperature. b. Entering and leaving condenser water temperature (if optioned & watercooled). c. Outside air temperature (if optioned & air-cooled). d. System demand % e. Actual loading f. Chiller set point g. Condenser VFD % h. Total chiller kW i. Total chiller Amp j. Two pages of data trends k. Current alarms (announce and manual reset provision) 2.5 OPTIONAL ITEMS A. The following optional items shall be furnished: 1. Marine water boxes 2. 0.025 in. tube wall thickness 3. Water side vessel design for of 300 psi operation (150 psi is standard) 4. Single insulation, 3/4 inch, on evaporator, water boxes, suction piping, and compressor end-bell 5. Double insulation, 1 ½ inch, on evaporator, water boxes, suction piping, and compressor end-bell 6. BMS interface module for the interface with BacNET or Lon FT10. ModBUS is standard 7. Export crating with vapor barrier. 8. 5-year compressor parts warranty 9. Certified performance test 10. Multiple point power connection, single point is standard 11. EMI filters installed for each compressor 12. Load balancing valves for capacity control 13. Electrofin, Thermoguard or Heresite fin coating, Hydro folic coating is standard. 14. VFD condenser fans (fixed speed is standard) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install per manufacturer’s IOM documentation, shop drawings, and submittal documents. B. Align chiller on foundations or mounting rails as specified on drawings. C. Arrange piping to enable dismantling and permit head removal for tube cleaning. D. Coordinate electrical installation with electrical contractor. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-9 E. Coordinate controls and BMS interface with controls contractor. F. Provide all material required for a fully operational and functional chiller. 3.2 START-UP A. Units shall be charged with HFC-134a refrigerant. B. Factory Start-Up Services: Provide factory supervised start-up and commissioning on-site for a minimum of two working days ensure proper operation of the equipment. During the period of start-up, the factory authorized technician shall instruct the owner’s representative in proper care and operation of the equipment. C. Arrange piping for easy dismantling to permit tube cleaning. D. Install refrigerant piping connections to air-cooled condensing units. Refer to Section 23 05 03. E. Install piping from chiller safety relief valve to outdoors. Size as recommended by manufacturer. F. Install chiller accessories furnished loose for field mounting. G. Install electrical devices furnished loose for field mounting. H. Install control wiring between chiller control panel and field mounted control devices. I. Provide connection to electrical service. Refer to Section 26 05 03. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control, 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Furnish cooling season start-up, winter season shutdown service, for first year of operation. When initial start-up and testing takes place in winter and machines are to remain inoperative, repeat start-up and testing operation at beginning of first cooling season. 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Manufacturers' field services. B. Furnish services of factory trained representative for minimum of one days to leak test, refrigerant pressure test, evacuate, dehydrate, charge, start-up, calibrate controls, and instruct Owner on operation and maintenance. C. Furnish initial charge of refrigerant and oil. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Package Water Chillers -Reciprocating, Scroll, And Screw 236411-10 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for starting and adjusting. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate system operations and verify specified performance. Demonstrate low ambient operation during winter testing for air-cooled condensers. END OF SECTION 236411 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Packaged Outdoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units 237413-1 SECTION 237413 PACKAGED OUTDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes modular factory fabricated air-handling units, dedicated outside air units, and accessories. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 2. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 3. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Required. B. Product Data: Required. C. Samples: Required. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Required. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Required. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Outside Air Damper Leakage: Test in accordance with AMCA 500. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for air handling units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR HANDLING UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Trane. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Packaged Outdoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units 237413-2 2. York. 3. McQuay. 4. AAON B. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99 and ARI 430. C. Roof Curb: 1. Full perimeter type, 14” high. D. Casing: 1. Outside Casing: Steel. 2. Outside Casing Finish: Baked enamel. 3. Inside Casing: Aluminum, perforated. 4. Floor Plate: Galvanized steel. 5. Insulation: Neoprene coated, glass fiber, applied to internal surfaces. 6. Inspection Doors: Galvanized steel insulated sandwich construction with inspection window. 7. Access Doors: Galvanized steel insulated sandwich construction with inspection window. 8. Lights: Located in accessible sections suitable for damp locations, factory wired to weatherproof switch mounted on casing exterior. 9. Drain Pans: Single thickness galvanized steel. Bottom Inlet Units: Furnish steel or aluminum walking grate on structural supports. 10. Louvers: Stationary, of galvanized steel, 4”. E. Fans: 1. Type: Air foil. 2. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and label with AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 3. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300 and label with AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. 4. Fan Modulation: Variable Frequency Drive. 5. Flexible Connection: Separate unit from connecting ductwork. F. Bearings and Drives: 1. Bearings: Ball bearings, with ABMA 9 L-50 life at 100,000 hours. G. Coils: 1. Drain Pans: 24 inches downstream of coil and down spouts for cooling coil banks more than one coil high. 2. Air Coils: Certify capacities, pressure drops, and selection procedures in accordance with ARI 410. 3. Fabrication: a. Tubes: Seamless copper. b. Fins: Aluminum. c. Drainable. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Packaged Outdoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units 237413-3 H. Filters: 1. Filter Box: Section with filter guides, access doors from both sides. 2. Angle: 2 inch thick disposable panel filters. 3. Filter Gauges: 90 mm diameter diaphragm actuated dial in metal case, with static pressure tips. I. Dampers: 1. Mixing Boxes: Section with factory mounted outside and return air dampers of galvanized steel and edge seals. 2. Outside Air Damper Leakage: Maximum 3.0 cfm/sq ft at 1 inch wg pressure differential. 3. Damper Leakage: Maximum 1 percent at 4 inch wg differential pressure. 4. Damper Actuators: Furnish factory installed electric damper actuators for outside air, return air, and exhaust air dampers. J. Outside Air Measuring and Modulation Device: 1. Factory mounted in outside air. 2. Construction: a. Frame: Extruded aluminum. b. Blades: Stationary Sensing. c. Digital Controller: Application specific controller with inputs and outputs for interface to building automation system. 3. Performance Data: a. Accuracy: Plus or minus 5 percent. b. Leakage: Maximum of 2 cfm/sq ft at 1 inch wg pressure differential. 4. Accessories: Actuator Heater. K. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount in control panel. 2.2 DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Trane. 2. Valent. 3. York. 4. McQuay. 5. AAON B. General: Packaged roof mounted rotary air-to-air heat recovery ventilator shall include rotary exchanger, supply air and exhaust air blowers, motors with starters and relays, air filters, and specified options. C. Unit shall have a welded structural steel base with structural supports under blowers and components. Frame shall be coated with rust inhibiting paint. Lifting lugs shall be an integral part of the base. Unit floor shall be minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Packaged Outdoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units 237413-4 D. Unit housing shall be of formed heavy gauge galvanized steel supports (18-gauge min). Panels to be 20 gauge galvanized steel with 1" thick 3# density hardboard fiberglass insulation with reinforced aluminum lining secured with metal clips and sealed with aluminum tape and silicone sealant to provide a complete vapor barrier and noncontaminating surface to all air streams. Framing and panels of dissimilar metals that could create a galvanic effect are not allowed. E. Provide access to all exchanger surfaces, blowers, motors, filters, through hinged double wall gasketed access doors held closed by adjustable cam-lock latches. Continuous hollow rubber gasket shall be applied to all access doors to provide water/air-tight seals. F. Rotary air-to-air heat exchanger shall have the following features: 1. Exchanger rotor shall be a minimum of 10" deep and shall be constructed of alternate layers of corrugated and flat aluminum. Enthalpy wheels shall have a permanently bonded desiccant adsorbent specifically developed for the selective transfer of moisture for equal transfer of sensible and latent energy. 2. The air channels shall be formed smooth to ensure laminar airflow for lowpressure drops and allow free passage of particles up to 900 microns. Rotor structure shall be internally reinforced and mounted on pillow block type bearings. 3. The rotor shall be removable from the frame. 4. Brush seals shall be provided around the periphery of the rotor and between the inlet and outlet air passages to effectively prevent air leakage and cross contamination between airflows. An adjustable purging sector shall be installed to prevent carryover of contaminated exhaust air into the supply air stream. 5. Performance and cross contamination shall be documented through an independent laboratory conducted in accordance with ASHRAE 84-1991 and ARI standards. Provide with speed controls and frost controls. G. Blowers shall be forward curved DWDI class I for quiet efficient operation arranged in a draw through configuration relative to exchanger. Motors to be efficient ODP T-frame, 1750 rpm nominal with minimum service factor of 1.15 mounted on adjustable base. Motor and blower to be mounted on common frame and isolated from unit case with RIS isolators and flexible duct connections. Motors and blowers shall have V-belt drives with variable pitch sheaves on motors. A hollow rubber gasket around the fan discharge shall provide an air tight seal while allowing for easy removal and replacement of the fan without screws or permanent fasteners. The discharge gasket shall isolate the fan from the unit casing and eliminate the requirement for an expansion duct fitting. H. Electrical controls shall include motor starters with overloads, fuses, control transformer for low voltage controls, service switch and terminal points. I. Outdoor air and return air filters shall be as indicated. Filters shall be mounted within unit in in galvanized holding frames upstream of exchanger and accessible through access panels. J. Dampers shall have 16 gauge galvanized hat channel frames and blades with 1/2" cadmium plated shafts and bronze bearings. Low leakage dampers have vinyl blade seals and stainless steel jamb seals. Outside air damper to be parallel blade type with 2-position New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Packaged Outdoor Central-Station Air-Handling Units 237413-5 overload proof direct coupled actuator. Exhaust air backdraft damper to be parallel blade with extruded aluminum blades and frame, low leakage type with silicone seals. K. Weatherized outdoor construction shall include; roof panels that are cross broken to allow drainage, capped seams, weather hoods with birdscreens, outside air shut-off damper and exhaust air backdraft damper. Secondary roof panels that could trap moisture are not allowed. Roof curb shall be heavy gauge galvanized steel with additional supports and cross members as needed. Curb to have 1" to 1.5" thick fiberglass insulation and wood nailer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with ARI 430. B. Install flexible connections between unit and inlet and discharge ductwork. C. Install assembled units with vibration isolators. D. Coils: 1. Connect water supply to leaving airside of coil (counter flow arrangement). 2. Install coils to allow draining and install drain connection at low points. 3. Install piping accessories within unit casing. E. Manufacturer’s Field Services: Required. F. Demonstration and Training: Furnish services of manufacturer's technical representative for 4 hours to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of units. END OF SECTION 2374113 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Split-System Air-Conditioners 238126-1 SECTION 238126 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Air handling unit. 2. Condensing unit. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 – LEED Product Requirements: on-site application of adhesives, sealants, paints and coating specified in this section. 4. Section 01 81 19 – Indoor Air Quality Management: Protection of ductwork and HVAC systems. 5. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for concrete foundations specified by this section. 6. Section 23 05 48 -Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Vibration isolators. 7. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Controls remote from unit. 8. Section 23 09 93 -Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls: Sequences of operation applying to units in this section. 9. Section 23 05 03 –Pipes and Tubes: Execution requirements for connection to hot water and drain piping specified by this section. 10. Section 23 05 03 – Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Execution requirements for connection to refrigerant piping specified by this section. 11. Section 23 33 00 -Air Duct Accessories: Flexible connections. 12. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections: Electrical connection to units. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 210/240 -Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment. 2. ARI 270 -Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. 3. ARI 340/360 -Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment. 4. ARI 365 -Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Condensing Units. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 52.1 -Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Split-System Air-Conditioners 238126-2 2. ASHRAE 90.1 -Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM B117 -Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators. E. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data indicating: 1. Cooling and heating capacities. 2. Dimensions. 3. Weights. 4. Rough-in connections and connection requirements. 5. Duct connections. 6. Electrical requirements with electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 7. Controls. 8. Accessories. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit assembly, support details, connection requirements, and include start-up instructions. D. Manufacturer’s Field Reports: Submit start-up report for each unit. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of controls installed remotely from units. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, and maintenance and repair data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance Requirements: Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) not less than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1 when used in combination with compressors and evaporator coils when tested in accordance with ARI 210/240. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Split-System Air-Conditioners 238126-3 B. Cooling Capacity: Rate in accordance with ARI 210/240 ARI 340/360 ARI 365. C. Sound Rating: Measure in accordance with ARI 270. D. Insulation and adhesives: Meet requirements of NFPA 90A. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept units and components on site in factory protective containers, with factory shipping skids and lifting lugs. Inspect for damage. C. Comply with manufacturer's installation instruction for rigging, unloading and transporting units. D. Protect units from weather and construction traffic by storing in dry, roofed location. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of condensing units with roof structure. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 -Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish five year manufacturers warranty for compressors. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 – Contract Closeout: Requirements for maintenance service. B. Furnish service and maintenance of equipment for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. Include maintenance items as shown in manufacturer's operating and maintenance data, including filter replacements, fan belt replacement, and controls checkout and adjustments. 1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for maintenance materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Daikin VRVIII New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Split-System Air-Conditioners 238126-4 2. Mitsubishi Mr. Slim 2.2 PERFORMANCE A. Performance Conditions 1. Cooling: indoor temp. of 80°F DB, 67°F WB and outdoor temp. of 95°F DB. 2. Heating: indoor temp. of 70°F DB and outdoor temp. of 47°F DB, 43°F WB. 3. Equivalent piping length: 25ft B. OPERATING RANGE 1. The operating range in cooling will be 23°F DB ~ 110°F DB. 2. The operating range in heating will be 0°F DB – 77°F DB /-4°F WB – 60°F WB. C. REFRIGERANT PIPING 1. The system shall be capable of refrigerant piping up to 540 actual feet or 620 equivalent feet from the outdoor unit to the furthest indoor unit, a total combined liquid line length of 3,280 feet of piping between the condensing and fan coil units with 295 feet maximum vertical difference, without any oil traps. D. Unit Cabinet: 1. The outdoor unit shall be completely weatherproof and corrosion resistant. The unit shall be constructed from rust-proofed mild steel panels coated with a baked enamel finish. E. Fan: 1. The condensing unit shall consist of one or more propeller type, direct-drive 750 W fan motors that have multiple speed operation via a DC (digitally commutating) inverter. 2. The fan shall be a vertical discharge configuration with a nominal airflow maximum range of 6,530 CFM to 14,120 CFM dependant on model specified. F. Furnish interface to Building Automation and Control System specified in Section 23 09 23. 2.3 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS A. Disconnect Switch: Factory mounted, non-fused type, interlocked with access door, accessible from outside unit, with power lockout capability. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify concrete pad for condensing unit is ready for unit installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION -AIR HANDLING UNIT A. Install air handling units on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 23 05 48. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Split-System Air-Conditioners 238126-5 B. Install floor mounted units on concrete housekeeping pads at least 3-1/2 inches high and 6 inches wider than unit. Refer to Section 03 30 00. C. Connect air handling units to supply and return ductwork with flexible connections. Refer to Section 23 33 00. D. Install condensate piping with trap and route from drain pan to condensate drainage system. E. Install components furnished loose for field mounting. 3.3 INSTALLATION -CONDENSING UNIT A. Install condensing units on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 23 05 48. B. Install refrigerant piping from unit to condensing unit. Install refrigerant specialties furnished with unit specified in Section 23 05 03. Refer to Section 23 05 03. C. Evacuate refrigerant piping and install initial charge of refrigerant. D. Install electrical devices furnished loose for field mounting. E. Install control wiring between air handling unit, condensing unit, and field installed accessories. F. Install connection to electrical power wiring in accordance with Section 26 05 03. 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Requirements for manufacturer’s field services. B. Furnish initial start-up and shutdown during first year of operation, including routine servicing and checkout. 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. B. Vacuum clean coils and inside of unit cabinet. C. Install temporary filters during construction period. Replace with permanent filters at Substantial Completion. 3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Immediately after installation, seal all supply, return and exhaust openings as well as all temporary ductwork openings not under immediate work (open ends in ductwork runs) with plastic, as per Section 01 81 19 Indoor Air Quality Management. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Split-System Air-Conditioners 238126-6 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate air handling unit operation and maintenance. C. Demonstrate starting, maintenance, and operation of condensing unit including low ambient temperature operation. 3.8 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Do not operate air handling units until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. END OF SECTION 238126 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Electrical Work 260001-1 SECTION 260001 ELECTRICAL (Trade Contractor Required) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. The following specification sections are included as part of this Trade Contractor’s scope of work: Section 230513 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment Section 260400 General Conditions for Electrical Trades Section 260503 Equipment Wiring Connections Section 260519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Section 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Section 260533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Section 260534 Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems Section 260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical System Section 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems Section 260800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems Section 260923 Lighting Control Devices Section 262200 Low-Voltage Transformers Section 262413 Switchboards Section 262416 Panelboards Section 262726 Wiring Devices Section 262826 Enclosed Transfer Switches Section 262923 Variable Frequency Motor Controllers Section 263213 Engine Generators Section 265100 Interior Lighting Section 265600 Exterior Lighting Section 270526 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems Section 270536 Cable Trays for Communications Systems Section 280000 Security and Communication Systems Section 283100 Fire Detection and Alarm Related Sections: Section 013329 General LEED Requirements Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Electrical Work 260001-2 Section 018113 LEED Requirements Section 018119 IAQ Management B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Trade Contractor Bids: 1. Trade Contractor bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the City of Northampton at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS". The following should appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF TRADE CONTRACTOR BIDDER: (Insert name of subbidder) PROJECT NUMBER: ((Insert project number from top of page)) SUB-BID FOR SECTION: 260001 – ELECTRICAL 2. Each trade contractor bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the City of Northampton as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Trade Contractor bid forms may be obtained at the office of Barr and Barr, Inc., 32 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA 01103 or may be obtained by written or telephone request; telephone (413) 739-6257. 3. Trade contractor bids filed with the City of Northampton shall be accompanied by BID BOND or CASH or CERTIFIED CHECK or TREASURER'S CHECK or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the City of Northampton in the amount of five percent of the trade contractor bid. A trade contractor bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected. C. Trade Contractor Sub Bid Requirements: (None required under this Section.) D. Reference Drawings: It is the responsibility of the Trade Subcontractor for this section to review all Contract Drawings in determining the full scope of their work as required to meet the intent of this project. E. The following is a list of the Contract Drawings for the project: SITE DRAWINGS SU-10 Site Utilities Plan L1 Existing Conditions L2 Layout Plan L3 Planting Plan L4 Site Details L5 Site Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Electrical Work 260001-3 CIVIL DRAWINGS C-1 Demolition Plan C-2 Lower Level Drainage Plan C-3 Grading & Upper Level Drainage Plan C-4 Utilities Plan C-5 Details C-6 Details C-7 Details ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS R100 First & Second Floor Code Review R101 Lower Level Code Review A-100 Lower Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-101 First Floor Plan & Dimension Plan A-102 Second Floor Plan A-103 Building Roof Plan A-104 Roof Details A-200 Building Elevations A-201 Building Elevations A-202 Enlarged Building Elevations & Details A-203 Building Sections A-204 Parking Deck Elevations A-300 Wall Sections -1 A-301 Wall Sections -2 A-302 Wall Sections -3 A-400 Stair Sections A-401 Stair Sections A-402 Parking Deck Stair Sections & Plans A-403 Stair Detail & Enlarged Plans A-404 Elevator Sections & Enlarged Plans A-500 Wall Types A-501 Building Plan Details A-600 Door Schedule & Details A-601 Window Elevations & Details A-602 Door Details A-700 Room Finish Schedule & Sign Types A-701 Room Finish Schedule & Floor Pattern Details A-800 Enlarged Toilet & Locker Room Plans & Elevations A-801 Enlarged Plans & Interior Elevations A-802 Interior Elevations & Millwork Details A-803 Interior Millwork Details A-804 Police Security Details & Enlarged Plans A-805 Firing Range Plans, Sections & Details A-900 Lower Level & First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plans A-901 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Electrical Work 260001-4 STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS C-P01 Parking Deck Lower Level Parking Plan C-P02 Parking Deck Upper Level Parking Plan C-P03 Parking Deck Cross Sections C-P04 Parking Deck Cross Sections S001 General Notes S002 Standard Details 1 S003 Standard Details 2 S100.1 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.2 Basement and Foundation Plan S100.3 Part Plans Foundation and First Floor S101.1 First Floor Framing Plan S101.2 Upper Level Parking Deck Framing Plan S102.1 Second Floor Framing Plan S103.1 Roof Framing Plan S104.1 Canopy Framing Plan, Sections, and Details S300 Structural Details and Bracing Elevations S401 Foundation Sections and Details S402 Police Station Sections and Details S403 Police Station Sections and Details S404 Parking Deck Sections and Details S405 Parking Deck Sections and Details S406 Parking Deck Sections and Details S407 Miscellaneous Details FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FP-100 Fire Protection Legends and Schedules FP-101 Basement and First Floor Fire Protection Plans FP-102 Second Floor Fire Protection Plan FP-103 Lower Level Parking Garage Fire Protection Plan FP-104 Fire Protection Details PLUMBING DRAWINGS P-100 Plumbing Legends and Schedules P-101 Basement Plumbing Plans P-102 First Floor Plumbing Plans P-103 Second Floor and Roof Plumbing Plans P-104 Plumbing Schedules P-105 Plumbing Details New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Electrical Work 260001-5 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M-100 Mechanical Legends M-101 Mechanical Basement Plan M-102 Mechanical First Floor Plan M-103 Mechanical Second Floor Plan M-104 Mechanical Roof Plan M-105 Mechanical Details M-106 Mechanical Details M-107 Mechanical Schedules M-108 Temperature Control Diagrams M-109 Temperature Control Diagrams ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E-100 Electrical Details, Schedules and Symbol List E-101 Lighting & Power Basement Plans E-102 Lighting & Power First Floor Plans E-103 Lighting & Power Second Floor Plans E-104 Electrical Signal Basement Plan E-105 Electrical Signal First Floor Plan E-106 Electrical Signal Second Floor Plan E-107 Electrical Roof Plan E-108 Electrical Riser Diagrams E-109 Electrical Lower Level Garage Plan E-110 Electrical Upper Level Garage Plan 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, operate and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. 2. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: All exterior staging over 8’ 0” shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by the Construction Manager at Risk (CMAR) for the use of all trades without charge as needed by them for the proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid section of the specifications. Exterior staging 8’ 0” and under shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work. All interior staging shall be furnished, erected and maintained in safe condition by each sub contractor as required to complete their work 3. Provide all required cutting, coring, and patching required to accommodate the work of this tr ade. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Electrical Work 260001-6 4. Provide all required dust noise, and safety control required for the work of this trade. 5. Construction Waste: Subcontractors are responsible for removal of all debris and waste associated with their scope of work to exterior dumpsters on a daily basis. The exterior dumpsters shall be provided by the CMAR. All debris shall be sorted by the subcontractors into separate recycling containers as directed by the CMAR. Clean up shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal. Removal of collected waste from the site shall be the responsibility of the CMAR. Coordinate the location of all construction waste and separation requirements with the CMAR. 6. Provide all required shoring required for the work of this trade. 7. Provide all required floor and or surface preparations of existing surfaces as required by the work of this section. 8. Contractors shall refer to section 010000 Supplemental Requirements for additional scope of work and requirements. END OF SECTION 260001 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-1 SECTION 260400 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ELECTRICAL TRADES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. This section applies to certain sections of Division 23 "Mechanical," and this section applies to all sections of Division 26, "Electrical" of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the individual sections. C. The Drawings of other trades (Architectural, Landscape, Civil, Mechanical, Fire Protection and Plumbing) shall be examined for coordination and familiarity of work with other Contractors. Any duplication or omission of provisions in this project should be brought to the attention of the Owners prior to Bidding. D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 2. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 3. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. The General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are a part of this Division and are to be considered a part of this Contract. B. Where items of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are repeated in other Sections of the Specifications, it is merely intended to qualify or to call particular attention to them. It is not intended that any other parts of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions shall be assumed to be omitted if not repeated therein. This Section applies equally and specifically to all Contractors supplying labor and/or equipment and/or materials as required under each Section of this Division. Where conflicts exist between the drawings and the specifications or between this section of the specifications and other sections, sections, the more stringent or higher cost option shall apply. C. It is the intent of this Section of the Specifications to establish a standard of quality and performance characteristics for basic materials and installation methods used in building electrical systems. 1.3 INTENT A. This contract is for all labor, materials and equipment required for installation. The system shall be complete and finished in all respects, tested and ready for operation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-2 Work shall include calibration of equipment with factory settings. All materials, equipment and apparatus shall be new and of first class quality. B. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on drawings but mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete and perfect in all respects and ready for operation as determined by good trade practice even if not particularly specified, shall be furnished, delivered and installed under their respective Divisions without any additional expense to the Owner. C. Minor details not usually shown or specified but necessary for proper installation and operation shall be included in the work as though they were hereinafter shown or specified. D. Work under each Section shall include giving written notice to the Owner and Engineer of any materials or apparatus believed inadequate or unsuitable; in violation of laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of authorities having jurisdiction; and any necessary items of work omitted. In the absence of such written notice, it is mutually agreed that work under each Section has included the cost of all required items for the accepted, satisfactory functioning of the entire system without extra compensation. E. Location of all existing systems and equipment shown on floor plans is based on the best available information. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and locations of existing systems and equipment in the field and adjust as necessary. F. Certain items of existing equipment may be indicated for removal or relocation. Items noted for removal shall be disconnected and turned over to the Owner or disposed of by the Contractor if the Owner so requests. If instructed to dispose of items, the Contractor shall remove the items from the premises and dispose of them in a safe, legal and responsible manner and location. Items noted for relocation are intended for reuse in another location as designated on the Drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove the material from its present location, store the material in a safe place and reinstall the material in its new location. Questions regarding the suitability of the material or equipment shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer in writing. G. Wherever a particular piece of equipment, device or material is specifically indicated on the Drawings by model number, type, series or other means, that specification shall take precedence over equipment or materials specified herein. For example: If a particular switch is specified on the Drawings, its specification takes precedence over switch specified herein. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Word “Subcontractor” means specifically the subcontractor working under this Division. Other Contractors are specifically designated “Plumbing Subcontractor”, “General Contractor” and so on. Note: Take care to ascertain limits of responsibility for connecting equipment which requires connections by two or more trades. B. Word “install” shall mean set in place complete with all mounting facilities and connections as necessary ready for normal use or service. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-3 C. Words “furnish” or “supply” shall mean purchase, deliver to, and off-load at the job site, all ready to be installed including where appropriate all necessary interim storage and protection. D. Word “provide” shall mean furnish (or supply) and install as necessary. E. Word “finished” refers to all rooms and areas scheduled to be painted in Room Finish Schedule on the drawings. All rooms and areas not covered in Schedule, including underground tunnels and areas above ceilings shall be considered not finished, unless otherwise noted. F. Words “approved equal” mean any product which in the opinion of the Engineer is equal in quality, arrangement, appearance, and performance to the product specified. G. Word “wiring” shall mean cable assembly, raceway, conductors, fittings and any other necessary accessories to make a complete wiring system. Word “product” shall mean any item of equipment, material, fixture, apparatus, appliance or accessory installed under this Division. H. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions." I. Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used, it is to help the reader locate the reference; no limitation on location is intended. J. Directed: Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean "directed by the Engineer," "requested by the Engineer," and similar phrases. K. Approve: The term "approved," where used in conjunction with the Engineer's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Engineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in General and Supplementary Conditions. L. Regulation: The term "Regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. M. Remove: The term “remove” means “ to disconnect from its present position, remove from the premises and to dispose of in a legal manner.” N. Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. O. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-4 1.5 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of systems and work included in the Contract. Consult the Architectural Drawings and Details for exact location of fixtures and equipment; where same are not definitely located, obtain this information from the Architect. (Do not scale the drawings) B. Work under each Section shall closely follow Drawings in layout of work; check Drawings of other Divisions to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom; where space conditions appear inadequate, Owner and Engineer shall be notified before proceeding with installations. C. The Owner may, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades and/or for proper execution of the work. D. Where variances occur between the Drawings and Specifications or within either of the Documents, the item or arrangement of better quality and higher quantity shall be included in the Contract price. The Owner and Engineer shall decide on the item and the manner in which the work shall be installed. 1.6 SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS A. Before submitting his Bid, the Contractors shall visit the site and become thoroughly familiar with all existing conditions under which his work will be installed. This Contract includes all modifications of existing systems required for the installation of new equipment. This Contract includes all necessary offsets, transitions and modifications required to install all new equipment in existing spaces. All new and existing equipment and systems shall be fully operational under this Contract before the job is considered complete. The Contractors shall be held responsible for any assumptions he makes, any omissions or errors he makes as a result of his failure to become fully familiar with the existing conditions at the site and the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall shall base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from established bench marks. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. Verify all measurements at the site and check the correctness of same as related to the work. C. Should the Contractor discover any discrepancies between actual measurements and those indicated which prevent following good practice or which interfere with the intent of the Drawings and Specifications, the Engineer will be notified and work will not proceed until instructions from the Engineer are received. 1.7 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Reference Standard Compliance 1. Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society reference standards of the organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-5 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance. 2. Independent Testing Organization Certificate: In lieu of the label or listing, indicated above submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, competent to perform testing, and approved by the engineer. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item complies with the specified organization's reference standard. B. The Following Codes and Standards listed below apply to all electrical work. Wherever Codes and/or Standards are mentioned in these Specifications, the latest applicable edition or revision shall be followed: Commonwealth of Massachusetts Building Code The International Building Code The International Mechanical Code The International Plumbing Code The BOCA National Code Supplement The National Electrical Code NFPA 101 Life Safety Model Energy Code ASHRAE 90.1 and International Energy Conservation Code C. The following Standards shall be used where referenced by the following abbreviations: AIA American Institute of Architects ANSI American National Standards Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials EPA Environmental Protection Agency FM Factory Mutual FSSC Federal Specification IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers NBS National Bureau of Standards NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSC National Safety Council OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration UL Underwriters’ Laboratories D. All materials furnished and all work installed shall comply with the rules and recommendations of the NFPA, the requirements of the local utility companies, the recommendations of the fire insurance rating organization having jurisdiction and the requirements of all Governmental departments having jurisdiction. E. The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra cost to the Owner, any labor, materials, services, apparatus and Drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether shown on Drawings and/or specified or not. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-6 1.8 PERMITS AND FEES A. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits; and pay all Government and State sales taxes and fees where applicable, and other costs, file all necessary Drawings, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of all Governmental and State departments having jurisdiction, obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work, and deliver a copy to the Owner and Engineer before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. 1.9 EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS A. In these Specifications and on the accompanying Drawings, one or more makes of materials, apparatus or appliances may have been specified for use in this installation. This has been done for convenience in fixing the standard of workmanship, finish and design required for installation. The details of workmanship, finish and design, and the guaranteed performance of any material, apparatus or appliance which the Contractor desires to deviate for those mentioned herein shall also conform to these standards. B. Where no specific make of material, apparatus or appliance is mentioned, any first-class product made by a reputable manufacturer may be submitted for the Engineers review. C. Where two or more names are given as equivalents, the Contractor must use the specified item or one of the named equivalents. Where one name only is used and is followed by the words “or approved equal”, the Contractor must use the item named or he may apply for a substitution. Where one name only is used, the Contractor must use that item named. D. Where the Contractor proposes to deviate (substitute or provide an equivalent) from the equipment or materials as hereinafter specified, he shall do so by making a request in writing. The Contractor shall state in his request whether it is a substitution or an equivalent to that specified and the amount of credit or extra cost involved. A copy of said request shall be included in the Electrical Base Bid with manufacturer’s equipment cuts. The Base Bid shall be based on using the materials and equipment as specified with no exceptions. E. Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than specified or detailed on the Drawings which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring or any other part of the mechanical, electrical or architectural layout, all such redesign and all new drawings and detailing required therefore shall be prepared by the Designers of Record at the expense of the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Where such accepted deviation or substitution requires a different quantity and arrangement of piping, ductwork, valves, pumps, insulation, wiring, conduit and equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall, with the acceptance by the Engineer, furnish and install any such additional equipment required by the system at no additional cost to the Owner, including any costs added to other trades due to the substitution. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-7 G. Equipment, material or devices submitted for review as an “equivalent” shall meet the following requirements: 1. The equivalent shall have the same construction features such as, but not limited to: a. Material thickness, gauge, weight, density, etc. b. Welded, riveted, bolted, etc., construction c. Finish, undercoating, corrosion protection 2. The equivalent shall perform with the same or better operating efficiency. 3. The equivalent shall be locally represented by the manufacturer for service, parts and technical information. 4. The equivalent shall bear the same labels of performance certification as is applicable to the specified item, such as UL or NEMA labels. H. Equipment, material or devices submitted for review as a “substitution” shall meet the following requirements: I. Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received in writing 14 days before the bid date. Requests received later than 14 days before the bid date may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Engineer. 1. Submit three (3) copies of each request for substitution for consideration. J. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: 1. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures. 2. Samples, where applicable or requested. 3. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect. 4. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. 5. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. 6. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. 7. Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal-to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time, that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 8. Engineer's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance of a product substitution will be in the form of an Addendum. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-8 9. Other Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Engineer when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Engineer; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. a. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. b. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. c. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. 1.10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Provide Submittals in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 and as indicated in the following. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. The Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for resubmitals. 1. Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Engineer will promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. 3. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. 4. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Engineer sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. D. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-9 1. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Engineer. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. E. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Engineer using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. F. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action and return is required or requested, the Engineer will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. G. Action Stamp: The Engineer will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, to indicate the action taken. 1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. B. The Contractor shall submit for review detailed shop drawings of all equipment and material specified in each section and coordinated ductwork layouts. No material or equipment may be delivered to the job site or installed until the Contractor has received shop drawings for the particular material or equipment which have been properly reviewed. Shop drawings shall be submitted within 60 days after award of Contract before any material or equipment is purchased. The Contractor shall submit for review copies of all shop drawings to be incorporated in the Electrical Contract. Refer to the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions for the quantity of copies required for submission. Where quantities are not specified, provide seven (7) copies for review. C. Provide shop drawings for all devices specified under equipment specifications for all systems including fire alarm, switchgear, clock, lighting, etc., or where called for elsewhere in the Specifications. Shop drawings shall include manufacturers’ names, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-10 catalog numbers, cuts, diagrams, dimensions, identification of products and materials included, compliance with specified standards, notation of coordination requirements, notation of dimensions established by field measurement and other such descriptive data as may be required to identify and accept the equipment. A complete list in each category (example: all fixtures) of all shop drawings, catalog cuts, material lists, etc., shall be submitted to the Engineer at one time. No consideration will be given to a partial shop drawing submittal. D. Submittals shall be marked with the trade involved, i.e., Electrical, HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, etc. when the submittal could involve more than one trade. E. Where multiple quantities or types of equipment are being submitted, provide a cover sheet (with a list of contents) on the submittal identifying the equipment or material being submitted. F. Failure to submit shop drawings in ample time for review shall not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract time. No claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed, nor shall the Contractor be entitled to purchase, furnish and/or install equipment which has not been reviewed by the Engineer. G. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary templates, patterns, etc., for installation work and for the purpose of making adjoining work conform; furnish setting plans and shop details to other trades as required. H. Acceptance rendered on shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements or building conditions. Where drawings are reviewed, review does not mean that drawings have been checked in detail; said approval does not in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility or necessity of furnishing material or performing work as required by the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Verify available space prior to submitting shop drawings. I. Acceptance of shop drawings shall not apply to quantity nor relieve Contractor of his responsibility to comply with intent of Drawings and Specifications. J. Acceptance of shop drawings is final and no further changes will be allowed without the written consent of the Engineer. K. Shop drawing submittal sheets which may show items that are not being furnished shall have those items crossed off to clearly indicate which items will be furnished. L. Bidders shall not rely on any verbal clarification of the Drawings and/or Specifications. Any questions shall be referred to the Engineer in writing at least five (5) working days prior to Bidding to allow for issuance of an Addendum. M. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. 1.12 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with Division 1 Section "PROJECT COORDINATION," to a scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger; detailing major elements, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-11 components, and systems of electrical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of light fixtures, panelboards, conduits, cabinets, etc. Include the following: 2. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. 3. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including NEC requirements and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. 4. Equipment connections and support details. 5. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. 6. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. 7. Sizes and locations of required concrete pads and bases. B. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. C. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. D. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication systems components, sprinklers, and other ceilingmounted items. 1.13 COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS A. All work shall be carried out in conjunction with other trades and full cooperation shall be given in order that all work may proceed with a minimum of delay and interference. Particular emphasis is placed on timely installation of major apparatus and furnishing other Contractors, especially the Contractor or Construction Manager, with information as to openings, chases, sleeves, bases, inserts, equipment locations, panels, etc., required by other trades. B. The Contractors are required to examine all of the Project Drawings and mutually arrange work so as to avoid interference with the work of other trades. In general, ductwork, heating, condenser, chilled water piping, sprinkler piping and drainage lines take precedence over water, gas and electrical conduits. The Engineer shall make final decisions regarding the arrangement of work which cannot be agreed upon by the Contractors. C. Where the work of the Contractor will be installed in close proximity to or will interfere with work of other trades, the Contractors will cooperate in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. D. If the work under a Section is installed before coordinating with other Divisions or Sections or so as to cause interference with work of other Sections, the necessary changes to correct the condition shall be made by the Contractor causing the interference without extra charge to the Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-12 E. If so directed in other Sections, the Contractor indicated shall prepare composite working drawings and sections clearly showing how the work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades, at no extra charge to the Owner. 1.14 WORKMANSHIP A. Service Support: The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. B. Modification of References: In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been substituted for "should" wherever it appears. C. The Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced superintendent who shall be constantly in charge of the installation of the work together with all skilled workmen, journeymen, electricians, helpers and laborers required to unload, transfer, erect, connect, adjust, start, operate and test each system. D. Unless otherwise specifically indicated on the Drawings or Specifications, all equipment and materials shall be installed with the acceptance of the Engineer and in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. This includes the performance of such tests as the manufacturer recommends. E. All labor for installation of electrical systems shall be performed by experienced, skilled tradesmen under the supervision of a licensed journeyman foreman. All work shall be of a quality consistent with good trade practice and shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any work which, in his opinion, has been installed in a substandard, dangerous or unserviceable manner. The Contractor shall replace said work in a satisfactory manner at no extra cost to the Owner. 1.15 SHUTDOWNS A. When installation of a new system requires the temporary shutdown of an existing operating system, the connection of the new system shall be performed at such time as designated by the Owner. B. The Engineer and the Owner shall be notified in writing of the estimated duration of the shutdown period at least ten (10) days in advance of the date the work is to be performed. C. Work shall be arranged for continuous performance whenever possible. The Contractor shall provide all necessary labor, including overtime if required, to assure that existing operating services will be shut down only during the time actually required to make necessary connections. 1.16 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. General: Provide new materials and equipment; if acceptable to the Engineer, undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-13 B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. C. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. D. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures. E. Provide temporary lighting in all areas, throughout construction activities. 1. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Engineer, and will not be accepted as a basis of claims for a Change Order. 2. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switch gear. a. Except where overhead service must be used, install electric power service underground. b. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. Where permitted, wiring circuits not exceeding 125 Volts, AC 20 ampere rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance. 3. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in construction activities, throughout the construction period. F. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. G. Termination and Removal: Unless the Engineer requires that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. The Owner reserves reserves the right to take possession of Project identification signs. 1.17 PROJECT PHASING A. Work under each Section shall include all necessary temporary connections, equipment, conduit, wiring, fire alarm equipment and testing, lighting and emergency lighting, fire New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-14 stopping, connection of necessary mechanical equipment, labor, and material as necessary to accommodate the phasing of Construction as developed by the General Contractor or Construction Manager and approved by the Owner. All existing systems that pass-thru an area of the building shall remain operational during all phases of construction. No extra compensation shall be granted the Contractor for work required to maintain existing systems operational or to accommodate the construction phasing of the project. 1.18 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all other Sections from damage by work or workmen and shall include making good all damage thus caused. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until the facility has been accepted by the Owner. Protect work against theft, injury or damage and carefully store material and equipment received on site which is not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of foreign material. C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing, protecting, setting in place and completely connecting equipment supplied under each Section. Work under each Section shall also include exercising special care in handling and protecting equipment and fixtures, and shall include the cost of replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are missing or damaged. D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather, vehicles, dirt and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical or absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage. 1.19 ADJUSTING AND TESTING A. After all the equipment and accessories to be furnished are in place, they shall be put in final adjustment and subjected to such operating tests so as to assure the Engineer that they are in proper adjustment and in satisfactory, permanent operating condition. B. Where requested by the Engineer, a factory-trained service representative shall inspect the installation and assist in the initial startup and adjustment to the equipment. The period of these services shall be for such time as necessary to secure proper installation and adjustments. After the equipment is placed in permanent operation, the service representative shall supervise the initial operation of the equipment and instruct the personnel responsible for operation and maintenance of the equipment. The service representative shall notify the Contractor in writing that the equipment was installed according to manufacturers’ recommendations and is operating as intended by the manufacturer. 1.20 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment of all foreign substances, oils, dust, dirt, etc., inside and out before final acceptance by the Engineer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-15 B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after being placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned and reconnected wherever necessary to locate and/or remove obstructions. Any work damaged in the course of removing obstructions shall be repaired or replaced when the system is reconnected at no additional cost to the Owner. C. During the course of construction, all conduits shall be capped in an acceptable manner to insure adequate protection against the entrance of foreign matter. D. Upon completion of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all rubbish, debris and excess materials left over from his work. E. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable visionobscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces and panelboard interiors. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean light fixtures and lamps. F. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove and dispose of ALL waste materials, packaging material, skids etc. from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner in accordance with municipal, state and federal regulations. G. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. 1.21 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE A. Upon completion of all work and tests, the Contractor shall furnish the necessary skilled labor and helpers for operating his system and equipment for a period specified under each applicable Section of this Division. During this period, he shall fully instruct the Owner or the Owner’s representative in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all equipment furnished. The Contractor shall give at least seven (7) days notice to the Owner and the Engineer in advance of this period. B. The Contractor shall include the maintenance schedule for the principal items of equipment furnished under this Division. C. The Contractor shall physically demonstrate procedures for all routine maintenance of all equipment furnished under each respective respective Section to assure accessibility to all devices. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-16 D. An authorized manufacturer’s representative shall attest in writing that the equipment has been properly installed prior to startup of any major equipment. The following equipment will require this inspection: emergency generator, fire alarm system, nurse call system, paging systems, etc. These letters will be bound into the operating and maintenance books. E. Refer to individual trade Sections for any other particular requirements related to operating instructions. F. Demonstration shall be recorded on VHS audio/video tape with two (2) tapes turned over to the Owner. 1.22 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 and as follows: The Contractor shall prepare six (6) copies of a complete maintenance and operating instructions manual, bound in booklet form. Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. B. Manual shall include the following: 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 5. Emergency instructions. 6. Spare parts list. 7. Copies of warranties. 8. Wiring diagrams. 9. Recommended "turn around" cycles. 10. Inspection procedures. 11. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 12. Equipment start-up reports. C. Include in the manual, a tabulated equipment schedule for all equipment. Schedule shall include pertinent data such as: make, model number, serial number, voltage, normal operating current, belt size, filter quantities and sizes, bearing number, etc. Schedule shall include maintenance to be done and frequency. D. Maintenance and instruction manuals shall be submitted to the Owner at the same time as the seven (7) day notice is given prior to the instruction period. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-17 1.23 ACCEPTANCES A. The equipment, materials, workmanship, design and arrangement of all work installed under the Electrical Sections shall be subject to the review of the Engineer. B. Within 30 days after the awarding of a Contract, the Electrical Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for review, a list of manufacturers of equipment proposed for the work under the Electrical Sections. The intent to use the exact makes specified does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of submitting such a list. C. If extensive or unacceptable delivery time is expected on a particular item of equipment specified, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer, in writing, within 30 days of the awarding of the Contract. In such instances, deviations may be made pending acceptance by the Engineer or the Owner’s representative. D. Where any specific material, process or method of construction or manufactured article is specified by reference to the catalog number of a manufacturer, the Specifications are to be used as a guide and are not intended to take precedence over the basic duty and performance specified or noted on the Drawings. In all cases, the Electrical Contractor shall verify the duty specified with the specific characteristics of the equipment offered for review. Equipment characteristics are to be used as mandatory requirements where the Contractor proposes to use an acceptable equivalent. E. If material or equipment is installed before it is reviewed and/or approved, the Contractor shall be liable for its removal and replacement at no extra charge to the Owner if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the material or equipment does not meet the intent of, or standard of quality implied by, the Drawings and Specifications. F. Failure on the part of the Engineer to reject shop drawings or to reject work in progress shall not be interpreted as acceptance of work not in conformance with the Drawings and/or Specifications. Work not in conformance with the Drawings and/or Specifications shall be corrected whenever it is discovered. 1.24 RECORD DRAWINGS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Engineer's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-18 3. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. 5. Final record documents shall be prepared in the latest AutoCad version and floppy disks or CD ROM of all drawings and a clean set of reproducible mylar sepias shall be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the work. 1.25 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. The following general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties are to be included: 1. General close-out requirements included in Section "Project Close-out." 2. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installation that are specified to be warranted, are are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 26 through 28. 3. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. C. Separate Prime Contracts: Each prime Contractor is responsible for warranties related to its own Contract. 1.26 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, right and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-19 E. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. F. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. G. Submit written warranties to the Engineer prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Engineer. H. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Engineer within fifteen days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. I. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Engineer for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 16 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. J. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. K. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2" by 11" paper. 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the installer. 2. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS," the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor. 3. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. 1.27 GUARANTEES A. The Contractor shall guarantee all material and workmanship under these Specifications and the Contract for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance by Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 General Conditions for Electrical Trades 260400-20 During this guarantee period, all defects developing through faulty equipment, materials or workmanship shall be corrected or replaced immediately by this Contractor without expense to the Owner. Such repairs or replacements shall be made to the Engineers satisfaction. B. Contractor shall provide name, address, and phone number of all contractors and subcontractors and associated equipment they provided 1.28 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT A. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. B. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. C. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements. D. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. E. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Engineer will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. END OF SECTION 260400 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Equipment Wiring Connections 260503-1 SECTION 260503 EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical connections to equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 19 -Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 2. Section 26 05 33 -Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 3. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA WD 1 -General Requirements for Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD 6 -Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal requirements. B. Product Data: Submit wiring device manufacturer’s catalog information showing dimensions, configurations, and construction. C. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Submittal procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations, sizes, and configurations of equipment connections. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer’s wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Equipment Wiring Connections 260503-2 C. Determine connection locations and requirements. D. Sequence rough-in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment. E. Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start-up of equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CORD AND PLUGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Leviton. 3. Bryant. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Attachment Plug Construction: Conform to NEMA WD 1. C. Configuration: NEMA WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet furnished for equipment. D. Cord Construction: Type SO SJO multiconductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor, suitable for use in damp locations. E. Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment, length of cord, and rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection. 2.2 CONDUITS A. Manufacturers: As specified in 26 05 29. B. Flexible metal conduit shall be used for connections to vibrating equipment. Provide liquid tight flexible metal conduit where conditions require (damp or wet). Install dedicated ground conductor in all flexible conduits where connected to motors and associated loads (do not rely on conduit for grounding). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify equipment is ready for electrical connection, for wiring, and to be energized. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Equipment Wiring Connections 260503-3 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Make electrical connections. B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. D. Install receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. E. Install cord and cap for field-supplied attachment plug. F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements. I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Cooperate with utilization equipment installers and field service personnel during checkout and starting of equipment to allow testing and balancing and other startup operations. Provide personnel to operate electrical system and checkout wiring connection components and configurations. END OF SECTION 260503 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519-1 SECTION 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes building wire and cable; nonmetallic-sheathed cable; direct burial cable; service entrance cable; armored cable; metal clad cable; and wiring connectors and connections. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 53 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Product requirements for wire identification. 2. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill: Requirements for backfill to be placed by this section. 3. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. 2. NFPA 262 -Standard Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air-Handling Spaces. C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: 1. UL 1277 -Standard for Safety for Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with Optional Optical-Fiber Members. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Product Requirements: Provide products as follows: 1. Stranded conductor for feeders and branch circuits. 2. Stranded conductors for control circuits. 3. Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 4. Conductor not smaller than 14 AWG for control circuits. 5. Increase wire size in branch circuits to limit voltage drop to a maximum of 3 percent. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519-2 B. Wiring Methods: Provide the following wiring methods: 1. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway or metal clad cable. 2. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. 3. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway, or metal clad cable. 4. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN XHHW insulation, in raceway. 5. Exterior Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN XHHW insulation, in raceway. 6. Underground Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN XHHW insulation, in raceway. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conductor sizes are based on copper. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit for building wire and each type. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with State Massachusetts codes and standards. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519-3 1.10 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Requirements for coordination. B. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine routing and lengths required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING WIRE A. Manufacturers: 1. American Insulated Wire Corp. Model. 2. Colonial Wire. 3. Encore Wire. 4. General Cable Co. 5. Republic Wire. 6. Rome Cable. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C. Conductor: Copper. D. Insulation: Type THHN/THWN for all branch circuit and feeders except service entrance and emergency feeders. Type XHHW for service entrance conductors. Type RHH and associated wire methods for 2 Hour rated cables where required. 2.2 METAL CLAD CABLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Diamond Wire & Cable Co. 2. Essex Group Inc. 3. General Cable Co. 4. Rome Rome Cable Co. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Conductor: Copper. 2.3 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Split Bolt Connectors: 1. Thomas Betts. 2. Burndy. 3. Buchanan. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519-4 B. Solderless Pressure Connectors: 1. Thomas Betts. 2. Burndy. 3. Buchanan. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. C. Spring Wire Connectors: 1. Thomas Betts. 2. Burndy. 3. Buchanan. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. D. Compression Connectors: 1. Thomas Betts. 2. Burndy. 3. Buchanan. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. 2.4 TERMINATIONS A. Terminal Lugs for Wires 6 AWG and Smaller: Solderless, compression type copper. B. Lugs for Wires 4 AWG and Larger: Color keyed, compression type copper, with insulating sealing collars. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify interior of building has been protected from weather. C. Verify mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. D. Verify raceway installation is complete and supported. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Type MC cable may be used for drops within walls and final connections to normal power lighting fixtures. Provide EMT and building wire for all homeruns, and from panel to first device in any given circuit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519-5 B. Emergency lighting circuits shall be run in EMT complete. C. Route wire and cable to meet Project conditions. D. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. E. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of this section. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. F. Special Techniques--Building Wire in Raceway: 1. Pull conductors into raceway at same time. 2. Install building wire 4 AWG and larger with pulling equipment. G. Special Techniques -Cable: 1. Protect exposed cable from damage. 2. Support cables above accessible ceiling, using spring metal clips or plastic cable ties to support cables from structure. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels. 3. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. H. Special Techniques -Wiring Connections: 1. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. 2. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. 3. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. 4. Install split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. 5. Install solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. 6. Install insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. 7. Terminate aluminum conductors with tin-plated, aluminum-bodied compression connectors only. Fill with anti-oxidant compound before installing conductor. 8. Install suitable reducing connectors or mechanical connector adaptors for connecting aluminum conductors to copper conductors. I. Install stranded conductors for branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. Install crimp on fork terminals for device terminations. Do not place bare stranded conductors directly under screws. J. Install terminal lugs on ends of 600 volt wires unless lugs are furnished on connected device, such as circuit breakers. K. Size lugs in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations terminating wire sizes. Install 2-hole type lugs to connect wires 4 AWG and larger to copper bus bars. L. For terminal lugs fastened together such as on motors, transformers, and other apparatus, or when space between studs is small enough that lugs can turn and touch each other, insulate for dielectric strength of 2-1/2 times normal potential of circuit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519-6 3.4 WIRE COLOR A. General: 1. For wire sizes 10 AWG and smaller, install wire colors in accordance with the following: a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts. b. Black, red, and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. 2. For wire sizes 8 AWG and larger, identify wire with colored tape at terminals, splices and boxes. Colors are as follows: a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts. b. Black, red, and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. B. Neutral Conductors: White. When two or more neutrals are located in one conduit, individually identify each with proper circuit number. C. Branch Circuit Conductors: Install three or four wire home runs with each phase uniquely color coded. D. Feeder Circuit Conductors: Color code each phase as indicated above. E. Ground Conductors: 1. For 6 AWG and smaller: Green. 2. For 4 AWG AWG and larger: Identify with green tape at both ends and visible points including junction boxes. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. END OF SECTION 260519 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526-1 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rod electrodes. 2. Wire. 3. Mechanical connectors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 20 00 -Concrete Reinforcing: Bonding or welding bars when reinforcing steel is used for electrodes. 2. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 3. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 4. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1. IEEE 142 -Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. 2. IEEE 1100 -Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment. B. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1. Metal underground water pipe. 2. Metal building frame. 3. Rebar in column base. 4. Co Clad Steel Rod electrode. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance: 10 ohms maximum. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526-2 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit data on grounding electrodes and connections. C. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide grounding materials conforming to requirements of NEC, IEEE 142, and UL labeled. B. Perform Work in accordance with State of Massachusetts Codes and Standards. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 3 years experience. 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526-3 D. Do not deliver items to project before time of installation. Limit shipment of bulk and multiple-use materials to quantities needed for immediate installation. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Requirements for coordination. B. Complete grounding and bonding of building reinforcing steel prior concrete placement. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ROD ELECTRODES A. Manufacturers: 1. Copperweld, Inc. 2. Erico, Inc. 3. O-Z Gedney Co. 4. Thomas & Betts, Electrical 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: 1. Material: Copper-clad steel. 2. Diameter: 3/4 inch. 3. Length: 10 feet. C. Connector: U-bolt clamp. 2.2 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. B. Foundation Electrodes: 4 AWG. C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Copper conductor insulated. D. Bonding Conductor: Copper conductor bare or insulated. 2.3 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Copperweld, Inc. 2. Erico, Inc. 3. ILSCO Corporation 4. O-Z Gedney Co. 5. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526-4 B. Description: Bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove paint, rust, mill oils, surface contaminants at connection points. 3.3 EXISTING WORK A. Modify existing grounding system to maintain continuity to accommodate renovations. B. Extend existing grounding system using materials and methods as specified. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with IEEE. B. Install rod electrodes as indicated on Drawings. Install additional rod electrodes to achieve specified resistance to ground. C. Install grounding and bonding conductors concealed from view. D. Install grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing as indicated on Drawings. E. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground. F. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Install separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. G. Install continuous grounding using underground cold water system, driven rods, foundation electrode and building steel as grounding electrode. H. Permanently ground entire light and power system in accordance with NEC, including service equipment, distribution panels, lighting panelboards, switch and starter enclosures, motor frames, grounding type receptacles, and other exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526-5 I. Accomplish grounding of electrical system by using insulated grounding conductor installed with feeders and branch circuit conductors in conduits. Size grounding conductors in accordance with NEC. Install from grounding bus of serving panel to ground bus of served panel, grounding screw of receptacles, lighting fixture housing, light switch outlet boxes or metal enclosures of service equipment. Ground conduits by means of grounding bushings on terminations at panelboards with installed number 12 conductor to grounding bus. J. Ground electrical system using continuous metal raceway system enclosing circuit conductors in accordance with NEC. K. Permanently attach equipment and grounding conductors prior to energizing equipment. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Grounding and Bonding: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13. C. Perform ground resistance testing in accordance with IEEE 142. D. Perform leakage current tests in accordance with NFPA 99. E. Perform continuity testing in accordance with IEEE 142. F. When improper grounding is found on receptacles, check receptacles in entire project and correct. Perform retest. END OF SECTION 260526 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-1 SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Conduit supports. 2. Formed steel channel. 3. Spring steel clips. 4. Sleeves. 5. Mechanical sleeve seals. 6. Firestopping relating to electrical work. 7. Firestopping accessories. 8. Equipment bases and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete: Product requirements for concrete for placement by this section. 2. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 3. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 4. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E119 -Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 -Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. 4. ASTM E1966 -Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. B. FM Global: 1. FM -Approval Guide, a Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research for Property Conservation. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (Massachusetts Version). D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 -Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 -Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 -Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-2 4. UL 2079 -Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL -Fire Resistance Directory. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814 to achieve fire ratings of adjacent construction in accordance with UL Design Numbers noted on the Architectural Drawings. B. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 with maximum flame spread /smoke developed rating of 25/450. C. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to applicable code and UL requirements for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirments: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze hangers. C. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. D. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. E. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze hangers and hangers and supports. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-3 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions. G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. H. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL listed designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: ASTM E814 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. D. Fire Resistant Joints Between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM E119 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly. E. Surface Burning Characteristics: 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. F. Perform Work in accordance with the latest adopted version of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Building and Fire Safety Codes. G. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years experience, approved by manufacturer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-4 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. Electroline Manufacturing Company. 3. O-Z Gedney Co. 4. Thomas and Betts 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Hanger Rods: Threaded high tensile strength galvanized carbon steel with free running threads. C. Beam Clamps: Malleable Iron, with tapered hole in base and back to accept either bolt or hanger rod. Set screw: hardened steel. D. Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers: Galvanized steel, notched to fit trapeze with single bolt to tighten. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-5 E. Conduit clamps -general purpose: One hole malleable iron for surface mounted conduits. F. Cable Ties: High strength nylon temperature rated to 185 degrees F Self locking. 2.2 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B-Line Systems. 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistrut Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center. 2.3 SPRING STEEL CLIPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B-Line Systems 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistrut Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: Mounting hole and screw closure. 2.4 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for conduit, raceway, cable tray, busway, or cable through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. steel. B. Sleeves for conduit, raceway, cable tray, busway, or cable through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sleeves for conduit, raceway, cable tray, busway, or cable through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. Fire-stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible. 2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation. 3. PSI Link-Seal. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-6 B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. Hilti Corp. 3. 3M fire Protection Products. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single or Multiple component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single or Multiple component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral or ceramic fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. C. Color: Dark gray as selected from manufacturer’s full range of colors. 2.7 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal. C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-7 D. General: 1. Furnish UL listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. E. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. C. Install damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage. D. Do not drill or cut structural members. E. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members. 3.3 INSTALLATION -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concrete Structural Elements: Provide precast inserts, and expansion anchors. 2. Steel Structural Elements: Provide beam clamps, spring steel clips, and steel ramset fastener. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Provide self-drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Provide toggle bolts and hollow wall fasteners. 5. Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors and preset inserts. 6. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws. 7. Wood Elements: Provide wood screws. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-8 B. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above flush with top of recessed into and grouted flush with slab. C. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC. D. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. E. Install multiple conduit runs on common hangers. F. Supports: 1. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel channel. Install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts. 2. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. 3. In wet and damp locations install steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off wall. 4. Support vertical conduit at every floor. 3.4 INSTALLATION -FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating. D. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials. E. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured. F. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at floor, wall, ceiling, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-9 d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. 2. Where conduit, wireway, trough, penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.5 INSTALLATION -SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with adjustable interlocking rubber links. B. Conduit penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam. C. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. D. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. E. Extend sleeves through floors 6 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. F. Where conduit or raceway penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between conduit or raceway and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. G. Install plastic escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.7 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529-10 B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.8 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 260529 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-1 SECTION 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes conduit and tubing, surface raceways, wireways, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections. 2. Section 26 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 26 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. 4. Section 26 05 34 -Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems. 5. Section 26 05 53 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 6. Section 27 05 36 -Cable Trays for Communications Systems. 7. Section 28 00 00 – Security and Communication Systems. 8. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 9. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 10. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 11. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management C. Scope: 1. Provide complete conduit, box and wireway system for all power and low voltage systems. Include fire alarm, security, access control, monitoring systems and other systems as indicated in plans and specifications. Voice and data systems shall be installed in conduit where within walls only, except for risers and service entry points where conduits shall be used. 2. Where required by wall rating, provide sleeves for passing low voltage wiring through rated walls. Include one 1” EMT sleeve at all rooms with corridor access. Sleeves shall be installed with bushings at both ends, and be fire stopped after wiring is installed. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C80.1 -Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80.3 -Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. 3. ANSI C80.5 -Aluminum Rigid Conduit -(ARC). B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA FB 1 -Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. Assemblies. 3. NEMA OS 1 -Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-2 4. NEMA OS 2 -Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 5. NEMA RN 1 -Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. 6. NEMA TC 2 -Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. 7. NEMA TC 3 -PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Provide raceway to complete wiring system. B. Underground More than 5feet outside Foundation Wall: Provide PVC conduit. C. Underground within 5 feet from Foundation Wall: Provide rigid steel conduit. D. In or Under Slab on Grade: Provide PVC conduit with rigid sweeps. E. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, pull, and junction boxes. F. Wet and Damp Locations: Provide cast metal outlet, junction, and pull boxes. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. G. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. H. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 inch unless otherwise specified. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit for the following: 1. Flexible metal conduit. 2. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3. Nonmetallic conduit. 4. Flexible nonmetallic conduit. 5. Nonmetallic tubing. 6. Raceway fittings. 7. Conduit bodies. 8. Surface raceway. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-3 9. Wireway. 10. Pull and junction boxes. 11. Handholes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: 1. Record actual routing of conduits larger than 2 inch. 2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. B. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 26 05 03. C. Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit. 2. Western Tube and Conduit. 3. Wheatland Tube Company. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-4 D. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel. E. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.2 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit 2. Western Tube and Conduit. 3. Wheatland Tube Company. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.3 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Anamet Electrical. 3. Allied Tube and Conduit. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.4 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit. 2. Western Tube and Conduit. 3. Wheatland Tube Company. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel type. 2.5 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Thomas & Betts Corp. 3. Allied Tube and Conduit. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-5 2.6 NONMETALLIC TUBING A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Thomas & Betts Corp. 3. Allied Tube and Conduit. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: NEMA TC 2. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. 2.7 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 2. Panduit Corp. 3. The Wiremold Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as surface metal raceway. 2.8 WIREWAY A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Thomas & Betts Corp. 3. Hoffman. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: General purpose type wireway. B. Knockouts: Manufacturer's standard. C. Cover: Screw cover. D. Finish: Rust inhibiting primer coating with gray enamel finish. 2.9 OUTLET BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Erico Products. 2. Raco. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; furnish 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. C. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 2. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-6 D. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum. Furnish gasketed cover by box manufacturer. E. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 26 27 26. F. Wall Plates for Unfinished Areas: Furnish gasketed cover. 2.10 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. C. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, flat-flanged, surface mounted junction box: 1. Material: Cast aluminum. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. D. In-Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting: 1. Material: Cast aluminum. 2. Cover: Smooth cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. 3. Cover Legend: "ELECTRIC". E. Fiberglass Handholes: Die-molded, glass-fiber hand holes: 1. Cable Entrance: Pre-cut 6 inch x 6 inch cable entrance at center bottom of each side. 2. Cover: Glass-fiber concrete composite, weatherproof cover with nonskid finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to roughin. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 26. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-7 B. Fasten raceway and box supports to structure and finishes in accordance with Section 26 05 29. C. Identify raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 53. D. Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. 3.3 INSTALLATION -RACEWAY A. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route to complete wiring system. B. Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. C. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. D. Group related raceway; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel specified in Section 26 05 29. E. Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports F. Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. G. Construct wireway supports from steel channel specified in Section 26 05 29. H. Route exposed raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls. I. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. J. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. K. Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes. L. Maintain 12 inch clearance between raceway and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F. M. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends. N. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. O. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for minimum 20 minutes. P. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Install conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Install factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-8 Q. Avoid moisture traps; install junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. R. Install fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where raceway crosses expansion joints. S. Install suitable pull string or cord in each empty raceway except sleeves and nipples. T. Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. U. Surface Raceway: Install flat-head screws, clips, and straps to fasten raceway channel to surfaces; mount plumb and level. Install insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and corner fittings. V. Close ends and unused openings in wireway. 3.4 INSTALLATION -BOXES A. Install wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights as indicated on Drawings. B. Adjust box location prior to rough-in to accommodate intended purpose. C. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 26 27 26. D. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. E. In Accessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. F. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening. G. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; install with minimum 6 inches separation. Install with minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. H. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. I. Install stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. J. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. K. Install adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. L. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. M. Support boxes independently of conduit. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533-9 N. Install gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. O. Install gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. 3.5 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements. B. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation. C. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as indicated on reflected ceiling plan. D. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. C. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes. 3.7 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. END OF SECTION 260533 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems 260534-1 SECTION 260534 FLOOR BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes floor boxes; floor box service fittings and access floor boxes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping: Firestopping for electrical work. 2. Section 26 05 29 -Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems: Firestopping for electrical work. 3. Section 26 05 33 -Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 4. Section 26 27 26 -Wiring Devices: Receptacles for installation in floor boxes. 5. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 7. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 8. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA OS 1 -Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit catalog data for floor boxes service fittings. C. Samples: Submit two of each service fitting illustrating size, material, configuration, and finish. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of each floor box and poke-through fitting. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems 260534-2 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLOOR BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Walker. 3. Leviton. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Floor Boxes: NEMA OS 1. C. Adjustability: Fully adjustable. D. Material: Cast metal. E. Shape: Rectangular Octagonal. 2.2 FLUSH-COVER-TYPE CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE SERVICE FITTING A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Walker. 3. Leviton. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Material: Brass. C. Configuration: Duplex flap opening. 2.3 FLUSH-COVER-TYPE COMMUNICATION OUTLET A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Walker. 3. Leviton. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Material: Brass. C. Configuration: 2-1/8 x 1 inch combination threaded opening. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems 260534-3 2.4 FLUSH-COVER-TYPE COMBINATION FITTING A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Walker. 3. Leviton. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Material: Brass. C. Configuration: Duplex flap opening with 2-1/8 x 1 inch) combination threaded opening. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets in work areas prior to rough-in. C. Verify openings in access floor are in proper locations. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Boxes and fittings are indicated on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Adjust box location to accommodate intended purpose. B. Floor Box Requirements: Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for other installations. C. Set floor boxes level. D. Install boxes and fittings to preserve fire resistance rating of slabs and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 26 05 29. E. Install protective rings on active flush cover service fittings. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 -Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust floor box flush with finish flooring material. 3.4 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. END OF SECTION 260534 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification for Electrical Systems 260553-1 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Labels. 3. Wire markers. 4. Conduit markers. 5. Underground Warning Tape. 6. Device Identification. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 2. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 3. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 5. Section 26 24 13-Switchboards 6. Section 26 24 16-Panelbaords 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s catalog literature for each product required. 2. Submit electrical identification schedule including list of wording, symbols, letter size, color coding, tag number, location, and function. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged devices; include tag numbers. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification for Electrical Systems 260553-2 B. Accept identification products on site in original containers. Inspect for damage. C. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. D. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install nameplates only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions for adhesive are within range recommended by manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Brady. 3. Ideal Industries 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on white contrasting background color. B. Letter Size: 1. 1. 1/8 inch high letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. 1/4 inch high letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. 3. Minimum nameplate thickness: 1/8 inch. 2.2 LABELS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Brady. 3. Ideal Industries 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background. 2.3 WARNING LABELS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Brady. 3. Ideal Industries New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification for Electrical Systems 260553-3 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Labels: ANSI Z535.4 product safety sign with adhesive backed polyester film and clear polyester over lamination, with black letters on white background. B. Provide field applied Arc Flash Hazard warning labels on all switchboards, panelboards, industrial control panels, meter socket enclosures and other electrical equipment that are likely to require inspection, adjustment and maintenance while energized. 1. Arc Flash Hazard warning labels shall read: WARNING ARC Flash Hazard. Appropirate PPE Required. Failure To Comply Can Result in Death or Injury. Refer to NFPA 70 E. 2. Service equipment shall include the following additional information below the warning label: Available Fault Current: XX,XXX Amps Date Calculated: XX/XX/20XX Date Installed: XX/XX/20XX 2.4 WIRE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Brady. 3. Ideal Industries 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Description: Cloth tape type wire markers. 2.5 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Brady. 3. Ideal Industries 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Description: Nameplate fastened with straps. B. Legend: 1. 480 Volt System: 480 VOLTS. 2. 208 Volt System: 208 VOLTS. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification for Electrical Systems 260553-4 2.6 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. 2. Brady. 3. Ideal Industries 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type, colored yellow with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. 2.7 DEVICE IDENTIFICATION A. Convenience Receptacles: 1. Labeling: a. Indicate source panel and circuit number at each cover plate. b. Cover plates shall be engraved with information indicated above. B. Voice/Data Jacks: 1. Labeling: a. Indicate jack number by floor and sequential number (Use owners labeling convention if available). b. Cover plates shall be engraved with information indicated above, or provided with typed insert. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of painting. B. Nameplate Installation: 1. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 3. Install nameplates for each control panel and major control components located outside panel with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 4. Secure nameplate to equipment front using rivets. 5. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panelboard in finished locations. 6. Install nameplates for the following: a. Switchboards. b. Panelboards. c. Transformers. d. Transfer Switches New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Identification for Electrical Systems 260553-5 e. Service Disconnects. C. Label Installation: 1. Install label parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install label for identification of individual control device stations. 3. Install labels for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. D. Warning Label Installation: 1. Install label parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install labels for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. 3. Install Labels for the following: a. Switchboards. b. Panelboards. c. Meter socket enclosures. E. Wire Marker Installation: 1. Install wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes and junction boxes. 2. Mark data cabling at each end. Install additional marking at accessible locations along the cable run. 3. Install labels at data outlets identifying patch panel and port designation. F. Underground Warning Tape Installation: 1. Install underground warning tape along length of each underground conduit, raceway, or cable 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried conduit, raceway, or cable. END OF SECTION 260553 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study 260573-1 SECTION 260573 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical connections to equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 19 -Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contractor and each Subcontractor and/or supplier providing goods or services referenced in or related to this Section shall also be bound by the Documents identified in Division 01 Section "Summary", Paragraph 1.1A, and entitled "Related Documents." 1.3 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance requirements for overcurrent protective devices. B. Short circuit study. C. Coordination study and analysis. 1.4 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 24 13 -Switchboards: Overcurrent protective devices in switchboards. B. Section 26 24 16 -Panelboards: Overcurrent protective devices in panelboards. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. IEEE 242 -IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems; 2001. B. IEEE 399 -IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Analysis; 1997. C. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; 2011. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: for submittal procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study 260573-2 B. Study Preparer's Qualifications. C. Study Report: Submit protective device studies as specified, prior to submission of product data submittals or ordering or fabrication of protective devices. 1. Evaluation of product data submittals by Engineer will not commence until acceptable preliminary studies in sufficient detail to ensure that device selection will be adequate have been submitted. 2. Include stamp or seal and signature of preparing engineer. D. Product Data: In addition to submittals specified elsewhere, submit manufacturer's timecurrent curves for all protective devices. E. Field Engineer Qualifications. F. Field Inspection Report: Show final adjusted settings of protective devices. G. Certificates: Prior to final inspection, certify that field adjustable protective devices have been set in accordance with requirements of protective device analysis. H. Project Record Documents: Revise protective device study as required to show as-built conditions. 1. Submit not less than 60 days prior to final inspection of electrical system. 2. Include hard copies in operation and maintenance data submittals. 3. Include all files prepared using software packages, on CD-ROM, with file name cross-references to specific pieces of equipment and systems. 1.7 PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY A. Analyze the specific electrical and utilization equipment (according to NEC definition), the actual protective devices to be used, and the actual feeder lengths to be installed. 1. Scope of Studies: All new distribution wiring and equipment, from primary source to buses and branch circuit panelboards. 2. Primary Source, for Purposes of Studies: Utility company primary protective devices. 3. Study Methodology: Comply with requirements and recommendations of NFPA 70, IEEE 399, and IEEE 242. 4. Report: State the methodology and rationale employed in making each type of calculation; identify computer software package(s) used. B. One-Line Diagrams: Prepare schematic drawing of electrical distribution system, with all electrical equipment and wiring to be protected by the protective devices; identify nodes on the diagrams for reference on report that includes: 1. Calculated fault impedance, X/R ratios, utility contribution, and short circuit values (asymmetric and symmetric) at the main switchboard bus and all downstream devices containing protective devices. 2. Breaker and fuse ratings. 3. Transformer kVA and voltage ratings, percent impedance, X/R ratios, and wiring connections. 4. Identification of each bus, with voltage. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study 260573-3 5. Conduit materials, feeder sizes, actual lengths, and X/R ratios. C. Short Circuit Study: Calculate the fault impedance to determine available 3-phase short circuit and ground fault currents at each bus and piece of equipment during normal conditions, alternate operations, emergency power conditions, and other operations that could result in maximum fault conditions. 1. Show fault currents available at key points in the system down to a fault current of 7,000 A at 480 V and 208 V. 2. Include motor contributions in determining the momentary and interrupting ratings of the protective devices. 3. Primary Fault Level Assumptions: Obtain data from utility company. 4. Report: Include all pertinent data used in calculations and for each device include: a. Device identification. b. Operating voltage. c. Protective device. d. Device rating. e. Calculated short circuit current, asymmetrical and symmetrical, and ground fault current. D. Coordination Study: Perform an organized time-current analysis of each protective device in series from the individual device back to the primary source, under normal conditions, alternate operations, and emergency power conditions. 1. Graphically illustrate that adequate time separation exists between series devices, including upstream primary device. 2. Plot the specific time-current characteristics of each protective device on log-log paper. 3. Organize plots so that all upstream devices are clearly depicted on one sheet. 4. Also show the following on curve plot sheets: a. Device identification. b. Voltage and current transformer ratios for curves. c. 3-phase and 1-phase ANSI damage curves for each transformer. d. No-damage, melting, and clearing curves for fuses. e. Cable damage curves. f. Transformer inrush points. g. Maximum short circuit cutoff point. h. Simple one-line diagram for the portion of the system that each curve plot illustrates. i. Software report for each curve plot, labeled for identification. E. Analysis: Determine ratings and settings of protective devices to minimize damage caused by a fault and so that the protective device closest to the fault will open first. 1. Required Ratings and Settings: Derive required ratings and settings of protective devices in consideration of upstream protective device settings and optimize system to ensure selective coordination. 2. Identify any equipment that is underrated. 3. Identify specified protective devices will not achieve required protection or coordination but with minor changes can be made to do so; provide such modified devices at no additional cost and identify them on submittals as New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study 260573-4 "revised in accordance with Protective Device Coordination Study"; minor changes include different trip sizes in the same frame, time curve characteristics of induction relays, CT ranges, etc. 4. Identify specified protective devices that will not achieve required protection or coordination and cannot be field adjusted to do so, and for which adequate devices would involve a change to the contract sum. 5. In all cases where adequate protection or coordination cannot be achieved at no extra cost, provide a discussion of alternatives and logical compromises for best achievable coordination. F. Protective Device Rating and Setting Chart: Summarize in tabular format the required characteristics for each protective device based on the analysis; include: 1. Device identification. 2. Relay CT ratios, tap, time dial, and instantaneous pickup. 3. Circuit breaker sensor rating, long-time, short-time, and instantaneous settings, and time bands. 4. Fuse rating and type. 5. Ground fault pickup and time delay. 6. Input level and expected response time at two test points that are compatible with commonly available test equipment and the ratings of the protective device. 7. Highlight all devices that as furnished by Contractor will not achieve required protection. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Study Preparer Qualifications: Electrical testing agency regularly engaged in short circuit and coordination studies, with at least 5 years experience in work of this type, and employing professional electrical engineer licensed in the State of Massachusetts to perform the studies. B. Computer Software for Study Preparation: Use the latest edition of commercially available software utilizing specified methodologies. C. Contractor Responsibility: Provide all project-related data needed by study preparer, including equipment, wire sizes, insulation types, conduit types, and actual circuit lengths. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a comparable product by one of the following: 1. CGI CYME. 2. EDSA Micro Corporation. 3. ESA Inc. 4. Operation Technology, Inc. 5. SKM Systems Analysis, Inc. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study 260573-5 2.2 COMPUTER SOFTWARE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with IEEE 399. B. Analytical features of fault-current-study computer software program shall include "mandatory," "very desirable," and "desirable" features as listed in IEEE 399. C. Computer software program shall be capable of plotting and diagramming time-current characteristic curves as part of its output. Computer software program shall report device settings and ratings of all overcurrent protective devices and shall demonstrate selective coordination by computer-generated, time-current coordination plots. 2.3 PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Provide protective devices of ratings and settings as required so that the protective device closest to the fault will open first. B. In addition to requirements specified elsewhere, provide overcurrent protective devices having ratings and settings in accordance with results of this analysis. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine Project overcurrent protective device submittals for compliance with electrical distribution system coordination requirements and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with coordination study only after relevant equipment submittals have been assembled. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the services of a qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment to test, calibrate, and adjust the installed protective devices to conform to requirements determined by the coordination analysis. B. Adjust installed protective devices having adjustable settings to conform to requirements determined by the coordination analysis. C. Submit report showing final adjusted settings of all protective devices. END OF SECTION 260573 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-1 SECTION 260800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Commissioning Scope B. Systems to be Commissioned C. Responsibilities D. Commissioning Team E. Pre-Functional and Functional Check Lists 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 23 05 93 -Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC: For requirements and procedures concerning testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical systems. B. Section 23 09 00 -Instrumentation and Control for HVAC: Submittal and training requirements. C. Section 23 09 23 -Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC: Submittal, training, and programming requirements. D. Section 23 33 00 -Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for ductwork test holes. E. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements F. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal G. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements H. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ IAQ Management 1.3 SCOPE A. The work under this Section is subject to requirements of the Contract Documents including the Owner’s General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 – General Requirements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-2 1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The objective of commissioning is to provide documented confirmation that a facility fulfills the functional and performance requirements of the building owner, occupants, and operators. To reach this goal, it is necessary for the commissioning process to establish and review the owner’s criteria for system function, performance, and maintainability (Design Intent); and to also verify and document compliance with these criteria at start-up, and the initial period of operation. In addition, complete operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals, as well as training on system operation, should be provided to the building operators to ensure the building continues to operate as intended. B. The CA shall be involved throughout the warranty phase During construction, the CA develops and coordinates the execution of a testing plan, which includes observing and documenting all systems’ performance to ensure that the systems are functioning in accordance with the owner’s Design Intent (DI) requirements and the contract documents. The CA is not responsible for design or general construction scheduling, cost estimating, or construction management, but may assist with problem-solving or resolving non-conformance issues or deficiencies. The installing Contractors, TAB Sub and ATC Sub shall be required to provide support of the commissioning under their base Contracts. C. The following is a summary of services provided for commissioning: 1. Develop commissioning plan 2. Develop pre-functional and functional test procedures 3. On-site reviews to confirm that systems are ready for commissioning 4. Witness and perform functional tests 5. Review system start-up reports 6. Maintain master deficiency and resolution log 7. Perform functional testing 8. Ensure O&M and commissioning documentation requirements are complete. 9. Coordinate Owner staff training 10. Final report and presentation to Owner 11. Follow up visits after occupancy to review building operations D. Commissioning does not reduce responsibility of installing contractors to provide a finished and fully functioning product. E. This section shall in no way diminish the responsibility of the Divisions 22, 23 and 26 Contractors, Sub-contractors and Suppliers in performing all aspects of work and testing as outlined in the Contract Documents. Any requirements outlined in this section are in addition to requirements outlined throughout the Specifications. 1.5 ABBREVIATIONS A. The following are common abbreviations used in the Specifications. Definitions are found further in this Section. 1. A/E -Architect and Design Engineers 2. BAS -Building Automation System 3. CA -Commissioning Agent New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-3 4. CM -Construction Manager 5. CT -Commissioning Team 6. Cx -Commissioning 7. Cx Plan -Commissioning Plan 8. CC -Controls Contractor 9. EC -Electrical Contractor 10. FPT -Functional Performance Test 11. MC -Mechanical Contractor 12. OR -Owner’s Representative 13. PC -Pre-functional Checklist 14. TAB -Test, Adjust and Balance 15. O&M -Operations & Maintenance 16. RFI -Request for Information B. The following Standards shall be used where referenced by the following abbreviations: 1. AABC Associated Air Balance Council 2. ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 3. ADC Air Diffusion Council 4. AGA American Gas Association 5. AIA American Institute of Architects 6. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association 7. ANSI American National Standards Institute 8. API American Petroleum Institute 9. ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 10. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 11. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 12. ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers 13. ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers 14. ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials 15. NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology 16. SBI Steel Boiler Industry (Division of Hydronics Institute) 17. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 18. UL Underwriters’ Laboratories 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptance Phase: Phase of construction after start-up and initial checkout when Functional Performance Tests, O&M documentation review and training occur. B. Approval: Acceptance that a piece of equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning in tested modes according to the Contract Documents. C. Architect/Engineer (A/E): Prime consultant (architect) and subconsultants who comprise the design team, generally HVAC Mechanical Designer/Engineer and Electrical Designer/Engineer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-4 D. Basis of Design: Documentation of primary thought processes and assumptions behind design decisions made to meet design intent. Describes systems, components, conditions and methods chosen to meet intent. E. Commissioning Agent (CA): Contracted to Owner. CA directs and coordinates day-today commissioning activities. CA reports directly to Owner. F. Commissioning Plan: Overall plan developed after bidding that provides structure, schedule and coordination planning for commissioning process. G. Construction Manager (CM): The prime contractor for this project. Generally refers to the CM’s subcontractors as well. Also referred to as the Contractor in some contexts. The CM is hired by the Owner and is authorized to overseen fulfillment of all requirements of the Contract Documents. H. Contract Documents: Documents binding on parties involved in construction of this project (drawings, specifications, change change orders, amendments, contracts, etc.). I. Control System: System and components associated with building automation system. J. Deferred Functional Tests: Functional tests performed after substantial completion due to partial occupancy, equipment, seasonal requirements, design or other site conditions that disallow test from being performed. K. Deficiency: Condition of a component, piece of equipment or system that is not in compliance with Contract Documents (that is, does not perform properly or is not complying with design intent). L. Functional Performance Test Procedures: Commissioning protocols and detailed test procedures and instructions that fully describe system configuration and steps required to determine if the system is performing and functioning properly. These procedures shall be used to document Functional Performance Tests. M. Functional Performance Test (FPT): Test of dynamic function and operation of equipment and systems. Systems are tested under various modes, such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads, component failures, unoccupied, varying outside air temperatures, life safety conditions, power failure, etc. Systems are run through all specified sequences of operation. Components are verified to be responding in accordance with Contract Documents. Functional Performance Tests are executed after pre-functional checklists and start-ups are complete. N. Monitoring: Recording of parameters (flow, current, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment operation using data loggers or trending capabilities of control systems. O. Overidden Value: Writing over a sensor value in control system to see response of a system (e.g., changing outside air temperature value from 72˚ F to 52˚ F to verify economizer operation). See also “Simulated Signal”. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-5 P. Pre-Functional Checklist (PC): A list of static inspections and elementary component tests that verify proper installation of equipment (e.g., belt tension, oil levels, labels affixed, gauges in place, sensors calibrated, etc.). Q. Seasonal Performance Tests: Functional Performance Tests deferred until system(s) ambient conditions are closer to design conditions. R. Simulated Condition: Condition created for testing component or system (e.g., applying heat to space temperature sensor to monitor response of VAV box). S. Simulated Signal: Disconnecting sensor and using signal generator to send amperage, resistance or pressure transducer and/or DDC system to simulate value to BAS. T. Specifications: Construction specifications of Contract Documents. U. Start-up: The activities where systems or equipment are initially tested and operated. Start-up is completed prior to functional testing. V. Sub-contractor: Contractors of CM, and their sub-contractors, who provide and install building components and systems. W. Test Procedures: Step-by-step process, which must be executed to fulfill test requirements. X. Test Requirements: Requirements specifying what modes and functions will be tested. Test requirements are not detailed test procedures and are identified in the Cx Plan. Y. Trending: Monitoring using building control system. Z. Vendor: Supplier of equipment. AA. Warranty Period: Warranty period for entire project, including equipment components. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Commissioning Team: Members of Commissioning Team (CT) will consist of: 1. Commissioning Agent (CA) 2. Owner’s Representative(s) (OR) 3. Construction Manager (CM) 4. Architect and Design Engineers (A/E) 5. Mechanical Contractor (MC) 6. Electrical Contractor (EC) 7. Test and Balance Agency (TAB Agency) 8. Controls Contractor (CC) 9. Equipment Suppliers and Vendors B. Management: Owner will contract services of the CA. The CA directs and coordinates coordinates commissioning activities and reports to OR. All members of the Commissioning Team shall cooperate to fulfill responsibilities and objectives of the Contract Documents. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-6 C. Kick-off Meeting: Within 90 days of commencement of construction, CA will plan, schedule and conduct a commissioning kick-off meeting. Membership and responsibilities of the commissioning team will be clarified at this meeting. CA will distribute meeting minutes to all parties. D. Scheduling: 1. A/E will work with commissioning team to establish required commissioning activities to incorporate in preliminary commissioning schedule. The CM will integrate commissioning activities into master construction schedule. Representatives of the commissioning team will address scheduling problems. Necessary notifications are to be made in a timely manner in order to expedite commissioning. 2. The CA will provide initial schedule of primary commissioning events at commissioning kick-off meeting. As construction progresses, more detailed schedules are developed by the commissioning team. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall provide CA with documentation required for commissioning work. At minimum, documentation shall include: Full sequences of operation, O&M data, performance data, any performance test procedures, control drawings and details, start-up reports. In addition, installation and checkout materials actually shipped inside equipment and actual field checkout sheet forms used by factory or field technicians shall be submitted to CA. B. CA shall review submittals for conformance as it relates to commissioning. Review is primarily intended to aid in development of functional testing procedures and only secondarily to verify compliance with equipment specifications. The CA shall not be part of the A/E’s submittal approval process. 1.9 START-UP PLAN A. Sub-contractor responsible for purchase, installation and start-up of equipment develops and submits start-up plan by combining manufacturer’s detailed start-up and checkout procedures with normally used field checkout sheets. Plan shall include checklists and procedures with specific boxes or lines for recording and documenting inspections of each piece of equipment. B. A/E reviews submitted start-up plane for content and format. Primary role of A/E is to substantiate written documentation for each manufacturer-recommended procedure. PART 2 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Division contractors shall provide all specialized tools, test equipment and instruments required to execute start-up, checkout and functional performance testing of equipment under their contract. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-7 B. Test equipment shall be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure system performance with tolerances specified. A testing laboratory shall have calibrated test equipment within the previous 12 months. Calibration shall be NIST traceable. Equipment shall be calibrated according to manufacturer’s recommended intervals and when dropped or damaged. Calibration tags shall be affixed or certificates readily available. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING OVERVIEW A. The following provides a brief overview of typical commissioning tasks during construction and general order in which they occur: 1. Commissioning during construction begins with a kick-off meeting conducted by CA where membership of commissioning team is established and responsibilities reviewed. A preliminary commissioning plan is distributed for review. 2. CA schedules subsequent meetings as necessary to plan, coordinate and schedule commissioning activities. Deficiencies and problem resolution will also be discussed at these meetings. 3. Sub-contractors develop and submit detailed start-up plans to Cx team. 4. CM develops, with cooperation of Sub-contractor/vendor, detailed training plan. Training plan is reviewed and approved by commissioning team. 5. CA develops specific pre-functional checklists and equipment and system Functional Performance Test procedures. Commissioning team members review procedures. 6. Sub-contractors inform CA when the pre-functional items are complete by phase. The CA executes and documents pre-functional checklists in phases such as setting equipment, piping equipment, insulating it, making up electrical connections, etc. The purpose is to execute the process as the work is being completed. 7. The Sub-contractors perform start-up and initial checkout. CA collects documentation completed according to approved plans. CA will witness start-up of selected equipment. 8. Functional Performance Tests are executed by Sub-contractors, under supervision of and documented by CA. 9. Items of non-compliance in material, installation or set-up will be corrected at Sub-contractor expense and system shall be retested. 10. CM coordinates training sessions and executes training plan. Specific training to be provided as specified in trade Divisions and by Sub-contractor/vendor. 3.2 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A. Electrical: 1. All Lighting Controls (occupancy sensors, daylight dimming systems, exterior photocell controls) 2. The Emergency Power System including Generator and Transfer Switches 3. The Security System 4. The Fire Alarm System New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-8 5. The PA (Auxiliary Sound), Paging (Intercommunication) System, and Master Clock System. 6. Cell monitoring and recording systems 7. Access control system 3.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Responsibilities of commissioning team members are: 1. Architect/Engineer (A/E): a. Document design intent of systems b. Witnesses first run of primary equipment as necessary c. Review test documentation d. Review functional performance trend log data e. Review training plan f. Review O&Ms and record documents g. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting 2. Commissioning Agent (CA): a. Identify commissioning activities for inclusion into the project schedule by the CM. b. Develop detailed project specific pre-functional performance tests and Functional Performance Test procedures. c. Provide progress reports of commissioning status. d. Execute pre-functional checklists. e. Witness FPTs. Document test results and recommend system for acceptance. f. Review, track and coordinate resolution of non-compliance and deficiencies identified by commissioning team. Maintain records of all issues submitted by commissioning team. g. Review completed TAB reports. h. Review training plan developed by CM. i. Monitor completion and accuracy of project closeout documents and training. j. Provide final commissioning report, summarizing final disposition of building systems after functional testing. k. Facilitate cooperation of CT in commissioning work. l. Attend and conduct commissioning team meetings. m. Witness seasonal or deferred testing and modify or update commissioning report as required. n. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-9 3. Construction Manager (CM): a. Incorporate commissioning activities into the construction schedule. b. Periodically update commissioning activities in the construction schedule. c. Develop, with cooperation of A/E and Sub-contractor/vendor, detailed training plan. d. CM coordinates training sessions and executes training plan through his sub-contractors. e. Facilitate cooperation of Sub-contractors in commissioning work. f. Submit copies of approved submittals, with manufacturer start-up criteria, contractor start-up checklists and operating and maintenance criteria to CA. g. Verify equipment and systems are ready for execution of pre-functional checklists by the CA. Assures CA at each phase of installation equipment and systems are ready. h. Insures resolution of non-compliance and deficiencies of construction related items identified by commissioning team. Obtains written documentation of completion from the appropriate Sub-contractors. i. Coordinate Sub-contractor/vendor participation in training sessions. Provide workspace or conference room as needed. Ensure attendance at training is documented. j. Schedule, coordinate and assist CT in seasonal or deferred testing. k. Participate in warranty review of system/equipment performance. 4. Sub-contractors/Vendors: a. Review commissioning plan, pre-functional checklists, and FPT procedures. b. Ensure installation work is complete, is in compliance with Contract Documents and is ready for Functional Performance Testing. c. Develop and submit detailed equipment start-up procedures to CT. Procedures shall include checklist to be completed by Subcontractor/vendor. d. Notify CT that equipment and systems are ready for functional performance testing. e. Execute FPTs developed by CA as described in Contract Documents and commissioning plan, under direction of CA. f. Provide certified and calibrated instrumentation required to take measurements of system and equipment performance during functional performance testing. g. Assist CT with developing a comprehensive commissioning schedule. h. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. i. Prepare training plans with CM and execute training as specified in Divisions. j. Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing as necessary. k. Make necessary amendments to O&M manuals and as-built drawings for applicable issue identified in season/deferred testing. l. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-10 5. Controls Contractor (CC): a. Completely install and thoroughly inspect start-up, test, adjust, calibrate and document systems and equipment under Building Automation/Controls Contract. b. Provide laptop computer, software and training to accommodate TAB Contractor in system balancing. c. Install software on CA’s laptop and provide training to CA for off-site trend logging and monitoring “BMS”. d. Maintain database of control parameters submitted by TAB Contractor subsequent to field adjustments and measurements. e. Provide on-site technician skilled in software programming and hardware operation to exercise sequences of operation and to correct control deficiencies identified during functional performance testing. f. Provide instrumentation, computer, software and communication resources necessary to demonstrate total operation of building systems during functional performance testing of control system equipment. g. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. h. Prepare training plans with CM and execute training as specified in Division 1, 15, and 16, of these specifications. i. Maintain comprehensive system calibration and checkout records. Submit records to CT. j. Set up trend logs as requested by CT to substantiate proper systems operation. k. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 6. Test, Adjust and Balance (TAB) Agency: a. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings. b. Submit TAB plan and forms describing methodology for execution of test and balance procedures specific to this project to CT for review. c. Cooperate with CC with execution of required work. d. Rebalance deficient areas identified during commissioning. e. Provide on-site technician, as necessary, skilled in TAB procedures to provide verification of equipment and system performance and TAB reading during functional performance testing. f. Participate in a warranty review of system/equipment performance. 3.4 COMMISSIONING TEAM (CT) MEETINGS A. CT meetings will be held periodically as determined by CA with frequency increasing as construction advances and systems become operational. Attendance is mandatory. CA will record minutes and attendance. CA will chair CT meetings. B. Discussions held in CT meetings shall include, but not be limited to system/equipment start-up, progress, scheduling, testing, documentation, deficiencies and problem resolution. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-11 3.5 REPORTING A. CA will provide regular status reports to CM and Owner, with increasing frequency as construction and commissioning progresses. B. CA will regularly communicate with members of commissioning team, keeping them apprised of commissioning progress. C. CA shall submit non-compliance and deficiency reports to Owner and CM. D. CA shall provide a final summary report to Owner. 3.6 START-UP AND INITIAL CHECKOUT A. Sub-contractor shall schedule equipment start-up with Commissioning Team. Subcontractor shall execute equipment start-up. B. CA reserves the right to witness any start-up or equipment testing. C. Pre-functional checklists are provided and executed by CA. Prototypical examples of PFCs are included at the end of this specification section. Final copies of PFCs will be developed after issuance the Construction Documents and issued to the CT as part of the Commissioning Plan. CM and Sub-contractor shall review final construction documentation for applicable details and specifications related to equipment to be commissioned in order to fully ascertain all of the pre-functional checklist requirements. 3.7 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Objectives and Scope: 1. The objective of Functional Performance Testing is to demonstrate each system is operating according to documented design intent and Contract Documents. Functional Performance Testing facilitates bringing system from a state of substantial completion to full dynamic operation. Additionally, during Functional Performance Testing, areas of deficient performance are identified and corrected, improving operation and functioning of systems. 2. Each system shall be operated through all modes of operation (occupied, unoccupied, warm-up, cool-down, etc.) where there is a specified system response. Verifying each sequence in the sequences of operation is required. B. Development of Test Procedures: 1. The purpose of any given specific test is to verify and document compliance with stated criteria of acceptance given on test form. CA shall develop specific test procedures and forms to verify and document proper operation of each piece of equipment and system. Sub-contractor responsible to execute test will provide assistance to CA in developing procedure (i.e., answering questions about equipment, operation, sequences, etc.) Prior to execution, CA shall provide a copy of test procedures to Sub-contractor. Sub-contractor will review tests for feasibility, safety and equipment warranty protection. CA shall submit tests to Owner, CM and A/E and other Commissioning Team members for review. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-12 2. Test procedure forms developed by the CA will include (but not be limited to) the following information: a. System and equipment or component name(s) b. Equipment location and ID number c. Date d. Project name e. Specific sequence of operation or other specified parameters being verified f. Specific step-by-step procedures to execute test, in a clear, sequential and repeatable format g. A Yes/No checkbox to allow for clearly marking whether or not proper performance of each part of the test was achieved h. Section for comments 3. Prototypical examples of Functional Performance Test Checklists are included at the end of this specification section. Final copies of FPTs will be developed after issuance the Construction Documents and issued to the CT as part of the Commissioning Plan. CM and Sub-contractors shall review final construction documentation for applicable details and specifications related to to equipment to be commissioned in order to fully ascertain all FPT requirements. C. Coordination and Scheduling: 1. CM will provide sufficient notice to CA regarding completion of schedule for equipment and systems. CM will schedule Functional Performance Test with CT. CA shall witness and document functional testing of equipment and systems. Sub-contractor shall execute test under direction of CA. 2. Functional Performance Testing is conducted after system operation and checkout is satisfactorily completed. Air balancing and water balancing is completed and debugged before functional testing of air-related or water-related equipment or systems. 3.8 DOCUMENTATION, NON-COMFORMANCE AND APPROVAL OF TESTS A. Documentation: 1. CA will witness and document results of FPT using specific Functional Performance Test developed for that purpose. Prior to testing, FPTs are provided to the Commissioning Team for review and approval. CA will include filled out FPTs in Commissioning Turnover Package. B. Non-Conformance: 1. CA will record results of functional testing. Deficiency or non-conformance issues will be noted and reported to CM and Owner on standard non-compliance FPT form. 2. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during tests at discretion of CA. In such cases, deficiency and resolution will be documented on FPT form. 3. Every effort will be made to expedite testing and minimize unnecessary delays, while not comprising integrity of tests. CA shall not overlook deficient work or relax acceptance criteria to satisfy scheduling or cost issues unless directed to do by the Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-13 4. Deficiencies are handled in the following manner: a. When there is no dispute on deficiency and Sub-contractor accepts responsibility for remedial action: 1) CA documents deficiency and Sub-contractors response and intentions and they go on to another test or sequence. CA submits deficiency report to CM and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub-contractor. Sub-contractor corrects deficiency, and verifies correction to CM. CM forwards response to CA. 2) CM reschedules test with Sub-contractor. b. When there is a dispute about a deficiency, regarding whether it is a deficiency or who is responsible: 1) CA documents deficiency and Contractors response and they go on to another test or sequence. CA submits deficiency report to CM and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub-contractor. 2) CM facilitates resolution of deficiency. Other parties are brought into discussions as needed. Final interpretive authority is A/E. Final acceptance authority is with the Owner. 3) CM documents resolution process. 4) Once interpretation and resolution has been decided, appropriate party corrects deficiency, and verifies correction to CM. CM forwards response to CA. CM reschedules test and test is repeated until satisfactory performance is achieved. C. Cost of Retesting: 1. Sub-contractor shall retest FPT, if they are responsible for deficiency at no additional cost. 2. Time for CA to direct any retesting required because a specific pre-functional checklist or start-up test items reported to have been successfully completed, but determined during Functional Performance Testing to be faulty, may be backcharged to Sub-contractor. D. Approval: 1. CA notes each satisfactorily demonstrated function on test form. CA, A/E and Owner provide formal approval of FPT. CA recommends acceptance of each test to Owner. 3.9 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION A. Commissioning Turnover Package 1. CA is responsible to compile and organize commissioning records. CA shall deliver Cx records to the Owner in Commissioning Binders. Turnover Package to include the following: a. Commissioning Plan b. Pre-functional Checklists c. Completed Functional Performance Test records d. Deficiency Reports e. Final Commissioning Report New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-14 B. Final Report Details 1. Final Commissioning Report will include an executive summary, list of participants and roles, brief building description, overview of commissioning and testing scope and general description of testing and verification methods. Recommendations for improvement to equipment or operations, future actions, etc., will also be listed. Each non-compliance issue will be referenced to specific FPT where deficiency is documented. 3.10 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. Sub-contractors will provide complete training in start-up, operation and maintenance of all equipment under contract. B. CM and Sub-contractors will be responsible for developing Owner training plan, scheduling of Owner training, execution of Owner training and documentation of completed Owner training. C. A/E will be responsible for approving content and adequacy of Owner training. D. CA will be responsible for monitoring completion of Owner training. E. Sub-contractor will submit a written training plan to A/E and CA for review and approval with submission of shop drawings. Plan will cover the following elements: 1. Equipment (included in training) 2. Intended audience 3. Location of training 4. Objectives 5. Subjects covered 6. Duration of training on each subject 7. Instructor for each subject 8. Methods (classroom lecture, video, site walk-through, actual operational demonstrations, written handouts, etc.) 9. Instructors and qualifications F. CM and sub-contractors schedule training with CA and Owner. CA develops criteria to determine training satisfactorily completed. G. CM shall provide videotaping of training sessions. 3.11 DEFFERRED TESTING A. Deferred Seasonal Testing: 1. During warranty period, seasonal testing (test delayed until weather conditions are closer to system’s design) will be completed as part of this contract. CM will coordinate this activity. Tests will be executed, documented and deficiencies corrected by the appropriate sub-contractor(s), with CA witnessing. CA will incorporate final updates to Turnover Package as necessary. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 260800-15 B. Unforeseen Deferred Tests: 1. Any check or test not completed due to building structure, required occupancy condition, or other deficiency, may be delayed upon approval of Owner. These tests will be rescheduled as soon as possible. NOTE: The prototypical Pre-Functional Checklists and Functional Performance Test procedures are enclosed. END OF SECTION 260800 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of Electrical 26 08 00-16 Functional Test HOT WATER HEATING BOILERS 1. Submittal /Approvals Submittal. The above equipment and systems integral to them are complete and ready for functional testing. A Statement of Correction will be submitted upon completion of any outstanding areas. None of the outstanding items preclude safe and reliable functional tests being performed. 2. Participants General Contractor Date Controls Contractor Date Plumbing Contractor Date Electrical Contractor Date . Commissioning Agent Date Construction Administration Representative Date Owner’s Representative Date 3. Prerequisite Checklist a. The following have been started up and are ready for functional testing: Boiler Hot Water Piping and Valves Pumps b. All control system functions for this and all interlocking systems are programmed and operable per contract documents, including balancing valves and sensor calibrations completed. c. All A/E punchlist items for this equipment corrected. d. Safeties and operating ranges reviewed. e. This checklist does not take the place of the manufacturer’s recommended checkout and startup procedures. f. Items that do not apply shall be noted with the reasons on this form (N/A = not applicable, BO = by others). g. Contractors assigned responsibility for sections of the checklist shall be responsible to see that checklist items by their subcontractors are completed and checked off. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of Electrical 26 08 00-17 4. Requested documentation submitted Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Approved Shop Drawing submittals Startup checks per manufacturer’s requirements and under manufacturer’s supervision Water Balancing report O&M Manuals Warranty Certificate · Documentation complete as per contract documents for given trade. YES NO 5. Model verification Equip Tag---> B-1 B-2 Manuf. Model Serial # Capacity Volts/phase Capacity tank volume Capacity BTUH · The equipment installed matches the specifications. · · YES · · NO 6. Installation Checks Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 General Installation Permanent labels affixed Casing condition good: no dents Expansion tank installed w/Heat Trap Piping Expansion Tank Auto Air vent Expansion Tank Pressure Gauge High Capacity Air Vent Installed Maintenance access acceptable for unit and and components Concrete pad provided New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of Electrical 26 08 00-18 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Emergency power for boilers, pumps, combustion fans, etc. Thermal insulation properly installed Instrumentation installed according to specification (thermometers, pressure gages, flow meters, etc.) Clean up of equipment completed per contract documents Seismic restraints provided Installation of vibration isolators for boiler installation Installation of boiler breeching installation per Contract Drawings Main gas, pilot gas pressure regulators, and high and low pressure switches are vented to the outdoors Piping arrangement installed per the contract documents Installation of combustion air fan and associated motorized damper Installation of relief air ductwork with associated backdraft damper Outdoor air ductwork and the relief ductwork up to the damper have been insulated Installation of CO sensor Emergency Boiler Fusomatic Fusomatic Safety Emergency Boiler Switch at Door Boiler disconnect switches at entry doors Installation of chemical pot feeder and support devices System chemically treated Electronic ignition provide Gas pilot provided from firm gas service or LP tank Valves and Piping Pipe fittings complete and pipes properly supported Pipes properly labeled Pipes properly insulated Relief valve on boiler properly piped Relief valve on boiler properly piped to glycol tank in glycol system Valves properly labeled Valves installed in proper direction Glycol tank and pump installed according to contract documents Piping system properly flushed New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of Electrical 26 08 00-19 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 No leaking apparent around fittings Cold water make-up to Heating System-PRV set proper pressure Expansion tank isolation valve Isolation valves installed per drawings Boiler drain valves ASME Pressure relief valve Sensors calibrated HWR Motorized Isolation Valve HWR Manual Isolation Valve HWR Thermometer HWR Main Temperature Sensor-ATC HWR Pressure Gauge HWS Thermometer HWS Pressure Gauge HWS Main Temperature Sensor-ATC HWS Main isolation valve upstream of Air Separator Air Separator between boiler hot water supply and pump suction HWR Metering Device HWR Isolation Valves to Boilers Heat detector over burners(where no sprinkler system in room) Return temperature control Oil Piping System Oil Transfer system piping installed per MFG Oil piping per MFG Oil leak detection Oil tank inventory and monitoring system per ”CD” Automatic fuel change over switch(based on “OA”) Manual fuel change over switch Oil fuseable valve on supply line Anti siphon valve-(where oil tank is above ground) Oil safety valve Oil filter Oil leak detection in oil transfer pump provided Electrical and Controls Power disconnects in place and labeled New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of Electrical 26 08 00-20 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient Check Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 All electric connections tight Proper grounding installed for components and unit Safeties in place and operable Hi limit controller Low water cut-off switch Misc. Primary Pump operating aquastat installed Chemical pot feeder across primary pump In-Line Pump Circuit Setter Circulating pump installed properly with check valve Installation of heating DP sensor. Location · The checklist items of Part 6 are all successfully completed for given trade. YES NO 7. Performance Tests Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Test Compliance/Non-Compliance Compliance/Non-Compliance Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Performance Tests Calibration of BAS HWS and HWR Calibration of outdoor air sensor Capability of the temperature control system to stop/start boiler. Verify the motorized damper on combustion air fans opens prior to the start start of the boiler. Hot water reset schedule capability at BAS Record sequencing and/or operation of boilers when system is activated such that both boilers operate to maintain setpoint.(200 degrees setpoint) Set hot water return temperature to 170 deg. F and verify boiler is firing at its maximum firing rate of 75%. Verify associated primary heating pump is operating. Verify “Lag” boiler is off along with associated “Lag” primary pump. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of Electrical 26 08 00-21 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Test Compliance/Non-Compliance Compliance/Non-Compliance Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Set hot water return temperature to 165 deg. F and verify “Lag” boiler begins to operate. Verify associated primary “Lag” heating pump is operating. Verify “Lead” boiler maintains 75% firing rate. Boiler operation such that whenever both boilers are firing at 75% and the setpoint cannot be maintained, that the “Lead” Boiler is allowed to modulate to full 100% firing rate. Boiler operation such that when the “Lead” Boiler is At full 100% firing rate and the hot water temperature cannot maintain setpoint, that the “Lag” boiler is allowed to modulate to 100% firing rate. When load decreases, the boilers are sequenced in reverse order of starting. Verify when “Lag” boiler is de-energized that the associated Primary pump is off. When both boilers are de-energized that CAF-1 is off, off, motorized damper is closed 100% and the backdraft damper on the relief duct is closed. “Lead” /“Lag” boiler arrangement is switched once a month. Record parameters. Confirm # of cycles per hour is between 3 and 6 Gas pressure regulator matches with burner and gas requirements Check HWS temp, leaving boiler temp shall not drop below 140 deg F(or per MFG) Check HWR temp, temp to boilers shall not drop below 130 deg F(or per MFG) Boilers and their in-line pumps are off when outdoor air is above 65 deg. F. Pump status for the primary pumps at the BAS. Boiler start time delay to prevent short cycling. Operation of hi-limit boiler safeties for both B-1 & B-2 boilers. Operation of low water cut off boiler Safeties for both boilers. Operation of combustion air damper and combustion air fan when either Boiler B-1 or B-2 is operating. Record total air flow. (Design airflow of 5800 cfm) Operation of low/high/low burner firing for both Boilers B-1 and B-2. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #200738 Commissioning Of Electrical 26 08 00-22 Check if Okay. Enter comment or note number if deficient. Test Compliance/Non-Compliance Compliance/Non-Compliance Equip Tag-> B-1 B-2 Installation of a low temperature water alarm signal at the BAS. Record setpoint. Correct system fill pressure. Record setting of aquastat. Verify oil tank leak detector operation Verify oil tank inventory system installed and calibrated Verify oil tank monitoring system communicates with BMS point to point on software Verify oil leak detection in transfer pump set’s pan functions properly Verify Display module is installed and functional · The checklist items of Part 7 are all successfully completed for given trade. YES NO 8. Functional Testing Record (HTHW Supply) No Mode ID Test Procedure (including special conditions) Expected Response Pass Y/N Note 1 Enable Override OA sensor and set below 43 deg F Lead boiler shall be enabled 2 Disable Override OA sensor and set above 45 45 deg F All boilers shall be disabled 3 Lead-Lag Manually fail the lead boiler Alarm shall be sent to BMS, and lag boiler shall start. 4 High Limit Set operating controller above high limit set point. Burner shuts down and alarm sent to BMS 5 Operating control Set operating controller above actual boiler’s water temperature. Burner valve modulates to maintain the set point. 6 Low water condition Close make up, make up water valves and drain the system to cause low water condition in boiler. Burner shuts down and alarm sent to BMS 7 REVIEW Review schedules, current setpoints and sequences with BMS shop drawings. Submit approved differences to be incorporated into asbuilts. · The checklist items of Part 8 are all successfully completed for given trade. YES NO --END OF TEST -- New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lighting Control Devices 260923-1 SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Switches. 2. Switch plates. 3. Occupancy sensors. 4. Photocells. 5. Contactors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 03 -Equipment Wiring Connections. 2. Section 26 05 19 -Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 3. Section 26 05 33 -Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems: Product requirements for raceway and boxes for placement by this section. 4. Section 26 05 53 -Identification for Electrical Systems: Product requirements for electrical identification items for placement by this section. 5. Section 26 24 16 -Panelboards. 6. Section 26 27 26 -Wiring Devices: Product requirements for wiring devices for placement by this section. 7. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 8. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 9. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 10. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA AB 1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. 2. NEMA FU 1 -Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 3. NEMA ICS 2 -Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contractors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. 4. NEMA ICS 4 -Industrial Control and Systems: Terminal Blocks. 5. NEMA ICS 5 -Industrial Control and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot Devices. 6. NEMA ICS 6 -Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures. 7. NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lighting Control Devices 260923-2 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s standard product data for each system component. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for each system component. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record the following information: 1. Actual locations of components and record circuiting and switching arrangements. 2. Wiring diagrams reflecting field installed conditions with identified and numbered, system components and devices. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit replacement parts numbers. 2. Submit manufacturer’s published installation instructions and operating instructions. 3. Recommended renewal parts list. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Municipality of Northampton standard. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept components on site in manufacturer’s packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect components by storing in manufacturer’s containers indoor protected from weather. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for warranties. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for components. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lighting Control Devices 260923-3 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for extra materials. B. Furnish six of each switch type. C. Furnish six of each occupancy sensor type. D. Furnish two of each photocell type. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Incorporated 2. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3. Pass and Seymour/Legrand 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Specification Grade, toggle switch rated 120/277V 20A minimum. 1. Material: Plastic. 2. Color: Ivory. 2.2 SWITCH PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Incorporated. 2. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3. Pass and Seymour/Legrand. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Specification Grade. 1. Material: Stainless steel. 2. Color: natural. 2.3 OCCUPANCY AND DAYLIGHT SENSORS A. Manufacturers: 1. As indicated on Symbol list and as indicated in plan details. 2. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Separate sensitivity and time delay adjustments with LED indication of sensed movement. User adjustable time-delay: 30 seconds to 12 minutes. C. Furnish with manual override. D. Operation: Silent. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lighting Control Devices 260923-4 E. Room Sensors: As indicated on Drawings. 2.4 PHOTOCELLS A. Manufacturers: 1. Tork 2. AMF 3. Hubbell. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. General: Consist of sensor mounted as indicated on Drawings with adjustable photo eye. Device shall be mounted to rigid conduit and face north orientation. Sensor shall be 120V rated and shall control exterior lighting in concert with time clock, via contactor coil. 2.5 CONTACTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Square D 2. General Electric. 3. Cutler Hammer. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. General: Contactors shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. Provide within NEMA 1 enclosure, unless exposed where NEMA 3R shall be provided. Control voltage shall be 120V. Furnish with quantity of relays as required to control all lighting circuits indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount switches, occupancy sensors and photocells as indicated on Drawings. B. Install wiring in accordance with Section 26 05 19. C. Use only properly color coded, stranded wire. Install wire sizes as indicated on Drawings. Install wire in conduit in accordance with Section 26 05 33. D. Identify power wiring with circuit breaker number controlling load. When multiple circuit breaker panels are feeding into relay panel, label wires to indicate originating panel designation. 3.2 FIELD ADJUSTMENT A. Furnish services for minimum of one day for check, test, and start-up. Perform the following services: 1. Test operation of remote controlled devices. Simulate dark conditions and verify proper operation of contactors and fixtures controlled. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Lighting Control Devices 260923-5 2. Repair or replace defective components. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for starting and adjusting. B. Test each system component after installation to verify proper operation. C. Test relays and switches after installation to confirm proper operation. D. Confirm correct loads are recorded on directory card in each panel. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate operation of the following system components: 1. Operation of switches. 2. Operation of each type of occupancy sensor and daylight controls. 3. Operation of photocell. C. Furnish 2 hours to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of system. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7 days notice to Architect/Engineer of training date. END OF SECTION 260923 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Transformers 262200-1 SECTION 262200 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes two-winding transformers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 33 -Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 2. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 3. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 4. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA ST 1 -Specialty Transformers (Except General Purpose Type). 2. NEMA ST 20 -Dry Type Transformers for General Applications. B. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit outline and support point dimensions of enclosures and accessories, unit weight, voltage, kVA, and impedance ratings and characteristics, tap configurations, insulation system type, and rated temperature rise. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of transformers. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Transformers 262200-2 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Store in clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide additional canvas or plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. C. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided. Handle carefully to avoid damage to transformer internal components, enclosure, and finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TWO-WINDING TRANSFORMERS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric. 2. Square D. 3. Siemens. 4. Eaton/Cutler Hammer 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: NEMA ST 20, factory-assembled, air-cooled, dry type transformers, ratings as indicated on Drawings. C. Primary Voltage: 208Y volts, 3 phase. D. Secondary Voltage: 480Y volts, 3 phase. E. Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated kVA as follows: 1. 16-500 kVA: Class 220 with 80 115 150 degrees C rise. F. Case temperature: Do not exceed 35 degrees C rise above ambient at warmest point at full load. G. Winding Taps: 1. Transformers 15 kVA and Larger: NEMA ST 20. H. Sound Levels: NEMA ST 20. I. Basic Impulse Level: 10 kV for transformers less than 300 kVA, 30 kV for transformers 300 kVA and larger. J. Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of visible flexible copper grounding strap. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Transformers 262200-3 K. Mounting: 1. Larger than 75 kVA: Suitable for floor mounting. L. Coil Conductors: Continuous copper windings with terminations brazed or welded. M. Enclosure: NEMA ST 20, Type 1 Type 3R ventilated non-ventilated. Furnish lifting eyes or brackets. N. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration-absorbing mounts. O. Nameplate: Include transformer connection data and overload capacity based on rated allowable temperature rise. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify mounting supports are properly sized and located including concealed bracing in walls. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Set transformer plumb and level. B. Use flexible conduit, in accordance with Section 26 05 33, 2 feet minimum length, for connections to transformer case. Make conduit connections to side panel of enclosure. C. Support transformers in accordance with Section 26 05 29. 1. Mount floor-mounted transformers on vibration isolating pads suitable for isolating transformer noise from building structure. D. Provide seismic restraints as required by the most recent adopted version of the State of Massachusetts Building Code. E. Install grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 -Quality Requirements 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.2.1. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Low-Voltage Transformers 262200-4 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 -Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments. END OF SECTION 262200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Switchboard 262413-1 SECTION 262413 SWITCHBOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes switchboards. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 26 05 53 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 3. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C12.1 -Code for Electricity Metering. 2. ANSI C39.1 -Requirements, Electrical Analog Indicating Instruments. B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1. IEEE C57.13 -Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers. 2. IEEE C62.41 -Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA AB 1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. 2. NEMA FU 1 -Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 3. NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). 4. NEMA PB 2 -Deadfront Distribution Switchboards. 5. NEMA PB 2.1 -General Instructions for Proper Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Deadfront Distribution Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. D. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate front and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; nameplate legends; size and number of bus bars for each phase, neutral, and ground; and switchboard instrument details. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Switchboard 262413-2 C. Product Data: Submit electrical characteristics including voltage, frame size and trip ratings, fault current withstand ratings, and time-current curves of equipment and components. D. Test Reports: Indicate results of factory production and field tests. E. Available Fault Current Calculations coordinated with the available fault current from the local utility. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations, configurations, and ratings of switchboards and their components on single line diagrams and plan layouts. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts data listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept switchboards on site. Inspect for damage. C. Store in clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide additional canvas or plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. D. Handle in accordance with NEMA PB 2.1. Lift only with lugs provided. Handle carefully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components, enclosure, and finish. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Conform to NEMA PB 2 service conditions during and after installation of switchboards. 1.8 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS A. Available fault current listed on the drawings must be verified based on field conditions, installed length and characteristics of service conductors, and utility company transformer data. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Switchboard 262413-3 B. Calculate available fault current at the terminal of the main service disconnect for listing on the service switchboard warning label. C. The calculations shall be performed by a registered Professional Engineer in th-e State of Massachusetts. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 SEQUENCING A. Section 01 10 00 -Summary: Work sequence. B. Sequence Work to avoid interferences with building finishes and installation of other products. 1.11 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each key. 1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each size and type of fuse installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric. 2. Square D. 3. Siemens. 4. Eaton/Cutler Hammer 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: NEMA PB 2, enclosed switchboard with electrical ratings and configurations as indicated on Drawings. C. Device Mounting: 1. Main Section: Individually mounted and compartmented. 2. Distribution Section: Panel mounted. D. Bus: 1. Material: Copper with tin plating. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Switchboard 262413-4 2. Connections: Bolted, accessible from front for maintenance. 3. Insulation: Fully insulate load side bus bars. E. Ground Bus: Extend length of switchboard. F. Line and Load Terminations: Accessible from front only of switchboard, suitable for conductor materials and sizes as indicated on Drawings. G. Utility Metering Compartment: Furnish metering transformer compartment for Utility Company's use, in accordance with Utility Company requirements. H. Owner Metering Device: Provide integral voltage, watt and ampere meters. Meter shall be electronic type with LCD display and capable of connection to building HVAC control system without additional equipment being required. Meter shall capture, store and report peak loads and kWH. I. Future Provisions: Fully equip spaces for future devices with bussing and bus connections, insulated and braced for short circuit currents. Furnish continuous current rating as indicated on Drawings. J. J. Enclosure: Type 1 -General Purpose. K. Align sections at front and rear. L. Finish: Manufacturer's standard light gray enamel over external surfaces. Coat internal surfaces with minimum one coat corrosion-resisting paint, or plate with cadmium or zinc. 2.2 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric. 2. Square D. 3. Siemens. 4. Eaton/Cutler Hammer 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: NEMA AB 1, molded-case circuit breaker. C. Field-Changeable Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker: Circuit breakers with frame sizes 225 amperes and larger have changeable trip units. 2.3 INSULATED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric. 2. Square D. 3. Siemens. 4. Eaton/Cutler Hammer 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Switchboard 262413-5 B. Product Description: NEMA AB 1, enclosed, insulated-case circuit breaker. C. Trip Unit: Electronic sensing, timing, and tripping circuits for adjustable current settings, instantaneous trip, and adjustable short time trip. D. Accessories: As indicated on Drawings. 2.4 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION DEVICES A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric. 2. Square D. 3. Siemens. 4. Eaton/Cutler Hammer 5. Current Technology 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: IEEE C62.41, factory-mounted transient voltage surge suppressor, selected to meet requirements for high exposure and to coordinate with system circuit voltage. C. TVSS module shall be integral to switch board, and shall be fused. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Furnish shop inspection and testing in accordance with NEMA PB 2. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify surface is suitable for switchboard installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NEMA PB 2.1. B. Tighten accessible bus connections and mechanical fasteners after placing switchboard. C. Install fuses in each switch and coordinate sizes with connected load. D. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 05 53. E. Install warning labels, including available fault current information, in accordance with Section 26 05 53. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Switchboard 262413-6 F. Install breaker circuit directory. G. Ground and bond switchboards in accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.1. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. C. Tighten bolted bus connections. D. Adjust circuit breaker trip and time delay settings to values as indicated on Drawings. 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. END OF SECTION 262413 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Panelboards 262416-1 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes distribution and branch circuit panelboards, electronic grade branch circuit panelboards. B. Furnish and install fusible branch circuit panelboards as specified, and as shown on the associated drawings. C. Selective Coordination: 1. Fusible branch circuit panelboards overcurrent protective devices shall be selectively coordinated with all supply side (fed from both the normal and emergency source) overcurrent protective devices. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 26 05 53 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 26 05 73 – Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study. 4. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 6. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 7. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1. IEEE C62.41 -Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. 2. UL 248 – Low-Voltage Fuses. 3. NEMA FU 1 – Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA AB 1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. 2. NEMA FU 1 -Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 3. NEMA ICS 2 -Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. 4. NEMA ICS 5 -Industrial Control and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot Devices. 5. NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). 6. NEMA PB 1 -Panelboards. 7. NEMA PB 1.1 -General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Panelboards 262416-2 C. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. D. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 67 -Safety for Panelboards. 2. UL 1283 -Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 3. UL 1449 -Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. C. Product Data: Submit catalog data showing specified features of standard products. D. Main disconnect ratings (if applicable): 1. Voltage and ampacity ratings of the disconnect. 2. Voltage, ampacity, and interrupting ratings of fuses. E. Branch device ratings including: 1. Voltage, ampacity, and interrupting ratings of fused branch device. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of panelboards and record actual circuiting arrangements. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Fusible branch circuit panelboards shall be listed to UL 67. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for maintenance products. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Panelboards 262416-3 B. Furnish two of each panelboard key. C. Furnish 20% or minimum of three fuses of each rating and type of fuse installed. D. Furnish a minimum of one spare fuse cabinet or as indicated on the drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric. 2. Square D. 3. Siemens. 4. Eaton/Cutler Hammer 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type panelboard. C. Panelboard Bus: Copper current carrying components, ratings as indicated on Drawings. Furnish copper ground bus in each panelboard. D. Minimum integrated short circuit rating: Calculated based on utility available SCR. E. Panelboard overcurrent protective devices shall be fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short circuit current available at terminals. Series rating is not allowed. F. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Furnish circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch circuits. G. Circuit Breaker Accessories: Trip units and auxiliary switches as indicated on Drawings. H. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1 cabinet box. I. Cabinet Front: Surface door-in-door type, fastened with concealed trim clamps hinged door with flush lock, metal directory frame, finished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2.2 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric. 2. Square D. 3. Siemens. 4. Eaton/Cutler Hammer 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Panelboards 262416-4 B. Product Description: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. C. Panelboard Bus: Copper, current carrying components, ratings as indicated on Drawings. Furnish copper ground bus in each panelboard, furnish insulated ground bus as indicated on Drawings. D. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: Calculated based on utility available SCR. E. Panelboard overcurrent protective devices shall be fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short circuit current available at terminals. Series rating is not allowed. F. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles, listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits, Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits, Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers as indicated on Drawings. Do not use tandem circuit breakers. G. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1. H. Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide for 240 volt and less panelboards. I. Cabinet Front: Surface cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2.3 FUSIBLE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1. Fusible Panelboards shall be Cooper Bussmann™ Quik-Spec™ Coordination Panelboards type QSCP. 2. Substitutions will be accepted only if the below requirements are met and written approval is provided from the engineer: a. The electrical contractor supplies a written request to the engineer three weeks prior to the project bid date b. The electrical contractor provides product documentation to prove complete compliance with specification and all pertinent codes and standards requirements as specified in this section. B. Panelboard overcurrent protective device interrupting ratings shall be fully rated for the maximum available fault current and have a UL Listed interrupting rating of 300kA and CSA Certified interrupting rating of 200kA. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Panelboards 262416-5 C. Construction: 1. Panelboard circuits 100A and less shall incorporate overcurrent protection and branch-circuit rated disconnecting means into a single integrated component. 2. Interiors shall be factory assembled. 3. Panelboard shall be equipped with a six-space spare fuse compartment for storing replacement branch circuit fuses. Spare fuse compartment shall be located behind locking panel door. 4. Bus bars shall be tin-plated copper with sufficient cross sectional area to meet UL 67 temperature rise requirements. 5. 200A/400A rated neutrals shall be standard. 6. Main lug conductor terminations: a. MLO terminations shall be rated for 60/75°C, Cu-Al b. Main disconnect terminations shall be rated for 75°C, Cu Only 7. NEMA 1 panelboards shall be field convertible for top or bottom incoming feed. D. Main Disconnect: 1. Permanently installed lockout means shall be provided on the main disconnect for lockout tagout procedures. 2. Main disconnect shall be quick-make, quick-break type. E. Branch Fused Disconnects: 1. Device shall have visible circuit ON/OFF indication with colored and international symbol markings. 2. Device shall provide open fuse indication via permanently installed neon indicating light. 3. Device shall be UL and cUL Listed 600Vac/200kA or 125Vdc/100kA voltage/short-circuit current rating, load-break disconnect with amp ratings and number of poles as indicated on the panelboard schedule. 4. Fuse and disconnect assembly shall be a finger-safe component with trim installed. 5. Fuse and disconnect shall be mechanically interlocked so as not to allow fuse removal while fuse terminals are energized. 6. No special tools shall be required for fuse removal. 7. Devices shall have bolt-on style bus connectors. 8. Device housing shall be clearly marked with device amperage. 9. Permanently installed lockout means shall be provided on the device for lockout tagout procedures. Permanently installed means for locking device in the the ON position shall also be provided. 10. Device shall provide fuse amp rating rejection at the following ampacities to ensure continued circuit protection at the specified circuit rating: 15A, 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A, 70A, 90A & 100A. F. Main and Branch Circuit Overcurrent Protection 1. All overcurrent protective devices shall have a minimum UL Listed interrupting rating of 300kA and CSA Certified interrupting rating of 200kA. 2. Branch circuit overcurrent protection shall be 600Vac UL Listed minimum 300kA IR and CSA Certified minimum 200kA IR finger-safe fuse with Class J* performance characteristics. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Panelboards 262416-6 3. Main overcurrent protective devices shall be 600Vac UL Listed minimum 300kA IR and CSA Certified minimum 200kA IR Class J time-delay fuses or Class J* performance fuses. 4. Where panelboard main fuses are installed, fuses in panelboard branch circuits shall selectively coordinate with main fuses for all overcurrents up to 200kA. G. Panelboard Bus: Copper current carrying components, ratings as indicated on Drawings. Furnish copper ground bus in each panelboard. H. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: Calculated based on primary transformer available SCR and as indicated on plans. I. Enclosure: 1. NEMA 1 enclosures shall be surface or flush mount as indicated in associated schedules or drawings. 2. Boxes shall be a nominal 20 inches wide and 5-¾ inches deep with wire bending space per the National Electrical Code®. 3. Panelboard trim shall be supplied with lockable door covering all disconnect handles. 4. Panelboard trim shall be dead-front construction covering all energized parts. 5. Door-in-door type trim shall be provided for NEMA 1 enclosures where it is specified in the associated schedules or drawings. 6. Front trim shall be lockable. All lock assemblies shall be keyed alike with like NEMA rated enclosures. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1. B. Install panelboards plumb. C. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes. D. Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard; install panelboards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor. E. Install filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. F. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes to balance phase loads. G. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 05 53. H. Install warning labels in accordance with Section 26 05 53. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Panelboards 262416-7 I. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 26 05 26. Connect equipment ground bars of panels in accordance with NFPA 70. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform circuit breaker inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.6. D. Perform switch inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5. E. Perform controller inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.16.1. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for starting and adjusting. B. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in panelboard to balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. END OF SECTION 262416 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wiring Devices 262726-1 SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes wall switches; wall dimmers; receptacles; multioutlet assembly; and device plates and decorative box covers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 33 -Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems: Outlet boxes for wiring devices. 2. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 3. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 4. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA WD 1 -General Requirements for Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD 6 -Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. C. Samples: Submit two samples of each wiring device device and wall plate illustrating materials, construction, color, and finish. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each style, size, and finish wall plate. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wiring Devices 262726-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Wiring Products. 2. Leviton. 3. Bryant. 4. Pass and Seymour. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: NEMA WD 1, General-Duty, AC only general-use snap switch. B. Body and Handle: Ivory plastic with toggle handle. C. Ratings: 1. Voltage: 120 volts, AC. 2. Current: 20 amperes. D. Ratings: Match branch circuit and load characteristics. E. Specification grade device. 2.2 RECEPTACLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Wiring Products. 2. Leviton. 3. Bryant. 4. Pass and Seymour. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: NEMA WD 1, General-duty general use receptacle. B. Device Body: Ivory plastic. C. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as indicated on Drawings. D. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5-20. E. GFCI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory regulatory requirements. F. Specification grade device 2.3 WALL PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Wiring Products. 2. Leviton. 3. Bryant. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wiring Devices 262726-3 4. Pass and Seymour. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Decorative Cover Plate: Stainless steel plate, natural brushed finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height. B. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and completely covered by wall plates. C. Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean debris from outlet boxes. 3.3 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned wiring devices. B. Modify installation to maintain access to existing wiring devices to remain active. C. Clean and repair existing wiring devices to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install devices plumb and level. B. Install switches with OFF position down. C. Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer. manufacturer. D. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers. E. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. F. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. G. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. H. Connect wiring devices by wrapping solid conductor around screw terminal. Install stranded conductor for branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. When stranded conductors New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Wiring Devices 262726-4 are used in lieu of solid, use crimp on fork terminals for device terminations. Do not place bare stranded conductors directly under device screws. I. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. J. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. 3.5 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 33 to obtain mounting heights as specified and as indicated on drawings. B. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor. C. Install convenience receptacle above finished floor. D. Install convenience receptacle 6 above back splash of counter. E. Coordinate installation of wiring devices with floor box service fittings provided under Section 26 05 34. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect each wiring device for defects. C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. D. Verify each receptacle device is energized. E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. F. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish. END OF SECTION 262726 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Enclosed Transfer Switches 262826-1 SECTION 262826 ENCLOSED TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes transfer switches in individual enclosures. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 2. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 3. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA ICS 10 -Industrial Control and Systems: AC Transfer Switch Equipment. B. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 1008 -Transfer Switch Equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit catalog sheets showing voltage, switch size, ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices, operating logic, short circuit ratings, dimensions, and enclosure details. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed transfer switches. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit routine preventative maintenance and lubrication schedule. List special tools, maintenance materials, and replacement parts. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Enclosed Transfer Switches 262826-2 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. B. Supplier: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years experience. 1.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Maintenance service. B. Furnish service and maintenance of transfer switches for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH A. Manufacturers: 1. Asco. 2. Russelectric. 3. Onan. 4. Kohler. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements, Product Description: NEMA ICS 10, automatic transfer switch. B. Configuration: Electrically operated, mechanically held transfer switch. C. Rating: State voltage and current rating and number of poles or “as indicated on drawings”. D. Interrupting Capacity: 100 percent of continuous rating. E. Withstand Current Rating: 42kA rms symmetrical amperes, when used with molded case circuit breaker. Coordinate with service and distribution equipment. F. Product Features: 1. Indicating Lights: Mount in cover of enclosure to indicate NORMAL SOURCE AVAILABLE, ALTERNATE SOURCE AVAILABLE, switch position. 2. Test Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to simulate failure of normal source. 3. Return to Normal Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to initiate manual transfer from alternate source to normal source. 4. Transfer Switch Auxiliary Contacts: 2 normally open. 5. Normal Source Monitor: Monitor each line of normal source voltage and frequency; initiate transfer when voltage drops below 95 percent. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Enclosed Transfer Switches 262826-3 6. Alternate Source Monitor: Monitor alternate source voltage and frequency; inhibit transfer when voltage is below 70 percent. 7. In-Phase Monitor: Inhibit transfer until source and load are within electrical degrees. 8. Switched Neutral: Non-Overlapping contacts. G. Automatic Sequence of Operation: 1. Initiate Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: Upon initiation by normal source monitor. 2. Time Delay To Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: 0 to 60 seconds, adjustable. 3. Initiate Transfer Load to Alternate Source: Upon initiation by normal source monitor and permission by alternate source monitor. 4. Time Delay Before Transfer to Alternate Power Source: 0 to 60 seconds, adjustable. 5. Initiate Retransfer Load to Normal Source: Upon permission by normal source monitor. 6. Time Delay Before Transfer to Normal Power: 0 to 60 seconds, adjustable; bypass time delay in event of alternate source source failure. 7. Time Delay Before Engine Shut Down: 0 to 15 minutes, adjustable, of unloaded operation. 8. Engine Exerciser: Start engine every 30 days; run for 20 minutes before shutting down. Bypass exerciser control when normal source fails during exercising period. 9. Alternate System Exerciser: Transfer load to alternate source during engine exercising period. H. Enclosure: 1. Enclosure: ICS 10, Type 1. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Furnish shop inspection and testing of transfer switch. B. Make completed transfer switch available for inspection at manufacturer’s factory prior to packaging for shipment. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspection is allowed. C. Allow witnessing of factory inspections and tests at manufacturer’s test facility. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspections and tests are scheduled. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Enclosed Transfer Switches 262826-4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 05 53. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.22.3. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Manufacturers’ field services. B. Check out transfer switch connections and operations and place in service. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust control and sensing devices to achieve specified sequence of operation. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Demonstrate operation of transfer switch in bypass, normal, and emergency modes. END OF SECTION 262826 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-1 SECTION 263213 ENGINE GENERATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes engine generator set, exhaust silencer and fittings, fuel fittings remote control panel, battery, and charger. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 28 26 -Enclosed Transfer Switches. 2. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 3. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 4. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA AB 1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. 3. NEMA ICS 10 -Industrial Control and Systems: AC Transfer Switch Equipment. 4. NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators. B. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 30 -Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. 2. NFPA 99 -Standard for Health Care Facilities. 3. NFPA 110 -Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems. D. Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection: 1. Emergency Engine and Emergency Turbine Environmental Workbook. Refer to the Installation Compliance Certification form included in Appendix A. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Description: Engine generator assembly and accessories to provide source of power for Level 1 and 2 applications in accordance with NFPA 110. B. Capacity: 200 kW at elevation of 500 feet above sea level, standby rating using specified engine cooling scheme. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Include plan and elevation views with overall and interconnection point dimensions, fuel consumption rate curves at various loads, ventilation and combustion air requirements, electrical diagrams including schematic and interconnection diagrams. C. Product Data: Submit data showing dimensions, weights, ratings, interconnection points, and internal wiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, transfer switch, battery, battery rack, battery charger, exhaust silencer, vibration isolators, day tank, and remote radiator. D. Test Reports: Indicate results of performance testing. E. Manufacturer’s certification that the air quality emission limits, stack design and other MASS DEP requirements are met. F. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate inspections, findings, and recommendations. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions and service manuals for normal operation, routine maintenance, oil sampling and analysis for engine wear, and emergency maintenance procedures. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of project. B. Supplier: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years experience. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Maintenance service. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-3 B. Furnish service and maintenance of engine generator and transfer switch for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish one set of tools required for preventative maintenance of engine generator system. Package tools in adequately sized metal tool box. C. Furnish two of each fuel, oil and air filter element. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ENGINE A. Manufacturers: 1. Detroit Diesel. 2. Onan. 3. Kohler. 4. Generac. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Water-cooled in-line or V-type, four-stroke cycle compression ignition Diesel electric ignition internal combustion engine. C. Rating: Sufficient to operate under 10 percent overload for one hour in ambient of 90 degrees F at elevation of 500. D. Fuel System: No. 2 fuel oil system. E. Engine speed: 1800 rpm. F. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high water temperature, low oil pressure, overspeed, and engine overcrank. Limits as selected by manufacturer. G. Engine Starting: DC starting system with positive engagement, number and voltage of starter motors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Furnish remote starting control circuit, with MANUAL-OFF-REMOTE selector switch on engine-generator control panel. H. Engine Jacket Heater: Thermal circulation type water heater with integral thermostatic control, sized to maintain engine jacket water at 90 degrees F, and suitable for operation on 120 volts AC. Provide circuit wiring and connections. I. Radiator: Radiator using glycol coolant, with blower type fan, sized to maintain safe engine temperature in ambient temperature of 110 degrees F Radiator air flow restriction 0.5 inches of water maximum. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-4 J. Engine Accessories: Fuel filter, lube oil filter, intake air filter, lube oil cooler, fuel transfer pump, fuel priming pump, gear-driven water pump. Furnish fuel pressure gage, water temperature gage, and lube oil pressure gage on engine/generator control panel. K. Mounting: Furnish unit with suitable spring-type vibration isolators and mount on structural steel base. 2.2 GENERATOR A. Manufacturers: 1. Detroit Deisel. 2. Onan. 3. Kohler. 4. Generac. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: NEMA MG1, three phase, four pole, reconnectable brushless synchronous generator with brushless exciter. C. Rating: 200 kW, at 0.8 power factor, 208Y/120 volts, 60 Hz at 1800 rpm. D. Insulation Class: F. E. Temperature Rise: 105 degrees C Continuous. F. Enclosure: NEMA MG1, open drip proof. G. Voltage Regulation: Furnish generator mounted volts per hertz exciter-regulator to match engine and generator characteristics, with voltage regulation plus or minus 1 percent from no load to full load. Furnish manual controls to adjust voltage droop, voltage level (plus or minus 5 percent) and voltage gain. 2.3 GOVERNOR A. Isochronous governor to maintain engine speed within 0.5 percent, steady state, and 5 percent, no load to full load, with recovery to steady state within 2 seconds following sudden load changes. Equip governor with means for manual operation and adjustment. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Skid-Mounted Fuel Tank: size at 100 percent load for 48 hours. B. Exhaust Silencer: Critical type silencer, with muffler companion flanges and flexible stainless steel exhaust fitting, sized in accordance with engine manufacturer's instructions. C. Exhaust Stack: Must discharge vertically upward with a minimum stack height of ten feet above the enclosure. Stack heads must be in compliance with MASS DEP requirements, specifically “shanty caps” and “egg beaters” are prohibited. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-5 D. Batteries: Heavy duty, diesel starting type lead-acid storage batteries, 170 ampere-hours minimum capacity. Match battery voltage to starting system. Furnish cables and clamps. E. Battery Tray: Treated for electrolyte resistance, constructed to contain spillage. F. Battery Charger: Current limiting type designed to float at 2.17 volts for each cell and equalize at 2.33 volts for each cell. Furnish overload protection, full wave rectifier, DC voltmeter and ammeter, and 120 volts AC fused input. G. Line Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, molded case circuit breaker on generator output with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Furnish battery voltage operated shunt trip, connected to open circuit breaker on engine failure. H. Engine-Generator Control Panel: NEMA 250, Type 1 generator-mounted control panel enclosure with engine and generator controls and indicators. Furnish provision for padlock and the following equipment and features: 1. Frequency Meter: 45-65 Hz. range, 3.5 inch dial. 2. AC Output Voltmeter: 3.5 inch dial, 2 percent accuracy, with phase selector switch. 3. AC Output Ammeter: 3.5 inch dial, 2 percent accuracy, with phase selector switch. 4. Output voltage adjustment. 5. Push-to-test indicator lamps, one each for low oil pressure, high water temperature, overspeed, and overcrank. 6. Engine start/stop selector switch. 7. Engine running time meter. 8. Oil pressure gage. 9. Water temperature gage. 10. Auxiliary Relay: 3PDT, operates when engine runs, with contact terminals prewired to terminal strip. 11. Additional visual indicators and alarms in accordance with by NFPA 110. 12. Remote Alarm Contacts: Factory wire SPDT contacts to terminal strip for remote alarm functions in accordance with NFPA 110. I. Remote Annunciator Panel: Flush mounted panel with painted finish. Furnish alarm horn, and indicators and alarms as follows: 1. High battery voltage (alarm). 2. Low battery voltage (alarm). 3. 3. Low fuel (alarm). 4. System ready. 5. Anticipatory-high water temperature. 6. Anticipatory-low oil pressure. 7. Low coolant temperature. 8. Switch in off position (alarm). 9. Overcrank (alarm). 10. Emergency stop (alarm). 11. High water temperature (alarm). 12. Overspeed (alarm). 13. Low oil pressure (alarm). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-6 14. Line power available. 15. Generator power available. 16. Lamp test and horn silence switch. J. Weather-protective Enclosure: Reinforced steel housing allowing access to control panel and service points, with lockable doors and panels. Furnish fixed louvers, fuel tank, battery rack, and silencer. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. B. Make completed engine-generator assembly available for inspection at manufacturer’s factory prior to packaging for shipment. Notify Owner and Architect/Engineer at least seven days before inspection is allowed. C. Allow witnessing of factory inspections and tests at manufacturer’s test facility. Notify Architect/Engineer at least seven days before inspections and tests are scheduled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Ground and bond generator and other electrical system components in accordance with Section 26 05 26. B. Provide assistance to the Owner to complete and submit the Installation Compliance Certification forms (refer to Appendix A). 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.22. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Manufacturer’s field services. B. Prepare and start up engine-generator assembly. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust generator output voltage and engine speed to meet specified ratings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-7 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Clean engine and generator surfaces. Replace oil and fuel filters with new. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Furnish 2 hours of instruction for two persons, to be conducted at project site with manufacturer's representative. B. Describe loads connected to emergency and standby system and restrictions for future load additions. C. Simulate power outage by interrupting normal source, and demonstrate system operates to provide emergency and standby power. END OF SECTION 263213 Section 263213 Engine Generators APPENDIX A New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-1 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-2 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-3 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Engine Generators 263213-4 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Lighting 220529-1 SECTION 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes interior luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 26 05 33 -Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 3. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C82.1 -American National Standard for Lamp Ballast-Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast. 2. ANSI C82.4 -American National Standard for Ballasts-for High-Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire not standard product of manufacturer. C. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data. D. LEED Conformance Submittal Form: Provide completed and signed “LEED® Conformance Submittal Form” appended to this Section and any necessary documentation noted herein. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.5 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Lighting 220529-2 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish twelve replacement lamps for each lamp installed. C. Furnish two of each ballast type. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturers represented by Apex Lighting. 2. Manufacturers represented by The Langlais Group. 3. Manufacturers represented by Lighting Affiliates. 4. Manufacturers represented by VanGuard Lighting. 5. Per the above, and per the lighting fixture schedule. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Complete interior luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as scheduled. 2.2 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Magnetek Inc. 3. Philips Electronic North America. 4. Advance. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Electronic ballast instant start certified by Certified Ballast Manufacturers, Inc. to comply with ANSI C82.1, suitable for lamps specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. 2.3 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Magnetek Inc. 3. Philips Electronic North America. 4. Advance. 5. Holophane. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: ANSI C82.4, metal halide lamp ballast, suitable for lamp specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Lighting 220529-3 2.4 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Philips Electronics North America. 3. Osram/Sylvania. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: All lamps shall have mercury content less than 90 picograms per lumen hour. 2.5 HID LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Philips Electronics North America. 3. Osram/Sylvania. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: All lamps shall have mercury content less than 90 picograms per lumen hour. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install suspended luminaires using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Install pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height. B. Support luminaires independent of ceiling framing. C. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan. D. Install surface mounted luminaires plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement. E. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Support surface-mounted luminaires on grid ceiling directly from building structure. F. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. G. Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating. H. Install clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place. I. Install wall-mounted luminaires at height as indicated on Drawings. J. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Lighting 220529-4 K. Connect luminaires to branch circuits using flexible conduit, except for emergency lighting which shall be in conduit completely. L. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. M. Install specified lamps in each luminaire. N. Ground and bond interior luminaires in accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Aim and adjust luminaires as indicated on Drawings. 3.4 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures. C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Protecting finished work. B. Relamp luminaires having failed lamps at Substantial Completion. 3.6 SCHEDULES A. Refer to Drawings. END OF SECTION 220529 Section 265100 Interior Lighting APPENDIX A New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Interior Lighting 265100 -6 LEED® CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL FORM SECTION 265100 – INTERIOR LIGHTING Submit to Consultant upon Contract Award Contractor: (Company Name) (Address, Phone Number) Notes: Conformance Schedules are to be completed based on the scope of work as defined in the Issued For Construction documents. Only complete Conformance Schedules will be reviewed by the Consultant. A complete submittal includes a signed copy of the Conformance Schedule accompanied by all information noted within. Fluorescent and HID Lamps: ¨ I have provided a list (attached) indicating all lamps to be used on this Project. ¨ Information provided has been formatted as follows: Fixture -Lamp Type Description Manufacturer # of bulbs per fixture Quantity of fixtures Mercury content per lamp (mg) Lumens per lamp Avg. Life per lamp (Hr) Ex. A – 2’x4’ Recessed-28W – T5 Lithonia Lighting 2 20 3.5 2500 40000 ¨ For each lamp product listed above I have attached supporting technical information indicating mercury content. We hereby certify the Work performed on this Project will be in accordance with LEED® requirements noted in the Project Specifications. If non-compliance is discovered, we shall make or cause to be made necessary corrections to meet specified LEED® requirements without additional cost to Owner. Signature of Authorized Agent Name (Print) of Authorized Agent Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Exterior Lighting 265600-1 SECTION 265600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes exterior luminaries, poles, and accessories. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 2. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 3. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C82.1 -American National Standard for Lamp Ballast-Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast. 2. ANSI C82.4 -American National Standard for Ballasts-for High-Intensity-Disc harge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type). 3. ANSI O5.1 -Wood Poles, Specifications and Dimensions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire not standard Product of manufacturer. C. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data. D. Samples: Submit two color chips 3 x 3 inch in size illustrating luminaire finish color where indicated in luminaire schedule. E. LEED Conformance Submittal Form: Provide completed and signed “LEED® Conformance Submittal Form” appended to this Section and any necessary documentation noted herein. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Exterior Lighting 265600-2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Store and handle solid wood poles in accordance with ANSI O5.1. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management, Coordination, and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two of each lamp installed. C. Furnish two ballasts of each lamp type installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES A. Product Description: Complete exterior luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as scheduled. B. Refer to Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements for product options. 2.2 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Magnetek Inc. 3. Philips Electronic North America. 4. Advance. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Suitable for lamps and environmental conditions specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Exterior Lighting 265600-3 2.3 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Magnetek Inc. 3. Philips Electronic North America. 4. Advance. 5. Holophane. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: ANSI C82.4, metal halide lamp ballast, suitable for lamp and environmental conditions specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. 2.4 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Philips Electronics North America. 3. Osram/Sylvania. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: All lamps shall have mercury content less than 90 picograms per lumen hour. 2.5 HID LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Philips Electronics North America. 3. Osram/Sylvania. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: All lamps shall have mercury content less than 90 picograms per lumen hour. hour. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Exterior Lighting 265600-4 2.6 METAL POLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Holophane lighting or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination, and Commissioning: Coordination and Project conditions. B. Verify foundations are ready to receive fixtures. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install concrete bases for lighting poles at locations as indicated on Drawings, in accordance with Section 03 30 00. B. Install poles plumb. Grout around each base. C. Attach stem and pendent fixtures to swivel type attachment box. Provide independent seismic restraint of each fixture. D. Install lamps in each luminaire. E. Wire to contactor and verify photocell and timeclock operation with contactors and lighting circuits energized. F. Bond and ground luminaries, metal accessories and metal poles in accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for improper connections and operation. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Aim and adjust luminaries to provide illumination levels and distribution as indicated on Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Exterior Lighting 265600-5 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. B. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. C. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Protecting finished work. B. Re-lamp luminaries having failed lamps at Substantial Completion. 3.7 SCHEDULES A. See Drawings. END OF SECTION 265600 Section 265600 Exterior Lighting APPENDIX New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Exterior Lighting 265600-1 LEED® CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL FORM 26 56 00 – EXTERIOR LIGHTING Submit to Consultant upon Contract Award Contractor: (Company Name) (Address, Phone Number) Notes: Conformance Schedules are to be completed based on the scope of work as defined in the Issued For Construction documents. Only complete Conformance Schedules will be reviewed by the Consultant. A complete submittal includes a signed copy of the Conformance Schedule accompanied by all information noted within. Fluorescent and HID Lamps: I have provided a list (attached) indicating all lamps to be used on this Project. Information provided has been formatted as follows: Fixture -Lamp Type Description Manufacturer # of bulbs per fixture Quantity of fixtures Mercury content per lamp (mg) Lumens per lamp Avg. Life per lamp (Hr) Ex. A – 2’x4’ Recessed-28W – T5 Lithonia Lighting 2 20 3.5 2500 40000 For each lamp product listed above I have attached supporting technical information indicating mercury content. We hereby certify the Work performed on this Project will be in accordance with LEED® requirements noted in the Project Specifications. If non-compliance is discovered, we shall make or cause to be made necessary corrections to meet specified LEED® requirements without additional cost to Owner. Signature of Authorized Agent Name (Print) of Authorized Agent Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526-1 SECTION 270526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wire. 2. Mechanical connectors. 3. Exothermic connections. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 2. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 3. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 4. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. Building Industry Consulting Service International, Inc. 1. BICSI TDM Manual -Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. C. Telecommunication Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance: 1. TIA/EIA 607 -Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Communications grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1. Building grounding electrode. B. Do not use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1. Building plumbing system. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance: 10 ohms maximum. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirements: Requirements for submittals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526-2 B. Product Data: Submit data on grounding electrodes and connections. C. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for active electrodes. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide grounding, surge protection and lightning protection of telecommunications system in accordance with latest version of Grounding, Bonding and Electrical Protection chapter of the BICSI TDM Manual, TIA/EIA 607, and NFPA 70. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years experience approved by manufacturer. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination, and Commissioning: Requirements for coordination. B. Complete grounding and bonding of building reinforcing steel prior concrete placement. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. B. Grounding Conductor: Copper conductor bare. C. Bonding Conductor: Copper conductor bare. 2.2 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Copperweld, Inc. 2. Erico, Inc. 3. O-Z Gedney Co. 4. Thomas & Betts, Electrical 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Description: Bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation. 2.3 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. Cadweld, Erico, Inc. 2. Copperweld, Inc. 3. ILSCO Corporation. 4. O-Z Gedney Co. 5. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Remove paint, rust, mill oils, surface contaminants at connection points. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with BICSI TDM Manual, TIA/EIA 607, and NFPA 70. B. Provide grounding/bonding for each communication rack using #4 AWG THHN, rated for 90 degrees C, insulated, copper stranded conductor. Terminate to copper communication grounding bus bar located at main telecommunications entrance facility. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526-4 C. Bond main telecommunications grounding system to building grounding electrode system at main electrical service entrance location with #4 AWG THHN, rated for 90 degrees C, insulated, copper stranded conductor. D. Routing of grounding conductor shall be as short and direct as practical. E. Install routing of bonding conductors with minimum number of bends and splices. Use sweeping bends. F. Install bonding connections with listed bolts, crimp pressure connectors, clamps, or lugs. G. Within each MDF/IDF room, provide ground bar mounted to isolating stand offs, with pre-drilled holes for accepting cable spade lugs. Each ground bus shall connect to the next with #4 AWG insulated green wire, and the final termination shall be at the main demarc location. H. Position busbars near associated equipment and insulate from supports. I. Construct busbars of copper, 4 inches x 8 inches by 1/4 inch thick with pilot holes for ground lug. J. Bond backbone cabling at each sheath opening. K. Ground/bond data cabinets, racks, cable trays. L. Conduit stub/sleeves shall be installed with ground bushings and form a continuous bonded surface. M. Install ground from each piece of equipment to grounding bar via an insulated cable no smaller than 6 AWG stranded copper wire. Install proper grounding lug on cable where connecting to racks and grounding bar. N. Label grounding conductors and grounding bus bars in accordance with BICSI guidelines. O. Permanently attach equipment and grounding conductors prior to energizing equipment. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Visually inspect from each bus bar to main grounding electrode service location. C. Test in accordance with BICSI TDM Manual, TIA/EIA 607, and NFPA 70. D. When improper grounding is found, check entire project and correct. Perform retest. END OF SECTION 270526 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536-1 SECTION 270536 CABLE TRAYS and PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes cable tray and riser conduit requirements. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 13 – Penetration Firestopping. 2. Section 27 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems. 3. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 4. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 5. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 6. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A123/A123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM A924/A924M -Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA VE 1 -Metal Cable Tray Systems. 2. NEMA VE 2 -Metal Cable Tray Installation Guidelines. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirments: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate tray type, dimensions, support points, and finishes. C. Product Data: Submit fittings and accessories. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536-2 B. Project Record Documents: Record actual routing of cable tray and locations of supports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL LADDER-TYPE CABLE TRAY A. Manufacturers: 1. B-Line Systems. 2. Cope. 3. Thomas and Betts. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Product Description: NEMA VE 1, Class 20C ladder type tray. C. Material: Steel. D. Finish: Galvanized to ASTM A123/A123M; minimum 2.0 oz/sq ft coating thickness. E. Inside Width: 6 inches. F. Inside Depth: 3 inches. G. Straight Section Rung Spacing: 6 inches on center. H. Inside Radius of Fittings: 12 inches. I. Furnish manufacturer's standard clamps, hangers, brackets, splice plates, reducer plates, blind ends, barrier strips, connectors, and grounding straps. 2.2 EMT RISER CONDUITS A. For vertical risers of voice, data and security systems, provide a minimum of (2) 4” EMT conduits from each IDF to the MDF or main termination location. B. Conduits shall be furnished with grounding bushings and protective bushings to protect wiring. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cable tray above suspended ceilings in all open office areas, and where occupancy of any room or space exceeds four persons or devices. Wiring to cable tray may run within D ring or J hook. B. Install metal cable tray in accordance with NEMA VE 2. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536-3 C. Install fiberglass cable tray in accordance with NEMA FG 1. D. Support trays and fasten to structure and finishes in accordance with Section 27 05 29. Install supports at each connection point, at end of each run, and at other points to maintain spacing between supports of 6ft maximum. E. Install expansion connectors where recommended by manufacturer. F. Install firestopping in accordance with Section 07 84 13 to sustain ratings when passing cable tray through fire-rated elements. G. Ground and bond metal cable tray and riser conduits in accordance with Section 27 05 26. 1. Provide continuity between tray components. 2. Use anti-oxidant compound to prepare aluminum contact surfaces before assembly. 3. Make connections to tray using mechanical, compression or exothermic connectors. END OF SECTION 270536 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-1 SECTION 280000 SECURITY AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 TIME, MANNER AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FILING SUB BIDS A. Sub-Bids shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of General Laws, Chapter 149, Section 44A, inclusive, as amended. B. Sub-Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to those contained in Bidding Requirements: Bid Form for Sub-Bidder. The Bid Forms attached hereto are for information only and are not to be detached, filled in, or executed. All Sub-Bids shall be submitted on the FORM FOR SUB-BID furnished by the Awarding Authority as required by Section 44G of Chapter 149 of the General Laws, as amended. Sub-Bids Forms shall be completely filled in and all Sub-Bids which are incomplete, conditional, obscure, or which contain any additions not called for will be rejected. C. Sub-Bids filed with the Awarding Authority shall be accompanied by a Bid Deposit in the form of a certified check or a treasurer's or cashier's check issued by a responsible bank or trust company, payable to the Town. A bid bond shall be: 1. In a form satisfactory to the Awarding Authority. 2. With a surety company qualified to do business in the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Awarding Authority. 3. Conditioned upon the faithful performance by the principal of the agreements contained in the Bid. The amount of such bid deposit shall be five percent (5%) of the value of the Bid. D. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work required as specified and as shown on the drawings. E. Sub-Bidders are directed to the Instructions to Bidders, and to the requirements that all bidders visit the site to determine the scope of work required under this Section. F. Sub-Bidders must comply with all provisions of Division 1, General Requirements, in the same manner as the General Contractor. G. The systems integrator must hold a Massachusetts Department of Public Safety license (S). In accordance with MGL, Chapter 147, Sections 57 and 60, a public safety license id required for security systems installers. H. This Section shall be provided/installed, in it’s entirety, and as follows by a single firm/company that is a qualified systems integrator. 1. The systems integrator must be DCAM Certified by the state of Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management, in the category of ALARM SYSTEMS, TELECOMMUNICATIONS. I. Reference to Drawings: Work to be done under this Section is shown on the following drawings. This contractor shall reference other drawings as required for coordination with the electrical contractor, general contractor, door hardware, etc.. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-2 J. The systems integrator must have at least one (1) employee who possesses a RCDD. Provide RCDD certification form in the submittal. K. The systems integrator must have at least one (1) employee who possesses a CTS-I. Provide CTS-I certification form in the submittal. L. The subcontract between the General Contractor and the Electrical Subcontractor shall contain a provision whereby the Electrical Subcontractor shall have the obligation to coordinate its work with the Systems Integrator for this section. M. Provide and install Low Tension infrastructure and equipment as specified. The General Contractor shall be solely responsible for coordinating the work of the Systems Integrator. The Electrical Subcontractor shall also be responsible for coordinating its work with the work of the Systems Integrator. Any additional work (electrical, general, door hardware,) created by a deviation from this specification shall be the sole responsibility of the Low Tension contractor. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work under this Section includes providing of all material, labor, equipment and supplies and the performance of all operations to provide a complete working Integrated Security and Communication System as required by the Drawings and details and as specified herein. Where the Drawings, Specifications, Codes, Regulations, Laws, or the requirements of the local Authority conflict, provide the higher quality and higher quantity indicated or required and follow the strictest requirement. In general, the work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Integrated Communication and Door Control System. a. Duress Intercom Call-In Buttons b. Vandal Proof Intercom stations c. Cell Speakers and Cell Microphones d. Door Controls e. Public Address /Intercom System f. Controls, Amplifiers, and Terminal Equipment g. Power Supplies h. Exterior Door Access, Intercom System i. Ceiling/Wall Mounted Speaker Assemblies j. Door, Door, Intercom and Cell Audio Control and LED status panels k. Toilet Control panel (valves and control assemblies by others) 2. Integrated Security System a. Access Control/Security Management System b. Closed Circuit Television System (CCTV) c. Duress and Panic system d. Cell Check processing system. 3. Audio Visual System 4. Interview room recording system 5. Telephone, Data, and CATV Cabling 6. Equipment Racks and Cabinets 7. Relay Brackets 8. Terminations 9. Conduit System and sleeves for Integrated Security Systems provided by Electrical Subcontractor New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-3 10. Power Requirements provided by Electrical Subcontractor 11. Protection of new and existing work 12. Record Drawings and Documentation 13. Staging 14. Operation and Maintenance Instructions and Manuals for the Section's work 15. Nameplates, Labels and Tags 16. Testing and certification 17. Fireproofing of Penetrations and Openings provided by Electrical Subcontractor 18. Phasing of work and maintenance of service to existing and temporarily relocated items, owner equipment or workstations, etc. as required to meet the project schedule. 19. Coordination with manufacturers, other trades and Owner 20. Costs associated with core drilling and cutting and patching using appropriate and trained tradesmen approved by the General Contractor and the Engineer, shall be provided by Electrical Subcontractor 21. Cutting and Patching provided by Electrical Subcontractor B. All cutting and coring required for all the work of this Section provided by Electrical Subcontractor. C. Provide and maintain in safe adequate condition all staging and scaffolding required for the proper execution of the work of this Section. D. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. E. All costs associated with deviating from the equipment and systems specified under this section will be the responsibility of the systems integrator (electrical roughing requirements, conduit requirements, general construction requirements). 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Unless otherwise indicated, the following work is not included as part of the systems integrator’s responsibilities in this SECTION, except for coordination, and is to be performed by others as indicated 1. Surface mounted metal raceway shall be provided by the electrical subcontractor. 2. Empty conduits to accessible point above ceiling or below floor shall be provided by the electrical subcontractor. 3. Floor boxes and poke through devices shall be provided by the electrical subcontractor. 4. Standard device boxes with plaster rings for data and Integrated Security and Communication System shall be provided by the electrical subcontractor. 5. Card reader system backboxes shall be installed by the electrical subcontractor and furnished by this systems integrator. 6. Cell check reader system backboxes shall be installed by the electrical subcontractor and furnished by this systems integrator. 7. Speaker/paging system backboxes shall be installed by the electrical subcontractor and furnished by this systems integrator. 8. Audio threshold microphones and speakers in the cells shall be mounted in the light fixture. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-4 9. Structural blocking to support wall and ceiling mounted televisions/monitors shall be provided by the General Contractor. 10. Interface with public utilities telephone service shall be arranged by the owner’s service provider, and coordinated with this systems integrator. 11. If required, Cable tray and snake tray shall be provided by the electrical subcontractor. B. The following sections and trades affect Section 280000. Coordinate as required by contract. 1. Division 8 – Openings. Coordinate for current draws on all electric strikes and magnetic locks. 2. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 3. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 4. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 6. Custom Millwork and Desktops. Provide Architect/owner with dimensions of all desktop equipment when asked to do so. 7. Provide Architect/owner with dimensions of all desktop and rack mounted equipment in dispatch when asked to do so. C. The installation, operating cost and maintenance of the controlled environmental conditions, for equipment located on site, as required by the manufacturer, NFPA 70B, or as specified in these specifications shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Systems Integrator: The “Systems Integrator” is the installing contractor for the entire Section 280000. The firm must be all qualifications as stipulated under part 1.9 of this section. As stated previously, a complete raceway system is to be provided by the electrical contractor. B. Furnish: The term "furnish" is used to mean "supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations." C. Install: The term "install" is used to describe operations at project site including the actual "unloading, unpacking, rigging in place, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations". D. Provide: The term “provide" means to "furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use". E. Installer: The "Installer" is the Systems Integrator who uses their own employees for performance of all construction activity related to their specified responsibilities, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform and the “Installers” must be an authorized manufacturers representative, certified, experienced and qualified to provide, install, program, troubleshoot, train, warrant and service all the systems in this section in their entirety. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-5 F. Electrical Subcontractor: The “Electrical Subcontractor “ is the contractor bidding on the entire 260000 section. The Electrical Subcontractor works for and reports to the General Contractor. G. Location: The location for an item is room. H. EIA -Electronics Industries Association I. TIA -Telecommunications Industry Association J. ANSI -American National Standards Institute K. TSB -Technical Systems Bulletin (EIA/TIA) L. SP -Standards Proposal (EIA/TIA) 1.5 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in their Section. B. Materials and workmanship of the Integrated Security System shall conform to the latest issue of all industry standards, publications, or regulations referenced in this section and with the following references as applicable. 1. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code. 2. UL294 – Standard for Access Control Systems. 3. NFPA 72 – National Fire Alarm Code. 4. NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code. 5. System shall be UL-Listed. 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete working Low Tension System as required by the Drawings and details and as specified herein. B. Provide a complete CCTV and digital recording system. The complete integrated security solution shall have the ability to both be remotely viewed via a web browser and remote client through a single (not multiple) GUI. C. Provide a complete structured cabling system for telephone/data/CATV as shown on the drawings and specified herein. D. Provide a complete access control and security management system. The system must be able to accommodate an unlimited quantities of remote clients in the base bid. All duress buttons and duress beacons will be wired to the security management system and be programmed accordingly. E. Provide a complete intercom and door control system. The system shall accommodate multiple master stations/workstations, combination speakers and microphones for the cells, cells, and cell door control. F. Provide a complete audio visual system for the community room. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-6 1.7 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Include GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS and applicable parts of Division 1 as part of this Section. B. Examine all Project Specifications and Drawings for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review, within thirty days after signing the Contract and prior to the submission of any Submittal, an itemized list of manufacturers of material and equipment and of Subcontractors proposed to be used under this Section. Include a Schedule of anticipated submittal and anticipated lead times after release of reviewed Submittal. B. Provide a Submittal Index, with column headings, that clearly identifies the information requested herein, for each and every item submitted. Each and every specification sheet submitted shall include a page number in the lower outside corner of the sheet, double sided specification sheets shall be identified by two ( 2 ) separate page numbers. The Submittal Index Column Headings shall identify the following minimum information: Submittal Page Number(s) of specification sheet(s) for each item, Description of each item, Manufacturer’s Name for each item, Manufacturer’s Model Number for each item, Quantity of each item being provided. C. Any submittal that does not include a submittal index, that provides a minimum of the information requested herein shall be rejected without further review and returned to the applicable parties. D. Submittal shall include complete Specifications, including type of materials, electrical characteristics, capacities, performance and power requirements to determine compliance with Contract Documents. All data submitted including wiring diagrams shall be complete for all equipment and shall apply only to this specific project. All extraneous material shall be deleted or marked out. Items to be supplied shall be specifically indicated using a method that will be visible after photocopying. E. All systems being submitted for this bid must provide a tabulation using a copy of the published specification to clearly compare the submitted system with the specified system. In the left-hand column of the published specification, next to every individual item specified, use the following descriptions to indicate the submitted systems compliance/noncompliance with each and every specification requirements. 1. Comply = The submittal includes the exact same manufacturer, equipment, software, etc. to provide the function as specified. 2. Alternate = The submittal includes an alternate manufacturer, equipment, software, etc. to provide the exact same function as specified. List, in the lefthand column of the specification, the submitted part number (s) required to provide the exact same function as specified. 3. Difference = The submittal includes an alternate manufacturer, equipment, software, etc. and will provide a similar function to that specified. Describe the difference between the specified function and the submitted function. List, in the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-7 left-hand column of the specification, the submitted part number (s) required to provide the function. 4. Non-Compliance = The submittal includes an alternate manufacturer, equipment, software, etc. which cannot provide the function as specified. 5. Submit equipment prints, inter-panel and intra-panel, full electronic wiring diagrams and specification sheets for each item specified herein. Specification Sheets shall be submitted on all items including cable types. 6. Shop drawings, detailing the integrated security and communication system including, but not limited to, the following: a. Built-in station arrangement. b. Equipment cabinet arrangement. 7. Wiring diagrams, detailing wiring for power, signal, and control, differentiating clearly between manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring. Identify terminals to facilitate installation, operation and maintenance. 8. Submit wiring diagrams showing typical connections for all equipment. 9. Provide a riser diagram for the system showing in technically accurate detail all connections, interconnections, and all provisions available and made for adaptability of all specified future functions and including all calculations, charts, and test data necessary to demonstrate that all systems and system components deliver the specified signals, grades, and levels at all required points and locations. 10. Submit a valid certificate from the manufacturer indicating the integrated instructional technology network system vendor is an authorized distributor for the system (or systems) being submitted. 11. Submit a valid certificate of completion of installation and service training on the latest up-to-date version of the manufacturers equipment being provided from the integrated instructional technology network system (or systems) manufacturer(s) for a present employee of the installer. F. Regardless of any information included in the submittal submitted for review, the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications shall not be superseded in any way by the review. Review by the Architect does not relieve responsibility for submittal errors or from meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. G. It is intended that Submittal data be complete and accurate at the first submission. If the Submittal is returned marked "Resubmit" only one additional submission will be permitted. H. If the second submission is not acceptable, or if the submittal is not made within the specified time frame, the right of substitution and selection will be lost. The architect will select the specified item. That item is to be provided and shall be provided at no additional cost. I. A minimum period of fifteen working days, exclusive of transmittal time, will be required in the Architect's office each time Shop Drawings, Product Data, layout drawings, catalog data and brochures are submitted or resubmitted for review. A minimum period of twenty working days exclusive of transmittal transmittal time will be required for reviewing substitute materials or manufacturer. These time periods shall be considered when scheduling the work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-8 J. Equipment shall be of proper size for its allotted space. Equipment may be disassembled as required, where it does not invalidate the manufacturers' warranty, so that it can be installed through available window, door, or louver openings. K. Submit related Submittal at one time. SUBMIT ALL ITEMS IN A SPECIFICATION SECTION AT THE SAME TIME. Incomplete submittal will be held until a complete submittal is accumulated or may be rejected without further review and returned to the applicable parties. Include a copy of the Specification Paragraphs pertaining to the items submitted L. If proposed equipment deviates from the Specifications or Drawings, indicate in writing on Company letterhead those differences and provide sufficient data to justify acceptance. FAILURE TO INDICATE DEVIATIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS IMPLIES FULL COMPLIANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. M. The term "by others" or similar wording shall not be used on Submittal. Submittal shall state by whom related items of work are to be provided. Where not indicated, it is implied that the work or item is provided under this Section. N. Indicate clearly all equipment, components or assemblies that are not NRTL listed or labeled. Failure to indicate otherwise implies NRTL listing or labeling. Products found not to be NRTL listed or labeled where such listing or labeling is available shall be replaced. O. Include in Submittal: 1. Application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. 2. Instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, operation and installation of product. P. Maintain at the job site the latest equipment submittal showing the action taken by the Architect. Make this submittal available to Architect. Q. Product Data: Submit catalog data sheets or other published materials showing appearances, electrical ratings characteristics and connection requirements, performance characteristics, dimensions, weights, installation methods, and space requirements of equipment and their accessories, as listed below and required by the individual paragraphs: 1. Identification Methods 2. Grounding and Bonding 3. Electrical Connections for Equipment 4. Supports and Supplementary Steel 5. Electrical Identification 6. Test Report Formats 7. Test Equipment 8. Test Equipment R. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating physical size and arrangement, (plans and elevations) construction details, provisions for conduits, access requirements for installation and maintenance, finishes, and materials used in fabrication. Supplement New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-9 shop drawings with wiring diagrams and information as described under Product Data. Provide shop drawings as required by the individual paragraphs. S. Shop Drawings for Integrated Security System. 1. Submit 3 copies and digitally in AutoCad 14 or later format on a CD (3 copies), shop drawings, including: a. Layout of equipment on supplied AutoCad drawings. b. Security Console elevation drawings. c. Field Controller equipment location wall layouts, including size requirements. d. Detailed wiring diagrams of Field Controllers, Door Details, and headend devices. e. Load calculations of all security equipment for proper sizing of electrical provided by the customer and standby emergency generator circuits. 1.9 QUALIFICATIONS A. It is the sole intent of this section to ensure to the end-user, single source responsibility from a single qualified systems integrator. B. The systems integrator must hold a Massachusetts Department of Public Safety license (S). In accordance with MGL, Chapter 147, Sections 57 and 60, a public safety license id required for security systems installers. C. The Systems Integrator (Firm and Employees) shall be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. D. Bidders must provide documentation that they themselves are factory-authorized representatives of all systems specified. Bidders may NOT sub-contract any portion of this specification. Provide documentation from each manufacturer specified in this section within 7 business days after field sib bid. All correspondence shall be forwarded to the Architect and labeled “Manufacturer Documentation for Division 280000”. Failure to meet this requirement is grounds for bid rejection. E. This Section shall be provided/installed, in it’s entirety, as follows by a single firm/company that is a qualified systems integrator 1. The systems integrator must be DCAM Certified by the state of Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management, in the category of: TELECOMMUNICATIONS; ALARM SYSTEMS. a. Provide copies of applicable DCAM Forms CQ7 and CQ3 as required. 2. The systems integrator must customarily furnish the size, scope and nature of this section IN ITS ENTIRETY WITH LABOR CONSISTING OF EMPLOYEES WITH WHOM ARE ON THEIR PAYROLL and must be an authorized manufacturers representative, certified, experienced and qualified to provide, install, program, troubleshoot, train, warrant and service all the systems in this section in there entirety. 3. The systems integrator must provide (as part of the submittal process) a list of at least three (3) projects (provide the following information for each project: name, address, contact person, title of contact person, telephone number of contact person) of similar size, scope and nature and demonstrate that these New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-10 projects where; furnished with persons on their payroll whom were authorized, certified, experienced and qualified to provide, install, program, troubleshoot, train, warrant and service these projects, in their entirety, satisfactorily. a. For each project listed by the Systems Integrator, provide the following information: 1) List all the systems provided for the project. 2) Manufactures name and model number of each system provided on the project. 3) Manufacturers telephone numbers. 4) General Contractors telephone numbers. 5) Owners phone numbers. 6) Submit a valid certificate from each manufacturer indicating the Systems Integrator is an authorized distributor for the system ( or systems ). 7) Submit a valid certificate of completion of installation and service training from each applicable manufacturer to the System’s Integrator by a present employee of the systems integrator. F. FAILURE TO MEET OR EXCEED the requirements of the Systems Integrator, as detailed in this specification, SHALL BE GROUNDS FOR REJECTION. G. Submit documentation certifying a minimum of 5 years of continuous recent experience on similar projects demonstrating previous success with commercial Integrated Security systems as specified herein. 1. The Systems Integrator shall hold recent, up-to-date licenses, certifications and training certificates in the area the project is located and for the equipment to be installed. H. UL Compliance: Systems having UL listings on components only, such as power supplies, amplifiers, trunk cards, etc. shall not be acceptable. I. FCC Approval, the system shall be approved for direct interconnection to the telephone utility under Part 68 of FCC rules and regulations. Systems that are not FCC approved or utilize an intermediary device for connection, shall not be considered. Provide the FCC registration number of the system being proposed as a part of the submittal process. J. Qualification Statement: Submit the following with Bid under the provisions of the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS for Owner review and verification of qualifications. 1. Documented evidence demonstrating bidder has been in business for at least 5 continuous years and that their primary business is providing telecommunication systems similar to that specified herein. 2. References: Furnish contact names from the last five similar projects including the General Contractor, Owner's Representative, Architect and Engineer. Indicate project locations, scope and current phone numbers that the contacts can be reached at. 3. Evidence of ability: Qualified Integrated Instructional Technology Network System Installation firms shall have demonstrable design and installation training with certifications of competence. Certified training shall be industry recognized and at least equal to: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-11 a. Building Industry Consulting Service International, Inc. (BICSI) b. Siemon Cabling System Certified Installer. c. Authorized Belden-Krone Cabling System Certifier. d. IBM Qualified Installer. K. Manufacturer: The security management system shall be from a single-source manufacturer that specializes in intrusion detection and access control systems with a minimum of 15 years experience. L. The Systems Integrator shall specialize in integrated systems with a minimum of three years experience on systems of similar size and scope. Technicians working on project must have been certified on the hardware and software used for this project. M. Each Foreman and Installer working on this project shall be trained a minimum of four (4) hours by the Manufacturer whose equipment is being provided on this project. The training shall consist of at least a minimum of proper installation techniques of their specific equipment in order to have a complete operating system meeting or exceeding the requirements as specified herein. Each Foreman and Installer working on this project shall have documentation from the manufacturer indicating that they have been adequately trained prior to the start of the project. Only Foreman and Installers who have been properly trained and documented by the manufacturer whose equipment is being provided on this project shall be allowed to install the specified products. N. Maintain at the site an updated copy of the Manufacturer Trained Installers list including a copy of their training documentation from the manufacturer. This documentation shall be made available to the Architect upon request. O. Product Demonstration, the system contractor may be required to provide product demonstrations and interviews with the owner and his representatives or may be required to provide side-by-side demonstrations with other vendors. These demonstrations may be required before a contract is issued. Offerers should be prepared to demonstrate each feature called for in this specification. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. All work indicated on the Drawings is intended to be approximately correct to scale, but figures dimensions and detailed Drawings are to be followed in every case. The Drawings shall be taken in a sense as diagrammatic. Size of raceways and methods of running them are indicated, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. B. Locations indicated on the Drawings are approximate and it is intended that all equipment shall be located in accordance with the general and detail Drawings of the construction proper. Coordinate the location, mounting heights and routing of cabling work with other trade's requirements and with field conditions. C. All measurements shall be taken at the building before fabrication commences. D. Schematic diagrams shown on the Drawings indicate the required functions. Standard diagrams of the manufacturer may be used for the functions indicated without exact New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-12 adherence to the Schematic Drawings shown. Work required for such deviations shall be provided. E. Items referred to in singular number in Contract Drawings shall be provided in quantities necessary to complete work. F. The right is reserved to make reasonable changes in locations of work prior to rough-in at no additional cost. G. Where Drawings or Specifications conflict or are unclear, advise the Architect, in writing, before Award of Contract. Otherwise, interpretations of Contract Documents by the Architect shall be final, and no additional compensation shall be permitted due to discrepancies or unclarities resolved according to the Architect's interpretation. H. Drawings and Specifications form complimentary requirements. Provide work indicated on the Drawings and not specified and work specified and not indicated on the Drawings as though explicitly required by both. I. Drawings and Specifications Specifications do not undertake to indicate every item required to produce a complete and properly operating installation. Materials, equipment or labor not indicated, but which can be reasonable inferred to be necessary for a fully complete, secure and properly operating installation suitable for the intended use shall be provided. J. Drawings do not limit responsibility of determining full extent of work required by Contract Documents. Refer to all Drawings and Specifications that indicate types of construction in which work shall be installed and work of other trades with which work of this Section must be coordinated. K. Except where modified by a specific notation to the contrary, it shall be understood that the indication or description of any item, in the Drawings or Specifications or both, carries with it the instruction to provide the item, regardless of whether or not this instruction is explicitly stated as part of the indication or description. L. Where Drawings or Specifications do not coincide coincide with manufacturer's recommendations, or with applicable Codes and Standards, alert the Architect in writing before installation. Otherwise, make changes in installed work as the Architect requires without additional cost. M. It is the intent of these Contract Documents to have systems and components that are fully complete and operational and fully suitable for the intended use. There may be situations in the documents where insufficient information exists to precisely describe a certain component or subsystem, or the routing of a component. In cases such as this, where the Installer has failed to notify the Architect, in writing, of the situation prior to Contract Award, the Installer shall provide the specific component or subsystem with all parts necessary for the intended use, fully complete and operational, and installed in workmanlike manner either concealed or exposed per the design intent. N. In situations or where potential conflicts exist or where the Installer believes guidance is required, submit a sketch identifying proposed solution and the Architect shall review, note if necessary, and return this sketch appropriately marked for use by the Installer. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-13 1.11 OBTAINING INFORMATION A. Obtain from the manufacturer the proper method of installation and connection of the equipment that is to be furnished or installed. Obtain all information that is necessary to facilitate the work and to complete the project. Include all such information in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.12 RESPONSIBILITIES, COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire building construction, including all other trades, shall not be delayed and not interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and must be installed promptly when and as directed. 1. The “Electrical Subcontractor “ is the contractor bidding on the entire 260000 section. The Electrical Subcontractor works for and reports to the General Contractor. 2. Installer: The "Installer" is the Systems Integrator who uses their own employees for performance of all construction activity related to their specified responsibilities, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform and the “Installers” must be an authorized manufacturers representative, certified, experienced and qualified to provide, install, program, troubleshoot, train, warrant and service all the systems in this section in their entirety. B. This Section shall be provided/installed as follows by a single firm/company that is a qualified systems integrator. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for properly preparing the project for installation by the systems integrator, as specified. 1. Electrical Subcontractor shall provide 4" square backboxes for all Single gang and Dual gang outlet face plates. Electrical Subcontractor shall provide single gang and dual gang plaster rings for the specified Single gang and Dual gang outlet faceplates. 2. Electrical Subcontractor responsibilities shall include: The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for providing and installing all related building preparation including, but not limited to: outlet boxes with plaster rings, floor boxes, poke through devices, pathways, power, cableways, J-Hooks, cable tray, snake tray, cable protection, surface mounted metal raceway, surface raceways, cable supports, conduits with bushings, conduit stubs with bushings, sleeves with bushings ( all conduits, stubs, sleeves, etc. shall be brought to an accessible hallway ceiling or accessible area below floor ), backboxes, plaster rings, pull strings, bonding, grounding, core drilling, cutting, patching, fireproofing of penetration & openings, environmental seals, smoke and fire stopping seals including all conduits, raceways, sleeves, slots etc. where cables pass from one location to another, removal and re-installation of ceiling tiles as required to install concealed cabling, seismic supports, supplementary steel and channels, etc., for a completely operational system, as specified. The Electrical Subcontractor shall also accept delivery and properly store & secure all equipment and materials required by the systems integrator. The Electrical Subcontractor shall install all specialized backboxes ( clock, speaker, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-14 microphone, amplifier, card reader, cell check, etc. ) and any exterior antennas furnished by the systems integrator. a. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for providing and installing: conduits from each IDF location back to the MDF location as required by code for applicable sound, voice, data and video cabling; conduits from the Point of Demarcation to the MDF location as required by code for applicable sound, voice, data and video cabling; conduits from the Video Headend location back to the MDF location as required by code for applicable video cabling. b. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide cable tray over each rack and cabinet as required to facilitate a neat and orderly installation of cables and to secure the top of the racks to the structure. Cables shall drop straight down to equipment racks. Cable trays shall be secured at both ends to the structure and connected together together as required for a complete contiguous installation. Utilize proper supports to support the cable tray to the building structure as well as the equipment rack and cabinet. Submit mounting supports for approval before installation. 1) The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide a 120VAC duplex 15amp dedicated circuits in cable tray over each rack and cabinet in the system. c. The subcontract between the General Contractor and the Electrical Subcontractor shall contain a provision whereby the Electrical Subcontractor shall have the obligation to coordinate its work with the Systems Integrator for this section d. Section 261001: The Electrical Subcontractor shall read section 261001 in it’s entirety and shall provide all requirements of the Electrical Subcontractor as detailed in Section 261001. 3. Systems Integrator responsibilities for this section shall be: The systems integrator shall be responsible for providing, installing, programming, troubleshooting, training and warranty service of all cabling, terminal equipment, headend equipment specified in this section for a completely operational system. The systems integrator shall furnish all specialized backboxes (clock, speaker, microphone, amplifier, etc. ) and all exterior antennas to the Electrical Subcontractor for their installation. a. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings required for all apparatus and give information in advance to build openings into the work. The electrical subcontractor shall furnish and set in place all sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals.. b. All distribution systems that require pitch or slope such as plumbing drains, steam and condensate piping shall have the right of way over those that do not. Confer with other trades as to the location of pipes, ducts, lights and apparatus and install work to avoid interferences. c. Coordinate exact locations and roughing in dimensions of all work before installation and make all final connections as required. Any changes required to avoid interferences or to provide adequate clearances for Code and maintenance requirements shall be made at no additional costs. d. Structural elements of the project shall not be relocated, altered or changed to accommodate the work without written authorization from the Architect. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-15 e. Work that is installed before coordination with other trades, or that causes interference with the work of other trades shall be changed to correct condition. f. Obtain a complete set of Project Drawings and Specifications for coordination and to determine the full scope of work. g. Attend project coordination meetings to coordinate work of this Section, work of other trades and project and phasing requirements. 1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Telecommunications Record/Documents 1. Provide "as-built" telecommunications records with at least the minimum information including "required linkages", "other linkages" and "user codes" required by EIA/TIA 606 for the following: a. Pathway Records b. Termination Hardware Records c. Space Records d. Termination Position Records e. Cable Records f. Grounding Records 1.14 PERMITS, FEES, RULES AND REGULATIONS A. Give the proper Authorities all requisite notices or information relating to the work under this Section. Obtain and pay for all fees, licenses, permits and certificates. Comply with the rules and regulations of all Local, State and Federal Authorities having jurisdiction, Building Codes, the rules and regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the Public Utility Companies serving the building. B. Public utility back charges will be paid for by the Owner and are not to be included in the base bid. Markups on utility backcharges will not be allowed. C. Perform work in accordance with Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) listing or labeling requirements, OSHA regulations, NFPA Standards, Electrical Code, The Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG), EIA/TIA and BICSI. The Drawings and Specifications do not attempt to indicate all work required by codes, regulations and authorities. D. Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed to permit work not conforming with applicable codes and regulations. When conflicts occur the more restrictive requirements shall govern. E. Toxicity: Comply with applicable codes and regulations regarding toxicity of combustion products of materials used or hazardous materials used or toxic or disposed of. F. Legally dispose of all material. Adhere to all regulations regarding disposal of hazardous material. Recycle hazardous material where recycling is possible. Submit certificates of legal recycling or disposal to the Architect. Include copy in the Owner and Maintenance Manual. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-16 G. Should the Facility have established building standards, rules or regulations, obtain a copy from the Building Owner and comply with them. 1.15 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Do not deliver items to the site until all specified submittals have been submitted to and approved by the Architect. B. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name, identification of manufacturer or supplier. C. Deliver, store, protect and handle products in accordance with recommended practices listed in Manufacturer's Installation and Maintenance Manuals. D. Protect materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. 1.16 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. Be responsible for the care and protection of all work included under this Section until it has been tested and accepted. B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes including theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen shall be replaced with equal material or equipment at the option of the Architect and Owner. C. Materials and equipment stored for this project shall be protected and maintained according to the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements and according to the applicable requirements of NFPA 70B. D. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs, caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from damage that might be caused by work or workmen and make good any damage caused. E. Use caution to avoid damage to existing work, and to prevent harm to personnel working in all areas. F. Observe all safety precautions and requirements for the construction. G. When open-flame or spark producing tools such as blower torches, welding equipment, etc., are required in the process of executing the work, the General Contractor shall be notified not less than twenty four hours in advance of the time that the work is to begin and the location where the work is to be performed. Provide, where necessary, fire protective covering and maintain a constant non-working fire watch where work is being performed and until it is completed. H. The General Contractor and the Installer are responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and requirements during construction. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-17 1.17 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS A. Except where no substitutions are indicated, where materials or equipment are specified by patent proprietary name, or name of the manufacturer, such specification is used for the purpose of establishing a standard for that particular item. If more than one manufacturer is listed the Contract Documents are based on the first manufacturer listed, and all other manufacturers are considered a substitution. B. If three or more manufacturers are indicated without the term "or equal", or "or approved equal", then the material and equipment shall be supplied by one of those indicated and that material and equipment shall conform in all respects to the Drawings and Specifications. C. No equipment or material shall be used, furnished or installed unless previously reviewed and accepted by the Architect. D. Substitutions may be offered for review provided the material, equipment or process offered for consideration is equal in every respect to that indicated or specified. The request for each substitution must be accompanied by a letter from an Authorized Representative of the manufacturer and the Installer indicating that the substitution meets or exceeds all specified requirements. Provide complete specifications, drawings or samples to properly appraise the materials, equipment or process. Acceptance of substitutions shall be based on performance, appearance, use, maintenance requirements, durability, aesthetics, physical arrangement, size and quality. E. If a substitution of materials or equipment, in whole or in part, is made, bear the cost of any changes, engineering or construction, necessitated as a result of said substitution. F. Materials shall be new, unused, of recent manufacture, not previously installed, full weight, standard, the best quality of its kind and acceptable to the Architect. G. Provide NRTL listed or labeled products whenever there are NRTL standards, listings or labeling available for that product category. H. The Specifications or notes and description following a catalog number is basically to identify the item, but may also call for accessories, options or modifications which are not indicated in the catalog number. I. Reviewed submittals on substitute equipment shall only allow the Installer to proceed with installation. The substitution shall not be considered equal until such time as the Architect and Owner's Representative have completely accepted the installation. All costs for removal, relocation, or replacement of said Substitution shall be at the risk of the Installer. J. Provide products of one manufacturer for each classification of equipment. K. Provide documentation from both specified Project Manufacturer and the proposed substitute Product Manufacturer with separate comparative analysis sheet matching product specification item for item. Substitutes shall not be considered unless accompanied by this documentation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-18 1.18 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interface work, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. B. Continuity of all services shall be maintained in all areas that will be occupied or temporarily relocated during the construction period. If an interruption of service becomes necessary, such shall be scheduled in advance, made only upon consent of the Owner and at a time outside normal working hours as the Owner shall designate. C. Refer to the overall scheduling of the work of the project. Schedule work, process Submittal and order materials and equipment to conform to this schedule and install work to not delay nor interfere with the progress of the project. D. Inform Architect immediately of any delays or potential delays. Furnish manufacturer's letter to verify order date, equipment delays, expected shipment date, order number, and potential remedies to speed up delivery. Any costs to speed up delivery shall be implemented at no cost to the project if the equipment or material was not ordered as soon as possible after Contract award or within the time frames indicated with the Submittal. E. Include premium time required to comply with the project scheduling and phasing. F. Be aware of, and plan for, project scheduling and phasing. Provide for complete continuous operation of all systems. Coordinate scheduling and phasing with the Architect, Owner, other Trades, and the General Contractor. 1.19 WARRANTY A. Provide one (1) year Warranty, warranty shall start at time of substantial completion or routine use, which ever comes 1st, warranty shall include all materials, equipment and work furnished or installed under this Section. Any failure due to defective material, equipment, installation or workmanship which may develop, shall be corrected at no expense to the Owner including all materials, labor, travel, expenses, system diagnostics and damage to areas, materials and other systems resulting from such failures. B. Manufacturers shall provide replacement warranties for material and equipment furnished under this Section. Such warranties shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all liabilities which the Manufacturer and the Installer may have by law or by provisions of the Contract Documents. C. Include copies of all warranties, maintenance contracts and training contracts or performance bonds in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. D. UTP Cabling twenty-five (25) Year Mission Critical Warranty for premise data wiring. 1. The systems integrator shall provide proof that they are authorized and certified, in good standing, to offer a 25-year warranty. 2. The warranty shall include connecting hardware products and installed cable as part of the structural cabling system. 3. The structural cabling system shall include: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-19 a. Work area outlets b. Horizontal cable c. The connecting hardware in the horizontal cross-connect d. The equipment cord at the work area e. The patch cord in the horizontal cross-connect 4. The warranty and system performance guarantee’s: a. The structural cabling system shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship, for the duration of the warranty. b. The structural cabling system shall support any current or future application ratified by IEEE, ANSI, ISO, designed to operate compliant category 3, 5, 5e, 6 or 6e draft or standard in effect at the time of the installation, for the duration of the warranty. 5. If the structural cabling system is determined to be defective within the scope of this warranty, the product found to be non-conforming shall be repaired or replaced under this warranty. 1.20 MAINTENANCE A. Provide installers maintenance contract quote, upon request, for a period equal equal to warranty. B. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the systems during the warranty period, the affected parts shall be replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service consisting of more than two unscheduled service calls, shall be considered defective and shall be replaced. 1. Response times to warranty issues shall differ according to the level of the problem. 2. A problem is considered to be corrected when the system and its components operate according to specified requirements. 3. Warranty work shall be performed according to the procedures of the Owner, its staff and tenants and their normal operations. 4. The following levels of response to problems are required: a. Major Failure: 4 hour maximum response time if notified by telephone, 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. b. Minor Failure: 24 hours maximum response time if notified by telephone, 365 days per year. 5. Failures are defined as follows: a. Major Failure: a system failure which disables the entire system or major part of the system or an individual critical piece of equipment which prevents the proper operation of more than one system component. b. Minor Failure: a system failure which effects only one non-critical component and does not effect operation of any other components or any failure which is not defined as a major failure. c. Major and minor failures are as defined by the Owner. 6. Response time to a call is defined as the time at which a qualified technician arrives at the site and starts repairs or diagnostics. If the problem has not been corrected within two hours of the initial response, regional and/or national support personnel shall be contacted for assistance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-20 C. Adequate stocks of parts, components, etc. and access to regional and national support personnel shall be available such that all major failures shall be corrected within 8 hours of Owner's initial telephone call and all minor failures within 48 hours. Temporary components may be used to meet this requirement while new components or repairs are completed. Temporary components shall be replaced with new (unused) components or the repaired original component as soon as practical. Remanufactured equipment or components are not considered new and shall not be used. D. Provide certified factory trained technical service personnel for service and maintenance of the system. 1. Provide a copy of this warranty section in the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. Each copy shall be dated, signed and certified by an authorized Representative of the Installer providing work under this Section stating that these requirements are understood and will be complied with without exception. 1.21 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL A. Upon completion of all work, and as a condition to receiving payment at Substantial Completion, furnish to the Architect the following original signed certificates and include copies of these certificates as part of the Operation and Maintenance manuals: 1. Certification from the manufacturers authorized representative stating that authorized factory engineers have inspected and tested the operation of their respective equipment and found same to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements, all requirements for manufacturer's warranties are complied with, and equipment is in satisfactory operating condition. This certification shall be provided for each piece of major equipment and for all complete systems. Provide certificate for additional items requested by the Architect. 2. Certificates of inspection, letters or notices from the appropriate governmental authorized inspection authorities stating that all portions of the work (indicate trade and responsibility) have been inspected and are installed in conformance with the applicable codes, laws, ordinances and referenced standards. If nonconformance notices are received, include the re-inspection certificate, letter of explanation, etc. as required to indicate complete conformance. Provide written evidence of all exceptions or variances given by any Inspector. 3. Certificate from the installing firm responsible for the work (indicate trade and responsibility) signed by an authorized Officer of the firm and the Foreman or Project Manager in charge, indicating trade license numbers and stating that to the best of the signer's knowledge and belief that the project (indicate project name and address) has been installed in compliance with the Contract Drawings, Specifications and Addenda, and all applicable codes, laws, ordinances and referenced standards. Where sub-contractors perform a portion of the work of this Section include certificates certificates from them. 1.22 SUBSTANTIAL AND FINAL COMPLETION A. Refer to General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-21 B. Substantial Completion shall not be considered unless all systems are tested and verified for adherence with Contract Documents and any work remaining is less than one percent of the total Contract Value of this Section. 1. Record Drawings, Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Acceptance Demonstrations, Owner personnel training, spare parts or extra materials required, test reports, warranties and certifications of installation inspections shall be submitted and accepted prior to Substantial Completion. C. Final Completion shall be when all work under this Section is completed as defined by the Contract Documents and accepted by the Architect. D. Upon completion of all work under this Section, submit written certifications that: 1. Contract Documents including addenda, clarifications, change orders, RFI’s and instructions from Architect have been reviewed. 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents and any deficiencies listed with Certificate of Substantial Completion have been corrected. 4. Equipment and systems are fully operational. 5. Work is complete and ready for Architect’s final review. E. When Architect determines Work is complete, close out submittals will be considered. 1.23 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Give detailed instructions, prior to the Substantial Completion of the work, to the responsible personnel designated by the Owner in the operation and maintenance of all work installed under this Section. A letter with two copies containing the name of the person or persons to whom the instructions were given and the dates of the instruction period shall be submitted to the Architect at the completion of the project. B. Prepare three sets of Owner and Maintenance containing Manufacturer's catalogs, other similar data including the necessary photographic equipment cuts, wiring diagrams and and final reviewed Shop Drawings and Product Data covering all equipment and devices furnished or installed under this Section. These manuals shall provide complete instructions for the proper operation and use of the equipment together with instructions for lubrication and periodic maintenance and for trouble shooting. Operating instructions shall be specific for each system and shall include copies of posted specific instructions. This manual shall contain only that information which specifically applies to this project and all unrelated material shall be deleted or clearly crossed out. C. Include copies of all test reports and certifications. 1.24 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment and work shall meet the restraint requirements for a Seismic Zone -2 location including installation and connections of material and equipment to the building structure. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-22 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. Provide equipment racks to house all security equipment, communication equipment, telephone/data equipment, and audio visual equipment. B. Manufacturer: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following manufacturers: 1. Chatsworth, Great Lakes. 2. Winsted 3. Lowell C. Free Standing Equipment Racks 1. Free standing equipment racks shall be seven feet (2134mm) high, EIA nineteen inch (518mm) wide, fifteen inch (381mm) deep, open bay as indicated on the Drawings. These racks are also known as Primary Distribution racks, Remote Distribution racks, tel/data racks, CCTV racks, AV racks, etc. Rack features shall include the following: a. Universal hole pattern on the front and rear flanges, and mounting holes on both sides of rack assembly for management brackets. b. Racks shall be extruded (not sheet metal) with 10 -32 32 threaded equipment mounting holes. Mounting holes that require supplemental threaded clips are specifically prohibited. c. Shelves for electronic equipment with load carrying capacity to support at least 100 percent of each piece of electronic equipment weight. Shelves shall have adequate openings within them to dissipate heat and allow for adequate electronic equipment ventilation. d. Mounting brackets specifically designed to support the equipment installed within the rack. e. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable strain relief system on rear of rack to support horizontal and backbone cables. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. f. Hook and loop (Velcro) horizontal and vertical cable management on front of rack for dressing patch cable and cross connect wiring. Tiewraps are specifically prohibited. g. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable management system independent of telecommunications cabling management to properly dress the electronic equipment power cords through the rack maintaining as much clearances between the two as possible. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. h. Bonding and grounding cables for all equipment not directly bolted to equipment rack (i.e shelf mounted electronic equipment, etc.). i. Bonding and grounding bus bar with individual set screw terminals for at least a minimum of six #6 Cu. bonding cables. j. Surge protected power strip as described in this specification. k. Patch panels as described in this specification. l. All hardware, supplementary steel, channel and supports as required to properly assemble the rack and support it to the building structure.\ m. Provide for all security components as specified herein as located in closets. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-23 D. Wall Mounted Equipment Racks 1. Wall mounted equipment racks with piano hinge (one side) with wheel on base of unhinged side for additional support when open. Equipment racks shall be seven feet high (2134mm), EIA nineteen inch (518mm) wide and fifteen inches depth, open bay wall mounted racks as indicated on the Drawings. Rack features shall include the following: a. Universal hole pattern on the front and rear flanges, and mounting holes on both sides of rack assembly for management brackets. b. Racks shall be extruded (not sheet metal) with 10 -32 threaded equipment mounting holes. Mounting holes that require supplemental threaded clips are specifically prohibited. c. Shelves for electronic equipment with load carrying capacity to support at least 125 percent of each piece of electronic equipment weight. Shelves shall have adequate openings within them to dissipate heat and allow for adequate electronic equipment ventilation. d. Mounting brackets specifically designed to support the equipment installed within the rack. e. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable strain relief system on rear of rack to support horizontal and backbone cables. f. Hook and loop (Velcro) horizontal and vertical cable management on front of rack for dressing patch cable and cross connect wiring. Tiewraps are specifically prohibited. g. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable management system independent of telecommunications cabling management to properly dress the electronic equipment power cords through the rack maintaining as much clearances between the two as possible. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. h. Bonding and grounding cables for all equipment not directly bolted to equipment rack (i.e shelf mounted electronic equipment, etc). i. Bonding and grounding bus bar with individual set screw terminals for at least a minimum of six #6 Cu. bonding cables. j. Surge protected power strip as described in this specification. k. Patch panels and cross connect block panels as described in this specification. l. All hardware, supplementary steel, channel and supports as required to properly assemble the rack and support it to the building structure. E. All equipment racks and cabinets and their hardware shall be properly assembled and match in appearance and shall be provided by the same manufacturer. F. Equipment cabinets with cables entering from above shall have enclosed square raceway to above ceiling. Raceway shall be code gauge steel, sized per code, attached and terminated at equipment cabinet and building structure with approved bushed terminations. Raceway shall be painted to match equipment cabinets. 2.2 EQUIPMENT CABINETS A. Provide equipment cabinets to house all security equipment, communication equipment, telephone/data equipment, and audio visual equipment. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-24 B. Manufacture: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following Manufacturers: 1. Chatsworth, Great Lakes. 2. Winsted 3. Lowell 4. Hoffman C. Equipment Cabinets 1. Equipment Cabinets shall be seven feet (2134 mm) high, 24 inches (600 mm) wide, 31.5 inches (800 mm) deep, free standing cabinets as indicated on the drawings. These cabinets are also known as Primary Distribution cabinets, Remote Distribution cabinets, CCTV cabinets, AV cabinets, etc. Cabinet features shall include the following: a. Cabinets shall be welded construction, steel or aluminum, piano hinged doors with keyed locks and access handles on front and rear. Door locks shall be keyed alike. Color shall be approved by the Architect. Front door shall have integral shatter proof vision panels in a metal frame. Rear door shall be steel with the upper half having ventilation louvers. b. Integral EIA nineteen inch (518 mm) wide, open bay equipment rack. Rack shall be as described herein this specification. Rack shall be located within the cabinet in order to properly mount all passive and active electronic components. c. Shelves for electronic equipment with load carrying capacity to support at least 125 percent of each piece of electronic equipment weight. Shelves shall have adequate openings within them to dissipate heat and allow for adequate electronic equipment ventilation. d. Mounting brackets specifically designed to support the equipment installed within the cabinet. e. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable strain relief system on rear of rack to support horizontal and backbone cables. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. f. Hook and loop (Velcro) horizontal and vertical cable management on front of rack to support patch cable and cross connect wiring. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. g. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable management system independent of telecommunications cabling management to properly dress the electronic equipment power cords through the cabinet maintaining as much clearances between the two as possible. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. h. Integral fans and louvers to adequately ventilate the equipment within the cabinets. The individual cabinet shall have adequate ventilation in order to have a temperature within the cabinet be no greater than 88 degrees F based on an ambient room temperature of 78 degrees F in the warmer months of the year and 68 degrees F in the colder months of the year. i. Bonding and grounding cables for all equipment not directly bolted to equipment rack (i.e shelf mounted electronic equipment, etc.). j. Bonding and grounding buss bar with individual set screw terminals for at least six #6 Cu. bonding cables. k. Surge protected power strip as described in this specification. l. Patch panels as described in this specification. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-25 m. Blank/louvered panels where required to fill gaps between equipment within the rack. n. All hardware, supplementary steel, channel and supports as required to properly assemble the cabinet and support it to the building structure. D. Wall Mounted Equipment Cabinets 1. Provide wall mounted equipment cabinets, also known as Remote and Primary Distribution cabinets for each floor of the facility. Each cabinet shall mount all data electronics. In addition, provide all voice punch down blocks beside each cabinet mounted to the plywood. Each wall Mounted Equipment Cabinets shall be sized appropriately to accommodate at least 125 percent of the equipment to be installed. Cabinet features shall include the following: a. Cabinets shall be welded construction, steel or aluminum, piano hinged doors with keyed locks and access handles. Door locks shall be keyed alike. Color shall be approved by the Architect. Front door shall have integral shatter proof vision panels in a metal frame. b. Integral EIA nineteen inch (518 mm) wide, open bay equipment rack. Rack shall be as described herein this specification. Rack shall be located within the cabinet in order to properly mount all passive and active electronic components. c. Shelves for electronic equipment with load carrying capacity to support at least 100 percent of each piece of electronic equipment weight. Shelves shall have adequate openings within them to dissipate heat and allow for adequate electronic equipment ventilation. d. Mounting brackets specifically designed to support the equipment installed within the cabinet. e. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable strain relief system on rear of rack to support horizontal and backbone cables. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. f. Hook and loop (Velcro) horizontal and vertical cable management on front of rack to support patch cable and cross connect wiring. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. g. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable management system independent of telecommunications cabling management to properly dress the electronic equipment power cords through the cabinet maintaining as much clearances between the two as possible. Tie-wraps are specifically prohibited. h. Integral fans and louvers to adequately ventilate the equipment within the cabinets. The individual cabinet shall have adequate ventilation in order to have a temperature within the cabinet be no greater than 88 degrees F based on an ambient room temperature of 78 degrees F in the warmer months of the year and 68 degrees F in the colder months of the year. i. Bonding and grounding cables for all equipment not directly bolted to equipment rack (i.e shelf mounted electronic equipment, etc.). j. Bonding and grounding buss bar with individual set screw terminals for at least six #6 Cu. bonding cables. k. Surge protected power strip as described in this specification. l. Patch panels as described in this specification. m. All hardware, supplementary steel, channel and supports as required to properly assemble the cabinet and support it to the building structure. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-26 E. All equipment racks and cabinets and their hardware shall be properly assembled and match in appearance and shall be provided by the same manufacturer. F. Equipment cabinets with cables entering from above shall have enclosed square raceway to above ceiling. Raceway shall be code gauge steel, sized per code, attached and terminated at equipment cabinet and building structure with approved bushed terminations. Raceway shall be painted to match equipment cabinets. 2.3 SURGE PROTECTED POWER STRIP A. Manufacturer: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following Manufacturers: 1. Wiremold Sentrex, TrippLite or S.L. Weber. B. Surge protected power strip shall be rack mount type with 10’ cord. C. Surge protected power strip with six NEMA 5-20R outlets 20 amp capacity, 120 volts, UL 1449 listed, maximum surge current of 33,000 amps, clamping voltage of 260 volts, maximum 5 picosecond response time, resettable overload circuit breaker, surge suppression warning light, surge protection for line to neutral, line to ground, neutral to ground, EMI/RFI filters. One required for each load up to 1200 watts (total of individual equipment loads). 2.4 WORK AREA OUTLETS A. All data and voice network Work Area Outlet modular connectors shall meet or exceed all specifications for Category 6 Extended Frequency, per the EIA/TIA 568B Series standard. B. Manufacturer: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following Manufacturers: 1. AMP, AT&T, Hubbell, Krone, MOD-TAP, Ortronics, Panduit, Seimon or Wiremold Interlink series. C. Each Work Area Outlet shall consist of the following: 1. Single gang or dual gang face plate shall be thermoplastic (nylon) with number of voice, data, video and sound jacks as indicated in the Specifications and Drawings. 2. Electrical Subcontractor shall provide 4" square backboxes for all Single gang and Dual gang outlet face plates. Electrical Subcontractor shall provide single gang and dual gang plaster rings for the specified Single gang and Dual gang outlet face plates. 3. Refer to drawings for placement of Work Area Outlets. 4. Work Area Outlets: a. Voice/Data Outlet -shall consist of a two ( 2 ) modular Category 6 RJ-45 connectors (unless otherwise noted on the drawings) mounted on a dual gang faceplate or single gang faceplate or single gang floor box, with the capabilities listed below. Provide blanks for faceplate, as required, color and location approved by Architect. This outlet interfaces to it’s associated IDF/MDF, see drawings for locations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-27 1) The two ( 2 ) RJ45 8-position connectors shall be provided with two ( 2 ) 4-pair Category 6 Extended Frequency unshielded twisted pair cables as noted in the following sections. a) One ( 1 ) RJ45 connector shall be used for data and cabled to relevant IDF/MDF patch panel with one (1) 4-pair Category 6 Extended Frequency unshielded twisted pair cables. b) One ( 1 ) RJ45 connector shall be used for voice and cabled to relevant IDF/MDF voice punch block or voice patch panel with one (1) 4-pair Category 6 unshielded twisted pair cables. b. Voice Outlet -shall consist of a one ( 1 ) modular Category 6 RJ-45 connectors (unless otherwise noted on the drawings) mounted on a dual gang faceplate or single gang faceplate or single gang floor box, with the capabilities listed below. Provide blanks for faceplate, as required, color and location approved by Architect. This outlet interfaces to it’s associated MDF/IDF, see drawings for locations. 2) The one ( 1 ) RJ45 8-position connectors shall be provided with one ( 1 ) 4-pair Category 6 Extended Frequency unshielded twisted pair cables as noted in the following sections. a) One ( 1 ) RJ45 connector shall be used for voice and cabled to relevant IDF/MDF voice punch block or voice patch panel with one (1) 4-pair Category 6 unshielded twisted pair cables. c. Data Outlet -shall consist of a two ( 2 ) modular Category 6 RJ-45 connectors (unless otherwise noted on the drawings) mounted on a dual gang faceplate or single gang faceplate or single gang floor box, with the capabilities listed below. Provide blanks for faceplate, as required, color and location approved by Architect. This outlet interfaces to it’s associated IDF/MDF, see drawings for locations. 3) The two ( 2 ) RJ45 8-position connectors shall be provided with two ( 2 ) 4-pair Category 6 Extended Frequency unshielded twisted pair cables as noted in the following sections. a) Two ( 2 ) RJ45 connector shall be used for data and cabled to relevant IDF/MDF patch panel with one (1) 4-pair Category 6 Extended Frequency unshielded twisted pair cables. d. Cable Television Outlet -shall consist of a modular RF connector mounted on a dual gang faceplate or single gang faceplate or single gang floor box, with the capabilities listed below. This outlet interfaces to it’s associated MDF, see drawings for locations. 4) The RF connector shall provide output of all channels available on the television distribution system and provide bi-directional video all-call ability for live broadcast to all television outlets on the television distribution system via a video source and associated remote & headend equipment. a) Provide one RG 6U Coax Cable to raceway with connection to tap on A/V Distribution Trunk/Backbone cable, RG 6U cable length shall not exceed 100 feet. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-28 b) Provide a passive bi-directional coupler/splitter at every location, which may be mounted in ceiling or other area approved by Architect, if signal is being split to another RF connector, and extend/terminate cable to the associated connector, to provide the capabilities as stated above. c) Provide a broadband distribution amplifier at the PDC for proper amplification and signal of all TV outlets. e. Telephone Interface Outlet (Desk, Wall, Floor). Receives one RJ11-6 position jack with (1) 4-pair, Category 6 Extended Frequency unshielded twisted pair cable, cable to relevant IDF/MDF voice punch block or voice patch panel. Wall mounted telephone locations that are typically 48” AFF or 54” AFF shall be provided with telephone wall mounting faceplates that allow telephones to be attached direct to the faceplates. 5. The color of all faceplates and modules shall be as directed by the Architect unless otherwise indicated. Faceplates shall have squared corners and shall be same dimension as the electrical outlet plate. Over sized plates are specifically prohibited. 6. Each faceplate shall be able to support the jack modules, as required. All openings remaining after required number of jack modules have been installed in faceplates shall be blanked off with manufacturer provided blank modules. 7. Manufacturer and Installer Company logo, signage or any advertisement shall not be permitted on face of Work Area Outlets. 8. Work Area Outlets shall have cable strain relief for each cable terminated. Cables shall not rely on the conductor termination for support. 2.5 CABLE SUPPORTS A. Manufacturer: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following manufacturer's: J-Hooks: Caddy, Chatsworth, Mono-System. Hook and Loop Fasteners: Chatsworth, Ortronics, Siemons. Cable Ties: DEK, Panduit, Amp, 3M, T&B. Beam Clamps: Burndy, Minerallac, Kindorff, Steel City, OZ/Gedney. Split Mesh Strain Reliefs (Kellums): Hubbell, Woodhead. B. J-Hooks shall be sized to correctly support the number of cables, which pass through them. Under no circumstances shall cable quantity exceed 50 in any given support. Fill capacity shall be as required by code for conduit. That is to say that every J-Hook shall have a maximum of 40 percent fill capacity. Install additional supports as required. C. Hook and loop fasteners shall be designed for their specific application. For example, if a hook and loop fastener is used to support cables to a rack, it shall have a grommeted outlet for use with a 10-32 rack mounting screw. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-29 D. Cable-ties shall be correctly sized to support the quantity and types of cables installed. E. Beam clamps shall be steel with threaded bolt type closure. Spring steel or "quickclip" type clamps are prohibited. F. Split mesh strain reliefs shall be properly sized for each cable that they support. Only one cable shall be installed in each split mesh strain relief. 2.6 BONDING AND GROUNDING JUMPER CABLE A. Manufacturer: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following manufacturers: 1. Belden (No. 8669) or equal. B. Jumper cable shall be hollow braided, 60 amp capacity, copper. C. Provide equal conduct of as described in "B" above for aluminum equipment. D. Jumpers shall have compression or exothermic type terminals on both ends of cables. Terminals shall be compatible with jumper cable material and equipment material in order to not have any degenerative reaction. 2.7 RISER CABLE for DATA SYSTEMS A. Manufacturer: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following manufacturers: 1. Comscope or equal. B. Six strand multi mode fiber optic riser cable. C. Install in innerduct. D. Install to connect all IDF and MDF locations per BICSI and EIA/TIA requirements. E. Provide all terminations, connectors, patch panels/transceivers as required for a fully functional system. 2.8 UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR (UTP) CABLING SYSTEMS A. Manufacturer: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following manufacturer's: Wire and Cable: AT&T, Belden, Berk-Tek, CommScope, General Cable, Mohawk, Prestolite. Modular Jacks: Shall be provided by the Work Area Outlet Manufacturer. Patch Panels: AT&T, Amp, Hubbell, Krone, MOD-TAP, Ortronics, Panduit, Siemon New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-30 Patch Cables: Shall be provided by patch panel, Work Area Outlet or wire and cable manufacturer. Cable Management: Shall be provided by patch panel manufacturer. NOTE: Each of the products listed above shall be provided by a single manufacturer. Voice/Phone Punch Block:: AT&T, Siemon, Panduit B. UTP Pin/pair Termination Assignment 1. The UTP cabling systems shall have EIA/TIA 568B Series standard pin/pair termination assignment. All conductors provided shall be properly and consistently terminated at both ends throughout the entire systems. C. Horizontal Cable -Voice & Data 1. Provide & terminate cabling from each station location to applicable IDF/MDF/Low Voltage rack locations. 2. Data Cable shall be TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) as specified. a. Cable shall meet or exceed the approved TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable standard for 24AWG four pair Category 6 cable. b. Acceptable equal cables shall be General Cable Command LINX 6; and GenSPEED 6000 Category 6 cables. c. Plenum rated cable -CMP rated jacket for Plenum applications. d. Riser rated cable -CMR rated jacket for Riser applications. 3. Voice Cable shall be TIA/EIA Extended Frequency Enhanced Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, equal to General Cable #6480 Platinum Plus-350MHz. a. Electrical Characteristics for 24 AWG Extended Frequency Category 6 cable: 1) DC Resistance (max) 8.9 2) DC Resistance Unbalanced (max) 3.0 3) Input Impedance, 1.0 to 100 MHz =100 +/-15, 100 to 350MHz = 100 +/-22 4) Characteristics Impedance, 1 to 350 MHz = 100 +/-15% 5) ACR @100KHz, db (min) of 21 6) PS-ACR @100MHz, db (min) of 19 7) Delay Skew (max) ns/100m is 25 8) Nominal Velocity of Propagation (NVP), % speed of Light, 70 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-31 b. Compliance’s of 24 AWG Extended Frequency Category 6 cable: 9) ISO/IEC 11801 10) ANSI/TIA/EIA 586-5 (Category 5E) 11) ANSI/ICEAA S-90-661 (Category 5X-100) 12) NEWA WC 63.1 (Category 5) 13) UL Listed Type MPR/CMR 14) (UL) CMG c. Plenum rated cable -CMP rated jacket for Plenum applications. d. Riser rated cable -CMR rated jacket for Riser applications. D. Backbone Cable -Voice (Category 3) 1. Provide & terminate cabling from the MDF location to applicable IDF locations. 2. If voice patch panels are specified, provide voice patch panels at all IDF locations. a. Terminate backbone cable on voice patch panels at all IDF’s. 3. TIA/EIA Category 3 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) a. Cable shall meet or exceed all current specifications for Category 3 cable per EIA/TIA. 24 AWG, twenty-five pair cable. b. Backbone cable shall match-up all pairs (4-pairs from each work area outlet) to the MDF. c. Plenum rated cable -CMP rated jacket for Plenum applications. d. Riser rated cable -CMR rated jacket for Riser applications. E. Outside Telephone Line Interface Cable, provide two (2) 25 pair cables -Voice & Data (Category 5e) 1. TIA/EIA Category 5e Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) a. Cable shall meet or exceed all current specifications for Category 5e cable per EIA/TIA. 24 AWG, twenty-five pair cable. Cable shall be plenum rated. b. Non-plenum rated cable -CM rated jacket for Non-plenum applications. c. Plenum rated cable -CMP rated jacket for Plenum applications. d. Riser rated cable -CMR rated jacket for Riser applications. 2. Provide & terminate cables from Entrance Protection/Demarcation location to MDF for interface to Voice and/or Data systems. 3. Provide & terminate the Category 5e voice cabling from the MDF to applicable voice equipment headend rack location. a. Terminate the cable at the MDF on the same type termination hardware as the voice risers. 4. Provide & terminate the Category 6 data cabling from the MDF to applicable data equipment headend rack location. a. Terminate the cable at the MDF on the same type termination hardware as the voice risers. F. Cable Management 1. Each equipment rack and equipment cabinet shall have cable management panels with horizontal and vertical brackets. a. Cable management shall be EIA nineteen inch (518mm) rack mounted 3.5 inch (88mm) high panel with horizontal and vertical patch cable, distribution rings, or approved equivalent and shall be provided above and below each patch panel in the equipment rack. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-32 b. Equipment rack cable management shall be furnished by patch panel manufacturer. c. Cable management for high density, IDC Type cross-connect block panels shall be distribution rings integral to the panel or approved equivalent. Cable management shall be provided above and below each cross connect block in the equipment rack. G. Modular Jacks (Work Area Outlets) 1. Jacks shall be TIA/EIA Category 6 (UL Category 6) with printed circuit board technology and integral board mounted, color-coded, high density, IDC type terminations. Provide 8 position modular jacks. Keyed jacks are not allowed. Jacks shall be able to withstand at least a minimum of 2000 mating cycles without any transmission degradation. 2. Modular jacks color shall match Work Area Outlet faceplate. 3. Each Work Area Outlet and modular jack shall have jack-opening dust cover. Modular jacks that do not have integral dust covers shall have dust covers installed on each unused modular jack. 4. Each 8-position modular jack shall have color-coded icons. 5. Modular jacks that allow pre-connectorized cables to be connected to the jacks are specifically prohibited. Cables shall have single point IDC Type connection to the jacks only. 6. Modular jacks for Work Area Outlets shall be integral to a jack module either having one or two jacks per module. Single jacks shall be located in the center of the module while double jacks shall be side-by-side horizontally. Jack modules with a single jack and a blank in the opening where a second jack would normally be located are specifically prohibited. 7. Jack modules shall be flame retardant thermoplastic with integral cable strain relief. Color shall match faceplate. H. Data Patch Panels 1. Patch panels shall be EIA nineteen inch (518mm), rack mounted, TIA/EIA Category 6, UL Category 6 type patch panels with integral printed circuit board, color-coded, high density, IDC type terminations and 8 position modular jacks. Keyed jacks are not allowed. Jacks shall be able to withstand at least a minimum of 2000 mating cycles without any transmission degradation. 2. Provide high density rack mounted patch panels. 3. Modular Jacks that allow pre-connectorized cables to be connected to the jacks are specifically prohibited. Cables shall have single point IDC type connection to the jacks only. 4. Each port shall have color-coded identification label. Continuous label strips for multiple in-line ports are acceptable. Silk screened identifiers "l” through "96" are acceptable. 5. Patch panel shall have horizontal strain relief bar on mounted rear. I. Patch Cables and Line Cords 1. Patch cables and line cords shall be factory pre-connectorized, TIA/EIA Category 6 (UL Category 6), 4 UTP, 8-position modular jack, stranded conductors. Patch cables and line cords shall be able to withstand at least a minimum of 2000 jack mating cycles without any transmission degradation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-33 J. Voice Cross Connect Patch Panels 1. Patch panels shall be EIA nineteen inch (518mm), rack mounted, TIA/EIA Category 6, UL Category 6 type patch panels with integral printed circuit board, color-coded, high density, IDC type terminations and 8 position modular jacks. Keyed jacks are not allowed. Jacks shall be able to withstand at least a minimum of 2000 mating cycles without any transmission degradation. 2. Provide high density rack mounted patch panels. 3. Modular Jacks that allow pre-connectorized cables to be connected to the jacks are specifically prohibited. Cables shall have single point IDC type connection to the jacks only. 4. Each port shall have color-coded identification label. Continuous label strips for multiple in-line ports are acceptable. Silk screened identifiers "l " through "96" are acceptable. 5. Patch panel shall have horizontal strain relief bar on mounted rear. K. Cross Connect Cabling 1. Cross-connect cabling shall be NRTL certified that it meets or exceeds the TIA/EIA UL category rating of the system installed. 2.9 BROADBAND RF CABLING SYSTEMS A. Manufacturer: Provide products meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications from one of the following: Wire and Cable: CommScope, Belden, Lucent Technologies, Ber-Tek, General Cable. Connector Modules: Shall be provided by manufacturer of UTP Work Area Outlets. Broadband Connector: Amp, Amphenol, Cambridge, Regal, Gilbert. Line Cords: CommScope, Lucent Technologies, AT&T, Berk-Tek, General Cable, Champlain. Splitting Devices: General Instruments/Jerrold, Regal. B. All required components shall be provided for the reception and distribution of signal for all rooms equipped with outlets. C. The system including all of its components shall be broadcast quality and shall provide for reception of monochrome (black and white) and color TV transmission and FM (at every outlet) equal to or superior to that obtainable on a single standard receiver connected directly to the system antennas (CATV). D. The system design minimum shall be a 43 dB carrier-to-noise ratio and minus 46 dB (0.5%) cross-modulation level at output of the last amplifier in the distribution system. E. The system shall be designed so subsequent expansion to additional VHF of UHF channels shall require modifications of head-end equipment only. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-34 F. All active equipment shall be designed and rated for 110V to 125V, 60 Hz, AC operation and shall be NRTL listed. G. The system shall provide for distribution of up to 100 + television channels from a feed provided by a CATV company or satellite dish. H. The system shall meet or exceed the technical standards set forth in the FCC Rules, Part 76. I. The system shall also be capable of providing two-way communication (Bi-directional video distribution) over a single cable. J. Bandwidth of all passive devices shall be from 5 MHZ to 1.2 GHz. Bandwidth of amplifiers shall be from 54 MHZ to 1 GHz in the forward direction and from 5 MHZ to 30 MHZ in the reverse path. K. The system shall be designed for minus 57 dB cross-modulation or greater and carrier-tonoise ratio of at least 46 dB. L. The broadband RF cable shall be coaxial copper-clad center conductor, foam polyethylene dielectric, quad-shield aluminum-mylar-aluminum foil type, aluminum braid shield and non-contaminating polyvinyl chloride jacket. Cable shall have 75 ohm impedance with 80 dB shielding. No discontinuity shall exist within 54-216 MHZ and 470-890 MHZ bands. Cable shall be used as follows: 1. Backbone cable shall be equivalent to CommScope RG-11/U for cable runs 700 feet and less, utilize quad-shielding. a. Plenum-Rated Cable: #2287K CMP rated jacket for Plenum applications. b. The trunk/backbone cable shall be home run directly to video headend location. If field amplification is required to increase db levels, the amplification hardware must be installed in applicable IDF’s or MDF’s . c. Backbone cable shall meet or exceed the following nominal attenuation specifications and shall not exceed 700 feet to headend: 1mhz .25db/100’ 10mhz .45 db/100’ 50mhz .95 db/100’ 100mhz 1.38 db/100’ 200mhz 2.04 db/100’ 400mhz 3.14 db/100’ 700mhz 4.15 db/100’ 900mhz 4.7 db/100’ 1000mhz 4.96 db/100’ New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-35 2. Hardline Backbone cable shall be equivalent to CommScope #T3JCAP Hardline Coax Cable for cable runs 700-1000 feet, for Plenum-Rated areas and #T3JCAR Coax Cable for NonPlenum Rated areas. a. The trunk/backbone cable shall be home run directly to video headend location. If field amplification is required to increase db levels, the amplification hardware must be installed in applicable IDF’s or MDF’s . b. Backbone cable shall meet or exceed the following nominal attenuation specifications and shall not exceed 1000 feet from headend: 5mhz .13db/100’ 30mhz .34 db/100’ 50mhz .43 db/100’ 108mhz .63 db/100’ 220mhz .93 db/100’ 400mhz 1.26 db/100’ 750mhz 1.8 db/100’ 865mhz 1.90 db/100’ 1000mhz 2.10 db/100’ 3. Drop Cable, shall be equivalent to CommScope RG-6/U, utilize quad-shielding. a. Non-Plenum Rated Cable: #5740 CM rated jacket for Non-plenum applications. b. Plenum-Rated Cable: #2227K\V CMP rated jacket for Plenum applications. c. Drop Cable shall meet or exceed the following nominal attenuation specifications and shall not exceed 100 feet to tap on A/V Distribution Trunk/Backbone cable: 1mhz .21db/100’ 10mhz .65 db/100’ 50mhz 1.46 db/100’ 100mhz 2.04 db/100’ 200mhz 2.98 db/100’ 400mhz 4.46 db/100’ 700mhz 5.89 db/100’ 900mhz 7.47 db/100’ 1000mhz 8.02 db/100’ New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-36 4. Broadband CATV Cable -Provide cable equivalent to CommScope RG-11/U Coax Cable. a. Provide cable from Entrance Protection/Demarcation location to MDF for interface to Broadband Video Distribution System. b. Provide cable from MDF to Broadband Video Distribution System Headend location. 5. Broadband I-Loop Cable -Provide cable equivalent to CommScope RG-11/U Coax Cable. a. Provide cable from Entrance Protection/Demarcation location to MDF for interface to Broadband Video Distribution System. b. Provide cable from MDF to Broadband Video Distribution System Headend location. 6. Broadband Network Modem Cable -Provide cable equivalent to CommScope RG-11/U Coax Cable. a. Provide cable from Entrance Protection/Demarcation location to MDF for interface to Data system. b. Provide & terminate cabling from the MDF to applicable network data equipment headend rack location. M. Signal Level, calculated and tested signal level shall fall between +2dBmv and +11dBmv. Submit signal level test results to specifying authority for approval. Channel to Channel differential shall not exceed 2dB nor shall it exceed 10dB from 50 MHZ to 550 MHZ. N. Television Outlets, provide television outlets as indicated on plans and as per Work Area Outlets section. Television used for cable television shall be provided by others. O. Broadband Connector Modules 1. Broad band connectors for work area outlets shall be integral to a connector module either having one or two connectors per module. Single connectors shall be located in the center of the module while double jacks shall be located side by side horizontally. 2. Connector modules shall be high impact, flame-retardant thermoplastic with “F” type connectors. Modules shall be interchangeable with UTP cabling jack modules. a. Refer to Work Area Outlets, section for connector modules. P. Broad Band Connectors 1. Refer to Work Area Outlets, section for termination/connector type. 2. Connector type shall be compatible with cable type. 3. Connector types: a. "F" connector -75 ohm with hexagonal 3/4 inch compression termination. b. "BNC" connector -75 ohm with hexagonal 3/4 inch compression termination. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-37 Q. Line Cords 1. Each work area outlet shall be provided with a line cord, field measured for proper length, which meets the following: a. Line cords shall be Type 6U, quad shielded, stranded, (extra flexible), copper-clad core cable with an "F" type connector with solid center conductor terminated on one end and a "BNC" type connector terminated on the other end. R. Broadband Cabling Splitting Devices 1. Broadband tap/splitting devices shall be used in the system as required to meet specified signal strength at each jack location. These units shall utilize a die cast housing and RF shielding exceeding local cable company requirements (minimum -80dB) and be equipped with flanges to permit mounting on any flat surface and shall meet FCC specifications on radiation. 2. Passive Splitters shall have a rated frequency range of 5-1000 Hz and shall be equivalent to Blonder Tongue XRS series. . 3. Two-way splitters shall have a maximum splitting loss of 3.8 dB. Four-way splitters shall have a maximum splitting loss of 8.4 dB. Directional couplers shall be available in nominal tap loss values of 8, 12, and 16 dB and the return loss of any terminal shall be 18 dB or higher. 4. Terminating Resistor: Terminating resistors with 75 ohm impedance shall be installed at unused ports and feeder line ends. Terminating resistors shall be designed to cover the frequency range from 5 MHZ to 890 MHZ with minimum return loss of 25 dB at UHF and 30 dB across the VHF band. 5. Directional Coupler Tap, Flush Mounted: Directional coupler type taps shall be provided as required for signal distribution. The taps shall be fully shielded and in compliance with FCC rules pertaining to radiation. The taps shall be available in isolation values of 3, 8, 12, 16, 20, and 24 dB. Frequency response through any port shall be from 5 MHZ to 890 MHZ. 6. The directional coupler taps shall provide a single RF outlet with a type "F" connector. A through through match shall be 18 dB minimum and back match shall be in excess of 14 dB. Any combination of taps shall provide a minimum isolation between tap ports of 30 dB. Through connection to the tap shall be made by standard type "F" fittings. The tap shall be housed in a rugged cast aluminum case and shall be above first floor lay-in ceilings. 7. Directional Coupler Multi-Tap, Surface Mounted: Eight-way directional coupletype taps shall be provided as required for signal distribution. The taps shall be fully shielded and in compliance with FCC rules pertaining to radiation. All connections to the unit shall be by standard type "F" connectors. The taps shall be available in isolation value of 20 dB. a. Provide two spare taps for each eight-way and terminate each spare for future use. 8. The frequency response shall be from 12 MHZ to 890 MHZ and the return loss at any port shall be no less than 14 dB. Isolation between any two tap outlets shall be no less than 30 dB from 5 MHZ to 400 MHZ and no less than 15 dB dB from 470 MHZ to 806 MHZ. 9. The tap shall be housed in a rugged cast aluminum housing provided with flanges to permit mounting on any flat surface. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-38 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS CABLING SYSTEMS (for Security, Intercom, Microphones, etc.) A. Provide and terminate all speaker, microphone, card reader, cell check processor, duress button, duress strobe, antenna, cameras, etc. cabling per manufacturers recommendations for a completely operational system as specified. B. Sound/Speaker and Audio Threshold Microphone cabling shall be home run and looped directly to applicable headend termination board, as specified. All cable runs shall be free from in-line splices. Insulate all cable shields (at field device end) from field grounds by cutting and taping shields. 1. Cell speakers/microphones, interview room microphones, intercom substations, conference room speakers, work room speakers, exterior horn speakers and others areas that have only one (1) public address speaker shall each be individually home run, without splices, back to their respective sound communication head end. Provide 22 AWG solid shielded speaker cables. 2. Hallways and other areas that have multiple speakers may have a maximum of eight (8) speakers per speaker loop home run, without splices, back to their respective sound headend. Provide 18 AWG stranded speaker cables. 3. Horn Speakers areas that have multiple speakers may have a maximum of four (4) speakers per speaker loop home run, without splices, back to their respective sound headend. Provide 18 AWG stranded speaker cables. 4. At all speaker backbox locations, cables shall be left coiled in backbox with minimum of 18" slack. C. Local Sound Systems: 1. Microphones cable, provide 1-pair #22 AWG shielded, stranded for each microphone. 2. Speaker cable, provide 1-pair #18 AWG stranded from each speaker to applicable amplifier. a. All cables shall be individually home rum. Cables shall be left coiled in backbox with minimum of 18" slack. 3. Provide a -10dB balanced audio line level output cable, provide 1-pair #22 AWG shielded cable from the pubic address system to each local sound system amplifier for interface to the public address system, interface to each local sound system provided by others. a. All cables shall be individually home rum. Cables shall be left coiled in backbox with minimum of 18" slack. D. CCTV System Cabling, provide cabling as required for a completely operational CCTV System. 1. Camera cabling: a. Provide and terminate cabling between camera locations and Head End location. b. Each IP camera shall be connected to it’s respective network switch using CAT6 cable as specified elsewhere in this specification. c. Non-IP cameras for the cells and interview use shall use RG59u cable. d. Provide additional cabling as required per manufacturer’s recommendations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-39 2. Security Workstation Monitor cabling: a. Provide and terminate cabling between all security workstations and network switches with CAT6 cable as specified elsewhere in this specification. b. Provide additional cabling as required per manufacturer’s recommendations. 3. Digital Keyboard/Joystick cabling: a. Provide cabling as required per manufacturer’s recommendations. E. Personal Alert and Duress Alarm System Cabling. 1. All duress stations require 2/18 AWG and 2/18 AWG TS per device. Home run all conductors to the intercom head end. Provide all cross-connect cabling for camera call up and alarm activation. F. Cell Check Processing System cabling. 1. The cable requirements for the cell check processors are a minimum of 5 conductors, 18 AWG, stranded cable with an overall shield. Home run all cell check processors back to security control panel. G. Access Control System. 1. Proximity Card Reader; the cable requirements of the card reader shall be a minimum five (5) conductor, 18 AWG, stranded cable with overall shield (for a Wiegand protocol interface). A six (6) conductor cable is required when controlling the red and green LED individually. A seven (7) conductor cable is required when both the red and green LED’s are controlled by the Host. A 22 AWG twisted pair, shielded, stranded cable is required for use of the tamper switch. The card reader shall be provided with a 10 wire pigtail connector. 2. Door Contact: the cable requirements for a door contact is 22 AWG. Wire to line monitoring module at each door. 3. Request-to-exit device; for every request-to-exit symbol shown, provide 2/18 AWG to security control power supply and 2/22 AWG to line monitoring module at each door. Home run all cable to the access control panel. Provide 24 VDC power supply per eight (8) request-to-exit devices. 4. Line Monitoring module: Provide 2/18 AWG shielded for each line monitoring module and home run to the security control panel. 5. Electric strike/Magnetic lock; Provide 2/14 AWG per every door locking device. Home run all cabling for the electric strikes to the electric strike power supply. Home run all cabling for the magnetic locks to the magnetic lock power supply. The electrical contractor shall furnish 120 VAC where necessary. 2.11 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM A. General: 1. Provide a audio visual system as shown on the drawings. The system shall be setup and programmed per the customers requirements. The system shall include the following products. B. Products 1. Digital Modular Mixer/Amplifier: Provide a rack mounted stereo 60-watt 25/70-volt digital modular mixer amplifier with necessary input modules. Provide TOA New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-40 A-9060S with rack kit or approved equal. Connect fire alarm system to “control input” of mixer/amp for muting of sound system during an alarm. Fire Alarm relay and programming by others. 2. Handheld Wireless Microphone system: Provide Telex FMR500HD with rack kit or approved equal. Also supply one On-Stage DS-7200QRB quick-release desk mic stand for the above microphone. 3. AM/FM Tuner: Provide Tascam TU-690 with rack kit or approved equal. 4. CD/Cassette Player: Provide a rack-mounted combination CD/Cassette player. Provide Tascam CC-2225L or equal. 5. Dual Input Audio/Video Switcher: Provide one Extron SW2 RGBHV analog RGBHV and stereo audio switcher with rack kit or approved equal. Also provide video output cabling (terminated) of the video switcher to the ceiling video projector location. 6. Microphone Jack: Provide ProCo WP1004 or approved equal, provide (4) jacks. Coordinate outlet size with electrical contractor. 7. Microphones: Provide two (2) handheld microphones. Provide Telex ND 2679 or equal. Base units shall be black. Provide desk stand and 25-foot cable for each microphone. 8. AV Projector: Provide a ceiling mount projector with 3000 ANSI Lumens and XVGA Resolution for each system. Provide NEC or approved equal. Provide an adjustable ceiling mount bracket as required. 9. Projector Screen: Provided by others. 10. Audio Video jack: Provide jack and associated cabling for audio, computer and data. Provide Extron WPB107B or approved equal, quantities as shown. 11. Speakers: Provide coaxial 4” ceiling mounted speakers as shown on the drawings. Provide Electrovoice EVID C4.2 or approved equal. Any substituted speaker must confirm to the same acoustics as the specified model. 12. Rack: Provide a free standing rolling rack with locking front door for all equipment as shown above. Provide a minimum of 14 rack spaces. Provide blank filler plates for all unused rack spaces and 2RU storage drawer. Provide Provide Lowell L258-24 with L18-193 or approved equal. Provide with casters. Provide with a surge protected power strip. 13. Cable: Provide cable as required by the manufacturer for a complete and working system. Cable shall be plenum rated. 14. Accessories: Provide any special connectors, cable, modules etc. for a complete working system. C. Certifications 1. The systems integrator must have at least one (1) employee who possesses a CTS, CTS-I and C-EST certification. Provide certification form in the submittal package. 2.12 NETWORK SWITCHES A. General 1. Provide active network switches for all cameras, access control panels, speakers, encoders/decoders, interview room system DVR’s, security workstations, security monitoring workstations, video servers, and access control servers. 2. Each network switch shall be located in each IDF/MDF or low voltage rack. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-41 B. Products 1. Provide Power over Ethernet (PoE) network switch(s) for all security devices. 2. Each switch shall have 20% spare capacity per closet/IDF/MDF. 3. Each closet shall support 10/100mbs per port with a minimum of 1000GB on the back bone/core switch. The fiber infrastructure shall be only utilized for connectivity from each IDF to the MDF/core switch. The use of any portion of the copper back bone shall not be allowed. 4. Provide a core switch which shall support each IDF/remote closet with 1000gbs bandwidth over the fiber infrastructure. In addition to the support of each closet, provide a dedicated 1000gbs for each server (access control and video). Provide 20% 1000gbs copper ports and 20% spare 1000gbs fiber ports at the core switch/head end. 5. PoE network switches must support by same manufacturer a redundant power supply option. Though not a requirement at this time, proposed network switches must have this option without replacement of network switches. 6. Provide Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) for each closet/IDF/MDF to support the network PoE Switches. For closet locations requiring 24 ethernet ports or less, install a 500VA UPS similar to Minuteman model E500. For closet locations requiring more than 24 ethernet ports, provide and install a 1000VA UPS similar to the Minuteman E1100. 7. Provide per specifications from HP, 3COM or DELL. 2.13 INTEGRATED COMMUNICATION AND DOOR SYSTEM A. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. The purpose of the building security intercom system shall be to provide clear, two-way, remote reply intercommunication between the intercom master stations and remote intercom stations, duress buttons, and cells. System shall provide a means to efficiently control movement of people between controlled access areas, provide a means to communicate into elevators for routine and emergency situations, allow emergency calling from parking areas, and provide a means to make public address announcements in specific areas. 2. System shall be a direct-selection type with an individual electronic push button and LED annunciation, on the master consoles, for each substation in the system. Shall also include direct-select electronic buttons and LED's for all functions including all-call, group calls, audio monitoring, and system test. 3. System(s) shall be microprocessor controlled, with individual (1) pair cable between master(s) and substation(s). System shall provide hands-free, remote reply at the receiving (substations). Microprocessor shall provide flexibility of features and functions through programming, and shall include two serial output data ports to allow direct interface and transfer of call processing functions to related microprocessor systems. One output port shall provide serial data that includes: call placed by substation, call answered by master, press-to-talk button activated, call canceled (reset) by master, and group call activated by master. NOTE: External equipment must match protocol or provide a protocol converter. Input port shall be able to receive serial data to simulate placing of a substation call (flash appropriate green LED and sound tone). 4. System capacity shall allow interconnection of multiple masters and multiple substations. Base Bid standard masters shall be able to add modules and boards New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-42 to direct-select call, and communicate with, up to (7) other master control stations and up to (96) substations. 5. Scope of system shall include all features and functions described herein and all equipment shown on the plans. System shall be capable of adding optional features and components listed in specifications, even if not initially included or shown on the plans. 6. The extent, size, locations, and layout of the system shall be as shown on the plans. 7. A complete and operational system shall be provided. B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 1. The system described herein is based on the P-9600 system as manufactured by Zenitel USA/STENTOFON. Additional manufactures which may be considered an alternate provided they meet all the specifications listed below is: a. Genetec b. AiPhone 2. Bidders wishing to submit alternate equipment shall submit to the specifying authority, at least 10 days prior to bid opening, the equipment proposed to provide a precise functional equivalent system to meet specifications. Bidder shall provide adequate information prior to bid date such as specification sheets, working drawings, shop drawings, and a demonstration of the system. Alternate supplier-contractor must also provide a list to include six installations of the identical system proposed which have been in operation for a period of two years. 3. Final approval of the alternate system shall be determined at the time of job completion. Failure to provide the "precise functional equivalent" shall result in the removal of the alternate system at the contractor's expense. C. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 1. Standard intercom master control station(s) shall be located as required and shown on the plans. The master stations shall be an integral component of the integrated security solution and shall be sized appropriately according to the number of annunciated direct-select substation buttons as required in each area. 2. The appropriate appropriate number of power supply(s), MDF connection blocks, page adapters, interfaces, multiple master connection units, and accessories shall be wall mounted in a secure area such as a telephone closet or electrical room, as shown on the plans. 3. Indoor tamper resistant substations shall be flush wall mounted, outdoor and parking garage tamper resistant stations shall be surface wall mounted or in stainless steel weather resistant housings with lamp indicators, and elevator substations shall be installed behind the car operating panels, as shown on the plans. 4. Provide integration with the Integrated Security System to allow camera call up when a specific intercom and/or duress button is deployed. Each duress button shall be logged into the access control database. 5. All locations within the detention area shall support the configuration of an audio threshold. Upon the breach of the set audio threshold, an alarm should be generated. This alarm, for each designated cell location shall both annunciate at the intercom system masters as well as logged by the access control solution. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-43 6. Remote intercoms and multi-building security intercoms shall be interconnected as a complete system with network controller units, as required and shown on the plans. D. SYSTEM OPERATION 1. CALLS FROM SUBSTATION TO MASTER STATION a. A call request from a substation shall cause a corresponding green LED to flash and a tone to sound, on designated master(s). The LED shall continue to flash and the tone shall sound intermittently until accepted and answered at the master. Multiple call-in requests shall flash all the appropriate LED’s. It shall be possible to have all substations call-in and flash their associated LED’s until answered. 2. CALLS FROM MASTER TO SUBSTATION a. A call may be initiated at a master station at any time by simply pressing the appropriate direct-select button. Operation shall be as described above. If the substation is already connected to a master, the second master shall receive receive a short busy tone and no connection is made. 3. PARALLEL CALLS TO MULTIPLE MASTERS a. It shall be possible to program calls from substations to annunciate simultaneously on multiple masters. When the call request is answered on one of the masters, immediate voice communication shall be established and the call shall be extinguished at all other masters. If a substation is already connected to one master, and a second master attempts to call that substation, the second master shall simply receive a short busy tone. 4. ALL CALL a. An All Call page shall be possible, to designated paging speakers programmed to receive All Call, by simply pressing the All Call button on the master or desk-top paging microphone where designated, or through owner supplied telephone system. The All Call button shall function as press-to-talk. A short unique alert tone shall be heard by all stations programmed to receive All Call. All call shall include selected overhead ceiling speakers and outdoor loudspeakers, through page adapters and amplifiers. 5. PUBLIC ADDRESS ZONED PAGING a. It shall be possible to assign direct-select buttons on the master(s) to designated groups of overhead speakers. Paging shall be transmitted through appropriate page adapters and audio amplifiers. It shall be possible to include the P.A. paging zones in the Group Calls. Paging shall be accomplished by selecting paging zone(s), depressing the PTT button and speaking into condenser microphone on the master. A short alert tone shall sound over all speakers involved. Contractor shall furnish and install appropriate number of page adapters. 6. AUDIO MONITORING a. As standard, one of the feature buttons on the master shall function as a monitor button. Areas to be monitored (such as listening to elevators and parking areas) shall be selected and easily programmed by the user. When pressed, the red monitor LED on master shall illuminate and audio from all preselected stations shall be heard over master speaker. There shall be no tones, clicks, pops or noise transmitted to the substations New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-44 monitored. Green LED’s on the master, of all stations being monitored, shall illuminate steady. The monitor button shall be push on/push off. 7. LINE SUPERVISION a. As standard, one of the feature buttons on the master shall function as a manual fault indication switch. When pressed, the green LED’s on master of all substations, with proper continuity of wiring pair, shall remain out. When fault indicating button is pressed, any station with a break or fault in wiring or has reversed polarity, shall be indicated by flashing the associated green LED on master. 8. VOLUME CONTROL a. The master shall include two (2) incoming audio volume control buttons. Buttons shall be momentary, “press up,” and “press Down.” Buttons shall control volume by means of continuous digital control of the amplifier. Ordinary carbon type or wire round potentiometers, with exposed knobs, will not be acceptable. 9. SOUND DETECTION a. System shall be capable of adding circuitry for automatic audio surveillance and sound detection in specific areas with intercom substations, such as cells. Each cell speaker shall receive a sound detection module as described below. E. SYSTEM TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Each master shall have a (5) watt master intercom amplifier, and a (24) watt substation amplifier, into 45 ohms. Frequency response shall be peaked for maximum voice articulation between 200 and 5000 Hz, + 3 dB. THD shall be less than 3 percent at full output, less than 0.5 percent at (1) watt. Amplifiers shall have balanced line outputs. 2. System shall require electrical power of less than (3) watts, at 24V 60 Hz, per substation. 3. System shall provide minimum of (1) watt of audio power per substation, expandable to (3) watts if required. F. SYSTEM STANDARD FEATURES 1. System shall include the following basic features: a. Master-to-subs, press -to-talk, remote-reply communications. b. Easily expanded c. Programmable functions and add-on features d. Data connections to other devices or systems e. Call annunciation on masters from all substations (flashing LED & buzzer, or GUI) f. Direct-select push button on master for each substation g. All-Call with unique call tone h. Standard Group-Call buttons (programmable) i. Silent monitoring of selective substations (programmable) j. Manual test of substation wiring (opens and shorts) k. Master interface to multiple overhead paging zones New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-45 G. EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS 1. INTERCOM MASTER STATION a. Each master shall be microprocessor controlled with the appropriate number of electronic, direct-select, LED annunciated push button modules. Each push button module shall have (24) programmable push buttons for calling substations, P.A. paging zones, remote control functions, audio monitoring, etc. Each direct-select push button shall have (2) associated (LED) indicators, (green) for call-in annunciation and (red) for alarms. Push button shall include designation strips that are easily changed from the front. Shall include a Piezo electric buzzer for call-in tones. b. The master module shall include a 2" x 3" oval, 45 ohm, 1.5 watt speaker, an electret condenser microphone, volume up/down control buttons, a PTT press-to-talk button (with associated LED), (7) programmable feature/function buttons and (7) programmable master-tomaster buttons (with associated Green LED’s). Provide with handset, STENTOFON #9649. c. The master shall have a (50) pin amp connector for each (24) button module, screw terminals for 24V AC power input, and terminals for auxiliary tone, auxiliary speaker and system ground. d. The master module shall have its own (5) watt audio amplifier for individual control and adjustment. Amplifier shall provide balanced line output. Each (24) button module shall have its own (24) watt audio amplifier. It shall be possible to add (2) additional (24) watt audio amplifier boards to each button module to provide more audio power. e. The master shall provide circuitry for substation line supervision and fault indication. f. The master shall be mounted in metal housing suitable for desk top mounting. Housing shall be aluminum with black epoxy finish, trimmed in anodized aluminum. Shall include 8' flexible, 25 pair cable and 50 pin amp connector. Provide 24 button or 48 should the amount of intercom substations, cells speakers, or duress stations exceed 24. g. Provide as shown on the drawings. Provide a minimum of one (1). 2. POWER SUPPLY a. Power supply shall provide 24V AC with a 150 watt (6) amp output. Shall include a power cable, grounded plug, and heavy duty steel case. Power supply shall be self limiting, and shall be (U.L.) listed. Shall be STENTOFON #1111. Provide as required. 3. MDF HARDWARE a. Contractor shall include (1) standard (25) pair Telco cable with (50) pin amp connector and one (6) pin type punch down block for each (24) button master module. Twenty foot cable shall be STENTOFON #9658, blocks shall be STENTOFON #96570. Provide as required. 4. PAGING AMPLIFIER a. Power amplifiers shall not be loaded in excess of 80% of rated power output. Each amplifier shall be sized to provide at least two watts (RMS) of audio power for every paging speaker connected to it as well as a minimum of ten watts (RMS) of audio power for every paging horn connected to it. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-46 b. All Power Amplifiers shall meet the following specifications: 1) Frequency Response: -3,+1 dB, 60 Hz to 15,000 Hz 2) Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 2% @RPO, 60 Hz to 15,000Hz 3) Hum and Noise: 80 dB below rated output 4) Regulation: Better than 2db from full load to no load 5) Input Sensitivity: 0.3 volt for rated power 6) Input Impedance: 20 K-ohms nominal, switchable, unbalanced or transformer isolated balanced 7) Controls and Indicators Level Control, Lo-cut on-off switch, Power "on" LED, Protection LED Constant Voltage Outputs: 25V CT, 25V, 44.7V, 70.7V 8) AC Line Fuse: Slo-Blo 9) Circuit Protection: Thermal cut-off, electronic overload circuit, AC line fuse 10) UL Listing: UL 1480 approved c. Amplifiers are to be Rauland-Borg FAX Series or approved equal. d. A separate power amplifier shall be provided for each paging zone. Provide one paging zone, unless indicated on the drawings. 5. TAMPER RESISTANT REMOTE INTERCOM STATION a. Shall provide clear two-way, hands-free communication, and call initiation, to one or more master control stations. Shall include heavy duty, 1" round, machined brass, nickel plated push button and bezel. Button shall be all metal, smooth, rounded and tamper resistant. Call-in switch shall be sealed, snap-action with gold plated contacts. Speaker/mic shall be moisture treated, 45 ohm, (1) watt, mounted behind metal grills. Electronic board shall provide balanced audio line of 100 ohm loop resistance, call-in to multiple masters on (1) pair #22 AWG cable and line supervision. Dimensions shall be 4.5" square and mount on (2) gang backbox. Shall be STENTOFON #9621. b. Provide as shown on the drawings. 6. EMERGENCY CALL SUBSTATION/DURESS BUTTON a. Shall be a rugged, weatherproof, tamper resistant substation with large (1.5") bright red mushroom call-in button that can be easily pressed by an elbow or shoulder. Station shall be designed with machined off-set speaker grill, magnetic reed sealed switches, epoxy coated electronic PC board, and submersible 3" speaker. Substation shall be on a .25" anodized aluminum plate with a silicone seal gasket. Shall operate in temperatures between 10º to +40º C. Shall be STENTOFON #9625. Shall mount on either Stentofon #6297 flush box or #6299 surface weatherproof box. b. Provide as shown on the drawings. 7. LOUDSPEAKER INTERFACE a. Shall provide impedance and line monitoring circuitry to connect a 45 ohm horn or speaker to the intercom for two-way communication and group paging. Interface shall be mounted in a compact (2.75" x 4.625" x 1") black ABS plastic box suitable for wall mounting outdoors. Interface shall be STENTOFON #9628. Outdoor horn type loudspeaker shall be STENTOFON #1845. Provide as required. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-47 8. PAGE ADAPTER UNIT a. Shall be an amplifier interface unit that allows the #9600 intercom to access and control paging to an audio paging amplifier. Shall provide impedance matched output of 600 ohm, up to 1.0 volt, transformer isolated audio and a control relay with (1) amp, form “C” contacts. Unit shall be housed in shatterproof ABS plastic housing, finished in black. Provide one page adapter unit for each paging zone. Shall be STENTOFON #9685. Provide as required for paging announcements. 9. REMOTE CONTROL UNIT a. Shall be a multipurpose relay control unit designed to provide remote control functions from the master station. Shall provide (2) relays with SPDT contacts, rated at 1 amp @24V AC/DC. First relay shall be wired in parallel with substation and pulls when substation is called. Second relay shall pull when activated by separate button on master. Shall be STENTOFON #9686. Provide as required. required. 10. REMOTE CONTROL BOARD a. Shall be a multipurpose relay control unit designed to provide remote control functions and auxiliary contacts at the master station. Board shall include (24) relays with SPST contacts rated at 0.5 amps at 24V AC/DC. Relay shall be activated either by substation call-in or from substation buttons on master. Board shall mount inside master, and wire to each 24 button module. Shall be STENTOFON #9659. Provide as required. 11. SOUND DETECTION RELAY BOARD a. A Sound Detection Relay Board shall be provided for each area (or intercom substation) that requires audio surveillance monitoring and audio threshold detection. The board shall include three (3) audio detection adjustments: gain, sensitivity and ambient level. The board shall also include three (3) logic timer adjustments: discriminator timer, window timer and extended level timer. Sound detection shall vary automatically with ambient noise levels and distinguish a single loud event with a continuous loud situation. The board shall include circuitry to allow normal intercom functions to and from the substations. Alarm condition shall trigger a LED annunciation on the intercom master, and/or an external alarm annunciator. Calling the affected substation shall silence the alarm and allow audio intercom monitoring and twoway communication. Shall be STENTOFON #SDR-113. b. Provide one (1) board for each cell. 12. CARD CAGE ASSEMBLY a. The Sound Detection Relay Boards described above shall mount in a standard 19" by 5 1/4" Card Cage Assembly. Each rack assembly shall include up to (25) 10-pin edge connectors wires to a mother board with Euro style (6) pin terminals for field connection. Rack assemblies shall mount in an appropriate size wall mount, or free standing cabinet. Card Cage Assembly shall be STENTOFON #SDR-CR25. b. Provide as required for each SDR-113. 13. CEILING MOUNT SPEAKERS a. Shall include a 4", 45 ohm, 3 watt speaker on a 7.75" round, 22 gauge steel baffle with hidden studs. Baffle shall be finished in white baked epoxy. Shall include electronics for audio monitoring and line New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-48 supervision. Shall be STENTOFON #9626. Backbox shall be STENTOFON #1830 with #1831 hardware. b. Provide as shown on the drawings. 14. CELL SPEAKERS a. Provide 4-inch loudspeakers as shown on the drawings. The loudspeaker shall be of the permanent magnet type having a seamless molded fibre cone curvilinear in shape. Its primary voltage shall be 25 volts and shall provide selectable power taps of .25, .5, 1, 2, and 5 watts. It shall have a constant voltage transformer. These speakers shall be two way where the master intercom station can both communicate and listen to each cell. b. Provide Lowell model number 8C5-T25 or approved equal. c. Mount in light fixture (by others). 15. EQUPMENT RACK a. Provide an equipment rack for all head end electronics as required. b. The equipment rack assemblies shall provide adequate panel mounting space, with at least 25% spare rack space included. The racks shall be constructed of at least 16 gauge steel, heavily reinforced for maximum strength and durability. The racks are to be provided with hinged and key-locking front and rear doors. Multiple, properly cut, rolled and brushed access holes for internal wiring shall also be provided in each rack assembly. c. Provide blank panels as necessary to fill unused panel space. d. Free-standing racks shall be Rauland-Borg model RP1100 series or approved equal. 2.14 INTERVIEW/INTERROGATION ROOM RECORDING SYSTEMS A. General 1. Provide an audio and video recording system for the interview rooms as specified herein and shown on the plans. On/Off switches shall be provided to remotely activate and deactivate the recording systems. Provide a small dedicated network switch for the recorders and workstation which will allow the owner to review and download previously recorded activity. The workstation location will be determined by the owner prior to installation. 2. The interview room recording systems shall be connected to the stand alone security network infrastructure as specified herein. B. Specifications 1. Recorder and Software a. General Requirements 1) All equipment and materials used shall be standard components that are regularly manufactured and used in the manufacturer’s system. 2) All systems shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use. 3) All systems shall be provided with the availability of a technical support program from the manufacturer. The technical support program shall allow for immediate technical assistance for either the dealer/installer or the end user at no charge for the duration of the technical support service contract. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-49 b. Recording /Playback 1) The IRMS shall have the ability to record both audio and video of a law enforcement interview. 2) The IRMS shall have the ability to record up to 640x480 recording resolution. 3) The IRMS shall have the ability to record two sessions simultaneously from two separate locations. It shall also be possible to control the recording of one of these sessions from a remote location in the building. 4) To ensure the greatest integrity for law-enforcement evidence, the IRMS shall make at least two simultaneous recordings while the interview is in progress. At least one of these recordings shall be made to a removable, archival medium such as DVD, and it shall be possible to secure this archival medium into evidence immediately after the interview concludes. 5) The IRMS shall have the ability to accommodate 2 cameras in each interview room in the form of a picture-in-picture. This allows for 2 camera angles in each interview room. 6) The IRMS shall utilize an intuitive windows-and-mouse based interface. 7) The IRMS shall utilize individual-user logins. For purposes of proving data integrity, important system actions (record a new session, delete a session, burn a DVD, etc.) shall be logged to an undeletable audit log. 8) It shall be possible to enter the following information into the IRMS at the time of recording: Case number, subject name, and interviewer name. 9) It shall be possible to use the IRMS to automatically search through the online video based on case number, subject name, interviewer name, date/time of the interview, or arbitrary userentered annotation. 10) It shall be possible, both during recording and while reviewing recorded video after the fact, for the user to create a text annotation at a particular point in the interview. It shall be possible to search all online video for this text annotation. 11) The IRMS shall keep at least 900 hours of interview recording on-line. It It shall be easy to immediately play back online recordings, and to quickly seek to any point in online recordings using a slider-bar or similar user-interface control. 12) The IRMS shall be equipped with RAID to provided further protection against failure to the hard disk. 13) During playback of the online copy of video, the following standard controls shall be provided: Play, Pause, Fast Forward, Rewind, Single Frame Advance Forward, Single Frame Advance Backward. Additionally, a “slider bar” or similar mechanism shall allow an operator to rapidly seek to any point in the video. 14) It shall be possible to configure the IRMS to automatically delete online interviews after a certain number of days. When online interviews are deleted, the archival copy shall still be valid. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-50 15) Based on department procedures, it shall be possible to configure different access policies on the IRMS. In particular: a) It shall be possible to allow individual investigators to see only their own recordings, or the recordings of the other investigators. b) It shall be possible to allow individual investigators to delete the online copy of their own recordings, or to prevent individual investigators from doing this. c. Exporting 1) From the online copy of an interview, it shall be possible to create DVDs containing selected segments of the interview. These exported DVDs shall play in standard consumer DVD players. 2) From the online copy of an interview, it shall be possible to burn an archival DVD containing video, audio, and all notes and annotations. 3) From the online copy of an interview, it shall be possible to export just the audio of the interview, in order to facilitate transcription. Exported audio shall follow an industry-standard open format, and should not require proprietary hardware or software to play back. 4) From the online copy of an interview, it shall be possible to export a still image of a single frame of video. This exported image shall be available in an industry-standard open format, such as JPEG or BMP. d. Provide Cardinal Peak or approved equal. Provide quantity of workstations and software packages as required to accommodate all the interview room and booking area systems as shown on the drawings. 2. Monitoring Workstation Requirements a. Provide monitoring workstations for the software specified above. Workstations shall be located either as shown on the drawings. The computer shall be connected to the network switch which is provided by this section. b. Central Processing Unit Computer Specifications 1) The software shall operate on an IBM or IBM-compatible desktop (full-size) personal computer. The requirements for the computer, rated to the size of the system, are as noted. c. Central Processing Unit (CPU). 1) The computer CPU shall be type Core 2 Duo or greater. d. Random Access Memory (RAM) 1) All computers shall have a minimum of 1 GB RAM. e. Disk Drives 1) The computer shall have a 320 GB IDE or SCSI hard disk drive minimum, and CD/DVD-R. f. Dual Monitor Output 1) Provide a Dual Monitor output and a second Monitor, identical to the specified monitor. g. Monitor 1) The computer shall have a 19” Flat Screen color monitor. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-51 h. Mouse 1) Two (2) button bus type. i. Keyboard 2) The computer shall have a standard 101-keyboard layout and IBM-compatible. j. Audio and Video Card k. Network connection 3) Provide a 100 base T Ethernet port for network connectivity. l. Operating System 4) The computer shall operate under Windows 2003 Server with Service Pack 2 and the Client shall operate under Windows XP Professional with Service Pack 2. m. Database 5) The Server shall have MSDE SQL Server Database included and loaded with application. Microsoft Access databases shall not be acceptable. n. UPS 6) The UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) for all computers shall provide for 20 minutes of continued operation in the event of an AC Power Failure. o. Provide Dell or approved equal. Provide one (1). 3. Network Switch a. Provide as specified elsewhere in these specifications. 4. Microphone a. Furnish and install a microphone with pre amplifier and mixer for each room as shown on the drawings. Provide audio signal enhancement and conditioning equipment as required for proper audio sound quality. b. Each microphone and camera shall be wired to the computer as specified above. c. Provide audio amplification and mixing equipment as required to ensure audio is both broadcasted live and upon playback. d. The microphone shall be a Crown PZM-11WP or approved equal. 5. Camera a. Provide fixed vandal proof cameras as specified in the CCTV section of this specification. b. Each interview room camera shall be an analog type camera. 6. Monitor a. Provide monitors as required for live viewing of each interview room. Provide for each DVR or as shown on the drawings. b. Provide 19” LCD color desk mount monitors. c. Each monitor shall be connected to a DVR as specified above. Provide KVM extenders as required. d. Provide Samsung or Architect approved equal. 7. On/Off Switch a. Provide an on/off toggle switch for each interview room system and as shown on the drawings. The switch shall mount to a single gang backbox. Each switch shall be wired to the DVR to allow the recorder to be remotely turned on and off. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-52 2.15 INTEGRATED SECURITY SYSTEM A. The IP Integrated Security System consists of the following subsystems. All systems referenced below shall be connected to a stand alone security network. 1. Access Control/Security Management System 2. Closed Circuit Television System and Digital Video Recording System 3. Cell Check System 4. Duress System 5. Gate readers/transponders 6. Network switches B. Access Control/Security Management System 1. Overview a. General 1) The ACS shall be an enterprise class IP access control software solution. 2) The access control system shall be fully integrated to the CCTV system. Levels of the integration are specified below. 3) The access control provider is responsible for providing all devices as shown on the drawings including but not limited to network switches, security workstations, racks, readers, contacts, REX devices, control panels, power supplies, for a complete and operational system. 4) The Security Workstation, as described below, will acted as the primary workstation for all access control, CCTV and cell audio events. 5) The ACS shall be capable of performing and integrating multiple security functions including the configuration, management and monitoring of cardholder access, hardware units (controllers), events, alarms, visitors, tenants, as well as real-time tracking and reporting. 6) The ACS shall support tight integration with IP video surveillance. 7) The ACS shall be highly scalable and include provisions for future growth. 8) The ACS shall be based on an open architecture to support multiple access control hardware manufacturers. The ACS shall be able to integrate with multiple non-proprietary interface modules and controllers, access readers, and other third party applications. 9) The ACS shall support the following modes of operation: a) Online b) Mixed c) Offline b. Products 1) The following manufacturers have been pre-approved for an Integrated Security Security system. Equals will be accepted as approved by Architect. a) Genetec b) S2 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-53 c) Architect approved equal. c. System Architecture 1) The ACS shall be based on a client/server model. The ACS shall consist of Server Software Modules (SSM) and Client Software Applications (CSA). 2) The ACS shall be both a multi-user and a multi-tasking environment. 3) The ACS shall support the installation of SSM and CSA on the same machine. Conversely, the ACS shall support a distributed environment where the SSM and CSA can be installed across several PCs over an IP network. 4) The ACS shall be an IP enabled solution. All communication between the SSM, CSA, and hardware controllers shall be based on standard TCP/IP protocol. 5) The ACS shall support the creation of security partitions. Security partitions shall allow the system administrator to segment the configuration database and group multiple entities within a security partition. 6) The ACS shall protect against potential database server failure through the following standard off-the-shelf solutions. d. System Design Guidelines 1) The ACS shall be designed to run on a standard PC-based platform. 2) The ACS interface shall be easy-to-use and minimize the number of external applications required to configure and monitor the system. The user interface shall consist of a single configuration client interface and a single live monitoring client interface. 3) The ACS shall be compatible with multiple 32-bit operating systems. The ACS client and server modules shall run on Windows XP Professional with Service Pack 3 or Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1. 4) The ACS shall be designed using the latest and most advanced design tools. 5) The core client/server software shall be built using Microsoft .NET and the C# (C-Sharp) programming language. 6) The ACS database server(s) shall be built on Microsoft’s SQL Server 2005, including SQL 2005 Express Edition. e. System Scalability and Capacity 1) The ACS shall be capable of supporting a wide range of configurations. The ACS shall be capable of supporting small access control configurations that consist of a single door and one reader. The ACS shall also be highly scalable to support configurations consisting of a multitude of doors with facilities spanning multiple geographic areas. 2) The ACS shall be upgradeable one entity at a time, for example: 1 credential at a time, 1 door at a time, 1 cardholder at a time, etc. 3) The ACS shall support an unlimited number of Access Server modules. Each Access Server shall support several hundred hardware controllers. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-54 4) The ACS shall permit multiple instances of Client Software Applications (CSA) to run simultaneously on the network. The number of instances of CSA shall only be limited by the number of available application licenses. Only one CSA application type can be simultaneously active on a single workstation. 5) The ACS shall support an unlimited number of logs and historical transactions (events and alarms) with the maximum allowed being limited by the amount of hard disk space available. f. System Security and Encryption 1) Communication between the SSM and CSA (sever-to-server and client-to-server) shall be encrypted. The encryption method shall use a 128-bit AES encryption algorithm (at a minimum). 2) Communication between the SSM and hardware controllers shall be encrypted if supported by the hardware controllers. 3) The ACS client applications (CSA) shall be password protected. Passwords shall be stored in the Configuration Server database in an encrypted manner. 4) The ACS shall limit what users can view in the configuration database via security partitions (database segments). The administrator, who has all rights and privileges, shall be allowed to segment a database into multiple security partitions. A user who is given access to a specific partition shall only be able to view entities (components) within the partition he has been assigned. 2. Client Software Applications (CSA) a. Overview 1) The Client Software Applications (CSA) shall provide the user interface for ACS configuration and monitoring. The CSA shall consist of the Configuration UI for system configuration and the Surveillance UI for monitoring. The Server Administrator shall be used to configure the server database(s). The CSA shall be Windows based and provide an easy-to-use graphical user interface (GUI). 2) The CSA shall support multiple forms of IP network connectivity, including LAN, WAN, VPN, and Internet technologies. The CSA shall shall be able to log into the ACS from a remote site. 3) All applications shall provide an authentication mechanism, which verifies the validity of the user. As such, the administrator (who has all rights and privileges) can define specific access rights and privileges for each user in the system. 4) The CSA shall support multiple languages, including but not limited to, the English, the French, and the Japanese languages. b. Configuration User Interface (UI) 1) The Configuration UI application shall allow the administrator or users with appropriate privileges to change the system configuration. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-55 2) The Configuration UI shall provide decentralized configuration and administration of the entire access control system from anywhere on the IP network. 3) The Configuration UI shall allow the system administrator to configure the ACS entities. An entity shall be defined as a system component used to create an access control system. 4) Navigation through the Configuration UI shall be facilitated through the use of: a) Menus b) Entity quick access list c) Entity lists with paging controls d) Entity identity trees e) Recent activity or recently used entity lists f) Quick search tool g) Common tasks list 5) The Configuration UI shall provide status information to the user such as: a) Current CPU usage as a percentage b) Current user logged in c) Current date and time d) ACS health notifications 6) The user shall easily navigate between this application and the other CSA (if he has access rights) by single point and click functionality. 7) The Configuration UI shall facilitate the creation of entities through the use of installation wizards. Installation wizards shall guide the user through a step by step installation process. 8) The Configuration UI shall include a Troubleshooter utility to help an administrator to: a) Determine whether a user has access through a door. The Troubleshooter shall then diagnose all the inputs and provide a conclusion as to whether a credential has access through the particular door based on the time of day and the access rule(s) associated to the door. b) Generate a report of all the cardholders who are allowed to access a door side or elevator floor. c) Generate a report of all the access points to which a cardholder has access. 9) The Configuration UI shall provide a static reporting interface to: a) View historical events based on entity activity. This reporting interface shall be in addition to the monitoring and reporting interface provided by the Surveillance UI. The user shall be able to perform actions such as printing a report and troubleshooting a specific access event from the reporting view. b) View audit trails that show a history of user /administrator changes to an entity. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-56 c. Surveillance User Interface (UI) 1) The Surveillance UI shall provide a graphical user interface to control and monitor the ACS. The Surveillance UI shall consist of a single monitoring interface for video and access control events and alarms. 2) The Surveillance UI shall provide decentralized monitoring of the entire system from anywhere on the IP network. 3) The Surveillance UI shall provide an interface to support the following functions: a) Monitoring and management of access events and alarms b) Viewing of cardholder picture or badge Ids c) Monitoring and management of video system events and alarms d) Viewing of live and/or recorded video (with video surveillance integration) e) Verification of cardholder picture IDs against live video f) Monitoring of dynamic graphical maps g) Zone monitoring (input points) h) Remotely unlocking doors i) Overriding a door’s unlocking schedules and their exceptions j) Visitor Management k) Generation of configuration and activity reports l) Generation of incident and time & attendance reports m) Intercom or duplex audio (with video surveillance integration) n) Control of PTZ cameras o) Viewing of HTML files (e.g. alarm instructions) p) Management and execution of a hot actions. q) Hot macro execution. 4) The Surveillance UI shall be able to monitor the activity of the following entities in real-time: a) Cardholders b) Cardholder groups c) Doors d) Elevators e) Areas f) Zones (input points) 5) The Surveillance UI shall be customizable to user preferences. 6) The Surveillance UI shall provide several visual cues when the system status has changed. These include: a) Monitoring and real-time tracking layout quick access buttons shall flash when new events are triggered. b) An active alarm icon shall indicate when there are new or outstanding alarms. c) The user shall easily navigate between this application and the other CSA (if he has access rights) by single point and click functionality. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-57 d) The user shall be able to drag and drop an event from an event list (or an alarm from an alarm list) onto a display tile to view a cardholder picture ID, badge ID, or video (live or recorded (with video surveillance integration)), among other options. The user shall be permitted to play or pause the viewing of events or alarms within the display tiles layout. e) The ACS shall permit the user to select multiple entities to monitor from the Surveillance UI by adding the entities one by one to the monitored list. From the monitored list, the user shall be allowed to trigger individual entity tracking and report generation functions. While monitoring an area, the user can also trigger a report to list all cardholders within the area. 7) The Surveillance UI shall support multiple event lists and display tile patterns, including: a) Event/alarm list layout only b) Display tile layout only c) Display tile and alarm/event list combination d) Event or alarm lists shall span anywhere from a portion of the screen up to the entire screen, and shall be resizable by the user. The length of event or alarm lists shall be user-defined. Scroll bars shall enable the user to navigate through lengthy lists of events and alarms. 8) The Surveillance UI shall allow a security operator to assign color codes to events based on event priority. Color coding shall also be available for alarms based on their priority. 9) The Surveillance UI shall enable a user to view and acknowledge alarms listed in the alarm layout. The user shall be able to acknowledge multiple alarms at a time. The user shall have the following configuration options: a) Choose whether to automatically bring the Surveillance UI in front of other applications when an alarm is triggered. b) Choose whether to display alarms sorted by any column (i.e.: priority level or date and time of occurrence). 10) The Surveillance UI shall support multiple display tile patterns. patterns. The Surveillance UI shall support tile patterns ranging from 1 display tile (1x1 matrix) up to 9 tiles (3x3 matrix), and multiple variations in between. 11) It shall be possible to lock a Surveillance UI display tile so that it only tracks the activity of a specific door. 12) The Surveillance UI shall allow the user to remotely unlock a door through the use of icons on the display tiles or icons on the alarm /event list. 13) The Surveillance UI shall allow the user to remotely override a door’s unlocking schedules and their exceptions by clicking on an icon on the display tiles. The override period shall be defined by the user from the Surveillance UI. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-58 14) The Surveillance UI shall enable live monitoring of 1 to 9 video streams simultaneously on a single 1280x1024 monitor. It shall support as many monitors as the PC video adapters and Windows Operating System are capable of accepting. Each monitor shall be able to display from 1 to 9 video streams. 15) The Surveillance UI shall provide an interface to manipulate playback video (play, pause, stop, rewind, fast forward, record), with video surveillance integration. 16) The Surveillance UI shall provide the option to filter which events shall be displayed in the display tile layout and/or event list layout. 17) The following additional tools or utilities shall be available from the Surveillance UI: a) Create credentials b) Create cardholders c) Troubleshooter d. Web Client 1) The Web Client shall allow users and operators to perform configuration, management, and reporting activities. 2) The Web Client shall be accessible through Microsoft Internet Explorer. 3) The Web Client shall be a truly thin client. It shall not require the download of any ACS-specific files or executable on the client workstation. e. Server Administrator 1) The Server Administrator shall be used to configure all the SSM (Configuration Server, Access Server, and Server Monitoring Service), associated licenses, as well as the services available on each local machine. The Server Administrator shall be accessible through a graphical user interface (UI) and shall be installed on all machines that run one or more SSM. 2) The Server Administrator shall allow the administrator (user) to perform the following functions: a) Configure the databases and database servers. b) Start/Stop a database server. c) Define the client-to-server communications security settings. d) Configure the network communications hardware, including connection addresses and ports. e) Add and configure hardware extensions and discovery options. f) Configure system SMTP settings (mail server and port) g) Configure the Server Monitoring Service automatic email settings. h) Configure event and alarm history storage options. i) Manually back up databases and/or restore the server databases. j) Configure options for Telnet access to the SSM. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-59 3. Hardware a. Security Workstations/Servers: 1) Intel® Core 2® Duo 3.0 GHz or better 2) 2 GB of RAM or more (4 GB of RAM or more for systems with more than 128 readers) 3) 10/100/1000 Ethernet Network Interface Card 4) 80 GB of storage for the operating system, ACS applications, and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Standard Edition 5) Video card with: a) SXGA (1280 x 1024) screen resolution or better b) A minimum of 128 MB of RAM or better (256 MB for high-end systems) c) Hardware based YUV to RGB conversion support (i.e.: NVIDIA Quadro FX550) 6) The workstation shall require one of the following video cards when multiple monitors are connected to the same workstation: a) NVIDIA Quadro FX550 dual head PCI Express x16 or better 7) 32” LCD monitor with desk stand. 8) Provide with detached speakers. 9) UPS for each workstation. UPS shall be sized to backup computer for 15 minutes. 10) Provide workstations as shown on the drawings. Provide a minimum of one (1) workstation. 11) Provide one (1) server. b. Network Switch 1) Provide network switches as specified elsewhere in this specification. 2) Provide an interface to the owner’s LAN if required. c. Hardware compatibility list (HCL) 1) The access control system (ACS) shall interface with IP-enabled hardware access controllers, interface modules, and IO modules. 2) The ACS shall have an open architecture that supports the integration of third party IP-based door controllers. Through these door controllers, the ACS shall interface with industry standard access control readers. 3) The ACS shall have an open architecture that supports the integration of third party IP-based IO hardware modules. Through IO modules, the ACS shall interface with multiple input points and connect to multiple output relays. 4) The ACS shall simultaneously support mixed configurations of access control hardware from multiple vendors. 5) The ACS shall support multiple types of hardware devices: a) Single-reader controllers b) 2-reader controllers c) 1-to 64-reader controllers d) Integrated readers and door controllers e) Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) enabled door controllers 6) The ACS shall support multiple hardware configurations: a) IP edge devices (door controllers and IO modules) New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-60 b) Multidrop configuration using the RS-485 configuration protocol 7) The ACS shall support the following IP-enabled controllers. a) Specialty Sensors Technologies Inc. b) HID Corporation 8) The ACS shall not support HID hardware units in the online mode of operation. 9) The ACS shall support most industry standard card readers that output card data using the Wiegand protocol. 10) The ACS shall support HID Clock-and-Data readers. 11) The following USB enrollment readers shall be supported: a) RF Ideas pcProx HID USB reader for enrolling proximity cards b) RF Ideas AIR ID Enroll iCLASS ID# USB reader for enrolling HID iCLASS cards c) RF Ideas AIR ID Enroll 14443/15693 CSN USB reader for enrolling a MIFARE card using the CSN (card serial number) d. Control Panels 1) General a) The control panels include but no limited to card reader modules, input modules, output modules, power supply, harnesses, and batteries. Provide quantities as required for a complete working system. Each module card shall be neatly installed in a locked wall cabinet. Enclosures shall be located in each IDF/MDF or as shown on the drawings. Each controller shall be connected to the security network switch. Provide Hoffman enclosures or approved equal. 2) Features a) Stores a complete access control and configuration database for up to 32 Reader Interfaces (up to 64 doors) and 44,000 cardholders with expansion capability up to 250,000 cardholders. b) The access control system interfaces with combinations of devices with a maximum of: 32 Door/Reader interfaces (up to 64 doors/readers) or 32 input monitor interfaces 9 (up to 512 monitor points) or 32 output control interfaces (up to 384 control relays) c) Reports supervised inputs/alarms with 255 priorities. d) Includes an HTTP API, Windows® DLL API, and direct communication API. e) Allows local connection of a laptop computer for diagnostics and configuration. f) Connects to the host and other devices on a TCP/IP network. g) Receives and processes real time commands from the host software application. h) Reports all activity to the host. i) Controls and communicates with all connected devices. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-61 j) Buffers offline transactions and uploads to the host when communication is restored. k) UL 294 and UL 1076 recognized component. 3) Provide HID VertX series or approved equal. e. Combination Card Reader and Keypad 1) Provide contactless smart card readers with keypad as shown on the drawings. 2) Each reader shall operate on a 13.56 transmit frequency. 3) The reader shall have a Weigand output. 4) The readers shall have both an audio and visual notification for access granted and access denied. 5) The reader shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 6) The reader shall operate up to 500ft on 22AWG cable. 7) The reader shall be able to communicate with either 2K, 16K or 32K bit iClass cards. 8) Provide HID RK40 iClass readers or approved equal. f. Card Readers 1) Provide contactless smart card readers as shown on the drawings. 2) Each reader shall operate on a 13.56 transmit frequency. 3) The reader shall have a Weigand output. 4) The readers shall have both an audio and visual notification for access granted and access denied. 5) The reader shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. a) The reader shall operate up to 500ft on 22AWG cable. 6) The reader shall be able to communicate with either 2K, 16K or 32K bit iClass cards. 7) Provide HID R40 iClass readers or approved equal. g. Cell Check Readers 1) Provide contactless smart card readers. 2) Each reader shall operate on a 13.56 transmit frequency. 3) The reader shall have a Weigand output. 4) The readers shall have both an audio and visual notification for access granted and access denied. 5) The reader shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 6) The reader shall operate up to 500ft on 22AWG cable. 7) The reader shall be able to communicate with either 2K, 16K or 32K bit iClass cards. 8) Provide HID R40 iClass readers or approved equal. h. Contactless Smart Key Fob 1) The smart key shall be 13.56MHZ and shall be an iClass key manufactured by HID Corporation or approved equal. 2) The key shall be a 2000 bit card with two application areas. One shall be for access control and the other for user customization. 3) The smart key shall have an operating temperature of -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit, and shall have an operating humidity of 5-95% noncondensing. 4) The card shall meet ISO 15693 standards for contactless communications. 5) ProvideHID iClass Key model 2050 or approved equal. 6) Provide 200. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-62 i. Gate AVI Reader 1) The reader shall have a standard wiegand data output. 2) It shall be certified with the FCC regulation. 3) It shall have a read range of up to 15 feet, depending on what credential is used. 4) It shall be rated for outdoor applications. 5) It shall used RFID technology. 6) Connect reader to the buildings access control system. 7) Provide AWID 2000 extra long range reader or approved equal. 8) Provide as shown on the plans. j. Vehicle Passive Tags 1) Provide vehicle passive longs for all AVI readers. 2) Tags shall be passive proximity 902-928 Mhz. 3) No battery. 4) Wiegend format up 20 2k user definable bits 5) Provide AWID Prox-Linc WS APL-1216 or approved equal. 6) Provide 50. k. Door Contacts 1) Furnish and install 3/4” recessed magnetic door contacts as shown on the drawings. 2) Provide Sentrol/GE 1078C or equal. l. Request-to-exit devices 1) Furnish and install motion request-to-to-exit sensors as shown on the drawings and as required. Devices shall mount directly above the each door. Utilize doors that have hardware which have integral request-to-exit switches as required. Coordinate with door hardware. 2) Provide DS 150i or equal with trim plate. m. Auxiliary Power Supply 1) Provide an auxiliary power supply for REX sensors, duress beacon, duress sounders, etc as required. Provide Altronix or approved equal. n. Electric strike/magnetic locks power supply 1) Furnish and install electric strikes and magnetic locks power supplies as needed and required. 2) 8 or 16 outputs, individually programmable for: Fail safe, Fail secure, Form "C' relay contact, Constant voltage for auxiliary devices, Fire Alarm Interface (FAI), Negative or open collector trip, Positive trip, Isolated trip. 3) Each output shall be fuse protected. 4) Provide coordination with door hardware contractor on proper current draws. 5) Power supplies shall be interfaced to the fire alarm system as required. 6) Power supply shall be UL Listed. 7) Provide Altronix AL series or approved equal. o. Locking Devices (Electric strike/Magnetic locks/Electric locks/Electric Hinges) 1) Furnished and installed by others. Wired by security contractor. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-63 p. Beacons 1) Provide blue duress security beacons as shown on the drawings. The unit shall wall or ceilings mount. The unit shall be 12/24 VDC and wired to the security management system. q. Duress Stations 2) Provide remote duress red mushroom push button as shown on the drawings. The device shall be designed for high security applications and shall be vandal proof. Each duress button shall be wired to the security system for camera call-up and general alarm conditions. Each button shall report and be programmed independently of one another. 3) Provide Rauland HSS8 or approved equal. r. Security Sounder 1) Provide a security sounder as shown on the security drawings. The sounder shall be wired back to the closest access control panel and be programmed per the customer’s requirements. The sounder shall be activated upon activation of the duress buttons. 4. System Functionality a. Operation Modes 1) The ACS shall support online, mixed mode, and offline modes of operation. 2) In the online mode, the ACS software shall make all access decisions in real-time. Requests from the hardware controllers and responses from the Access Server shall be sent over the IP network. This shall only be supported with controllers that are capable of functioning in the online mode of operation. 3) In the mixed mode of operation, the hardware controller shall make all access decisions and dynamically report activity to the ACS in real-time. 4) In the offline mode, the hardware controllers shall function as stand-alone units. The ACS shall revert to the offline mode when the hardware controller is unable to communicate with the ACS. In this mode, the controllers shall manage all access requests and shall keep a log of access activity. Access decisions shall be based on information stored in the controller. When communication is re-established, the activity logs are uploaded to the ACS. b. Integration with IP Video Surveillance System 1) The ACS shall support integration with the IP Video Surveillance System. Integration with the IP video surveillance system shall permit the user to view live and recorded video from one GUI. The same GUI shall be utilized for both the access control solution and the specified video surveillance solution. Switching from one application or GUI to another shall not be acceptable as well as utilizing two applications simultaneously to achieve the functionality specified is not allowed. 2) A user shall be able to enable and disable video surveillance integration to the ACS if he has the appropriate privileges. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-64 3) The ACS shall be able to connect to multiple external video systems (a federation-type capability). c. System Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of general system settings. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify system settings if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) The ACS shall support the viewing and/or configuration of the following properties for the system: a) License information (System ID, expiration date, supported options and features, package name) b) Current applications and users that are online c) Entity expiration warnings d) Macros that are currently executing e) Custom events f) Custom fields g) IP video surveillance settings 3) The user shall be able to set the discovery settings such as the controller type and discovery port. d. Controller (Unit) Management 1) The ACS shall support the discovery, configuration, and management of IP enabled enabled controllers and IO modules (hardware units). A user shall be permitted to add, delete, or modify a controller if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) The ACS shall support the configuration of units from the Configuration UI. 3) The ACS shall support automatic unit discovery. The user shall set the settings for discovery ports and types of unit discovery and the ACS shall automatically detect all connected devices. 4) The ACS shall support remote firmware upgrades, if supported by the hardware. Upgrades shall be executed on edge devices connected to the network. 5) The ACS shall support multiple reader types, including card or keypad readers. It shall be possible to define controller settings on a controller-by-controller basis. This shall permit full customization of the access control infrastructure by customizing controller settings based on card and reader specifications. 6) Inputs detected by the controller or IO modules shall trigger appropriate events in the ACS. 7) IO module inputs and outputs shall support both user-defined and physical names. It shall be possible to modify user-defined names. 8) Where supported by the hardware controllers, the ACS shall send grant access or deny access commands to the controller (online mode). Commands to lock or unlock a door shall be based on a request from a cardholder or on a predetermined unlocking schedule (or an exception to an unlocking schedule). 9) Maintenance mode a) The ACS shall support Maintenance Mode operation during controller installation or maintenance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-65 b) While in maintenance mode, the ACS shall force a door to be unlocked (lock schedules are overridden). 10) Unit Swap Utility a) The ACS shall support a unit swap utility to swap out an existing controller with a new controller. b) The unit swap utility shall avoid the reprogramming of the system whenever a unit is replaced. c) All logs and events from the old unit are maintained. e. User and User Group Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of users and user groups. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify a user or user group if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) Common access rights and privileges shared by multiple users shall be defined as User Groups. Individual group members shall inherit the rights and privileges from their parent user groups. User group nesting shall be allowed. f. Cardholder and Cardholder Group Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of cardholders and cardholder groups. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify a cardholder or cardholder group if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) The ACS shall permit the following activation/expiration options for a cardholder’s profile: a) Delayed activation of a cardholder’s profile b) Expiration based on the date of first use of credential c) Expiration on a user-defined date 3) It shall be possible to associate a picture to the cardholder’s profile. The picture shall be imported from a file, captured with a digital camera, or captured from a video surveillance camera. When a cardholder event occurs, the picture of the cardholder shall be displayed in the Surveillance UI. The ACS shall support multiple standard picture formats. 4) It shall be possible to create a cardholder without requiring the immediate assignment of a credential. Credential assignment can occur at a later time. 5) Cardholder groups shall enable the grouping of cardholders to facilitate mass changes to system settings. It shall be possible to assign cardholder groups to access rules, thus avoiding the assignment of one cardholder at a time. g. Credential Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of credentials, e.g. access cards and keypad PIN numbers. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify a credential if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) User shall be able to add Custom Fields (user-defined fields) to credentials. Creating a new credential shall be accomplished either manually or automatically. 3) Automatic creation shall allow the user to create a credential entity by presenting a credential to a selected reader. The ACS shall read the card data and associate it to the credential entity. It New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-66 shall be possible to automatically enroll any card format (128 bits or less). 4) Manual creation shall allow the user to select the type of credential to create and to enter the data manually. The user shall be able to create the following credential types: a) HID H10301 Standard 26-bit card format (facility code and card ID) b) HID H10302 37-bit format (no facility code) c) HID H10304 37-bit format (facility code and card ID) d) HID H10306 34-bit format (facility code and card ID) e) HID Corporate 1000 35-bit format f) Keypad PIN. 5) The ACS shall permit the creation of one or more credentials in advance, without requiring the assignment of the credential(s) to a cardholder. A credential in this state shall be designated as an “unassigned credential”. 6) The ACS shall support multiple credentials per cardholder, without necessitating duplicate cardholder information. The ACS shall automatically detect and prevent attempts to register an already-registered credential. h. Badge Designer 1) The ACS shall be capable of the design and implementation of badges that define the content and presentation format of a badge. 2) It shall be possible to set the border thickness, border color, and fill color of badge objects (content). 3) Dual-sided badges shall be supported. 4) A badge template import and export function is available as an additional otpion to allow the sharing of badge templates. i. Door Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of doors. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify a door if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) The ACS shall permit multiple access rules to be associated to a door. 3) The ACS shall support the following forms of authentication: a) Card Only b) Card or Keypad (PIN) c) Card and Keypad (PIN) 4) It shall be possible to define a schedule for when Card Only or Card and Keypad authentication modes shall be required. 5) Extended Grant Time a) It shall be possible to set an extended grant time on a per-door basis (in addition to the standard grant time). b) Cardholder properties shall include the option of using the extended grant time. c) When flagged cardholders are granted access, the door shall be unlocked for the duration of the extended grant time instead of the standard grant time. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-67 6) Readerless door a) The ACS shall support doors configured solely with a lock, a REX, and a door contact but without readers. b) Implementation of a readerless door shall be possible with the use of standard access hardware IO modules. External hardware such as timers shall not be required. c) Unlocking schedules shall be programmable for readerless doors. d) Standard door activity reports shall also be possible with readerless doors. 7) Unlocking schedules and exceptions to unlocking schedules shall be associated to a door. An unlocking schedule shall determine when a door should be automatically unlocked. The ACS shall also support the use of a specific offline unlocking schedule. Exceptions to unlocking schedules shall be used to define time periods during which unlocking schedules shall not be applied, e.g. during statutory holidays. 8) Walkthrough Mode for reader enrollment a) The Walkthrough Mode Mode shall include an installation wizard. The wizard shall allow the user to detect, enroll, and associate newly installed access control equipment with doors. b) The Walkthrough Mode shall permit a cardholder to walk to each new access read point (card reader) and trigger and access control request. The ACS shall log all access requests and readings made during the walkthrough exercise. Once all the access control equipment is detected, the installation wizard shall allow the user to associate the equipment to the door as well as set the hardware association settings (door lock, REX, manual station, door sensor). c) The Walkthrough wizard shall validate whether there are potential assignment conflicts and notify the user. d) The ACS shall support the Walkthrough Mode in realtime, report, and mixed mode of operation. Real-time mode shall allow the immediate enrollment of doors. Report mode shall allow the discovered access read points to be stored in a report for enrollment at a later time. The user shall be able to specify a start time and an end time for the walkthrough when in report or mixed mode. j. Elevator management 1) The ACS shall be capable of the providing the management of elevators. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify an elevator if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) The ACS shall be able to control access to specific floors using a reader within the elevator cab. Control shall be available through the use of a controller with an interface to a reader and to multiple output modules with relays. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-68 3) Elevator floor selections shall be tracked using a controller with an interface to multiple input modules. Floor tracking shall be available within an elevator activity report. 4) The elevator control module shall continue to function in offline mode should communication between the ACS and the controller fail. 5) The elevator cab call buttons that correspond to the cardholder’s access privileges shall be enabled using the hardware output module for a user-defined period of time. The cardholder shall then be able to select the desired floor. 6) Elevator control shall require a controller and cab reader combination per elevator. The ACS shall be able to support a maximum of 372 floors per controller and elevator cab reader combination. 7) All elevator access events shall be reported in real time to the ACS and displayed in the Surveillance User Interface. 8) The ACS shall support multiple access point rules per floor. The option to assign a single access rule to all floors shall also be available. k. Area Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of areas. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify an area if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) The ACS shall support areas within areas (nested areas). 3) The ACS shall permit multiple access rules to be associated to an area. To facilitate the assignment of access rules, the ACS shall support associating rules to areas in lieu of doors. All perimeter doors shall then inherit the access rules assigned to the area 4) Antipassback a) The ACS shall support antipassback functionality. When a passback situation is detected, an associated antipassback event shall be triggered in the ACS. b) The ACS shall support the following types of responses to passback events: c) Soft mode (event is logged only) d) Hard mode (event logged and cardholder denied access) e) Area activity reports shall also include antipassback events. f) An exempt exempt functionality shall be available to exempt certain cardholders (e.g. VIPs) from the antipassback rules. g) Operator shall be able to forgive (grant a free pass) an antipassback violation for a cardholder. h) Operator shall be able to forgive (grant a free pass) an antipassback violation for a cardholder group. 5) Interlock, Lockdown, and Override a) It shall be possible to create an area interlock consisting of two or more doors. When enabled, the interlock shall ensure that only a single door can remain open at any New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-69 point in time; once a door is open, all other doors that are part of the interlock are prevented from opening. b) Interlock shall allow users to create scenarios such as mantraps, controlled lab environments, and white rooms with the simple click of a button. c) The interlock functionality shall support doors with or without readers (readerless doors). d) Interlock shall be supported with standard access control IO modules. Programmable logic controllers (PLCs) shall not be required. e) Lockdown and override functions shall be available with the interlock. f) Lockdown. A hardware input such as a switch or relay shall be used to prevent all access to the interlocked area. g) Override shall be possible. The interlock can be overridden and the doors will function as in any standard installation. h) Area activity reports shall include events associated to interlock and lockdown. l. Zone Management 1) The ACS ACS shall support the configuration and management of zones for input point monitoring. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify a zone if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) A zone shall monitor the status of one or more inputs points. Zone monitoring or input point monitoring shall be possible through the use of a controller and one or more input modules. A single controller shall supervise up to 512 inputs. m. Input/Output (IO) Linking 1) Zone management shall support Input/Output (IO) Linking. IO linking shall allow one or more inputs to trigger one or more outputs. 2) IO linking shall be available in offline mode when communication between the server and hardware is not available. n. Schedule Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of schedules. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify a schedule if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) Schedules with the “Specific” period type shall enable the user to set schedules for multiple specific days of the year. Starting from the days of the year selected, the user shall be able to define schedules for the previous day, current day, and day after. o. Access Rule Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of access rules. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify an access rule if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) An access rule shall be associated to a door side (entry or exit reader), door (both entry and readers), area, or elevator floor. It shall be possible to create and unlimited number of access rules per door, area, or elevator floor. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-70 p. Event/Action Management 1) The ACS shall support the configuration and management of events. A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify an action to an event if he has the appropriate privileges. 2) The ACS shall receive all incoming events in the system. The ACS shall take the appropriate actions based on user-define event/action relationships. 3) The ACS shall be able to import events from multiple video systems. 4) The ACS shall support IO linking; one or more inputs shall trigger one or more outputs. 5) The ACS shall allow the creation of custom events. 6) The ACS shall have the capability to execute an action in response to an event. 7) The ACS shall allow a schedule to be associated with an action. The action shall be executed only if it is an appropriate action for the current time period. q. Alarm Management 1) The ACS shall support the following Alarm Management functionality: a) Create and modify user-defined alarms. An unlimited number of alarms shall be supported. b) Assign a time schedule or a coverage period to an alarm. An alarm shall be triggered only if it is a valid alarm for the current time period. c) Set the priority level of an alarm and its reactivation threshold. The ACS shall support up to 30 alarm priority levels. d) Define the time period after which the alarm is automatically acknowledged. e) Define the recipients of an alarm. Alarm notifications shall be routed to one or more recipients. Recipients shall be assigned a priority level which prioritizes the order of reception of an alarm. f) Define the alarm broadcast mode. Alarm notifications shall be sent using either a sequential or an all-at-once broadcast mode. g) Define whether to display the source of the alarm, one or more entities, or an HTML page. h) Specify whether an incident report is mandatory during acknowledgment. i) Associate an action to an alarm event. j) Import and acknowledge video system alarms. 2) A user shall be able to add, delete, or modify an alarm if he has the appropriate privileges. 3) Routing of alarms to specific client workstations shall be possible through the assignment of alarm recipients. The ACS shall also support alarm notification to an email address or any device using the SMTP protocol. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-71 4) Alarms shall be routed to the Surveillance UI for viewing and acknowledgement. 5) The ability to create alarm-related instructions shall be supported through the display of one or more HTML pages following an alarm event. The HTML pages shall be user-defined and can be interlinked. 6) User shall have the ability to acknowledge alarms, create an incident upon alarm acknowledgement, and snooze an alarm. r. Visitor Management 1) The ACS shall be capable of Visitor Management. A user shall be able to enroll or remove a visitor if he has the appropriate privileges. The ACS shall support check-in and check-out of visitors from the Surveillance UI. 2) A visitor check-in wizard shall facilitate the enrollment process. The user shall specify the following information when enrolling a visitor: a) First name b) Last name c) Picture d) Company e) Phone number f) Reason for visit g) Visitor’s escort h) Visit activation and expiration date i) Credential settings j) Visitor privileges k) Custom fields 3) The ACS shall support the creation of a pool of visitor credentials in advance. Existing visitor credentials shall be assigned to visitors during the check-in process. 4) The ACS shall permit cardholder groups to be designated as “available for visitors”. Users shall be able to define the access privileges for the cardholder groups (visitor cardholder groups) in advance. During visitor check-in, the user shall select the visitor cardholder group to associate with a visitor. All of the visitor cardholder group access privileges shall be automatically transferred to the visitor. This feature shall permit the creation of multiple types of visitor groups and associated privileges (for contractors, VIPs, day visitors, etc.). Visitors added to visitor cardholder group in the Surveillance UI shall be automatically updated in the Configuration UI cardholder group screen. 5) A visitor’s profile shall support the real-time modification of visitor information even after a visitor has checked-in. 6) The ACS shall also provide comprehensive visitor tracking and visitor reporting. Through the real-time tracking feature, the ACS shall generate a real-time and historical visitor activity listing in the Surveillance UI. The ACS shall also generate visitor-specific reports that provide comprehensive listings of visitors as well as full details on their movement while in your facility. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-72 7) It shall be possible to exempt a visitor from any antipassback rules in effect. 8) The operator shall be able to print visitor badges during the check-in process. The printing of both paper badges (visitor without an assigned credential) and actual credentials shall be supported. s. Real-time Tracking 1) The ACS shall support real-time tracking of a particular entity through a dedicated tracking layout in the Surveillance UI. Realtime tracking layouts shall display both real-time activity and historical activity. t. Report Generation 1) The ACS shall support report generation (database reporting). Reports shall be accessible through a dedicated layout within the Surveillance UI and the Configuration UI. Quick access to all current reports shall be possible through a report quick access button. 2) The ACS shall support both static and custom reports. There shall be no need for an external reporting tool to create custom reports and report templates. All report templates shall be created with the ACS user interface. 3) Report generation shall not result in any degradation of system performance. 4) The reporting layout shall consist of panes with settings (report length, filters, go and reset commands, etc.), the actual report data in column format, and a pane with display tiles. The user shall be able to drag and drop individual records in a report onto one or more display tiles to view a cardholder’s picture ID, playback a video sequence, or both. 5) Reports are fully configurable. A user has the option of generating static reports from an existing list, generating reports from a list of user-defined templates, or creating a new report or report template. There shall be no notion of a static report. Each report can be customized to the current context. 6) The ACS shall support the following types of reports: a) Configuration reports (cardholders, credentials, units, access rules, readers/inputs/outputs) b) Cardholder activity c) Door activity d) Area activity e) Area presence tracking f) Elevator activity and floor tracking g) Zone activity report h) Credential activity i) Credential access status j) Cardholder access status k) Unit activity report l) Audit trail report m) Incident report n) Time and attendance New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-73 o) Alarm report p) Visitors report q) Visitor activity report r) Area presence report s) Health t) Zone 7) The user shall be able to customize the predefined reports and save them as new report templates. These templates can be used to generate reports on a schedule in PDF or Excel formats. Customization options shall include setting filters, report lengths, and timeout period. The user shall also set which columns shall be visible in a report. The sorting of reported data shall be available by clicking on the appropriate column and selecting a sort order (ascending or descending). 8) Alarm reports shall permit filtering on the following information: a) Alarm b) Alarm status c) Source d) Trigger e) Triggered on f) Acknowledged on g) Acknowledged by h) Current state i) Acknowledgement reason 9) Visitor reports shall permit filtering on the following information: a) First name b) Last name c) Company d) Escort’s first name e) Escort’s last name f) Visit reason g) Arrival date h) Departure date i) Custom fields 10) The user shall be able to click on an entity within an existing report to generate additional reports. 11) The ACS shall support the following actions on a report: a) Print report b) Export report to a PDF file c) Export report to a Microsoft Excel file d) Automatically email a report based on a schedule and a list of one or more recipients u. People counting 1) The ACS shall be capable of people counting (or area presence tracking). The ACS shall be able to monitor and report the number of cardholders in an area in real-time and for all areas. Monitoring shall be based on the entire access control infrastructure, for both local areas and those in remote geographic locations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-74 2) The ACS shall report area presence counts in the Surveillance UI. Area presence tracks shall dynamically track the total number of cardholders in an area. Displayed data shall be updated dynamically. Area tacking shall be presented in a tree format, with areas nested within other areas. 3) The ACS shall be able to generate an area presence report listing the cardholders located in one or more areas, accessible through the Surveillance UI. It shall be possible to filter the report by area and time period. The report shall also include activity from sub-areas (nested areas). The area presence report shall include the following information: a) Area name b) Cardholder c) Last access 4) Through people counting, the ACS shall be able to generate First Person In and Last Person Out events. The First Person In event shall detect when the first cardholder enters an empty area. The Last Person Out event shall detect when the last cardholder leaves an area. It shall be possible to trigger actions from both events such as sending a message or triggering an alarm. v. Scheduled Tasks 1) The ACS shall support scheduled tasks. Scheduled tasks shall be executed on a user-defined schedule at a specific day and time. Recurring or periodic scheduled tasks shall also be supported. 2) Scheduled tasks shall include all actions available within the ACS, including but not limited to: a) Sending an email (in the ACS or external system) b) Sending a message (in the ACS or external system) c) Triggering a macro (in the ACS or external system) d) Triggering an alarm (in the ACS or external system) e) Triggering an output f) Display an entity in the Surveillance UI g) Sound or silence a buzzer h) Add bookmark (camera-related) i) Go to preset (camera-related) j) Running a pattern (camera-related) k) Starting recording (camera-related) l) Stopping recording (camera-related) w. Custom Fields (User-Defined Fields) 1) The ACS shall permit permit the creation of custom fields. A maximum of 1,000 custom fields shall be supported. 2) User shall be able to define a default value for a custom field. 3) The creation of new custom field types shall be possible. New custom field types shall be based on the standard custom fields supported. They shall support user-defined values from which an operator must make a selection. 4) Administrators have the ability to define which users can view and modify specific custom fields. This shall limit the access to custom field data to users with pre-defined privileges. The ACS shall support querying and report generation using custom fields. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-75 5) Custom fields can be grouped and ordered according to userdefined priorities. x. Import Tool 1) The ACS shall support an integrated Import Tool to facilitate the import of existing cardholder and credential data. The import of data shall be through the use the CSV file format. The tool shall be available from the Configuration UI. 2) Full flexibility in selecting the fields import during an import session shall be available. 3) The ACS shall also support re-importing a CSV file containing new information to update existing information in the ACS database. Re-importing shall enable bulk amendments to existing access control data. 4) The Import Tool shall also support the ability to manually import data that has been exported from a third party database if it is in CSV format. y. Software Development Kit (SDK) 1) Integration with external applications and databases shall be facilitated through the use of an SDK. The SDK shall enable end-users to develop new functionality (standalone applications or services) to link the ACS to third party business systems and applications such as Badging Systems, Human Resources Management Systems (HRMS), and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems. 2) The SDK shall be able to receive real time events from all ACS entities: a) Door Controllers (units) b) Input and Output (IO) modules (units) c) Doors d) Elevators e) Areas f) Zones g) Cameras h) Cardholders i) Cardholder groups j) Credentials k) Users l) User Groups 3) The SDK shall support the following alarm functions: a) View alarms in real time b) Acknowledge alarms c) Change priority d) Change recipient 4) IO linking: Receive the state of inputs, and control outputs. z. Macros 1) The ACS shall enable users to automate and extend the functionalities of the system through the use of macros. Macros shall be programmed with the Software Development Kit (SDK) to create sophisticated system behavior. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-76 2) A macro shall be executed either automatically or manually. In automatic mode, it shall be loaded in a background process and shall execute when a set of conditions are met. Macros shall be loaded into the ACS without requiring a system upgrade or reinstallation. 3) In the Surveillance UI, a macro shall be launched through hot actions. aa. Dynamic graphical Maps 1) The ACS shall support Mapping functionality. Digital maps shall be used to represent the physical location of: a) Cameras b) Doors c) Alarms d) Zones e) Output Groups. 2) The mapping functionality shall be able to import maps in XAML format. 3) It shall be possible to design dynamic maps using the SDK. Any functionality available through the SDK shall be available within maps. 4) Mapping shall support the following drag-and-drop user actions a) Drag-and-drop a door from a map into a display tile for viewing b) Drag-and-drop a camera from a map into a display tile for viewing 5) Graphical maps shall support mouse-based contextual pop-ups and associated actions: 6) Over an area, the map shall display number of people in an area (People Counting) a) Over a door, the map shall allow the user to unlock the door b) Over an output group, the map shall allow the user to trigger an output c) Over a zone, the map shall allow the user to view the status of the associated input(s). 7) Various actions shall be available within maps for execution through simple and intuitive double-click, right-click, or dragand-drop functionality. Examples of actions available through maps shall include unlocking a door and acknowledging an alarm. bb. Audit Trails (Logs) 1) The ACS shall support the generation of audit trails. Audit trails shall consist of logs of operator/administrator changes. 2) Audit trails shall be generated as reports. They shall be able to track changes made within specific time periods. Querying on specific users, changes, affected entities, and time periods shall also be possible. 3) The ACS shall support the following actions on an audit trail report: a) Print report New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-77 b) Export report to a PDF file c) Export report to a Microsoft Excel file cc. Incident Reports 1) Incident reports shall allow the security operator to create reports of incidents that occurred during a shift. 2) The operator shall be able to create standalone incident reports or incident reports tied to alarms. 3) Incident reports shall allow entities, events, and alarms to be added to support the report’s conclusions. dd. Cabling shall be installed as specified herein, as recommended by the manufacture and as shown on the riser diagram. C. IP Video Camera and Recording System 1. Overview a. Provide a completely operational IP Video Camera and Recording System. The system shall include but not be limited to video servers, viewing and recording software, viewing/archiving workstations, network switches, cabling, cameras, housings, encoders/decoders, integration with the access control system, installation, programming, customer training. b. The CCTV system shall fully integrate to the access control system as specified previously. A single graphical user interface shall used to incorporate all alarm functionality of the required access control solution as well as the viewing of both live and recorded video. c. The CCTV system shall be connected to the independent security local area network. It is this contractor’s responsibility to provide network switches, workstations, servers, and all associated network cabling for a complete and operational system. The network shall be capable of interfacing to the owner’s local area network for future use. d. The provider of the IP Video Camera and Recording Systems must employ a RCDD. Provide copy of certificate with copy of individual’s business card in the submittal. e. Recording parameters shall be defined as supporting all cameras/devices detailed for 30 days minimum, 4CIF resolution, 7.5 frames/images per second, 50% motion activity and minimum compression quality. Supply the necessary storage solution to meet these requirements and document through the submittal process how the proposed storage solution can achieve this specification requirement. f. The IP video camera and recording solution must support and inherently be able to utilize both Unicast and Multicast for all components of the solution. g. Video solution shall be capable of supporting multiple streams from all cameras and encoders utilized within the solution. There shall be no limitation on the quantity of streams which can be processed and made available to the solution and users by the video solution software. The only limitation of support of simultaneous streams shall be by the camera or encoder. h. Video camera and recording system shall be capable of supporting at minimum one defined resolution/frame rate and encoding scheme (i.e. MJPEG or MPEG4) for recording and a second defined resolution/frame New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-78 rate and encoding scheme (i.e. MJPEG or MPEG4) for live view. Any proposed solution which can not achieve this minimum requirement must provide the necessary additional licenses and or equipment to meet this functional requirement. Note that the capability of dropping P or I frames to provide an approximation of this requirement is not acceptable. i. Video solution must be capable of managing; controlling and setting up any and all required Multicast sessions. If a client workstation requires or has access to a particular video source/IP camera then the proposed solution must create and enter the client workstation and IP camera into a created Multicast session. j. The video server shall not have to re-create and/or re-produce said live video streams which would negatively affect the performance of the video server, also limiting the number of IP cameras/devices said server can support. If proposed solution can not support Multicast then the server to IP device/camera ratio shall be limited to no more than 20 cameras per server. This limitation shall prevent or reduce performance related issues i.e. dropped frames and/or reduced quality, when multiple cameras by multiple clients require video. 2. Manufactures a. The system described herein is based on the Omnicast System as manufactured by Genetec. Additional manufactures which may be considered an alternate provided they meet all the specifications listed below are. 1) ONSSI 2) Milestone b. Bidders wishing to submit alternate equipment shall submit to the specifying authority, at least 10 days prior to bid opening, the equipment proposed to provide a precise functional equivalent system to meet specifications. Bidder shall provide adequate information prior to bid date such as specification sheets, working drawings, shop drawings, and a demonstration of the system. Alternate supplier-contractor must also provide a list to include six installations of the identical system proposed which have been in operation for a period of two years. c. Final approval of the alternate system shall be determined at the time of job completion. Failure to provide the "precise functional equivalent" shall result in the removal of the alternate system at the contractor's expense. 3. Products a. IP Based Video Recording and Viewing Software (RVS) 1) The RVS shall be furnished and installed on all security workstations/servers as shown on the drawings. 2) The storage, as specified above, shall be recorded to a RAID5 storage array. 3) The RVS shall allow for a CCTV keyboard to be attachable directly to an encoder/decoder via its serial port and shall be able to control a Live Viewer application with the use of a PC. 4) The RVS shall allow users to activate all live viewing controls using a standard PC keyboard. All standard camera switching and automation functions of a CCTV keyboard shall be available using a PC keyboard. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-79 5) The RVS shall allow for the configuration of a time zone for each camera connected to a DVS and for each SSM. For playback review, users shall have the ability to search for video based on the following options: a) Local time of camera b) Local time of the SSM c) Local time of user’s workstation d) GMT Time e) Other time zone 6) The RVS shall have the capability of creating camera sequences with the following functionality: a) Each Sequence shall have a maximum of 500 cameras. b) Each camera in the sequence shall have its own individual dwell time, from 1 to 999 seconds. c) Each entry in a sequence shall have the capacity to trigger camera presets, patterns or auxiliaries. d) Multiple users shall be able to view the same camera sequence simultaneously. Users shall be able to pause the sequence without affecting other viewers. 7) The RVS shall have the capability to interface with video walls via a CCTV keyboard connected to a DVS decoder. 8) The RVS shall allow users to control cameras connected to a legacy CCTV matrix as though they were directly connected to DVSs. 9) The RVS shall have the ability to playback a video sequence on an analog monitor upon activation of an alarm or event. The length of the playback sequence shall be configurable, and may include pre and post video. 10) The RVS shall allow live viewing of video and live audio communications at each security workstation. 11) It shall have the following minimum capabilities: a) Shall enable live monitoring of 1 to 16 video streams simultaneously on a single 1024x768 monitor. b) Shall support as many monitors as the PC video adapters are capable of taking. Each monitor should be able to display 1 to 16 video streams. c) Shall enable operators to choose from a number of possible camera display patterns ranging from 1 tile to 16 tile display patterns. d) Shall allow operators to control (Pause/Play, skip forwards, skip backwards) Camera sequences sequences without affecting other operators’ ability to view and control the same sequence. e) Shall display all analog monitors attached to the system. f) All cameras, sequences and analog monitors shall be displayed in a logical tree. The operator shall have tools to quickly find any camera based on partial name or description. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-80 g) The operator shall be able to drag and drop a camera from a tree of cameras into a window or an analog monitor icon for live viewing. h) The operator shall be able to drag and drop a camera sequence from a tree of cameras into a window or an analog monitor icon for live viewing. i) Video streams may be assigned to tiles that are not presently visible in the currently displayed pattern. j) Shall support Mapping functionality, where digital maps are used to represent the physical location of cameras and other devices throughout the surveillance system. Maps shall have the ability to contain hyperlinks so as to create a hierarchy of interlinked maps. The mapping functionality shall be able to import maps from any graphical software supporting BMP, JPEG and/or GIF image formats. k) The operator shall be able to drag and drop a camera from a map into a window for live viewing. l) The operator shall be able able to click on an icon in a map to initiate a camera preset, run a pattern or send a I/O stream. m) Shall support the procedure functionality, where procedures can be triggered to appear during a certain event and can be used to provide detail instructions to the operator as to the actions he should take. n) Shall support touch screen technology. o) The operator shall be able to optimize the monitor for touch screen technology. p) Shall support digital zoom on live camera video streams q) Shall support guard-tour (automatic sequencing of camera layouts) with a pre-assigned dwell time through pre-defined monitor views (for example: rotating views from a quad view to a 16 camera view to a full view at specified intervals). r) Shall allow the user to choose any of the video streams associated to a camera for viewing. s) Each Live Viewer shall have an icon indicating the number of alarms in queue that are assigned to the logged on user. The alarms shall also be displayed in an alarm pane at the bottom of the screen. The alarm pane shall display the currently active alarms as well as alarms acknowledged, auto-acknowledged, forwarded and snoozed. t) Shall enable the user to perform the following actions on alarms: Acknowledge (default method), Acknowledge (alternate method), Acknowledge (custom method), Snooze (for a preset number of seconds), Forward to other users on the system, Show a procedure associated to the alarm, Show the history of an alarm, and Launch the Archive Player to review past alarms. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-81 u) Shall enable the user to spontaneously trigger alarms based on something he sees on a camera. The camera of interest shall be sent as part of the alarm to selected users. v) Shall allow for audio communication with DVS units. The operator shall have the option of using full duplex or half duplex mode (to act as an IP intercom system). Audio shall be archived on the same storage as video from cameras. w) The operator shall easily navigate between this application and the other CSA applications (if he has access rights) by single point and click functionality. x) The operator shall be able to control pan-tilt-zoom, iris, focus, dome relays, dome patterns, dome presets and the dome configuration menus. He/she shall also be able to set an unlimited number of presets and patterns y) Users shall be able to control PTZ functions with a standard PC joystick. z) Each operator shall be assigned a PTZ priority ranging from 1 to 255. This allows a prioritization between operators on who has control over a camera. aa) The system shall allow users to have the ability to lock PTZ control. Users with a higher PTZ priority can unlock PTZs from users with lower priorities. bb) Shall allow operators to bookmark important events for later retrieval on any archiving camera. Operators can uniquely name each bookmark in order to facilitate future searches. cc) The operator shall be able to start/stop recording on any camera in the system, which is configured to allow manual recording, by clicking on a single button. dd) The operator shall have the capability to activate or deactivate viewing of all system events as they occur. ee) Shall allow operators to view an instant replay of the video for any archiving camera. The operator will be able to define the amount of time he wishes to go back (unlimited). ff) The Instant Replay function shall playback video at the time of the alarm when activated in a tile displaying an alarm. With a graphical timeline representation, the user shall be able to control what time he is looking at. The instant replay pane can be undocked to allow video window resizing. gg) Users shall be able to take snapshots of live video feeds in the Live Viewer and be able to save or print the snapshots. hh) Shall allow operators to add bookmarks or view their instant replay in the Archive Player application by clicking on a single button in the Instant Replay tab. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-82 ii) The user shall have the ability to execute frequently used macros from a pane or a function key in the Live Viewer. jj) The user shall be able to view the same camera multiple times in different tiles. kk) Users shall be able to archive live video streams locally on the workstation. No SSM need to be installed on the workstation. Recording is activated and terminated manually by the user. Two recording methods are available to the user: ll) Tile archiving: Video displayed within a specific tile is recorded. Cameras can be switched within a tile. mm) Layout archiving: Video streams displayed in all tiles within a specific layout are recorded. Cameras can be switched within the tiles. nn) Users shall be able to display a layout of video streams within a PC monitor that removes all non-video graphical components. Delimiters between tiles are two pixels wide. oo) Users shall be able to switch easily between a Simple and an Advanced operation mode. In the Simple mode, only the most common commands shall be available. pp) The Live Viewer shall enable the administrator to freeze the application's workspace to certains users so that look and feel cannot be changed by the user. qq) Shall allow the local user (with permissions) to remotely control the workspace of other Live Viewer applications in the system. 12) Provide Genetec Omnicast or Architect approved equal. b. Computer Server 1) Provide a server with the following specifications. Provide a UPS with battery backup for 10 minutes for each server. a) Dual Core Intel Xeon 5150, 2.66GHz, 4 MB Cache, 1333 MHz FSB b) Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard or Enterprise Edition, SP1/SP2/R2 32/64-bit. c) Windows XP OS, regardless of proposed solution software requirements, will not be acceptable. d) 2GB RAM for solutions support 40 camera and under, 4 GB RAM for solutions supporting 40 and over. e) 80 GB hard drive for OS and software applications. ADDITIONAL HARD DRIVES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR VIDEO STORAGE REQUIREMENTS. STORAGE PARAMETERS ARE SHOWN IN ABOVE SECTION. PROVIDE RAID5 ARRAY HARD DRIVES INTERNAL TO SERVER OR IF REQUIRED EXTERNAL FOR ALL VIDEO STORAGE. f) Standard SVGA Video Card g) 800x600 or higher screen resolution New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-83 h) 10/100/1000 Ethernet Network Interface Card i) DVD ROM Drive 2) Provide Dell or approved equal. 3) Provide quantity of servers as required by manufacture based on recording parameters specified herein. Note use of solutions which do not support multicast per specification, minimum 20 cameras per server. c. Computer Workstation 1) Provide a server with the following specifications. Provide a UPS with battery backup for 10 minutes for each workstation. a) Dual Core2 Duo, 2.4GHz or higher, 4 MB Cache, 1066 MHz FSB b) Microsoft Windows XP Pro SP/2SP3 32/64 bit. c) 2GB RAM d) 200 GB of storage or more. e) 256 MB x16 nVidia Quadro FX550 dual head, or better f) 1280x1024 or higher screen resolution g) 10/100/1000 Ethernet Network Interface Card h) 16x DVD/RW Drive i) Provide monitors as specified below. 2) Provide Dell or approved equal. 3) Provide a minimum of one (1). Provide as shown on the drawings. d. Monitors 1) Provide 32” LCD color monitors for each security workstation as shown on the drawings. Monitors shall be wall mount. Coordinate with architect as required. 2) Each monitor shall be connected to a computer workstation as specified above. Provide KVM extenders as required. 3) Provide Samsung or Architect approved equal. 4) Wall mount brackets: Provide wall mount brackets and locate per the owner’s requirements. Provide Peerless or equal. e. Power over Ethernet (PoE) Network Switches 1) Provide as specified elsewhere in these specifications. f. Audio/Video Encoder 1) General a) Provide encoders as required for a complete and operational system. b) Provide an encoder for each analog camera and each cell microphone. Each cell speaker/microphone shall be integrated to the Security Management System and be annunciated at the Security Workstation. c) Encoders shall be located in the each low voltage rack (rack is specified elsewhere within this section). Provide rack kits/shelves/cabinets as required for a neat and professional installation. d) The encoder must be able to deliver multiple, individually configurable video streams simultaneously at full frame rate in all resolutions up to D1 (720x480 in NTSC). This means that several video streams can be New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-84 configured with different compression formats, resolutions and frame rates for different needs. e) The video encoder also enables users to adjust image settings such as contrast, brightness and saturation to improve images before encoding takes place. f) The unit includes intelligent capabilities such as enhanced video motion detection, active tampering alarm and audio detection. The encoder’s external inputs and outputs can be connected to devices such as sensors and relays, enabling the system to react to alarms and activate lights or open/close doors. g) Support for Power over Ethernet (IEEE802.3af) enables the unit, as well as the analog camera that is connected to it, to receive power through the same cable as for data transmission. This makes for easy installation since no power outlet is needed. h) Supports two-way audio and has an SD/SDHC memory card slot for local storage. 2) Video Specifications a) H.264 and motion JPEG compression b) 176x120 to 720x576 resolution c) 30 fps 3) Audio Specifications a) Two way, half duplex audio streaming b) External microphone input or line input c) Line level output d) Audio detection video integration 4) Electrical Specifications a) Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3 b) (Capable of external DC voltage) 5) Provide AXIS Q7401 video/audio encoder or Architect approved equal. Provide as required. G. Indoor Fixed Cameras and Housings 1) General Camera Requirements a) The camera will be designed for surveillance and industrial applications requiring a rugged, highperformance, color, fixed dome CCD camera with IP network capability. The camera will be a 1/3-inch format, high resolution, fully automatic, nightsense color camera capable of providing DVD quality video over an IP LAN/WAN network. The camera will produce 30 images per second (NTSC) or 25 images per second (PAL) of DVD-quality, 4CIF MPEG-4 video over an IP network, and will support 2CIF, ½ D1, CIF and QCIF resolution. 2) Network Camera Specifications a) The camera will incorporate a network video server to encode high-quality streaming video at low bit rates for transmission over an IP network, to minimize bandwidth and storage. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-85 b) The camera will be capable of generating two (2) separate MPEG-4 video streams and one JPEG stream simultaneously, while giving access to five (5) users at a time, to optimize live viewing and recording requirements, and to meet specific site requirements. c) The IP camera will support iSCSI devices to allow a network-enabled camera to stream video directly to an iSCSI RAID array. This will allow local video storage without streaming high bandwidth video across the network. System-recording performance will be totally independent from network performance. d) The camera will support power over Ethernt (PoE) using UTP Category 5 cable with RJ45 connectors and an IEEE802.3af compliant switch, to make installation easier and more cost effective. The camera can also be powered by a 24 VAC or 12 VDC Class 2 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to allow continuous operation, even during a power failure. e) The The camera will support streaming video as follows: unicast and multicast. f) Access to the camera over the network will be restricted by any of three user levels of protection where each level has its own password and authorizations. g) The camera will support a snapshot mode that saves individual images from the video sequence, currently being displayed on the live view page, as JPEG format, 4CIF resolution images to a computer’s hard drive. H) The camera will also support recording function to save video sequences to the computer’s hard drive. These saved images can then be viewed from the computer hard drive using an MPEG viewer provided by the manufacturer. 3) General Color Camera Requirements a) The color camera will switch automatically from color to monochrome mode to provide enhanced night viewing. The camera comes complete with one of the following automatic iris, integral, varifocal lenses, as required by the application, to allow manual zoom and focus adjustment: b) Provide A 3 to 9 mm, F1.4-360. varifocal lens for small rooms or cells c) Provide A 3.7 to 12 mm, F1.6-360 varifocal lens for all other applications. d) The camera dome is prepackaged in a cast aluminum housing with a polycarbonate dome bubble, and a hardened inner liner capable of withstanding the equivalent of 120 lbs (55 kg) of force. The dome bubble is clear polycarbonate material with a UV blocking antiscratch coating. e) The camera will incorporate the following features: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-86 f) XF-Dynamic technology to extend the dynamic light range of the camera by 90db, and automatically processes the digital signal produced by the 15-bit digital signal process (DSP) technology to optimally, and simultaneously, capture the picture detail in both the highlight and lowlight areas to maximize the information visible in the picture. Manufacture who cannot meet this part of the specification shall provide IR Illuminators for each camera specified. G) NightSenseTM technology that automatically activates under low light conditions to enhance the sensitivity of the camera by a factor of 3 when operating in monochrome night mode. 4) Electrical Specifications: A) Resolution: 4CIF B) Input Voltage: PoE, IEEE 802.3af, 5) Provide BOSCH NWD series or Architect approved equal. Provide surface backbox where required. Provide as shown on the drawings. h. Corner Mounted Cameras (for cells) 1) General a) The The product specified shall be a day/night, vandal and tamper resistant, 540 TVL resolution color fixed dome camera designed for indoor/outdoor applications using a 1/3-inch format CCD imager. The camera switches automatically from color to monochrome to provide enhanced night viewing. The unit is prepackaged in a cast aluminum housing with a thermostaticallycontrolled heater, a polycarbonate dome bubble, and a hardened inner liner capable of withstanding the equivalent of 120 lbs (55 kg) of force. The dome bubble is clear polycarbonate material with a UV blocking antiscratch coating. The camera comes complete with a 3 to 9 mm, F1.4, automatic iris, integral varifocal lens that allows manual zoom and focus adjustment. b) The day/night camera specified shall be equipped with a motorized IR filter that may be automatically or manually removed in low-light or IR illuminated applications. The camera shall recognize IR illuminated scenes to prevent unwanted switching to the color mode. c) The dome camera specified shall incorporate [Bosch] 15-bit digital signal processing and XF-dynamic to optimize the contrast in the picture and provide a 32X extended dynamic range to maximize picture performance and sensitivity under all lighting conditions. d) The manufacturer of the specified day/night dome camera shall provide an adjustment cap for the lens to be used during setup to ensure that the image sharpness New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-87 (focus) and the field of view remain the same when the setup is complete and the dome bubble is installed. e) The day/night camera shall provide an on-board video motion detector with four motion sensitive areas and selectable sensitivity. Upon motion, the camera shall be capable of providing an on-screen display (OSD) message indicating in which of the four sensitive areas motion has been detected. f) The manufacturer of the day/night camera shall offer models of the camera for use in NTSC (60Hz) CCTV systems. The cameras shall operate within the voltage range of 10.8 to 39 VDC or 12 to 28 VAC, 45-65Hz and require no more than 6 watts of power even with the heater operating. g) The day/night camera shall have line-lock capability when powered by AC to synchronize the camera to the power line zero crossing for roll-free vertical interval switching. For vertical synchronization in multiphase power installations, the camera shall provide 0 to 358° of continuously adjustable vertical phase delay. Crystallock shall be selected when DC voltage is supplied or line-lock is switched off. h) The manufacturer of the specified day/night fixed dome camera shall provide optional hardware to allow the camera to be surface, 4S electrical box, wall, corner, or suspended ceiling mounted. 2) Mounting a) The camera shall be designed to be mounted to a standard 4S electrical box. b) The dome camera shall provide cable entry via a side conduit opening or through mounting surface cutouts. c) The camera viewing position shall be adjustable along three (axes) providing an adjustment range of 360° pan, 90° tilt, and ±90° azimuth. d) Provide surface box for surface applications and wall bracket for wall applications. 3) Electrical Specifications: a) Voltage range: 10.8 to 39 VDC or 12 to 28 VAC, 45-65Hz. b) Resolution: Horizontal: 540 TVL. c) Imager: 1/3-inch, interline transfer CCD 4) Environmental Specifications: a) Temperature: -58°F to +122°F 5) Provide BOSCH VDC series or Architect approved equal. Provide quantities as shown on the drawings. i. Outdoor Fixed Cameras and Housings 1) General a) The camera dome will be a rugged, vandal resistant surveillance camera system that allows upgrades by means of interchangeable CPU, communication, and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-88 hot-swap camera modules with built-in surge protection. The camera housing will be available in in-ceiling or indoor/outdoor pendant versions, as the application requires. b) The dome bubble will meet stringent strength requirements able to exceed the UL 1598 horizontal impact standard for lighting fixtures. The bubble will be made of 2.6mm thick polycarbonate and be able to withstand a 100 foot-pound impact or the equivalent of a 10 lb sledgehammer dropped from a height of 10 feet. The dome bubble will be available in clear or tinted versions, as the application requires. c) The camera dome will be available in wall mount, roof (parapet) mount, mast (pole) mount, corner mount, pipe mount, and in-ceiling versions, as the application requires. d) The pendant camera system will be a NEMA 4X or IP66 certified, rugged, weather-resistant package. 2) Specifications a) Provide fixed camera functionality, hotswap camera module replacement, pluggable communications module upgrades, and built-in surge suppression. b) A 1/3-inch digital CCD color camera capable of producing resolution of 540 horizontal TV lines. Design based on a 15-bit DSP image processing technology to provide excellent sensitivity and extended dynamic range coverage without artifacts. Design in [NTSC (60 Hz)] [PAL (50 Hz)] version. c) Day/Night resolution d) Imager: 1/3 inch Interline CCD. e) Resolution Horizontal: 540 TVL (NTSC, PAL). f) Iris: Automatic g) Field of View: 78.3° to 18.5° h) Video Output: 1.0Vp-p, 75 ohms i) Sensitivity – (30 IRE): F1.4, 1/60 (1/50) shutter, max AGC j) SensUp Off: 0.29 lux k) SensUp On: 0.029 lux 3) Communication Module a) Provide a hybrid IP Communication Module capable of capturing and storing images using MPEG-4 encoding and compression, and supply analogue video over coaxial cable will be available. b) The IP module will deliver DVD-quality 4CIF video, at rates up to 30 images per second, via TCP/IP over Cat5/Cat6 UTP cable. The IP module will also leverage bandwidth throttling and multicasting capabilities to manage bandwidth and storage requirements efficiently while delivering the best possible image quality and resolution. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-89 c) The IP module will generate two independent MPEG-4 streams and a JPEG stream simultaneously. This will allow streaming high-quality images for live viewing while recording at a reduced frame rate and, at the same time, stream JPEG images to a remote PDA device. d) The IP module will support integrated one-way audio to allow a user to monitor audio at the camera site over the network. The video and audio will be relayed as a single media stream, so the two are synchronized. e) The IP module will support iSCSI devices to allow a network-enabled AutoDome to stream video directly to an iSCSI RAID array. This will allow local video storage without streaming high bandwidth video across the network. System-recording performance will be totally independent from network performance. f) The IP module will simultaneously supply analogue video over coaxial cable to support existing analogue equipment. 4) Housing a) All housings will come standard with a rugged impactresistant polycarbonate bubble, recessed setscrews, and a recessed bubble latch to reduce the chance of damage from vandalism. The housing bubble can be order clear or tinted. b) All housings will provide built-in surge protection for power, data, and video and alarm inputs. c) The pendant camera system will be a NEMA 4X or IP66 certified, rugged, weather-resistant package. d) Outdoor Pendant Housing will be made of cast aluminum for corrosion resistance, and supplied with a built-in heater/blower to provide an operating temperature range down to -40ºF to 122°F. 5) Provide BOSCH AutoDome VG 100 series or Architect approved equal. Provide with 2.7 mm–13.5 mm unless noted on the drawings. 6) Provide quantities as shown on the drawings. j. PTZ Cameras 1) General a) The camera dome will be a rugged, vandal resistant surveillance camera system that allows upgrades by means of interchangeable CPU, communication, and hot-swap camera modules with built-in surge protection. The camera housing will be available in in-ceiling or indoor/outdoor pendant versions, as the application requires. b) The dome bubble will meet stringent strength requirements able to exceed the UL 1598 horizontal impact standard for lighting fixtures. The bubble will be made of 2.6mm thick polycarbonate and be able to withstand a 100 foot-pound impact or the equivalent of a New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-90 10 lb sledgehammer dropped from a height of 10 feet. The dome bubble will be available in clear or tinted versions, as the application requires. c) The camera dome will be available in wall mount, roof (parapet) mount, mast (pole) mount, corner mount, pipe mount, and in-ceiling versions, as the application requires. d) The pendant camera system will be a NEMA 4X or IP66 certified, rugged, weather-resistant package. e) The camera system will provide a Fast Address method to allow the camera address number used for control to be remotely programmed from the system keyboard. f) The camera system will ensure that any advanced commands required to program the dome are accessed via three levels of password protection ranging from low to high. g) The camera system will provide a feature that automatically rotates, or pivots, the camera to simplify tracking of a person walking directly under the camera. h) The camera system will provide advanced troubleshooting and diagnostics via diagnostic LEDs and on-screen diagnostic displays. i) All camera domes will accept Bosch Biphase, RS232 and 485, Pelco "P" and Pelco "D" control protocols. j) The camera dome will be Bosch BilinxTM compatible where remote control, configuration, and camera firmware updates can be accomplished via over-the-coax operation. Bilinx operation can also be functional via other modes of video transmission including fiber optic and passive UTP. k) The camera system will be designed so that an optional hybrid analogue/IP communication module will be available to simultaneously stream IP video across a local or wide area network, and analogue video via coaxial cabling to support existing analogue equipment. l) An optional integral fiber optic transceiver module will also be available that will be capable of transmitting and receiving video and Biphase signals up to 2.5 miles (4 km). The fiber optic module will be compatible with 50/125 mm, 62.5/125 mm, low-loss multimode glass fiber, rated for minimum system bandwidth of 20 MHz (video 850nm/data 1300nm). 2) Specifications a) The CPU module will provide fast 360º per second camera pan/tilt speeds; advanced troubleshooting and diagnostics via diagnostic LEDs and on-screen displays; and built in surge protection. The camera's 360º rotation will be divided into 16 independent sectors with 16-character titles per sector. Any or all of the 16 sectors can be blanked from the operator's view. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-91 b) In addition to the blanking function, the CPU will provide 24 masks with up to 8 masks per scene that prohibit areas of the field of view from being seen even if the camera is panned, tilted, or zoomed. The masks can be shaped using three (3), four (4) or five (5) anchor points to form different shapes to best fit the area to be masked. Mask selections will be black, white or blurred. c) The CPU will store up to 99 preset scenes with each preset programmable for 16 character titles. Two (2) separate preset tours will be available to display consecutively the preset scenes for a programmed dwell time. Any or all of the presets can be included or excluded from the tour. d) The CPU will provide an AutoScaling feature that will reduce the pan/tilt speed as the camera zooms in on an object, so that the relative speed on the screen remains constant. e) The 26X Day/Night camera module consists of an integrated high resolution Exview HAD CCD camera using a 1/4-inch imager and a 26X (3.5 – 91.0 mm, F1.6 to F3.8) auto-iris, auto-focus optical zoom lens. It will have a variable high speed, 360º pan/tilt drive with a top speed of 120° per second. f) The camera module is designed to perform over a wide range of environmental and lighting conditions with a horizontal resolution of 470 TVL (NTSC/PAL) typical and sensitivity down to 0.0052 lux in color mode, and 0.0013 lux in night mode. g) The camera will automatically switch from daylight color operation to a higher sensitivity nighttime monochrome mode when light levels fall below an adjustable threshold level. Day/night operation may also be manually switched on or off from the system switcher/controller keyboard. h) A full 12X digital zoom is functional once the maximum 26X optical zoom limit has been reached. The 12X digital zoom lens is on/off selectable from the system controller keyboard. 3) Communication Module a) Provide a hybrid IP Communication Module capable of capturing and storing images using MPEG-4 encoding and compression, and supply analogue video over coaxial cable will be available. b) The IP module will deliver DVD-quality 4CIF video, at rates up to 30 images per second, via TCP/IP over Cat5/Cat6 UTP cable. The IP module will also leverage bandwidth throttling and multicasting capabilities to manage bandwidth and storage requirements efficiently while delivering the best possible image quality and resolution. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-92 c) The IP module will generate two independent MPEG-4 streams and a JPEG stream simultaneously. This will allow streaming high-quality images for live viewing while recording at a reduced frame rate and, at the same time, stream JPEG images to a remote PDA device. d) The IP module will support integrated one-way audio to allow a user to monitor audio at the camera site over the network. The video and audio will be relayed as a single media stream, so the two are synchronized. e) The IP module will support iSCSI devices to allow a network-enabled AutoDome to stream video directly to an iSCSI RAID array. This will allow local video storage without streaming high bandwidth video across the network. System-recording performance will be totally independent from network performance. f) The IP module will simultaneously supply analogue video over coaxial cable to support existing analogue equipment. 4) Housing a) All housings will come standard with a rugged impactresistant polycarbonate bubble, recessed setscrews, and a recessed bubble latch to reduce the chance of damage from vandalism. The housing bubble can be order clear or tinted. b) All housings will provide built-in surge protection for power, data, and video and alarm inputs. c) The pendant camera system will be a NEMA 4X or IP66 certified, rugged, weather-resistant package. d) Outdoor Pendant Housing will be made of cast aluminum for corrosion resistance, and supplied with a built-in heater/blower to provide an operating temperature range down to -40ºF to 122°F. 5) Provide BOSCH AutoDome VG PTZ series or Architect approved equal. Provide with ‘C’ option for interior locations. 6) Provide quantities as shown on the drawings. k. Camera Power Supply 1) Provide a rack mount fused isolated power supply for all non IP type cameras and/or all housings which have a heater/blower. Provide as required for all cameras for a complete functional system. 2) Provide Altronix TV series or Architect approved equal. l. Equipment Rack 1) Provide as specified elsewhere in the specification. Mount network switches, encoders/decoders, power supplies and servers in racks as required. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-93 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Verify the exact location prior to bid of all items that may be indicated and determine exact location of all electrical items that are not indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the cost of all work including sub-letting of any work that may be required to complete the work indicated in order to avoid work stoppages and jurisdictional disputes. The work to be sublet shall conform with precedent agreements and decisions of record. Jurisdictional assignment shall be a responsibility under this Section's contractual obligation. C. Do not install equipment and materials which have not been reviewed by the Architect. Equipment and materials which are installed without the Architect's review or without complying to comments issued with the review shall be removed from the project when so instructed by the Architect. No payment will be made for unapproved or removal if it is ordered removed. The Installer shall be responsible for any ancillary costs incurred because of its removal and the installation of the correct equipment and materials. D. Obtain detailed information on installation requirements from the manufacturers of all equipment to be furnished, installed or provided. At the start of construction, check all Contract Documents including all Drawings and all Sections of the specifications for equipment requiring electrical connections and service and verify electrical characteristics of equipment prior to roughing. E. Equipment and systems shall not be installed without first coordinating the location and installation of equipment and systems with the General Contractor and all other Trades. F. Any and all material installed or work performed in violation of above requirements shall be re-adjusted and corrected by the Installer without charge. G. Refer to all Drawings associated with the project, prior to the installation or roughing-in of the electrical outlets, conduit and and equipment, to determine the exact location of all outlets. H. After installation, equipment shall be protected to prevent damage during the construction period. Openings in conduits and boxes shall be closed to prevent the entrance of foreign materials. I. Home runs indicated are not to be combined or reduced without written consent from the Architect. J. All connections to equipment shall be made as required, and in accordance with the approved submittal and setting drawings. K. Delivery, Storage and Handling: 1. Deliver, store, protect and handle products in accordance with recommended practices listed in Manufacturer's Installation and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Deliver equipment in individual shipping splits for ease of handling, mount on shipping skids and wrap for protection. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-94 3. Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within specified time. 4. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory protection or cover with heavy canvas or plastic to keep out dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. Heat enclosures to prevent condensation. Meet the requirements and recommendations of NFPA 70B and the Manufacturer. Location shall be protected to prevent moisture from entering enclosures and material. 5. Handle in accordance with NEMA and the Manufacturer's recommendations and instructions to avoid damaging equipment, installed devices and finish. 6. The equipment shall be kept upright at all times. When equipment has to be tilted for ease of passage through restricted areas during transportation, the Manufacturer shall be required to brace the equipment suitably to insure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. L. Site Observation: 1. Site Site observation visits will be performed randomly during the project by the Architect. Reports will be generated noting observations. Deficiencies noted on the site visit reports shall be corrected. All work shall comply with the Contract Documents, applicable Codes, regulations and local Authorities whether or not a particular deficiency has been noted in a site visit report. 2. Be responsible to notify the Architect ten working days prior to closing in work behind walls, raised access floors, ceilings, etc., so that installed work can be observed prior to being concealed. 3. Work concealed prior to observation and correction of deficiencies shall be made accessible for review at the discretion of the Architect. Bear all costs for allowing worked to be reviewed. 4. Areas shall stay accessible until deficiencies are corrected and accepted. Notify the Architect when all deficiencies are corrected. Return reports with items indicated as corrected prior to re-observation by the Architect. M. Project Open House: 1. If the Owner elects to have an open house at the end of the project, provide assistance to the Owner. Cooperate and provide manpower to operate and demonstrate systems during the open house as requested by the Owner. N. Change Orders, Modifications, Revisions and Directives: 1. When change orders, modifications, revisions or Architect's Directives are issued or authorized, provide the required additional material, equipment, personnel and workers to prevent delays in the work, and to complete the work within the time limit of the Contract unless a specific time extension is requested with the change and accepted. Include costs for expediting deliveries where required. 2. Requests for additional compensation shall be submitted broken down and associated by item, tasks and Drawing or sketch number with material and labor costs, so quantities can be easily verified. 3. Requests shall be properly and adequately identified so the scope of work can be clearly determined. Indicate who originated change in work. 4. Submit on all credits broken down as requested for adds. Credits shall be separately identified and accounted for. Do not indicate as net changes with adds. 5. Unit costs for labor and material shall be equal for adds, deletes and credits. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-95 3.2 WORK A. Loose materials shall not be stored on-site. A "gang box" is acceptable to be placed in a location agreeable to the Owner and the General Contractor. The Installer is responsible for all equipment and materials and for their delivery until the system is deemed complete and accepted by the Owner. B. A trailer may be used for the storage of materials to be located on the Owner's property at a location designated by the Owner and the General Contractor. Such on-site storage shall be kept locked by the Installer. Security for the trailer and its contents shall be strictly the responsibility of the Installer. C. Protect existing in spaces where work is being performed to protect it from damage and from the accumulation of dirt. D. Any ceilings, walls, floors, furniture, equipment, furnishings, etc., damaged by the work of this Section shall be replaced, or at the Owner's option, repaired with similar materials, workmanship and quality. E. Work includes field survey of existing conditions, systems, equipment and tracing of existing circuits in order to determine scope of work. F. Maintain the existing building in operation at all times during the entire construction period. If it is necessary to have an system shutdown, a written request for approval shall be submitted in advance stating the estimated shutdown time. Work shall be planned to minimize shutdown. Shutdowns shall be at the convenience of the Owner and, if necessary, on premium time. G. Clean and touch up all equipment, materials and work sites at the completion of work in each area. H. Certain portions of the work area may be occupied during construction. Determine which areas and schedule work accordingly and include necessary premium time. I. Make sure necessary provisions to provide continuous service of all existing systems throughout all occupied areas. J. Existing System Operation: 1. It is imperative that completely operable and operating computer systems be maintained in all areas of the building where such operation is provided. 2. Temporary and short interval interruptions of the ability of a single existing system zone in any area of the building to operate to complete installation of the building network according to the building construction phases may be tolerated with the express written permission of the Owner. This permission will only be considered if a written request for such an interruption is made before the actual need therefore. 3.3 EQUIPMENT RACKS, CABINETS AND BRACKETS A. Securely mount equipment racks, cabinets and wall mounted relay brackets to the building structure. Proper supports such as 3/8" lag screws and expansion anchors shall New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-96 be used. Proper quantity of supports shall be utilized. Dry wall screws and other types of supports not specifically approved to support equipment are specifically prohibited. Submit mounting supports for approval before installation. B. Position racks, cabinets and wall mounted relay brackets in order to have minimum 3 foot clearance for easy access. Equipment racks, cabinets and relay brackets mounted on or against walls shall have 3 foot clearance in front of deepest component. Free standing equipment racks and cabinets shall have 3 foot clearance in front and rear of deepest components. Provide 3 foot clearance between free standing equipment racks or cabinets and any other obstruction to allow access from front to rear of rack or cabinet for maintenance. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide cable tray over each rack and cabinet as required to facilitate a neat and orderly installation of cables and to secure the top of the racks to the structure. Cables shall drop straight down to equipment racks. Cable trays shall be secured at both ends to the structure and connected together as required for a complete contiguous installation. Utilize proper supports to support the cable tray to the building structure as well as the equipment rack and cabinet. Submit mounting supports for approval before installation. D. Install terminating components such as patch panels (UTP, Fiber optic); cable management, etc. into the racks, cabinets and wall mounted relay brackets. E. Patch Panels: Mount patch panels onto the rack(s) in top-to-bottom fashion with the first patch panel mounted at the top of the rack. Uniquely label each patch panel according to the numbering convention outlined in the SECTION on labeling. Each port shall also have color coded identifiers. Refer to details on the Drawings. F. Cable Management: All cables shall enter the wiring closet to within the equipment racks and/or brackets. Secure the bundle(s) to the rack strain relief and wire management behind the patch panels and cross connect block panels. Install horizontal and sidemounted vertical cable management panels and brackets for routing and management of patch cables. Maintain EIA/TIA and BICSI standards on bundling, supporting and bend radii. G. Once the cabling system has been installed and terminated, install all active components and surge protected power strips into the racks, cabinets and wall mounted relay brackets.Surge Protected Outlet Strips: Mount UPS and surge protected outlet strips per Manufacturer's directions. Refer to details on the Drawings for mounting location. 3.4 TERMINATIONS A. All copper or fiber conductors of every cable shall be completely terminated at both ends. 3.5 CABLE PATHWAYS A. Provide all equipment and cabling for a complete installed operating system. In general, pathways, outlet boxes and grounding are provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. B. All pathways provided under this Section shall comply comply with fill capacities as per Code, EIA/TIA 569A and BICSI. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-97 C. Cable bending radius shall not be less than minimum required by EIA/TIA and BICSI. D. Cabling installed concealed shall be supported from the building structure (e.g. cable trays, J-Hooks, snake tray, etc.). E. Cables shall be installed no closer than 12 inches (305mm) to electrical equipment and wiring. When cables are required to cross power wiring, they shall only do so perpendicular to the power wiring. Telecommunications cabling and power wiring shall only cross each other the minimal number of times as required due to building design limitations. F. Clearances: Clearances between cabling and other building systems as required by EIA/TIA 569A and BICSI shall be maintained throughout the building. G. All cables shall be installed in a neat and workman-like manner. Cables shall be installed parallel and perpendicular to building elements. H. Provide expansion fittings and adequate cable slack at all building expansion joints. I. Fire/smoke seal all conduits, raceways, sleeves, slots etc. where cables pass from one location to another, provided by electrical subcontractor. 3.6 SEALING OF PENETRATIONS AND OPENINGS A. Environmental Seals 1. Provide seals on raceways exposed to widely different temperatures, as in refrigerated or cold storage areas. Install seal to prevent circulation of air from warmer to colder sections through the raceway. 2. Provide seals under device plates for outlets on walls between conditioned and non-conditioned spaces. 3. Provide outlet plate gasket seals at all work area outlets on interior and exterior walls. B. Smoke and Fire Stopping Seals 1. Provide a seal around raceways or cables penetrating full height walls (slab to slab), floors or ventilation or air handling ducts so that the spread of fire or products of combustion shall not be substantially increased. 2. Penetrations through fire-resistant-rated walls, partitions, floors or ceilings shall be fire stopped using approved methods and NRTL listed products to maintain the fire resistance rating. 3. Installation restrictions of the listing agencies shall be strictly adhered to (e.g. 24 inch (610 mm) minimum horizontal separation between boxes on opposite sides of the wall, maximum square inch opening in wall). 4. Fire stopping in sleeves or in areas having small openings that may require the addition or modification of installed cables or raceways shall be a soft, pliable, non-hardening fire stop putty. Putty shall be water resistant and intumescent. 5. Fire stopping in locations not likely to require frequent modification shall be a NRTL listed putty or caulk to meet the required fire resistance rating. 6. Box penetrations into a fire rated wall or shaft shall have a fire stopping pad installed on the back of the box. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-98 7. Fire stopping of cable trays and snake trays through walls shall be with NRTL listed bags to meet the required fire resistive rating and that will not allow products of combustion to pass through the protected opening. The NRTL listed bags shall be installed inside and on both sides of the opening as required to meet the required resistive fire rating of the wall. 8. Fire stopping materials shall be NRTL listed to UL 1479 (ASTM E814). Installation methods shall conform to a UL fire stopping system. Submit specifications and installation drawings for the type of material to be used. Fire stopping materials shall be as manufactured by 3M, International Protective Coatings Corp., Specified Technologies, Inc., Carborundum Company, RayChem, Nelson Fire Stop or approved equal. 3.7 SEISMIC SUPPORTS, SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL AND CHANNELS A. Provide all supports, supplementary steel and channels required for the proper Seismic installation, mounting and support of all work installed under this Section. B. All supports, supplementary steel and channels shall be furnished, installed and secured with all fittings, support rods and appurtenances required for a complete support or mounting system. C. Supplementary steel and channels shall be firmly connected to the building construction in a manner approved by the Architect prior to the installation of same. Submit to the Architect, via the General Contractor, the locations proposed for using supplementary steel and channels for the support of equipment, fixtures and raceways. The submittal shall indicate the mounting methods, size and details of the supports, channels and steel; it shall indicate also that weight which the supports, channels and supplementary steel is to carry. D. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary steel shall be of sufficient strength and size for seismic restraint and to allow only a minimum deflection in conformance with the the channel and supplementary steel manufacturer's requirements for loading. E. All supplementary steel and channels shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner parallel to the walls, floor and ceiling construction. All turns shall be made with 90 degrees and 45 degrees fittings, as required to suit the construction and installation conditions. F. All supplementary steel, channels, supports, and fittings, shall be Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, approved, be galvanized steel and be manufactured by Steel City, Unistrut, Power-Strut, T. J. Cope, Chalfant or approved equal. G. Provide supports to meet the required Seismic rating as indicated under "Part One" of this Specification. H. Provide beam clamps with set screws (C-clamp type). I. Work under this Section shall be held in place by Seismic rated methods. J. Supporting from the roof decking will not be acceptable. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-99 K. Provide expansion anchors on masonry units or brick work. Power actuated supports will not be accepted. L. Provide stainless steel or corrosion resistant supports in corrosive areas on wet or damp areas. M. Support work from the building structure, independent of suspended ceilings, roof deck or other trades work. Where duct work, pipes, pipe racks, type of building construction materials or structural framing members provide obstruction or difficult support means, hanger rods shall be used in association with horizontal sections of steel support channels, in an approved manner. N. All work shall be installed in a rigid and satisfactory manner and shall be supported by bar hangers in frame construction or shall be fastened directly with wood screws on wood, bolts with expansion shields on concrete or brick toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, and machine screws or welded threaded studs on metal. Threaded studs of the proper type and holding capacity driven in by a power charge and provided with lock washers and nuts are acceptable for mounting of equipment on solid concrete walls or slabs. O. Obtain written permission from the General Contractor allowing use of power activated charges. Use only properly trained and licensed operators. P. Do not use power charge driven supports for any work that is to be hung from a horizontal surface without written permission from the Architect. Q. Preset inserts of the proper type and holding capacity shall be used in overhead slab construction wherever possible. R. Provide lateral supports for work to prevent excessive movement during a seismic event using rods, braces or galvanized or stainless steel cables. S. Pendants, supports or hanging rods longer than 12 inches (300mm) shall be laterally braced. T. Where installed in damp, wet and areas requiring wash down, all surface mounted panels, boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc., shall be supported by spacers to provide a clearance between wall and equipment. 3.8 CABLE SUPPORTS A. Provide strain relief hardware for backbone cables at each floor level as they pass from one floor to the next. B. Provide hook and loop (Velcro) cable wraps at all panels, equipment racks and cabinets. Cable ties are specifically prohibited. C. Cable ties for horizontal cables shall be secured with minimum required compression in order to secure the cables properly without impeding the signal transmission rating (geometry) of the cable. Hook and loop (Velcro) cable wraps may be used in lieu of New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-100 cable ties for copper cables only. Cable-ties are specifically prohibited for fiber optic cables. D. When pathways are not provided or specified, provide J-Hook supports from the building structure as required for cable runs to the cable drop location. Maximum distance between supports shall be five feet (1 500mm) depending on the structural elements of the building. Maximum number of cables per support shall be thirty. Provide additional supports as required when cable quantities exceeds thirty and to maintain required bending radius of cables. Cables installed exposed or in areas subject to abuse (below 10 feet (3m) above finished floor) or in accessible areas shall be installed in conduit. E. All cables shall be supported directly from building structure. Under no circumstance shall cable be installed using cross bracing, plumbing/sprinkler pipes, ceiling systems or any other system that is not a specifically approved method to independently support cables. Cables shall not be allowed to rest on ceiling tiles, duct work, piping, etc. Supports shall be provided as required in order for cables to avoid contact with any other building system. Bundle cables in groups by Room. 3.9 CABLE PROTECTION A. Provide bushings in all metal studs and the like where cables will pass through. Bushings shall be of two (2) piece construction with one piece inserted through the opening and the second piece locking it into place. Single piece bushings with locking tabs or friction fit are specifically prohibited. B. Cables to be installed in existing enclosed open bays or furred spaces where conduit stubs are not provided, shall be protected from chafing or any damage. The Installer shall verify that the warranty shall not be violated before installing any cabling in these locations. C. Provide cutting, coring, sleeves and bushings and seal as required at all penetrations. D. Fiber optic backbone cables shall be installed in in inner duct. E. Cables damaged during installation shall not be repaired. They shall be completely replaced with new cable. 3.10 INSTALLATION A. All cabling shall be installed in conduit where indicated on plans, or shall be installed open using other methods, approved by architect, such as J-Hooks, cable tray & snake tray. 1. Install wiring, per manufacturers recommendations. 2. All wiring shall be new, concealed in pipe where exposed. 3. Install wiring for detection and signal circuit as specified. Make wiring connections to new or existing door hardware devices as required B. All conduits, raceways, innerduct, etc.. shall have pull strings remaining after cable is pulled. C. Impedance and Level Matching: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-101 1. Carefully match input and output impedances and signal levels at signal interfaces. Provide matching networks where required. D. Control Circuit Wiring: 1. Install control circuits in accordance with NFPA 70 and as indicated. Provide number of conductors as recommended by system manufacturer to provide control functions indicated or specified. 2. All housings are to be located as specified and shown on drawings. 3. Make installation in strict accordance with approved manufacturer's drawings and instructions. 4. The Installer shall provide necessary transient protection on the AC power feed, all station lines leaving or entering the building, and all central office trunks. All protection shall be as recommended by the equipment supplier and referenced to earth ground. E. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: 1. Make splices, taps and terminations on numbered terminal punch blocks in junction, pull, and outlet boxes, terminal cabinets and equipment enclosures. 2. Identification of Conductors and Cables: a. Use color coding of conductors and apply wire and cable marking tape to designate wires and cables so all media are identified in coordination with system wiring diagrams. F. Weatherproofing: 1. Provide weatherproof enclosures for items to be mounted outdoors or exposed to weather. G. Typical Layouts and requirements of the specified systems: 1. Typical layout: a. Equipment racks and cabinets b. Backbone cabling c. Headend equipment 2. Typical layout of telecommunications equipment racks and cabinets a. Each equipment rack and cabinet shall contain the following equipment: 1) Fiber optic patch panel 2) Fiber optic cable management 3) Surge protector power strip 4) Patch panels -Horizontal distribution 5) Horizontal distribution cable management 6) Vertical cable management 7) Patch cords b. Provide space for the installation of network electronics equipment in the equipment racks. c. Furnish and install horizontal cable management between each patch panel (fiber optics, Hub distribution, Horizontal distribution, and telephone distribution). d. Furnish and install horizontal distribution patch panels in each wire center with sufficient ports to terminate all modular jacks shown on the drawings plus twenty percent spares. The exact number of modular jacks New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-102 and horizontal distribution patch panels shall be obtained from the drawings. e. Furnish and install all equipment racks and cabinets required to support the aforementioned equipment. f. The MDF room shall contain fiber optic patch panel quantities which correspond to the total number of fiber optic patch panels located in the IDF rooms. g. Grounding bars shall be installed under SECTION 270526. Furnish and install the required grounding to ensure that all of the aforementioned equipment is grounded and bonded. 3. Headend a. The headend consists of connecting hardware for the following: 8) Data System 9) Voice System 10) Video System 11) Sound System b. Furnish and install all IDC cross connect block panels and hardware for terminating telephone, video all-call, administration console system and satellite dish cabling at the headend. Terminations of these systems onto the IDC cross connect block panels at the headend shall be provided under this Section. c. Furnish and install the specified UTP cables from Telephone Company demarcation to headend. Terminate both ends of each cable onto IDC cross connect block panels. d. Final terminations from the IDC cross connect block panels to the headend equipment shall be provided by the headend equipment installer. e. Coordinate with the headend equipment installer and the Electrical Subcontractor for: 12) the installation of all the IDC cross connect block panels at the headend equipment. Installation shall be neat in appearance. 13) the final terminations at the headend. 3.11 GROUNDING A. General: 1. The Telecommunications systems comprising of cable tray, snake tray, equipment cabinets, racks and non-current carrying metallic parts shall be grounded according to the Electrical Code. 2. In general, the grounding shall be as specified, as indicated on the Drawings and as required by the Electrical Code and Local Authorities. B. Methods: 1. Provide equipment grounding connections for integrated sound, voice and video systems as indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A to assure permanent and effective grounds. 2. Ground equipment, conductor, and cable shields to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. Provide 5-ohm ground at main equipment location. Measure, record, and report ground resistance. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-103 3. The installer shall provide all necessary transient protection on the AC power feed and on all station lines leaving or entering the building. 4. The installer shall note in his system drawings, the type and location of these protection devices as well as all wiring information. 5. The installer shall furnish and install a dedicated, isolated earth ground from the central equipment rack and bond to the incoming electrical service ground buss bar. C. Telecommunications Grounding 1. Raceways including wireways, conduits, cable trays, snake tray, etc. installed for low voltage or fiber optic cabling shall be made electrically continuous for grounding purposes. Provide hollow braided copper jumpers between sections equal to Belden No. 8669 (60A Ampacity). Provide equal impedance conductor for aluminum raceway. 2. Bond raceways to the ground bus located in the equipment cabinet. Bond raceways in each room room they terminate in. D. Telecommunications Equipment Bonding & Grounding 1. Provide grounding and bonding as required by EIA/TIA-607 standards, codes and the equipment manufacturers. 2. Make final grounding conductor connection to cabinet around bus. 3. Each individual piece of equipment shall have an individual grounding conductor to the ground bus within the cabinet. 4. All equipment shall have bonding jumpers between them (i.e. between cable tray, snake tray and equipment rack, etc.). 5. Equipment integral to an equipment rack (i.e. shelves, panels, cable management, etc.) shall be considered bonded. 6. Equipment that is not integral to an equipment rack (i.e. shelf mounted electronic equipment, cable tray, snake tray, etc.) require individual bonding jumpers between the equipment and the rack. 7. Properly clean and prepare all surfaces for a complete bonding and grounding termination. 8. Install grounding bus in all equipment racks and cabinets. 3.12 UTP CABLING SYSTEMS A. The general topology shall be a "hierarchal star" configuration. All segments shall originate in NRTL listed patch panels located in the telecommunication equipment racks/cabinets and end at the Work Area Outlet. B. Backbone cables shall be installed in EMT between the headend (MDF) and the telecommunications closets (IDF). C. Routing 1. All cabling shall be installed in conduit where indicated on plans or shall be installed open using "J" hooks or Snake Tray. 2. Cables shall be routed, in large groups, down main cable pathways, until a direct path to the point of access to the work station outlet can be taken. At that point, cables shall be routed, above all building systems, to the outlet location in accordance with standard installation practices, as described herein. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-104 3. Multiple cables to individual rooms shall be pulled as a bundle and terminated at each end in sequential order so that labeling within a room location is in sequence. 4. When not in conduit or tray, cables shall be supported to the deck and/or beams, every five feet throughout the length of their installed run. Hangers, clips, and other methods of grouping the cables and keeping them away from other systems installed in the building are to be provided and installed. Ensure that hangers and other methods of securing cable do not compress cable or damage insulation. 5. Route cables (minimum of 12 inches (305mm) away) to avoid light ballasts, transformers, power wiring and other electrical devices so that there is no EMI or RFI interference with data transmission. 6. Cables shall be attached to beams with minimal disruption of the fire proofing. Care should be taken to assure that fire proofing removal is not excessive. The contractor shall be responsible of restoring the fire proofing to appropriate levels. Restoration will be verified by the general contractor. 7. Cable routes shall be with 90 degree angles whenever possible. Cables shall not be installed randomly or diagonally through the building. 8. Cables installed partially or fully within the communications room shall be routed through and secured in the cable tray wherever possible. No cables are to be routed across the rooms at angles, or are the cables to be run from one portion of the room or tray to another. Cables placed in the cable tray are to be laced frequently to keep them neatly bundled and not permitted to shift from one side of the tray to the other as they are routed in the tray. 9. Station cables shall be routed to fixed wall locations through EMT to back box. Secure and store four feet of slack cable above ceiling at cable entrance to EMT. D. All horizontal cables shall be terminated at their respective equipment racks/cabinets. E. E. All cables shall have both ends completely terminated at their respective patch panel and Work Area Outlet. Individual conductors shall be trimmed flush with IDC block. Cables indicated to be "spare" shall have one end terminated at their respective patch panel or cross-connect block and the other end shall be hermetically sealed with a polyolefin heat-shrinkable cap. Provide RayChem Co. or approved equivalent after testing. Tape shall not be approved. F. The total length of permanently installed cable for any complete segment shall not exceed 295 feet (90m). Do not splice or otherwise re-terminate any cable used, terminate only at the patch panels, cross connect blocks and Work Area Outlets. Route cables (minimum of 12 inches (305mm) away) to avoid light ballasts, transformers, power wiring and other electrical devices so that there is no EMI or RFI interference with data transmission. Permanently label all cables six inches from the connector at each end, according to the numbering convention outlined in the section on labeling. All cables shall be terminated at outlets, patch panels or cross connect blocks Only. G. Maximum pulling tension shall not exceed 25 lbs/ft. when installing cables. H. Modular Jacks 1. Each Category 6 jack shall have a Category 6 home cable run back to its associated patch panel or cross connect block. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-105 3.13 PATCH PANELS, PATCH CORDS AND LINE CORDS A. Provide sufficient quantities of Category 6 patch panels in each wire center (MDF, IDF) to allow for twenty percent (20%) growth. B. Provide patch cables as follows: 1. Provide one UTP patch cable for each horizontal cable terminated within the patch panel. a. 50% of patch cables shall be 9 feet. b. 50% of patch cables shall be 5 feet. 2. Provide 12 duplex SC Fiber optic patch cables for each 12-strands of fiber optic cable in the project for use at each Fiber optic patch panel. 3. Patch cable lengths shall be field measured before ordering. C. Provide line cords as follows: 1. Provide one 10 foot (3 m) category 6 line cord cable for each data connector installed in data Work Area Outlet. 2. Provide one coax line cord cable for each video connector installed in Work Area Outlets. 3. Provide one set of RCA line cord cables for each set of RCA connectors installed in Work Area Outlets. 4. Provide one S-VHS line cord cable for each S-VHS connector installed in Work Area Outlets. 5. All line cord cable lengths shall be field measured before ordering. 3.14 LABELING A. Labeling procedure shall meet EIA/TIA 568B Series standard and 606 and BICSI Standards and shall be pre-approved by the Architect. Hand-written and embossed type labels are specifically prohibited. B. Permanently label, using pre-printed labels, all cables and terminations exactly as defined herein: 1. Label each equipment rack and cabinet. 2. Label patch panels and cross connect blocks numerically, top-to-bottom 3. Label patch panel and cross connect blocks ports numerically. 4. Label the cable segments as indicated on Drawing Schedules. Each outlet will be designated by the incoming cable, and will be labeled accordingly. 5. Label each equipment rack, panel and cross connect block uniquely. 6. Refer to Administration section for specific labeling requirements. C. Use industry standard EIA/TIA and BICSI color codes as specified herein and maintain consistent color coding throughout the building. 3.15 SLEEVING AND BUSHINGS A. Raceways and openings shall be laid out in advance to permit their provision in the work. Sleeves and raceway shall be set before new masonry is constructed. Any extra work required where sleeves or raceways have been omitted or improperly placed shall be New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-106 performed at the expense of the Installer which made the error or omission, including coring. 1. Existing Construction: Where raceways and cable pathways must pass vertically through existing construction, coring shall be located as per the guidelines shown on the drawings. B. Provide sleeves for raceways, busways, snake trays and cable trays penetrating floors, fire walls, or smoke partitions. Install approved material to provide for fire stop. C. Provide waterproof seals inside and outside raceway when penetrating from the exterior or underground. D. Except where specified otherwise sleeves shall be made of galvanized metal to finish flush with building finish lines. E. Provide acoustic sealer in sleeves between occupied spaces. F. Sleeves installed in floors shall extend two inches (50mm) above the finished floor unless specifically indicated otherwise. Sleeves for busways shall extend four inches (100mm) above the floor. G. Provide sleeves in masonry construction and in full height (slab to slab) walls. H. Provide sleeves for any openings requiring fireproofing. I. Bushings in all conduits shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor in all metal studs and other openings where cables will pass through. Bushings shall be of two piece construction with one piece inserted through the opening and the second piece locking it into place. Single piece bushings with locking tabs or friction fit are specifically prohibited. 3.16 INTEGRATED SECURITY SYSTEM TESTING A. Security Management System 1. Test in accordance with manufacturer’s security management systems testing procedures. 3.17 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS TESTING A. Cabling systems shall meet or exceed the electrical and transmission characteristics of the systems specified. B. Cable segments and links shall be tested from both ends of the cable for each of the construction phases. (Verify that cable labeling matches at both ends). C. Test Reports: Upon completion and testing of the installed system for each of the construction phases, test reports shall be submitted in booklet form showing all factory and field tests performed. Organize test reports by each telecommunication closet. Test reports shall be typewritten. Provide documentation and a copy of the standards being tested to. Indicate where test is in compliance, and acceptable limits for the test, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-107 measured value of the test and application involved. Submit test report formats for approval during shop drawing review. D. The system shall not be considered certified until the tester has acknowledged, in writing, that the performance of the physical layer of the system has been fully tested and is operational at the completion of the installation phase. E. Equipment Manufacturer's Factory Test 1. Each cable and equipment manufacturer shall factory test their respective products being installed on this project and provide test reports at time of delivery. Provide separate respective test reports indicating that they meet or exceed the latest applicable TIA/EIA Standards and technical bulletins. 2. All other products relative to this specification shall be tested to its respective industry strictest standards. 3. Each manufacturer shall factory test their respective cable or equipment provided to this project at several lower frequency levels, including the minimum and maximum frequency level indicated herein. The test reports shall indicate test results for at least five equal incremental frequency levels including the maximum required. F. Field Testing Equipment: Submit during shop drawing review on the testing equipment to be utilized on this project. The installer shall test all cables installed under this Section. Provide a hard copy of all field-testing. 1. Unshielded and Shielded twisted pair Testing Equipment: a. The cable tester shall have a wide variety of preprogrammed cable types as an integral part of its testing system and have the ability to test cables less than 6 feet (6ft.) from the test point. 1) Cable tester shall be NRTL certified for EIA/TIA TSB95, Level 2E. 2. Fiber Optic Test Equipment: a. Cable testers shall be Optical Power Meter and High Resolution Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) The cable tester shall be NRTL certified for compliance to latest EIA/TIA 568B Series standard and TSB72 performance requirements, at 850, 1300 and 1550 nm. G. UTP Cabling Systems 1. Test each UTP cable and passive components. Provide certification that entire installation of UTP cabling, equipment and jacks are NRTL certified meeting or exceeding a minimum of category performance specified on all four pairs of conductors. Tests shall indicate each cable segment performance as well as each cable overall channel performance (includes patch cables at both ends of cable segments). 2. Tests shall be based on each pair of conductors and not the aggregate multiple pair results. 3. UTP Cable: Test all installed cable segments end-to-end, from the telecommunications closet horizontal patch panel/cross connect block panel to each Work Area Outlet and from each [telecommunications closet backbone patch panel/cross-connect block panel] to respective main cross connect, and from the Work Area Outlet to the main cross-connect (through patch cables or cross-connect wiring) with a Signal Injector, Graphical Link Link Testing Meter and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-108 Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) for compliance to latest EIA/TIA performance requirements, as well as NEXT, ELFEXT, structural return loss, alternating power sum, opens, shorts, continuity, cable length, and Characteristic Impedance. 4. Test results shall include: a. Wire Map b. Length c. Attenuation d. Near-end Crosstalk (NEXT) Loss e. NEXT (Near End Cross Talk) f. PS-NEXT (Power Sum Near End Cross Talk) g. ELFEXT (Equal Level Far End Cross Talk) h. PS-ELFEXT (Power Sum Equal Level Far End Cross Talk) i. Propagation Delay j. Delay Skew k. Impedance l. Return loss m. Wire map will determine the following: 2) continuity to the remote end 3) Shorts between any two or more conductors 4) Crossed pairs 5) Reversed pairs 6) Split pairs 7) Any other miswiring n. Below are the current testing requirements in addition to the basic wiremap and length tests for Category 5E cables and the respected limits for each test parameter. Attenuation 21.6dB Link -24.0dB Channel NEXT 32.3dB Link -30.1dB Channel PS-NEXT 29.3dB Link -27.1dB Channel ELFEXT 20.0db Link -17.4dB Channel PS-ELFEXT 17.0db Link -14.4dB Channel Return Loss 12.1dB Link -10.0dB Channel Prop. Delay 510ns Link -548ns Channel Delay Skew 45ns Link -50ns Channel o. Length is determined by the propagation of delay of signals and depends on the twist helix and dielectric materials. Note: Calibration of nominal velocity of Propagation (NVP) is critical to the accuracy of the length measurements when estimating from either frequency or time domain methods. p. The maximum physical lengths for: 8) Basic link = 94 meters including test equipment cords. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-109 9) Channel = 100 meters including equipment cords and patch cords. 10) Test results shall be reported in feet. q. Attenuation: 11) Link attenuation shall include all connection hardware. r. Near end Cross Talk (NEXT) Loss: 12) Next and PS-NEXT shall be measured form both ends of the cable or link under test. For accurate measurements, at least 380 linearly spaced sample points in a 100 MHZ sweep are required. 5. When a test result is closer to the test limit than the accuracy of the field tester, the result shall be marked with an asterisk (*). Provide documentation to interpret results marked by an asterisk. 6. The specified accuracy of the tester shall be indicated on the testing results. Limits of accuracy for the tester shall not exceed: Random noise floor: 50-15 log (f/100 dB) Residual NEXT: 40-15 log (f/100 dB) Output signal balance: 27-15 log (f/100 dB) Dynamic Accuracy: ± 1 dB Length Accuracy: ± ± meter ± 4% Return Loss: 15 dB 7. 8. The Link test shall include all patch cables and line cords. 9. Any reconfiguration of link components after testing may change the performance of the link and thus invalidate the previous test result. These links shall be retested. 10. In general, provide certification that all cabling and equipment installed has been tested for wire mapping, cable length, NEXT, PS-NEXT, attenuation, ELFEXT, PS-ELFEXT, Return Loss, Prop. Delay and Delay Skew, shorts, opens, polarity, split pairs and that the pin configuration is consistent throughout the entire systems. (Category 5E backbone testing shall include testing for Powersum.) H. Fiber optic Cable Testing 1. Test all fiber optic cable segments end-to-end from the Fiber optic backbone patch panel in the main cross-connect to each Fiber optic backbone patch panel in each telecommunications closet. I. Coax Cable Testing 1. Coordinate the broadband RF cabling system testing with the local CATV Company representative. 2. Test video video distribution cables with broadband cable tester. Confirm ability of each cable to pass frequencies as specified. Verify signal level equalization at each outlet. Inject on outbound RF signal from the video headend at 174 MHZ and 544 MHZ with an output level of +45db. Make reference readings at each video outlet for the selected frequency and document. Inject inbound signal New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-110 between 5 MHZ and 50 MHZ with an output level of +55db at one of the outlets on each trunk. Use RF signal strength meter to confirm readings with above specifications. Remedy all nonconforming trunks and/or drops. Repair or replace all nonconforming cables or components. Submit written test records. Provide signal generator and amplifiers as required for testing. Testing equipment may be removed after completion of testing and acceptance. 3. All testing shall be done under the direct supervision of, and correctness of installation demonstrated to the Owner's representative. J. Test for Continuity and Short Circuits. 3.18 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS DOCUMENTATION A. Label all equipment as herein specified. B. Provide: 1. Provide Building Telecommunications Cabling Systems Administration Report indicating EIA/TIA-606 required information. 2. Hard copy documentation of test results for every cable segment and link in 3-ring binder. Documents shall include measured values as well as whether or not the test passed. 3. "Record" drawings indicating location of all equipment including but not limited to Work Area Outlets, patch panels, cross connect blocks, on each segment and cable routing. Indicate labeling for each piece of equipment. 4. Record drawings indicating actual cable routes and outlet identifiers. Provide respective copies mounted in each telecommunications closet, and the main cross connect. C. Provide "as-built" Drawings on AutoCAD Version 12 or higher to the Owner. Obtain copy of original Drawings from the Architect. D. Submit NRTL certification that the voice, data and video cabling systems meets the transmission requirements of EIA/TIA 568B Series standard and TSB72. E. Submit NRTL certification that the fiber optic cabling system meets the transmission requirements of TIA/EIA 455, 492AAAA, EIA/TIA 568B Series standard and TSB72. F. Provide installer/tester certificate indicating compliance with transmission and reliability requirements for all components of the systems installed. 3.19 SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM TESTING A. The system shall be tested by a CTS-I professional. Results shall be submitted to the Architect once completed. 3.20 TRAINING A. As a minimum training sessions shall consist of the following: 1. General project information and review shall be by the General Foreman or Superintendent of the Trade. 2. Specific system training shall be by a Factory Trained Representative. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-111 3. Provide a complete review of the project and systems including, but not limited to, the following: a. In a classroom environment review each Record Drawing (use of typicals is acceptable). b. Note equipment layouts, locations and control points. c. Review each system. d. Review system design operation and philosophy. e. Review alarms and necessary responses. f. Review standard troubleshooting techniques for each system. g. Review areas served by equipment. h. Identify color codes used. i. Review features and special functions. j. Review maintenance requirements. k. Review operation and maintenance manuals. l. Respond to questions (record questions and answers). 4. After classroom training, walk the entire project, review each equipment room and typical locations. Explain equipment and proper operation. B. During the instruction period the Owner and Maintenance Manual shall be used and explained. C. The Owner and Maintenance Manual material shall be bound in 3-ring binders and indexed. On the edge of the binder provide a clear see-through plastic holder with a typed card indicating the Project name, the Architect's name, the installer's name and the Volume number (e.g., Vol. No. 1 of 2). D. Provide name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer's representative and service company for all items supplied so that the source of replacement parts and service can be readily obtained. 1. Include copies of manufacturer's and installer's warranties and maintenance contracts and performance bonds properly executed and signed by an authorized representative. 2. Include copies of all test reports and certifications. E. Providers of the Broadband Video Distribution System shall provide training as part of their package. This comprehensive training plan shall addresses the following areas: 1. Training, providers of the Broadband Video Distribution System shall provide (4) hours of training as part of their package, this comprehensive training plan shall addresses the following areas: a. System Orientation for all involved staff members. b. Small group hands-on training sessions for all media center staff focusing on system-wide hardware and troubleshooting. c. Small group hands-on software training sessions for all media center staff. F. Providers of the Integrated Security and Communication System shall provide training as part of their package. This comprehensive training plan shall addresses the following areas: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-112 1. Training, providers of the Integrated Security and Communication System shall provide (40) hours of training as part of their package, this comprehensive training plan shall addresses the following areas: a. System Orientation for all involved staff members. b. Small group hands-on training sessions for all media center staff focusing on system-wide hardware and troubleshooting. c. Small group hands-on software training sessions for all media center staff. d. Small group hands-on sessions covering classroom media control equipment for all instructional staff. e. Small group hands-on software training sessions for all instructional staff. f. Follow-up training for media center staff. g. Follow-up training for all instructional staff. h. System Orientation for all Involved Staff Members, providers of the Media Management System shall provide a two-hour orientation session for the entire school community prior to the system turnover date. This orientation session shall include a full demonstration of the systems working capabilities. The demonstration shall only include those features and functions that were specified. The equipment demonstrated shall be exactly the equipment installed at the facility. G. The Security Management System Integrator shall coordinate with the System Administrators for two 8 hour Operator training sessions on the Operational System to be conducted on-site on the actual running system. 3.21 ACCEPTANCE DEMONSTRATIONS A. Systems installed under this Section shall be demonstrated to the Owner and Architect. Demonstrations are in addition to necessary testing and training sessions. Notify all parties at least 7 days prior to the scheduled demonstration. Schedule demonstrations in cooperation with and at times convenient to all parties and so as to not disturb ongoing activities. B. Systems shall be tested prior to the demonstrations and each system shall be fully operational and tested prior to arranging the Acceptance Demonstration. Final payments will be withheld until a satisfactory demonstration is provided for all systems indicated or requested. C. If the demonstration is not totally complete, performing all functions, features and connections or interfaces with other systems, or if there is a failure during the demonstration, additional demonstrations shall be arranged. Provide and pay for all costs, labor and expenses incurred for all attendees for each additional demonstration required for acceptance and demonstration of complete system operation. D. Demonstrations shall be scheduled in ample time to complete all activities prior to final acceptance and Owner occupancy. Demonstrations shall take place at least 30 days prior to the scheduled project completion date and 30 days prior to owner’s use and occupancy. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-113 E. As a minimum, provide demonstrations for systems indicated under "Work Included" under Part One of the Specifications. Provide demonstrations of additional systems as requested by the Owner, or Architect. 3.22 PROJECT OWNER COORDINATION A. Prior to Substantial Completion of the project and in ample time to address and resolve any coordination issues, request and arrange meetings between the Owner, Owner's Vendors and Consultants, Architect and General Contractor to discuss the Scope of Work for each system being provided and the interface required for a fully functional and operational system upon project completion. Initial meetings shall be scheduled three months prior to the scheduled Substantial Completion date or as soon as Submittals are submitted and reviewed for projects with shorter schedules. B. At these meetings the required interface with the Owner shall be reviewed, requests for information required to complete programming or for coordination shall be presented and system operation and philosophy shall be discussed. C. Additional meetings shall be held as requested by any party so that all issues are resolved and with the goal and intent being that all systems are fully operational and functional upon project Substantial Completion and that the responsibility for all components required is clearly established. 3.23 CLEANING UP A. Upon completion of all work, and testing, thoroughly inspect all exposed portions of the installation and completely remove all exposed labels, markings, and foreign material. B. The interior of all boxes and cabinets shall be left clean; exposed surfaces shall be cleaned and plated surfaces polished. C. Repair damage to finish surfaces resulting from work under this Section. D. Remove material and equipment from areas of work and storage areas. E. All equipment shall be clean from dirt, dust, and fingerprints prior to final acceptance. F. Touch up all damaged pre-finished equipment using materials and methods recommended by the Manufacturer. 3.24 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Provide close out submittals as required herein and in SECTION 017700 -Contract Closeout including the following close out submittals. 1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 2. Record Drawings. 3. Test Reports. 4. Extra Materials. B. Obtain written receipts of acceptance close out submittals submitted. Receipts shall specifically detail what is being delivered (description, quantity and specification section) New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Security and Communication Systems 280000-114 and shall be dated and signed by firm delivering materials and by the Owner's Representative. C. Telecommunications: 1. Provide ten percent (10%) spare dust covers provided to the Owner at the completion of the project. 2. Provide fifteen (15%) spare patch cables and line cord for each cable length provided. 3. Provide record drawings indicating actual cable routing and cable terminations and all required identifiers. Provide copy mounted in each telecommunications closet and the main cross connect. All sketches, drawings, and charts herein are for the purpose of providing for specifications in a simplified format. Errors and omissions in such does not relive the Contractor of the responsibility for providing a fully complete, secure and properly operating integrated instructional technology network system suitable for the intended use. Bidders must obtain a complete set of Project Drawings and Specifications to determine the full scope of work. In case of conflict the Project Drawings and Specifications shall prevail. END OF SECTION 280000 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fire Detection and Alarm 283100-1 SECTION 283100 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fire alarm control panels, manual fire alarm stations, automatic smoke and heat detectors, fire alarm signaling appliances, and auxiliary fire alarm equipment and power and signal wire and cable. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 21 13 13 -Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems: Flow detection and alarm devices. 2. Section 26 05 19 -Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 3. Section 26 05 26 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 4. Division 1 Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements 5. Division 1 Section 017419 -Waste Management and Disposal 6. Division 1 Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 7. Division 1 Section 018119 -IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 72 -National Fire Alarm Code. 2. NFPA 262 -Standard Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air-Handling Spaces. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fire Alarm System: NFPA 72, manual and automatic addressable local fire alarm system with connections to central station or radio antenna system. B. Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of initiating device causes the following system operations: 1. Local fire alarm signaling devices sound and display with march time signal. 2. Zone-coded signal transmits to remote station equipment central station or via radio transmitter to Fire Department. 3. Location of alarm indicates on fire alarm control panel and on remote annunciator panel. 4. Signal transmits to building elevator control panel, initiating return to main floor or alternate floor and lockout for fire service. 5. Signal transmits to building mechanical controls, shutting down fans and operating dampers. C. Drill Sequence of Operation: Manual drill function causes alarm mode sequence of operation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fire Detection and Alarm 283100-2 D. Trouble Sequence of Operation: System or circuit trouble causes the following system operations: 1. Visual and audible trouble alarm indicates at fire alarm control panel. 2. Visual and audible trouble alarm indicates at remote annunciator panel. 3. Trouble signal transmits to central station or Fire Department via radio transmitter. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 -Submittal Requirments: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system wiring diagram showing each device and wiring connection; indicate annunciator layout, and design calculations. List device location and address on riser diagram at time of submittal. C. Product Data: Submit catalog data showing electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and results for specified field testing and inspection. E. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate activities on site, adverse findings, and recommendations. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of fire alarm equipment. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer’s standard operating and maintenance instructions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with State of Massachusetts requirements, with no exceptions. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience, and with service facilities within 50 miles of project. B. Installer: Certified fire alarm installer with service facilities within 40 miles of Project. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Maintenance service. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fire Detection and Alarm 283100-3 B. Furnish service and maintenance of fire alarm equipment for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish three of each type of automatic smoke detector. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTROL PANEL A. Manufacturers: 1. Notifier 2. FCI 3. Fire Lite 4. Siemens 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements B. Product Description: Modular and addressable fire alarm control panel with flush wallmounted enclosure. C. Power supply: Adequate to serve control panel modules, remote detectors, remote annunciators, relays, and alarm signaling devices. Include battery-operated emergency power supply with capacity for operating system in standby mode for 60 hours followed by alarm mode for 5 minutes. D. System Supervision: Component or power supply failure places system in trouble mode. E. Initiating Device Circuits: Supervised zone module with alarm and trouble indication; occurrence of single ground or open condition places circuit in trouble mode but does not disable circuit from initiating alarm. F. Indicating Appliance Circuits: Supervised march time signal module, sufficient for signal devices connected to system; occurrence of single ground or open condition places circuit in trouble mode but does not disable circuit from signaling alarm. G. Electrically supervised digital alarm communicator transmitter, capable of transmitting alarm and trouble signals over telephone lines to central station receiver or radio transmitter to fire department. H. Auxiliary Relays: Sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts to provide accessory functions specified. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fire Detection and Alarm 283100-4 2.2 MANUAL FIRE ALARM STATIONS A. Product Description: Manual single-action station with break-glass rod. B. Mounting: Semi-Flush. C. Type: Addressable. D. Backbox: Manufacturer's standard. 2.3 SPOT HEAT DETECTOR A. Product Description: Addressable fixed temperature or combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature, spot heat detector. 2.4 CEILING SMOKE DETECTOR A. Product Description: NFPA 72, Addressable photoelectric type ceiling smoke detector with the following features: 1. Adjustable sensitivity. 2. Plug-in base. 3. Auxiliary relay contact as required. 4. Integral thermal element rated 135 degrees F (57 degrees C). 5. Visual indication of detector actuation. 6. Comply with UL 268. B. Mounting: 4 inch (102 mm) outlet box. C. Furnish two-wire detector with common power supply and signal circuits. 2.5 DUCT-MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR A. Product Description: NFPA 72, photoelectric or ionization (best method) type with with the following features: 1. Auxiliary SPDT relay contact. 2. Key-operated remote normal-reset-test switch. 3. Duct sampling tubes extending width of duct. 4. Visual indication of detector actuation. 5. Duct-mounted housing. 6. Comply with UL 268A. B. Furnish two-wire detector with common power supply and signal circuits. 2.6 STROBE LIGHTS A. Product Description: NFPA 72, strobe lamp and flasher with red lettered "FIRE" on white lens. B. Strobes shall be synchronized type. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fire Detection and Alarm 283100-5 2.7 ALARM SPEAKER A. Product Description: NFPA 72, flush type adjustable output fire alarm speaker with the following features: 1. Sound Rating: 87 dB at 10 feet (3 M). 2. Integral strobe lamp and flasher with red lettered "FIRE" on white lens. 2.8 WIRE AND CABLE A. Manufacturers: 1. General Cable 2. Republic Wire 3. Rome Cable 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Cables shall be installed in conduit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 31 00 -Project Management, Coordination, and Commissioning: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify products and systems receiving devices are ready for installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install manual station with operating handle 4 feet 6 inches feet (1400 mm) above floor. B. Install audible and visual signal devices 7 feet 6 inches feet (2300 mm) above floor. C. Install 14 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm detection and signal circuit conductors in conduit. D. Mount end-of-line device in control panel. E. Connect conduit and wire to sprinkler flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper switches, duct smoke detectors. F. Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72. G. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Massachusetts regulations. Assign address to each device and label each device with permanent label. H. Ground and bond fire alarm equipment and circuits in accordance with Section 26 05 26. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Fire Detection and Alarm 283100-6 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 77 00 -Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Test in accordance with NFPA 72 and local fire department requirements. 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 45 00 -Quality Control: Manufacturer’s field services. B. Include services of certified technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, and system testing. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Furnish 4 hours of instruction each for two persons, to be conducted at project site with manufacturer's representative. END OF SECTION 283100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Soils for Earthwork 310500-1 SECTION 310500 SOILS FOR EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Standard Gravel Borrow 2. Processed Gravel Borrow for Pavement Sub-base 3. Sand Borrow 4. Stone Borrow 5. Ordinary Borrow B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 5. Section 312500 – Erosion & Sedimentation Control 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C136 -Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates B. ASTM C117 -Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75 μm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing C. ASTM D698 – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) D. ASTM D1556 -Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method E. ASTM D1557 – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lb./ft3) F. ASTM D2434 -Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head) G. ASTM D2487 -Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) H. ASTM D2922 -Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) I. ASTM D3017 – Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Soils for Earthwork 310500-2 J. AASHTO – Standard Specification for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1986 Edition as amended K. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works “Standard Specification for Highways and Bridges”, 1988 Edition as amended 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Representative Samples of borrow materials taken from the source. Tag, label, and package the Samples as requested by Engineer. Provide access to the borrow site for field evaluation and inspection. B. Provide sieve analysis (ASTM C136) and permeability analysis (ASTM D2434) from certified soils testing laboratory for all borrow materials. Take and test a sample, at no additional cost to the Owner for each 1,500 c.y. of borrow material placed. C. Provide standard proctor analysis (ASTM D698) from certified soils testing laboratory for all borrow materials. D. The Engineer reserves the right to require more frequent testing than that which is specified above should the borrow characteristics change. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. No borrow shall be placed prior to the approval of Samples by the Engineer. 1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions 1. Comply with any environmental requirements and restrictions. 2. Keep all public and private roadway surfaces clean during hauling operations and promptly and thoroughly remove any borrow or other debris that may be brought upon the surface before it becomes compacted by traffic. Frequently clean and keep clean the wheels of all vehicles used for hauling to avoid bringing any dirt upon the paved surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STANDARD GRAVEL BORROW A. Gravel borrow shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings, and deleterious materials. The coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear, by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, of not more than 50. Gradation requirements for gravel shall be determined by AASHTO-T11 and T27 and shall conform to the following: Sieve Percent Passing 1/2 inch 50-85 No. 4 40-75 No. 50 8-28 No. 200 0-10 Maximum size of stone in gravel shall be 2 inches. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Soils for Earthwork 310500-3 2.2 PROCESSED GRAVEL BORROW FOR PAVEMENT SUBBASE A. The compacted processed gravel borrow to be used for pavement subbase shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear, by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, of not more than 50. B. Gradation requirements shall conform to the following: Sieve Percent Passing 3² 100 1½ 70 -100 ¾ 50 -85 No. 4 30 -60 No. 200 0 -10 C. Stockpile the processed materials in such a manner to minimize segregation of particle sizes. All processed gravel shall come from approved stockpiles. 2.3 SAND BORROW A. Sand borrow material shall be supplied from an off-site borrow area approved by the Engineer. Testing of the off-site sand borrow shall be at the Contractor’s expense. B. Sand borrow shall consist of clean, inert, hard, durable grains of quartz or other hard, durable, rock, free from loam or clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The allowable amount of material passing a No. 200 sieve as determined by ASTM-C117 shall not exceed 10% by weight. C. Material shall consist of a clean, non-plastic, granular material conforming to the requirements of a SW, SP or SM under the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) (ASTM D2487). D. The material shall have the characteristics that when placed and compacted, the soil particles will bind together so as to form a solid, stable surface capable of supporting rubber-tired vehicular traffic during wet weather periods as well as extended dry weather periods. The borrow material shall not contain fines to the extent that the surface layer becomes “greasy” when wet. E. The material shall not contain stones larger than 3/8 inch in diameter. F. Material consisting of frozen clogs, ice and snow will be rejected. G. All sand borrow material to be used shall be subject to approval by Engineer, and Engineer reserves the right to reject any borrow material from the job that does not meet the above requirements. 2.4 STONE BORROW A. Crushed Stone Borrow 1. Crushed stone borrow shall consist of one of the following materials: a. Durable crushed rock consisting of the angular fragments obtained by breaking and crushing solid or shattered natural rock, and free from a detrimental quantity of thin, flat, elongated or other objectionable pieces. A detrimental quantity will be considered as any amount in excess of 15% of the total weight. Thin stones shall be considered to be such stones New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Soils for Earthwork 310500-4 whose average width exceeds 4 times their average thickness. Elongated stones shall be considered to be stones whose average length exceeds 4 times their average width. b. Durable crushed gravel stone obtained by artificial crushing of gravel boulders or fieldstone with a minimum diameter before crushing of 8 inches. 2. The crushed stone shall be free from clay, loam or deleterious material and not more than 1.0% of satisfactory material passing a No. 200 sieve will be allowed to adhere to the crushed stone. 3. The crushed stone shall have a maximum percentage of wear as determined by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test (AASHTO-T-96) as follows: a. For Class 1 Bit. Conc. 30%** b. For Cement Concrete Aggregate 45%*** c. Crushed Stone for Subbase 45% ** Crushed stone for this use shall consist of crushed or shattered natural rock only. Crushed gravel stone will not be permitted. *** Except for 5000 psi or greater cement concrete and prestressed concrete which shall be 30%. 4. The crushed stone shall conform to the grading requirements shown in the following grading Table. 1½² Crushed Stone Percent by Weight Passing Through Sieve Size Minimum Maximum 1½² 100 --1¼² 85 100 ¾² 10 40 ½² 0 8 ¾” Crushed Stone Percent by Weight Passing Through Sieve Size Minimum Maximum 1² 100 --¾² 90 100 ½² 10 50 3/8 ” 0 20 No.4 0 5 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Soils for Earthwork 310500-5 B. Dense Graded Stone Borrow 1. The crushed stone used for pipe bedding and backfill shall be a dense graded mixture and conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Percent by Weight Passing Through (Square Openings) Minimum Maximum 5/8² 100 100 ½² 85 100 3/8² 15 45 #4 0 15 #8 0 5 2.5 ORDINARY BORROW A. Ordinary borrow shall have the physical characteristics of soils designated as type GW, GP, GM, SW, SP or SM, under USCS and shall not be specified as gravel borrow, sand borrow, special borrow material or other particular kind of borrow. It shall have properties such that it may be readily spread and compacted for the formation of embankments. The borrow shall not include rocks with a major dimension greater than 8 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Prior to the placement of borrow material, site preparation shall be completed as required by the Contract Documents, and approved by the Engineer. Engineer. B. Ensure that all materials are properly stockpiled on site to prevent contamination by other materials and to prevent wind erosion as per Section 31 25 00 Erosion & Sediment Control. C. Place borrow material over the entire area in uniform lifts and compact to 95% of maximum dry density. D. Utilize stockpiled borrow prior to using off-site borrow. E. Utilize gravel borrow in all locations where a surface treatment has not been specified but requires a firm finish surface. F. Processed gravel for pavement subbase is intended to provide a stable foundation for driveways, sidewalk and roadway repair where a gravel base has been specified. G. Borrow shall be used as a replacement for unsuitable materials where poor soil conditions are encountered during the progress of the work, where approved by the Engineer. Borrow type will be determined by the Engineer. Borrow material used as a replacement for unsuitable soil is not intended to be an aid to dewatering trenches or excavation areas. H. Shape borrow used for pipe foundation material so that it supports the pipe properly and will not damage the pipe, bells, collars, or the pipe fittings. I. Place all borrow keep it free of other materials and to prevent segregation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Soils for Earthwork 310500-6 J. Carry out compaction testing out in accordance with ASTM D1556 (sand cone), or D2922 and D3017 (Nuclear Methods). The number of tests required shall be no less than 5 tests per acre or at random locations. K. Maintain and repair all eroded areas during the life of this contract at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 310500 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Geosynthetics for Earthwork 310519-1 SECTION 310519 GEOSYNTHETICS FOR EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Non-woven geotextiles B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. Data Sheet DS1 -Non-Woven Geotextiles B. ASTM D1248 -Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials C. ASTM D1388 -Test Methods for Stiffness of Fabrics D. ASTM D3786 -Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Non-woven Fabrics: Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method E. ASTM D4218 -Test Method for Carbon Black Content in Polyethylene Compounds by the Muffle-Furnace Technique F. ASTM D4491 -Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity G. ASTM D4533 -Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles H. ASTM D4632 D4632 -Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles I. ASTM D4751 -Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile J. ASTM D4833 -Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles Geomembranes and Related Products K. ASTM D5261 -Test Method for Measuring Mass per Unit Area of Geotextiles L. ASTM D5262 – Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Unconfined Tension Creep Behavior of Geosynthetics M. GRI-GG1 -Geogrid Rib Tensile Strength New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Geosynthetics for Earthwork 310519-2 N. GRI-GC8 – Determination of the Allowable Flow Rate of a Drainage Geocomposite 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product samples and data for all geosynthetics proposed for use on this project. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain from the geosynthetic product manufacturers a warranty that their products are free from defects in materials and workmanship at the time of delivery to the project site. B. Material found to be defective or which does not conform to these specifications will be rejected. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. The Engineer reserves the right to reject and require replacement of any damaged materials delivered to the site, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Stockpile and store the materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. C. Label and bag all geosynthetic rolls in packing that is resistant to photo degradation by ultraviolet (UV) radiation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Group 1 Non-Woven Geotextile 1. "C-46NW" as manufactured by Contech Construction Products, Inc. 2. "FX-40HS" as manufactured by Carthage Mills 3. "140NC" as manufactured by Mirafi Inc. 4. Approved equal B. Group 2 Non-Woven Geotextile 1. "4506" as manufactured by Amoco Fabrics and Fibers 2. "FX-60HS" as manufactured by Carthage Mills 3. "160N" as manufactured by Mirafi Inc. 4. Approved equal C. Group 3 Non-woven Geotextile 1. “4508” as manufactured by Amoco Fabrics and Fibers 2. "FX-80HS" as manufactured by Carthage Mills 3. "180N" as manufactured by Mirafi Inc. 4. Approved equal New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Geosynthetics for Earthwork 310519-3 D. Group 4 Non-woven Geotextile 1. “4512” as manufactured by Amoco Fabrics and Fibers 2. “350 EX” as manufactured by LINQ Industrial Fabrics 3. “C-160 NW” as manufactured by Contech Construction Products, Inc. 4. Approved equal E. Group 5 Non-woven Geotextile 1. “4516” as manufactured by Amoco Fabrics and Fibers 2. “FX160HS” as manufactured by Carthage Mills 3. “UV 516” as manufactured by Tenax Corporation 4. Approved equal 2.2 MATERIALS A. Non-woven geotextiles shall be manufactured from a continuous polypropylene filament. A needle punching process shall achieve bonding. B. Non-woven protection geotextiles shall have a minimum mass per unit area of 32oz/yd2. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all products prior to the installation for any defects that may have been the result of storage and handling. The Engineer reserves the right to reject and require replacement of any damaged product, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install geosynthetic products in accordance with the approved manufacturer’s QA/QC manuals, project details, and pertinent sections of these Specifications. 3.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. The Engineer may remove a sample (i.e. a strip that is 3 feet long by the entire roll width) from a maximum of 1 roll of each 10 rolls of all geosynthetic materials delivered to the project, and submit the samples to an independent laboratory for analysis of the product to ensure that the geosynthetics meet the specifications herein. END OF SECTION 310519 (DATA SHEETS FOLLOW) Tighe&Bond Geosynthetics for Earthwork 31 05 19-4 Property Test Method Units Testing Frequency Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5 Mass per Unit Area ASTM D5261 oz/yd2 1/150,000 ft2 4 6 8 12 16 AOS ASTM D4751 US Sieve 1/150,000 ft2 70 70 100 100 100 Permitivity ASTM D4491 gal/min/ft2 1/150,000 ft2 140 90 80 70 50 Puncture Strength ASTM D4833 lbs 1/150,000 ft2 60 90 130 195 245 Mullen Burst Strength ASTM D3786 lbs/in2 1/150,000 ft2 225 350 400 650 800 Trapezoidal Tear Strength ASTM D4533 lbs 1/150,000 ft2 35 65 80 115 145 Grab Tensile/Elongation ASTM D4632 lbs(%) 1/150,000 ft2 95 (50) 150 (50) 200 (50) 300 (50) 400 (50) Value Data Sheet DS1 -Non-Woven Geotextile Mechanical Properties New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Clearing & Grubbing 311100-1 SECTION 311100 CLEARING & GRUBBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Clearing and Grubbing 2. Stripping and Stockpiling of Soil and Sod B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 5. Section 312500 – Erosion & Sedimentation Control 1.2 CONSTRUCTION A. Clearing and Grubbing 1. Confine all work to within the limits of work shown on the plans. 2. Carry out all clearing and grubbing in accordance with the Contract Documents. Minimize removal of all vegetation with particular care to protect all identified trees to remain. 3. Burning of trees, brush, and stumps will not be permitted. Provide a satisfactory method of disposal. 4. In all cleared areas and under all embankments, grub and remove stumps of all trees, brush and major roots. 5. For tree trimming and pruning, painting with an approved tree dressing or paint will be required on all cuts 2 inches or over in diameter. Apply the dressing or paint no later than two days after the cuts are made. All limbs and branches which require removal and all stubs, regardless of age, must be cut flush either to a union with the next larger sound limb or branch or flush to the trunk of the tree. The cutting shall be performed by experienced arborist. Trained tree climbers are required for pruning of tall growth. Prevent injury to trees and shrubs indicated to be preserved. Repair an injury to limbs, bark or roots of such plants, or replace the plants at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. All trees and branches 4 inches to 12 inches in diameter shall be cut in 4 foot lengths and stockpiled on a site designated by the Engineer and shall remain the property of the Owner. Satisfactorily dispose of all remaining wood, stumps, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Clearing & Grubbing 311100-2 brush, twigs, leaves, roots and trash as soon as practicable and in such a manner as not to detract from the appearance of the area. B. Dutch Elm Wood 1. Dispose of Dutch Elm diseased wood in accordance with the provisions of Massachusetts General Law, Chapter 87, Section 5 and Chapter 132, Sections 8 and 11, as amended; and in accordance with any additional local regulations. 2. Dispose of elm trees or limbs immediately after cutting or removal and in such a manner as to prevent the spread of Dutch Elm disease. Accomplish by covering them with earth to a depth of at least 6 inches in areas outside the right-of-way locations where the Contractor has arranged for disposal. 3. Where the work includes the removal and disposal of stumps of elm trees, completely dispose of such stumps immediately after cutting in the manner specified above. C. Stripping and Stockpiling of Soil and Sod 1. When excavating through existing grass, weed brush or tree-surfaced areas, strip and salvage existing loam and surface materials. 2. Machine-excavate and stockpile the salvage material. 3. Keep stockpile of salvage material separate from the other stockpiles of excavated material. Material should be stockpiled in accordance with Section 312500 Erosion & Sedimentation Control. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Save trees and shrubs that are specifically designated by the Engineer not to be cut, removed, destroyed or trimmed from harm and injury. All damage done to trees by the Contractor’s operation and all branches of trees extending within the roadway shall be trimmed and painted where cut or as necessary to provide adequate vertical clearance for construction, including selective trimming of such trees as directed. B. Use all necessary precautions to prevent injury to other desirable growth in all areas. If the existing ground in the area is disturbed by any of the Work or equipment, roughgrade, loam and seed the disturbed areas, at no additional cost to the the Owner. After removal, dispose of all stumps including the major root systems where the material will not cause obstructions to streams and will not detract from the appearance of the roadside. END OF SECTION 311100 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-1 SECTION 31 23 00 EXCAVATION AND FILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Excavation, backfill and compaction for buildings, retaining walls and other structures 2. Excavation, backfill and compaction for subsurface utilities 3. Earth retention systems 4. Excavation, backfill and compaction for the abandonment of existing pipe 5. Temporary dewatering systems B. Related Sections 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 01 81 19 IAQ Management 5. Section 02 30 00, Subsurface Investigations 6. Section 31 05 00 – Soils for Earthwork 7. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion & Sedimentation Control 8. Section 32 17 23 – Asphalt Paving 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D698 -Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 [600 kN-m/m3]), Annual Book of ASTM Standards -Volume 04.08. -Soil and Rock B. ASTM D1556 -Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. Annual Book of ASTM Standards -Volume 04.08 -Soil and Rock C. ASTM D2487 -Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). Annual Book of ASTM Standards -Volume 04.08 -Soil and Rock D. ASTM D2922 -Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth), Annual Book of ASTM Standards -Volume 04.08. -Soil and Rock New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-2 E. ASTM D3017 -Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth), Annual Book of ASTM Standards -Volume 04.08. -Soil and Rock F. 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P -OSHA Excavation Regulations 1926.560 through 1926.562 including Appendices A through F G. 520 CMR 14.00 Excavation and Trench Safety H. 780 CMR 1705.0 Requirements for Structural Tests and Inspections 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Benching -A method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating the sides of an excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces between levels. B. Earth Retention Systems -Any structural system, such as sheeting and bracing or cofferdams, designed to retain in-situ soils in place and prevent the collapse of the sides of an excavation in order to protect employees and adjacent structures. C. Excavation -Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth removal. D. Protective System -A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of adjacent structures. Protective systems include earth retention systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems, and other systems that provide the necessary protection. E. Registered Professional Engineer -A person who is registered as a professional engineer in the state where the work is to be performed. However, a professional engineer, registered in any state is deemed to be a "registered professional engineer" within the meaning of this standard when approving designs for "manufactured protective systems" or "tabulated data" to be used in interstate commerce. F. Shield System -A structure that is designed to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and thereby protects employees within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work progresses. Additionally, shields can be either pre-manufactured or job-built in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.652(c)(3) or (c)(4). Shields used in trenches are usually referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields." G. Sloping -A method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating to form sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with differences in such factors as the soil type, environmental conditions of exposure, and application of surcharge loads. H. Temporary Dewatering System – A system to lower and control water to maintain stable, undisturbed subgrades at the lowest excavation levels. Dewatering shall be provided for all pipelines, structures and for all other miscellaneous excavations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-3 I. Trench -A narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground, of at least three feet in depth. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m). 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Drawings and calculations for each Earth Retention System required in the Work. The submittal shall be in sufficient detail to disclose the method of operation for each of the various stages of construction required for the completion of the Earth Retention Systems. 1. Submit calculations and drawings for Earth Retention Systems prepared, signed and stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the state where the work is performed. 2. All Excavation, Trenching, and related Earth Retention Systems shall comply with the requirements of OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P), 520 CMR 14.00, and other State requirements. Where conflict between OSHA and State regulations exists, the more stringent requirements shall apply. B. Performance data for the compaction equipment to be utilized C. Construction methods that will be utilized for the removal of rock D. Standard Proctor Test (ASTM D698) results and soil classification (ASTM D2487) for all proposed backfill materials at the frequency specified below: 1. For suitable soil materials removed during Trench Excavation, perform one test for every 1,000 cubic yards of similar soil type. Similarity of soil types will be as determined by the Engineer. 2. For borrow materials; perform tests at frequency specified in Section 31 05 00 Soils for Earthwork. E. Compaction test results (i.e. ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017 or ASTM D1556) at a frequency of one test for every 100 cubic yards of material backfilled. The Engineer will determine the locations and lifts to be tested. 1. Additional compaction testing may be required when there is evidence of a change in the quality of moisture control or the effectiveness of compaction. 2. If all compaction test results within the initial 25% of the total anticipated number of tests indicate compacted field densities equal to or greater than 95% of maximum dry density at optimum moisture content, the Engineer may reduce frequency of compaction testing. In no case will the frequency be reduced to less than one test for every 500 cubic yards of material backfilled. 3. The Contractor is cautioned that compaction testing by nuclear methods may not be effective where trenches are so narrow that trench walls impact the attenuation of the gamma radiation or where oversize particles (i.e. large cobbles or coarse gravels) are present. In these cases, other field density testing methods may be required. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-4 F. Dewatering plan for the excavation locations. Design shall include calculations and drawings stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the state where the work is performed. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ the services of a dewatering specialist or firm when well points, deep wells, recharge systems, or equal systems are required. Specialist shall have completed at least 5 successful dewatering projects of equal size and complexity and with equal systems. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Notify Dig Safe and obtain Dig Safe identification numbers. B. Notify utility owners in reasonable advance of the work and request the utility owner to stake out on the ground surface the underground facilities and structures. Notify the Engineer in writing of any refusal or failure to stake out such underground utilities after reasonable notice. C. Make explorations and excavations to determine the location of existing underground structures, pipes, house connection services, and other underground facilities in accordance with Paragraph 3.2.D of this Section. D. In accordance with 520 CMR 14.00, no person shall, except in an emergency, make a trench excavation in any public way, public property, or privately owned land until a permit is obtained from the appropriate designated permitting authority. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Fill material is subject to the approval of the Engineer and may be either material removed from excavations or borrow from off site. Fill material, whether from the excavations or from borrow, shall be of such nature that after it has been placed and properly compacted, it will make a dense, stable fill. B. Satisfactory fill materials shall include materials classified by ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, GM, GP-GM, GW-GM, GC, GP-GC, SW, and SP. C. Satisfactory fill materials shall not contain trash, refuse, vegetation, masses of roots, individual roots more than 18 inches long or more than 1/2 inch in diameter, or stones over 6 inches in diameter. Organic matter shall not exceed minor quantities and shall be well distributed. D. Satisfactory fill materials shall not contain frozen materials nor shall backfill be placed on frozen material. E. Excavated surface and/or pavement materials such as gravel or trap rock that are salvaged may be used as a sub-grade material. In no case shall salvaged materials be substituted for the required gravel base. 2.2 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-5 A. Controlled density fill shall be flowable, excavatable and shall require no vibration for placement. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be 30 to 80 psi and the slump shall be 10 to 12 inches. 2.3 DEWATERING MATERIALS A. Provide haybales and silt fence in accordance with Section 312500. B. Provide silt filter bags (Dandy Dewatering Bag, Dirtbag, JMP Environ-Protection Filter Bag, or equal) of adequate size to match flow rate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Public Safety and Convenience 1. Adhere to the requirements of 520 CMR 14.00 for all excavation work. 2. Take precautions for preventing injuries to persons or damage to property in or about the Work. 3. Provide safe access for the Owner's representatives at site during construction. 4. Do not obstruct site drainage, natural watercourses or other provisions made for drainage. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION A. Earth Retention Systems 1. Provide Earth Retention Systems necessary for safety of personnel and protection of the Work, adjacent work, utilities and structures. 2. Maintain Earth Retention Systems for the duration of the Work. 3. Systems shall be constructed using interlocking corner pieces at the four corners. Running sheet piles by at the corners, in lieu of fabricated corner pieces, will not be allowed. 4. Drive sheeting ahead of and below the advancing trench excavation to avoid loss of materials from below and from in front of the sheeting. 5. Sheeting is to be driven to at least the depth specified by the designer of the earth retention system, but no less than 2 feet below the bottom of the Excavation. 6. Remove sheeting, unless designated to be left in place, in a manner that will not endanger the construction or other structures. Backfill and properly compact all voids left or caused by the withdrawal of sheeting. 7. Remove earth retention systems, which have been designated by the Engineer to be left in place, to a depth of 3 feet below the established grade. grade. B. Excavation 1. Perform excavation to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings. Backfill unauthorized over-excavation in accordance with the provisions of this Section, at no additional cost to the Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-6 2. Excavate with equipment selected to minimize damage to existing utilities or other facilities. Hand excavate as necessary to locate utilities or avoid damage. 3. Sawcut the existing pavement in the vicinity of the excavation prior to the start of excavation in paved areas, so as to prevent damage to the paving outside the requirements of construction. 4. During excavation, material satisfactory for backfill shall be stockpiled in an orderly manner at a distance from the sides of the excavation equal to at least one half the depth of the excavation, but in no case closer than 2 feet. a. Excavated material not required or not suitable for backfill shall be removed from the site. b. Perform grading to prevent surface water from flowing into the excavation. c. Pile excavated material in a manner that will endanger neither the safety of personnel in the trench nor the Work itself. Avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. d. Hydrants under pressure, valve pit covers, valve boxes, manholes, curb stop boxes, fire and police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible until the Work is completed. e. Material should be stockpiled in accordance with Section 31 25 00 Erosion & Sedimentation Control. 5. Make pipe trenches as narrow as practicable and keep the sides of the trenches undisturbed until backfilling has been completed. Provide a clear distance of 12 inches on each side of the pipe. 6. The final 6 inches of excavation and grading of the trench bottom shall be performed by hand so as not to disturb the material below the grade required for setting the pipe or appurtenances. a. Where suitable bedding materials will be placed and compacted throughout the length of the trench, hand excavation of the final 6 inches will not be required. b. Grade the trench bottom to provide uniform bearing and support for the bottom quadrant of each section of pipe. c. Excavate bell holes at each joint to eliminate point bearing. d. Remove stones greater than 6 inches in any dimension from the bottom of the trench to avoid point bearing. 7. If satisfactory materials are not encountered at the design subgrade level, excavate unsatisfactory materials to the depth directed by the Engineer and properly dispose of the material. Backfill the resulting extra depth of excavation with satisfactory fill materials and compact in accordance with the provisions of this Section. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-7 C. Backfill and Compaction 1. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, use satisfactory material removed during excavation for backfilling trenches. The Engineer may require stockpiling, drying, blending and reuse of materials from sources on the Project. 2. Spread and compact the material promptly after it has been deposited. When, in the Engineer’s judgment, equipment is inadequate to spread and compact the material properly, reduce the rate of placing of the fill or employ additional equipment. 3. When excavated material is specified for backfill and there is an insufficient amount of this material at a particular location on the Project due to rejection of a portion thereof, consideration will be given to the use of excess material from one portion of the Project to make up the deficiency existing on other portions of the Project. Moving this excess material from one portion of the Project and placing it in another portion of the Project will be at no additional cost to the Owner. a. Use borrow material if there is no excess of excavated material available at other portions of the Project. 4. Backfilling and compaction methods shall attain 95% of maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as determined in accordance with ASTM D698, Method C. 5. Do not place stone or rock fragment larger than six inches in greatest dimension in the backfill. 6. Maximum loose lift height for backfilling existing or borrow material shall be 12 inches, unless satisfactory compaction is demonstrated otherwise to the Engineer through field-testing. In no case shall loose lift height for backfilling exceed 3 feet. 7. Do not drop large masses of backfill material into the trench endangering the pipe or adjacent utilities. 8. Install pipe in rock excavated trenches on a dense graded stone bedding with a minimum depth of 6 inches. Shape the stone bedding at the pipe bells to provide uniform support. Encase the pipe in the dense graded crushed stone bedding to a grade 6 inches over the top of the pipe and 12 inches on each side of the pipe. 9. Backfill from the bottom of the trench to the centerline of the pipe with the specified material. This initial backfill is to be placed in layers of no more than 6 inches and thoroughly tamped under and around the pipe. This initial backfilling shall be deposited in the trench for its full width on both sides of the pipe, fittings and appurtenances simultaneously. 10. Electrical conduit not encased in concrete, shall be backfilled with sand borrow conforming to the requirements of Section 02320. The backfill shall be placed in the trench for its full width and shall extend to 12 inches over the pipe. 11. Where excavation is made through permanent pavements, curbs, paved driveways or paved sidewalks, or where such structures are undercut by the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-8 excavation, place the entire backfill to sub-grade with granular materials and compact in 6 inch layers. Use approved mechanical tampers for the full depth of the trench. If required, sprinkle the backfill material with water before tamping so as to improve compaction. 12. Place and compact backfill around manholes, vaults, pumping stations, gate boxes or other structures in six inch layers, from a point 1 foot over the pipe. Exercise care to protect and prevent damage to the structures. 13. Install impervious trench dams where stone borrow is used for pipe bedding to prevent groundwater from following along the stone bedding. Install dams every 100 feet. D. Test Pit Excavation 1. General requirements of test pits are specified in Section 02 30 00 Subsurface Investigations. E. Dewatering 1. Provide, operate and maintain adequate pumping, diversion and drainage facilities in accordance with the approved dewatering plan to maintain the excavated area sufficiently dry from groundwater and/or surface runoff so as not to adversely affect construction procedures nor cause excessive disturbance of underlying natural ground. Locate dewatering system components so that they do not interfere with construction under this or other contracts. 2. Take actions necessary to ensure that dewatering discharges comply with permits applicable to the Project. Dispose of water from the trenches and excavations in such a manner as to avoid public nuisance, injury to public health or the environment, damage or public or private property, or damage to public or private property, or damage to the work completed or in progress. 3. Repair any damage resulting from the failure of the dewatering operations and any damage resulting from the failure to maintain all the areas of work in a suitable dry condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Exercise care to ensure that water does not collect in the bell or collar holes to sufficient depth to wet the bell or collar of pipes waiting to be jointed. 5. Take precautions to protect new work from flooding during storms or from other causes. Control the grading in the areas surrounding all excavations so that the surface of the ground will be properly sloped to prevent water from running into the excavated area. Where required, provide temporary ditches for drainage. Upon completion of the work, all areas shall be restored to original condition. 6. Brace or otherwise protect pipelines and structures not stable against uplift during construction. 7. Do not excavate until the dewatering system is operational and the excavation may proceed without disturbance to the final subgrade. 8. Unless otherwise specified, continue dewatering uninterrupted until the structures, pipes, and appurtenances to be installed have been completed such New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Excavation and Fill 312300-9 that they will not float or be otherwise damaged by an increase in groundwater elevation. 9. If open pumping from sumps and ditches results in “boils”, loss of fines, or softening of the ground, submit a modified dewatering plan to the Engineer within 48 hours. Implement the approved modified plan and repair any damage incurred at no additional cost to the Owner. 10. Where subgrade materials are unable to meet the subgrade density requirements due to improper dewatering techniques, remove and replace the materials in accordance with Section 31 05 00 Soils for Earthwork at no additional cost to the Owner. 11. Notify the Engineer immediately if any settlement or movement is detected of survey points adjacent to excavations being dewatered. If settlement is deemed by the Engineer to be related to the dewatering, submit a modified dewatering plan to the Engineer within 24 hours. Implement the approved modified plan and repair any damage incurred to the adjacent structure at no additional cost to the Owner. 12. Dewatering discharge: a. Install sand and gravel filters in conjunction with well points and deep wells to prevent the migration of fines from the existing soil during the dewatering operation. b. Transport pumped or drained water without interference to other work, damage to pavement, other surfaces, or property. Pump water through a silt filter bag prior to discharge to grade of drainage system. c. Do not discharge water into any sanitary sewer system. d. Provide separately controllable pumping lines. e. The Engineer reserves the right to sample discharge water at any time. 13. Install erosion/sedimentation controls for velocity dissipation at point discharges onto non-paved surfaces. 14. Removal a. Do not remove dewatering system without written approval from the Engineer. b. Backfill and compact sumps or ditches with screened gravel or crushed rock in accordance with Section 31 05 00 Soils for Earthwork. c. Remove well points and deep wells. Backfill abandoned well holes with cement grout having a water cement ratio of 1 to 1 by volume. END OF SECTION 312300 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\312300 Excavation & Fill.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Underground Warning Tape 312329-1 SECTION 312329 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Underground Warning Tape B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawing Submittals 1. Product Data PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metallic warning tape for underground piping shall be polyethylene tape with metallic core for easy detection and location of piping with a metal detector. B. Tape shall be 6 inches wide. C. Tape shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Corp., New Haven, CT; Presco Detectable Underground Warning tape, Sherman, Texas; Blackburn Manufacturing, Neligh, NE; Mercotape, Hachensach, NJ; or approved equal. D. The warning tape shall be heavy gauge 0.004 inch polyethylene and shall be resistant to acids, alkalis and other soil components. It shall be highly visible in the following colors with the associated phrases stamped in black letters and repeated at a maximum interval of 40 inches. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Underground Warning Tape 312329-2 Type of Utility WARNING MESSAGE Sanitary Sewer Green CAUTION -SANITARY SEWER BURIED BELOW Storm Drain Green CAUTION -STORM DRAIN BURIED BELOW Water Blue CAUTION – WATER LINE BURIED BELOW Electric Red CAUTION – ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW Telephone /Communications Orange CAUTION – TELEPHONE LINE BURIED BELOW Gas Yellow CAUTION – GAS LINE BURIED BELOW E. The tape shall be of the type specifically manufactured for marking and locating utilities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All buried pipe and fittings shall be installed with metallic-lined underground warning tape located approximately 18 inches below grade to allow detection by a metal detector. END OF SECTION 312329 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\312329 Underground Warning Tape.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 -1 SECTION 312500 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overview of erosion and sedimentation control requirements and procedures. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. 013329 General LEED® Requirements B. 310500 Soils for Earthwork C. 329300 Plants 1.04 REFERENCES A. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water. “Chapter 3: Sediment and Erosion Control” and Chapter 4: Other Controls”. Document No. EPA 832-R-92-005 Storm Water Management for Construction Activities. 1992. B. U.S. Green Building Council. “Sustainable Sites Prerequisite 1: Erosion & Sedimentation Control”. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Reference Package for New Construction & Major Renovations (LEED-NC) Version 2.2. 2007. 1.05 OBJECTIVES A. Prevent the loss of soil from the construction site resulting from storm water runoff, wind erosion, and construction activities. B. Prevent the sedimentation of storm sewers and receiving waters. C. Prevent air pollution caused by dust and particulate matter. D. Meet or exceed the requirements of LEED-NC Version 2.2 Sustainable Sites Prerequisite 1 “Erosion & Sedimentation Control” which specifies compliance with EPA832/R-92-005 (September 1992), Storm Water Management for Construction Activities, Chapter 3, or local erosion and sedimentation control standards and codes, whichever is more stringent. 1.06 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The site superintendent (or other person designated by the Contractor) shall be responsible for all aspects of LEED coordination (during construction) related to erosion and sedimentation control. B. Erosion and sedimentation control activities shall include: 1. Implementing erosion and sedimentation control measures shown on the drawings and described in this Section 2. Installing erosion and sedimentation control products in accordance with manufacturer instructions and the prescribed installation procedures in the referenced EPA document 3. Supervising on site erosion and sedimentation control activities on a daily basis New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 -2 4. Coordinating erosion and sedimentation control tasks with subcontractors to ensure timely and orderly progress of the work 5. Conducting erosion and sedimentation control inspections and making necessary repairs 6. Maintaining an erosion and sedimentation control inspection log to document observations, deficiencies and corrective actions 7. Preparing erosion and sedimentation control documentation and submittals as detailed herein 8. Reporting erosion and sedimentation control progress to the Consultant 1.07 LEED KICK-OFF MEETING A. Prior to mobilization on-site, the Contractor shall hold a kick-off meeting with the Consultant to review erosion and sedimentation control requirements. This meeting shall include a review of: 1. Erosion and sedimentation control objectives 2. Erosion and sedimentation control requirements and procedures 3. Erosion and sedimentation control documentation and submittals 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan B. Schedule E1 – ESC Inspection and Photograph Checklist 1. Using the checklist for reference, conduct an inspection of all erosion and sedimentation control measures implemented onsite each week and following any significant storm event (0.5 inches of precipitation or greater). 2. Inspections shall commence when the site is “disturbed” (i.e. when site work begins) and carry through until final landscaping is complete. 3. Provide a minimum of 3 digital photographs of each ESC measure implemented on-site. Record the date each photograph was taken in the checklist. Photographs are required at the following occasions: a. Immediately following installation, b. In-situ and, c. At the end of construction or prior to removal, whichever comes first 4. Coordinate with photo requirements of General LEED Requirements 01 33 29 1.10A. 5. Submit the completed checklist and accompanying photos to the Consultant after construction and prior to Contractor demobilization. C. Schedule E2 – ESC Inspection Log 1. Complete the log on a weekly basis. The log shall commence when the site is “disturbed” (i.e. when site work begins) and carry through until final landscaping is complete. 2. The inspection log shall be completed for each inspection and must document: a. Deficiencies related to the measures listed in Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan b. Schedule E1 – ESC Inspection and Photograph Checklist and, c. Corrective actions taken to remedy the deficiencies 3. Each deficiency must be initialed and each log signed after all corrective measures have been completed and documented. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 -3 4. Submit an up-to-date copy of the ESC Inspection Log to the Consultant on a monthly basis. 5. Submit a compilation of the completed logs to the Consultant after construction and prior to Contractor demobilization. 1.09 COMPLIANCE WITH EPA PHASE II STORMWATER PROGRAM A. The Project involves an overall disturbance of greater than 1 acre and is therefore under jurisdiction of the EPA Phase II Stormwater Program. Comply with the program in accordance with EPA Phase II General Permit issued for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in September 2008 including the following: 1. Prepare a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and maintain a copy on site throughout construction period. 2. Submit a Notice of Intent (NOI) prior to commencement of work. 3. Post NOI at site entrance. 4. Comply with SWPPP including control of stormwater and non-stormwater discharges through use of structural and non-structural best management practices, inspections, maintenance activities, and emergency response. 5. Submit a Notice of Termination following completion of restoration. B. The General Contractor is responsible for the development, management and compliance of the SWPPP. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STRAW BALES A. Straw bales required for siltation control shall be wire tied bales of the type normally used for siltation or erosion control or construction projects. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC A. Filter fabric should be a pervious sheet of polypropylene, nylon, polyester, polyethylene, or equivalent and have the following characteristics: 1. Filtering Efficiency: 75%-85% (min.) 2. Coefficient of permeability: At least 0.0009 cm/sec 3. Tensile Strength at 20% (maximum) Elongation: Standard Strength = 30 lb/linear in. (min.), Extra Strength = 50 lb/linear in. (min.) 4. Weight 2.5 ounces/yd2 (min.) 5. Thickness: 17 mils (min.) 6. Water flow rate: 40 gal/min/yd2 (min) 7. Slurry Flow Rate: 0.3 gal/ft2/min (min.) 8. The material shall be equal to 100x as manufactured by Mirafi, Inc., Charlotte, North Carolina; Amoco 2130 by Nilex, Inc., Centennial, CO; MISF 180 by Mutual Industries, PA; or equal. 2.03 SEDIMENT TRAPPING DEVICES A. Sediment trapping devices shall be Siltsack®, Dandy Bag II®, or equal. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 -4 2.04 MULCH A. Hay mulch shall consist of mowed cured grass, clover, alfalpha, timothy, oats, or wheat. No salt hay shall be used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURES A. Installation 1. Install erosion and sedimentation control products as per this Section and drawing C-00. 2. Install erosion and sedimentation control products in accordance with manufacturer instructions and the prescribed installation procedures in the referenced EPA document. B. General Practices 1. Site Arrangement a. All construction trailers and equipment shall be positioned to reduce the disturbance of the site. They shall be located close to the current phase of construction to minimize traffic damage to the site. 2. Stabilized Construction Entrance (SCE) a. Construct a SCE before construction begins at every point where traffic leaves the site and enters onto a public road and/or any unpaved entrance/exit location where there is a risk risk of transporting mud or sediment onto paved roads. b. The SCE must be at least 3.65m wide, with room for two vehicles to pass at high traffic areas, and constructed of 50mm dia. clear stone, 150mm dia. rip rap, and filter fabric with the following characteristics: 1) Grab Tensile Strength: 220lbs; 2) Elongation Failure: 60%; 3) Mullen Burst Strength: 430lbs; 4) Puncture Strength: 125lbs; 5) Equivalent Opening: Size 40-80 (US std Sieve). 3. Material Stockpiling a. If material that has been stockpiled and will not be used within 14 days, it must be stabilized using one of the following measures: 1) Temporary Seeding 2) Tarps 3) Compaction 4) Surface Roughening C. Stabilization Practices 1. Soil Retaining Measures a. Use skeleton sheeting, continuous sheeting, or permanent retaining walls to hold in place loose or unstable soil where other soil retaining methods of soil retention are not practical. New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 -5 2. Dust Control a. Apply vegetative cover, mulch, spray-on adhesives, calcium chloride, sprinkling, stone, or barriers on open dry areas of soil as specified on drawings. b. During the Work on-site, all paved road and driveway surfaces shall be scraped and broomed free of excavated materials on a daily basis. The surfaces shall be hosed down or otherwise treated to eliminate active or potential dust conditions and the natural road or wearing surface shall be exposed. c. Ensure that the existing equipment, facilities, and occupied space adjacent to or nearby areas of the work do not come in contact with dust or debris as a result of concrete demolition, excavation or surface preparation for coatings. D. Structural Practices 1. Silt Fence a. Construct posts with a filter fabric media to remove sediment from storm water volumes flowing through the fence. b. The lower edge of the fence is to be vertically trenched and covered by backfill. 2. Outlet Protection a. Install stone, riprap, concrete aprons, paved sections, or settling basins at all pipe, interceptor dike, swale, or channel section outlets where the velocity of flow may cause erosion or pools at the outlet of an erosion and sedimentation control measure. 3. Inlet Protection a. Install straw bales, stone, concrete masonry units and stone, filter fabric, or silt fences around catch basins and manhole covers to prevent silting of inlets, storm drainage systems, or receiving channels. 4. Sediment Trap a. Excavate a pond area or construct earthen embankments to allow for settling of sediment from storm water volumes. b. Incorporate temporary seeding, mulching, and/or earth dike per installation procedures to reduce erosion of banks. c. Use a sediment trap for small drainage areas, no more than 2 hectares (5 acres). 5. Subsurface Drains a. Place a perforated pipe or conduit beneath the surface of the ground at a designed depth and grade to drain an area with a high water table. b. Use relief drains in a gridiron, herringbone, or random pattern to dewater an area where the water table is high. c. Place interceptor drains, as single pipes, to remove water where sloping soils are excessively wet or subject to slippage. d. Backfill with open granular, highly permeable soil immediately after pipe is placed. e. Stabilize outlet and ensure sediment-laden storm water runoff is directed to a sediment trapping measure. 6. Perform work in accordance with City of Northampton Conservation Commission Order of Conditions. 3.02 INSPECTIONS & MAINTENANCE New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 -6 A. Using Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan B. Schedule E1 – ESC Inspection and Photograph Checklist for reference, inspect all erosion and sedimentation control measures at least once each week and following any significant storm event (0.5 inches of precipitation or greater). C. All erosion and sedimentation control measures must be maintained in good working order. If maintenance or repairs are identified they must be completed within 24 hours. D. Schedule E2 – ESC Inspection Log (1.08C) must be completed for each inspection. E. Inspection procedures specified below summarize the EPA document and shall be followed in conjunction with details, drawings, and manufacturer requirements. 1. Stabilized Construction Entrance: Apply additional gravel as required, remove sediments and other materials from all areas to minimize clogging. Keep adjacent public roadway(s) free of sediment. 2. Material Stockpile: Inspect for effective prevention of runoff and erosion. 3. Soil Retaining Measures: Inspect for structural damage and repair as required. 4. Silt Fence: Silt fence to be inspected for depth of sediment, tears, loose fabric attachment at the fence posts, channel erosion beneath fence, sagging or collapse and to ensure the fence posts are firmly in the ground. Built up sediment is to be removed from silt fence when it has reached one-third the height of the fence. Repair such that fence is in original installation condition. 5. Outlet Protection: Inspect outlet for erosion and pooling of water. Necessary repairs to be made as required to reduce exit velocity of runoff. If a riprap apron is used, inspect for riprap displacement and damage to filter fabric. 6. Inlet Protection: Inspect that measures are in original installed condition. Ensure measures are effectively trapping sediment. Remove accumulated sediment and debris when it reaches ½ the design depth of the trap. Repair protection measures as required. 7. Sediment Trap: Remove sediment when it reaches 300mm in depth. If outlet becomes clogged with sediment it must be cleaned to restore flow capacity. Maintain until site area is permanently stabilized and/or permanent structures are in place. Ensure bank is sufficiently compacted and stabilized such that erosion into the basin does not occur. 8. Subsurface Drains: Inspect for pipe breaks or clogging by sediment, debris, or tree roots. Remove blockage immediately, replace any broken sections, and re-stabilize the surface. Check inlets and outlets for sediment or debris, and remove and dispose of these materials properly. 3.03 REMOVAL OF PRODUCTS A. Erosion and sedimentation control measures shall be maintained and inspected until final landscaping is complete. END OF SECTION 312500 New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 -7 SCHEDULE E1 – ESC INSPECTION AND PHOTOGRAPH CHECKLIST (Submit checklist with photos to Consultant after construction and prior to demobilization) Project Name: Northampton PD Completed By: Project Location: Northampton, MA Company: Conduct an inspection of all erosion and sedimentation control measures implemented onsite each week and following any significant storm event (0.5 inches of precipitation or greater). Record any maintenance or repair performed in Schedule E2 – ESC Inspection Log. Photographs of each measure must be taken immediately following installation, in-situ and at the end of construction. ESC Measure Location Onsite Date of Photo #1 #2 #3 Straw Bales All catch basins indicated on drawing C-00 Filter Socks In Catch Basins All catch basins indicated on drawing C-00 Silt Fences As specified by LEED consultant Stabilized Construction Entrance All entrances Material Stockpile Protection As required Dust Control As required Temporary Seeding Material stockpiles and other disturbed areas as required I hereby certify that the information provided is complete and correct: Signature of Authorized Official Position Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, A CBA Project #201030 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 -8 SCHEDULE E2 – ESC INSPECTION LOG (Complete weekly. Submit most recent copy to the Consultant on a monthly basis) Project Name: Northampton PD Completed By: Project Location: Northampton, MA Company: Date Erosion and Sedimentation Control Measures Initials Observations Deficiencies Corrective Action Taken Ex. Sept 17/06 Heavy rain night before. Measures in good condition. Straw bale check dam in northeast swale deteriorated New straw bale installed in northeast swale. G.L. I hereby certify that the information provided is complete and correct: Signature of Authorized Official Position Date New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-1 SECTION 316329 RAMMED AGGREGATE PIER SOIL REINFORCEMENT PART 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1 DESCRIPTION Work shall consist of designing, furnishing and installing Rammed Aggregate Pier elements to the lines and grades designated on the project foundation plan and as specified herein. Rammed Aggregate Pier (RAP) elements shall be constructed by driving a displacement mandrel to the design depth and using the enlargened rammer head to ram thin lifts of aggregate into the cavity created by the mandrel. The Rammed Aggregate Pier elements shall be in a columnar-type configuration. The objective of the piers will be to reinforce soils beneath the newly constructed Police Station building, so as to limit post construction settlement resulting from the Parking Garage to less than ½ inch. Settlement calculations completed by the project Geotechnical Engineer indicate that post construction settlement of the New New Police Station building for the un reinforced condition due to the loads imposed by the new parking garage (which will be constructed later in the project) could be greater than two inches. Bearing pressures on Parking Garage Footings located within one foot of the new Police Station building will be on the order of 2.5 kips per square foot. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all equipment, material, labor, and supervision to design and install Rammed Aggregate Pier elements. Subsurface information is presented in the project geotechnical report (by O’Reilly, Talbot & Okun Associates, dated August 20, 2008). Layout of Rammed Aggregate Pier elements, footing excavation, and subgrade preparation, and monitoring of post construction settlement will be performed by others. B. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions, and Division 1 Specifications, apply to the work in this specification. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Coordination with Other Trades -Related sections of work will include but not necessarily be limited to: 1. Division 04 Masonry New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-2 2. Division 9 Finishes 3. Division 26 Electrical C. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.4 APPROVAL OF INSTALLERS A. Installers of Rammed Aggregate Pier Intermediate Foundation Systems shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience with the installation of Rammed Aggregate Pier and shall have completed at least 50 projects. B. Installers shall have demonstrated experience in the construction of similar size and types of projects. The Rammed Aggregate Pier Installer shall be approved by the Owner’s Engineer and must be approved two weeks prior to bid opening. The Installer shall adhere to all methods and standards described in this Specification. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Rammed Aggregate Pier Design: The RAPs shall be designed based upon generally accepted Geotechnical Engineering practice. The designer should take note of extensive research and design information developed by the Geopier Foundation Company, Inc. in addition to the following publications. 1. Lawton, E.C., Fox, N.S., and Handy, R.L. “Control of Settlement and Uplift of Structures Using Short Aggregate Piers.” ASCE. Proceedings of In-Situ Deep Soil Improvement. ASCE National Convention, Atlanta, Georgia. October 9-13, 1994. 2. Lawton, E.C. and Fox, N.S. “Settlement of Structures Supported on Marginal or Inadequate Soils Stiffened with Short Aggregate Piers.” ASCE. Geotechnical Special Publication No. 40: Vertical and Horizontal Deformations of Foundations and Embankments, ASCE 2, 962-974. B. Modulus Testing: 1. ASTM D-1143 – Pile Load Test Procedures 2. ASTM D-1194 – Spread Footing Load Test C. Materials and Inspection: 1. ASTM D-1241 – Aggregate Quality New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-3 2. ASTM D-422 – Gradation Soils 3. ASTM C-150-05 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement 1.6 CONFLICTS IN SPECIFICATIONS/REFERENCES Where specifications and reference documents conflict, the Architect/Engineer shall make the final determination of the applicable document. 1.7 CERTIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTALS A. The Installer shall submit detailed design calculations and construction drawings prepared by the Rammed Aggregate Pier Designer (the Designer) to the Owner or Owner’s Engineer for approval at least two week(s) prior to the start of construction. All plans shall be sealed by a Professional Engineer in the State in which the project is constructed. B. The Rammed Aggregate Pier Designer shall have Errors and Omissions design insurance for the work. The insurance policy should provide a minimum coverage of $2 million per occurrence. C. Modulus test data – The Installer shall furnish the General Contractor a description of the installation equipment, installation records, complete test data, analysis of the test data and recommended design parameter values for Rammed Aggregate Piers based on the modulus test results. The report shall be prepared under supervision of a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Massachusetts. D. Daily Rammed Aggregate Pier Progress Reports – The Installer shall furnish a complete and accurate record of Rammed Aggregate Pier installation to the General Contractor. The record shall indicate the pier location, length, volume of aggregate used, densification forces during installation, and final elevations or depths of the base and top of piers. The record shall also indicate the type and size of the installation equipment used, and the type of aggregate used. The Installer shall immediately report any unusual conditions encountered during installation to the General Contractor, to the Designer and to the Testing Agency. 1.8 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Payment for the design and construction of Rammed Aggregate Pier elements shall be on a lump sum basis to meet the objectives set forth in Paragraph 1.1. B. Payment shall cover design and installation of the Rammed Aggregate Pier Foundation improvement system. Excavation of unsuitable materials, drilling obstructions, delays and remobilization as documented and approved by the Owner or Owner’s Engineer shall be paid for under separate pay items. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-4 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Aggregate used for Rammed Aggregate Pier construction shall be #57 stone, or shall be other open-graded aggregate with a maximum nominal particle size of 1.5-inches and minimum nominal particle size of 0.5-inches selected by the Installer and successfully used in the modulus test. The aggregate must pass the flow rate tests described in section 4.01 below. B. To facilitate construction in soft or loose soils, the maximum particle size aggregate of 2 inches or larger may be used provided the flow of the aggregate is verified at the site with flow tests, the performance is verified with the modulus test and the Designer approves the type and gradation of the aggregate. C. The General Contractor will provide adequate and suitable marshalling areas on the project site for the use of the Installer for the storage of aggregate and equipment. PART 3: DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 3.1 3.1 RAMMED AGGREGATE PIER DESIGN A. The Rammed Aggregate Pier elements (RAP) shall be designed for a Rammed Aggregate Pier stiffness modulus of 175 pci. The stiffness modulus values shall each be verified by the results of Rammed Aggregate Pier modulus testing, described in this specification, based on a 20-inch nominal constructed pier diameter. B. The Rammed Aggregate Pier Intermediate Foundation system shall be designed in accordance with generally-accepted engineering practice and the methods described in Section 1 of these Specifications. The design shall meet the following criteria. Maximum Allowable Bearing Pressure for Impact Rammed Aggregate Pier Reinforced Soils 3,500 psf Minimum Rammed Aggregate Pier Area Coverage (for square Spread Footings) 15% Estimated Total Long-Term Settlement for Police Station Footings due to Parking Garage loading: ≤ ½-inch Estimated Long-Term Differential Settlement of Adjacent Footings: ≤ ½-inch New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-5 C. The design submitted by the Installer shall consider the bearing capacity and settlement of all footings supported by Rammed Aggregate Piers, and shall be in accordance with acceptable engineering practice and these specifications. Total and differential settlement shall be considered. The design life of the structure shall be 50 years. D. The Rammed Aggregate Pier system shall be designed to preclude plastic bulging deformations at the top-of–pier design stress. The results of the modulus tests shall be used to verify the design assumptions. 3.2 DESIGN SUBMITTAL The Installer shall submit four sets of detailed design calculations, construction drawings, and shop drawings, (the Design Submittal), for approval at least two week(s) prior to the beginning of construction. A detailed explanation of the design parameters for settlement calculations shall be included in the Design Submittal. Additionally, the quality control test program for Rammed Aggregate Pier system, meeting these design requirements, shall be submitted. All computer-generated calculations and drawings shall be prepared and sealed by a Professional Engineer, licensed in the State of Massachusetts. PART 4: CONSTRUCTION 4.1 INSTALLATION OF DEMONSTRATION PIERS AND FLOW TESTS The installer shall install a minimum of three initial “demonstration piers” to provide project-specific construction procedures prior to installing the modulus test pier or production piers. The demonstration pier installation shall be used to determine driving depths, the rate of mandrel withdrawal during the compaction process, and the appropriate flow of selected aggregate out of the mandrel. The results of the demonstration program shall be used to establish the site-specific installation criteria for the installation of production piers. The installation of the Demonstration Piers shall be observed and the details recorded by the Installer’s Control Technician. Technician. 4.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES A. A sacrificial tip shall be installed at the bottom of the mandrel prior to penetrating the mandrel into the ground. B. The mandrel (and sacrificial tip) shall be driven to the design depth using crowd force and impact energy. C. The mandrel and hopper shall be filled with aggregate. D. The impact hammer shall begin operation and remain in operation during the raising of the mandrel. The impact hammer may remain in operation during the lowering of the mandrel depending on the specific installation procedures established at the site. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-6 E. The pier shall be constructed by raising the mandrel 3 feet and then driving the mandrel 2 feet using vertical impact energy and crowd pressure to construct an approximate 1-foot thick compacted lift. The mandrel shall be raised at a rate determined from the demonstration pier testing or no faster than 1 foot in 5 seconds. The crowd pressure shall be recorded to provide a measure of the vertical densification force as the mandrel is drive on its compaction stroke. Additional impact ramming and/or alternative lift heights and lowering depths, may be used as appropriate for the project site upon approval by the Designer. F. Subsequent lifts shall be constructed following the same procedure described above until the pier is constructed to the top of pier elevation. G. At RAP element locations, water or compressed air shall be used if necessary, as determined from the flow test, to enhance free flow of aggregate through the mandrel as determined during the performance of a flow test. Water or air flow shall be discontinued when the mandrel reaches the 3-foot raise height. H. At the completion of the pier installation, the hammer shall be turned off and the mandrel pushed downward applying full crowd pressure on the top of the pier to provide preloading. I. At completion of the pier installation, the remaining stone in the mandrel may be emptied outside the pier location to allow for a measure of the remaining volume of aggregate. 4.3 DENSIFICATION A. Special high-energy impact densification apparatus shall be employed to densify the Rammed Aggregate Pier elements during installation. The apparatus shall apply direct vertical impact energy to each constructed lift of aggregate. B. Densification shall be performed using a beveled tamper. The beveled tamper foot is required to adequately increase the lateral earth pressure in the matrix soil during installation. C. Downward crowd pressure shall be constantly applied to the tamper shaft during tamping. 4.4 PLAN LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF RAMMED AGGREGATE PIER ELEMENTS The center of each pier shall be within six inches of the locations indicated on the plans. Piers installed outside of the above tolerances and deemed not acceptable shall be rebuilt at no additional expense to the Owner, unless mislocated by the General Contractor. 4.5 REJECTED RAMMED AGGREGATE PIER ELEMENTS Rammed Aggregate Pier elements improperly located or installed beyond the maximum allowable tolerances shall be abandoned or reinstalled with new piers, unless the Designer approves other remedial measures. All material and labor required to replace New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-7 rejected piers shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner, unless the cause of the rejection is due to an obstruction or mislocation. PART 5: QUALITY CONTROL 5.1 CONTROL REPRESENTATIVE The Installer shall have a full-time Quality Control Representative to verify and report all installation procedures. The Quality Control Representative shall immediately report any unusual conditions encountered during installation to the Design Engineer, the General Contractor, and to the Geotechnical Engineer. The quality procedures shall include the preparation of Rammed Aggregate Pier progress reports completed during each day of installation and containing the following information: A. Footing and Rammed Aggregate Pier location. B. Volume of aggregate introduced into the hopper (number of buckets) C. Rammed Aggregate Pier installation depth. D. Number of lifts. E. Procedure to construct each lift F. Time of mandrel raising and downward densification for each lift G. Total pier installation time H. Hydraulic pressures during installation. (from installation or data record) I. Base diameter and height of the remaining aggregate cone formed after constructing each pier and extracting the mandrel out of the ground. J. Volume of aggregate used for pier construction (equal to the difference between the initial volume of aggregate introduced into the hopper and the volume of unused aggregate). K. Planned and actual Rammed Aggregate Pier elevations at the top and bottom of the element (based on installation depth). L. Type and size of hammer equipment used. M. Aggregate description. N. Record of flow rates of water or compressed air pressure (if applicable). O. Documentation of any unusual conditions encountered. 5.2 MODULUS TEST A modulus test shall be performed to verify the parameter values selected for design of Rammed Aggregate Piers. The modulus tests shall be of the type and installed in a manner specified specified herein. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-8 A. Prior to or after the installation of the modulus test pier, a 2-foot diameter hole shall be drilled to a depth equal to the depth of embedment on the project (typically 2-to 3-feet). The drilled hole will provide a location for the concrete cap. B. The test pier shall be installed in the center of the drilled hole in the same manner as the production piers. C. ASTM D-1143 general test procedures shall be used as a guide to establishing load increments, load increment duration, and load decrements. D. With the exception of the load increment representing approximately 115% of the design maximum top of Rammed Aggregate Pier stress, all load increments shall be held for a minimum of 15 minutes, a maximum of 1 hour, and until the rate of deflection reduces to 0.01 inch per hour, or less. E. The load increment that represents approximately 115% of the design maximum stress on the Rammed Aggregate Pier shall be held for a minimum of 15 minutes, a maximum of 4 hours and until the rate of deflection reduces to 0.01 inches per hour or less. F. A seating load equal to 5 percent of the total load shall be applied to the loaded steel plate prior to application of load increments and prior to measurement of deflections to compensate for surficial disturbance. G. Modulus testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements outlined in the Design Submittal. H. The location of the modulus testing should be coordinated with the project Geotechnical Engineer of record. I. The modulus test pier shall be installed in a manner that will be consistently used throughout the project. The details of the installation procedure shall be recorded by the Quality Control Representative as described above. PART 6: QUALITY ASSURANCE 6.1 INDEPENDENT ENGINEERING TESTING AGENCY The Owner or General Contractor is responsible for retaining an independent engineering testing firm to provide Quality Assurance services. The Testing Agency should be the Geotechnical Engineer of Record. 6.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF INDEPENDENT ENGINEERING TESTING AGENCY A. The Testing Agency shall monitor the modulus tests when they are performed. The Installer shall provide and install all dial indicators and other measuring devices. B. The Testing Agency shall monitor the installation of Rammed Aggregate Pier elements to verify that the production installation practices are similar to those used during the installation of the modulus test elements. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-9 C. The Testing Agency shall report any discrepancies to the Installer and General Contractor immediately. PART 7: RESPONSIBILITIES OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR 7.1 PREPARATION A. The General Contractor shall locate and protect underground and aboveground utilities and other structures from damage during installation of the Rammed Aggregate Pier elements. B. The General Contractor will provide site access to the Installer, after earthwork in the area has been completed. C. Site subgrade shall be established by the General Contractor within 6 inches of final design subgrade, as approved by the Design Engineer. D. A working surface will be established and maintained by the General Contractor to provide wet weather protection of the subgrade and to provide access for efficient operation of the Rammed Aggregate Pier installation. 7.2 LAYOUT OF THE RAMMED AGGREGATE PIER ELEMENTS The General Contractor shall provide layout (construction staking) of the Rammed Aggregate Pier. The General Contractor shall provide ground elevations in sufficient detail to estimate drilling depth elevations to within 2 inches. 7.3 SITE SUBGRADE PREPARATION Prior to placing structural fill on the RAP reinforced subgrade, the exposed subgrade soils and tops of RAP elements shall be thoroughly compacted with a standard, hand-operated impact compactor or twin drum vibratory roller. Compaction shall be performed on the same day that structural fill is to be placed and shall extend over the entire subgrade to compact any loose surface soil and loose surface pier aggregate. 7.4 Rammed Aggregate Pier Excavation Should any obstruction be encountered during installation for Rammed Aggregate Pier, the General Contractor shall be responsible for removing such obstruction, or the pier shall be relocated or abandoned. Obstructions include, but are not limited to, boulders, timbers, concrete, bricks, utility lines, etc., that prevent installing the Rammed Aggregate Piers to the required depth, or cause the Rammed Aggregate Pier to drift from the required locations. Dense glacial till or bedrock shall not be deemed obstructions, and piers may be terminated short of design lengths on such materials. If the General Contractor cannot or does not remove such obstructions within one hour from the time the Installer reports the obstruction to the General Contractor, the Installer may remove such obstructions with his own means. Should this occur, the Installer shall receive an New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-10 extra to the contract to account for their additional expenses, including delay time involved to crew and equipment. 7.5 UTILITY EXCAVATIONS The General Contractor shall coordinate all excavations made subsequent to Rammed Aggregate Pier installations so that at least five feet of horizontal distance remains between the edge of any installed Rammed Aggregate Pier and the excavation. Protection of completed Rammed Aggregate Pier elements is the responsibility of the General Contractor. In the event that utility excavations are required at horizontal distances of less than five feet from installed Rammed Aggregate Piers, the General Contractor shall contact the Rammed Aggregate Pier Designer to develop construction solutions to minimize impacts on the installed Rammed Aggregate Piers. Recommended procedures may include: A. Replacing excavated soil with compacted crushed stone in the portions of excavations where the Rammed Aggregate Pier has been disturbed. The placement and compaction of the crushed stone shall meet the following requirements. 1. The crushed stone shall meet the gradation specified by the Designer. 2. The crushed stone shall be placed in a controlled manner using motorized impact compaction equipment. 3. The aggregate should be compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density as determined by the modified Proctor method (ASTM D-1557). 4. The Testing Agency shall be on site to observe placement, compaction, and provide density testing. The test results shall be submitted to the Designer and the General Contractor. The General Contractor shall provide notification to the Testing Agency and the Designer when excavation, placement, and compaction will occur and arrange for construction observation and testing. 7.6 FOOTING SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Excavation and surface compaction of all footings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. B. Foundation excavations to expose the tops of Rammed Aggregate Pier elements shall be made in a workmanlike manner, and shall be protected until concrete placement, with procedures and equipment best suited to (1) prevent softening of the matrix soil between and around the Rammed Aggregate Pier elements before pouring structural concrete, and (2) achieving direct and firm contact between the dense, undisturbed Rammed Aggregate Pier elements and the concrete footing. C. Recommended procedures for achieving these goals are to: 1. Limit over-excavation below the bottom of the footing to 3-inches (including disturbance from the teeth of the excavation equipment). New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Rammed Aggregate Pier Soil Reinforcement 316329-11 2. Compaction of surface soil and top of Rammed Aggregate Pier elements shall be prepared using a motorized impact compactor (“Wacker Packer,” “Jumping Jack,” or similar). Sled-type tamping devices shall not be used. Compaction shall be performed over the entire footing bottom to compact any loose surface soil and loose surface pier aggregate. 3. Place footing concrete immediately after footing excavation is made and approved, preferably the same day as the excavation. Footing concrete must be placed on the same day if the footing is bearing on expansive or sensitive soils. 4. If same day placement of footing concrete is not possible, place a minimum 3-inch thick lean concrete seal (‘mud mat”) immediately after the footing is excavated and approved or an alternative subsurface protection layer that may consist of a geotextile fabric and six inches of crushed stone to prevent softening or disturbance of the subgrade soils. 5. That immediately before footing construction or placement of an alternate subgrade protection layer, the tops of all the Rammed Aggregate Pier elements exposed in each footing excavation have been inspected and recompacted as necessary with mechanical compaction equipment, and that the tops of any Rammed Aggregate Pier elements which may have been disturbed by footing excavation and related activity have been recompacted to a dry density equivalent to at least 95% of the maximum dry density obtainable by the modified Proctor method (ASTM D-1557). END OF SECTION 316329 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 321216-1 SECTION 321216 ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Bituminous concrete paving, temporary and permanent, wearing and binder course. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 -LEED® Product Requirements 4. Section 018119 -IAQ Management 5. Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill 6. Section 321723 – Pavement Markings 1.2 REFERENCES A. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges", 1988 Edition as amended. B. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1990 Edition, as amended. C. ASTM D446 – Standard Specifications and Operating Instructions for Glass Capillary Kinematic Viscometers D. ASTM D2939 – Standard Test Methods for Emulsified Bitumens Used as Protective Coatings E. AASHTO M 226 F. AASHTO T 96 – L.A. Abrasion Test G. AASHTO T 195 (Ross Count) H. TAI -(The Asphalt Institute) -MS-3 Asphalt Plant Manual. I. TAI -(The Asphalt Institute) -MS-8 Asphalt Paving Manual. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product information and mix design for each mix specified under this Section. B. Product data sheets for all additives proposed in the mix design. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 321216-2 C. Certificate indicating the mixes specified meet or exceed the requirements specified herein. D. Certificate indicating the mix plant conforms to Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges". 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges". B. Mixing Plant: Conform to Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges". C. Obtain materials from same source throughout. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General 1. Bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of these Specifications. 2. Bitumen delivered to a project or to a mix plant must be accompanied by a proper certificate signed by the producer’s authorized representative. Shipments of material not accompanied by a certificate will not be accepted for use in the work. B. Bituminous Concrete Paving shall be Class I, Type I-1, as specified in Sections 460 and M3.11.0 of the above referenced Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges", 1988 edition, as amended. C. Bituminous Concrete Paving shall have a minimum post-consumer recycled content as specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. D. Bituminous Concrete Paving should be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.02A. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PAVING – GENERAL A. Install bituminous concrete pavement in accordance with Section 460 of the Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges", 1988 edition, as amended. B. Place binder course as soon as possible after the gravel base has been prepared, shaped and compacted for Town streets and driveway/driveway/si dewalk repair. C. In no case will pavement be placed until the gravel base is dry and compacted to at least 95% maximum density at optimum moisture content. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 321216-3 D. Regardless of any temperature requirements, no mix conforming to the requirements of these specifications shall be placed after October 31 or before May 1 of any year. E. All manhole frames, catchbasin frames and utility boxes are to be set to the grade of the binder course until such time as the top course is placed. Then reset the frames to the grade of the top course. Frames and utility boxes shall not be allowed to protrude above the surface of the binder course. All excavated materials removed for raising of the frames and utility boxes are to be replaced with concrete. This ring of concrete shall be filled flush with the surrounding binder course. F. Furnish and spread calcium chloride on disturbed surfaces to control dust conditions. G. The contact surfaces of curbings, castings, and other structures shall be painted with a tack coat prior to placement of paving. H. Along curbs, structures and all other places not accessible with a roller, the paving mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with tampers. Such tampers shall not weigh less than 25 pounds and shall have a tamping face no more than 50 square inches in size. The surface of the mixture after compaction shall be smooth and true to the established line and grade. I. When the air temperature falls below 50ºF, extra precautions shall be taken in drying the aggregates, controlling the temperatures of the materials and placing and compacting the mixtures. J. No mixtures shall be placed when the air temperature is below 40ºF, or when the material on which the mixtures are to be placed contains frost or has a surface temperature ENGINEER considers too low. K. No vehicular traffic or loads shall be permitted on the newly completed pavement until adequate stability has been attained and the material has cooled sufficiently to prevent distortion or loss of fines. If the climatic or other conditions warrant it, the period of time before opening to traffic may be extended at the discretion of the Engineer. L. Existing drainage patterns shall not be altered by the new pavement construction unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. M. Maintain binder course in a condition suitable for traffic throughout the construction period. Defects shall be repaired within 3 days of notification. N. Prepare the binder course for placement of the top course. The binder course shall be regraded, placing additional bituminous concrete where settling has occurred, repairing the existing surface and replacing broken or damaged sections at no additional cost to the Owner. The binder course surface shall be in all respects acceptable to the Engineer before the final pavement is placed. The surface shall then be broom cleaned. O. Following preparation of the binder course, apply the tack coat at 0.10 gallons per square yard and place the top course. P. Apply joint adhesive to all longitudinal joints for proper adhesion of the new bituminous concrete pavement to the existing. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 321216-4 Q. Pavement markings damaged during the course of the work shall be repaired in accordance with Section 321723 Pavement Markings. R. Following all paving, the area along the edge of all pavement, sidewalks, berms, waterways, etc. shall be backed up with gravel, or loam and seed as required, so that it is flush with the adjacent paving. Whenever possible, the final surface of the backup material shall slope away from the surface edge to allow proper sheeting of runoff. 3.2 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE TRENCH REPAIR A. Upon completion of the pipe trench backfill, place at the top of a minimum 12 inch gravel base placed and compacted in 2 even lifts, a 2 inch thick bituminous concrete binder course compacted so the upper surface will provide the proper cross-section with adjacent pavement. The Contractor will be allowed to backfill trenches to grade with gravel during the work week, but will be required to install the pavement on these trenches by the end of the work week. Until such time as the permanent pavement overlay is placed, maintain all temporary patch areas by filling in any holes which may develop and adding additional bituminous material to maintain the surface of the temporary patch even with the adjacent pavement. B. After a period of 90 days, or such other period as determined by the Engineer, has elapsed since placement of the trench patch, proceed with the permanent pavement overlay. END OF SECTION 321216 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-1 SECTION 321313 CONCRETE PAVING PART 1.00 -GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division 1 -General Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part. B. Attention is directed to the requirements of Section 013329 -General LEED® Requirements and Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal which are hereby made part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included Cast-in-place concrete required for this Work is indicated on the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Exterior flatwork; 2. Concrete footings for site furnishings, fences, etc. Related Work Described Elsewhere 1. Excavation and Fill ................................................................Section 312300 2. LEED® Product Requirements...............................................Section 018113 3. Waste Management and Disposal ...........................................Section 017419 Related Sections: 1. Section 013329 General LEED Requirements 2. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Workmen 1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in placing the types of concrete specified, and shall direct all Work under this Section. 2. For finishing of exposed surfaces of the concrete, use only thoroughly trained and experienced journeymen concrete finishers. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-2 B. Codes and Standards 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations of "Structural Concrete for Builders", publication ACI 301-66 of the American Concrete Institute. 2. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with these Specifications, the more stringent provisions shall govern. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List: Within 15 days after award of Contract and before any concrete is poured on the job site, submit to the Landscape Architect the name and address of transit-mix concrete supplier. B. Transit-Mix Deliver Slip: 1. Keep a record at the job site showing time and place of each pour of concrete, together with transit-mix delivery slip certifying contents of the pour. 2. Make a record available to the Landscape Architect for his inspection upon request. 3. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver the record and the delivery slips to the Landscape Architect. C. Sample Test Slab: A sample test slab of the concrete walks shall be poured to determine color match with existing concrete walks. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection Use all means necessary to protect cast-in-place concrete materials before, during and after installation, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. Contractor to make every effort to conduct concrete pours in early morning hours to allow sufficient time for hardening. Scratches and graffiti will not be approved or accepted. B. Replacements In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-3 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. LEED: 1. Recycled Content: Concrete products should have a minimum percent of supplementary cementing materials (SCM) specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.01B. 2. Regional Content: All concrete products should be extracted/recovered and manufactured locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.02A. B. General All concrete, unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Landscape Architect, shall be transit-mixed in accordance with ASTM C-94. Concrete for flatwork shall be Class D. Concrete for wall and footings shall be Class A. Color is subject to approval by the Landscape Architect. C. Quality 1. All concrete shall have the following minimum compressive strengths at 28 days and shall be proportioned within the following limits: EXTERIOR SLABS LOCATION OF CONCRETE & SITE WORK Min. psi @28 28 days 4000 Max. size of aggregate 3/4 inch Min. sacks of cement/CY 5.50 Max. slump in inches 4 2. Concrete that is subject to freezing temperatures while wet shall have a watercement ratio not exceeding six gallons per sack and shall contain entrained air. C. Cement All cement shall be Portland cement conforming to ASTM C-150, Type I, and shall be the product of one manufacturer. The temperature of cement delivered to the plant shall not exceed 150 deg. F. Color shall match existing concrete. E. Aggregates 1. All aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33-71, except as modified herein. 2. When used as a fine aggregate for cement concrete, sand shall be composed essentially of clean, hard, strong, durable, and impermeable particles resistant to New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-4 wear and frost, inert to cement and water, reasonably free from structurally weak grains, organic matter, loam, clay, silt, salts, mica, or other fine materials that my affect bonding of the cement paste. Sand shall be taken from a natural deposit and shall be relatively spherical in shape and shall have gritty surfaces. The sieve analysis of the sand shall show it to be well graded and conforming to the following table. Size of Percent by Weigh Passing Sieve Minimum Maximum 3/8" 100 ---#4 95 100 #16 55 80 #50 10 25 #100 2 8 #200 0 2 3. Coarse aggregate for cement concrete shall consist of crushed rock or screened gravel and shall be composed essentially of clean, hard, strong, and impermeable particles, resistant to wear and frost, and free from delterious amounts of organic matter, loam, clay, salts, mica, and soft, thin, elongated, laminated or disintegrated stone, and it shall be inert to water and cement. Where finishing of the concrete is to be done by hammering or any other method that breaks the surface of the concrete, only crushed rock shall be used for coarse aggregate. When tested by U.S. Standard laboratory sieves, coarse aggregate for cement concrete shall be blended from stone sizes to meet the gradation requirements for each designation listed of variation for general application and are minimum and maximum in each case. To insure uniformity of material used on any one job or project, the range of variation may be reduced to 1/2 of the master range upon determination of the character and source of the materials that the Contractor proposes to furnish. Designation No. C-1 No. C-2 No. C-3 Nominal Size 1 1/2" 3/4" 3/8" Sieve Size | Min. Max. | Min. Max. | Min. Max. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------1 1/2 inch | 90 100 | ----| ----3/4 inch | 35 60 | 90 100 | ----1/2 inch | ----| ----| 90 100 3/8 inch | 10 25 | 20 50 | 30 70 No. 4 | 0 5 | 0 10 | 0 15 No. 8 | ----| 0 5 | 0 5 F. Water All water shall be clean and free from deleterious matter. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-5 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES Cement concrete shall be composed of specified proportions by weight of cement, aggregates, water and additives to form a homogeneous composition. Cement concrete shall be specified according to the classification defined in the following table. The classes of concrete to be used shall be designated on the plans or in the Specifications for the particular work. CLASSIFICATION OF CONCRETE MIXES Min. Min. 28 Days Coarse Maximum Class Cement Compressive Aggregate Aggregate % Air Concrete Strength* Designation Size -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------A 560#/CY 3000 psi C-1 1 1/2" 4.5 B 500#/CY 2500 psi C-1 1 1/2" 4.5 C 440#/CY 2000 psi C-1 1 1/2" 4.5 D 620#/CY 3000 psi C-2 3/4" 5.0 DE 680#/CY 3500 psi C-2 3/4" 6.0 E 720#/CY 3000 psi C-3 3/8" 7.0 F 610#/CY 3500 psi C-1 1 1/2" 6.0 * As evaluated under ASTM C94-74. All mixes above used for the Work will conform to one or more of the above mixes. Prior to actual mixing, the Contractor shall submit design mixes for each mix to the Landscape Architect for approval, as mentioned on the Plans or in the Special Provisions. 2.03 EXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTS Expansion and isolation joints shall be 3/8" x 4" preformed ethylene vinyl acetate or closed cell polyethylene foam material. Hold joint filler material down a sufficient distance to allow for the installation of retainer and sealant. Refer to details on drawings and the sealant manufacturer's standard instructions. All construction joints shall be sawcut to ¼ depth of sidewalk as per detail. 2.04 JOINT SEALANT At all isolation and expansion joints, joint sealant shall be gray in color as: A. "790 Building Sealant" by Dow Corning; B. "Rubber Caulk 230 Sealant" by Products Research Chemical Corp.; C. "Perma-Joint", two component polyditremzene sealant by Tremco, or approved equal. 2.05 SEALANT RETAINER Sealant retainer shall be be closed cell polyethylene foam cord by the following manufacturers: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-6 A. Progress Unlimited Inc., New York City, NY; B. Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI; C. Products Research Corp., Glouster City, NJ, or approved equal. 2.06 OTHER MATERIALS All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of cast-in-place concrete shall be as selected by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Landscape Architect. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all items to be embedded in concrete are in place. 3. Thoroughly wet the forms (except in freezing weather) or oil them; remove all standing water. 4. Thoroughly clean all transporting and handling equipment. B. Forms 1. Side forms and transverse forms for sidewalks shall be smooth, smooth, free from warp, of sufficient strength to resist springing out of shape, of a depth to conform to the thickness of the proposed walk, and of a type satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. 2. All mortar or dirt shall be completely removed from forms that have been previously used. The forms shall be well staked and thoroughly braced and set to the established lines with their upper edge conforming to the grade of the finished walk which shall have a sufficient pitch to the edge of the walk to provide for surface drainage, as shown on the drawings, 2% cross-slope typical. 3. All forms shall be oiled before placing concrete. C. Notification Notify the Landscape Architect at least 48 hours before placing the concrete. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-7 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Method 1. Convey concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods that will prevent separation and loss of materials. 2. For chuting, pumping, and pneumatically conveying concrete, use only equipment of such size and design as to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without loss or separation of materials. 3. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling and flowing. 4. Place concrete as dry as possible consistent with good workmanship, never exceeding the maximum specified slump. B. Rate of Placement 1. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily between bare bars. 2. When placing is started, carry it on as a continuous operation until placement of the panel or section is complete. 3. Do not pour an area at one time that cannot be finished without checking; this is is particularly important during hot or dry weather. 4. Do not, in any case, pour a slab greater than 18 feet without construction joints. 5. Exterior pavement slabs shall be placed in alternating sections not exceeding 18 feet in length. C. Compaction 1. Thoroughly consolidate all concrete by suitable means during placement, working it around all embedded fixtures and into corners of forms. 2. During placement, thoroughly compact the concrete by hand tamping and by mechanical vibration. D. Expansion Joints Expansion joints shall be placed at 24 foot intervals maximum or as shown on plans. E. Isolation Joints New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-8 Isolation joints shall be placed against buildings, around street light footings, or as directed by the Landscape Architect. They shall be a preformed foam material with joint sealant identical to the approved expansion joints. F. Acceptability Do not use retempered concrete or concrete that has been contaminated by foreign materials. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Location Make and locate construction joints so as to not impair the strength of the structure. B. Depth Construction joints shall be straight sawcut lines to a depth not to exceed ¼ the thickness of the sidewalk. B. Approval Obtain the Landscape Architect's approval of location of all control joints and construction joints in the Work prior to the start of concrete placement. 3.05 LEVELING AND FINISHING A. General 1. Tamp slabs with a jitterbug to depress the rock and then pushfloat with a bulfloat as necessary. 2. Take care that the wet slab meets the screeds accurately and does not rise above or lower below them. 3. Carefully provide slab depressions as required for the finishes indicated on the Drawings. B. Finishing 1. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, make all slabs even and uniform in appearance, and where no slope is required, level within plus or minus 1/8" in 10'. 2. Score lines shall be as shown on the plans. Depth of scoring shall be 1/4 inch deep. 3. No finishing operation shall be performed while free water is present. Finishing operations shall be delayed until all bled water and water sheen has left the surface and the concrete has started to stiffen. 4. After edging and jointing operations, the surface shall be floated with a wood float. Immediately following floating, the surface shall be steel troweled. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-9 C. Exterior Finishes Where "broom finish" is indicated on the Drawings and where no other exterior slab finish is indicated on the Drawings, finish the exposed concrete surface by lightly combing with a medium stiff broom after troweling is complete. 3.06 CURING General A. During the entire period the concrete is being placed, cured and hardened, the Contractor shall provide protection to the concrete from damage by underground water, rain, frost, or sun in a manner satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. An approved curing method providing full saturation and protection of the concrete against drying shall be performed for a minimum period of three days. B. In cold weather (below 50 deg. F), concrete placing shall be done only within properly built enclosures capable of retaining heat or without such structures if the temperature is above 50 deg. F. The temperature within these enclosures must reach 65 deg. F before placement of concrete may begin. Only those openings required for the proper placing of concrete will be allowed in the enclosure. After the conclusion of concrete placement, the minimum temperature within the enclosure shall be 50 deg. F for a five day period and 65 deg. F for a three day period. The method of heating shall in no way cause a reduction in the available water content of the concrete. C. In hot and dry weather and as directed, all new concrete shall be kept shaded from the sun, shielded from the wind, kept wet with water, or protected by other approved methods to retain moisture in the concrete throughout the curing period. Manual wetting down of a particular area shall cause the area to be continually wet and not allow periods of drying to occur. Plastic roll material or impregnated paper may be utilized during the installation of the concrete, and must be thoroughly wetted at least once each day. These materials are to be placed as soon as possible upon the completion of finishing of concrete in such a fashion that the surface will not be damaged or disturbed. D. All curing methods employed shall be practical for the curing situation involved, and all methods shall be subject to the approval of the Landscape Architect. No curing compounds of any kind shall be permitted, unless approved by the Landscape Architect. 3.07 HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Placement 1. Do not use concrete with a placing temperature that will cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set or cold joints. 2. Maintain a concrete temperature during placement of less than 90 deg. F. 3. Use all means necessary to avoid drying the concrete prior to finishing operations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-10 B. Protection 1. Provide and use all required raincovers, sunshades, fog sprays, and other devices to protect the concrete. 2. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop, and all available personnel shall begin placing forms against the sides of the pavement and covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. 3. The Contractor shall have on hand at the paving site sufficient burlap, plastic, or paper to cover at least 6,000 square feet of freshly laid pavement as a protection against sudden thundershowers or heavy downpours of rain. 4. Any part of the pavement damaged by pedestrian traffic or other causes occurring prior to its final acceptance shall be repaired or replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor, in a manner satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. The Contractor shall protect the pavement against both public traffic and the traffic caused by his own employees and agents. The pavement shall be so protected until the beam test shows strength of at least 550 pounds per square inch or a minimum of 7 days. 3.08 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Inspection 1. Immediately after forms have been removed, inspect all concrete surfaces and patch all pour joints, voids, rock pockets, and other imperfections before the concrete is thoroughly dry. 2. Do not patch until concrete has been inspected by the Landscape Architect. B. Patching 1. Minor Defective Areas a. Chip away to a depth of about one inch, leaving edges perpendicular to the surface. Wet the area to be patched and a space of at least 6" wide around it to prevent water being absorbed out of the mortar. b. Coat the area to be patched with a cement wash consisting of neat cement and a solution of one part "Konset", or equal approved by the Landscape Architect, to four parts water; apply patching mortar immediately. c. Patching mortar shall consist of one part cement to three parts water to a consistency as dry as is possible within the requirements of handling and placing; thoroughly compact the mortar by ramming it into place. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Concrete Paving 321313-11 d. Screed off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than surrounding surfaces; leave undisturbed for a period of 1-2 hours to permit initial shrinkage, and then perform final finishing. e. Finish the patch to match adjacent surfaces and keep wet for at least seven days; provide and install all required protective coverings. 2. Major Defective Areas If the defects are serious or affect the strength of the structure or if patching does not satisfactorily restore the quality and appearance of the surface, the Architect may require the concrete to be removed and replaced, completely in accordance with the provisions of this Section, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.09 COMPENSATION Measurement --All work relating to paving and surfacing as described in this Section and on the Contract Drawings shall be measured complete-in-place. In addition to the paving and surfacing items, related work including excavation, grading, gravel base course and compaction shall be paid for in this Section. END OF SECTION 321313 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Unit Paving 321400-1 SECTION 321400 UNIT PAVING PART 1.00 – GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality of greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.04 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included Work includes all labor, materials, equipment and incidental items necessary to complete the installation of Brick Paver Units and granite paving in all areas noted and detailed in the drawings and/or indicated in the drawings. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere 1. Excavation and Fill ............................................................. ...Section 312300 2. Bituminous Concrete Pavement..............................................Section 321216 3. Concrete Paving .....................................................................S ection 321313 4. LEED® Product Requirements...............................................Section 018113 5. Waste Management and Disposal ...........................................Section 017419 C. Related Sections: 1. General LEED Requirements .................................................Section 013329 2. IAQ Management............................................................. ......Section 018119 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Unit Paving 321400-2 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualifications of Workmen A. Provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, completely familiar with the design and application of the work described in this section, be present at all times during progress of work of this section, and direct all work performed under this section. B. For actual installation and finishing of brick pavement surfaces and operation of the required equipment, use only personnel that are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required. C. Masonry units shall conform to the physical requirements of the local building code and the current applicable ASTM specifications applying to particular use for the construction in which units are employed. 1.06 SUBMITTALS Materials List After award of Contract and before any unit paving materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect a complete materials list of all masonry materials. A. Show manufacturers' name and catalog number for each item, furnish complete catalog cuts and technical data, and the manufacturer's recommendations as to method of installation. B. Upon approval of the Architect, the manufacturers' recommendations shall become the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual methods of installation used in the work. C. The paver supplier shall submit 6 copies of all necessary shop drawings to the Landscape Architect for his approval. These drawings shall show all bedding, bonding, jointing and anchoring details. The contractor shall also prepare and submit a 1/8” scale plan for the layout of all brick unit paving on the site. D. Samples: The Installing Contractor shall submit to the Architect four production units of each color and style selected. This submission is made for final approval and establishes job site criteria for quality and color uniformity. All surface texture shall be uniform within the normal color range established between the manufacturer and Architect. Submit affidavits stating that brick pavers to be used on the job complies with all applicable ASTM specifications. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Unit Paving 321400-3 1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection 1. Use all means necessary to protect the brick pavers and materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. 2. Brick pavers shall be protected against wetting prior to laying. 3. Do not use, and immediately remove from the project site all materials in broken containers or in packages showing water marks or other evidence of damage. 4. Do not use any chipped, broken, or otherwise damaged or defective brick pavers. B. Replacements In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Dust Control 1. Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during performance of the work of this section. 2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the public, neighbors, and concurrent performance of other work on the job site. 1.08 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions When temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling, or same is forecast to occur within 48 hours, provide fireproof protection covering of work and heat materials with UL approved flame heaters, as approved. Maintain materials and work above 50 degrees F for 72 hours. Do not use any admixture to prevent freezing. Do not lay frozen materials or build upon frozen surfaces. Lay brick pavers dry. Any completed work found to be affected by frost shall be taken down and rebuilt, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS A. Architectural Coatings All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings, (EPA 40 CFR Part 59, as published in the Friday, September 11, 1998 Federal Register). Architectural coatings are defined as: “a coating recommended for field application to stationary structures and their appurtenances, to portable buildings, to pavements, or to curbs.” New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Unit Paving 321400-4 PART 2.00 -PRODUCTS 2.01 BRICK PAVERS The brick pavers shall meet or exceed ASTM C936 paving standards and freeze-thaw testing per section 8 of ASTM C-67: No effect due to freeze-thaw, Maximum of 5% water absorption rate, and Minimum of 8,500 psi compressive strength. A. The contractor shall submit sample pavers for color and texture approval. The specified color may be changed by the Architect prior to Contractor ordering of the pavers. For the purpose of establishing a style, color and texture for submission of sample, the 4”x 8” pavers by Interstate Brick available from Olander Brick, Northampton, MA 01060 (413) 586-5608 have been selected. Colors are as noted on the plans. B. Brick pavers are to be manufactured from extruded fireclay or shale and shall be fired to produce a dense paver with an average absorption of less than 1.3% (in a 24 hour cold water absorption test) and have an average compressive strength of not less than 17,980 lbs. per square inch for any five bricks tested. The pavers must be capable of withstanding at least the equivalent of 100 cycles of freeze-thaw conditions. C. All masonry units shall be dimensionally stable in regard to height, width and length, and be rated for H-20 loading. D. Units shall be laid according to the details shown on the plan either on a sand base or a bituminous set bed. All brick pavers shall be dimensionally stable in regard to height, width and length. E. All units shall be free of organic impurities that will cause rusting, staining, etc. F. Regional Content: All brick paver products should be manufactured locally and all raw materials should be extruded/recovered locally (within 500 miles of the project site) as specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements Paragraph 2.02A. 2.02 NEOPRENE -MODIFIED ASPHALT ADHESIVE A. Neoprene -Modified Asphalt Adhesive shall consist of two percent (2%) neoprene (Grade WM1) oxidized asphalt with a 155 degree softening point (80 penetration) and ten percent (10%) long fibered asbestos. 2.03 JOINTING AND BEDDING SAND FOR BRICK PAVERS B. Provide jointing sand and bedding sand as follows: 1. Clean, well graded, sand free from soluble salts and other deleterious or foreign matter. Sand shall be natural silica or sand manufactured from crushed rock. 2. Do not use screenings or stone dust for jointing sand or bedding sand. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Unit Paving 321400-5 C. Joint Sand Material Requirements: Comply with [ASTM C 144] [ASTM C 33]. ASTM C 144 Grading Requirements Percent Passing, by Weight Sieve Size Natural Sand Manufactured Sand No. 4 (4.75 mm) 100 100 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 95 to 100 95 to 100 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 70 to 100 70 to 100 No. 30 (0.600 mm) 40 to 75 40 to 75 No. 50 (0.300 mm) 10 to 35 20 to 40 No. 100 (0.150 mm) 2 to 15 10 to 25 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0 to 5 0 to 10 ASTM C 33 Grading Requirements Sieve Size Percent Passing, by Weight 3/8” (9.5 mm) 100 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95 to 100 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 80 to 100 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 50 to 85 No. 30 (0.600 mm) 25 to 60 No. 50 (0.300 mm) 5 to 30 No. 100 (0.150 mm) 0 to 10 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0 to 3 D. Bedding Sand Material Requirements 1. Comply with ASTM C 33 requirements for fine aggregates. 2. Do not use mason’s sand, or sand conforming to ASTM C 144 for bedding sand. PART 3.00 -EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that pavers may be installed in strict accordance with the original design and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Unit Paving 321400-6 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Landscape Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 INSTALLATION All masonry work is to be done by masons who are skilled in their trade in a neat and workmanlike manner. A. Gravel Base After subgrade has been completed as described in Section 02200 of these Specifications, and has been approved by the Architect, roll the surface to a smooth and uniform texture to free from lumps, rock pockets, soft spots, and spongy areas. B. Setting Bed 1. Setting bed shall be mason’s sand or bituminous set bed, as per the details on the plans. Sand shall be size 0, clean masons sand. C. Placement of Pavers 1. All pavers shall be laid plumb and true to line with level accurately spaced courses, bond, comers, and reveals. Lay full thickness without stepping or toothing in mortar beds, spread smooth and and rake out to 1" depth as shown on the plans and specified herein. 2. The pattern shall be as noted on the plans. 3. Newly laid pavers must be protected at all times by panels of plywood on which the installer stands. The panels can be advanced as work processes, but the plywood protection must be maintained in areas which will be subjected to continued movement of materials and equipment. These precautions must be taken in order to avoid depressions and protect paver alignment. If additional leveling of the pavers is required, the surface shall be rolled with a power roller after sufficient heat has been built up from several days of hot weather. D. Joint Treatment 1. Joint treatment shall be sand swept as noted on the detail plans. Joints shall be hand-tight to a maximum of ¼”. Joints may vary slightly to adjust the bond and minimize cutting, closures, or jumping of bond. Closure pieces shall be large enough to be in proportion with the paving pattern. No small closure pieces are permitted. Saws shall do all cutting. 2. Expansion joints in the plaza shall be continuous through the base and pavers according to the structural drawings drawings. At all other locations, expansion joints shall be located at all building walls. Recess expansion joint filler a New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Unit Paving 321400-7 minimum of 1/2" in brick paving. Sealant shall then be applied to joints continuously and uniformity to a depth of 1/2" or as required. Care must be taken that sealant bonds properly to both sides of the joint. Sealant shall be flush with joint. All adjacent surfaces shall be cleaned immediately of sealant in a manner recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 3.03 REMEDIAL MEASURES Upon direction of the Landscape Architect, cut out and/or re-work all surfaces and subgade areas which do not meet the requirements of this section. Perform all remedial measures at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 CLEAN-UP Sweep surface of pavers thoroughly, removing all dust and foreign materials. Hose with water to ensure a clean, unsoiled surface. Sweep and hose all adjoining areas to remove all mortar and paver debris. Remove all debris from area in accordance with Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal. END OF SECTION 321400 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pavement Markings 321723-1 SECTION 321723 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. New painted pavement markings 2. Replacement of pavement markings disturbed as part of construction activities. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 5. Section 321723 – Asphalt Paving 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1986 Edition, as amended. B. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges", 1988 Edition, as amended. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit material specifications and shop drawings for all materials furnished under this Section including, but not limited to the following: 1. Pavement marking paint 2. Paint application system and equipment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Waterborne Pavement Marking Paint 1. In accordance with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges", 1988 Edition, as amended, pavement marking paint shall conform to the requirements of Articles M.7.01.10 and M.7.01.11 for waterborne pavement marking paint. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pavement Markings 321723-2 2. The paint shall be capable of being applied to bituminous and portland cement concrete pavements with striping equipment that does not require heating above ambient temperatures. 3. The following additional pavement marking paint requirements shall be met: a. The total nonvolatile content shall not be less than 70% by weight. b. Pigment shall be 45-55% by weight. c. Weight per gallon shall not be less than 12.5 pounds. d. Drying time to no pickup shall be 15 minutes. B. Application Requirements 1. Marking paint shall be applied at a rate of 100 to 115 square feet per gallon. 2. Material application temperature shall be from 40°F to 120°F. 3. No thinners shall be used for the above listed pavement marking applications except in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and at the direction of the Engineer. 4. Minimum finished paint thickness shall be 15 mils. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. All surface dirt within the areas to be painted shall be removed. Large areas of tar, grease or foreign materials may require sand blasting, steam cleaning or power brooming to accomplish complete removal. B. Application of markings shall not proceed until final authorization is received from Engineer. C. Bituminous concrete pavements shall have been in place for at least 48 hours prior to the application of pavement markings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. All permanent pavement repair areas shall be repainted to match the original pavement markings. B. New pavement markings shall be as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. C. Painting shall be in accordance with Section 860 of the Massachusetts DPW “Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridges”, 1988 Edition, as amended. D. No paint or pavement marking material shall be heated above the temperature marked on the container. E. All painting shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner. F. Lines shall sharp and clear with no feathered edging or fogging. G. If for any reason material is spilled or tracked on the pavement or any markings applied by Contractor, in Engineer’s judgment, are not acceptable, then the Contractor shall New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pavement Markings 321723-3 remove such material by a method that shall not damage the roadway surface and is acceptable to Engineer, clean and prepare the surface for a reapplication of markings, and reapply the markings as directed without additional compensation for the corrective work. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Markings shall remain protected until sufficiently dry to bear traffic on roadways that are open to traffic. B. Precautions shall be taken to prevent tracking by tires of the striping equipment. C. Markings shall be protected by traffic cones of not less than 28 inches in height. END OF SECTION 321723 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\321723 Pavement Markings.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-1 SECTION 32 31 13 ACCESS GATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section is only a portion of the Contract Documents. All of the Contract Documents, including Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this Section. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. All items of Parking Equipment, as indicated on the Drawings, including layout and sizes of items, and accessories, operating in accordance with the Operating Plan in Part 4 of this Section. B. Provide all plants, labor, tools, materials, equipment, appliances, hoists, services and related work as indicated on the Drawings, specified in this Section, and required by job conditions. C. The work shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Submission of shop drawings, samples, and all other supporting data for the parking equipment and its accessories. 2. All other materials, labor and services required to complete the work. 1.3 ELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Submittals -Section 013000. B. Cast-in-Place Concrete -Section 033000. C. Electrical – Division 26 D. Communications – Division 27 1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-2 A. Conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts Building Code and its latest amendments. B. Work of this Section shall conform to all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data and Samples: Submit samples and manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for the following products to the Architect for acceptance prior to the start of any work. 1. AVI Reader, with Intercom. 2. Remote Terminal, with Keyboard and Monitor. 3. Intercom Master Station. 4. Barrier Gate. 5. Vehicle Detectors. 6. Loops. 7. AVI Antennae/Readers. 8. Antennae/Reader Poles. 9. AVI Tags. 10. Any other manufactured products specified under Part 2 -Products. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings to the Architect for acceptance in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit shop drawings for each Equipment Island, showing each item of parking equipment. a. Provide plans, plans, elevations, and details of all items of equipment. Show layout and installation details, including anchorage details. b. Provide detailed conduit and wiring diagrams for the parking equipment, and the Remote Terminal, as shown on the Drawings. 1) Show sizes and layout of all conduits. 2) Show locations of connections to the electrical service junction boxes adjacent to the equipment locations, which are defined in Division 26 and shown on the Electrical Drawings. 3) Show locations of connections to the communications panels in the electrical rooms in the garage, Northampton PD headquarters, which are defined in Division 26 and shown on the Electrical Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-3 2. Shop drawings shall conform to the highest standards of the construction industry. Include enough plans, elevations, sections and details at adequate scale to completely describe all work to be provided. 3. Submit shop drawings to Architect in coordinated packages so that all required information is in hand at time of review. Prior to resubmission of shop drawings, all changes from prior issue shall be clearly circled and identified. Drawings that are resubmitted without changes circled and identified will not be reviewed. Do not fabricate before shop drawings have been reviewed and returned to contractor marked "No Exceptions Taken" or "Make Corrections Noted" only. 4. 4. Contractor shall coordinate and cross-check for accuracy, completeness and correct relationship to the work of other sections, each shop drawing prepared for the work of this Section, including each shop drawing prepared by accepted subcontractors. Show and dimension holes required for passage of work of other sections. Architect's review of shop drawings does not relieve contractor from these responsibilities. C. Maintenance Data: Provide maintenance data for the parking equipment components, in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. D. Maintenance Instructions: Provide manufacturer's written instructions for maintenance of the parking and access control equipment. 1. Include recommended methods and frequency for maintaining equipment in optimum operating condition under anticipated traffic and use conditions. 2. Include precautions against materials and methods that may be detrimental to finishes and performance. E. System Manual: Prior to acceptance of the system, provide a detailed System Manual for the parking control system and the equipment. The System Manual shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Basic step-by-step system operation procedures for the garage; 2. Garage system troubleshooting techniques; 3. Detailed plan of action describing procedures for employees to follow in the event of garage system failure; 4. As-built drawings of all equipment installations, and wiring diagrams. F. User Training: Provide training in the use of the equipment, the counting system, and the parking control system to the Owner's employees. G. Warranty: Provide a one-year warranty of the entire parking control system for the garage, covering equipment, materials, and installation, commencing on the date that the parking equipment, and system is formally accepted by the Owner. The warranty shall include, but not be limited to: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-4 1. Replacement of parking control equipment, materials, or software found to be defective; 2. Repair of defective workmanship; 3. Provision for bringing the parking control system back online within four hours of receiving notice of equipment, materials, or system failure. H. AVI Tags: The format for printing, color, and encoding of AVI Tags. There will be a single format for printing, color, and encoding for all AVI Tags. 1.6 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. At the completion of the installation, test the equipment and the system for compliance with the Operating Plan in Section 4, below. B. One month prior to acceptance testing, submit, in electronic format (Microsoft Word, latest update) to the Architect for approval a draft of the proposed detailed testing plan, draft copies of cashier and supervisor operating manuals, and draft equipment maintenance manuals to permit YP&T staff to perform routine maintenance, and to diagnose and and make common repairs. The Contractor shall incorporate responses to the Architect’s comments into the documents prior to the start of acceptance testing. C. Carry out acceptance testing in the presence of the Architect and the Owner, in accordance with the approved acceptance testing plan. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Contractor shall examine all Contract Documents and note any discrepancies and special construction problems requiring close coordination and exact time schedules; assume the responsibility of same and administer action such that the proper solution will result. 1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is an authorized representative of the parking control equipment manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of the type of units required for this project, and whose installations have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. a. The place of business of the installer of the parking control equipment shall be no more than than two hours' normal travel time from the project site. 2. Product Options: The drawings indicate the general size and dimensional requirements of each component of the parking control equipment. Specific manufacturers' individual components with equal performance characteristics may be considered provided deviations in sizes and dimensions are minor and do not change the design concept. a. Do not modify the intended design concept, as judged solely by the Architect, except with the Architect’s approval, and only to the extent needed to comply with performance requirements. Where modifications are New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-5 proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to the Architect for review. 3. Listing and Labeling: Provide internal electrical components required as part of the parking control equipment specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. a. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. b. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. c. Temperature Control: All equipment provided and installed under this Division shall operate satisfactorily, or shall be equipped with accessory heaters so that it does work satisfactorily, when the ambient temperature is within the range of -10 degrees Fahrenheit to plus 120 degrees Fahrenheit . 1.8 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall report in writing to the Architect any discrepancies between the design drawings and the existing site conditions. B. The Contractor shall field verify all information related to existing conditions such as: Surrounding structures, underground utilities and any other conditions that may exist. C. The Contractor shall survey surrounding structures to obtain information such as: Elevation of existing footings, bearing walls, water supply, sewage, utility piping and other utilities installations which may interfere with the construction. D. The Contractor shall obtain the pertaining information described above before starting a particular phase of work. E. Examine the substrata and the conditions under which the equipment is to be installed, and notify the Architect in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. F. Descriptions of, or limitations on, sequences of construction given in the Contract Documents are intended to assist the contractor. Descriptions or limitations given are not by any means intended to fully describe construction limitations, sequence or techniques nor preclude use of other methods if accepted by Architect in writing. Whether or not contractor follows the limitations and descriptions given herein, contractor remains fully responsible for both the stability and the safety of the work. Adherence to the limitations described herein does not relieve the contractor from that responsibility. 1.9 DELIVERIES, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials and products shall be delivered to the site in the manufacturer's original and unopened containers and packaging bearing labels as to type of material, brand name and manufacturer's name. Delivered materials shall be identical to accepted samples. B. Materials and products shall be handled in a workmanship like manner per manufacturer's specifications. Storage shall be under cover in dry, weather-tight, ventilated and clean locations off the ground. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-6 C. Delivered materials which are damaged or otherwise not suitable for installation, shall be removed from the jobsite and replaced with acceptable materials. 1.10 DEFICIENT WORK A. Deficient work or any work failing to strictly conform to the Contract Documents shall be removed and replaced, or repaired if accepted by Architect, at no cost to the Owner or Architect. 1. Contractor shall prepare appropriate details and procedures to bring such work into conformance with the Contract Documents and submit to Architect for review and acceptance. Contractor shall, through the Owner, reimburse the Architect for time and expense incurred reviewing proposal procedures and details in accordance with the Architect's current fee schedule. 2. Nonconforming work may be rejected by Owner or Architect at any time, regardless of prior acceptance in shop drawings, prior inspection, inclusion in inspection or test reports, or inclusion in certificates of payments. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Provide products by the following: 1. Parking Control Equipment: a. Amano McGann b. Applied Wireless ID Tags 2. Intercoms a. Talk-a-Phone 2.2 REMOTE TERMINAL, WITH KEYBOARD AND MONITOR. A. Remote terminal shall have a keyboard and monitor. B. Remote terminals shall be connected to the Parking System computer in the headquarters office and shall be programmable to permit limited functions to be performed from the terminal. 2.3 INTERCOM MASTER STATION. A. Intercom master station shall provide communication between the intercoms in the lower level gates and the reception desk in the Northampton PD headquarters. 2.4 BARRIER GATE. A. Barrier gate shall be ACI type AGP 1700, or equal. B. All arms shall have the capability of retracting instantaneously without impact with a vehicle or pedestrian using the Amano PBG 3 Non-Contact Safety Sensor. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-7 C. Gate shall have a non-resettable counter feature which permits each opening and/or closing to be identified by the control system. D. Gate shall be opened, in the inbound direction, upon actuation by an AVI tag, provided a vehicle is present over the two arming loops. E. Gates shall be opened, in the outbound direction, upon actuation by an AVI tag, provided a vehicle is present over the two arming loops. F. Gates shall be closed when the vehicle clears the closure loop shown on the plans. G. Barrier gate shall have straight arm. H. The arm of the barrier gate in the Northampton PD driveway shall be 15 feet long. 2.5 VEHICLE DETECTORS A. Vehicle-detectors shall be solid-state, electronic, designed to detect presence or transit of a vehicle over an embedded loop of wire and emit an electrical pulse to (a) arm the card readers in the inbound lanes, or (b) provide a closure signal when a vehicle passes a barrier gate. B. A three-position sensitivity switch and detection indicator light shall be provided on the front panel of the detector. 2.6 2LOOPS A. Loops shall have multiple strands of wire of the wire size, number of turns, loop size, and method of placement as recommended by the parking equipment manufacturer. 2.7 AVI ANTENNAE A. AVI antennae shall be AWID LR 2000 Sentinel Prox Long Range Reader. B. AVI antennae shall be mounted on poles in the entry and exit lanes serving the upper level of the garage and on the overhead rolling gates in the lower levels of the garage, as shown on the drawings. 2.8 ANTENNAE POLES A. Poles for mounting AVI antennae shall be 6” diameter, six feet high galvanized steel poles, with welded steel caps and 12” square base-plates. B. Poles shall be painted a color to be selected by the Architect. 2.9 AVI TAGS A. AVI transponder tags shall be compatible with the AVI antennae and the Northampton Police Headquarter building access control system. The tags shall be AWID Prox-Linc WS (APL-1216). B. Supply 100 AVI tags. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-8 C. The format for printing, color, and encoding of AVI tags shall be submitted for approval by the Architect. There will be a single format for printing, color, and encoding for all transponder tags. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Provide lane controllers, anchor bolts, junction boxes, equipment cabinets and other accessory items as required for installation and operation. Hot-dip galvanize anchor bolts and other accessory items according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Underground Electrical Enclosures shall be by Quazite. Provide Tier 8, 24” x 36” x 18” divided box with cover, in the manufacturer’s standard color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before installation, examine areas to receive parking control equipment. Verify that critical dimensions are correct and conditions are acceptable. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide templates for anchor bolts and other other items encased in concrete or below finished surfaces so as not to delay the Work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install parking equipment according to manufacturer's written instructions and placement drawings. 1. Coordinate placement of anchors and accessories encased in concrete with Division 3. B. Loop Detectors: Cut groove in pavement and bury and seal wire loop according to manufacturer's written instructions. Connect to Vehicle Detector. C. Conduits: Provide and install conduits for electrical service and for communications between the parking equipment and the junction boxes adjacent to the equipment locations provided under Division 26, as shown on the Drawings. D. Wiring -Electrical Service: Provide, install and make connections of electrical service wiring between the parking control equipment and the junction boxes and conduits adjacent to the equipment locations provided under Division 26, as shown on the Drawings. E. Wiring -Communications: Provide, install and make connections of communications wiring between the parking and access control equipment and the communications panel in the Electrical Room via the communications junction boxes and conduits adjacent to the equipment locations provided under Division 26, as shown on the Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-9 F. Underground electrical boxes shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, with the top cover set flush with the adjacent surface. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. After installing, clean finished surfaces, touch up shop-applied finishes as required to restore damaged areas. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensure the parking equipment is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.5 TRAINING A. Instruct Owner's personnel on the proper operation and maintenance of the parking equipment. Train personnel on procedures to follow if operation fails or malfunctions. PART 4 OPERATING PLAN 4.1 INTRODUCTION A. The Northampton Police Headquarters garage is a two level varying sloping floor structure with separate accesses to the levels and no connections between the levels. The structure has at ground level, plus one above ground parking level. The lower level includes public parking for 56 spaces and separate but secured parking for the headquarters sally port and impound yard, including 10 spaces. The lower level is accessed from Gothic Street only, with separate entrance and exit portals and an emergency exit only for police vehicles. B. Parking spaces on the upper levels will serve designated police uses through a controlled access barrier gate, with visitors to the Northampton PD using the 4 available spaces at Center Street. C. The garage will be managed and maintained by the City of Northampton. 4.2 DESIGN ENTRY AND EXIT FLOWS A. The access control system for all levels is designed for limited traffic volume with the lower level public parking for the midday peak hours. B. The lower level public parking garage is expected to absorb approximately 50 percent of its parking capacity during its morning peak arrival hour. Some of the capacity will be filled before the peak hour and some will be filled after the peak hour. There will be unbalanced operation during the morning peak period with a large inbound flow and a small outbound flow. C. During the afternoon peak hour, the flow pattern on the garage floors will be reversed from the morning arrival hour, but with slightly higher in-bound flows. 4.3 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND VERTICAL CIRCULATION A. Upper Levels: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-10 1. Serving the upper level of the garage, there will be one lane in from Center Street and one lane out to Center Street. 2. There is no vertical circulation between garage levels. 3. Handicapped parking for Northampton PD employees, if necessary, will be provided on the lower level, close to the Police Station. 4. Authorized Northampton policed vehicles whose cars are equipped with a valid AVI tag, will be permitted to enter the garage upper level through the access control at the visitor parking area from Center Street. The upper level garage entry plaza is designed with a single lane which will provide adequate capacity to pass peak flows. A parking management protocol will be provided to address potential problems created by malfunctioning AVI or proximity reader equipment, or drivers failing to transfer their tags from one vehicle to another. 5. For drivers who do not have valid AVI tags on the upper level, they will be required to park in the visitor spaces or contact the dispatcher by radio for confirmation for access. There is no intercom station on the upper level. B. Lower Level: 1. The lower level will be accessed via Gothic Street through the uncontrolled entrance and exist portals. The two Northampton Police Department secured areas will be controlled by AVI tags and/or intercom access. These locations will have AVI readers for entry and exit from the sally port and impound areas. All accesses will be logged in the access control system for verification and auditing at later time. C. Vertical Clearance: 1. Clear operating height below lights, signs and sprinklers will be 7’ 0” typically, and 8’ 2” at the handicapped van spaces and on the travel routes connecting the van spaces with the exterior. 2. Clearance bars will be installed wherever vertical clearance is limited to be lower than on the approach to the sign. 4.4 ACCESS CONTROLS A. Upper Level: 1. An AVI antennae will be provided in the entry and exit lane to permit the barrier gate to be opened by those who are authorized parkers with valid AVI tags mounted in their cars. 2. The entry area will have video surveillance for any confirmation necessary for remote access. B. Lower Level: New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-11 1. Access to the Northampton PD secured areas will have a reversible entry/exit lane equipped with an overhead rolling gate system. In the inbound direction, the parking equipment will include AVI antenna, proximity card reader, and intercom connected to the Northampton PD reception desk, which will be manned 24/7, to limit access to authorized Northampton PD official and police vehicles. 2. The areas of these secured areas will be monitored by Northampton PD using cctv and the operation of the gates to permit vehicles without an authorized AVI tag, to enter will be controlled remotely from the Northampton PD dispatch desk, where the dispatcher will be able to view the driver on a monitor and raise the gate after receiving satisfactory verification of identity and purpose, using the remote terminal located in the reception desk and making an appropriate exception report. C. Northampton Police Terminal: 1. The parking equipment will be programmed and operated from the computerized access control system, which will continue to be managed, maintained and operated by Northampton Police Department and will be capable of supervising and controlling all of the parking equipment in the garage. The equipment will be integrated with the building access control system. No additional software or hardware will be required. D. Remote Terminals: 1. A remote terminal with keypad, monitor, intercom master station and cctv monitor will be installed in the Northampton dispatch desk. This terminal will be programmed by Northampton Police Department to allow the dispatcher to respond to calls for assistance from the garage entry and exit lanes according to protocols established for dealing with “exceptions.” E. AVI Tags and Proximity Cards: 1. 100 AVI tags cards will be provided for initial use and to provide replacements over time. 4.5 SIGNING A. Lane Status Lights: 1. No electric Lane Status Lights will be provided. 4.6 STAFFING A. The Northampton Northampton PD will issue the AVI tags and for authorizing use of AVI tags and will provide the management, maintenance and staffing for the garage. The dispatcher at Northampton PD will be trained in the use of the access control system terminal. 4.7 HOURS OF OPERATION A. The garage will be open 24/7. 4.8 CALLS FOR ACCESS ASSISTANCE New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Access Gates 323113-12 A. Intercoms will be provided at the entry and exit lanes of the sally port and impound areas in the lower parking level. Each intercom will be covered by a cctv camera monitored by the Northampton police department. These intercoms will communicate with a master intercom station at the dispatcher desk. 1. Entrances: Calls for assistance from an entrance lane may be responded to via the intercom. Typically, such calls will involve questions concerning access to the garage, or as a result of a lost, cancelled or malfunctioning AVI tag. Those who have a problem with their AVI tag may be treated as an exception and permitted to enter, after satisfactorily demonstrating their access rights to the dispatcher. For this to occur, the attendant who responds must raise the barrier gate using the remote terminal located in the reception desk and type an appropriate exception report. 2. Exits: Calls for help at the exit lanes are likely likely to involve those who had a problem getting in and now need to get out, but may involve the unauthorized removal of a vehicle from the garage. Calls for assistance from the exit lanes shall be addressed by the dispatcher. Once the dispatcher is satisfied with the driver’s credentials, the vehicle may be permitted to exit, using the remote terminal, with an appropriate exception report. END OF SECTION 323113 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\323113 ACCESS GATES REV.DOC New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-1 SECTION 329200 TURF AND GRASSES PART 1.00 – GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.04 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work of this section is indicated on the Drawings and, in general, includes seeding and/or sodding. 1.05 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Excavation and Fill ...........................................................................Section 312300 B. LEED® Product Requirements..........................................................Se ction 018113 1.06 RELATED SECTIONS: A. General LEED Requirements ............................................................Section 013329 B. Waste Management and Disposal .......................... ............................Section 017419 C. IAQ Management ...........................................................................Section 018119 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-2 and the best methods for their installation, and direct all work performed under this Section. B. Standards 1. All planting material shall meet or exceed the specifications of Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control. 2. Quality shall conform with the current edition of "Horticultural Standards" for number one grade seed or sod, as adopted by the American Association of Nurserymen. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List Within 35 days after award of Contract and before any seeding materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect a complete list of all seeding and sodding materials and other items proposed to be installed. 1. Include complete data on source, size, and quality. 2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this Section. 3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items described in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has been approved in advance by the Architect. B. Certificates 1. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments. 2. Prior to installation, deliver all certificates to the Architect. 1.09 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage 1. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible at time of Architect's inspection. 2. Immediately remove from the site all seeding materials which are not true to name and all materials which do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these Specifications. 3. Use all means necessary to protect seeding materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-3 B. Replacements In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.10 SEEDING OR SODDING SEASON A. Seeding/Sodding Seeding/sodding shall be done between August 30th to October 15 and/or April 1st to July 1st. B. Variance If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting dates, a written request shall be submitted to the Architect stating the special conditions for the proposed variance. Permission for the variance will be given if warranted in the opinion of the Architect. Regardless of the time of seeding, the Contractor shall be responsible for a full growth of grass. PART 2.00 -PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. General Topsoil, except that existing on the site, will not be made available by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying any additional topsoil needed and hauling it to the site. It shall be obtained from naturally well-drained areas. It shall not be excessively acid or alkaline nor contain toxic substances which may be harmful to plant growth. Topsoil shall be without admixture of subsoil and shall be cleaned and free from clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots, or similar substances one inch or more in diameter, debris, or other objects which might be a hindrance to planting operations. Furnish all topsoil required to complete the work. Materials removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All landscaping material should be sourced locally as specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.02A. B. Testing The Contractor shall take representative samples of topsoil from the site and from topsoil to be hauled in and shall submit samples to a Soil Testing Laboratory for chemical analysis, and physical analysis. The Contractor shall indicate to the testing agencies that turf is to be planted and who the Owner is. The Contractor shall forward to the Architect two copies of analysis and recommendations of the testing agencies. The Contractor is responsible for adding soil amendments recommended by the testing agency. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-4 2.02 ENGINEERED PLANTING MIX A. Engineered planting mix shall be an engineered soil for semi-intensive green roofs according to the German FLL-Guidelines*. The material shall be a mixture of mineral light weight aggregates and organic components complying with the following requirements: Granulometric distribution passing US # 100 (d=0.15 mm) < 20 mass % passing US # 50 (d=0.30 mm) 5 – 30 mass % passing US # 30 (d=0.60 mm) 20 – 45 mass % passing US # 16 (d=1.18 mm) 30 – 60 mass % passing US # 8 (d=2.36 mm) 50 – 80 mass % passing US # 4 (d=4.75 mm) 65 – 95 mass % passing US 3/8 (d=9.50 mm) 95 – 100 mass % proportion of slurry-forming components < 15 mass % (d < 0.063 mm) Apparent density (volume weight) -when dry < 0.80 g/cm3 (50 lb/ft3)** -at maximum water capacity < 1.20 g/cm3 (75 lb/ft3)** Water and air management -maximum water-holding capacity > 40% Vol.% -air content at maximum water capacity > 10% Vol.% -water permeability (saturated hydraulic conductivity) > 0.0236 in/min pH value, salt content pH value (in CaCl2) 6.5 – 8.0 salt content (water extract) < 3.5 g/l salt content (gypsum extract) < 2.5 g/l Organic substances -organic content < 8.0 mass % Nutrients -Nutrients available to plants Nitrogen /N) (in CaCl2) < 80 mg/l Phosphorus (P2O5) (in CAL) < 200 mg/l Potash (K2O) (in KAL) < 700 mg/l Magnesium (Mg) (in CaCl2) < 160 mg/l Additional requirements absence of any phytotoxic substances absence of foreign substances fire resistance frost resistance New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-5 Supplier: Skyland USA LLC, P.O. Box 640, Avondale, PA 19311 877-268-0017 www.skylandusa.us, or approved equal. * Forschungsgesellschaft Landschaftsentwicklung Landschaftsbau (FLL). 2002. Guidelines for the Planning Execution and Upkeep of Green-Roof Sites 2.03 FERTILIZER A. General All fertilizer shall be a commercial balanced fertilizer delivered to the site in bags labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. B. Commercial Fertilizer Commercial fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer in which 50-70 percent of the nitrogenous elements shall be derived from organic sources; phosphate shall be derived from superphosphate containing 16-20 percent phosphoric acid or bonemeal containing 25-30 percent phosphoric acid and 2-3 percent nitrogen; and potash shall be derived from muriate of potash containing 55-60 percent potash. 12-4-8 50% organic may be substituted. Fertilizer shall be mixed, as specified, and delivered to the site in standard, unopened containers showing weight, guaranteed analysis, and name of manufacturer. 2.04 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Peat Peat shall be moist. It shall be finely shredded, consist of 90 percent organic moss peat, be brown in color, and suitable for horticultural purposes. Shredded particles shall not exceed one (1) inch in diameter. Peat shall be measured in air dry condition, containing not more than 35 percent moisture by weight. Ash content shall not exceed 10 percent. B. Limestone Ground dolomitic limestone shall be an approved agricultural limestone and shall contain not less than 85 percent of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that 50 percent will pass a 100 mesh sieve, and 90 percent will pass a 20 mesh sieve. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-6 2.05 GRASS SEED A. General -All grass seed shall be: 1. Free from noxious weed seeds and recleaned, Grade A recent crop seed, treated with appropriate fungicide at time of mixing, and delivered to the site in sealed containers with dealer's guaranteed analysis. B. Seed Mix Proportions by Weight % by Weight Seed % Purity % Germination 10% Baron Bluegrass 90% 75% 10% Flyking Bluegrass 85% 75% 40% Illahee Red Fescue * 98% 90% 5% Annual Ryegrass 98% 90% 35% Manhattan II Per Rye * 98% 90% * denotes seed mixture containing active endophytes Weed seed content shall not exceed 0.25%. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will be rejected. 2.05 SOD A. Sod shall be first quality sod equal to the blend in 2.04 B. PART 3.00 -EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades, and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that seeding may be completed in accordance with the original design and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-7 3.02 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. The Contractor shall do whatever grading is necessary to bring the subgrade to a true, smooth slope, parallel and 6" below finished grade, for all seed bed areas. Remove all existing lawns and grasses, including roots. B. There must be sufficient grade staked, as determined by the Architect, to insure correct line and grade of subgrade and of finished grade. C. Immediately prior to being covered with topsoil, the top 3" of the subgrade shall be raked or otherwise loosened and shall be free of stones, rock, and other foreign material 2" or greater in dimensions. 3.03 FINISH GRADE PREPARATION A. Topsoil shall not be delivered or worked in a frozen or muddy condition. B. Topsoil shall be placed and spread over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater than 6" in "loam and seed" lawn areas and 15" in plant bed areas so that after natural settlement and light rolling, the completed work will conform to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated. D. After topsoil has been spread in approved areas, it shall be carefully prepared by scarifying or harrowing, and stones over one inch in diameter shall be removed from the topsoil. It shall be free of smaller stones in excessive quantities, as determined by the Architect. E. The whole surface shall then be rolled with a roller which weighs not more than 100 pounds per foot of width. During the rolling, all depressions caused by settlement of rolling shall be filled with additional topsoil, and the surface shall be regraded and rolled until presenting a smooth and even finish to the required grade. 3.04 SEED/SOD BED PREPARATION A. After the areas to be seeded have been brought to the grades specified, spread limestone at a rate specified by the testing agency. B. Apply the recommended fertilizer at the rate recommended by the testing agency. Thoroughly and evenly incorporate fertilizer and lime with the soil to a depth of 3" by discing or other approved method. In areas inaccessible to power equipment, use hand tools. Adjacent to trees and shrubs, use hand tools to avoid disturbances of the roots. C. The Seeding Contractor shall reconstitute the soil, as recommended by a soil testing agency, prior to use as planting soil. Any deficiencies in the topsoil shall be corrected by the Contractor, as recommended, at no expense to the Owner. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-8 D. After incorporation of fertilizer and lime into the soil, the seed bed shall be fine graded to remove all ridges and depressions and the surface cleared of all debris and of all stones one inch or more in diameter. 3.05 SEEDING A. Immediately before seeding, the ground shall be restored, as necessary, to a loose friable condition by dicing or other approved method to a depth of not less than 2". The surface shall be cleared of all debris and of all stones 1" or more in diameter. B. Seed all areas to be seeded with specified grass seed, sowing evenly with an approved mechanical seeder at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Spread seed when soil is moist. Cultipacker, or approved similar equipment, may be used to cover the seed and to firm the seed bed in one operation. In areas inaccessible to cultipacker, the seeded ground shall be lightly raked and rolled in two directions with a water ballast roller. Extreme care shall be taken during seeding and raking to insure that no change shall occur in the finished grades and that the seed is not raked from one spot to another. C. Promptly after seeding, wet the seed bed thoroughly, keeping all areas moist throughout the germination period. D. Mulch shall be placed immediately after seeding. Hay that has been thoroughly fluffed shall be spread evenly and uniformly at the rate of two to three tons per acre or (2) 50 lbs. bales per 1,000 sq. ft. of area. Lumps and thick mulch materials shall be thinned. All mulch anchor stakes, strings and matting shall be removed before final acceptance of lawns. E. Take whatever measures are necessary to protect the seeded area while it is germinating. These measures shall include furnishing warnings signs, barriers, and other needed measures of protection. 3.06 SODDING A. Moisture Content Sod shall not be harvested or transplanted when moisture content (excessively dry or wet) may adversely affect its survival. B. Time Limitations 1. Sod shall be harvested, delivered and transplanted within a period of 36 hours unless a suitable preservation method is approved prior to delivery. 2. Sod not transplanted within this period shall be inspected and approved by the Architect prior to its installation. C. Transplanting New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-9 1. Moistening the Soil: During periods of higher than optimal temperature for species being specified and after all uneveness in the soil surface has been corrected, the soil shall be lightly moistened immediately prior to laying sod. 2. Starter Strip: The first row of sod shall be laid in a straight line with subsequent rows placed parallel to and tightly against each other. Lateral joints shall be staggered to promote more uniform growth and strength. Care shall be exercised to ensure that sod is not stretched or overlapped and that all joints are butted tight in order to prevent voids which would cause air drying of the roots. 3. Sloping Surfaces: On 1:3 or greater slopes, sod shall be laid with staggered joints and secured by tamping, pegging or other approved methods. 4. Watering and Rolling: Water sod immediately after transplanting to prevent excessive drying during progress of work. As sodding is completed in any one section, the entire area shall be rolled. It shall then be thoroughly watered to a depth sufficient that the underside of the new sod pad and soil immediately below the sod are thoroughly wet. The Owner shall be responsible for having adequate water available. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after seeding operations and shall continue until Acceptance or for a minimum of 60 days, whichever is longer. B. Maintenance of seed areas shall consist of watering, weeding, mowing/raking, repair of all erosion, and reseeding as necessary to establish a uniform stand of grass. Lawns shall be watered daily to maintain adequate surface soil moisture for proper seed germination. Continue daily watering for not less than 30 days. Thereafter apply 1/2" of water twice per week until acceptance. All areas which fail to show a uniform stand of grass for any reason shall be reseeded repeatedly until a uniform stand is attained. Scattered bare spots, evenly distributed and not exceeding 8" square of any lawn area, will be allowed at the discretion of the Architect. At the time of the first cutting, there shall be a uniform stand between 3 and 3-1/2" high, and mower blades shall be set between 2-1/2" and 3" high. Catch shall be representative of seed specified. 3.08 ACCEPTANCE The Architect shall inspect all work for Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date of inspection. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the Architect, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the Acceptance of the work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Turf and Grasses 329200-10 3.09 ACCEPTANCE IN PART The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best interest to do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to complete the work in parts. Acceptance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of this Contract. 3.10 CLEANUP A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied, pavements shall be kept clear at all times, broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings. B. After completion of all planting operations, dispose of all debris and excess material to the satisfaction of the Architect. All pavements shall be broomed and hosed clean. 3.11 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE At the end of the guarantee period, the Architect will inspect all guaranteed work for the Final Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgement of the Architect at that time, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the Final Acceptance of the project. END OF SECTION 329200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-1 SECTION 329300 PLANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division 1 -General Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. (See Article 1 of the General and Supplementary General Conditions.) 1.04 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.05 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.06 SECTION INCLUDES Planting required for the Work is indicated on the Drawings and, in general, includes planting of trees and/or shrubs throughout the Work including furnishing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for root protection, and tree guards where applicable. 1.07 RELATED WORK A. Excavation and Fill ........................... ................................................Section 312300 B. Turf and Grasses ...............................................................................Section 329 200 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-2 C. LEED® Product Requirements..........................................................Section 018113 D. Waste Management and Disposal ......................................................Section 017419 1.08 RELATED SECTIONS A. General LEED Requirements............................................... ..............Section 013329 B. IAQ Managements ............................................................................Section 018119 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods of their installation, and direct all work performed under this Section. B. Standards 1. All plants and planting material shall meet or exceed the specifications of Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control. 2. Quality and size shall conform with the current edition of "Horticultural Standards" for number one grade nursery stock, as adopted by the American Association of Nurserymen. 3. All plants shall be true to name and one of each bundle or lot shall be tagged with the name and size of the plants, in accordance with the standards of practice of the American Association of Nurserymen. In all cases, botanical names shall take precedence over common names. 4. All Plants to be grown from stock hardy in USDA Plant Hardiness Zones 2 through 5. 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List Thirty days before any planting materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect a complete list of all plants and other items proposed to be installed: 1. Include a complete data on source, size, and quality. 2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this section. 3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items described in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution substitution has been approved in advance by the Architect. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-3 B. Certificates 1. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments. 2. Upon completion of the installation, deliver all certificates to the Architect. 1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage 1. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible at time of Architect's inspection. 2. Immediately remove from the site all plants which are not true to name and all materials which do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these Specifications. 3. Use all means necessary to protect plant materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all trades. B. Replacements In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Planting Season 1. Planting shall be done within the following dates: Deciduous material: March 1 -May 15 October 25 -December 1 Evergreen Material: March 1 -June 1 August 15 -October 15 Seeding, Sodding: April 1 -June 1 August 15 -September 30 2. If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting dates, a written request shall be submitted to the Project Architect stating the special conditions and the proposed variance. Permission for the variance will be given if warranted in the opinion of the Architect. Variances permitted will not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages caused by planting out of season. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-4 PART 2 PRODUCTS All landscaping material should be sourced locally as specified in Section 018113 LEED® Product Requirements, Paragraph 2.02A. 2.01 FERTILIZER A. General Plant fertilizer packets shall be installed as per the drawings. 2.02 SOIL AMENDMENT All soil amendment shall be peat; a domestic product consisting of partially decomposed vegetable matter of natural occurrence. It shall be brown, clean, low in content of mineral and woody material, mildly acid and granulated or shredded, and fortified with organic nitrogen or an equal commercial soil amendment approved in advance by the Architect. 2.03 BARK MULCH Shredded cedar bark mulch shall consist of a standard size, free of chunks and pieces of wood thicker than 1/4" and approved by the Architect. The mulch must be partially decomposed and dark brown in color. 2.04 PEAT MOSS Brown; acid reaction about 4 to 5 pH; low in content of wood material and free of mineral matter harmful to plant life; water absorbing capacity, 1100 to 2000 percent; moisture content 30 percent natural, shredded or granulated. 2.05 WATER Contractor shall make, at his expense, whatever arrangements may be necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs of this contract. He shall also furnish all necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for the adequate irrigation of lawns and planted areas as may be required to complete the work as specified. 2.06 LOAM FOR PLANTING SOIL A. The Contractor shall supply loam which shall be prepared by the Contractor so as to be free from subsoil, stumps, roots, stones over one (1) inch diameter and other extraneous materials. Materials removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Soil shall not be used for planting while in a frozen or muddy condition. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-5 B. Planting soil mix shall consist of seven parts loam and one part peat moss by volume. It shall have pH value between pH 5.0 to pH 6.0. Mix all materials at the proportions or amounts specified herein. Mixing shall be done by an approved method. Under no conditions shall mixing be done if materials are wet or in otherwise unsatisfactory condition, as determined by the Architect. 2.07 PLANTING MIX A. All engineered planting mix shall be as specified in Section 329200, 2.02. 2.08 PLANT MATERIALS A. Plant materials shall be true to species and variety specified and shall be nursery grown in accordance with good horticultural practice under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for at least two years. They shall have been root-pruned within the last two years. All plants B+B or container grown. No heeled-in plants or plants from cold storage will be accepted. All plant species shall be drought tolerant. B. Unless specifically noted otherwise, all plants shall be of specimen quality; exceptionally heavy; and symmetrical, so trained or favored in development and appearance as to be unquestionable and outstandingly superior in form, compactness and symmetry. They shall be sound; healthy; vigorous; well-branched and densely foliated when in leaf; free of disease; insects; eggs or larvae; and shall be free from physical damage or conditions that would prevent thriving growth. C. Plants shall not be pruned before delivery. Trees with multiple leaders, unless specified, will be rejected. Trees with a damaged or crooked leader, abrasion of bark, sunscalds, disfiguring knots, insect damage, or cuts of limbs over 3/4" in diameter, not completely calloused, will be rejected. D. Plants shall conform to measurements specified in the Plant Lists, except that plants larger than specified may be used if approved by the Architect. Use of such plants shall not increase the Contract price. If larger plants are approved, the root ball shall be increased in proportion to the size of the plant. E. Caliper measurement shall be taken on the trunk 6" above natural ground line for trees up to 4" in caliper and 12" above the natural ground line for trees over 4" in caliper. Height and spread dimensions specified refer to the main body of the plant and not from branch tip to tip. Plants shall be measured when branches are in their normal position. If a range of size is given, no plant shall be less than the minimum size, and not less than 50 percent of the plants shall be as large as the maximum size specified. Measurements specified are minimum size, acceptable after pruning where pruning is required. Plants that meet measurements but do not possess a normal balance between height and spread shall be rejected. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-6 F. All plants shall be labeled with correct plant name and size. Labels shall be attached securely to all plants, bundles, and containers of plant materials delivered with care that those attached directly to plants will not restrict growth. G. Substitutions of plant materials will not be permitted, unless authorized in writing by the Architect. If proof is submitted and substantiated in writing that any plant specified is not obtainable, a proposal will be considered for use of the nearest available size or similar variety with a corresponding adjustment of Contract price. H. Type of Protection to Roots 1. Balled and Burlapped Plants Plants designated "B&B" in the Plant List shall be balled and burlapped. They shall be dug with firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with burlap or similar material and bound with twine, cord, or wire mesh. Where necessary to prevent breaking or cracking of the ball during the process of planting, the ball may be secured to a platform. 2. Protection After Delivery The balls of "B&B" plants and container grown plants which cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be covered with moist soil or mulch, or other protection from drying winds and sun. All plants shall be watered as necessary until planted. 2.09 INSPECTIONS Certificates of inspection shall accompany invoices for each shipment of plants as may be required by law for transportation. File certificates with the Architect prior to acceptance of the material. Inspection by Federal or State Governments at place of growth does not preclude rejection of plants at the work site. 2.10 SELECTION AND TAGGING A. Plants shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Architect at their place of growth and upon delivery for conformity to specification requirements. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection during the progress of the work. A Contractor's representative shall be present at all inspections. B. Written requests for inspection of plant material at their place of growth shall be submitted to the Architect at least 10 calendar days prior to digging. Written requests shall state the place of growth and quantity of plants to be inspected. The Architect may refuse inspection at this time if, in his judgment, a sufficient quantity of plants are not available for inspection. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-7 C. Plants identified as "selection specimen" shall be approved and tagged at their place of growth. For distant material, submit photographs for pre-inspection review. 2.11 PLANT LABELS Plant labels shall be durable, legible stating the correct plant name and size in weatherresistant ink or embossed process lettering. All labels shall remain on the plant material until acceptance by the Holyoke Planning Board. 2.12 GUYING, STAKING, AND WRAPPING MATERIALS – Not applicable. 2.13 ANTI-DESICCANT Anti-desiccant shall be an emulsion which provides a protective film over plant surfaces, permeable enough to permit transpiration. It shall be delivered in containers of the manufacturer and mixed according to the manufacturer's directions ("Wiltpruf" manufactured by Nursery Specialty Products Inc., Stubbings Road, Groton Falls, New York, or approved equal). PART 3 EXECUTIONS 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that planting may be completed in accordance with the original design and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 EXCAVATION OF PLANTING AREAS A. Stake out the ground locations for plants and outlines of areas to be planted and obtain approval of the Architect before excavation is begun. A minimum of 30 percent of total planting must be staked before inspection will be made. B. Excavate tree and shrub pits as shown on the Drawings. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-8 C. Separate subgrade soils from the upper topsoil portions and remove immediately wherever encountered during planting operations. D. Notify the Architect in writing of all soil condition which the Contractor considers detrimental to growth of plant material. State condition and submit proposal in writing to the Architect for correcting condition. Notify the Architect in writing of all soil or drainage conditions which the Contractor considers detrimental growth of plant material. E. Test drainage of suspect plant beds and pits by filling with water twice in succession. Conditions permitting the retention of water in planting beds for more than 12 hours shall be brought to the attention of the Architect. F. If rock, underground construction work, tree roots, or obstructions are encountered in the excavation of plant pits, alternate locations may be considered by the Architect. Where location cannot be changed, as determined by the Architect, submit cost required to remove the obstructions to a depth of not less than 6" below the required pit depth. Proceed with work after approval of the Architect. 3.03 PLANTING OPERATIONS A. Digging and Handling of Plant Materials to be Relocated 1. Immediately before digging, spray all evergreen or deciduous plant material in full leaf with anti-desiccant, applying an adequate film over trunks, branches, twigs, and/or foliage. 2. Dig, ball and burlap ("B&B") plants with firm, natural balls of earth with diameter not less than that recommended by American standard for Nursery Stock and of sufficient depth to include the fibrous and feeding roots. Plants moved with a ball will not be accepted if the ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation. 3. Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be kept in the shade, well protected with soil, wet moss, or other acceptable materials and shall be kept well watered. Plants shall not remain unplanted for longer than three days after delivery. 4. Plants shall not be bound with wire or rope at any time so as to damage the bark or break branches. Plants shall be lifted and handled from the bottom of the ball only. B. Planting Trees and Shrubs 1. Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be kept in the shade, well protected with soil, wet moss, or other acceptable material and shall be kept well watered. Plants shall not New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-9 remain unplanted for longer than three days after delivery. Plants shall not be bound with wire or rope at any time so as to damage the bark or break branches. Plants shall be lifted and handled from the bottom of the ball only. 2. Set plants at same relationship to finished grade as they bore to the ground from which they were dug. Set plant plumb and brace rigidly in position until prepared topsoil has been tamped solidly around ball and roots. 3. Cut and remove ropes, strings and wrappings from top 1/3 of ball after plant has been set. Leave balance of wrappings intact around ball. If wrapping is plastic, remove top 2/3. 4. Backfill plant pits with prepared planting soil. When plant pits have been backfilled approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly, eliminating all air pockets. After watering, install planting soil to top of pit and repeat watering. 5. Form saucer around tree as indicated on the Drawings. 6. Finish grade planting planting areas to conform to grades on Drawings. 7. Mulch all pits and beds with a 4" layer of shredded bark mulch immediately after planting. 8. Immediately after planting, water all plants thoroughly. C. Pruning 1. Prune plants only at time of planting and according to standard horticultural practice to preserve the natural character of the plant. Pruning to be done under supervision of the Project Architect. 2. Pruning and trimming shall include the following: a) Remove all dead wood, suckers, and broken or badly bruised branches, unless otherwise directed by the Architect. Contractor shall not cut main leader of tree. b) Use only clean sharp tools. 3.04 MAINTENANCE OF TREES AND SHRUBS A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each plant is planted and shall continue until acceptance of the project by the Owner after final inspection or 60 days, whichever is longer. B. Maintenance shall consist of pruning, watering, cultivating, weeding, mulching, tightening and repairing guys, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, restoration of the planting saucer, and furnishing and applying such sprays or other items New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-10 as are necessary to keep the planting free of insects and disease and in thriving condition. C. Planting areas and plants shall be protected at all times against trespassing and damage of all kinds for the duration of the maintenance period. If any plants become damaged or injured, they shall be treated or replaced as directed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Provide all equipment and means for proper application of water to those planted areas not equipped with an irrigation system. 3.05 INSPECTION In addition to normal progress inspection, schedule and conduct the following formal inspections, giving the Architect at least 24 hours prior notice of readiness for inspection: A. Inspection of plants in containers prior to planting. B. Inspection of plant locations to verify compliance with the Drawings. C. Schedule the final inspection sufficiently in advance and in cooperation with the Architect so that the final inspection may be conducted within 24 hours after completion of planting. D. Final inspection will be at the end of the maintenance period, provided that all previous deficiencies have been corrected. 3.06 ACCEPTANCE A. The Architect shall inspect all work for acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date of inspection. Acceptance of plant material by the Architect shall be for general conformance to specified size, character, and quality and shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for full conformance to the contract documents, including correct species. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the Architect, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the acceptance of the work. B. Acceptance in Part The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best interest to do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to complete work in parts. Acceptance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of this Contract. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-11 3.07 GUARANTEE PERIOD AND REPLACEMENTS A. The guarantee period for trees and shrubs shall begin at the date of acceptance. B. All plant material shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one year from the date of Acceptance to be in good, healthy and flourishing condition. C. When work is accepted in parts, the guarantee periods extend from each of the partial acceptances to the terminal date of the last guarantee period. Thus, all guarantee periods terminate at one time. D. The Contractor shall replace, without cost to the Owner and as soon as possible as weather conditions permit and within a specified planting period, all dead plants and all plants not in a vigorous thriving condition, as determined by the Architect during and at the end of the guarantee period. Plants shall be free of dead or dying branches and branch tips and shall bear foliage of a normal density, size, and color. Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of the same species. Replacements shall be subject to all requirements stated in this Specification. E. The guarantee of all replacement plants shall extend for an additional period of one year from the date of their acceptance after replacement. In the event that a replacement plant is not acceptable during or at the end of the said extended guarantee period, the Owner may elect subsequent replacement or credit for each item. F. The Contractor shall make periodic inspection at no extra cost to the Owner during the guarantee period to determine what changes, if any, should be made to the Owner's maintenance program. Submit in writing to the Architect any recommended changes. 3.08 CARE OF EXISTING TREES Upon completion of the work under this Section, all existing trees shall be pruned and any injuries repaired. The amount of pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove dead or injured twigs and branches and to compensate for the loss of roots as a result of construction operations. Roots greater than 2" shall be hand-cut to provide clean, concise, cutting and removal. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as not to change the natural habit or shape of the plant. All cuts shall be made at teh branch collar, leaving no stubs. On all cuts over 3/4" diameter and bruises or scars on the bark, the injured cambium shall be traced back to living tissue and removed; wounds shall be smoothed and shaped so as not to retain water. 3.09 CLEANUP A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied, pavements shall be kept clear at all times, broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings. B. After completion of all planting operations, dispose of all debris and excess material from area in accordance with Section 017419 Waste Management and Disposal. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Plants 329300-12 3.10 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE At the end of the guarantee period, the Architect will inspect all guaranteed work for final acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the Architect at that time, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the final acceptance of the Project. END OF SECTION 329300 New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cleaning of Underground Piping and Structures 33 01 35-1 SECTION 33 01 35 CLEANING OF UNDERGROUND PIPING AND STRUCTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Removal of dirt, rocks, sand and other material within underground piping 2. Removal of dirt, rocks, sand and other material within underground structures B. Related Sections 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 01 81 19 IAQ Management 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed cleaning procedures B. Proposed cleaning equipment 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall have at least 5 years experience cleaning underground piping and structures. B. Contractor shall have successfully completed a minimum of 10 projects where piping and structures of similar size and condition to those on this project were cleaned. C. Contractor shall have Confined Space Entry training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANING EQUIPMENT A. High-Velocity Jet (Hydrocleaning) Equipment 1. All high-velocity pipe cleaning equipment shall be constructed for ease and safety of operation. 2. The equipment shall have a selection of two or more high-velocity nozzles. 3. The nozzles shall be capable of producing a scouring action from 15 to 45 degrees in all size lines designated to be cleaned. 4. Equipment shall also include a high-velocity gun for washing and scouring structure walls and floors. The gun shall be capable of producing flows from a fine spray to a solid stream. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Cleaning of Underground Piping and Structures 33 01 35-2 5. The equipment shall carry its own water tank, auxiliary engines, pumps, and hydraulically driven hose reel. B. Mechanically Powered Equipment 1. Mechanically powered equipment includes power rodding machines, bucket machines and winches using root cutters and porcupines. 2. Machines shall be belt-operated or shall have an overload device. 3. Machines with direct drive that could cause damage to the pipe are not allowed. 4. A power rodding machine shall be either a sectional or continuous rod type capable of holding a minimum of 750 feet of rod. The rod shall be made of heat-treated steel. The machine shall be fully enclosed and have an automatic safety clutch or relief valve. C. Vacuum-Operated Equipment D. Other cleaning equipment approved by the Engineer PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANING OF PIPES AND STRUCTURES A. Clean the all structures and piping within the limit of work by hand; by using using hydraulically propelled, high-velocity jet; vacuum-operated equipment; mechanically powered equipment; or other methods/equipment approved by the Engineer. The methods used shall be capable of removing dirt, rocks, sand, and other materials and obstructions from the piping and structures. B. If cleaning of an entire pipe length can not be completed from one end, set up the equipment at the other end of the pipe and the again attempt to clean the pipe section. C. Restore pipes to a minimum of 95% of their original hydraulic capacity. D. Remove all dirt, rocks, sand, and other materials within the structures to be cleaned. E. During pipe cleaning operations, take precautions in the use of equipment to prevent damage to public and private property. F. When hydraulically propelled cleaning tools or flows which retard the flow in the pipe are used, take precautions to insure that the water pressure created does not cause damage or flooding of public or private property. When possible, use the flow in the pipe to provide the necessary pressure for hydraulic cleaning devices. When additional water from hydrants is necessary, conserve water and do not use unnecessarily. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\330135 CLEANING OF UNDERGROUND PIPING AND STRUCTURES.DOC New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Manholes and Structures 33 05 13-1 SECTION 33 05 13 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Precast concrete manholes 2. Precast concrete catchbasins 3. Cast iron manhole frames and covers 4. Cast iron catchbasin frames and grates 5. Manhole chimneys B. Related Sections 1. Section 01 33 29 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 01 74 19 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 01 81 13 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 01 81 19 IAQ Management 5. Section 33 08 30 – Commissioning of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Utilities 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO – American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, most recent edition. B. ASTM C32 -Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (made from clay or shale). C. ASTM A48 – Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. D. ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement. E. ASTM C207 – – Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. F. ASTM C478 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. G. ASTM C443 – Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Piping Using Rubber Gaskets. H. ASTM C923 -Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals. I. ASTM C990 – Standard Specificaiton for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Manholes and Structures 33 05 13-2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, showing details of construction, reinforcing, joints, pipe connections to structures, manhole rungs, manhole frames and covers, dampproofing coating, catchbasin frames and grates and manhole chimneys. B. Submit weights of manhole frames and covers and catchbasin frames and grates. C. Submit design calculations including verification of adequate anti-flotation features and lateral earth pressures. Calculations shall verify that the manhole structure has been designed to withstand the burial depth, submergence due to flooding, flotation, and dead and live loads. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer, or other representative of the Owner. Such inspection may be made at the place of manufacture, or at the Site after delivery, or at both places, and the materials shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements, even though samples may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Material rejected after delivery to the job shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. Materials which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed, shall be acceptably repaired, if permitted, or removed and replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. At the time of inspection, the materials will be carefully examined for compliance with the latest ASTM designation specified and these Specifications, and with the approved manufacturer's drawings. Manhole sections will be inspected for general appearance, dimension, "scratch-strength," blisters, cracks, roughness, and soundness. The surface shall be dense and close-textured. C. Imperfections in manhole sections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the Engineer, after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result. Repairs will be carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 7 days and 5,000 psi at 28 days, when tested in 3 inch by 6 inch cylinders stored in the standard manner. Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject to the approval of the Engineer. D. Personnel shall have confined space entry training as appropriate for the work to be performed. E. Manholes and catchbasins shall be designed for lateral earth pressures and to resist flotation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE AND CATCHBASIN SECTIONS A. Precast concrete barrel sections and transition top sections, shall conform to ASTM C478 and the following requirements: 1. The wall thickness shall not be less than 5 inches for 48 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections, 6 inches for 60 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections and 7 inches for 72 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Manholes and Structures 33 05 13-3 2. Top sections shall be eccentric except that flat top sections shall be used where shallow cover requires a top section less than 4 feet as shown on the Drawings. 3. Barrel sections shall have tongue and groove joints. 4. All sections shall be cured by an approved method and shall not be shipped nor subjected to loading until the concrete compressive strength has attained 3,000 psi and not before 5 days after fabrication and/or repair, whichever is longer. 5. Precast concrete barrel sections with precast top slabs and precast concrete transition sections shall be designed for a minimum of AASHTO HS20-44 loading plus the weight of the soil above at 120 pcf. 6. The date of manufacture and the name and trademark of the manufacturer shall be clearly marked on each precast section. 7. Precast concrete bases shall be monolithically constructed. The thickness of the bottom slab of the precast bases shall not be less than the barrel sections or top slab whichever is greater. Precast concrete bases shall be constructed with a 6 inch extended base, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 8. Knock out panels for piping shall be provided in precast sections at the locations shown on the Drawings. They shall be integrally cast with the section, 2½ inches thick and shall be sized as shown on the Drawings. There shall be no steel reinforcing in knock out panels. 9. The side wall height of the base section shall be a minimum of 12 inches above the top of the pipe coming into the manholes and catchbasins. 10. A 4’-0” deep sump shall be provided below catchbasin outlet pipes. 2.2 BRICK MASONRY A. Bricks shall be good, sound, hard and uniformly burned, regular and uniform in shape and size, of compact texture. Underburned or salmon brick will not be acceptable and only whole brick shall be used unless otherwise permitted. In case bricks are rejected by the Engineer, they shall be immediately removed from the site of the work and satisfactory bricks substituted, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. Bricks for the channels and shelves shall comply with the latest specifications of ASTM C32 for Sewer Brick, Grade SM. 2. Bricks for building up and leveling manhole frames shall conform to ASTM C32 Grade MS. 3. Poured concrete inverts will not be allowed. B. Mortar used in the brickwork shall be composed of one part Type II portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 to two parts sand to which a small amount of hydrated lime not to exceed 10 lbs. to each bag of cement shall be added. C. Sand used shall be washed, cleaned, screened, sharp and well graded as to different sizes and with no grain larger than will pass a No. 4 sieve. Sand shall be free from vegetable matter, loam, organic or other materials of such nature or of such quantity as to render it unsatisfactory. D. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C207, Type S. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Manholes and Structures 33 05 13-4 2.3 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality, strong, tough, even grained cast iron, smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters, sand holes and defects of any kind. Manhole covers and frame seats shall be machined to a true surface. Castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subject to hammer inspection. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30B. B. Manhole covers shall have a diamond pattern, pickholes and the word "SEWER" or “DRAIN”, as appropriate, cast in 3 inch letters. Manhole frame and covers shall be manufactured by LeBaron Foundry; Mechanics Iron Foundry; Neenah Foundry or approved equal. C. Manhole frames and covers shall be approved for use by the Massachusetts Highway Department. D. Manhole frames and covers shall comply with the detail shown on the Drawings. E. Watertight manhole frames and covers shall be bolted and gasketed. 2.4 CATCHBASIN FRAMES AND GRATES A. A. Catchbasin frames and grates shall be of good quality, strong, tough, even grained cast iron, smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters, sand holes and defects of any kind which render them unfit for the service for which they are intended. Grate and frame seats shall be machined to a true surface. Castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subject to hammer inspection. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30B. B. The catchbasin frames and grates shall comply with the details shown on the Drawings. 2.5 JOINTING PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Tongue and groove joints of precast manhole sections shall be sealed with a preformed flexible joint sealant. The preformed flexible joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C990. 2.6 MANHOLE RUNGS A. Manhole rungs shall be either of cast aluminum alloy 6061-T6, drop front design, 14 inches wide with an abrasive step surface, or of steel reinforced, copolymer, polypropylene, plastic. Manhole rungs shall conform to OSHA requirements. 2.7 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Pipe connections shall be accomplished in the following ways: 1. For all pipe types except PVC and ductile iron, fill tapered hole around pipe with non-shrink waterproof grout, such as Hallemite; Waterplug; Embeco; or equal, after the pipe has been set into the structure. 2. For PVC and ductile iron pipe connections, use a flexible pipe-to-structure connector. a. The flexible connectors shall be designed to provide a positive seal between the connector and the structure wall and between the connector and the pipe. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Manholes and Structures 33 05 13-5 b. The flexible boot shall be manufactured of EPDM synthetic rubber in accordance with ASTM C443 and C923 and shall be 3/8 inch thick or greater. c. The external bands shall be made entirely of 304 series non-magnetic stainless steel. d. The flexible connectors shall be provided with a wedge-type or toggletype expander to secure the pipe in the structure opening. e. The flexible connectors shall meet the following criteria, in accordance with ASTM C923: 1) Shall not leak when subjected to a head pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. 2) Shall have the ability to deflect 7 degrees in any direction without leakage under the head pressure conditions described above. 3) Shall not leak when subject to a load of 150 lbs./in. pipe diameter and the head pressure conditions described above. 2.8 MANHOLE CHIMNEYS A. Manhole chimneys shall be [inside, outside] type, constructed in accordance with the “Standard Manhole Chimney” detail shown on the Drawings. B. Pipe and fittings for the chimneys shall be of the same type and class as the mainline. C. Pipe straps for inside manhole chimneys shall be constructed of aluminum alloy 6061-T6. Anchor bolts shall be 3/8” stainless steel. D. Outside manhole chimneys shall be integrally cast with the precast concrete manhole. 2.9 DAMPPROOFING A. Provide two coats of bituminous dampproofing on outer surfaces of precast manholes at the rate of 30-60 square feet per gallon in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. B. Dampproofing coating shall be a factory-applied asphalt compound specially made to adhere to below grade concrete structures. C. The dampproofing shall be Hydrocide 648 by Sonneborn Building Products; Dehydratine 4 by Tamms Industries; RIW Marine Liquid by Toch Brothers; or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation 1. Construct manholes and catchbasins to the dimensions shown on the Drawings and as specified. Protect all work against flooding and flotation. 2. Set precast concrete barrel sections so as to be vertical and with sections in true alignment with a ¼ inch maximum tolerance to be allowed. Seal the joints of precast concrete barrel sections with the preformed flexible joint sealant used in New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Manholes and Structures 33 05 13-6 sufficient quantity to fill 75% of the joint cavity. Fill the outside and inside joint with non-shrink mortar and finish flush with the adjoining surfaces. Backfilling shall be done in a careful manner, bringing the fill up evenly on all sides. Install the precast sections in a manner that will result in a watertight joint. 3. Plug holes in the concrete barrel sections required for handling or other purposes with a non-shrink grout or non-shrink grout in combination with concrete or rubber plugs, and finish flush on the inside. B. Pipe Connections 1. General a. Connect pipe stubs for future extensions to the structures as shown on the Drawings and close the stub end by a suitable watertight plug. 2. Flexible Pipe-to-Structure Connectors a. Use the flexible pipe-to-structure connectors for PVC pipe. b. Install the flexible connectors in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 3. Grouting a. Grout all pipe types except PVC into place in the existing structure using non-shrink, water-proof grout. b. After the new pipe has been set in place, completely fill the hole around the new pipe with non-shrink, water-proof grout. c. Place a 6 inch thick concrete encasement a total of 12 inches in length around the pipe stub adjacent to the wall of the structure. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. C. Manhole Rung Installation 1. Aluminum manhole rungs shall be cast into precast sections, on 12-inch centers, by the precast concrete manufacturer. Those parts of the rungs which are embedded shall receive a heavy coating of zinc chromate or other approved paint (10 mils dry film thickness minimum). 2. Steel reinforced copolymer polypropylene plastic steps shall be press fitted by hand driven hammer into preformed holes in cured precast sections, on 12 inch centers, by the precast concrete manufacturer. D. Brickwork 1. Mix mortar only in such quantity as may be required for immediate use and use use before the initial set has taken place. Do not retain mortar for more than one and one-half hours and constantly work over with a hoe or shovel until used. Anti-freeze mixtures will not be allowed in the mortar. No masonry shall be laid when the outside temperature is below 40F unless provisions are made to protect the mortar, bricks, and finished work from frost by heating and enclosing the work with tarpaulins or other suitable material. The Engineer’s decision as to the adequacy of protection against freezing shall be final. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Manholes and Structures 33 05 13-7 2. Construct channels and shelves of brick as shown on the Drawings. The brick channels shall correspond in shape with the lower half of the pipe. The top of the shelf shall be set at the elevation of the crown of the highest pipe and shall be sloped 1 inch per foot to drain toward the flow through channel. Construct brick surfaces exposed to sewage flow with the nominal 2 inch by 8 inch face exposed (i.e., bricks on edge). 3. Set manhole covers and frames and catchbasin frames and grates in a full mortar bed and bricks, a maximum of 12 inches thick for conical tops and 6 inches thick for flat top sections, utilized to assure frame and cover are set to the existing grade. Reset the manhole frames and covers and catchbasin frames and grates to final grade prior to placement of final paving. 3.2 LEAKAGE TEST A. Leak test sewer manholes in conjunction with the pipeline in accordance with Section 33 08 30 – Commissioning of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Utilities. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean new manholes and catchbasins of silt, debris and foreign matter of any kind, prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\330513 Manholes & Structures.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Concrete Structures 330516.13-1 SECTION 330516.13 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Precast Concrete Cistern B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 5. Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill 6. Section 033000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.2 REFERENCES A. Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, most recent edition. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, (included as part of this specification). 2. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 3. ACI 350 -Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A615 -Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM C33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 3. ASTM C39 -Standard Method of Testing for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 4. ASTM C150 -Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 5. ASTM C260 -Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 6. ASTM C494 -Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 1.3 SUBMITTALS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Concrete Structures 330516.13-2 A. Submit to the Engineer, material specifications, and shop drawings for all materials specified and furnished under this Section. Submittals shall detail size and elevations of all structure penetrations, sleeve materials and sleeve elevations. B. The drawings show a generalized configuration for the precast concrete structures. Submittals shall include separate scaled, detailed drawings for each precast concrete structure. C. Submit to the Engineer shop drawings sealed by an Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and material specifications for all materials specified and furnished under this Section. Submittals shall include: details of underground structures, accessories, fittings, connections, size and elevations of all structure penetrations, sleeve materials and sleeve elevations. D. Submit manufacturer's data on structures, and associated specialty products. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Criteria 1. Precast concrete units shall be designed for all applicable dead loads and wall live loads, weight of soil of at least 120 pcf and H-20 truck loading. 2. Precast concrete unit shall be designed to resist buoyancy with a flood water table submerging the entire structure. 3. Precast unit shall be designed in accordance with ACI 318 and ACI 350. 4. Comply with applicable requirements of American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards pertaining to construction and materials for precast structures. B. Fabricator Qualifications – Contractor shall employ a firm that has at least 5 years successful experience in fabrication of precast concrete units similar to units required for this project. 1. Fabricator must be producer member of the Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) and participate in its Plant Certification Program. C. Contractor's Qualifications -Firms with at least 3 years of successful installation on projects with structures, similar to those required for project. D. Allowable Tolerances 1. Compression test results shall be evaluated in accordance with ACI 214. Concrete strength level will be considered satisfactory if the average of all sets of 3 consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified compressive strength and no individual strength test results fall below the specific compressive strength by more than 500 psi. E. Source Quality Control 1. One set of 4 compression test cylinders shall be made for each day’s production for each type of precast Unit. Make compression test specimens in accordance with ASTM C31. Obtain concrete for specimens from actual production batch. Cure specimens using same methods used for curing precast units. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Concrete Structures 330516.13-3 2. 2 specimens shall be tested at 28 days for acceptance, one shall be tested prior to removing forms, and one shall be tested at seven days. Compression tests shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM C39. Do not remove precast units from forms unless strength tests have been completed and results are equal to, or greater than, minimum required values. F. Provide 7 day written notification to the Owner's Project Representative prior to casting the structures. The Engineer may sample the concrete and inspect reinforcement placement at the time of fabrication. G. The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Owner's Project Representative. Such inspection may be made at the place of manufacture, or on the work after delivery, or at both places, and the materials shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specifications requirements, even though samples may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Material rejected after delivery to the job shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. All materials, which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed, shall be acceptably repaired, if permitted, or removed and replaced, entirely at the Contractor's expense. H. At the time of inspection, the materials will be carefully examined for compliance with these Specifications, and with the approved manufacturer's drawings. All sections shall be inspected for general appearance, dimension, "scratch-strength," blisters, cracks, roughness, soundness, etc. The surface shall be dense and close-textured. I. Imperfections in sections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the Owner's Project Representative, after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result. Repairs shall be carefully carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. at 7 days and 5,000 psi. at 28 days, when tested in 3 inch by 6 inch cylinders stored in the standard manner. Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject to the approval of the Engineer. J. Plans and calculations for the precast structures shall be approved and stamped by a Structural/Civil Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Equip and protect factory-fabricated product to prevent damage, including chipping and cracking during transportation, storage and handling. Do not install damaged units; replace, and remove damaged units from project site at the Contractor's expense. B. Lift and support units only at designated lift points. Provide permanent lifting hooks on the top. C. Protect all lifting devices from rusting by applying red lead primer. D. Do not store units on soft ground. E. Provide setting diagrams and instructions as required for installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Concrete Structures 330516.13-4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement -ASTM C150, Type III. B. Aggregates -ASTM C33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. C. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33, but which have shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability, may be used when acceptable to Engineer. D. Water -Potable and free from foreign materials in amounts harmful to concrete and embedded steel. E. Air-Entraining Admixture -ASTM C260, not containing calcium chloride. F. Water-Reducing Admixture -ASTM C494, Type A, not containing calcium chloride. G. Calcium Chloride -Not permitted. 2.2 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms shall be of metal or wood. If unlined wood forms are used, they shall be of selected material with tongue and groove joints and shall be kept continuously wet to prevent shrinking and warping due to exposure to the elements. Nonstaining form oil shall be used. B. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. C. Forms shall be accurately constructed, mortar-tight, of sufficient strength to withstand pressures due to concrete placing operations and temperature changes. D. Coat surface of forms with bond-breaking compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide a commercial formulation form-coating compound that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcement shall be clean of loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials, which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. B. Reinforcing steel shall be new billet steel conforming to ASTM Specification A615 (latest edition), Grade 60. C. Reinforcement shall be accurately positioned, supported, and secured against displacement by formwork construction, or or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcement by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. Welding of reinforcement is strictly prohibited D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete reinforcing protection. Minimum allowable cover shall be ¾ inch. 2.4 GROUT MATERIALS New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Concrete Structures 330516.13-5 A. Non-metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout -Pre-mixed, non-metallic, non-corrosive, nonstaining product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water reducing agents. Compressive strength not less than 10,000 psi. at 28 days. 1. Products -Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Eucocrete; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Crystex; L&M Construction Chemicals c. Masterflow 713; Master Builders d. Five Star Grout; U.S. Grout Corp. e. Upcon; Bostik Construction Products f. or approved equal. 2.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required. B. Design mixes may be prepared by independent testing facility or by qualified precast manufacturing plant personnel, at precast manufacturer's option. C. Produce standard-weight concrete consisting of the specified Portland cement, aggregates, admixtures, and water to produce the following properties. 1. Compressive strength; 5,000 psi. minimum at 28 days. 2. Air entrainment shall be 4.5% plus or minus 1%. D. Admixtures 1. Use air-entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use water-reducing admixtures in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement dispersion, or provide increased workability for lowslump concrete, may be used. 3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of admixtures as required to maintain quality control. 2.6 FABRICATION A. General -Fabricate precast concrete units complying with manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances specified for the type of unit required. B. Clean reinforcement of the loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent formation of seams or planes of weakness in precast units. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and built-in items. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Concrete Structures 330516.13-6 D. Identification -Provide permanent markings to identify pickup points and orientation in structure, complying with markings indicated on final shop drawings. Imprint date of casting on each precast unit on a surface, which will not show in finished structure. E. Fabricate precast concrete units as detailed in accordance with approved erection drawings and to meet requirements of these specifications. F. Each precast module shall be provided with formed male and female joints to insure accurate joint surfaces and tolerance for a watertight seal. All joints between adjoining precast modules shall be sealed when modules are set in the field utilizing a vulcanized butyl rubber compound sealant conforming to AASHTO M-198 (latest revision). Sealant shall be “Conseal CS-102” as manufactured by Concrete Sealants, New Carlisle, Ohio or equivalent. G. All surfaces of the precast structure shall be smooth, even and free from roughness, irregularities and other defects, and shall be suitable for receiving the interior and exterior finishes specified elsewhere herein. H. Sleeves for pipe and conduit penetrations shall be Schedule 40 aluminum or stainless steel. Surfaces in contact with concrete shall be bituminous coated. Sleeves shall be sized to accommodate compression bolted linked rubber sealing devices. Conduit shall be sealed watertight utilizing compression bolted conduit seals. Mechanical seals shall be “Link-Seal” as manufactured by Thunderline, or equivalent. Omni-sleeves are acceptable in lieu of linked rubber sealing devices. I. A flexible pipe-to-structure connector shall be used. 1. The flexible connectors shall be designed to provide a positive seal between the connector and the structure wall and between the connector and the pipe. 2. The flexible boot shall be manufactured of EPDM synthetic rubber in accordance with ASTM C443 and C923 and shall be 3/8 inch thick or greater. 3. The external bands shall be made entirely of 304 series non-magnetic stainless steel. 4. The flexible connectors shall be provided with a wedge-type or toggle-type expander to secure the pipe in the structure opening. 5. The flexible connectors shall meet the following criteria, in accordance with ASTM C923: a. Shall not leak when subjected to a head pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. b. Shall have the ability to deflect 7 degrees in any direction without leakage under the head pressure conditions described above. c. Shall not leak when subject to a load of 150 lbs./in. pipe diameter and the head pressure conditions described above. J. The precast concrete structures shall be constructed to the lengths, widths and heights as shown on the Plans. The structures shall be designed to adequately and safely support all live and dead loads to which the structure will be subjected, and to withstand all conditions which may be encountered. Structural drawings and calculations shall be prepared, signed and sealed by a registered Professional Engin eer New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Concrete Structures 330516.13-7 in the State in which the structure is to be installed, and shall be included with the submittal by the Contractor. 1. Design calculations shall verify that the structure has been designed to withstand the burial depth, submergence due to flooding, anti-flotation, if applicable, and the dead and live loads anticipated for the structure. The structures shall have adequate wall, floor and roof thickness and steel reinforcement sufficient for the depth of burial shown on the Plans. 2. Roof slab/ceiling designs shall account for the loads imposed on the slab by the weight of pumps or other equipment that will be lifted from their positions for maintenance purposes by lifting hooks or other hoisting equipment installed in the slab. K. The precast concrete structures shall have minimum wall, floor and roof thickness of 6 inches. The structures shall have a design loading in accordance with AASHTOHS20-44 and be constructed of 5,000 psi. 28 days strength concrete. Reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with ASTM A615 Grade 60 with a minimum of 1 inch of concrete cover. 2.7 ACCEPTABLE PRECAST STRUCTURE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers -Subject to compliance with requirements, provide prefabricated unit of one of the following: 1. Arrow Concrete Products, Inc. 2. American Precast Corp. 3. Chase Precast 4. Old Castle/Rotondo & Sons, Inc. 5. Ditullio & Sons, Inc. 6. Utility Vault Co. 7. TRENWA 8. or approved equal 2.8 ACCESSORY PRODUCTS A. Manhole Covers and Frames 1. Provide H20 rated manhole covers and risers. 2. Provide a 30-inch clear diameter, cast iron, manhole cover and frame. 3. Manhole cover shall be watertight, bolted and gasketed. 4. Manhole frame and cover shall be of good quality, strong, tough, even grained cast iron, smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters, sand holes and defects of any kind which render them unfit for the service for which they are intended. Manhole covers and frame seats shall be machined to a true surface. Castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subject to hammer inspection. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30B. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Precast Concrete Structures 330516.13-8 5. Manhole covers shall have a diamond pattern, pickholes and the word “WATER” cast in 3-inch letters. Manhole frame and covers shall be Manufactured by LeBaron Foundry; Mechanics Iron Foundry; Neenah Foundry or approved equal. 6. Manhole frames and covers shall comply with the detail shown on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which each structure is to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of those conditions detrimental to proper completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Contractor. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF FACTORY-FABRICATED UNITS A. General -Install structure as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure compliance with requirements and intended purposes. B. Precast Concrete Concrete Units -Place precast concrete sections as indicated. 1. Install rubber joint gasket at joints between sections. 2. Apply bituminous mastic coating at joints between sections. 3. Apply butyl rubber sheet patch at exterior of all joints. 4. Apply bonding agent to enhance the adhesion of the grout to the concrete floor. 3.3 DAMPPROOFING A. Below-grade outer surfaces of precast units shall be given two coats of bituminous dampproofing at the rate of 30-60 sq. ft. per gallon in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 BACKFILLING A. General -Delay backfilling of excavation until after Owner's Project Representative's inspection has been completed. Backfilling shall be in accordance with Section 31 23 00 Excavation & Fill. 3.5 LEAKAGE TEST A. Watertightness test: The structures shall be tested for watertightness. Completely fill tanks and allow them to stand for 24 hours. Top up tanks as necessary. Measure the drop in liquid level over the second 24-hour period. Watertightness shall be defined as as loss of liquid level less than 0.5% in 24 hours. B. Watertightness Test Failure -In case leakage exceeds the above specified amount, locate the leaks and repair them at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 330516.13 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\330516 Precast Concrete Structures.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipeline and Underground Structure Abandonment 330529-1 SECTION 330529 PIPELINE AND UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE ABANDONMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Abandonment of Pipe. 2. Abandonment of Manholes and Catch Basins. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 5. Section 310500 – Soils for Earthwork 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods required for proper performance of the work in this Section. B. Use equipment of adequate size, capacity and quantity to accomplish the work of this Section in a safe timely manner. C. Comply with the directions of the Engineer and the requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Gravel borrow shall meet the requirements of Section 310500 – Soils for Earthwork. B. Concrete shall be transit mix, with a 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi and a maximum stone size of 1½ inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Abandon existing pipelines and manholes upon completion of installation and successful testing of the new pipelines, manholes and appurtenances. B. Seal gravity pipes that are to be abandoned at each end with a concrete plug not less than 1½ times the pipe diameter long in the barrel of the pipeline. For example, a 10-inch diameter pipe will require that a minimum 15-inch long plug be installed. Typically, this is done at the manhole unless the existing manhole is to be removed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Pipeline and Underground Structure Abandonment 330529-2 Similarly, open ends of pressure sewers to be abandoned shall be sealed with a concrete plug no less than 1½ times the pipe diameter long in the barrel of the pipeline. C. Abandonment of manholes and catch basins shall be done by carefully removing the frames, grates and covers and delivering them to the Department of Public Works storage yard. Upper portions of the masonry shall be removed to a depth two-feet below the finished grade and the remaining structure shall be completely filled with gravel borrow placed in 6-inch layers and thoroughly compacted. Dispose of masonry materials removed. 3.2 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Match the surface repair for each manhole abandoned to its immediate surrounding area. Complete this work in accordance with the applicable specification section. END OF SECTION 330529 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\330529 Pipe & Underground Structure Abandonment.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catchbasins 330530-1 SECTION 330530 BREAKING INTO EXISTING MANHOLES AND CATCHBASINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Breaking through the walls and inverts of existing manhole and catchbasin structures. 2. Connecting the new pipes to the existing structures. 3. Ancillary work associated with making the new connections to the existing structures. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C443 – Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Piping Using Rubber Gaskets. B. ASTM C923 -Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings showing pipe connection details. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Personnel shall have confined space entry training as appropriate for the work to be performed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Flexible Pipe-to-Structure Connectors New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catchbasins 330530-2 1. The flexible connectors shall be designed to provide a positive seal between the connector and the structure wall and between the connector and the pipe. 2. The flexible boot shall be manufactured of EPDM synthetic rubber in accordance with ASTM C443 and C923 and shall be 3/8 inch thick or greater. 3. The external bands shall be made entirely of 304 series non-magnetic stainless steel. 4. The flexible connectors shall be provided with a wedge-type or toggle-type expander to secure the pipe in the structure opening. 5. The flexible connectors shall meet the following criteria, in accordance with ASTM C923: a. Shall not leak when subjected to a head pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. b. Shall have the ability to deflect 7 degrees in any direction without leakage under the head pressure conditions described above. c. Shall not leak when subject to a load of 150 lbs./in. pipe diameter and the head pressure conditions described above. B. Grout 1. Non-shrink, water-proof type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Core drill into existing structures in such a fashion as to make an opening of suitable size to accommodate the connecting pipe without excessive damage to the existing structure. 2. For manholes, break out and rebuild existing inverts as required to provide an adequate base under the new channels being installed, and shaped to provide smooth continuous hydraulic flow through the manhole. 3. Rebuild and tightly close existing manhole walls and inverts and catchbasin walls to provide an integral, water-tight structure around the new pipes. 4. Divert existing sewage flows as required, during the period of construction. No sewage will be permitted to flow directly against concrete or other masonry work until it is at least 48 hours old. 5. Temporary handling of sewage flows may be accomplished by inserting pipes from the inlet to the outlet of the manhole and by using temporary plugs, where appropriate, provided that such pipes do not interfere with satisfactory completion of the work and shaping the inverts, nor cause excessive backing up in existing sewers above the point of diversion. In cases where this type of temporary New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catchbasins 330530-3 handling of sewage is not possible, provide the necessary dams, plugs, etc., in convenient manholes, and pump the sewage around the structure under construction. When sewage is pumped or otherwise diverted around a particular structure, it shall be returned to the sewage system at a convenient point. Under no circumstances shall sewage be permitted to run onto the surface of the ground. B. Flexible Pipe-to-Structure Connectors 1. The flexible pipe-to-structure connectors shall be used for PVC pipe. 2. Install flexible connectors in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. C. Grouting 1. All pipe types except PVC shall be grouted into place in the existing structure using non-shrink, water-proof grout. 2. After the new pipe has been set in place, completely fill the hole around the new pipe with non-shrink, water-proof grout. 3. In addition, place a 6 inch thick concrete encasement a total of 12 inches in length around the pipe stub adjacent to the wall of the structure. 3.2 REPAIR OF EXISTING CATCHBASINS A. All catchbasin openings, created as a result of the removal and replacement of the existing drains connected to the catchbasins with new drain pipes, shall be sealed. This work shall be performed using masonry to match existing construction, where applicable, and non-shrink grout to provide a neat patch. END OF SECTION 330530 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\330530 Breaking into Manholes.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Water Utilities 330810-1 SECTION 330810 COMMISSIONING OF WATER UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Testing of pipe, castings, fittings, valves and accessories. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association, AWWA C600, AWWA Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. B. American Water Works Association, AWWA C605, Underground installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe & Fittings for Water. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. List of equipment and personnel to be used for the pressure test. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TESTS REQUIRED A. On completion of the pipeline, fill pipeline with water and test. Draw water from the existing water system under the direction of of the Engineer and the Water Department. B. Run pressure test and leakage test simultaneously in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600. Test pressure shall not be less than 1.25 times the working pressure at the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Water Utilities 330810-2 highest point along the test section. Test pressure shall not exceed pipe or thrustrestraint design pressures. The hydrostatic test shall be of at least 2-hour duration or until such time as the Engineer indicates acceptance of the pipeline. Test pressure shall not vary by more than ±5 psi (35 MPa or 0.35 bar) for the duration of the test. C. On pipelines where the elevation along the route of construction varies substantially, the Engineer reserves the right to valve off and test portions of the line. D. On extensive construction jobs, the Engineer reserves the right to require the testing of individual portions of the line as construction proceeds rather than await completion of the entire project in order to undertake a pressure or leakage test. E. Do not operate valves in either direction at differential pressure exceeding the rated valve working pressure. Use of a test pressure greater than the rated valve pressure can result in trapped test pressure between the gates of a double-disc gate valve. For tests at these pressures, the test setup should include provision, independent of the valve, to reduce the line pressure to the rated valve pressure on completion of the test. The valve can then be opened enough to equalize the trapped pressure with the line pressure, or fully opened if desired. F. Test pressure shall not exceed the rated pressure of the valves when the pressure boundary of the test section includes closed, resilient-seated gate valves or butterfly valves. 3.2 TIME FOR MAKING TESTS A. No pipeline is to be placed under pressure or subjected to hydrostatic pressure until at least 5 days have elapsed after the concrete thrust blocks have been installed. If high early strength concrete is used in the concrete thrust blocks, the hydrostatic pressure can be applied to the main after 2 days have elapsed from time of construction of the thrust blocks. B. The Contractor will be allowed to complete backfilling as hereinbefore specified, prior to undertaking the leakage and pressure tests. Backfilling prior to conducting tests will be at the option of the Contractor with the exception of intersections, driveways, crosswalks and other such locations where holding open the trench may adversely affect the public. C. Pipelines may be subjected to hydrostatic pressure and inspected for leakage at any convenient time after the trench has been partially backfilled. Partial backfilling shall consist of filling along the center of the pipe length and leaving the joint open for inspection. 3.3 PROCEDURE A. After the pipe has been laid, all newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of at least 1.25 times the working pressure at the point of testing. Slowly fill each valved section of pipe with water, and apply the specified test pressure, based on the elevation of the highest point of the line or section under test and corrected to the elevation of the test gauge by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Valves shall not be operated in either the opening or closing direction at differential pressures above the New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Water Utilities 330810-3 rated pressure. The system shall be stabilized at the test pressure before conducting the leakage test. B. Do not operate any valve or other control device on the existing water system for any purpose. Do not make any tap or cut-in to the existing water system without the approval of the Engineer and unless an authorized representative of the Owner is present. C. When the Contractor's operations require the adjustment of any hydrant, valves, or other control device on the existing system, the Owner will provide authorized personnel for the purpose of supervising the operation of these control devices. Provide the personnel for the operation of these devices. D. Conduct connections to the existing system under the direction of the Owner's Project Representative. E. To allow for proper filling, venting, testing, etc., install any corporation stops and/or special fittings which may be required. All such installation will be subject to the approval of the Owner's Project Representative. F. Foreign materials left in pipelines during installation often results in valve or hydrant seat leakage during pressure tests. Thorough flushing is recommended prior to a pressure test by partially opening and closing valves and hydrants several times under expected line pressure, with flow velocities adequate to flush foreign material out of the main, valves and hydrants. G. Before applying the specified test pressure, expell air completely from the pipe, valves, and hydrants. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, install corporation cocks at such points so that the air can be expelled as the line is filled with water. After all the air has been expelled, close the corporation cocks and apply the test pressure. At the conclusion of the pressure test, either remove and plug or leave in place the corporation cocks at the discretion of the Owner. 3.4 EXAMINATION UNDER PRESSURE A. Examine exposed pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants, and joints carefully during the test. B. Repair or replace any cracked or defective pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, or joints that are discovered following the pressure tests with sound material, and repeat the test until it is satisfactory to the Engineer. 3.5 LEAKAGE TEST A. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof to maintain pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air has been expelled. Testing shall include all hydrants and hydrant branches. Leakage shall not be measured by a drop in pressure in a test section over a period of time. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Water Utilities 330810-4 B. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula; or greater than 10 gallons/in dia./mile of pipe/24 hours, whichever is less: L = SD P 133,200 Where: L = allowable leakage, in gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, in feet D = nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches P = average test pressure during the leakage test, in pounds per square inch (gauge) This formula is based on an allowable leakage of 11.65 gpd/mi/in of nominal diameter at a pressure of 150 psi. C. When testing against closed metal-seated valves, an additional leakage per closed valve of 0.0078 gph/in. of nominal valve size will be allowed. D. When hydrants are in the test section, the test shall be made against the closed main valve in the hydrant. E. Acceptance of Installation -acceptance will be determined on the basis of allowable leakage. If any test of laid pipe discloses leakage greater than that specified in this section, locate and make approved repairs as necessary until the leakage is within the specified allowance at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Visible leaks are to be repaired, regardless of the amount of leakage. END OF SECTION 330810 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\330810 Commissioning of Water Utilties.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities 33 08 30-1 SECTION 330830 COMMISSIONING OF SANITARY SEWERAGE AND STORM DRAINAGE UTILIITES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Testing of Storm Drainage Systems 2. Testing of Gravity Sewer Systems 3. Testing of Pressure Sewer systems B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION PART 4 4.1 TESTING OF STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Storm drainage pipes shall be sighted to insure that pipes are straight between structures, correctly sloped, clean of debris and sediment and generally free flowing. Alignment shall meet the requirements of Part 3.2.G. B. Storm drainage structures shall be sighted to insure that all structures are clean of debris and sediment, have frames, covers, grates, inverts, sumps, and other specified appurtenances installed. C. All PVC or HDPE drainage pipe shall be tested for deflection in accordance with Part 3.2.E after a period of 45 days from having been completely backfilled. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities 33 08 30-2 4.2 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS A. All gravity sewers shall be tested for allowable leakage by low pressure air test or by an infiltration or exfiltration water test as described herein. B. Low Pressure Air Test 1. After completing backfill of a section of pipe, conduct a Line Acceptance Test using low-pressure air. The test shall be performed according to the specified procedures and under the supervision of the Engineer. Testing procedures noted in the following paragraph shall be explicitly followed. 2. Pneumatic plugs shall be seal tested before being used in the actual test installation. One length of pipe shall be laid on the ground and sealed at both ends with the pneumatic plugs to be checked. Air shall be introduced into the plugs to 25 psig. The sealed pipe shall be pressurized to 5 psig. The plugs shall hold against this pressure without bracing and without movement of the plugs out of the pipe. 3. After a manhole reach of pipe has been backfilled and cleaned, and the pneumatic plugs are checked by the above procedure, the plugs shall be placed in the line at each manhole and inflated to 25 psig. Low pressure air shall be introduced into this sealed line until the internal air pressure reaches 4 psig greater than the average back pressure of any groundwater that may be over the pipe. At least two minutes shall be allowed for the air pressure to stabilize. After the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure in the pipe), the air hose from the control panel to the air supply shall be disconnected. The portion of the line being tested shall be termed "Acceptable" if the time required in minutes for the pressure to decrease from 3.5 to 2.5 psig (greater than the average back pressure of any groundwater that may be over the pipe) shall not be less than the time shown for the given diameters and lengths in Table 1 (at the end of this section). 4. Air tests shall shall cover a 1.0 psig pressure drop; 0.5 psig pressure drop tests are not acceptable. 5. In areas where groundwater is known to exist, install a one-half inch diameter capped pipe nipple, approximately 10² long, through the manhole wall on top of one of the sewer lines entering the manhole. This shall be done at the time the sewer line is installed. Immediately prior to Line Acceptance Test, the groundwater shall be determined by removing the pipe cap, blowing air through the pipe nipple to remove any obstructions, and then connecting clear plastic tube to the nipple. The hose shall be held vertically and a measurement of the height shall be taken after the water has stopped rising in this plastic tube. The height in feet shall be divided by 2.3 to establish the pressure in pounds per square inch (psig) that will be added to all readings. (For example, if the height of water is 11-1/2 feet, then the added pressure will be 5 psig. This increases the 3.5 psig to 8.5 psig, and the 2.5 psig to 7.5 psig. The allowable drop of one pound per square inch and the timing remain the same.) 6. The maximum starting test pressure should not exceed 9 psig, regardless of groundwater level above the pipe. If the groundwater level is such that the added pressure would be greater than 5.5 psig (12.7 feet), the pipe section may be tested using a starting pressure of 9 psig. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities 33 08 30-3 7. Each pipe nipple installed to measure groundwater levels should be recapped subsequent to the air testing procedure to prevent future infiltration. 8. As an alternative to installing a pipe nipple in a manhole to measure the height of groundwater, the Contractor shall excavate a test pit over the pipe to determine the height of groundwater. C. Vacuum Test for Manholes -Gravity Sewer Lines 1. After a manhole has been constructed, conduct a Manhole Acceptance Test using the following vacuum test procedure: a. Plug all lift holes with an approved non-shrink grout. b. Plug all pipes entering the manhole, taking care to securely brace the plug from being drawn into the manhole. c. The test head shall be placed at the inside of the top of the cone section and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. d. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and shut off the vacuum pump. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to 9 inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than: 1 min. 0 sec. for 0-ft. to 10-ft. deep manholes 1 min. 15 sec. for 10-ft. to 15-ft. deep manholes 1 min. 30 sec. for 15-ft. to 25-ft. deep manholes e. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made with a nonshrink grout. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. D. Infiltration/Exfiltration Test 1. All gravity type sewers shall be subjected to either an infiltration or an exfiltration test unless otherwise specified. The type of test required will be contingent upon groundwater conditions in the area where lines are to be tested. These tests shall include losses or gains through manholes as well as through pipe walls and joints, as well as through house connection fittings and pipe. No building shall be connected to a newly installed sewer until such time as the sewer has been satisfactorily tested. 2. Where lines are installed in areas having a high groundwater level, an infiltration test continuing for at least four (4) hours shall be carried out by the Contractor under the supervision of the Engineer. Various sections of the sewer shall be isolated through the use of watertight plugs and the quantity of water entering the pipe during a predetermined time shall be measured. If the conditions are such that groundwater table varies depending on surrounding influence and time of the year or if the table elevation is unknown at the time of testing, the Contractor will be required to excavate test holes as directed by the Engineer. 3. Where lines are installed in relatively dry areas, an exfiltration test shall be imposed on the sewer. This test shall be carried out by isolating various sections of the line through New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities 33 08 30-4 the use of watertight plugs and filling the line with water to a predetermined level. The loss of water in a predetermined time shall be determined by measuring the quantity of water required to refill the line to the original level. 4. The length of line tested at one time shall be as directed by the Engineer and shall be dependent upon the grade of the sewer. 5. Losses through manholes shall be included in determining the loss in a line. For exfiltration test, manholes will be filled to the bottom of the cone or flat top section and allowed to stabilize before beginning test. Refilling to reference line may be required before commencing test. 6. The maximum acceptable loss, through either infiltration or exfiltration, shall not exceed 100 gallons per mile per 24 hours per inch of diameter of the pipe tested. When two (2) or more pipeline sections are tested at the same time, the allowable leakage for the shortest section shall be used as the acceptable loss for the entire length being tested. E. Allowable Deflection Test for PVC or HDPE Pipe (Sewer or Drain Pipe) -Unless otherwise specified, all PVC or HDPE Pipe shall be tested for allowable deflection in accordance with the procedure noted below. 1. Pipe deflection measured not less than sixty days (60) after the backfill has been completed as specified shall not exceed five (5.0) percent. Deflection shall be computed by multiplying the amount of deflection (average outside diameter less twice the average wall thickness diameter when measured) by 100 and dividing by the nominal diameter of the pipe. 2. Deflection shall be measured with a rigid mandrel (Go-No-Go) device cylindrical in shape and constructed with a minimum of nine or ten evenly spaced arms or prongs. Submit drawings of the mandrel with complete dimensions for each diameter of pipe to be tested. Hand pull the mandrel through all sewer and drain lines. 3. Uncover Uncover any section of pipe not passing the mandrel and replace the bedding and backfill to prevent excessive deflection. Retest repaired pipe until acceptable. F. Test Failures 1. In case leakage or deflection exceeds the above specified amount, locate the failure and repair them at no expense to the Owner. 2. Pipelines with shear-type breaks, fishmouths or damaged gaskets, cracked bells or couplings, hairline fractures, or structural damage shall be replaced in kind. Mechanical sleeve couplings, poured concrete collars or similar repairs are not permitted. The use of pressure grouting repair techniques will not be allowed without the written consent of the Engineer. 3. After repairs have been made, the line shall be re-tested and the process of repairing and re-testing shall be repeated until results within the above specified limits are obtained. G. Alignment of Gravity Sewers and Drains New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities 33 08 30-5 1. Gravity sewers and drains shall be laid accurately to line and grade. 2. After completion of the construction, including backfilling, it must be possible to sight from manhole to manhole THROUGH THE PIPE. This accuracy of laying the pipe can be easily checked as construction progresses. 3. In the event that the completed main fails to meet the requirement for alignment because of horizontal displacement, the Contractor will be allowed to construct intermediate manholes at his own cost. In the event that the completed sewer main fails to meet the requirement for alignment because of vertical displacement, remove and replace the sewer to the proper grades. 4.3 TESTING OF PRESSURE SEWER SYSTEMS A. Tests Required on Pressure Systems 1. Syphons and force mains, upon completion of the pipelines, shall be filled with water and tested. 2. Arrange for and bear the expense of providing all water required for tests. Furnish, install, and remove all temporary plugs, valves, gauges, and connections required for making the tests. Wherever necessary for the stability of the line, install temporary supports, blocking, bracing or ballast. 3. A pressure test and a leakage test are to be run simultaneously. The pressure for these two tests is to be measured at the lowest part of the line and is to be either 100% higher than normal operating pressure or 150 psi if the former exceeds 150 psi. The test is to be conducted for a period of four (4) hours or until such time as the Engineer indicates acceptance of the pipeline. 4. On pipelines where the elevation along the route of construction varies substantially, the Engineer reserves the right to require the Contractor to valve off and test portions of the line. Also on extensive construction jobs, the Engineer reserves the right to require the testing of individual portions of the line as construction proceeds rather than await completion of the entire project in order to undertake a pressure or leakage test. B. Time for Making a Test 1. No pipeline is to be placed under pressure or subjected to hydrostatic pressure until at least 5 days have elapsed after the concrete thrust blocks have been installed. If high early strength concrete is used in the concrete thrust blocks, the hydrostatic pressure can be applied to the main after 2 days have elapsed from time of construction of the thrust blocks. 2. Rubber jointed pipelines may be subjected to hydrostatic pressure and inspected for leakage at any convenient time after the trench has been partially backfilled. Partial backfilling shall consist of filling along the center of the pipe length and leaving the joint open for inspection. 3. Pipelines using a rubber type joint and on other such pipelines or at such locations as are approved by the Engineer, the Contractor will be allowed to complete backfilling, prior to undertaking the leakage and pressure tests. The carrying out of backfilling New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities 33 08 30-6 prior to the conducting of the necessary tests will be at the option of the Contractor with the exception of intersections, driveways, crosswalks and other such locations where holding open the trench will adversely affect the public. C. Procedure 1. Slowly fill each section of pipeline to be tested with water up to normal operating pressure. 2. Expel all air from the pipeline. Make taps at points of highest elevation in the pipeline in order to completely remove all air. 3. After the line has been placed under normal operating pressure and all air has been expelled, the pressure and leakage test will be started. The pipeline under test is to be raised to the specified pressure. Furnish a pump, pipe connections, gauges and necessary apparatus and connections to the new main. Raise the pressure in the main to the specified test pressure by means of the pump and maintain the specified pressure for a period of four hours or until the Engineer indicates that the pipeline is satisfactory. D. Examination under Pressure 1. Carefully examine all exposed pipes, fittings, valves, and joints during the open-trench test. 2. Remove and replace any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, or valves discovered in consequence of this pressure test with sound material in the manner provided under the applicable pipe section and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the Engineer. E. Leakage Test 1. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, necessary to maintain the maximum specified leakage test pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled. 2. No pipe installation will be accepted until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: in which L equals the allowable leakage, in gallons per hour; N is the number of joints in the length of the pipeline tested; D is the nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches; and P is the average test pressure during the leakage test, in pounds per square inch gauge. (The allowable leakage according to the formula is equivalent to 35 U.S. gal. for pipe with rubber joints per 24 hours per mile of pipe per inch nominal diameter, for pipe in 12-foot lengths evaluated on a pressure basis of 150 psi.) 4.4 PAYMENT FOR TESTS 3,700 L= ND P New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities 33 08 30-7 A. No separate payment shall be made for preparing or carrying out tests of pipelines or structures. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, gauges, pumps, specials, temporary tappings in line, and water or other things required for making the tests. An allowance for these tests shall be included in the cost for furnishing and installing manholes and pipe. The manholes and pipe as installed under this Contract will be 100% tested. Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities 330830-8 02503-7 TABLE I SPECIFICATION TIME REQUIRED FOR A 1.0 PSIG PRESSURE DROP FOR SIZE AND LENGTH OF PIPE INDICATED FOR Q=0.0015 1 Pipe Diameter (in.) 2 Minimum Time (min:sec) 3 Length for Minimum Time (ft) 4 Time for Longer Length (sec) Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec) 100 ft. 150 ft. 200 ft. 250 ft. 300 ft. 350 ft. 400 ft. 450 ft. 4 3:46 597 .380 L 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 6 5:40 398 .854 L 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:24 8 7:34 298 1.520 L 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24 10 9:26 239 2.374 L 9:26 9:26 9:26 9:53 11:52 13:51 15:49 17:48 12 11:20 199 3.418 L 11:20 11:20 11:24 14:15 17:05 19:56 22:47 25:38 15 14:10 159 5.342 L 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:15 26:42 31:09 35:36 40:04 18 17:00 133 7.692 L 17:00 19:13 25:38 32:03 38:27 44:52 51:16 57:41 21 19:50 114 10.470 L 19:50 26:10 34:54 43:37 52:21 61:00 69:48 78:31 24 22:40 99 13.674 L 22:47 34:11 45:34 56:58 68:22 79:46 91:10 102:33 27 25:30 88 17.306 L 28:51 43:16 57:41 72:07 86:32 100:57 115:22 129:48 30 28:20 80 21.366 L 35:37 53:25 71:13 89:02 106:50 124:38 142:26 160:15 33 31:10 72 25.852 L 43:05 64:38 86:10 107:43 129:16 150:43 172:21 193:53 36 34:00 66 30.768 L 51:17 76:55 102:34 128:12 153:50 179:29 205:07 230:46 Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association Publication Uni-B-6-90 END OF SECTION 330830 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\330830 Commissioning Sewer & Drainage.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-1 SECTION 331116 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Ductile iron pipe and fittings 2. Restrained joints and fittings 3. Caps and plugs B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 5. Section 322300 – Excavation and Fill 6. Section 312329 – Underground Warning Tape 7. Section 331300 – Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution 8. Section 330810 – Commissioning of Water Utilities 9. Section 330830 – Commissioning of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Utilities 1.2 REFERENCES A. Pipe and fittings shall conform to the latest edition of the following standards unless otherwise specified: 1. ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4, Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10, Ductile Iron and Grey Grey Iron Fittings 3² through 48² for Water and Other Liquids. 3. ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 4. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. 5. ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50,Thickne ss Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. 6. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 7. ANSI/AWWA-C153/A21.53, Ductile Iron Compact Fittings Water Service. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-2 8. ANSI/AWWA C600, Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 9. ANSI/AWWA C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 10. ANSI/AWWA C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. 11. ASTM A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 12. ASTM B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 13. ASTM D1248, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable. 14. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association, “Thrust Restraint Design for Ductile Iron Pipe” (Third Edition). 15. ASTM D5162-01 Standard Practice for Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of Nonconductive Protective Coating on Metallic Substrates. 16. NACE RP0188-99 Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing Of Protective Coatings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Administrative Submittals 1. Construction details and schedule of operation for each connection to existing piping at at least 30 days prior to beginning the Work. Approval must be received by the City of Northampton before commencement of Work on-site. B. Shop Drawings 1. Manufacturer’s scale drawings, cuts or catalogs including descriptive literature and complete characteristics and specifications and code requirements. Submit shop drawings for ductile iron pipe, types of joint, fittings, couplings, filling rings, lining and coating. 2. Locations and type of restrained joints or devices to prevent joint separation. C. Quality Control Submittals 1. Certificates of compliance on pipe materials. 2. Prior to first shipment of pipe, submit certified test reports that the pipe for this Contract was manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASTM and ANSI/AWWA Standards specified herein. 3. Manufacturers of pipe on the project shall have an established, annually audited and certified, quality control procedure for manufacturing of pipe. Each manufacturer shall be certified by an independent, third party auditor for compliance with all requirements of the AWWA standards. The manufacturer shall submit a current certificate of compliance for the plant facility where the pipe is to be made. Certificate of compliance shall be submitted for each additional year of pipe manufacturing during the duration of the Project. The manufacturer shall not change the plant manufacturing the pipe during the duration of the Work. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-3 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspect and test pipe and fittings at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to have any or all pipe, fittings, and special castings inspected and/or tested by an independent service at either the manufacturer’s plant or other testing laboratory. Such inspection and/or tests will be at the Owner’s expense. B. Ductile iron pipe shall be from a single manufacturer. Fittings shall be from a single manufacturer, not necessarily the pipe manufacturer. C. Shop Inspection -Materials are subject to inspection and approval at the manufacturing plant by the Engineer. D. The Engineer will inspect the pipe and fittings after delivery. The pipe shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements. Pipe rejected after delivery, or at any point during the progress of the Work, shall be marked for identification and shall immediately be removed from the job site and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Test pipe under pressure for defects and leakage in accordance with Section 33 08 10 Commissioning Water Utilities. F. All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in North America. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Secure permits and pay fees required to carry out the piping work. Comply with laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations of the local and state authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Where provisions of the Contract Documents are in conflict with the codes, the code shall govern. The Contract Documents shall govern when in excess of the required or minimum regulations or codes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1. American Cast Iron Pipe Company 2. Griffin Pipe Products 3. U.S. Pipe 4. or approved equal 2.2 PIPE A. Ductile iron pipe shall be designed in accordance with AWWA C150 and shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C151. Fittings and other materials referenced in this section shall conform to the latest edition of the references listed in Paragraph 1.2 of this section. B. Unless otherwise indicated or specified in the Contract Documents, direct buried ductile iron pipe shall be Class 52. C. Obtain from the manufacturer sufficient gauged pipe sections in accordance with AWWA C151 to ensure the availability of each pipe diameter required on the Project. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-4 2.3 GLASS LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. The lining material shall consist of vitreous and inorganic material applied to the internal surfaces that have been prepared by blasting. The lining shall be applied in a minimum of two (2) coats, separately applied and separately fired. The items shall be exposed to a maturing temperature of approximately 1400 degrees F., at which point the vitreous and inorganic materials melt and fuse to the base metal, forming an integral molecular bond with the base metal surface. Subsequent coatings will be processed in a similar manner, forcing an integral molecular bond with the base coat. The entire finished coating shall be a minimum of 10 mils (.010”) as tested with a micro test or other acceptable dry film thickness gauge. The finished lining shall be able to withstand a strain of 0.001 inch/inch (the yield point of the base metal) without damage to the glass. The lining shall shall be of a light, bright color to allow visual detection of defects more easily prior to electronic holiday detection testing. B. The lining shall have a hardness of 5-6 on the MOHS scale, and a density of 2.5-3.0 grams per cubic centimeter as measured by ASTM D-792. The glass lining shall be capable of withstanding an instantaneous thermal shock of 350 degrees F. differential without crazing, blistering or spalling. It shall be resistant to corrosion of between PH-3 and PH-10 at 125 degrees F. There shall be no visible loss of surface gloss to the lining after immersing a production sample in an 8% sulfuric acid solution at 148 degrees F. for a period of 10 minutes. When tested according to ASTM C-283, it shall show a weight loss of not more than 3 milligrams per square inch. C. Per the recommended industry standards under ASTM D-5162-01, NACE RP 0188-99, and SSPC Coating Manual, Volume 1, Section XIV, the glass lining shall be tested by “low voltage, wet sponge, non-destructive holiday detection unit”, unit”, with only isolated voids permitted due to casting anomalies. D. The finished glass lined pipe shall not deviate more than 0.0125 inch per foot of length from a centerline perpendicular to the square pipe end or flange face. E. When applied to steel fabrications, all internal welds must be ground smooth and any voids or slag holes must be ground out, re-welded and ground smooth prior to blasting. 2.4 PIPE JOINTS A. Direct buried ductile iron pipe shall use push-on-joints conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Mechanical joints conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 shall be used. B. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide restrained joints suitable for a 150 psi working pressure and fabricated of heavy section cast iron casting. Gaskets shall meet the material requirements of ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C111 for mechanical joint gaskets. C. Restrained joints for rubber-type push-on joint pipe shall be Lok-Ring Joint by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, TR FLEX by US Pipe and Foundry Co., Snap-Lok by Griffin Pipe Products Co., or approved equal. 2.5 FITTINGS A. Fittings shall be ductile iron or gray iron. Pipe fittings for below ground service shall be mechanical joint, unless otherwise indicated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-5 1. Fittings less than or equal to 12 inches in size shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 and shall have a 350 psi pressure rating. 2. Fittings greater than 12 inches in size shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 and shall have the following pressure ratings: a. Fittings greater than 12 inches and less than or equal to 24 inches -350 psi b. Fittings greater than 24 inches -250 psi B. Pipe and fittings, except where specified, shall have a bituminous outside coating in accordance with AWWA C151 and C110 or C153, as applicable. C. Mechanical joint retainer glands shall be installed on all mechanical joints, except where rodding is used. Retainer glands shall be specifically designed to fit standard mechanical joint bells with corrosion resistant, low-alloy T-head bolts conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C-111 and ANSI/AWWA A21.53/C-153. Retainer glands shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536-80 grade 60-42-10. Wedges shall be of hardened ductile iron and require the same torque in all sizes. These devices shall have a minimum 250 psi pressure rating with a minimum safety factor of 2:1 and shall be EBAA IRON, Inc., series 1100 or approved equal. Glands shall be listed with Underwriters Laboratories and/or approved by Factory Mutual. D. Concrete thrust blocks are required to be used in conjunction with retainer glands, as specified in Paragraph 3.11 of this section. 2.6 GASKETS, GLANDS, NUTS, AND BOLTS A. Gaskets, glands, nuts, bolts and accessories shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 or C153/A21.53, as appropriate. B. Gaskets shall be of plain tipped rubber, suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. C. Lubricants must be suitable for the type of fluid to be carried by the pipeline. D. Glands shall be ductile or cast iron. E. Bolts shall be high strength alloy. F. Requirements for flanged joints: 1. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full faced rubber, 1/8 inches thick with cloth insertion. Gaskets shall conform to the dimensions of Table A.1 of ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15. Ring gaskets shall be utilized for joints 14 inches in diameter and larger. 2. Assemble flanged joints with bolts and nuts, bolt studs with nut on each end, or studs with nuts in tapped flanges. Bolts and nuts shall be of low carbon steel conforming to the chemical and mechanical requirements of ASTM A307, 60,000 psi tensile strength, Grade B. Bolts, nuts and studs shall be cadmium plated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Deliver, handle, store and install ductile iron pipe in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600. 3.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Pipe and Fittings 1. Coordinate delivery of pipe and fittings with installation and unload along the line of work outside the trench near as practicable to the point of final placement. Give minimum 24 hour notice to the Engineer prior to pipe deliveries. Notice shall include the method of unloading. 2. Unload and handle pipe and fittings with a crane or backhoe of proper capacity outfitted with a steel cable sling, belt sling or other specially designed attachment to protect the pipe coating. 3. All handling and/or lifting of glass lined pipe and fittings must be done on the exterior only. Avoid lifting internally with hooks, forks or chains at any time. B. Storage of Materials 1. Store pipe in a manner to keep pipe interior free from dirt and foreign matter. Store pipe on stones, wood blocking, or other hard materials. Pipe may be stored on top of each other to the maximum stacking height specified by AWWA C600. 2. Protect materials subject to corrosion in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Handling Materials 1. Handle pipe in such a manner so as to prevent damage to the concrete or mortar coating or lining using methods approved by the pipe manufacturer. 2. Pipe damaged during handling will be rejected and shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Ensure that no foreign materials enter the pipe during handling. 4. All handling and/or lifting of glass lined pipe and fittings must be done on the exterior only. Avoid lifting internally with hooks, forks or chains at any time. 3.3 COORDINATION A. Existing mains may have to be shut down to complete the connections as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. Existing valves will only be operated by the Owner. 2. Submit requests for shutdown of existing piping piping to the Engineer at least 5 working days prior to the operations, and reschedule operations to prevent conflicts with the Owner's operations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-7 3. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the shut-down at any time without penalty if system conditions exist in which it would be a matter of public health or safety to do so. 4. The Owner does not guarantee complete shut down of valves. Make necessary provisions to do work under existing conditions. 3.4 DEFECTIVE PIPE A. Defective pipe or fittings will be rejected for use on this project. Defective pipe is classified as follows: 1. Damage to interior lining 2. Insufficient lining thickness 3. Pipe out of round 4. Damaged pipe barrel area 5. Damaged pipe bells or spigots 6. Missing, misplaced or illegible marking and identification 7. Outside pipe diameter shall not exceed allowable tolerance B. If defective pipe is discovered after it has been installed, it shall be removed and replace with sound pipe, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements 1. Do not lay pipe when weather conditions are unsuitable, as determined by the Engineer, for pipe laying work. 2. Equipment for pipe laying shall be maintained in good operating order. 3. Job site shall be kept clean of debris and organized. B. Protection 1. At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug. This provision shall apply at all times when pipe laying operations are suspended. C. Work Affecting Existing Pipelines 1. Work on Existing Pipelines: a. Cut pipes as shown or required with machines specifically designed for this work. b. Install temporary plugs to keep out all mud, dirt, water and debris. c. Provide necessary adapters, fittings, pipe and appurtenances required. d. Cut or tap existing mains at the mid span of a pipe barrel. In no case shall a pipe be cut or tapped within 24 inches of a pipe joint. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-8 3.6 CLEANING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Clean and remove foreign matter from each pipe and fitting before placing in the trench. Remove pipe and fittings whose interior has been contaminated with oil, gasoline or kerosene and replace at no additional cost to the Owner. Remove pipe and fittings whose interior has been contaminated with any material which is a regulated drinking water contaminate or which damages the cement and replace at no additional cost to the Owner. Should foreign material or contaminants be observed in previously installed pipe, cease work until foreign material or contaminated pipe is decontaminated or removed. B. Remove all lumps, blisters, and excess coal-tar coating from the bell and spigot ends of each pipe or fitting. The outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wirebrushed and wiped clean and be dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe or fitting is laid. C. On all ductile iron pipe or fittings, the bell of the pipe and the spigot of the adjacent pipe or fitting shall be wire-brushed and cleaned of rust and dirt. The bell of the pipe or fitting and the spigot of the adjacent pipe shall then be lubricated with the joint lubricant furnished with the pipe, and used in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 3.7 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE A. Lay and maintain the pipe at the required lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. No deviation shall be made from the line and grade indicated on the drawings, except with the approval of the Engineer. B. Joint Openings and Deflection: 1. The maximum allowable joint openings and deflection for push-on joint pipe and restrained joint pipe shall be one-half the manufacturer's maximum allowable opening and deflection. C. Line or Grade Conflicts with Other Structures 1. Wherever obstructions not shown on the Drawings are encountered during the progress of the Work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration in the Drawing is required, the Engineer will order a deviation from the line and grade at locations where obstructions such as culverts, ducts, wire and/or pipes are encountered. The pipe shall be laid over or under such obstacles with a clearance of 6 inches. The choice of "over" or "under" is shown on the Drawings, but the Engineer reserves the right to make any alterations at the time of construction. D. Where underground conditions indicate a change of alignment or grade, such change shall be made only with the written consent of the Engineer. E. Except at locations indicated on the Drawings by the profile, do not establish high points where air can accumulate. 3.8 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General Requirements 1. Prepare the pipe trench in accordance with Section 02315. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-9 2. Keep trenches dewatered while installing pipe until all required pipe joints have been made and the trench has been backfilled above the water table to a point where pipe uplift will not occur when the pipe is empty. 3. Carefully lower pipe and fittings into the trench piece by piece by means of a crane, ropes or other tools or equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped or dumped into the trench. 4. Carefully inspect pipe and fittings for cleanliness and defects prior to placing them in the trench. 5. Install underground warning tape over the pipe in accordance with Section 31 23 29 Underground Warning Tape. B. Laying Pipe a. Install pipe with a minimum of 5 feet of cover, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. b. Prevent foreign material from entering entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. 2. When laying pipe, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell, the pipe forced home and the joint completely assembled. The pipe shall be adjusted to correct line and grade and secured in place with approved backfill material, properly tamped under and around the pipeline. 3. When laying the pipe, remove and replace fittings that do not allow a sufficient and uniform space for joints at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Cutting Pipe 1. Furnish pipe in full lengths. Cut ductile iron pipe without damage to the pipe or cement lining. The cutting shall be done to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. 2. Cut ductile iron pipe either by the use of compression-type chain cutters which exert an even continuous force on the wall of the pipe or by power driven abrasive wheels. 3. On ductile iron pipe using rubber joints, the outside edge of the cut end must be tapered back approximately ¼ inch at an angle of about 30 degrees so as to provide for the proper assembly of this joint. 4. Field cutting glass lined pipe shall be limited to one piece per run of pipe for closure purposes only. Cuts should be made using a band saw with a Lenox neotype blade, 1/4" wide x .125" thick x 18 teeth per inch, or finer, set at a speed of 100 feet per minute or faster. Pipe can also be cut with an abrasive high speed cutting wheel. The cut end should be cleaned and coated using epoxy repair material available from the glass lining manufacturer. Welding shall not be allowed on glass lined material. D. Permissible Deflection at Joints New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-10 1. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions or where long-radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed one-half of the manufacturer’s maximum allowable joint deflection, and shall be approved by the Engineer. 2. Radius curves indicated on the Drawings or approved during Shop Drawing review shall be made using full lengths of pipe. The use of short lengths of pipe and extra joint in order to make a smaller radius turn will not be allowed without the written approval of the Engineer. 3.9 PUSH-ON JOINTS A. Push-on joints shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Insert rubber gasket in the groove of the bell end of the pipe. Install gaskets in the pipe after lowering the pipe into the trench for installation. Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot of dirt and tar blisters in the trench utilizing a wire brush or bristle brush. Apply lubricant per the manufacturer’s recommendations utilizing a paint brush. Place a clean rag under the joint to protect the joint from dirt caused by unintentional grounding of the pipe during jointing. Upon completion, remove the rag. Align the plain end of the pipe to be laid and insert in the bell of the pipe to which it is to be joined, and push home with a jack or by other means. After joining the pipe, use a metal feeler to make certain that the rubber gasket is correctly located. B. On water pipe and fittings, make provisions for the electrical continuity of the pipeline. Insert two bronze wedges per joint to provide electrical continuity. Place wedges as close to the 3-o’clock and 9 o’clock positions as possible. 3.10 MECHANICAL JOINTS A. Mechanical joints shall be made in accordance with Appendix A of ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111 and the manufacturer's instructions. Thoroughly clean and lubricate the joint surfaces and rubber gasket before assembly. Tighten bolts to the specified torques. Under no conditions shall extension wrenches or an extended handle ratchet wrench be used to secure greater leverage. 3.11 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Install restrained joints where indicated on the Drawings. Make the joint assemblies in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.12 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS A. Place poured-in-place concrete thrust blocks at all bends (regardless of the angle of deflection or direction), caps, offsets, hydrants, and tees, as well as in locations shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. Poured-in-place thrust blocks shall be formed with wood forms; rough earth forms are not acceptable. Protect pipeline materials and fittings from direct adherence of the concrete thrust block by wrapping in plastic, roofing felt, reinforced manila paper or similar material. The thrust block shall not bear directly on the joint and shall not interfere with future adjustments, tightening, or removal of the joint. Thrust blocks shall bear against undisturbed soil at the side or end of the trench and this undisturbed surface shall be carefully cleaned off so as to be vertical. The thrust blocks shall have a minimum horizontal thickness of 2 feet and New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 331116-11 shall have the minimum bearing area listed on the Drawings, measured perpendicular to the direction of thrust. B. Concrete thrust blocks shall be used in conjunction with retainer glands at all tees, bends, offsets, hydrants, caps, and plugs. 3.13 DISINFECTION A. Disinfect pipe, fittings and valves in accordance with Section 33 13 00 Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution, before placing into service. 3.14 TESTING A. Pipe, fittings and valves installed under this contract shall be tested in accordance with Section 33 08 10 Commissioning of Water Utilities, before being placed into service. 3.15 DEACTIVATION OF WATER MAINS A. Excavate and remove sections of the existing water main as shown on the Drawings. Repairs and capping of the main shall be in accordance with the Drawings. B. After the pipe has been capped, the top sections of all gate boxes shall be removed and stacked, the holes filled in with suitable backfill material and patched with bituminous concrete in the area of the gate box. C. The deactivation of the water mains shall be done upon completion of: 1. Installation and successful testing of the new pipeline including all hydrants and appurtenances, and 2. Removal and reconnection of all buildings from the existing pipelines to the new pipelines. 3. Approval for the deactivation of the water mains by the Engineer or Owner. D. Surface repair methods shall meet the requirements of the applicable surface repair item. END OF SECTION 331116 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\331116 Ductile Iron Pipe.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-1 SECTION 331216 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Types of valves specified herein include: a. Tapping Sleeves and Valves b. Valve Boxes B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 5. Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill 6. Section 330810 – Commissioning of Water Utilities 7. Section 330830 – Commissioning of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Utilities 8. Section 331116 -Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A126 – Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings B. ASTM A276 – Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes C. ASTM A307 – Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength D. ASTM A536 – Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings E. ASTM A563 – Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts F. ASTM A564 – Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes G. ASTM B62 – Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-2 H. ASTM B584 – Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications I. ASTM D429 – Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property Adhesion to Rigid Substrates J. ASTM D1784 – Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds K. ASTM D4101 – Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials L. AWWA C111 -Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings M. AWWA C115 – Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges N. AWWA C207 – Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Sizes 4 Inch Through 144 Inch (100 mm Through 3,600 mm) O. AWWA C500 – Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service P. AWWA C502 –Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants Q. AWWA C504 -Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves R. AWWA C508 -Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 in. (50 mm) through 24 in. (600 mm) NPS S. AWWA C509 -Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service T. AWWA C550 -Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants U. MSS SP45 -Bypass and Drain Connections V. MSS SP80 -Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves W. NSF/ANSI Standard 61 – Drinking Water System Components 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install, complete and ready for operation, all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete Shop Drawings of all valves, valve boxes, hydrants and other material specified in this Section including but not limited to the following: 1. Product data including body material, valve design, pressure and temperature classification, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves and accessories shall be manufactured manufactured in the United States of America. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-3 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Ensure valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valve ends against damage to threads, flange faces, and weld-end preps. 3. Set valves in best position for handling: a. Set globe and gate valves closed to prevent rattling; B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Do not remove valve end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect valves from weather. Store valves indoors. Maintain valve temperature higher than the ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, support valves off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures. C. Use a sling to handle valves whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use handwheels and stems as lifting or rigging points. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Buried gate valves shall be warranted by the manufacturer for a 5/10 year period covering failures. Warranty shall cover all replacement costs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Valves and appurtenances shall conform to the standards of the City of Northampton. B. Pressure and temperature ratings shall be as scheduled. C. Valve sizes shall be the same size as the upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide accessories including bolts, nuts, glands, and gaskets. E. Support buried valves by a concrete pad across their entire lower bearing surface. F. Extended Stems -Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems arranged to receive insulation. G. Valves shall have the same end connections as the pipeline in which it is installed. H. Buried valves shall have mechanical joint ends compatible with the piping systems in which they are installed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11-85 and Mega-Lug type retainer glands. Provide mechanical joint accessories, including glands, SBR New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-4 rubber gaskets, tee head bolts, and nuts with the valves. Provide stainless steel bolts and nuts. I. Mechanical joint ends compatible with ductile iron O.D. pipe. J. Valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Contract Drawings. K. Equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer. L. Valves, hydrants, and appurtenances shall have the name of the manufacturer, flow directional arrows, and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letter upon some appropriate part of the body. M. Bolts shall be electro-zinc plated with hex heads and hex nuts in accordance with ASTM A-307 and A-563, respectively. N. Provide buried valves with standard valve box with tee-handle operator. O. Valves installed inside buried structures shall be hand-wheel or lever operated. 2.2 GATE VALVES (RESILIENT SEAT) A. Gate valves shall be resilient seat type suitable for underground service complying with the requirements of AWWA C509. B. Gate valves shall be designed to be bubble tight for 250 psig water working pressure with no leakage past the seat from either side of the disc, and shall be hydrostatically tested to 500 psig. C. Gate valves shall be of the non-rising stem (N.R.S.) design. D. Gate valves shall be set vertically (spur gearing). E. Gate valves shall open left (counter-clockwise). F. Buried gate valves shall be furnished with 2 inch square operating nuts. G. Open-left gate valves shall have a black-painted operating nut, and open-right valves shall have a red-painted operating nut. H. Gate valves shall be cast iron or ductile iron. Cast iron shall meet the specifications of ASTM A126, Class B. Castings shall be clean and sound without defects that will impair their service. No plugging or welding of such defects will be allowed. Ductile iron shall meet the standards of ASTM A536. I. The resilient-seated disc wedge shall be of the resilient wedge fully supported type, either cast iron or ductile iron. Solid guide lugs shall travel within channels in the body of the valve. The disc and guide lugs shall be fully encapsulated in SBR (styrene butadiene rubber) or EPDM rubber. Disc wedges that are not 100% fully encapsulated shall not be acceptable. Provide guide caps of an acetal copolymer bearing material to protect the rubber-encapsulated solid guide lugs from abrasion for long life and ease of operation. J. The seat shall be SBR or EPDM rubber, matching the disc encasement. The seating surface (rubber) shall be specially designed so as to provide a smooth waterway, New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-5 without depressions or cavities, which might trap debris and interfere with tight closures. K. The body, bonnet, and gate shall be cast/ductile iron, constructed in accordance with AWWA C-509. The bonnet to body seal shall incorporate a flat neoprene gasket. Bonnet and body flanges shall be fully machined to assure proper sealing of the gasket. L. Gate valve stems shall be of bronze rolled bar stock in accordance with ASTM B584, and shall have a forged thrust collar. The thrust collar shall be factory lubricated, and the thrust collar and its lubrication shall be isolated by the O-Rings from the water way and from outside contamination, providing permanent lubrication for long term ease of operation. An anti-friction thrust washer shall be provided both above and below the thrust collar for ease of operation. M. Gate valves shall have O-Ring sealed stems with one O-Ring located below the thrust collar and two O-Rings located above the thrust collar. The two O-Rings located above the thrust collar shall be replaceable with the valve still in service in the fully open position. N. Gate valves shall be as manufactured by U.S. Pipe Metroseal (Model 250), Mueller (Model 2360), American Flow Control (AFC-2500), Clow (2630 Series), equivalent by M&H Valve Company, or approved equal. 2.3 TAPPING SLEEVES /VALVES A. Ductile Iron Tapping Sleeves 1. Tapping sleeve shall be MJ, with recessed outlet flange for tapping valve. 2. Tapping sleeve shall conform to AWWA C-207, Class D, with rated maximum working pressure of 200 psi. 3. The side rubber gaskets shall be rectangular in cross-Section and fit into grooved channels in the casting. These gaskets shall extend the entire length of the sleeve and shall not require cutting or trimming to match MJ end gaskets. 4. Tapping sleeve shall be AB-CD pattern to permit use of plain rubber and ducktipped gaskets for various O.D. piping sizes. 5. Mechanical joint with accessories furnished including glands, gaskets, and Cor-Ten T-bolts and nuts, or equal. 6. Flange outlet bolts shall be 304 stainless steel. 7. Interior and exterior to be bituminous coated with a minimum of 4 mils dry film thickness or fusion bonded epoxy coating. 8. The sleeve shall be provided with a ¾ inch F.I.P.T. test port and brass plug. 9. Approved manufacturers: a. AFC b. Mueller Co. c. U.S. Pipe New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-6 d. Tyler/Union B. Cast Iron /Ductile Iron Tapping Sleeves 1. Tapping sleeves shall be long body mechanical joint sleeves with standard high strength corrosion resistant alloy nuts and bolts (Cor-Ten or equal). Sleeves shall be ductile iron, designated for working pressures not less than 200 psi. Rubber end gaskets shall be provided for the full area of the sleeve flanges. 2. End seals to conform to AWWA C111. 3. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Mueller, M&H Valve Co., Tyler/Union, U.S. Pipe Metroseal, or approved equal. 4. Tapping sleeves shall be suitable for connection under pressure with no loss of water or interruption of service to flow in the main. 5. Outlet flange and drilling shall comply with ANSI B16.1. 6. The flange shall be A36 carbon steel and drilled in accordance with AWWA C207 Class D ANSI, 150 lb hole pattern. The flange shall be fusion-bonded epoxy coated. 7. Gaskets shall be grade 60 rubber and NSF-61 approved. 8. The bolts and nuts shall be 18-8 stainless steel heavy hex nuts, stud bolts and washers. 9. Pressure rating depends on size of tapping sleeve. 10. Sleeves shall contain a ¾ inch N.P.T. test plug for air testing. 11. Provide asphaltic varnish coat. 12. Tapping sleeves shall be rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psi. 13. Outlet flange dimensions and drilling shall comply with ANSI B16.1, Class 125 and MSS SP-60. C. Tapping Valves 1. Tapping valves shall conform to the requirements specified in paragraph 2.2 for gate valves except that one end shall be flanged to attach to tapping sleeve and one mechanical. Tapping valves shall be provided with an oversized opening to permit the use of full size cutters. 2. Tapping valve seat opening shall be larger than the nominal size to permit full diameter cuts to be made. 3. Tapping valves shall be resilient wedge, non-rising stem gate valve type, meeting the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C500 and C509 D. Stainless Steel Tapping Sleeves 1. Tapping sleeve body shall be 18-8 type 304 stainless steel in two sections that are bolted together around the pipe. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-7 2. Acceptable manufacturers shall include Mueller, Ford, Smith-Blair, Romac Industries, or approved equal. 3. 200 psi working pressure rating 4. Outlet flange in accordance with ANSI B16.1 5. Incorporate ¾ inch N.P.T. test plug 2.4 MANUAL OPERATORS A. Provide lever handles for quarter-turn valves 4 inches and smaller. Provide one lever handle for each valve supplied. B. Equip valves 6 inches and larger with gear actuators capable of withstanding an overload input torque of 450 ft/lbs at full open or closed positions without change to the valve or valve operation. All gearing shall be enclosed with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All shaft bearings shall be furnished with permanently lubricated bronze bearing bushings. Actuator housing shall be cast iron (ASTM A126 Class B). C. Manual actuator hand wheels shall be furnished on valves 6 inches and larger. Valves shall be mounted vertically with right angle drive actuators. All components of the actuators shall be designed to withstand, without damage, a pull of 200 pounds as required by AWWA C504 -Section 12.3. Actuators shall be designed to close with an effort of less than 40 pounds torque. 2.5 VALVE BOXES (FOR BURIED VALVES) A. Provide a valve box of the adjustable type of heavy pattern, constructed of cast iron and provided with a 6 inch cast iron cover for each buried valve. B. Valve boxes shall be manufactured in North America by Clow Corporation, Tyler/Union Corporation, United States Foundries, or equal. C. Valve boxes shall be round, 2-piece, sliding type, cast iron. The upper section of each box shall have a flange on top having sufficient bearing area to prevent settling. The bottom of the lower section shall be belled to enclose the operating nut of the valve. The barrel shall be 5-1/2 inch O.D. minimum. D. Boxes shall be of lengths consistent with pipe depths. Boxes shall be adjustable, with a lap of at least 6 inches when in the most extended position. E. Slot covers for easy removal. F. Covers for valve boxes on water mains shall have the word “WATER” cast in the top. G. Coat valve boxes with coal-tar pitch enamel or other approved coating. H. Valve boxes shall be suitable for the size valve on which they are used. The length of the lower section shall be adequate for trench adjustment, no top or mid-section adapters. I. Provide one tee-handled wrench for every four valves installed, unless additional wrenches are required due to variations in valve bury depth. Wrenches shall be field measured to accommodate the depth of bury and provide waist high operation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-8 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior through the end ports for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Actuate valve through an open-close and close-open cycle. Examine functionally significant features, such as guides and seats made accessible by such actuation. Following examination, return the valve closure member to the shipping position. C. Examine threads on both the valve and the mating pipe for form (i.e., out-or-round or local identification) and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size, material composition suitable for service, and freedom from defects and damage. E. Prior to valve installation, examine the piping for cleanliness, freedom from foreign materials, and proper alignment. F. Replace defective valves with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Refer to the Drawings and piping system specification Sections for specific valve applications and arrangements. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves and unions for each fixture and item of equipment arranged to allow equipment removal without system shutdown. Unions are not required on flanged devices. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the center of the pipe. E. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement. F. Install valves and actuators to be plumb in the vertical direction. G. Threaded Connections 1. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends and proximity of valve internal seat or wall to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve. 2. Align threads at point of assembly. 3. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads (except except where dry seal threading is specified). 4. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Water Utility Distribution Valves 331216-9 H. Mechanical Joint Connections 1. Refer to Section 02514 for requirements for installing mechanical joint connections. I. Flanged Connections 1. Align flange surfaces parallel. 2. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque wrench. 3.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Valves and hydrants shall be inspected and tested in conjunction with the pipelines in which they are installed in accordance with Section 33 08 10 Commissioning of Water Utilities or Section 33 08 30 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewage and Storm Drainage Utilities. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting and balancing, inspect valves for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks; replace valves if leak persists. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean mill scale, grease, and protective coatings from exterior of valves and prepare valves to receive finish painting or insulation. 3.6 FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY A. Final acceptance of all equipment furnished under these Specifications will be withheld until after the installation and field testing by the Engineer. The manufacturer and the Contractor shall guarantee the equipment against defects of any kind for a period of one year after final testing and acceptance. END OF SECTION 331216 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\331216 Water Valves.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution 331300-1 SECTION 331300 DISINFECTING OF WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Procedures for disinfecting new and repaired water distribution systems. . B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 5. Section 330810 – Commissioning Water Utilities 6. Section 331116 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 7. Section 331216 – Water Utility Distribution Valves 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association, AWWA C651, AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. B. American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association and Water Pollution Control Federation, Standard Methods For the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. A formal statement in writing to the Engineer that all crews responsible for installation and repairs within the distribution system have been properly trained and are aware of prescribed construction practices and disinfection procedures to avoid contamination to the distribution system. B. The name of competent person(s) responsible for the disinfection processes and performing the required bacteriological sampling. The Engineer shall approve the procedure in advance. C. Certificate of compliance that the independent commercial laboratory performing the bacteriological sampling analyses is certified with the State Department of Environmental Protection and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for analyzing public drinking water supplies. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution 331300-2 D. Certified results for all bacteriological sampling prior to restoring or placing the distribution system into service. E. For each section of pipe to be chlorinated, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer in writing of the locations for taps to be installed and utilized for the procedure. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications & Certifications 1. The Contractor shall employ trained personnel aware of the need to carefully observe prescribed construction practices and disinfection procedures in order to prevent contamination to the distribution system. 2. The competent person(s) responsible for the disinfection processes and bacteriological sampling shall be familiar with AWWA C651-Standards for Disinfecting Water Mains and experienced with the Continuous Feed Method of disinfection. The Engineer shall approve disinfection procedures in advance. 3. Bacteriological sampling shall be made in full accordance with AWWA C651 and under the supervision of the Engineer. 4. An independent commercial laboratory certified for analyzing public drinking water supplies by the State Department of Environmental Protection and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency shall analyze all bacteriological samples and provide certified results to the Engineer and/or Owner for review prior to restoring or placing the system into service. 1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. The general procedure for disinfection and analyses is described in PART 3 – EXECUTION of this section. If project conditions warrant the need for special disinfection procedures the Contractor must obtain prior written approval from the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. The forms of chlorine used in the disinfection operations shall conform to ANSI/AWWA B300. Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for the disinfectant shall be readily available for reference. The competent person responsible for the disinfection operation shall be fully trained and equipped to handle any emergency that may arise. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution 331300-3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DISINFECTION A. Before being placed into service, all new water pipelines shall be chlorinated using the Continuous Feed Method specified in AWWA C651. The Engineer shall approve the procedure in advance. 1. The Contractor will determine the location of the chlorination and sampling points in the field. The Contractor shall install taps for chlorinating, sampling and expulsion of air and shall uncover, backfill and plug the taps as required. 2. Prior to disinfecting the water main, the main shall be completely filled to remove all air pockets and then flushed to remove particulate. The flushing velocity in the main shall not be less than 2.5 ft/s unless the Engineer and/or Owner determine that the conditions do not permit the required flow to be discharged to waste. Table 3.1-1 Required flow to flush pipelines (40 psi residual pressure in water main)* Flow Required to Produce 2.5 ft/s Pipe Diameter (in) (Approximate velocity in main) 4 100 gpm 6 200 gpm 8 400 gpm 10 600 gpm 12 900 gpm 16 1600 gpm *AWWA C651, AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. 3. At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will not have less than 25 mg/L (PPM) free chlorine throughout the entire section of pipe to be chlorinated. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution 331300-4 Table 3.1-2 Chlorine required to produce 25-mg/L concentration in 100 feet of pipe – by diameter. * 1% Chlorine Pipe Diameter (inches) 100 % Chlorine (Pounds) Solution (Gals.) 4 0.013 0.16 6 0.030 0.36 8 0.054 0.65 10 0.085 1.02 12 0.120 1.44 16 0.217 2.60 *AWWA C651, AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. 4. The chlorinated water is to remain in the new pipeline for at least 24-Hours. After a contact time of 24-Hours there should be a free chlorine concentration of not less than 10 mg/L (PPM). During this period, proper precautions are to be taken to prevent this chlorinated water from flowing back into the existing system. 5. All valves and hydrants within the treated section shall be operated to ensure disinfection of the appurtenances. B. The Tablet Method consisting of placing calcium hypochlorite granules or tablets in the water main as it is being installed and then filling the main with potable water and allowing it to set for a contact period is not acceptable. C. The interior of all pipe, fittings and valves used in making a repair or tie-in shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one percent (1%) hypochlorite solution before they are installed. 3.2 FINAL FLUSHING A. Following the chlorination period, all treated water shall be flushed from the lines at their extremities and replaced with water from the distribution system. 1. Flushing the main is to be accomplished at as high a velocity as possible consistent with the ability of the Contractor to collect the discharge water for proper disposal. 2. All treated water flushed from the lines shall be disposed of by discharging to the nearest sanitary sewer or by other approved means provided in AWWA C651. 3. Flushing shall be done in strict conformance with all applicable local, state and federal regulations. No discharge of chlorinated water to any storm sewer or natural watercourse will be allowed. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution 331300-5 3.3 BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSES A. After the 24-Hour disinfection period and all chlorine solution has been thoroughly flushed the bacteriological sampling and analysis of the replacement water may then be performed. 1. Bacteriological sampling shall be made by the Contractor’s competent person(s) in full accordance with AWWA C651-Section 7, Bacteriological Tests and under the supervision of the Engineer. 2. Analysis shall be performed by an independent commercial laboratory certified by the State Department of Environmental Protection and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for analyzing public drinking water supplies. All results shall be provided to the Engineer for review. 3. Two consecutive sets of acceptable samples, taken at least 24-Hours apart are required prior to placing the main into service. Failure of any one of the bacteriological test samples shall require rechlorination and retesting by the Contractor. 4. The line shall not be placed in service until the bacteriological requirements of AWWA C651 are met. END OF SECTION 331300 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\331300 Disinfecting Water.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 333115-1 SECTION 33 31 15 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. PVC Gravity Pipe and Fittings B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 5. Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill 6. Section 310500 – Soils for Earthwork 7. Section 330810 – Commissioning of Water Utilities 8. Section 330830 – Commissioning of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Utilities 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D2241 -Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). B. ASTM F477 -Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. C. ASTM D3034 -Specification for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. D. ASTM D2444 -Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight). E. ASTM D2412 -Standard Test Method for External Loading Properties of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. F. ASTM D3139 -Standard Specifications for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. G. ASTM D3212 -Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 333115-2 H. ASTM F679 -Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. I. ASTM D1869 -Standard Specification for Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe. J. AWWA A21 -Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. K. AWWA C900 -Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 in. through 12 in., For Water Distribution. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit specifications and shop drawings for materials and equipment furnished under this Section. B. Prior to first shipment of pipe, submit certified test reports that the pipe for this Contract was manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASTM Standards specified herein. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Each type of PVC pipe and fittings shall be from a single manufacturer. B. Inspection of the pipe will also be made by the Owner after delivery. The pipe shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements. Pipe rejected after delivery shall be marked for identification and shall immediately be removed from the job site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Gravity Pipe 1. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe shall be of the size indicated on the Drawings or as specified and shall conform to the latest revision of ASTM D3034, Type SDR 35 for diameters less than or equal to 15 inch diameter and ASTM F679 for pipe greater than 15 inch diameter. Standard laying lengths shall not exceed 14.0 feet. 2. Joints shall be elastomeric gasket joints and shall provide a watertight seal. Assembly of joints shall be in accordance with ASTM D3212. 3. The minimum "pipe stiffness" (load divided by change in inside diameter in direction of load application) at 5% deflection shall be at least 46 psi for pipe tested in accordance with ASTM D2412. 4. No shattering or splitting shall be evident when 150 ft.-lbs. and 210 ft.-lbs. is impacted on 4 inch and 6 inch diameter pipe, respectively, in accordance with ASTM Method of Test Test D2444. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 333115-3 5. Pipe lengths and fittings to be used on the project shall be clearly marked on the outside in bold type with the name of the manufacturer, pipe size, pipe material, pipe class, and ASTM designation. 6. Gravity Pipe Connections a. Gravity pipe connections, wyes and tees are to be laid in the run of the main pipeline, the wyes and tees shall be the same material as the main line and shall conform in material, joints and class with the line into which they are to be laid. b. Eighth and sixteenth bends and end plugs are to be of the same material and class or strength designation as the pipe for the house connection. c. Unless noted on the Drawings, house service piping shall be 6 inch diameter and shall be of the same material as the main line PVC pipe. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Take care in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe. Do not drop pipe or fittings. Examine pipe and fittings before installing, and no piece shall be installed that is found to be defective. B. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been installed, remove and replace it with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner. Throughly clean pipe and fittings before installing, keep clean until they are used in the work, and conform to the lines, grades and dimensions required when installed. C. Pipe ends requiring cutting shall be cut square without damage to the remaining pipe. Bevel cut pipe ends 1/8 inch at approximately 30 degrees to provide proper assembly of the joint. Beveling can be done with a coarse file or portable grinder. D. Support stored pipe from below at not more than 3 foot intervals to prevent deformation. Do not stack pipe higher than 6 feet. Store pipe and fittings in a manner which will keep them at ambient outdoor temperatures. Provide temporary shading as required to meet this requirement. Simply covering of the pipe and fittings which allows temperature buildup when exposed to direct sunlight will not be permitted. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. No single piece of pipe shall be laid unless it is generally straight. The centerline of the pipe shall not deviate from a straight line drawn between the centers of the openings at the ends of the pipe by more than 1/16 inch per foot of length. If a piece of pipe fails to meet this required check for straightness, it shall be rejected and removed from the site. Laying instructions of the manufacturer shall be explicitly followed. B. Install piping and fittings true to alignment and grade. If necessary, each length of pipe shall be cleaned out before installation. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 333115-4 C. Excavation, trenching and back filling procedures shall be in accordance with Section 312300 Excavation and Fill. D. All sections of pipe will be air tested in accordance with Section 330830 – Commissioning of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Utilities. E. Dense graded stone bedding for the pipe shall be in accordance with Section 310500 – Soils for Earthwork. F. Install PVC pipe on a bed of dense graded stone with a minimum depth of 6 inches. The dense graded stone shall completely encase the pipe and cover the pipe to a grade 6 inches over the top of the pipe for the entire width of the trench. Bell holes shall be made in a dense graded stone such that the pipe shall be uniformly supported throughout the entire length of the barrel section. G. Deflections in Pipe Alignment. 1. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions or where long-radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that required for satisfactory making of the joint, and shall be approved by the Engineer. 2. Prior to deflecting the pipeline, the spigot of the pipeline should be marked flush with the bell end to assure that the spigot is not withdrawn excessively as the result of the deflection. After the pipe is deflected, an adequate depth of jointing material must remain on the side where the spigot is away from home and an adequate width of caulking space must remain on the opposite side of the pipe at the face of the bell. 3. The maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer when using any pipe system must be observed when deflecting a pipeline. 4. In general, all radius curves called for on the Drawings or permitted at the time of construction are to be made using full lengths of pipe. The use of short lengths of pipe and extra joints in order to make a smaller radius turn will not be allowed without the written approval of Engineer. H. Unsuitable Laying Conditions 1. No pipe shall be laid in water, in an unsuitable trench or during unsuitable weather conditions. END OF SECTION 333115 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\333115 PVC Pipe.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 334100-1 SECTION 334100 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Materials specified herein include reinforced concrete pipe, fittings, and flared end sections for watertight. 2. Applications a. Storm drains b. Sanitary sewers B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management 5. Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill 6. Section 310500 – Soils for Earthwork 7. Section 330830 – Commissioning of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Utilities 8. Section 330513 – Manholes and Structures 9. Section 330530 – Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catch Basins 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C14 – Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe B. ASTM C33 – Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates C. ASTM C76 – Standard Specification for for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe D. ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 334100-2 E. ASTM C330 – Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete F. ASTM C361 – Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe G. ASTM C443 – Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Sewer and Culvert Piping, Using Rubber Gaskets H. ASTM C444 – Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe I. ASTM C478 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections J. ASTM C497 – Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile K. ASTM C506 – Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe L. ASTM C507 – Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe M. ASTM C655 – Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe N. ASTM C822 – Standard Terminology Relating to Concrete Pipe and Related Products O. ASTM C923 – Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals P. ASTM C924 – Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method Q. ASTM C969 – Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines R. ASTM C985 – Standard Specification for Nonreinforced Concrete Specified Strength Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe S. ASTM C1103 – Standard Practice for Joint Acceptance Testing of Installed Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines T. ASTM C1131 – Standard Practice for Least Cost (Life Cycle) Analysis of Concrete Culvert, Storm Sewer, and Sanitary Sewer Systems U. ASTM C1214 – Standard Test Method for Concrete Pipe Sewerlines by Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Method V. ASTM C1244 – Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill W. ASTM C1433 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers X. ASTM D412 – Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers -Tension New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 334100-3 Y. ASTM D2240 – Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness Z. ASTM D3034 – Standard Specification for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings AA. ASTM F477 – Standard Specifications for Elastomer Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe BB. AWWA C301 –Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids CC. AWWA C302 – Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Noncylinder Type 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s product data including shop drawings showing dimensions and details of pipe joints and fittings. B. Installation instructions. C. Provide Certificates of Compliance on pipe materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall be responsible for the performance of all acceptance tests as specified in ASTM C76. B. Pipe shall not be shipped until the compressive strength of the concrete has attained 4,000 psi and not before 5 days after manufacture, and/or repair, whichever is the longer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All pipe which has been damaged after delivery will be rejected and immediately removed from the site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Oldcastle Precast; B. Kerr Concrete Pipe; C. Rinker; D. or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Standard laying length of pipe shall be not less than 7’-6”, except for fittings and manhole stubs. B. The pipe interior shall be smooth and even, free from roughness, projections, indentations, offsets, or irregularities of any kind. The concrete mass shall be dense and uniform. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 334100-4 C. The pipe shall be clearly marked as outlined in ASTM C76. The markings may be at either end of the pipe for the convenience of the manufacturer, but for any one size shall always be at the same end of each pipe length. D. After manufacture, each length of pipe shall be checked against the length noted on the shop drawings. Variations in length of the same pipe shall not exceed ASTM C-76 requirements. 2.3 WATERTIGHT APPLICATIONS A. Reinforced concrete pipe for watertight applications shall be either: 1. O-Ring Gasket Type -An integral o-ring is built into a beveled receiving joint on the male end of the pipe to provide a watertight joint. 2. Slip Joint with Profile Gasket Type – A gasket is pressed up against a 90-degree chamfer on the male end of the pipe as the sections pushed together. B. Pipe with collar in lieu of integral bells will not be acceptable. C. Pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM C76, ASTM C361, ASTM C443, ASTM C655, AWWA C302, and AASHTO M170. D. Pipe shall be Class 4 with a minimum concrete strength of 4,000 psi. E. Joints for circular concrete sewer and culvert pipe, using rubber gaskets, shall conform to ASTM C361, ASTM C443, and AASHTO M198. F. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM C150 and ASTM C361. G. Rubber joint filler shall be synthetic, with hardness of 40 (plus or minus 5) measured by ASTM D2240, Type A durometer. Tensile strength shall be 1,200-PSI minimum. Natural rubber is not acceptable. H. Joint lubricant shall be vegetable-based. Petroleum or animal based lubricants are not acceptable. I. Fittings for Watertight Reinforced Concrete Pipe 1. Flared End Sections a. Reinforced concrete pipe with flared ends shall be provided at the locations shown on the plans. b. The flare shall be of the same thickness and materials as the barrel. c. Flared pipe end section to match the joint type of the pipe for which it will be attached. 2. Couplings a. Couplings shall be made of elastomeric PVC compound that provides a positive seal against infiltration and exfiltration. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 334100-5 b. Coupling clamps including band screw and housing shall be made of Series 300 stainless steel. c. All couplings shall be clearly marked with the part number, size, and the pipe materials that the coupling will connect. d. Couplings shall be manufactured by Fernco, or approved equal. 3. Pipe-To-Pipe Connectors a. Flexible, watertight connections to reinforced concrete pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM C923, as manufactured by NPC Kor-N-Tee, Inserta-Tee, or equal. 4. Pipe Entry Connectors a. Resilient connectors between reinforced concrete manhole structures, pipes, and laterals, shall conform to ASTM C923. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. All materials to be used on the project are subject to inspection in the field by the Engineer. B. Prepare the area prior to placement of the pipe by removing stones and other hard foreign matter that could damage the pipe, impede consistent compaction, or cause improper bedding and invert grades of the pipe. C. Excavation, trenching and back filling procedures shall be in accordance with Section 31 23 00 Excavation and Fill. D. No pipe is to be laid in water, in an unsuitable trench or during unsuitable weather conditions. E. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit correct assembly and inspection of entire joint. F. Verify that the surface has been prepared to the proper line and grade by shooting invert elevation grades. G. Lift or roll pipe into position. Do not drag over the prepared bedding. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Concrete pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM Standards and the manufacturers recommendations. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 334100-6 2. Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with the spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow. 3. No single piece of pipe shall be laid unless it is generally straight. The centerline of the pipe shall not deviate from a straight line drawn between the centers of the openings at the ends of the pipe by more than 1/16 inch per foot of length. If a piece of pipe fails to meet this requirement check for straightness, it shall be rejected and removed from the site. Laying instructions of the manufacturer shall be explicitly followed. 4. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installing. Keep them clean until they are used in the work, and conform to the lines, grades, and dimensions required when installed. 5. All materials found to have cracks, flaws or other defects, during the progress of the work, will be rejected by the Engineer. All defective materials furnished by the Contractor shall be promptly removed by him him from the site at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Bell or spigot joint surfaces that are out of round shall be aligned to meet this requirement or shall be rejected as unsatisfactory and removed from the job, at the sole discretion of the Engineer. 7. Pipe sections connecting to manholes shall have a joint in each line within 2 feet of the outside face of each manhole or structure. 8. Plug or close off pipes, which are stubbed off for a manhole, concrete structure, or for future connection by others, with temporary watertight plugs. 9. Set pipe at the slope and grades indicated on the Drawings. Ensure pipe remains at proper grades by shoring it. 10. Pipe bedding shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe barrel between joints. Pipe shall not rest directly on the bell or pipe joint. 11. Backfill around the sides of the pipe with the approved bedding material up to the crown of the pipe. B. Watertight Applications 1. Prevent entry of foreign material into gasketed joints. 2. Before pipes are joined, all spigot and bell surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and bell surfaces shall be coated with joint lubricant. The gasket shall be lubricated and positioned in the spigot groove so that the gasket is distributed uniformly around the circumference. 3. After each joint is completed, the position of the gasket shall be checked using a feeler gauge. The maximum joint opening used shall not exceed 3/8-inches.If the gasket is not in the proper position, the joint shall be pulled apart, the gasket New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 334100-7 removed and discarded, and the joint reassembled using a new, properly lubricated gasket. 4. Joint lubricant shall be stored in closed containers and shall be kept clean. 5. When installing pipes in cold weather, the joint surfaces and gaskets shall be kept warm and the joint lubricant shall be prevented from freezing. C. Repair Joints 1. When laying bell and spigot type pipe, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. 2. The pipe shall then be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under the pipe and around the barrel of the pipe in the vicinity of the middle of the length. This material in to be placed and tamped prior to cementing the joint. 3. Joints of concrete pipe in the trench, which cannot be cemented immediately, shall be maintained in a dry condition and a cloth covering shall be laid over the top of the joint so as to prevent the entry of dirt or other deleterious material. 3.3 CLEANING A. Prior to final acceptance and final manhole-to-manhole inspection of the system by the Engineer, flush and clean all parts of the system. If any foreign matter is still present in the system, reflush and clean the sections and portions of the lines as required. B. Remove all accumulated construction debris, rocks, gravel, sand, silt, and other foreign material from the sewer system at or near the closest downstream manhole. If necessary, use mechanical rodding or bucketing equipment. 3.4 TESTING A. Field leakage testing is required for watertight reinforced concrete piping systems. B. Testing shall be in accordance with Section 330830 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewage and Storm Drainage Utilities. END OF SECTION 334100 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\334100 Reinforced Concrete Pipe.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 334115-1 SECTION 334115 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. High density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe for: a. Storm drainage lines. b. Pressure Pipe and Fittings 2. Types of HDPE piping specified in this section include: a. Smooth exterior, smooth interior, solid wall HDPE pipe. b. Smooth exterior, smooth interior, perforated HDPE pipe. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 5. Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill 6. Section 310500 – Soils for Earthwork 7. Section 330830 – Commissioning of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Utilities 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO M252 –Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe B. ASSHTO M294 – Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300-to 1200-mm Diameter C. AASHTO MP7 – – Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 1300-to 1500-mm Diameter D. AWWA C901 – Standard for Polyethylene Pressure Pipe and Tubing, ½-Inch through 3-Inch for Water Service E. AWWA C906 – Standard for Polyethylene Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4-inch through 64-inch for Water Distribution. F. ASTM D1248 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials For Wire and Cable New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 334115-2 G. ASTM D2239 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter H. ASTM D2321 – Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications I. ASTM D2412 – Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading J. ASTM D2683 – Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing K. ASTM D2737 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing L. ASTM D2774 – Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping M. ASTM D2837 – Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials N. ASTM D3212 – Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Flexible Elastomeric Seals O. ASTM D3261 – Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing P. ASTM D3350 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials Q. ASTM F405 – Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Tubing and Fittings R. ASTM F585 – Practice for Insertion of Flexible Polyethylene Pipe into Existing Sewers S. ASTM F667 – Standard Specification for Large Diameter Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings T. ASTM F714 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter. U. ASTM F894 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Large-Diameter Profile Wall Sewer and Drain Pipe V. ASTM F905 – Standard Practice for Qualification of Saddle Fusion Joints W. ASTM F1417 – Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air X. ASTM F1962 – Guide for Use of Maxi-Horizontal Directional Drilling for Placement of Polyethylene Pipe or Conduit Under Obstacles, Including River Crossings Y. AWWA C153 /ANSI A21.53 – Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service Z. AWWA C901 – Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, ½-Inch (13 mm) Through 3-Inch (76 mm), for Water Service New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 334115-3 AA. AWWA C906 – Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4-Inch (100 mm) Through 63-Inch (1,575 mm), for Water Distribution and Transmission BB. NSF/ANSI Standard 61 – Drinking Water System Components 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data on the pipe, fittings, and accessories. B. Prior to first shipment of pipe, submit certified test reports that the pipe for this Contract was manufactured and tested in accordance with the appropriate ASTM standards specified herein. C. Submit resumes for all personnel performing heat fusion joining. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Personnel performing heat fusion joining shall have adequate training and experience in the procedure, demonstrated by at least twelve months applicable experience. B. Use an adequate number of skilled laborers, equipment of adequate size, capacity, and quantity to perform the work of this Section, and its related Sections, in a timely manner. C. Materials to be used in conjunction with potable water systems shall conform to NSF/ANSI 61 (Drinking Water System Components). 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. When lifting with slings, only wide fabric choker slings capable of safely carrying the load shall be used. Wire rope or chain shall not be used to handle pipe. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER – GENERAL A. The manufacturer shall have manufacturing and quality assurance facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe and fittings required by these specifications. B. Pipe and fittings from different manufacturers shall not be interchanged for the same type of pipe and application. 2.2 PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. The following shall be continuously indent printed on the pipe or spaced at intervals not exceeding five-feet: 1. Name and/or trademark of the pipe manufacturer. 2. Nominal pipe size. 3. Dimension ratio. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 334115-4 4. The letters “PE” followed by the polyethylene grade in accordance with the ASTM designation, followed by the hydrostatic design basis in PSI. 5. A production code from which the date and place of manufacture can be determined. 2.3 SMOOTH INTERIOR /SMOOTH EXTERIOR HDPE PIPE A. Approved manufacturers include Performance Pipe, a Division of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP, or equal. B. Pipe shall be made of virgin, extra high molecular weight polyethylene compounds equaling a PE 3408 designation, which meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM D-3350, Cell Class 345434C or 345464C, and ASTM D-1248, Type III. C. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F-714. D. The pipe and fittings shall be free from foreign inclusions and visible defects. The ends of the pipe shall be cut squarely and cleanly so as not to adversely effect joining. E. Pipe and fittings shall be joined by butt butt fusion welding. F. Polyethylene fittings shall be fabricated to the same outside diameter, wall thickness, and tolerances as the mating pipe. G. Standard laying lengths shall be 40-feet. H. All smooth HDPE pipe and fittings shall have SDR ratings as shown on the project drawings. I. Pipe Ratings and Sizes for PE 3408 Industrial Piping Systems include SDR 7.3, 9, 11, 13.5, 17, 21, 26, 32.5, and 41. If required, the HDPE pipe shall be color-coded as outlined below: 1. SDR 7.3 = 255 PSI (white stripe) 2. SDR 9 = 200 PSI (red stripe) 3. SDR 11 = 160 PSI (yellow stripe) 4. SDR 13.5 = 130 PSI (gray stripe) 5. SDR 17 = 100 PSI (blue stripe) 6. SDR 32.5 = 50 PSI (pink stripe) J. Water Distribution Piping 1. Blue Stripe AWWA C906 Pipe – Meets all requirements of AWWA. 2. Pipe shall be NSF/ANSI 61 approved for potable water service. 3. Pipe shall be PE 3408, DR 9, pressure class 200 psi per AWWA C-901 or AWWA C-906. 2.4 FITTINGS FOR SMOOTH INTERIOR/EXTERIOR HDPE PIPE A. General New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 334115-5 1. Fittings shall be made from material meeting the same requirements as the pipe. Polyethylene fittings shall be molded or fabricated by the manufacturer of the pipe. 2. Molded fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3261 (butt fused) and shall be so marked. 3. Fittings shall meet the requirements of AWWA C906. B. Mechanical Joints 1. Mechanical joint connections shall require the use of a stainless steel stiffener insert for the HDPE piping at is mechanically locked into the adapter in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. 2. Use Series 2100 Megaflange with HDPE insert, as manufactured by Ebaa Iron, Inc. at transitions requiring flange by flange connections, such as valves. C. Flanged Transitions 1. Flanged transition between HDPE and ductile iron pipe shall be made by means of HDPE flanged adapter with ductile iron lap joint flange follower. Nuts and bolts shall be 304 stainless steel. 2. Polyethylene flange adapters shall be made with sufficient through-bore length to be clamped in a butt fusion-joining machine without the use of a stub-end holder. The sealing surface of the flange adapter shall be machined with a series of small v-shaped grooves to promote gasketless sealing, or restrain the gasket against blowout. 3. Flange adapters shall be fitted with convoluted ductile iron back-up rings. The backup ring bore shall be chamfered or radiused to provide clearance to the flange adapter radius. Flange bolts and nuts shall be Grade 2 or higher. D. Joint Couplings 1. Joint couplings shall consist of an external joint collar and fastening straps. 2. The collar shall consist of a band 12 inches wide. The band shall have an outer layer of polyethylene with an under layer of rubberized mastic that is reinforced with woven polypropylene fabric. There shall be a peelable protective paper against the mastic that is removed when the collar is applied to the joint. 3. Within the collar, there shall be 3 steel straps 5/8 inch wide. The straps shall be in tubes that isolate them from the mastic and allow them to slip freely when tightened around the pipe. 4. The collar shall be designed so that when it is applied around the joint, the ends overlap by at least 6 inches and when the straps are secured, a layer shall completely cover the straps protecting them from moisture and rust. E. Lateral Pipe Connectors 1. Branch connections to the main shall be made with saddle fittings or tees. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 334115-6 2. Watertight, flexible seal using NPC Kor-N-Tee saddle with stainless steel hardware and bands for pipe-to-pipe connector. 3. As an alternative, penetrating hole-mounted sleeves may be used, as authorized by the Engineer. Tee connectors shall be Inserta Tee, or approved equal. 4. Fully-bolted, wrap-around tapping sleeve could also be used. 5. Reconnection of service laterals to incorporate elastomeric tube connectors secured with stainless steel band clamps. F. Pipe Connectors at Structures 1. HDPE pipe connections to non-polyethylene manholes and structures may be made with a mechanical seal such as a link seal, a chemical seal such as packing with oakum rope saturated with water activated polyurethane sealant, or other means approved by the Engineer. The seal should be finished-off in the manhole with non-shrink grout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. The Contractor shall verify that that the surface has been prepared to the proper line and grade by shooting invert elevation grades. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Open-Cut Installations 1. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with ASTM Standards, and the manufacturers recommendations. 2. Pipe is to be lifted or rolled into position, not dragged over the prepared bedding. 3. The pipe is to be set at the slope and grades indicated on the plans. Ensure pipe remains at proper grades by shoring it. 4. All HDPE piping shall be bedded in 6” of crushed stone unless noted otherwise. 5. Crushed stone shall be used as backfill to a point of 6” above the top of the pipe unless noted otherwise. 6. Clay dams shall be installed in the stone backfill as directed by the Engineer to prevent groundwater migration. Spacing shall be 50 ft. maximum. Clay borrow shall be in accordance with Section 310500 Soils for Earthwork requirements for low permeability borrow. 7. Open-Trench Installations -Prepare the area in accordance with Section 31 23 00 Excavation and Fill. 8. No single piece of pipe shall be laid unless it is generally straight. The centerline of the pipe shall not deviate from a straight line drawn between the centers of the openings at the ends of the pipe by more than 1/16 inch per foot of length. If a New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 334115-7 piece of pipe fails to meet this requirement check for straightness, it shall be rejected and removed from the site. Laying instructions of the manufacturer shall be explicitly followed. 9. Install piping and fittings true to alignment and grade. If necessary, each length of pipe shall be cleaned out before installation. B. Joint Couplings 1. Joint couplings shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Remove the protective paper and wrap the collar around the pipe with the mastic side to the pipe. The overlap shall be at the top of the pipe. 3. Secure the steel straps. 4. The closing flap shall cover the exposed straps. 5. Encase the entire joint with a minimum of 8 inches of concrete on all sides. The concrete encasement shall extend along the pipe 12 inches on each side of the joint. C. Mechanical Joint and Flange Installation 1. Mechanical joint (MJ) and flange connections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedure. 2. MJ adapters and flanges shall be centered and aligned to each other before assembling and tightening bolts. 3. In no case shall the MJ gland or flange bolts be used to draw the connection into alignment. 4. Bolt threads shall be lubricated, and flat washers should be used under the nuts. 5. Bolts shall be evenly tightened according to the tightening and torque pattern of the manufacturer. 3.3 PIPE JOINING A. Heat Fusion Joining 1. Joints between plain end pipes and fittings shall be made by means of butt fusion. 2. Joints between the main and saddle branch fittings shall be made using saddle fusion procedures, as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Fusion of pipes of the same nominal diameter but with different wall thickness is acceptable, with previous written approval of the ENGINEER, if the difference in wall thickness is limited to one SDR. 4. For transitions between pipes of the same nominal diameter with with wall thicknesses that differ by more than one SDR, transition nipples will be required. B. Joining by Other Means New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 334115-8 1. The use of flanged connections, mechanical couplings, and electofusion require written approval of ENGINEER. C. Joint testing 1. Butt Fusion Testing -On every day that butt fusion is to be performed, the first fusion of the day will be performed on a trial joint. After the trial joint has been allowed to cool completely, three test coupons will be cut across the joint. Each coupon shall then be bent until its opposing ends come in contact. If any of the coupons fail at the joint, the fusion will be considered unsatisfactory. 2. Vary the fusion setup and procedure and rerun the test as necessary to produce a satisfactory joint. Production butt fusion will not commence until the trial joint has satisfactorily passed this test. 3. Coupon length shall be the lesser of either twelve inches or thirty times the wall thickness. The joint shall be centered in the coupon. Coupon width shall be the greater of one inch or one and one half times the wall thickness. 3.4 TESTING A. Pressure Testing 1. All sections of polyethylene drain and sewer pipe shall be tested in accordance with Section 330830 Commissioning of Sanitary Sewerage and Storm Drainage Utilities. END OF SECTION 334115 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\334115 HDPE Pipe.doc New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Utility Stormwater Treatment 334419-1 SECTION 334419 UTILITY STORMWATER TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Precast Concrete Stormwater Treatment Unit B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 – LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 – IAQ Management C. References 1. ASTM C857-95 (2001) Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 2. ASTM C858-83 (1997) Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 3. ASTM C990-01a Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings showing details of construction, reinforcing, joints, pipe connections, cast-in-place appurtenances. Shop drawings shall note all materials to be used including references to applicable standards. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by Engineer, or other representative of Owner. Such inspection may be made at the place of manufacture, or on the work after delivery, or at both places, and the materials shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements even though samples may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Material rejected after delivery to the job shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Utility Stormwater Treatment 334419-2 at once. Materials that have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed, shall be acceptably repaired, if permitted, or removed and replaced. B. At the time of inspection, the materials will be carefully examined for compliance with the latest ASTM designation specified and these Specifications, and with the approved manufacturer's drawings. Precast units shall be inspected for general appearance, dimension, "scratch-strength", blisters, cracks, roughness, reinforcement exposure, and soundness. The surface shall be dense and close-textured. C. Imperfections may be repaired, subject to the approval of Engineer, after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result. Repairs shall be carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 7 days and 5,000 psi at 28 days, when tested in in 3² by 6² cylinders stored in the standard manner. Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject to the approval of Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE STORMWATER TREATMENT UNITS A. Concrete for precast units shall conform to ASTM C857 and ASTM C858. Cement shall be Type II Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. B. All precast stormwater treatment units shall be designed to withstand HS20-44 loading. C. The wall thickness of the structure shall not be less than six inches. In all cases the wall thickness shall be no less than the minimum thickness necessary to withstand HS20-44 loading requirements. D. Precast sections shall have tongue and groove joints with butyl mastic sealant conforming to ASTM C990. E. All sections shall be cured by an approved method and shall not be shipped nor subjected to loading until the concrete compressive strength has attained 4,000 psi and not before 5 days after fabrication and/or repair, whichever is longer. F. Pipe openings shall be sized to accept pipes of the specified sizes and materials, and shall be sealed with hydraulic cement. G. Internal aluminum components shall be aluminum alloy 5052-H32 in accordance with ASTM B209. H. Manhole covers shall conform with Section 33 05 13 Manholes and Structures. I. Each stormwater treatment unit shall be capable of removing 80% of the net annual total suspended solids (TSS) load based on a 50-micron particle size at a maximum operating flowrate. J. Each stormwater treatment unit shall have a sediment storage capacity and shall retain floatables and trapped sediment up to the maximum treatment capacity. New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Utility Stormwater Treatment 334419-3 K. Each stormwater system shall be of a type that has been installed and used successfully for a minimum of five years. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Stormwater treatment unit shall be constructed to the dimensions shown on the drawings and as specified herein. All work shall be protected against flooding and floatation. B. Stormwater treatment unit shall be set level on a compacted processed gravel base of a minimum thickness of six inches. The base section shall be checked for level after it is set. If the slope between any corners exceeds 0.5% the unit shall be reset. Backfilling shall be accomplished in accordance with Section 31 23 00 Excavation and Fill. C. Stormwater treatment unit installation shall be completed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. END OF SECTION 334419 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\334419 STORMWATER TREATMENT.DOC New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Subdrainage Systems 334600-1 SECTION 334600 SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Subdrainage systems for the following: a. Foundation drains b. Under drains B. Related Sections 1. Section 013329 – General LEED® Requirements 2. Section 017419 – Waste Management and Disposal 3. Section 018113 LEED Products Requirements 4. Section 018119 IAQ Management 5. Section 310519 – Geosynthetics for Earthwork 6. Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill 7. Section 310500 – Soils for Earthwork 8. Section 334115 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Filter Fabric 1. Manufacturer’s product data and samples 2. Manufacturer-approved construction quality assurance/quality control manual 3. Manufacturer’s certification that the filter fabric meets the required performance testing, based on data provided by an approved independent laboratory 4. Manufacturer’s recommended installation method 5. Manufacturer’s warrantee that filter fabric is free from defects B. HDPE Pipe and Fittings 1. Manufacturer’s product data C. Stone 1. Sieve analysis from certified soils testing laboratory 2. Representative sample New Police Headquarters Northampton, MA CBA project #201030 Subdrainage Systems 334600-2 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Stockpile and store filter fabric in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. The filter fabric rolls shall be labeled and bagged in packing that is resistant to photo degradation by ultraviolet (UV) radiation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NON-WOVEN FILTER FABRIC A. Non-woven filter fabric shall meet the requirements of Section 310519 – Geosynthetics for Earthwork of the specifications for Group 1. 2.2 PERFORATED/CORRUGATED HDPE PIPE A. HDPE pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of Section 334115 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings of the specifications. 2.3 CRUSHED STONE A. ¾ inch, meeting the requirements of Section 310500 – Soils for Earthwork of the specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Perform excavation, backfill and compaction in accordance with Section 312300 – Excavation and Fill of the Specifications. B. Install non-woven filter fabric in accordance with Section 310519 – Geosynthetics for Earthwork of the Specifications. C. Install the sub-drainage system as shown on the Drawings. D. Install perforated piping with perforations facing up, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 334600 J:\N\N0655\SPEC\T&B SPECS 4-29-11\334600 SUBDRAINAGE REVISED 2-17-09.DOC